
HE UNIVERSITY 



mi'itnsiin] 



I rlL r tiilLut[8ii!L'\! ti o 111 LI y 11 



1892=1902 




Book_-^_ 



Id'IZ'I^^^ 



THE PRESIDENT'S REPORT 



^be *llln{vcr0lt^ of (tblcago 

POUNDED BY JOHN D. ROCKEFSLLEB 



THE 

Presidents Report 



JULY, 1892— JULY, 1902 



U.- 



CHICAGO 

ttbc tlntversitB of Cbtcago iprees 
1903 



'> 



'-^, 






Copyright 1903 
BY THE DNIVEESITY OF CHICAGO 



6«nrod unkuowii 

2d copy accepted 
Order Diy, 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 
Table of Contents ----- v-ix 

0^' The President's Repokt - - -. - xi-cxliii 

Note of Presentation - xi-xii 

The Board of Trustees - - xii-xvi 

The University Staff of Instruction - - - xvi-xxvi 

The Public -------...- xxvi-xxxiii 

The Students --- -.. xxxiii-xxxvi 

The Alumni - - - - xxxvii-xxxix 

The Founder of the University xxxix-xliii 

Administrative History - - - - ' - . - . - xliii-xlviii 

Buildings and Grounds - - xlviii-lii 

The Business Management of the University lii-lviii 

The University Press - - - - Iviii-lxiii 

University Extension - - Ixiii-lxvi 

Affiliation and Co-operation - - - - Ixvi-lxxi 

The Divinity School - - - Ixxi-lxxvi 

The Medical School - Ixxvi-lxxx 

The Law School ----- Ixxx-lxxxiii 

The School of Education - - - Ixxxiii-lxxxvii 

University College - - - Ixxxvii-lxxxix 

The College of Commerce and Administration - - - - Ixxxix-xci 

The Senior Colleges - - xci-xciii 

The Junior Colleges - - . . _ xciv-cxiv 

Fellowships, Scholarships, and Student Service .... cxv-cxxiii 

Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums ------ cxxiii-cxxvi 

The Morgan Park Academy - - - cxxvii-cxxviii 

The Student Social Life - - - cxxix-cxxxiv 

The Religious Work and Life -------- cxxxiv-cxxxvi 

The More Important Experiments ------ cxxxvi-cxxxviii 

Celebrations -- --- cxxxviii-cxliii 

The Forecast ------------ cxliii 

EEPORTS OF THE DEANS ---------- 1-219 

The Dean of the Faculties of Arts, Literature and Science 1-52 

Legislation and Administration ------ 3_g 

Departments of Instruction ------- 6-8 

The Unit of Work and the Unit of Time - - - - 8 

The Plan of Concentration ------- 9 

The System of Four Quarters ------ 9 

The Summer Quarter -------- 9_ii 

Attendance of Students - 11-13 

Schools and Colleges -------- 13 



vi The President's Keport 

The Graduate Schools -------- 13-52 

Admission - -- 13-21 

Attendance 21-27 

Candidacy for Degrees 27-28 

The Award of Higher Degrees - - - - 28-30 

Theses --------- 30-38 

Positions of Doctors and Masters - - - 38-40 

Fellowships ------- 40-52 

The Dean of the Ogden Graduate School of Science - - 53-63 

Needs of the School -------- 53-54 

The Department of Mathematics B4 

The Department of Astronomy 54 

The Department of Physics 56-57 

The Department of Chemistry - 57 

The Department of Geology ------- 57-58 

The Department of Zoology 58-59 

The Department of Anatomy 59-60 

The Department of Physiology 60-61 

The Department of Nem-ology 61 

The Department of Paleontology 61 

The Department of Botany 62 

The Department of Pathology and Bacteriology - - - 63 

The Dean of the Senior Colleges - - 64^96 

Total Membership of the Senior Colleges - - - - 64-65 

Attendance in the Senior Colleges - 65-66 

Proportion of Students Taking All Their College Work in 

the University - - - - - - - - 66-68 

Summer Work - - •- 69-71 

Flexibility of the Course - - 71-77 

Eecord of a Typical Class Compared with One from an 

Eastern College -------- 78-80 

Graduation by Degrees and Sexes - - . - . 81-83 

Character of the Student Body ------ 83-84 

The CuiTiculum - - - 85-88 

Statistics for 1899-1902 89-96 

The Dean of the Junior Colleges - 97-121 

Eegistration in the Junior Colleges 97-103 

Statistics of Admission - - - 104^105 

College Failures and Conditions 105 

Withdrawals ----- 105-106 

Eelations of Junior and Senior Colleges - - . . 106-107 

Fourth Courses 107 

The Cun-icula of the Junior College ----- 107-113 
Student Eligibility for Public Appearance - - . - 113-114 
The Course Book and Undergraduate Handbook - - - 114-115 
Chapel Assembly 115 



Table of Contents vii 



Division Lectures - . . 115-116 

Membership and Organization of the Junior College Faculty 116-117 

Entrance Scholarships 118-119 

Senior College Scholarships 119-121 

The Dean of Women -.-.-.... 122-144 

Changes in the Faculty 122 

List of Women Fellows -------- 122-123 

List of Women Scholars ---.-.. 123-124 

Degrees Conferred on Women - 124 

Theses Subjects - - - 124r-125 

Attendance of Women Students ------ 125-127 

Physical Culture 128-130 

Women's Houses 130-133 

Unclassified Women Students 133-137 

The Woman's Union ------ - 137-138 

Scholarships - - 138-139 

Choice of Studies - - - - 139-144 

The Dean op University College 146-155 

Origin of University College 146-147 

The College for Teachers 147-151 

Union of College- and Class-Study Department - - - 151-153 
University College, 1900-1901 ------ 153 

University College, 1901-1902 - 154-155 

The Dean op the Divinity School 156-210 

History of the School Prior to 1892 ----- 156-161 

The Education Society -------- 162-163 

The Graduate Divinity School ------ 163-166 

The English Theological Seminary - - - - - 166 

The Danish-Norwegian Theological Seminary - - - 166-169 
The Swedish Theological Seminary ----- 169-172 

The Disciples Divinity House ------ 172-174 

The Cumberland Presbyterian Divinity House - - - 174-175 - 
Statistics - . . . 175-210 

The Dean of Univeesity Affiliations - . . - - 211-214 

The Dean of the Morgan Park Academy 215-219 

The Buildings - 215-216 

The Faculty - - - 216-217 

Courses of Study - - - 217 

The Summer Quarter - - - 217-218 

Statistics of Attendance -------- 218 

A School for Boys Only - - - - ' - - - 218-219 

System of Discipline - - - 219 

EEPORTS OF THE DIRECTORS -------- 221-395 

The Associate Librarian ...---- 223-290 

I. The First Eight Years, 1892-1899 - - - - 223-235 

II. The Years 1899-1902 - 235-265 



The President's Eepoet 



III. The General Library and the Departmental Libraries 266-290 

The Library Staff ----- 223-224 

Summary of Actions of Administrative Board 224-229 

Co-operation with the Public Library - 229 

Loan Desk Statistics ----- 230 

Additions to the Library - - 230-231; 233-234 

Loss of Books ------ 231-232 

Traveling Libraries ----- 232-233 

Co-operation vrith the Newberry Library - 234-235 

Reports for 1899-1902 - - - - 235-246 

List of Periodicals Eeceived - - - 247-263 
The Libraries of Professors von Hoist and 

Northrup ----- 264 

Needs of the Library ----- 264^265 

The General Library and Departmental Li- 
braries ------ 266-290 

The Dieeotoe of the Univebsity Pbess - . - - 291-303 

Origin and Organization 291-292 

Scope and Management 292-294 

Development of the Work 294^303 

Conclusion --------- 303 

The University Extension Division 304-385 

The Lectdre-Stddy Department ----- 304-313 

Introductory Statement . - - - 304r-309 
Statistics of the Lecture-Study Work - 308 

Statistics of Number of Courses Given - 309 

Traveling Libraries 309-310 

Number of Courses Given by Each Lecturer 310 

Places at Which Courses Have Been Delivered 310-313 

Summary 313 

The Correspondence-Stddy Department - - - 314-335 

Introductory Statement - - - - 314-315 

Statistics ------- 316-335 

The Director of Physical Culture and Athletics - 336-370 

A. For Men - - - 336-366 

Introductory Statement ----- 336-339 

Instruction -------- 339 

The Staff of the Division ----- 340 

Faculty Representatives on the Administrative Board 340-341 

Student Representatives on the Administrative Board 341 

The Athletic Teams of the University - - 342-346 

Winners of the" C" ------ 346-352 

Records of Games 353-360 

Track Meets and Scores 361-362 

Track and Field Athletics 362-365 



Table of Contents 



B. Fob Women -------- 366-370 

The Gymnasium 366 

Athletic Fields ------- 366 

TheStaflP ---.--.-- 366 

Instruction ------- 367-368 

Athletics - - 368-369 

Physical Examinations - - . . - 370 

The Eeligious Woek in the Univeksity - - - 371-386 

The Official Recognition of Religion - - - - 371 

The Divinity School - - 372 

The Chaplain - - - 372 

The New Board of Preachers 373 

New Mandel Hall -------- 373 

The Board of the Christian Union - . - - 373-375 

Religious Activities of University Instructors - - 375 

The Associations -------- 376-885 

Missions --------- 385 

Moral Influences 385-386 

The University House System 387-395 

KEPOKTS PEOM THE LABOKATOKIES 397-467 

The Yeekes Obsekvatokt ------- 399-428 

The Hull Zoological Laboratory 429-439 

The Walker Museum - 440-442 

The Department of Geology - 443-446 

The Hull Botanical Laboratory 447-449 

The Hull Physiological Laboratory . - . - 450-451 

The Bacteriological Laboratory - . . . 452 

The Kent Chemical Laboratory 453-467 

REPOKTS OF OTHER OFFICERS 469-491 

The Business Manager 471-489 

The Registrar - 490-491 

AN HISTORICAL SKETCH 493-574 



THE PRESIDENT'S REPORT 

To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago : 

Gentlemen : In presenting herewith the first Decennial Report of the University, 
it is perhaps necessary to recall the various dates from which calculation has been 
made. The first gift for the University of Chicago was announced in Boston, May 30, 
1889, and at that time a resolution was passed to undertake the establishment of a 
college in Chicago. The Board of Trustees was duly appointed in June, 1890, and held 
its first meeting for organization July 9, 1890. The first officers of instruction began 
work July 1, 1891. It was decided by the Trustees, in connection with the Quin- 
quennial Celebration in 1896, to regard July 1, 1891, as the actual date of the begin- 
ning of the work of the University. The doors of the institution were opened for 
students October 1, 1892. The present Report covers the preliminary year 1891-92 
and ten years of actual work closing July 1, 1902. It has been thought wise to 
regard the celebration of the Decennial of the University as covering the entire period 
of the year 1901-2. Exercises were held during the first week of July, and during 
the year the members of the various Departments, in celebration of the event, have 
contributed papers which are published in the volumes accompanying this Report. 

In placing before you the Reports of the various Administrative Officers of the 
University (Vol. I), the Catalogue of books, articles, and reviews published during 
these years (Vol. II), the contributions of the various Departments of the University 
(Vols. III-X), together with the Second Series of more elaborate contributions (Vols. 
I-XVII), and the General Register of students and alumni, I desire to call attention 
to certain general matters which are not included in the special Reports, to make 
comment on these facts, and to formulate such suggestions as appear to be warranted 
by the experience of this first decade. In my comments and suggestions I have 
assumed the privilege of speaking frankly and plainly. It has seemed to me that a 
Report which was not thus candid and direct would not be worthy of the institution 
represented. For the comments and suggestions herewith presented no one is to be 
held responsible but myself. 

I desire at this point to express the hope that a similar Report may be made by 
the officials of the University in connection with each decade of its progress. In 
these modern times ten years count for as much as one hundred years did formerly. 
It is worth the while of those engaged in any important undertaking, educational or 
otherwise, to sum up the results of the work accomplished in ten years, to consider the 
policies which have prevailed, and to decide whether, in view of all the facts, these 
policies have been correct and have secured the results desired. Moreover, it is to 
be remembered that many policies, at least those of minor importance, may wisely be 

xi 



xii The Peesident's Report 

changed from time to time even under the same administration; for a policy which 
may have been the best for a certain period may not be the best for another period. 
It has been customary in educational administration to wait for the change of an 
administration before introducing or adopting new policies. This is a mistake. The 
institution is thus too frequently compelled to wait a longer period than is wise. It 
may, of course, be difficult for an administration to adapt itself from time to time to 
changes, but, however difficult this may be, it would seem to be upon the whole a wise 
policy. 

I. THE BOAKD OF TRUSTEES 

The membership of the Board of Trustees has suffered material change during the 
ten years. Of the original twenty-one members, only eight are still identified with 
the work. During the period under review, three have been taken away by death, 
and ten have been compelled to withdraw because of outside work or for other reasons. 
The members of the Board have exhibited to a remarkable extent three important char- 
acteristics: faithfulness in service, unanimity in action, and generosity in giving. 
During the ten years there have been held more than two hundred and fifty 
meetings at which at least a quorum has been present, the average attendance being 
twelve or thirteen. This fact is significant when it is remembered that several mem- 
bers of the Board have been absent for long periods in Europe, and that four or five 
members have lived at a distance from Chicago, viz., at Detroit and New York city. To 
this large number of Board meetings must be added the still larger number of com- 
mittee meetings (not less than a thousand) at which four or more members have 
always been present. It will not be forgotten that the membership of the Board is 
largely made up of men who are connected with large enterprises. This is illustrated 
by the fact that during the period of organizing the University five members of the 
Board were at the same time Directors of the World's Columbian Exposition. 

On nearly every important question the action of the Trustees has been unanimous. 
I can recall only half a dozen matters, some of them of very minor importance, which 
have passed the Board with votes recorded in the negative. This seems an almost 
incredible statement when it is recalled that over ten thousand distinct recommenda- 
tions, covering every imaginable subject both of an educational and business character, 
have been presented to the Board for its consideration. That this unanimity has not 
grown out of indifference is seen from the further fact that many matters have been 
debated through a period of one, two, or even three years before a conclusion has 
been reached. 

No man can calculate the actual value of the time given the University by the 
Trustees in Board meetings, committee meetings, and conferences ; but, in addition to 
all this, the Trustees have themselves contributed about $1,000,000 to the University 
treasury, thus giving indubitable evidence of their personal interest in the great enter- 
prise intrusted to their charge. In some instances these gifts have been made with 
considerable cost to the donor, but in every case with a splendid enthusiasm. 



The President's Report xiii 



In the first years, and in connection with the financial panic of 1893, there were 
times of serious concern. It was not altogether certain that the new institution could 
meet the heavy demands made upon it in view of the generous scale on which it had 
been started. In these times of crisis the strength and courage of the Trustees indi- 
vidually and collectively appeared at its best. One may never forget some of these 
meetings in times when only the greatest skill and wisdom prevented disaster. But 
while some days, it is true, have been very dark, during most of the time the sky has 
been fairly bright ; and today the Trustees may regard with some degree of satisfaction 
the outcome of these ten years of labor. 

During the larger portion of this period the work of the Trustees has been placed 
in the hands of committees. The Committee on Instruction and Equipment has con- 
sidered and made recommendations on all appointments, all matters of educational 
policy, all purchases of equipment and apparatus, including books and collections. 
The work of this committee has been exceedingly arduous. All nominations for posi- 
tions on the staff have received careful study, and all questions of promotion and 
salary have here been taken up. During the period under review the committee has 
supervised the expenditure of about $5,000,000. The Committee on Buildings and 
Grounds has had the most important and responsible task of determining the character 
of buildings, selecting architects, and passing final judgment on plans and specifications. 
The success or failure of this work will be determined by the estimate placed upon the 
results accomplished as they appear in the twenty-nine buildings, costing $4,000,000, 
which now stand upon the University Quadrangles. The Finance Committee has been 
in special charge of the funds of the University, and has recommended all investments. 
The investments and reinvestments for the ten years have approximated the sum of 
$15,000,000, at present distributed as follows: in real estate, $3,443,138.35; in bonds, 
$4,024,846.68; in stocks, $310,427.09; in mortgages, $896,550. The responsibility 
of this work has been very great, and the amount of time demanded for it almost 
incalculable. The committee has acted upon the principle that investments must 
be of the very highest character to secure recommendation. Other committees of 
the Board requiring a smaller amount of work have been : the Committee on Affiliated 
Work, including Morgan Park Academy, and the Committee on the University 
Extension and University Press Divisions. 

It has been the custom of the Trustees from the beginning to take up for consid- 
eration in the month of October the Budget for the year beginning the following July. 
The Budget Committee, consisting of the chairmen of the various committees, together 
with the President of the Board of Trustees and the President of the University, has 
carefully gone over the estimated receipts and expenditures for the coming year. To 
this committee have been presented the requests of various Departments. After a full 
consideration of all such requests, the Trustees have regularly voted the Budget for 
the ensuing year in the last week in December. The invariable rule has been to 
approve no expenditures except those for which the money was actually provided. The 



XIV 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



conservatism of the estimates thus made six months before the time set for the begin- 
ning of such expenditures may be gathered from the following table, which presents 
the estimated receipts and expenditures, together with the actual receipts and expen- 
ditures, for the five years beginning 1897: 



Year 


Estimate 


Eeceipts 


Expenditures 


1897-1898 


$703,213 
729,515 
749,107 
759,365 
893,025 


S706,973 
723,083 
744,955 
775,655 
977,828 


S678,400 


1898-1899 

1899-1900 


719,923 

747,186 
790,584 
944,348 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 





An Expenditure Committee, consisting of the President of the University, the 
Secretary of the Board of Trustees and the Auditor, together with the President 
of the Board of Trustees — who, however, has been unable ordinarily to be present 
at the meetings of the committee— has supervised the expenditure of the various 
appropriations in accordance with general rules established by the Trustees. No 
officer of the University has been accorded the privilege of expending even the smallest 
sum of money unless that expenditure has beforehand been authorized under an appro- 
priation made by the Trustees. The establishment of the Budget from year to year 
and the rigid adherence to its provisions have made it possible to reduce the work of 
the University to a thoroughly business basis, and it may fairly be claimed that the 
affairs of no business corporation are conducted more strictly on business lines than 
are those of the University. For the convenience of all members of the Board, and 
for the information of those who are unable to be present at particular meetings, the 
minutes of the Board from month to month are transmitted in copy to each member. 
This provision has made it possible for all of the members to keep themselves in touch 
with every detail of University work, in so far as that work is supervised by the 
Trustees. 

The history of these years shows conclusively that the attitude of the Trustees 
toward the Faculties -of the University has been broad and liberal. It is understood 
that all questions involving financial expenditure fall within the province of the Trus- 
tees and are to be considered by them ; that all appointments to office in the University 
are made directly by the Trustees upon recommendation of the President ; and that on 
questions of fundamental policy, involving the establishing of new Faculties and the 
change of statutes as established by the Trustees, final action is reserved for the Trus- 
tees themselves. But it is a firmly established policy of the Trustees that the respon- 
sibility for the settlement of educational questions rests with the Faculties, and 
although in some instances the request of a Faculty has not been granted for lack of 
the funds required, in no instance has the action of a Faculty on educational questions 
been disapproved. It is clearly recognized that the Trustees are responsible for the 
financial administration of the University, but that to the Faculties belongs in the fullest 



The President's Kepobt xv 



extent the care of educational administration. During the years covered by this 
Report there has been no case of an appeal to the Trustees by a minority in any 
Faculty or governing Board against the action of a majority or against the action of 
the President. 

The history of the growth of the University is in itself the best testimony of the 
largeness of view taken by the Board of Trustees. With a body of Trustees less intel- 
ligent or less able, such progress would have been impossible. It is fair to say that 
in the breadth of view which has characterized the work of the Trustees there is to be 
seen an expression of the spirit of the city of Chicago — a spirit to which the University 
is indebted for many of the important elements that have entered into its constitution. 
Justice compels me to refer particularly to the work of certain of the Trustees. To 
Mr. Martin A. Ryerson, the President of the Board during ten years of its his- 
tory; to Mr. Andrew McLeish, the Vice-President, who has on several occasions 
in the absence of the President assumed his duties; to Mr. Charles L. Hutchinson, the 
Treasurer of the Board during the entire period; to Mr. Frederick A. Smith, the Chair- 
man of the Committee on Instruction and Equipment; to Mr. George C. Walker, who 
has served on various regular and special committees; to Mr. Thomas W. Goodspeed, 
the Secretary of the Board of Trustees; and to Mr. Edward Goodman, the Treasurer 
of the Baptist Theological Union, the friends of education in Chicago and the North- 
west are indebted for a service in each case without which the University could not 
have accomplished its work, and for a devotion which, I make bold to say, has 
not been surpassed in connection with any educational movement in American history. 

Not least among the virtues of the Trustees has been the measure of sympathy 
and support which has uniformly been accorded by them to the President of the Uni- 
versity. It may be said that such official support is to be expected on the part of 
Trustees, and that without it nothing can be effected. This is, of course, true; but I have 
in mind, in addition to this, the personal help which as individuals the Trustees have 
accorded me, and without which I could not possibly have endured the strain involved 
in the work of organization, or maintained the courage needed in the face of so many 
difficulties. There has been no moment in the ten years when I have not felt that 
each Trustee was a warm personal friend to whom I might go for that intangible help 
which a cold officialism does not furnish, but which exists only in connection with per- 
sonal friendship. 

I desire to present the following suggestions: 

1. The University should procure the portraits of those who have served as Trus- 
tees during these first ten years. Whatever may hold true of future decades, it will 
always be recognized that special responsibilities rested upon the Trustees of the first 
decade. The name of each Trustee is so closely associated with the work in all its 
parts and as a whole as to justify the demand that his portrait should be one of the 
possessions of the University to be transmitted to later years. 

2. Since the period of first organization has now passed, and the work of the Uni- 



xvi The President's Report 



versity is better comprehended; and since also the details of the work are growing 
with great rapidity and will continue so to grow, it should be considered whether the 
present plan of organization in committees will prove in the future to be the most 
effective. This plan undoubtedly possesses many advantages, chief of which is the 
fact that the work and responsibility are thus divided, and the various members of the 
Board are enabled to become more thoroughly acquainted with certain divisions of the 
University than they could possibly become with all its divisions. But it is a ques- 
tion whether by this organization sufficient unity is secured ; whether, as in the case 
of the ruling bodies of large cities, it would not be better to throw the responsibility 
of all the details upon a smaller number of men who might be able or willing to give 
a larger share of their time to the work ; and whether, as in the case of business con- 
cerns, larger responsibility may not be placed upon the administrative officers. Such 
a smaller body would constitute an Executive Committee, to which might be given 
large powers in the intervals between Board meetings. It is perhaps true that in the 
case of no institution in the country are details presented to the Board of Trustees to 
such an extent as in the case of the University of Chicago. This policy has surely 
justified itself in the past, but with the growth of the University it may be doubted 
whether such men as are desired to serve as Trustees will have the time, aside from 
their other duties, to consider the work of the University in so great detail. 

II. THE UNIVERSITY STAFF OF INSTRUCTION 
During the first year, 1892-93, the staff of the Faculty, including the teachers in the 
Morgan Park Academy, numbered 103. This included 34 instructors of the rank of 
Professor, 14 of the rank of Associate Professor, 22 of the rank of Assistant Professor, 
13 of the rank of Instructor, 9 of the rank of Associate (then called Tutor), 11 of the 
rank of Assistants and Keaders. The average salary per month was $195. For the 
fifth year, 1896-97, the staff of the Faculty, including the Morgan Park Academy, num- 
bered 170. This included 44 instructors of the rank of Professor, 26 of the rank of 
Associate Professor, 34 of the rank of Assistant Professor, 40 of the rank of Instructor, 
10 of the rank of Associate, 16 of the rank of Assistants and Readers. The average 
salary per month was $182. For the tenth year, 1901-2, the staff of the Faculty, including 
the Morgan Park Academy, numbered 280. This included 76 instructors of the rank 
of Professor, 34 of the rank of Associate Professor, 44 of the rank of Assistant Professor, 
41 of the rank of Instructor, 40 of the rank of Associate, 45 of the rank of Assistants 
and Readers. The average salary per month was $171. It will be seen that the total 
number has grown in ten years from 103 to 280, and that the average monthly salary has 
decreased in ten years from $195 to $171. The following table presents the various 
Departments in which these instructors have been distributed. 

This distribution shows for the ten years that practically little attention has been 
given to work, on the one band, in subjects connected with j3]jsthetics, and, on the 
other hand, in subjects connected with Technology. It appears that the strength of 



The President's Eepoet 



xvu 



the institution has been devoted, outside of the Divinity School, to the regular subjects 
in Arts, Literature, and Science. It may be claimed that in the distribution between 
the Humanities and Science the latter has been fairly dealt with. When account is 





tn 
h 
O 

s 


-2I 
■ti 




.2 

uin, 


m 
M 


1 

'0 


m 
< 


s 

< 




1-1 

Ui 

1 

g 





CD 

4J 


tn 

1 

5 


SI 




Chemistry - 
Geology - 
Zoology 
Anatomy - 
Physiology - 

Neurology - 

Paleontol- i 

ogy 'i 

Botany 

Pathology ■ 

Public 
Speaking" 

Pedagogy - 

Church 
History 

Syste- 
matic 
Theology 
Danish- 
Norwegian- 
Theol.Sem. 

Philoso- 
phy 

Political 
Economy^ 

Political 
Science 


1892-93 
1896-97 
1901-02 
1892-93 
1896-97 
1901-02 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1897-98 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
'1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-92 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 


1 

1 
1 

5 
6 
5 
1 
1 
1 

i 

i 

1 
1 
1 

i 

i 

2 

"i 

i 
1 

'2 

3 

i 
2 
1 

i 

4 
2 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 


'2 
2 

1 

'2 

i 

i 
2 

1 

i 

i 
1 
2 
1 


2 
3 

"i 
1 

3 

i 

'2 

2 
'2 

i 

i 
1 

'i 

'i 

i 
2 
3 

i 

4 

i 


i 
3 

'3 

i 

'i 
1 

i 

1 

'2 
i 

'2 

"i 

i 
1 
1 
1 

i 
1 
1 
1 


i 

i 
1 

'2 
"i 

i 
1 

i 


'2 

4 

i 

'4 

"4 
'3 

i 

2 

i 

'i 
1 

i 


History J 

Archseol- ( 
ogy ( 

Sociology - 

Compara- 
tive 

Religion 
Semitic 
Lan- 
guages 
Biblical 
and Patris- 
tic Greek 

Sanskrit - 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

Germanic 

English 

Literature 
in 

English 

Mathe- 
matics 

Astronomy- 
Physiology- 


1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
■"1892-93 
1897-98 
11902-03 
"1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-03 
1892-93 
1897-98 
1902-Oa 


2 
2 
4 
1 
1 
1 
2 
3 

i 

2 
2 
5 
2 
2 
2 

i 
1 

2 

3 

2 
4 
4 
1 

1 
2 
2 
3 
2 
5 
1 
1 
2 
2 

'2 
4 
1 
1 
2 


1 
2 
3 

'i 
1 
3 

5 
1 
1 

'3 
3 
1 

'i 

i 

2 

2 ' 
1 

i 

"2 

"i 
1 
1 
3 
2 
3 
2 

i 
1 

1 
1 
1 

i 


1 
3 
1 

'3 
2 
1 

2 

i 

1 

'2 

'2 
1 
1 

2 
2 
1 
2 
2 
4 
5 
5 
1 

i 
1 
3 

1 
1 

1 
1 

'2 


'2 

2 

i 
1 
3 
1 

i 
1 

i 

1 

i 

1 
2 
3 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 

'2 

'3 
1 

'2 
3 

'3 


i 

i 
i 

i 

i 
2 

'2 

'4 

i 

i 

'3 


i 

i 

i 

i 

"i 
1 

i 

i 

'2 
3 

i 

1 



taken of the several laboratories erected, the considerable amount of equipment pur- 
chased, and the strong staff appointed in the various departments of Science, it will 
be recognized that a large share of the facilities of the University has been turned in 



xviii The President's Eepobt 



this direction. Criticism has been made more than once to the effect that it would 
have been better to have inaugurated work in the Technological Departments from the 
beginning — in other words, that the practical side deserved a larger consideration than 
it received. It is certainly true that the demand for the more practical departments 
of Engineering has been very great, and that if these departments had been organized 
at the beginning they would today be perhaps the strongest departments in the Uni- 
versity. My answer to the suggestion, however, is twofold : First, it seemed upon the 
whole wise to devote the entire energy of the institution in scientific lines to depart- 
ments of pure science, with the purpose of establishing these upon a strong foundation. 
This work being finished, there would be ample opportunity for the other work, and 
the other work would be all the stronger when it came, because of the earlier and more 
stable foundation of pure science. Second, it was also thought wise not to lay too 
much emphasis on the practical side of education at the outset. No one could fail to 
see that sooner or later in an environment like that of Chicago the practical side would 
be sufficiently cared for. The greater danger was that pure science might be left 
without provision. In any case, the plan adopted was the one which at the time seemed 
to be the correct one ; and events, so far as I can interpret them, do not appear to 
have contradicted this opinion. 

Some interest was excited in the first years of the organization of the University 
in view of the larger salaries paid to Heads of Departments. The position taken by the 
Trustees in this matter has never been challenged, nor does anyone today regret the 
action. In my opinion this action was one of utmost importance. I do not mean to 
suggest that men of prominence in the field of letters and science are mercenary, but 
this action was taken as an expression of the serious interest of the Trustees in the 
work which they had proposed for themselves. Two policies were open for the 
organization of the staff of instruction. The first, strongly urged by many educators, 
was that of selecting a few younger instructors and allowing the work to grow more 
gradually imder the domination of a single spirit. The other policy, which was 
regarded as impracticable by many, was the one adopted, namely, to bring together 
the largest possible number of men who had already shown their strength in 
their several departments, each one of whom, representing a different training and a 
different set of ideas, would contribute much to the ultimate constitution of the 
University. Considerable risk attended the adoption of the second policy, for it was 
an open question whether with bo large a number of eminent men, each maintaining 
his own ideas, there could be secured even in a long time that unity of spirit without 
which an institution could not prosper. During the first year there were times when 
to some it seemed doubtful if the experiment of bringing together so large a number 
of strong men would prove successful ; but during the middle of the second year 
certain events occurred which led up to the birth, as it were, of the spirit of unity 
which had not been hoped for. The Saturday morning on which this new spirit first 
manifested itself in its fulness may well be regarded as the date of the spiritual birth 



The President's Report xix 



of the institution. From that time to the present there has never been the slightest 
question in the mind of any student of the situation that there existed a strong and 
powerful influence outside of any personal agency which made for unity of spirit. 
That this should have come so early in our history was the occasion at the same time 
of surprise and satisfaction. 

The organization in Departments with recognized Heads was effected more rigidly 
than in any other institution. This organization secured to each Department a 
separateness and an independence which exhibited both advantages and disadvantages. 
It was advantageous in that it located responsibility, drew sharp lines, and made more 
evident points of strength and weakness. It was disadvantageous in that for a time it 
prevented a much-needed correlation of work between closely related Departments, and 
laid perhaps too great emphasis upon the difference in rank of ofBcers. Both of these 
difficulties, however, soon took care of themselves. After a period of three or four years, 
the process of synthesizing began, and of their own accord Departments, without losing 
their independence, began to come together for conference on all questions of common 
interest. Out of this voluntary association there grew up at first Conferences, and very 
recently by legislative enactment the Group Faculties. I shall refer to these in 
another connection, and mention them here merely to show the evolution which 
gradually took place. The other difficulty was also largely removed. It soon became 
apparent that those Departments in which all the members of the staff came together 
in democratic fashion and worked out the plans of the Department were best organized 
for securing good results. Despotism on the part of a Head of Department was short- 
lived, and while some Heads of Departments reserved larger authority than others, the 
general relationship of the members of the staff in almost every Department was adjusted 
to the characteristics of those concerned. The organizing spirit in not a few Depart- 
ments became that of some other officer than the Head, who perhaps gave himself 
more exclusively to the work of research instead of to that of administration. Upon the 
whole, therefore, the plan has probably developed as few difficulties as any other plan 
which might have been followed. It has the supreme advantage of being exceedingly 
flexible, and the administration of the different Departments is today almost as varied 
as the number of the different Departments. This is as it should be. The machinery 
is a secondary matter, and should be as far as possible that which the men most closely 
interested themselves prefer. 

Only after the first year were the Departments of Botany and Physics organ- 
ized. It is also to be noted that during the first years the Departments of the 
Germanic and Romance Languages were to some extent slighted, especially in the field 
of higher work. This discrimination, however, is a thing of the past, and these 
Departments are now fully organized. At the close of the second year the so-called 
Department of Biology was divided into five Departments, namely, Zoology, Botany, 
Anatomy, Physiology, and Neurology, and still later the Department of Paleontology 
was set apart. Here again the question may be raised as to the more minute division 



XX The Peesident's Repokt 



of Departments. It is generally believed that the lines of departmental organization 
may not be strictly drawn. From a more scientific point of view, it is quite certain that 
the study of special problems will carry the student into two or more of the different 
Departments as they are now constituted. In general little difficulty has arisen from 
the divisions. There have been times when the line between Political Economy and 
the Social Science was not satisfactory; as also that between Geology and Zoology. 
The relationship of Paleontology on the one hand to the geological work, and on the 
other to that of Zoology, has been disputed, but the departmental organization as 
originally adopted, with the slight modifications which have been made, seems upon 
the whole the one best adapted to the interests of all concerned. 

A spirit of co-operation has grown up which has shown itself in many ways, and 
from the more developed growth of which much good may be expected. The staff has 
been singularly free from cliques. A caucus is something practically unknown. 
Debate is always free and outspoken. The division of the Faculties varies with almost 
every question which comes forward. Men who oppose each other vigorously on one 
subject work together most harmoniously when another subject comes forward for con- 
sideration. At two or three times within the ten years there has been more or less 
excitement. This has demonstrated the sincerity of men in the expression of their con- 
victions, and, as stated above, men who on one of these cases were vigorous opponents, 
on another clasped hands as allies. Upon the whole, it is perhaps strange that such 
periods when feeling has become, perhaps, too intense, have not been more frequent. 
In no community in the world has there been shown a greater readiness to permit the 
rule of the majority. 

It seems evident that a closer bond of union will exist between the Professional 
Faculties and the staff of the Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science than is ordi- 
narily found in institutions of learning. No sharp line has yet been drawn between 
the members of the Professional Faculties and those of the other Faculties. It is my 
most earnest hope that the tendency which has already shown itself in this matter may 
continue, and that as other Professional Faculties shall be organized they shall not be 
isolated from the University at large or from any portion of it, but rather that they 
shall take their full share in the discussion and disposition of all questions which con- 
cern the University life and policy. The future of professional work in this country is 
largely dependent, in my opinion, upon the closeness of its relationship to the University. 

Concerning the individual work of the members of the staff I cannot speak too 
strongly, but this work is represented in the large number of men and women who 
have received degrees from the University, and in the remarkable number and notable 
character of the publications which have been put forth by members of the staff. For 
a record of this splendid service I refer you to the special volume of this Report, entitled 
Publications of Members of the University, 1892-1902. The honors conferred 
on the various members of the staff by governments and by institutions of learning are 
more numerous than can here be recited. 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



The following persons on permanent appointment have been taken away by death 
during their service at the University : Ezekiel Gilman Robinson, Professor of Ethics 
and Apologetics ; James Robinson Boise, Professor of New Testament Greek, Emeritus ; 
George Washington Northrup, Professor of Systematic Theology ; George Baur, Asso- 
ciate Professor of Comparative Osteology and Paleontology; Francis W. Parker, 
Director of the School of Education. 

The following officers on permanent appointment have been called away from 
the University to occupy positions in connection with other institutions or in other 
fields: Professor Franklin P. Mall, to Johns Hopkins University; Professor Edmund 
Janes James, to the presidency of Northwestern University; Associate Professor 
George Emory Fellows, to the presidency of the University of Maine; Professor 
Adolph Caspar Miller, to the University of California. 

There are two points in connection with the work of the members of the staff 
mention of which I cannot omit. The charge of sensationalism has been made by 
some unthinking persons against certain instructors in the University. This has had 
its origin in the misrepresentations of professorial utterances which have appeared in 
the public press, having come from the pens of irresponsible reporters. An effort 
has been made in most of these cases to discover the basis of the newspaper state- 
ments, and it has generally been found that a remark, entirely innocent, has been 
twisted either by the reporter or by the editor to subserve a Eumorous purpose. I 
take the liberty of repeating here a statement made at a recent Convocation: 

" I am moved to make a statement of fact and opinion concerning two related 
subjects which quite recently have attracted some attention in the public mind. The 
first of these is the freedom of opinion enjoyed in these days by members of the 
University. The second is the use and abuse of this right by professors of the Uni- 
versity Faculty. Concerning the first, I may be permitted to present a statement 
adopted unanimously by the members of the Congregation of the University on June 
30, 1899: 

"Resolved, 1. That the principle of complete freedom of speech on all subjects has from 
the beginning been regarded as fundamental in the University of Chicago, as has been shown 
both by the attitude of the President and the Board of Trustees and by the actual practice of 
the President and the professors. 

" 2. That this principle can neither now nor at any future time be called in question. 

" 3. That it is desirable to have it clearly understood that the University, as such, does 
not appear as a disputant on either side upon any public question; and that the utterances 
which any professor may make in public are to be regarded as representing his opinions only. 

" To this statement of the Congregation I wish to add, first, that whatever may or 
may not have happened in other universities, in the University of Chicago neither the 
Trustees, nor the President, nor anyone in official position has at any time called an 
instructor to account for any public utterances which he may have made. Still further, 
in no single case has a donor to the University called the attention of the Trustees 



xxii The President's Eepoet 



to the teaching of any officer of the University as being distasteful or objectionable. 
Still further, it is my opinion that no donor of money to a university, whether that 
donor be an individual or the state, has any right, before God or man, to interfere 
with the teaching of officers appointed to give instruction in a university. When for 
any reason, in a university on private foundation, or in a university supported by public 
money, the administration of the institution or the instruction in any of its depart- 
ments is changed by an influence from without; when an effort is made to dislodge an 
officer or a professor because the political sentiment or the religious sentiment of the 
majority has undergone a change, at that moment the institution has ceased to be a 
university, and it cannot again take its place in the rank of universities so long as 
there continues to exist to any appreciable extent the factor of coercion. Neither an 
individual, nor the state, nor the church has the right to interfere with the search for 
truth, or with its promulgation when found. Individuals, or the state, or the 
church may found schools for propagating certain special kinds of instruction, 
but such schools are not universities, and may not be so denominated. A donor has 
the privilege of ceasing to make his gifts to an institution if, in his opinion, for any 
reason, the work of the institution is not satisfactory; but as donor he has no right to 
interfere with the administration or the instruction of the university. The trustees in 
an institution in which such interference has taken place may not maintain their self- 
respect and remain trustees. They owe it to themselves and to the cause of liberty of 
thought to resign their places rather than to yield a principle the significance of which 
rises above all else in comparison. In order to be specific, and in order not to be 
misunderstood, I wish to say again that no donor of funds to the University — and I 
include in the number of donors the founder of the University, Mr. Eockefeller — has 
ever by a single word or act indicated his dissatisfaction with the instruction given to 
students in the University, or with the public expression of opinion made by an officer 
of the University. I vouch for the truth of this statement, and I trust that it may 
have the largest possible publicity. 

" Concerning the second subject, the use and abuse of the right of free expression 
by officers of the University staff: As I have said, an instructor in the University has 
an absolute right to express his opinion. If such an instructor is on an appointment for 
two or three or four years, and if during these years he exercises this right in such a way 
as to do himself and the institution serious injury, it is of course the privilege of the 
University to allow his appointment to lapse at the end of the term for which it was 
originally made. If an officer on permanent appointment abuses his privilege as a 
professor, the University must suffer and it is proper that it should suffer. This is 
only the direct and inevitable consequence of the lack of foresight and wisdom involved 
in the original appointment. The injury thus accruing to the University is, moreover, 
far less serious than would follow if, for an expression of opinion differing from that 
of the majority of the Faculty, or from that of the Board of Trustees, or from that of 
the President of the University, a permanent officer were asked to present his resig- 



The President's Kepoet xxiu 



nation. The greatest single element necessary for the cultivation of the academic 
spirit is the feeling of security from interference. It is only those who have this feel- 
ing that are able to do work which in the highest sense will be beneficial to humanity. 
Freedom of expression must be given the members of a university faculty, even though 
it be abused; for, as has been said, the abuse of it is not so great an evil as the restric- 
tion of such liberty. But it may be asked: In what way may the professor abuse his 
privilege of freedom of expression ? Or, to put the question more largely : In what way 
does a professor bring reproach and injury to himself and to his institution? I answer: 
A professo]- is guilty of an abuse of his privilege who promulgates as truth ideas or 
opinions which have not been tested scientifically by his colleagues in the same depart- 
ment of research or investigation. A professor has no right to proclaim to the public 
a truth discovered which is yet unsettled and uncertain. A professor abuses his 
privilege who takes advantage of a class-room exercise to propagate the partisan views 
of one or another of the political parties. The university is no place for partisanship. 
From the teacher's desk should emanate the discussion of principles, the judicial state- 
ment of arguments from various points of view, and not the one-sided representations 
of a partisan character. A professor abuses his privilege who in any way seeks to 
influence his pupils or the public by sensational methods. A professor abuses his 
privilege of expression of opinion when, although a student and perhaps an authority 
in one department or group of departments, he undertakes to speak authoritatively on 
subjects which have no relationship to the department in which he was appointed to 
give instruction. A professor abuses his privilege in many cases when, although shut 
ofe in large measure from the world, and engaged within a narrow field of investi- 
gation, he undertakes to instruct his colleagues or the public concerning matters in 
the world at large in connection with which he has had little or no experience. A 
professor abuses his privilege of freedom of expression when he fails to exercise that 
quality ordinarily called common sense, which, it must be confessed, in some cases the 
professor lacks. A professor ought not to make such an exhibition of his weakness, or 
to make an exhibition of his weakness so many times, that the attention of the public 
at large is called to the fact. In this respect he has no larger liberty than other men. 
"But may a professor do all of these things and yet remain an officer in the Uni- 
versity? Yes. The professor in most cases is only an ordinary man. Perfection is 
not to be expected of him. Like men in other professions, professors have their weak- 
nesses. But will a professor under any circumstances be asked to withdraw from the 
University? Yes. His resignation will be demanded, and will be accepted, when, in 
the opinion of those in authority, he has been guilty of immorality, or when for any 
reason he has proved himself to be incompetent to perform the service called for. 
The public should be on its guard in two particulars: The utterance of a professor, 
however wise or foolish, is not the utterance of the University. No individual, no 
group of individuals, can speak for the University. A statement, by whomsoever made, 
is the statement of an individual. 



xxiv The President's Report 

"And further, in passing judgment, care should be taken that the facts are known. 
It is a habit of modern journalists, and especially of the average student reporter for 
the newspapers, so to supply facts, so to dress up the real facts, so to magnify and 
exaggerate, so to belittle and ridicule universities and university men, that serious 
injury is wrought, where perhaps no such injury was intended. It is the fashion to 
do this sort of thing, and it is done regardless of the consequences. Real regard for 
the interests of higher education would lead to the adoption of a different policy ; but, 
as matters stand, the professor is often charged with acts and utterances implying an 
imbecility which is not characteristic of him, and to him there are frequently ascribed 
startling and revolutionary sentiments and statements of which he is wholly innocent. 
I may sum up the point in three sentences: (1) college and university professors do 
make mistakes, and sometimes serious ones; but (2) these are to be attributed to the 
professor and not to the university ; and (3) in a large majority of instances the mis- 
take, as published to the world, is misrepresented, exaggerated, or, at least, presented 
in such a form as to do the professor, the university, and the cause of truth itself, 
gross injustice." 

I take the liberty of presenting the following suggestions : 

1. Those who are Heads of Departments and clothed with the responsibility of 
such Headship should consider carefully what is involved in this responsibility, and the 
manner in which it affects the relations of the Head to the other members of Depart- 
ments. The Head should be something more than a mere chairman of the Depart- 
mental Faculty. It is quite certain that the Head should not regard himself as the 
autoci'atic ruler of the Department. In some cases the Head has gone to one extreme, 
and the result has been lack of proper organization and effective service. In other cases 
the Head has gone to the other extreme, and the result has been friction and estrange- 
ment on the part of members of the Department. It is possible that in some Depart- 
ments there are officers who because of natural temperament are better able to administer 
the affairs of the Department than the Head himself. It is not an altogether unfortunate 
thing that this fact should be recognized and the younger officer be given permission 
to do that work because he can do it with less effort. The distribution of the work of 
the Department is perhaps the most important single factor in its ultimate success, and 
this must in large measure rest with the Head after consultation with the other mem- 
bers. It seems inconceivable that a Head will ever allow himself to break the close 
personal relationship which ought to exist between himself and his colleagues. Yet 
this sometimes happens to the great detriment of the Department. 

2. The University has been accustomed in the case of some Departments of Science 
to make provision for a Laboratory Assistant or Research Assistant whose services shall 
be at the disposal of the Head of the Department. The actiial outcome of this plan is 
much greater than might at first be supposed. It really means that the Head, notwith- 
standing administrative duties, is thus enabled to carry on his research work, because to 
the Assistant he may assign work which under his supervision is as well performed by the 



The President's Eepoet xxv 

Assistant as by the Professor. I can easily see how the employment of such an Assistant 
upon a small salary would actually double the productive power of the Professor, while 
the training thus secured by the Assistant would be of more service than any course of 
study which could be prescribed. The question is therefore whether the time has not 
come for the appointment in every Department of such a Research Assistant, one who 
can be asked to collect material, arrange bibliography, and perform that ordinary service 
which requires so large an amount of time and which another may perform with as great 
satisfaction as the high-salaried officer. 

3. It is probable that too large a portion of the time of instructors is given to the 
preparation of ordinary text-books. It cannot be argued, however, that the preparation 
of college text-books, as well as that of text-books for secondary schools, does not fall 
within the legitimate province of the university professor. It is not so much a qixestion 
of the thing itself, but rather the proportion of time thus employed. It is important 
to recognize the fact that, while there is a demand for restatement of truth already 
secured, such demand should not lay too heavy a burden upon any one man or upon 
the men in any single institution. 

4. There should be established Research Professorships, the occupants of which 
might lecture or not according to the best interests of the work in which they are 
engaged. This is practically the character of the Professorships in the Observatory. 
There should be chairs in other Departments, perhaps a chair in every Department, to 
which there might be made a permanent appointment, or which might be occupied for 
a longer or shorter period by the various members of the Department capable of doing 
research work. 

5. Another step forward should be taken in the matter of salaries. The sum of 
13,000 is not a sufficient income for one who holds the full professorial rank. This salary 
should be at least $4,000, while that of the Associate Professor should be made |3,000. 
With the salaries thus arranged, the Assistant Professor receiving $2,000, the Associate 
Professor receiving $3,000, and the full Professor who is not a Head of a Department 
receiving $4,000, the situation would be greatly improved. While it may not be said 
that there is too large a difPerence between the highest salaries and the lowest, it may 
be said truly that not enough men receive the higher salaries. The difficulty of carrying 
out such a policy with the continually diminishing rate of interest received on endow- 
ments is self-evident, but this means simply that a larger endowment is needed for the 
satisfactory support of the work undertaken. 

6. Arrangements should be made to encourage a larger number of men to devote 
six months of the twelve to research and investigation, their lecture work and teaching 
being confined to the other six months. This plan has already been adopted in several 
individual cases. It is very desirable to place the advantages of this arrangement at the 
command of others. With the privilege thus secured of living a year abroad and a 
year at home, the highest results may be achieved. 

7. The University should plan and execute at the earliest possible season a pension 



xxvi The President's Keport 

system which should make ample provision for those who have been connected with the 
University for a definite period. Such a system goes far to make the calling of the 
professor an attractive one, and to relieve his mind from anxiety concerning his old age. 
The man who at twenty-five or twenty-seven takes up his work in the University on 
a salary of $1,200 or $1,500, whose expenses increase more rapidly in proportion than 
his income, with only a meager salary at the best before him, will be greatly helped by 
the knowledge that provision has been made for him in case of illness or old age. Such 
a system has already been introduced in one or more of our institutions in America, 
and no institution can be regarded as thoroughly established of which such a provision 
does not form a part. 

8. There are certain obligations which members of the staff sometimes fail to 
observe. Among these may be mentioned: 

a) Promptness at the beginning of the Quarter's work. It is a wrong to the 
institution and an injustice to the students for a Professor to fail to make his appear- 
ance at the first exercise for which he is announced in the University schedule. 

b) The continuation of lectures and recitations to the end of the time for which 
he has been announced. It has sometimes seemed that the final date of an official term 
of residence was but slightly regarded by those who had some occasion to leave at an 
earlier period. 

c) Access to instructors is a right which students may demand, and a reasonable 
amount of time should be set apart for such work. The office hour should be kept as 
regularly by a Professor as by a Dean. 

9. That custom which seems to forbid one officer visiting the class-room of another, 
or to make such visits questionable, is an unfortunate one. Much good would follow 
from the intervisitation of classes by the different officers. The failure of instructors 
to observe the teaching of other instructors is at least in part responsible for the failure 
of many to make use in their work of the most common pedagogical principles. It is 
the purpose of the President to take occasion to visit the class-rooms of instructors as 
frequently as his other duties will permit. It is hoped that the other officers of the 
University may think it wise to adopt this custom. 

III. THE PUBLIC 

The question next in importance to that of securing a spirit of unity in a Faculty 
made up of so many different elements was that of obtaining the good-will and sup- 
port of the Chicago public. There was grave doubt whether the citizens of Chicago 
would rally to the support of an institution established so closely in connection with a 
single denomination and assisted so generously by one man. The history of other 
institutions organized wholly or in part along the same lines was not encouraging, and 
the very fact that Mr. Rockefeller was understood to be able to furnish all the money 
that might be needed was a source of difficulty; but the people of Chicago exhibited 
in this matter great breadth of mind and intelligence. Moved by the example of a few 



The President's Report xxvii 



men, known throughout the country for their large and generous consideration of 
important questions, the public at large soon came into friendly relationship with the 
University. This closer interest and sympathy was secured in part through the fact of 
the name, "The University of Chicago," and in part through Mr. Rockefeller's refusal 
to allow his name to be made a part of the main title of the University. It was really a 
source of considerable surprise that men of such character and in such numbers should 
within so short a time ally themselves in one way or another with the fortunes of the 
institution. 

These three facts — namely, the sympathy of the public, the strength of the 
Faculty, and the character of the Trustees — furnish the basis for the progress thus far 
made. 

From the beginning the University has adopted the policy of making its affairs 
known to the public. This has not been done with the desire to advertise itself. A 
charge to this effect has frequently been made by those who, for the time being, were 
perhaps disturbed by the rapidity of the University's growth. Our feeling has been that 
the tastitution is a public institution and that everything relating to its inside history, 
including its financial condition, should be made known. Its deficits have been pub- 
lished as well as its surpluses, and we attribute largely to this policy of public state- 
ment, not only the interest of the public, but the confidence which has been shown on 
so many occasions. It is generally understood that everything relating to the internal 
history will be made known within a proper time ; in other words, the books of the 
University, both financial and educational, the minutes of its Faculties, and even the 
record-book of the President are open to all. Nothing is concealed. Even that which 
at the first sight would seem to be disadvantageous is made known. The amount and 
character of its investments are published annually. Perhaps no other institution has 
shown a greater readiness to allow its internal affairs to be known and criticised. 

The financial support accorded has been something phenomenal. In the course 
of ten years the list of donors to the University includes more than three thousand 
names, besides that of Mr. Rockefeller. The gifts actually received, ranging from one 
dollar upward, have aggregated (up to June 30, 1902) $17,417,275, and of this sum, 
$5,978,371 has been given by friends of the University other than the founder. It is 
perhaps true that in the history of educational benevolence there is no parallel example. 
If account were taken of the wills which are known to have been made, this sum would 
be greatly increased. It is only fair to add that this interest has been largely a local 
one, inasmuch as the greater part of the $5,978,371 has come from Chicago. The 
classes of society from which these contributions have been received are of every 
possible grade. It is also to be remembered that in the case of at least 90 per cent, of 
these gifts the initiative was taken by the donor himself. 

In no way has the University received more loyal support than in the great mul- 
titude of young men and women who have been committed to its care. When we reflect 
that there still exists a strong tendency in Chicago and the West, especially on the part 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



of the alumni of eastern institutions, to send the children to the institution with which 
the parent was connected, and when we consider the great value of a period of residence 
entirely removed from the scenes of earlier life, we cannot be mistaken in interpreting 
the fact of the large number of students at work within the walls of the institution as 
an indication of interest and confidence on the part of the public. The moral support 
indicated in this and in so many ways has been a bulwark of strength in these early 
years — years necessarily full of difficulty and discouragement. 

To the public press the University is more greatly indebted than it can adequately 
express; and while not infrequently statements have appeared which seemed to be 
injurious, it is certain that in no considerable number of cases have such representations 
been made for the purpose of injuring the institution. The opinion of the newspaper 
public as to what is helpful and what is interesting often differs from that of the party 
concerning whom the statement is made. On the whole, it may be said that a fairly 
satisfactory representation of the work of the University has been presented through 
the press. It is at all events true that the interest of the papers has been greater than 
we could have wished, and that, in part, because of this interest, the University is 
known throughout the world in a way in which it would not otherwise have been 
known. The press will bear testimony that the University has not sought this prom- 
inence ; that indeed much has been done by the officers of the University to avoid it ; 
and that more than once official steps have been taken to persuade the press that the 
University would be just as well satisfied with a more limited share of its attention. 
It seems necessary to make this statement, since many people honestly believe that the 
University from the beginning has had a Bureau of Publicity, and that this Bureau 
has been conducted at great expense for the purpose of advertising the institution. 
The University has occasionally accepted space in educational journals for the announce- 
ment of the opening and closing of its terms of work or for special announcements of 
special schools or divisions. It has also published similar announcements in the daily 
press of Chicago. But outside of these announcements its general policy has been 
not to expend money for advertising purposes except in the preparation of circulars 
of information which are sent out upon request. 

The attitude of other institutions of learning has been very interesting. Institu- 
tions of secondary education have almost without exception sought the help of the 
University and expressed their appreciation of such help. The growth of the Con- 
ference of University Instructors and Teachers of Secondary Schools is an indication 
of the good relationship existing between the University and secondary schools. In 
another place (p. Isvi) I shall speak more definitely of the relationship by affiliation 
and co-operation. The colleges of the surrounding states at first regarded the estab- 
lishment of the University as a source of menace to their interests. Some of them 
feared that their students would flock in a body to the city of Chicago and their halls 
be left entirely deserted; others were inclined to be hostile in their spirit. But as 
years passed it was recognized that the coming of the University had in no way 



The President's Report xxix 

injured even a single institution of learning in the Mississippi valley; tliat while 
students entered the University from all sections of the country, there were still more 
students for the colleges than they had had before. It appeared that the establish- 
ment of the University of Chicago had deepened the interest in college education 
throughout the West, and that every college was to a greater or less extent the 
partaker of the advantages accruing from this deeper interest. It was at first thought 
impossible that the University could take an interest in other institutions, and that of 
necessity it must be hostile to the smaller colleges, but the utterances of University 
officers on this question, and the actual facts as they began to be known, proved the 
contrary. It was soon apparent: (a) that large assistance could be secured from 
the University in many ways; (6) that close proximity stimulated the work of the 
college and incited its students to continue in study after the college years had been 
finished; (c) that a broader spirit prevailed than in the former days, and that, in con- 
sequence of this, larger help was being secured for the maintenance of the college. It 
is now quite generally recognized that the University of Chicago sustains a relation- 
ship to these smaller colleges of the Mississippi valley which no other institution can 
sustain. The state university in each case is the distinct rival of the neighboring 
colleges because, not only in undergraduate work, but in the professional work, the 
standards of requirement are such as to make the state institution a competitor. If 
the standards of admission to the professional schools of the state universities were 
higher, the colleges would have the privilege of preparing men for this higher work; 
but since requirements of admission to these professional schools are in no case 
higher, and in many cases lower, than the requirements of admission to the Fresh- 
man class, the state university is in every department a rival of the college, while, on 
the other hand, the University of Chicago, requiring for admission to its professional 
schools at least three years of college work, sustains an entirely different relationship 
• — one which encourages the doing of college work before entering upon professional 
work. This fact is coming to be more and more generally appreciated, and because 
of it the colleges are being drawn closer to the University. 

During this first ten years of the University's history it is a striking fact that a 
large proportion of the colleges located in the South and West have sent from one- 
fourth to two- thirds of the members of their Faculties to be students in the University. 

The universities east and west have at different times represented various atti- 
tudes. Among the eastern institutions there was at first indifference, followed by a 
certain degree of contemptuous interest, and this, in turn, as the plans of the University 
became more definitely understood, by an attitude of curiosity and surprise, which 
later developed into cordial interest and sympathy. Many remarks were made in 
public and in private about the institution, outlined on paper, the lack of culture in 
Chicago, and the need of centuries for the upbuilding of an institution of learning. 
In the West, on the other hand, there seems to have been a considerable degree of 
sympathy with the work of the University from the beginning. The state universities, 



XXX The President's Report 

appreciative of the western spirit, recognizing the strength of the location in Chicago, 
and understanding the basis of development from their own experience, saw clearly 
that with sufficient resources an important work could be built up. They were of 
course suspicious as to the possibility of securing resources within a short time, but 
with the occasional transfer from the various institutions of strong members in their 
stafp, there soon came to exist, not only an appreciation of the University's work, but a 
decided interest in its success. It was learned that the people of the states influenced 
by Chicago were ready to do larger things for the universities located in those states 
because of the larger things being done in Chicago. It was soon possible to secure 
the adjustment of larger salaries and the appropriation of larger funds for develop- 
ment, and while there has been occasional indication of a narrow and unpleasant 
spirit, in the great majority of cases the attitude has been one of larger view and of 
thorough cordiality. We have made earnest effort to maintain a proper relationship 
with sister institutions, and, so far as we are aware, nothing that could be called 
discourteous or illegitimate has been done to destroy such relationships. The general 
movement toward co-operation on the part of institutions of learning is one of the most 
marked tendencies of the last decade, and it is not claimingtoo much, perhaps, to sug- 
gest that our own University has performed its share of service in bringing about this 
better understanding. 

It is generally understood that there exists upon the part of certain groups of 
teachers in the public schools a strong feeling of prejudice against the University. 
This feeling, so far as it exists, has grown out of a misunderstanding, and indeed a 
misrepresentation, of certain actions of the President of the University at the time 
when he was serving as a member of the Board of Education of the city of Chicago. 
When it was demonstrated that the educational funds of the city would not permit the 
continuance of salaries at the rate being paid, an effort was made, in which the Presi- 
dent of the University joined, to adjust matters in such a way that the city should not 
be embarrassed and the Board of Education brought into reproach. Many of the 
teachers felt that this attitude of the President was due to his belief that the salaries 
paid were too large, and that teachers could be obtained for smaller salaries. His 
position was wholly misunderstood. On every legitimate occasion the President has 
advocated higher salaries in the public schools, as well as higher salaries in the 
colleges and universities, but he recognizes that salaries can be paid only when funds 
are provided, and that the amount of salaries must in every case be determined by the 
amount of funds available. Certain factors have entered into this feeling on the part 
of many teachers to which reference may not here be made. It is, however, believed 
that with a better understanding, and with the removal of certain misrepresentations, 
this feeling of hostility will pass away. It is certainly the desire of the University 
to be of direct service to all who are engaged in the work of teaching. 

A great deal of satisfaction has been found in the fact that so many of the class 
of working- people have found it possible to send their sons and daughters to the Uni- 



The President's Kepokt xxxi 



versity to secure an education. No accurate statement of numbers can be given, but 
it is quite certain that a large proportion of the students of the University coming from 
the city of Chicago belong to families ordinarily classified as those of the working- 
people. Nearly every nationality represented in the city is represented in the Univer- 
sity. Not infrequently utterances have been made in the meetings of trades unions 
which have shown an utter lack of appreciation of the work being done by the Univer- 
sity for the sons and daughters of the men gathered in those very unions. We under- 
stand that it is lack of acquaintance with the institution and its purposes that explains 
such utterances. In the near future a better conception will be entertained in these 
quarters. It is true that the sons and daughters of men of the working classes are 
unable to pay the fees prescribed by the University, but it is to be remembered that 
hundreds of students each year are assisted in the payment of their fees by scholarships 
and student service, and in many cases the Scholars appointed by the faculties of the 
high schools are young men and women of such parentage. 

It is impossible in a Report of this character to pay proper tribute to the memory 
of those men and women who formed a part of the great public to which the Univer- 
sity is indebted for help in establishing its work thus far done. The roll of our illus- 
trious dead is not yet a long one, but it contains names closely associated with the 
early history of the University, and it is important to note that in many cases the help 
rendered was not material help. Here belong: 

J,ustin A. Smith, D.D., editor of the Standard, who was the friend of higher 
education from his youth up, who labored earnestly for the establishment of the Uni- 
versity, was the first Recording Secretary of the Board of Trustees, and to the end of 
his life remained a useful friend of the institution and a trusted adviser of its officers. 

Silas B. Cobb, one of the very early settlers of Chicago, who took great satisfac- 
tion in providing the funds for the building of Cobb Lecture Hall. 

Sidney A. Kent, one of the leading business men of the city, who not only built 
Kent Physical Laboratory, but made provision in his will for the permanent care of 
the building. 

Mrs. Nancy S. Foster, who came to Chicago at an early day, and who first built 
the original Foster Hall, and afterward enlarged and completed it. 

Mrs. Henrietta Snell, who built Snell Hall in memory of her husband. 

Mrs. Caroline E. Haskell, who endowed the Haskell and Barrows Lectureships, built 
the Haskell Oriental Museum, and was unwearied in her eiforts to aid the University. 

I desire to make the following suggestions to the public: 

1. The impression which seems to have gained ground that the University, in 
view of the large gifts which have been made to it, is not appreciative of smaller gifts, 
is an entirely erroneous one. There are many ways in which a small gift can be used 
to the best advantage; in illustration I mention the following: 

a) A gift of Twenty Dollars as a prize for marksmanship in the work of the 
Military Company. 



xxxii The President's Report 

h) Books, or money for the purchase of books, even in the smallest of sums. 

c) The provision of pictures and paintings for the decoration of the many buildings. 

d) The planting of a single tree. 

e) The sum of $120 will pay the tuition of a poor student for one year. 
/) The sum of $480 will carry him through his college course. 

g) The sum of $3,000 will pay the tuition of one poor student as long as the 
University endures. There should be five hundred such endowed Scholarships in the 
Colleges of the University. 

h) There should be two hundred and fifty endowed Fellowships in the Grraduate 
Schools of the University. These endowments may be from $8,000 upward. 

2. The public has been led into error in so far as it has come to believe that the 
Faculty of the University contains men who say or do things for the sake of a sensa- 
tional result. The men against whom this charge has been made deprecate most seriously 
the fact that the University and themselves should be thus maligned. As a matter of 
fact, to all who know those men it is apparent that they are removed the farthest pos- 
sible from any such desire for notoriety. Unfortunate representations growing out of 
statements perfectly legitimate in themselves have made these men the targets of a 
merciless tendency to use for humorous purposes everything which can possibly be 
so used. 

3. It is necessary to repeat a suggestion which has been made before, to the effect 
that the public should be careful not to treat the words of an individual professor as if 
they were the official utterance of the University. Each officer of the University is 
given the largest possible freedom. He is expected to follow out his individual bent. 
The University is of course responsible for giving him this opportunity, but it should 
not be held responsible for each and every word that is uttered by him. It is a mis- 
take to charge reproach upon a University because of the utterance of a professor who 
holds opinions with which the person making the charge is not in sympathy. This is 
also true of the words of the President of the University, which should never be taken 
as an official statement of the University itself, unless he distinctly utters it as such 
and indicates the particular body. Trustees or Faculty, for which he speaks. All other 
utterances are of an individual and personal character, and he should be given permis- 
sion, as is every other professor, to make utterances for himself. 

4. The fundamental purpose of the press of a city is surely to assist that city in 
building up its institutions, and not to injure it by tearing down institutions recog- 
nized as bringing credit to the city. In the spirit of the times, the newspapers of 
Chicago have permitted themselves too frequently to print statements utterly devoid 
of foundation, and to make representations of a humorous character equally hurtful to 
the University. The press is cognizant of the fact that eastern papers and eastern 
institutions lose no opportunity to take up these statements and use them to the injury 
of the University and of the city of which the University forms a part, and distinct 
and permanent injury is the result of such treatment. Because the daily press has not 



The President's Repoet xxxiii 



appreciated the nature and degree of the injury thus wrought, it has permitted itself 
to deal in this reprehensible way with institutions deserving only of assistance, and 
institutions which not only deserve but need such assistance. In other words, the 
press has with one hand greatly assisted the University and similar institutions, but 
with the other hand has torn down the very work it has sought to build up. This is 
not economical, nor is it on the whole a respectable treatment to accord an institution 
of the character of the University of Chicago. It is a degrading of the institution, 
and in such treatment the press degrades itself. 

IV. THE STUDENTS 

The number of students has risen gradually from year to year, beginning with 
594 in the autumn of 1892, and closing with 2,431 in the autumn of 1901. The total 
number of matriculants has been 14,307. 

The sources of this large student body have been exceedingly varied. Every 
state in the Union has made contributions, the ten states from which the largest 
number have come being Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Ohio, Missouri, Wisconsin, New 
York, Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Kansas. 

It has been a subject of general comment that the chief characteristics of the 
student body have been steadiness, sturdiness, strength, strong individuality, high ideals, 
and clear purpose. Members of the Faculties of eastern institutions have been struck 
with the individual strength and character of the student body. The student constitu- 
ency does not perhaps equal in outward polish that of one of the larger institutions of 
the East, but in ability to organize work, in skill of adaptation of means to end, in deter- 
miaation of purpose to win, in readiness to make sacrifice for the sake of intellectual 
advancement, no body of students ever gathered together in this country, or in any 
other country, has shown itself superior to the student body of the University of 
Chicago. The student spirit is of course still in its infancy and has not yet worked 
out the best possible means of expression, but the changes that have come about in 
the last three years are clear evidence that the infancy just referred to is rapidly 
becoming a thing of the past, and that maturity of strength is being attained. The 
individual spirit has shown itself in so many ways that the history of individual enter- 
prise is perhaps the most pathetic chapter in the history of the University. The 
strong development of the individual which has been encouraged by the institutions 
and regulations of the University has been gained at some cost to the spirit of the 
mass, but this individual spirit, which is characteristically the spirit of the university 
as distinguished from that of the college, has in proper ways subordinated itself to the 
more general spirit, and this without detriment to itself. The presence of so large a 
number of graduate students has influenced to an appreciable extent the general char- 
acter of the imdergraduate student body, and this has not in all cases resulted in 
disadvantage to the latter. Furthermore, the individual freedom of the graduate 
student has been shared by every undergraduate student, and while this has to some 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



extent prevented the massing of the students together for certain purposes, it has 
nevertheless proved to be a distinct source of advantage to the individual student. 

Upon the whole, the relationship between student and professor has been a close 
one. It is ordinarily not expected that in an institution with city environment, and in an 
institution of so large a size, a great degree of intimacy is to be secured. Such 
intimacy is indeed frowned upon in certain of the larger institutions. It has been 
different with us. A large majority of the professors have cultivated close personal 
relationship with the members of their classes. Undoubtedly many an individual has 
passed out of the institution without entering into such intimacy even with a single 
officer, but this is not true of a large number, and when true is to be explained in most 
cases by the peculiar character of the student himself. In some cases officers of the 
University have held themselves aloof from students, but these cases also have been 
few, and in general as close a relationship exists in the University between student and 
officer as might be expected or as is really called for. The student who comes to the 
University after two years of residence in a college, the faculty of which numbers 
twelve or fifteen, should not complain if, after his first year in the University, he is not 
personally acquainted with more than thirty or forty of the three hundred instructors. 
His acquaintance is three times as extended as it was in the smaller college, although 
he does not yet know more than 10 per cent, of the officers of the University. The 
fact that he cannot become acquainted with a larger number means nothing, for he 
already knows a much larger number than he would have met in the smaller 
institution. 

The number of cases requiring discipline has been surprisingly small, and the 
cases of the most serious character have occurred in the graduate schools rather 
than in the colleges. There has been the usual number of instances of cheating in 
theme work and in examinations. No student has been arrested by a police officer 
during the history of the University, and no student has been dismissed for drunken- 
ness. Cases of immorality which have come to the notice of the authorities have been 
exceedingly few. In cases of discipline of the most serious character, the President, in 
consultation with the officers most nearly connected, has acted without bringing the 
matter to the attention of the Faculties. In ordinary cases the Faculty has taken 
action. But in nearly every case students have returned after the term of suspension 
and finished their course of study. Kules of conduct have been few, the general 
requirements being those ordinarily expected of men and women living in good 
society. 

There probably has been a less satisfactory development of the literary spirit 
among the students than might have been expected. This has been due in part to 
the newness of the situation and to the lack of encouragement and stimulus in certain 
lines. Great emphasis has been placed on the scientific side of work, and perhaps 
there has been greater interest developed in the philology than in the literature of a 
given language. It is also true that in these years the aesthetic side of work has been 



The Peesident's Report xxxv 



sadly ignored. A change has already been instituted, and in time the results should 
show themselves. 

No larger interest in athletic matters has grown up than would naturally have 
been looked for. The refusal of the University to adopt the policy of other institutions 
in going out to search for athletes and to persuade them to enter the University by 
holding out inducements of many kinds is so thoroughly recognized that the athletic 
management has been severely criticised both by the students and the alumni for its 
lack of progressive enterprise in this respect; and yet in spite of this so-called failure 
to do the proper thing, a reasonable number of candidates for athletic honors have 
presented themselves, and the record of the institution for ten years may be called 
good. It is at all events singularly above reproach. 

A very large number of the students support themselves wholly or in part by the 
aid of the Employment Bureau. Hundreds of students are enabled to secure work of 
one kind or another which contributes toward their expenses. This work is of various 
kinds, including: stenography and typewriting, clerical work, manual labor, dining- 
room service, bill collecting, canvassing, bookkeeping, lighting street lamps, distributing 
newspapers and circulars, folding Sunday papers in newspaper offices, domestic service, 
reading to aged people, serving as companions to children and youths, inspecting city 
gas lamps, acting as ticket clerks at suburban railway stations, or telephone switchboard 
operators, or stereopticon lantern operators, making lantern slides, reporting for news- 
papers, and clerking in stores. There have been more demands for yoimg women to 
do housework than could be supplied. As a rule these places are not desirable. There 
have been also more openings for students to do canvassing work for book houses, 
and college novelty houses, than could be filled. The average student does not take 
kindly to this sort of work, although some men who are naturally adapted to the work 
secure good returns from it. Perhaps as many as three hundred students each year 
receive some help from this Bureau. 

There was some question in the minds of the Trustees as to the merits of the 
so-called "Dormitory System" of college life. Effort was made on the part of certain 
educators at the time of the opening of the University to show that the dormitory life 
was a survival of the Middle Ages, and that it was something entirely injurious to the 
development of a proper manhood and womanhood. Our own experience has been 
exactly the opposite. With each recurring year the demand for residence on the 
grounds is greater, and the results of such residence are more clearly apparent. This 
is especially true in the case of women. The accommodations for men, however, have 
been so meager and unsatisfactory as to give small opportunity for judgment. The 
avidity with which the rooms in the new Hitchcock Hall have been taken, contrary to 
the expectations of many, shows conclusively that proper accommodations cannot be 
secured outside of the halls of the University, and even when it is possible to secure 
them, there is an attraction about life in a University building which is not found in 
isolation from the University grounds. The only exception to this is in the case of 



xxxvi -The President's Repoet 

the Fraternity Houses, which after all can hardly be called an exception, for they rep- 
resent really only an intensification of the dormitory system. 

One of the most pleasing things in the history of the student life has been the 
custom, now firmly established, for the retiring class to present to the University a 
memorial gift. These gifts have been accepted by the institution with great apprecia- 
tion as indicative of the good spirit which has always existed between the institution 
and its students. The following is a list of the gifts thus far made: The Senior 
Bench, by the class of 1896 ; the President's chair, 1897 ; a stone drinking fountain, 
1898; a pulpit, 1899; the planting of a tree upon the campus, 1900; the Douglas 
Tablet, 1901; and a stained-glass window for Mandel Hall, 1902. 

I desire to make the following suggestions with reference to the student body now 
in residence and to those who are to come: 

1. In view of the satisfactory work of the Student Councils, and in accordance 
with their development, larger and larger responsibility should be laid upon them. 
There seems to be no good reason why a considerable share of the government may 
not be placed with proper restrictions in their hands. This means a development of 
the plan of self-government. The more fully this plan can be worked out with com- 
mon consent and satisfactory guarantees, the better for the life of the University both 
social and educational. 

2. More halls for the residence of students should be built. Experience shows 
that up to a certain point such halls will be occupied as rapidly as they are 
provided. Nothing will contribute more largely to the development of the proper 
spirit and life than the provision of student houses on the quadrangles, or in close 
proximity. 

3. Provision should also be made, in accordance with the recommendation of the 
Junior College Faculty, concerning those students whose homes are in the city and 
who do not desire a sleeping place at the University, for the erection of halls in which 
accommodation for groups of twenty-five or thirty should be arranged. These accom- 
modations should include study-room, toilet-room, and lunch-room, and every under- 
graduate of the University should have his own place at the University. 

4. Larger plans should be worked out for the management of the Employment 
Bureau. There is practically no limit to the amount of work which such a bureau can 
secure for those who need assistance. No fee is charged the students. The salaries 
of that ofiice are a part of the University expense; but a larger corps of strong men 
should be employed to take charge of the work. 

5. Additional scholarships should be established, and the present scholarships 
of the Junior and Senior Colleges extending for one year should be made two-year 
scholarships with proper limitations. 

6. Something should be done to encourage a larger interest in literary work 
of a creative character. Whether this can best be done by prizes may be a 
question. 



The President's Repokt xxxvii 



V. THE ALUMNI 

I desire to call attention to the publication in connection with the Decennial 
Series of the first general Register of the University. This Register, which appears 
as a separate volume, will contain lists of the Trustees of the University, the officers 
of instruction, the officers of administration, the Fellows of the University, the alumni 
of the University, and the honorary alumni of the University. It is a source of regret 
that a triennial catalogue could not have been published from the beginning. With 
this Decennial Register as a basis, the work should be revised and republished at 
least every five years. It remains to be seen how important this publication will prove 
to be. It has been interesting to note the readiness with which the alumni in the 
various sections of the country have come together for the organization of associa- 
tions. Such associations have been established in Boston, New York, Indianapolis, 
Chicago, and Omaha. Nothing can be more advantageous to the general interests of 
the University than the association in this way of the alumni. The friends of the Uni- 
versity have noted with much satisfaction the strong and enthusiastic support which 
has characterized the men and women on whom the degrees of the University have 
been conferred. In the earlier years of an institution it is hardly to be expected that 
this spirit will manifest itself in any striking maimer. Only when an institution has 
lived thirty or fifty or one hundred years can the alumni constituency, under ordinary 
circumstances, become a strong factor, but in our case so long a time has not been 
required to witness the development of this spirit. The close touch in which a great 
majority of the alumni keep with the institution, the frequent visits made in connection 
with the Convocations and at other times, the definite suggestions which are constantly 
being received, and the not infrequent tangible expression in the form of gifts — all 
testify to the warmth and cordiality of the feeling cherished. A single exception has 
shown itself in the attitude of certain alumnss on questions recently discussed by the 
Faculty and Trustees. In this case the officers of the association refused to recognize 
the actual facts as presented to them officially, and saw fit to promulgate statements 
which were in a large measure misleading on account of their falsity. 

A single example of the interest of the alumni may be cited, viz., the work which 
was done in assisting in the establishment of the Daily Maroon, a work greatly 
appreciated by all connected with the University. 

The man who is only ten years or less out of college has not usually reached a 
place of prominence, and consequently we should not yet expect the alumni of the 
University to be occupying high positions. Indeed, the alumni of a new institution 
have many things with which to contend. It is natural that the alumni of universi- 
ties established for many years will use their influence in every line of work to assist 
the younger alumni of their own institutions. It was difficult in the early days for 
the alumni of the University of Chicago to secure that recognition which they 
deserved, because the stronger influence of older institutions was, at least indirectly, 
being exerted against them ; but in spite of the youth of the institution and of the diffi- 



xxxviii The Peesident's Kepoet 

CTilties just stated, our graduates have already achieved the highest success in nearly 
every line of work. 

Before the work of instruction had begun, the Trustees voted to re-enact the 
degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Divinity in the case of those graduates of the old 
University of Chicago and Morgan Park Theological Seminary who would come for- 
ward and receive the new degree at one of the Convocations. By this arrangement the 
University, before it had actually opened its doors, was in possession of a considerable 
body of alumni. The lines of distinction between the old and the new have been 
largely destroyed, and the spirit of co-operation prevails. A fuller reference to the 
subject of degrees will be made in another paragraph. 

Through its Bureau of Eecommendations the University is enabled to render 
valuable assistance to the alumni. The work of this Bureau, at first limited to making 
recommendations for teachers, has recently been extended, and now includes recom- 
mendations for any kind of work. The University desires through this Bureau to aid 
the alumni of the University, where aid is desired, in securing such positions as they 
may be able to fill most advantageously. A delicate responsibility is thus assumed, 
since not infrequently an alumnus is hardly satisfied with the statement that the Uni- 
versity, from its knowledge of his work in college and his career after leaving college, 
is able to make. The Bureau of Recommendations must be absolutely sincere and 
honest in the statements which it shall make. The officers of the University evidently 
can have no motive in connection with this Bureau other than that of giving 
assistance. 

To the alumni of no other institution of learning probably is there given so 
responsible a place in connection with the management of the affairs of the university 
as to the alumni of our own University. This is based upon the statute establishing 
and regulating the Congregation. Since this body includes in its constituency (a) 
every person who has received the Doctor's degree, (6) representatives of the Masters 
to the number of fifty, (c) representatives of the Bachelors of Arts, Literature, and Sci- 
ence to the number of one hundred, it is evident that it will ultimately be largely under 
the influence of the alumni, and since this body has been given the power to require a 
reconsideration of any action of a ruling body, its influence in the development of the 
policy of the University cannot be overestimated. It is customary to say to those receiv- 
ing the higher degrees of the University that the acceptance of such degrees is not to be 
interpreted as an honorary dismissal from the institution, but rather as a final initia- 
tion into the University of which forever afterwards they are members. Not infre- 
quently in the history of the Congregation men who were professors in other institu- 
tions of learning have sat in judgment upon the policy of the University of Chicago, 
being entitled to do this by virtue of the fact that they were Doctors of the Univer- 
sity or representatives duly elected. 

Much efficient work has been accomplished by the Secretary of the Alumni, who 
m connection with other work has administered the affairs of the association. The 



The President's Eeport xxxix 



time will soon come probably when the entire service of a strong man may profitably 
be occupied in the work of furthering the interests of the alumni, and through them 
of the institution. 

I desire to present the following suggestions: 

1. Copies of the Annual Begister should be mailed to every alumnus of the Uni- 
versity who indicates his desire to receive the same. Each alumnus, as a representative 
of the institution, should acquaint himself with the changes which are constantly being 
made in the internal work and organization of the University. These are formulated 
from time to time in the Begister, and although the volume is an expensive one, it is 
not asking too much of the University to supply its members (every alumnus being a 
member) with a copy. 

2. Steps should be taken to enlarge the Bureau of Eecommendations. Here 
again the work has grown in an unprecedented manner. Much has been accomplished, 
but much more remains to be done. Only through adequate organization of the office 
can the many demands made upon it be satisfactorily met. 

3. Whenever an opportunity presents itself for bringing together permanently 
eight or ten of the alumni, an association should be formed. Such an association will 
undoubtedly grow, and though at first small, a nucleus will be furnished around which 
will gather the new members of the University. 

4. Regular provision should be made for the visitation of these associations by 
representatives of the Faculty. It is as necessary that the Faculty should keep in 
touch with the alumni as that the alumni should keep in touch with the University. 

5. A large emphasis should be laid upon the fact that the alumni are members of 
the University, and that local separation should not interfere with the growth of close 
connection with the institution. 

VI. THE FOUNDER 
It is a delicate and somewhat difficult task to undertake to make a statement on 
the relations of the founder of the University to the institution, for much that I 
should like to say must of necessity be omitted. The story of the beginning 
of Mr. Rockefeller's interest in a college or university in Chicago is a long and 
intensely interesting one. The main features of it will probably not be made public 
until after the death of those who were the principal actors in it. His association 
with the Theological Seminary at Morgan Park was the occasion of his later interest 
in the larger work. His keen insight into the future led him to select Chicago as the 
center of the educational work which it was in his mind to foster. His study of the 
situation was one extending over several years, and only after he had given the subject a 
prolonged consideration was a decision finally reached. The fundamental principle in 
his policy from the beginning to the present has been to render assistance in such a 
way as that the responsibility for giving may not be taken from others. The wisdom 
of this policy has fully demonstrated itself. The fact that the list of donors contains 



xl The President's Eepoet 

so large a number of names is in large measure due to the working out of this 
important policy. The method was one which has at times seemed severe, for Mr. 
Rockefeller has been very conscientious in carrying out his contracts, doing only what 
he has agreed to do, and compelling the other party to do his share according to the 
agreement. But the good results of the method are fully apparent, and the fact that 
the University has received in gifts $17,000,000, and that this sum has come from over 
three thousand donors, is in itself sufficient evidence of Mr. Rockefeller's wisdom in 
this whole matter. 

If any feature of his relationship has been more marked than another, it has been 
the steady perseverance with which he has pursued the purpose originally outlined. 
So far as I understand the case, he has not wavered. His attitude has always been 
that of intelligent interest. But this has never led him to interfere in any way with 
the educational details of the work. Much ado was made on a certain occasion with 
reference to the resignation of a professor, it being asserted that this resignation had 
come about through the influence of the University's patron. It was said at that 
time, and it may be repeated again, that the representations to that effect were abso- 
lutely false. Mr. Rockefeller was not even aware that such a professor was in the 
University until he saw in the newspapers an account of his resignation. 

I carmot do better than reproduce here Mr. Rockefeller's brief address presented 
on the occasion of the Decennial celebration of the institution: 

Mr. President, Gentlemen of the Board of Trustees, Members of the Faculty, Students of the 

University of Chicago, Ladies and Gentlemen : 

It is a great pleasure for me to be present on this occasion. Five years have quickly passed 
since my last visit, and I see on every hand the great work which has been accomplished during 
that period — greater by far than our most sanguine expectations at that time. 

The extent and magnitude of the work are not alone measured by what we see of new 
structures and additional lands, together with new books and apparatus, but also by the steady 
and remarkable growth in the influence which this University exerts. It has stood, and will 
stand, for the best and the highest; for the good of man and the glory of God. 
************* 

The University is to be congratulated on its Board of Trustees. It was no easy undertak- 
ing to secure such a Board, composed as it is of men occupying the most important positions in 
the business and professional world. This task, however, was rendered less difficult on account of 
the widespread confidence felt in om- President. Much as we value the contributions of money 
which have been so generously furnished by the many friends of the University, we cannot 
overestimate the services of the Trustees, which have been given with unsurpassed ability, 
loyalty, and devotion. Indeed, I am certain that many gifts of money and property to the 
University of Chicago have been made because of the growing and well-merited confidence 
which the services of these Trustees have inspired in the public at large. In addition to these 
gifts, it is well known to you that large contributions have been made by individual members of 
this Board, and I imderstand there are still others in contemplation. 

The statement has been made, on good authority, that the Faculty of the University of 
Chicago is not surpassed by that of any other university in our covmtry. It has been chosen 
with the greatest care by those eminently qualified to make such choice. No pains or money 



The President's Report xli 



were spared in securing the very best professors and teachers, from every part of our own coun- 
try and also from Europe. Certain it is that the high commendations with which they came to 
this University have been borne out in the work which they have since accomplished. They 
have proved themselves broad-minded and progressive men, and the large body of students 
from all parts of the country who have been in attendance at the University of Chicago is the 
best testimonial to their ability and efficiency. The confidence and esteem in which the 
Faculty is held are shared by the President, the Board of Trustees, and the community at large. 
Most friendly and cordial relations exist between the Faculty, the students, and all others shar- 
ing with the Faculty the responsibilities of the University administration, and at no time has 
there been so bright an outlook for the University as at present. 

Students of the University of Chicago, what can I say to you that will enable you to make 
the best use of your opportunities? You look out upon the world with bright prospects, and 
from a standpoint far more advantageous than that of many who preceded you. Whatever 
your station may be hereafter, do not fail to tm-n gratefully to your families and friends who 
have stood by you in your time of struggle for an education. Many of them toiled incessantly 
through long, weary years, that you might be possessed of advantages which they were unable 
to secure for themselves. I entreat you not to forget them, and not to fail, as the years go by, 
frequently to express to them your gratitude and regard, and to return to them, in loving and 
helpful attentions, the proof of the sincerity of your unfailing appreciation. These expressions 
will give happiness to them, and the reflex influence of your words and acts of gratitude will 
bring blessing to you. We all rejoice in yovu: hope of success. We trust that you will be so 
anchored in the possession of sterling qualities that you will turn to best account whatever life 
has in store for you. In the end the question will be, not whether you have achieved great dis- 
tinction and made yourselves known to all the world, but whether you have fitted into the 
niches God has assigned you, and have done your work day by day in the best possible way. 
We shall continue in the future, as in the past, to need great men and women to fill the most 
important positions in the commercial and professional world, but we shall also need just as 
much the men and women who can and will fill the humblest positions imcomplainingly and 
acceptably. The vital thing is to find as soon as possible the place in life where you can best 
serve the world. Whatever position this is, it is the highest position in the sight of good men 
and in the economy of God. I tremble to think of the failures that may come to some of you 
who are possessed of the brightest intellects and capable of the greatest accomplishments. I 
shall expect to see many who are here present among the slow, methodical, plodding ones, who 
are not at all distinguished as you for brilliancy, go forward until at last they are found occupy- 
ing positions of the greatest honor and responsibility. Some of the foes which threaten your 
success may not be apparent to you until it is too late. If you are to succeed in life, it will be 
because you master yourselves, and if you are to continue masters, and not slaves, you do not 
need that I should say to you here today that you must jealously guard the approach of any 
foe to your well-being. You will do well not to underestimate the strength of such a foe. How 
many a young man whom I knew in my school days went down because of his fondness for 
intoxicating drinks! No man has ever had occasion to regret that he was not addicted to the 
use of liquor. No woman has ever had occasion to regret that she was not instrumental in 
influencing young men to use intoxicants. So much has been said on the subject of success 
that I forbear making particular suggestions. The chances for success are better today than 
ever before. Success is attained by industry, perseverance, and pluck, coupled with any amount 
of hard work, and you need not expect to achieve it in any other way. 

Citizens of Chicago, it affords me great pleasure to say to you that your kindly interest in, 
and generous support of, this University have been of the greatest encouragement to all those 



xiii The Peesident's Keport 



interested in its welfare, and have also stimulated others to contribute to its advancement. It 
is possible for you to make this University an increasing power for good, not only for the city of 
Chicago, but for our entire country, and indeed the whole world. 

The success of the University of Chicago is assured, and we are here today rejoicing in 
that success. 

All praise to Chicago ! Long may she live, to foster and develop this sturdy representa- 
tive of her enterprise and public spirit ! 

On two occasions only has Mr. Kockefeller found it possible and convenient to 
visit us. The first was the celebration of the Quinquennial, and the second that of 
the Decennial. On both of these occasions his public addresses were so well con- 
ceived and so admirably expressed, and their adaptation to the situation so evident, 
that with one accord all who heard or read them were delighted. During both of these 
visits he has shown a keen appreciation of the kind and courteous expressions made to 
him by the friends and Trustees of the University. In no year of the University's 
history has lie given more substantial evidence of his abiding love for the University 
and of his deep interest for its future than during the year closing June 30, 1902. 

This statement would be incomplete without a full recognition of the part which 
has been played by the wife of the founder. From the first hour to the present her 
heart has been full of sympathy for the work, and on many occasions her words of 
encouragement have been a source of great service. It would indeed be difficult to 
determine whether the husband or the wife is the more strongly interested of the two. 

It is an occasion for regret that arrangements for celebrating Founder's Day have 
never been satisfactorily completed. The Trustees at first designated Mr. Rockefeller's 
birthday, July 16. Afterward it was thought best to designate the day on which he 
first visited the University, July 1, 1896. Neither of these days seems to come at the 
right season of the year, and up to the present time a combination of Convocation Day 
and Founder's Day has been made. The relationship between the founder of the 
University and the Trustees has been at all times a most cordial one, and every step 
in the progress of the University has been one of common agreement. 

I desire to present the following suggestions: 

1. The Trustees should take steps in the immediate future to secure a bronze or 
marble bust of the founder of the University. The painting by Eastman Johnson is 
of course a most important treasure, but this is not sufficient, and we cannot be satisfied 
until there is placed in its proper position a more lasting representation of the founder. 

2. The question of a permanent day to be set apart as Founder's Day, and to be 
celebrated as such every year, is one which should now receive careful consideration. 
In the earlier years it was thought best not to press this question for decision until a 
larger experience might be secured. The question of holidays and celebrations is one 
of great importance in the calendar of the University, and no permanent holidays in 
addition to those already established by law should be granted until this question has 
been settled. 

3. It would seem to be proper and altogether appropriate that the University, 



The President's Report xliii 

whenever assembled in Convocation, should send a communication to the founder. 
These meetings of the entire University are not complete without some recognition 
each time of the great and splendid service which has been done the cause of educa- 
tion in the Mississippi Valley by the foresight, courage, and magnanimity of this one 
man. A proper acknowledgment of this fact in such form as may be adopted from 
time to time is a tribute to which he is entitled. 

4. An effort should be made by the Trustees to secure a visit from the founder 
each year of the remaining years of his life. Such a visit would always bring with it 
inspiration and increased zeal in the furtherance of the work, and such a visit, I am 
persuaded, would likewise prove to be a source of real satisfaction to the founder. 
An urgent appeal to him would perhaps secure his favorable consideration of this 
suggestion. 

5. Provision should be made for acquainting the students of the University, not 
only with the relationship of Mr. Rockefeller to the University as founder, but also 
with the elements in his character which make him prominent among the men of 
modern times. Respect for his modest reserve would perhaps lead to the postpone- 
ment of any direct action along the line of this suggestion for the present, but the 
matter is certainly deserving of consideration in the near future. 

VII. ADMINISTRATIVE HISTORY 

It was a memorable occasion on Saturday afternoon, October 1, 1892, when the 
Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science held their first assembly. At this meeting 
the President reported that regulations covering the various lines of University admin- 
istration had been adopted by the University Trustees, and it was expected that these 
regulations would be continued in force and the University be conducted in accordance 
with them until in any particular case a majority of the Faculty should agree upon a 
modification or substitute. The regulations which thus formed the basis of organiza- 
tion are contained in Bulletins Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. A comparison of the regulations 
of the University as now codified with the first regulations will indicate to what extent 
the original plans have been conserved. The first measure presented to the Faculties 
for their consideration related to the establishment of fraternities. The Minutes of 
the meeting show the following entry: 

.... moved that under the restrictions named by the President, the Secret Societies be 
permitted in the University. On motion of Mr. Laughlin, this matter was committed to a com- 
mittee for consideration. The President named on this committee Messrs. Judson, Hale, Small, 
Tufts, and Stagg. 

It soon became apparent that the Faculty, numbering nearly one hundred mem- 
bers, was too large a body for the transaction of business relating to details. A 
proposition was made and adopted to organize boards of administration, one for the 
Junior Colleges, one for the Senior Colleges, and one for the Graduate Schools. 
Affairs were conducted through these Boards under the General Faculty until December 



xliv The President's Repoet 

10, 1895. After a full discussion, the General Faculty recommended to the Trustees 
its division into three distinct Faculties, each corresponding to the Administrative 
Board which had hitherto existed. In the spring of 1902 the Senior College Faculty 
and the Graduate Faculty were combined into one, called the United Faculties, the 
supervision of the Senior College students being left to the administration of a Board 
which is virtually a standing committee of the United Faculties. At this time the 
Junior College was more distinctly separated than before from the other Faculties. A 
minority of the Faculties has urged the readoption of the policy of a General Faculty, 
to which all matters of legislation should be submitted, and in which should be 
included the work of the Junior Colleges as well as that of the Senior Colleges and 
the Graduate School. But, after a full discussion of the matter, a majority of the 
Congregation declared its opinion substantially in favor of the policy that had been in 
vogue. The policy is based upon the following principles: 

1. The consideration of legislation and its application to the cases of individual 
students cannot economically be handled by a large body, the results being practically 
those of a mass meeting. 

2. University legislation is largely an outgrowth of precedents established in 
consideration of individual cases, and this work in particular is impracticable in a body 
consisting of fifty or more officers. 

8. While in a small institution each officer can easily keep in touch with all the 
departments of the institution's work, in a large institution specialization in the admin- 
istration is as necessary as specialization in departmental work. Opportunity must be 
given men to find that particular phase of general university work which appeals to 
them most closely ; and by the training which comes from experience these men as 
specialists are fitted to do particular kinds of work, while at the same time they are 
perhaps rendered unable to do other kinds of work. 

4. Officers of instruction in a large institution must consent to limit their interests . 
and sympathies to particular phases of the work, or they will not have the opportunity 
to perform properly the duties expected of them in coimection with their departmental 
subjects. 

5. To this end special Boards are created for the management of special lines -of 
University work and life. For example : (a) the Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums ; 
(h) the University Press; (c) the University Extension; [d) the Bureau of Recommen- 
dations ; (e) Student Organizations, Publications, and Exhibitions ; (/) Religious Work 
of the University; and so forth. Inasmuch as each of these lines of work affects alike 
the work of officers and students in all the divisions of the University, they cannot be 
properly relegated to any single Faculty, but should be conducted by Boards on which 
all Faculties are represented. 

Some officers have felt that this policy deprived them of an opportunity of joining 
themselves more closely with the various fields of university work, but it seems clear 
that in a large institution, with so many departments and so varied interests, it would 



The Peesident's Report xIv 



be impossible for any single individual to keep in toucli with all the departments in 
such a manner as to make his judgment concerning the work of a particular division 
of any value. 

At the same time, it is recognized as a fundamental principle that every officer of 
the University should have an opportunity to make inquiry and to raise questions con- 
cerning the action of any Faculty or Board or ruling body in the institution. As 
affording such an opportunity, the University Congregation was established in the 
autumn of 1896. By the statute creating this body, (1) every officer of the rank of 
Instructor or above is constituted a member ; (2) every action of every ruling body 
in the University must be submitted quarterly for the approval or disapproval 
of the Congregation; (3) if the Congregation votes its disapproval, the Faculty or 
the Board in which the action was originally taken is required to reconsider it within 
thirty days, and, if the action is again voted, to report the same with reasons therefor 
to the Congregation at its next meeting; (4) the privilege of raising new questions and 
establishing committees of investigation is granted ; (5) the right to make suggestions 
in detail and to call for reports is granted. The Congregation thus affords a forum in 
which any officer may present his views upon any subject, for the consideration of the 
University at large, and in which the public opinion of the University at large is 
obtained concerning any matter, new or old, which may be presented. The history of 
the meetings of the Congregation thus far held shows four things: 

1. Every subject of larger importance has sooner or later come before the Con- 
gregation, and thus every officer of the University has had the privilege of presenting 
his views on every subject connected with the development of the University. 

2. The larger number of important subjects have received their fullest discussion 
in the Congregation, a discussion open to every member of the Congregation. 

3. Whenever the Congregation has indicated clearly and definitely its opinion on 
an important question, the Faculty having to do with that question has accepted the 
opinion of the Congregation as authoritative. 

4. The most important changes made in five years have in every case come as a 
result of the discussions in the Congregation. 

In order to secure unity throughout the institution, on the one hand, of educa- 
tional policy and, on the other, of administrative policy, the Senate, made up almost 
entirely of Heads of Departments, and the Council, made up of administrative officers, 
review each month the proceedings of Faculties and Boards, and have the right by 
statute to modify or veto such actions. This power is but rarely exercised, but the 
fact that these bodies have the power to modify the actions of other ruling bodies in 
itself secures the desired unity of legislation and administration. By this system, 
which when understood is devoid of all elements of complexity, there are gained four 
things : (a) the service of specialists in the various divisions of work ; (5) independence 
of action by the various Faculties; (c) unity of policy through the Senate and Council; 
and (d) the influence of public opinion through the Congregation. 



xlvi ' The President's Keport 

It is still a mooted question whether the President and the Deans in an institu- 
tion of higher learning should at the same time be officers of instruction. It is urged, 
on the one side, that such a policy will result in overwork on the part of the officers or 
a neglect of one or the other of the duties assigned, namely, the administration, the 
work of teaching, or the work of investigation. It is maintained, on the other hand, 
that the administrative officer should have that sympathy with the student which ordi- 
narily comes from contact with some students as pupils, and that sympathy with the 
staff of instructors which is impossible if the administrative officer himself is not an 
instructor. Our own experience has furnished strong testimony in favor of the policy 
of distributing the administrative work among a large number of men who in each 
case belong to the staff of instructors. 

While occasionally there have been points of disagreement, and while sometimes 
this disagreement has reached a more or less serious stage, in no case has there 
been real rupture in any given Faculty or between any two Faculties or Boards. The 
spirit of accommodation has been marked, and it may well be questioned whether by 
any other system of administration results of the character actually produced could 
have been secured. Concerning the relationship of the President to the various Boards 
in the Faculty, a statement will be made in another paragraph. 

I desire to make the following suggestions : 

1. Those Deans who have the larger responsibilities — for example, the Dean of a 
Faculty as distinguished from a Dean in a Faculty— should be given greater freedom 
from teaching, and especially should this be done in cases in which there is clearly marked 
ability for investigation. If the Dean's work may be reckoned as half of the work of an 
instructor, and if each instructor not doing a Dean's work is expected to do investiga- 
tion equal at all events to one-half the work of an instructor, the normal unit of a 
professor's work is three. Some men will give two parts to instruction and one part to 
investigation; others, two parts to administration and one part to investigation; still 
others would give one part to instruction, one part to administration, and one part to 
investigation. 

2. Greater emphasis should be placed upon the independent authority of the 
several Boards and Faculties than has heretofore been done. The cases of modifica- 
tion or veto on the part of the Senate or Council are so few that each Board and 
Faculty may well consider itself authorized to proceed independently as if no such 
body as the Senate or Council existed. 

3. Two meetings of the Congregation should be held each Quarter instead of 
one. Experience has shown that a single meeting is not sufficient for the transaction 
of all the matters to be brought before the Congregation. A meeting might perhaps 
be held at the close of the fourth or fifth week of the Quarter, and the regular proce- 
dure at this meeting might profitably be the review of the actions of ruling bodies 
during the preceding Quarter. This would leave opportunity for action by the bodies 
concerned to be taken between the first and second meetings of the Congregation in 



The Pkesident's Report xlvii 

the Quarter, and would relegate to the second meeting the reports from Faculties on 
special subjects referred to them, the reports of committees established, and the con- 
sideration of new questions. 

4. The place of the Congregation Dinner should be more permanently fixed. 
This dinner has been changed from time to time, and for this reason has not become 
as permanent an institution as might be desired. It has, however, an important 
function to perform : (o) in bringing together the members of the Congregation, includ- 
ing representatives of the alumni as well as of the Faculties ; (h) in affording members 
of the Congregation an opportunity to bring their friends into closer touch with the 
University ; (c) in affording an opportunity for showing proper courtesy to the Convo- 
cation orator and special guests of the University ; and (cZ) in giving the President an 
opportunity to speak confidentially to the members of the University on subjects of 
special importance and interest — an opportunity which is not otherwise afforded, 
unless the time of the regular meeting of the Congregation is taken. 

5. It will be necessary within a short time to take up the consideration anew of 
the constitution of the Senate. This body, consisting originally of ten or twelve per- 
sons, now has a membership of thirty or more. The close and confidential assistance 
which the smaller body furnished the President cannot be rendered by the larger 
body. Is it probable that the Senate should ultimately become a representative body, 
its members to be selected by the Board of Trustees, or to be elected by the various 
Faculties ? 

6. In the recent reorganization of the United Faculties, certain group committees 
were established consisting of the officers of instruction belonging to closely related 
Departments. The chairman of each group, in accordance with the regulation, is to 
be elected by the members of the group. Experience has already shown that the 
chairman is not always selected with a view to his executive ability. It would seem 
necessary, therefore, that, as in an important eastern institution, the chairmen of these 
committees be appointed, like the Deans, by the Board of Trustees. 

7. In the future differentiation of the work in each case the Dean of a Faculty 
should be that officer who is the chief administrative officer of the Faculty, and upon 
him should be placed the particular responsibility for the administration of its work. 
The Dean or Deans in such a Faculty should have for their function the more 
restricted work of dealing with students. The time has come, for example, when the 
Dean of the Junior Colleges and the Dean of the United Faculties should be relieved 
from the responsibility of dealing with particular students. The administrative work 
of the Faculties themselves in connection with the curricula and outside relationships 
is sufficient to engross their time. 

8. The administrative work of the Faculties can never be properly handled until 
adequate quarters for such work have been provided. The use of rooms not con- 
structed for the purpose, the distribution in several buildings of officers who should 
be closely associated in a single building, together with the lack of proper facilities for 



xMii The President's Kepokt 

committee work and even for the holding of Faculty meetings, all contribute to more 
or less unsatisfactory results in the work of administration. A central Administrative 
Building, constructed with special reference to the present organization, should be 
erected in the immediate future. With such a building, if properly arranged, the 
work would be handled with far greater efficiency and with marked economy. 

VIII. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS 
The original plan of the grounds included three blocks running from Fifty -ninth 
street to Fifty-sixth street between Ellis avenue on the west and Greenwood avenue 
on the east. In arranging for the buildings on this piece of ground, it soon became 
apparent that the ground was ill adjusted for any scheme that would prove satisfactory. 
After a most earnest debate in the Board of Trustees, it was decided to purchase the 
block on Fifty-ninth street lying west of Lexington avenue and to exchange the block 
on Ellis avenue between Fifty-seventh and Fifty-sixth for the block on Lexington 
avenue between Fifty-eighth and Fifty-seventh. This gave a piece of ground eight 
hundred by twelve hundred feet. Plans were made for the erection of buildings on 
these grounds. At that time it was hardly expected that the University could extend 
its holdings. It became clear that space was needed for an athletic field, and after 
the block between Fifty-seventh and Fifty-sixth on Ellis avenue through the courtesy 
of Mr. Marshall Field had been occupied for several years at a nominal rental, Mr. Field 
and Mr. Rockefeller joined in presenting this block and the adjoining block on the east, 
thus enlarging the University holdings to six blocks or thirty-five acres. Two years 
later the growth of the institution seemed to be so great that in the near future addi- 
tional land would be needed. With this in mind, the Business Manager was author- 
ized to make additional purchases, and as a result the University is now in possession 
of all of the frontage on Fifty -ninth street between Cottage Grove avenue and Madison 
avenue. Certain portions of some of these blocks still remain unpurchased. Mention 
should be made of the generous gift of Mrs. Scammon of one-fourth of the block 
known as the Scammon Block between Kimbark avenue and Monroe avenue and Fifty- 
ninth and Fifty-eighth streets. The remainder of this block has been purchased. 
There are some who have visions of even more extended possessions in the matter of 
lands, but it is reasonable to suppose that for the present the University has moved in 
this direction as far as it is possible. It is understood that the two blocks next to 
Cottage Grove avenue are to be set aside for Technological work, the two east of these 
and west of the Divinity Halls for the Junior College for Men. The block west of the 
Scammon Block and a portion of the block on which the President's house stands will 
be used for buildings in connection with the Junior College for Women. In addition 
to this, the University has been given sixty-five acres of land on Lake Geneva with 
approximately six hundred feet of lake frontage. This gift was made by Mr. John 
Johnston, Jr. All of the property included in this statement is used for the purpose 
of the University campus. 



The President's Repoe't 



xlis 



The following are the buildings of the University, arranged in the order of erec- 
tion, with the names of the donors, and the actual cost: 



Building 



Date 
Erected 



Cost 



Donor 



Cobb Hall 

Graduate Hall ) 

Middle Divinity [ 

South Divinity ) 

Kent Chemical Laboratory 

Ryerson Physical Laboratory 

Snell Hall 

Nancy Foster Hall 

Beecher Hall 

Kelly Hall 

Walker Museum 

Haskell Oriental Museum 

Hull Biological Laboratories 

Yerkes Observatory 

Green Hall 

Foster Hall Addition 

School of Education (temporary building) 



1892 

1892 

1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1896 
1897 
1897 
1898 
1900 
1901 



8221,956.03 

172,805.72 

202,270.19 

200,371.41 

53,586.41 

62,966.86 

62,126.05 

62,149.21 

109,275.11 

103,017.49 

325,000.00 

325,000.00 

72,000.00 

20,466.04 

24,983.89 



Silas B. Cobb 

John D. Rockefeller 

Sidney A. Kent 
Martin A. Ryerson 
Mrs. Henrietta Snell 
Mrs. Nancy Foster 
Mrs. Jerome Beecher 
Mrs. Elizabeth Kelly 
George C. Walker 
Mrs. Caroline E. Haskell 
Miss Helen Culver 
Charles T. Yerkes 
Mrs. Elizabeth Kelly 
Mrs. Nancy Foster 
Several funds 



BUILDINGS UNDEE CONSTRUCTION AT THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST TEN YEARS 



Building 



Cost 



Donor 



Charles Hitchcock Hall 

Press Building '. 

Power Plant 

Prank Dickinson Bartlett Gymnasium 

School of Education 

Group of buildings on corner of Fifty-seventh 
street and Lexington avenue 



£150,000.00 
105,606.00 
365,000.00 
240,000.00 
610,000.00 

500,000.00 



Mrs. Charles Hitchcock 

John D. Rockefeller 

John D. Rockefeller 

A. C. Bartlett and friends 

Mrs. Emmons Blaine and friends 

C. L. Hutchinson, John J. Mitchell, 
Leon Mandel, the Reynolds estate, 
and friends 



After long discussion in the Congregation, extending through more than two 
years, a Commission consisting of Trustees and Professors was appointed by the Board 
of Trustees to take up the question of locating buildings on the remaining space of the 
central quadrangles. The Eeport of this Commission is published in detail on pp. 266 ff. 
of this volume. The large amount of faithful and efficient service rendered by the 
Chairman of this Commission, Mr. Burton, deserves special acknowledgment. It is 
believed that the conclusions of the Commission will be substantially carried out, and 
already the plans for the Law Building have been prepared with reference to this 
project. The proposition of the Commission makes the Library the central feature of 
a group of seven buildings. On the east of the Library facing Fifty-nruth street will 
be located the building for the Historical Departments ; north of it and a little to the 
west, the building of the Law School ; and still farther north, a building for Philosophy 
and Psychology. Directly west of the Library will be located the building for the 
Modern Languages, north and east of which is the present Haskell Museum, and north 



The President's Report 



of this the building for the Divinity School. The location on the corner of Fifty-ninth 
street and Ellis avenue will be occupied by the building for the Classical Departments. 

In the earlier days, when buildings were being erected on every side and 
tunnels for heat and light were being constructed, it did not seem worth while to take 
up the consideration of the treatment of the grounds, but more recently landscape 
gardeners have been employed to make a study of the situation, and the results of 
their work have been incorporated in plans, the execution of which will ultimately cost 
about one hundred thousand dollars for the four central blocks. The cost of putting 
a block of ground in proper shape is estimated at about twenty-five thousand dollars. 
On the basis of this calculation the Trustees have already inaugurated the plan of 
taking up a portion of the University grounds each year for complete and thorough 
treatment. The greatest expense is involved in preparing the soil in such a manner 
as that trees may attain their proper growth. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. Ground should be secured for the intercollegiate athletic games at a point not 
far distant from the University, but distinctly separated from the University buildings. 
The possession of such a field would (a) furnish an additional practice field, which is 
already needed and will be much more needed in future years ; (6) relieve the libraries 
and class-rooms of the noise and distraction of the games, which has come to be 
something exceedingly serious ; (c) secure better arrangement for the transportation of 
those attending the games. Nothing could be much worse than the present Marshall 
Field from this latter point of view. 

2. The building for which there is the greatest need is the Library. On this 
point the entire membership of the University Faculties agrees. It is estimated that 
the building proposed, including the furnishings, will cost from three-quarters of a 
million to a million dollars. The greatest assistance that could be rendered the 
University would be the provision for such a building. 

3. The plans for the Women's Quadrangle will soon be completed, and work 
should be begun at once upon the erection of the proposed buildings. These 
buildings will include the following: (a) a gymnasium for all the women of the 
University ; (h) a caf 6 and club-house for women, corresponding to the caf 6 and club- 
house now being erected for men; (c) residence halls for women; (d) halls furnishing 
suites of rooms for non-residence Houses such as Spelman ; (e) a building for class- 
rooms; (/) laboratories; (g) assembly-room and library. 

4. At the same time work should begin upon the Men's Quadrangle to be located 
west of Ellis avenue on Fifty-ninth street. This Quadrangle will contain the following 
buildings : (a) a gymnasium for Junior College men ; this will not be needed for some 
time ; [b) a club-house for Junior College men ; the erection of this also might be delayed 
for some time in view of the general club-house already provided; (c) residence Halls 
for men; (d) Halls for non-residence Houses such as Washington and Lincoln; (e) 
buildings for class-rooms and laboratories; (/) assembly-room and library. 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



5. Other buildings which are needed at once, and for which provision should be 
made, are the following : (a) the Classical Building, to be erected on the corner of Fifty- 
ninth street and Ellis avenue at a cost of $150,000 to |200,000; (6) the Modern Lan- 
guage Building, to be erected on Fifty-ninth street, directly west of the proposed 
Library, at a cost of |250,000 ; (c) the building for the Historical Departments, to be 
erected directly east of the proposed Library Building, at a cost of |250,000; (d) the 
building for Philosophy and Psychology, to be erected directly north of the Law 
School Building and west of Walker Museum, at a cost of $150,000; (e) the building 
for the Divinity School, to be erected directly north of Haskell Oriental Museum, at a 
cost of $200,000; (/) a building fd5- the Departments of Geology, Geography, Min- 
eralogy, Paleontology, and Anthropology, with provision for a large museum space, to 
be erected on Lexington avenue north of Beecher Hall and east of Walker Museum, 
at a cost of $250,000; (g) a building for the Departments of Mathematics and 
Astronomy, to be erected south of Mandel Hall on Lexington avenue, at a cost of 
$200,000; (h) the Administration Building referred to above, to be erected at the 
head of Fifty-eighth street on Lexington avenue, at a cost of $200,000; (i) the 
University Chapel, to be used exclusively for the religious services of the University, 
and to be erected north of Cobb Lecture Hall on Ellis avenue, at a cost of $500,000. The 
total cost of buildings necessary for the proper maintenance of the University's work 
in the Departments already established on the four main Quadrangles would therefore 
be from $2,900,000 to $3,200,000. 

6. New buildings for the Medical work of the first two years are greatly needed. 
These, according to the present plans, are to be erected on Fifty-seventh street between 
Ellis and Lexington avenues, facing south. They will be in close relationship with the 
Biological Buildings on the other side of the street. Considering the large number of 
medical students and the crowded condition of the laboratories, this matter should 
receive immediate attention. 

7. The staff of employees, whose work is connected with the care of buildings and 
grounds, now numbering 117, should be reorganized on lines of greater efficiency. A bet- 
ter distribution of work is possible. The service is at present exceedingly unsatisfactory. 
In ^11 probability the sum of money set apart for this service has not been large enough. 

8. The Trustees should enact that a specially designated uniform be worn by all 
members of the staff of employees engaged in connection with the buildings and 
grounds, including janitors. This uniform should be selected with special care, in 
view of the fact that many of the men are engaged in labor during a large portion of 
the time. With a better organization, as suggested above, supplemented by the 
uniforming of the staff of employees, the service will be greatly improved. 

9. The University should undertake to provide more definitely and more reasonably 
for those of its employees who live on or near the grounds. Better accommodations 
should be arranged for sleeping-rooms, parlors, and for general means of self -improve- 
ment. It is hardly consistent to engage in Settlement Work in the Stock Yards dis- 



lii The President's Report 



trict and to ignore, at the same time, the opportunities and the necessities upon our 
own grounds. 

IX. THE BUSINESS MANAGEMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The desire of the Trustees has been to conduct the afPairs of the University in 
accordance with business methods of the strictest character; and no pains have been 
spared to organize the business side of the work in such a manner as to accomplish 
this end. No better illustration of the growth of the University could be cited than 
the history of the business management. During the first year the work was handled 
under the Buildings and Grounds Committee by the Secretary of the Board of 
Trustees with a single bookkeeper and a stenographer. When the work of the 
University began, a Registrar was appointed to collect fees and room rents, and to 
represent the University in financial dealings with the students. A Chief Accountant 
was soon needed, and around him was gathered a staff of bookkeepers. In the year 
1894 the Trustees voted to establish the oflice of Comptroller, later changed to 
Business Manager, and Mr. Henry A. Rust was appointed to fill the position. In 
■ that year the buildings and grounds of the University were valued at $1,781,252.98; 
the furniture, books, and equipment, at $322,613.12; the investments of the University, 
at 12,159,052.16; and the expenditures of the Budget were $529,674.19. These 
sums had respectively become, in the year closing June 80, 1902: buildings and 
grounds, $4,109,035.79; the furniture, books, and equipment, $822,747.70; invest- 
ments, $8,674,962.12; expenditures of the Budget, $944,348.26. 

The staff of employees consisting of one stenographer and one bookkeeper has 
grown to a staff including a Business Manager, an Auditor, three assistant book- 
keepers, seven clerks, two stenographers, in all fourteen, to whom is intrusted the 
management of the business part of the University's work. This does not include the 
clerks, stenographers, and assistants in the offices of the President, the Deans, and 
other educational administrators. 

It has been a source of great satisfaction that in these first years, when the busi- 
ness of the University was being organized, the University could have so wise and 
strong and faithful an ofiicer at the head of its finances as Mr. Rust has shown himself 
to be. In accepting this position Mr. Rust brought to it a large experience as an 
engineer in the erection of buildings, a refined and cultivated taste in everything that 
related to buildings and grounds, and a thorough and business-like appreciation of the 
financial side of the work. The University is to be congratulated upon its good 
fortune in having enjoyed the services of such a man for so long a time.' 

From the following tables may be gathered certain interesting facts, viz. : (1) the 
growth of the assets of the University from year to year ; (2) the distribution of these 
assets; (3) the percentage of income realized on invested funds; (4) the various 
sources of the University's income and the proportionate amount furnished by each. 

1 The resignation of Mr. Rust and the appointment of his successor, Mr. Wallace Heckman, do not fall within the 
period covered by this report. 



The President's Keport 



liii 



June 30, 1894 ----- 

" 1895 

1896 ----- 

" 1897 ----- 

1898 

1899 

1900 

1901 ----- 

1902 ----- 

The distribution of these assets on June 30, 1902, 

Investments 

Buildings ------ 

Grounds - 

Books ------- 

Scientific equipment 

Fvirniture ------ 

Material and supplies 

Printing Office plant - - - - 

Cash and ciuTent assets - 



$ 4,272,147.06 

- 5,586,160.65 
7,732,626.06 

- 8,311,642.60 
8,937,759.41 

■ 9,157,721.50 
9,880,777.52 

■ 12,364,216.58 
15,128,375.95 

was as follows: 

$ 8,674,962.12 
2,812,032.60 

■ 2,281,378.36 

314,949.78 
440,993.48 

- 66,804.54 
36,569.28 

- 10,521.77 
490.164.02 



Eats per Cent. 

- 5.30 



Total $15,128,375.95 

The per cent, of income realized on invested funds has been as follows: 

Date 

June 30, 1895 - ' - 

1896 ------- 5.22 

1897 ------- 5.20 

1898 5.05 

1899 ------- 5.03 

" 1900 ------- 4.66 

" 1901 ------- 4.44 

1902 4.12 

The various sources of the University's income and the proportionate amount 
furnished by each for the year 1901-2: 



Invested funds ------------ $258,187.42 



Students --..- 

a) Tuition fees --------- $269,065.03 

6) Other fees -------- 56,106.74 

c) Room rents --------- 46,364.35 

John D. Rockefeller ---------- 

a) CmTent expense - - 253,144.00 

6) Medical work -------- 50,000.00 

c) History books - 7,500.00 

Publications receipts - - - 

Theological Union - - - - 

Donations, old subscriptions, and miscellaneous ----- 



371,536.12 



Per Cent. 
26.4 

38.0 



310,644.00 31.9 



23,182.91 
9,300.00 

4,977.88 



2.3 
0.9 
0.5 



Total 



$977,828.33 100.0 



liv The President's Report 

The following statement, originally prepared for another publication, presents 
briefly the principles which have controlled the action of the Trustees in the manage- 
ment of the business of the University : 

First : The business affairs of a great institution should be conducted, not for the 
sake of increasing the business, but in a manner wholly subservient to the best inter- 
ests of the educational work which has been undertaken. To this end every dollar 
possible, consistent with good business prudence, will be expended for educational 
purposes, and every dollar possible will be saved from the expenditures involved in 
the administration of the business affairs. In other words, the successful business 
management is not in itself an end, but merely a means for providing facilities of an 
educational character. 

Second: The business affairs of a large institution are of the nature of a public 
trust, and consequently difPer essentially from the business affairs of a company or an 
individual. It follows that no risks of any kind may be incurred. Speculation with 
university funds is criminal. A transaction which would be perfectly proper for an 
individual, and from a business point of view satisfactory, may be utterly lacking in 
those characteristics which should secure its approval by the board of trustees of a 
university. It is probable that no business management in the world is more con- 
servative than that of the large institutions of learning. It is also probable that in 
no other business concerns has the percentage of loss on investments or from dis- 
honesty been so small. 

Third: The trusteeship of a university, although involving the greatest possible 
responsibility and demanding work in large amount and of high character, must be a 
voluntary service. The president of the university should be the only salaried ofEcer 
among the trustees ; an exception will be made in the case of the treasurer, if he is at 
the same time business manager. It may not be claimed that such voluntary service is 
difficult to secure. The honor and satisfaction of connection with a work of such a 
character will be deemed sufficient reward by men of the highest ability. 

Fourth : In the administration of the business affairs of an institution the princi- 
ples of civil service must prevail. Favoritism of any kind, not to speak of nepotism, 
is insufferable. Those who are held responsible for certain divisions of the work 
must be given the privilege of making recommendations for the positions under their 
direction, subject to the approval of the higher authorities. Promotion from those 
already in the ranks is an essential element. 

Fifth: Absolute economy must be exercised in every department of the institu- 
tion. The officers charged with the responsibility of expending money should be held 
to strict account. It is undoubtedly true that many men, who are eminent in their 
respective departments for learning and for ability to give instruction, fail from the 
business point of view to conduct their own affairs or those of the institution, when 
intrusted to them, with proper care. Debt may be incurred only when satisfactory 
provision has been made in advance for its payment when due. 



The Peesident's Report Iv 



Sixth : Special consideration from the business point of view must be given to 
the problems connected with the expenses of student life. It is a mistake to encourage 
luxury, or even to make it possible. However wealthy a young man may be, he can- 
not spend a large sum of money annually and be a student. For the time being, at 
all events, he must limit his expenditures, and directly or indirectly the university 
must see that this is done. On the other hand, it is equally important that provision 
be made for the assistance of worthy students who find themselves unable to continue 
their work because of the lack of means. It is possible to make mistakes in assisting stu- 
dents who do not deserve assistance, and in rendering assistance in a manner which will 
injure the student even if he deserves help. To require that every student who 
receives help from the university shall make suitable return to the university in the 
form of service or of repayment of money is a practical business way of treating the 
whole matter. Help should be rendered only in return for work done or as a loan to 
be repaid. In the latter case there is no objection from the business point of view, 
if the loan is arranged on terms especially favorable to the student. Such a student 
cannot be expected in every case to furnish satisfactory security, but without such 
security money should not be loaned except to those whose character is personally 
known to the officers to be above reproach. 

Seventh: The financial transactions of a large institution should be announced 
regularly to the public. The exact amount of expenditures in the various departments, 
even in detail, and the receipts from any and every source are facts which the public 
deserves to know ; and knowledge of these facts will give to the university the con- 
fidence of the public. No single act can be performed by an institution that will 
accomplish greater good than the regular and systematic publication in official form of 
the receipts and expenditures of money. 

Eighth: Contracts with members of the teaching staff are not treated like 
contracts with the officers of the university conducting the business side of the 
institution or like contracts made in ordinary business affairs. A large university is 
accustomed to accept the resignation of a professor or instructor whenever it may 
be proffered, whatever may have been the time for which the professor or instructor 
was appointed. Resignations are thus accepted in the case of men who have been 
appointed to do a certain service, and before even beginning to do that service desire 
to connect themselves with another institution. It is not considered out of place for 
one institution to make assiduous effort to draw away a member of the staff of another 
institution. The feeling prevails everywhere in the large universities that whatever is 
for the best interests of the individual will in the end prove to be for the best inter- 
ests of education; and the university can in no case afford to deprive an individual 
officer of an opportunity to accept a position of greater possibility and influence. It 
is only in the smaller institutions of learning that this principle is not recognized. 

Ninth : A university, although possessed of twenty millions of dollars, is, from 
a legal point of view, a charitable institution. Whatever may be its wealth or 



lyi The President's Kepokt 



influence, its aflfairs are managed as are those of great charitable institutions. It does 
not hesitate to accept from any and every source gifts, large and small, with which to 
prosecute its work for the public benefit. It declares no dividends, but it gives to the 
public through its students every dollar paid by the students, and with each such 
dollar three or five in addition. 

In an institution of learning, those who are responsible for the business manage- 
ment of it have to do with many different kinds of work. Their task is not finished 
when the buildings and grounds of the university have been cared for and the invested 
funds have been looked after. Among the other kinds of business which must be 
handled are the following: the collection of fees of various kinds, of room rents, and 
of board bills; the payment of salaries and bills; the handling of students' deposits of 
money ; the provision of work for needy students ; the supervision of the University 
Press ; the auditing of all accounts ; the management of the University Commons, and 
the boarding arrangements in the women's dormitories. 

I remember distinctly that within so short a time as twelve years ago in the 
administration of even a large university there was no such thing as stenographic ser- 
vice. The following list of stenographic appointments as it stands at this time throws 
some light on the development of this phase of the business management of a univer- 
sity: President's office, 2 ; Business Manager's office, 1 ; Secretary and Auditor's office, 
1 ; Graduate Dean's office, 1 ; Senior Dean's office, 1 ; Divinity Dean's office, 1 ; Medi- 
cal Dean's office, 1; Lecture-Study Department, 2; Correspondence-Study Department, 
3 ; Eecorder's office, 1 ; Board of Kecommendation, 1 ; office of the Dean of Affiliations, 
1 ; University College, 1 ; South Side Academy and Laboratory School, 1 ; School of 
Education, 2; Junior Dean's office, 1; Morgan Park Academy, 1; University Press and 
journals, 7; total, 28. 

An important phase of the development of the business side of the University's 
Tv'ork has been the establishment within the last two years of the office of Auditor. 
The By-Laws of the University establishing the duties of the Business Manager and 
the Auditor are as follows: 

BUSINESS MANAGER 

Subject to the control of the Committee on Finance and Investment, and such regulations 
as the Board may from time to time adopt, the Business Manager shall have the management 
of all property, whether real, personal, or mixed. He shall receive and promptly turn over to 
the Treasxurer all moneys and securities; he shall sign and issue all checks upon funds of the 
University, but only in payment of vouchers previously certified by the Auditor; and he shall, 
also, take the initiative in seeking investments for the fvmds of the University, and promptly 
report thereon to the Committee on Finance and Investment. 

No investment, purchase, or sale for the account of the endowment funds of the University 
nor any contract concerning the same shall be made by the Business Manager without the 
approval of the Committee on Finance and Investment. 

The Business Manager shall superintend the recovery of litigated claims in favor of the 
University, and have charge of all legal proceedings. 



The President's Eeport Ivii 

In case of vacancy in the office of Business Manager, or his inability to act, his duties shall 
be performed by the chairman of the Committee on Finance and Investment. 

AUDITOK 

The Auditor shall exercise a general supervision over all accounts of officers of the Univer- 
sity which may have to do with the receipts or disbursements of funds, and he shall require full 
and true records of all such receipts and disbursements to be kept, both in his own office and 
by the officers aforesaid, who shall keep their accounts in such manner and render to him such 
statements of accovmt as he may direct. He shall keep full and appropriate books of account 
fully setting forth the financial condition and transactions of the University. 

He shall supply such statements of account as may be from time to time required of him, 
or as may be needed to correctly show the financial condition of the University. 

He shall examine all accounts, claims, and demands against the University, and no money 
shall be drawn from its Treasury unless the amount thereof be adjusted and settled by him and 
found to be within the appropriation for that general purpose. Accounts so found to be due 
shall be paid, upon vouchers certified by him, by warrant drawn by the Business Manager on 
the Treasurer, and coimtersigned by the Secretary, which vouchers shall state the particular 
fund or appropriation to which the account is chargeable and the person to whom payable. If 
he shall, upon the examination of any account, doubt its correctness, or find the appropriation 
insufficient, he shall submit the account to the Committee on Finance and Investment for its 
decision. No money shall be drawn fi-om the Treasury except by warrants drawn as aforesaid. 

The By-Law establishing the duties and powers of the Finance Committee is as 
follows : 

The Committee on Finance and Investment shall, on the first day of July in each year, 
begin the examination and audit of the business accounts of the University for the previous fiscal 
year, and may employ for that purpose such persons or firms as it may select, and shall deter- 
mine the amount of compensation to be paid for such service. 

As soon as the above-mentioned annual audit shall furnish the necessary data therefor, 
the same committee shall conduct an examination of the securities and funds of the University 
as shown upon its books, and report thereon to the Board of Trustees not later than October 1. 

Nothing here provided shall prevent the Finance and Investment Committee from making 
other examinations of the accounts, securities, and funds of the University at any other time it 
may determine. 

The Committee on Finance and Investment shall have authority in the intervals between 
meetings of the Board of Trustees to change the form of the investments of the University or to 
make new investments in sums aggregating, but not exceeding, $300,000, without the previous 
approval of the Board, but the said committee shall, at the next meeting of the Board, report in 
writing its action to the Board. 

I desire to make the following suggestions : 

1. Steps should be taken at once to provide larger space for the accommodation 
of the business offices. It is entirely impossible for the work to be properly conducted 
within the quarters now allotted. In this connection I may mention again the desira- 
bility of a building which should provide at the same time for the administration of 
the educational and financial affairs of the University. 

2. In view of the large amount of real estate now controlled by the University 
and the great number of tenants (in all over six hundred), it would seem to be a profit- 



Iviii The President's Kepokt 



able arrangement for the University to establish and organize its own machinery foi 
conducting a real-estate ofBce. This can be handled directly by the University more 
efficiently and more economically than by distributing it to real-estate agents. It is 
important that this matter should be recognized and acted upon in the very near 
future. 

3. No arrangement of any kind has been worked out by which the Faculties of 
the University may gain an acquaintance with the financial afPairs in which of neces- 
sity they must be greatly interested. It is evident that the various appropriations 
assigned to Departments and individuals would be more satisfactorily expended if 
those who expend the money had a somewhat intimate knowledge of the sources of 
income aiid the difficulties which attend the securing of the amounts necessary for the 
efficient conduct of the institution. It would seem to be wise that at all events a 
meeting of the Congregation should be held each year at which the President and the 
financial officers should lay the financial affairs of the University in some detail before 
the members of the Congregation. Not only have the professors a right to know these 
details, but their sympathy with the work of the University as a whole would be 
secured by the possession of such knowledge. 

4. It is important that whatever shall seem to be necessary for the proper conduct 
of the administration of the business part of the University should be provided. It 
will prove to be a mistake to limit unduly the Budget expenditures in this division of 
the work. With endowment funds of ten millions, and other assets amounting to eight 
millions or more ; with buildings and grounds at the University valued at four millions, 
and other real estate valued at seven millions or more, it is incumbent upon the Uni- 
versity to provide the strongest possible force for the proper conduct of this business. 

X. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 

The first organization of the University Press was in the form of a stock company 
independent of the University, with which the University entered into a contract. 
The head of this company was Mr. D. C. Heath, of D. C. Heath & Co., Boston. It 
soon became apparent that the relationship was not sufficiently close, and although the 
management of the company was entirely satisfactory, and there had arisen no friction 
of any kind, all parties concerned were agreed that it would be best to transfer the 
rights of the company directly to the University. The interest and enthusiasm in 
those early days of Mr. Heath and Mr. R. R. Donnelley cannot be forgotten. After two 
years, the contract was mutually changed in July, 1894, and the property of the 
company was purchased by the University. The Press has been under the successive 
management of Mr. Charles Wells Chase, Mr. Hazlitt Alva Cuppy, Mr, Ned Arden 
Flood, and Mr. Newman Miller. 

Owing to the lack of uniformity in the system of accounting it is impossible to 
give a report which will show the development from the beginning of the several 
departments of the Press independently. The only figures obtainable showing the 



The President's Repoet 



lix 



status of the various departments of the University Press are in connection with the 
inventories of stock and equipment taken each year. In the following tables the 
figures pertaining to the equipment of the manufacturing plant have been based 
upon a 10 per cent, reduction each year on account of the depreciation. 



Date 



July 1, 1894 
1895 
1896 
1897 
1898 
1899 
1900 
1901 
1902 



Purchase and Re- 
tail Department 
(Stock) 



$ 7,009.92 

8,410.24 

10,450.59 

7,754.73 

9,163.94 

9,091.00 

11,550.14 

10,634.70 

14,505.95 



Manufacturing 

Department 

(Plant and Stock) 



813,210.53 
15,433.75 
18,994.02 
19,570.32 
24,490.55 
20,975.37 
24,453.73 
15,482.. 39 
20,029.90 



Publication 

Department 

(Stock) 



4,442.98 
11,578.. 35 



The Press is conducted on the basis of a Constitution adopted by the Trustees, 
which classifies the work under the following departments : the Manufacturing Depart- 
ment, the Publication Department, and the Purchase and Retail Department. 

The following departmental journals are published by the Press : 



Journal 


Departments Connected 


Issues per 
Year 


Average 

PaKes 

per Year 


The Biblical World 


Biblical Faculties 


12 
4 

4 
10 
10 

6 

8 
12 

4 
10 

4 


985 


The American Journal of Theology 


Divinity School 


900 


The American Journal of Semitic Languages and 
Literatures 


Semitif? Tjano-nacreR 


265 


The School Review 


School of JSducation 


710 


The Elementary School Teacher 


School of Education 


860 


The American Journal of Sociology 

The Journal of Geology 


Sociology and Anthropology . 

GftoloETV 


870 
820 


The Botanical Gazette 


Botany. . 


930 


The Journal of Political Economy 


Political Economy 


605 


The Astrophysical Journal 


Astronomy and Astrophysics . 
Private owner 


710 


The Manual Training Magazine 


256 







The following series of studies are published, numbers being issued from time to 
time: 

1. "Studies in Classical Philology." Three complete volumes and one mmiber of the 
fourth volume. 

2. " Germanic Studies." Three numbers. 

3. " English Studies." Five numbers. 

4. "Economic Studies." Five numbers. 

5. " Political Science Studies." Seven numbers. 

6. "Bulletins of Anthropology." Four numbers. 

7. "Divinity Studies." Two numbers. 

8. " Historical and Linguistic Studies in Literature Belated to the New Testament." Two 
numbers. 



Ix The President's Report 



9. " Publications of the Yerkes Observatory." One volume. 

10. " Contributions from Walker Museum." Three numbers. 

11. "Contributions from the Hull Botanical Laboratory." Forty numbers. 

The following statement shows the output of books and pamphlets by fiscal years: 

1892-93 - - - - - 2 

1893-94 ----- 3 

1894-95 ----- 11 

1895-96 ----- 8 

1896-97 ----- 31 

1897-98 27 

1898-99 22 

1899-00 ----- 28 

1900-01 28 

1901-02 ----- 40 

Total - - - - - 200 

The following statement shows the output of books and pamphlets by Departments : 

Department of Philosophy and Physiology - - 10 

Department of Education ------ 41 

Departments of Theology and Religion - - - 7 

Department of Political Economy (complete) - - 31 

Department of History ------ 7 

Department of Semitic Languages and Literatures - 44 

Departments of Science ------ 58 

Miscellaneous 2 

Total - - 200 

The most ambitious undertaking of the Press outside of the publication of the 
journals is the manufacture and publication of the two series of volumes celebrating 
the Decennial of the University. 

The growing appreciation of the work of the Press on the part of the Trustees is 
shown in the fact that a new building for the use of the various departments of the 
Press has just been completed at a cost of $110,000. This building is constructed on 
modern principles and furnishes a very satisfactory headquarters for the work of this 
very important division. While at present occupied in part by the Library and the 
Law School, in the very near future the entire building will be devoted to the work of 
the Press. 

The mechanical equipment of the University Press at the close of the tiscal year 
ending June 30, 1902, was valued at $10,521.77. This amount is represented by the 
equipment of the composing-room, with the exception of a job outfit including two 
small presses, paper cutter, type, etc. For the work which has been attempted the 
plant is thoroughly equipped. 

In addition to this the plant includes a smaller dress of modern body type 



The President's Kepoet Ixi 



amounting in the aggregate of the various sizes to about eight thousand pounds. In 
the job department are about two hundred fonts of sufficient size and variety to handle 
a large volume of work. There are also large fonts of Greek in five sizes, Hebrew in 
two, Nestorian Syriac, Arabic, and Ethiopic. With the addition to these special fonts 
of a most thorough equipment of mathematical, astronomical, and other signs and 
accents, the University Press has been able to produce work possible in very few 
printing houses. 

The question has been raised whether the cost to the University of the printing 
of its journals and books was not greater by the present policy than if the work were 
done by contract. This question is a difficult one to answer conclusively without 
going into a very elaborate explanation, because it is a matter which is affected very 
largely by conditions. The question must be considered from a theoretical standpoint, 
practical comparison being impossible because prior to the present time the work has 
been divided, a part having been done on contract and a part at first hand. However, 
experience has demonstrated that, so far as concerns the work done by the Press, it has 
been put out at a less price than the same work would have cost on contract with an 
outside firm. 

The question resolves itself into an inquiry as to whether it is possible for the 
University to operate the various departments of the University Press as economically 
as the same work could be administered by another party. Granting that it is possible 
to secure competent administrative ability, there is no reason why the conditions 
should be difl'erent in connection with the work done by the University Press from 
what they would be if it were executed by a private corporation. The item of labor 
is the same in all parts of the city. Printing stock has a marketable value which 
is easily ascertained, and with the volume of its business the University is able to 
secure as low prices as those granted to any publishing house. These and many 
other items of expense which might be mentioned are practically the same for all 
printers and publishers, and if the administrative ability of the affairs of the Press is 
competent, the business will show a profit. The principal saving, therefore, to the 
University lies in the amount of profit which would accrue to any commercial corpora- 
tion engaging in the same class of work. 

Aside from the saving of the regular commercial profit, there are many incidental 
advantages which result in an actual saving of money to the University in the opera- 
tion of its own printing and publishing plant. It would be impossible without a great 
loss of time and money to carry on the volume of printing and publishing now con- 
ducted through the University Press if the manufacturing and publication activities 
were not closely associated with the local interests of the University itself. Under the 
present conditions, while a great saving of time is effected in the doing of all of the 
composition at first hand, an expense of about $1,200 per year is incurred in the 
item of cartage, which would be saved if all of the work could be done at first hand. 
It is doubtful if such work as characterizes most of our journals and books could be 



Lsii The Peesident's Kepobt 

secured on contract with any such degree of accuracy or speed as that with which it is 
now accomplished. These results can be reached only by the employment of workmen 
trained to our particular class of work, in order that they may know in an emergency 
just what to do and when and how to do it. Only the editors of the journals and those 
in direct charge of the publication of the oificial documents of the University can 
appreciate the great convenience of having the work done on the ground at first hand. 

It goes without saying that the money spent on much of the printing done by the 
University Press means a direct benefit to the University; and it would seem that the 
results of the expenditures must be measured very largely by the promptness and 
accuracy which accompany the issue of alT printed matter. To those acquainted with 
the printing business the result of continuous requests for accommodations by a cus- 
tomer of a printing house is well known. An average printing firm cannot be induced 
to favor one customer as against others without using the situation as a basis for 
increased charges. The University has many times felt the result of situations of this 
kind without being in a position to remedy the difficulty. The possibility of doing all 
the work in its own plant would eliminate embarrassment of this sort. 

The affairs of the Press have been conducted by a Board appointed by the Trustees 
from the different Faculties, nominated by the President, and in addition the Director 
of the Press and the editors of the journals. This Board conducts the work through 
four principal committees, namely: (1) Manufacturing Committee, (2) Publication 
Committee, (3) Purchase and Retail Committee, (4) Official Publications Committee. 
The Trustees in the regular Budget of the University make a special appropriation 
for each journal; also appropriations for particular books or studies. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. A better organization is needed for that portion of the work which includes the 
purchase of apparatus and equipment for the University. The connection between this 
work and that of the Press has not been as close as it should be. Of necessity each 
Laboratory must exert a large infiuence, not only on the character of material pur- 
chased, but also on the selection of the particular place of purchase. All of this work, 
however, should be conducted through a central agency, and this agency may more 
satisfactorily be connected with the University Press than operated as a separate divi- 
sion of the institution. This work requires a larger force of assistants, and deserves 
more careful and detailed consideration in the future than it has thus far received. 

2. Provision should be made for keeping in New York city at least a small stock 
of the publications of the Press. Our publication list is from every point of view a 
most respectable one, and includes not a few books which have created for themselves 
quite a large demand. An arrangement can easily be made for the care of such a stock 
in connection with the University's office already established in New York city to 
handle the advertising of the Press. 

3. One advertising representative cannot do the work both in the East and the 
West. It would be profitable to establish in Chicago, as well as in New York, an office 



The President's Repoet Ixiii 

for securing advertising for the journals. To this office also might be committed the 
care of such announcements in the magazines and papers as the University desires to 
have made from time to time of its various Departments, as well as the advertising 
business of the Press itself. 

4. It is important for the sake of the University as well as for the success of its 
publications that proper representation of the Press be secured in England and on the 
continent. Nothing that has been done thus far seems altogether satisfactory. One 
of two policies must be decided upon: either to concentrate the representation of the 
Press and select one representative for the work of all the Departments in London and 
another on the continent; or to place different books and journals with different 
dealers in England and on the continent. On the whole, the former policy seems 
preferable. An effort should be made to secure a proper arrangement within the 
near future. 

5. It will be necessary within a year to give to the Press a larger proportion of 
the Press Building than it now occupies. If the Law School can be transferred to its new 
building October 1, 1903, the space now occupied by it can be satisfactorily used by 
the Press and a small portion of it perhaps given to the Library ; but it is necessary, 
from the point of view of the Press, that the erection of the new Library Building be 
finished as early as possible. At the present rate of progress the Press will require 
within three years every foot of space afforded by the present building. 

6. The members of the University at large should cultivate a closer sympathy 
with the work of the Press. As individuals and as a University they are to derive 
from it great benefit. The measure of this sympathy, however, may be determined by 
the degree of knowledge which is possessed by members of the University. It seems 
important, therefore, that regular reports should be made by the Director of the Press 
to the Congregation of the University, such reports to cover in general the work of 
the Quarter closing at the time of the meeting of the Congregation. 

XI. UNIVERSITY EXTENSION 

Even the briefest sketch of our ten years in University Extension is very inter- 
esting. Under the leadership of Mr. George Henderson for one year, Mr. Nathaniel 
Butler for three years, and Mr. Edmund J. James for six years, the work has made steady 
progress. Once or twice there has been a falling backward, but this was due to local 
reasons, and in every case the lost ground has been regained with large additions. 
Starting with three subdivisions outside of the Library work, namely, Lecture-Study, 
Class-Study, and Correspondence-Study work, it was thought best to allow the Class- 
Study work to develop into the University College, which has finished five years of 
most successful work, and since the first year has been treated as an organization inde- 
pendent of University Extension. The development of the Lecture-Study work is 
shown in Table A, p. 308. 

The least successful part of the work has been the development of class work in 



Ixiv 



The President's Report 



connection with the Lecture Studies. No such success has attended this part of the 
movement as is reported to be found in the English University Extension work. Among 
the more prominent lecturers of the ten years have been the following : Professors 
Moulton, Zueblin, Sparks, Willett, Starr, Troop, Butler, and Fellows. Among the 
special lecturers who have rendered good service are Henry W. Kolfe, Lorado Taft, 
John Graham Brooks, Jenkin Lloyd Jones, and W. M. E. French. 

When it is recalled that in the ten years the amount of $400,000 has been contrib- 
uted in small sums of one, two, three, and five dollar fees for the support of a great 
intellectual movement, and that all of this money, with an additional $100,000 fur- 
nished by the University, has been employed in placing before the various Centers men 
of international reputation in the various departments of study, the significance of the 
movement will come to be appreciated. The University Extension work has not been 
conducted as an advertising scheme, and yet it has without question brought many 
people, old and young, into contact with University thought and life who otherwise 
would not have known such contact. It is probably true that the work has been 
appreciated by college graduates more than by any other single class of people. They 
have found that in the midst of the activities of life something is needed as an incen- 
tive and help in stimulating their intellectual development. 

The work of the Traveling Libraries (see Special Report, p. 232) has been most 
helpful. If a larger sum of money could have been secured for use in these Libraries, 
even greater good could have been accomplished. 

The development of the Correspondence-Study work is shown in the following 
table : 



Statistics Showing the Growth of 


THE Cokeespondence-Stcdt Depaetment fkom Octobek 1, 1892 (Date of 
Oeganization), to June 30, 1901 




1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Teachers giving instruction 

Courses actually given 

Different students enrolled 

Total registration in all courses. . . 


23 
39 

82 
93 


33 
62 

185 
209 


41 

78 
279 
311 


44 

97 

425 

481 


59 
128 

555 
641 


66 
151 

755 
881 


73 

186 

845 

1,015 


80 

208 

930 

1,158 


89 

208 

1,081 

1,311 


92 
217 

1,249 
1,485 



The steady advance of the Correspondence-Study work is noteworthy. Very fre- 
quently propositions have been made to popularize this work and greatly increase the 
number of students who have availed themselves of its service, but these propositions 
have been uniformly rejected. The work done by correspondence in connection with 
the University is as serious and as strong as any work attempted in the class-room. 
It is in large measure conducted by those who are at the same time doing the class- 
room work of the University. It is asserted by the instructors that in most cases 
twice as much actual work on the part of the student is called for. There is no other 
correspondence work being done which does not have for its primary object the making 
of money. Academic traditions have been respected, and the work may justly be 
said to have been conducted exclusively on an academic basis. In view of the great 



The President's Kepokt Ixv 



amount of correspondence work offered in every section of the country, there has been 
some question in the minds of the University authorities as to whether reproach might 
not come on our own institution because so large an amount of the instruction elsewhere 
offered is valueless. On the other hand, we have to recall the fact that hundreds of 
institutions called universities are offering degrees for work of a decidedly inferior 
character, but this does not take away the responsibility of institutions attempting to 
give instruction of the highest order. The friends of the University may rest assured that 
the Correspondence work done under its auspices is at all times exactly on a par, so 
far as its character is concerned, with the work done in the lecture-rooms of the insti- 
tution. It has been a source of satisfaction to note the change of attitude on the part 
of a large proportion of the Faculty during these last few years. At first the Faculty 
was rightly suspicious of the whole matter, but as the character of the work became 
better understood, and as one after another was persuaded to undertake courses for 
himself, acquaintance with the methods and results led to a change of opinion, and 
today it may be said that a thorough respect for it and an appreciation of its useful- 
ness in connection with the residence instruction of the University are felt throughout 
the institution. 

I desire to make the following suggestions : 

1. If the Lecture-Study work is to hold its place in the future, a larger staff of 
lecturers must be employed. The present staff is not able under the highest pressure 
to meet the demands made in the various communities. 

2. In order to maintain a staff of Extension men, a premium mxist be placed upon 
Extension work. This premium may take one of two forms : either (a) that of a 
larger salary than is paid the professor who does his work within the walls of the 
University, or (6) that of a shorter service for the same salary. Ordinarily the Exten- 
sion professor should be allowed to finish his work in six months and be given a full 
six months' vacation for study and recuperation. In any case the hardship of travel- 
ing over long distances in the western territory must be compensated for in some way. 

3. It is extremely desirable that the officers of the regular staff of the University 
should be detached from class-room work and placed in the Lecture-Study field now 
and then for a period of three months. The result of this will be twofold. Not only 
will there accrue a great advantage to the Extension work itself, but the University 
will be profited in having its lecturers come in contact with life and work outside the 
University walls. 

4. The work of the Correspondence-Study Department will never be thoroughly 
established until a separate staff of officers shall have been created. It is too much to 
ask the regular officers of the University to iucrease their duties, even with extra pay, 
by conducting individual Correspondence work. Besides, this movement has now 
reached a point where it deserves the full and continuous consideration of men whose 
whole time shall be devoted to it. It is important that the Correspondence staff be 
organized at an early date. 



Ixvi The President's Kepoet 

5. Adequate quarters for the administration both of the Lecture-Study and the Cor- 
respondence-Study Departments must be provided. It will soon be impossible to con- 
duct it in the present rooms. As at present maintained, there is great loss, not only 
of effort on the part of those engaged in the work, but of actual results because of the 
absence of proper facilities. 

6. Up to the present time the cost of administering the Lecture-Study courses has 
averaged a sum of money equivalent to the income on $150,000 or $200,000, but 
inasmuch as it has been necessary to conduct lectures as far as possible on a business 
basis, much of the most important work has been omitted. With even a small endow- 
ment rich results could be secured. It is desirable that an endowment of at least 
$500,000 should be provided for this Department. The income of $1,000,000 could be 
expended most profitably. 

7. Encouragement should be given to the establishment of Extension Colleges in 
the smaller cities having a population of 25,000 or upward. In these Extension Col- 
leges would be centered the intellectual activity of the city. With a local committee 
under the direction and guidance of the University excellent results would be secured. 
The steps which have been taken in this direction in one or two cities ' should be 
encouraged in other cities of the West. The possibilities of this work are without 

limit. 

XII. AFFILIATION AND CO-OPERATION 

The report of the officer in charge of the Co-operating Schools and the Affiliations 
will be foimd to contain material of the most suggestive character. The word "affilia- 
tion" has been used in connection with colleges and academies under the control of non- 
state boards of trustees, while the word "co-operation" has been used in connection with 
high schools which were under state or municipal control. The word "affiliation," 
borrowed from English educational terminology, has not come to be popular. In the 
minds of many, the act of affiliating an institution is equivalent to absorbing the institu- 
tion and taking away its independent existence. This conception of course is far wide 
of the truth. The fundamental principle underlying the plan and methods of affiliation 
has been to do nothing which would in any way interfere with or prevent the fullest 
exercise of independent action on the part of the institution affiliated. To this end 
the entire financial control has been left in the hands of the local Board. Only two 
privileges, as a matter of practice, have been exercised by the University in connection 
with the affiliated institutions, viz. : (1) that of revievsdng the papers prepared by the 
instructors for the examination of the students ; and (2) that of advising in the appoint- 
ment of new instructors. The University has found itself in a position to be of real 
assistance in both of these particulars to the college instructors, and experience has 
shown the value of this aid. 

The existence of the smaller colleges is not only a desirable thing ; it is a necessity 
in the intellectual growth of the great sections of the country which make up the 
West, the Northwest, and the South, and the greatest calamity which could possibly 



The President's Eepoet Isvii 

befall the cause of higher education in the United States would be the extinction, or 
even a considerable deterioration, of the small college. When the history of these 
colleges is considered, the work which they have done, the work which they alone can 
do in many sections, and the utter impracticability of supposing that all the students of 
any given state can be persuaded to go to one of two or three places in that state for a 
higher education, the necessity will be felt of stemming the tide which is setting in 
against the small college, and of doing something in a constructive way which will 
help the courageous souls who today are conducting these institutions, and give them 
a firmer basis upon which to work. This has been the thought underlying the 
policy of affiliation with colleges as it has thus far been developed in connection with 
the University of Chicago. Three things in addition are to be said : 

1. The policy has been an experimental one, and has not gone far enough to 
demonstrate with perfect satisfaction the lines of operation which ultimately should be 
adopted. Enough, however, has been done to prove beyond question that something 
of the kind proposed is possible and most desirable. 

2. No considerable effort has been made to increase the number of afiiliated 
institutions, partly because the machinery for the conduct of the afiiliated work has 
not been perfected, and partly because it was thought wise to move very slowly in a 
matter of so much consequence. 

3. More opposition to the policy has arisen from the Faculties of the University 
and its students than from the colleges themselves and their students. The opposition 
in the University Faculties has arisen (o) in large measure from ignorance of the 
plans proposed and the results already achieved; (6) in some measure because of the 
additional labor required of the University officers in carrying out the plans; (c) in a 
considerable measure also because of a deeply rooted feeling that it is next to impos- 
sible to expect good work in a small institution, the fact being ignored that the 
instruction in the Freshman and Sophomore years in the better class of small colleges, 
at least in certain departments, is probably superior to that of the same years in the 
larger universities. The opposition on the part of the colleges and their constituencies 
grows out of (a) the fear of losing their independence, as suggested above ; (6) the 
fact that afiiliation is something new and its advantages are not yet understood; (c) 
the fear, in many cases, that the first step will be followed by a second which will 
consist in the removal of the last two years of the college course and the withdrawal 
of the privilege of conferring degrees. 

There are certain difficulties with which the colleges must contend during the 
next few years. These are, to make the statement as brief as possible: 

a) The growth and development of the high school, and the probability that this 
growth will not stop until two years of college work have been added to the present 
curriculum of the high school. 

b) The rivalry of the state universities ; for these institutions appeal to the same 
constituency, not only for their college students, but also for their professional students. 



Ixviii The President's Report 

the latter being admitted on requirements no higher, but in many cases lower, than 
those required for entrance to the Freshman class. The state university is thus a 
distinct rival of every college within the state. Any success achieved by the small 
college must be won largely at the expense of the state university and vice versa. 
Because of its political power and financial strength, the state university will win the 
victory unless steps are taken by the small college to secure the needed strength and 
influence. 

c) The lack of means; for with the growth of scientific work and with the 
modern methods of work in other departments, laboratories and libraries have become 
an essential factor, and these can be provided only at great cost. 

d) The lack of public confidence, in that so many of the smaller colleges pretend 
to give a full college education, though the intelligent public is fully aware of the fact 
that it is impossible for the institutions in question to do this with the funds at their 
disposal. 

e) A lack of confidence on the part of men of means, due to the bad . financial 
management of these institutions. A score of well-known colleges could be named 
whose trustees have allowed endowment funds to be used for current expenses. 

/) The tendency, everywhere manifest, for those having the necessary means to 
go to the larger institutions where greater numbers seem to give greater opportunity. 

fjf) The proposition, in various forms, to reduce the college course from one of four 
years to one of three. 

The problem of the smaller college is, therefore, a serious one. Although it has 
been pointed out clearly and definitely that it possesses many distinct advantages in 
comparison with the larger institution, public sentiment is, nevertheless, turning away 
from the smaller college. In solving this problem the small colleges may not turn to 
the state universities for help, because, as indicated above, these universities are in the 
truest sense their rivals. 

The University of Chicago, it may be said without boasting, sustains a unique 
relation to the small colleges of the West, Northwest, and South. The constituency 
of its college work is understood to be the city of Chicago, and this city, with its two 
millions of inhabitants, ought to sustain three or four strong colleges. In other words, 
the University of Chicago has more college work to do in the future for the city of 
Chicago than it can probably succeed in doing, without attempting to enter the terri- 
tory of its sister-colleges. While students actually come to the University from the 
surrounding states, and are always welcome, the University puts forth no distinct effort 
to secure such students, and therefore does not enter into rivalry with the colleges of 
those states. In the case of its professional schools, unlike those of the state univer- 
sities, the University requires practically a college education before admission may be 
gained. In this particular it encourages the student to remain at college, while the 
state institution, in admitting students to the professional schools on the same basis as 
to the Freshman class of the Arts and Sciences, distinctly discourages students who 



The President's Report Ixix 

enter the various professions from taking a college course. Furthermore, the Uni- 
versity is selfishly interested in building up the small colleges because, on the one 
hand, these colleges furnish students for the Graduate Schools of the University, aside 
from its professional schools, and, on the other, furnish Faculties in which those who 
have taken the degrees of the University may find employment. In each of these 
three particulars the University of Chicago stands alone in the West, Northwest, and 
South. The University has therefore every reason to encourage the strengthening of 
the college, and it is hoped that as a result of the policy of affiliation, with such modi- 
fications as experience will dictate, a plan may be found by which, with equal accepta- 
bility to the colleges and to the University, the service which the University can 
render the colleges may be formulated and the proper machinery provided for its 
execution. 

The relationship of the University to its co-operating schools is one presenting 
many problems. It is manifestly desirable to maintain, by means of visitation, a close 
connection with these schools, and yet the necessary visitation makes upon the Uni- 
versity and its ofiicers demands which it is almost impossible to meet. The ordinary 
system of accrediting schools upon the visitation of a professor is not satisfactory. Our 
policy has been to require at least two visits, one from the regular inspector and 
another from a member of the officers' staff. Our plan of co-operation includes also 
the principle of dealing with the individual teachers of a school rather than with the 
school as a whole through its principal. The teachers thought worthy of the honor 
are theoretically treated as University Deputy Examiners, and the examinations which 
they offer from time to time are accepted in lieu of examinations furnished by the 
University itself. This system has not worked out so satisfactorily as might have been 
desired. The whole question of entrance from the high school into the college is one 
which has attracted much attention throughout the country, and it is possible that the 
problem may be solved by the proposals which are being suggested through the North 
Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. It is to be noted that the 
co-operating list of the University includes a large proportion of the best high schools 
of the West and South. 

In connection with the work of affiliation and co-operation there have been held 
annually, and sometimes semi-annually, Conferences with Superintendents, Principals, 
and High-School Teachers. Each Conference seems to have been more successful 
than its predecessor. The attendance upon these Conferences has grown to be very 
large, the regular membership in the last one being at least five hundred. At this 
Conference, held November 7 and 8, 1902, a resolution was adopted establishing a 
commission of twenty-one members, organized in three committees of seven each, for 
the comparative study of the curricula of the Elementary School, the Secondary 
School, and the Junior College. 

In connection with these Conferences there has been held an annual Declamation 
Contest to which high schools and academies throughout the West have sent repre- 



Ixx The Peesident's Eepobt 

sentatives. The winner is awarded a scholarship for a year in the University. The 
interest manifested in connection with these contests has been noteworthy. 

While, then, the policy of affiliation and the plans of co-operation are as yet in a 
stage of development, it is unquestionable that an important development has already 
taken place, and that the results of past experience furnish the basis for important 
modifications, some of which are suggested below: 

1. The scholarships at the present time distributed among the co-operating high 
schools which entitle the holder to free tuition in the University for one year should 
be increased in their amount to cover the tuition fees for two years instead of one. 

2. In addition to the annual Declamation Contest for which a scholarship is 
offered as a prize, scholarships to be awarded on the basis of competitive examinations 
should be established — one in Latin, one in English, one in Mathematics, one in 
French, one in German, one in Physics, one in Chemistry, and one in History; these 
scholarships to provide the tuition fee of the student for two years in the University. 
The examinations might be conducted either at the University or in the schools upon 
papers prepared by the Departments of the University. 

3. In view of the distinct feeling in western high schools and academies on the 
part of teachers and students against examinations, and in view of the great educa- 
tional value of examinations when properly conducted, strenuous effort should be made 
to encourage taking of examinations by students on frequent occasions, those encour- 
agements to be in the form of prizes, as in the case of the scholarships suggested 
above, or in the form of money prizes, the spirit of interscholastic rivalry being taken 
advantage of in so far as it may seem to be legitimate. 

4. The whole subject of the official relationship of the University to the high 
schools should be taken up for special consideration with a view to devising methods 
by which the relationship may be made closer and the results of the closer relationship 
become more apparent. 

5. The principle of appointing teachers as Deputy Examiners should be still 
further developed, and to this end special honor should be bestowed upon those who 
do this work, and special privileges granted them. 

6. A Conference between the University and the colleges of the West and South 
should be instituted similar to that already established between the University and 
the high schools and academies, and in this Conference the problems of the college in 
its relationship to the university should be discussed from the point of view of both 
college and university. 

7. Steps should be taken to organize a local corporation under the auspices of 
the University, but legally independent of it, which shall be controlled by a board of 
trustees made up of men of national reputation, the purpose of this corporation being 
as follows : (a) to receive and invest money, the income of which shall be used for the 
maintenance of college work, in colleges to be specified by the donor, or chosen by 
the trustees of the corporation so organized ; (b) to investigate the financial afPairs of 



The Peesident's Kepoet b 



colleges whose trustees may indicate their desire for such investigation and to conduct 
the financial affairs of the colleges when invited so to do, with a view to providing a 
proper financial management ; (c) to study the general management of colleges, to 
suggest practical economies on the educational side as well as on the financial, aiid to 
secure such advantages, financial and otherwise, as would come from the close associ- 
ation of several institutions under the general conduct of one corporation. 

XIII. THE DIVINITY SCHOOL 

The relationship of the Divinity School to the University is a somewhat anomalous 
one. With a separate Charter and a distinct Board of Trustees, the School has none 
the less been an organic part of the University. The change of location from Morgan 
Park, where the work had been conducted for many years, to the city, and from its 
separate location to close contact with the University, was nothing less than a revolu- 
tion. The results of this change of location and character have been significant. The 
School has taken on a larger breadth of view and a much larger constituency. The 
attendance during the last five years at Morgan Park averaged annually 156; the 
attendance during the last five years of its connection with the University has aver- 
aged, on the basis of three Quarters to the year, 254. This growth is quite remark- 
able in view of the history of other Theological Seminaries during this period, for during 
the same five years in eleven representative Theological Seminaries there has been 
a decrease from an average attendance of 128 to an average of 111. The growth in 
the stafp of instructors has been from 16 in 1892 to 22 in 1902. During this period 
two Professors have passed away: first, in 1896, Professor Simpson, a man of strong 
intellect and striking character; and in December, 1901, the Nestor of theologians in 
the West, Professor Greorge W. Northrup, by whom the Seminary was practically created, 
and to whom the University is indebted for much that was helpful in connection with 
its early history. 

Several important steps have characterized the progress of the work. Among 
these have been the following: 

1. The establishing of a tuition fee — the usual fee prescribed in the other Depart- 
ments of the University, $120 a year. This step has contributed largely to the posi- 
tion of respect and eminence enjoyed by the Divinity School in relation to the other 
divisions of the work — a position in striking contrast with that of the Divinity School 
in many other institutions. The University has established a large number of scholar- 
ships, but these scholarships are assigned only to those who have shown themselves 
possessed of real ability, and in many cases the Divinity student prefers to pay his 
fee even when a scholarship might be obtained. Only two institutions, it is believed, 
have taken this step, which marks a distinct advance in the history of theological 
education. 

2. The Divinity School has entered into a close relationship with the college 
work, and has permitted the undergraduate students who are candidates for the 



Ixxii The President's Eepoet 

Bachelor's degree to select two-thirds of the work of the last year from the Divinity 
curriculum. This privilege has not always been taken advantage of, but has in many 
cases shown itself to be legitimate and proper. More recently the privilege has been 
extended to cover the work of an entire year. 

3. The study of Hebrew was made optional July 1, 1899; and it would appear 
from the statistics that, while 100 per cent, of the regular students took Hebrew before 
this arrangement was announced, since that time only 27 per cent, of those who entered 
without Hebrew have taken up the study. However, there has been no diminution in 
the number of candidates for higher degrees in the Department of Semitics, since only 
a very small proportion of the students under the former system ever studied to any 
appreciable extent beyond the small amount of work actually required for the degree 
of D.B. The experiment has not been conducted a sufficient length of time to enable 
us to determine whether it will prove permanently successful. In any case, those who 
have selected the subject have done so from choice, and the results accomplished by 
them have been more satisfactory. 

4. In each Department a series of three Outline or Survey coiirses has been pro- 
vided which aims to give the student a general appreciation of the entire field covered 
by the Department. These courses are prescribed. With the general view thus 
obtained, the student is in a better position to select those Departments to which he 
will devote his larger attention in the later years of the course ; and further, with these 
prescribed courses as a basis, the student is given large liberty to elect one or more 
Departments in which he may specialize. Here again it may be said that sufficient 
time has not elapsed to enable a correct opinion to be formed as to the actual results 
obtained. Is it possible that the preliminary survey of the field may satisfy the stu- 
dent, and lead him to think that he has actually done sufficient work? While there may 
be disavantages in the plan, there are evident advantages, and a considerable degree of 
enthusiasm has thus far characterized the work of these particular courses. 

5. The work of the Summer Quarter has taken on something of a special character. 
Many pastors and theological students from other institutions have taken advantage of 
the presence of the distinguished teachers of various denominations and countries who 
lecture during this Quarter. The following is a list of some of the many who have 
served as regular instructors on the staff: Professor Charles Rufus Brown, of Newton 
Theological Institution, Newton Centre, Mass. ; the late Professor Alexander Balmain 
Bruce, of the Free Church College, Glasgow ; Professor Sylvester Burnham, of Colgate 
University, Hamilton, N. Y. ; Rev. W. H. P. Faunce, now President of Brown Univer- 
sity; Professor Caspar Ken6 Gregory, of the University of Leipzig; Professor Arthur 
C. McGiffert, of Union Theological Seminary, New York; Professor Rush Rhees, of 
Newton Theological Institute (now President of the University of Rochester) ; Pro- 
fessor J. S. Riggs, of Auburn Theological Seminary ; Professor George Adam Smith, 
of the Free Church College, Glasgow. 

6. Plans have been perfected by which students who so desire may count as a part 



The President's Report Ixxiii 

of their curriculum practical work carried on under the guidance of a pastor in one of 
the city churches. Substantial benefit has been gained by this arrangement, and many 
students have availed themselves of this opportunity. 

7. While the work of the Divinity School has been arranged for those who are 
graduates of a college, occasional exceptions have been made in the case of mature stu- 
dents ; but in general these exceptions have been restricted to the Summer Quarter and 
to special classes organized for the instruction of such students. It is the result of our 
experience that the man who has not had the advantage of college education and the 
man who has shared that advantage may not work together, under ordinary circum- 
stances, with profit to either class. 

8. An interesting development of the work has been the establishment of the 
so-called Divinity Houses. The first of these Houses was established in accordance 
with the following action of the Board of the Theological Union, which was approved* 
by the Board of Trustees of the University: 

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE DISOIPLEs' DIVINITY HOUSE OF THE 
UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, BOTH CORPORATIONS 
ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER AND BY VIRTUE OP THE LAWS OF THE STATE 
OF ILLINOIS 

First : The Disciples' Divinity House of the University of Chicago hereby agrees to build 
one or more halls at some point in proximity to the grounds of the University of Chicago, to be 
called by name or names hereafter to be agreed upon by the parties to this contract, it being 
understood that the hall or halls shall be used as a home for students of the Christian denomi- 
nation attending the University of Chicago; it being further understood that the grounds and 
halls shall be the sole and exclusive property of said Disciples' Divinity House of the University 
of Chicago. 

Second : The University of Chicago hereby agrees to furnish to the students of said House 
all the privileges of the University on the same terms as to the students living in the houses of 
the University itself; it being further imderstood that students pursuing courses of theological 
studies shall be admitted in accordance with the regulations governing the Divinity School, 
and that said students, after having completed the courses of study laid down by the University, 
shall receive the proper recognition of such work in the form of appropriate degrees. 

Third: It is mutually agreed that the Disciples' Divinity House of the University of 
Chicago shall have the privilege of nominating one or more instructors or oflBcers, who shall be 
given general charge of their said hall or halls, and of students residing therein; provided 
said instructors or officers shall be elected by the Board of Trustees of the University of 
Chicago; it being understood: 

1. That the officers of the House shall be recognized as members of the University of 
Chicago; shall be invited to confer with the Divinity Faculty of the University on questions 
which relate exclusively to the interests of the House or its members, and upon such questions 
only; and that the House shall be represented in the University Council by its principal officer, 
who shall be called Dean. 

2. That the officers of the House shall give instruction in connection with the department 
or departments of the University designated at the time of their election, which instruction 
shall be accepted of students in lieu of other similar instruction offered by the University in 
accordance with the regulations of the Divinity School. 



Ixxiv The President's Keport 

3. That the support and maintenance of such officers and instructors shall be provided by 
the Disciples' Divinity House of the University of Chicago; it being understood that the Uni- 
versity of Chicago shall have no financial responsibility in connection veith said House, its 
officers, or teachers. 

In witness ivhereof said Disciples' Divinity House of the University of Chicago and The 
University of Chicago have respectively caused these Presents to be signed by their duly 
authorized officers, and their corporate seals to be affixed hereto at Chicago this 18th day of 
October, A. D. 1894. 

Disciples' Divinity House op the University of Chicago. 

Signed by F. M. Kiekham, President of its Board of Trustees. 
Signed by N. S. Haynes, Secretary. 
The Univeesitt of Chicago. 

Signed by Maetin A. Ryeeson, President of its Board of Trustees. 
Attested by T. W. Goodspeed, Secretary. 

The Cumberland Presbyterian House has been organized upon the same basis. 

The execution of this plan has shown that it is capable of a still fuller develop- 
ment. The actual facts are contained in the Reports of the Deans. Upon the whole 
it may be said that no Department of the University has exhibited larger growth or a 
better character of growth than has characterized the Divinity School. 

While the relationship between the two Boards of Trustees has been all that could 
be desired, and in no single case has any friction existed as the result of disagreement, 
the experience of these years seems to show that the present arrangement cannot be 
permanent either for the best interests of the Theological Union or for those of the 
University. The difficulties of the situation may be summed up as follows: 

1. Unless the present policy is considerably modified, the Theological Union, it 
is maintained, will lose the advantage of its charter dating from the year 1856, a 
Charter securing special privileges, which probably ought not to be permitted to lapse. 

2. The interest of the University is distinctly in a School of Theology which shall 
partake exclusively of a scientific character, while it is also within the scope of the 
University to develop a School of Theology which shall emphasize the practical side 
of this work. It is a question whether both of these things can be accomplished in the 
same school. 

3. The subject of theology in its broadest scope, and viewed from the scientific 
point of view, is one which may not be limited by the influence of a single denomina- 
tion, nor indeed by any group of denominations. Such work should indeed be estab- 
lished and may be independent of denominational influence. 

4. In like manner the staff of a School of Divinity controlled by university ideals 
should not be restricted to teachers selected from a single denomination or from any 
group of denominations. There should be opportunity to obtain the strongest man, 
whatever might be his denominational connection. 

These are some of the difficulties which confront us, and for which a solution 
should be found. The place of the theological work as a great division of the 



The President's Kepoet Ixxv 



University is thoroughly established. The only question is under what auspices, with 
what ideals, and in what associations this work shall be conducted. 
I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. A special investigation should be instituted which shall have for its purpose the 
consideration of two questions: (a) the advisability of continuing the policy of making 
the study of the Hebrew language optional for those who take the highest degree in 
Divinity; and (5) the advantages and disadvantages which are associated with the 
present plan of the so-called Preliminary or Survey courses. 

2. In spite of the failure up to this time to solve the question of providing 
theological education for students of a mature age who have not had the advantages 
of a college course, the subject should be given further study; and the question may 
well be considered whether there is not a place for the College of Divinity side by side 
with the School of Divinity, the former leading to the degree of Bachelor of Divinity 
and including a curriculum of four years based upon the high schools, the latter 
restricting its work to college graduates. There is evidently no call for a curriculum 
based upon a training inferior to that of the high schools. 

3. Inasmuch as certain universities, including our own, have given the degree of 
Bachelor of Laws an inferior place, restricting it to students who have had no consider- 
able portion of the college training, and have established for the regular degree 
in Law, to be conferred upon those who have taken a college course, the degree 
of J.D. (Doctor of Law), the Divinity School should take up the question whether 
the corresponding degree of Doctor of Theology is not the proper one to be conferred 
upon those who have finished its work. 

4. While theoretically the curriculum of the Divinity School has recognized the 
Social Settlement and the advantage of training gained in the Settlement, the work 
thus far done in this direction has been small. It would seem to be opportune at this 
time to devise means by which the real benefit of such work shall be placed at the 
command of the students. 

5. It is generally acknowledged that the arrangements for such instruction in 
Public Speaking and in Music as would be most helpful to students in Divinity have 
not yet been formulated. This formulation is worthy of immediate consideration. 

6. The line between scientific Divinity, if such a phrase may be used, and practical 
Divinity must be more sharply drawn, and such reorganization of the work should be 
brought about as will adapt it more closely to the needs of different classes of students. 

7. A rearrangement of the work in the Departments of Homiletics, Practical 
Theology, and Sociology, as presented to the Divinity students, seems necessary. This 
rearrangement, under what might be called the Department of Practical Theology, is, 
however, something quite different from the proposition to draw a line between scientific 
and practical Divinity. In this case reference is made to the Department concerned; 
in the other, to the methods of work in all the Departments of the Divinity school. 

8. Serious consideration should be undertaken of the problems underlying the 



Ixxvi The Peesident's Repoet 



present relationship of the Theological Seminary to the University, with a view to 
determining whether (a) it would be wise to revoke by common consent the present 
contract existing between the University and the Theological Seminary, provided that 
such a financial adjustment can be made as will permit the establishment upon a 
practical basis of an independent Theological Seminary under the Baptist Theological 
Union; (6) whether in this case it would be wise for the University to establish a 
separate Divinity School, non-denominational, co-ordinate with the other Graduate 
Schools of the University, and under the direction of the Board of Trustees, or perhaps 
to limit its theological work to those chairs already provided for in the Faculty of Arts, 
Literature, and Science ; (c) whether it would be wise for the University to encourage 
other Theological Schools of different denominations to locate their buildings near the 
University and become federated with the Divinity School of the University on terms 
which may be satisfactory to all parties, it being understood that the proposed affiliated 
Seminaries shall be legally independent, that their buildings and grounds shall be their 
own property, and that their relationship to the University shall be an educational 
arrangement of such character as to benefit the students and teachers of such schools 
as well as the University. It is clearly appreciated that the questions here raised are 
fundamental; but in view of the trend of the times, the great economies which could 
be seciired, the larger independence attained by the Seminary of the Theological 
Union, the great mutual benefit to other theological institutions and to the University 
accruing from the location of the former in proximity to the latter, it is believed that 
they deserve full and immediate consideration. This consideration is recommended, 
although it is very far from clear that, under all the circumstances, any change what- 
ever should be made in existing contracts. 

XIV. THE MEDICAL SCHOOL 

It has been only during the last year of the first decade that medical work as such 
has been conducted in the University. Before the opening of the University a propo- 
sition was received to enter into affiliation with Rush Medical College. It did not 
seem wise at that time to accept this proposition. It was repeated in one form and 
another until in December, 1897, it was accepted in the following action of the 
Trustees : 

The following report was received from the Committee on Academy and Affiliations : 

" The Committee also made a report recommending that a petition of the Rush Medical 
College for affiliation be granted on certain conditions. After full consideration, the recom- 
mendation was approved and the conditions named were adopted in the following form : 

" 1. The Board of Trustees of Rush Medical College shall be reorganized in such manner 
as that it shall consist of men who are satisfactory to the Board of Trustees of the University, 
are interested in ediication and have no pecuniary interest in the earnings of the school. 

" 2. The Board of Trustees as thus reorganized shall pledge itself to increase the prelimi- 
nary requirements for entrance to the Eush Medical College in accordance with the action 
already taken by its Trustees, so that in 1902 the requirements for admission shall include the 
Freshman and Sophomore years of college work. 



The President's Report Ixxvii 

"3. That affiliation shall take efifect June 1, 1898, provided the debts of Eush Medical Col- 
lege shall have been paid by that time. In case it shall appear on June 1, 1898, that the College 
needs more time for the payment of its debts, the Trustees of the University of Chicago will 
entertain a request to extend the time for a period not to exceed eighteen months, but in no 
event shall affiliation be entered into until said debts shall have been paid." 

In April, 1901, the work of the first two years of the course in Rush Medical 
College was transferred to the University and made an organic part of the University 
work, in accordance with the following action on the part of the Trustees of the 
University : 

The Committee on Instruction and Equipment submitted the following recommendation, viz. : 
" That the University consent to the request of the Board of Trustees of Rush Medical 
College, to receive the present Freshman class of Eush Medical College and the Freshmen 
classes entering July 1, 1901, and thereafter, as students of the University; it being understood 
that, in accordance with the laws of the state, they shall remain enrolled as students of Rush 
Medical College also, the fees of the students to be paid to the University; but that this action 
is made dependent upon the securing by the University of the sum of fifty thousand dollars 
(31)50,000) with which to provide for initial expenses necessarily connected with such work." 

Drs. Billings and Ingals made very full statements relating to the question. After very 
full consideration by the Trustees, it was voted that the following proviso should be added to 
the recommendation of the Committee, viz. : " it being understood that the work assumed by the 
University can be conducted without increasing the deficit already provided for in the budget 
for the coming year." With this addition, the recommendation of the Committee was adopted 
by a unanimous vote. 

In April, 1902, the following proposition was received by the Trustees of the 
University : 

The Trustees of Eush Medical College believe that the high purposes for which the Col- 
lege was founded, and which it has attempted to carry out for more than sixty years, will be 
best served by its organic union with the University of Chicago. To the end that this may be 
accomplished, we hereby submit, for your consideration, the following proposition : 

1. If it can be legally done, and upon compliance with the other conditions hereinafter to 
be mentioned, the Trustees of the Eush Medical College will, on or before January 1, 1903, 
transfer to the University of Chicago all its property — real, personal, and mixed — and its good- 
will, which includes the privileges of the Central Free Dispensary and the Presbyterian Hos- 
pital, thus affording privileges indispensable to a medical college, which would cost a large 

amoimt to obtain There shall, also, be transferred all the appliances and equipment in 

said buildings, or on said premises, or elsewhere, which belong to the College. 

2. The Eush Medical College, with the consent of the Presbyterian Hospital, will transfer 
the contract now existing between the Eush Medical College Trustees and the Presbyterian 
Hospital. 

3. So far as it can legally be done, the Eush Medical College Trustees will provide that any 
endowment, hereafter received by it, or in its name, shall belong to the University of Chicago. 

4. The Trustees and Faculty of the Eush Medical College, with such assistance as may 
be obtained from its friends, will endeavor to secure for the purposes hereof the sum of 
11,000,000, to be used for medical buildings, equipment, and instruction, at the discretion of the 
Trustees of the University of Chicago. In consideration of the foregoing, the University of 
Chicago is to agree that, upon compliance with these conditions, and the raising of the 11,000,000 



Ixxviii The President's Report 

referred to above, it toII thereupon assume and thereafter continue to conduct the work of Rush 
Medical College. 

The plan for the future development of Medicine, as suggested by the Trustees oi 
Eush Medical College in connection with the proposition just recited, is as follows : 

1. In addition to the present Departments of Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology, and Physi- 
cal Chemistry, which shall also be part of the Ogden School of Science, three clinical Depart- 
ments shall be created in the University of Chicago, all constituting the Faculty of Medicine. 

2. The work of these clinical Departments (Medicine, Surgery, and Obstetrics) shall be 
conducted for (1) undergraduates, and (2) for research work. 

For undergraduates: (a) during the third year of the medical course at the University, as 
soon as satisfactory arrangements can be made; (6) during the fourth year at Rush Medical Col- 
lege, at the University, and elsewhere, if thought wise, as may be arranged. 

For research work: (a) at the University; (6) at Rush Medical College, and elsewhere, 
as may be arranged. 

3. The work of each of these Departments shall be under a Dean, who shall correlate the 
work of the Departments in the several places. 

4. All instructors in all Departments shall be members of the Faculty of the Rush Medical 
College of the University of Chicago. All instructors in the fundamental branches of Anatomy, 
Physiology, Pathology, Physical Chemistry, etc., shall be members of the same Faculty as those 
of the Clinical Departments (Medicine, Surgery, and Obstetrics); and they shall, also, be mem- 
bers of the Faculty of the Ogden School of Science. 

The real basis for the development of medical work in the University was fur- 
nished in the gift by Miss Helen Culver of one million dollars for the endowment of 
the Biological Departments, and in the use of a part of this gift in the erection of the 
Laboratories of Botany, Anatomy, Physiology, and Zoology. These buildings are at 
present crowded to their fullest capacity, and in the near future additional space will 
be required. 

The property of Rush Medical College includes the following : 

Real estate and buildings (three buildings) - - - $290,000.00 

Furniture and fixtm-es - - " - - - - - 15,000.00 

Equipment and apparatus ------- 25,000.00 

Library ----- 16,000.00 

John Philips's Endowment for Central Free Dispensary - 7,743.81 

Freer Prize Endowment 3,200.00 

Nicholas Senn Fellowship Fund ----- 15,000.00 

Total - - . . $371,948.81 

In addition to the partial equipment of the Departments already provided for in 
connection with the biological work, the sum of |50,000 was contributed by a friend 
of the University for the purchase of additional equipment and apparatus. Quite 
recently the sum of $20,000 has been presented for the purchase of additional books 
in the Departments concerned in Medicine. The Rush Medical Library now contains 
14,000 volumes. In the Departmental Libraries immediately connected with the work 
of Medicine in the University there are 9,368 volumes, making a total of 23,368 vol- 
umes in the medical work under the charge of the University. 



The President's Repokt Ixxix 



-The students of Rush Medical College have always been known for the high 
grade of work performed and for their excellent character. As a result of the 
advancement in the requirements for admission, the grade of students is still higher. 
I desire to make the following suggestions : 

1. In spite of the difficulties connected with the proposition, it is on the whole 
best to locate the new buildings for the first two years of medical work at the Univer- 
sity on Fifty-seventh street directly opposite the Hull Biological Court. 

2. At the earliest possible date provision should be made for giving the men of 
the first two years some instruction in connection with clinical material. 

3. The order of procedure in the development of the medical work should be as 

follows : 

a) On the South Side at the University : (1) The erection of new buildings for 
Anatomy and Pharmacology, as suggested above. (2) The establishment of a chair of 
Medicine in connection with the work at the University, and the appointment of its 
Head in order that ample time may be given for the preparation of plans both of 
buildings and work in general. (3) The provision of a temporary Dispensary with a 
few beds, in which certain forms of disease may be studied. This should be located 
within a quarter of a mile or less of the present University buildings. (4) The pro- 
vision at the earliest possible date of permanent hospitals for Medicine, Surgery, and 
Obstetrics, and the organization of the Departments to take charge of these hospitals 
and give the necessary instruction. (5) The provision, as early as possible, of hospi- 
tals for children's diseases and contagious diseases. The sum needed for the erection 
of the buildings and the endowment of the work in each of these five hospitals will be 
at least $1,000,000. 

b) On the West Side in connection with Rush Medical College : (1) The raising 
of the proposed sum of $1,000,000. (2) The completion of the group of buildings of 
which the Senn Memorial Building forms the first part. This will cost about $350,000. 
(3) The organization on the proper basis of a School of Dentistry which shall be in 
close association with the School of Medicine, with the requirements for admission 
much higher than those ordinarily demanded in schools of dentistry. (4) The organi- 
zation of a Nurses' Training School which shall be entirely under the control of the 
Medical Department of the University. (5) A revision of the agreement now existing 
between the Rush Medical College and the Presbyterian Hospital, in accordance with 
which the present arrangements shall be re-enacted by the Trustees of the Hospital 
with such changes as may be agreed upon, in favor of the University of Chicago. 
(6) The readjustment of the arrangement existing between Rush Medical College and 
the Central Free Dispensary. 

c) The reorganization of the various Departments under Deans in accordance 
with the plan outlined above, and the further development of the clinical work on the 
North Side. 

4. Since the degree of M.D. is used to designate graduation from many institu- 



Ixxx The Peesident's Report 

tions which make but slight requirements for admission, and since this degree is 
required by law in the various states, it would seem proper to grant to the graduates 
of the Medical School who have already taken their Bachelor's degree, and are there- 
fore Graduate students, the degree of Doctor of Science contemporaneous with that of 
M.D. This would correspond with the degree of J.D. (Doctor of Law) for the graduate 
of the Law School, and Th.D. (Doctor of Theology) for the graduate of the Divinity 
School. 

XV. THE LAW SCHOOL 

While the organization of the School of Law had been contemplated for many 
years, and a large part of the preparation for the same made, it was not until the 
closing year of the first ten that the actual steps were taken for its establishment. The 
order of these steps was as follows : 

1. The preparation of a schedule of organization by a Committee of the Senate, 
consisting of Messrs. Judson, Small, and Laughlin, acting with the President. 

2. The adoption of the recommendations contained in this Memorial by the Com- 
mittee of the Trustees, and the addition of supplementary conditions by the Board. 
The final form of this action was as follows : 

January 21, 1902. 

The President reported from the Committee on Instruction and Equipment the following 
recommendation, which, after full consideration and discussion, was approved and adopted : 

"1. Whereas, It is important to proceed to the organization of those departments of the 
University not yet established ; 

" 2. Whereas, It seems desirable at present to offer especially those departments of work 
which appeal to men ; 

"3. Whereas, The demand for instruction in Law grows every day more pressing ; 

"4. Whereas, The University is today actually giviag the instruction called for in the first 
year of a School of Law ; 

"5. Whereas, (1) The instruction called for in the remaining two years, (2) the cost of 
administration, (3) the cost of advertising, &c., can be provided for a sum not to exceed $18,000 
a year, and this expense would probably be met by the tuition fees of the, students registering 
for the work ; 

"6. Whereas, Temporary quarters for the School may be arranged in the building now 
occupied by the School of Education ; 

"7. Whereas, There would still remain the necessity for providing a library, estimated to 
cost 150,000 ; 

" It is voted ; 

"1. That Mr. Rockefeller be requested to consider the advisability of giving to the Uni- 
versity the sum of $50,000 for the purchase of a law library ; and, if he shall consent, 

" 2. The President be authorized to proceed to organize the University School of Law, to 
be open for instruction October 1, 1902, with the understanding — 

"a) That the total expense of the School (not including the cost of the library) for the 
first year shall not exceed $18,000, and for the second year $22,000 — a sum estimated to corre- 
spond to the receipts from tuition fees and matriculations. 

"6) That the School be arranged to include : 

"(1) A preparatory year equivalent to the third college year; and 



The Peesident's Kepoet Ixxxi 



" (2) A three-years' course of study, to which no one shall be admitted who is not a graduate 
of an approved college or who has not completed three years of study in such a college. 

" c) That the students of the preparatory year and those of the first year of the Law work 
who do not have a Bachelor's degree be reckoned, for administrative and financial purposes, 
students of the School of Law. 

"d) That the general items of the budget of expenditures be as follows : 
" Administrative salaries - - - - - I 1,000 
Administrative expenses . - - - 800 

General expenses 500 

Instruction 14,000 

Books and librarian 800 

Heat and light 800 

$17,900" 

3. The gift by Mr. Rockefeller of $50,000 for the purchase of books. 

4. The consent of the Harvard Corporation to grant Professor Beale leave of 
absence for two years to act as Dean of the new Law School during its period of 
organization. 

5. The securing of a gift for the Law School Building. 

6. The selection of the Faculty and adoption of regulations. 

All of these steps had been practically completed at the close of the first ten 
years of University work, and so belong to the first period of its history. 

Three important points were adopted as fundamental in the policy of the School: 

1. That it should be located at the University, and thus constitute a part of the 
University environment and form an organic part of the University, making contribu- 
tion to the University life and at the same time imbibing the spirit and purpose of that 
life. 

2. That it should be essentially a Graduate School, its regular students being 
required to have the Bachelor's degree, or at least three years of work in an approved 
college. 

3. That, while the methods of each instructor should be left to be determined by 
himself, the system which should serve as a basis of the work should be the so-called 
"Case System." 

On the first and second points there was entire unanimity on the part of the 
Committee of the Senate and the Trustees. On the third point the feeling was not so 
unanimous. This question, however, seemed to receive a practical settlement in the 
choice of instructors finally agreed upon. 

The task of selecting the books for the library was intrusted to Professors Beale 
and Mack, and the result of their work has shown itself to be thoroughly satisfactory. 
The library, as thus far organized, contains over 20,000 volumes, and includes the 
reports of all the courts of the United States, and of the several states and territories, 
of England, Scotland, Ireland, Canada, Australia, and India; the statutes now in force 
in these jurisdictions; a large number of session laws, many of them rare and 



Ixxxii The Peesident's Eepoet 

valuable; an adequate collection of treatises, trials, and legal periodicals; and the 
necessary books of reference. A large collection of civil-law treatises and of tlie 
reports of the European states is to be procured at once. 

Much consideration has been given to the question of degrees. At first provision 
was made only for the degree of J.D. (Juris Doctor) which is intended for those 
who have already received the Bachelor's degree. This step was taken after consulta- 
tion with the other graduate law schools of the country, Harvard and Columbia. 
Later it was decided to bestow the degree of Bachelor of Laws on special students 
who are qualified to enter the Junior Colleges, provided they maintain a high 
standing. 

Special mention should be made of the courtesy of the Harvard Corporation in 
permitting Professor Beale to accept the temporary appointment of Dean, referred to 
above. This action indicated a broad spirit and an appreciation of the closer relation- 
ships which are coming to exist between higher institutions of learning. The University 
of Chicago acknowledges most cordially its obligation to Harvard for this unprecedented 
favor. 

The building intended for the Law School has been planned with great care. 
Pains have been taken in the provision, not only for the things needed, but also for 
the things desired. It will be of stone, in the English Gothic style, which has been 
consecrated to English law by the use, for legal purposes, of Westmiaster Hall and the 
Inns of Court. The basement will contain smoking- and conversation-rooms, toilet- 
rooms and lockers. On the first floor will be two large lecture-rooms, capable of 
seating about 175 men each, and a number of smaller lecture-rooms, class-rooms, 
offices, etc. On a mezzanine floor above will be the stack-room of the library, 9 feet 
high, occupying this entire floor of the building ; here will be the work tables and 
studies of the professors, the librarian's room and other rooms for the administration 
of the library, and stack-room for at least 100,000 law books. Above this will be the 
reading-room, a great hall 160 feet long and 50 feet wide, with timbered roof and 
clerestory windows, equaling in dignity and beauty the great English academic halls. 
The impressive dignity and the historic associations of the architecture of this great 
hall will of themselves be of much educational value. The reading-room will furnish 
wall space for about 25,000 volumes. On the same floor will be the Dean's office. 
The building will be thoroughly ventilated, and all parts of it, except the smaller 
lecture-rooms, will be lighted by windows on both sides. The building will be in 
the main Quadrangle of the University, and will be connected by covered passages 
with the general library of the University and with the building of the Historical 
Departments, when the latter buildings are erected. 

By the action of the Board of Trustees, a pre-legal year has been established for 
students who are preparing to enter the Law School. The work of this year consists 
of Political Economy, Constitutional History, Political Science, Commerce, and Logic. 

I desire to make the following suggestions : 



The President's Repoet Ixxxiii 

1. There should be established, as early as practicable, a Journal for the Law 
School, to be edited by its professors. This Journal might be, if thought best, the 
continuation of a Journal already established, which could be secured on satisfactory 
terms, or a new Journal with a constituency to be obtained. The advantage of 
controlling such a Journal is apparent and needs no argument. 

2. Provision should be made for instruction in subjects of Law for which 
students from other divisions of the University might register. Such courses should 
be arranged for, even if they should prove to be courses outside of those ordinarily 
ofPered in the Law-School curriculum. There should be particularly included courses 
which would prove of advantage to students of the College of Commerce and 
Administration. 

3. It is desirable that the Law School should conform to the general policy of 
the University and offer courses in the Summer Quarter. These courses shoiild 
be so arranged that students who desire to begin the work of the Law School may 
make the Summer Quarter their first Quarter. Instruction should also be provided 
for those who desire to take the second and third years of the law course as well as 
those who desire to undertake special work in connection with the law of modern 
commercial life. In other words, opportunity should be provided for work on the part 
of (a) those who wish to complete their course in a shorter time than the three 
calendar years ordinarily required; (6) students of other institutions who wish to do 
special work in particular subjects ; (c) graduates of schools of law already engaged in 
practice who desire to make special investigations in particular lines; and (d) teachers 
of law in other law schools who wish to undertake advanced work with professors of 
law of international reputation. 

4. Care must be taken that the Law School shall not be regarded as an institution 

which has a merely nominal connection with the University. Effort should be made 

to keep it in the closest touch with the other divisions of the University, and to this 

end in matters of legislation there should not be departure from the usages of the 

University already established, except in those cases where the circumstances make 

clear demand. 

XVI. THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

The institution established under the name of The Chicago Institute by Mrs. 
Emmons Blaine, and originally located on the North Side, after one year of work 
in that location was transferred to the University and reorganized as an organic part 
of the University. 

Within a few months, Colonel Francis W. Parker, the Director of the School, was 
taken away. This serious loss rendered necessary certain changes in the staff of the 
Faculty. Upon the election to the Directorship of Mr. John Dewey, the Department 
of Education in the University was joined to the School of Education, and the larger 
plans contemplated in the original contract, by which secondary work as well as ele- 
mentary work should form a part of the scheme of work, were completed. At an 



Ixxxiv The President's Eeport 



important meeting held in May, 1902, the Faculties of the School of Education, the 
Department of Education, the South Side Academy, the Chicago Manual Training 
School, and the Laboratory School were organized as a single Faculty, thus bringing 
about the union of these various interests and their organization into one administra- 
tive body. At this meeting committees were appointed on the curriculum of the 
various sections of the work and upon the consideration of questions relating to build- 
ings and grounds. With this action the second year of the history of the School was 
closed. 

The difEculties encountered by the School, of which the greatest was the loss of 
the Director, Colonel Parker, have included also the following: 

1. The embarrassment of doing two years' work at the University in a provisional 
building which does not furnish adequate facilities. 

2. The fact that the buildings planned are to cost more than the sums originally 
appropriated. This excess of cost is due in part to the adoption of Bedford stone as 
the material for the buildings, and in part also to the fact that they are to be made 
strictly fireproof. The opinion prevailed that both of these steps were not only 
desirable, but necessary. 

3. The fact that so large a portion of the original endowment, viz., $425,000, 
consists of the unproductive piece of real estate lying between North Clark street on 
the west and North Park avenue on the east, Webster avenue on the south and Belden 
avenue on the north, purchased for the site of the School as originally proposed. 
Inasmuch as this investment produces no income, but, on the other hand, is a source 
of expense on account of taxes, it becomes necessary, in accordance with the provision 
made in the original contract, to use a portion of the principal of the endowment for 
a period of six years. The maximum which may thus be employed is $25,000 a year. 

4. The adjustments which are required by the University environment, involving, 
on the one hand, great economy and advantage, but, on the other, careful arrange- 
ment of curriculum and a new distribution of work among the members of the 
Faculty. 

5. Adjustments growing out of the fact that the work as originally proposed has 
limited itself, perhaps too rigidly, to the ground covered ordinarily in the normal 
school, leaving out of view necessarily the larger and higher work which under the 
new circumstances seems to be demanded. 

6. The existence of the Laboratory School (formerly the Elementary School), 
which for seven years has been conducted as a Laboratory of the Department of Edu- 
cation in the University. This School, with its separate Faculty and pupils, has had 
for its aim the working out of certain important educational theories. The question 
of adjusting the relationship of this School to the Elementary School of the School of 
Education involves several points for serious consideration, among which may be 
named : 

a) Is it necessary henceforth to conduct two independent schools? 



The President's Eepoet Ixxxv 

b) Even if such a policy is desirable, how can both be properly conducted with 
the money at the disposal of the University? 

c) In case both schools are maintained separately, what shall be the distinction 
between the two, and to what extent may there be co-operation in the matter of 
teachers ? 

d) Can both schools, if maintained separately, occupy a single building, or must 
there be a separate building for the Laboratory School in addition to those already 
erected for the School of Education ? 

7. The adjustments involved in placing the Chicago Manual Training School 
with its distinctive features in connection with the South Side Academy. 

8. The relationship to be sustained between the instruction in the various Depart- 
ments in these schools and the corresponding Departments of the Junior Colleges. 

These and other problems still await solution. The Departments concerned are 
engaged in their earnest consideration. 

The journal formerly entitled the Course of Study, and connected with the 
Chicago Institute, has been continued under the name of the Elementary School 
Teacher. This journal is published by the School of Education under the Managing 
Editorship of Professor Ella F. Young. It is intended to serve, not merely as an 
organ of the School of Education, but as a medium for the discussion of all questions 
relating to the field of elementary education. 

The possibilities of the School of Education are very great, although considerable 
disappointment has been felt thiis far in the small number' of professional students 
registered. It is believed that the failure thus far is due to causes beyond the control 
of those who have been connected with the School. It is confidently felt that, with 
the establishment of the School in its permanent quarters in the new buildings, with 
the larger scope which the combination of various interests will invite, and with the 
closer correlation of all the factors in the situation, the number now enrolled, viz., one 
hundred, will be doubled, or even quadrupled, within the near future. It is estimated 
that the buildings now in process of erection, including those which are to follow 
within a short time, will be capable of accommodating five hundred professional stu- 
dents, five hundred secondary pupils, and three hundred elementary pupils. The 
library and the various departments are thought to be more strongly equipped in 
books and apparatus than those of any other school of a similar character in the 
West or Northwest. 

The following is a brief description of the building now being erected: It is 
situated on Scammon court, between Kimbark and Monroe avenues, and faces the 
Midway Plaisance. The building will be of stone, with tile roof to correspond with 
the other buildings of the University, although the actual details of the style are 
somewhat different. It will have a frontage of 350 feet, and a depth, through its two 
wings, of 162 feet. It will be four stories high, but passenger and freight elevators 
will give easy access to the upper floors. An attractive feature of the plan is the large 



Ixxxvi The President's Repoet 

open court, the quadrangle, which is now accepted as the best arrangement for a uni- 
versity building. The court will oifer great possibilities for landscape effects, and in 
the final plan will be symmetrical and surrounded with buildings. The wings on the 
east and west sides are low, to insure a circulation of air in the court, and also to take 
advantage of the prevailing western winds in summer. To increase the effect of the 
whole, and to insure a certain privacy, the building is set upon a terrace. 

The west half of the building will be assigned mainly to the professional depart- 
ment, and the first two floors in the east wing to the Elementary School. 

In detail the disposition of the rooms is as follows: The part of the basement 
used for rooms is taken up with the geographical laboratory, and the casting-room 
and the furnace-room used in connection with clay-modeling. On the first floor 
are the assembly hall, physics laboratory, rooms for astronomy and mathematics, the 
offices of the Director and the Dean, and four full-sized grade-rooms and eight half- 
sized grade-rooms to be used as group-rooms. On the second floor are the rooms for 
oral reading, geography, geology, history, and library. In the east wing there are 
four full- and four half-sized group-rooms and a play-room for the kindergarten. On 
the third floor there are rooms for chemistry and biology, a lecture hall, museum, 
four general class-rooms, two for psychology, two for domestic science and sanitation. 
On the fourth floor there are rooms for music, photography, manual training, art, a 
Faculty room for lunch and kitchen, clay-modeling, textiles, and dyeing. 

It will be seen that the general arrangement is such as to insure plenty of light 
for each of the rooms and for all of the corridors. From this fact it is believed that 
the building will lend itself easily to the decorative effects which can be planned with 
a view to an appropriate treatment of the building as a whole. The corridors will be 
lined with brick of a soft gray color, and the floor will be of cement, in a shade of red 
harmonizing with the walls. The finish overhead will be in rough plaster, to add life 
to the color effects. The interior woodwork will be of dark-stained birch. Birch has 
been selected rather than oak or other woods of a more porous nature, because of the 
ease with which it may be kept clean. With the exception of the kiln-room and the 
casting-room, there are no work-rooms in the basement. The building will be 
equipped with a complete interior telephone system. The heating and ventilation 
will be of the Plenum system, the same as in our public schools, except that the 
amount of air furnished each person per hour will be greater, and the velocity of the 
air entering the room not so great. In addition, the laboratories are equipped with 
an exhaust system. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. The connection between the School of Education and the various Departments 
of the University, while already close, should be made still closer. The higher the 
grade of the teacher, the more important becomes the factor of actual knowledge as 
compared with method ; in other words, if it shall prove to be the policy of the School 
to prepare the higher grade of teachers as well as principals and superintendents, the 



The Peesidbnt's Eepoht 



Ixxxvii 



University must make a larger and larger contribution as compared with that of the 
School itself. This can come about only if the curriculum of the school allows the 
fullest possible opportunity for the student to do work in the University. 

2. It is probable that, after all, the laboratory method will prove to be the better 
method for training teachers as well as for working out anew the solution of educa- 
tional problems. If this is true, it will not be necessary, as has heretofore been sup- 
posed, to multiply indefinitely the number of pupils for the purpose of affording an 
opportunity to train the teachers, nor will it be necessary to place the pupils unre- 
servedly in the hands of amateur teachers. 

3. If the suggestion just made proves to be correct, it will be possible with the 
growth of the professional school to reduce the number of pupils in both the elemen- 
tary and secondary divisions in order to make room for professional students. 

4. It is apparent that in the suggestion just made lies the possible solution of the 
combination of the two elementary schools now in existence. It seems wise, upon the 
whole, to make some adjustment of the curriculum and requirements for admission in 
order to accommodate the large number of teachers desiring to be present during the 
Summer Quarter, and it is probable that nothing would be lost by modifying in this 
way the general regulations of the School. 

5. Consideration should be given to the question whether it is not possible to 
arrange a system of co-operation between normal schools of the various states and the 
School of Education similar to that which exists between the high schools and the 
Colleges of the University, or between the various Colleges and the Graduate School 
of the University. 

6. It is also to be considered whether a large factor in the future work of the 
School of Education shall not be the training of specialists in the various departments 
of educational work, rather than furnishing the usual courses of study covered in the 
ordinary normal school. 

XVII. THE UNIVEKSITY COLLEGE 

In 1898 Mrs. Emmons Blaine, after a study of certain facts presented to her, 
kindly consented to contribute $5,000 a year for five years toward the establishment 
of courses of study for teachers and others at some down-town place more accessible 
to the public than on the Quadrangles of the University, these courses to be offered in 
afternoons and evenings and on Saturdays. An annual gift of $1,200 was subse- 





N 








CO 








^ 








i.-:! 








CD 








j_ 






















































































































tH 








tH 


















































































Quarter 


1 


fl 






a 
S 





to 
a 


to 




a 
s. 




60 


en 

tti 


a 






■u 


13 


s 


O 
fl 





Id 


a 




60 

a 


^ 




< 


^ 


p. 


^ 


3 

< 

1 


& 




o 
H 


3 
<! 

39 


24 


CO 

21 




51 


.'i5 


a 

03 

25 


o 
H 

111 


87 


65 


CO 

.14 


186 



< 

S9 


56 


ft 

CO 

11 


H 


No. of classes.. 


4 


7 




11 


15 


I.S 


?,9 


156 


Enrolment .... 


50 


79 




129 


15 


109 


68 


192 


49fi 


19B 


27S 


9fil 


(i25 


322 


195 


1U2 


1011 


.i92 


268 


1871 


1007 


504 


56 


1567 


Av. No. in class 


Vii 


11 






5 


7 


5 




12 


9 


12 




12 


9 


8 




11 


9 


K 




11 


9 


5 




No. instructors 


4 


7 




7 


1 


13 


10 


13 


28 


19 


13 


28 


24 


20 


15 


35 


36 


28 


18 


39 


36 


22 


8 


39 



Ixxxviii 



The President's Eepoet 



quently added to the original gift. The work was established under the title "The 
College for Teachers," and there was joined with it the class work of the University 
Extension Division. The history of the class work for the preceding six years is 
summarized in the accompanying table. 

Under the management of the Director of the University Extension, Mr. James, 
courses were offered in the Studebaker building, Michigan avenue and Van Buren 
street, beginning October, 1898. The enrolment of students for the four successive 
years was as follows: 

1898-1899 - - - - 305 

1899-1900 ----- 287 

1900-1901 - - - - 234 

1901-1902 515 

In addition to these regularly matriculated students, during the last two years, 
after the dropping of the Class-Study Division, a certain number of students has 
been cared for by the University College in classes away from the College rooms. 
Very many of these are matriculated students of the University, but many are not. 
They should, however, be taken into consideration, in the figures of the University 
College, because many of them are doing the same kind of work as is done at the 
University College, and they are constantly being drawn into the University College 
classes proper. The figures for the two years are as follows: 

1900-1901 - - - - 108 
1901-1902 135 

At the end of the second year of the work, the name was changed to "The Univer- 
sity College," because the name formerly used was understood to indicate that the work 
proposed limited itself to the training of teachers. The fees collected during the first 
four years were as follows: 





1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Tuition and laboratory fees 


$5,978.65 
i,125.66 


$5,149.26 
' 580.66 


$8,427.15 
1,125.66 


$9,924.57 
727 50 


Rent 


Matriculation 


995.00 


Totals 


$7,103.65 


$5,729.26 


$9,552.15 


$11,647.07 



An attempt was made to adjust the courses to the demands being made from time 
to time, and the result was, taking the fourth year as a typical year, that courses were 
organized in the various Departments as follows : Philosophy, 5 ; Education, 3 ; Politi- 
cal Economy, 2; History, 5; Greek, 2; Latin, 5; Komance, 4; German, 4; English, 7; 
Mathematics, 2 ; Physics, 1 ; Chemistry, 1 ; Geology, 1 ; Zoology, 3 ; Botany, 2 ; Public 
Speaking, 3 ; Library Science, 1. At the end of the fourth year it was apparent that 
a splendid body of students was being helped in this way who could receive help in 
no other form. Many of these students had classified themselves according to the 
regulations of the University and were studying for a degree. Already many by 



The Peesident's Kepoet Ixxxis 



means of the opportunity thus afforded have been enabled to receive the Bachelor's 
degree. At least four hundred students are actively engaged in the prosecution of 
the full college course with a view to the degree. Only a small percentage of the col- 
leges of the United States have an enrolment of as many students. 

The fact confronts the Trustees that at the end of the fifth year, 1903, the term 
will expire for which the gift was made. There seems to be no question that in no 
part of the University has a gift of money been used to accomplish so much as in this 
particular case. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. The work of the University College should be continued. It would be wholly 
inconsistent to give up this work and at the same time continue other work which the 
University is doing in which the returns are not so great. If, by the expenditure of 
six or seven thousand dollars, four or five hundred students can be assisted in carry- 
ing on their studies for a college degree, the work done as indicated is the most eco- 
nomical of any higher educational work in the country. 

2. It is important that more suitable quarters be obtained than those the College 
has occupied during the five years of its history. These rooms are not as accessible 
to students from the West and North Sides as is desired. The fact that so large a 
part of the Studebaker building is occupied by teachers of music occasions constant 
noise, which proves to be a source of annoyance to those engaged in the usual 
recitation-room work of the College. 

3. There is room for a much larger development than has yet been secured. The 
provision which has recently been made by the Board of Education for promotion and 
increased salaries on the basis of examinations passed will prove a great incentive, and 
whatever other sources of help may be offered to teachers of Chicago by the Board of 
Education or by other institutions independent of the Board of Education, it is apparent 
that there is no agency to which the teachers may come with so much profit as to the 
University College, partly because the work done in the University College will count 
for a University degree as well as for the examination looking toward promotion and 
increased salary. The small fee charged will not deter many from entering the classes. 

XVIII. THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE AJSTD ADMINISTRATION 
The records show that the University Senate took up the consideration of the 
establishment of the College of Commerce and Administration in 1894. This date 
preceded that at which any other college or university in this country had given the 
matter consideration. The most important part of the discussion in the Senate turned 
on the question: "Shall the proposed work in Commerce and Administration be 
organized as a professional school or as one of the undergraduate Colleges of the 
University?" The decision of the Senate was in favor of the second proposition. 
Notwithstanding the early date at which the movement was started, the development 
of the work as distinguished from that of other undergraduate work has been slow. 



xc The Peesident's Repoet 

This has been due to the purpose of the University — the desire of the authorities being 
not to lay too great emphasis upon work of this character, in contrast with the longer- 
established college work, in the early years of the history of the University. One of 
the important events in the history of the movement was the presentation of papers on 
the subject before the Thirteenth Conference of Secondary Schools of the University 
held November 10 and 11, 1899. At this Conference admirable contributions, one from 
the point of view of the academician and one from the point of view of the business 
man, were presented by Professor A. C. Miller, now of the University of California, and 
Mr. A. C. Bartlett, of Hibbard, Spencer, Bartlett & Co. In the spring of 1901, after 
full discussion, it was thought that the time had arrived to place the work in charge 
of a separate Faculty and under the direction of a separate Dean. At the same time 
the curriculum of study was reorganized, and new courses were added. Certain fields, 
however, still remain untouched, e. g., Insurance, Accounting. 

It may be acknowledged that other institutions, starting at a later date, have 
proceeded more rapidly and have already succeeded in presenting a larger variety of 
courses. 

The work of the College has been greatly advanced by the services of eminent 
men in various departments of commerce who have kindly consented to visit the 
University and lecture upon the subjects in which they were specially interested. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. It is evident that the work of the College must be largely increased, and to 
this end new instructors must be appointed and new courses of instruction offered. A 
plan for gradual development should be worked out in accordance with which one or 
two new instructors should be added to the force each year until the entire ground is 
covered. Provision has been made for such an increase during the present year. 

2. Important combinations are possible between the College of Commerce and 
Administration, on the one hand, and the Law School and the proposed Technological 
School, on the other. Such combinations, however, can be worked out only by the 
united effort of all concerned. Special committees should be established for this 
purpose. 

3. In view of the trend of affairs, provision of a substantial character should be 
made for men who desire to enter the consular and diplomatic service of the country, 
and the students who are specially interested in these lines should be brought into 
actual touch with the problems of such service. 

4. Attention should be paid to the fact that the constituency of the College of 
Commerce and Administration under ordinary circumstances may be expected to be 
one which has not hitherto been provided for in the College. A small number 
of those who would have chosen one of the other Colleges will in preference select this 
College, but the greater number of students in this College will be men and women who 
have entered college primarily because of the possibility of doing the work thus offered. 

5. The work of the College of Commerce and Administration must remain inade- 



The Peesident's Repoet xci 

quate so long as it is witliout a well-equipped commercial museum. The leading 
commercial colleges of Europe have long recognized that such provision is as essential 
to their work as is a laboratory for chemistry or a workshop for engineering. In this 
respect the University of Chicago is far behind, and even the materials which have 
been contributed to the University must, because of lack of space in its buildings, 
remain stored away and altogether inaccessible. A commercial museum designed for 
educational purposes should contain primarily a collection of the raw and partly manu- 
factured materials of Commerce. These should be arranged so that the student could 
study carefully the products and resources of any one country, and so that he could 
also make a comparative study of all the varieties of any given product coming from 
different parts of the world. In addition to this, there should be exhibits showing 
the processes of manufacture in the leading industries, and illustrating the industrial 
progress of various lands. Supplementary to the materials exhibited, there should be 
collections of photographs, maps, and charts, so that the museum would serve as a 
laboratory to students of Commerce. 

6. Special arrangements should be made for training students to speak the 
principal modern languages, French, German, and Spanish, and to this end Houses 
should be established in which only a given language is employed by the servants as 
well as by the students. 

7. It is important also that provision should be made for training students to 
speak some of the more important living oriental languages. 

8. Chairs should be' established for the teaching of the Russian and Chinese 
languages, literatures, history, and institutions. No more important field lies open 
before the college student than work in these great empires. 

XIX. THE SENIOR COLLEGE OP ARTS, LITERATURE, AND SCIENCE 

The origin of the present Board of the Senior College of Arts, Literature, and 
Science is described in the statement on "Administrative History," p. xliii. The work 
under the charge of this Board was originally a part of the work of the General 
Faculty, later the work of a special Board of that Faculty, still later the work of a 
special Faculty, and at present the work of a Board which serves as a standing com- 
mittee, on the one hand, of the Faculty of Arts, Literature, and Science, and, on the 
other, of all of the Faculties including in their enrolment students of the rank of 
Senior College students. The terms "Upper" and "Lower" were at first used, but 
after two years these were changed to Senior and Junior College. The Senior College 
work at present includes eight possible groups, viz. : Arts, Literature, Science, Law, 
Medicine, Commerce and Administration, Divinity, and Technology. All but the last 
of these have been organized. The membership of the Board is constituted as follows : 

1. The President and the Recorder. 

2. The Deans concerned with Senior College students. 

3. Two representatives each of the following groups of departments: (a) Ancient 



xcii The Pkesident's Kepoet 



Languages and Literatures; (b) Modern Languages and Literatures; (c) Philosophy 
and the Social Sciences ; (d) Mathematics and Inorganic Sciences ; (e) The Organic 
Sciences; (/) Each professional or technical Faculty having students who are candi- 
dates for the Bachelor's degree; namely, the Divinity, the Medical, the Faculty of 
Commerce and Administration, the Faculty of the Law School. 

The reports show that the number of students classified as members of the Senior 
Colleges actually in attendance at any one time has varied from 31 in the Spring 
Quarter, 1893, to 326 in the Spring Quarter, 1902; and that the various Bachelor's 
degrees have been conferred in any given year on from 15 to 286 candidates, the latter 
number being reached in the year closing June 30, 1902. 

A large minority of the Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science would probably 
favor the policy of granting one Bachelor's degree rather than, as at present, three, 
but a majority has always been in favor of the policy outlined at the beginning ; and 
if the suggestions made elsewhere in this Report should be adopted, the degree of 
B.D. as well as that of LL.B., and perhaps others, will be given to represent in 
general the same time-requirement as is now represented by the other Bachelor degrees. 

Much difference of opinion has existed as to the advisability of conferring the 
Bachelor's degree on graduates of affiliated colleges after three months' residence. It 
is evident that this practice seems at first sight to discriminate in favor of those who 
do not come to our own institution, but considerations may be presented which largely 
relieve the difiiculties in the case. 

A remarkable fact is shown by the Dean's Report in reference to the number 
of students entering the University of Chicago from other colleges (see pp. 66-8). 
Probably in no other university does the principle of migration in undergraduate work 
play so prominent a part. 

More or less doubt has existed as to the advisability of continuing the plan of 
Division Lectures. Upon the whole, it is probable that the plan, or some improve- 
ment of it, will remain a permanent institution of the undergraduate work. The same 
statement may be made concerning the weekly Chapel Assembly. 

The requirement that students who have not taken courses in Psychology and 
Ethics shall be expected to take one Major each in the Senior College work is one 
which has approved itself by experience. These courses really are Junior College 
courses, and the student who enters the Senior College without having taken them is 
treated as conditioned in them. 

The flexibility of our system is seen in the fact that a student may reduce the 
time of his work, if he so desires, in either one of three ways: 

1. By selecting, as his Senior College subjects, courses in the Professional School 
— a step which shortens by so much the time required in the Professional School. 

2. By continuing in residence during the whole or part of the Summer Quarter. 

3. By securing permission to take a fourth subject in addition to the regular 
three. 



The President's Report xciii 

In this way the University regulations adjust themselves to the needs and to the 
desires of different individuals, but in no case is there a lowering of the standard. 
I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. A larger number of scholarships should be established, and incentive should 
be given students in the smaller colleges to finish their work in the University by the 
provision of such scholarships. 

2. Scholarships awarded to students who have done their work in the Junior 
Colleges should cover the entire period of the Senior College, namely, two years, 
instead of one. 

3. Effort should be made to classify in the undergraduate colleges a larger num- 
ber of those who come to us as Graduate students, because, (a) as a matter of fact, the 
work of many of these students is such as in the University of Chicago is regarded as 
undergraduate work, and (6) the student thus secures the Bachelor's degree of an 
institution which will be everywhere recognized as valuable. 

4. Every effort should be put forth to treat alike students of the Senior College 
rank, in whatever group or college they may be registered. In other words, the same 
requirements should be made of Medical students. Law students, and Divinity students 
who have the rank of Senior College students as are made of Arts, Literature, and 
Science students. 

5. Provision should be made by which a student doing work of high character 
might be excused from a certain number of Majors, the number of Majors being 
apportioned to the degree of ability shown in the work already done. 

6. The plan already adopted in the Junior Colleges of naming members of the 
Faculty who will consent to serve as advisors of students should be adopted in the 
Senior Colleges, and should be urgently recommended from time to time to the 
student body. 

7. There should always be kept in mind the desirability of preserving a unity of 
feeling among the Senior College students, and every opportunity should be taken to 
emphasize this unity as over against the great diversity of Departments and groups 
represented. 

8. The present policy of granting the Bachelor's degree to the graduates of 
affiliated colleges after three months' residence in the University should be modified to 
include a provision that the students intending to take such a degree shall (o) matricu- 
late at the University at least six months before they enter the University for the resi- 
dence of three months, and at the time of matriculation present a full description of all 
college work which they have done up to this time ; (b) register at the University 
simultaneously with the registration at the college for the courses of instruction offered 
during these two Quarters; and (c) present through the proper executive officer of 
their college all examination papers which they have prepared and all special papers 
which they have written during these Quarters, for the inspection of the Departments 
concerned. 



XCIV 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



XX. THE JUNIOR COLLEGES 

The work of the Freshman and Sophomore classes has from the beginning been 
sharply distinguished from that of the so-called Junior and Senior classes. This dis- 
traction was first made by the use of the terms "Upper" and "Lower," which in April, 
1896, were changed to "Junior" and "Senior." The growth of the work of the Jun- 
ior Colleges may be shown in two or three ways, for example: 

1. The following table shows the growth in attendance in the Junior Colleges : 
1893-94 - - - 274 1898-99 - - - 545 



1894-95 
1895-96 
1896-97 
1897-98 



366 


1899-00 - 


427 


1900-01 


438 


1901-02 - 


442 





636 
733 

772 



2. The number of students completing the work of the Junior Colleges during the 
successive years has been as follows: 





1893-91 


1894-95 


1895-96 


189&-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


189^-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Summer 


9 
2 
6 


20 

6 

18 

15 


30 

9 

51 

26 


40 

9 

37 

42 


53 
16 
45 
37 


48 
11 
29 
39 


62 

9 

26 

41 


96 
20 

47 
28 


79 




10 


"Winter 


36 




39 






Total 


17 


59 


116 


128 


151 


127 


138 


191 


164 







Some interesting material may be found in the Reports of the Deans (pp. 105 f.) 
on the number of students who have gone up from the Junior College to the Senior 
College. 

The following statement made in the President's Annual Report for 1898-99 will 
perhaps best present the thought imderlying this distinct division between the Junior 
and Senior Colleges. This statement also furnishes the considerations offered for the 
establishment of the so-called title or degree termed, for lack of a better word, " Uni- 
versity Associate": 

Upon the recommendation of the Faculty of the Junior Colleges and of the Senate, and 
upon the approval of the University Congregation, the Trustees have voted to confer the title 
or degree of Associate upon those students who finish the work of the Junior Colleges. The 
action in the Faculty of the Junior Colleges and in the Senate was practically unanimous — 
the action in the Board of Trustees was entirely unanimous. 

From the point of view of the student, the following considerations have had influence in 
determining this action: (1) The fact, very generally recognized, that no important step is taken 
at the end of the preparatory course. The work of the Freshman and Sophomore years in most 
colleges differs little in content and in method from that of the last year of the academy or high 
school — except that it is somewhat more advanced ; but, on the other hand, (2) at the end of 
the Sophomore year a most important change occurs according to the organization of the larger 
number of institutions — for it is at this point that the student is given larger liberty of 
choice, and at the same time higher methods of instruction are employed. For the last two 
years of coUege work the university spmt and the imiversity method prevaU. A new era iu the 



The Peesident's Report 



work of the student has begun. (3) It is evident that many students continue work in the Jun- 
ior and Senior years of college life whose best interests would be served by withdrawal from 
college. Many continue to the end, not from choice, but rather from compulsion, because of 
the disgrace which may attend an unfinished coiu-se. If it were regarded as respectable to stop 
at the close of the Sophomore year, many would avail themselves of the opportunity. (4) Many 
students who might be courageous enough to undertake a two-years' college course are not able, 
for the lack of funds or for other reasons, to see their way clear to enter upon a four years' 
course. Many, still fiu-ther, feel that if a professional coiirse is to be taken, there is not time 
for a four years' college course. It is for this reason that, in part, our professional schools are 
made up so largely of non-college students. If a student who had in view ultimately the medi- 
cal, or legal, or pedagogical profession could make provision to finish a course of study at the end 
of two years, he would be much more likely to undertake such a course than the longer four years' 
course. (5) On the other hand, many students who are thus led to take the two-years' comse 
would be induced at the end of that time to continue to the end of the fourth year, and in this 
way many students of the very highest character, at all events, would be enabled to take the 
entire college course by whom, under the present arrangements, such a course would be regarded 
as impracticable. 

From the point of view of the University, the following points have been considered : (1) 
Many academies are able to do, at least in part, the work of the Freshman and Sophomore 
years. The high schools in some states are ready to do such work, and in at least one state the 
university of the state recognizes the work of the Freshman year when performed in approved 
high schools. (2) It cannot be denied that, xmtil young men or yoimg women have shown some 
maturity of character, it is wise that they should not be sent very far away from home. If, now, 
the academies and high schools could so perfect their work that Freshman and Sophomore 
courses might be offered, many young people would be enabled to pursue their education to at 
least this higher point. (3) A large number of so-called colleges, which have not sufficient 
endowment to enable them properly to do the work of the Junior and Senior years, should limit 
their work to that of the Freshman and Sophomore years. In many cases the officers of these 
colleges recognize most keenly that they are not doing justice to the students in the higher 
classes. In reality they are defrauding the students who pay their fees in lower classes in order 
to obtain a meager sum of money vrith which to provide an entirely inadequate course of instruc- 
tion for the higher class of men. These institutions in many cases would be disposed to limit 
their work to the lower field, if it were made possible for them to do so. They find it necessary, 
however, to give a degree. If they could follow the example of a large institution and give an 
appropriate recognition of the work of the lower years, they would be ready to adopt such an 
arrangement. (4) It is a general law of educational work that in seeking a college, students 
rarely go farther away from home than a hundred miles. Ninety per cent, of all the students 
in American colleges will be found in colleges which are within a hundred miles of home. If 
a fair proportion of these institutions were to limit themselves to the work of the Freshman and 
Sophomore years, at the end of this time the students who had finished this work and desired 
to continue would be compelled to go away from home to some distant institution, perhaps a 
large university, where library and laboratory facilities might be found which would make 
possible the doing of good work. If, on the one hand, the academies and high schools were ele- 
vated, and if, on the other hand, the scope of work done by many colleges were limited, and as 
a result institutions developed which would do that work thoroughly, there would come to be a 
recognized distinction between college and university which does not now exist. 

In order, therefore, to encourage a movement in the direction thus mentioned, the proposed 
degree has been estabhshed. It is believed that the results will be fivefold : (1) Many students 



The Peesident's Repoet 



will find it convenient to give up college work at the end of the Sophomore year; (2) many stu- 
dents who would not otherwise do so, will undertake at least two years of college work ; (3) the 
professional schools will be able to raise their standards for admission, and in any case many 
who desire a professional education will take the first two years of college work ; (4) many acad- 
emies and high schools will be encom-aged to develop higher work ; (5) many colleges which 
have not the means to do the work of the Junior and Senior years will be satisfied under this 
arrangement to do the lower work. 

The work of the College has passed through three stages in its method of admin- 
istration. During the first year the work was conducted by a Board under the General 
Faculty, and while this Board was really a committee, it had very largely the power of 
a Faculty. Upon the division of the General Faculty, a special Faculty was established 
for the management of this College, which was made up of all instructors offering 
courses intended primarily for Junior College students. In the spring of 1902 a 
definite effort was made to bring the Junior College work under the immediate super- 
vision of the General Faculty, and thus to take away its independence. The argu- 
ments for this position, although strongly presented, did not prevail, and the policy 
already in vogue was strengthened. After nearly ten years of trial the plan of a 
separate and distinct Faculty, with independent powers, received the approval of the 
majority of the Congregation. Certain changes were suggested in the constitution of 
the Committees whereby the various groups of Departments should have proper repre- 
sentation. On the basis of an action of the Congregation taken January 31, 1902, 
additional steps were taken in April for the better distribution of the work of the 
Faculty and for the assignment of larger responsibility. 

In November, 1901, the Advisor System was adopted, with the understanding, 
however, that it should be entirely voluntary on the part of the students. The mem- 
bers of the Faculty came forward quite unanimously and heartily to offer their services 
to the students who might desire the same. Up to the present time, however, the 
results of the plan have not been encouraging. 

A serious question has confronted the University, and especially the Faculty of 
the Junior Colleges, in connection with the growing scarcity of lecture-room and 
laboratory space in the buildings thus far erected. It has come to be quite clear that 
it will require the entire space of the central quadrangles to make provision for the 
Senior College and Graduate work of the various Departments. The Science labora- 
tories, although very large, are already practically full. Two or three possibilities 
seem to present themselves: (1) either that of enlarging the present buildings, without 
reference to the architectural effect ; or (2) that of removing certain Departments to 
adjoining quadrangles ; or (3) that of separating a certain portion of the work of all 
Departments furnishing elementary courses and assigning this work a place on the 
outside quadrangles. The third plan commended itself to the largest number. It 
was, indeed, unanimously adopted as the opinion of the Junior College Faculty. It 
was, therefore, decided by the Trustees, upon the recommendation of a special Com- 
mission to arrange for Junior College work outside of the central quadrangles. 



The President's Kepoet xcvii 

It was in connection with this question that there was discussed also the question 
of providing separate instruction for the sexes, concerning which a statement is 
presented below. 

It seems to be the unanimous desire of the Junior College Faculty to lay an 
emphasis upon the House system even greater than that which it has thus far been given. 
It is proposed, moreover, to require every member of the Junior Colleges to be a mem- 
ber of some House. Provision will be made for all the Houses that may be required. 
These Houses will fall into two classes, those intended for residence, and those planned 
only for the use of students whose homes are in the neighborhood. Provision will be 
made in the latter case for clubs of thirty or forty students, which will include a study- 
room, a parlor, and a dining-room, together with a toilet-room and a cloak-room. It 
has been calculated that such provision can be made for two or three dollars a Quarter. 
In this way every student will have a home on the University grounds. The sugges- 
tion has also been made, and considered with some degree of favor, that in the non- 
resident Houses luncheon shall be served in the University every day and the expense 
made a regular part of the Quarter's bills. 

In connection with the Junior College work it seems best to place on record the 
following statement on the subject of providing separate instruction for the sexes in 
the Junior College subjects. The large space given to this subject is perhaps justified 
in view of the interest which has been aroused by the discussion of the question: 

I. THE PEOPOSITION BRIEFLY STATED 

The proposition briefly stated is as follows: To make provision in the develop- 
ment of Junior College work as far as possible for separate instruction for men and 
women, upon the basis of extending equal privileges to both sexes. The above word- 
ing, with the exception of the last clause, is the form of the statement upon which 
action was taken by the Junior College Faculty and the form which was approved by 
the University Senate. The last clause, viz., "upon the basis of extending equal 
privileges to both sexes," has always been assumed as a part of the proposition, for it 
would evidently be undesirable to give to either one of the sexes larger or higher 
privileges than to the other. 

II. WHAT THE PROPOSITION DOES NOT INVOLVE 

1. It does not mean that one policy is contemplated for women and another for 
men. In the general discussion much has been said of the so-called " segregation of 
women." As a matter of fact, all Junior College students will go from the central 
quadrangles; not women only. Nothing has been proposed concerning women that 
does not apply to men. 

2. It does not mean that those who advocate the proposition desire to see the 
policy extended to any work outside of Junior College work. It is, of course, true 
that some have favored the proposition who would have voted for its adoption on a 
larger scale. Three important points are to be recognized in opposition to extending 



scviii The President's Report 

tlie policy beyond J^anior College work : (a) the fact that women are being admitted in 
all leading institutions to the privileges of graduate and higher college work; (&) the 
fact that in Eush Medical College, which is practically a part of the University of 
Chicago, the classes of instruction have been opened to women, this action having been 
taken within eighteen months; and (c) the fact that it would be impossible, for finan- 
cial reasons, to duplicate most of the courses of instruction in the Senior College and 
Graduate Schools, although such a possibility might exist in the case of professional 
work. Those who disapprove the movement, whether because it involves partial separa- 
tion, or because it does not involve total separation of men and women students, should 
accept the statement of the advocates of the movement that it is not intended to extend 
the separation to other classes than those which are aimounced as Junior College 
courses (required and elective). 

3. It does not involve the organization of separate sections unless circumstances 
seem to furnish sufficient warrant therefor. There are circumstances under which 
instruction even in a Junior College subject would best be conducted as at present ; for 
example, an elective Junior College course offered once a year and taken by twenty- 
five or thirty students will continue as before to be offered to men and women. Nor 
will such provision be made in cases where the use of extra equipment is too costly. 

4. The proposition does not contemplate the organization of instruction for 
women after the fashion of the so-called annex. In such institutions much of the 
instruction is given by professors who have already performed a full professor's ser- 
vice and for a proportionately smaller compensation do the work with women as an extra. 

5. The plan does not involve two separate Faculties, or special rules and regulations 
for women as distinct from men. The work as heretofore will be under one Faculty at 
the head of which will be a single administrative officer, with assistant Deans. The 
chief administrative officer of the Junior Colleges will be responsible for the work 
with women as well as for that with men. Rules and regulations for both men and 
women will be made by the same Faculty. 

6. The proposition does not mean that the women of the Junior Colleges will be 
taught by instructors who are, for the most part or exclusively, women. 

7. The plan does not involve any separation socially in public exercises other than 
that which at present exists. The policy of a separate Chapel service for women and 
for men has more than justified itself, but public lectures, except perhaps Division 
lectures, when given in the University, will be open alike to men and women. 

8. The plan does not mean the establishment of artificial barriers to prevent men 
and women from any proper and desirable intercourse for which college life affords 
opportunity. At the same time it will not compel association. To a much greater degree 
than is now the case this association will be a matter of choice rather than necessity. 

9. The proposition does not involve any reflection upon the students who have 
lived in the University during the first ten years of its history, nor upon the plan of 
coeducation as adopted in other institutions. 



The Pbesident's Kepokt soix 

10. The plan does not require the separation of the younger women from the 
older in residence halls. This in time may prove to be a policy deserving of con- 
sideration, but it is not in any way involved in the proposition under discussion. 

11. The plan does not involve the transfer of the present women's halls to 
men, although a quadrangle for women may be built. The present women's halls 
will always be needed and used by women who do not wish, for one reason or another, 
to identify themselves with the life in the Women's Quadrangle. 

12. The plan does not carry with it deprivation, so far as either men or women are 
concerned, of any educational privilege now enjoyed, unless co-instruction be eo ipso 
so regarded. 

13. The proposition does not involve any radical or revolutionary action. The 
change will be so gradual that it will hardly be noticed, and when the proposition shall 
have come into full execution the difference between it and the plan hitherto followed 
will be much less striking than some have supposed. 

III. WHAT THE PEOPOSITION DOES INVOLVE 

1. It proposes an arrangement by which the courses of instruction in the Junior 
Colleges (elective or required) now given ia several sections shall be offered, some 
exclusively for men and others exclusively for women. 

2. It proposes an arrangement by which courses now repeated in successive Quar- 
ters may be restricted during one Quarter to women and during another Quarter to 
men. 

3. It proposes a continuation of the separation which has already taken place in 
Chapel Assembly, with possibly an extension of it to the Division lectures. 

4. It permits co-instruction in those courses offered to Junior College students for 
which the registration is not sufficiently large to warrant division on an economical 
basis; for example, for the present, one-third of all the courses offered to Junior 
College students, roughly speaking, will be offered to men, one-third to women, and 
one-third will be open to both men and women. 

5. It is probable that, as the number of students increases, the number of courses 
retained as co-instructional on grounds of economy will be diminished. 

6. The plan makes necessary the provision of separate class-rooms and labora- 
tories, just as now separate accommodations are arranged for work in physical culture. 

7. The plan implies that officers of instruction who teach the Junior College 
courses shall divide their time with approximate equality between men and women. 

8. The plan involves an acceptance of this policy as a factor in the organization 
of the work in every department, and in the selection of instructors for the special 
work of the Junior Colleges. 

9. The proposition guarantees the freedom of women in the University to enjoy 
all the privileges of the University and to take up residence in the proposed Women's 
Quadrangle or in the present Women's Halls at their pleasure. 



The Peesident's Rbpokt 



10. The plan provides for the more thorough development of the House 
system, not only in the interest of those who live in University Halls, but 
also for those who prefer to live at home or with friends outside of the University 
Quadrangles; it being understood that for the latter there shall be provided study- 
rooms and luncheon-rooms in accordance with the policy already recommended by the 
Junior College Faculty. 

IV. THE PEOPOSITION CONSIDEEED HISTOEIOALLY 

1. The question of separate instruction for men and women first presented itself in 
the conference of gentlemen called together in March, 1889, by Mr. Fred. T. Gates, who 
was at that time secretary of the American Baptist Education Society. The " mem- 
bers of this conference could not agree upon the proposition that the institution 
should be coeducational. After a full debate (see below) the following statement was 
agreed upon, yvz. : " That the privileges of the institution be extended to persons of 
both sexes on equal terms." 

2. This phraseology was used as the basis for the subscriptions secured for the 
foundation of the College in Chicago, and, when the first million dollars was secured, 
the committee appointed to draw the charter directed that it should be drawn upon 
the basis of certain propositions, among which number this was included. (See below.) 

3. The subject was raised in the Annual Report of the President for 1899, which 
included the following statement: 

" It may be worth while to note that the life of men and women at the University 
has been the most natural possible, and no special difficulties of administration have 
arisen from the fact that the two sexes were working together in the class-room and 
associating with each other in the social life of the University. It is quite certain, 
however, that the scope of instruction has not been made sufficiently broad to satisfy 
the demands arising from the presence of women in the University. It is manifestly 
unfair to compel a young woman to give up music, for example, in order that she 
may receive a college degree. It would also seem to be eminently fitting that 
opportunity should be given for work in the history of art and in drawing. Such 
courses would be taken not only by women but by men, and the scope of the college 
curricula must be regarded as very narrow until the time shall come when a student 
may offer work in music and art for the Bachelor's degree. Nor should I think it wise 
to restrict courses offered in music merely to the science of music. With certain pre- 
requisites provided for, the art, as well as the science, of music should be accepted. I 
beg to submit the following questions for consideration: (1) "Whether, when the 
number of students has grown larger and the same subject is offered at the same time 
in two or three sections, it would not be wise to offer one section to which men only 
will be admitted, another to which women only may be admitted, and a third to which 
both men and women may be admitted ? (2) Whether in all prizes offered there should 
not be an equal number for men and for women ? (3) Whether in the morning assem- 



The President's Report ci 



blies of the students at chapel and for general lectures provision should not be made 
during at least a portion of the year by which women should meet together at one 
time and the men at another." 

4. At the twenty-first meeting of the University Congregation, held July 3, 1900, 
the following was among the topics recommended for discussion : 

Resolved, That better educational results would be secured in the University by teaching 
the sexes in separate classes. 

At a meeting of the Executive Committee of the Congregation, held March 20, 
1901, the question was recommended for discussion by the Congregation in the fol- 
lowing form : 

That better educational results would be secured in the Junior Colleges by teaching per- 
sons of the two sexes in separate classes. 

The recommendation of the Executive Committee, that the question for considera- 
tion by the Congregation at its next meeting be chosen from a list of two questions, of 
which the above was one, was presented to the Congregation at its meeting, March 
20, 1901, and it was voted that the question of separate classes be referred to the 
University Council for consideration and report to the Congregation. The Council, 
however, did not take up the discussion of the question. 

5. In the months of January to September, 1901, the subject was discussed with 
several members of the Board of Trustees, including the President of the Board. 
With his approval, the architects of the University were asked to submit rough sketches 
of a Women's Quadrangle which should furnish the facilities desired in connection 
with the execution of the proposed plan. These sketches were received and considered 
during the same months by members of the Faculty and others. 

6. At a meeting of the University Senate held October 12, 1901, the question was 
presented, and the following minute appears in the records of the Senate: 

" The special business of the meeting was the following motion, made at the 
regular monthly meeting of October 5, the vote upon which was postponed for one 
week at the request of four Senators: 'It was moved that after the Chapel exercises 
announced for Monday, the division of the Junior Colleges for the Chapel Assembly be 
for the present made alphabetically pending further discussion.' 

" A statement was made by the President regarding the proposed Women's Quad- 
rangle for the Junior Colleges, in explanation of the request for the postponement of 
the vote, as having a bearing upon the question under discussion." 

At this meeting the discussion of the subject was opened. It was continued in 
subsequent meetings of the Senate on November 2, November 16, December 14, Janu- 
ary 4, 1902; and at a meeting held February 1, 1902, the vote of the Senate, given 
in writing, was announced to be, ayes 13, nays 8, upon the following question: 

"Will the' Senate advise the Trustees of the University to accept a gift of a million 
or a million and a half of dollars, to be used in erecting, on a separate block of land, 
dormitories, gymnasium, club-house, assembly hall, recitation halls, and laboratories. 



cii The Peesident's Kepoet 

to be used exclusively for women, and, as concerns recitation halls and laboratories, by 
women in the Junior Colleges?" 

It was not appreciated as fully then as later that the discussion of an important 
educational question in connection with the discussion of the acceptance of a gift was 
unwise. The question, however, was put in this form hypothetically in order to secure 
an expression of opinion on the part of the Senate. 

7. At a meeting of the Board of Trustees, held January, 28, 1902, the following 
preamble and resolutions were considered: 

" (1) Wheeeas, The increasing numbers of students in the first two years of college 
work renders necessary some larger and more systematic provision than has yet been 
planned. 

"(2) Wheeeas, The courses offered in the first years must in any case be dupli- 
cated and repeated in proportion to the number of students, reckoning thirty or forty 
in each class. 

" (3) Wheeeas, There would be great advantage in allowing men and women the 
opportunity of selecting courses limited to men, or to women, or open to both sexes. 

"(4) Wheeeas, There is need of better opportunity both for men and women in 
the earlier years to cultivate the life peculiar to each. 

" (5) Wheeeas, There is needed also better opportunity for men and women to 
cultivate the feeling of corporate consciousness. 

" (6) Wheeeas, Provision must immediately be made for a woman's gymnasium, 
a woman's club-house, and a woman's caf6. 

"(7) Wheeeas, With better facilities for women's life the numbers would be 
greatly increased. 

" It is recommended: 

"(1) To set apart the so-called Sheldon block of land for the erection of a 
Women's Quadrangle. 

" (2) To set apart the block of land on the Plaisance, west of Ellis avenue, for the 
erection of a Men's Quadrangle. 

" (3) To arrange the buildings of the Women's Quadrangle to include — 

"(a) Dormitory accommodation for 700 to 800 women. 

"(6) A gymnasium for 1,500 women. 

"(c) A club-house and caf6 for 1,500 women. 

"(d) An assembly hall and library for 1,200 to 1,500 persons. 

"(e) Recitation halls and laboratories for the subjects ordinarily taught in the 
Freshman and Sophomore years. 

" (4) To organize the work of Junior College women as a separate division of the 
Junior Colleges, in which the various officers of instruction shall teach according to 
their assignment, with the understanding that ■ — - 

"(a) Junior College courses offered in the Women's Quadrangle shall be open 
only to women, 



The Peesidbnt's Kepoet ciii 



"(6) Other Junior College courses offered in the University shall be open only 
to men, unless otherwise specified. 

"(c) Junior College women shall be permitted to take higher courses with men 
according to desire and preparation. 

"(5) To authorize the President to proceed immediately to the preparation of 
plans and the securing of money for the execution of this policy." 

On February 18, 1902, the Committee on Instruction and Equipment took up the 
consideration of the plan, and voted unanimously to present the same, with its 
approval, to the Board of Trustees. 

8. At a meeting of the Trustees, held on the same day, the preamble and 
recommendations (see above) presented by the Committee on Instruction and Equip- 
ment were taken up for consideration, and after full discussion were unanimously 
adopted. 

9. In an official conference between the President and certain Trustees of the 
University held in March, it was agreed that a mistake had been made in coupling 
the question of a gift with a question of so much educational importance, inasmuch 
as it was feared that some might actually believe that the University had permitted 
the decision of an educational question to be influenced by the probability of a gift 
for that purpose which might not be secured for another purpose. At this confer- 
ence, therefore, it was decided that the matter should be reopened for full and 
complete consideration on the part of those voting bodies in the University whose 
function it was to consider such a question, and that in this further discussion effort 
should be made to separate the question under consideration from any associated 
question of a financial character. It was agreed that the question of providing 
separate instruction for men and women in the Junior Colleges should be taken 
up as a subject involving the further development of the Junior College work, and a 
question therefore which should be decided wholly upon its merits. It was agreed, 
further, that in all probability the money needed for the development of Junior 
College work could be secured, whatever policy of development might finally be 
decided upon by the Faculties concerned and the Trustees. 

10. In the meanwhile, at a meeting of the Junior College Faculty held April 20, 
1901, a committee of five, consisting of Messrs. Edward Capps, J. W. Thompson, 
H. E. Slaught, and Miss Talbot, with Mr. George E. Vincent as chairman, was 
appointed to consider the advisability of providing separate sections for men and 
women. This committee took the subject under consideration, and on April 12, 1902, 
presented a report to the Junior College Faculty declaring that the instruction of the 
sexes in separate classes was perfectly feasible from an administrative point of view. 
The bearings of the question were then discussed, and the Faculty was asked to take up 
the consideration of the question as one involving very largely the policy which should 
control the future development of the institution. The subject was referred for study 
and report to the Committee on Curriculum, consisting of Mr. George B. Vincent, 



civ The Peesident's Report 

chairman, Miss Talbot, Mr. Owen, Mr. Neff, Mr. Mann, Mr. A. W. Moore, Mr. Young, 
Mr. Barnes, Mr. Alexander Smith, and Mr. Hatfield. This committee held several 
meetings during the months of April and May. At a meeting of the Faculty held May 
17, 1902, it presented unanimous recommendations on the following items : 

"(1) That new buildings be erected for the use of the Junior Colleges. 

"(2) That the work of the Junior Colleges be separated from that of the Senior 
Colleges and Graduate Schools. 

"(3) That a residence Quadrangle for women be established east of the central 
grounds, and one for men to the west. 

"(4) That both residence Quadrangles be subdivided into Houses, each with its 
own commons and a resident Head. 

"(5) That Houses or clubs with common luncheons be provided for students who 
live outside the University. 

"(6) That smaller units for recitation halls be provided rather than one large 
building." 

These recommendations were unanimously adopted by the Faculty at a meeting 
May 31, 1902. At this meeting a majority of the committee presented the following 
recommendation : 

"The committee recommends that in the development of Junior College instruc- 
tion provision be made as far as possible for separate sections for men and women." 

The minority presented the following recommendation: 

"That the system of co-instruction be continued as heretofore." 

The discussion of the question was postponed to another meeting to be held 
especially for the purpose. At this meeting, held June 14, 1902, the entire time was 
occupied in the discussion of the subject, and the Faculty voted (ayes, 17 ; nays, 11) 
in favor of the recommendation of the majority. 

In view of the disapproval of this action by the Congregation at a meeting held 
June 16, 1902, the Faculty of the Junior Colleges, in accordance with the statutes, at 
a meeting held June 23, reconsidered its action of June 14. After a discussion occu- 
pying the entire time of the meeting, the Faculty voted again (ayes, 25 ; nays, 17) in 
favor of the action which had been disapproved by the Congregation. 

11. The University Senate took up the subject a second time in view of the action 
of the Junior College Faculty. Before the final action of the Faculty on the proposi- 
tion for separate instruction was taken, the Senate had referred to a committee for its 
consideration the preceding actions of the Junior College Faculty on propositions 1 to 6 
concerning buildings, house system, etc. (see above). At a meeting of the Senate held 
June 16 it was voted to lay a pending motion to approve the action of the Junior 
College Faculty on the table until the next meeting of the Senate. At another meeting 
of the Senate, held June 25, after the final action of the Junior College Faculty was 
taken, it was decided to take the vote of the Senate individually, and to accord to each 
Senator the privilege of expressing his opinions in connection with his vote in writing, 



The Pkesidbnt's Eepoht cv 

this vote to be filed on or before July 25. The vote showed (ayes, 18; nays, 12) 
that the Senate approved the action of the Junior College Faculty. 

12. At a meeting of the Congregation held June 16 the action of the Junior 
College Faculty taken June 14 was considered and disapproved by a vote of 24 to 7. 
The Congregation, however, at a meeting held August 28, at which the report of 
the vote of the Junior College Faculty re-enacting its former action was presented, 
adopted the action of the Junior College Faculty as an expression of its opinion by a 
vote of 41 to 23. 

13. The subject was again taken up by the Trustees of the University upon the 
presentation of the action of the Junior College Faculty and the Senate. The action of 
February 18 was reconsidered. A full discussion followed the presentation of these 
actions. At this meeting, held July 29, the President placed before the Trustees a 
memorial addressed "To President W. K. Harper and the Board of Trustees of the 
University of Chicago," and signed by certain officers of instruction of the rank of 
Associate and above in the University, numbering in all fifty-eight. This memorial, 
after reciting certain reasons therefor, requested that the proposition for providing 
separate instruction for men and women in the Junior Colleges be submitted "to at 
least one year's further deliberation by the various divisions of the Faculty." This 
memorial was discussed in detail and at length by the Trustees. After a session 
covering several hours the matter was postponed for still further consideration. At a 
meeting held August 19, in view of certain considerations which were presented by 
the President, it was decided again to postpone the vote of approval or disapproval of 
the action of the Junior College Faculty and the Senate. At a meeting of the Trustees 
held October 22, the matter was taken up once more, and, on the motion to approve 
and adopt as the action of the Board the recommendation of the Junior College Faculty 
and the Senate, the Trustees voted as follows : ayes, 13 ; nays, 3 ; absent and not voting, 
5, of whom it was understood that four would have voted aye and one probably nay. 

This historical statement, which might easily be largely extended, will indicate 
that the subject involved in this proposition is not a new one. It was taken up in con- 
nection with the first conference held to consider the constitution of the University; 
it was fully considered in connection with the securing of the charter of the University ; 
it has been discussed at great length by the various bodies immediately concerned; it 
has twice come before the Congregation, of which every officer of the University of the 
rank of Instructor and above is a member; it has been considered by the Trustees 
during the past twelve months as much as all other questions combined which have been 
presented during the same period. 

V. THE PLAN CONSIDEEED ADMINISTRATIVELY 

1. On any reasonable calculation it seems certain that the number of undergradu- 
ate students, and especially of Junior College students, coming to the University in 
the next ten years will be largely increased. This increase has been from 10 to 15 per 



cvi The President's Report 

cent, every year for five years. With larger numbers the difficulties of administration 
are greatly increased. 

2. The policy will not be adopted of putting 200 or 500 or 700 students in a 
single section. It is universally agreed that the present policy of placing about thirty 
students in a section is the correct one. The problem is, therefore, one of proper 
distribution. 

3. A body of 1,500 or 2,000 students (and this number in the Junior Colleges 
may be expected within ten years) cannot easily use one set of class-rooms and admin- 
istrative offices. The inevitable result is congestion. When men and women are 
thus promiscuously thrown together, this question is much more serious than when it 
is a matter of men only or of women only. In any case this congestion will be 
greatly minimized by adopting at once the plan of two headquarters, one for men 
and one for women. 

4. It may easily be shown that the cost of such a plan increases only according to 
the number of students, and the additional fees of students organized in sections of 
thirty are even more than sufficient to cover the expenses. 

5. The number of administrative officers will also be increased according to the 
number of students, with a Dean in charge of the entire Junior College work. There 
should also be a Dean of Women in the Junior Colleges and a Dean of Men. These 
latter Deans would have special charge of the students. The first Dean would be in 
charge of the Faculty and of the work as a whole. 

6. Instructors will be distributed according to the demands of the situation to 
sections open only to women or to sections open only to men. It is not to be expected 
that a particular instructor will limit his work to one class of students or to the 
other, or that women instructors will teach more largely the sections open only to 
women, or men the sections open only to men. Just as the question of vacations and 
the adjustment of the work in relation to the vacation of each instructor has been 
easily arranged from time to time without difficulty, so the assignment of instructors 
will involve no difficulties of a serious character. It may be expected that appoint- 
ments to positions in the Junior Colleges will be made with especial reference to the 
fitness of the instructor to teach both men and women. 

7. The rules and regulations of the Junior College Faculty will apply with 
equal force to men and women. With one Faculty in charge of the entire work, with 
one set of rules, and with these administered under the supervision of a single Dean, 
no difficulties need arise from the employment of different rules or the interpretation 
of the same rule in different ways. 

8. For the present, at least, one-third of the work of the average student in the 
Junior Colleges will be done in the classes made up of men and women, and at the 
close of the Junior College work students in entering the higher work of the Senior 
Colleges or professional schools will do their work in classes open to men and women. 

9. Students who have finished the work of the Junior Colleges will continue 



The President's Eepokt cvii 

residence in the Junior College Quadrangles for men or women according to their 
pleasure. 

10. The House system will continue to be the basis of organized social life, and 
no change in this respect is to be expected. 

11. The separation of younger from older women or of younger from older men 
will be entirely voluntary. 

12. The plan proposed brings the Women's Quadrangle on one side and the Men's 
Quadrangle on the other in such close propinquity to the central Quadrangle as to per- 
mit the students to come from the outer Quadrangle to the central Quadrangle in the 
period of seven minutes allowed between class exercises. 

VI. THE PROPOSITION CONSIDERED AROHITEOTURALLT 

1. It is clear that — 

(a) Any policy of development adopted should and would control the architec- 
tural arrangement in connection with new buildings. 

(6) Any decision reached concerning the location of buildings and their architec- 
tural arrangements must largely influence the policy of development. 

2. Should a new group of buildings be established for the men and women 
together, it would unquestionably relieve the present congestion in Cobb Hall, but in a 
short time the same conditions would recur. It is, therefore, necessary at the present 
time to decide upon a plan which will allow indefinite expansion without the recur- 
rence of the present disagreeable conditions. 

3. The proposition involves the setting apart of a block of land on the east for the 
women and one or two blocks of land on the west for the men. It will be remembered 
that the blocks on the west are smaller than the blocks on the east. It is important 
perhaps to make provision even at this early time for the erection of buildings needed 
for music, the fine arts, the industrial arts, and public speaking. An appropriate place 
for such buildings is the block between Lexington and Woodlawn avenues. 

4. The controlling aim in constructing the Women's Quadrangle should be to 
secure privacy and convenience in the matter of going from halls to class-rooms. 
The controlling aim in constructing the Men's Quadrangle should be to provide for 
intermingling and close association. 

5. The first buildings to be erected in the Women's Quadrangle should be : a 
certain number of halls for residence, the gymnasium, a club-house for women, one 
hall for non-residence Houses such as Spelman, and one building which could be used 
for class-rooms and laboratories. 

The first buildings to be erected in the Men's Quadrangle should be: a building 
to be used for class-rooms and laboratories; a hall for non-residence Houses such as 
Washington and Lincoln ; halls for residence. 

With these facilities provided for within two years, the proposed plan could be 
thoroughly tested. 



cviii The Pkesident's Eepoet 

6. With very serious disadvantages the proposition can be carried into practical 
execution at once with the present facilities. Some relief will be secured when the 
historical Departments are moved to the new Law Building. ^ It is possible that a por- 
tion of this building could be used for women's classes until the erection of a class- 
room building in the Women's Quadrangle. Meanwhile Cobb Lecture Hall would 
have to be used in spite of the fact that it is ill-adapted to the purpose.^ 

7. The plan involves the ultimate reservation of all the buildings in the central 
Quadrangle for the Senior College and advanced work. 

8. The plan involves the erection of a Technological School on the two blocks 
west of the Junior Quadrangle; inasmuch as the work in technology will be largely 
for men, this propinquity will be fitting. 

9. The plan recognizes the nearness of the location of the School of Education to 
the Women's Quadrangle, and, in view of the inevitably large proportion of women in 
the School of Education, this seems also appropriate. 

VII. THE PLAN CONSIDEEED SOCIALLY AND PEDAGOGICALLT 

1. The conditions with which the University of Chicago has to deal in furnishing 
equal opportunities to men and women differ from those under which coeducation has 
thus far been tested. Little attention has been given to this fact. Three factors in 
particular are not found in precisely the same combination elsewhere: 

(a) Urban location. No coeducational institution which is likely to have an 
equal number of Junior College students in the near future is in a large city. 

(6) Number of students. Coeducation has been in operation, as a rule, with 
smaller bodies of students than we must provide for, and the numerical ratio of men 
to women has differed from that which is certain to prevail in the future. 

(c) Youth of students. Until very recently, the young women who went to col- 
lege, and especially those who went to coeducational colleges, have represented a higher 
average of maturity and fixity of character than is to be expected when it becomes as 
much the rule in families above a certain level of competence for the daughters to go 
to college as for the sons, or even more so. Our Junior College students are sure to 
average younger than those of institutions to which a great city population is not 
immediately tributary. 

Unless we are prepared to maintain that the coeducational method generally 
followed in other western universities for a generation — itself an altogether modern 
innovation, be it noted — represents the perfect ideal beyond which there can be no 
progress, and of which there can be no modification in adaptation to changed conditions, 
we must recognize that these new elements of our situation compel us to consider 
whether they do not call for modification or improvement of the coeducational plan. 
The University of Chicago is irrevocably committed to the policy of providing educa- 
tional opportunities open to men and women on equal terms, and in both cases the 

2 The work of Junior women has been temporarily provided for by the erection of Lexington Hall, January-Feb- 
rnary, 1903. 



The President's Eepoet cix 



best possible ; but tbis fact, so far from compelling it to rest content witb the plan of 
coeducation as hitherto and elsewhere followed, compels it to consider whether that 
plan cannot be modified so as to give both men and women larger and better 
opportunities. 

2. The advantages offered by a great city, while incomparable when properly 
used in connection with University work, may prove to immature students merely dis- 
tractions. The mental repose and attention to intellectual interests necessary to 
gain the best that the University and the city together can give, are not insured 
by mere enrolment in the University. Safeguards of proper interests in due proportions 
have to be provided for students while they are learning to maintain them for them- 
selves. 

3. The association of a large number of young men and women is another factor 
which, advantageous in some respects, may become a distraction and disadvantage. 
It is by no means certain that membership in a large undifferentiated mass of men 
and women students furnishes the most favorable environment for the student, or the 
conditions for the best exercise of the necessary oversight of the student by the 
officers of the University. 

4. When to these considerations there is added the fact of the youth of the Junior 
College student, referred to above, it is, in the judgment of those most responsible for 
the plan recently adopted, evident that the conditions which already exist in the Uni- 
versity of Chicago and which are certain in the near future to exist in greater intensity, 
call for the breaking up of the total student community into smaller units to the end 
that each distinct class of students may receive that kind and degree of oversight and 
guidance, and that type of social and physical environment which is most conducive to 
the highest education of the individual. That in the creation of these smaller communi- 
ties within the general University community the lines of cleavage should be partly 
those that divide younger from older students, partly those that separate men from 
women, is certainly natural, and, subject to the condition that men and women shall 
have equal opportunities, and that the separation shall not be carried to an unhealthy 
extreme, can hardly fail to be advantageous. That the separation should pertain not 
only to residence buildings but in part also to instruction is the judgment of the 
majority in the several governing bodies of the University having responsibility in the 
matter. That on this point there should be difference of opinion is natural ; but the 
plan advocated by the majority is entitled to respect as the deliberate opinion of 
thoughtful men and to honest trial as a sincere attempt to give to both men and 
women the best possible educational opportunities. 

5. The chief reasons urged for association of men and women in college classes 
are (a) that it softens the manners of the men, (&) that it gives zest to the work of the 
women, and (c) that it tends to make both the men and the women saner in their atti- 
tude toward each other. There can be no question that there is truth in each of these 
claims. The mistake of those who rely upon them is, however, (a) in attributing to 



ex The President's Kepoet 

the single cause much that is due in large part to other influences, and (5) in assuming 
that these salutary tendencies under all circumstances predominate over all the other 
tendencies involved. 

(a) The improvement in the moral tone of colleges during the past generation is 
often ascribed solely to the presence of women in the colleges. It is forgotten that 
the same improvement is evident in colleges for men only, and that several distinct fac- 
tors have obviously co-operated to produce the change. The caste spirit, claiming 
license for the gown not allowed to the town, has in a notable degree disappeared. 
The curriculum has become less perfunctory, and college life has consequently become 
more genuine. Athletics have not only afforded wholesome amusement, but they have 
developed higher standards of honor. More than this, the ideas of men in general 
society have changed considerably in the last half -century, and college manners have 
changed accordingly. 

(6) The intellectual stimulation which the women have received is not wholly of 
a salutary sort. 

(c) It is also a question whether the saner attitude is not a gain which is offset by 
too many cases of young women who have lost some of the fine attractiveness which 
somewhat closer reserve would have attained. Thoughtful men and women are not 
unanimous that the type of comradeship which coeducation has promoted between men 
and women is altogether an improvement. 

6. There are reasons for inquiry whether it is not a pedagogical and social mistake 
to assume that men and women should be trained to be just as nearly alike as possible. 
Is there not something as extreme in the policy of trying to conform the college life of 
men and women to a common standard as there would be in trying to train their voices 
to a common pitch ? Is there not a serious loss to both men and women if the Uni- 
versity places too much emphasis upon what they have in common, and gives too little 
weight to the fact that in many respects these essential common interests may be best 
promoted separately? 

7. Girls from sixteen to twenty years of age are socially more advanced than boys 
of the same age. This arises from the fact that they are in some respects more 
mature. They are apt to have social interests to which boys of the same age have 
not attained. Owing to this fact, boys and girls are not at this period altogether the 
best associates for each other in common pursuits. The girls are apt to be patronizing 
toward the boys, and the latter are self-conscious and embarrassed when thrown into 
company with the girls. This situation is acute when a large number of matriculants 
from many secondary schools is assembled in one body. They may have come from 
coeducational schools, but in such cases the same boys and girls have associated with 
each other so long that they are but vaguely conscious that they have been gradually 
becoming socially unlike. In the presence of a great number of strangers, however, 
this unlikeness becomes conscious. It does not affect boys and girls uniformly in 
the same way, but because of it mixed classes are really ungraded to an extent which 



The President's Keport cxi 

is not the case when this factor is less prominent. For this reason it is not as 
practicable in mixed as in separate classes to adapt to specific needs the most salutary 
kinds and degrees of stimulus and restraint. 

8. The general ideal or standard of university work is injuriously afPected by 
mixed classes and common community life in the university at this period. 
When young men and women are together under the circumstances just indicated, 
the terms and tone of association are necessarily fixed too little by the essential 
character of the thing to be done, and too much by the fact that both men and women 
are doing it. In other words, the tendency is to admit too much of the personal 
element into interests which should be cultivated for their own sake. The spirit of 
university work should be very different from that which belongs in the society of men 
and women when sociability itself is the chief purpose. 

9. It has been urged that such considerations as these are arguments against 
coeducation in general ; that they apply to secondary schools and to the Senior Colleges 
and Graduate Schools just as much as to the Junior Colleges. Taken absolutely, this is 
true. But the same thing may be said of the considerations for and against every good 
thing that we know. If we should consider exclusively the merits, we should bar every 
detection of faults and prevent every effort for improvement. If we considered exclu- 
sively the demerits, the inference would be that the institution in question should be 
abolished altogether. We are not shut up to the alternatives of indiscriminate 
approval or disapproval of coeducation. We recognize both its merits and its defects, 
and our problem is to secure the maximum of the former and the minimum of the 
latter. The University has not adopted the present plan with the idea that it is a 
complete and final solution of the problem, but with the belief that in our situation it 
is a partial solution. It is believed that in our circumstances the balance against the 
unmodified coeducational policy is greatest during the Junior College period. It is 
believed that the more definite discovery of scientific or professional interests, and the 
increased age of students in the Senior Colleges and later, are factors which tend to 
nullify the less desirable tendencies of association between men and women in the 
Junior Colleges and help to secure increasing ratios of the advantages. 

Tin. THE PROPOSITION CONSIDERED IN ITS RELATION TO THE CHARTER OF THE 

UNIVERSITY 

The following letter from Mr. F. T. Gates explains itself: 

OoTOBEE 16, 1902. 
Dr. William R. Harper, University of Chicago, Chicago, III. 

Dear De. Harper: 

Replying to your esteemed favor of October 13: From May, 1888, to May, 1893, 1 was the 
corresponding secretary and executive officer of the American Baptist Education Society. I 
first met Mr. John D. Rockefeller in the winter of 1889. He had already been favorably con- 
sidering for some time with you the question of the establishment of an institution of learning 
in Chicago. Prom my conversations with him, I gathered that the sentiment in favor of such an 



cxii The President's Report 

institution throughout the Baptist denomination had not yet taken such definite shape, as to 
character, scope, and initial expenditure, as to justify present action on his part. I then sug- 
gested to him that the American Baptist Education Society invite a conference of a few repre- 
sentative Baptists in New York, and ask this conference to define the character and scope of an 
institution of learning in Chicago which would meet, in their opinion, the approval and active 
co-operation of the Baptists of the whole coimtry. Mr. Kockefeller approved the suggestion. 
The Executive Committee of the American Baptist Education Society immediately adopted the 
suggestion, and instructed me to invite the following gentlemen to the proposed conference: 
President Andrews, then of Brown University; President Hovey, then of Newton Theological 
Seminary; President Weston, of Crozer Theological Seminary; Kev. Dr. Elder, then of Albany, 
N. Y.; President Taylor, of Vassar College ; Rev. Henry L. Morehouse, of New York; Dr. W. R. 
Harper, then of Yale University; Dr. Samuel Duncan, then of Haverhill, Mass.; and Hon. 
Charles L. Colby, of New York. 

At the same time the Executive Committee instructed me to send to each of the gentlemen 
named a series of printed questions to serve as a guide to the deliberations of the conference on 
the character and scope of the proposed institution. 

The gentlemen invited duly met in the rooms of the American Baptist Home Mission 
Society in New York, and considered the questions submitted to them in their order. On most 
of the questions there was substantially unanimity of opinion; on the twelfth question there 
was some diversity of opinion. This question was as follows: "Should such an institution be 
coeducative?" referring to the institution which it was proposed to found at Chicago. This 
question admitted of a categorical answer, yes or no. The answer actually given was as follows: 
" The privileges of the institution should be extended to both sexes on equal terms." The 
committee avoided a categorical answer. In the discussion of this question it was conceded by all 
that an institution of learning located in the West, where coeducation was almost imiversal, 
should freely open its doors to women. It was pointed out, however, that certain subjects in 
the curriculum could better be studied by men and women apart; that the institution was 
likely to grow and expand in every direction, and in the course of its history would doubtless 
teach many subjects not equally adapted for men and women; and that it would be unwise so 
to phrase the reply to this question as would seem to commit the institution of necessity, at all 
times and under all circumstances, to common classes for the sexes. It was thought that the 
demand for the education of women would be sufficiently met if the institution admitted both 
sexes on equal terms, without requiring the institution to give instruction to both sexes in the 
same class-room. On this, all varieties of opinion in the committee finally united. 

The findings of the committee were submitted to Mr. Rockefeller. He held them for a 
considerable time under advisement. Early in May, 1889, I met him by appointment in Nbw 
York. It was just previous to the meeting of the American Baptist Education Society about 
to be held in Boston. The findings of the committee were vyritten out under his own eye in 
the form of a series of resolutions to be submitted to the body. At the same time Mr. Rocke- 
feller gave me his pledge for $600,000 toward the first million, with the verbal instructions to 
hold his pledge in escrow, and not to communicate its contents until the Executive Board 
of the Society, independently of the pledge, and without knowledge of the pledge, should 
adopt the resolutions. If the resolutions were adopted without change, then the pledge was 
to be submitted to the Board; if the resolutions were not adopted, the pledge was to be returned 
to him. The third resolution was as follows: 

"Resolved, That the privileges of the institution be extended to persons of both sexes on 
equal terms." 

The resolutions were all unanimously adopted, including the one recited above. This, 
then, fixed the character of the institution. 



The President's Repokt cxiii 

The Society immediately appealed to the public for the remaining $400,000 to complete the 
million dollars, which had been fixed by the conference in New York as the smallest sum on 
which the institution could probably begin. The resolutions defining the character, location, 
and scope of the institution, including the third resolution, were published and made the basis 
of the appeal for funds; they formed, in fact, an implied contract with every contributor. A 
year later, namely, in the spring of 1890, the necessary funds having been raised, the duty of 
drawing the charter was intrusted to Judge J. M. Bailey, then Chief Justice of the Supreme 
Court of the State of Illinois. Judge Bailey was instructed to draw the charter in such a way 
as to preserve all the permanent features of the resolutions, so as to carry out the implied con- 
tract with all the donors. Resolution third Judge Bailey adopted with as slight change as pos- 
sible. The following is the language of the charter: 

" The particular objects for which said corporation is formed are to provide, impart, and 
furnish opportunities for all departments of higher education to persons of both sexes on equal 
terms." 

Thus was actually carried out the purpose of the conference, which was to require the 
institution to open its doors to men and women on equal terms, but to leave the institution free 
to impart instruction to both sexes in the same class-rooms, or apart, as circumstances might 
require. 

Yours very truly, 

(Signed) P. T. Gates. 

Other questions might be taken up for consideration, e. g., the financial side, the 
relation to other institutions and the general public, but it has been thought sufficient, 
for the present, to limit the statement to the points considered above. 

SUGGESTIONS REGARDING THE JUNIOR COLLEGES 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. The Adviser System has not yet been given a satisfactory trial. Too great 
emphasis has been laid upon the voluntary side of the matter. The Faculty has been 
somewhat slow to force the service of its individual members upon the students. If 
necessary, the Trustees should take action upon this matter, and thus make it certain 
that those who are to be students in the first year of college work shall have a more 
careful supervision than is now received. It is almost pitiable to note the indifference 
and ignorance of many students in reference to all questions relating to the essential 
factors in a college life. It is not supposed that a fuller introduction of the Adviser 
System will remove all this indifference and ignorance, but the more rigorous 
introduction of the system would contribute much in this direction. 

2. While good results have been secured through the Division Lecture plan, these 
results have not been so marked as could have been desired. An important advantage 
was secured when arrangements were made by which men accustomed to do public 
lecturing, for example in connection with Extension Lecture Work, were assigned to 
this task. As experience has shown, many good instructors fail entirely in an effort 
to profit or interest students in a subject for which credit is not given or an examina- 
tion demanded. The original thought of securing a substantial correlation of subjects 



cxiv The President's Eepokt 

in the mind of the student has been largely lost sight of in the actual execution of the 
plan. There is opportunity in this matter for an important contribution to the subject 
of college training. Something outside of the regular class-room work and the 
religious gathering is needed to secure a unity of spirit and a unity of thought in the 
student body, to furnish a common element which shall be of service to all. 

3. The number of Chapel Assemblies in the Junior College should be increased. 
At least two meetings should be held each week. Without question, better results are 
gained by holding separate sessions for men and women. Here again experience 
shows that the voluntary element is not a very important consideration. Not only in 
this respect, but in others, it may be questioned whether a larger compulsory element 
should not be introduced into the work of the early college years. 

4. Within two or three years a growth of interest has been noticed in the 
graduating exercises of the Junior College. This should be encouraged. Every effort 
of the student body to make public expression of its corporate existence should be 
strongly cultivated. There is little danger that there will be found too great an 
exhibition of true sentiment. 

5. The number of scholarships open to Junior College students should be 
increased, but a matter of still greater importance is the extension of the time during 
which scholarships assigned may be enjoyed. At present no scholarship continues 
longer than one year. Every Junior scholarship should be assigned for two years, 
with, of course, provision for a modification in case the work of the student does not 
seem satisfactory. 

6. It will soon be necessary for the Dean of the Junior Colleges to devote his 
attention exclusively to questions which arise in connection with instruction and the 
stafB of officers, together with those questions of a general character which relate to 
the student body as a whole. The Deans in the College, who are essentially Assistant 
Deans, should be sufficient in number to take the supervision of the work of individual 
students. In general, there should be a Dean for every one hundred students, and 
perhaps, by the plan just suggested, as many as one hundred and fifty students could 
be profitably handled by a single Dean. This would certainly be true if the Adviser 
System were properly introduced. 

7. Since the scope of the work of the Junior College will continue to broaden, 
and since technological students and others are soon to be admitted, care should be 
taken to hold in one great body all the students of the Junior College grade. A 
single set of traditions should prevail. No line should be drawn between the classical 
students, on the one hand, and the scientific or technological students on the other. 
All should work under the same general regulations, and effort should be made to 
draw together these various groups and to hold them in close connection. The 
work of the Junior Colleges will be successful in proportion as it is a work charac- 
terized by unity of purpose and unity of spirit both on the part of instructors and 
students. 



The Pbesident's Repoet cxv 

XXI. FELLOWSHIPS, SCHOLAESHIPS, AND STUDENT SERVICE 

The following statement, greatly condensed from the ofBcial circular on 
Fellowships and Scholarships, presents the essential facts relating to assistance 
rendered students by the University: 

The University appropriates annually the amount of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) 
for Fellowships in the Graduate Schools. These Fellowships are awarded by the Trustees, 
upon the recommendation of the President and the nomination of a particular Department, to 
graduate students who desire to specialize. Each year about seventy Fellowships are assigned, 
ranging in individual value from $120, or the tuition fees of the student for three Quarters, to $520. 

In addition to the regular University Fellowships mentioned above, there are special 
Fellowships offered by individuals. These vary somewhat in number and amount from year to 
year. 

On the nomination of the principal or dean of each of the preparatory schools which are 
aflSliated or co-operating with the University of Chicago, a Scholarship is assigned to that 
member of the graduating class who has attained the highest rank in the work of the school, 
provided he passes with credit the requirements for admission to the University, and actually 
enters the University without conditions on or before the first day of October next following the 
completion of his preparatory course. Should the pupil standing highest in the class not claim 
the Scholarship by the first of October, it may be assigned, upon the nomination of the principal 
or the dean of the school, when approved by the President of the University, to the pupil having 
the next highest rank, if he has entered the University. Each Scholarship yields a sum equal 
to the University tuition fees for three Quarters ($120), and must be used during the University 
year (July-June) immediately following the completion of preparatory work. 

Four Scholarships, each yielding the amoiuit of the University tmtion fees for one Quarter, 
are awarded each Quarter, except during the summer, to the winners of the Junior College 
preliminary contests in declamation. In case a winner in a preliminary contest has previously 
secured a Scholarship in this way, the award is made to the second in rank. 

The University offers twelve Scholarships for excellence in the work of the Junior Colleges. 
These Scholarships are awarded annually in the Spring Quarter, on the nomination of the 
Faculty of the Junior Colleges, to those students who have completed the work of a Jimior 
College and have stood highest in the various departments of the Junior Colleges. A Scholarship 
is assigned, for example, to the student who has done the best work in Latin; another to the 
one who has done the best work in Mathematics; and so forth. These Scholarships yield, in 
each case, a sum equal to the University fees for three Quarters ($120), but in no case extend 
beyond July next following. 

Three Scholarships for excellence in public speaking are awarded in the Winter Quarter 
of each year to the winners in the Annual Oratorical Contest in the Senior Colleges. The first- 
prize Scholarship yields a sum equal to the University tuition fees for three Quarters ($120) and 
$50 cash. The second-prize Scholarship yields a siun equal to the University tuition fees for 
two Quarters ($80) and $25 cash. The third-prize Scholarship yields a sum equal to the 
University tuition fees for one Quarter ($40). The winner of the first prize may not again 
compete in the Annual Oratorical Contest. 

The University offers twenty Scholarships for excellence in the work of the Senior Colleges. 
These Scholarships are assigned annually, in the Spring Quarter, on the nomination of the 
Faculty of the Senior Colleges. Each Department of the University, with the approval of the 
Committee on Scholarships, has the privilege of naming a student who is for that year the 
honor student of the Senior Colleges in that Department, and to this student there is given a 



cxvi The President's Kepoet 



Graduate Scholarship yielding in each case a s-um equal to the University tuition fees for three 
Quarters ($120), provided the student continues his studies in the Graduate Schools. 

Five Scholarships, each yielding the tuition fees for three Quarters ($150) are assigned 
annually to students of the Law School, on the nomination of the Dean of the Law School, with 
the approval of the President. 

In addition to the Scholarships named above, several special Scholarships are available for 
students in the Junior and Senior Colleges and the Graduate Schools, a partial list of which 
follows: 

The Selz Scholarship. 

The Zuinglius Grover Memorial Scholarship. 

The Elbert H. Shirk Scholarship. 

The Henry C. Lytton Scholarship. 

The Enos M. Barton Scholarship. 

The Catherine M. White Scholarships. 

The Chicago Scholarship. 

The Colonial Dames Scholarship in American History. 

The William A. and Fannie C. Talcott Fellowships or Scholarships. 

The Scholarships for Excellence in Debate. 

In addition to the help thus offered, four other plans have been in vogue: 

a) That of student-service, in accordance with which about 175 students each 
Quarter are given work in connection with tlie University sufficient in amount to cover 
two-thirds of the University fees. The service rendered by the students in this way 
may be classified as follows: (1) members of the band; (2) members of the choir; (3) 
pianists; (4) teachers and assistants in secondary schools; (5) laboratory assistants; 
(6) library attendants ; (7) clerks and stenographers in the various offices of adminis- 
tration; (8) attendants in the Faculty Exchange; (9) telephone attendants; (10) mes- 
sengers; (11) bulletin writers; (12) blackboard cleaners ; (13) watchmen; (14) janitors. 

b) The Employment Bureau which has been organized by the University to pro- 
vide outside employment for students. The records of the students registered are 
examined, and only those capable of giving good service are recommended to positions. 
The scope of the Bureau is not limited to any particular kind of work, but embraces 
any honorable employment, e. g., tutoring, clerical work, typewriting and stenography, 
bookkeeping, collecting accounts, lighting street lamps, carrying newspapers, waiting 
on table, clerking on Saturdays. The services of the Bureau are entirely gratuitous 
both to the employer and the employed. 

c) The Students' Fund Society — an Association made up of men and women of 
Chicago — which makes loans upon the joint recommendation of its own committee 
and a committee of the Faculty. Students are eligible for such loans only after they 
have been members of the University one Quarter, and have shown marked success in 
scholarship. 

d) The President's Fund, which is a small sum of money placed in the President's 
hands by different persons, to be loaned to students in small sums. This fund includes 
the Gerhardt and Hannah Foreman Fund of two thousand dollars, presented by the 



The Pkesident's Kepoet cxvii 



children of Gerhardt and Hannah Foreman, and certain other small funds placed in 
the President's hands for the same purpose, the total amounting to less than four 
thousand dollars. 

The problems connected with the distribution of Fellowships and Scholarships 
are: 

a) The question as to the amount of the stipend. Considerable difPerence of 
opinion has existed among the members of the Faculty on this matter. Some favor 
reducing the amount and thus enabling the University to help a greater number of 
students ; others favor an increase of the amount, the thought being that this would 
give greater dignity to the office of Fellow and secure a stronger incumbent. Two 
important reports upon this and other subjects relating to Fellowships have been pre- 
sented to the Faculty within the last five years, the first by a committee of which 
Mr. George H. Mead was chairman, and the second by a committee of which Mr. 
Starr W. Cutting was the chairman. These reports are here included: 

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON FELLOWSHIPS TO THE GRADUATE FACULTY, MARCH 19, 

1898. MR. MEAD, CHAIRMAN 

At the opening of the University in the year 1892-93 the proportion of the whole sum 
expended for Fellowships that went into the |520 class was 55 per cent. ; in 1893-94 it sank to 
48 per cent., counting in a 1620 Fellowship given in that year; in 1894-95, to 44 per cent.; in 
1895-96, to 28 per cent.; in 1896-97, to 20 per cent.; while in 1897-98 it has remained practically 
the same, being 22 per cent. The actual number of the Fellowships of the 1520 class that were 
given was, in 1892-93, 19; in 1893-94, the same number; with a large amount of money expended 
on Fellowships; in 1894-95, 17; in 1895-96, 12; in 1896-97, 8; and in 1897-98, 9. 

In Harvard more than double the percentage spent on our highest Fellowships is devoted 
to those yielding from $500 upward; that is, 48 per cent.; in Clark, 46 per cent.; in Johns 
Hopkins, 72 per cent.; in Columbia, 75 per cent. The actual amount expended here is $23,360, 
including the special sums which different Departments and the Graduate School have secured; 
in Harvard the amount is almost identical, $23,500; in Columbia, $22,500; in Cornell, $16,300; 
in Johns Hopkins, $14,500; in Clark, $1,300. 

Standing, therefore, at the head of all the institutions of the country in the amount we 
devote to Fellowships, we have taken a most exceptional position as to its distribution The 
great bulk of the money is given in the form of the $320 Fellowships, which net to the student 
but $200 for his use outside of fees. There were 18 of these in 1892-93; 21 in 1893-94; 23 in 
1894-95; 34 in 1895-96; 41 in 1896-97; and 46 in 1897-98. The percentage of the whole amount 
has passed from 32 in 1892-93 to 70 in 1897-98. 

As is seen by the gradual change from the opening of the University on, this distribution 
does not seem to represent a consciously adopted policy. Indeed, at first we expended a some- 
what larger percentage of the whole sum upon the highest Fellowships than Harvard does 
today. In the first place, the amounts of the Fellowships have not been fixed, as they have in 
some other institutions, by separate endowments; and, in the second place, their first distribu- 
tion among the Departments had to be broken in upon to do justice to new and growing ones 
that were not adequately recognized. These conditions seemed to have introduced a competi- 
tion, both within the Departments among those applying for Fellowships, and between the 
Departments themselves, that has expressed itself in the change which has placed us in om- 
present position. It was found in the majority of cases that, if a $520 Fellowship was split in 



cxviii The President's Report 

two, two men of equal ability could be obtained instead of one. There seemed to be no 
justification in expending twice the amount if the man could be retained for half the sum. But 
five instances have been given of men who were lost to the University through the smallness of 
the Fellowships, while an equal number have been instanced of those who have preferred to 
remain, when they could have secured larger Fellowships elsewhere. Asa result we have had 
nearly 30 per cent, more Fellows during the same period of time than Harvard has appointed, 
with practically the same amount of money. Furthermore, when this policy of dividing the 
larger Fellowships had once been entered upon, the natural competition between the Depart- 
ments themselves seems to have accelerated the movement from the higher to the lower Fellow- 
ships. The recognition of the claims of new and growing Departments, and the eifort to 
maintain a position once gained, have both tended in this direction. If this statement, which 
has arisen not only from the study of the statistics, but also from conference with dififerent 
members of the Faculty, be in any degree correct, it is evident that we have drifted into this 
present distribution of the Fellowship fund through internal causes, and it is of importance that 
we consider what the result will be in our competition with other institutions. 

The experience of the University seems to have shown that actual acquaintance with the 
instructors on the ground and the opportunity of working with particular men are of more 
importance than larger Fellowships elsewhere. But this applies only to those with whom we 
come into immediate contact — students coming to us from institutions in some degree tributary 
to us or because of other more or less exceptional causes. Graduate students in America are 
not attracted in any such degree by the instructors as in Germany. The institution, with its 
traditions and environment, plays a very large part. If, then, we wish to draw here exception- 
ally strong students by our Fellowships, the disappearance of the $520 Fellowship will seriously 
hamper us. If we are willing to confine ourselves to those who fall naturally within our imme- 
diate field of influence, our past experience may indicate that we accomplish more with the $320 
Fellowship than with the $520 one. It is the opinion of the Committee, however, that this 
would be an unfortunate result. It does not seem desirable that the University should shut 
itself out from the largest field and confine itself to its more immediate surroundings. If the 
present movement continue, it will not be long before the $520 Fellowship will have practically 
disappeared. At a recent meeting of the Graduate Clubs in Chicago the amount of the Fellow- 
ships came up for discussion, and the unusual smallness of our Fellowships called out a great 
deal of surprise from representatives of other institutions. These impressions will be widely 
spread, and soon we shall have the reputation of having only $320 Fellowships, whatever the 
statement may be in the University announcement. 

There is another featiu-e of the situation that seems to shed further light upon it. During 
the period of the University's existence it has conferred the degree of Ph.D. upon 56 of her 
Fellows — that is, upon 25 per cent. — while Harvard, e. g., confers the degree upon 36 per cent, 
of her Fellows. While Harvard has had 30 per cent, fewer Fellows, they have come up much 
more uniformly for the Doctorate than here. The indication seems to be that, among our 
larger number of Fellows, we have proportionally a smaller number worthy of the Doctorate. If 
this is the case, a concentration upon a smaller number might be desirable, for we assume that 
opinion is unanimous that the Fellowships shotild normally lead toward the degree of Ph.D., 
and should not be conferred except where there is good reason to assume that this goal will be 
eventually reached. 

It is the opinion of the Committee that some means should be adopted to increase the 
number of the $520 Fellowships, with the necessary result of diminishing the number of 
Fellows in proportion. Three possible ways of accomplishing this have presented themselves 
to us : 



The President's Report cxix 



The amount of the Fellowships could be definitely fixed, so that it would no longer be 
possible to split up a $520 Fellowship into two $320 ones. This is, however, open to the grave 
objection that we should then frequently be compelled to expend larger sums where they would 
not be necessary, and thus perhaps lose two good men to keep one with a larger stipend. As 
long as we are not bound by the form of the Fellowship fund it seems a misfortune to lose the 
advantages of freedom. 

Or, the amount might be fixed which each Department may use. The advantage of this 
is that it would go to the root of the matter and remove the competition between Departments 
which seems to have been largely responsible for the reduction of the amount of the Fellow- 
ships. The Department woxild have no fear that it would be losing prestige in making a smaller 
number of recommendations, and would be encouraged to wait, if necessary, till stronger men 
made application. 

. Finally, the Faculty could recommend both to the Departments and the President and 
Trustees that in their selections and appointments the number of $520 Fellowships be increased 
as rapidly as seemed desirable and maintained at a position enabling us to compete with the 
other universities of the land. 

The Committee recognizes that the second plan involves a return to a system already 
abandoned, presumably for good and suflicient reasons, but suggests that it might be possible 
to make a distribution more satisfactory now than formerly, and also that such a distribution 
might be periodically renewed. If desired, the statistics of the average amounts the Depart- 
ments have had during the life of the University can be given and the comparison between these 
and the amounts expended at Harvard for the same Departments. 

We recommend one of the two latter plans. 

Finally, we recommend that everything below 1320 within the gift of the University be 
termed Scholarships ; that, where in the judgment of the President and Trustees assistance is 
to be given to worthy students apart from their claims to Fellowships leading up to a Doctor- 
ate, it be confined to these Scholarships; and that the Faculty petition the Trustees to vote ten 
further Scholarships of the $120 class. 

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON FELLOWSHIPS TO THE GRADUATE FACULTY, APRIL 27, 1901. 

MR. CUTTING, CHAIRMAN 

I. A glance at the Fellowship statistics of Harvard for the year 1899 shows a total dis- 
tribution of $21,850 among eighteen Departments, indicated in percentages by the following 
figures: 

Philosophy . - . . 10^ Romance Languages - - 3% 

Pedagogy - - - - . . Germanic Languages - 5 

Political Economy j English 5 

Political Science l - - 8 Mathematics . - . 9 

Social Science \ Physics - - - - - 6 

History . . - - 8 Chemistry . - - - 8 

Semitics ----- 3 Geology 3 

Sanskrit ) „ Zoology . - - - 6 

Comparative Philology ) Botany 5 

Classical Philology - - - 16 Jurisprudence - - - 3 

The entire amount assigned by the University of Chicago, April, 1900, in the shape of 
Fellowships was $24,860 — just $3,010 more than that appropriated by Harvard for the previous 
year. The percentages of the whole amount in each case, received by corresponding Depart- 
ments at the two institutions, are as follows : 



cxx 



The President's Rbpoet 



Harvard 
10^ 



11 



Philosopliy 
Pedagogy - 
Political Economy" 
Political Science 
Jurisprudence 
(30 at Harvard) 

Social Science - 

History - - 8 

Semitics - - 3 

Sanskrit and Comparative Philology - - - ' 2 

Classical Philology 

Latin and Greek - - 16 

Romance Languages ------ 3 

Germanic Languages - 5 



English 

Mathematics 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology - 

Botany 

Archaeology 

Astronomy - 

Physiology 

Neurology - 



Chicago 



17 



6 
5 

2 

11 

No award 
4 
5 
5 
6 
5 
5 
9 
6 
2 
2 
2 
1 



II. Harvard appropriated $10,250, or nearly 50 per cent, of the total, in Fellowships 
yielding from $450 to $750 apiece ; Chicago assigned $7,700, or 33 per cent, of the total, in Fel- 
lowships of $520 each (including one for $420). Harvard's appropriation of $6,000, or nearly 27 
per cent, of the total, in $300 Fellowships corresponds to Chicago's $15,040, or 60 per cent, of 
the total, in $320 Fellowships. Harvard gave $5,000, or 23 per cent, of the total, in sums of less 
than $300 each ; Chicago gave but $2,120, or 9 per cent, of the total, in such sums. Seven 
Fellowships, each yielding $750, were assigned by Harvard to the Departments of History, Sem- 
itics, Classical Philology, Germanic Languages, Chemistry, Geology, and Jurisprudence ; Chi- 
cago assigned no Fellowships for a sum greater than $520. The conspicuous points of difference 
in these proportions are : 

1. Of Harvard's total, 50 per cent, is applied to Fellowships yielding each $450 and 
upward, as against 31 per cent, of Chicago's total similarly applied. 

2. Of Harvard's total, 23 per cent, covers Fellowships yielding less than $300 each, as 
against 9 per cent, of Chicago's total thus used. 

3. Harvard gave but 27 per cent, of her total in sums of $300, whereas Chicago assigned 
60 per cent, of her total to $320 Fellowships. 

Harvard's largest and smallest individual assignments are thus each about twice as numer- 
ous as are those of Chicago, while the medium-sized Fellowship (Harvard, $300, Chicago, $320) 
was granted by Chicago more than twice as often as by Harvard. 

III. At the opening of the University in the year 1892-93, the percentage of the whole 
sum expended for Fellowships that was applied for the $520 class was 55 per cent. In 1893-94 
it dropped to 48 per cent., including a $620 Fellowship given that year ; in 1894-95 to 44 per 
cent.; in 1895-96, to 28 per cent. ; in 1896-97, to 20 per cent. In 1897-98 it rose again slightly 
to 22 per cent., against 31 percent, for the current year. 



The President's Report cxxi 

The actual number of first-class Fellowships granted in 1892-93 was 19 ; in 1893-94, the 
same number, with a larger financial total ; in 1894-95, 17 ; in 1895-96, 12 ; in 1896-97, 8 ; in 
1897-98, 9 ; against 13 for the current year. 

The approximate proportions of the first-class Fellowships in other institutions to the total 
applied by these institutions to Fellowships is expressed by the following percentages : In 
Clark University, 46 per cent.; in Cornell, 69 per cent.; in Johns Hopkins, 72 percent.; in 
Columbia, 75 per cent. 

A previous committee, appointed by this body to consider the general subject of Fellow- 
ships, has called attention to the fact that graduate students in America are not attracted in any 
such degree by instructors as in Germany. The institution, its traditions, and environment are 
among the controlling factors of the student's choice. Hence the inference that the disappear- 
ance of the $520 Fellowships will seriously hamper our efforts to draw here exceptionally strong 
students from the larger fields outside the sphere of our immediate influence seems natural, and 
it is verified by the loss of several worthy appointees to institutions offering a higher financial 
inducement. Most of our colleagues agree that we should piu-sue a policy favorable to securing 
our share of such students from the country at large, and this, too, in a way adapted to the 
greatest possible freedom of action on the part of individual departments. 

The Committee recommends, therefore, in the light of the facts, and of the views of those 
members of the Faculty whom we have been able to consult : 

1. That the Fellowship fund be left, as heretofore, for aimual readjustment by the Presi- 
dent and Trustees, upon the recommendation of the different Departments. 

2. That this Faculty recommend both to Departments and to the President and Trustees 
that in their selections and appointments the number of Fellowships with a high stipend be 
increased, as rapidly as may seem desirable, and maintained at a rate enabling us to compete in 
this matter with other universities of the land. 

3. "That it is the sense of this Faculty that no departmental Faculty should recommend 
as a candidate for a Fellowship one who at the same time might not be available as a candidate 
for the Doctor's degree." (ReaflBrmation of the action of the Graduate Faculty on March 19, 
1898.) 

4. That the Trustees be requested to establish, in addition to the Fellowship funds already 
appropriated, five doctorate Fellowships of $750 each, to be assigned only to those who have 
taken the Doctor's degree with distinction, and who give promise of exceptional ability for 
investigative work. 

b) The time of duration of the Scholarship. This was referred to above. 

c) The kind and amount of service expected from the Scholar. The difficulty 
here lies in the fact that the service must be of a kind to benefit the student. This 
excludes everything of a menial character. The line is not always sharply drawn 
between the student service and the service suitable to the higher character of schol- 
arship. The latter has usually included library work of a more flexible kind. 

Some question has been raised by members of the Faculty as to the wisdom of 
requiring service of any kind from Fellows. There are certainly important considera- 
tions to be urged on both sides of this question. On the whole, it has seemed best 
to require that some service be rendered by every student receiving a stipend from the 
University. It is probable that sufficient care has not been taken to secure uniformity 
on the part of the various Departments. 

Until May, 1902, the work connected with the selection of Fellows was performed 



cxxii The President's Repost 

in large measure through the President's ofSce, in connection with the various Depart- 
ments interested. Upon the recommendation of the President, this work has been 
placed in the hands of a Committee of which, at the earnest request of the Faculty, 
the President remains Chairman. 

It is of interest to note that 133 members of the present Faculty have at one time 
or another been Fellows of the University, and that of the 496 persons appointed to 
Fellowships, 197 have received the Doctor's degree. In a few cases students on Fel- 
lowships have received permission to do their work abroad, but this permission has 
been limited to those cases in which a member of the Department was himself abroad, 
and the student accorded the privilege was thus in close connection with the Univer- 
sity. Good use could have been made many times of traveling Fellowships yielding 
a stipend. It was found best, after a short experiment, to give up the distinction 
between Junior and Senior Fellowships, and also to give up the separate title of 
Honorary Fellow. 

I desire to make the following suggestions : 

1. The stipend of the Fellows should be increased, that of $820 to $420 and that 
of $520 to $620. If necessary, the number of Fellowships should be diminished in 
order that this modification should be secured. It is proper to suggest, however, that 
no better appropriation of funds could be made than to increase the sum of $20,000 
now given to Fellowships to $25,000 or $30,000. 

2. A more systematic and regular Fellowship service should be organized. The 
proper executive officer shoiild give close attention to the particular kind of work being 
performed by the Fellows, and in no case should the voucher of a Fellow be audited 
unless it is found that his work in amount and character is in accordance with the 
spirit of the University Statute. 

3. The University Fellow should have a larger recognition in connection with 
University functions. The Fellow is strictly an officer. His responsibilities are not 
as great as those of the ordinary Instructor, but they should be made greater than 
they have been. 

4. The duration of the undergraduate Scholarship should be extended from one 
year to two years. It is unfair to the student, as well as to the college concerned, to 
make the period a shorter one. 

5. There should be a closer supervision of the work of the Scholars, and the rule 
should be rigidly carried out which would prevent a student from holding a Scholarship 
unless his work is of a satisfactory character. 

6. Effort should be made in every possible way to increase the fund for special 
Scholarships. One of the greatest needs of the University is endowment fimds for the 
establishment of Scholarships. A graduate Scholarship should be established for each 
of forty or fifty colleges to be selected from the West and Northwest. This would cor- 
respond to the Scholarships established in the Colleges for the various high schools. 

7. The task of supervising the work of Scholars and Fellows and dealing with 



The President's Repoet cxxiii 

these special classes has grown to be so great that there should be appointed a Dean 
of Fellows and Scholars, whose entire work as Dean should be devoted to this par- 
ticular service. 

8. Regular official meetings of the body of Fellows should be held. These meetings 
should be held with the same regularity as Faculty meetings, and should be presided 
over by the President or a Dean. In these meetings questions relating to the admin- 
istration of colleges and universities should be discussed. While such meetings would 
serve in part a social purpose, their larger function should be one of an official char- 

XXII. LIBRARIES, LABORATORIES, AND MUSEUMS 
The nucleus of the University collection was the library of the Theological Union 
transferred from Morgan Park in connection with the removal of the Theological Semi- 
nary to the city. This collection — one of the best of its kind — together with a small 
number of books remaining over from the old University of Chicago, formed the begin- 
ning of the work. The preparations made during the early years were hardly adequate 
for the high class of work which the University undertook to provide. It was foimd 
necessary, therefore, in the middle of the second year to make provision for a special 
gift of $50,000. With this sum, a respectable beginning was secured. The total 
appropriation for books during the first ten years has been as follows: 

To June 30, 1894 $171,046.62 

1894-95 14,950.60 

1895-96 ------ 22,865.99 

1896-97 ------ 17,112.04 

1897-98 - 11,771.63 

1898-99 ------ 13,553.76 

1899-00 11,394.59 

1900-01 - - - - - - 26,915.00 

1901-02 25,339.55 

Total - - - . - - 1314,949.78 

Special appropriations have from time to time been secured for special objects. 
Many books have come into the Library through the University Journals and a large 
number by gift. The number of volumes in the possession of the University on July 
1, 1902, was 354,592. 

The Library staff has always been inadequate for the large amount of work 
required. It is probably true that the work has been accomplished on about one-half 
of what actually ought to have been spent. In other words, the number of attendants 
should have been much larger, and the salaries paid considerably in advance of those 
actually paid. The total number of persons employed on the staff for the ten years has 
been as follows: 

1892-93 - - - - 7 1897-98 - - - - 13 
1893-94 - - - - 5 1898-99 - - - - 15 
1894r-95 - - - - 8 1899-00 - - - - 15 
1895-96 - - - - 13 1900-01 - - - 16 

1896-97 - - - - 13 1901-02 - - - - 19 



cxxiv The President's Eepoet 



The average salary paid for the year 1901-2 was $880.77. 

The following table shows the total sum paid for the administration of the 
Library: 



1894-95 - 


- 110,146.18 


1898-99 - 


- 117,181.68 


1895-96 


15,067.30 


1899-00 


17,108.76 


1896-97 - 


- 16,949.13 


1900-01 - 


- 17,358.71 


1897-98 


17,702.92 


1901-02 


20,784.84 



The most marked feature of library administration has been the large emphasis 
placed upon the Departmental system. Without question this policy is attended with 
some disadvantages, but upon the whole it may be said that it secures advantages 
which more than outweigh the disadvantages. In any case, it is the only system 
which could be adopted by an institution which did not possess a central Library 
Building. The Report of the Chairman of the Library Commission (pp. 266 ff.) presents 
the history of a most interesting discussion which has continued through four or five 
years. The attitudes of the various Departments towards the departmental system has 
been marked by a wide difference of opinion, but all differences seem to have practi- 
cally disappeared, and the almost unanimous adoption of the Report of the Commission 
has settled the discussion. Great credit is due the Chairman of the Commission, Mr. 
Ernest D. Burton, for the patience and skill with which, as Chairman of various Com- 
mittees, he has conducted the work through these several years. A most important 
point was established in the future development of the University when the Report of 
this Commission was adopted by the Board of Trustees. Work has already been 
undertaken in preparation of plans for the permanent Library Building, and it is the 
desire of the Trustees that no pains be spared to make these plans as perfect as 
possible. 

Associate Librarian Dixson, in connection with the work as Librarian, has con- 
ducted certain classes of instruction in the training of librarians. No effort has been 
made to establish a Library School, and yet to some extent the results of the work of 
such a school have been accomplished. A feeling has existed in some quarters that 
this work has not been of a sufficiently thorough character to warrant its continuance 
in connection with the University of Chicago. In order that this question may be 
settled without prejudice on either side, a Commission has been appointed which will 
in due time report upon the advisability of continuing the work. 

Several of us will remember that in the early days of the history of the institution, 
when planning for buildings, reference was made more than once to the necessity for 
erecting a Science Hall. The conception entertained by some of a single building 
which should provide for the work of the Scientific Departments has grown to one of 
eight buildings costing in all $1,161,816, with at least four additional buildings 
required to meet the demands. It has been suggested that too large a proportion of 
the money at the University's command has been devoted to Pure Science, as compared 
with that given to the Humanities and with that given to Applied Science. Concern- 



The President's Eepoet 



ing the first question, a statement has already been made (p. xviii). It is certainly- 
true that the University has succeeded in providing homes for the Departments of 
Science more quickly and more easily than in providing homes for the various Depart- 
ments of the Humanities. In explanation of this it may be said: (1) It seems easier 
in these days to find here and there a man interested in a particular Department of 
Science and willing to erect a laboratory than to find one interested in one of the 
Departments of the Humanities. (2) Not even the university world has yet come to 
appreciate the fact that the Departments of the Humanities stand just as strongly in 
need of laboratories as do the Scientific Departments. (3) When provision for these 
Departments was once made in Cobb Hall it was thought that perhaps they might 
be accommodated in this fashion quite comfortably, and the effort for special buildings 
was turned in the direction of the Scientific Departments. The equipment of these 
laboratories has steadily increased, until it is perhaps reasonably satisfactory. 

That the erection of these laboratories has been justified can surely be seen from 
the record (see Vol. II) of articles and books published by the members of the Univer- 
sity from these laboratories. Justification is also found in the fact that, large as these 
laboratories are, today they are practically full. The crowded condition of some of 
them is almost unendurable. It is proposed to secure relief for some of the laboratories 
by the erection of special laboratories for elementary work in the various subjects. 

The progress made thus far in establishing Museums has not been very consider- 
able. With the exception of the Oriental Museum, which is fairly well developed in 
the Archaeology of Egypt, and the various paleontological collections which have come 
to the University, little has been accomplished. Steps have been taken to organize 
(1) a Historical Museum, for which already a large amount of material has been 
gathered, only to be stored away until space can be found for installing it; ("2) a 
Botanical Museum, in connection with which there has been spent up to the present 
time $7,000; (3) a Zoological Museum, which has but just begun its work. A few 
things have been gathered for a Commercial Museum. 

The whole policy of the museum work requires to be definitely considered and 
decided. It is, of course, impossible for the University to endeavor to establish a 
museum for the education of the public. It is justified only in developing that kind 
of a museum which may be used advantageously in the work of instruction. The pro- 
pinquity of the Field Columbian Museum is a source of great advantage, and there 
seems to be no good reason why in the future provision should not be made for a closer 
relationship than any which has hitherto existed between the Field Columbian Museum 
and the University. Such a relationship would be of advantage to both institutions. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. The plans for the new Library to be located on Fifty-ninth street in the main 
quadrangles should be completed at the earliest possible moment, and every effort 
should be made to secure the erection of this building within the next two or three 
years. No need of the University is greater today than that of the central Library. 



cxxvi The President's Repoet 

The Library is, or should be, the very heart of the institution. It will be impossible 
for the University to continue its growth in any proper form if it shall be longer 
deprived of this essential factor in the institutional life. 

2. The time has come when the attention of the Trustees should be given to the 
reorganization and higher development of the Library staff. We may possibly be 
excused for the indifference thus far shown to this important division of the Univer- 
sity's work, but from this time forward there can be no possible reason for lack of 
interest. The interest of every Department is concerned, and now that the various 
Departments have been placed upon a proper footing, their highest interest demands 
the erection and further organization of the central Library. 

3. Large sums of money are needed for the purchase of books for the various 
Departments. The sum of $250,000 could be used to most excellent advantage at 
once, and a permanent endowment of $500,000, or even $1,000,000, is needed, the 
income to be used in the purchase of books from year to year. It will be seen from 
the figures given above that the University is even now spending an aggregate of 
about $30,000 a year for books and periodicals. 

4. Some arrangement should be made by which, even before the erection of the 
main building, better distribution of books between the various Libraries may be 
secured. Some system of transmission may perhaps be found which will not prove to 
be too expensive. Investigation should be made at once in reference to the basis of this. 

5. Whatever may be found to be true of the library instruction now being given, it 
seems quite certain that no better opportunity exists for the establishment of a School 
of Library Science than that which is connected with the library work of the Univer- 
sity of Chicago. A good analogy is perhaps to be found in the Training Schools for 
Nurses associated with medical schools and hospitals. The University itself will be a 
great gainer by making use of the service of students in training for library work, and 
such training is more real and vital when actually connected with a large library. 

6. The following Laboratories need to be added to the number already erected : (a) 
a Laboratory for the G-eological and Geographical Departments, to be located north of 
Beecher Hall and east of Walker Museum, and to be connected with Walker Museum by 
a bridgeway ; (6) a Laboratory for Physical Chemistry, to be erected on Ellis avenue 
directly west of Kent Chemical Laboratory ; (c) Laboratories for the Departments of 
Anatomy and Pharmacology, to be erected on Fifty-seventh street between Ellis avenue 
and Lexington avenue ; and (d) a Hygienic Laboratory, to be erected on the corner of 
Ellis avenue and Fifty-seventh street. 

7. The Museum erected by Mr. George C. Walker should be henceforth used 
strictly for the purpose proposed in its establishment, namely, for a museum. By the 
kindness of Mr. Walker, the University has been able to use a large part of the space 
of the Museum for class-room and laboratory work, but the time has come when this 
work should be transferred to some other building and the entire space of the Walker 
Building dedicated to its original purpose. It is true that today the policy with 



The Peesident's Report cxxvii 

reference to the development of museums is different from that which seemed to be 
approved in the first days of the University. At that time it was thought possible to 
bring together the material of all Departments, and to have what would be called a 
General Museum. Today it is apparent that each group of Departments desires to 
establish a museum and to have it located in the closest possible relationship to the 
lecture work of these Departments. In other words, the Departmental Museum seems 
to commend itself, after the fashion of the Departmental Library. But, even from this 
point of view, it is possible to make use of the Walker Museum for several groups of 
closely related subjects. This matter should receive the immediate consideration of 
the Trustees. 

8. The museum is as essential an element in educational work as is the library. 
It is these two factors which have revolutionized educational methods in the last quarter 
of a century, and yet it is these same two factors in the University equipment which 
are least fully developed. Our Faculties are strongly manned ; the buildings are large 
and beautiful and numerous; the libraries are only half way developed; the museums 
have hardly begun. It is in respect to the libraries and museums that the greatest 
effort should be made in these coming years. 

XXIII. THE MORGAN PAEK ACADEMY 

The Academy at Morgan Park occupies the buildings and grounds formerly 
belonging to the Theological Seminary. Mr. Rockefeller's second gift to the Univer- 
sity consisted of one million dollars, and was made with the provision that the Baptist 
Union Theological Seminary of Chicago "become an organic part of the said Univer- 
sity ; and also that the transfer of said Seminary to the grounds of the University shall 
be made within two years from this date; and also that a thoroughly equipped 
Academy shall be established in the buildings hitherto occupied by the said Seminary, 
on or before October 1, 1892." 

The Academy was intended to serve a threefold purpose, viz. : (1) as an institution 
which under the control of the University should prepare students to enter the 
University ; (2) as an institution in which experiment might be made in the problems 
connected with the field of secondary education; (3) to give to the work of secondary 
education a higher place and a closer relationship to college education. It was, 
moreover, the opinion of some that no sharp line could be drawn between the work of 
the Freshman and Sophomore years of college and those of the preparatory years. It 
was believed that these six years constituted a unit, and it has been the purpose of the 
University sooner or later to establish the work of the Freshman and Sophomore years 
at Morgan Park. In the constituency of the University there are many parents who 
do not wish to give their sons that freedom which must be given them if they attend 
the Junior Colleges of the University in the city. For some young men such liberty is 
distinctly injurious. It is the desire of the University to provide its facilities under 
different circumstances and for persons of different temperaments and desires. 



cxxviii The President's Eepoet 

The institution was at first coeducational. Many problems presented themselves 
in the particular situation of the Academy which, after a fair effort, seemed to be 
insoluble. With some hesitation, and after long deliberation, the Trustees decided to 
limit the attendance at the Academy to boys. All who are connected with the Academy 
officially now realize that the change has demonstrated itself to be a wise one. 

The possibilities of the Academy are very many. It may fairly be said that at no 
point in a central or western state are greater advantages offered to a boy who desires 
to prepare himself thoroughly for college. The character of the work which has been 
done in college by the graduates of the Academy is sufficient evidence of the thorough- 
ness of the instruction given. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. Inasmuch as the work of the so-called eighth grade in public schools and 
private schools is for the most part a waste of time and effort, and since boys should be 
started in their secondary work at an earlier age than at present, provision should be 
made for the care and supervision of boys of a younger class than those who now 
attend the Academy. One or two houses should be organized, with Masters, in which 
boys of ten to twelve years of age could be properly cared for. 

2. There should be a greater difference in the treatment of the older and younger 
boys than now prevails. A carefully graded system should be adopted, and the 
young man should be given larger freedom, partly in accordance with his apparent 
ability to make good use of such freedom, and partly also on the basis of his increas- 
ing age. 

3. On the whole, a much stricter discipline should be maintained in the case of 
the younger boys than at present prevails. This greater strictness should include 
closer supervision of conduct, dress, and hours of recreation. 

4. A closer connection between the work of the Academy and that of the 
University should be maintained. This connection should be brought about by more 
frequent visits on the part of the University officers to the Academy for such service 
as might profitably be rendered, as well as by the employment of the Academy officers 
to do University work when it is so desired. The graduates of the Academy who are 
at the University should cultivate a bond of unity and be kept in close touch with tlie 
students of the Academy. 

5. In the work of instruction the greatest weakness of the Academy lies on the 
side of its Science work. A greater stress has been placed upon the work of the 
Humanities. Additional instructors in Science should be appointed in order that the 
work may be more definitely distributed. 

6. As early as possible the work of the Freshman and Sophomore years should 
be added to that which is now being done. There are many students who might be 
assigned by the University to do work at Morgan Park rather than on the University 
grounds. The establishment of this higher work should carry with it a large freedom 
of interchange between the work of the two localities. 



The Peesident's B,epobt cxxix 

XXIV. THE STUDENT SOCIAL LIFE 

It is commonly understood that in an urban University there exists a great lack 
of the elements which constitute the basis of social life, and indeed the presence of 
many elements which are distinctly harmful to such life. Among these latter may be 
cited, for example, the fact that very many of the students live on the University 
grounds during only a small period of the day, and also the fact that these same stu- 
dents who live at home are compelled to maintain the social life which is connected 
with the home. About 40 per cent, of the students have their homes in Chicago; 
another 40 per cent, live in rooms which are in more or less close proximity to the 
University grounds ; the remaining 20 per cent, reside in the Halls of the University. 
It is on this account that the so-called "college spirit" is so slow of development in a 
large community as compared with its growth in a small community. In the history 
of our own institution, the development of the social life has been somewhat remark- 
able, in view of all the circumstances. 

In my opinion, the arrangement by which all University exercises are suspended 
for thirty minutes between 10 and 10:30 A. M. or 10:30 and 11 A. M. has contributed 
very largely to this development of social life. This interval has furnished opportu- 
nity for the commingling of students, the holding of meetings in which a portion or 
the entire body of students was interested, and the coming together on stated occasions 
in Chapel Assembly. I think that no more important institution exists in connection 
with the University life than this morning interval. If this respite in the middle of 
the day were lost by the transfer of the Chapel Assembly to the first half -hour in the 
morning, a serious injury would be inflicted upon the social life of the institution. 

The relation between individual members of the Faculty and their respective 
students has been conspicuously close. In no other institution of this size, I am per- 
suaded, has the intimacy between instructor and student been more zealously cultivated. 
On the other hand, the interest of the members of the Faculty in amusements and 
recreations controlled by the students has not been as clearly manifested. There 
seems to have existed a strong disposition to leave the students to themselves in their 
various plans for social improvement, the Faculties restricting their energies largely to 
their own membership. To put the matter in another form, there has been a lack of 
co-operation between the Faculties as such and the student social interest, while at the 
same time many individual members of the Faculty have taken large part in connec- 
tion with these interests. The separation referred to has been due in part to the large 
numbers which make up the Faculties, it being inevitable that the first movement in a 
social way shall be within the circles of the Faculties themselves ; in part also to the 
fact that in these first years the members of the Faculties were strangers to each other, 
and their social interest has been entirely occupied in forming friendships in the new 
environment. On the other hand, indications of an increasing co-operation between 
the Faculties and the students have shown themselves, as, for example, in the readiness 
to unite in the celebration of Washington's birthday. 



cxxx The Peesident's Report 

The distinguishing factor in the social life of the University has been the so-called 
"House System." This system was established during the first year of the University's 
history, and its purpose was to provide social units so constituted as to give freedom 
for individual development. The history of the House System is admirably presented 
in the report of the Director of Houses, Mr. Thompson (pp. 387-95). The theory of the 
system may be summed up in the statement that the University is one family, socially 
considered, of which the President is the head; that groups of six or more students 
living together constitute official Houses, for which the President appoints a Head, who 
is responsible to him. Such groups of students are for the most part self-governing, 
each group selecting an Executive Committee and some member of the University 
Faculty as Councilor. The rules of each are thus what the House itself adopts after 
approval by the University Council. As shown by the report, three classes of Houses 
have thus far been organized. The first class includes the groups of students occu- 
pying University Houses on the Quadrangles. These groups comprise from forty to 
seventy students each. The second class includes groups occupying Fraternity Houses. 
The third class includes students having a parlor or sitting-room on the University 
grounds, made up, however, of students whose homes are in the city. The plan has 
had a varying success. The life in some Houses has been almost ideal; in others, 
exceedingly unsatisfactory. On the whole, the scheme has been successful, and the 
later stages of its development have exhibited many encouraging features. The pro- 
posed enlargement of the plan by the unanimous vote of the Junior College Faculty 
to include all Junior College students is perhaps the strongest evidence of its practical 
success. Other facts pointing in the same direction are to be found in the recent suc- 
cessful organization of Hitchcock House and the reorganization of Snell House under 
the auspices of the Young Men's Christian Association. 

After the first two or three years, suggestions were made for a Club House for 
men. This at first seemed something entirely impracticable, but the force of the 
suggestion grew in intensity until it was the unanimous feeling of the Faculties and 
Trustees that such a building should be erected. Plans for it were provided, and upon 
the recommendation of the Committee having in charge the designation of the use for 
which the funds coming from the Reynolds estate might be employed, Reynolds Hall 
has been erected. It is confidently believed that the erection of this Hall at the end 
of the first decade will mark a new era in the social life of the men of the University. 

Within the last year, through the efforts of the Dean of Women, Miss Talbot, 
and others associated with her, the Women's Union has been established. This 
includes from three hundred to four hundred women, and has already become a center 
of social life in the institution. The Women's Union has occupied temporarily the 
Disciples' Church on the corner of Fifty-seventh street and Lexington avenue, and, 
even with the inadequate facilities thus presented, the work accomplished has been 
noteworthy. 

One of the most practical, as well as difficult, problems of University life is 



The Pbesident's Eepoet 



involved in what may be called the food question, and it is inseparably connected, not 
only with the intellectual life, but also with the social life of the institution. In the 
Women's Houses the University has been able to provide a Commons which includes 
four dining-rooms and makes provision for about two hundred students. During the 
last year of the first decade a small caf6 for men was established at the corner of 
Fifty-seventh street and Ellis avenue as an experiment. Only breakfast and luncheon 
are served. The results have been more than satisfactory. In the new Commons, 
which will be finished within a few months, facilities will be provided for furnishing 
table board to five hundred men and caf6 accommodations to three hundred in 
addition. This will probably meet the demand of the immediate future, so far as men 
are concerned, but it leaves the women who are not in University Houses still 
unprovided for. 

Very fortunately there have been few cases of serious illness in the ranks of the 
student body during these early years. Provision for the care of women has been 
made on the top floor of Green Hall, and for the care of men on the top floor of 
Hitchcock Hall. In each case four to six persons may be taken care of at the same 
time. As a matter of fact, no practical use has been made of these quarters up to 
this time. In cases of serious illness a student has been removed to a hospital. There 
have been several cases of contagious or infectious disease, but these cases have been 
handled each time with great care by the University physician. Dr. C. P. Small, and in no 
instance have bad results followed. We must say, however, that the University has 
made no proper provision for sickness. No plan has been worked out by which 
students shall be cared for, and it remains to organize this important service. 

It is generally conceded that the Student Councils have contributed very largely 
to the esprit de corps of the student body. These Councils were intended to serve in 
each case as an Executive Committee, and thus to represent the students. It has 
been our custom to present all matters of importance which concern the student body 
to the Councils for their consideration, and to receive from them recommendations 
embodying the, desires and opinions of the student body. The records show that in 
nearly every case the recommendations of the Councils have been of such a character 
as to warrant their acceptance and approval by the University ruling bodies. The 
growth of these Councils in influence has been steady, and already they have come to 
occupy a high place in the esteem of the students. Membership is regarded as an 
honor, and in almost every case those elected to membership have shown faithfulness 
in the discharge of their duties. The possibilities of the Councils are without limit; 
each year will add to the dignity and effectiveness of the service. 

The history of the Fraternity System in the University is one of more than usual 
interest. Much anxiety existed in the minds of a majority of the members of the 
Faculty lest the introduction of Fraternities might bring disturbance of many kinds. 
The facts show that their presence in the University has been a source of great 
advantage rather than of disadvantage. In almost every case the Fraternities have 



cxsxii The President's Kepoet 

contributed each its share, not only to the social life of the institution, but to its 
general welfare. Some criticism has been presented against the policy of the 
University in reference to Sororities, the organization of which up to the present time 
has been prohibited by the University. This is not the place in which to present the 
considerations which explaia this attitude on the part of the University. It is, 
perhaps, sufficient to say that the opinion is still a strong one that the social life of 
the University has developed more satisfactorily than would have been the case if 
Sororities had been introduced. 

The amateur organizations of the University, of Music, Dramatics, etc., have 
naturally labored under the great disadvantage of being brought into comparison 
directly and constantly with the professional representatives in these various lines. 
When members of the University have the privilege of attending the concerts of the 
Chicago Orchestra at a trifling cost, and when the best plays presented to the 
American public can be heard almost every night in the year, there is little to 
encourage the development of the amateur spirit. But in spite of proximity to these 
exhibitions of the highest art, the local amateur interest has been cultivated with real 
enthusiasm. The Musical Clubs and the Dramatic Clubs have achieved a large success. 

The general administration of the student social life has been placed imder the 
Board of Student Organizations. The membership of this Board has suffered only 
slight change during the years of its organization, and has been exceedingly faithful 
in attendance upon its several duties. 

I desire to make the following suggestions: 

1. Immediate steps should be taken to erect a building which shall be carefully 
planned to make provision for groups of students whose residence at the University is 
limited to the day period. This building should accommodate eight such groups of 
thirty or forty each. For each group provision should be made for a sitting-room or 
parlor, a dining-room, toilet and cloak-room; perhaps also a small library should be 
included. Every facility should be furnished which would contribute to the social 
and intellectual life of such a group of students. The income from such a building 
will be as large as that from a building used as a dormitory, without imposing any 
considerable expense upon the students. University life includes as one of its largest 
factors the living together and the eating together in groups properly organized. 

2. It will be necessary within a comparatively short time to provide a separate 
Club House for Junior College men, Reynolds Hall being restricted for the use of 
Senior College, Graduate, and Professional students. Such a Junior College Club 
House should be one of the buildings in the Junior College Quadrangle, and should 
make provision for those activities and interests of special service to younger men. 

3. There should be erected also a Club House for women in connection with the 
Women's Gymnasium. This should be a Club House for all the women of the Uni- 
versity, and should include arrangements of a character to meet the many demands of 
the social life of the women students. 



The President's Report cxxxiii 



4. A building should be erected in connection with the Club House for women 
which should serve as a caf6 to meet the needs of those women who live outside 
the University buildings, but desire to take their meals at the University. The num- 
ber of such women will increase every year, and the responsibility for making this 
provision is pressing. 

5. A student Hospital independent of the other buildings of the University 
should be erected, and a plan should be worked out in accordance with which any 
student of the University when ill might have the right to occupy a room in this 
Hospital. Just what should be the characteristic features of such a plan may not at 
first be clear, but it should at all events include provision for making known to the 
students the fact that such a Hospital when erected is open to them upon reasonable 
terms. No one can measure the great danger which exists that through some impru- 
dence an epidemic shall be found to exist before the necessary precautions for its pre- 
vention can be carried into effect. 

6. Since the organization of the Undergraduate Councils, there have been added 
to the University the School of Education, the School of Medicine, and the School of 
Law. These schools are partly of a graduate character and partly also of an under- 
graduate character. In so far as they are either graduate or undergraduate, they to 
some extent duplicate the ground already covered by the other Councils. The time 
has therefore come for the reorganization of the student Councils on a plan which 
shall be more consistent with the present constitution of the student body. 

7. Such reorganization should, moreover, contemplate the possibility of the secur- 
ing of a larger unity in the work of the various Councils, and it may well be questioned 
whether there should not be one Council rather than several, this one Council being 
made up of distinct special Councils representing the various divisions of students. 

8. The question should also be considered whether larger powers may not be 
granted the Councils than have heretofore been officially sanctioned. The effective- 
ness of the work of the Councils will probably be in proportion to the degree of 
responsibility with which they are charged. 

9. The half-hour of interval between the first two exercises of the morning and 
the remaining two is insufficient for many of the important purposes which the use of 
this interval has been found to serve. Much would be gained by increasing this 
interval to forty-five minutes. This could be arranged by having the morning exer- 
cises begin at 8:15 instead of 8:30. 

10. Even closer supervision of the social meetings of the various bodies of the 
University should be instituted than has yet been tried. Without such supervision 
on the part of a skilful and tactful officer, great injury may be expected to accrue in 
the case of many individuals and likewise in the case of the University at large. The 
regulation already established, in accordance with which the ordinary social meetings 
of students shall be limited to certain evenings, and in those evenings to certain hours, 
should be strictly enforced. 



cxxxiv The Pkesident's Repoet 

11. Since some confusion has arisen because the affairs of the Board of Student 
Organizations have been administered by several Deans in their several different 
positions, and since such difficulties are unavoidable under the circumstances, it is 
important to consider whether it would not be well to commit to one Dean, perhaps 
the Dean of Women, the administration of the actions of the Board of Student 
Organizations. 

XXV. THE RELIGIOUS WORK AND LIFE 

The position of the University of Chicago religiously has been definitely and 
professedly Christian. Any other attitude would have been false to the auspices 
under which the institution was established, and particularly to the hopes and desires 
of its founder. It is not forgotten that in the earliest days, when there was great 
question whether the first four hundred thousand dollars could be secured, the Jews 
of Chicago came forward, and by their splendid gift made the effort successful. A 
representative of the Jews has been on the Board of Trustees, several Jews are mem- 
bers of Faculties, large numbers of Jews have been matriculated as students ; but in 
the large and true sense of the word "Christian" the University has maintained 
urgently and strongly its professed position as Christian. The various Faculties have 
contained members of almost every communion, and many who were not members of 
any church. The question of the religious faith of an officer has not been raised by 
the Trustees in connection with the appointment of any officer of the University. No 
one, so far as I am aware, has ever taken the trouble to make a calculation of the 
representation of the various denominations either in the Faculty or among the stu- 
dents. As the country of which we are citizens is a Christian country, so the Uni- 
versity of Chicago is a Christian institution. The drawing of a narrower line than 
this would be fatal to the growth of the University. Here lies the distinction between 
a college and a university. The one may be controlled by the ecclesiastical or political 
spirit; the other may not be. 

To the Chaplain of the University, Mr. Henderson, who has served in this 
capacity from the first day, all the members of the University feel a sense of deep 
obligation. It rarely happens that one man can so impress himself upon a great 
community as Mr. Henderson has done. His strong personal character, his broad 
and liberal spirit, and the tact with which he has performed his duties have at the 
same time gained for him the respect of every member of the University and brought 
him into close touch with a very large proportion of the membership. 

It was very fortunate that in the beginning success attended the effort to organize 
the religious work of the University upon a broad basis. The Christian Union was so 
constituted that it should include all religious effort put forth by any particular group 
of persons. Opportunity was thus afforded, on the one hand, for the work of the 
Young Men's Christian Association as well as that of the Young Women's Christian 
Association, and, on the other, for such philanthropic effort as was included in the 
University Settlement work. There was at first some disappointment that the narrower 



The President's Kepoet cxxxv 



conception did not prevail in this organization, but today all persons agree that a more 
satisfactory arrangement perhaps could not have been instituted. The work of the 
Social Settlement has been genuinely successful. Its success, however, has found its 
expression not so much in the results accomplished at the Settlement as in the splendid 
influence which this work has exerted on the membership of the University. The life 
of the professional student has a tendency to become distinctly selfish. This tendency 
has been overcome, at least to some extent, through the vigorous effort put forth by the 
members of the Faculty, including the members of the Women's League, to cultivate 
in this manner the altruistic spirit. The Keports published in this volume present 
clear evidence of the high character of the work undertaken. 

During the first years a religious service was conducted every Sunday in the 
evening. This was after a while changed to the afternoon, and for several years the 
Sunday Vesper Service occupied a large place in the religious work of the institution. 
It soon became evident, however, that a service was needed which would develop more 
definitely the spirit of worship, and after full consideration arrangements were made 
for introducing a regular Sunday morning service at which preachers oflicially appointed 
by the University should conduct the services and preach. A single year's experience 
has convinced all concerned of its value. It has been found that the most eminent 
preachers of the country are willing to visit the University and to give its members 
their service. The best results cannot, of course, be secured with the present lack of 
a proper place in which to hold the services, and this same difficulty presents itself in 
connection with all the other religious work of the institution. No one of the religious 
organizations has a place which can be called even respectable. Until such facilities 
are provided as are absolutely needed, the work will be seriously handicapped. 

The daily Chapel Assembly — Monday for the Junior College students, Tuesday 
for the Senior College students, Thursday for the Graduate students, and Friday for 
the Divinity students — has contributed something toward the higher life of the 
University. At these meetings the greatest preachers of the country have addressed 
the students, and their words have been gratefully received. It is probably true that 
the religious life is as strongly marked in the University of Chicago as in any other 
institution similarly situated. It is an interesting fact that, so far as is known, no 
student has ever been arrested by a policeman for disorder or drunkenness. The moral 
life of the student body seems to be of the highest character. 

I desire to made the following suggestions: 

1. While the new Assembly Hall, erected by the kindness of Mr. Leon Mandel, 
will be used for the religious exercises as well as for other general exercises of the 
University, and will contribute greatly to the increased value of all such exercises, it 
remains true that the University should have upon its grounds a structure which should 
be used only for ecclesiastical and the highest academical functions. This building 
should be the most beautiful ecclesiastical structure in the Mississippi valley, and 
should cost not less than five hundred thousand dollars. In connection with it pro- 



CXXXVl 



The President's Eepoet 



vision should be made for the headquarters of the various religious organizations, and 
no pains or money should be spared to make it the most magnificent building on the 
University grounds. 

2. Some plan should be devised for bringing into closer relationship the various 
members of the Christian Union. It would hardly be thought best, under all the 
circumstances, to organize a church ; but an organization as much like that of a church 
as possible should be effected, and all possible means should be employed to develop 
the community spirit in connection with its organization. It would seem probable 
that no more unifying factor could be suggested, and in a community like that of 
an urban University the greatest possible stress' should be placed upon factors which 
produce the spirit of unity. 

3. Although the work of the Settlement has been thoroughly successful, its influ- 
ence has reached a small number proportionately of the University community, and 
it may be asked whether something may not be done which would bring a much larger 
proportion of the students and members of the Faculty into personal touch with this 
work. 

4. No satisfactory arrangements have yet been provided for the residence of the 
University Preacher or for his office. Both of these matters demand immediate con- 
sideration. A large part of the effectiveness of the work is destroyed because of the 
lack of the proper facilities for doing it. 

XXVI. THE MORE IMPORTANT EXPERIMENTS 

It may be said that at least ten important experiments have been instituted in 
connection with the work of the University. Some of these may no longer be called 
experiments, inasmuch as the experimental stage has confessedly been passed. In 
other cases the time has not arrived at which the experiment may be called closed. 
Among the problems the solution of which has thus been attempted I may mention the 
following : 

1. The establishment of work in the Summer Quarter as an organic part of the 
University year, in distinction from the Summer School work as it had formerly been 
conducted. The success of this plan is attested, not only by the large number of 
students in attendance — the largest, in fact, of any Quarter in the year — -but also by 
the character of the students, a body made up of earnest men and women from every 
state in the Union. The growth of the Summer Quarter will be seen from the follow- 
ing list, which presents the attendance of the successive summers: 



Date 


Men 


Women 


Total 


1894 


397 


200 


597 


1895 


636 


295 


931 


1896 


698 


350 


1,048 


1897 


795 


478 


1,273 


1898 


853 


581 


1,434 


1899 


949 


687 


1,636 


1900 


1,006 


668 


1,674 


1901 


1,113 


1,262 


2,375 



The President's Kepoet cxxxvii 

2. The continuous session of the University, including the Summer Quarter just 
mentioned — an arrangement by which the buildings and grounds, the libraries and 
equipment, of the institution are used throughout the entire year, in contrast with the 
prevailing custom of permitting the entire plant to lie idle during one-fourth or one- 
third of the time. 

3. The distribution of service on the part of members of the Faculty throughout 
the entire year — a plan which requires that about 25 per cent, of the officers of 
instruction shall be absent at any given time, and also makes it possible for the officer 
(a) to take his vacation at such season of the year as may be most satisfactory; or (6) 
to allow his vacation to accumulate until he shall be able to secure the privilege of 
spending six or nine months in a foreign land; or (c) to devote, if he so desires, only 
six months to instruction and to give the remaining six months to investigation — all 
of this flexibility being gained without extra cost of money or time. This arrange- 
ment, looked at from the student's point of view, permits students of all grades to enter 
the University four times a year instead of once, the adjustment of courses to this end 
having been found entirely feasible. 

4. The graduating of students at four seasons of the year — that is, at the close of 
each of the four Quarters — a policy which is strictly in accord with the individualism 
of modern education, and serves to protect the student against many of the arbitrary 
arrangements ordinarily prescribed. 

5. Specialization in administration, this being gained by distributing the work of 
various divisions of the University to special Boards and Faculties, and placing the 
responsibility of such service almost exclusively upon the Board or Faculty concerned. 
This might be put into another form : the abolition of the so-called General Faculty to 
which everything ordinarily must be submitted. 

6. The policy of affiliating colleges and academies in accordance with a plan 
which makes the University responsible from an educational point of view, while it 
leaves the entire financial responsibility upon the local Board. 

7. The plan of co-operating with high schools, emphasis being placed upon the 
individualism of the teacher, and the teachers recognized as University Deputy 
Examiners. 

8. The separation of the work of the Freshman and Sophomore classes, called the 
Junior Colleges, from the higher work, and its assignment to an independent Faculty. 

9. The House System described above, in accordance with which groups of 
students practically become self-governing under the general supervision of a Head 
appointed by the President. 

10. The plan of providing separate instruction for men and women in the Fresh- 
man and Sophomore classes, while allowing them to work together in the upper 
classes (see pp. xcvii ff.). 

If the question were to be asked what two elements constitute the largest factors 
in controlling the organization and spirit of the institution, the answer might be made: 



The President's Repoet 



(1) the principle of individualism, from the point of view both of student and 
instructor, which has been all-powerful in effecting the details of organization; and 

(2) the principle of flexibility, which is, after all, perhaps only a corollary of the first- 
named principle of individualism, to which everything has been made subservient. 

XXVII. CELEBBATIONS 

During the ten years the University has had two notable celebrations, one mark- 
ing the completion of five years of life, the other of ten. The most important feature 
of each occasion was the presence of the founder of the University, who was received 
with great enthusiasm by Trustees, Faculties, and students. 

The Quinquennial Celebration took place during the first five days of July, 1896, 
and was attended by the formal dedication of the Haskell Oriental Museum and the 
laying of the corner-stones of the four Hull Biological Laboratories. In connection 
with the former there was held a series of interesting conferences and a unique repro- 
duction of the synagogue service in the time of Christ by twenty men in oriental 
costume using the Hebrew language and old Hebrew chants. In connection with the 
latter there was an address by Professor George Lincoln Goodale, M.D., LL.D., of 
Harvard University, and briefer addresses by the Professors at the head of the par- 
ticular Departments interested. The main features of the program were as follows: 

On "Wednesday, July 1, the exercises included the presentation of the synagogue 
service of the times of Christ, and the Fifteenth University Convocation. This was 
held in a large tent in the center of the Quadrangles. After a prayer by Rev. 
William H. P. Faunce, there were brief addresses by Andrew McLeish, Vice-President 
of the Board of Trustees; George W. Northrup, representing the Divinity Faculty; 
Harry Pratt Judson, representing the Faculties of Arts, Literature and Science; and 
Henry Love Clarke, representing the students of the University. To these greetings 
Mr. Rockefeller responded briefly. After the singing of a Latin hymn, "Ad Univer- 
sitatem," composed for the occasion by Mr. Frank Justus Miller, of the Department 
of Latin, the convocation address was delivered by Rev. Professor George Adam 
Smith, D.D., of the Free Church College of Glasgow, Scotland, upon the subject, "The 
Part Which the Old Testament Has Played in the Education of the Race, and How 
Far its Power to Educate and Inspire is Affected by Modern Criticism." The Presi- 
dent's Quarterly Statement for the Spring Quarter of 1896 and the President's 
Quinquennial Statement followed. The events of the day were completed by the 
Convocation Reception in the evening. 

On Thursday, July 2, the exercises centered around the Haskell Oriental Museum. 
In the morning there was an Archaeological Conference, with an address by Professor 
David Lyon, of Harvard University ; a Conference on Comparative Religions, with an 
address by Professor A. V. Williams Jackson, of Columbia University ; and a Biblical 
Conference, with an address by Professor George Adam Smith, of the Free Church Col- 
lege of Glasgow. In the afternoon the formal dedicatory exercises were held, including a 



The Peesident's Report cxxxix 



presentation address by George S. Goodspeed, with acceptance by the President ; the 
Dedicatory Address, by Professor Emil G. Hirsch ; and the Dedicatory Prayer, by 
Eev. William H. P. Faunce. The day closed with a reception to visiting oriental 
scholars held in Haskell Oriental Museum. 

On Friday afternoon, July 3, the corner-stones of the Hull Biological Laboratories 
were laid. The principal address was by Professor George Lincoln Goodale, of Har- 
vard University, upon the theme, "Some of the Relations of the New Natural History 
to Modern Thought and Modern Life." After the address the President made a brief 
- statement, and the corner-stones of the several laboratories were laid, short addresses 
being made by Charles O. Whitman, representing Zoology; by John M. Coulter, 
representing Botany ; by Jacques Loeb, representing Physiology ; and by Henry H. 
Donaldson, representing Anatomy. 

On Saturday morning, July 4, a religious meeting was held in the Chapel, where 
addresses were made by Rev. William H. P. Faunce and Rev. George Adam Smith. 
After this the national colors were presented to the University by the first Regiment 
of Infantry of the Illinois National Guard, the address being made by Colonel H. L. 
Turner, with response by the President. The oration of the day was then delivered 
by Professor Bernard Moses, of the University of California, upon the subject, "The 
Condition and Prospects of Democracy." 

The final day of the celebration, Sunday, July 5, was marked by sermons by Rev. 
George Adam Smith and Rev. W. H. P. Faunce. 

The social features of the celebration included the reception already mentioned 
and several dinners, one by the Trustees to the founder of the University and one by 
the representatives of the Science Departments to visiting scientists. At the former 
Mr. Andrew McLeish acted as toastmaster and introduced Rev. A. K. Parker, who 
spoke on behalf of the Trustees, and Edward G. Mason, Esq., who represented the 
City of Chicago. A brief response by Mr. Rockefeller was greatly enjoyed. 

Five years later, on June 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18, 1901, the Decennial celebration 
was held. The first day was devoted to the interests of the students of the University, 
the most prominent feature being the performance of the play. As You Like It, under 
the auspices of the Department of Public Speaking. 

Saturday, June 15, was Alumni and Class Day, the various business meetings and 
the dinner of the alumni being held, as well as the Class Day exercises of the class 
of 1891. An interesting feature of this occasion was the presentation to the Univer- 
sity of a memorial tablet to Hon. Stephen Arnold Douglas, the founder of the first 
University established in Chicago. The address on behalf of the class was made by 
Mr. Arthur Eugene Bestor, the class president, and the response on behalf of the 
University by Franklin MacVeagh, Esq. 

This day was also marked by the corner-stone ceremonies of the University Press 
Building and the Charles Hitchcock Hall, and the formal dedication of the addition to 
Nancy Foster Hall. The corner-stone of the Press Building was laid by Newman 



cxl The President's Eepoet 

Miller, Director of the University Press, the address being delivered by Professor 
J. Laurence Laughlin. The corner-stone of the Charles Hitchcock Hall was laid by 
the donor of the building, Mrs. Charles Hitchcock, the address being delivered by 
Professor Paul Shorey. At Nancy Foster Hall, after the presentation to the Univer- 
sity by Mr. George E. Adams of the keys of the building, the dedicatory address was 
made by Mrs. Alice Freeman Palmer. 

On Sunday, June 16, four meetings were- held. The first was a Bible service, 
with addresses on the theme "Sacred Wisdom," by the President, who discussed the 
wisdom of the Old Testament; by Professor Kichard G. Moulton, who discussed the 
wisdom of the Apocrypha ; and Professor Shailer Mathews, who discussed the wisdom 
of the New Testament. The second was the Convocation Religious Service, at which 
the President delivered the Baccalaureate Address. The third was a vesper service, 
at which brief addresses were made by Professor Eri B. Hulbert, Kev. Marcus Dods, 
of New College, Edinburg, Professor Emil G. Hirsch, and Chancellor Elisha Benjamin 
Andrews of the University of Nebraska. The music on this occasion was furnished 
by a large Decennial chorus, under the direction of Mr. Lester B. Jones. The closing 
service of the day was the union meeting of the Young Men's Christian Association 
and the Young Women's Christian Association, at which addresses were made by Kev. 
Ernest M. Stires, of Grace Church, Chicago, and by Miss Jane Addams, of Hull House. 

Monday, June 17, was devoted to a series of educational conferences. In the 
morning a general meeting was held, where addresses were delivered upon the theme, 
" College and University Problems," by Chancellor Andrews of the University of 
Nebraska, President George E. MacLean of the State University of Iowa, President 
Charles F. Thwing of Western Reserve University, and Professor Albion W. Small. 
At the close of this meeting exercises were held marking the official opening of the 
School of Education, addresses being delivered by Professor Nicholas Murray Butler, 
Columbia University,~and Director Francis Wayland Parker. In the afternoon the 
conference met in four sessions, representing Science, Language and Literature, His- 
tory, and Theology. The first was addressed by Jacob Henry van 't HofF, Professor 
of Physiological Chemistry in the University of Berlin, and by Mr. Charles Doolittle 
Walcott, Director of the United States Geological Survey. The second was addressed 
by Basil L. Gildersleeve, Professor of Greek in the Johns Hopkins University, and 
George Lyman Kittredge, Professor of Latin in Harvard University. The third 
was addressed by His Excellency, M. Jules Cambon, Ambassador Extraordinary and 
Plenipotentiary from the French Republic to the United States of America. The 
fourth was addressed by Marcus Dods, Professor of New Testament Literature in the 
New College of Edinburg, Scotland, and by William Newton Clarke, Professor of 
Christian Theology in Colgate University. 

The Decennial Celebration came to an end with the exercises of Tuesday, June 
18, centering around the Thirty-eighth University Convocation. Before this meeting 
there were corner-stone ceremonies connected with the University Commons, the Uni- 
versity Tower, the Students' Club House, and the Leon Mandel Assembly Hall. The 



The President's Report cxli 



ceremony of the laying of the corner-stones of these buildings, in the order just given, 
was performed by James Milton Sheldon, representing the Junior College Council ; 
Joseph Chalmers Hazen, representing the Divinity School Council; David Allan 
Robertson, representing the Senior College Council ; and Henry McGee Adkinson, 
representing the Graduate School Council. The addresses at the several sites were 
given by Professors Albion "W. Small, Richard G. Moulton, George E. Vincent and 
Emil G. Hirsch. 

The Convocation exercises were held in the large tent in the center of the Quad- 
rangles, the Decennial Addresses being made by President Martin A. Ryerson, on 
behalf of the Board of Trustees; by Professor Frank F. Abbott, on behalf of the 
Faculties of the University; by Mr. Arthur Eugene Bestor, on behalf of the students 
and alumni; by Mr. George E. Adams, on behalf of the city of Chicago; and by the 
founder of the University, Mr. Rockefeller. After these addresses the President gave 
his Decennial Statement. 

The presence of the founder of the University and Mrs. Rockefeller, together with 
the attendance of many distinguished educators as visitors or official guests, gave to 
the Decennial Celebration a notable social interest. At a series of receptions, luncheons, 
and dinners there was abundant opportunity to meet and greet the friends of the 
University. The closing event of the week was the Congregation Dinner, at which 
six hundred were present. Professor T. C. Chamberlin, Vice-President of the Uni- 
versity Congregation, acted as toastmaster. Responses were made by Mr. Charles L. 
Hutchinson on "The University from the View Point of a Trustee;" by Professor 
George E. Vincent, on "The Alumni;" by Professor W. W. Goodwin, on "American 
Universities;" by Professor Marcus Dods, on "European Universities;" by Mr. 
Rockefeller, on "Requisites in Pounding Universities;" and by the President, on 
"Our Guests." 

In connection with some of the University Convocations there have been celebra- 
tions of interest, notably on October 17, 1898, when the first honorary degree voted 
by the Trustees, that of Doctor of Laws, was conferred upon President William 
McKinley. At this Convocation the addresses were made, on behalf of the Trustees by 
Rev. Alonzo K. Parker, and on behalf of the University Congregation by Professor 
Albion W. Small. 

During the years covered by this report forty-two Convocations have been held, 
the date, place, name of the orator, and his subject being as follows: 

1. January 2, 1893, Central Music Hall.— Head Professor H. E. von Hoist : "The Need of 
Universities in the United States." 

2. April 1, 1893, University Gymnasium.— Head Professor T. C. Chamberhn: "The Mission 
of the Scientific Spirit." 

3. June 26, 1893, Central Music Hall.— Head Professor William Gardner Hale: "The Place 
of the University in American Life." 

4. October 2, 1893, Walker Museum.— Professor Henry Drummond : "Some Higher Aspects 
of Evolution." 

5. January 2, 1894, Central Music Hall.— Professor Ira Kemsen : "The Chemical Laboratory." 



cxlii The President's Repoet 

6. April 3, 1894, Central Music Hall. — Head Professor John M. Coulter: "Some University 
Fallacies." 

7. July 2, 1894, The Graduate Quadrangle. — Head Professor A. A. Michelson : " The Evolution 
and Influence of Experimental Physics." 

8. October 1, 1894, The Graduate Quadrangle. — Rev. John Henry BaiTows: "The Greatness 
of Eeligion." 

9. January 2, 1895, The Auditorium. — President Seth Low: "The University and its Eelation 
to Questions of the Times." 

10. April 1, 1895, The Auditorium. — Hon. Chauncey M. Depew: "The Present: Its Oppor- 
tunities and Perils." 

11. July 1, 1895, The Graduate Quadrangle. — Professor Emil G. Hirsch: "The American 
University." 

12. October 1, 1895, The Graduate Quadrangle. — Professor Alexander Balmain Bruce: "The 
Future of Christianity." 

13. January 2, 1896, The Auditorium. — Hon. William Eustis Eussell : " Individualism in Gov- 
ernment." 

14. April 2, 1896, The Auditorium. — Prince Serge Wolkonsky: "Memory and Responsiveness 
as Instruments of Culture." 

15. July 1, 1896, The Central Quadrangle. — Rev. Professor George Adam Smith: "The Part 
Which the Old Testament Has Played in the Education of the Race, and How Far its 
Power to Educate and Inspire is Affected by Modern Criticism." 

16. October 1, 1896, University Gymnasiiun. — President Augustus H. Strong: "Modern Ten- 
dencies in Theological Thought." 

17. January 1, 1897, The Auditorium. — Hon. Henry D. Estabrook : "Lafayette." 

18. April 1, 1897, The Auditorium. — Her Excellency the Countess of Aberdeen : "The Univer- 
sity and its Effect upon the Home." 

19. July 1, 1897, Hull Court.— Right Rev. John H. Vincent : "The Church and the University." 

20. October 1, 1897, The University Congregational Church.— Rev. Amory H. Bradford : "The 
Unity of the World." 

21. January 3, 1898, The Auditorium. — Hon. James H. Eckels : "Public Leadership." 

22. April 1, 1898, The University Congregational Church. — Professor William Knight : "Poetry 
and Science ; Their Aifinities and Contrasts." 

23. July 1898, The Graduate Quadrangle.— President William L. Wilson: "The Founders of 
States and the Founders of Colleges." 

24. August 2, 1898, Kent Theater. — Professor Gaston Bonet-Maury: "The University of Paris." 

25. October 1, 1898, Studebaker Hall.— Rev. Charles Cuthbert Hall: "Some Essential Ele- 
ments of the True Academic Spirit." 

26. October 17, 1898, Kent Theater. — The Special McKinley Convocation, Rev. Alonzo K. 
Parker; Professor Albion W. Small. 

27. January 4, 1899, Studebaker Hall. — Hon. Carl Schurz : " American Imperialism." 

28. April 1, 1899, Studebaker Hall. — Rev. Henry van Dyke : " Democracy and Cultmre." 

29. July 1, 1899, The Graduate Quadrangle.— President James Bunill Angell : "The Old Col- 
lege and the New University." 

30. October 2, 1899, Central Music Hall. — Right Rev. John Lancaster Spalding : "The Univer- 
sity and the Teacher." 

31. January 2, 1900, Studebaker Hall. — President Arthur Twining Hadley: "Oiir Standards 
of Political Morality." 

32. April 2, 1900, Central Music Hall.- Hon. David Jayne Hill : " The Place of America in 
World-Politics." 



The Peesident's Eepoet cxliii 



33. June 19, 1900, The Graduate Quadrangle.— President James G. K. McClure : " The True 
Scholar's Attitude Toward the Past." 

34. August 10, 1900, The Graduate Quadrangle.— General Joseph Wheeler : "The Influence of 
the University of Chicago, and Our Pacific Possessions." 

35. September 18, 1900, Studebaker Hall.— Eev. George C. Lorimer: "Race-Problems in the 
Light of Education." 

36. December 18, 1900, Studebaker Hall.— President Prances Landey Patton : "The Idea of 
God in Intellectual Inquiry." 

37 . March 19, 1901 , Studebaker Hall .—His Excellency Mr. Wu Ting-Fang : "Chinese Civilization." 

38. June 18,1901, The University Quadrangles.— The Decennial Convocation; addresses by 
Martin A. Ryerson, Esq., Professor Frank Frost Abbott, Mr. Arthur Eugene Bestor, Mr. 
George E Adams, Mr. John D. Rockefeller. 

39. August 29, 1901, The University Quadrangles.— Rev. Professor Caspar Een6 Gregory: 
"Education and Labor." 

40. December 17, 1901, Studebaker Hall.— Professor John Frankhn Jameson: "The Influence 
of Universities upon Historical "Writing." 

41. March 18, 1902, Studebaker Hall.— Mr. Albert Shaw: " The Outlook for the Young Man in 
the New Social and Economic Order." 

42. June 17, 1902, The University Quadrangles.- President Henry Smith Pritchett : "The 
Service of Science to the University, and the Response of the University to That Service." 

XXVIII. THE POEECAST 

In the suggestions which have been made in connection with most of the subjects 
presented in this Report, I have indicated, so far as it lies in my mind, a forecast of 
the future as connected with these topics. 

On the basis of the ten years of history one may reasonably make certain 
predictions without incurring the charge of boldness. The most difficult part of the 
work of organization has been finished. Some traditions have actually been 
established, and upon these as a foundation others will soon grow up. The essential 
characteristics of the institution have been determined. The institution promises to 
become a university, and not simply a large college. Its professional work will be on 
a level with the so-called graduate work, and will indeed itself be graduate work of the 
highest order. The Senior Colleges will serve as a clearing-house for the Graduate 
and Professional Schools ; that is, as a period during which the student will work 
according to his own choice and with his best spirit. 

With the Divinity School thoroughly established, the Law School in substantial 
shape, and the Medical School practically arranged for, there remain only (1) the School 
of Technology and (2) the Schools of Music and Art. It is hoped that the second ten 
years will bring these remaining schools, and with them the great Library, with its sur- 
rounding buildings for the Departments of the Humanities, a great University Chapel, 
and the remaining Laboratories of which the institution today stands in such need. 

The first ten years have seen the foundations laid and the superstructure erected 
in the rough. The second ten years will witness the development of the sesthetic side 

of life and thought. 

William E. Haeper, President. 



EEPORTS OF THE DEANS 



THE FACULTIES OF ARTS, LITERATUHE, AND SCIENCE 

To the President of the University: 

Sib: I submit herewith my report on the condition of the Departments of the Faculties 
of Arts, Literature, and Science for the ten years, 1892-1902. 

I. LEGISLATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

At the opening of the University, October 1, 1892, the organization provided by the regu- 
lations of the Board of Trustees, adopted December 26, 1890 {Bulletin No. X, pp. 8, 9), was dual 
in character, consisting of Faculties and administrative authorities. 

Each School or College was to have a Faculty comprising all the officers of the University 
giving instruction in such School or College. The Faculties of the several Colleges were 
authorized to meet together, for convenience, when there was no special reason for separate 
meetings. The powers of the several Faculties were to be prescribed by the Board of Trustees. 

Provision was made also for administrative officers. The duties of some of these, relating 
to the University as a whole, included the Schools and Colleges under the care of the Faculties 
of Arts, Literature and Science. These were the President, the Examiner, the Kecorder, the 
Kegistrar. Further, there were one or more Deans charged with the general administration of 
each School or College At the outset the President assumed the Deanship of the Graduate 
School of Arts and Literature; there was also a Dean appointed for the Ogden (Graduate) 
School of Science, a Head Dean of the Colleges, a Dean each in the College of Liberal Arts, the 
College of Literature, and the College of Science, and two Deans of women. 

Still further, there were two Boards of superior jurisdiction — the University Senate and the 
University Council. The Senate included the President, the Recorder, and the Heads of 
Departments of Instruction. Its authority was final in all matters of education. The Council 
included all the administrative officers. Its authority was final in all matters of administra- 
tion. These two bodies had jurisdiction over all Faculties and Faculty authorities. 

Under the regulation of the Board of Trustees permitting Faculties to meet together, the 
Faculties of the Graduate School of Arts and Literature, of the Ogden (Graduate) School of 
Science, and the three College Faculties met for a time as one body under the general name of 
the Faculty of Arts, Literature, and Science. The Board of Trustees never defined the powers 
of this Faculty, excepting the limitation implied in the superior jurisdiction of the University 
Senate and the University Council. Accordingly the Faculty of Arts, etc., assumed the func- 
tions, legislative and administrative, usually exercised by college Faculties, and continued to 
hold regular meetings until December, 1896. 

It should be added that, fi'om the outset, the President of the University has had the 
power to disallow the actions of any Faculty or Board; as the University Senate and Council in 
turn have had the power to disallow the actions of any University authority within their re- 
spective jurisdictions. 

In the work of the General Faculty it soon appeared that such administrative questions as 
came before it, either from the Deans or otherwise, could not with advantage be considered, in 
the first instance, by so large a body. In order to remedy this difficulty various plans were 
suggested. At the meeting of January 19, 1893, it was moved that there be constituted a 
standing committee on the Academic Colleges. It was also moved that there be organized two 
Faculties, one for the Graduate Schools and the University Colleges, a second for the Academic 

3 



The Peesident's Report 



Colleges; and further that the General Faculty be divided into two such Faculties. All these 
motions were laid on the table. At a meeting held February 9 the subject was resumed, and it 
was recommended to the Board of Trustees that four administrative Boards be constituted — 
for the Graduate School of Arts and Literature, for the Ogden (Graduate) School of Science, for 
the University Colleges, and for the Academic Colleges, respectively. Favorable action was 
taken by the Board of Trustees on February 14, and on March 2 the President announced the 
membership in the new Boards. 

Each of these Boards was to contain either twelve members, nominated by the President 
and appointed for one year by the Board of Trustees, or all members of the Faculty, appointed 
for a longer time than one year, who offered instruction in the School or College concerned. 
The former plan was followed with reference to the Boards of the Ogden School and the Uni- 
versity Colleges, the latter with reference to the Boards of the Graduate School of Arts and 
Literatm-e and of the Academic Colleges. 

To these Faculty administrative Boards were delegated all powers of the Faculty relating 
to the enforcement of regulations and to the conduct of discipline, except the infliction of the 
penalties of dismission or expulsion. The Boards had no powers of legislation. 

By request of the Ogden Board, the Trustees, May 2, 1893, changed its organization to the 
second plan. 

At the same time that the four administrative Boards under the Arts Faculties were con- 
stituted, there were also organized University administrative Boards for the business of (1) 
Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums; (2) Physical Culture and Athletics; (3) the Press; (4) 
the Affiliations. Each Board consisted of the President (chairman), the administrative officers 
of the respective divisions {ex officio), and five members nominated by the President from the 
University Faculties and elected by the Board of Trustees. These Boards hold the same rela- 
tion to the University Senate and Council as that of the various Faculties. 

The work of the four Faculty Boards was carried on from their organization in March, 
1893, until their dissolution in December, 1895. The President and Deans conducted the 
ordinary business of administration, under the regulations of Trustees and Faculty, referring to 
the respective administrative Boards such matters as seemed of sufficient importance, especially 
such as involved the interpretation of legislation. 

It soon appeared in the routine of the Boards that, coming closely in contact with the 
working of regulations as applied to students, they were often able to make important sugges- 
tions to the Faculty — suggestions which in many cases led to modifications in the existing 
regulations, or to the adoption of new regulations. It also appeared that in the meetings of the 
General Faculty the younger members were not apt to feel entirely free in the expression of 
their views, and policies relating to the work of one School or College might often be carried by 
the votes of those not directly concerned. For these reasons the General Faculty in November, 
1895, after full discussion, voted to recommend to the Board of Trustees a plan for the forma- 
tion of four distinct Faculties in place of the existing four Faculty administrative Boards. This 
plan was adopted by the Board of Trustees December 10, 1895, and the administrative Boards 
were disbanded. The composition of the new Faculties was as follows: 

The Academic College Faculty consisted of aU instructors whose work was largely or 
exclusively in the Academic Colleges, and of at least one instructor from each Department 
giving courses in the Academic Colleges. 

The University College Faculty consisted of a representative of each of the Departments 
which furnished instruction to students in the University Colleges, nominated by the President 
in consultation with the Heads of Departments. 

Each Graduate School Faculty — Arts and Literature, and Ogden — consisted of all 



Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science 



instructors appointed for more than one year to give instruction in the Departments under the 
charge of that Faculty. As a matter of fact, the Faculties of the Graduate Schools usually met 
together. 

The new Faculties met for the first time in January, 1896. The names of the two Colleges 
were changed, by act of the Board of Trustees, April 1, 1896, from "University" and "Academic" 
to " Senior" and "Junior," respectively. 

Meanwhile the plan of distributing Deans was altered. In lieu of a Dean for each of the 
three Colleges (Arts, Literature, Science), one Dean was assigned to the University (= Senior) 
Colleges, and another to the Academic (= Junior) Colleges. This was because the problems in 
these two groups respectively were beheved to have so many things in common that they could 
with advantage have common administration. 

In 1894 the Head Deanship of the Colleges was abolished, and a Deanship of the Faculty 
(later " Faculties ") of Arts, Literature, and Science was established, the Dean to have general 
charge of the administration of the Schools and Colleges under those Faculties. 

Another University administrative Board, that of Student Organizations, Publications, and 
Exhibitions, was constituted March 10, 1896. The name sufficiently indicates its fimctions. 

At an adjourned meeting of the University Congregation held November 2, 1900, it was 
voted that the following proposition be the subject for discussion at the next meeting : " That 
it would be to the best interests of the University to substitute for the present system of Boards 
and Faculties one Faculty with special committees." Mr. Abbott and Mr. Hendrickson were 
appointed a committee to prepare briefs. 

At the meeting of March 1, 1901 (thirty-two members present), this proposition was dis- 
cussed, and the following resolution was adopted : " That it is the sense of the Congregation 
that it is desirable to establish a General Faculty of Arts, Literature, and Science, which shall 
have supreme authority as to all matters within its sphere." 

At the meeting of March 20, 1901, it was voted that a committee of five be appointed by 
the chair to present a scheme whereby the foregoing action might be carried out, and that a 
special meeting be held in the Spring Quarter to discuss the question. 

At the meeting of May 24, 1901, in view of the fact that the committee was not ready to 
report, the special meeting was postponed until fui-ther notice. 

At the meeting of December 18, 1901, the chairman of this committee asked that the 
special meeting of the Congregation be held in the fourth week in January, which was accord- 
ingly ordered. 

The special meeting convened January 31, 1902, 122 members being in attendance. The 
committee report, signed by three members, recommended among other things a Faculty of Arts, 
Literature, and Science, which should be formed by merging the existing Graduate Faculties 
and the Senior and Junior College Faculties, the new Faculty to have final power, subject only 
to the veto of the President, and to like veto of the Senate on matters which might affect some 
other Faculty, and as to which agreement with that Faculty should not be reached. The Univer- 
sity Council was to be discontinued and the various University Boards made directly dependent on 
the Senate. The legislative power of the Senate on matters affecting mainly a single branch of 
the University was to be discontinued. The Congregation was to have only an annual meeting. 
A minority report signed by two members recommended as a substitute a plan which 
involved retaining the Faculty of the Junior Colleges, merging the Senior College Faculty and 
the two Graduate Faculties into one, retaining Senate, Council, University Boards, and Congre- 
gation essentially unchanged, and making definite the legislative competence of the Senate. 

The minority report was adopted by the Congregation, and statutes enacted by the Board 
of Trustees provided for the new arrangements. 



The President's Rbpoet 



In accordance with these changes, the new united Faculties came into existence with the 
Spring Quarter of 1902. A Board, subordinate to this Faculty, was established to administer 
Senior College affairs, and Group Committees were formed for the consideration of matters 
relating only to the groups in question. Departments are arranged in Groups as follows : I, 
the Group of Philosophy and Education ; II, the Group of History and the Social Sciences — 
Political Economy, Political Science, History, and Sociology; III, the Classical Group — 
Classical Archaeology, Sanskrit and Comparative Philology, Greek and Latin ; IV, the Modern 
Language Group — Komance, Germanic, English, Literature (in English); V, the Mathe- 
matical Science Group — Mathematics, Astronomy, Physics, Chemistry; VI, the Geological 
Group — Geology and Geography ; VII, the Biological Group — Zoology, Anatomy, Physiology, 
Neurology, Palaeontology, Botany, Pathology. 

In the Junior College Faculty curriculum committees are formed corresponding to the 
above Groups, and to any professional or technical schools requiring preparation in the Junior 
Colleges. 

II. DEPARTMENTS OF INSTRUCTION 

The following are the separate Departments now united under the Faculties of Arts, Litera- 
ture, and Science: Philosophy, Political Economy, Political Science, History, Archaeology, 
Sociology and Anthropology, Comparative Religion, the Semitic Languages and Literatures, 
Biblical and Patristic Greek, Sanskrit and Indo-European Philology, the Greek Language and 
Literature, the Latin Language and Literatm-e, the Romance Languaiges and Literatures, the 
Germanic Languages and Literatures, English, Literature ( in English ), Mathematics, 
Astronomy and Astrophysics, Physics, Chemistry, Geology, Geography, Zoology, Anatomy, 
Physiology, Neurology, Palaeontology, Pathology and Bacteriology, Public Speaking, Physical 
Culture and Athletics, Military Science and Tactics. 

At the opening of the University, in 1892, the Department of Apologetics and Christian 
Ethics was also organized, under the direction of Professor E. G. Robinson, formerly President 
of Brown University. On the death of Dr. Robinson, in June, 1894, the Department was 
discontinued. 

The Department of Pedagogy was organized in 1895, under the same head as the Depart- 
ment of Philosophy (Professor John Dewey). The name was changed in 1900 to the Depart- 
ment of Education, and in 1901 the Department was merged in that of Philosophy. 

The Department of Archaeology was established in April, 1894, in charge of Professor 
F. B. Tarbell. 

The Department of Biblical Literature was organized at the opening of the University, 
courses of instruction being provided mainly by representatives of other Departments. In 
December, 1897, the Department of Literature (in English) was established, in charge of Pro- 
fessor R. G. Moulton, and in this the Department of Biblical Literature in English was merged. 

The biological work of the University was at the outset organized under a single Depart- 
ment, imder Professor C. O. Whitman as Head. In February, 1893, the Department of Biology 
was divided into five biological Departments: Zoology, Botany, Anatomy, Physiology, Neu- 
rology. In 1901, when the medical work was organized, the Department of Pathology and 
Bacteriology was organized, and at the same time work in Embryology was added to the 
Department of Zoology. 

Military drill was authorized in October, 1897, Lieutenant J. M. Palmer, U. S. A., being 
assigned by the United States War Department as instructor. In March, 1900, the Department 
of Military Science and Tactics was created. As Lieutenant Palmer was ordered into active 
service on the opening of the war with Spain, in 1898, the Department was left in charge of the 



Faculties of Aets, Literature, and Science 



cadet captain until 1901, when the War Department assigned to the University Lieutenant- 
Colonel Henry K. Brinkerhoflf, U. S. A. (retu-ed). The war with Spain broke out so soon after 
the beginning of military drill in the University that but little training had at that time been 
given, and hence not many were prepared for active service. The following members of the 
University entered the army or navy : 

Associate Professor Samuel Wesley Stratton: commissioned Lieutenant U. S. N., May 24, 
1898; attached to U. S. Naval Station of Key West, Fla., May 29; ordered to U. S. S. "Lan- 
caster," June 7; ordered to U. S. S. "Texas," July 28; ordered to U. S. K. S. "Vermont," New 
York Navy Yard, for temporary duty, November 9; ordered to Chicago in charge of a draft of 
men, November 11; honorably discharged, November 23, 1898. 

Atwood, Harry F., Ph.B. '98: First Illinois Cavalry. 

Chace, Henry T., Jr., S.B. '96: First Illinois Cavalry, Troop C. 

Clark, Lucius S., Junior College student. 

De Sombre, William E., Junior College student: Second Wisconsin Infantry, Company E; 
served in Porto Eico. 

Flanders, Knight F., A.B. '98: First Illinois Infantry; served in the Santiago campaign. 

Lansingh, Van Rensselaer, S.B. '96: Third U. S. Volunteer Engineers, Company E. 

LefEngwell, Ernest D., Graduate student: U. S. Battleship "Oregon;" served in the battle 
off Santiago. 

LeMaitre, Paid G., Junior College student: First Illinois Infantry, Company L; served 
in the Santiago campaign; died of yellow fever in the army hospital at Siboney, Cuba, July 
31, 1898. 

Loeb, Jacob A., Senior College student: served on Battleship "Indiana." 

Lloyd, Henry, Graduate student : First Illinois Infantry, Company L ; served in the Santiago 
campaign. 

Lozier, Horace G., A.B. '94, Graduate student: First Illinois Infantry, Company L; after- 
ward assigned to First Provisional Engineers, Company A. 

Martin, E. Whitney, Senior College Student: Fifty-first Iowa Infantry; served in the Phil- 
ippines. 

Morgan, Thomas S., Senior College student: Engineer in U. S. Volunteer naval service; 
served on the U. S. Collier " Cassius." 

Northrup, Alfred S., A.B. '94: Sixth U. S. Cavalry, Troop H. 

Page, Cecil, S.B. '98: U. S. Battleship "Oregon;" served in the battle ofP Santiago. 

Pershing, Ward B., S.B. '98: Lieutenant Sixth U. S. Artillery. 

Shaklee, Alfred O., Senior College student: Eighth Illinois Infantry, Company B. 

Sharpe, Walter S., Unclassified student: First Illinois Cavalry. 

Smith, Webster T., Junior College student: U. S. Battleship " Oregon;" served in the bat- 
tle off Santiago. 

Starkweather, Earnest E., Divinity student: Third Mississippi Infantry, Company C; 
transferred to U. S. Hospital Corps; served in Hospitals at Lexington, Knoxville, Atlanta, 
Savannah. 

Stevenson, George E. T., D.B. '99: First Illinois Infantry, Company H. 

Tolman, Cyrus F., Jr., S.B. '96, Graduate student: First Illinois Infantry, Company L. 

Clark, Faith B., Ph.B. '96, Ph.M. '97: served as niurse (though not under govermnent 
appointment) in Camp Thomas at Fortress Monroe. 

Alumni of the Old University or of the Theological Seminary at Morgan Park who were in 
the service were: 

Tolman, Edgar B., A.B. '80: Major First Illinois Infantry; served in the Santiago campaign. 



8 The Peesident's Kepoet 

Odell Delevan D., D.B. '85: commissioned August 1, 1898, as Chaplain, Third Illinois 
Infantry, and served in Porto Rican campaign; mustered out January 1, 1899. 

In addition to the above, the following named members of the University have been com- 
missioned in the regular army of the United States : 

W. B. Pershing: First Lieutenant, Fourth Cavalry; commissioned in U. S. Army, July 9, 1898. 

W. E DeSombre: Second Lieutenant, Artillery Corps, appointed July 1, 1901. 

P. G. Wrightson: Second Lieutenant Twentieth Infantry; appointed October 28, 1902. 

Both of the last named were cadet captains in the Department. 

By the statutes of the University the officers of instruction of each Department are organ- 
ized under an executive Head, appointed by the Board of Trustees, who administers the Depart- 
ment, with the aid of its other members. The Head of the Department is responsible for the 
proper organization of instruction and of research, and for the supervision of departmental 
publications, and consults with the Dean and with the President with reference to the depart- 
ment budget and to appointments. The permanent head of a Department was originally termed 
" Head Prof essor " — a title which was discontinued in 1897. The permanent organization of 
Departments in this way has been as follows: Philosophy, John Dewey, 1893-; Political Econ- 
omy, James Laurence Laughlin, 1892 -; Political Science, Harry Pratt Judson, 1894- ; History, 
Hermann Eduard von Hoist, 1892-1900, John Franklin Jameson, 1901-; Sociology, Albion Wood- 
bury Small, 1892-; Semitic Languages and Literatixres, William Rainey Harper, 1892-; Biblical 
and Patristic Greek, Ernest Dewitt Burton, 1892-; Greek Language and Literature, Paul Shorey, 
1895-; Latin Language and Literature, William Gardner Hale, 1892-; Romance Languages and 
Literatures, WUliam Ireland Knapp, 1892-93; English Language and Literature, John Matthews 
Manly, 1897-; Mathematics, Eliakim Hastings Moore, 1895-; Physics, Albert Abraham 
Michelson, 1892-; Chemistry, John Ulric Nef, 1895-; Geology, Thomas Chrowder Chamberlin, 
1892-; Biology, Charles Otis Whitman, 1892-93; Zoology, Charles Otis Whitman, 1893- ; 
Anatomy, Lewellys Franklin Barker, 1899-; Physiology, Jacques Loeb, 1900-1903 ; Neurology, 
Henry Herbert Donaldson, 1895-; Palaeontology, Samuel Wendell Williston, 1902-; Botany, 
John Merle Coulter, 1893- ; Pathology and Bacteriology, Ludvig Hektoen, 1901. 

III. THE UNIT OF WORK AND THE UNIT OF TIME 

In the original plan of the University, as outlined in Bulletin of Information No. 1, it 
was contemplated that the calendar year should be divided into four Quarters of thirteen weeks 
each; that in each Quarter the last week should be a recess; and that the remaining twelve 
weeks should be divided into two Terms of six weeks each. Thus the unit of time wotdd be 
the Term. 

It was then planned that the unit of work shordd be the Major, which was intended to be 
a course given twice a day for a Term. A Minor was to be given once a day for a Term. Each 
exercise was to occupy one hour. An examination was to be given at the end of each Term. 

It was arranged that courses might be offered also as double Majors and Minors, such 
courses to be carried continuously throughout the Quarter. 

The practical working of the University soon showed that the Term was too short for a 
satisfactory time unit, except in the Siunmer Quarter. The majority of courses accordingly 
soon became double Minors, a smaller number becoming double Majors. 

When it had become quite clear that the actual unit of work was a course of one hour a 
day for an entire Quarter, it seemed simpler to recognize the fact by a change of nomenclature; 
and in the year 1895-96 such course was officially recognized as the unit, vsdth the name of 
Major. The Minor remained unchanged in definition, double Minors and double Majors being 
courses having two exercises a day for a Term or a Quarter, respectively. 



Faculties ov Arts, Literature, and Science 9 

IV. THE PLAN OF CONCENTRATION 

One of the fundamental plans of the University at the outset was that the student should 
give his attention at any one time to comparatively few subjects. The first plan was that 
normal work of a student should consist of one Major and one Minor, or of three Minors, each 
Term. This would result in concentration on not more than two or three subjects of study at 
any one time. With the change referred to above, the norm of work became three Majors (in 
the present acceptation of the term) for one Quarter. That implies concentration on three sub- 
jects in equal proportions, taking from four to five exercises a week. This is irrespective of such 
special requirements in the Colleges as Public Speaking and Physical Culture. 

The present system is preferable to that of scattering work over more subjects, taking each 
from one to three hours a week. In the transfer from one line of thought to another, after a cer- 
tain point is reached there is a distinct loss of mental effort. This is avoided by minimizing the 
number of subjects to be put before the mind at any given time, preserving merely sufficient 
variety to avoid the weariness resulting from monotony. To a large extent that end seems to 
have been accomplished under our present system. 

V. THE SYSTEM OF FOUR QUARTERS 

Another of the original plans of the University is that of four Quarters in the year, with 
work so arranged that a student may begin at the opening of any one of them, and be given his 
degree at any one of four occasions yearly. This has proved an entire success, fully realizing 
all that was expected from it. It is a great convenience for students to be able to begin work at 
different periods in the year, and to arrange vacations according to special needs. It is not at 
all difficult for the University to distribute instruction in such a way that almost any student 
will find his needs supplied in any Quarter. When the work required is finished, it is not easy 
to see why it is necessary to delay the granting of the degree. 

The four Convocations allow a formal bestowal of such University honors, and at the same 
time prevent undue delay. 

For the Faculty the system of four Quarters is perhaps even more valuable than for 
students. Besides the flexibility as to vacations which the system permits, it is especially 
desirable that the younger men should be able from time to time to do some additional work, 
thus earning longer vacations to be spent in travel and study. Many of the Faculty have availed 
themselves of this opportunity, and the effect in the scholarly spirit which so largely prevails is 
very noticeable. The obvious benefits of the system have commended it to the attention of 
other institutions, and it has been adopted in one state university, in a prominent eastern 
university and in some of the normal schools of another state. 

VI. THE SUMMER QUARTER 

An essential feature of the four-Quarter system is the regular University work of the Sum- 
mer. The possibility of carrying on instruction during that season, at least under the climatic 
conditions of Chicago, has been made entirely evident. The old superstition that a teacher in 
normal health needs a full fourth of the year for physical recuperation has been removed. A 
reasonable time for rest and change is xmdoubtedly a benefit to everybody, but three months 
are a disproportionate time to give from the year for that purpose. Teachers, accordingly, have 
been able to give the time of one Term of the Summer Quarter to study at the University, and 
yet secure sufficient rest. Many hundreds have come from all parts of the country to obtain 
the benefits of such study in July and August. It is especially noticeable that the southern 
states have been largely represented. In this way teachers, whether in secondary schools or in 



10 The President's Kepoet 

colleges, are able to keep up with the advance of their specialties, and thus to reinforce their 
work with much added material and from a progressively higher point of view. 

The students who are in the University in other Quarters are increasingly availing them- 
selves of the opportunity of summer study. The first Term particularly appeals to them, 
providing a means of bringing up arrears of work, removing conditions, or making definite 
advancement toward the degree. 

In 1893 the Summer Quarter, following the system of the year, began on the 1st of July 
and continued for twelve weeks. This was the plan followed until 1901. In that year the Sum- 
mer Quarter was begun on the nineteenth day of June, the day following the Convocation. 
Thus the recess between the Spring and Summer Quarters was omitted, and the Summer 
Quarter was ended on the 31st of August. By this means teachers who wished to continue 
thi-oughout the quarter were usually able to do so, and yet be in time for the opening of school 
in September. The entire month of September thus became a recess for all branches of the 
University. 

It must be noticed in this connection that in some cases there is a conflict between the 
present date of opening the Summer Quarter and the closing of schools in Chicago and of some 
other cities. Provision is made for remedying this difficulty by furnishing a greater amoimt of 
separate work in the Second Term. Teachers who wish to attend a single Term may therefore 
take their rest in the first Term and do their University work in the second. 

The total attendance for the first Summer Quarter (1894) was 537; for the Summer of 1901 
it was 1,528. 

The work of the Summer is the same in character and quality as that given dinring other 
quarters of the year. The only difference lies in the presence on the Faculty of members of 
the faculties of other universities, who of course are able to give instruction here at that time 
more readily than at other times; and in the fact that larger provision is made for general 
lectures. The Summer Quarter, however, is by no means a summer school. 

Among representatives of other institutions who have given instruction during the Summer 
Quarters may be mentioned the following: 

In 1894, Sylvester Burnham, Colgate University; Lucius A. Sherman, University of 
Nebraska. 

In 1895, Alexander Balmain Bruce, Free Church College, Glasgow; Caspar Ken6 Gregory, 
University of Leipzig; Charles Davidson, Western Reserve University. 

In 1896, George T. Ladd, Yale University; Elisha B. Andrews, Brown University; George 
Adam Smith, Free Church College, Glasgow; Bernard Moses, University of California; W. B. 
Chamberlin, Chicago Theological Seminary; Gustaf E. Karsten, University of Indiana; William 

D. Hyde, Bowdoin College; J. A. Beet, Wesleyan Theological Seminary, Richmond, England; 

E. Flilgel, Leland Stanford University; Eush Ehees, Newton Theological Institution; Edward 
A. Eoss, Leland Stanford University; Emory B. Lease, University of Michigan; Earl Barnes, 
Leland Stanford University. 

In 1897, Charles Eufus Brown, Newton Theological Institution; Lester F. Ward, Smith- 
sonian Institution; Thomas D. Seymour, Yale University; E. B. Poulton, Jesus College, Oxford; 
H. Morse Stephens, Cornell University; George Hempl, University of Michigan; Frederick 
Bancroft, Department of State; John C. Metcalf, Georgetown College; Francis A. Wood, Cornell 
College; Edgar A. Lovett, Princeton University; Hutchins Hapgood, Harvard University; 
Francis Newton Thorpe, University of Pennsylvania. 

In 1898, Noah K. Davis, University of Virginia; Gaston Bonet-Maury, University of Paris; 
Frederick J. Turner, University of Wisconsin; Arthur T. Walker, University of Kansas; Thomas 
W. Page, Eandolph-Macon College; George A. Miller, Cornell University. 



Faculties op Arts, Litekature, and Science 



11 



In 1899, Karl Frederick Eichard Hockdorfer, Wittenberg College; George E. Dawson, 
Bible Normal College; Arthur S. Hathaway, Rose Polytechnic Institute; John Bell Henneman, 
University of Tennessee; Gordon Ferrie Hull, Colby College; Ernst B. Skinner, University of 
Wisconsin; Henry T. DeWolfe, Newton Theological Institution; Jane Addams, Hull House, 
Chicago. 

In 1900, James Stevenson Kiggs, Auburn Theological Seminary; Maurice Bloomfield, 
Johns Hopkins University; Frederick M. Warren, Western Reserve University; Arthur C. 
McGiffert, Union Theological Seminary, New York; Henry L. Schoolcraft, University of Illinois. 

In 1901, Marcus Dods, New College, Edinboro; Jacobus H. Van't Hoff, University of 
Berlin; Edward G. Bourne, Yale University; Alc§e Fortier, Tulane University; Bernhard E. 
Fernow, Cornell University; Fred B. R. Hellems, University of Colorado; Louis Celeste Morrin, 
Armour Institute; William D. Merrell, University of Rochester; J. B. E. Jonas, Purdue University. 

In many cases students who have come to the University for the Summer Quarter only 
have afterward arranged their plans so as to take up further work at other periods of the year, 
and have thus been able to complete the requirements for a degree. In still other cases students 
have been able to complete those requirements by attendance during summers only. 

Attention is asked to the report of the Dean of the Senior Colleges dealing with this 

subject. 

VII. ATTENDANCE OF STUDENTS 

The tables of statistics appended give details as to student attendance. The total number 
of different students on the rolls in the first year of the University (1892-93) was 510. During 
the year 1901-2 the number was 3,171. 

A considerable addition is made to the roll by the Summer Quarter, in which many attend 
who are not present at other Quarters. A mere total, therefore, does not afford an adequate 
basis of comparison with other institutions. For this reason the total attendance is now reported 
on a basis of reduction to three Quarters, the usual period of attendance of any one student. 
For the year 1901-2, in which there were 3,471 students in attendance, the number reduced to 
to the three-Quarter basis was 2,373 (see Table II). 

TABLE I 

Attendance in the Graduate Schools and the Colleqes, foe Each Quaetek and Year of the 

Decennial Period 
(the departments of arts, literature, and science) 







1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-0 


1900-1 


1901-2 


Total Arts, Literature, 


Summer 






537 


783 


892 


1,094 


1,264 


1,410 


1,453 


1,528 


and Science 


Autumn 


412 


589 


786 


917 


927 


986 


1,427 


1,475 


1,760 


1,868 




Winter 


476 


678 


826 


926 


891 


991 


1,387 


1,459 


1,709 


1,790 




Spring 


389 


627 


822 


852 


973 


907 


1,026 


1,081 


1,234 


1,309 




Year 


540 


779 


1,265 


1,610 


1,795 


2,168 


2,750 


2,012 


3,346 


3,471 


Total Graduate Schools 


Summer 






245 


418 


459 


542 


600 


663 


643 


689 




Autumn 


170 


232 


291 


343 


326 


339 


373 


338 


338 


346 




Winter 


179 


286 


308 


347 


285 


329 


358 


359 


343 


331 




Spring 


163 


261 


331 


300 


331 


.304 


326 


319 


331 


336 




Year 


217 


297 


493 


648 


717 


875 


951 


1,008 


999 


1,032 


Total Undergraduates 


Summer 






292 


365 


433 


552 


664 


747 


810 


839 




Autumn 


242 


357 


495 


574 


601 


647 


1,054 


1,089 


1,422 


1,522 




Winter 


297 


392 


518 


579 


606 


662 


1,029 


1,100 


1,366 


1,459 




Spring 


226 


366 


491 


552 


642 


603 


700 


762 


903 


173 




Year 


323 


482 


772 


962 


1,078 


1,293 


1,799 


1,904 


2,347 


2,439 



12 



The President's Keport 



TABLE 1— Continued 







1892-93 


1893-94 


1891-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-0 


1900-1 


1901-2 


Total Seniors 


Summer 






38 


36 


66 


91 


120 


125 


159 


197 




Autumn 


32 


43 


65 


109 


123 


167 


211 


215 


263 


287 




Winter 


41 


46 


80 


135 


159 


199 


228 


240 


277 


296 




Spring 


31 


73 


85 


140 


195 


216 


246 


238 


290 


326 




Year 


41 


84 


110 


187 


240 


308 


356 


366 


465 


512 


Total Juniors 


Summer 






83 


128 


116 


117 


153 


157 


155 


186 




Autumn 


137 


226 


318 


331 


314 


327 


415 


488 


603 


616 




Winter 


164 


250 


309 


310 


308 


305 


403 


457 


539 


547 




Spring 


139 


214 


285 


278 


338 


256 


326 


412 


499 


520 




Year 


180 


274 


366 


427 


438 


446 


545 


636 


733 


772 


Total Unclassified 


SiimnipT 






171 


201 


251 


344 


391 


465 


496 


456 




Autumn 


73 


88 


112 


134 


164 


153 


157 


167 


140 


144 




Winter 


92 


96 


129 


134 


139 


158 


137 


150 


134 


135 




Spring 


56 


79 


121 


134 


109 


131 


128 


112 


114 


127 




Year 


102 


124 


296 


347 


400 


539 


592 


648 


674 


640 


Total University Col- 


Summer 






















lege 


Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 














27i 
261 


2i9 
253 


4i6 
416 


475 
481 




Year 














306 


254 


475 


5i5 



TABLE 11 

Attendance on the Basis or Theee Quaetees 

(the DEPAETMILNTS OF AETS, LITEEATUEE, AND SCIENCE) 

Number of Students according to Quarters in Residence 
1898-99 



Schools 



One- 


Two- 


Three- 


Four- 


Quarter 


Quarter 


Quarter 


Quarter 


571 


106 


198 


70 


114 


75 


126 


42 


122 


120 


267 


36 


90 


215 






437 


77 


65 


is 


1,334 


593 


656 


161 


444% 


3951^ 


656 


214% 



Three- 

Quarter 

Basis 



The Graduate Schools 

The Senior Colleges 

The Junior Colleges 

The College for Teachers. . . 
The Unclassified Students. 

Total 

Three-Quarter basis . . . 



552J^ 
270 

435% 
1731^ 



1,710% 



1901-2 



The Graduate Schools 

The Senior Colleges 

The Junior Colleges 

Unclassified Students 

University Collesre 


647 
188 
184 
508 
70 
40 


91 
107 
129 

56 
439 

13 


195 

173 

410 

70 

i88 


72 

44 

49 

6 

'5 


567% 
365% 
622% 
284% 
316 




216% 






Total 


1,637 

545% 


835 
556% 


1,036 
1,036 


176 
234% 




Three-Quarter basis . . . 


2,373 



Faculties op Arts, Literature, and Science 13 

It should be noted that University Extension students are not included in the records of 
the Faculties of Arts, Literatm'e, and Science. 

The attendance during the Autumn and Winter Quarters will be seen to be about the 
same. There was a slight excess in the Winter Quarter for the first four years, and for the year 
1897-98. In the remaining years the excess has been in the Autumn, although the Winter has 
not differed widely. The Spring Quarter has uniformly shown a smaller attendance than any 
other. This is in part due to the fact that usually more are graduated at the close of the 
Autumn and Winter Quarters than are apt to enter at the opening of the Quarter next following; 
partly to the fact that some are regularly in residence for two successive Quarters only, spending 
the remaining half-year in remunerative employment, or in travel; partly to the fact that some 
prefer the Smnmer to the Spring for study. The Quarter system allows much flexibility in 
such arrangments. 

VIII. SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES 

The Graduate Schools are more or less interwoven with the Senior Colleges, so far as much 
of the work of the various Departments is concerned, and in like manner, although not to the 
same extent, the Senior Colleges with the Junior Colleges. Many Graduate courses are electives 
for Seniors who have had the proper preliminary work, and many graduates find it desirable to 
take courses normally listed for Seniors. The same considerations apply to some degree as 
between Senior and Junior courses — although this is modified by the number of courses which 
are required of Juniors. Undergraduates are under some restrictions — such as attendance at 
the Chapel Assembly of the College and attendance at Division Lectures, each coming once a 
week, the number of coiu'ses permitted, and a few others — which do not apply to graduates. 
Undergraduates are not permitted to attend Seminars, and certain other courses are limited to 
graduates. In general constituency and tone, however, the Schools and the Colleges are qmte 
clearly differentiated. 

IX. THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS 
I. ADMISSION 

The regulations of the University permit graduates of colleges which maintain a standard 
sufficiently high to be admitted to the Graduate Schools. 

In the administration of this regulation it has been the practice to grant admission to 
students- whose colleges do not fall more than about a year short of the requirements of the 
Colleges of the University. In many cases such students do not became candidates for any 
degree. In other cases they are encouraged to take the Bachelor's degree. If the deficiency in 
college work is considerable, such students are transferred to the Senior Colleges ; but if the 
deficiency is less than a year, the student remains in the Graduate School and is recommended 
for a Bachelor's degree. In other cases students in the School whose college work is somewhat 
deficient are permitted to become candidates for the Master's or Doctor's degree. These can- 
didates are required to do enough work to make up the deficiency in addition to the work 
required for the degree. 

The list of institutions in Table III, therefore, must be understood as including all whose 
students have at any time been admitted to the Graduate Schools, whether provisionally or per- 
manently; but it does not at all follow that the graduates of all these institutions have been 
found fitted at once to take up graduate work which leads directly to a higher degree. 



14 



The President's Report 



TABLE ni 

Institutions Feom Which Students Have Entered the Geaduate Schools 



Institutions 



Acadia C. (N. S. Can.) 

Add-Ran U. (Tex.1 

Adelphi C. (N. Y.) 

Adrian C. (Mich.) 

Alabama Poly. Inst 

Albion C. (Mich.) 

Alfred U. (N. Y.) 

Allegheny C. (Pa.) 

Alma C. (Mich.) 

Alma C. (Can.) 

Amherst C. (Mass.) 

Amity C. (la.) 

Andrew C (Ga.) 

Andrew Female C 

Antioch C. (O.) 

Arkansas C 

Arkansas Cumberland C. . . 
Arkansas Industrial C. . . . . 

Armour Institute 

Atlanta C. (Ga.) 

Augustana C. (111.) 

Austin C. (Tex.) 

Austrian Mil. Realschule . . 

Avalon C. (Mo.) 

Baker U. (Kan.) 

Baldwin U. (O.) 

Bates C. (Me.) 

Battle Creek C. (Mich.) . . . . 

Baylor U. (Tex.) 

Beaumont C. (Ky.) 

Bellevue C. (Neb.) 

Belmont C 

BeloitC. (Wis.) 

Bethany C. (Kan.) 

Berea C. (Ky.) 

Bethel C. (Ky.) 

Blackburn U. (111.) 

Black Hills C. (S. D.) 

Blue Mountains Female C. . 

Boston U 

Bowdoin C. (Me.) 

Brigham Young C. (Utah) . . 

Brown U. (R. I.) 

Bruxer Communalobergym, 

Bryn Mawr C. (Pa.) 

Buchtel C. (O.) 

BucknellU. (Pa.) 

Burritt C. (Tenn.) 

Butler C. (U. of Ind.) 

Cambridge U. (Eng.) 

Campbell U. (Kan.) 

Carleton C. (Minn.) 

Carrier Sem 

Carson-Newman C (Tenn.) 
Carthage C. (111.) 



Aets and Liteeatuee 



Men 



6 
3 
1 
3 

2 
13 
2 
5 
1 
1 

10 
1 



13 
1 
3 
6 
1 
1 

'2 
4 
1 

20 
1 

'2 
6 
1 

7 

i 
5 
1 
1 



Women 



6 
2 
3 

io 
1 



Total 



3 
1 
4 
2 

18 
2 

12 
2 
1 

10 
2 
1 
1 
3 
1 
1 
2 

i 
3 

2 

i 

8 
5 
4 

i2 
1 
4 
2 

15 
3 
3 
6 
2 
2 
1 
9 
4 
1 

21 
1 
6 
4 
9 
1 

17 
1 
1 

12 
1 
2 
1 



Science 



Men 



16 



Women Total 



16 



Totals 



Men Women 



3 
1 

4 
5 

19 
4 
8 
3 
1 

14 
2 



4 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
5 
2 
1 
1 
10 
5 
4 



29 
1 
3 
7 
2 
1 

'5 
6 
3 

24 
1 

'4 
7 
1 

11 

'2 
7 
1 
1 
1 



10 
2 
3 

io 
2 

io 

'i 
1 



Total 



8 
3 
3 
6 
5 

24 
4 

15 
4 
1 

14 
3 
1 
1 
5 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
5 
2 
1 
1 

12 
9 
6 
1 

14 
1 
4 
2 

31 
3 
3 
7 
3 
2 
1 

12 
6 
3 

25 
1 

10 
6 

10 
1 

21 
2 
2 

17 
1 
2 
2 



Faculties op Arts, Literature, and Science 



15 



TABLE III — Continued 



Institutions 



Akts and Liteeatdee 



Men Women Total 



Science 



Men Women 



Total 



TOTAIiS 



Men 



Women 



Total 



Case S. of Appl. Science (O.) 

Cedarville C. (O.) 

Central C. (Ind. Terr.) 

Centenary C. (La.) 

Central C. (Mo.) 

Central C. (Tenn.) 

Central C. (Turkey) 

Central U. (Ky.) 

Central U. (la.) 

Central Wesleyan C 

Central Wesleyan C. (Mo.) . 

Centre C. (Ky.) 

Chadduck C. (111.) 

Christian C. (Mo.) 

Charleston C. (S. C.) 

Christian Bros. C. (Mo.) 

Claflin U. (S. C.) 

Clemson C 

Coates C. (Ind.) 

Coe C. (la.) 

Colby C. (Me.) 

Colgate U. (N. Y.) 

Colorado Agricultural C . . . 

Colorado C 

Columbia U. (N. Y.) 

Columbia School of Mines . 

Columbian U. (Wash.) 

Columbus Female C 

Concordia C. (Ind.) 

Converse C. (S. C.) 

Copenhagen U 

Cornell C. (la.) 

Cornell U. (N. Y.) 

Cotner U. (Neb.) 

Cumberland U. (Tenn.) 

Dalhousie U. (N. 8.) 

Dartmouth C. (N. H.) 

Daughters C. (Ky.) 

Davidson C. (N. C.) 

Denison U. (O.) 

De Pauw U. (Ind.) 

Des Moines C. (la.) 

Detroit C. (Mich.) 

Dickinson C. (Pa.) 

Doane C. (Neb.) 

Doshisha U. (Japan) 

Drake U. (la.) 

Drury C. (Mo.) 

Earlham C. (Ind.) 

Elmira C. (N. Y.) 

Eminence C 

Emory C. (Ga.) 

Emory & Henry C. (Va.) . . . 

Emporia C. (Kan.) 

Erskine C. (S. C.) 

Eureka C. (111.) 

Evelyn C. (N. J.) 



1 

5 

16 



10 

i 
i 

's 

17 

5 
1 
9 

3 
17 
29 

5 

6 
2 
1 
6 
1 
2 

i 

17 
1 
2 



18 

18 

1 

1 



4 

20 

3 



6 
7 

16 
1 
1 

10 

"i 
1 
1 
1 

26 
35 
1 
6 
1 
9 

3 

21 
49 



5 
1 

12 
2 
4 
5 
1 

17 
1 
6 
1 
5 



1 

8 
14 

2 

5 

i 

8 
13 

i 
1 



4 
11 



1 

12 
25 



5 
1 
1 
8 
13 

i 
1 



1 
1 
1 
1 

12 
1 
1 
1 

5 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 

3 

8 

22 

2 

12 
1 
2 



1 

16 
31 

'7 

1 

14 

'4 
25 
42 
5 
1 
7 
2 
1 
7 
3 
9 

"i 

23 
2 
2 
1 

4 



22 

29 

1 

1 



4 

20 

3 



1 
1 
1 
1 

14 
1 
1 
1 
3 
6 
3 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
8 

11 

22 
3 
1 

12 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 

38 

60 
1 
8 
1 

14 
1 
4 

29 

62 
8 
1 
7 
5 
1 

13 
5 

13 
5 
1 

23 
2 
6 
2 
5 
1 



16 



The President's Eeport 



TABLE III— Continued 



Institutions 



Akts and Liteeatuee 



Men "Women Total 



Science 



Men Women 



Total 



Men 



Totals 



Women 



Total 



Ewing C. (111.) 

Fairlawn C 

Florida Agricultural C . . . . 

Franklin C. (Ind.) 

Franklin & Marshall C. (Pa. 

Fredericktown U 

Findley C. (O.) 

FiskU. (Tenn.) 

Folk Real Gym. (Berlin) . . 

Furman U. (S. C.) 

Geneva C. (Pa.) 

Georgetown U. (Dist. of C.) 

Georgetown C. (Ky.) 

Gallaudet C. (Dist. of C.). . 
German Wallace C. (O.). . . 

Gottingen U 

Grand Island C. (Neb.) . . . 

Greenville C. (8. 0.) 

Greenville Female C 

Grove City C. (Pa.) 

Gymnasium, Karlsruhe . . . 

Hamilton C.(N.Y.) 

Hamline U. (Minn.) 

Hampden-Sidney C. (Va.) . 

Hanover C. (111.) 

Hardin C. (Ky.) 

Harvard U 

Hastings C. (Neb.) 

Haverford C. (Pa.) 

Healdsburg C. (Pa.) 

Hedding C. (111.) 

Heidelberg U. (O.) 

Heidelberg U. (Germany) . 

Hendricks C. (Ark.) 

Highland U. (Kas.) 

HillsboroC 

Hillsdale C. (Mich.) 

Hiram C.(0.) 

Hiwassee 0. (Tenn.) 

Hobart C. (N. Y.) 

Hope C. (Mich.) 

Howard O. (Ala.) 

Howard Payne C. (Tex.) . . . 

Illinois C 

Illinois Wesleyan U 

Imp. Gym. of Kozan (Rus.) 

Iowa C 

la. St. C. of Agr. and Mech. 

Iowa Wesleyan U 

Irving 0. (Pa.) 

Jewell O. (la.) 

William Jewell C. (Mo.). . . 
John B. Stetson U. (Fla.) . 
Johns Hopkins U. (Md.) . . . 
Kalamazoo, C. (Mich.) . . . . 

Kansas State Agr. C 

Kansas Wesleyan U 



12 
2 



1 

7 
4 
7 
4 

58 
2 
3 

3 
1 
4 



9 
13 

1 
16 



28 
1 
1 
1 



17 
2 



7 
7 
2 
58 
5 
3 

'i 
2 
5 

2 
1 

18 

11 
1 
2 
2 
5 
1 
9 

19 
1 

44 
1 
4 
1 
2 
1 
1 
6 
5 
5 
1 



1 
2 
1 
6 

24 
1 
4 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 



5 
2 
1 

2 

4 
1 
4 
5 

ii 

9 



1 

2 

18 



24 
1 
4 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 



6 
2 
1 
2 

'4 
2 
4 
5 

ii 
4 
1 



1 
3 

18 



1 

15 
6 
1 
4 
1 
1 
2 
4 
1 
7 
1 
2 
4 



10 

82 
3 
7 
1 
5 
3 
6 
1 



14 
10 

2 
4 

2 

9 

1 

13 

18 

1 

30 

2 

3 

'2 
2 
3 

24 
4 
7 
1 



1 
1 
1 

'2 
1 

10 
3 



31 
3 
2 
1 



1 
1 
1 
20 
6 
1 
6 
1 
1 
3 
4 
1 
8 
1 
2 
4 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
9 



15 
2 

82 
6 
7 
1 
6 
4 
7 
1 
2 
1 

24 

13 
2 
4 
2 
9 
3 

13 

24 
1 

61 
5 
5 
1 
2 
2 
4 

24 
5 

12 
1 



Faculties op Akts, Liteeatuee, and Science 



17 



table HI— Continued 



Institution 



Kenyon C. (O.) 

Kentucky State C 

Kentucky Wesleyan U 

Keogijikuc C 

KnoxC. (111.) 

Konigl. Real-Gym. (Berlin) . 

Lake Forest U. (111.) 

Lafayette C. (Ala.) 

Lagrange C. (Mo.) 

Lane U. (Kan.) 

Lawrence U. (Wis.) 

Lebanon Valley C. (Pa.) 

Lehigh U. (Pa.) 

Leland Stanford Jr. U. (Gal.) 
Lexington Female C. (Ky.) . 

Lincoln U. (111.) 

Lombard U. (111.) 

London U. (Eng.) 

Lucy Cobb C 

Luther C. (la.) 

Macalestor C. (Minn.) 

Maine State C ... 

Marietta C. (O.) 

Mary Sharp C. (Tenn.) 

Maryville G. (Tenn.) 

Mass. Institute Technology 

McGill U. (Gan.) 

McKendree G. (111.) 

McMaster U. (Can.) 

McMinneville Bap. G. (Ore.) 

Mercer U. (Ga.) 

Miami U. (O.) 

Michigan State Agr. C . . . 

Middlebury C. (Vt.) 

Milligan 0. (Tenn.) 

Millsaps G. (Miss.) 

Milton G. (Wis.).. 

Mississippi G 

Miss. Agr. and Mech. G . . 
Miss. Industrial Institute 

Missouri G. (Valley) 

Missouri School Mines . . . 

Monmouth G. (111.) 

Moore's Hill C. (Ind.) .... 

Mt. Allison C 

Mt. Holyoke G. (Mass.) . . 

Mt. Union G. (O.) 

Muhlenberg C. (Pa.) 

Muskingum C. (O.) 

Newberry C. (S. C.) 

N. Hamp. Agr. and Mech. G. 
Northwestern Sci. G. (Jap.) 
Northwestern 0. (111.) . . . 
Northwestern U. (111.) . . . 

North Georgia C 

Oakland City G. (Ind.).. 
OberlinG. (O.) 



Akts and Liteeatuee 



Men Women Total 



2 
5 
1 
2 
7 
1 
6 
1 
1 
1 
5 
1 



5 
1 

ii 



2 
4 
2 
13 
3 
4 
1 



2 

33 

5 

ig 



13 
9 



9 
2 

10 



1 

2 

18 

i 

27 



2 

5 

1 

2 
20 

1 
15 

1 

1 

1 

8 

1 

io 
1 

2 
8 
1 
1 
5 
1 

ii 
1 

2 
1 
2 
2 
4 
4 
13 
4 
4 
2 
2 
1 
4 
9 
5 
9 
4 

ii 

5 

1 

8 
2 

'2 



2 

51 

5 

1 

46 



Science 



Men Women Total 



2 
14 

'i 

1 
2 

i 

2 
5 
5 
1 



2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 

24 
1 

ii 



2 

16 

1 
1 
1 
2 

i 
2 
5 
5 
1 



2 
12 

'4 
4 

6 
1 



1 

4 
5 

2 

1 
3 

2 

'9 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 

30 
1 

26 



Totals 



Men 



Women 



Total 



2 
5 
1 
2 

15 
1 

11 
2 
1 
1 
9 
1 
2 

18 

'2 
6 
2 



3 
5 
16 
1 
1 
3 

'3 

10 
2 

17 
6 
7 
2 
2 
1 
2 

10 
9 

'4 
1 

7 



3 
1 

2 
2 
1 
1 

2 

57 

6 

30 



13 

is 



14 

2 

io 
1 

ii 
1 



24 

i 

36 



2 

5 

1 

2 
28 

1 
24 

2 

1 

1 
14 

1 

2 
26 

2 

3 

9 

3 

1 

6 

3 

5 
16 

2 

2 

7 

2 

4 
16 

4 
17 

8 

10 
3 
2 
2 
4 

10 
9 

14 
6 
1 

17 
7 
1 

17 
4 
1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
2 

81 
6 
1 

66 



18 



The President's Rbpobt 



TABLE UI — Continued 



Institutions 



Aets and Liteeatuke 



Men Women Total 



Science 



Men Women 



Total 



Men 



Totals 



Women 



Total 



Ohio Normal U 

Ohio State U 

Ohio Wesleyan U 

Olivet C. (Mich.) 

Omaha U. (Neb.) 

Oskaloosa C. (la.) 

Otterbein U. (O.) 

Ottawa U. (Kans.) 

Ottawa U. (Can.) 

Ouachita C. (Ark.) 

Oxford U. (Eng.) 

Oxford C.(0.) 

Park C. (Mo.) 

Pacific U. (Ore.) 

Parsons C. (la.) 

Peabody Normal 0.(Tenn.). 

PennC. (la.) 

Pa. C. for Women 

Philomath C. (Ore.) 

Pierre G. (N. Dak.) 

Princeton U. (N.J.) 

Purdue U. (Ind.) 

Queen's U. (Ont.) 

Racine C. (Wis.) 

Radeliffe C. (Mass.) 

Randolph-Macon C. (Va.) . . 
Randolph-Macon Worn. C. . 

Richmond C. (O.) 

RiponC. (Wis.) 

Rockford C. (111.) 

Rogerville Synodical C 

Roger Williams U. (Tenn.).. 

Rose Poly. Inst. (Ind.) 

Royal U. of Ireland 

Rutger'sC. (N.J.) 

Saline U 

Savannah U. (Ga.) 

Scarritt Coll. Inst. (Mo.).. . . 

ScioC.(Ohio) 

Shepardson C (O.) 

Shorter C. (Ga.) 

Shurtleff C. (111.) 

Simpson C. (la.) 

Smith C. (Mass.) 

Sophie Newcomb C (La.). . 

Southern U. (Ala.) 

S. Carolina C 

S. Carolina Mil. Acad 

S. Georgia Male & Female C. 
Southwest Baptist U.(Tenn.) 

Southwest Kansas C 

Southwest U 

St. Ignatius C. (Calif.) 

St. John's O. (Md.) 

St. Lawrence U- (N. Y.) . . . . 
St. Mary's C. (Bait., Md.) . . 
St. Mary's C. (Kansas) 



10 
4 
1 



11 
3 
2 
1 



5 
1 

2 

4 

38 

1 



1 
9 
18 
9 
1 
1 
7 
6 
1 
6 
3 
4 
i 
1 
3 
1 
9 
2 

'i 

11 
8 
3 
1 
3 
1 
1 
7 
4 
5 
1 
1 

"i 

3 
1 

'i 

3 

5 
1 
2 
4 
38 
1 
1 

i 

1 

4 
2 
3 
1 
1 
2 



1 
14 
14 

4 



17 

11 

2 



1 
16 
16 

5 

'i 

6 

7 



17 

11 

2 



2 
22 
24 



12 

12 

1 

4 

1 

3 
1 
3 

io 
i 

28 

14 

4 

1 



10 
1 



3 

10 
6 

'2 
1 
1 

"3 
2 
4 
3 
1 
2 
1 
4 
2 



5 
1 
3 
11 
1 



5 
1 
3 
5 

45 
1 



2 
25 
34 
1 
14 
2 
13 
13 
1 
7 
3 
4 
6 
2 
5 
1 
14 
2 
1 
1 
28 
19 
5 
1 
3 
3 
5 
11 
4 
11 
1 
1 
3 
1 
5 
1 
1 
1 
3 
5 
1 
5 
7 
45 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
4 
3 
3 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 



Faculties of Akts, Litekatuee, and Science 



19 



TABLE III — Continued 



Institutions 



St. Mary's Sem 

St. Mary's U. (Bait.) 

St. Olaf s C. (Minn.) 

St. Thomas C 

Stephens C 

Swarthmore C. (Pa.) 

Syracuse U. (N. Y.) 

Tabor C. (Iowa) 

TarkioC. (Mo.) 

Taylor U. (Ind.) 

Thiel C. (Pa.) 

Throop Pol. Inst. (Calif.). . . 

Trinity C 

Trinity C. (Conn.) 

Trinity C. (N. C.) 

Trinity U. (Texas) 

Trinity U. (Toronto) 

Tufts C. (Mass.) 

Tulane U. (La.) 

Tuskaloosa C 

Union C. (Ky.) 

Union U. (N. Y.) 

Union Christian C. (Ind.) . . 

U. of Alabama 

U. of Arkansas 

U. of Berlin 

U. of Berne (Switzerland) . . 
U. of California 

U. of Chicago 

OldU. of Chicago 

U. of Colorado 

U. of Cincinnati (O.) 

U. of North Dakota 

U. of South Dakota 

U. of Denver, Col 

U. of Erlangen (Bavaria). . 

U. of Edinburgh 

U. of France 

U. of Georgia 

U. of Idaho 

U. of Glasgow 

U. of Illinois 

Indiana U 

State U. of Iowa 

U. of Kansas 

U. of Kentucky 

U. of Kiel (Germany) 

U. of Leipzig (Germany) . . 

U. of Louisiana 

U. of Lausanne (Switzerla'd 

U. of Manitoba (Canada) . 

U. of Michigan 

U. of Minnesota 

U. of Mississippi 

U. of Missouri 

U. of Montana 

U. of Munich (Germany) . . 



Aets and Litekatuee 



Men 



6 
7 
1 
2 

'5 

141 

3 

1 

i 

5 
1 

i 

3 

11 

1 

ii 

57 
21 

17 
3 
1 
1 
2 
1 
4 

52 

16 
9 

15 
1 



Women 



Total 



10 

158 

3 



4 
20 
26 
23 



50 

20 

1 

9 

2 



1 
1 

i 
2 

15 

'3 
1 
1 
1 



6 

7 
5 
2 

is 

299 
6 
1 

7 
1 

7 
2 

i 

3 

11 

1 

is 

77 
47 

40 

3 

1 

1 

2 

1 

4 

102 

36 

10 

24 

3 



Science 



Men 



2 

2 
4 
1 
9 
110 



1 

20 
31 

13 

IS 

7 

'3 

4 



41 
10 

7 
7 



Women 



Total 



1 
36 



10 

4 



2 
2 
4 
1 
10 
146 



1 

20 
33 
19 
18 
10 

3 

4 



51 
14 

7 
7 



Totals 



Men 



2 
1 
1 

ii 

5 
1 
4 
1 

i 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
2 

'2 
2 

6 

9 

3 

6 

1 

14 

251 

3 

1 

2 

4 

7 

2 

1 

1 

3 

11 

1 

1 

31 

88 

34 

32 

10 

1 

4 

6 

1 

4 

93 

26 

16 

22 

1 

2 



Women 



11 

194 

3 

"s 

'2 
2 



4 
22 
32 
26 

3 



60 
24 
1 
9 
2 
1 



Total 



1 

2 
1 
1 
2 

19 
6 
4 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
3 
1 
1 
4 
1 
2 
2 
6 
9 
7 
6 
1 
25 

445 

6 

1 

10 

4 

9 

4 

1 

1 

3 

11 

1 

1 

35 

110 

66 

58 

13 

1 

4 

6 

1 

4 

153 

50 

17 

31 

3 

3 



20 



The Peesident's Report 



TAELE m — Continued 



Institutions 



U. of Nashville (Tenn.) 

U. of Nebraska 

U. of New Brunswick 

U. of the City of New York . 

U. of New York 

U. of North Carolina 

U. of Northwest 

U. of Oregon 

U. of'Stockholm 

U. of Pennsylvania 

U. of Rochester (N. Y.).... 

U. of South Carolina 

U. of Tennessee 

U. of Texas 

Toronto U. (Canada) 

UrbanaU. (O.) 

U.S.Grant U. (Tenn.). . . . 

Upper Iowa U 

U. of Utah 

U. of Vermont 

U. of Vienna (Austria). . . . 

U. of Virginia 

U. of Washington 

U. of W. Virginia 

U. S. Naval Acad 

U. of Wisconsin 

U. of Wyoming 

UtahAgr.C 

Upper Canada C 

Upsala U. ( Sweden) 

Wooster U. (O.) 

Vanderbilt U. (Tenn.) 

Vassar C. (N. Y.) 

Vermont Conference C . . . 

Victoria U 

Virginia Mil. Inst 

Wabash C. (Ind.) 

Wake Forest C.(N.C.).... 

Washburn C. (Kan.) 

Washington C 

W'sh't'n and J'flf'rs'n C.(Pa. 
W'sh't'n and Lee U. (Va.). 

Waynesburg C. (Pa.) 

Wellesley C. (Mass.) 

Wells C. (N. Y.) 

Wesleyan Female C. (Ga.). 

Wesleyan U 

Wesleyan U. (Conn.) 

Wesleyan U. (Neb.) 

Washington U. (Mo.) 

Western C. (la.) 

Western Maryland C 

Western Reserve U. (O.) . . 

Westfleld C. (lU.) 

Westminster C. (Pa.) 

WheatonC. (lU.) 

WheelingC 



AbTS and laTEKATUEE 



Men 



26 
13 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 



4 
16 
2 
3 
3 
30 

i 

6 
3 
1 
2 
5 
1 
6 

is 



1 

7 
14 

'i 
1 
1 

3 

12 
4 
1 
2 
2 
4 



Women 



7 

14 

1 

1 



1 
1 

35 
1 



5 

2 

53 



3 

62 
3 
3 



Total 



33 
27 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 



4 

16 

2 

3 

12 

33 



4 
1 
2 
5 
2 
7 

50 
1 



1 

12 

16 

53 

1 

1 

1 

3 

13 

6 

1 

2 

2 

7 

62 

3 

3 

4 

1 



SCTENCB 



Men 



10 



2 
1 
1 

2 
1 
4 
8 
2 
1 
8 
13 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
5 
3 

i 

21 

2 
1 

7 
6 



Women 



17 



15 



Total 



Men 



Totals 



Women 



Total 



13 
11 

2 
1 
1 

3 
1 



2 
1 
12 
15 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 
1 
5 
3 

1 

29 

2 
1 



17 

'2 
1 
5 
3 
4 
1 



15 



36 

21 
1 
3 
3 
3 
1 
2 
1 
8 

24 
4 
4 

11 

43 
1 
2 
7 
4 
3 
3 

10 
4 
6 
1 

36 

'2 
1 
1 

14 

20 

i 
3 
2 

8 
15 
8 
2 
2 
2 
4 



11 
4 
1 
3 
3 
2 
7 
4 
5 



10 

17 

1 

1 



13 
5 



1 
1 

43 
1 



7 

2 

70 



3 

77 
3 
3 



46 

38 

2 

4 

3 

3 

1 

3 

1 

10 

24 

4 

4 

24 

48 

1 

2 

9 

5 

4 

3 

10 

5 

7 

1 

79 

1 

2 

1 

1 

21 

22 

70 

1 

3 

2 

8 

16 

10 

2 

2 

2 

7 

77 

3 

3 

11 

4 

1 

6 

6 

3 

14 

5 

7 



Faculties op Arts, Liteeatueb, and Science 



21 



TABLE 111 — Continued 



Institutions 


Aets and Liteeathee 


Science 


Totals 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Wilberforce C. (0) 


1 
3 
6 
1 
1 

3 

4 

2 
23 

2 
1 

8 


'2 

1 
2 

'e 

i 
2 

2 


1 

3 
6 
1 
3 
1 
5 
4 
6 
2 

23 
3 
3 

10 


1 
■3 

'2 

i 
2 

i4 
1 

2 
4 




1 

'3 

'2 
1 
3 
2 
3 

14 
1 
2 
5 


2 
3 
9 
1 
3 

'4 
6 

"2 

37 

3 

3 

12 


'2 
2 
4 

'9 

i 
2 
3 


2 


William & Mary C. (Va.) . . . 

Williams C. (Mass.) 

Williamsburg Inst. (Ky.). . . 

Wilmington C. (0.) 

Wilson C 




1 


3 
9 
1 
5 

2 


Wittenberg C. (0.) 


2 
'3 

i 


8 


Wofford C.(S. C.) 

Woman's 0. (Bait.) 

Worcester Poly. In. (Mass). 
YaleU. (Conn.) 


6 
9 

2 
37 


Yankton C. (S. Dak.) 

Zurich U. (Switz.) 


4 
5 


Unknown 


15 






Total 


1,528 


1,120 


2,648 


1,060 


267 


1,327 


2,588 


1,387 


3,975 






1 





IL ATTENDANCE 

The statistics herewith submitted show in detail the attendance from the opening, October, 
1892, for ten years. 

In both schools there have been altogether 3,969 persons in attendance. Of these there 
have been 2,359 whose attendance has amounted to less than one year (three Quarters), leaving 
1,659 whose attendance has been for one year or more. It should be added that a considerable 
number of those who have been in attendance for less than a year will, in fact, continue their 
work later; 584 attended a full year (three Quarters), 149 two years, 83 three years, and 268 
more than three years. 

Students have come from every state and territory in the Union (excepting Alaska, Porto 
Eico, and the Philippine Islands), and also from Turkey, Austria, Denmark, England, Scotland, 
Germany, Switzerland, and the Dominion of Canada. 

The 162 Graduate students in the School of Arts and Literature and 55 in the School of 
Science of 1892-93, became 643, and 389 respectively in 1901-1902. The total number in both 
schools (1032) doubled since 1894^95, the first year in which there was a session during the 
Summer Quarter. 

TABLE rv 

Attendance 
(the geaddate schools of aets, liteeatuee, and science) 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-9S 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-0 


1900-1 


1901-2 


Arts and Literature 


162 
55 


214 
83 


338 
155 


439 
209 


470 

247 


594 

281 


609 
342 


655 
353 


644 
355 


643 


Science 


389 






Total Graduate Students 


217 


297 


493 


648 


717 


875 


951 


1,008 


999 


1,032 



22 



The Pkesident's Repoet 



TABLE V 
Attendance by Quaetees in the Geaddatk Schools 







y% 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 




MW T 


M W T 


MW T 


M W T 


M W T 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 




Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 


10 10 
5 5 


2 2 
4 15 


1 1 
1 1 
























2 2 




1 1 












1 1 




Arizona 














8 9 17 

2 2 

3 2 5 
1 1 

3 2 5 

5 5 

1 1 
1 1 


1 » 

9 1 10 
3 3 

13 4 

2 13 

1 1 
1 1 

1 1 
1 1 
























Arkansas 


3 3 6 

2 2 

112 

3 3 

2 2 

12 3 
2 18 


1 1 

2 2 

6 6 
2 1 3 

12 3 

2 2 

1 1 


.... 

1 1 

2 2 

2 2 

1 1 

2 2 


10 1 
























1 1 






California 
Colorado 


1 1 

2 2 




1 1 

4 4 

1 1 


1 1 
1 1 


1 1 2 
1 1 




1 1 
1 1 






1 1 














Connecti- 
cut 


1 1 
1 1 
















1 1 




1 1 






1 1 2 


1 1 


















1 1 

1 1 
1 1 

1 1 
1 1 

6 2 8 

2 2 

1 1 
























1 1 


1 1 








2 2 






























Florida 


3 1 4 
1 1 

28 533 
3 1 4 


i i 

9 2 11 

1 1 


1 1 

2 2 

5 2 7 

6 6 

1 1 


1 1 

2 2 

4 4 






1 1 








1 1 
















Georgia 


2 2 
2 2 


2 2 


2 2 


1 1 


















Hawaii 






































Idaho 








1 1 
























1 1 



















































13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


24 


27 


Total 




Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 










1 1 














13 1 14 
























14 1 15 




















































1 1 


























22 14 36 



























12 12 


























15 11 26 
























18 3 21 


























10 5 15 


























8 19 


Connecti- 


1 1 






















4 4 8 






















5 6 11 




















































1 1 


























5 5 


























1 1 


























8 19 


























5 2 7 


Georgia 
























59 11 70 
























14 1 15 


























2 2 




















































1 1 


























1 1 





























Faculties of Akts, Liteeatuee, and Science 



23 



table Y— Continued 







Vi 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 




M W T 


M WT 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 




Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Soi. 

Arts 
Soi. 

Arts 
Sci. 


12 3 


























Territory 


























Illinois 

Chicago 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 


34 40 74 
29 5 34 

18 28 46 
15 6 21 

45 25 70 
14 3 17 

27 43 70 
21 8 29 

20 18 38 
6 2 8 

5 3 8 
2 1 3 

6 17 
4 4 

1 1 

1 1 2 
1 1 

2 2 

3 3 

13 12 25 

7 3 10 


27 21 48 
9 5 14 

41 50 91 
29 11 40 

12 15 27 
8 2 10 

U 16 30 
21 5 26 

8 7 15 

9 1 10 

6 17 
4 2 6 

3 2 5 
3 14 

1 1 

3 3 

2 13 

1 1 2 

4 5 9 

2 13 

5 6 11 
5 5 


26 17 43 
25 2 27 

28 24 52 
25 5 30 

21 11 32 
16 16 

15 28 43 
12 3 15 

8 4 12 
7 2 9 

7 2 9 

3 14 

4 4 
2 2 

i i 

112 

2 13 

4 4 

3 14 

11 10 21 
2 2 4 


15 19 34 
19 6 25 

35 37 72 
23 14 37 

21 14 35 
8 19 

11 22 33 
4 15 

10 6 16 
10 1 11 

7 7 
2 2 4 


7 5 12 

8 3 11 

28 14 42 
16 6 22 

6 7 13 

6 1 7 

5 5 10 
5 5 

4 4 
2 2 


5 2 7 

4 4 

11 9 20 

5 16 

7 3 10 

6 1 7 

7 5 12 
3 3 

12 3 

5 5 

2 2 
2 2 


10 4 14 
3 3 6 

11 10 21 
9 1 10 

3 14 

2 2 

2 2 4 

3 3 

112 
3 3 

1 1 
1 1 


5 1 6 
8 8 

2 7 9 

6 6 

3 14 

1 1 

3 4 7 

2 2 

1 1 

3 3 


2 13 

5 5 

9 6 15 

4 2 6 

5 5 

3 3 

3 4 7 

2 13 
1 1 

i i 


4 15 

3 14 

6 2 8 

4 4 

1 1 

1 1 

2 2 
112 

i i 

1 1 


2 13 
5 5 

5 3 8 
4 2 6 

i i 

1 1 
1 1 

1 1 


5 5 
4 4 

2 3 5 

3 1 4 

1 1 
1 1 

2 2 
1 1 


2 2 
3 3 

11 3 14 
6 6 

2 2 
1 1 
1 1 


Kentucky 
















Louisiana 












1 1 

2 13 
1 1 




















Maine 


1 1 

2 2 

2 2 








1 1 

2 2 


3 3 




1 1 








1 1 












112 










1 1 

'i i 

1 1 

2 2 












7 6 13 
2 3 5 

11 5 16 
4 2 6 


3 3 
112 

5 5 
2 2 


1 1 
1 1 

4 4 
3 3 


112 
1 1 

3 14 
1 1 


1 1 

1 1 

2 2 
1 1 


112 
1 1 

1 1 
3 3 








setts 
Michigan 


1 1 

1 1 

2 13 


2 1 3 
1 1 


1 1 
2 2 







13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


24 


27 


Total 


Indian 


Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Soi. 

Arts 
Sci. 
























12 3 






























112 

2 2 

8 2 10 
4 15 

i i 

1 1 
1 1 


3 3 
1 1 

1 4 5 

2 2 

1 1 


2 2 
1 1 

1 1 2 

2 13 

1 1 


1 1 
















149 115 264 






1 1 

1 1 
1 1 


1 1 










129 27 156 


Chicago 


1 1 


■2'i'3 




1 1 


1 1 




220 205 425 


1 1 
1 1 




160 53 213 












129 78 207 


















68 • 8 76 




1 1 


1 1 


















94 131 225 




















75 18 93 


Kansas 






1 1 
















53 44 97 




1 1 




1 1 
















46 6 52 


Kentucky 










1 1 








31 8 39 














1 1 








16 7 23 
























13 3 16 


























9 2 11 


Maine 
























8 3 11 


























9 1 10 


Maryland 
























5 6 11 
























4 3 7 


























17 21 38 
























12 12 24 


Michigan 






2 2 




1 1 
1 1 














57 40 97 


















34 10 44 



























24 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



TABLE Y— Continued 







H 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 




M WT 


M W T 


M W T 


M WT 


M W T 


MW T 


M W T 


MW T 


M WT 


M WT 


M WT 


M W T 


M WT 


Minnesota 


Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 


G 13 19 
5 5 10 

16 14 30 
11 11 

2 13 
1 1 2 

7 6 13 
9 9 


6 5 11 
6 17 

11 3 14 
6 3 9 

1 1 
1 1 

4 4 8 

4 15 


4 4 8 

1 1 

6 3 9 
6 1 7 

i i 

3 4 7 

2 13 


7 4 11 
1 1 2 

8 3 11 
4 1 5 

2 2 


3 1 4 


3 3 


2 2 

2 2 


1 1 
1 1 

1 1 


2 2 


1 1 

1 1 

12 3 

2 2 


1 1 2 
1 1 


1 1 




Missouri 


5 3 8 
2 2 


2 13 

3 1 4 


1 1 
1 1 

1 1 







1 1 
























Nebraska 


13 4 
1 1 2 


3 3 
1 1 


1 1 
1 1 


1 1 
1 1 


1 1 
1 1 


1 1 

1 1 


3 3 






1 1 






1 1 














112 


i i 

1 1 
1 1 

112 
























NV H'mp- 


2 2 
1 1 
















1 1 






1 1 2 

1 2 3 
1 1 

8 19 
3 3 


1 1 




1 1 












New Jersey 


1 1 












1 1 

2 2 4 










1 1 

1 1 
112 






Missis- 
sippi 

New Mex- 


7 10 17 
3 2 5 

1 1 


5 2 7 
1 1 2 


6 3 9 
3 2 5 


1 1 


1 1 
1 1 




12 3 


1 1 
1 1 
















































New York 


12 6 18 

7 7 

1 1 
4 15 

2 13 


11 10 21 

8 2 10 

1 1 2 
1 1 

3 3 


3 5 8 
2 13 

1 1 
1 1 


7 6 13 
5 5 10 

2 2 
1 1 


112 
1 1 

1 1 
1 1 


1 1 

2 2 

2 2 


2 13 
1 1 

1 1 


12 3 

2 2 
1 1 


3 1 4 

2 2 


4 3 7 

1 1 2 

2 2 


1 1 
1 1 


2 1 3 


1 1 


N.Carolina 




1 1 








N. Dakota 


1 1 














1 1 












1 1 





























13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


24 


27 


Total 




Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 


1 1 










1 1 










1 1 


34 32 66 












1 1 
1 1 








19 7 26 








1 1 
















53 31 84 






















35 6 41 


























4 4 8 


























3 14 


Nebraska 


1 1 






1 1 
















25 20 45 




















21 4 25 


Nevada 
















































1 1 


N'w H'mp- 
shire 

New Jersey 
























4 4 
























2 3 5 
























4 5 9 
























3 3 


Missis- 
sippi 

New Mes- 
























33 20 53 
























13 6 19 
























1 1 


























New York 


1 1 


1 1 




















49 38 87 


2 2 


1 1 
















28 14 42 


N.Carolina 




















13 1 14 












1 1 












B 2 10 


N. Dakota 






















7 2 9 
























2 2 





























Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science 



25 



TABLE V— Continued 







V4 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 




M WT 


MWT 


M W T M W T 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


MWT 


Ohio 
Oklahoma 


Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 


19 20 39 
n 5 22 

3 2 5 


18 16 31 
16 4 20 


8 20 28 
12 3 15 


11 13 24 
10 4 14 


10 6 16 
5 3 8 


4 4 8 
1 1 


5 3 8 
3 3 


12 3 

8 19 


12 3 

4 15 


12 3 
1 1 


1 1 2 

2 2 


1 1 
1 1 


1 1 

2 2 


























Oregon 


12 3 

1 1 

10 5 15 

11 2 13 

2 2 


3 3 
1 1 

10 1 11 

4 15 

2 2 






1 1 2 


1 1 
















2 2 

7 6 13 

5 2 7 

1 1 










i i 
'i 2 








Pennsyl- 


3 4 7 
1 1 2 

1 1 
1 1 

1 1 


3 3 
1 1 


2 2 4 

2 2 


2 13 

2 2 


4 1 5 


3 3 


1 1 








1 1 


Rhode Is- 
land 

S. Carolina 


1 1 2 














1 1 












3 3 6 

3 3 

5 5 
1 1 

10 5 15 

4 4 

14 5 19 

5 16 

3 14 
1 1 2 

1 1 


6 1 7 
5 5 

5 5 


1 1 

2 2 

3 1 4 


1 1 


1 1 


1 1 
1 1 






















S. Dakota 


3 14 

1 1 

2 2 

4 4 

7 1 8 

5 16 

1 1 

2 2 

2 2 
1 1 

1 2 3 
1 1 






1 1 


























1 1 


Tennessee 


9 1 10 
3 3 

5 5 10 

2 13 

1 1 

3 3 

112 


4 1 5 

1 1 

2 4 6 

3 1 4 

2 13 
1 1 

2 2 


3 1 4 




1 1 








1 1 
1 1 

1 1 








i i 

2 2 
1 1 


1 1 






Texas 


3 3 6 

4 4 


2 2 
2 2 

1 1 
1 1 


1 1 2 
1 1 


2 2 
2 2 








1 1 


Utah 
























Vermont 






1 1 










1 1 

2 2 
1 1 
















Virginia 


6 1 7 
5 2 7 


7 7 
1 1 


3 2 5 
3 3 


1 1 2 


1 1 
1 1 




















1 1 





















13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


24 


27 


Total 


Ohio 


Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 


2 2 
1 1 


'■■■i'i 


1 1 






112 
1 1 












84 91 175 
















83 23 106 


Oklahoma 


















3 2 5 


























Oregon 
























6 3 9 
























5 5 


Pennsyl- 
vania 

Rhode Is- 
land 

S. Carolina 




1 1 2 


1 1 

1 1 


















45 23 68 


















29 7 36 






















4 4 8 
























2 2 
























13 5 18 
























11 11 


S. Dakota 
























16 3 19 

























3 3 


Tennessee 
























29 9 38 
























14 1 15 


Texas 
























37 21 58 




1 1 




















26 5 31 


Utah 




















6 4 10 
























8 19 


Vermont 
























2 6 8 
























1 1 2 


Virginia 
























21 6 27 


1 1 






















10 6 16 



























26 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE Y— Continued 







'/» 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


U 


12 




M W T 


M WT 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M WT 




Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 


5 16 
1 1 2 

3 3 


1 1 

3 3 

4 4 


i i 

1 1 


1 1 


1 1 
1 1 

1 1 2 
1 1 

7 2 9 
1 1 2 






1 1 






1 1 










1 1 2 










W.Yirginia 




1 1 












1 1 

3 3 6 
3 3 














Wisconsin 
Wyoming 


7 18 25 
4 4 8 

112 
1 1 


8 10 18 
12 1 13 


7 8 15 
10 2 12 


6 11 n 

7 2 9 
1 1 


3 3 6 
3 3 

1 1 


1 1 
1 1 

1 1 


112 
1 1 


2 13 

2 2 


112 
112 


1 1 
1 1 


112 






1 1 






















1 1 






















































1 1 






















1 1 

4 3 7 

2 2 




















Canada 
Denmark 


3 14 
1 1 


i 4 
3 14 


10 1 11 
3 3 


2 1 3 
112 


3 1 4 
2 2 


5 5 
1 1 


3 3 


1 1 
5 5 


4 15 
1 1 


3 3 


2 2 


1 1 2 








1 1 






















England 




112 


1 1 2 
























1 1 










































1 1 
1 1 




2 2 
1 1 






















1 1 


1 1 


1 1 
1 1 

1 1 

















































































































13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


24 


27 


Total 


Washing- 


Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 
























8 3 11 


ton 
























7 2 9 


W.Virginia 
























10 1 11 








1 1 
1 1 


















3 3 


Wisconsin 


1 1 

2 2 


i i 


















49 60 109 




















50 11 61 


Wyoming 


















14 5 


























2 2 


























1 1 




















































1 1 


























1 1 


























43 9 52 




1 1 


1 1 




















23 2 25 
















































1 1 


























2 2 4 



























112 


Germany 


















































3 3 


























5 5 


























1 1 


























1 1 























































Faculties of Aets, Literature, and Science 



27 



table V— Continued 







Yz 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 




M WT 


M W T 


M W T 


M WT 


MW T 


M W T 


M W T 


M W T 


M WT 


M W T 


M WT 


M W T 


M W T 




Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 


1 1 


2 2 
1 1 
























tia 


1 1 






















Switzer- 






















land 


























Scotland 






































1 1 












































Grand total 


586 
373 
959 


462 
249 
711 


374 

215 
589 


357 

227 
584 


186 
89 
265 


120 
43 
163 


105 
44 
149 


73 
31 

104 


72 
28 
100 


63 
18 
83 


45 
17 
62 


39 
10 
49 


36 
10 
46 







13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


24 


27 


Total 




Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Sci. 

Arts 
Soi. 


1 1 






1 1 
















3 14 






















2 2 


























1 1 














































































1 1 




























Grand total 


31 
6 

37 


12 
8 
20 


14 
7 
21 


6 

6 


3 
3 

6 


7 
2 
9 


3 
3 

6 


1 
1 

2 



1 

1 


1 


1 



2 
2 


2,588 

1,387 

3,975 



III. CANDIDACY FOB DEGREES 

1. Non-candidates. — A large proportion of Graduate students are not candidates for a 
degree. Some of these are pursuing studies which rank as undergraduate, in the desire to 
acquire some specific addition to their knowledge which for a variety of reasons was not attained 
during the undergraduate course. Others are doing graduate work, but also for special pur- 
poses, and without planning to spend sufficient time to satisfy the requirements for a degree. 
Both of these groups of students are registered in the Graduate Schools. 

Without attempting a detailed report on this subject for the decennial period, the facts 
for a single Quarter are appended, as sufficiently illustrative. 

In the Autumn Quarter of 1901 there were 2,239 registrations in Junior CoUege classes. Of 
these 81 were by graduates. In the same Quarter there were 2,600 registrations in Senior College 
classes. Of these 417 were by graduates. There were 346 Graduate students, with 1,050 
registrations. It thus appears that of the Graduate registrations 52.6 per cent, were in courses 
listed as primarily for Graduates, 39.7 per cent, in courses listed for Senior College students, 
and 7.7 per cent, in courses listed for Junior College students. 

Again, of the 766 registrations in courses listed as primarily for graduates, 552 were by 
Graduate students, 108 by Senior College students, 41 by Junior College students, 35 by Unclas- 
sified students, and 30 by Divinity students. 

It should be noted, however, that in several Departments there are courses which are 
intended indifferently for Graduates or Seniors, and which are usually listed for Seniors. The 
presence of Juniors in Graduate courses is explained by the few cases of mature students, 
usually Unclassified at the outset, who are making up work leading to a Bachelor's degree and 
are therefore temporarily registered in the Junior Colleges. 



28 The President's Eeport 

2. Candidates. — As has been said, membership in the Graduate School does not in itself 
admit the student to candidacy for a higher degree. Admission to candidacy is determined in 
each case by direct vote of the Faculty, based on compliance with certain specific conditions. 
The candidate's college course must be fully equivalent to that in the University of Chicago. 
If on investigation it appears that there is a deficiency, such deficiency must be made up before 
the student can become a candidate. If the deficiency relates to some specific requirement, 
rather than to the total quantity of vpork, some concessions are made, especially, in case of stu- 
dents appointed to Fellowships, but there is no concession as to the quantity of the requirements. 

A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is required to have a reading knowledge 
of French and German. This requirement is tested by the Departments concerned. The test is 
confined to ascertaining the student's ability to read at sight, within the limits of the special 
field of work. 

IV. THE AWARD OF HIGHER DEGREES 

The degree of Master of Arts, Philosophy, or Science, and the degree of Doctor of Philoso- 
phy, are granted by the University only for specific work done. 

The Master's degree implies at least one full year of graduate work done at the University. 
This work may be specialized, or may be of a general character. In the former case the work 
may be all in one Department, or mainly in one with a less amount in a second. A dissertation 
is required. The general degree implies no dissertation, and allows the work to be distributed 
among three Departments, under certain restrictions. Eather more work is required for the 
general degree than in case of the specialized degree. The examination for the Master's degree 
covers all the work on the basis of which the degree is sought. 

The Doctor's degree implies usually three years of university work. At least half of this 
is expected to be done at the University of Chicago, although in some cases the degree is voted 
after only one year. Work done in other institutions having graduate schools of recognized 
standing is accepted. A thesis based on original investigation is required. The examination 
covers all work on the basis of which the degree is sought. 

The work for the Doctorate is mainly in one Department, but a specified amount must be 
done in one or two Secondary Departments. 

The examination for the Doctorate is conducted by a committee of the Faculty, and is oral 
or written, or both, at the discretion of the committee. It is not customary to dispense with 
the oral examination. 

An acceptable thesis must be presented as a condition precedent to the examination. This 
thesis must be the result of original investigation, must constitute an addition to knowledge, 
and must conform to specified conditions as to form of publication. One hundred printed copies 
are deposited in the University Library. 

In the School of Arts and Literature 130 students have been granted the degree of Doctor 
of Philosophy (220 in both schools), and 118 the degree of Master of Arts, Literatm-e, or Science. 
The greatest number of Doctors in any one Department (18) has been in the Department of 
History, Philosophy following with 14, Sociology with 13, Political Economy, Semitics and 
German each with 11. The Department which has been chosen as secondary by the greatest 
number of Doctors (22) has been the Department of Political Science. 

The greatest number of Masters (28) is foxmd in the Department of English, Political 
Science following with 16, Latin with 13, and History with 12. 

In the School of Science there have been granted 88 degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, and 
43 Master's degrees. The greatest number of Doctors in any one Department (21) has been in 
Zoology, Chemistry follovping with 15, Mathematics and Botany each with 12, and Geology with 



Faculties of Aets, Liteeatuee, and Science 



29 



10. The Department of Science which has been chosen as secondary of the greatest number of 
Doctors (18) has been Physics. 

The greatest number of Masters in any Science Department (16) has been in Mathematics. 

As candidates for the Master's degree students may also offer non-specialized work, lying 
in three Departments and involving no thesis. As this system has but just been begun, no 
report is submitted. It is by no means easy for the student to attain this form of the degree, 
as few are able to do graduate work in more than two Departments. 

TABLE VI 

Higher Degkees in the Gkaddate Schools 

(the geaddatb school of aets and liteeatuee) 





DocTOES OF Philosophy 


Mastees 




Men 


Women 


Total 


Men 


Women 


Total 




PriQ. 


Sec. 


Prin. 


Sec. 


Prin. 


Sec. 


Prin. 


See. 


Prin. 


Sec. 


Prin. 


Sec. 


Philosophy 


11 
2 

10 
3 

17 

ii 

ii 

1 

4 
8 
9 
5 
10 
4 


12 
12 

3 
21 

4 

i 

1 
1 

i 

8 
8 
5 
2 
5 


3 
2 
1 
3 
1 

2 
1 

'2 
2 

'2 
1 
5 


2 

i 

1 
2 

'e 

i 
2 
2 

1 
4 


14 
4 

11 
6 

18 

is 

1 

11 
1 

6 
8 
9 

7 

11 

9 


14 
2 
4 

22 
6 

io 

1 

1 

'2 
10 
10 
6 
6 
5 


5 
4 
2 
11 
5 

6 

'5 
1 

'5 
3 

1 

2 

16 


3 

'4 
4 
5 

"i 

'2 
1 
1 

i 


4 
2 

1 
5 
7 
2 
3 

i 

2 

10 

3 

i2 


1 

'2 
'2 

'4 

2 

'i 
1 


9 
6 
3 
16 
12 
2 
9 

'5 
1 
1 

7 

13 
4 
2 

28 


4 






Political Economy . . . 

Political Science 

History 


4 
4 

7 


Archseolosfv 






3 


Comparative Religion 




Bib. and Patris. Greek 
Sanskrit 






6 


Latin 


3 


Romance 


1 




1 


English 


2 


Literature(in English) 




Total 


106 


77 


25 


22 


131 


99 


66 


22 


52 


13 


118 


35 






Duplicates 














(2) 




(2) 




(4) 





(the ogden (geaduate) school of science) 



DocTOES of Philosophy 



Men 



Prin. 

Mathematics 12 

Astronomy 1 

Physics 7 

Chemistry 14 

Geology 10 

Zoology 18 

Anatomy 

Physiology 5 

Neurology 2 

Pathology 1 

Botany 11 

Total sf 

Duplicates 



Sec. 

7 

7 
16 

2 
12 
11 

1 
11 

8 



78 



Women 



Prin. 



Sec. 
1 
'2 

i 

2 

'2 
1 



10 



Total 
Prin. Sec. 



12 

1 

8 
15 
10 
21 

'8 

2 

1 
12 

~90~ 



8 

7 
18 

2 
13 
13 

1 
13 

9 



88 



Men 



Prin. 

13 
4 

i 

7 
5 



1 
'2 
33 



Sec. 

2 
3 



Masters 



Women 



Prin. 



10 



Sec. 



Total 



(3) 



Prin. 

16 

4 

i 

8 



1 

'4 

"43"" 



Sec. 

2 

4 



30 



The President's Report 



TABLE vn 

DOOTOBS AND MaSTEBS BY STATES 



Aets 



Men 



Ph.D. 



Master 



Women 



Ph.D. Master 



Science 



Men 



Ph.D. Master 



Women 



Ph.D. Master 



Totals 



Arts 



Ph.D. Master 



Science 



Ph.D. Master 



Arkansas 

California 

Chicago 

Colorado 

Connecticut 

District of Columbia 

Florida 

Georgia 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

New Hampshire .... 

New Jersey 

New York 

North Carolina 

North Dakota 

Ohio 

Pennsylvania 

Rhode Island 

South Carolina 

South Dakota 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 

Canada 

England 

Manitoba 

Nova Scotia 

Sweden 

Japan 

Austria 

Scotland 

Total 

' Duplicates 



3 

32 
1 
1 



103 



63 



24 



1 
11 



53 



4 

15 

1 

1 



13 
3 
1 
2 
1 
1 

"i 

6 

2 



83 



32 



11 



12 



5 
37 
1 
1 
1 

'i 

7 
5 
3 

2 
2 
1 

4 
4 
5 
1 
4 



2 
3 

20 



3 

11 

8 
5 

'2 
1 
1 
2 
6 
3 
3 



127 



116 



4 

17 

1 

1 



13 
3 
1 
2 
1 
1 



94 



10 
1 



44 



(2) 



(4) 



(3) 



(1) 



(6) 



(4) 



V. THESES 



The table appended (Table VIII) gives a list of the subjects of all the Doctor's theses. 
Some of these have taken the form of books of respectable proportions and important character. 



Faculties of Arts, Liteeatube, and Science 



31 



TABLE VIII 
Thesis Sdbjbots of Doctobs op Philosophy 



"Wiltelm Mailer and the German Volkslied." 

"Das Mittelniederdeutsche Laiendoctrinal." 

"Agnosticism in its Historical Development." 

"The Balaam Utterances in Strophe." 

"The Hebrew Text of Zechariah." 

"The Origin and Function of Hypothesis." 

"Relations of the Wisconsin and Kansas Drift Sheets in 

Central Iowa, and Related Phenomena." 
"Recent Phases of Reciprocity in the United States." 

"Scutage and Knight Service." 

"The Ethno-Botany of the Coahuila Indians of Southern 

California." 
"The Treatment of Nature in German Literature from 

Gunther to the appearance of Goethe's Werthsr." 
"Theory of the Criterion." 

"Action of Sodium Alcoholates on Salts of Fatty Acids." 

"Syntax and Style of the So-called Peregrinatio of Sancta 

Sylvia." 
"Spanish Influence in Eikendorff." 

"Ueber die Einfilhrung von Acylen in dem Benzoylessig- 

ather." 
"The Letters of the Rassam II. Collection." 

"fitudes sur la B^arnais: Dialecte de B^alansum, Basses 

Pyr^n^es." 
"Ueber Derivate des Isuretins und der Fornhydroxamsaure 

und ihre Beziehungen zur Knallsaure." 
"The Geodesic Lines on the Anchor Ring." 

"Influence of Petrarch on the Elizabethan Sonnet." 

"The Development of Government in Illinois." 

"The Xerophytic Flora of the Texan Plains." 

Botany. 

Breckinridge, Sophonisba Preston, 1901. "Legal Tender: A Study in English and American Monetary 

Political Science. History." 

Bristol, Charles Lawrence, 1897. "The Metamerism of Nephelis." 

Zoology. 

Brode, Howard Stidham, 1896. "A Contribution to the Morphology of Dero vaga." 

Zoology. 

Bronk, Isabelle, 1900. "Antoine Fureti6re: A Study of His Life and Works." 

Bomance. 

Brown, George Lincoln, 1900. "Ternary Linear Transformation Group G 3360 and its Com- 

Mathematics. plete Invariant System." 



Allen, Philip Schuyler, 1897. 

Oermanic. 
Almstedt, Herman Benjamin, 1900. 

Germanic. 
Ames, Edward Scribner, 1895. 

Philosophy. 
Arnold, Joseph Kahn, 1899. 

Semitics, 
Asada, Eliji, 1893. 

Semitics. 
Ashley, Myron Lucius, 1901. 

Philosophy. 
Bain, Harry Foster, 1897. 

Geology. 
Balch, Ernest Alanson, 1898. 

History. 
Baldwin, James Fosdick, 1897. 

History. 
Barrows, David Prescott, 1897. 

Anthropology. 
Batt, Max, 1901. 

Germanic. 
Bawden, Henry Heath, 1900. 

Philosophy. 
Beatty, Wallace Appleton, 1902. 

Chemistry. 
Bechtel, Edward Ambrose, 1900. 

Latin. 
Beckmann, Frederick Ernest, 1900. 

Romance. 
Bernhard, Adolph, 1894. 

Chemistry. 
Berry, George Ricker, 1895. 

Sem.itics. 
B^ziat de Bordes, Andr^, 1899. 

Romance. 
Biddle, Henry Chalmers, 1900. 

Chemistry. 
Bliss, Gilbert Ames, 1900. 

Mathematics. 
Bowen, Mary, 1897. 

English. 
Boyd, Carl Evans, 1897. 

Political Science. 
Bray, William L., 1898. 



32 



The Peesident's Report 



Buckley, Edmund, 1894. 

Comparative Religion. 
Burchard, Herbert Morse, 1900. 

Greeh. 
Burgess, Theodore Chalon, 1898. 

Greek. 
Bushnell, Charles Joseph, 1901. 

Sociology. 
Caldwell, Otis WiUiam, 1898. 

Botany. 
Calhoun, Fred Harvey Hall, 1902. 

Geology. 
Carpenter, Frederic Ives, 1895. 

English. 
Case, Ermine Covrles, 1896. 

Paleontology. 
Chamberlain, Charles Joseph, 1897. 

Botany. 
Cipriani, Lisi Cecilia, 1898. 

Romance. 
Clapp, Cornelia Maria, 1896. 

Zoology. 
Clark, Hannah Belle, 1897. 

Sociology. 
Clark, William Arthur, 1900. 

Education. 
Claypole, Agnes Mary, 1896. 

Zoology. 
Coffin, Fulton Johnson, 1898. 

Semitics. 
Cooke, Elizabeth, 1896. 

Physiology. 
Comparette, Thomas Louis, 1901. 

Latin. 
Coulter, John Gaylord, 1900. 

Botany. 
Cowles, Henry Chandler, 1898. 

Botany. 
Crabb, Wilson Drane, 1897. 

JJomam.ce. 
Cummings, John, 1894. 

Political Economy. 
Dains, Frank Burnett, 1898. 

Chemistry. 
Davenport, Herbert Joseph, 1898. 

Political Economy. 
Davies, Howell Emlyn, 1900. 

Bacteriology. 
Davis, Katherine Bement, 1900. 

Political Economy. 
Dickson, Leonard Eugene, 1896. 

Mathematics. 

Depp, Katherine Elizabeth, 1902. 

Education. 
Downing, Elliott Rowland, 1901. 

Zoology. 
Earhart, Robert Francis, 1900. 

Physics. 



"Japanese Phallicism. " 

"Homeric Influence on the Palatine Anthology." 

"Epideictic Oratory." 

"A Study of the Stock- Yards Community at Chicago." 

"Morphology of Lemna, with Ecological Notes." 

"The Relations of the Kewatin Ice Sheet to the Mountain 

Glaciers of Montana." 
"Metaphor and Simile in the Minor Elizabethan Drama." 

"On the .Osteology and Relationships of Protostaga." 

"Contributions to the Life-History of Salix." 

"Gui de Burgogne: A Critical Eflition; with Introduction, 

Notes, and Glossary." 
"The Lateral Line System of Batrachus Tau." 

"The Public Schools of Chicago: A Sociological Study." 

"Suggestion in Education." 

"The Embryology of Anurida Maratimaguen." 

"The Third Commandment." 

"Investigations in the Asmotio Properties of the Muscle." 

"The Inscriptional Hexameters." 

"Contribution to the Life-History of Slum." 

"An Ecological Study of the Sand-Dune Flora of Northern 

Indiana." 
"An Inductive Study of Aymeri de Narbonne." 

"The Poor-Law System of the United States." 

"On the Isourea Ethers and Other Derivatives of Ureas." 

"The French War Indemnity." 

"The Occurrence of the Typhoid Bacillus in Typhoid 

Fever Patients." 
"Causes Affecting the Standard of Living and Wages." 

"The Analytic Representation of Substitutions on a Power 
of a Prime Number of Letters; with a Discussion of 
the Linear Group." 

"The Place of Industry in Elementary Education." 

"The Spermatogenesis in Hydra." 

"Sparkling Distances Between Plates for Small Distances." 



Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science 



33 



Bggert, Carl Edgar, 1901. 

German. 
Ellwood, Charles Abram, 1899. 

Sociology. 
Enteman, Minnie Marie, 1901. 

Zoology. 
Eycleshymer, Albert Chauncey, 1895. 

Zoology. 
Fenneman, Nevin Melancthon, 1901. 

Qeology. 
Fertig, James Walter, 1898. 

History. 
Folin, Otto, 1898. 

Chemistry. 
Forrest, Jacob Dorsey, 1900. 

Sociology. 
Findlay, William, 1901. 

Mathematics. 
Fowler, Frank Hamilton, 1896. 

Indo-European Philology. 
France, Wilmer Cave, 1895. 

Greek. 
Franklin, Frank George, 1900. 

History. 

Gale, Henry Gordon, 1899. 

Physics. 
Garner, James Burt, 1897. 

Chemistry. 
Garrey, Walter Eugene, 1900. 

Physiology. 
Garrison, George P., 1896. 

History. 
Gillespie, William, 1900. 

Mathem,atics. 

Gordon, Charles Henry, 1895. 

Geology. 
Gore, Willard Clark, 1901. 

Philosophy. 
Gregory, Emily Ray, 1899. 

Zoology. 
Greeley, Arthur White, 1902. 

Physiology. 
Guyer, Michel Frederic, 1900. 

Zoology. 
Hammond, Eleanor Prescott, 1898. 

English. 
Hardesty, Irving, 1899. 

Neurology. 
Harper, Eugene Howard, 1902. 

Zoology. 
Harris, Mary Belle, 1900. 

Sanskrit. 
Harris, Norman Dwight, 1901. 

History. 
Hatai, Shinkishi, 1902. 

Neurology. 



"Middle Low German Version of the Legend of Maria 

Magdalena." 
"Some Prolegomena to Social Psychology." 

"Coloration of Polistes (the Common Paper Wasp)." . 

"Early Development of Amhlystoma; with Observations 
on Some Other Vertebrates." 

"Development of the Profile of Equilibrium of the Sub- 
aqueous Shore Terrace." 

"Secession and Reconstruction of Tennessee." 

"On Urethans." 

"The Development of Industrial Organizations." 

"The Sylow Subgroups of the Symmetric Group on K 

Letters." 

"The Indo-European Negatives." 
"The Emperor Julian." 

"Naturalization in the United States; with a Special Ref- 
erence to its Legislative History from the Declaration 
of Independence to the Civil Vv'ar." 

"On the Relation between Density and Index of Refrac- 
tion of Air.". 

"Condensation of Benzoin by Means of Sodium Ethylate." 

"The Effect of Ion upon the Aggregation of Infusoria." 

"History of Federal Control of Congressional Elections." 

"On the Reduction of Hyper-Elliptic Integrals (p = 3) to 
Elliptic Integrals by Transformation of the Second 
and Third Degrees." 

"Syenite-Gneiss from the Apatch Region, Ottawa County, 
Canada." 

"Spinoza's Theory of the Imagination." 

"Observations on the Development of the Excretory Sys- 
tem in Turtles." 

"Studies on the Effects of Low Temperatures upon Mor- 
phogenetic Processes." 

"The Spermatogenesis of Normal and Hybrid Pigeons." 

"Selections from the Shorter Poems of John Lydgate; 

with Introduction and Notes." 
"The Number and Arrangement of the Fibers Forming 

the Spinal Nerves of the Frog." 

"History of the Fertilization and Early Development of 
the Pigeon's Egg." 

"Lyric of Kalidasa; its Form and Subject Matter." 

"The History of Negro Servitude, and the Slavery Agita- 
tion in Illinois." 

"Studies on the Nervous System of the White Rat and 
Fcetal Cat." 



34 



The President's Eeport 



Hatfield, Ethel Glover, 1898. 

Political Science. 
Hatfield, Henry Rand, 1897. 

Political Economy. 
Hayes, Edward Gary, 1902. 

Sociology. 
Heidel, William Arthur, 1895. 

Qreek. 
Hellems, Fred Burton Renney, 1898. 

Latin. 
Heller, Otto, 1900. 

Qermanic. 
Hesse, Bernard Conrad, 1896. 

Chemistry. 
Hessler, John Charles, 1899. 

Chemistry. 
Holmes, Samuel Jackson, 1897. 

Zoology. 
Hopkins, Thomas Cramer, 1900. 

Geology. 
Howerth, Ira "Woods, 1898. 

Sociology. 
Hull, Gordon Ferrie, 1897. 

Physics. 
HuUey, Lincoln, 1895. 

Seniitics. 
Hutchinson, John Irwin, 1896. 

Mathematics. 
Inskeep, Annie Lucy, 1898. 

Political Science. 
Jeffreys, Elizabeth, 1898. 

Chemistry. 
Jewett, Frank Baldwin, 1902. 

Physics. 
Johnson, Herbert Parlin, 1894. 

Zoology. 
Johonnot, Edwin Sheldon, 1898. 

Physics. 
Jones, Jessie Louise, 1897. 

German. 
Jones, Lauder William, 1897. 

Chemisti'y. 
Jones, Haydn Evan, 1898. 

Semitics. 
Jonas, Johannes Benoni Eduard, 1899. 

Germanic. 
Kelly, Frederick Thomas, 1901 

Semitics. 
Kern, Paul Oskar, 1897. 

German. 
Kummel, Henry Barnard, 1895. 

Geology. 
Lehmer, Derrick Norman, 1900. 

Mathematics. 
Lawson, Anstruther Abercrombie, 1901. 

Botany. 
Lewis, Edwin Herbert, 1894. 

English. 



"The Interior Department." 

"Municipal Bonding in the United States." 

"The Socialist's Object of Attention." 

"Pseudo-Platonica." 

"Lex de Imperio Vespasiani." 

"Die Ahaswerussage in der Litteratur." 

"On Malonic Nitrite and Some of its Derivatives." 

"On Alkyl Malonic Nitrite Derivatives." 

"The Early Development of Planorbis Trivolvis." 

"The Genesis of Certain Limonite Ores." 

"The Social Aim in Education." 

"On the Use of the Interferometer in the Study of Electri- 
cal Waves." 
"The Decalog, a Growth in Form and Ideas. 

"On the Reduction of Hyperelliptic Functions to Elliptic 
Functions by a Transformation of the Second Degree." 
"Local Government in California in 1879." 

"On Urethanes." 

"A New Method of Measuring Vapor Density of Metals at 

Low Temperatures." 
"A Contribution to the Morphology and Biology of the 

Stentors." 
"Thickness of the^Black Spot in Liquid Films." 

"The Phonology of the Elis Saga." 

"On Nitroparaffine Salts and the Acylated Hydroxylamine 

Derivatives." 
"Selected Assyrian Letters." 

"The Poems of Heinrich Teichner." 

"The Strophic Structure of Habakkuk." 

"Das starke Verbum bei Grimmelshausen: Ein Beitrag zur 

Geschichte des Fruhneuhochdeutschen." 
"Lake Passaic: An Extinct Glacial Lake." 

"Asymptotic Evaluation of Certain Totient Sums." 

"Studies on the Morphology of the Nucleus." 

"The Development of the English Paragraph." 



Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science 



35 



Lillie, Frank Eattray, 1894. 

Zoology. 
Lillie, Ealph Stayner, 1901. 

Zoology. 
Livingston, Burton Edward, 1901. 

Bota7iy. 
Linscott, Henry Farrar, 1896. 

Latin. 
Locy, William Albert, 1895. 

Zoology. 
Logan, William Newton, 1900. 

Paleontology. 
Lyon, Elias Potter, 1897. 

Physiology. 
Lyon, Florence May, 1901. 

Botany. 
Maxwell, Samuel Steen, 1896. 

Physiology. 
Mead, Albert Davis, 1896. 

Zoology. 
Merrell, William Dayton, 1898. 

Botany. 
Meyer, John Jacob, 1900. 

Sanskrit. 
Miller, John Anthony, 1899. 

Mathematics. 
Miller, Merton Leland, 1897. 

Anthropology. 
Millerd, Clara, 1901. 

Greek. 
Millis, Harry Alvin, 1899. 

Political Economy. 
Mitchell, Samuel Childs, 1899. 

Political Science. 
Mitchell, Wesley Clair, 1899. 

Political Economy. 
Moncreiff, William Franklin, 1900. 

Philosophy. 
Monroe, Paul, 1897. 

Sociology. 
Moon, Elizabeth Laetitia, 1899. 

Comparative Religion. 
Moore, Anne, 1901. 

Physiology. 
Moore, Ernest Carroll, 1898. 

Philosophy. 
Moore, Addison Webster, 1898. 

Philosophy. 
Morgan, Oscar Tunstal, 1902. 

Semitios. 
Moulton, Forest Ray, 1900. 

Astronomy. 
Munson, John P., 1897. 

Zoology. 
McCaleb, Walter Flavius, 1900. 

History. 
McCaskill, Virgil Everett, 1901. 

Zoology. 



"The Embryology of the Unionidse." 
"Excretory Organs of Arenicola Christata." 

"The Role of Diffusion and Osmotic Pressure in Plant 

Physiology." 
"The Latin Third Declension: A Study in Syncretism and 

Metaplasm." 
"Contribution to the Structure and Development of the 

Vertebrate Head." 
"A North American Epicontinental Sea of Jurassic Age." 

"A Contribution to Animal Geotrophism." 

"Development of the Sporangium and Gametophyte of 

Selaginella rupestris." 
"Beitrage zur Gehirnphysiologie der Anneliden." 

"The Early Development of Marine Annelida." 

"Contributions to the Life-History of Silphium." 

"Translation of the Decakumaracaritam, with Introduction 

and Notes." 
"Concerning Certain Elliptic Modular Functions of Square 

Rank." 
"A Preliminary Study of the Pueblo of Taos." 

"Aristotle's Conception of Pre-Socratic Philosophy." 

"History of the Finances of the City of Chicago." 

"The Change from Colony to Commonwealth in Virginia." 

"History of the United States Notes." 

"Examination of Mill's Inductive Canons." 

"Profit-Sharing: A Study in Social Economics." 

"Ideas of Future Life among the Algonquins." 

"The Effect of Electrolytes on Rigor Mortis." 

"The Relation of Education to Philosophy in Greece and 

Early Christianity." 
"Implications of the Theological Character in Locke's 

Essay on the HuTnian Understanding." 
"The Wisdom Element in the Prophets." 

"A Particular Class of Periodic Solutions of the Problem 

of Three Bodies." 
"The Ovarian Egg of Limulus." 

"The Aaron Burr Conspiracy." 

"The Metamerism of Hirudo Medicinalis." 



B6 



The President's Eepoet 



McCoy, Herbert Newby, 1898. 

Chemistry. 
McDonald, John Hector, 1900. 

Mathematics. 



McKee, Ralph Harper, 1901. 

Chemistry. 
McLean, Annie Marion, 1900. 

Sociology. 
McLean, Simon James, 1897. 

Political Economy. 
McLennan, Simon Fraser, 1896. 

Philosophy. 
McMillan, Daniel Peter, 1899. 

Philosophy. 
McNeal, Edgar Holmes, 1902. 

History. 
McPherson, WUliam, 1899. 

Cheviistry. 
Nefif, Theodore Lee, 1896. 

Rom.ance. 
Nelson, Nels Lawrence, 1899. 

Botany. 
Norlin, George, 1900. 

Greek. 
Norman, Wesley Walker, 1899. 

Physiology. 
Overton, James Bertram, 1901. 

Botany. 
Owen, William Bishop, 1901. 

Oreeh. 
Padan, Robert Samuel, 1901. 

Political Economy. 
Paschal, George Washington, 1900. 

Greek. 
Peck, Paul Frederick, 1901. 

Ilistory. 
Perrin, John William, 1895. 

History. 
Poyen-Bellisle, Ren^, 1894. 

Romance. 
Prather, John McClellan, 1901. 

Zoology. 
Pratt, Alice Edwards, 1897. 

English. 
Putnam, Thomas Milton, 1902. 

Mathematics. 
Ransom, James Harvey, 1899. 

Chemistry. 
Raymond, Jerome Hall, 1895. 

Sociology. 
Reichmann, Fritz, 1901. 

Physics. 
Rickert, Martha Edith, 1899. 

English. 
Rogers, Arthur Kenyon, 1898. 

Philosophy. 



"On the Hydroclorides of Carbophenylimide Derivatives." 

"Concerning the System of the Binary Cubic and Quad- 
ratic, with Application to the Reduction of Hyperellip- 
tic Integrals to Elliptic Integrals by a Transformation 
of Order Four." 

"The Isourea Ethers." 

"The Acadian Element in the Population of Nova Scotia." 

"The Railway Policy of Canada." 

"The Theory of Impersonal Judgment." 

"The Negative Judgment." 

"Minors and Mediocres in Germanic Tribal Codes." 

"The Constitution of the Oxyazo Compounds." 

"Satire on Women in Old French Lyric Poetry." 

"Revision of the North American Species of Solanum." 

"Cosmogenical Theories of the Greeks." 

"The Reaction of Lower Animals upon Injuries and the 

Theory of Pain Sensations." 
"Parthogenesis in Thalictrum purpurascens." 

"The Custom and Laws of Naturalization at Athens." 

"Studies in Interest." 

"Quintus of Smyrna: A Study." 

"The Development of the Theory of Succession Under the 

Early Norman Kings." 
"The History of Compulsory Education in New England." 

"The Sounds and Forms of the French Creole in the West 

Indies." 
"The Skeleton of Salaux Microdon." 

"Use of Color in the Verse of the English Romantic Poets." 

"On the Quaternary Linear Homogeneous Group and the 
Ternary Linear Fractional Group." 

"The Molecular Rearrangement of O-Animophenol Deriva- 
tives." 

"American Municipal Government." 

"Capacities at Small Distances." 

"Emare: A Middle English Romance." 

"The Doctrine of Psychophysical Parallelism from a Meta- 
physical Point of View." 



Faculties of Aets, Liteeatuee, and Science 



37 



Reynolds, Myra, 1895. 

English. 
Rullkoetter, William, 1899. 

History. 
Sanders, Frederick William, 1895. 

Sociology. 
Schlicher, John Jacob, 1900. 

JLatin. 
Schoolcraft, Henry Lawrence, 1899. 

Histoi-y. 
Schub, Frederick Otto, 1901. 

German. 
Scofleld, Cora Louisa, 1898. 

History. 
Searles, Helen McGaffey, 1898. 

Oreek. 
Seidenadel, Charles William, 1897. 

Greek. 



Sellery, George Clarke, 1901. 

Histoi~y. 
Sethre, John Olaf, 1901. 

History. 
Seward, Ora Philander, 1899. 

German. 
Shipley, Frederic William, 1901. 

Latin. 
Sidey, Thomas Kay, 1900. 

Latin. 
Sinclair, Samuel Bower, 1901. 

Education. 
Skinner, Ernest Brown, 1900. 

Mathematics. 
Slaught, Herbert Ellsworth, 1898. 

Mathematics. 
Smith, Wilson Robert, 1899. 

Zoology. 
Smith, Warren Rufus, 1894. 

Chemistry. 
Soares, Theodore Geraldo, 1894. 

Semitics. 
Sparks, Edwin Erie, 1900. 

History. 
Sterns, Worthy Putnam, 1900. 

Political Economy. 
Stuart, Henry Walgrave, 1900. 

Philosophy. 
Stone, Isabella, 1897. 

Physics. 
Stevens, Frank Lincoln, 1900. 

Botany. 
Sturtevant, Edgar Howard, 1901. 

Sanskrit. 
Swartz, Samuel Ellis, 1896. 

Chemistry. 
Tanner, Amy Eliza, 1898. 

Philosophy. 



"Treatment of Nature in English Poetry between Pope and 
Wordsworth." 

"Legal Protection of Woman among the Ancient Ger- 
mans." 

"An Exposition in the Outline of the Relation of Certain 
Economic Principles to Social Readjustment." 

"Origin of the Rhythmical Verse in Late Latin." 

"The Genesis of the Grand Remonstrance." 

"Middle Low German Poems from Helmstedt Codices." 

"The Court of Star Chamber." 

"A Lexicographical Study of Greek Inscriptions." 

"Quid de musices universae eiusque aliquot partium singu- 
larum potestate Hooe aut Haooe et exprimendi et 
efflciendi veterum Graecorum scriptores imprimis Plato 
nee non Aristoteles indicarint." 

"The Suspension of Habeas Corpus During the Civil War." 

"The Political History of Minnesota Prior to Her Admis- 
sion into the Union." 

"Middle High German Negative Strengthened by the 
Specification of Some Things of Small Size or Value." 

"A Palseographical Study of an Unused Manuscript of 
Livy, Cod. Reg. 762." 

"The Participle in Plautus, Petronius, and Apuleius." 

"The Possibility of a Science of Education." 

"On Ternary Monomial Substitution-Groups of Finite 
Order with Determinant + 1." 

"The Cross-Ratio Group of 120 Quadratic Cremona Trans- 
formations of the Plane." 

"A Contribution to the Life-History of Isotes." 

"On the Additional Products of the Aromatic Isocyanides." 

"A Contribution to the Criticism of the Book of Chronicles." 

"The Cumberland National Road as a Union-Making 
Factor." 

"Studies on the Foreign Trade of the United States." 

"The Theory of the Process of Valuation." 

"On the Electrical Resistance of Thin Films." 

"The Compound Oosphere of Albugo Bliti." 

"Contraction in the Case Forms of the Latin io and ia 

stems, and of dens, is, and idem." 
"The Action of Sodium Ethylate on the Imide-Bromides." 

"Imagery, with Special Reference to Association of Ideas." 



38 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



Thomas, William Isaac, 1896. 

Philosophy. 
Thompson, James Westfall, 1895. 

History. 
Thompson, Helen Bradford, 1900. 

Philosoxjhy. 
Tibbetts, William Frank, 1901. 

Latin. 
Tight, William George, 1902. 

Geology. 
Treadwell, Aaron Lewis, 1899. 

Zoology. 
Triggs, Oscar Lovell, 1895. 

English. 
Tunell, George Gerard, 1897. 

Political Economy. 
Van Deman, Esther Boise, 1898. 

Latin. 
Vincent, George Edgar, 1896. 

Sociology. 
Votaw, Clyde Weber, 1896. 

Biblical Greek. 
Walker, Arthur Tappan, 1898. 

Latin. 
Walker, Dean Augustus, 1895. 

Semitics. 
Wallace, Malcolm William, 1899. 

English. 
Welch, Jeannette Cora, 1897. 
logy. 



Wilder, Frank Alonzo, 1902. 

Geology. 
Willis, Henry Parker, 1898. 

Political Economy. 
Willett, Herbert Lockwood, 1896. 

Semitics. 
Wood, Francis Asbury, 1895. 

German. 
Wyckofi, Charles Truman, 1897. 

History. 
Young, Ella Flagg, 1900. 

Education. 
Zbethout, William Douwes, 1898. 

Physiology. 



"On a Difference in the Metabolism of the Sexes." 

"The Growth of the French Monarchy under Louis VI." 

"Psychological Norms." 

"The Indicative Indirect Question in Latin." 

"Origin and Development of the Ohio River." 

"The Cytogeny of Podarke." 

" 'Assembly of Gods; or the Accord of Reason and Sensu- 
ality in the Fear of Death,' by John Lydgate." 
"Transportation on the Great Lakes of North America." 

"The Cult of Vesta Publica, and the Vestal Virgins." 

"The Social Mind and Education." 

"The Infinitive in Biblical Greek." 

"The Sequence of Tenses in Latin." 

"The Semitic Negative, with Special Reference to the 
Negative in Hebrew." 

"Influence of Plautus on the Dramatic Literature of Eng- 
land in the Sixteenth Century." 

"On the Measurement of Mental Activity through Muscu- 
lar Activity and the Determination of a Constant of 
Attention." 

"The Age and Origin of the Gypsum of Webster County, 
Iowa." 

"History of the Latin Monetary Union." 

"The Development of the Doctrine of Immortality among 

the Hebrews." 
"I, Verner's Laws in Gothic; II, The Reduplicative Verbs 

in Germanic." 
"Feudal Relations between the Crowns of England and 

Scotland under the Early Plantagenets." 
"Isolation in School Systems." 

"The Physiological Effects of High Temperatures and 
Lack of Oxygen upon Lower Organisms." 



VI. POSITIONS OF DOCTORS AND MASTEES 

An interesting question with all universities is how far there will be openings for those who 
may take higher degrees. With the great increase in the number of institutions doing university 
work and in the nimiber of higher degrees bestowed, this question is a very practical one. 

Of the 131 Doctors of Philosophy of the School of Arts and Literature the present occupa- 
tion of 11 is not reported. Of the remaining 120, 79 are teaching in institutions of collegiate 
rank, 7 are in the faculties of professional schools, 10 are teaching in secondary schools, 6 are 
pursuing further studies, and 18 are engaged in other professional work or occupations. 

Of the 90 Doctors of Philosophy in the Departments of Science, the present occupation of 
8 is not reported. Of the remaining 82, 56 are teaching in institutions of collegiate rank, 8 are 



Faculties of Aets, Literature, and Science 



39 



TABLE IX 

Positions Held bt Doctoks and Masters 

A. doctors of philosophy 



Arts and Literature 



Men Women Total 



Science 



Men Women Total 



Totals 



Men 



Women 



Total 



University of Chicago: 

1. Teaching 

2. Decent 

3. Student 

Other Univ. and Coll.: 

1. President 

2. Dean 

3. Teaching 

Teaching (abroad) . . . 

4. Fellow 

5. Student 

Student (abroad) 

Professional Schools: 

1. Teaching 

2. Student 

Normal Schools: 

1. President or Principal 

2. Teaching 

Secondaky Schools: 

1. Supt. or Principal .... 

2. Teaching 

Learned Professions: 

1. Ministry 

2. Mining Engineer 

3. Geologist 

4. Librarian 

5. Journalist 

6. Teaching 

7. Business 

8. Women having married 

Total 

Unknown 

Total 

University of Chicago: 

1. Teaching 

2. Fellow 

3. Student 

Other Univ. and Coll.: 

1. President 

2. Dean 

3. Teaching 

Teaching (abroad) . . . . 

4. Fellow 

5. Student 

Student (abroad) 

Professional Schools: 

1. Teaching 

2. Student 

Normal Schools: 

1. President or Principal . 

2. Teaching 



24 
1 
2 



39 
1 



27 
2 
4 

1 
1 

48 
1 



17 
3 



32 



18 
3 



35 

"i 

4 



41 
4 
2 



71 
1 



2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
13 
3 



94 



27 



121 
10 



75 



82 
9 



169 
19 



188 



1 
11 



33 
33 



45 
5 
4 

1 
1 

82 
1 



5 
13 

2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
14 
3 
3 



202 
19 

221 



B. MASTERS 



4 
1 

5 

2 
2 

10 
1 
1 
2 
1 

2 
2 

1 
2 



2 

1 

14 

i 

2 



2 
2 
18 
1 
1 
4 
1 

2 
2 

1 
3 




40 



The President's Repobt 



TABLE TX~ Continued 

B. MASTEB3 




Aets and Liteeatoee 


Science 


Totals 




Men 


"Women 


Total 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Secondary Schools: 

1. Supt. or Principal 


5 
5 

4 

3 

i 

6 
4 


3 

10 

i 
1 

8 
3 


8 
15 

4 

3 

i 

2 

14 
4 
3 


3 

i 
i 

'4 
1 


i 
'5 


'4 

i 
i 

'9 
1 


5 

8 

4 

1 
3 

1 

i 

10 
5 


3 
11 

i 

1 

13 
'3 


8 
19 


Learned Professions: 
1. Ministry 


4 




1 


3. Law 


3 




1 


5 Librarian 


1 




2 


7 Teadiino" 


23 


Business 


5 




3 






Total 


50 


40 


90 


.27 


9 


36 


77 
22 


49 
13 


126 




35 






Total 








■ 






99 


62 


161 







in the faculties of professional schools, 1 is pursuing further studies, 8 are teaching in secondary 
schools, and 9 are pursuing other professional occupations. 

Of the 19 whose position is unknown, it is of course possible that some are out of employ- 
ment. That is not likely to be the case with many, as in such cases graduates are very apt to 
communicate with the University authorities in the hope of securing places. 

A significant fact in the above statement is the number of Doctors (18) who are engaged 
in secondary schools. An increasing number may be expected to take such places, as the 
demands of those schools for specialized training are steadily becoming more definite. 



VII. FELLOWSHIPS 

From the outset a definite'fund has been set aside for annual stipends to Fellows. 

It has been the policy of the University to assign Fellowships to Graduate students of 
special promise who may thereby be encouraged to finish their work for the degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy. That this end has been attained appears plainly from the fact that of the 221 per- 
sons who have been given that degree 176 have held Fellowships — a percentage of 79 A. 

On the other hand. Fellowships have been given to 450 persons. Of these, 176 have taken 
the degree of Doctor and 33 that of Master. In other words, 89 per cent, of the Fellows have 
taken the former degree and 7 per cent, have taken the latter. Only 2 persons have taken both 
degrees. 

It may be noted that of the 161 persons who have received the Master's degree only 33 have 
held Fellowships. This is to be expected, as, on the one hand, the Fellow naturally is looking 
forward to a longer term of residence, while, on the other hand, a student not receiving a Fel- 
low's stipend quite frequently is unable to continue work during the long period required for 
the Doctorate. 

The percentage of Fellows who have taken the Doctor's degree should have been higher. 
The University has not adopted the policy of requiring a pledge from Fellows as to taking the 
degree, although it would seem that usually a moral obligation would certainly exist. Fellows 



Faculties of Akts, Literature, and Science 41 

who have made such progress as to be measurably near the degree have in a number of cases been 
drawn away from the University in one of two ways. Many have been tempted by the offer of 
good positions — apparently quite as good as could have been secured after waiting for the 
degree. Others have been induced to take the degree in other institutions which offer imusually 
remunerative Fellowships, either immediately preceding or immediately following the award of 
the Doctorate. For the first of these things there is no remedy at present. Probably in the 
course of time the demand for specially trained men will be adequately met by those who have 
finished their work for the Doctor's degree, and it will not then be necessary to draw on those 
whose work is incomplete. As to the other matter the situation is different. No doubt the 
University has adequate resources to protect itself by entering on a policy of competition and 
reprisal. Whether such a relation between universities, however, is in accordance with the 
dignity which should characterize such institutions, is hardly open to question. The better way 
would imdoubtedly be for universities concerned in the award of Fellowships to adopt an 
understanding which might lead to some uniformity of policy. Failing such an tmderstanding, 
no doubt the advisability of a change of plans here will have to be considered at no distant date. 

The stipends of Fellows vary from the mere tuition fees — 1120 a year — to $520 a year. 
It has been thought best to make the stipends thus moderate in order that a greater number of 
students may have the benefit. In case of a change of plans, as above suggested, the number 
of annual appointments will doubtless have to be reduced. 

Another matter which concerns universities in general should here be noted. It is the 
custom of some students to file simultaneous applications for Fellowships in different institu- 
tions, in the hope that, failing in one place, there may yet be success in another, or that in case 
of more than one appointment being received the most attractive may be accepted. An inter- 
imiversity agreement, again, could remedy an vmdesirable situation of this sort. If such an 
arrangement is not made, it will doubtless become desirable to adopt new requirements in our 
own plans of assigning Fellowships. 

It has been and is a regulation of the University that each Fellow whose stipend exceeds 
the ttiition fee shall render a certain amount of service. This is not to exceed one-sixth of the 
student's available time, and is intended to put the Fellowship on the basis of a business 
arrangement, the Fellow being an officer of the University. The service usually consists of 
attendance in the Library, assistance in laboratories or museums, editorial work on departmental 
publications, or, in some cases, instruction of college classes. 

The value and effect of this system were exhaustively discussed by the University Con- 
gregation at the meetings of September and October, 1899, and February and April, 1900. 

It was objected that the service takes time from the Fellow's main occupation at the 
expense of his scholarly work, that the service fails of being thoroughly eflBcient on account of 
its transitory character, and that the system renders our Fellowships less desirable than those 
of institutions which do not have the requirement. On the other hand, it was inrged that in 
many cases the service, especially when of the nature of assistance on departmental publications, 
reading themes, and laboratory assistance, is a real help to the Fellow in direct line vsdth his 
main occupation. A special committee of the Congregation reported (January 3, 1900) that the 
money value of the services of Fellows is to be estimated at not to exceed $7,000 per annum. 
The Congregation voted (April 3, 1900) to recommend the continuance of the system, with cer- 
tain minor modifications. 

Till. THE OGDEN (gEADUATB) SCHOOL OF SCIENCE 

Attention is called to the report of the Dean of the Ogden School, which deals vnth ques- 
tions relating to that School alone. 



42 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



TABLE X 
HoLDEES OF Fellowships, 1S92-1903 (Not Including the Fee Fellowship) 



PHILOSOPHY 



1892-1893: 
J. E. Hamilton, 
D. W. Eankin 

1893-1894: 
J. Safford - 



No. of No. of 
FeDowships Fellows 



- 2 



1894-1895: 
E. S. Ames, Ph.D. '95, 
A. W. Moore, Ph.D. '98, 
L. G. Whitehead - - - 3 

1895-1896: 
S. F. MacLennan, Ph.D. '96, 
Amy E. Tanner, Ph.D. 
L. G. Whitehead - . - 3 

1896-1897: 
Clara E. Millerd, Ph.D. '01, 
D. P. McMillan, 
A. K. Rogers, 
Amy E. Tanner, 
L. G. Whitehead . . - 5 

1897-1898: 
D. P. McMillan, Ph.D. '99, 
A. K. Rogers, Ph.D. '98, 
Helen B. Thompson - - - 3 

1898-1899: 
Myron L. Ashley, Ph.D. '01, 
Henry H. Bawden, 
Henry W. Stuart, 
Helen B. Thompson, Ph.D. '00 - 4 

1899-1900: 
Henry H. Bawden, Ph.D. '00, 
Robert Lincoln Kelly, M.Ph. '99, 
Harriet E. Penfield, 
Henry W. Stuart, Ph.D. '00 - 4 

1900-1901: 
Pearl Louise Hunter, 
Robert Lincoln Kelly, 
Irving E. Miller, M.A. '02, 
Harriet E. Penfield, 
Clifton O. Taylor - - - 5 

1901-1902: 
Kate Gordon, 
Irving King, 
John B. Watson - - - - 3 



■ 1 



Doctors, 11; Masters, 2. 



33 



23 



PEDAGOGY 



No. of No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 



1897-1898: 
E. C. Moore, Ph.D. '98 - - 1 

1898-1899: 
No appointments. 

1899-1900: 
William Arthur Clark, Ph.D. '00, 
Samuel Bower Sinclair - - 2 

1900-1901: 
John William Griffith, 
Samuel Bower Sinclair, Ph.D. '01 2 

1901-1902: 
Edmund F. Brown, 
Herman C. Henderson, 
Herbert L. Wilbur - - - 3 



Doctors, 3. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY 



1892-1893: 
H. H. Freer, 
J. W. Million, 
T. B. Veblen, 
A. P. Winston 

1893-1894: 
J. Cummings, Ph.D. '94, 
Sarah M. Hardy, 
R. F. Hoxie, 
J. W. Million, 
G. C. Sykes, 
A. P. Winston, 
H. K. White 

1894^1895: 
G. C. Calvert, 
Sarah M. Hardy, 
R. F. Hoxie, 
H. W. Stuart - 

1895-1896: 
Katharine C. Felton, 
W. F. Harding, A.M. '95, 
R. F. Hoxie, 
H. W. Stuart, 
George Tunell, 
M. E. Waltz, 
H. P. Willis 



Faculties of Arts, Liteeatuee, and Science 



43 



POLITICAL ECONOMY - 



No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



1896-1897: 
H. R. Hatfield, Ph.D. '97, 
WiUiam L. King, 
S. J. McLean, Ph.D. '97, 
E. S. Mead, 
W. C. Mitchell, 
George Tunell, Ph.D. '97, 
H. P. Willis, Ph.D. '98 - - 7 

1897-1898: 
W. H. Allen, 

H. J. Davenport, Ph.D. '98, 
Katharine B. Davis, 
B. S. Mead, 
W. C. Mitchell, 
W. P. Sterns - - . . 6 

1898-1899: 
Joseph C. Freehoff, 
Delos Oscar Kinsman, 
Harry Alvin Millis, Ph.D. '99, 
Worthy Putnam Sterns, 
Wesley Clair Mitchell, Ph.D. '99 5 

1899-1900: 
Trevor Arnett, 

Katharine B. Davis, Ph.D. '00, 
Alfred Lawrence Pish, 
John Lamar Hopkins, 
Worthy Putnam Sterns, Ph.D. '00 5 

1900-1901: 
Alfred Lawrence Fish, 
William Buck Guthrie, 
Stephen Butler Leacock, 
Svant Godfrey Lindholm, 
Robert Samuel Padan, Ph.D. '01 5 

1901-1902: 
Stephen Butler Leacock, 
Svant Godfrey Lindholm, 
Walter Dudley Nash, 
Seldon F. Smyser - - - 4 



54 



37 



Doctors, 11 ; Masters, 1. 



No. of No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 
1894-1895: 
E. M. Heim, 
J. R. Mosley, 
G. Tunell, ----- 3 3 

1895-1896: 
C. E. Boyd, 

Ethel A. Glover Hatfield, 
E. M. Heim, 
J. R. Mosley , 
E. S. Noyes - - . - 5 3 

1896-1897: 
C. E. Boyd, Ph.D. '97, 
Ethel A. Glover Hatfield, Ph.D. '98, 

E. M. Heim, 

W.C.Wilcox - - . - 4 1 

1897-1898: 
Sophonisba P. Breckinridge, A.M. '97, 

F. A. Cleveland - - - - 2 2 

1898-1899: 
Sophonisba P. Breckinridge, 
Frederick A. Cleveland, 
Charles Elmer Goodell, 
Samuel Chiles Mitchell, Ph.D. - 4 2 

1899-1900: 
Sophonisba P. Breckinridge, 
Charles Elmer Goodell, 
Susan Wade Peabody, 
Samuel Chiles Mitchell - - 4 1 

1900-1901: 
James Dowse Bradwell, 
Sophonisba P. Breckinridge, Ph.D. '01, 
Augustus Raymond Hatton, 
William Edwin Miller, 
Susan Wade Peabody, 
George Winfield Scott - - 6 4 

1901-1902: 
Burton L. French, 
Augustus Raymond Hatton - 2 2 

33 20 

Doctors, 4 ; Masters, 2 ; 1 duplicate. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

1892-1893: 
Madeline Wallin 

1893-1894: 
Helen H. Tunnicliffe, 
Madeline Wallin, A.M. '93 



1892-1893: 
R. C. H. Catterall, 
Elizabeth Wallace, 
W. C. Webster - 



44 



The President's Report 



HISTOKY — Continued 

No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



1893-1894: 

G. H. Alden, 

R. C. H. Catterall, 

Mary E. Farr, 

J. W. Thompson - - - 4 

1894-1895: 

G. H. Alden, 

J. W. Fertig, 

Regina K. Crandall, 

W. S. Davis, 

Cora L. Scofield, 

J. W. Thompson, Ph.D. '95 - 6 
1895-1896: 

J. F. Baldwin, 

Regina K. Crandall, 

W. S. Davis, 

J. W. Fertig, 

Harriet L. McCaskey, 
• W. Rullkoetter, Ph.D. '99, 

Cora L. Scofield, Ph.D. '98 - 7 

1896-1897: 

E. A. Baloh, 

J. F. Baldwin, Ph.D. '97, 

J. W. Fertig, Ph.D. '98, 

C. T. Wyckoff, Ph.D. '97 - - 4 
1897-1898: 

E. A. Balch, Ph.D. '98, 

W. F. McCaleb, 

Adna W. Risley, 

H. L. Schoolcraft, Ph.D. '99 - 4 
1898-1899: 

Walter Flavins McCaleb, 

Adna Wood Risley, 

George Clarke Sellery - - 3 
1899-1900: 

Walter Flavins McCaleb, Ph.D. '00, 

Edgar Holmes McNeal, 

Paul Frederick Peck, 

George Clarke Sellery - - 4 
1900-1901: 

Mayo Fesler, 

Edgar Holmes McNeal, 

Paul Frederick Peck, Ph.D. '01, 

George Clarke Sellery, Ph.D. '01 4 
1901-1902: 

Mayo Fesler, 

Elmer Cummings Griffith, 

Marcus Wilson Jernegan, 

Edgar Holmes McNeal, Ph.D. '02 4 



Doctors, 12; Masters, 0. 



43 



24 



AKCH.a:OLOGY 

1898-1899: 

Caroline Louise Ransom, 1 

1899-1900: 

No appointments. 
1900-1901: 

Thomas L. Comparette, Ph.D. '01 1 
1901-1902: 

No appointments. 

Doctors, 1. 2 

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

1892-1893: 

G. E. Vincent, Ph.D. '96 - - 1 
1893-1894: 

W. I. Thomas - - - - 1 
1894-1895: 

W. I. Thomas, Ph.D. '96 - - 1 
1895-1896: 

J. D. Forrest, 

P. Monroe ----- 2 
1896-1897: 

D. P. Barrows, Ph.D. '97, 

J. D. Forrest, Ph.D. '00, 

A. T. Freeman, 

H. A. Millis, Ph.D. '99, 

P. Monroe, Ph.D. '97, 

Emelie L. Wells - - - - 6 
1897-1898: 

J. C. Freehoff, 

A. T. Freeman, 

J.W.Park . - - - 3 

1898-1899: 

Arthur William Dunn, 

Charles A. Ellwood, Ph.D. '99, 

Amy Hewes, 

George Reuben Sikes - - 4 
1899-1900: 

Charles Joseph Bushnell, Ph.D. '01, 

Arthur William Dunn, 

Elmer Kendal Eyerly, 

Ralph Grieson Kimble, 

Alban David Sorenson - - 5 
1900-1901: 

Amy Hewes, 

Ralph G. Kimble, 

Eben Mumford, 

Benjamin Franklin Stacy, 

Howard Brown Woolston - - 5 



Faculties op Aets, Literature, and Science 



45 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY — Continued 

No. of No. of 

Fello-wships Fellows 
1901-1902: 
Romanzo Colfax Adams, 
Edward Gary Hayes, Ph.D. '02, 
Victor Lathrop O'Brien, 
Thomas James Riley - - 4 i 

32 25 

Doctors, 9. 

COMPABATIVE RELIGION 

1893-1894: 
Edmund Buckley, Ph.D. '94 - 1 1 

1894-1895: 
F. J. Coffin 1 1 

1895-1896: 
F.J. Coffin- - - - - 1 

1896-1897: 
F.J. Coffin- - - - - 1 

1897-1898: 

F. J. Coffin, Ph.D. '98 - - 1 

1898-1899: 
No appointments. 

1889-1900: 
No appointments. 

1900-1901: 
Caroline May Breyfogle - - 1 1 

1901-1902: 

No appointments. _ 

6 3 

Doctors, 2. 

SEMITIC LANGUAGE AND LITEEATUEE 

1892-1893: 
E. Asada, Ph.D. '93, 
E. J. Goodspeed, 
Lincoln HuUey, Ph.D. '95 - - 3 3 

1893-1894: 

G. R. Berry, Ph.D. '95, 

E. J. Goodspeed, Ph.D. '98, 

H. P. Mallory, 

D. A. Walker . - - - 4 3 

1894-1895: 
H. F. Mallory, 
O. T. Morgan, 
D. A. Walker, Ph.D. '95 - - 4 2 

1895-1896: 
H. E. Jones, 
H. P. Mallory, 
O. T. Morgan, Ph.D. '02, 
C.C.Sherman - - - - 4 2 



1896-1897: 
J. K. Arnold, Ph.D. '99, 
H. E. Jones, Ph.D. '98, 
William Mebane - - - 3 

1897-1898: 
T. A. Gessler, 
J. M.P.Smith - - - - 2 

1898-1899: 
Alois Barta, 

Winfred Nichols Donovan, 
John M. P. Smith, Ph.D. '99 - 3 

1899-1900: 
Alois Barta, Ph.D. '00, 
Lutie Rebecca Corwin, 
Emanuel Schmidt - - - 4 

1900-1901: 

Preston Pishon Bruce, 
Lutie Rebecca Corwin, 
Clifton Daggett Gray, Ph.D. '01 5 

1901-1902: 
Preston Pishon Bruce, 
Lutie Rebecca Corwin - - 2 



No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



34. 



Doctors, 11. 



COMPAEATIVB PHILOLOGT 

1892-1893: 
F. H. Fowler, 
W. B. Owen . - - - 2 

1893-1894: 
F. H. Fowler, 
H. F. Linscott, 
W. B. Owen, Ph.D. '01 - - 3 

1894-1895: 
F. H. Fowler, Ph.D. '96, 
H. P. Linscott, Ph.D. '96 - - 2 

1895-1896: 
Helen M. Searles - - - 1 

1896-1897: 
Helen M. Searles - - - 1 

1897-1898: 
Helen M. Searles, Ph.D. '98 - 1 

1898-1899: 
Marion Schibsby, 
Charles Henry Shannon, 
Edgar Howard Sturtevant - 3 





21 




1 





46 



The President's Eepoet 



COMPAEATIVE PHILOLOGY — Continued 

No. of No. of 

1899-1900' Fellowships Fellows 

John Jacob Meyer, Ph.D. '00, 

Edgar Howard Sturtevant - 2 1 

1900-1901: 

Edgar H. Sturtevant, Ph.D. '01 1 

1901-1902: 

William Cyrus Gunnerson, 

Roy Batchelder Nelson - - 2 2 



Doctors, 6. 



18 



1892-1893: 

H. N. Matteson - - - - 1 
1893-1894: 

Emily J. Smith - - - - 1 
1894-1895: 

Emeline B. Bartlett, 

W. A. Heidel, Ph.D. '95 - - 2 
1895-1896: 

Emeline B. Bartlett, 

W. H. Kruse, 

Helen L. Lovell - - - - 3 
1896-1897: 

Clara E. Millerd, Ph.D. '01, 

George Norlin, 

C. W. Seidenadel, Ph.D. '97 - 3 
1897-1898: 

H. M. Burchard, Ph.D. '00, 

T. C. Burgess, Ph.D. '98, 

Anna B. Hersman, 

George Norlin - - . . 4 
1898-1899: 

Ernest Green Dodge, M.A. '95, 

George Norlin, Ph.D. '00, 

Clarence Frisbie Ross - - 3 
1899-1900: 

Robert John Bonner, 

Thomas Beveridge Glass, 

George Washington Paschal, Ph.D. '00, 

David Moore Robinson - - 4 
1900-1901: 

Frederick Leroy Hutson, 

Geneva Misener, 

La Rue Van Hook, 

David Moore Robinson - - 4 
1901-1902: 

Roy Castor Flickinger, 

Geneva Misener, 

La Rue Van Hook - - - 3 



10 



Doctors, 7; Masters, 1. 



28 



22 



1892-1893: 
Mabel Banta, 
W. F. Brewer, 

E. Antoinette Ely, 

F. W. Valentine, 

A. T. Walker - ... 5 
1893-1894: 
C. K. Chase, 

E. Antoinette Ely, 

W. C. France, Ph.D. '95, 

Emma L. Gilbert, 

J. C. Nelson, 

A. T. Walker, Ph.D. '98 - - 6 
1894-1895: 

Emma L. Gilbert, 

F.W.Shipley .... 2 
1895-1896: 

C. E. Dixon, 
P. A. Gallup, 

F. B. R. Hellems, 

D. J. Holmes, 

J. J. Schlicher, Ph.D. '00, 

F. W. Shipley, 

C. G. Swearingen, 

Cleveland K. Chase ... 8 
1896-1897: 

C. E. Dixon, 

F. B. R. Hellems, 

Esther B. van Deman, Ph.D. '98, 

F. W. Shipley, Ph.D. '01 . - 4 
1897-1898: 

E. A. Bechtel, 
C.E. Dixon, 
Mary B. Harris, 

F. B. R. Hellems, Ph.D. '98, 

O. M. Washburn ... 5 
1898-1899: 

Edward Ambrose Bechtel, Ph.D. '00, 

Charles Edward Dixon, 

Mary Belle Harris, 

Thomas Kay Sidey, Ph.D. '00 - 4 
1899-1900: 

Tenny Prank, 

Mason DeWitt Gray, 

Mary Belle Harris, Ph.D. '00, 

David Thomson, 

Oliver Miles Washburn - - 5 
1900-1901: 

Tenny Prank, 

Mason DeWitt Gray, 

David Thomson .... 3 



No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science 



47 



LATIN — Continued 

No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



1901-1902: 
Harold Lucius Axtell, M.A. '00, 
Charles Henry Beeson, 
Norman Wentworth DeWitt, 
Mason DeWitt Gray - 

Doctors, 9; Masters, 1. 



4 
46 



1892-1893: 
C. H. Kinne . - - - 1 

1893-1894: 

Susan R. Cutler, 

Ren^ de Poyen-Bellisle,Pli.D. '94 2 
1894-1895: 

Susan R. Cutler, 

T. L. Neff 2 

1895-1896: 

Susan R. Cutler, 

W. D. Crabb, 

J. A. Munson, 

T. L. Neflf, Ph.D. '96 - - - 4 
1896-1897: 

J. W. Cooper, 

W. D. Crabb, Ph.D. '97, 

J. A. Munson - . - - 3 

1897-1898: 
Lisi C. Cipriani, Ph.D. '98 - 1 

1898-1899: 
Edgar William Abbott, 
Isabelle Bronk - - - 2 

1899-1900: 

Andre B^ziat DeBordes, Ph.D. '99, 

Isabelle Bronk, Ph.D. '99, 

Joseph Stanley Will - - - 3 
1900-1901: 

No appointments. 
1901-1902: 

Milton Alexander Buchannan, 

Mary Helen Dey, M.A. '02 - 



2 
20 



Doctors, 6; Masters, 1. 

GEKMAN 

1892-1893: 

C. W. Cabeen - 
1893-1894: 

P. O. Kern, Ph.D. '97, 

P. A. Wood 



- 1 



3 

28 



2 
14 



- 2 



2 



No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 
1894-1895: 

J. A. Munson, 

F. A. Wood, Ph.D. '95 - - 2 1 

1895-1896: 
Philip Allen, 
Jessie L. Jones, Ph.D. '97 - - 2 2 

1896-1897: 

Philip Allen, Ph.D. '97, 

J. B. E. Jonas 
1897-1898: 

K. D. Jessen, 

J. B. E. Jonas - 
1898-1899: 

Percy Bentley Burnet, 

Wilhelm Alfred Brom, 

Johannes B. E. Jonas, Ph.D. 
1899-1900: 

Percy Bentley Burnet, 

Frederick Otto Schub, 

Bertha Thormyer 

1900-1901: 
Frederick Otto Schub, Ph.D. '01, 
Bertha Thormyer, Ph.M. '01 - 2 

1901-1902: 

Henrietta Katharine Becker, 
Chester Nathan Gould - - 2 



- 3 







Doctors, 6; Masters, 1. 



21 



14 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITEBATUEE 

1892-1893: 
A. M. Allen, 
L. D. Milliman, 

E. H. Lewis, Ph.D. '94, 
Myra Reynolds, 

C. G. Wells, 

Maude Wilkinson - - - 6 
1893-1894: 
Mary Bowen, 
Harriet L. Brainard, 

F. I. Carpenter, Ph.D. '95, 

G. K. Grant, 

Alice E. Pratt, Ph.M. '92, 
Myra Reynolds, Ph.D. '95, 
Maude Wilkinson - - - 7 
1894-1895: 
Mary Bowen, 
W. E. Henry, 
Alice E. Pratt, 



48 



The Pkesident's Kepoet 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND 



LITERATUKE — Contirmed 

No. of No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 



Emily K. Reynolds, 
V. P. Squires, A.M. '95, 
Florence M. Walker, Ph.M. '95, 
Jane K. Weatherlow - - - 7 

1895-1896: 
Mary Bowen, Ph.D. '97, 
Gertrude Buck, 
J. W. Bray, 
Eleanor P. Hammond, 
Alice E. Pratt, Ph.D. '97, 
Emily K. Reynolds, 
V. P. Squires - - - - 7 

1896-1897: 

Eleanor P. Hammond, Ph.D. '98 

Emily K. Reynolds, 

V. P. Squires - - - - 3 

1897-1898: 
P. B. Kohlsaat, 
F. B. Lindsay, 
A. W. Leonard, 
Katharine Merrell, 
M. W. Wallace, 
Frances Williston - - - 6 

1898-1899: 

Grace Patten Conant, 
Gottfried Hult, 
Frederick Brooks Lindsay, 
Malcolm WUliam Wallace, Ph.D. '99, 
Philemon Bulkley Kohlsaat, 
Frances WiUiston - - - 6 

1899-1900: 

Harriet Emeline CrandaU, 

Grace Patten Conant, 

George Linnaeus Marsh, A.M. '99 3 

1900-1901: 

Harriet Emeline CrandaU, 
George Linnsus Marsh - - 2 

1901-1902: 
Reginald Harvey Griffith, 
John Robertson MacArthur, 
Henry Cables Penn, 
Richard Holmes Powell, Jr., 
George Fullmer Reynolds - 5 

52 
Doctors, 7; Masters, 4; 1 Duplicate. 



5 
.34 



MATHEMATICS 



No. of 



No. of 



1892-1893: 
N. B. Heller, 
J. I. Hutchinson, 
H. E. Slaught, 
J. A. Smith, 
Mary F. Winston - - - 5 

1893-1894: 
William Gillespie, 
J. L. Hutchinson, Ph.D. '96, 
H. E. Slaught, Ph.D. '96, 
J. A. Smith ... - 4 

1894-1895: 
G. L. Brown, 
L. E. Dickson, 
William Gillespie, 
S. A. Joffe ----- 4 

1895-1896: 
G. L. Brown, Ph.D. '00, 
L. E. Dickson, Ph.D. '96, 
E. B. Escott, M.S. '96, 
William Gillespie, 
Alice B. Gould - - - - 5 

1896-1897: 
William Gillespie, Ph.D. '96, 
Thomas McKinney, 
A. Ranum 3 

1897-1898: 
J. C. Hammond, M.S. '97, 
H. Lloyd, 
J. H. McDonald - - - - 3 

1898-1899: 
Elting Houghtelling Comstock, 
Derrick Norman Lehmer, 
Henry Lloyd, 
John Hector McDonald - - 4 

1899-1900: 
Gilbert Ames Bliss, Ph.D. '00, 
William Findlay, 

Derrick Norman Lehmer, Ph.D. '00, 
Henry Lloyd, 
John Hector McDonald, Ph.D, '00 5 

1900-1901: 
Morton Clark Bradley, 
William Findlay, Ph.D. '01, 
Thomas M. Putnam, Ph.D. 02 - 3 



Fellowships Fellows 



Faculties of Aets, Literature, and Science 



49 



MATHEMATICS — Continued 

No. of 



1901-1902: 
Herbert Edwin Jordan, 
William James Rusk, 
Arthur Whipple Smith, M.S. '00, 
Oswald Veblen - - - - 4 



No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 



Doctors, 10; Masters, 3. 



40 



26 



ASTRONOMY 

1894-1895: 

Storrs B. Barrett 
1895-1896: 

Storrs B. Barrett, 

David A. Drew - 
1896-1897: 

W. H. Wright - 
1898-1899: 

Clement Eugene Rood, 

Delonzo Tate Wilson 
1899-1900; 

Walter Sydney Adams, 

Arthur Constant Lunn, 

Clement Eugene Rood, 

Delonzo Tate Wilson 
1900-1901: 

William Otis Beal, 

Arthur Constant Lunn, M.A. '02 
1901-1902: 

William Otis Beal, M.S. '02 

Doctors, 0; Masters, 2. 



- 2 



13 



1899-1900: 
Clark Wells Chamberlain, 
Robert Francis Earhart, Ph.D. '00, 
Hopson Owen Murfee, 
Fritz Reichman - - . - 4 

1900-1901: 
Benjamin Oscar Hutchison, 
Frank Baldwin Jewett, Ph.D. '02, 
Fritz Reichman, Ph.D. '01 - 3 

1901-1902: 
Benjamin Oscar Hutchison, 
John Mills, 
Mary Isabel Northway 

Doctors, 6; Masters, 0. 



No. of No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 



1893-1894: 






1895-1896: 


A. W.Whitney - - - - 


1 


1 


James B. Garner, Ph.D., 


1894-1895: 






Nellie Goldthwaite, 


A. W.Whitney - - - - 


1 





B. C. Hesse, Ph.D. '96, 


1895-1896: 






L. W. Jones 


G. F. Hull, Ph.D. '97 - 


1 


1 


1896-1897: 


1896-1897: 






Nellie Goldthwaite, 


J. L. Lake 


1 


1 


L. W. Jones, Ph.D. '97, 


1897-1898: 






H. N. McCoy, 


H. G. Gale, 






F. Neher, 


E. S. Johonnot, Ph.D. 98, 






J. F. Sellers 


J. L. Lake ----- 


3 


2 


1897-1898: 


1898-1899: 






H. C. Biddle, Ph.D. '00, 


Henry Gordon Gale, Ph.D. '99, 






H. N. McCoy, Ph.D. '98, 


Fritz Reichman - . - . 


2 


1 


F. Neher -----' 



3 

19 



CHEMISTBT 

1892-1893: 
Adolph Bernhard, 
J. L. Bridge, 
W. R. Smith, 
S. E. Swartz - - . - 4 

1893-1894: 

Adolph Bernhard, Ph.D. '94, 

B. C. Hesse, 

W. R. Smith, Ph.D. '01, 

S. E. Swartz, 

R. W.Wood - - : . 5 

1894-1895: 
F. R. Dains, Ph.D. '98, 
Nellie Goldthwaite, 
B. C. Hesse, 
S. E. Swartz, Ph.D. '96 - - 4 



2 
13 



50 



The President's Kepobt 



CHEMISTRY - 



- Continued 

No. of No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 



1898-1899: 
Solomon Farley Acree, 
Heyman Elijah Goldberg, 
William McCracken, 
Max Darwin Slimmer - - 4 

1899-1900: 
Solomon Farley Acree, 
Heyman Elijah Goldberg, 
William McCracken, 
Eugene Paul Schoch, 
Max Darwin Slimmer - - 5 

1900-1901: 
Solomon Farley Acree, 
William McAfee Bruce, 
Francis William Bushong, 
John Wilkes Sheperd - - 4 

1901-1902: 
Wallace Appleton Beatty, Ph.D. '02, 
Roy Hutchison Brownlee, 
William McAfee Bruce, 
Francis William Bushong, 
Alfred Ogle Shaklee - - - 5 



Doctors, 10; Masters, 0. 



1892-1893: 
J. A. Bownocher, 
C. H. Gordon, 
H. B. Kummel, 
C. E. Peet - 



43 



3 

25 



1893-1894: 
J. A. Bownocher, 
C. H. Gordon, Ph.D. '95, 
T. 0. Hopkins, 
H. B. Kummel, 
C. E. Peet, 
E. C. Quereau - 

1894-1895: 
C. H. Gordon, 
T. C. Hopkins, Ph.D. '00, 
H. B. Kummel, Ph.D. '95, 
C. E. Peet - 



1895-1896: 
H. C. Cowles, 
D. P. Nicholson, 
A. H. Purdue - 



1896-1897: 
W. C. Alden, 
H. P. Bain, Ph.D. '97, 
J. P. Goode, 
Samuel Weidman 

1897-1898: 
W. C. Alden, M.A. '98, 
C. E. Siebenthal, 
C. F. Tolman 

1898-1899: 
John Wellington Finch, 
Russell George, 
WiUiam Newton Logan, 
Claude Ellsworth Siebenthal 



No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



- 4 



1899-1900: 
Wallace Walter Atwood, 
Russell George, 
Willis Thomas Lee, 
William Newton Logan, Ph.D. '00, 
William George Tight, Ph.D. '02 5 

1900-1901: 
John Mason Boutwell, 
Fred Harvey Hall Calhoun, 
Nevin Melancthon Fenneman, 
Russell George - - - - 4 

1901-1902: 
Fred Harvey Hall Calhoun, Ph.D. '02, 
Nevin Melancthon Fenneman, Ph.D. '01, 
George Henry Garey, M.S. '02, 
Prank Alonzo Wilder, Ph.D. '02 4 



Doctors, 9; Masters, 2. 

ZOOLOGY 

1892-1893: 
C. L. Bristol, 
A. C. Eycleshymer, Ph.D. 
H. P. Johnson, 
W. A. Locy, Ph.D. '95, 
A. D. Mead, 
H. L. Russell - 

1893-1894: 
E. R. Boyer, 
C. L. Bristol, Ph.D. '97, 
Cornelia M. Clapp, 
H. P. Johnson, Ph.D. '94, 
A. D. Mead, 

J. P. Munson, Ph.D. '97, 
A. L. Treadwell - 



41 



26 



Faculties of Aets, Liteeatuke, and Soibnoe 



51 



ZOOLOGY — Continued 

No. of No. of 

Fellowships Fellows 



1894-1895: 

E. R. Beyer, 

H. S. Erode, Ph.D., 

Cornelia M. Clapp, 

A. D. Mead, Ph.D. '96, 

Harriet B. Merrill, 

Charles M. Child 
1895-1896: 

H. S. Erode, Ph.D., 

CorneUa M. Clapp, Ph.D. '96, 

Agnes M. Claypole, Ph.D., 

S. J. Holmes, 

Harriet B. Merrill, 

L. Murbach 
1896-1897: 

H. R. Fling, 

S. J. Holmes, Ph.D. '97, 

W. H. Packard, 

Mary M. Sturges, M.S. '96 
1897-1898: 

F. L. Charles, 
Emily R. Gregory, 
M. F. Guyer, 

G. W. Hunter, 
W. H. Packard, 
Mary M. Sturges, 

A. L. Treadwell, Ph.D. '99 
1898-1899: 
Howell Emlyn Davies, 
Emily Ray Gregory, Ph.D. '99, 
Michael Frederick Guyer, 
Ralph Stayner Lillie, 
Horatio Hackett Newman, 
Wales H. Packard 



- 4 



- 6 



1899-1900: 
Howell Emlyn Davies, Ph.D. '00, 
Michael Frederick Guyer, Ph.D. '00, 
Mary Heflferan, 
Horatio Hackett Newman, 
Ralph Stayner Lillie, 
Anne Moore, 
Minnie Marie Enteman - - 7 

1900-1901: 
Charles Christopher Adams, 
Elliott Rowland Downing, Ph.D. '01, 
Minnie Marie Enteman, Ph.D. '01, 
Eugene Howard Harper, Ph.D. '02, 
Ralph Stayner Lillie, Ph.D. '01, 
William J. Moenkhaus, 
Horatio Hackett Newman - - 7 





No. of 


No. of 




Fellowships 


Fellows 


1901-1902: 






Marion Elizabeth Hubbard, 






Charles Christopher Adams, 






Bennett Mills Allen - 


- 3 


2 




59 


35 


Doctors, 18; Masters, 1 






ANATOMY 






1898-1899: 






No appointments. 






1899-1900: 






No appointments. 






1900-1901: 






No appointments. 






1901-1902: 






Daniel Graisberry Revell, 






Louis Neill Tate 


- 2 


2 


Doctors, 0. 


2 


2 


NEUROLOGY 







1896-1897: 

Irving Hardesty - - - 1 1 

1897-1898: 

Irving Hardesty - - - 1 

1898-1899: 

Irving Hardesty, Ph.D. '99 -1 

1899-1900: 

David Martin Schoemaker, 

Shinkishi Hatai - - - - 2 2 

1900-1901: 

Shinkishi Hatai - - - - 1 

1901-1902: 

Shinkishi Hatai, Ph.D. '02, 

Charles Inghert - - - - 2 1 

8 4 

Doctors, 2; Masters, 0. 

PALEONTOLOGY 

1893-1894: 

O.P. Hay 1 1 

1895-1896: 

Ermine C. Case, Ph.D. '96-1 

2 2 

Doctors, 1; Masters, 0. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

1893-1894: 

Elizabeth Cooke, Ph.D. '96-1 1 

1894-1895: 

William James Baird - - 1 1 



52 



The President's Eeport 



PHYSIOLOGY — Continued 

No. of No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 
1895-1896: 

S. S. Maxwell, Ph.D. '96, 

Jeanette C. Welch, Ph.D. '97-2 2 

1896-1897: 

E. P. Lyon, Ph.D. '97 - - 1 1 

1897-1898: 

W. D. Zoethout, Ph.D. '98 - - 1 1 

1898-1899: 

Walter Eugene Garrey - - 1 1 

1899-1900: 

Walter Eugene Garrey, Ph.D. '00, 

Ray Ravone Rodgers, 

Ralph Waldo Webster - - 3 2 

1900-1901: 

Anne Moore, Ph.D. '01, 

Ralph Waldo Webster, Ph.D. '02 2 1 

1901-1902: 

Arthur White Greeley, Ph.D. '02, 

Charles Hugh Neilson, Ph.D. '02 2 2 



U 



12 



1897-1898: 
W. R. Smith 



No. of No. of 
Fellowships Fellows 



1898-1899: 
Florence May Lyon, Ph.D. '01, 
Wilson Robert Smith, Ph.D. '99, 
Frank Lincoln Stevens, Ph.D. '00 3 2 

1899-1900: 

Samuel Monds Coulter, 

Burton Edward Livingston, 

Andrew Charles Moore - - 3 3 

1900-1901: 
Samuel Monds Coulter, 
Anstruther Abercrombie Lawson, Ph.D. '01, 
Burton E. Livingston, Ph.D. '01 3 1 

1901-1902: 

Theodore Christian Frye, 

Clifton Durant Howe, 

George Harrison Shull, 

Philip G. Wrightson, M.S. '02 - 4 



19 



4 
16 



Doctors, 10; Masters, 0. 



Doctors, 9; Masters, 1. 



1896-1897: 
O. W. Caldwell, Ph.D. '98, 
J. G. Coulter, Ph.D. '00, 
H. C. Cowles, Ph.D. '98, 
M. C. Jensen, 
William D. Merrell, Ph.D. '98 



Grand total : Number of Fellowships, 691; 
Number of Fellows, 453 ; 2 Duplicates. 

Total Doctors, 180. 
Total Masters, 29. 



X. THE COLLEGES 

Attention is called to the special reports of the Dean of the Senior Colleges, the Dean of 
the Jxuiior Colleges, and the Dean of University College, which follow. 

In the report of the Dean of the Senior Colleges it appears that 1,297 persons have been 
given the Bachelor's degree. In this there are two significent facts. One is that about one-half 
of the candidates receive their degrees at some Convocation other than that of June, the other 
is that thirty-one bachelors have attended Summer Quarters only. 

The above report is respectfully submitted, 

Haeby Peatt Jddson, Dean. 



THE OGDEN GRADUATE SCHOOL OF SCIENCE 

To the President of the University: 

Sir: I submit herewith my report on the condition of the Ogden (Graduate) School of 
Science. The statistics of attendance in the Ogden School of Science are included in the statis- 
tics of Graduate Students, pp. 21-7. They show that the Graduate Students of Science have 
increased from 25 per cent, of the total nvunber of Graduate Students during the first year of 
the University, to 37 per cent, during the tenth year. In actual numbers, the increase has been 
from 55 during the first year to 385 during the tenth, the last number including those in at- 
tendance during the Summer Quarter only. The increase in numbers has been iminterrupted, 
and the increase in percentage, as compared with the total ntunber of Graduate Students, has 
been hardly less regular. The attendance by years and the distribution of the students among 
the several Departments are shown in the accompanying tables. The percentages of the 
Science Students for the first ten years are as follows: 25, 28, 31, 82, 34, 32, 36, 35, 36 and 37. 
Of the Students in the Ogden School, about 18 per cent, have been women, the range being 
from 15 per cent, to 21 per cent. 

All the Departments of Science have had a notable, and, on the whole, satisfactory growth 
during the ten years of the University's history. All Departments have been more or less em- 
barrassed by the limitations of equipment incident to a new institution, but facilities for work 
have steadily increased, and in some Departments are approaching adequacy. Other Depart- 
ments are still embarrassed by lack of space, apparatus, and books, and there is no Department 
which could not profitably utilize a larger equipment and a larger instructional and investi- 
gative force. 

The first efPort of the Departments has very properly been to make adequate provision for 
their students. For creditable instructional work, a somewhat extensive equipment in the way 
of buildings, apparatus, books, and men is necessary. No Department is so hampered at the 
present time that such work is not done, though some Departments are seriously crippled for 
lack of adequate space and appropriate appointments. The second great aim of the several 
Departments has been to make themselves centers of investigative work, quite in advance of 
that which may be undertaken by the student body. For such investigative work, facilities in 
excess of those demanded for satisfactory instructional work are needed. Such work demands 
additional space, additional apparatus, and a more extensive library, while the investigators 
themselves must have time at their command for the prosecution of their work. In spite of the 
fact that epoch-marking investigative work has been done by men in several of the departments 
of science, adequate provision for this sort of work, which properly follows that of instructional 
work, has not yet been made. Many of the Departments have reached that point where a 
relatively small additional outlay might be made productive of very large returns — returns 
much more than commensurate with their cost. 

The idea that investigative work is one of the great functions of a university is one which 
has but recently come to due recognition in America; but it has been widely adopted during 
the last decade, and promises to be a controlling factor in the future development of xmi- 
versities. The rapid growth of the departments of science during the years which have passed 
leads to the hope that the additional provision necessary for larger investigative work in the 
future will not be long delayed. In this connection it is proper to add that the development of 
investigative work, which should be furthered in every possible way, should not be allowed to 
overshadow or in any way dwarf the work of instruction. The tendency which occasionally 

63 



54 The Psbsident's Eepokt 

finds expression — to belittle the work of instruction, as compared with the work of investiga- 
tion, should never be allowed to become prevalent. Each is necessary to the other, for the 
successful prosecution of instructional work must of necessity have much to do with the 
development of investigative work, and at the same time investigative work cannot be divorced 
from the most advanced grades of instructional work. The two great phases of university work 
should be developed side by side. 

Some of the especial needs of the Ogden School of Science are set forth in the statements 
which follow, under the heads of the several Departments. In addition to the needs there 
specified, it is in every way desirable that steps be taken to secure more effectual co-operation 
and unification of the several Departments. In many cases, the borderlands of the several 
fields of science are unoccupied, and it is important that those phases of work which lie be- 
tween two or more Departments be represented both in the instructional and investigative force 
of the University. By this means, the several Departments can be of mutual assistance, and 
the work of unification fm-thered. For the most part, the several Departments have responded 
with the greatest generosity to the calls of neighbor Departments; but, in spite of this, certain 
important lines of work lying between Departments, as now organized, are partially or wholly 
unrepresented. 

Among the additions which are especially desirable, by way of connecting existing De- 
partments more closely, are the following: 

1. Provision for work in Mechanics and Applied Mathematics. — Such work would 
be of great advantage to all Departments of Physical Science, and is of special importance in 
connection with the new methods of work which the Department of Mathematics is desirous of 
establishing. 

2. Provision for work in Physical Chemistry. — This great and growing branch of 
Chemistry, now being developed into prominence in several of our leading universities, remains 
but slightly represented here. The methods and principles of Physical Chemistry are, it is 
true, made use of by the Department, but no opportunity is offered for advanced work in this 
fine. The work in Physical Chemistry wotJd be advantageous not only to the Departments of 
Chemistry and Physics, but also to the Department of Geology, and to all members of the 
biological group. 

3. Provision for work in Paleo-Botany. — This field remains to the present time essen- 
tially uncultivated, not only here, but in most universities, though Paleo-Zoology (Paleontology) 
has long been a field of fruitful research. Because of its newness, the field of Paleo-Botany 
oilers exceptional inducements for strong investigative work, work which would be of great ad- 
vantage to the Departments of Geology and Botany. 

4. Provision for adequate instruction in Geography. — The time is ripe for the develop- 
ment of work in this line on an extensive scale. Probably no other line of work could be 
named which has so many connections, and which would go farther toward bringing various 
Departments now in existence into appropriate and vital relations with one another. The 
influence of such work would be felt outside the Departments of Science, and would help to 
establish the proper relations between Geology, Zoology, and Botany, on the one hand, and 
History, Political Economy, and Sociology, on the other. 

In most of the cases indicated above, the instruction in the subjects specified might prop- 
erly be assigned to some of the Departments now in existence. In other cases, as in Paleo- 
Botany, the instruction might be assigned to the Department of Paleontology, or it might be 
given partly in the Department of Botany, and partly in the Department of Geology. It is 
earnestly hoped that generous provision for these lines of work may be made at an early day, 
though most of it cannot be regarded as more pressing than enlarged facilities for work already 
established. 



The Ogden Graduate School of Science 55 



THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

The Department of Mathematics is occupying temporary and inadequate quarters in the 
Ryerson Physical Laboratory and, in addition, has the use of certain class-rooms in Cobb Hall. 
These quarters are not only inadequate for the work of the Department, but the rooms in Ryer- 
son Laboratory will be needed at once by the Department of Physics. It is therefore clear 
that the Department of Mathematics should have other and more commodious rooms at its dis- 
posal. Furthermore, the Department is desirous of introducing laboratory methods in its work. 
A beginning in this direction has already been made with excellent results, but the successful 
execution of the plan on the desired scale calls for much more space than is now available. 
This Department and the Department of Astronomy, which is in equal need of more commo- 
dious quarters, could be accommodated in a common building. While the idea that the Depart- 
ment of Mathematics needs laboratory facilities especially adapted to its peculiar needs, the 
same as the other sciences, is a relatively new one, it is not without a sound basis, and the enter- 
prise of the Department in this direction should be encoiuraged. 

The Department has recently introduced certain elementary courses in Applied Mathe- 
matics. With the exception of these elementary courses, its work is at present virtually con- 
fined to Pure Mathematics. The interests of the University will be materially furthered if 
provision can be made for a wider range of work, in the lines of Applied Mathematics.- Pro- 
vision for work of this sort will be of advantage not only to the Department of Mathematics, but 
to the Departments of Physics, Astronomy, and Geology as well. The center of the work along 
these lines would be found in the application of Mathematics to the various problems of Physics, 
Astronomy, and Geology on the basis of initial hypotheses furnished by the physicist, the 
astronomer, and the geologist. Such work would help to unify the scientific work of the Uni- 
versity by connecting the work of the several Departments concerned. 

The laboratory equipment needed by the Department of Mathematics is less than that 
needed by most other Departments of Science; yet many things in the way of models and instru- 
ments, in addition to that which the Department now has would be helpful for its work. 

The teaching force of the Department is made up of two Professors, one Associate Pro- 
fessor, three Assistant Professors, and one Instructor. All of these ofiicers carry full instruc- 
tional work, and four of them give instructional work to the extent of eight Majors per year. 
The number of students in the Department is such that it is necessary to call on Fellows for 
instructional work. 

Important lines of research work have been carried on by various members of the Depart- 
ment since the beginning of the University. So much of it as has been published is mentioned 
in the bibliography accompanying this report. 

THE DEPARTMENT OP ASTRONOMY 

The location of the Yerkes Observatory at Lake Geneva makes necessary the maintenance 
of a second observatory, which can be used as a student laboratory on the campus. The obser- 
vatory on the campus at the present time is altogether inadequate for the needs of the work. 
A new observatory, perhaps best in connection with a building for the Department of Mathe- 
matics, and a substantial increase in its equipment are necessary for the most effective instruc- 
tional work. 

In spite of the rich equipment of the Observatory at Lake Geneva, the Director and the 
Visiting Committee have pointed out various lines in which additions might be advantageously 
made. One of the things especially desired is a great reflecting telescope. Such a great reflector 
is regarded by astronomers as the next important step in the development of telescopic work. 



56 The President's Eepoet 

The essential optical part of such a telescope has been constructed at Yerkes Observatory. 
When suitably mounted, it is believed that it will yield results beyond the reach of any existing 
instrument. The researches in which it would be certain to sm-pass the largest reflecting tele- 
scope are (1) the photography of nebulae; (2) the photographic study of stellar spectra; (3) the 
photometric observations (mainly photographic) of faint, variable stars beyond the reach of 
other telescopes ; and (4) the measurement of the heat radiation of the stars. The best results from 
the use of this telescope would come, it is believed, from its installation in various positions at 
various times. It might be used to great advantage in a climate similar to that of California 
for a few years, and then in a position south of the equator. The cost of mounting the mirror, 
and of providing a suitable" building, with all necessary accessories, would be considerable, but 
the results would also be great. 

The scientific force at the Yerkes Observatory, with its present instrumental equipment, is 
able to produce more photographs of the sun, moon, stars, nebulae, and their spectra, than can be 
measured and reduced with the present force. In the opinion of the Director, an additional 
income of a few thousand dollars, available for the employment of assistants and computers, 
would double the output of the Observatory. Under these circumstances, it would seem that 
some additional expenditure would be wise economy. 

The Department is in need of a publication fund. Many of the results of the work done 
at the Observatory are of such a nature that their publication is necessarily expensive, and not 
to be undertaken save by a fund especially provided for this purpose. One of the most impor- 
tant pieces of astronomical work ever executed, a general catalogue of all known double stars, 
prepared by Professor Bui'nham, has already been awaiting publication for several years because 
of the lack of funds available for this purpose. 

The teaching and investigative force of the Department consists of four Professors, one 
Assistant Professor, two Instructors, and three Assistants, in addition to the Secretary and 
Librarian. All except two of these officers are stationed at the Yerkes Observatory. No other 
Department of the University devotes so large a proportion of its time and energy to research 
work. The ends to which it is directed are indicated in the report of the Director of the Yerkes 
Observatory. The results which it has already accomplished have commanded the attention of 
the astronomical world. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

The Department of Physics occupies the larger part of the Kyerson Physical Laboratory. 
Well adapted as this building is to the needs of the Department, it wotild be of advantage if a 
small building could be erected in the rear of the present hall, which might be used as a shop 
and testing laboratory. The removal of such heavy work from the present building would 
facilitate the prosecution of refined work. 

The equipment of the Department consists of something like 1,400 pieces of apparatus, 
many of which have been constructed in the Laboratory. The equipment for many lines of 
work is adequate, but provision for certain other lines has never been made. Thus, there is 
little equipment for work in Applied Electricity, or for work in high and low temperatures. 
Equipment for these lines of work is one of the special needs of the Department. Such equip- 
ment would make possible the inauguration of some lines of work which have never been under- 
taken. It would also be of great advantage, not only to the Department of Physics, but to 
several other Departments as well, if more extensive work in Mechanics were provided. 

The teaching force of the Department consists of one Professor, who is Head of the 
Department and Director of the Laboratory, two Assistant Professors, three Instructors, one 
Eesearch Assistant, and two Instrument Makers. The Department offers annually forty-four 
Majors of instruction, twenty of which are in the Graduate School. 



The Ogden Graduate School of Science 57 



The following lines of investigative work are now being prosecuted in the Laboratory: 

1. The production of diffraction gratings. 

2. The acciurate determination of the velocity of light. 

3. The nature of coherer action. 

4. Measm-ement of the mean free path by means of spark potentials. 

5. The viscosity of gases. 

. 6. Peculiarities in the iron spectrum. 
The publications of the Department are enumerated elsewhere in this report. 

THE DEPARTMENT OP CHEMISTRY 

Two new lines of work should be undertaken by the Department as early as practicable. 
First and foremost is work in Physical Chemistry. While the Department was among the first 
to apply the results and methods of Physical Chemistry, it has been impossible, up to the 
present time, to meet the needs of this important branch of the subject, and, so far as this work 
is concerned, the University is falling behind other institutions. The need for the establish- 
ment of this work is the greater, in that many other Departments —namely. Physics, Geology, 
Physiology, Botany, and Medicine— would profit by it. The present needs in this line might 
be met by the appointment of an instructor of high rank, and by providing means for equip- 
ment. For the adequate estabUshment of this work a sum of not less than $10,000 would be 
required for equipment. The present Laboratory could not afford appropriate quarters for the 
work, so long as the work now done there remains. 

A second need of the Department is the establishment of work in Technical Chemistry. 
These courses cannot be postponed beyond the time when technical work is established, and even 
now there is much and reasonable demand for them. 

The Faculty of the Department of Chemistry consists of one Professor, two Associate 
Professors, three Instructors, four Assistants, and one Laboratory Instructor. The large Kent 
Laboratory, built expressly for this Department, is already overcrowded, and provision will 
need to be made for additional students in the immediate futxire. The equipment of the Depart- 
ment, as originally planned, has never been completed, and such completion is much to be 
desired. 

Important lines of investigation have been carried on in the Department since the organi- 
zation of the University. The problems now under investigation are the following: 

1. The dissociation phenomena of polyhydiic alcohols, etc., which is intended to include 
the carbohydrates, and to embrace finally a study of fermentation from a, chemical point of 

view. 

2. The determination of the molecular weight of calomel vapor, and the study of the rela- 
tions of amorphous to crystalline sulphur. 

3. A study of saponification phenomena and imido-ethers, with a view to obtaining light 
on esterification phenomena in general. 

4. The velocity of molecular rearrangements. 

5. The determination of the aflEinity constant of the second hydrogen ion of carbonic acid. 

6. Methods of liquefying gases. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY 

Since the second year of the University, the Department of Geology has occupied tem- 
porary quarters in the Walker Museum. This building, originally constructed for other 
purposes, is ill adapted to the use of the Department, and is urgently needed for musevim 
purposes. The library, laboratory, and the class-room facilities are all insufficient for the 



58 The President's Keport 

present needs of the Department, and are becoming annually more so. Lack of room, and of 
the facilities which room would make possible, constitute a serious hindrance to some of the 
work now done, and are prohibitory of other phases of work which should be inaugurated. 
Under these circumstances, the first need of the Department is a suitable building which 
shall furnish not only adequate space, but special appointments adapted to the work of the 
Department. 

It is important that certain phases of the subject not now provided for should receive 
adequate treatment. This is especially true of Economic Geology. It would seem that the 
work which deals with one of the largest of our natural resoiu-ces should not remain neglected. 
Such work will be indispensable so soon as the work in Technology is established, and is in 
notable demand at the present time. Another desideratum of the Department is provision for 
expeditions to more or less distant points in the interest of the science. Such expeditions are 
already a factor of the work in several other universities, and should be inaugurated here as 
soon as proper provision can be made. Such work might advantageously be carried on in 
connection with the Department of Paleontology. 

It is eminently desirable that permanent instructors should replace, to some extent at 
least, the temporary assistants who are now called on from time to time to meet the needs of 
instruction. This is especially true of the work in physiographic lines, and in the elementary 
field work in Geology. 

As in some other Departments, some of the instructors are overburdened with instructional 
work, and their opportimities for investigative work are thereby restricted. This difficulty 
would be relieved by the appointment of Research and Laboratory Assistants. 

The resident instructional force of the Department consists of three Professors, one 
Assistant Professor, and an Assistant (part time). In addition, one special course is given every 
second year by a non-resident Professor, and another at irregular intervals by a second non- 
resident Professor. Special Assistants are also employed from time to time, especially during 
the Summer Quarter. 

Important investigative work, some of it of a fundamental natiu-e, has been done by 
various members of the Department (see Bibliography), and work of equal importance is now in 
progress. Among the more notable lines of work are : 

1. The published and unpublished contributions to the theory of the origin of the earth, 
and to the fundamental doctrines of Geology. 

2. Notable contributions to the theory of metamorphism and ore deposits. 

3. A new and thoroughgoing classification of igneous rocks, to which one member of the 
Department has contributed. 

4. Important studies in Pleistocene Geology, prosecuted at various points in the United 
States. 

5. Contributions to Paleontologic Geology. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY 

The Department of Zoology has a building of its own, but this building is shared, at the 
present time, with other Departments. Notable additions to its equipment, both in laboratory 
and library, are lugently needed by the Department for the most successful prosecution of its 
present work. The library of the Department has never been ample. The Umited funds 
available for this purpose have made it necessary to forego many needed books, some of which 
are rare and expensive. The best conditions for work in the laboratory will never be afforded 
until the library facilities are extended much beyond their present limits. It is estimated that 
the library now receives less than 20 per cent, of the current publications in Zoology, and it is 



The Ogden Geaduate School of Science 59 

still more notably deficient in the literature published before the beginning of the University. 
The equipment of the laboratories is less deficient than that of the library, and fairly meets the 
needs of the ordinary phases of departmental work. In material for a working museum, how- 
ever, large additions could be utilized to good advantage, and are needful for many phases of the 
work. 

There are great and attractive possibilities in the way of extension of the work of this 
Department. One line of extension which would be most profitable is in the establishment of 
vivaria, equipped with facilities for maintaining numerous forms of animal life under conditions 
as nearly normal as possible. The importance of such vivaria, which should include a marine 
aquarium, can hardly be overestimated, and would hardly be less for Botany and for the 
various Departments concerned with medical work, than for Zoology. The expense of 
establishing and maintaining such vivaria woidd be large, but the wide range of interests 
affected would seem to aiford justification for it. 

The Department also regards a lake biological station as of great importance. The 
ideal place for such a station is on some of the smaller lakes, such as abound in southern 
Wisconsin. In close connection with such a biological station, a biological farm should, if 
possible, be developed. The union of these two projects properly supported, would mark an 
epoch of imprecedented importance in the history of biology. The farm is of especial impor- 
tance in providing facilities for the study of living organisms, as laboratories provide facilities 
for the study of dead ones. The biological farm would provide the material for the study of 
questions of heredity, variation, adaptation and evolution, questions of fimdamental importance 
which can never be adequately studied in the laboratory. The need for provision for this sort 
of work has been felt since the time of Darwin, and has been strongly urged by many biolo- 
gists ; but the project has never been realized except on a small scale through individual 
effort. Such a farm should be so developed as to afford facilities not only for zoological, but 
also for other phases of biological work. 

The instructional force of the Department consists of one Professor, two Associate Pro- 
fessors, and one Assistant, besides temporary Assistants appointed from time to time. 

The investigative work of the Department is not less in amount or subordinate in impor- 
tance to that of the other Departments of Science. In the nature of the case, many of the 
investigations in biological work demand long periods of time, and many of the most important 
lines of investigation have not yet reached their final conclusion. The publications of the 
Department are enumerated in the bibliographic volume of this report. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY 

The Department of Anatomy has its own building which it shares with the Department of 
Neurology. Though this building is but a few years old, it is already too small for the work of 
the Departments by which it is occupied. This is the result of the rapid growth of the work in 
Anatomy, consequent on the estabhshment of medical work at the University. A considerable 
increase of room is needed, even with the present number of students, and this number is likely 
to increase rapidly with the development of medical work. Many phases of work which the 
Department, in conjunction with the associated Departments, should undertake, are now impos- 
sible on account of lack of space. 

The Department is well equipped with instruments and models for the ordinary phases of 
medical instruction, but it is without the equipment necessary for many phases of advanced 
work which it is desirable to establish. Much of the needed equipment would be equally ser- 
viceable to the other biological Departments. The need of vivaria is referred to under the 
Department of Zoology; but they would be equally serviceable to the Departments more imme- 



60 The President's Report 

diately concerned with medical work. Provision for animal experimentation is also a great 
desideratum, and a working museum, which would be serviceable to other biological Depart- 
ments is indispensable for the best results. The library of the Department is sufficient to meet 
the needs of the ordinary medical student, but does not afford proper facilities for those phases 
of research work which demand extended library facilities. 

From the point of view of the University in general, as well as from the point of view of 
the Departments immediately concerned, it is most desirable that facilities for work in medical 
lines be extended far beyond those necessary for the work leading to the medical degree. The 
field of research here is as broad, and at least as important, as in any other department of science, 
and liberal provision for research work is likely to be productive of large results. To this end, 
appropriate space and equipment should be provided, and time for research accorded to those 
who are skilled in such work. 

The Laboratory has afforded facilities for advanced work to a number of professors and 
instructors in other colleges and universities, and to several practicing physicians in the vicinity. 
This phase of work should be encouraged and adequate facilities for it provided as soon as 
practicable. 

The Faculty of the Department consists of (June, 1902) one Professor, two Assistant 
Professors, one Instructor, three Associates, and two Assistants. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY 

The work of the Department of Physiology as now organized includes, in addition to 
Physiology proper, Physiological Chemistry, which is administered as a Sub-department, and 
Pharmacology, which is administered in connection with Physiological Chemistry. 

The expansion of the work in these Departments incident to the establishment of medical 
work at the University, has rendered some phases of its equipment deficient. There is need for 
a larger amount of material which may be used for demonstration purposes, and the increased 
laboratory work makes an increase in the annual appropriation for the maintenance of the 
Laboratory necessary. At present, the appropriation is not sufficient to maintain the Labora- 
tory at its past standard. 

One of the urgent needs of the Department, in common with other Departments, is provi- 
sion for the keeping and breeding of animals. If adequate animal houses or a proper animal farm 
were established along the lines indicated in connection with the Department of Zoology, the 
needs of this Department would be met. 

In Physiological Chemistry, the laboratory equipment is fairly satisfactory, but the library 
is meager, and the room available is insufficient, and is likely to be wanted soon for work in 
Physiology proper. 

The work in Pharmacology is in a less satisfactory condition. It has no space of its own, 
and has little equipment beyond that which it shares with Physiological Chemistry. Its library 
and its investigative work are hardly established. 

The force of the Department in Physiology proper consists of one Professor, one Assistant 
Professor, one Instructor, one permanent and one temporary Assistant. In Physiological 
Chemistry, the force consists of one Assistant Professor and two Assistants, who also have charge 
of the work in Pharmacology. 

Among the investigative studies now being carried on by members of the Facidty are the 
following: 

1. The study of the action of solutions upon the heart and respiration of mammals. 

2. The cause of the rhythmical activity of the heart. 

3. Studies in fermentation. 



The Ogden Graduate School op Soienoe 61 

4. The stimulating action of salts on motor nerves, and the relation of salts to nerve 
irritability. 

5. The relation of the activity of trypsin to its electrical dissociation. 

6. The Chemistry of nervous tissues, and a method for the quantitative chemical examina- 
tion of developing tissues. 

7. The role of lecithin in cell phenomena. 

8. The conversion of trypsinogen into trypsin. 

9. The relation of lecithin to the nucleins in the embryo chick (in connection with 
Anatomy). 

10. A comparative study of the Chemistry of the brain at different stages of development 
(in connection with Neurology). 

In addition to the above, investigative work is being carried on in the Laboratory by 
several physicians and advanced students. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF NEUROLOGY 

The work of the Department is now done on the second floor of the Anatomy Building. 
The equipment of the Department for general elementary work is fairly good, while that for 
investigative work is less than could be desired. In the investigative work of this Department 
it is important that research students have separate rooms, or, at any rate, space at their indi- 
vidual command, in which their material may be free from the disturbance of a public room. 
Such space is not now available. 

The Department is desirous of making a very complete series of microscopic preparations 
of different portions of the nervous system. Such a collection should include sections fi-om 
different animals at different ages, prepared by different methods. It would be invaluable for 
investigation here, and for the verification of resiilts attained elsewhere. The labor and expense 
of preparing and maintaining such a series of sections is beyond the present resources of the 
Department. 

For completeness, certain new lines of work should be inaugurated by the Department. 
These are as follows: (1) The comparative Anatomy of the nervous system, a line of work which 
has many important bearings. Its connections are morphological. (2) Cytological work, which 
has many affiliations, but which is destined to be of special use in Pathology. (3) The study 
of the nervous system as modified thi-ough experimental injuries. This line of work, trenching 
somewhat on the domain of Psychology and Physiology, would be of service in elucidating the 
finer Anatomy of the central nervous system. 

The instructional force of the Department consists of one Professor and three Assistants. 

At present, the investigative work of the Department is directed to problems arising from 
the study of growth. Within this general field, numerous problems are now under inves- 
tigation. 

THE DEPARTMENT OF PALEONTOLOGY 

The Department of Paleontology, discontinued after the death of Professor Baur, was 
re-estabhshed at the end of the decade. Because of its protracted suspension, the growth of 
this Department has not kept pace with that of the other Departments of Science. No Depart- 
ment of the University depends more completely on collections, and there is especial reason, in 
its lack of material, for liberal support. This can be most effectively provided by appropria- 
tions for expeditions to the best collecting grounds. There is added reason for prompt action 
in this direction, since the collecting grounds are being rapidly appropriated. Such expeditions 
would also confer great benefit on the Departments of Geology and Zoology. 



62 The President's Eeport 

THE DBPAETMENT OF BOTANY 

The Department of Botany is housed in its own building, which is adequate for the work 
now done by the Department. The equipment for the elementary work is reasonably satisfac- 
tory, but that for the advanced work is meager. The Department has given precedence to 
equipment for elementary courses, both because such equipment is less expensive than that for 
advanced work, and because such work necessarily antedates the higher work. 

The greatest need of the Department is such extension of its equipment as will make the 
advanced and research work already begun, more efficient. Among the things lurgently needed 
in this direction is an officer to take charge of supplies. The material to be supplied to students 
in this Department must be secured at different seasons and from different parts of the country, 
and the supply must be steadily maintained. It is impracticable for an instructor doing full 
work to assume this extra burden. Another urgent need is museum material, especially demon- 
stration collections, for use in the various laboratories of the Department. 

After proper provision for the present work has been made, it is desirable to add such 
phases of work as will keep the Department abreast with the modern development of the 
science. To this end, the important needs are as follows: 

1. Plant houses and garden. — No botanical institution can maintain its place as a center 
of botanical investigation without suitable plant houses and gardens equipped for handling 
plants under varied conditions. Such facilities have made German universities centers for 
botanical work. Similar facilities are being provided in the principal imiversities of this coun- 
try. For this purpose, a space equivalent in area to a city block, and readily accessible to the 
campus, is desired. Without such houses and gardens, many of the problems of Plant Physi- 
ology, Morphology, and Ecology cannot be attacked in an effective way. A temporary and 
undesirable substitute for such an equipment could be provided by giving to the Department 
control of Hull Court for greenhouse and garden purposes. 

2. Expeditions. — As soon as practicable, it is desirable to provide for expeditions to more 
or less distant regions. One of the most important lines of botanical investigation today con- 
sists in the study of the vegetation of definite regions in relation to its physiographic environ- 
ment. Such expeditions are becoming more and more frequent in connection with botanical 
establishments, and are in every way to be encouraged. 

3. Experimental Morphology. — This phase of botanical work should be introduced when- 
ever plant houses and gardens are available. In the near futiire, any botanical center that is 
unable to offer facilities for this line of work will be seriously handicapped. 

4. Pathology . — Provision for instruction and investigation in Plant Pathology is greatly 
to be desired. The practical work of the national government and of state agricultural colleges 
calls for men with suitable scientific training along this line. This work has not been adequately 
provided for in this country. 

B. Anatomy. — A plant anatomist, who should combine with his anatomical study of living 
forms a knowledge of Paleo-Botany, should be added to the botanical staff. At present, this 
important phase of instruction and research is entirely unrepresented, except as touched on 
incidentally in morphological work. Work in Paleo-Botany would be of advantage to the 
Department of Geology, as well as the Department of Botany. 

The instructional force of the Department consists of two Professors, three Instructors, 
one Associate, and two Assistants. 

No Department of Science has extended its influence more widely in secondary schools 
than the Department of Botany. 

The research problems now under investigation are numerous. Some of them are in the 
field of Morphology, some in the field of Cytology, some in the field of Physiology, and some 
in the field of Ecology. 



The Ogden Gteaduate School of Soienob 63 



THE DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY 

The work in Pathology, inaugurated when the medical courses were established, is carried 
on in temporary quarters in the Zoology and Anatomy Buildings. The space in which this 
work is done is so limited as to necessitate the repetition of elementary courses to a biurdensome 
extent, and restricts the development of research work. 

The absence of University hospitals renders the securing of the necessary gross material 
irksome, and the lack of autopsy facilities is a serious drawback. The development of advanced 
work in Pathology, for which the time and conditions are ripe, waits on the increase of equip- 
ment and space. 

The work in Bacteriology is now carried on in the Zoology Building. Work in this sub- 
ject has been in progress for several years, though it has been recognized as a Sub-department 
only since the establishment of the medical courses. The medical work has so increased the 
demand for this work, that the space formerly allotted to it is now too small. This necessitates 
an otherwise unnecessary repetition of work with classes, since but small numbers can be accom- 
modated at one time, and also interferes with investigative work. The work of the Department 
is alsci/ hampered for want of a proper house for animals, without which it is impossible to enter 
upon certain promising fields of experimental work. 

The establishment of the work in medicine has increased the demand for work in Hygiene, 
and the present quarters do not afford adequate facilities for it. Much of the equipment used 
in bacteriological work could be utilized for work in Hygiene, were the quarters more com- 
modious. 

The instructional force of the Department consists of one Professor, one Associate, and one 
Assistant in Pathology, and of one Associate Professor, one Associate and one Assistant in 
Bacteriology and Hygiene. 

This branch of the Department now has in progress studies dealing with the natural and 
acquired resistance shown by organisms to disease germs, and other injurious agencies. 

Respectfully submitted, 

RoLLiN D. Salisbdby, Dean. 



THE SENIOR COLLEGES 



To the President of the University: 

Sib : I submit herewith my report on the condition of the Senior Colleges for the academic 
years 1899-1900, 1900-1901, and 1901-2; also statistics and considerations relating to the Senior 
Colleges for the preceding years : 

TOTAL MEMBERSHIP OF THE SENIOR COLLEGES 

The total membership of the Senior Colleges since the opening of the University up to June, 
1902, is shown by the following table: 

TABLE A 
Total Membeeship of the Senioe Colleges to Jone, 1902 

Total 



I. Graduates 

II. Non-graduates: 

Dismissed to other institutions 

Transferred to Graduate School 

Transferred to Divinity School 

Withdrawn 

Removed 

Deceased 

Advanced standing only, no residence in Senior College 

Received Associate title, but took no work in Senior College 

In residence 1901-2, not graduated 

Not in residence 1901-2 : 

Summer only 

Returned to University, Summer, 1902 

Announced intention of returning 

Will not return 

Doubtful 

No response to inquiries 

Total 



Men 


Women 


699 


598 


14 


10 




3 


1 




1 


3 


2 




1 


4 


1 


5 


10 


10 


122 


116 


12 


6 


17 


13 


9 


12 


12 


6 


8 


6 


38 


30 


947 


822 



1,297 

24 
3 
1 
4 
2 
5 
6 

20 
238 

18 
30 
21 
18 
14 



1,769 



In the above table it appears that out of the 1,769 students who have been matriculated in 
the Senior Colleges since the opening of the University, 189 have neither graduated nor been in 
attendance during the year 1901-2. The corresponding number of three years ago was sixty- 
four. It might thus appear that a considerable number of students had entered upon the work 
of the Senior Colleges within the past three years who apparently would not be graduated. 
But from this total it is proper to deduct, in the first place, students who have merely received 
the Associate degree, but have taken no work in the Senior College. Of these, as appears above, 
there are twenty; and although for certain purposes it may be convenient to class a student in 
the Senior College as soon as he has received the Associate title, it is not proper to consider him 
as really a Senior College student. The very small number of students (ten men and ten 
women) who have left the University immediately upon receipt of the Associate title would 
indicate that there is no general disposition as yet to regard the completion of the work of the 
Junior College as a natural stopping-point. As will be shown later on, in the case of a typical 
class, the great proportion of students who have left college without completing the work for 
the Bachelor's degree, have left before completing the work of the Junior Colleges. Their 
departure then, or after they have entered upon the work of the Senior College, is due to a 
variety of reasons ; but there is little or no tendency to leave merely because the work of the 
Junior Colleges has been completed. 

64= 



The Seniob Colleges 



65 



Another class of students which should properly be deducted from Senior College students, 
out of residence, is that of those students who were here registered for the summer only. Such 
students are the members of other colleges and universities, who take advantage of our Summer 
Quarter to pursue work which shall count toward a degree in their own institutions. They do 
not become candidates for a degree in the University of Chicago, and hence are not properly to 
be considered as among those who fail to graduate. It is interesting to note that thirty of the 
students who were not in residence during the year 1901-2 retm'ned for work in the summer of 1902. 

In reply to inquiries sent to all Senior College students out of residence, replies were 
received from fifty-four. Of these, nineteen do not expect to return; fourteen were doubtful. 
The remainder expect to return or have since returned. Of those who expect to return, five are 
absent on account of sickness, six teaching, five for financial reasons, and five for various other 
reasons. The number of students, therefore, who have not been in residence this year and who 
have not replied to inqiiiries is reduced to sixty-eight. 



ATTENDAJSrCE IN THE SENIOR COLLEGES 

The statistics covering the attendance in the Senior Colleges for the ten years are presented 
in the following table: 

TABLE B 

Attendance in the Senior Colleges 1892-1901. Analysis et Quaetees and Sexes 





SUMMEE 


AUTCMN 


Winter 


Speing 


Year 




M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


1892-93 

1893-94 




'io 

13 
26 
29 

18 
25 

'3 

46 

24 
27 

1 

4 

56 

14 
41 

1 

6 

"62 

24 
46 

'9 


'38 
36 
66 
91 

56 
43 
1 
20 
120 

60 
45 
2 
21 
128 

65 

61 

1 

31 

1 
159 

71 

79 

9 

36 

"2 


26 
32 
38 
62 
69 
97 

56 
33 

ii 

106 

56 
27 

'22 
105 

64 

39 

1 

25 

'i29 

69 

49 

4 

31 


6 
11 
27 
47 
54 
70 

42 
56 

"7 
105 

44 
61 

1 

9 
115 

49 

72 

'12 

1 
1:^ 

50 

71 

1 

12 


32 

43 

65 
109 
123 
167 

98 
89 

'24 
211 

100 

88 

1 

31 

220 

113 

111 

1 

37 

1 
263 

119 

120 

5 

43 


26 
32 
43 
82 
88 
115 

63 
35 

'ii 

115 

66 
31 

1 
22 
120 

76 

41 

4 

23 

1 
144 

66 
50 
10 
22 

6 

2 


5 
14 
37 
53 
71 
84 

43 
62 

"8 
113 

43 
63 
2 
10 
118 

45 
75 

12 

1 
133 

52 

74 

2 

12 


31 

46 

80 

135 

159 

199 

106 
97 

25 

228 

109 

94 

3 

32 

238 

121 

116 

4 

35 

2 

277 

118 

124 

12 

34 

6 

2 


26 

42 

44 

85 
116 
123 

64 
33 

19 
116 

61 
33 

1 
23 

118 

72 

37 

6 

26 

1 
143 

62 
38 
15 
27 
22 
3 


5 
31 
41 
55 
79 
93 

43 

78 

"9 
130 

41 
67 
2 
11 
121 

51 
79 

"ii 

'i47 

55 

87 

2 

15 


31 

73 

85 
140 
195 
216 

107 
111 

28 

'246 

102 

100 

3 

34 

239 

123 

116 

6 

43 

1 
290 

117 

125 

17 

42 

22 

3 


33 

50 

61 
113 
125 
172 

92 
50 
1 
35 
178 

97 

43 

2 

39 

181 

109 

67 

7 

53 

2 

238 

102 
70 
18 
51 
22 
5 
2 


7 

34 

49 

74 

115 

136 

60 
104 

U 

178 

72 
98 
2 
13 
185 

69 

132 

2 

23 

1 

227 

77 

138 

2 

25 


40 

84 


1894-95 


28 
23 
40 
62 

38 

18 

1 

17 

74 

36 

18 

1 

17 

72 

51 
20 

25 

1 
97 

47 

33 

9 

27 

"2 


110 


1895-96 


187 


1896-97 


240 


1897-98 


308 


1898-1899: 
A.B 


152 


Ph.B. — L 


154 


PhB. — C. 


1 


S.B 


49 


Total 


356 


1899-1900: 
A.B 


169 


Ph.B. — L 


141 


Ph.B. — C 


4 


S.B 


52 


Total 


366 


1900-1901: 
A.B 


178 


Ph.B. — L 


199 


Ph.B. — C 


9 


S.B 


76 


Not candidates for 
degree 


3 


Total 


465 


1901-1902: 

A.B 

Ph.B. — L 


179 

208 


Ph.B.— C 


90 


S.B 


76 


S.B. pre-medical 

A.B. pre-medical 

Not candidates 


22 
5 
2 


Total 


118 


79 


197 


153 


134 


287 


156 


140 


296 


167 


159 


326 


270 


242 


512 







66 



The President's Eepokt 



The table shows a constant growth in the attendance of the Senior Colleges. This rate of 
increase is nearly uniform in absolute gain, although not in the percentage of gain, with the 
exception of the past three years. For the year 1899-1900 the gain was but ten; in the year 
1900-1901 there was a gain of ninety-nine; and in the year 1901-2 there has been a gain of 
forty-seven. The gain during the past two years has been nearly uniform throughout the four 
Quarters, and may be attributed in part to an increasing attendance in the summers of students 
from affiliated colleges, who have in this way fulfilled thek three months' reqxiired residence; in 
part to an increasing number of students received from other institutions; and in part to the 
larger number of students received from the Junior Colleges. One cause of increase during 
the year 1901-2 was the establishment of medical work at the University. Diuing the Spring 
Quarter 1902 it will be noted that twenty-five students in the Senior Colleges were registered 
for medical work. The third source of increase, viz., the number entering from the Junior Col- 
leges, corresponds to the fact that the entering classes in the Junior Colleges in the autumn of 
1899, and also in the autumn of 1900, were considerably larger than the number in the preced- 
ing years. 

In estimating the attendance of the Senior Colleges, it may further be noted that at the 
close of the Spring Quarter, 1901, in addition to the students who received the title of Associate 
at the June Convocation, there were forty-five students in the Junior Colleges who had eighteen 
or more Majors' credit, but were prevented from receiving the title of Associate by reason of 
failure to complete fifteen Majors of the required work of the Junior Colleges. It is noticeable 
that of these forty-five students, twenty-nine were students who had entered with advanced 
standing from other institutions, and, therefore, would naturally be more irregular in their 
classification, while only sixteen students who had taken all their work in the University were 
included in this class. The full statement of these students follows: 

Students Eemajntng in Junioe Colleges, with Eighteen or Moee Majoks' Advanced Standino 





AU Work in Uni- 
versity of Chicago 


Admitted with Ad- 
vanced Standing 


Total 


Men 


11 

5 


13 

16 


24 




21 






Total 


16 


29 


45 







In the corresponding figures for the Spring Quarter, 1902, which follow, the ratio is 
reversed: 



Men 


26 
9 


15 
6 


41 




15 






Total 


35 


21 


56 







Comment upon the relative numbers of men and women, and upon the registrations by 
degrees, will be presented at a later place in this report. 



PROPORTION OF STUDENTS IN THE SENIOR COLLEGES WHO HAVE TAKEN ALL 
THEIR COLLEGE WORK IN THE UNIVERSITY 

In my report for the year 1898-99 I presented statistics concerning the total number of 
students who had been enrolled in the Senior Colleges, from which it appeared that out of 929 
students who had been enrolled in the Senior Colleges, 424, or 46 per cent., had taken all their 
work in the University, and that 505, or 54 per cent., had done more or less of their college work 



The Senioe Colleges 



67 



in other institutions. Those fignres did not represent the facts of the case in the most adequate 
way; for inasmuch as there is a large number of students who enter for one year, or less, of 
work in the Senior Colleges, it is evident that the percentage of students with advanced stand- 
ing in the total enrolment would not be so great as the percentage of graduates who had entered 
with advanced standing. I have, therefore, prepared the statistics of the graduating classes 
for the four years 1898-1902, in which the proportion of students who come to us from other 
institutions is shown to be a rapidly increasing one. 

TABLE c 





f^ 5 M 


Entering feom Othee Institutions with Advanced Standing 


§2 
IS 

Cm 

2^ 


s8rt 




Yeae 


With Less than 18 Majors of 
Advanced Standing 


With 18 or More Majors of Advanced 
Standing 


Total 
with 
Ad 


Total 
Grad- 
uates 




< 


Less 
than 9 


9 Ma- 
jors 


9 to 18 


Total 

Less 

than 18 


18 Ma- 
jors 


More 
than 18 

Less 
than 27 


With 
27 


With 
33 


Total 

18 or 

more 

Majors 


vanced 
Stand- 
ing 






1898-1899: 






























Men 


46 


4 


1 


9 


14 


2 


13 


14 




29 


43 


2 


1 


92 


Women.. 


30 


4 


2 


11 


17 


3 


8 


18 


i 


30 


47 




2 


79 


Total.. 


76 


8 


3 


20 


31 


5 


21 


32 


1 


59 


90 


2 


3 


171 


1899-1900: 






























Men 


36 


5 




9 


14 


4 


3 


7 


4 


18 


32 


5 




73 


Women.. 


32 


9 


2 


17 


28 


3 


11 


8 


5 


27 


55 


2 




89 


Total.. 


68 


14 


2 


26 


42 


7 


14 


15 


9 


45 


87 


7 




162 


1900-1901: 






























Men 


.30 


19 


2 


11 


32 


2 


13 


11 


14 


40 


72 


2 




104 


Women.. 


29 


13 


4 


15 


32 


4 


14 


13 


9 


40 


72 


2 


i 


104 


Total.. 


59 


32 


6 


26 


64 


6 


27 


42 


23 


80 


144 


4 


1 


208 


1901-1902: 






























Men 


51 


17 


9 


13 


39 


5 


21 


20 


12 


59 


98 


3 




151 


Women.. 


31 


17 


6 


12 


35 


8 


26 


28 


4 


65 


100 


4 




136 


Total.. 


82 


34 


15 


25 


74 


13 


47 


48 


16 


124 


198 


7 




■ 287 



Sdmmaky 





1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 




M. 


W. 


T. 


% 


M. 


W. 


T. 


% 


M. 


w. 


T. 


% 


M. 


W. 


T. 


% 


All work in U. of C. 


46 


30 


76 


44 


36 


32 


68 


42 


30 


29 


59 


28 


51 


31 


82 


28.6 


3 years in U. of C... 


5 


6 


11 


6- 


5 


11 


16 


10 


21 


17 


38 


19 


26 


23 


49 


17.1 


2 years in U. of C. . 


11 


14 


25 


15-- 


13 


20 


33 


20 


13 


19 


32 


16 


18 


20 


.38 


13.2 


1 year in U. of C... . 


17 


26 


53 


31+ 


10 


19 


29 


18 


24 


27 


51 


34 


41 


54 


95 


.33.1 


1 Quarter in U. of C. 




1 


1 


1 


4 


5 


9 


6 


14 


9 


23 


11 


12 


4 


16 


5.6 


Transfer or without 


































residence 


3 


2 


5 


3 


5 


2 


7 


4 


2 


3 


5 


2 


3 


4 


7 


2.4 


Total 


92 


79 


171 




73 


89 


162 




104 


104 


208 




151 


136 


287 









In the above table, one year is understood to mean at least one year, but less than ^two ; two years, at least two 
years, but less than three ; and three years, at least three years, but less than four. 

These tables show that the proportion of students who are received on advanced standing 
is considerably larger than the figures of the former report indicated. They further show the 
surprising fact that for the four years in question, although the total number of graduates 



68 The President's Kepoet 

increased from 171 to 287, the number who had taken all the college work in the University of 
Chicago had increased in actual numbers but six — from 76 to 82; and the percentage of such 
students has actually decreased from 44 to 28. In fact, during the first three of the years in 
question, the actual number in the graduating classes who had taken all of their work in the 
University of Chicago decreased from 76 to 59. The increase, therefore, in the number of 
graduates during the past four years has been entirely, or almost entirely, due to an increase in 
the number who have entered with advanced standing from other institutions, of whom there 
were 90 in the graduating class of the year 1898-99 and 198 in that of the year 1901-2. 

It will be noted further that this increase has been distributed with considerable equality 
among the different classes of students who have come with one, two, and three years respect- 
ively of advanced standing, but that there has been a large increase in the number of students 
who have received their degree after one Quarter of residence. This latter class of students, 
however, has not been so large during the year 1901-2 as dming the year 1900-1901, in which 
there were 23, or 11 per cent of the graduating class who were here for but one Quarter. If the 
number 23 be deducted from the total of 208 graduating in 1900-1901, it will be seen that the 
remaining number of 185 does not represent any marked increase in the number of graduates 
for those three years. The number of graduates in the year 1901-2, however, after deducting 
the 16 who have had but one Quarter in residence, is 271 — a very marked increase over the 185 
of the preceding year. Inasmuch as most of these students who take one Quarter of residence 
in the Senior College do their work in the Summer Quarter, in which the undergraduate life is 
essentially different from that during the remainder of the year, it is evident that these students 
really form a distinct class. They do not come in contact with any of the factors of under- 
graduate life other than those of the class-room, and even the class-room work is considerably 
modified in the summer, by the fact that so large a portion of the students who are in residence 
are teachers, and are therefore in a certain sense technical students. 

The presence in the xmdergraduate body of so large a proportion of students who have 
done part of their work elsewhere undoubtedly modifies the general character of undergraduate 
life. Some of these students come to us from other colleges of similar character to our own. 
A relatively large proportion, however, is probably made up of students who have been engaged 
in teaching, or who have completed work at some institution, and wish our Bachelor's degree in 
addition to theirs. These students are all of a serious sort and are anxious to make the most of 
their opportunities for study. On the other hand, they are not so apt to blend in the social life 
of the institution, and it is probable that, for a large proportion, the technical aim is prominent 
in their work. Further comment upon the distinction that is here suggested will be made 
below. It would be premature, on the basis of the above figures, to hazard a prediction as to 
whether the figures for the three years in question represent a permanent tendency or a tem- 
porary phase in the growth of the Senior Colleges, but if a sentiment of solidarity and a faMy 
consistent standard of method and efficiency are to be maintained, it is certainly desirable that 
our Bachelor's degree should not signify, for the most part, that only a portion, and perhaps 
a very small portion, of the work has been performed in the University. It would practically 
transform the University, so far as its undergraduate work is concerned, from an institution 
which gives a course of training and cultivation, to an institution which estimates the work of 
various smaller institutions and confers degrees. It is, of course, not implied that the University 
should refuse to receive serious students who desire its facilities and the opportunity for com- 
pleting work with us, but it is certainly desirable, in the interests of the cultivation and education 
which come from intimate association, through a long period of undergraduate life, that the 
proportion of students who do all, or nearly all, of their work at the University should be larger 
than it is. 



The Senior Colleges 69 



SUMMER WORK 

One of the unique features of the University at its beginning was the Summer Quarter. 
It was recognized at once that this presented unusual opportunities for teachers in schools and 
colleges, but it was supposed, naturally, that the advantages of the Summer Quarter would bo 
sought much more extensively by teachers, who would naturally enroll in either the Graduate 
School or as unclassified students, than by the regular undergraduates. It is therefore of 
interest to see how far undergraduate students have availed themselves of the opportunities of 
the Summer Quarter. Tables D, E, and F, which follow, present statistics which show how 
many students of the classes which have already graduated have taken any or all of their work 
during the Smnmer Quarter, and also show how much work has been so taken. In these tables 
the figures under the columns headed 1894-95, 1895-96, etc., refer to the graduates of those 
years, e. g., of the 129 who graduated in the year 1896-97, 76 took summer work at some time 
during the course, 1 completed the required residence work by attendance during the three 
Summer Quarters (this of com-se was the case of a student who had credit for three years of work 
elsewhere), and 52 took no summer work. 

The accompanying figures indicate that from the beginning a large number of rmdergraduate 
students have availed themselves of the Summer Quarter. During the past six years the 
absolute number of students who have attended during the Summer Quarter has remained 
about the same, except for the year 1901-2. The number of students who have not attended 
during the Summer Quarter has remained nearly stationary, except for the years 1900-1902. It is 
premature to draw an inference as to whether the figures for the last years indicate a permanent 
tendency or not, but, as will be seen from certain figures later on, the class graduating in the 
year 1900-1901 embraced more students who have taken what might be called a normal college 
course of foiu: years — nine months in each year — and there are indications that the students 
are planning their work to some degree with the design of graduating in June, at the Convoca- 
tion when a larger number of their associates will graduate. 

The figm-es in Tables E and P indicate that, as might be expected, a large proportion of 
those who attend during the srunmer attend for a short period. In the figures showing attend- 
ance by Quarters, the number set down as attending for one Quarter does not necessarily imply 
that these students attended three months continuously. It includes also those who have 
attended for two periods of six weeks each. Similarly the number of those who have attended for a 
total period of two Quarters covers some who may have been here a part of three or four. If then, 
as is probable, about one-half of those who are indicated as having attended one Quarter have 
attended for two periods of six weeks each, it will be seen that a very large proportion of those 
who have done work in the summer have done work for a period of six weeks at a time. This 
still leaves about two months for vacation. When the figures showing the total number who 
have taken work in the summer are compared with the figures in the tables which will follow, 
showing the number of students who have shortened their course by summer work, it will be 
seen that very many students have taken summer work who have not shortened their course. 
The difference between the respective munbers indicates in general that a considerable number 
of students take summer work to counterbalance short work at some other time of the year; 
to make up conditions, or the extra work imposed by excessive absences; or, finally, that they find 
it more practicable to take a vacation at some other period of the year when they may engage in 
teaching or other work. 

The question may arise as to what proportion of the above students who have taken sum- 
mer work has taken such work as a substitute for work at some other time of the year, and 
what proportion has taken it as continuous work, in addition to the full work of the ordinary 
academic year. The figures covering the students who have graduated from 1898 to 1901 give 



70 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



TABLE D 
Students Taking Axl ob Part of Theie Resident Woek in the Summer Quaetee 





1894-95 


1895-96 


1895-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Total 




M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


Snmmer work 


14 


3 


n 


43 


18 


61 


51 


25 


76 


56 


27 


83 


64 


34 


98 


45 


41 


86 


50 


44 


94 


97 


68 


165 


420 


260 


680 


STimmer work only 














1 




1 


1 


2 


3 


2 


3 


5 


3 


4 


7 


10 


5 


15 


11 


10 


21 


28 


24 


52 


No summer work.. 


ifi 


19 


!i5 


IK 


2« 


42 


25 


27 


52 


25 


;« 


58 


26 


4(1 


66 


23 


45 


68 


44 


54 


98 


41 


58 


99 


216 


302 


518 


No residence 1 






















1 


1 




2 


2 


1 




1 




1 


1 


2 




2 


3 


4 


7 


Total '... 


32 


23 


52 


59 


44 


103 


77 


52 


129 


82 


63 


145 


92 


79 


171 


72 


90 


162 


104 


104 


208 


151 


136 


287 


767 


590 


1257 



1 students from aflSliated schools who received the highest grade in their respective classes and consequently received the 
Bachelor's degree from the University without residence. 

TABLE E 
Number of Students Who Have Taken Sdmmee Wobk, and the Amount of Such Work, Reckoned in Quarters 





1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Total 




M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W 


T. 


M. 


W^ 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


Yz Quarter 

1 Quarter 

1% Quarters 

2 Quarters 

2V^ Quarters 

3 Quarters. ■ 
3Vi Quarters 

4 Quarters 

4i4 Quarters 

5 Quarters 

Total 


4 
10 

14 


2 
1 

3 


6 
11 

17 


9 
18 
10 

6 

43 


9 

7 
1 

1 

18 


18 
25 
11 

7 

61 


6 
17 
13 
10 

1 
4 

51 


10 
7 
3 
5 

25 


16 
24 
16 
15 
1 
4 

76 


10 
16 
8 
15 
4 
2 
1 

36 


6 

12 

3 

5 

i 

27 


16 
28 
11 
20 
4 
3 
1 

83 


17 
19 
9 
13 
3 
3 
1 

64 


15 
11 
2 
4 
1 

" 
34 


32 
30 
11 
17 
4 
3 
1 

i 

98 


10 

18 
2 
6 
5 

1 

'i 
1 

45 


14 
14 
4 
7 
1 
1 

41 


24 
32 
6 
13 
6 
2 

i 
1 

86 


10 

18 
8 
8 
2 
3 
1 

50 


10 
12 
8 
7 
3 
3 
1 

" 
44 


20 
SO 
16 
15 
5 
6 
2 

94 


10 

42 
7 

15 
5 

11 
3 
3 

i 

97 


17 
21 
10 
10 
2 
3 
1 
2 
1 
1 

68 


27 
63 
17 
25 
7 

14 
4 
5 
1 
2 

165 


76 

im 

57 

73 

20 

24 

6 

4 

1 

1 

420 


83 

85 

31 

39 

7 

8 

2 

2 

1 

2 

260 


159 

243 

88 

112 

27 

32 

8 

6 

2 

3 

680 



TABLET 
Students Doing Summee Woek. Majoes Gained 





1894-95 


1893-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Total 




M. 


W. 


T. 

12 

3 

1 
2 
4 
4 

'2 
17 


M. 

'8 
5 
5 
5 
5 
7 

'2 
1 
2 

'2 

i 

43 


w. 

2 
1 
3 
4 

1 
5 

i 

18 


T. 

2 

1 
11 

9 

6 
10 

5 

7 

1 

1 
2 

'2 
61 


M. 

1 

1 
4 
4 
5 
8 
2 
4 
3 
6 
4 
3 
1 
1 
1 

i 

1 
1 

51 


W. 

"i 
4 
2 
1 
4 
2 
3 

i 
1 

2 

i 

25 


T. 

1 

5 
8 
6 
6 
12 
4 
7 
3 
7 
5 
5 
1 
2 
1 

i 

1 
1 

76 


M. 

'3 
3 

8 

1 

10 

2 

5 
3 
3 
2 

1 
3 
6 

1 
1 
2 

i 
1 

56 


W. 

i 

6 

5 
2 
3 

1 

'2 
1 
1 

4 

i 

27 


T. 

'4 
9 

13 
3 

13 
3 
5 
5 
4 
3 
5 
3 
7 
1 
1 
2 

i 

1 

83 


M. 

1 
1 

12 
4 
4 
9 
5 
3 
1 
6 
1 
8 
1 
4 

"3 

1 

64 


W. 

2 
3 
9 
6 
1 
3 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 

i 
i 

34 


T. 

3 

4 
21 
10 
5 
12 
6 
5 
2 
8 
2 
9 
1 

■3 

2 

i 

98 


M. 

1 

3 

5 
4 
4 
7 
2 
2 
2 

'3 

2 
2 
3 
2 

i 

i 

1 

45 


w. 

1 
4 

8 
4 

'6 
5 
3 
1 
3 

'2 
'2 

i 

41 


T. 

2 
7 

13 
8 
4 

13 
7 
5 
3 
3 

'5 
2 
4 
3 
3 

2 

i 
1 

86 


M. 

■3 
6 

5 
2 
1 

'2 

'2 

50 


W. 

1 
3 

2 
6 
6 
2 

'6 
3 
1 
1 
2 
3 
3 

'4 

i 

44 


T. 

1 
6 
8 
13 
10 
8 
1 

10 
5 
2 
5 
7 
5 
4 

■4 

3 

2 

■• 
94 


M. 

i 

8 
10 

5 
23 

7 

3 

3 

6 

3 

5 

4 

6 

4 

'4 
1 
2 

'2 
97 


W. 

2 
7 

13 
5 
2 
6 
£ 
3 
9 
2 
1 
1 
2 

■3 
2 
1 
1 
1 

i 

62 


T. 

2 
8 
21 
15 
7 
39 
13 
6 
12 
8 
4 

I 
6 
7 
2 
1 
5 
2 
2 

■3 
162 


M. 

4 

14 

46 

44 

31 

72 

24 

30 

14 

24 

15 

27 

13 

22 

9 

7 

4 

8 

2 

5 

1 

1 

3 

420 


W. 

8 

24 

46 

32 

14 

29 

15 

17 

17 

10 

6 

12 

5 

7 

3 

7 

2 

3 

1 

i 

1 

260 


T. 


H Major 


12 

2 
14 


i 

1 

i 
3 


12 




38 


l!4Ma]ors 

2 Majors 

2V4 Majors 

3 Majors 

3"/2 Majors 

4 Majors 

414 Majors 

5 Majors 

514 Majors 

6 Majors 

6V^ Ma ors 

7 Majors 

7H Majors 

8 Ma ors 

SVi Majors 

9 Majors 

91/2 Majors 

10 Majors 

1014 Majors 

llVa Majors 

12'/2Ma ors 

IS'/jMaors 

Total 


92 

76 

45 

101 

39 

47 

31 

34 

21 

39 

18 

29 

12 

14 

6 

11 

3 

5 

1 

1 

4 

1 

680 







2 Eeceived no credit. 



The Senioe Colleges 



71 



Sdmmaey to Tables D, E, and F 





Men 


Women 


Total 


Total number of Bachelors who have done summer work 

Total number Quarters summer work 


420 

596 

1694K 

1.2 

3.9 

2.9 


260 
322 

2.9 

2.8 


680 

918 

9f>fiQ 


Total number Majors summer work 


Average number Quarters per student 


1 1 


Average number Majors per student 


3.2 
2.9 


Average number Majors per Quarter 





the basis for ascertaining this. During these years the number of students who have taken 
summer work as continuous work, and who therefore did not take full vacation during the year 
in which they took summer work, is as follows: 

TABLE G 

STUDENTa Taking Summer Wokk as a Foueth (Additional) Quakteb, and not as a Substitute 

FOE Anothee Quaetee 



One-half Quarter 

One Quarter 

One and one-half Quarter . . 

Two Quarters 

Two and one-half Quarters . 

Three Quarters 

Three and one-half Quarters 
Four and one-half Quarters , 

Total 



1898-1899 



6 
17 

8 
11 

i 

1 



44 



W. 



18 



11 

24 

9 

16 

i 

1 



62 



1899-1900 



M. 



5 

11 

4 
5 
3 

2 



31 



w. 



27 



14 

19 

7 

10 

5 

2 



58 



1900-1901 



18 



41 



W. 



28 



7 


15 


9 


27 


7 


15 


2 


8 


2 


3 


1 


1 



These figures, however, need to be further corrected by an examination of the following 
table, which shows the number of Quarters during which the students who took continuous 
summer work were in residence. It is evident that the students who took only one-half Quarter 
were able to have seven weeks' vacation; that those who took one and one-half Quarters were 
able to have seven weeks' vacation in one of the years; and, further, that a considerable number 
of those who are recorded as having taken one Quarter took this in the form of two terms of six 
weeks each. Hence the number of students who have worked continuously, without any vaca- 
tion, must be correspondingly reduced. 



FLEXIBILITY OF THE COURSE 

A second unique feature of the University curriculum has been the flexibility of the course. 
The tables of graduation which will follow later will show to what extent the privilege of 
graduating at other times than June has been utilized by undergraduate students. It will 
appear that, in general, about one-half of the Bachelors have received degrees at Convocations 
other than the June Convocation. A more detailed view of the extent to which students 
have availed themselves of the flexibility of the course is furnished by the immediately following 
tables, which show the proportion of students who have taken what might be called a normal 
course— meaning by this the course of four academic years of nine months each; and, further, 



72 



The Peesident's Kepokt 



what proportion of students has extended or shortened this course. There are several ways in 
which the course may be extended or shortened. The course may be extended by taking less 
than normal work during the time of residence, or by being out of residence for more than the 
oi'dinary vacation of three months. It may be shortened by residence during the summer, or by 
extra work during the time of residence, or by both of these means. In Table I the statistics 
show, in the case of students who have graduated in the years 1898 to 1901, the number who 
have graduated upon what might be called the "normal date," reckoned according to the ordi- 
nary academic year; i. e., for a student entering in October, 1896, the normal date of graduation 
would be June, 1900. In estimating the numbers in this column, no account has been made of 
the fact that certain of these students entered with entrance conditions, because in the ordinary 
college, students make up such conditions and graduate with their class. The column headed 
"Number of Quarters," under "Normal," gives the number of students who have taken the pre- 
cise number of Quarters for graduation that would normally be required; i. e., twelve Quarters, 
of twelve weeks each, equivalent to four academic years of thirty-six weeks each. The similar 
columns under "Extended" and "Shortened" indicate respectively the numbers of students who 
have taken more or less than the normal time, and therefore have done less or more than regular 
work when in residence. The table is accordingly to be read as follows: 

In the class of 1898-99, 27 men and 36 women were in residence the normal number of 
Quarters (that is, for those who took all their work in the University, 12 Quarters; for others, a 
correspondingly less number); 36 men and 28 women were in residence more than this nor- 
mal number; 26 men and 22 women, less than the normal number. In like manner, 33 men and 
41 women graduated at the time at which they would normally graduate under the usual college 
curriculum; 25 men and 22 women graduated at a later date; and 24 men and 10 women, at an 
earlier date. 

It will be noted that more students have hastened the date of graduation than have 
shortened the number of Quarters. This would mean that the date had been hastened by sum- 
mer work, rather than by extra work. It will be noted, on the other hand, that for the past two 
years the number of those who have been in residence the normal number of Quarters is approxi- 
mately the same as that of those who have graduated upon the normal date. 

TABLE H 

Number of Students in Thkee Geaduating Classes who Have Extended or Shortened their Cotjese 





1898-189E 






]899-190( 






1900-1901 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


27 


26 


53 


20 


31 


51 


34 


38 


33 


41 


74 


23 


33 


56 


33 


36 


31 


30 


31 


30 


39 


35 


38 


42 


38 


54 


45 


36 


40 


38 


36 


40 


36 


28 


64 


24 


25 


49 


19 


23 


25 


22 


47 


20 


32 


52 


37 


32 


39 


42 


40 


35 


33 


34 


21 


25 


35 


34 


34 


31 


39 


37 


41 


36 


26 


22 


48 


23 


23 


46 


37 


29 


24 


10 


34 


21 


17 


38 


20 


22 


30 


28 


29 


35 


28 


31 


41 


33 


27 


12 


21 


33 


21 


25 


23 


24 



T. 



Normal: 

Number of Quarters 

Date 

Per cent.. Quarters . 

Per cent. Date 

Extended: 

Number of Quarters 

Date 

Per cent., Quarters . 

Per cent.. Date 

Shortened : 

Number of Quarters 

Date 

Per cent., Quarters . 

Per cent., Date 



72 
69 
41 
38 

42 
69 
22 
38 

66 
42 
37 
24 



The Senior Colleges 



73 



TABLE I 
Date of Graduation 







d 


00 


tn 

rid 

CD 

to 
d 

o 

CO 


1 


o 

CD 

a 



CD 


•4-3 

§ 

3 


1 
a 

en 




tn 

■S 

a 


a 

CO 


tn 

+3 


CO 

nj 

(D 

IH 






tn 

d 


a 

CO 

Q 

;>" 


tn 

1 
§ 

a 

CO 

RJ 
(U 
tH 


tn 
CD 

a 
EH 


-4-3 

1 

C<1 


to 
i-i 

CO 


tn 



CO 

tn" 

«i 
•u 

>H 
CO 


a 


CD 

03 
PH 
CO 


tn 

-a 

<D 
Q 

to 
tn 

J3 

fl 


CD 
CO 


■2 

a 


a 






CD 
CD 


.3 

a 


a 

CO 

ca 


■3 

a 
1 

CD 


2 

)0 


tn 

XI 

1 

a 

CO 


10 


CO 


1 


1898-1899: 

a) Normal: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 

b) Extended: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 

c) Hastened: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 
1899-1900: 

a) Normal: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 

b) Extended: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 

c) Hastened: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 
1900-1901: 

a) Normal: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 

b) Extended. 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 

c) Hastened: 

Men 

Women . . . 

Total . . . 


1 
1 

3 

1 
4 


8 
5 

13 

6 
1 

7 

5 

6 

11 

2 
6 

5 

6 

11 

1 
A 
5 


1 
i 


7 
3 

10 

6 

4 
10 

3 
5 

8 

2 

8 

10 

5 
4 
9 

3 
1 

4 


1 

i 


3 
2 
5 

9 
5 

14 

'2 
2 

'1 

14 

2 
3 
5 

5 

5 

10 


4 
2 
6 


1 

1 
2 

2 

'2 

1 
2 
3 

2 
3 
5 

4 
3 

7 

2 
'2 


1 
1 
2 

1 

i 

1 
3 

4 

6 
1 

7 

3 
'3 


1 
2 
3 

2 
'2 

1 

i 


2 
2 
4 

2 
2 
4 

i 
1 

2 
1 
3 


i 

1 

2 
2 

1 
i 


1 
2 
3 

1 
I 

1 

4 
5 


1 

'i 


1 

2 
3 

i 

1 


1 

2 
3 

'i 
1 


1 
1 
2 

i 
1 


1 
1 

2 

i 
1 


i 
1 

2 
1 
3 

1 
1 
2 


1 
i 


1 

. ■ 


'2 

2 


i 
1 


i 

1 

2 
1 
3 


1 

i 


1 

i 


1 
'i 


'i 
1 


33 

41 

74 

25 
22 
47 

24 
10 
34 

23 
33 
56 

20 
32 
52 

21 
17 
38 

33 

36 
69 

37 

32 
69 

20 

22 
42 



74 



The President's Eepoet 



TABLE J 
Ndmbee of Qdaeteks Residence 





'A 
Qr. 


1 

Qr. 


Qrs. 


2 
Qrs. 


2% 
Qrs. 


3 
Qrs. 


Qrs. 


5 
Qrs. 


6 
Qrs. 


6V4 
Qrs. 


9 
Qrs. 


lO'A 
Qrs. 


Total 


Av. 
Qrs. 


1898-1899: 
a) Normal: 

Men 

Women 

Total 

6) Increased: 

Men 


16 

8 
24 

11 
12 
23 

12 

'h 

7 
11 
18 

10 
10 
20 

10 
6 
16 


9 
11 

20 

7 
4 
11 

5 
15 
20 

7 
9 
16 

5 
4 
9 

9 
14 
23 


3 
3 

6 

3 

4 
7 

1 
3 
4 

2 
2 

4 

1 
3 

4 

10 
3 
13 


1 
3 

4 

1 
1 
2 

3 

2 
5 

3 
3 

6 

2 
3 

5 

5 
3 

8 


4 
1 
5 

4 
1 
5 

1 

1 
2 

1 
1 

2 

i' 

1 

2 

2 


2 
1 
3 

2 

1 
1 
2 

2 
1 
3 


i" 

1 

i' 

1 


1 
1 
2 


1 
"l 


i' 

1 


1 

i 


i' 

1 


27 
26 
53 

36 

28 
64 

26 
22 
48 

20 
31 
51 

24 
25 
49 

20 
26 
46 

34 

38 

72 

19 
23 

42 

37 
29 
66 


1.2 




1 3 


Total 


1.2 


c) Decreased: 

Men 


1 1 




0.9 


Total 


1 


1899-1900: 
a) Normal: 

Men 

Women 

Total 

6) Increased: 

Men 


1 1 




2.4 


Total 


1.9 


c) Decreased: 
Men 


1 1 


Women 


1.0 


Total 


1 


1900-1901: 

a) Normal: 

Men 

Women 

Total 

b) Increased: 

Men 


9 


W^omen 


1.2 


Total 


1 


c) Decreased : 

Men 


1.4 


Women . 


1.2 


Total 


1.3 







GRADUATION WITHIN THREE YEARS 

One of the important results of the above statistics is the light thrown upon the question 
as to how far our undergraduates are availing themselves of the opportunities of our system to 
reduce their undergraduate course to a period of three years. This, of course, means doing the 
work of the ordinary four academic years within a three-year period. The discussion as to the 
desirability of such a shortening of the course has been largely with reference to those students 
who are to enter professional schools. It is evident that for such students it will answer the 
purposes of a three-year course, if they can receive their Bachelor's degree in August or Septem- 
ber. Hence, if a student shortens his course by nine months, as compared with the ordinary 
college curriculum, it will practically serve the purpose of a three-year course. 

The above tables show that the numbers of students receiving their degrees in the years 
1898 to 1901, who have shortened their course by nine months or more, are as follows : 











The 


Senioe Colleges 








75 


TABLE 3a 


1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Per Cent. 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Per Cent. 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Per Cent. 


12 


5 


17 


10 


14 


7 


21 


13 


14 


7 


21 


10 



This shows, as might be expected, that more men than women have shortened their coitrse 
to the extent named. 



MEANS BY WHICH COURSE HAS BEEN SHORTENED 

The means by which the date of graduation has been hastened will be shown by Table K, 
which follows : 

TABLE K 







>i 






.^ 




M 














>i 


a 


T3 







-CI 


Q (D 


PlaT-^ 


£ .a 


J< 


©Ai 






a 




g-a 


§ 


Sis 


g^.i) 


S§^ 


a 


S.aS 











■a 

o 


S 

u 


^0 


d 

1 


a lh 

11 


III 


5s« 




M M 

g-o 


P 




cfl 






a 














cd 




























H 


m 


w^ 


i" 


s« 


^Mco 


-u=» 


-o». 


^C«:« 


-« 


S=» 


B 


1898-1899: 


























Men 


8 


3 


24 






6 












41 


Women 


9 


3 


5 


1 












1 




19 


Total 


17 


6 


29 


1 




6 








1 




60 


1899-1900: 




Men 


7' 


1 
4 


14 

7 




1 
1 


8 








1 
1 


1 


26 


Women 


20 


Total 


7 


5 


21 




2 


8 








2 


1 


46 


1900-1901: 


























Men 


7 
6 


4 
2 


13 
11 


1 
1 


2 


2' 


1 


2 


1 




•• 


31 


Women 


22 


Total 


13 


6 


24 


2 


2 


2 


1 


2 


1 






53 







It will be seen from the above table — what has been apparent in registration — that a 
student who takes summer work is likely to wish to do extra work during part or all of the rest 
of the year. In the case of a student who has no conditions or penalties for absences to make 
up, it is evident that this would naturally be the case, because it would be of no value to a 
student to complete six weeks of summer work, unless he was enabled to hasten his graduation 
by some other means. 

LENGTHENING THE COURSE 

Tables H, I, and J show also the number of students who have graduated upon a date 
later than the normal date, and those who have been in residence more than the normal number 
of Quarters. The following tables, L and M, show, respectively, the number of Quarters in which 
less than normal work has been done by students graduating in the years 1898-1901, and the 
number of Majors which have been lost by completing less than normal work in a given Quarter. 
In Table M three ways are shown by which a student may have completed less than normal 
work: (1) he may have registered for less than three courses; (2) he may have failed in a course ; 
(3) his absences may have been sufficiently numerous to reduce his credit in that course, accord- 
ing to the rule that when the absences in a course amount to 25 per cent, of the total number of 
exercises in that course, only half credit for the course can be received. 



76 



The President's Eepokt 



TABLE L 
Ndmbee of Qoaetees in which Less than Nosmal Woek (Thkee Majors) was Done 





H 


1 


IH 


2 


2% 


3 


3"/2 


4 


4'/2 


5 


6 


61/2 


7 


7!4 


8 


9 


9K 


10 


12 


13 


16H 


Total 


Mss-ia99: 


2 
3 

5 

1 
3 

i 


17 
14 
31 

19 
18 
37 

9 
7 
16 


2 
'2 

3 

i 
7 

2 

2 


11 
9 

20 

7 
5 
12 

8 
5 
13 


1 

i 

i' 
1 


5 
6 

" 

5 
6 
11 

1 

3 

4 


1 

i 

2 

1 

3 

i' 

1 


2 
6 
8 

3 

4 

7 

2 
1 
3 


2 
'2 

i' 
1 


3 

6 
9 

2 
4 
6 

1 
1 


4 

2 
6 

1 
1 

2 

i' 
1 


i' 

1 

1 
i 


i' 

1 

2 
2 

i 

1 


1 
1 
2 

1 

i 


1 

i 
1 

i 


1 
1 

2 

i' 

1 


1 


1 

1 

2 


i 

1 


1 

i 
1 
i 


1 

i 


52 




49 


Total 


101 


1899-1900 : 
Men 


52 




48 


Total 


100 


1900-MOl: 
Men 


24 




25 


Total 


49 



TABLE M 
Majoes Lost by Caeeying Less than Noemal Woek in a Given Quaetbe 





1. By Registeation 




Vi 


1 


l'/2 


2 


2^2 


3 


3H 


4 


4y. 


5 


S'A 


6 


6/2 


7 


7'/z 


8 


8'/2 


9 


9H 


10 


UH 


12 


I6V2 


18^2 


Total 


1898-1899: 

Men .... 

Women . 

Total . 

1899-1900 : 

Men .... 

Women . 

Total . 

1900-1901 : 

Men .... 

Women . 

Total . 


6 
6 
12 

S 
8 
16 

1 


3 

7 
10 

10 
11 
21 

10 

7 
17 


4 

1 

5 

5 
4 
9 

3 

3 


9 
4 
13 

6 
5 
11 

6 
2 
"8 


4 
2 
6 

2 
1 
3 

2 
3 
5 


1 

7 

8 

3 
3 
6 

3 
2 
5 


4' 

4 

1 

i 


2 

6 

8 

4 
4 
8 

1 
2 
3 


2 
'2 

1 
1 
2 


3 

2 

5 

3 
1 

4 

1 

i 


2 
'2 

i' 

1 


4 
2 
6 

1 

5 
6 

i' 

1 


i' 
1 

2 
'2 

i' 
1 


2 
2 
4 

i' 
1 


1 
1 

2 


i 

1 


2' 
2 

1 

i 


1 
1 

2 

i 

1 


1 

i 

2 
2 


i' 
1 

i' 

1 


i' 

1 


1 
1 


i' 
1 


i 

1 


46 
50 
96 

47 
46 
93 

29 
27 
56 




2. By Failuee 


3. By Absences 




Vs 


1 


l'/2 


2 


VA 


3 


ZVi 


4 


4'/j 


6 


6% 


13 


Total 


i4 


1 


I'/i 


2 


2H 


Total 


1898-1899 : 
Men 


2 
1 
3 

1 

'i 


7 
4 
11 

10 
5 
15 

3 


2 
"2 

1 

i 


1 
2 
3 

2 
1 
3 

1 
2 
3 


1" 

1 

1 
i 


2 
2 
4 

3 

'3 

1 


1 

i 


2 
'2 


2 
'2 


1" 
1 


1 

i 


1 

i 


19 
11 
30 

17 
6 
23 

g 


2 
2 
4 

1 
1 

2 

1 

i 


2 
1 

3 

2 

'2 

1 
1 
2 


1 
1 
2 


1 
'i 


1 
i 


6 


Women 

Total 


4 
10 


1899-1900: 


4 


Women 

Total 

1900-1901 : 
Men 


1 
5 

2 


Women 

Total 


2 


5 




1 














4 
12 
















1 
3 



The exact reasons for short registration cannot be given, but it would appear, I think, that 
most of the men who have registered for less than normal work have done so to enable them to 
do outside work as a means of defraying their expenses; while the women in many cases have 
taken less than normal work on grounds of health. 

In contrast with this table, the following tables, N and O, will show: (1) the number of 
Quarters during which more than normal work was taken; (2) the number of Majors gained by 
graduates of this same period, by carrying more than normal work in one or more Quarters; and 
(3) the purpose, so far as it can be estimated, for which the students carried this extra work: 



The Senior Colleges 



77 



TABLE N 

NOMBEK OF QUAETEES DUEING WHICH MOEE THAN NOEMAL WOEK (3 MAJOES) WA9 CAEEIED 





!4 


1 


IH 


2 


214 


3 


3V4 


4 


4'/^ 


5 


6 


6'/j 


7 


Total 


1898-1899: 
Men 




25 
16 
41 

9 
25 
34 

8 
10 
18 


3 
1 

4 

1 
1 
2 

1 

5 
6 


6 
14 
20 

14 
6 
20 

8 
11 
19 


4 
1 
5 

1 

"i 

2 
"2 


12 
5 
17 

10 
10 
20 

2 
2 
4 


2 

"i 
1 

2 
3 

1 

"i 


7 
3 
10 

2 
2 

4 

2 . 
2 
4 


2 
1 
3 


1 
3 
4 

2" 
2 


1 

"1 

1 

"i 

1 
1 

2 


1 
1 


i" 
1 

1 
"1 


63 






45 


Total 




108 


1899-1900: 
Men 


1 

1 
2 

3 

1 
4 


40 


Women 

Total 


45 

85 


1900-1901: 
Men 


33 


Women 

Total 


31 

64 







TABLE O 
Majoes Gained btt Caeeting Moee Than Noemal Woek in a Given Quaetee 





1. To Make up Shoet Woek 


2. To Make up Failuee 


3. To Make dp 
Absences 




V4 


1 


154 


2 


2H 


3 


3'/2 


4 


Total 


Vi 


1 


I'/j 


2 


3 


Total 


'A 


1 


2H 


la 

H 


1898-1899: 








































Men 


10 


10 


1 


5 


3 


2 






31 


2 


8 


2 


1 


2 


15 


1 


2 




3 


Women 


8 


13 


4 


2 




3 




i 


31 


2 


3 








5 










Total 


18 


23 


5 


7 


3 


5 




1 


62 


4 


11 


2 


i 


2 


20 


i 


2 




3 


1899-1900: 








































Men 


9 


6 


1 


2 


2 


1 


1 




22 


1 


10 


1 


1 


1 


14 


3 


1 


1 


5 


Women 


10 


11 


3 




1 


1 






26 


1 


2 








3 


1 






1 


Total 


19 


17 


4 


2 


3 


2 


i 




48 


2 


12 


1 


1 


1 


17 


4 


1 


1 


6 


1900-1901: 








































Men 


3 


10 


3 




1 


1 






18 


1 


1 


2 






4 


1 






1 


Women 


7 


7 


2 


2 










18 




4 








4 




1 




1 


Total 


10 


17 


5 


2 


1 


1 






36 


1 


5 


2 






8 


1 


1 




2 





4. To Make up CoitDi- 

TION3 


5. To Shoeten Time Requieed foe Geaduation 




'/2 


1 


I'/s 


2'/= 


3 


Total 


H 


1 


1V4 


2 


2'/2 


3 


3'/j 


4 


4H 


5 


5V4 


6 


Total 


1898-1899: 












































3 
3 


1 






4 

4 


9 
3 


5 
3 


4 
8 




2 
1 


4 

1 




2 
1 


1 
1 








25 


Women 


1 


20 


Total 


1 


6 


1 






8 


12 


8 


12 




3 


5 




3 


2 








45 


1899-1900: 








































Men 


1 


3 




1 




5 


4 


2 


2 


2 


1 


1 














n 


Women 


4 


2 






2 


8 


7 


7 




1 




1 


3 












20 


Total 


5 


5 




i 


2 


13 


11 


9 


2 


3 


1 


2 


3 












31 


1900-1901: 








































Men 


1 


1 


1 






3 


6 


3 


3 


3 


1 


1 






1 


1 






19 


Women 




1 








1 


1 


1 


1 










i 




1 


1 


1 


7 


Total 


i 


2 


i. 






4 


7 


4 


4 


3 


1 


1 




1 


1 


2 


1 


1 


26 



78 



The Pbbsident's Kepoet 



CONTRAST BETWEEN THE MEMBERSHIP OF A CLASS GRADUATING FROM THE 
UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, 1900-1901, AND A CLASS GRADUATING FROM A 
TYPICAL EASTERN INSTITUTION 

The statistics presented in the preceding tables, especially in tables C, H, I, and J, give the 
basis for a very interesting comparison between the constituency of a graduating class at the 
University of Chicago, from the time of its entrance to the time of its graduation, as compared 
with the graduating classes of the older institutions. In the University of Chicago, as the 
tables show, about one-third of a class graduate in the noxmal time; about one-third in less 
than normal time; and about one-third in more than normal time; and, moreover, as has already 
been shown in the summary to Table C, only a relatively small proportion — from 28 per cent, to 
40 per cent. — have completed all of their work at the University of Chicago. This makes an 
additional element of irregularity. 

On the other hand, in the ordinary college of the usual type, the great majority of the class 
does all of its work at the institution in question, and the class graduates with very nearly the 
same constituency with which it entered. For instance, at one of the typical institutions of the 
East, which is selected because its graduating class for 1901 , of 232, is not very far from the size 
of the University of Chicago class of 208, of the same year, the published statistics state that the 
class entered with 298 men. Sixty-six dropped out, six died, and twenty-four subsequently 
joined the class. In order to make the comparison more accurate, however, the following tables 
and accompanying chart have been prepared, showing two sets of data. The first, presented in 
Table P, traces the history of the students who entered the University without advanced stand- 
ing during the year July, 1898, to April, 1899, inclusive. These students would correspond 
roughly to the Freshman class that would be expected to graduate in June, 1901. The table 
shows (1) how many of these have dropped out, and the dates upon which they have dropped 
out; (2) how many have remained in residence and have not yet graduated, with the amount of 
Majors standing to their credit, from which it is possible to see when they will graduate, if they 
continue in residence; and (3) the number who have graduated either during this present year 
or the preceding year. 



TABLE p 

Eecoed of Students Entebing the Junioe College Without Advanced Standing in the Year 1897-! 
THE Freshman Class Entering July, 1897, to Apell, 1898 



I. E., OF 



Entered 


Dropped 




Graduated 




Years 


Sp. 
'00 


Sum. 
'00 


Total 
3 years 


Aut. 
'00 


Win. 
'01 


Sp. 
'01 


Total 


Total 




First 


Second 


Third 


Total 


Grad. 


lS97Summe7' 




























Men 




1 




1 


5 


2 




2 




1 




1 




Women 










2 




2 


2 


«... 


1 




1 




Total 




1 




1 


7 


2 


2 


4 




2 




2 




Autumn : 




























Men 


8 


4 


7 


19 


8 


2 


1 


3 


1 


2 


20 


23 




Women 


9 


1 




10 


9 


3 


1 


4 


2 


3 


18 


23 




Total 


17 


5 


7 


29 


17 


5 


2 


7 


3 


5 


38 


46 




Winter: 




























Men 










5 




1 


1 






1 


1 




Women 


3 


1 


2 


6 


2 












1 


1 




Total 


3 


1 


2 


6 


7 




i 


1 






2 


2 




Spring : 




























Men 










1 


















Women 










2 










i 


i 


2 




Total 










3 










1 


1 


2 




Summary : 




























Men 


8 


5 


7 


20 


19 


4 


2 


6 


1 


3 


21 


25 


31 


Women 


12 


2 


2 


16 


15 


3 


3 


6 


2 


5 


20 


27 


33 


Total 


20 


7 


9 


36 


34 


7 


5 


12 


3 


8 


41 


52 


64 



Decennial Publications, I 



Plate 1 




CHART SHOWING THE COLLEGIATE HISTORY OF THE CLASS ENTERING 1897-9S, CONJOINTLY 
WITH THAT OF THE CLASS GRADUATING lSIOO-1901 

(To Illustrate Tables P and Q) 



The Senior Colleges 



79 



It thus appears that of the 36 students who have dropped out; 20 dropped out at the end 
of the first year and 16 during or at the close of the second year, of whom 3 left on receiving 
their Associate title. It appears that there are 85 still (July 1, 1901) in residence who have not 
graduated; that 7 graduated within the year 1899-1900; and, if we include those graduating in 
the summer of 1900, inasmuch as these latter students would have the opportunity of entering 
a professional school or beginning work as tutors in the autumn, it would appear that 11 brought 
their period of graduation within what may be fairly called three years, leaving 44 who graduated 
in four years, or approximately four years, after their entrance. 

Table Q, which follows, presents the counterpart of this, and shows the previous history of 
the class of 208 who graduated during the year 1900-1901. It appears that three members of the 
class entered in the year in which the University opened, 1892-93, and that others have entered 
at various intervals since, many having been here only for the past year or for one Quarter. 



Recced 


TABLE Q 

OF Geaddates, Aeeangbd According to Year of Entrance and 


Quarter of Graduation 


QUAETER OF 


Entered 


Geaduation 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1S99-1900 


1900-1901 


Summer: 

Men 

Women 

Total .... 
Autumn : 

Men 

Women 

Total .... 
Winter: 

Men 

Women 

Total .... 
Spring: 

Men 

Women 

Total .... 
Summary : 

Men 

Women 

Total .... 


.... 

1 

1 
1 
2 

1 
2 
3 


i'" 
1 

1 

'"i 

1 
1 

2 


2 
1 
3 

i'" 

1 

1 
1 

2 

2 

"2 

5 
3 

8 


2 
"'2 

1 

"i 

i "■ 
1 

i'" 

1 

3 
2 

5 


4 
1 
5 

9 
6 
15 

'2" 

2 

1 
3 
4 

14 
12 
26 


5 
3 

8 

2 
3 

5 

4 
4 
8 

17 
20 
37 

28 
30 
58 


12 
3 

15 

1 

"i 

2 
2 

4 

7 
12 

19 

22 
17 
39 


7 
....^ 

1 

2 
3 

4 
1 
5 

3 
13 
16 

15 
16 
31 


4 
3 
7 

3 
3 
6 

10 
8 
18 

17 
14 
31 



Grand total: men, 102; women, 101; total, 203.^ 

The above figures are shown more forcibly by the attached chart. The upper part of the 
chart represents the history of the students who entered in 1897-98, as shown in Table P. The 
lower part of the chart represents the history of the students who graduated in 1900-1901. The 
space in which the two overlap shows, of course, the number of students who entered in 1897-98 
and graduated in 1900-1901. The heavier-colored spaces represent the men and the lighter the 
women. The space in which the two overlap, therefore, would represent more nearly the con- 
stituency of an ordinary college class. It is seen that this makes a relatively small portion of 
the total constituency of those who have graduated in the year 1900-1901. In the case of the 
one man and two women who, according to the chart, entered the University in the year 1892-93, 
it is, of course, not the case that they were in continuous residence up to the time of their gradua- 
tion; and the same is true of others who entered at an early date. The groups of students 
who were in the University for short periods, indicated in the lower parts of the chart, entered 
with advanced standing from other institutions. 

SFive students took the degree without residence as undergraduates, making a total of 208. Compare with Table C. 



80 



The President's Kepoet 



/8 


9S-3 18 


95-4 18 


94-5 /895-6 /8 


36-7 /8 


97-8 /8 


/a 

98-9 19 


99 

00 /9 


00-/ 19 


oi-z 
















3 




/ 


2.70 




















/ 








T€ 


tal men in Senior Colleges 
tal women in Senior Colleges, 
tal men graduated 
tal women graduated 






/ 








^ Tc 






/ 








Tc 

Tr 








242 










&38 ^■^ 




















/ 








.„.H .............. «.,...„. 






'zer 












1 1 






















/ 






















It 


































































n 
1 




















^ '' 






















''-"" 




















1 






















1 






















1 






















1 








151 














1 






i 














I 






i 














j / 








i 


156 












1 / 








i .' 












y^ 


/ 








; • 














' 








1 ; 










1 


1 










1; 










/ 


1 










'■m 












1 








,-/ 














1 








,.' / 












1 


t 




.X'' 




/ 












/ 


1 


.^--' 




''''\ 


/ 












/ 


' y 


' 


,' 


\ 


/ 












/ / 


/ 




/ 
















1 / 


/ 




















/' / 




















^ 


/ /' 


















/ 




/ 


^'' 
















/ 




/ 
















33 


^ 




* 


















/ 


/ 


/ 


















/ 

1 


/ 


















IZ 

7 


^" 




















/ 


' 




















,---■ 





















CHART TO ILLUSTRATE TABLES B AND E 



The Senior Colleges 



81 



GRADUATION BY DEGREES AND SEXES 

TABLE R 

The Senior Colleges 

Graduation (College Degrees Conferred) at the Convocations Held at the Close of the Respective Quarters 



1892-1893: 

A.B 

Ph.B 

S.B 

Total 

1893-189i: 

A.B 

Ph.B 

S.B 

Total 

1894-1895: 

A.B 

Ph.B 

S.B 

Total 

1895-1896: 

A.B 

Ph.B 

S.B 

Total 

1896-1897: 

A.B 

Ph.B 

S.B 

Total 

1897-1898: 

A.B 

Ph.B 

S.B 

Total 

1898-1899: 

A.B 

Ph.B 

S.B 

Total 

1899-1900: 

A.B 

*Ph.B.— L 

<Ph.B.— C. and A 

S.B 

Total 

1900-1901: 

A.B 

Ph.B.— L 

Ph.B.— O. and A 

S.B 

Total 

1901-1902: 

A.B 

Ph.B.— L 

Ph.B.— C. and A 

S.B 

S.B. pre-med 

A.B. pre-med 

Total 



SUMMEB 



M. W, 



6 
4 
3 
13 

6 
4 
6 
16 

6 
4 
1 
3 
14 

15 
10 

il" 
36 

16 
11 

6 
1 



34 



4 
5 
3 
12 

4 
3 
2 



13 

7 
6 
1 
1 
15 

13 

14 



30 



T. 



3 
6 
2 
11 

8 
2 
2 
12 

10 
9 
6 

25 

10 

7 
8 
25 

14 
8 
1 
4 
27 

22 
16 

1 
12 

51 

29 
25 

b" 
1 



64 



Adtumn 



M. W, 



2 
5 
13 

5 
3 
2 
10 



3 
13 

10 
4 
1 
2 



17 



5 
5 

'io 
1 

4 



11 

4 
13 



18 

2 
5 



10 
1 
2 
13 

7 
4 
7 
18 

10 
8 
2 
20 

1 
9 
2 
12 

7 
6 



14 

8 
19 



4 
31 

12 
9 
1 
3 



25 



Winter 



5 
5 

'io 

5 
5 

7 
17 

8 
2 
2 
12 

11 
6 
1 
18 

9 
5 



18 

3 
5 



3 
11 

8 
13 



23 



W. 



4 
5 

1 
10 

2 
6 



5 
5 

'io 



14 



3 
12 

1 
13 



17 



10 
6 
1 

17 

9 
10 

8 
27 

10 
8 
2 

20 

16 

11 

1 

28 

14 
13 



5 
32 

4 
13 



6 
23 

9 
26 



40 



Spring 



M. W. T, 



12 



2 
3 
13 

13 
6 
3 
22 

17 
10 
9 
36 

16 

16 

6 

38 

20 
17 
10 
47 

31 
11 

8 
50 

19 
10 



8 
37 

24 

8 

1 
11 

44 

28 
23 

6 

6 
12 

2 

77 



10 
5 

is 

11 
11 

4 
26 

15 
19 

'34 

9 
21 
3 
33 

20 
32 

4 

56 

20 
26 



6 
52 

21 
.33 

1 

5 

60 

34 
40 

'5" 
2 

'si 



10 
4 
1 



15 



10 
5 
6 



21 



23 

11 

3 



37 



28 
21 
13 



62 



31 

35 

6 



72 



29 
38 
13 

80 

51 
43 
12 
106 

39 
36 



14 
89 

45 
41 

2 
16 

104 

62 
63 

6 
11 
14 

2 

158 



Total 



M. W 



9 
3 

"12 

11 
2 
3 
16 

19 
10 
5 
34 

29 
19 
13 
61 

33 

25 
19 

77 

39 
26 
17 

82 

48 
26 
17 
91 

36 

19 

1 

16 

72 

46 
29 

1 
28 

104 

62 
51 

7 
16 
13 

2 

151 



10 

7 
1 



18 



22 

15 

5 



42 



22 

26 

4 



52 



20 

37 

6 



63 



30 

44 
6 



80 



38 
44 



90 

33 
60 

2 
10 

105 

50 

72 

12" 
2 

'l36 



10 
4 
1 
15 

14 
5 
6 
25 

29 
17 

6 

52 

51 
34 
18 
103 

55 
51 
23 
129 

59 
63 
23 
145 

78 
70 
23 
171 

74 
63 

1 
24 

162 

79 
89 

3 
38 

209 

112 

123 

7 

28 

15 

2 

287 



■• Ph.B.— L. stands for the Degree of Bachelor of Philosophy conferred on graduates from the College of Literature; 
Ph.B. — C. and A. for the same degree in the College of Commerce and Administration. 



82 



The President's Eepoet 



Summary 
Graduations for the Years 1S92-1902, by Degrees, Quarters, and Sexes 





Sdmmee 


Autumn 


Winter 


Spring 


TOTAI, 




M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


A.B 


57 

40 

1 

33 

1 


40 

34 

1 

11 


97 
74 

2 
44 

1 


38 

21 

1 

18 


22 
38 

"5 


60 

59 

1 

23 


52 
43 


24 
46 

"9 


76 
89 

"28 


184 

106 

7 

64 

12 

2 


144 
191 

1 
31 

2 


328 

297 

8 

95 

14 

2 


331 
211 

9 

134 

13 

2 


230 
308 

2 
56 

2 


561 


Ph.B.— L 


519 


Ph.B.— C. andA 

S.B 


11 
190 




15 


A.B. pre-med 


2 


Total 


132 


86 


218 


78 


65 


143 


114 


79 


193 


375 


369 


744 


700 


598 


1*^98 







Table R, with its accompanying summary, gives a complete statement of those who have 
received the Bachelor's degree since the beginning of the University, arranged according to 
Quarters, sexes, and degrees received. As regards Quarters, it appears that the graduates in 
the Spring Quarter number just about one-half of the total number, and that the graduates in 
the Summer Quarter have been more numerous than those of any other Quarter except the 
Spring. 

As regards degrees, the comparison should really begin about the year 1896-97, because 
that was the first year in which there was really a full graduating class. From that time, it 
appears that the number of Bachelors receiving the A.B. degree has had a slow but fairly con- 
stant increase, that the number of Bachelors receiving the S.B. degree has remained almost 
absolutely stationary until the last two years, and that the number receiving the Ph.B. degree 
has increased more than the number receiving either of the other degrees. This latter fact is 
connected with the fact that in four of the six years in question there has been a proportionately 
larger increase of women than men among those receiving the Bachelor's degree, and among 
women by far the greater portion receive the degree of Ph.B. Very few women receive the 
degree of S.B. The degree of A.B. is conferred upon more men than women, but of those taking 
the degree of Ph.B. in the College of Literature the ratio of women to men is about 2 to 1. In 
the case of the degree of S.B., it should be further mentioned that the increase in the number 
who have received that degree in the past year, as compared with the number receiving it in the 
years 1896-99 inclusive, is apparently due largely, if not entirely, to the establishment of medical 
work. Of the forty-five receiving the degree of S.B. in the year 1901-2, fifteen have been 
pursuing medical work. A less number in the case of the other degrees have been registered for 
such work; viz., two for the degree of A.B. and none for the degree of Ph.B. 

As regards the respective numbers of men and women who have received degrees, no 
important inferences can be drawn from the figures of the first four years, because the Senior 
College was very small during that period. From the year 1896-97 to the current year there 
have been fluctuations in the relative increase of men and women receiving degrees. During 
the earlier part of this period, the increase of men was relatively less, but during the latter part, 
and especially during the last two years, the increase of men for graduation has been marked, 
showing an increase from 72 in the year 1899-1900 to 151 in the year 1901-2. Thus the nmnber 
of men receiving the Bachelor's degree has doubled diu'ing the past two years, whereas the 
mmiber of women has increased from 90 to 136, an increase of only 50 per cent. It is evident 
from these figures that no conclusion can be drawn respecting the relative numbers of the sexes, 
if the figures for a small number of years are considered. It is further probable that the 



The Senioe Colleges 



83 



development of the work in law and medicine will provide for a steady or even accelerated rate 
of increase on the part of the men. It is also to be expected that the increased facilities for the 
social life of men, which will be afforded in the new buildings which are now in process of 
erection, will tend to increase, not only the number of men, but a healthful college spirit. 

CHABACTER OF THE STUDENT BODY 

The constituency of the Senior Colleges differs materially from that of the similar part of 
an ordinary college. Owing to the fact, already referred to, that we receive a large number of 
students who are of matiu-e age and have been engaged in teaching for some time, but wish to 
take further work and receive a Bachelor's degree, the average age of our Senior College 
students has been found to be considerably greater than that in an ordinary institution. But 
aside from this, it is probable that an unusually large proportion of the students are making 
their own way, largely or in part, through college. This gives an air of seriousness and earnest- 
ness to the student body as a whole. It is further probable that an unusually large proportion 
of our students are from non-professional parents. The following Table, T, shows the occupa- 
tions of the parents of students graduating in Jime, 1902. There is no reason to suppose that a 
larger number of cases would show a very wide variation from these percentages. I have not 
the figures for comparison, but I feel confident that in an eastern college the proportion of 
students whose parents are engaged in the professions of ministry, law, teaching, and medicine 
would be much larger than among our students. The reason for this probably is that pro- 
fessional men send their sons east to their own colleges. 

TABLE T 

Occupations of Paeents 



Ministry 

Law 

Teaching 

Medicine 

Farming 

Business 

Government position 

Trades 

Not stated 

Total 



Men 


Women 


Per Cent, 
of Men 


5 


7 


6.5 


8 


4 


10.3 


2 


5 


2.6 


8 


7 


10.3 


10 


8 


12.6 


30 


32 


40.0 


1 




1.3 


10 


13 


12.6 


3 


5 


3.8 


77 


81 



Per Cent, 
of Women 



8.5 
5.0 
6.0 
8.5 
10.0 
40.0 

ie'.o 

6.0 



The above table, showing the occupations of parents, is followed by Table Ua, which 
indicates the occupations of alumni of the Senior Colleges, so far as they can be gathered from 
the alumni list. 

The statistics regarding women, it will be seen, are rendered somewhat dubious by the 
large number whose occupations are unknown. It may be inferred, perhaps, that most of these 
are living at home. The striking feature of the whole sxirvey is the very large proportion of 
students who have engaged in teaching, amounting in the case of men to 36 per cent, and of 
women to 4A per cent. The percentage of women engaged in teaching is not surprising, because 
this is the occupation which is most widely and favorably open to them, but the percentage of 
men engaged in teaching is surprising. It is no doubt partly due to the fact that so many of 



84 



The Peesident's Kepokt 



TABLE Va 
Occupations of the Aldmni op the Senioe Colleqes 



Have pursued higher studies 

Ministry 

Law 

Teaching 

Medicine 

Business 

Journalism 

Engineering 

Architecture and designing . 

Musician 

Librarian 

Missionary 

Actor 

Parmer 

Chemist 

United States service 

Printer 

Unknown 

Women who have married . . 

Total 



Men 


Women 


Per Cent. 


Per Cent. 


of Men 


of Women 


15 


28 


3.0 


7.0 


50 




10,0 




72 




14.0 




174 


172 


36.0 


44.6 


23 


2 


5.0 


0.6 


61 


1 


12.0 


0.4 


13 


4 


2.0 


1.0 


10 




2.0 




2 


3 


1.0 


1.0 


1 




1.0 




2 


4 


0.4 


1.0 


2 




0.4 




1 




0.2 




1 




0.2 




4 




0.8 




9 




2.0 




1 




1.0 




43 


iie 


9.0 


35.0 




39 




10.0 


469 


349 



Per Cent, 
of All 



5.0 
5.0 
7.0 

40.0 
2.8 
6.2 
1.5 
1.0 
1.0 
0.5 
0.7 
0.2 
0.1 
0.1 
0.4 
1.0 
0.5 

22.0 
5.0 



our students are already teachers before they enter the University. It is not, therefore, so much 
the fact that a large number of cm- students decide to become teachers as that a large propor- 
tion of them are already teachers before coming here, and remain such after graduation. 

It may be of interest to compare vfith the above table the following table, U6, giving 
information as regards the prospective occupations of those receiving the Bachelor's degree 
from December, 1901, to June, 1902, inclusive. 



table U6 

Occupations of GrKADHATES 
December, March, and June Convocations, 1901-1902 



Teaching 

Law 

Business 

Physician 

Journalism 

Graduate study 

Ministry 

Art and music . 

Librarian 

At home 

Undecided 

Unknown 

Total 



Men 


Women 


Per Cent, 
of Men 


Per Cent, 
of Women 


28 


71 


24.0 


67.0 


19 


1 


16.0 


0.9 


21 


1 


18.0 


0.9 


21 




18.0 




5 




4.4 




5 


2 


4.4 


1.8 


5 




4.4 




1 


2 


0.8 


1.8 




1 




0.9 




5 




4.7 


11 


13 


9.3 


12.0 


1 


10 


0.7 


10.0 


117 


106 



Per Cent, 
of Total 



45.5 
8.5 
9.5 
9.0 
2.2 
3.1 
2.2 
1.3 
0.5 
2.3 

10.6 
5.3 



The Sbnioe Colleges 85 



CURRICULUM 

The most important changes relating to the cxirriculum within the past three years, since 
the pubhcation of my last report, have been (1) the organization of the College of Commerce 
and Administration, which now makes a foui'th Senior College, similar to the previously existing 
Colleges of Arts, Literature, and Science ; (2) the arrangement and establishment of courses in 
Medicine and Law. 

The College of Commerce and Administration was at first organized merely as an arrange- 
ment of certain courses in the Departments of Political Economy, Political Science, History, 
and Sociology, and several tentative curricula were arranged by a committee of the Faculty 
of the Senior Colleges. In the last year this organization has been superseded by the establish- 
ment of a separate faculty, with a Dean for the administration of the affairs of this College. 
The ciuriculum, while falling mainly within the four Departments mentioned, diverges from 
the general regulations for the students in the other Colleges, in that the work is much 
more highly specialized, requiring for three of the groups, viz.. Banking, Transportation, and 
Trade and Industry, 14| or 15 Majors in one Department, and not requiring the courses in 
Philosophy which are prescribed for the Bachelor's degree in the other Colleges. As yet few 
students have registered for this College, owing in part to the large amount of required courses 
in its curriculum. It is evident that a student can take practically all of the work desired with- 
out necessarily registering in the College. It is, however, to be noted that in the Junior Colleges 
there has been a marked increase during the present year in the students who are registered in 
this College, and it may be expected that this will be followed by an increase in the Senior 
Colleges. The figures covering registration and graduation in this College will be found in 
connection with the general tables. 

The ivork in Medicine. — The work already oflPered at the University in Chemistry, Biology, 
Physiology, Microscopic Anatomy, Bacteriology, and Embryology has been supplemented by 
new courses in Gross Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Pharmacology, and Pathology. This 
work forms the scientific part of the medical course, as distinguished from the more distinctly 
technical studies of the later years. The oversight of this work, which was at first in charge of 
a committee of the Senior College Faculty, has been transferred to a separate Medical Board, 
but all the students who are to be candidates for the Bachelor's degree remain under the charge 
of the Board of the Senior Colleges, the constitution of which has been stated above. At present 
there are also many medical students who are not registered as candidates for the Bachelor's 
degree, but it is expected that the standard of admission to medical work will be raised in 
future until two years of college work are presupposed for entrance upon medical courses. All 
medical students will then be either Senior College students or graduate students. 

Candidates for the degree of S.B., registered for pre-medical work, are allowed to substi- 
tute Science for 1 Major of required Philosophy or History. Candidates for the degrees of A.B. 
and Ph.B., registered for pre-medical work, are required to take but 4 Majors in the Depart- 
ments I-XVI, inclusive. It is therefore possible for the candidate for the degree of S.B. who 
has followed regularly the recommendations of the Medical Board with regard to his prelim- 
inary work to receive the degree of S.B. and M.D. in six years, and for the candidates for the 
degrees Ph.B. and A.B. to receive these degrees and the degree of M.D. in from six years 
and three months to six years and nine months. 

The curriculum for the student of Laiv is similarly planned, except that, as professional 
law studies occupy three years, the grouping is slightly different. The arrangement in this 
case is that the first year of the professional Law coiu-se may be taken as the fourth year of 
undergraduate work. For the thu-d year of undergraduate work, in the case of students 
desuring to enter upon the study of Law, 6 Majors in Political Economy and in Constitutional 



86 The President's Kepoet 

History of England and the United States are prescribed. This leaves 3 elective Majors, which 
the student is advised to select from the courses in History, Economics, Political Science, 
Sociology, or Philosophy. As it is seldom the case, however, that the student enters upon the 
work of the Senior Colleges with all the requirements fulfilled, it is probable that he will either 
be unable to elect from these studies, or will be obliged to lengthen his course somewhat beyond 
the minimum time in order to complete the work of the pre-legal year, and also the first year 
of the professional work, within the twelve Quarters formally required for the Bachelor's degree. 
In fact, in the case of the candidate for the degree of A,B., the three electives of the Junior 
College are not suflScient to provide for the 4 required Majors in History and Philosophy. Can- 
didates for the Ph.B. degree who have pursued in the high school and in the Junior College the 
subjects recommended may complete all their requu'ed work by using the electives in the Junior 
College. 

It appears that by means of the above arrangements the student may receive the degree 
of J.D in about six years from the date of entrance to the University, or even in less time, if he 
shortens his imdergraduate course by means of summer work or extra work. A similar arrange- 
ment has been in force for some time with regard to work in Theology. 

The question may arise as to whether this does not introduce undue preparation for 
professional work into the undergraduate coiurse. In considering this question, another fact 
should be considered, which is not usually taken into account. This is that, in the University of 
Chicago at least, a large amount of the Senior College work taken by students who are already 
teachers, or who expect to be teachers, is really professional work. The student who is taking 
Latin or Mathematics or Science, with the intention of teaching that subject, is or may be 
taking it with as strictly a professional purpose as though he were taking Anatomy or Law or 
Theology. The choice of electives by students is, in many cases, determined very largely by 
their plans for teaching, and it might almost be said that there is almost as truly " a course for 
students preparing for examinations for teachers in the Chicago high schools " as there is a 
course for students intending to enter upon medical work. This raises the question as to whether 
the distinction between liberal and professional study may not need some restatement. It seems 
arbitrary to say that a student who is studying Latin with the intention of teaching it is not 
getting from it the value of a liberal study, as we should certainly be obliged to say if we made 
the " professional " equivalent to the " non-liberal." 

It is a well-known fact that the student brings a greater interest to studies which are 
connected in his view with his life-work, and there are sound reasons for this. So far as the 
disciplinary and informational value of study is concerned, it would therefore seem that the 
general tendency toward bringing the work of the undergraduate course into more direct relation 
with professional work of all kinds is along the right direction. It would further appear that if 
the undergraduate department is to have a suitable proportion of men, there must probably be 
increasing lines of connection between xmdergraduate work and the professional work or the 
work of business life. Such a connection has already been attempted by the University, in its 
College of Commerce and Administration, but as yet the Senior Colleges have not felt the eilect 
of this organization of studies because, as will be seen by Tables B and R, very few students 
have yet been received in the Senior College in this course. As has been noted, the curriculum 
of our Senior College is, as it stands, capable of being utilized by teachers as a professional 
school. It is such a professional school for the training of women teachers to a slightly larger 
degree than for the training of men teachers. Equalization of the number of men and women 
students may therefore be maintained in part by introducing additional lines of connection for 
the professional work of men, as above noted. 

But in addition to the disciplinary and informational value of studies, there are others 



The Senior Colleges 87 



which it would be most unfortunate for the University to neglect in establishing its policy for 
undergraduates. The duty of the University to its students and to the community is not 
merely to give discipline and information, but to broaden a student's interests, both in the outer 
world in which he lives and in all the various manifestations of the human culture of which he 
is a part. It is to give him such acquaintance with the social and political institutions through 
which civilization achieves its progress, as to equip him to be not merely a cultured looker-on, 
but an intelligent and efficient citizen. Such broadening of interests and such capacity for 
fuller, larger measmres of satisfaction and usefulness are not provided by the arrangement of 
imdergraduate work above referred to. The required curricula of the Junior Colleges may be 
supposed to be arranged, to some extent, with this in view; but examination of the requirements 
will show that they are not primarily designed for this purpose. They continue the work of the 
high schools, and thereby serve useful purposes of discipline, or of equipment with tools for 
later use. The courses in Modem Languages are designed primarily to give the student a working 
knowledge of those languages rather than a large amount of distinctive culture. Inasmuch as 
not more than two years of work is required in either French or German, and inasmuch as in 
many cases there is only a year of work taken in one or the other of these subjects, the student 
does not read enough of the classical literature of either language to bring him into full appre- 
ciation of the culture and literature of the German or French people. 

The courses in Ancient Languages cover necessarily a very small range, from the stand- 
point of literature and history of civilization. The courses in Science might serve for at least 
an introduction to one or more aspects of this group of subjects, but unfortunately these are 
very largely anticipated in the high school by the very students (A.B. and Ph.B.) who need 
them most for purposes of a liberal education. The courses in History, which are usually 
taken as the required work of the Junior College, do not bear closely upon the problems of 
present-day citizenship The course in Ethics does concern itself with the fundamental principles 
vmderlying these problems, but this falls in the requirements of the Senior College, and in the 
case of certain classes of students is not a required coiu-se. 

It is therefore to the Senior College that we must look for the ctdtural and, if I may 
use the term, citizenship aspects of college work; and so far as it falls within my province to 
give advice to students respecting their electives, it is my practice to encourage A.B. and Ph.B. 
students to elect work in Science; scientific students, to elect work in the Departments which 
bring them into closer acquaintance with human civilization, thought, and literature; and all 
students, to elect some course which shall fit them for more intelligent participation in the 
duties of the American citizen. 

In this connection, a recommendation for further broadening of the course by the addition 
of comrses in Music and Art may be noted. This subject was considered by a committee of the 
Congregation, and the approval by the Congregation of com-ses in History and Theory of Art 
and Music was reported to the Senior College Faculty. It is to be hoped that, for the sake of 
the women students especially, such courses may be established in the near future. It may be 
mentioned also that division lectures to the lower Seniors, during the last two years, have been 
given by Professors Tarbell Schwill, and Breasted, upon the History of Art, and have been much 
appreciated. 

TRANSFORMATION OF THE ELECTIVE SYSTEM 

The plans outlined above for the courses leading to Medicine and Law, when taken in 
connection with the plans for the development of the College of Commerce and Administration, 
suggest forcibly the complete transformation of the elective system, so far as these lines of work 
are concerned, and foreshadow possible developments along other lines. As has already been 



88 The President's Kepokt 



shown, the student preparing for work in Medicine or in Law, if he follows the lines marked 
out for him with a view to completing both the requirement for the Bachelor's degree and that 
for the professional degree, has practically not a single free elective from his entrance upon the 
high school to his graduation from the professional school. ■ The work of ten or eleven years, 
with no exception worthy of mention, is thus a rigidly prescribed course, except in so far as the 
student, at the beginning of his high-school course, decides for the A.B., Ph.B., or S.B. degree. 
There is no question that a more rapid progress toward graduation from the professional school 
is attained by this plan of study. Fm'ther, there is little doubt that for many students it is 
preferable that the work be thus rigorously mapped out. Many students scatter their energies 
amid the wide field of electives and very likely come to the end of the undergraduate course 
with less thoroughly organized material than they would have possessed under a better-arranged 
plan. On the other hand, it may well be questioned whether it is not possible to proceed too 
far in the reaction against the free elective system. Is it desirable that every lawyer should 
have absolutely the same courses, from the grammar school imtil he receives the degree of J.D.; 
or that every physician should pass through identically the same curricultma? Is it not 
desirable that there should still be opportunity for the introduction of persons of varying tastes 
to the various fields of cultm-e and discipline, which may give the individual element an oppor- 
tunity for more latitude in his development? It may be necessary for many to take the shortest 
possible cut into the professions, but should there not also be encouragement for those who can 
afford the additional year or more of time to obtain a somewhat broader outlook upon the fields 
of science, or of human culture and achievement, in which they do not expect to find their chief 
work? 

As regards the Law course, it appears, as has already been stated, that most A.B. and 
Ph.B. students anticipate the required science during the high-school course, and therefore take 
no natural science in college. As regards the medical students, the defect is greatest along the 
lines of the political and social sciences. 

The organization of work along the lines of Law, Medicine, Divinity work, and Commerce 
and Administration is likely to be followed by some organization of courses for those looking to 
the profession of the teacher. I am confident that such organization is desh-able, provided it is 
not too rigorous. A combination of courses in a group of subjects which the student expects 
to teach, with certain coiu'ses of a professional character in the philosophic and practical aspects 
of education, could easily be arranged. This would guide the student to some degree in the 
choice of courses and, what is of even more importance, would give the student some conception 
of educational problems in their broader aspects, and suggest to the prospective master of the 
schoolroom that, while in the grammar school and the high school, it is highly important to 
teach mathematics and language and science with thoroughness, it is of even greater importance 
to train boys and girls to become broad-minded, responsible, and sympathetic men and women. 

If such organization of work were effected, in addition to the plan already annotmced for 
professional work, it would probably have some effect upon the work of various Departments, 
in the way of curtailing registration for certain com'ses and increasing that for others. Our 
wide range of courses has grown up under the free elective system, and there will doubtless 
continue to be a demand for a wide range of work. At the same time, the tendency is 
undoubtedly just at present toward the closer definition of cmTiculum. 

Tables are appended showing the registration of Senior College students for the years 
1899-1902, also the registration of all students in Senior College com-ses. If it is desired to 
estimate the elective work of Senior College students, this can be best judged from the registra- 
tion of the Seniors in Senior and Graduate courses. 



The Senioe Colleges 



89 









TABLE V 
Senior Eegisteation3 


IN 1899-190C 




















Department 


Senior 

COUESES 


DiTINITY 
COUESBa 


Graduate 

CoUESES 


Junior 
Courses 


Totals 




M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


lA. Philosophy 

IB. Pedagosv 


40 
5 
20 
59 
99 

64 

i2 
14 
24 
12 
58 
9 
7 

12 

24 
27 
20 
29 
20 

i2 

1 

242 


39 
10 

1 

12 
128 

43 

28 

55 

37 

29 

143 

3 

1 

6 

25 

4 

9 

10 

'4 

3 

203 


79 
15 
21 
71 
227 

107 

40 
69 
61 
41 
201 
12 
8 

12 
30 
52 
24 
38 
30 

ie 

4 
445 


2 

2 


5 

3 
5 

. 


'3 

50 
32 

'2 

i 


7 
5 


8 

3 

7 


6 

1 
22 
60 

37 

si 

i 

5 
3 

2 
1 

2 

's 
i 

25 
3 
9 
1 

12 

'5 


8 

'2 
4 

28 
2 

19 
3 

'2 

3 

1 

11 

11 

'2 
5 

'3 


14 

1 

24 

64 

65 

2 

50 

3 

1 
7 
6 
3 
12 
13 

's 
i 

27 
8 
9 
1 

is 
'5 


96 

47 

3 

24 

is 

i4 
23 

53 
43 
25 

24 
3 
21 
14 
15 
8 

is 
'3 


118 

29 

3 

16 

24 

i5 

44 
58 
43 
36 

ii 

7 

6 

13 

10 

15 

i5 

'7 


214 
76 
4^ 
42 

29 
67 
111 
86 
61 

38 
10 

27 
27 
25 
23 

33 

io 

38 


142 

6 

89 

122 

160 

lis 

23 

25 
1 
31 
40 
79 
56 
85 
9 
39 
3 
34 
63 
45 
37 
30 
38 
12 

26 

26 

242 

2 

6 

'2 
5 

1 


165 
10 
32 
19 

172 

2 

89 

3 

50 

32 

45 

102 

96 

83 

190 

3 
15 

7 

6 
21 
40 
19 

9 
25 

3 

ii 

19 

203 

'2 

i 


307 
16 


2. Political Economy . . 

3. Political Science 

4. History 


121 
141 

3.32 


5. Archaeology 

6. Sociology 


2 
207 


7. Comparative Relig'n. 

8. Semitic Languages. . 

9. Biblical Greeli 

10. Sanskrit 

11. Greeli 


3 

73 

57 

1 

76 


12. Latin 


142 




175 


14. German 


139 


15. English 


275 


16. Lit. in English 

17. Mathematics 

18. Astrophysics 

19. Physics 


12 
54 
10 
40 


20. Chemistry 


84 


21. Geology 


85 


22. Zoology 


56 


23. Anatomy 


39 


24. Phvsiolos'v 


63 


25. Neurology 

26. Paleontology 

27. Botany. 


15 
31 


28. Public Speaking 

29. Physical Culture.... 
4L Old Testament 

42. New Testament 

43. Biblical Theology . . . 

44. Systematic Theology 

45. Church History 

46. Homiletics 


3 

'2 
6 

'2 
5 

1 


3 

'2 
8 

'3 

5 
1 





2 


1 


6 


45 

445 

2 

8 

'3 
5 
1 


Totals 


810 


793 


1,603 


70 


90 


IPO 


235 


104 


339 


474 


479 


963 


1,591 


1,474 


3,065 





























Senior Registrations 


IN 1900-1901 
















lA. Philosophy 

IB. Pedaeroerv. . 


29 
10 
35 
74 
136 

46 
1 


35 

29 

2 

17 

137 

47 


64 
39 
37 
91 
273 

93 
1 


i 







5 


1 


7 


5 

7 
21 
23 
23 

1 
44 

1 

'3 

'7 
2 
9 
9 

7 
6 


1 
4 
4 
5 

18 
3 

19 
5 

'2 
25 
4 
2 
13 
13 


6 
11 
25 
28 
41 

4 
63 

6 

'3 

2 

32 

6 

11 

22 

20 

6 


111 

47 
11 
45 

ii 

30 
20 
57 
59 
56 

26 


88 

23 

8 

66 

24 

23 
46 
67 
56 
47 

40 


199 

70 

19 

111 

38 

53 

66 

124 

115 

103 

66 


145 

17 

103 

108 

204 

1 

116 

2 

31 

56 

4 

49 

52 

80 

86 

137 

26 

35 


124 
33 
29 
30 

221 

3 

95 

5 

37 

60 

52 
115 

97 
111 
219 

46 

49 


269 

50 


2. Political Economy . . 

3. Political Science 

4. History 


132 

138 
4^5 


5. Archaeology 

6. Sociology 


4 


7. Comparative Relig'n. 

8. Semitic Languages. . 


si 

56 


37 

60 


68 
116 


7 
68 


9. Biblical Greek 

10. Sanskrit 


i 

19 
25 
21 
18 
72 
19 
3 


27 
44 
26 
53 
159 
33 
9 


i 

46 
69 
47 
71 
231 
52 
12 






116 
4 


11. Greek 










101 


12. Latin 


167 


13. Romance 


177 




197 


15. English 


.356 


16. Lit. in English 

17. Mathematics 


72 

84 



90 



The Peesident's Rbpokt 











TABLE V- 


-Contiimed 




















Senior 
Courses 


DlVINITY 

Courses 


Graduate 
Courses 


JCNIOE 

Courses 


Totals 




M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


18. Astrophysics 

19 Physics 


'i 

40 
30 
27 
25 
13 
4 

3 

21 
257 


"i 

2 
23 
11 
10 

4 

'i 

3 

218 


'8 
42 
53 
38 
35 
17 

4 

io 

24 

475 


'5 

7 


2 
3 


'7 
10 


i.3 

18 
2 
6 

'4 

2 

'2 


'2 

■3 
1 

"2 
'6 


is 

18 
5 

7 

■4 
4 

's 


7 
34 
36 
13 
18 

i6 
2 

"5 
39 


5 
10 
21 
15 
13 

io 
1 

2i 

40 


12 

44 
57 
28 
31 

26 
3 

26 

79 


7 
54 
94 
45 
51 
25 
33 

8 

io 

60 
249 

'5 

7 


5 
13 
23 
41 
25 
10 
14 

3 

34 
43 

218 

'2 
3 


12 
67 


20. Chemistry 


117 


21. Geoloffv 


86 


22. Zodlogy 


76 




,35 


24. Phvsioloe'v . . 


47 




11 


26. Paleontology 

27. Botany 


44 


28. Public Speaking .... 

29. Physical Culture .... 

41. Old Testament 

42. New Testament 

4.3. Biblical Theology. . . 

44. Systematic Theology 

45. Church History 

46. Homiletics 


103 
467 

'7 
10 


Totals 


936 


897 


1,833 


111 


107 


218 


215 


132 


347 


646 


624 


1,270 


1,908 


1,759 


3,667 







Senior Registrations in 1901-1902 



lA. Philosophy 

IB. Pedagogy 

2. Political Economy . 

3. Political Science . . . 

4. History 

5. Archaeology 

6. Sociology 

7. Comparative Relig'n. 

8. Semitic Languages.. 

9. Biblical Greek 

10. Sanskrit 

11. Greek 

12. Latin 

13. Romance 

14. German 

15. English 

16. Lit. in English 

17. Mathematics 

18. Astrophysics 

19. Physics 

20. Chemistry 

21 . Geology 

22. Zoology 

23. Anatomy 

24. Physiology 

25. Neurology 

26. Paleontology 

27. Botany 

28. Public Speaking .... 

29. Physical Culture.... 
4L Old Testament 

42. New Testament 

43. Biblical Theology . . . 

44. Systematic Theology 

45. Church History 

46. Homiletics 

Pathology 



Totals 1,805 1,798 3,603 



31 
32 
66 
26 
158 

85 



1 

6 
21 
26 
12 
97 
26 
10 
12 
23 
54 
38 

9 
63 
18 

4 

'7 

13 

960 



23 

12 

11 

155 

93 



35 

73 

33 

33 

151 

59 

6 

3 

11 

16 

42 

4 



13 

9 

990 



57 
55 
78 
37 
313 

178 



1 
41 
94 
59 
45 
248 
85 
16 
15 
34 
70 
80 
13 
63 
18 
4 

26 

22 

1,950 



13 
30 



60 



12 
45 



63 



25 
75 



5 

10 

3 



123 



3 

9 

27 

139 

11 

3 

20 

7 



2 
1 
3 

5 

7 
1 

'5 
1 

ig 

'4 
3 



272 



3 
12 
12 
17 
22 

3 



5 
5 

11 
7 
8 

11 

'5 
3 



141 



7 
17 
30 
151 
23 
20 
42 
10 



14 
12 
15 

12 

io 
1 

22 

'4 



413 



128 
64 
45 
'9 



22 

10 

56 

45 



27 
1 

44 
59 
15 
16 



14 
38 



640 



115 

is 

39 

is 



29 
28 
61 
51 

44 

27 
3 
19 
20 
17 
14 

ii 



19 
25 



549 



243 
77 
84 
22 



51 
38 
117 
96 
80 

54 
4 
63 
79 
32 
30 

is 



33 
63 



1,189 



162 
41 

157 

165 

214 
3 

116 
7 
13 
30 
3 
29 
34 
87 
64 

134 
26 
42 
14 
67 

132 
53 
29 
66 
25 
5 

22 

51 
960 



2,777 



145 
31 
28 
23 

206 
17 

131 

3 

12 

45 

5 

69 

112 

101 
92 

206 
59 
38 
6 
30 
39 
59 
18 

ii 



37 
34 

990 



2,551 



307 

72 

185 

188 

420 

20 

247 

10 

25 

75 

8 

98 

146 

188 

156 

340 

85 

SO 

20 

97 

171 

112 

47 

66 

36 

5 



85 
1,950 



5 

10 

3 

12 



5,328 



The Senior Colleges 



91 



TABLE W 
Eegisteations in Senior College Coceses, 1899-1900 



Depaetment 



Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

History 

Archceology 

Sociology 

Comparative Religion . 
Semitic Languages . . . . 

Biblical Greek 

Sanskrit 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

Germanic 

English 

Literature in English . 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology , 

Zoology 

Anatomy 

Physiology 

Neurology 

Botany 

Public Speaking 

Physical Culture 



GRADnATE3 



M. 



74 
79 
35 
65 
68 



23 



W. 



18 

18 
6 
2 

37 



14 



65 
107 
39 
17 
176 
30 
82 
18 
88 
36 
53 
60 
24 
40 



35 
10 

7 



41 
73 

27 
19 
267 
47 
13 

15 
10 
15 
12 
3 
13 



90 
97 
41 
67 
105 



37 



18 
2 

26 



106 

180 
66 
36 

443 
77 
95 
18 

103 
46 
68 
72 
27 
53 



Senior 



40 
5 
20 
59 
99 



64 



W. 



30 

10 

1 

12 
128 



43 



53 
12 
33 



12 
14 

24 

12 

58 

3 

7 

12 
24 
27 
20 
29 
20 



12 
1 

242 



28 

55 

37 

29 

143 

9 

1 



6 

25 

4 

9 

10 



79 
15 
21 
71 
227 



107 



4 

3 

203 



40 
69 
61 

41 

201 

12 



12 
30 
52 
24 
38 
30 



Junior 



M. 



9 

3 

13 

21 

86 



19 






16 
4 

445 



5 

2 
11 

9 
40 

6 



5 
22 
34 
14 
16 

7 



4 
5 

704 



w. 



72 



21 



10 

7 

20 

21 

59 

9 

1 



25 

'i 
i 

3 

4 
526 



16 

6 

13 

21 

158 



40 



15 
9 
31 
30 
99 
15 
1 

"9 

22 

59 

14 

17 

7 

1 

7 

9 

1230 



Unclassified 



M. 



10 
22 
5 
17 
22 



W. 



12 

44 

3 

1 

47 



13 20 



1 

4 

4 

41 

6 

6 

1 

16 

26 

13 

8 

24 

11 

"i 

6 
33 



4 

19 

23 

38 

308 

27 

5 

2 

4 

1 

31 

3 

1 

"7 
9 

4 

87 



DlTINlTY 



33 



4 
20 
27 
42 
349 
33 
11 

3 
20 
27 
44 
11 
25 
11 

7 

16 

10 

120 



29 

22 

3 

2 

6 



3 

"i 
ie 

67 



Registrations in Senior College Codeses, 1900-1901 



Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy . . . 

Political Science 

History 

Archceology 

Sociology 

Comparative Religion 
Semitic Languages . . . 

Biblical Greek 

Sanskrit 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

Germanic 

English 

Literature in English . 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 

Physiology 

Neurology 

Botany 

Public Speaking .... . 
Physical Culture 



62 
74 
36 
47 
83 



16 

26 

6 

8 

59 



22 



49 
60 
30 
18 
203 
38 
70 
31 
75 
60 
39 
76 
59 
66 
13 
36 
11 
60 



14 



78 

100 

42 

55 

142 



36 



29 

52 

20 

29 

280 

42 

17 

2 

3 

6 

16 

21 

5 

13 

3 

8 

3 

31 



29 
10 
35 
74 
136 



46 
1 



35 

29 

2 

17 
137 



47 



78 
112 
50 
47 
483 
80 
87 
33 
78 
66 
55 
97 
64 
79 
16 
44 
14 
91 



1 
19 
25 
21 
18 
72 
19 

3 

"7 

40 

30 

27 

25 

13 

4 

3 

21 

257 



64 
39 
37 
91 
273 



93 
1 



27 
44 
26 
53 
159 
33 



1 

2 

23 

11 

10 

4 

"7 

3 

218 



1 

46 
69 
47 
71 
231 
52 
12 



42 
53 
38 
35 
17 
4 
10 
24 
475 



12 

7 

19 

54 

102 



45 



6 

7 

1 

11 

76 



26 



18 
14 
20 
65 
178 



71 



14 
14 
37 



29 
43 

18 
14 
9 
1 
4 
6 
732 



20 

21 

25 

78 

23 

6 

2 

1 

5 

15 

10 

1 



10 

4 

649 



12 

28 

35 

39 

115 

31 

12 

2 

7 

34 

58 

28 

15 

9 

1 

14 

10 

1381 



9 
27 

9 
20 
31 



16 



20 
60 

'i2 

102 



15 
7 
6 

50 
3 
4 

"5 
22 
14 
28 
23 
18 

1 
20 

1 
20 



24 



29 

87 

9 

32 

133 



40 



11 

2 
1 



21 



2 

18 

16 

23 

275 

51 

4 

1 

1 

2 

9 

10 



2 
3 

10 



33 

23 

29 

325 

54 

8 

1 

6 

24 

23 

38 

23 

21 

1 

22 

4 

121 



w. 



1 

2 
12 



20 
3 
2 

10 



39 



1 
1 

18 
79 



12 
2 
1 



4 
'22 



2 
1 

i 

6 
6 



92 



The President's Report 



TABLE "W— Continued 
Registrations in Senioe College ConnaES, 1901-1902 



T)F,PAT!,TmiiNT 


Gkaddates 


Senioe 


JUNIOB 


Uncl'ss'f'd 


DiTINITY 


Medicine 


School of 
Education 




M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 

8 


w. 


T. 

8 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 
1 


W. 


T. 


Philosophy 


63 

45 

67 

6 

110 


27 

21 

7 

4 

52 


90 
66 
72 
10 
162 


31 
32 
66 
26 

158 


26 
23 
12 
11 
155 


57 
55 
78 
37 
313 


5 

2 

36 

44 
85 


7 
3 
1 
7 
67 


12 

5 

37 

51 

152 


12 

10 

10 

1 

44 


16 

21 

3 

3 

84 


28 

31 

13 

4 

128 


1 


Pedagosv 










Political Economy 


4 


1 


5 














Political Science 














History 


8 




8 










3 


s 


Archeology 












Sociology 


37 


23 


60 


85 


93 


178 


42 


73 


115 


14 


36 


50 


23 


1 


24 










3 


3 


Comparative Religion . . . 












Semitic Languages 


2 




2 


1 




1 


2 




2 














. . . 












Biblical Greek 






































































Greek 


25 
52 
29 
27 
192 
40 
73 
44 
80 
75 
87 
60 
66 
24 
7 
8 
48 
17 
14 


15 

103 

39 

39 

225 

64 

15 

6 

13 

15 

16 

19 

7 

5 

2 

2 

24 

9 

11 


40 

155 

68 

66 

417 

104 

88 

50 

93 

83 

103 

79 

73 

29 

9 

10 

72 

25 

25 


6 

21 

26 

12 

97 

26 

10 

12 

23 

54 

38 

9 

63 

18 

4 

7 

7 

13 

241 


35 

73 

33 

33 

151 

59 

6 

3 

11 

16 

1 

is 

9 

217 


41 
94 
59 
45 

248 
85 
16 
15 
34 
70 
80 
13 
63 
18 
4 
7 
20 
22 

458 


"6 

11 

13 

27 

5 

1 

3 

8 

40 

51 

4 

10 

1 

1 

2 

3 

9 

660 


2 

12 

28 

29 

80 

35 

3 

4 

1 

6 

14 

4 

2 

1 

"2 

7 

8 

679 


2 

18 

39 

42 

107 

40 

4 

7 

9 

46 

65 

8 

12 

2 

1 

4 

10 

17 

133? 


1 

i 

1 

30 

8 

3 

1 

18 

21 

7 

12 

27 

2 

9 


'2! 

17 

37 
166 

43 
6 
3 
1 
2 

14 
2 
4 
2 


1 

23 

18 

38 

196 

51 

9 

4 

19 

23 

21 

14 

31 

4 

9 




















Latin 


3 

"i 

3 


"i 
1 
2 
1 


3 
1 
1 
3 

4 














Romance 




























English. 








5 


1 


6 


Literature in English . . . 
Mathematics 






























































Chemistry 








124 




124" 


















7 


7 


ZooloEfv 












. . . 














422 
126 


3 


4256 
126« 








PhvsioloEfv^ 




























Patholoffv® 








111 




111 








Botanv 


8 

7 

42 


6 

18 

82 


14 

25 

124 














Public Speaking 

Physical Culture 


11 
3 


"i 


11 

4 







































TABLE X 

Officers of Insteuction 
Number of Instructors Giving Conrses in the Senior Colleges 



Rank; 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Professors 


25 

11 

27 

24 

4 

11 

4 

3 

8 


33 
10 
23 

22 
5 

11 
5 

1 


34 


Associate Professors . . . 
Assistant Professors . . . 
Instructors 


20 
27 
28 




6 


Assistants 


4 




1 


Fellows 






4 






Total 


107 


110 


124 







5 Two Quarters only. 



6 One Quarter only. 



The Senioe Colleges 



93 



TABLE y 
Matriculations in Seniok Colleges 





SUMMEE 


AnTUMN 


Winter 


Spring 


Total 




M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


1899-1900: 
Affiliated Schools : 
AB 


4 

1 


1 
2 


5 
3 




1 


1 


1 




1 


1 


i" 


1 

1 


6 
1 
1 


2 
3 


8 


Ph B 


4 


Q R 


1 




1 










1 


C^ Xt \ 






















Total 


5 


3 

1 
3 


8 

1 

8 


1 

5 
3 
5 


1 

5 

7 
1 


2 

10 

10 

6 


1 




1 


1 


1 


2 


8 

5 
9 
5 


5 

6 
11 

1 


13 


Other Institutions : 
A R 


11 


Ph.B 


5 


1 


1 


2 








20 


R R 


6 


C & A 






















Total 


5 

2 
1 


4 


9 

2 

1 


13 


13 


26 


1 


1 


2 








19 

2 
1 


18 


37 


Summer Only: 
A B 


2 


Ph B 




















1 


H R 






















n * A 
































Total 


3 

5 

1 
1 


i" 


3 

5 
5 
1 




















3 

7 
5 
1 
1 
14 

15 
13 

7 
1 
36 


5 

7 

1 

' 13 

9 

16 

5 

'so 


3 


1900-1901: 
AfiBliated Schools : 
A B 


2 
3 

i" 

6 

11 

10 

3 

1 
25 


4 
2 

1 

" 7 

7 

12 

5 

■ 24 


6 
5 
1 

1 
13 

18 
22 

8 

1 

49 










1 
1 


1 
2 


12 


Ph B 








1 


12 


SR 


2 


C & A 














1 


Total 


7 

2 

1 
2 


4 
1 


11 

3 
1 

2 




1 


1 


1 

2 
2 
2 


2 

'4" 


3 

2 
6 
2 


27 


Other Institutions : 
AB 


24 


PhB 


29 


S.B 








12 


C & A 


1 


Total 


5 


1 


6 




1 


1 


6 


4 


10 


66 


Summer Only : 
A R 




Ph B 




3 
1 


3 

2 






















3 
1 


3 


S B 


1 




















1 


2 


n Xr A 






















Total 


1 

6 
3 
2 


4 

2 
2 
1 


5 

8 
5 
3 




















1 

8 
4 
2 


4 

3 

4 

1 


5 


1901-1902: 
Afiiliated Schools : 
AB 


1 
1 


1 
1 


2 

2 








1 


i ' 


1 
1 


11 


PhB 


8 


S B 










3 


C & A 






















Total 


11 

4 
4 
3 

1 
12 


5 

2 
3 
1 

"e 

1 


16 

6 

7 
4 
1 
18 

1 
1 
1 


2 

9 
3 
6 


2 

5 
10 


4 

14 

13 

6 








1 


1 


2 


14 

13 
8 
9 
1 
31 


8 

7 

14 

1 

' 22 

1 


22 


Other Institutions: 
AB 


20 


Ph.B 


1 


1 


2 








22 


SB 


10 


& A 














1 


Total 


18 


15 


33 


1 


1 


2 








53 


Summer only: 
A R 


1 


PhB 


1 
1 




















1 

1 


1 


SB 




















1 


C A- A 






















Total 


2 


1 


3 




















2 


1 


3 

























94 



The Pkesident's Kepoet 



TABLE Z 
Geographical Disteibution. The Senior CoLLEOEa 



Alabama . . . 
Arkansas . . 
California . . 
Colorado . . . 
Connecticut 

Florida 

Georgia .... 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana .... 
Indian Territory 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts. . 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

New Hampshire. 

New Jersey 

New Mexico .... 



1892-1893 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 






2 


2 




3 


1 


1 


i 


1 


3 


1 


1 


2 


1 


2 


1 




2 


1 






1 


3 




2 


2 


5 


il 


238 


28i 


297 


1 


17 


25 


27 




'i9 


'is 


'28 


2 


2 


8 


16 






2 


4 


• • 




1 








1 






'i4 


"i 


"4 




3 


17 


16 


i 


1 


4 


7 




11 


4 


4 


1 


3 


12 


6 




5 


4 


3 


1 




6 


2 

"i 



New York 

North Carolina 
North Dakota . 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania . . 
Rhode Island . . 
South Carolina 
South Dakota . 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington . . . 
West Virginia . 
Wisconsin ..... 

Austria 

Canada 

England 

France 

India 

Nova Scotia . . . 
Russia 

Total 



1892-1893 



38 



1899-1900 



10 

i 
2 
i 



2 
1 
2 
2 

18 



364 



1900-1901 



13 

is 
"'2 

7 
"2 

"g 



2 
1 
2 
1 
13 

1 

2 



465 



1901-1902 



11 

'ie 
2 



3 
4 
1 

15 



512 



TABLE AA 
Number of Senior Students Taking Extra or Short Work 





No. Taking Short 

Work (Less than 

3 Ma JOBS) 


No. Taking Extra 

Work (More than 

3 Majors) 


No. Taking Sdnday 
Work 


Total Taking 
Irebgdlae Work 




M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


1900-1901: 

Summer 


24 
13 
12 
12 
61 

1 
2 
2 
2 

7 


18 

9 

8 
11 
46 

9 
3 
3 
1 
16 


42 
22 
20 
23 
107 

10 

5 

5 

3 

23 


19 
13 

15 
17 
64 

25 
23 
17 
30 
95 


8 

8 

9 

13 

38 

11 

12 
20 
18 
61 


27 
21 
24 
30 
102 

36 
35 
37 
48 
156 


6 

12 

12 

17 

47 

6 

14 

9 

5 

34 


10 
10 
12 
21 
53 

9 

24 
13 
17 
63 


16 
22 
24 
38 
100 

15 
38 
22 
22 
97 


49 
38 
39 
46 
172 

32 
39 
28 
37 
136 


36 
27 
29 
45 
137 

29 
39 
36 
36 
140 


85 




65 


Winter 


68 




91 


Total 


309 


1901-1902: 
Summer 


61 


Autumn 


78 


Winter 


64 


Spring 


73 


Total 


276 







The Senioe Colleges 



95 



TABLE BB 
Conditions and Failuees in the Senioe Colleges, 1898-1902 
Analysis by Departments, Required and Elective Courses, Sexes and Years 





-a 


a 
t 


g 




1 

s 


[0 


02 


43 

a 


CD 


CO 


8 

a 

cfl 

a 




a 

a 

CD 


J3 
1 


3 


j3 


>> 



a 


F-l 




i 

i 
1 

i 

i 
1 

'2 
2 

i 
i 

i 

1 

i 

i 
i 
i 

i 
i 

'2 
'2 
'2 

i 

"2 
"2 


'a 
6 

i 

'2 

'3 

'3 
3 

■3 

i 
'3 

'4 

'4 
4 

'4 

1 

i 
i 

i 
1 
1 

i 
2 

'2 


>> 

'0 
CD 

"2 

"z 

2 

i 

i 

i 

1 
2 
3 

i 

i 

1 

i 

1 

i 
i 

i 

1 

'i 


tc 




til 

• ■ 

1 

i 
i 

i 
i 

i 
i 

i 

1 

i 



>i 

PM 

'2 
'2 

'2 
*2 
1 

i 

'2 
'2 

'2 
2 



'0 

C3 

2 

'2 
'2 

i 

i 

i 
3 

'3 


>3 

a 
a 



pq 

i 

i 

1 

"i 
1 


li 
'a 
a 

i 
i 
i 

i 
i 


1 

>> 

ja 

5 
1 

4 

'9 

1 
10 

■9 
1 
10 

i 

'i 
1 

i 


'a 
i 


1 


1SS8- 

P- 
1 

(D 

■S 

0) 

3 

1899- 

1 

1 
1 

iSOO- 

1 

1" 

1 
1 

T 

i90J- 

£ 
1" 

1 
1 


99: 
Failures 

Conditions . . 

Total 

Failures 

Conditions . . 

Total 

'otal for year. 

1900: 
Failures 

Conditions.. 

Total 

- 
Failures 

Conditions . . 
Total 

^otal for year. - 

1901: 
Failures 

Conditions . . 
Total ■ 

y 

Failures ■ 

Conditions . . • 

Total ■ 

otal for year. ■ 
moz: 

Failures - 

Conditions.. ■ 

Total 

Failures ^ 

Conditions.. ■ 

Total ■ 

- 

otal for year. ■ 


M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 

M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 

M.. 

W.. 

M.. 

W.. 

M.. 

W.. 

T... 

M.. 

W.. 

M.. 

W. 

M.. 

W.. 

T... 

M.. 

W.. 

T... 

M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 
M,. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 
M.. 
W.. 
T... 


1 

'5 
2 
6 
2 
8 

6 

2 
8 

i 

2 

1 
2 
3 

'2 
1 
3 

'2 
1 
2 
1 
3 

'2 
1 
3 

i 
i 
i 

i 
i 


i 
i 

i 
1 

i 

1 
2 
1 
1 
2 


'2 

'2 

2 

'2 

'2 

2 
2 
2 

i 

i 

i 

1 

i 

1 

2 

'2 


i 

i 

1 

i 

1 

i 
1 

2 
1 
2 
3 

1 

i 
i 

i 
i 

i 

2 

'2 

1 

i 

'2 

2 
1 

i 

i 
3 

'3 

'2 

'2 
2 

'2 

2 


i 

i 

1 
1 

2 

1 
1 
2 

i 

i 
1 

i 

1 

'2 
2 
1 

■3 
2 
5 
3 
2 
5 


i 
1 

i 

1 

i 
i 

i 
i 


i 

i 

i 
1 

i 

1 
3 

i 

1 
4 
5 

i 

4 

5 
■7* 

i 

's 

8 

1 

i 

i 
1 

8 
9 

'2 

"2 

2 

2 
2 


i 

i 
1 

i 
1 

'2 
1 
2 

1 
3 

'2 

'2 
2 
2 
3 
5 

i 
2 
1 
2 
3 

i 

2 
1 
2 
3 
2 
4 

6 

'5 
3 
5 
3 
8 
2 

i 

2 
1 

3 

7 
4 
11 


2 
1 
2 
1 
3 
2 
1 
3 


'2 
1 

2 
1 
3 

'2 

1 
3 

2 

'2 
'2 

'2 

'2 

i 
1 
1 

i 

'2 

"2 

"2 
3 

'3 

1 

i 

'2 

2 

'2 
'2 


'3 
2 
3 
2 
5 
3 
2 
5 

1 

1 

i 
1 

2 
2 
2 

'2 
2 
4 

6 
3 
5 
8 

3 

i 

2 
4 
2 
6 

"2 

1 
2 

1 

a 

6 
3 
9 

1 

1 

1 
1 
2 
1 

■3 

1 
4 

'4 
5 
1 
6 


'i 

i 

1 

i 

1 


i 
i 

i 

i 

"2 

'2 
2 

"2 


1 

'i 
i 

i 

i 

1 

'4 
'4 
■4 

4 

1 
5 


6 

2 
12 

8 
18 
10 
28 

3 

1 
11 

7 
14 

8 
22 
32 
18 
50 

7 

4 

3 

4 
10 

8 
18 

3 

3 

3 

7 

6 
10 
16 
17 
17 
34 

5 

7* 

8 

7 

13 
14 
27 

5 

2 
15 

3 
20 

5 
25 
33 
19 
52 

6 

ii 

8 
17 

8 
25 

5 

1 

9 

4 
14 

2 
16 
31 
10 
41 



96 The President's Report 

Table BB shows the number of failures and conditions of students in the Senior College 
since the preceding report. If this is compared with the table of failiu'es and conditions pub- 
lished in the report of the Junior Colleges, it will be seen that there are very few failures and 
conditions in the Senior Colleges. This result may doubtless be attributed to three causes: 

1. Natural selection. The poorest students drop out of college before reaching the Senior 
College. 

2. The prevailingly elective character of the work of the Senior College students. This 
operates in two ways : (a) It is universally recognized that our required courses in Mathematics 
or Language are exceptionally difficult for certain students who may do good work in other 
lines. (6) In addition to this negative reason, there is also a positive reason of greater interest 
and success in elective work. 

3. The student undoubtedly profits by the discipline of the earlier years and learns how to 
work more successfully. It would probably be impossible to determine which of these reasons 
is the most effective in reducing the number of failures and conditions. 

Respectfully submitted, 

James Hatden Tufts, Dean. 



THE JUNIOR COLLEGES 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith my report on the condition of the Junior Colleges for the ten 
years, 1892-1902. 

In the arrangement of this report of ten years of work, the more statistical portion 
precedes that which deals with the discussion of educational and historical questions pertaining 
to the Junior Colleges. It must be borne in mind that, except for occasional specific references 
to other branches of the University, the statements and tables apply simply to the Junior 
Colleges and their students. 

The Junior Colleges include the first two years' work of students who are candidates for 
one of the degrees A.B., Ph.B., and S.B. The work of the Junior Colleges is conducted under 
its own administrative officers. The organization of the work, while similar to that of the 
Senior Colleges, does not resemble the latter in every detail. The comrses offered in the Junior 
Colleges, while also open to students of the Senior Colleges, the Graduate Schools, and the 
School of Education, and to the students in Medicine, are conducted especially with a view to 
the needs of the Junior College students, who form in these courses an overwhelming majority. 
Fifteen out of the eighteen Majors of work are prescribed, and at least two-thirds of the work of 
the first two years must be selected fi-om these required courses. The accomplishment of at 
least twelve Majors of the required work and of a total of eighteen Majors is marked by the 
conferring of the title of Associate in Arts, Literature, or Science, as the case may be, and 
transference to the corresponding Senior College. Thus, while Junior students may sometimes 
take work offered in the Senior Colleges, and may sometimes remain in the Junior Colleges 
more than two years on account of failure for one reason or another to complete a sufficient 
number of the required courses, on the whole, the students of the Junior Colleges are a fairly 
homogeneous body, and the classes in which they recite are fairly homogeneous in composition. 

REGISTRATION IN THE JUNIOR COLLEGES 

The following table of registrations in the Junior Colleges for the first ten years of the 
University shows the number of students that have been dealt with, and their distribution by 
sex and degree sought. The year 1892-93 is omitted, as the records do not in every case show 
the degrees sought. 

It will be observed that the distribution of the students in reference to candidacy for 
particular degrees has undergone a marked change during the period covered by the statistics. 
In the earlier years the number of candidates for the A.B. and Ph.B. degrees was each more 
than twice as great as those registered in the S.B. coiurse. Yet even this does not completely 
express the preferences for particular lines of work in the University. Until recently, while the 
preparation reqixired for admission to each course was quantitatively the same, the freedom to 
postpone the last two years of preparatory Latin and to take them in the College made the 
terms of admission to the S.B. course more liberal and caused an artificial swelling of the 
number in that course, by the classification in it of students whose real preference lay, not in 
the direction of scientific, but along literary and historical, lines. The later application of the 
same liberal provision to the A.B. and Ph.B. courses, and the introduction of the new curricu- 
lum — Commerce and Administration — relieved the scientific course of this artificial inflation. 
Thus the very marked increase in the proportion of the whole number of students who are 

97 



98 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



TABLE I 
Eegisteation in the Junior Colleges, by Sex and Degeee Sought 





1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


A.B.: 
Men 


79 
47 
126 

49 
56 
105 

39 

4 
43 


120 
43 
163 

62 
79 
141 

51 
11 
62 

233 
133 
366 


113 
56 
169 

88 
94 
182 

59 
17 
76 

260 
167 
427 


120 
53 

173 

84 
101 
185 

58 
22 
80 

262 
176 
438 


107 
65 
172 

70 
110 
180 

71 
19 
90 

248 
194 
442 


125 
69 

194 

81 
156 
237 

68 
36 
104 

10 

'" 10 

284 
261 
545 


111 
63 
174 

96 
178 
274 

111 
30 
141 

36 
11 

47 

354 
282 
636 


101 
69 
170 

81 
231 
312 

125 
47 
172 

71 
8 
79 

378 
355 
733 


75 


Women 


64 


Total 


139 


Ph.B.: 
Men 


90 




276 


Total 


366 


S.B.: 
Men 


126 


Women 


52 


Total 


178 


C. and A. : 
Men . 


82 


Women 

Total 


167 
107 

274 


7 
89 


Total: 
Men 


373 




399 


Total 


772 







candidates for the degree of S.B. is all the more noteworthy. The percentage has risen steadily 
from 15.7 in 1893-94 to 23.1 in 1901-2. 

The ever-increasing tendency of incoming students to gravitate toward the Ph.B. course 
is even more marked. The percentage has risen from 38.3 in 1893-94 to 47.4 in 1901-2. On 
the other hand, not only has the relative number of students in the A.B. course declined, but 
the actual number registered in this course has even diminished, in spite of the greatly increased 
attendance of the Junior Colleges as a whole. In 1893-94 the percentage was 46, in 1901-2 it 
was 18. 

The relations in respect to sex, brought out by the above data, are also worthy of notice. It 
will be seen that, while in the first three years over 60 per cent, of the students in the Junior 
Colleges were men, in the tenth year the proportion had fallen to 50 per cent. 

When the details are scrutinized, we find that, while at the beginning the number of men 
was greatest in the A.B. course and least in the S.B. course, in the later years the order has 
been completely reversed. The number of men in the Ph.B. and A.B. courses has practically 
stood still, while that in the S.B. course has rapidly advanced, having (in fact) tripled itself in 
ten years. Simultaneously the new course leading to the degree of Ph.B. in Commerce and 
Administration has grown rapidly and without drawing any appreciable number of women. 
Thus during the tenth year the percentage of the men of the Junior Colleges in the four courses 
stood as follows: S.B., 33.8; Ph.B. (Lit.), 24.1; Ph.B. (C. and A.), 22.0; A.B., 20.1. 

Turning to the women, we find that, while in the year 1893-94 the preference of the women 
in the matter of degrees seemed the same as that of the men, the Ph.B. (Lit.) course came to 
the front in the next year, and has maintained a position of increasing predominance ever since. 
In the tenth year the percentages of the women choosing each of the four courses was as 
follows: Ph.B. (Lit.), 69.1; A.B., 16.0; S.B., 13.0; Ph.B. (C. and A.), 1.8. 

The beginning made during 1900 in the definite organization of a course preparatory to 
Medicine accounts largely for the rather sudden acceleration of the flow of students, both men 
and women, into the S.B. course during the last two years. 



The Junioe Colleges 



99 



While in the Summer Quarter most of the courses of instruction required of Junior College 
students are offered, the number of classified Junior College students in residence in Summer 
Quarters has been only about one-third of the average number in attendance during the other 
three Quarters. Their places are taken largely by teachers pursuing similar work, many of 
whom intend eventually to classify and take a degree. The extent to which students in 
residence during the Spring Quarter continue their work in the Summer is shown by the fact 
that of the 520 students in residence during the Spring of 1902, no less than 151 (or about 30 
per cent.) were registered for the Summer Quarter. These students, together with 21 entering 
and 4 returning students, made up the total of 176 classified Juniors. Of these, 140 remained 
in residence throughout both Terms. 

EEGISTKATION BY DEPARTMENTS 

The distribution of the work of the students of the Junior Colleges among the various 
departments is afTected chiefly by the requirements of the several courses. Two-thirds of the 
work of the student must be selected from the required list and, if the rather mobile require- 
ments in History and Philosophy are anticipated in the Junior Colleges, no truly elective work 
representing the free choice of the student will be taken in the first two years. If the student 
has presented an irregular group of admission credits, his electives may be displaced by required 
studies so as to raise the minimum of work required during the first two years to five-sixths of 
the whole. Thus the table showing the courses actually taken by the students of the Junior 
Colleges represents the composite resultant of the operation of individual requirements super- 
imposed on A.B., Ph.B., or S.B. degree requirements, with a minimum of individual preference. 
These influences are discussed in greater detail below. 

The following table shows the requirements for the various degrees as they existed dtiring 
the year 1901-2. The changes, which during the earlier years were numerous, are given in a 
table in Dean Capps's report for 1897-98 (p. 90). 



TABLE II 
Junior College Requirements (in MAJOsa) foe Various Degrees, 1901-2 





Pol. Ec. 


Pol. Sci. 


Hist. 


See. 


Greek 


Latiu 


Mod. 
Lang.i 


Eaglish 


Math. 


Sciences 


Elective 


A.B 










3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


2 


3 


Ph.B 






2 






3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


3 


S.B 














3 


3 


3 


62 


3 


Ph.B. (c.&A.) 


2 


i 


3 


i 






3 


3 


2 


2 


1 



The college requirements, as applied to each individual, are affected by the particular sub- 
jects offered for admission. There are certain commonly occurring irregularities in the admission 
groups offered which modify the college curricula of large groups of students. Thus many offer 
but two years of Latin for admission, and so the College work of these individuals is altered by 
the inclusion of four (or, as in the case of the S.B. student, of three) more Majors of Latin. Again, 
the three years of Modern Languages expected in the preparation of S.B. and Ph.B. students 
are often represented by one or two years only. Thus, two or four Majors of French or German 
are added to the Junior College requirements. Then many fail to offer Solid Geometry or 



'In S.B. and Ph.B. courses, if one modern language 
only is offered for admission, three Majors of the other are 
lequired in college. 



2 Specified as Chemistry, Botany, or Zoology, Geology, 
two Majors each, excepting so far as one unit of any of 
them has been offered for admission, 



100 



The President's Repokt 



TABLE III 

Eegistkations by Departments (in Pek Cent.) 







1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


189S-98 


1896-97 




M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


I A. 




1.0 

■3.0 
0.2 
12.0 

o.'s 

1.0 

'glo 

9.0 
9.0 
13.0 
19-0 

i6!6 

's.b 
0.3 
4.0 
0.5 
0.1 


1.0 

'6^2 
11.0 

■6'2 

i.b 
■g'.o 

13.0 

8.0 

13.0 

22.0 
0.4 
9.0 

'5.6 
0.2 
5.0 
1.0 


1.0 

'2!6 
0.2 
11.0 

o'.s 

ols 
1.0 

■g'.o 
11.0 
9.0 

13.0 

20.0 
0.2 
10.0 

'Y.b 

0.25 

4.0 

0.7 

0.5 


2.0 
0.1 
3.0 
4.0 
13.0 

'6'.3 

'oi? 

0.2 

■4:6 

11.0 
7.0 
8.0 

IS.O 
0.2 

13.0 
0.2 
9.0 
3.0 
2.0 
0.6 
0.2 
0.5 


1.0 
1.0 
2.0 
1.0 
12.0 
. . 
2.0 

'6'. 2 

'h'o 

11.0 

10.0 
in.o 
19.0 
0.2 
15.0 

's'o 

0.6 
4.0 
1.0 

i'.b 


1.0 
0.1 
3.0 
3.0 
13.0 

i^o 
'o.h 

0.2 

'5!6 

11.0 
8.0 
9.0 

19.0 
0.2 

14.0 
0.1 
6.0 
2.0 
3.0 
O.S 
0.1 
0.8 


3.0 

's'o 

3.0 
13.0 

'2:6 
0.2 
0.2 
0.1 

'b'.b 
10.0 

7.0 
80 

14.0 
0.2 

10.0 
0.4 
8.0 
5.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.7 
1.0 
0.2 

'i'.b 


3.0 

'i'.b 
1.0 

16.0 
0.2 
3.0 

'0.3 
'b'.b 

15.0 
9.0 
8.0 

18.0 

'&'.b 

0.4 
3.0 
1.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.6 
0.5 

'i'.b 


3.0 

'i'.'a 

2.0 
15.0 
0.1 
2.0 
0.1 
0.1 
0.2 

'b'.b 
12.0 
8.0 
8.0 

16.0 
0.1 
9.0 
0.4 
6.0 
3.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.6 
0.8 
0.1 

'i'6 


4.0 
0.2 
4.0 
3.0 
13.0 

'2'2 
0.1 
0.3 
0.2 

'b'.b 

10.0 
8.0 
8.0 

19.0 
0.2 

10.0 
0.4 
3.0 
4.0 
1.0 
1.0 
0.2 
0.9 
0.3 

'i'6 


5.0 

'i!6 
1.0 

11.0 
0.3 
3.0 

'6.'2 

's'.b 

15.0 

9.0 
8.0 

25.0 
0.2 
7.5 
0.4 
1.0 
0.4 
3.0 
2.0 
0.1 
0.9 

i'.b 


4.0 
0.1 
3.0 
2.0 
12.0 
0.1 
3.0 
0.1 
0.3 
0.1 

'i'.b 
12.0 
9.0 
8.0 
21.0 
0,2 
9.0 
0.4 
2.5 
2.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.1 
1.0 
0.1 

'i'6 


4.0 
0.1 
3.0 
2.0 
7.0 
0.1 
4.0 

'b'.i 

7.0 

12.0 

10.0 

7.0 

19.0 

3.0 

9.0 

0.2 

3.0 

4.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0.6 

1.0 

'i'.b 


3.0 
0.2 
0.4 
1.0 
10.0 
0.4 
3.0 

'b'.i 

6.0 
16.0 
7.0 
9.0 
21.0 
4.0 
9.0 

'2.6 
1.0 
2.0 
0.6 
0.2 
2.0 
0.2 

'2^6 


4.0 


IB. 

II. 
III. 

IV. 


Pedagosy 

Political Economy. . . 
Political Science 


0.1 
3.0 
2.0 
8.0 


V. 
VI. 


Archfeology 


0.2 
4.0 


VII. 
VIII. 


Comp. Religion 




IX. 

X. 

XI 


Biblical Greek 

Sanskrit 


'b'.i 

6.0 


XII. 




13.0 


XIII 




9.0 


XIV. 




7.0 


XV 




19.0 


XVI. 
XVII 


Literature in English 


4.0 
9.0 


XVIII. 
XIX. 


Astronomy 


0.2 
3.0 


XX. 




3.0 


XXI. 




2.0 


XXII. 




1.0 


XXIII. 




0.4 


XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 

XXVII. 


Physiolof^y 

Neurology 

Paleontology 

Botany 


1.0 
0.1 

'i'.b 






100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


lUO 


100 


100 


100 



M. 



W. 



1898-99 



W. 



T. 



1899-1900 



M. 



T. 



1900-1901 



M. 



W. 



T. 



1901-1902 



M. 



W. 



T. 



I A. 

IB. 

II. 

III. 

IV. 

V. 

VL 

VII. 

VIII. 

IX. 

X. 

XI. 

XII. 

XIII. 

XIV. 

XV. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

XVIII. 

XIX. 

XX. 

XXI. 

XXII. 

XXIII. 

XXIV. 

■XXV. 

XXVI. 

xxvn. 



Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy. . . 

Political Science 

History 

ArchsBology 

Sociology 

Comp. Religion 

Semitics 

Biblical Greek 

Sanskrit . . 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

German 

English 

Literature in English 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 

Physiology 

Neurology 

Paleontology 

Botany 



4.0 
0.2 
2.0 
3.0 
8.0 
0.1 
3.0 



7.0 
13.0 
10.0 
8.0 
15.0 
0.8 
9.0 
0.4 
4.0 
5.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.3 
1.0 
0.1 

'i!6 



2.0 
0.2 
0.2 
1.0 
11.0 
0.2 
3.0 

'i!6 



7.0 
14.0 
10.0 
9.0 
20.0 
1.8 
9.0 
0.3 
1.0 
2.0 
4.0 
1.0 

'i!6 

0.1 
0.1 
1.0 



3.0 
0.2 
1.0 
2.0 
11.0 
0.1 
3.0 

'i'.b 



7 
13.0 
10 
9.0 
17.0 
1.0 
9.0 
0.3 
3.0 
4.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.2 
1.0 
1 

i'.b 



3.0 
2.0 
8.0 
0.1 
2.0 
0.1 
0.3 
0.1 

'7^6 

14.0 

11.0 
7.0 

17.0 
1.0 

11.0 
0.2 
4.0 
4.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.1 
1.0 
0.1 

'i'6 



2.0 
0.4 
1.0 
0.4 
9.0 
0.1 
2.0 
0.1 
0.2 
0.4 

'5.6 
16.0 
13.0 

6.0 
21.0 

1.0 
11.0 

's.b 

2.0 
3.0 
1.0 

'i'.6 



2.0 
0.2 
2.0 
1.0 
8.0 
0.1 
2.0 
0.1 
0.2 
0.1 

"6:3 
15.0 
13.0 

7.0 
19.0 

1.0 
11.0 

'3'6 
3.0 
3.0 
1.0 

'i'6 



2.0 

'4.0 
2.0 
10.0 

'2^6 



5.0 
9.0 

13.0 
7.0 

16.0 
0.1 

12.0 
0.3 
2.0 
5.0 
4.0 
1.0 
0.5 
4.0 
0.1 

i .'6 



2.5 
0.2 
1.0 

ii'6 

0.1 
3.0 



7.0 
14.0 
11.0 
9.0 
20.0 
0.1 
12.0 
0.1 
2.0 
1.0 
3.0 
1.0 

'i.'6 



1.0 



2.0 
0.1 
3.0 
1.0 
10.0 
0.1 
3.0 



5.0 
12.0 
12.0 
8.0 
18.0 
0.1 
12.0 
0.2 
2.0 
3.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.4 
3.0 
0.1 

'i'6 



4.0 
0.4 
5.0 
3.0 
9.0 

'4^6 



4.0 
6.0 
9.0 
8.0 

19.0 
0.3 

10.0 
0.2 
3.0 
6.0 
3.0 
1.0 
1.0 
3.0 
0.1 

'i'6 



100 



100 



100 



100 



100 



100 



100 



100 



100 



100 



3.0 

0.3 
0.3 
0.4 
10.0 

'2.'6 



3.0 
16.0 
10.0 
11.0 
21.0 

1.0 
11.0 

'2^6 
2.0 
2.0 
1.0 

'2.'6 



2.0 
100 



4.0 

0.2 

3.0 

2.0 

11.0 

'3.6 



3.0 
11.0 
9.0 
9.0 
20.0 
0.5 
11.0 
0.1 
2.0 
4.0 
3.0 
1.0 
0.2 
2.0 



3.0 

"8. '6 
3.0 

10.0 
0.1 
2.0 

'6.'4 

'6 .'2 

9.0 
7.0 
7.0 
3.0 
19.0 
0.2 

n.o 

0.1 
2.0 
6.0 
4.0 
1.0 
1.0 
2.0 



1.0 



1.0 
0.1 
0.3 
1.0 
10.0 
0.1 
4.0 

'2.'6 

b'.i 

3.0 
15.0 
9.0 
11.0 
22.0 
1.0 
11.0 
0.1 
3.0 
2.0 
1.0 
0.2 
0.1 
1.0 



2.0 
0.1 
4.0 
2.0 
10.0 
0.1 
3.0 

i.o 
o.'i 

3.0 
11.0 
8.0 
10.0 
20.0 
0.6 
11.0 
0.1 
3.0 
4.0 
2.0 
1.0 
1.0 
2.0 



100 



100 



The Junior Colleges 



101 



Physics, and thus one Major of Mathematics in the former case, and two Majors of Physics in 
the latter, appear among the college coiu'ses. 

The com-ses actually taken in the Junior Colleges may now be given. In the accompanying 
table there is shown the percentage by Departments of the total number of Majors of work done 
in all the twenty-seven Departments by Junior students. The ten years of the University are 
given complete, and in the three divisions of the columns for each year are given the percentages 
for men, for women, and for both sexes together. 

Scrutiny of the table shows that the registrations in Languages, and particularly Modern 
Languages, are very numerous. This is accounted for by the fact that (1) the college require- 
ments in Language, including English, are large, varying from six to eleven Majors according 
to the course; (2) these requirements are increased by the amounts, often considerable, by which 
the Language work offered for admission has fallen short of that recommended; (3) the school 
training seems to foster the habits of mind employed in Language study more successfully than 
those needed in Mathematics and Science; (4) the bent of the very numerous women students is 
toward Language work. Again, the registrations in Philosophy and Political Economy are 
larger than might be expected in view of the impediments detailed above, and of the additional 
fact that, by rule of the Departments concerned, Psychology cannot be taken before the fifth 
Quarter and Political Economy, except in the case of students in the College of Commerce and 
Administration, not before the fourth Quarter. History, although not a Junior College require- 
ment in two of the four courses, is usually taken early in the curriculum by all students. 

The preference for various departments of work, in its relation to sex, is illustrated by 

arranging the departments in the order of preference for each sex separately. The result 

furnishes some indication of the trend of taste in the two sexes, so far as the very limited 

opportunity for exercising choice in the Junior Colleges can affect figures pertaining mainly to 

required curricula which are the same for men and women. The order for the year 1901-2 is 

given as a sample : 

TABLE rv 

Depaetments Aeeanged rN Oedee of the Peopoetion of Woek Done in Them by Junioe College Students 



Men 


Per Cent. 


Women 


Per Cent. 


English 


19 
H 
10 

9 

8 

7 

7 

6 

4 

3 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

0.4 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

0.1 


English 


22 


Mathematics 




15 


History 


German 


11 






11 


Political Economy 

Latin 


History. 


10 


Romance 


9 


Romance 




4 


Chemistry 


Greek 


3 


Geology 


Physics 


3 


Philosophy 




2 


Political Science 


Chemistry 


2 


Greek 


Botany 

Philosophy 

Political Science 

Literature in English. . 
Geolosfv 


2 


Socioloev 


1 


Physics 


1 


Physiology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 


1 
1 




1 


Botany 


Political Economy 


0.3 


Semitics 


0.2 


Sanskrit 




0.1 


Literature in English 

Arohseology 


Archaeology 


0.1 




0.1 


Astronomy 


Anatomv . ... 


0.1 









102 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



MATRICULATION 

The Quarter System enables students to matriculate and begin work in the University with 
equal advantage on any one of four occasions during the year. Natui-ally the majority of the new 
students of each year's class enter on the first of October, yet the numbers entering on the other 
three dates is very considerable. The following table shows the numbers of our students 
matriculated in the Junior Colleges during each of the four Quarters of the last sis years. The 
sexes are shown separately. A summary for the first five years of the University occupies the 
first column. It will be noted, therefore, that the year 1896-97 appears separately and is 
included also in the summary: 

TABLE V 
Matriculations bt Quaetees Accoeding to Sex and Degeee Sought 





1892-97 




1895-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 






Quarters 






















Summary 


M. 


w. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


W. 


T. 


M. 


w. 


T. 


Arts 


7 


2 


9 




8 


2 


10 


5 


2 


7 


20 


12 


32 


4 


2 


6 


5 


3 


8 


6 


4 


10 








r 




27 


17 


44 


38 


19 


57 


46 


27 


73 


28 


25 


53 


33 


28 


61 


21 


27 


48 




223 


112 


335J 


Winter.... 


7 


1 


8 


8 


5 


13 


7 


7 


14 


6 




6 


4 


4 


8 


2 


2 


4 








1 


Spring.. ,. 
Total.... 


4 
46 


3 
23 


7 
~69 


1 

^52 


26 


1 

78 


4 

77 


1 5 
47124 


2 
15 


27 


2 
67 


2 

44 


1 


3 

lo 


31 


33 


2 




230 


114 


344 


64 


Literature 


1 


1 


2 


Summer . . 




2 


2 


2 


8 


10 


3 


18 


21 


13 


14 


27 


4 


7 


11 


3 


10 


13 








r 


Autumn .. 


13 


22 


35 


14 


34 


48 


40 


75115 


30 


82 


112 


28 


102 


130 


35 


107 


142 




154 


179 


,3.33-^ 


Winter . . . 


4 


7 


11 


3 


9 


12 


7 


17 


24 


4 


8 


12 




9 


9 


1 


11 


12 








1 


Spring 


3 


4 


7 


5 


6 


11 


4 


6 


10 


1 


3 


4 


i 


6 


7 


2 


4 


6 




155 


180 


335 


Total.... 


20 


35 


55 


24 


57 


81 


54 


116 


170 


48 


107 


155 


33 


124 


157 


41 


132 


173 


Science 


6 




6 


Summer . . 


4 


1 


5 


8 


1 


9 


11 


3 


14 


14 




14 


7 


2 


9 


3 


3 


6 








r 


Autumn .. 


15 


2 


17 


24 


6 


30 


24 


19 


43 


45 


6 


51 


49 


24 


73 


37 


15 


52 




108 


27 


135J 


Winter.... 


3 


2 


5 


6 


3 


9 


1 


1 


2 


10 




10 


6 


1 


7 


8 


1 


9 








1 


Spring.. ., 
Total.... 


2 

~24 


5 


2 
29 


4 
42 


1 
11 


5 
"53 


1 
37 


2 

25 


3 

62 


4 
73 


6 


4 
79 


3 

65 


1 
"28 


4 
"93 


3 

51 


1 

lo 


4 




114 


27 


141 


71 


Commerce and 






Summer . . 














1 




1 








3 




3 








Administrat'n 






j 


Autumn .. 
Winter.... 














8 




8 


20 
4 


3 


23 
4 


31 
1 


1 
1 


32 
2 


43 
2 


4 


47 
2 








1 


Spring.. .. 


^^ 










-^ 


177 


188 


9 

365 


1 
~25 
186 


3 
143 


1 

28 
329 


1 

36 

178 


~~2 
190 


1 

38 

368 


1 

li 

169 


4 
189 


1 










50 










Total.... 


~90 


~63 


153 


118 


~94 


212 




Total 


499 


321 


820 


358 



The states, territories, and foreign countries from which these students have come is given 
in the next table. 

It will be seen that every state, with the exception of North Dakota, Delaware, Idaho, 
Nevada, North Carolina, and Khode Island, has been represented. At the same time the Junior 
College students are drawn to a much greater extent from the city of Chicago and surrounding 
territory than is the case in the Graduate Schools. The percentage of the whole number of 
students coming from Chicago during the ten successive years has been: 43.3, 47.1, 49.7, 53.9, 
57.3, 60.1, 58.2, 53.8, 51.4, 54.9. The corresponding numbers for Illinois, including Chicago, 
have been: 71.7, 70.4, 70.8, 73.1, 75.3, 73.6, 75.0, 69.0, 69.8. During the year 1901-2 there came 
from Iowa 6.9 per cent.; from Indiana, 3.9 per cent.; from Wisconsin, 2.8 per cent.; from Ohio, 
2.2 per cent.; from Missouri, 2.1 per cent.; from New York and Tennessee, about 1 per cent, each. 



The Junior Colleges 



103 



TABLE VI 

Geogeaphical Disteibution by Annual Eeoisteations 



Alabama 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Connecticut . . . 

Florida 

Georgia 

Illinois 

Chicago 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Massachusetts . . 

Maryland 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

New Hampshire 

New Jersey 

New Mexico 

New York 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania . . . 
South Carolina. 
South Dakota . . 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington 

West Virginia . . 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 

Manitoba 

New Brunswick 
Nova Scotia .... 

Ontario 

Quebec 

Great Britain . . 

Italy 

Germany 

Hawaii 

Japan 

Russia 

Samoa 

Sweden 

Total 



1892-93 



51 
78 
4 
3 
i 
3 



1893-94 



180 



2 
1 
1 

64 

129 

6 

10 
5 
3 

i 

1 



3 
1 
2 

3 
1 

10 



274 



1894-95 



77 

182 

17 

19 

5 

1 



366 



1895-96 



1 

2 
1 

i 

81 

230 

15 

17 

3 

2 



6 
1 

4 

'4 
1 
9 

10 



1896-97 



79 

251 

13 

19 

5 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

7 

2 

1 

4 



16 



427 



438 



1897-98 



60 

267 

17 

17 

6 

2 

2 

1 

i 

3 
1 

'5 
1 
5 
1 



5 

11 



1 
1 

25 



1898-99 



444 



2 
1 
1 
1 

i 

92 

317 

23 

13 

8 

6 

1 



2 
4 
7 
1 

10 
1 



1 
2 
1 

22 



545 



1899-00 



4 
2 
3 
1 
1 

97 
342 
29 
26 
12 
7 

i 



7 
2 
1 

14 
1 
6 

'i 

1 

9 

16 



1 

4 

2i 



638 



1900-01 



2 
129 
377 
28 
41 
13 
12 

'2 
5 

'7 
11 



1 

7 

23 



6 
1 
1 
3 
6 
1 
1 
1 
4 

25 



733 



1901-02 



2 
3 

5 
1 

'2 

115 

424 

30 

53 

12 

6 



2 
11 

2 
16 

3 

3 



7 
17 

i 

10 
1 
1 

7 
3 



1 
3 

22 
2 



772 



104 



The President's Repoet 



STATISTICS OF ADMISSION 

The students of the Junior Colleges are drawn from five distinct sources, each of which 
bears a different relation to the University. These are (1) the Morgan Park Academy, an insti- 
tution which is an integral part of the University; (2) the affiliated schools, which are closely 
allied, although independent institutions; (3) the co-operating schools, which are chiefly public 
high schools, visited periodically by representatives of the University; (4) other secondary 
schools, whose pupils are admitted chiefly by examination; (5) institutions of college rank 
whose pupils are admitted with advanced standing. The following table shows the percentage 
of the whole number admitted which came from each of these sources. As in the table of 
matriculations, the first five years are summarized and the last six are given separately. The 
apparent variations in the proportion admitted with advanced standing is due in large part to 
changes in the mode of classifying those who are admitted in this way. All who receive credit 
for eighteen Majors or more are now classified as Senior College students, even when the specific 
subjects offered do not coincide with the requirements of the University of Chicago. 

TABLE YII 

Peecentage of Students Admitted feom Each of the Five Soueces 





1892-97 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Morgan Park 


7.6 
14.1 
26.1 
18.5 
33.7 


5.6 

18.8 
29.4 
14.0 
32.2 


9.9 
18.6 
27.3 
15.1 
29.1 


5.5 
12.3 
44.5 
10.0 

27.7 


5.7 
14.8 
46.8 
14.0 
18.7 


7.3 
13.1 

47.4 
18.8 
13.4 


2 6 


Afliliated schools 


12 1 




52 7 


Other secondary schools 

With advanced standing 


17.4 
15.2 



The numbers of students entering the four courses offered by the Junior Colleges, as 
related to the class of institutions in which the previous training has been obtained, is highly 
significant. In the following table the students coming to the University during the last three 
years from a given class of institutions have been divided so as to show the per cent, entering 
upon each of the four curricula: 

TABLE VIII 
Peecentage of Students Admitted to Each College, Classified by Peeviods Schools (1899-1902) 



A.B. 



Ph.B. 



S.B. 


C.&A. (Ph.B.) 


18.5 


16.6 


22.7 


12.8 


21.0 


11.3 


26.3 


12.8 


26.5 


6.7 



Total 



Morgan Park Academy . 

Affiliated schools 

Co-operating schools . . . 
Other secondary schools 
With advanced standing 



33.4 
25.5 
17.7 
14.5 
23.5 



31.5 
39.0 
50.0 
46.4 
43.3 



100 
100 
100 
100 
100 



TABLE IX 

Peopoetions of the Students in Junior Colleges, 1892-1902, Who (1) Weeb Conditioned, and (2) Failed; 

Estimated Accokding to Sex 






1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 






S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


Conditions (1) .. j 
Failuses (2) 1 


Men 

Women 

Men 

Women 




11.5 
4.5 

14.9 
4.5 


7.7 
2.1 

11.5 
2.1 


3.6 

2.4 

10.8 
7.1 




4.3 
1.3 

6.5 
1.3 


12.6 

4.7 

5.6 
4.7 


8.0 
3.6 

8.0 
2.4 


3.1 

4.7 


12.9 
5.9 

4.7 
5.1 


13.8 
4.7 

8.4 
3.8 


12.5 
2.1 

6.2 
3.2 


4.1 
8.7 

2.7 


15.6 

7.4 

4.4 
7.0 


16.0 
4.8 

8.3 
3.2 


11.5 
1.7 

11.5 


7.7 
2.5 

5.2 
2.5 


13.4 
4.5 

to.o 

1.5 


12.0 
6.2 

3.4 
0.7 


13.1 
1.1 

6.0 

2.1 



The Junior Colleges 



105 















TABLE IX- 


-Continued 




























1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 






S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 
5.8 

1.1 

1.5 


A. 

10.0 
3.2 

7.4 
1.6 


W. 

14.0 
6.0 

7.2 
2.5 


Sp. 

10.0 
7.3 

3.3 
3.3 


S. 

7.8 
1.4 

4.5 


A. 

13.5 

7.4 

7.3 
3.7 


W. 

7.7 
8.0 

5.0 
1.5 


Sp. 

8.8 
5.1 

3.3 
5.1 


S. 

2.4 
2.8 

4.9 
2.8 


A. 

10.8 
7.6 

7.6 
3.4 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 

14.4 
6.3 

4.4 
1.0 


A. 

16.2 
12.3 

13.0 
9.4 


W. 

14.7 
9.2 

11.6 
7.1 


Sp. 








7.8 
15.6 


14.2 
6.9 

8.2 
0.6 


9.4 
4.1 

3.5 
2.9 


10.6 
4.6 

4.6 
1.7 


11.3 
6.6 

12.7 
6.3 


11.7 
7.4 

7.8 
4.5 


11.8 


Conditions (1) 


Women 

Men 


8.6 
8.7 


Failuees (2). .. 


Women 


4.5 



COLLEGE FAILURES AND CONDITIONS 

The table shows the proportion of the students in the Junior Colleges who were conditioned 
or failed in any study. The sexes are considered separately, as are also the Quarters of each of 
the ten years. Failures may be due to five causes: (1) insufficient preparation; (2) insufficient 
ability; (3) lack of diligence, on account of athletic and social distractions; (4) necessity of earn- 
ing a livelihood while in college; (5) introduction to unfamiliar methods of study. Often a com- 
bination of two or more of these causes may be accountable for lack of success. The first 
Quarter of residence is likely to show the results of some of these influences most prominently, 
and hence, as the Autumn Quarter is the first Quarter for a majority of Junior students, it is in 
this Quarter that the greatest percentage of failures or conditions appears. After the first Quarter 
the student either adapts himself more perfectly to the novel conditions or withdraws. 



WITHDRAWALS 

During the last three years a systematic effort has been made to learn the intentions of all 
students withdrawing from the Junior Colleges. The greater number of withdrawals are 
accounted for by graduation into the Senior Colleges. Some of the chief reasons given are 
shown in the following table. The numbers in each column apply to students who were mem- 
bers of the Junior Colleges during the preceding Quarter and failed to return. Thus in the 
Spring of 1900, sixty-seven graduated into the Senior Colleges, and sixty-nine went out of resi- 
dence for reasons enumerated, and therefore did not reappear in this list for the Summer 
Quarter of the same year; 

TABLE X 
Withdrawals 





1899-1900 


19QO-1901 




1901 


-1902 






S. 


A. 


W 


Sp. 


s. 


A. 


w. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


1. Graduation 


























into Senior Col . 


62 


9 


41 


26 


67 


10 


47 


28 


79 


10 


36 


39 


2 Vacation 


29 

12 

6 

3 


5 
3 

4 


9 
5 
4 
1 


10 
2 
2 


16 
13 

7 
1 


10 

10 

3 

1 


18 
8 
4 


22 

2 

11 

1 


33 

23 

13 

2 


7 
6 
4 
2 


23 

2 
7 


10 


3. To teach. 


4 




6 


5. Profession 


2 


6. Lack of funds 


10 


2 


7 


10 


5 


4 


4 


4 


8 


10 


4 


1 


7. Another institut'n 


10 


i 


8 


6 


20 


6 


9 


5 


35 


17 


23 


6 


8. Poor health 


6 


8 


11 


10 


6 


6 


17 


12 


8 


15 


14 


8 


9. Miscellaneous 


1 




5 


1 


1 


1 


1 


4 


3 




3 


1 


10. No reasons given . 


6 




5 






6 


4 


2 


7 


2 


4 





It wiU be seen that the number on vacation is greatest in summer, but is considerable 
also in winter and spring. Those withdrawing to teach usually intend to return later. Those 
entering other institutions have been chiefly men going to technical, medical, and law schools. 



106 



The President's Keport 



and women going to women's colleges. Among the miscellaneous reasons were "loss of a 
parent" (4); "home duties" (4); "travel" (3); "death" (1); "leaving city" (5); "family reasons" 
(2); "imforeseen circumstances" (2). 

RELATIONS OF JUNIOR AND SENIOR COLLEGES 

The relation of the Junior College to the Senior has already received incidental mention. 
A certain number of students remain classified as Juniors even after they have earned more 
than eighteen Majors of credit. This occurs (1) when entrance conditions remain unfulfilled; 
(2) when the requisite minimum of twelve Majors of required Junior College work has not yet 
been reached; and (3) when a student has entered with advanced standing of such a nature that 
the required courses remaining to be taken are so nimierous as to make impossible graduation 
when eighteen Majors have been received. The percentage of Junior College students who 
were thus classified as Juniors for a longer period than two years was as follows: 

1894-95- 
1895-96 - 
1896-97 
1897-98 - 
1898-99 
1899-00 - 
1900-01 
1901-02 - 

Jvmiors who have the necessary preparation may take courses offered in the Senior Col- 
leges. Thus the electives are often taken in work of this kind, and students who have overrun 
the eighteen Majors are also frequently to be found in Senior College courses. The registra- 
tion of Junior students in Senior courses is given along with other data in the next table. The 

TABLE XI 



7.5 


per cent 


12.6 


(t 


13.9 


(( 


6.3 


a 


2.1 


u 


3.6 


(t 


4.9 


(( 


7.1 


ti 



Philosophy .... 

Education 

Political Econ'y 
Political Science 

History 

Archfeology. 
Sociology . . . 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance . . . 
German .... 

English 

Lit. (in Eng.) 
Mathematics 
Astronomy . 

Physics 

Chemistry . . 

Geology 

Zoology 

Anatomy . . . 
Physiology.. 
Neurology . . 

Botany 

Public Speaking 



OES IN 


3ENI0K COUESES 




1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


6 


9 


16 


18 


12 


3 


12 


6 


15 


4 


3 


14 


13 


18 


40 


24 


9 


21 


66 


48 


107 


123 


158 


189 - 


152 


3 




1 






45 


5 


38 


75 


116 


9 


15 


15 


12 


2 


20 


20 


9 


32 


18 


22 


38 


31 


39 


39 


30 


24 


30 


39 


41 


59 


93 


84 


121 


108 


44 


20 


35 


30 


40 


19 


12 


1 


13 


4 


3 


1 




4 


7 


11 


6 


9 


6 


9 


23 


15 


22 


35 


46 


19 


46 


59 


58 


65 


4 


5 


15 


28 


8 




3 


16 


15 


12 


6 


4 


7 


9 


2 


2 


1 




1 






8 


7 


8 


io 




11 


9 


10 


17 



SeNIOES in JnNIOE COUESES 



Philosophy 
Education . 
Political Econ'y 
Political Sci'nce 

History 

Archagology. . . . 

Sociology 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

German 

English 

Lit. (in Eng.) . . . 
Mathematics . . . 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 

Physiology 

Neurology 

Botany 

Public Speak'g. 



1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


156 


197 


214 
1 


190 


40 


61 


75 


75 


49 


30 


5 




46 


58 


42 


90 


6 


1 






29 


54 


42 


38 


25 


48 


29 


32 


86 


48 


93 


67 


76 


110 


115 


120 


49 


67 


93 


104 


55 


52 
19 


66 


78 


25 


19 


38 


54 






8 


24 


36 


36 


29 


50 


43 


17 


29 


70 


29 


20 


22 


30 


12 


22 


23 


23 


'4 


'9 


33 


26 


ii 


30 


io 


is 


34 


48 


38 


89 



1901-02 



226 

77 

84 

22 
51 

38 

84 

106 



54 
4 
73 
79 
32 
30 

25 

33 
63 



The Junior Colleges 



107 



very large registration in some Departments seems to indicate that more Junior College courses 
might usefully be ofltered in those Departments. The total number of registrations of Juniors 
in Senior College courses was small compared to those in Jvmior coiu'ses: in 1897-98, 465; in 
1898-99, 494; in 1899-1900, 602; in 1900-1901, 847; in 1901-2, 800. These were respectively 
17, 14.4, 15.7, 19, and 17.6 per cent, of the total registrations. 

Many Senior College students entering with advanced standing have Jimior College 
requirements still to fulfil. Many others take Junior College studies as electives. For this 
reason Junior College courses frequently contain a fair proportion of Senior College students. 
The accompanying table gives the number of registrations by Senior College students in Junior 



College courses. 



FOURTH COURSES 



The regulations lay upon the Dean the duty of deciding, after investigation of the previous 
record and the circumstances of the application, whether a student may be permitted to carry 
more than three Majors of work in one Quarter. The proportion of students applying for this 
privilege is not great, and many of the applications are refused. The table shows the percentage 
of Junior College students doing extra work. The data for men and women are treated sepa- 
rately and the figures for all Quarters of the ten years are given. 



TABLE xn 

Peopoetions of the Students in Junioe Colleges 1892-1902 who Took Fourth Coueses 
Estimated Accoeding to Sex 







1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 




S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


w. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


w. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 




Men 


11.5 


11.5 
15.9 


7.7 
2.1 


9.6 
16.6 




5.1 
4.1 


8.4 
10.6 


39.4 
32.9 


4.7 
7.4 


7.6 
4.2 


13.8 
7.6 


11.0 
18.3 


8.2 
2.1 


5.6 
3.7 


15.4 
16.0 


16.6 
15.8 


10.4 
10.0 


2.8 
2.2 


11.4 

9.4 


7 1 


COUESES 


Women 


4.5 







1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 




S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 


S. 


A. 


W. 


Sp. 






7.8 
12.9 


6.6 
4.1 


17.1 
9.0 


2.6 
5.1 


4.6 
8.9 


2.9 
5.9 


15.0 
8.0 


5.6 
5.3 


5.6 
11.7 


6.9 
11.6 


10.5 
7.5 


0.4 
2.0 


2.3 
7.1 


2.8 
1.4 


3.5 
1.9 


3.9 

2.0 


8.9 
7.3 


3.6 
1.9 


5.3 
1.7 


' 4 


COUESES 


Women 


1.5 



THE CURRICULA OF THE JUNIOR COLLEGE 

The history of the Junior College curriculum was so completely set forth by Dean Capps 
in his report for the year 1897-98 that it remains only to summarize the chief problems which 
have arisen, and to describe the solutions, complete or partial, which have been worked out. A 
few minor changes made since July 1, 1898, will also be included. 

At the outset in 1892 the University of Chicago adopted the plan of certain eastern univer- 
sities and colleges in announcing that all students who sought admission must pass entrance 
examinations. It is instructive to trace the gradual modification of this policy, as the institution 
has sought, on the one hand, to bring itself into closer relations with the secondary schools of 
the middle West, and, on the other, to meet the demands of professional training. It may be 
profitable to discuss this process of adjustment under the following divisions: 

1. The adjustment of entrance requirements. 

2. The adjustment of the Junior College curriculum to the changes in entrance requirements. 

3. The modification of the Junior College curriculum to meet the demands of different 
curricula and of professional schools. 



108 The President's Keport 

ADMISSION requirements 

In 1892 the University indicated the following subjects as acceptable for admission, viz.: 

Greek. 

Latin. 

Greek and Roman History. 

Mathematics. 

English. 

French (first and second year). 

German (first and second year). 

Physics. 

Chemistry. 

These subjects were appraised in terms of a "unit," which was described as the work 
accomplished in a secondary school in a subject pursued for thirty-six weeks of daily recita- 
tions. Inasmuch as the amount of work accomplished in a four-years' high-school course was 
deemed equivalent to thirteen such units, this nimiber was fixed upon as the requirement for 
admission. 

An examination of the high-school system of the middle West soon made it plain that a 
large number of subjects were being taught which were not recognized by the University. The 
institution therefore enlarged the list of entrance subjects by adding in 1893 the following: 

Biology. 

Physiography. 

Geology. 

Astronomy. 

Solid Geometry. 

Elementary United States History (for which at first no credit was given). 

Mediaeval and Modern History. 

Third-year French. 

Third-year German. 

This enlargement of the entrance list brought the University into much closer relation with 
the secondary schools, and no further change was made until 1896, when Elementary United 
States History, which henceforth was given credit value. Advanced United States History, Ele- 
mentary and Advanced English History, and Civics were added. 

These entrance units include practically everything offered in the high schools of the 
West, with the exception of the two subjects of Drawing and Music. The drawing of the 
public schools is in many cases subdivided into mechanical and free-hand drawing. There was 
considerable complaint from the high schools of Chicago that many hours devoted to these 
subjects were not recognized by the University of Chicago. A proposal to include at least 
Mechanical Drawing in the list was considered for several Quarters by committees and dis- 
cussed by the Junior College Faculty, with the final result in 1901 of making Mechanical 
Drawing an elective admission subject with a maximum credit of one unit. Thus in the 
course of ten years the number of admisssion subjects has increased from eleven to twenty- 
seven. It would be a serious mistake, however, to infer from this enlargement of the admission 
group that the subjects added after the first year are offered to the same extent as those 
originally announced. The margin however, does afford relief to large numbers of students 
whose preparation varies by one, two, or three imits from that recommended by the University. 
The failure to recognize the need of a more liberal policy as regards the number of admission 
units would have isolated the University from the secondary schools. The absence in the West 
of large preparatory schools whose energies are directed to fitting students for the requirements 



The Junior Colleges 109 

of certain colleges and universities makes it absolutely essential that western institutions of 
higher education should adapt themselves to the public secondary schools. 

Another step in this attempt to articulate the secondary schools with the Jimior College 
was taken in November, 1897, when the value of the unit was modified, and the number of 
units required for admission was raised from thirteen to fifteen. This change was made in order 
that a more just relative valuation might be placed upon the different admission subjects, as 
well as upon the work of a school as a whole. A most serious injustice in the old system was 
that which assigned to Mathematics, including Solid Geometry, only two units, although the 
best schools devote two and a half to three years of preparation in this subject; while assigning 
to English only one unit for four years of work, however unsystematic, was obviously absiud. 
This change in unit value made it possible to give two and a half units to Mathematics and two 
to English, while some of the elective subjects could be appraised more fairly at a half unit. 
The new unit value was defined as the equivalent of one hvmdred and fifty hours of prepared 
work, two hours of laboratory work being considered equal to one hour of prepared work. With 
the improvement of instruction in some of the preparatory subjects, it is conceivable that still 
further modifications of the unit may become desirable. One advantage which would accrue 
from reducing the value of the unit and increasing the number of units demanded would be the 
possibility thus afforded of making nicer discriminations. It would enable the University to 
assign one value to a subject studied in the first year of the high school, and a greater value to 
the same subject when pursued, for example, in the last year. 

A third change which is significant may be noted briefly. It is the change from an exami- 
nation to a modified certificate system for admission purposes. Soon after the opening in 1892 
it became evident that a strict examination policy in a region where the certificate system had 
been imiversally adopted would for a long time at least isolate the University and seriously 
retard its growth in numbers and influence. After ftill discussion as to the wisdom of maintain- 
ing the examination system or of adopting the certificate plan of the state imiversities, a com- 
promise method was finally chosen. Instead of accepting a certificate from a high school 
as a whole, it was decided to require certificates from individual teachers in the schools. It was 
thought that this would fix responsibility definitely, and would be a stimulus to teachers and a 
safeguard to the University. There are no data for determining the comparative results of the 
two systems. The significant fact is that the University has practically conformed to the system 
which prevails in the middle West. 

COLLEGE EEQUIEEMENTS 

The widening of choice in entrance subjects had an inevitable influence upon the cur- 
ricula of the Junior Colleges. In both theory and practice the Junior College curriculum in the 
University belongs rather to a six-year period of preparation than to a four-years' college course. 
The Junior College is commonly described as a " clearing-house " between the secondary school, 
on the one hand, and the higher work of the Senior College and Graduate Schools, on the other. 
The clearing-house system is based upon (1) the assumed equivalence of preparatory and college 
subjects; (2) the necessity of adjustment to the enlarged curricula of the secondary schools; 
(3) the necessity of securing a minimum common to all curricula, and of shaping the student's 
course for one of the three degrees granted by the University. In theory the system is 
ingenious and natural. In practice it comes nearer to giving complete satisfaction than 
such machinery often does. The assumed equivalence of preparatory and college subjects is 
one of the weak points of the system. This weakness displays itself conspicuously in subjects 
begun in high school and continued in college. Where later work is dependent upon earlier 
courses the inadequacy of preparation makes itself felt. In English, French, and German, 



110 The President's Eepoet 

to some extent in Physics and Chemistry, the chief difficulties appear. It is not unusual for 
students who have received credit for a year or two of French or German to be quite unable to 
maintain successfully the college course which theoretically continues from the point where 
they have left off. On the other hand, in the case of Latin, Greek, and Mathematics there is 
comparatively little difficulty. This seems to show that where methods of instruction have been 
worked out carefully, conventionalized, and adopted almost universally, the clearing-house system 
is successful, but in those subjects which have not yet been organized effectively, and in the 
sciences to which modern laboratory methods are essential, the equivalence between preparatory 
and college work is far from being a fact. The difiference in the maturity of the student at 
various stages is another factor which affects certain pursuits more than others. Its influence 
on language-study is, for example, very different from its effect on science. 

In order to make the clearing-house system theoretically complete, the University might 
offer beginning coiu:ses in all subjects which it requires of candidates for its degrees. As a 
matter of fact, however, the number of beginning subjects which students for various reasons 
are unlikely to offer on admission is comparatively small. The accumulation of entrance condi- 
tions in these subjects has pointed out from time to time the need of adding certain elementary 
courses. This has been done, until now the University offers beginning courses (including 
those given from the outset) in Greek, French, German, Physics, Chemistry, Solid Geometry, 
and History. The proposal to add beginning courses in Latin has so far been defeated, although 
it is not illogical to urge this fui-ther extension of the plan. When the Secondary School of 
the University is fully organized, it may conceivably provide special college classes in beginning 
subjects. This would be a consistent carrying out of the theory that the Junior College is a part 
of the preparation course, rather than the beginning of higher work. The public opinion which 
distinguishes so sharply between high school and college would for a long time, however, make 
it difficult to assert formally this relationship between the secondary school and the first two 
years of the old-fashioned college course. 

It is appropriate in this place to point out some of the effects of the clearing-house which 
at the outset were not distinctly foreseen. When the Junior College ciurriculum was organized 
and differentiated for the three degrees offered by the University, specific requirements were made 
which have left for election a maximum of three Majors in three of the coxirses and of one Major 
in the course in Commerce and Administration. Theoretically, these three Majors in the three 
com-ses of A.B., Ph.B. in Literature, and S.B.. were provided to permit from the beginning of 
the course continuity of work in one Department or group of Departments. In practice, how- 
ever, it has become evident that the election is actually made to a very large degree, not in 
college, but in the high school. Certain entrance subjects are demanded absolutely for admis- 
sion. If they are not offered, they become entrance conditions. Other subjects are only recom- 
mended for admission, but they become requirements for graduation in case other entrance 
subjects have been substituted for them. Thus electives are seriously encroached upon by the 
college requirements accruing from a preparation which varies from the type recommended by 
the University. This variation is marked, and results in a serious reduction of electives. As an 
illustration of this may be cited the fact that, of 111 A.B. students in residence in the Winter 
Quarter, 1901, 72 had on entrance the full number of three electives, 19 had two electives, 17 had 
one, and 3 had no margin of choice. Of 209 candidates for the degree of Ph.B. in Literature, 
85 had three electives, 47 had two, 39 had one, and 38 were without any flexibility in their 
curricula. Of 59 Ph.B. students in the Commerce and Administration course, 34 had the one 
elective normally provided, while 25 had none. Out of 123 candidates for the B.S. degree, 31 
had three electives, 9 had two, 24 had one, and 59 were without choice. These facts, which may 
be regarded as fairly representative of conditions during the past five years, make it evident that 



The Junior Colleges 111 



the candidates for the A.B. degree who have passed through the more conventional preparatory 
course come nearest to the theoretical demands of the University and retain the electives originally 
assigned. The candidates for the Ph.B. are in worse case, and are unable to preserve the con- 
tinuity of special work for which the electives were provided. The students in the scientific 
course are decidedly at a disadvantage, and obviously need the various measiures of relief which 
have been devised from year to year to meet the serious problem involved. The fact that nearly 
half of the S.B. students in 1901 offered only two units of Latin on entrance, and were com- 
pelled under the general rules to complete three Majors of Latin in college, was a leading, 
but not the only, cause of this encroachment upon the electives. 

Another effect of the clearing-house system is the replacing of college work by high- 
school studies; for example, in the case of Science, the rules do not directly recognize the 
equivalence in the values of subjects. Nevertheless interchanges take place indirectly. For 
example, none of the preparatory Science is accepted for advanced standing in college, but a 
student who offers an excess of Science on entrance, substituting it for some other admission unit, 
is relieved of a certain amount of Science requirement in the Colleges of Arts and Philosophy 
(but not of Science). Thus, out of a certain 196 students, A.B. and Ph.B., who matriculated in 
the Junior College in the autumn of 1900, 134 were wholly exempt from college Science require- 
ments, for which acceptable but not recommended entrance subjects (usually French or German, 
sometimes History or Solid Geometry) were substituted. Thus in reality the college Science of 
the A.B. and Ph.B. courses was in the great majority of cases displaced by preparatory Science. 

To a limited extent the same effects are noticeable in the case of History. Up to the 
Winter Quarter of 1901 the required courses in History had not conformed to the clearing-house 
system ; that is, students who offered European (Medieeval and Modern) History should theo- 
retically have been relieved from all History requirements in college, but until action was taken 
by the Junior College Faculty in February, 1901, the presentation of entrance credits in Mediee- 
val and Modern History merely conferred the right to substitute Senior College History Courses 
for the Junior requirements. As this practice was clearly in violation of the principle of the 
clearing-house and worked to the disadvantage of other subjects which did conform, the change 
was made by the Faculty. Statistics are not yet available, but it is safe to say that the effect of 
this action will be to substitute in some measure high-school for college History. 

ADJUSTMENT TO PEOFESSIONAL SCHOOLS 

Up to this point, attention has been directed to the relations existing between the Junior 
College and the high school. It remains to consider some of the problems which concern the 
relation of the Junior College to the Senior College, and to the cuiTicula which lead to the three 
degrees granted by the University. The further tendency to shape undergraduate work in 
preparation for professional training, as, for example, in the so-called Pre-Medical coui-se, the 
Law course,' the School of Commerce and Administration, and in the early future the School of 
Technology, gives rise also to problems of adjustment. The chief conflict comes over the use 
of the electives which have already been mentioned. These electives, as has been pointed out, 
serve two purposes, although they were originally planned for one. They were designed to give 
the student opportunity from the outset of his coxirse to pursue uninterrupted work in one 
Department or group of Departments. As a matter of fact, it has been shown that these elect- 
ives are to a very large degree, notably in the S.B. coxurse, used to compensate for irregu- 
larities in admission. It is instructive to note the gradual modification of the clearing-house 
system to meet this practical difficulty. The best illustration is afforded by the various devices 
for preserving the electives in the S.B. com-se. 

3 This course at present does not make any special demands for substitution. 



112 The President's Eepoet 

1. On the original theory of the clearing-house, students entering the S.B. course with 
only two units of Latin should take fom- Majors in college. By action of the Faculty, this 
requirement of four Majors was reduced to three. This is constructively a substitution of one 
Major for S.B. students. 

2. The above provision was, however, far from liberal enough to meet certain exigencies. 
Oftentimes S.B. students presented for admission an excess of Language and History, with the 
minimum of Science. Under the operation of the clearing-house their electives might be seri- 
ously reduced and continuity of work in Science made impossible. A compUcated measure was 
worked out and adopted in 1899. This permits a student in Science whose electives have been 
encroached upon to " recover such electives if he wishes to use them for Science or Mathematics 
to an extent not to exceed one Major for each half-unit by which the amount of Science offered 
for entrance may fall short of three and one-half units." A careful study of this provision shows 
that it gives relief to the student whose preparation has been one-sided, and permits him to 
substitute Science and Mathematics usually for Latin, sometimes for French and German. 

3. In spite of the flexibility provided in 1 and 2 above, cases have occurred in which still fur- 
ther relief has seemed imperative. It sometimes happened that the Junior College requirements, 
together with the recovered electives, demanded more than eighteen Majors for a Junior College 
course. This case was met by another action of the Faculty, taken in 1899, which further 
declared that the Junior College coru-se must never exceed eighteen Majors, and that where the 
general rules demanded such excess in the S.B. group, the Latin and Modern Language require- 
ment might be reduced " not to exceed three Majors in either, to the extent of four Majors in 
all. These reductions shall be granted after consideration of each case by the Committee on 
Curriculum." 

A number of other modifications of the clearing-house system have been made, all of them 
designed to meet such difficulties as those already described. The more important of these 
provisions are as follows : 

1. Students preparing for Medicine in the S.B. course are permitted to substitute Biologi- 
cal Science for the third Major of Mathematics and for one of the two Majors of Geology. 

2. Students in Commerce and Administration receive the Ph.B. degree. When they offer 
four units of Latin on admission, they are excused from further Latin requirement and permit- 
ted to substitute four Majors of Political Economy, Political Science, and Social Science. 
Students in this course are also excused from taking Psychology and Ethics, which are often 
taken in the Senior College, but are largely pursued by Junior College students in their 
second year. 

3. Still another provision for substitution has been made in the case of those students who 
enter the University with advanced standing. The amount of substitution is naturally in pro- 
portion to the amount of such advanced standing. This provision does not directly affect the 
Junior College, except in the case of students who enter with less than eighteen Majors' credit. 
If such students come from an " approved college," that is, one whose work in grade and gen- 
eral scope is regarded as equivalent to that of the University, none of the Junior College 
requirements are enforced. This is constructively the permission to substitute in such cases to 
the extent by which the curricula of approved colleges vary from that of the Junior College. 
In the case of students, however, who enter with eighteen Majors from colleges not on the 
approved list, four Majors of substitution are permitted. 

It is evident from the facts which have been presented that the limit of flexibility in the 
system is being rapidly approached. If provisions for substitution are multiplied, the time will 
be reached when the exceptions will far exceed in niunber the original general principles. In 
these circumstances two classes of proposals have begun to appear. Both seek greater freedom, 



The' Junior Colleges 113 



one by enlarging the clearing-house policy, the other by minimizing the system of require- 
ments. 

A little reflection will show that the clearing-house principle can be maintained and at the 
same time greater flexibility may be secured by enlarging the interchangeable subjects or groups 
of subjects which are " cleared." Certain proposals made within the last two or three years are 
significant in connection with this idea : 

1. The Senate proposed to the Junior College Faculty in the autumn of 1900 to group 
Mathematics with Science in the requirements in the A.B. and Ph.B. courses, that is, suggested 
that, instead of demanding two Majors of Mathematics and two Majors of Science, the Faculty 
require " four Majors of Mathematics and Science." It has also been proposed to require " one 
unit of Science " for admission, instead of specifying Physics. 

2. No action has been taken upon certain proposals to create a single subject. Language, 
which shall include Greek, French, German, English, etc., or two Language groups : Ancient 
and Modern. It seems likely that any further attempt to secure greater flexibility in the 
curricxilum will take the form of enlarging the subject or subject groups, both for admission 
and for college requirement. 

While almost all discussions of the curriculum bring forth sporadic proposals for a prac- 
tically free elective system, there has been no serious movement in that direction. The changes, 
as this rapid survey shows, have rather taken the form of gradual adaptation to situations as 
these have arisen. On the whole, the curriculum system is giving satisfaction, but there are 
problems hinted at in this report which deserve further consideration. In the Spring Quarter 
of 1902 the Junior College Faculty decided to create a Commission to consider the whole ques- 
tion of the entrance requirements and the Junior College Curriculum. A careful study of the 
difficulties to be overcome will doubtless lead to still further modifications looking to a nicer 
adjustment of means to ends. 

STUDENT ELIGIBILITY FOR PUBLIC APPEARANCE 
From the beginning, the University insisted that students whose work was defective must 
not participate in athletic games, concerts, declamation contests, or other events technically 
known as "public appearances." The principle was clear, but the practical administration of it 
was beset with difficulties. Until the adoption of the present system in the spring of 1900, it 
was the custom for the Deans to send out to instructors lists- of students who desired to take 
part in some impending event. Often it was not possible to make up those lists until almost 
the day of the game, concert, or play. If the instructors reported the work of anyone on the list 
"unsatisfactory "or below grade, he was notified that he was ineligible, and that he must refrain 
from participation until the adverse report should be withdrawn. This plan was unsatisfactory 
to the administration and irritating to the student body. The chief defects were: (1) unfairness 
to the students, the listing of whose names suggested to the instructors suspicion and possible 
severity of judgment; (2) the temptation to besiege the instructors with explanations and 
promises in order to have the report withdrawn; (3) hardship upon the managers of athletic 
musical, dramatic, and other affairs who never could reckon with certainty upon their teams and 
clubs. 

In order to remedy this state of affairs the Faculty adopted in the Spring Quarter of 1900 
a plan the essential features of which are: 

1. At the end of the third, sixth, and ninth weeks of every Quarter special report cards are 
sent to each instnictor with the request that he report at once the names of all students who are 
below a passing grade, /. e., C. 

2. To be effective these reports must be returned to the Dean's office within five days. 



114 The President's Kepoet 

3. A report once made cannot be changed either by the instructor or by the Dean. When 
eqioity seems to demand a modification, the case must be submitted to the Board of Physical 
Culture and Athletics. 

4. When a student at the end of one three-weeks' period is reported below grade, he is 
thereby made ineligible for the subsequent three weeks. 

This system has worked admirably. It is definite, automatic, final. The instructor who 
fails to report students dm-ing the Quarter cannot, in justice, give a very low term mark. In 
two cases the Faculty has voted an arbitrary change of mark when, without any adverse report 
during the Quarter, an instructor has reported class work a failure. The system, therefore, 
makes it important for the instructor to report, and to report promptly, for if the card is late the 
report must be ignored. Again the members of the Faculty, since they are powerless to change 
marks once reported, are protected against student importunities. The students themselves 
know exactly where they stand and can count definitely upon specified periods either of eligi- 
bility or of enforced retirement. In the few cases in which the Board of Physical Culture and 
Athletics has permitted an instructor to change marks, excellent reasons have been shown for 
such equitable modifications. In general the plan has greatly improved the relations between 
the Faculty and the students. The Faculty is no longer regarded as arbitrarDy and with slight 
warning interfering with student affairs. Censure falls rather upon those students who, know- 
ing clearly all the conditions, fail to maintain their scholarship, and thus mar or endanger the 
success of teams and clubs. 

The reports, however, are by no means exclusively, or even chiefly, for the purpose of 
determining eligibility. They are designed to aid the Deans in supervising the work of all 
students. Within a few hours after a report card is received from an instructor each student 
whose name appears upon it is notified that he is below grade in the course. He is requested 
either to see his Dean at once, or to send to him on an appended card any statement or explana- 
tion that is to be offered. In this way a close watch is kept upon the work of all students. It 
is in a sense a paternal system. It is too early to assert what effect it has upon the student body. 
A priori it might be expected to weaken the sense of responsibility and to foster habits of 
dependence. The experiment is certainly worth continuing until its effects can be more 
accurately estimated. 

THE COURSE BOOK AND UNDERGRADUATE HANDBOOK 

Obviously one of the chief administrative problems of a university is to record accurately 
the work of students, and to have its records easily accessible. It is also of prime importance 
that the regulations of the institution should be put in such form that students may clearly 
understand all essential reqifirements and rules. In a university where entrance and college 
studies are to so large an extent specified as in the University of Chicago, it is especially 
necessary that both Faculty and students should keep in mind a rather complex system. The 
Deans cannot register students, nor can advisors give useful counsel, without knowing both the 
exact entrance credits and the college requirements in individual cases. Under the old plan 
the master record cards of all students were, as now, kept in the Kecorder's office. Duplicates 
of these cards, posted each Quarter, were sent to the various Deans, who made them the basis of 
registration and advice. Students had no access to their credit record except through the Deans, 
to whom they resorted constantly to learn how many Majors they had accomplished, and how 
many and which they must still complete. This involved a maximiun of annoyance in the 
offices, and still left the majority of the students in a state of vague uncertainty. Furthermore, 
the requirements and regulations for imdergraduates were published in a bulky form and 
scattered through a large number of pages in different parts of the Register and Circular of 



The Junioe Colleges 115 



Information. These conditions made ignorance of the law a rather plausible plea. To meet 
the demands of the situation the Dean of the Junior Colleges assumed the responsibility for 
preparing a compact manual of information to be published in two forms: (1) as an Under- 
graduate Handbook, and (2) with additional record pages as a Course Book. With the co-operation 
of the various offices concerned, the first edition was published in October, 1901. Every under- 
graduate was supplied with a Course Book in which both his admission and college credits, 
and the further requirements for graduation were specified. Matriculating students now 
receive Course Books from the Dean of Admissions, so that they have from the outset a 
record of their work and a clear, condensed statement of the University's requirements and 
rules. Each Quarter the books are returned to the office, posted by the Recorder, and 
returned to their owners. No student can register without producing his Course Book, which 
at once enables the Dean to point out the next work to be undertaken. If any special 
arrangement is made with a student, it is valid only when noted by the Dean on certain 
pages provided for the piupose in the Comrse Book. If the student desires to leave the 
University for another institution, his Course Book, posted to the date of his withdrawal 
and 'accompanied by a letter of dismissal, becomes his credential. The device has served 
its purpose admirably. The student, with definite information always in his possession, 
adjusts himself readily to the situation and ceases to be dependent upon his Dean, who, on 
the other hand, is relieved of an immense amount of irksome routine and escapes the dangers 
of giving orally information which too frequently is misinterpreted. 

CHAPEL ASSEMBLY 

The problem of religious exercises for undergraduates has been dealt with in various ways 
during the ten years of the University's history. At the outset the older academic traditions 
all demanded a religious exercise, and New England precedent, at least, suggested compulsory 
attendance. Conditions at Chicago presented difficulties. To require attendance of students 
living at a distance might break seriously into their plans and involve hardship. The principle 
of requiring attendance at a religious exercise also aroused opposition in some quarters. It was 
decided after a time to make attendance voluntary. Under this regime the attendance at 
chapel exercises was ordinarily small. It was artificially increased, however, when prominent 
visitors came to the University, or when musicians of note took part in the exercises. The sys- 
tem, on the whole, was unsatisfactory. A compromise was arranged when in November, 1896, the 
present plan was adopted, by which the Jimiors meet on Monday, the Seniors on Tuesday, and 
other divisions of the University on their respective days. Attendance was made compulsory. 
The exercises were given a somewhat more religious tone, and members of the Faculty were 
relied upon for the addresses. Here again difficulties were encoimtered in securing speakers. 
With the introduction by the University of the new plan of regular University preachers, the 
problem of the Chapel Assembly has been successfully solved. 

DIVISION LECTURES 

The weekly exercises known as Division Lectures had their origin in 1895-96. The pro- 
posal to establish these lectures was discussed at several meetings of the Junior College Faculty. 
The chief reasons urged in favor of the plan were as follows : 

1. It would afford a regular meeting of students, and foster a sense of solidarity. 

2. It would provide a survey of the whole field of University study, and afford some basis 
for intelligent election of special work in the last two years of the course. 

3. It would in some measure show the relationships existing between the various pursuits 
of the Junior College cmrriculum. 



116 The Pkesident's Kepoet 

After much debate as to whether attendance upon this exercise should be required, and 
regular examinations set at the close of each course, it was finally voted to establish the lec- 
tures, require attendance, but not to insist on any test or grading of work. 

A committee in charge of the plan worked out a scheme of lectures which was designed to 
accomplish the results indicated above. The schedule of lectures announced for the Winter 
Quarter, 1897, was as follows : 

Division VI. Ten lectures on "The Plan of the Organization of the University," "The Ideals of 
University Life," etc. 

Division V. "Mathematics as a Pursuit and as the Instrument of the Sciences" (two lectures) ; 
"The Inorganic Sciences" (four lectures) ; "The Organic Sciences" (four lectures). 

Division IV. "The Science of Mind" (five lectures); "The Sciences of Association" (five 
lectures). 

Division III. "The Economic Aspects of Society" (five lectures); "The Legal and Political 
Aspects of Society " (five lectures). 

Division II. "The Historical View of Society" (two lectures); "Languages, Literature, and 
Arts as Products of Social Life" (five lectures); "A Synthetic View of Studies in Relation to the 
Problems of Life " (three lectures). 

Division I. Ten Lectures on "The Principles Which Should Guide Students in the Selection 
of Courses." 

An examination of this a priori scheme shows that a conspectus of the sciences was pro- 
vided for, and that in the course of six Quarters each member of the Junior Colleges would have 
presented to him all the large fields of tmiversity work, and would, in addition, have his atten- 
tion called to the fundamental relations existing between these different pursuits. 

The success of such a plan was dependent (1) upon the hearty sympathy and co-operation 
of the members of the Faculty, (2) upon the willingness of certain members best fitted for the 
work to prepare special lectures adapted to the purpose. Unfortunately, these conditions did 
not exist. A few members were interested in the experiment, but the majority regarded it with 
apathy. Furthermore, no compensation for this extra service was provided, enthusiasm and 
loyalty being cotmted upon as sufficient stimulus. The inevitable result was that the schedule 
had to be modified according to the exigencies of the situation. The members of the Faculty 
who were willing to lecture at all had to be permitted to discuss the subjects which best suited 
their special interests and preparation. Little by little the original plan has been transformed 
until it is hardly recognizable at the present time. In spite of these difficulties, however, the lec- 
tures have served their piu^sose in bringing the students together regularly. Although the origi- 
nal plan has been almost wholly abandoned, many valuable addresses on a variety of important 
themes have been delivered before the students of the Jrmior Colleges. 

The chief weakness in the system lies in the fact that members of the Faculty have been 
asked to render without additional compensation an important and by no means easy service. 
If the Division Lectures can be put upon another basis, there is no reason why they should not 
play an important part in the intellectual life of the undergraduates. 

MEMBERSHIP AND ORGANIZATION OF THE JUNIOR COLLEGE FACULTY 

In any year the Faculty of the Junior Colleges is made up of certain officers of the Uni- 
versity ex officio, together with all members of the University staff who offer Junior College 
courses druring four Quarters, beginning with the Summer. One of the conventional criticisms of 
undergraduate work in large universities is the assertion that teaching is almost wholly in the 
hands of inexperienced tutors, assistants, and instructors, while the attention of professors is 
bestowed upon Seniors and Graduate Students. Table XIII shows the composition of the 
Junior Faculty by academic rank for the ten years 1892-1902. The nrunber of professors who 



The Junioe Colleges 



117 



give Junior College instruction has increased from one to twelve. The significant facts, however, 
are those of percentages rather than of absolute numbers. The ratio of teachers of professorial 
rank to the whole Junior Faculty for each year is given in the last line of the table. It is note- 
worthy that the percentage (42) for the last year is practically the same as that for the first year. 
Furthermore, the comparatively narrow margin of variation (37 per cent, to 45 per cent.) for 
the whole period bears testimony to the steady policy of the University to maintain in the 
elementary courses a large representation from the professorial ranks. 

TABLE XIII 
Composition of Juniok College PAcnLTV 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 




1 
3 
9 
6 
10 


4 

1 

11 

12 

11 


6 
7 

10 
14 
23 


4 

4 

10 

13 

18 


6 

8 

14 

17 

28 


8 

8 

20 

20 

24 


7 

7 

20 

23 

22 


15 

5 
17 
18 
30 


13 

8 

13 
20 
37 


12 


Associate Professors 


8 




15 




19 


Others 


29 






Total 


29 
45- 


39 

41+ 


60 

38-1- 


49 
37- 


73 

38-1- 


80 
45 


79 
43-h 


85 
43+ 


91 

37+ 


83 


Percentage of those of profes- 


42+ 





While older members of the Faculty, as the table shows, have a considerable part in 
Junior College instruction, they are not, for various reasons, as active participants in Junior Col- 
lege Faculty meetings as might be desirable. Because of membership in other bodies, many of 
these professors feel unable to attend the meetings of the Junior College Faculty. In estimating, 
therefore, the size of the Faculty for administrative purposes, deductions must be made for such 
absence as well as for those who are out of residence in any given Quarter. The average 
attendance at Faculty meetings for the year 1899-1900 was twenty -three — about 40 per cent, 
of the active resident Faculty ; in the year 1900-1901 the percentage fell to 30, while for the 
year closing July 1, 1902, the percentage rose to 50. When it is remembered that these averages 
include each Quarter at least one meeting called for the dispatch of merely routine business, 
these figures show a significant interest on the part of the Faculty. 

In accordance with the general plan of University organization adopted by the Senate in 
the winter of 1902, the following committees on curriculum have been organized in the Junior 
College Faculty : 

1. Ancient Languages and Literatures. 

2. Modern Languages and Literatures. 

3. Philosophy and the Social Sciences. 

4. Mathematics and Physical Sciences. 

5. The Organic Sciences. 

The statute further provides that professional or technical Faculties may be represented 
by committees in the Junior Faculty. The Committee on Commerce and Administration is, so 
far, the only one organized under this provision. The chairman of these subcommittees, together 
with the Dean of the Junior Colleges, form a general curriculum committee to which is intrusted 
the consideration of proposals that affect the curriculum of the Junior Colleges as a whole. For 
administrative purposes the following standing committees are annually appointed : 

Examinations. Scholarships. DiscipHne. 

Public Exercises. Advanced Standing. 



118 



The Peesident's Report 



ENTEANCE SCHOLARSHIPS 
The following students have received (Entrance Scholarships) : 

1900-1901 

I. FROM co-operating SCHOOLS OUTSIDE OF CHICAGO 



Sam. Severance, Louisville, Ky., Boys' high school 
Alfred Kaar, Princeton high school 

Harvey Trimble, Princeton high school 

Florence Frysinger (>^), Rocli Island 

Mildred Dodge (J^), Rock Island 

Frank L. Scott, St. Louis, Mo., high school 

Luella Sloan, East Aurora high school 

Edith Gillett, West Aurora high school 

Benj. Feniger, Cleveland, O., Central high school 
Pearl Foltz, St. Joseph, Mich., high school 

Ruth Cohen, Quincy high school 

Erma Ellis, Kansas City, Mo., Central high school 
Charles McCabe, Council Bluffs, la., high school 



H. C. Hubbart, Fort Scott, Kan., high 

Martha Tarnow, Riverside high 

Louise Miller, Dayton, O., Steele high 

Lee W. Maxwell, Clyde Township high 
J. F. McFadden, Thornton Township high 
Bessie McClure, Pittsburg, Pa., high 

Cora Sands, Richmond, Ind., high 

Keokuk, la., high 



Alice Matless, 
Eleanor Culton, 
Clara L. Primm, 
Frieda Berens, 
Frank F. Stephens, 



Bloomington high 

Springfield high 

Oak Park high 

Topeka high 



May Fenerty, Louisville, Ky., Girls' high 



school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 
school 



II. FROM CHICAGO HIGH SCHOOLS 



Hannah Ryan, South Division high school 

Myrtle Starbird, Englewood high school 

Bertha McCloud, South Chicago high school 

Hermann I. Schlesinger, Lake View high school 
Jessie Bradshaw, John Marshall high school 

Andrew F. McLeod, Jefferson high school 



Isadore Wolfsohn, Medill high school 

Agnes MacNeish, Northwest Division high school 
Ethylle Andrus, Austin high school 

Ethel Jaynes, West Division high school 

Frances Ashley, Calumet high school 



1901-1902 
PROM CO-OPERATING SCHOOLS OUTSIDE OF CHICAGO 



Sam. Salinger, Louisville, Ky., Boys' high school 
Marie Kiedaisch, Keokuk, la., high school 

Edna Moore, Richmond, Ind., high school 

Earl Wahlgren, Council Bluffs, la., high school 
Julia Swadener, Dayton, O., Steele high school 
Robert Gibboney, Rockford high school 

Charles J. Stowell, Bloomington high school 

Clyde Amel Blair, Fort Scott, Kan., high school 
Emma M. Schuster, Elgin high school 

Aileen Spaulding, Terre Haute, Ind., high school 
Charles Berta, Joliet high school 

Mabelle Payne, Rock Island high school 



Beulah Bass, Oak Park high school 

Louise Bearse, La Grange high school 

Lily Buckendahl, West Aurora high school 

Anna Youngman,'Louisville, Ky., Girls' high school 
Bessie H. Packard, Kansas City, Mo., Central h. s. 
Rhoda Harlowe, Milwaukee, West Division 

Lilian M. Lane, Leavenworth, Kan., high school 
James Brinsmaid, Topeka, Kan., high school 

Arthur P. Solberg, Sioux City, la., high school 
Albert K. McCurdy, Moline high school 

Charlotte White, Cedar Rapids, la., high school 
Florence Hamilton, Blue Island high school 



II. FROM CHICAGO HIGH SCHOOLS 



Katherine J. Vaughan, Lake high school 

Benj. Freud, Jefferson high school 

Nanna Marx, Northwest Division high school 
Nellie Jackson, Calumet high school 

LOian M. Belfleld, Lake View high school 

Francis McGuane, South Chicago high school 
Hattie May Palmer, Robert S. Waller high school 



Ernest E. Quantrell, 
Eleanor Murphy, 
Leonard Hancock, 
Beulah E. Church, 
Clara H. Taylor, 
Bertha Thompson, 



Northwest Div. high school 

South Division high school 

John Marshall high school 

Austin high school 

Englewood high school 

Hyde Park high school 



The Junior Colleges 



119 



III. FEOM AFFILIATED ACADEMIES 



Dean P. Wickes, Chicago Manual Training school 
Clara Denham, Dearborn Seminary 

Engene V. Beifeld, Princeton-Yale school 



Walter B. Zeisler (U), 
Arthur A. Keefer (%). 
Harry W. Getz, 



Harvard school 
South Side Academy 



SENIOR COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS 

During the past three years Senior College Scholarships have been awarded to the follow- 
ing students : 

1899-1900 

South Division high school 

North Division high school 

Englewood high school 

Morgan Park Academy 

South Chicago high school 

South Side Academy 

Morgan Park Academy 

Calumet high school 

Wayland Academy, Beaver Dam, Wis. 

Englewood high school 

South Side Academy 

Illinois Female school 



Morgan Park Academy 

Wayland Academy, Beaver Dam, Wis. 

South Side Academy 

North Division high school 

Lake high school 

Illinois State Normal 

Lima, O., high school 

John Marshall high school 

West Division high school 

Englewood high school 

Mount Carroll Seminary 

Webb school 



Austin high school 

Lake high school 

Englewood high school 

Morgan Park Academy 

Armour Institute 

John Marshall high school 

Louisville, Ky., male high school 

Northwest Division high school 

Armour Institute 

Helena, Montana, high school 

Englewood high school 

Hyde Park high school 



Mary G. Borough 


Germanic 


Josephine May Burnham 


English 


Geo. A. Brayton 


Geology 


Wm. S. Harman 


History 


W. W. Hart 


Mathematics 


John Mills 


Physics 


Margaret Morgan 


Latin 


Anna McCaleb 


Philosophy 


Bertha A. Pattengill 


Greek 


John P. Ritchie 


Chemistry 


Grace E. Sellon 


Political Economy 


Clara M. Welch 


Romance 




1900-1901 


Arthur F. Beifeld 


Romance 


Arthur B. Bestor 


History 


Harold B. Challis 


Philosophy 


Frances Donovan 


Germanic 


Matilda V. Gibson 


Greek 


Wm. L. Goble 


Chemistry 


Edwin G. Kirk 


Zoology 


David Robertson 


Physics 


Grace Lincoln 


Geology 


Benj. Robinson 


Mathematics 


Florence Turney 


English 


Mabel Whiteside 


Latin 




1901-1902 


Wm. A. Averill 


Geology 


Margaret Davidson 


Enghsh 


Elsie Flersheim 


Greek 


Oscar Hamilton 


Chemistry 


Evelyn Hayden 


Physics 


Helen Hayner 


French 


Leon Lewis 


Political Economy 


Harris MacNeish 


Mathematics 


Nanna Ostergren 


Philosophy 


John Redpath 


Latin 


Josephine Stone 


History 


Sam. Strauss 


Germanic 



120 



The President's Kepobt 



For the ensuing year the award has been made to the following students: 



Edward Brown 
Frank DeWolf 
George Fahr 
Anna Goldstein 
Agnes MacNeish 
Ralph Merriam 
Cash Newkirk 
Milton Sills 
Myrtle Starbird 
Berthold Ullman 
George Winchester 



The following students 
Summer, 1898 

1. Anna McCaleb 

2. H. E. P. Thomas 

3. Frances Burling 

4. M. Mandeville 

5. (No contestant) 

6. H. W. Jones 

Autumn, 1898 

1. C. S. Eaton 

2. R. C. McClure 

3. J. S. Patek 

4. O. L. McCaskill 

5. Grace Switzer 

6. C. J. Williamson 

Winter, 1899 

1. Mary Cain Lincoln 

2. Alma Yondorf 

3. O. L. McCaskill 
(Claribel Goodwin, alt.) 

4. Millard Riley Myers 

5. C. J. Williamson 
(Florence Straus, alt.) 

6. (No contestant) 

Spring, 1899 

1. J. W. Thomas 

2. Ruth Vail 

3. Harold B. Challiss 

4. Nina McQuilken 

5. Maude F. Sperry 

6. (No contestant) 

Summer, 1899 

1. Donald G. Richberg 

2. Bertram G. Nelson 



1902-1903 

Political Economy 

Geology 

Chemistry 

Germanic 

Mathematics 

History 

English 

Philosophy 

Greek 

Latin 

Physics 



Morrison high school 
South Chicago high school 
Allegheny College 
Lake high school 
Northwest Division high school 
Atlanta high school 
Morgan Park Academy 
Hyde Park high school 
Englewood high school 
Northwest Division high school 
Elmore high school 



PUBLIC SPEAKING PRIZES 



have received University Prizes 

3. Antonie Krejsa 

4. Karle Wilson 

5. Luverne Hall 

6. Eugene Watson 

Autumn, 1899 

1. Donald G. Richberg 
(Rowland Rogers, alt.) 

2. Rowland H. Ritchie 
(Sidney Klein, alt.) 

3. Henry W. Jones 

4. Maud L. Sperry 
(Clifton L. Paden, alt.) 

5. Charles M. Barber 

6. Charles W. McNear 

Winter, 1900 

1. S. G. Levy 

2. Mark R. Jacobs 

3. Eugene G. Neubauer 

4. Joseph Priest 

5. Levi D. Russell 

6. O. L. McCaskill 

Spring, 1900 
Upper Juniors : 

1. D. A. Robertson 

2. B. W. Robinson 

3. P. C. de Jong 
Lower Juniors : 

1. P. Davis 

2. J. Priest 

(E. L. Van Dellen, alt.) 

3. W. G. McLaury 

Summer, 1900 
1. Mary Roth 



for excellence in declamation : 

2. Chas. M. Barber 
(Luella Horn, alt.) 

3. Alfred Crawford 

4. Leon P. Lewis 

5. H. P. MacNeish 

6. Karle Wilson 
(Henry D. Reid, alt.) 

Autumn, 1900 

1. Florence Frysinger 

2. G. H. Norton 

3. H. E. Smith 

4. A. L. Jones 

5. C. A. Quackenbush 

6. H. J. Lurie 

7. M. R. Jacobs 

Winter, 1901 
Upper Juniors : 

1. Leon P. Lewis 

2. H. J. Lurie 

Scholarships to : 

3. Anna M. Hardie 

4. Marie Lamb 

Lower Juniors : 

1. C A. Quackenbush 

2. Florence Frysinger 

Scholarships to : 

3. Zerlina Hirsh 

4. C. C. Nuckols 

Spring, 1901 

1. Leon P. Lewis 
(W. C. Wilson, alt.) 

2. Zerlina Hirsh 

3. F. A. Fischel 



The Junior Colleges 



121 



4. H. J. Lurie 

5. Maurice Lipman 

6. H. Wilkinson Ford 
(Abigail Cowley, alt.) 
(Aubrey P. Nelson, alt.) 

Summer, 1901 
1. P. A. Fischel 
2 A. R. Vail 
3. Ethel C. Randall 

(Ralph Merriam, alt.) 
i. Henry Pomeroy Miller 

5. Edson B. Cooke 

6. Vida Sutton 



Autumn, 1901 
Upper Juniors : 

1. Harry J. Lurie 

2. Zerlina Hirsh 

Scholarships to : 

3. Ethel Jaynes 

4. Joseph Beifus 

Lower Juniors : 

1. Walter Eggemeyer 

2. Laura Watkins 
(George Fairweather, alt.) 
(NelUe Conroy, alt.) 



Winter, 1902 

1. Paul Atlee Walker 

2. Leo Falk Wormser 

3. Zerlina Hirsh 
(Eugene L. Hartigan, alt.) 

4. Milton Sills 

Spring, 1902 

1. Fannie Benson 

2. George O. Fairweather 

3. Clarke S. Jennison 

4. F. O. Tenney 

Summer, 1902 
No contest 



Respectfully submitted, 

George E. Vincent, 

Dean of the Junior Colleges. 



THE WOMEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 



To the President of the University : 

Sir : As Dean of Women, I submit the following report for the years 1899-1900, 1900- 
1901, and 1901-2, together with summaries for the years 1892-1901. 

CHANGES IN THE FACULTY 

The changes which took place among the women of the Faculty during the year 1899- 
1900 were as follows : Julia E. Bulkley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Pedagogy, and Lisi C. 
Cipriani, Ph.D., Docent in Literature in English, resigned. The following new appointments 
were made : Ella Flagg Young, Associate Professorial Lecturer in Pedagogy; Maud Lavinia 
Kadford, Ph.M., Assistant in English; Ida Eurniss, Assistant in Physical Culture. 

Promotions were made as follows: Elizabeth Wallace, S.B., from an Associateship to an 
Instructorship in Romance; Ella Adams Moore, Ph.B., from an Assistantship to an Associate- 
ship in English; Amy Eliza Tanner, Ph.D., from an Assistantship to an Associateship in Phi- 
losophy; Edith Burnham Foster, Ph.B., from an Assistantship to an Associateship in English. 
In the report of the previous year mention of the appointment of Porter Lander MacClintock, 
A.M., to an Instructorship in English, was inadvertently omitted. The officers of instruction 
and administration of the University included twenty-two women. 

During the year 1900-1901 the following changes were made: Edith Burnham Foster, 
Ph.B., Associate in English, resigned; Ella Flagg Young, Ph.D., was promoted from an Asso- 
ciate Professorial Lectureship to an Associate Professorship, and Susan Helen Ballon, Ph.B., 
from an Assistantship to an Associateship in Latin; Isabelle Bronk, Ph.D., was appointed to an 
Assistantship in Romance Languages, and Frances Ada Knox, A.B., to an Assistantship in His- 
tory. The officers of instruction and administration included twenty-one women. 

During the year 1901-2 the following changes were made: Ella F. Young, Ph.D., was 
promoted from an Associate Professorship to a Professorship ; Isabelle Bronk, Ph.D., Assistant 
in Romance Languages, resigned; Lisi C. Cipriani, Ph.D., was appointed to an Assistantship in 
Romance Languages ; and twenty women were added to the staff through the union of the 
Chicago Institute with the University. This increased the total number of women officers of 
instruction and administration to forty-one. 

The following table indicates the Fellowships held by women during the years covered 
by the report : 

TABLE I 



Name 
Breckinridge, Sophonisba Preston 
Bronk, Isabelle 
Crandall, Harriet Emeline 
Davis, Katherine Bement 
Enteman, Minnie Marie 
Harris, Mary Belle 
Hefferan, Mary 
Moore, Anne 
Peabody, Susan Wade 
Penfleld, Harriet Eva 
Thompson, Helen Bradford 
Thormeyer, Bertha 



List of Women Fellows, 1899-1900 

College 
Wellesley College 
Illinois Wesleyan University 
University of Wisconsin 
Vassar College 
University of Wisconsin 
Bucknell University 
Wellesley College 
Vassar College 
Wellesley College 
Oberlin College 
University of Chicago 
Butler College 

122 



state Department 

Kentucky Political Science 

New York Romance 

Wisconsin English 

New York Political Economy 

Wisconsin Zoology 
Pennsylvania Latin 

Michigan Zoology 
North Carolina Physiology 

Ohio Political Science 

Ohio Philosophy 

Illinois Philosophy 

Indiana Germanic 



The Women op the University 



123 



Name 
Breckinridge, Sophonisba Preston 
Becker, Henrietta Katherine 
Cor win, Lutie Rebecca 
Crandall, Harriet Emeline 
Enteman, Minnie Marie 
Hefferan, Mary 
Hewes, Amy 
Misener, Geneva 
Moore, Anne 
Peabody, Susan Wade 
Penfield, Harriet Eva 
Thormeyer, Bertha 
Wilcox, Alice Wilson 



Becker, Henrietta Katherine 
Corwin, Lutie Rebecca 
Dey, Mary Helena 
Gordon, Kate 
Hatcher, Orie Latham 
Hefferan, Mary 
Hewes, Amy 
Misener, Geneva 
Wilcox, Alice Wilson 



TABLE 1— Continued 
List of Women Fellows, 1900-1901 
College 
Wellesley College 
University of Chicago 
Hartford Theol. Seminary 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Wisconsin 
Wellesley College 
Woman's College of Baltimore 
Queen's University 
Vassar College 
Wellesley College 
Oberlin College 
Butler University 
Vassar College 

List of Women Fellows, 1901-1902 

University of Chicago 
Hartford Theol. Seminary 
McGill University 
University of Chicago 
Vassar College 
Wellesley College 
Woman's College of Baltimore 
Queen's University 
Vassar College 



State 


Department 


Kentucky 


Political Science 


Illinois 


Germanic 


Ohio 


Semitic 


Wisconsin 


English 


Wisconsin 


Zoology 


Michigan 


Zoology 


Maryland 


Sociology 


Ontario 


Greek 


North Carolina Physiology 


Ohio 


Political Science 


Ohio 


Philosophy 


Indiana 


Germanic 


Rhode Island 


Zoology 


Illinois 


Germanic 


Ohio 


Semitic 


Ontario 


Romance 


Wisconsin 


Philosophy 


Virginia 


English 


Michigan 


Zoology 


Maryland 


Sociology 


Ontario 


Greek 


Rhode Island 


Zoology 



The Club of Women Fellows, as the result of several discussions and conferences, adopted 
a questionnaire and planned an investigation concerning the conditions under which Fellow- 
ships are held in different institutions and the work accomplished, especially by women Fellows. 
The members of the Club have been favored with addresses by Professor A. C. Miller, on 
"Women as University Fellows;" Professor T. C. Chamberlin, on "Capabilities of Women for 
Scientific Work;" Professor Jacques Loeb, on "Aims of Women in Graduate Study;" Pro- 
fessor G. H. Mead, on "The Relation of Women to the New Education." The Club has 
been entertained socially by Dean Talbot, Mrs. H. P. Judson, Mrs. W. D. MacClintock, and 
Mrs. Paul Shorey. 

Scholarships were awarded to women as follows : 

1899-1900 



In the Senior Colleges: 
Philosophy, Anna McCaleb 
Political Economy, Grace E. 

Sellon 
Greek, Bertha A. Pattengill 
Latin, Margaret Morgan 
Romance, Clara M. Welch 
Germanic, Mary G. Borough 
English, Josephine M. Burn- 
ham 

In the Graduate Schools: 
Pedagogy, Pearl L. Hunter 



History, Lucie Hammond 
Greek, Helen K. Darrow 
Latin, Clara L. Mooney 
Germanic, Emma C. Jonas 
Physics, Marie K. Werkmeis- 

ter 
Chemistry, Mary B. Pardee 

1900-1901 

In the Senior Colleges: 
Geology, Grace B. Lincoln 
Germanic, Frances M. Dono- 
van 



Greek, Matilda V. Gibson 
English, Florence Turney 
Latin, Mabel K. Whiteside 

In the Graduate Schools: 
Philosophy, Matilde Castro 
Pedagogy, Kate Gordon 
Greek, Julia Lilian Peirce 
Latin, Mary Bradford Peaks 
Romance, Eda D. Ohrenstein 
Chemistry, Mary B. Pardee 
The Zuinglius Grover Me- 
morial Scholarship, Margaret 
Morgan 



124 



The President's Repokt 



1901-1902 

In the Senior Colleges: 
Philosophy, Nanna M. Oster- 

gren 
History, Josephine Stone 
Greek, Elsie Flersheim 



Eomance, Helen G. Hayner 

English, Margaret Davidson 
Physics, Evelyn S. Hayden 
In the Graduate Schools: 
History, Laura A. Thompson 
Sociology, Elsie P. Honn 



Latin, Nina Estelle Weston 
Germanic, Frances M. Dono- 
van 
Botany, Mary E. Mathews 
Anatomy, Mary O. Lincoln 



TABLE n 
Degrees Coneekked 
Degrees have been conferred on women, as follovps: 





Doctor of 
Philosophy 


Master of 

Arts 


Master of 
PhUosophy 


Master of 
Science 


Bachelor of 
Arts 


Bachelor of 
Philosophy 


Bachelor of 
Science 


1899-1900 

1900-1901 


5 

7 

2 

35 


7 
3 
1 

28 


3 



6 

24 


1 

3 

2 

14 


38 

33 

51 

230 


•44 
62 
71 

310 


8 
10 


1901-1902 


14 


1892-1902 


58 







The certificate or title of Associate was conferred on sixty women members of the Junior 
Colleges in 1899-1900; on eighty-three in 1900-1901, and on seventy-six in 1901-1902. 



TABLE III 
Subjects of Theses Presented by Women Candidates 



For the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy : 



Katherine Bement Davis. 

Annie Marion MacLean. 
Elizabeth Laetitia Moon. 
Martha Edith Rickert. 



Sophonisba Preston Breckinridge. 

Isabelle Bronk. 

Minnie Marie Enteman. 

Mary Belle Harris. 

Clara Millerd. 

Anne Moore. 

Helen Bradford Thompson. 



Katherine Elizabeth Dopp. 
Florence May Lyon. 



1899-1900 
" Causes Affecting the Standard of Living and Wages." 
" The Acadian Element in the Population of Nova Scotia." 
" Ideas of Future Life among the Algonquins." 
"Emare: A Middle English Romance." 
" Isolation in School Systems." 

1900-1901 

" Legal Tender; A Study in English and American Mone- 
tary History." 
" Antoine Furetifere: A Study of his Life and Works." 
" Coloration of Polistes, the Common Paper Wasp." 
"The Lyric of Kalidasa: Its Form and Subject-Matter." 
" Aristotle's Conception of Pre-Socratio Philosophy." 
" The Effect of Electrolytes on Rigor Mortis." 
" Psychological Norms." 

1901-1902 
" The Place of Industry in Elementary Education." 
"Development of the Sporangium and Gametophyte of 
Selaginella rupestris." 



For the Degree of Master of Arts, Philosophy, or Science : 

1899-1900 
Frances Holmes Abbot. " The Religious Conceptions of Wordsworth's ' Excursion.' " 



Emma Kirkland Clark. 
Eva Comstock Durbin. 



" The Use of the Dative Case in Sallust." 

" The Alsatian Question in the French Revolution." 



The Women op the Univeesity 



125 



Charlotte Comstock Gray. 
Dora Johnson. 
Mattie Belle Matheny. 
Ruthella Bernard Mory. 

Caroline Louise Ransom. 

Elizabeth Marguerite Strauchon. 
Emily Churchill Thompson. 

Anna Lavinia Van Benschoten. 



' The Visions of Santa Teresa." 

' Constructions of Specification in Plautus and Terence." 

"The Hexameter of Lucilius." 

'The Growth of Toleration as Developed in the Foundation 
of Maryland." 

'A Partial Catalogue of the Collection of Greek Vases in 
the Art Institute of Chicago." 

'The Sense of Color in Chaucer." 

' Unreal Conditions in Present Time from Homer to Herod- 
otus." 

" Motion of a Particle Attracted by a Central Force Vary- 
ing Inversely as the Fifth Power of the Distance." 



Nellie Mason Auten. 
May EsteUe Cook. 
Mary LeGrand Didlake. 

Marjorie Lucile Fitch. 
Helen Mary Taylor. 
Adella Nelson Todd. 



1900-1901 

" Some Phases of the Sweating System in Chicago." 

"Browning's Dramas." 

"The Structure of the Feathers of the Pigeon and the 

Modifications Underlying the ' Frilled Feathers.' " 
" Traces of Gallic Influence in the German of Chamisso." 
" Division of the Lemniscato into Thirteen Equal Parts." 
" The Pedagogy of Religious Teaching." 



Sarah Field Barrow. 
Grace Darling. 
Mary Helena Dey. 

Mary Elizabeth Mathews. 

Elizabeth Moore. 
Mary Law McClintock. 
Mary Annie Pace. 
Bertha Thormeyer. 

Georgia Louise Yocum. 



1901-1902 

" Studies in the Language of Spenser." 

" Stage-Setting from 1500 to 1575." ■ 

"Commentary on the First Epistre de VAmant vert of Jean 

Lemaire de Beiges." 
" A Comparison of the Dimensions of Cells in Etiolated 

and Non-Etiolated Leaves." 
" Matthew Arnold and the Oxford Movement." 
" The Romantic Element in Mrs. Radcliffe's Work." 
No thesis required. 
"The Treatment of Nature in Works of Representative 

German Romanticists." 
" An Anatomical Comparison of Some Winter and Summer 

Leaves." 



TABLE IV 

Attendance of Women Students 1899-1901 



1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1801-1902 


354 


334 (1)1 


365 (8) 


185 (3) 


227 (13) 


242 (30) 


282 (28) 


355 (59) 


399 (25) 


11 


7 


9 


27 


14 


14 (1) 


191 (8) 


395 (2) 


398 (7) 


468 (5) 


455 (36) 


405 (22) 

15 (3) 

635 (38) 


1,518 (44) 


1,787 (HI) 


2,482 (134) 


1,474 


1,676 


2,348 



Graduate Schools 

Senior Colleges 

Junior Colleges 

Divinity School, Graduate 

Divinity School, Unclassified 

University College 

Unclassified 

Medical students 

School of Education 

Total 

Grand total of different students, 



1 Figures in parentheses show repetitions. 



126 



The Pebsident's Repoet 





~5 
1 


S06I-I06I 




c- 


^ 


s 


g 


OCD 




CO 


t- 


S3 


c- 


rHtOrHrH 




'^t- 


rH 




l-HO 




^gwcocoou.,^ 


COOOrHt-^ 


«: 


.-# 








w 




"J 






I06M)06t 


«3 


gg.g.a.^^oogj22S^S 


jirarH^rH 


(MCO-*CDrHCDNt-C<ICO(DrHOOiOrHrH -C^ 


e^ 


CJ 




s 




0061-6681 


U3 ■ 




O^M^^^OO^^MMCDt^rHrHU? 


S-^ 


CO 


CO CO CO -* CO 00 O (M Oq Oa CO (M QO rH rH eO 
c>:i CO ^*t 












! 




6681-8681; 


c- 




iraiMOC-rHMeOi-HMQOi-HeOCO 
OO-^CC rHMrHrHl/3 rH 


rHCO 


rH rH Ca Ig CO CO O rH Ca Oa rH O CO rH tr- CO rH M rH ■ lO 


cgrH 






g 

2 




868t-i68I 


"^ 


5'- 


SSS'°""£!?3S'"S^S 


T-il-i 


S-^-'S 


-'S'-^'—S 


eg <C rH (M OO eg rH CD rH rH 
CO 








o 






2061-1061 






jWrHC- -rHOO 


CM • 


-^rHiXliXSCO ■ M CV] "rjl Oi rH j j 


^ 








3 




T06I-O06I 




L^MC-ilDrHrHWOJCDCOLOrHlrt 
COrHrH M 


jWrHin j 


grHWt- 


COrHC-OO jrH '<*'<*< CO Oi 


|eg 


rH 








l.O 

-* 




006I-66SI 


ec 


COW«*<C<1tHC-'*C<I 


lOCiCOm 
CQrHrH 


rH CQ CD lO P3 M CO QD 


rH • 


rH '■ 


(XI JNO 


rHrH-*-#C<lrH0O j W CO 


rHrH 












1 


668i;-868I 


-^ 


^ eo ^ (M T-c CO J* ^ 


^rH(MCO 


rH M CQ 1* Ol t- CI in 


■T-t 


rH rHrH OJCvJrH tr- 


rHCaOOO 


rHCOCO jOi 


;rH 


cgrH 






i 


i 


8681-1681 


iH 


(M -CgTH •'!£'g^ 


WCOCO rH 
rHrHrH 


rH rH CO '^ Ifi O rH O 






^7~tl-tiD 


(MOS 


CO eg CO-* 


rH"*rH eg 00 


! i'-'i-' 








CO 


m 

s 


'3 


E06I-I06I 








rHrH ■ ■' 


00 




i-i 


rH 






WrH 


:" 










rH 




COrH 




-■ 


; : : ^cg 








rH 




S3 


6 

03 


I06I-006I 










ta 




rH 


rH 






rHW 


■rH 


j-H 






(M • 


■M 










eg 


•rH • -rH 


•l-< 






eg 




eg 


006I-668I 








■rHrH 


0-* 


C-NW 










rHrHCC 








tyt : 














-^ 


•rH ■ -eg 














a 




668I-868I 


rH 






00 (M 


TiHrH \ 










-* : 




^ 






CO j 








-^ 






-^ 


'■.'^ ': : 




jrH 












s 


15 


868T-168t 








t-rH 


T-i [ ; 






















w : 












-> 




















S3 






'3 

•-3 


S06I-T06t 


'H 












OJ CO rH CO CO 




|m 


^ ; 


t- 




lO 




;iH j 


■rHCg •Oi-^ ■ • 












1 


T06X-O06T 


i-<i-Ht-1 ■■* ■ "(MOOO 


OirHeO 


w 




C>aC<i jOlrHCO 




ifs i 


c-cg 


CO 




rH -COl-t '■1-ty-i -00 


•rH 












U 


006T-66ST 


<M 




•MrHrH ' g "* 


»nm« 


rH 




CQ • jt- 


CO 


;iH 


t- j 


t- ■ 


^ 




rHrH(M 


• -rH -«D 














» 


W 


668I-868T 


rH 




1-H -rH -rHMCO 


iXP"*O0rH - 




rHWlHin 








CO -rHCOrH 






jcg : 


















CD 








868T-t6ST 






rHCO 1 1 l^tO 


t-WrH(MrH 




CO ■ ■-* 


rH 






IfS - 


<xi 








jrHrH 


1 1 1 jci 














I— 1 


'a 

o 

CO 


206I-I06X 


rH 




i<^ jrHCO^O 


irao-"* • • 


(M (XI C3 CO CO ca C<I 






<:d ■ 


(33 


rHlO 


(MrHrH-^rH | W CO rH 00 


-rH 








-^ 


;3 


8 

P 


1061-0061 




r-l 


|rHNrH 


eOrH 


OMrH-iHrH 


rHin -Cv3t-(MC3 






c- - 


tr- 


rHCD 


rH |w j 


CgrH jrH-* 


■CO 












3 


006I-668I 






rH rH rH j 


rHOO 


Or-HrH • 
rH ; 




■ C- Oa rH O rH rH 






-* ■ 


t- 


'■w^ 


rH jrH | 


rtrtrt-rtrH 














s 


Cfi 


668I-868I 










(£)CO 
1— 1 


OCC rHrH 




C^mrHCJO •1-1 


•> 


lO '• 


-* 


r^rH 




eg 


1 1 ; JOI 














OO 


868I-t68l 








•iHrH 




inWrHrH 




rHOOW -OOrHrH 


•rH 


rH • 


iO 




rH 1 


rH 


::::"= 














s 


g 


era 


03 


1 


6061-1061 






W(MiHeO'-HCOO-*rHO»niOOM 
r-*(M CJrH 


CO O Ol 00 00 rH in CO 


^00 


00 '■ 


^ 


rH CO rH C<1 rH (M '^ 


CO CO-* eg CD >H -co 








-^ 


i 




I06I-006I 






C003-<l<C0rH"*'*« 
00 rH 




CO-^OODU^CO -CD 


■CO 


rHrH 


5 


rHOrHW ■ lO OS Cg CO "* CO rH Oi rH | lO 


7-i 








S 




006I-668I 






"■SUMWrHrHW^Oi 


OOOCOtH 


CO itD C- CO ir- rH M t- rH ■ iO 


lOrH 


S 


rHOOCONrHCJCO • j 'tj* [ | tD rH | lO 












i 




668I-868I 


-- 




r-lCO"<llC<l>HrH00(NIN!£lOirHlX> 


r.rt 


Oi [ 


OS 


rtWrHrH ■ CO OS CO j CO | [ "^ l"" j^ 












§3 




868I-(,68I 






NCO |o3 ;WgOi 


C3i(N 


COW rH (MOO WW Oi 


30 


tH 




O - 


s 


Cat-rH 


rH CO U3 


rHCg '■ IcoegrHCD 












o 












< 


i 


1< 




J— 
3f= 




1 

C 

f: 
H 




( 
C 


a E 




T 

C 

i 

; c 


• a 

\ C 
1 C 

1 t 
3 a 

3S 




.1 

c 




s 


a 




T 

a 


as 




) 

i 

■■i 
;2 


a! 

[-1 t 

o c 




a 

£ 

c 


3 




1 

57 


o 
JCOE- 


cn 

M P 


: : : rt 

5.33^ = 


6 

E 


^ : 
6 : 
^ . 
'o - 

u : 




T 
C 




C 

1 




3 
^ 





The Women of the University 



127 



table ti 

Colleges and UNrvEESiTiES from Which Gkajjuate and GHAonATE-DiviNiTY Women Came, 1899-1902 



Acadia C . . . 
Adrian C. .. 
AdelphiC. 
Albion C... 
Alexandria C . 
Allegheny O 

Alma C 

AmityC 

Andrew C . . 
Ark. Indus. U. 
Ark., U. of.. 
Baird U.... 
BakerU.... 
Baldwin U. 
Baltimore U 
Baylor U. . . 
Beaumont C 
Bellevue C. 
Belmont C. 
Beloit C . . . . 
Bethany C. . 
Black Hill C 
Blackburn U. 
Blue Mt. Fern. 

Boston U 

Bryn Mawr C . 
BuchtelC. 
Bucknell U. 
Butler U... 
Calif., U. of. 
Carleton C. 
Carthage C . 
Central C . . 
Cen. Tenn. U. 
Cen. U. of la . . 
Cen. Wesleyan 
Chicago, U. of. 
Cincinnati, U. i 
Clinton C . . . . 

Coates C 

Coe C 

Colgate U 

Colo. Agri. C . . 
Colorado C . . . 
Colorado, U. of 
Col'mbusFem.C 
Converse C . . . 
Cornell C . . . . 
Cornell U . . . . 
Corvallis C . . . 

Cotner U 

Denison U. .. . 
Denver, U. of. 
De Pauw U . . 
Des Moines C 
Doane C . . 
Drake U.. 
Drury C . . . 
Earlham C 
Elmira O . . 
Emporia C 
Eureka C . 
Fair Lawn C 
Findley C . . . 



1899-0 



53 
2 
2 
1 
2 



1900-t 1901-2 


1 


1 




1 








1 




1 


•■ 


4 




i 








i 




1 




1 




6 












1 




1 




i 




1 






2 


2 


3 


1 




1 








3 




1 




2 








1 




1 




2 




1 


64 


61 


2 


1 


'i 




1 




1 






1 


'i 




9 


6 


7 


6 




i 




4 


2 




2 


8 




2 




1 




1 




3 




4 








2 




1 




'i 



;U.. 



Fla. Agri. C . . . 

Franklin C 

FurmanU 

Geneva C 

Geneva, U. of . . 
Grand Island C 
Greenville C . . . 

Hamline U 

Hardin C 

Hanover C 

Hastings C 

Hedding C . . . . 
Heidelberi 
Hillsboro ( 
Hillsdale C. 
Hinsdale C. 
Hiram C . . . 
Howard Payne C. 
Illinois, U. of ... . 
111. Wesleyan C. 
Indiana, U. of. . . 

Iowa Agri. C 

Iowa C 

Iowa, U. of 

la. St. Normal C. 
Iowa Upper U . . . 
Iowa Wesleyan C 

Irving C 

Kalamazoo C. 
Kan. State Ag. C 
Kansas, U. of. 
Ky.Ag.&Mech.C 

Knox C 

Lake Forest U . . 
Lawrence U . . . . 
Lei. Stanf.Jr. U 
LexingtouMo.Fem.C 

Lincoln U 

Lombard U . . 
Lucy Cobb C 
Marietta C . . 
Maryville O . 
Mass.Inst.ofTech 

Miami U 

Michigan, U. of . . 
Middleburg C . . . 

Milton C 

Minnesota, U. of. 
Miss. Indus. Inst, 
Mississippi, U. of 

Missouri C 

Missouri, U. of. . . 
Mo. Wesleyan U. 

Monmouth C 

Montana, U. of . . 
Mont. Wesleyan U 
Mt. HolyokeC. 
Mt. Union C . . . . 

McGillU 

McMinnville C . 
Nashville, U. of. 
Nebraska, U. of. 
Nevada, U. of . . . 



189&-0 



1900-1 



1 


2 




1 


5 






1 


1 


1 




1 


1 


1 


2 


4 


5 


2 


's 


ii 


11 


7 


1 




1 


1 


1 




1 




1 




1 




4 


9 




1 


7 


1 


4 


• • 


i 


2 




1 


1 




2 




1 


• • 




'i 


2 






1 


14 


7 


'i 


2 


5 


5 


2 


3 


1 


1 


1 




3 


1 


1 




6 


5 


'i 




4 


4 


1 


1 


• • 


2 


'i 


"i 


3 


3 


1 


•• 



1901-2 



Northwestern C 
Northwestern U. 
Oakland City C. 
Oberlin C . . . . 
Ohio State U. 
Ohio Wesleyan U 

Olivet C 

Oregon, U. of . . 

Oskaloosa C 

Ottawa U 

Otterbein U . . . 

Ouachita C 

Oxford C 

Park C 

Peabody Norm. C 
Pennsylvania C 

Purdue U 

Queen's U 

Radclifle C... 
Ran. -Macon Worn. C 

Richmond C 

Ripon C 

Rookford C 

Rogers ville Syn. C 
Scarritt Col. Inst. 
Shepardson C . . . 

ShurtleffC 

Simpson C 

Smith O 

So. Dakota, U. of 
So. Georgia C . 
Southwest Kan.C 
Southwest.Bap. U 

Stephens C 

Syracuse U 

Tabor C 

Tarkio C 

Texas, U of 

Thiel C 

Toronto, U. of . . 

TulaneU 

Vanderbilt U... 

Vassar C 

Washburn C . . . 
Washington U. . 
Washington, U. of 
Wayneburg C 
Wellesley C . . 

Wells C 

Wesleyan Fem. C 
Wesleyan U . . 
Western C . . . 
West'n Reserve U 
Westfleld . . . . 
Westminster C . 
West Virginia U 

Wilson C 

Wisconsin, U. of 
Wittenberg C . . . 
Woman's C. Bait- 
Wooster, U. of . . 

Yankton C 

Zurich, U. of . . . 



1899-0 



1 

19 
1 
1 

i 

27 



1900-1 



19 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 

'7 
2 
1 

2 



1901-2 



10 
3 

i 
1 



1 
1 

12 

i 
1 

ie 



1 
3 
1 
1 
2 

ii 

'3 
3 



128 



The President's Eepoet 



PHYSICAl, CULTURE 

In the Autumn Quarter, 1899, the entire direction of the registration of women for Physical 
Culture was transferred to the Dean of Women. This arrangement has proved to be very satis- 
factory from several points of view. An opportunity was afforded to the Dean to meet regularly 
and officially every woman undergraduate, and the conference for registration in Physical Cul- 
ture was frequently extended to consultation or confidence concerning academic, social, or per- 
sonal interests, which it would have been difficult to discuss without the aid of some formal or 
impersonal point of departure. This experience has done much to remove the barrier of official- 
ism which students often imagine exists between themselves and an administrative officer. An 
increasingly large number of women have sought counsel and sympathy in later, voluntary, 
interviews. 

The following tables show what assignment was made of women students as to Physical 
Culture, every regular undergraduate being recorded. Under the rules of the University, ten 
Quarters of Physical Culture are included in the requirements for the Bachelor's degree. This 
rule implies that every regular undergraduate student shall have systematic Physical Training 
together with her class-room work during every Quarter but two. These two Quarters are 
usually in the year before graduation, but there are exceptions, as when a student, though 
enrolled as a regular Junior College student, is taking but one study. In such a case she is 
allowed, if she prefers, to meet the Physical Culture requirement at a later period in her course. 
The number of excuses granted on the advice of the University Physician or recommendation of 
the Instructor in Physical Culture — 16 per cent, in the Winter Quarter and 17 per cent, in the 
Spring Quarter — may seem rather large, but, as the table shows, there are many legitimate rea- 
sons for exempting students from a requirement which is more severe in the University of Chi- 
cago than in any other institution of high rank. When all the circumstances are taken into 
account, the number may be fairly considered to be comparatively small. It will undoubtedly 
be smaller still when there are more adequate and comfortable accommodations for the training, 
and no occasion will be felt to relieve the pressure by interpreting the grounds for excuse rather 
freely. 

It has been understood that, except in rare cases, no regular student may be excused on 
the ground of physical disability or pressure of other duties, if at the same time she takes more 
than the usual three courses of study. The wisdom of this rule has been amply proved, and it 
will be even more strictly administered in the future. 

There is evidence from all sides of the benefits received from the training, and the advan- 
tages of the Gymnasium are frequently sought by students who are not required to take the 
work. It is nevertheless true that the general conditions are far from favorable for the best 
results, and in the judgment of the Dean it would be well to consider the advisability of lessen- 
ing the number of periods of attendance in the Gymnasium for students living at a distance, at 
least until more capacious quarters are provided. 

TABLE VII 

Registeation of Women in Phtsioaii CnLTDKE 





WiNTEE QUAETEE, 1900 


Speing Qdaetee, 1900 




Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Instructed 


7 


67 
12 
15 
22 


168 
2 

'28 


13 


235 
14 
15 
50 


3 


47 
15 
37 
21 


140 

7 

29 


16 


206 
22 


Completed 


37 
50 







The Women of the University 



129 



TABLE YU— Continued 

CLASSIFICATION OF EXCUSES ACCEPTED 





■WinteeQe.,1900 


Speing Qe., 1900 




Senior 


Junior 


Senior 


Junior 


!Ph.vsical disability 


11 

2 

2 

7 


21 
3 

4 


14 
1 
2 
1 
3 


24 


Equivalent exercise 


3 






Transferred from Grad. Set.. . 
Miscellaneous. 


'2 


Total 


22 


28 


21 


29 









SnMMEE QnAETEE, 1900 


— FiEST Teem 


Second Tekm 




Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Instructed 


11 


20 
23 
17 
20 


44 
11 

's 


35 


110 
34 
17 
28 


16 
2 
4 
3 


21 
10 

'5 


5 


42 


Deferred 


12 


Completed 


4 


Excused 


8 






Total 


11 


80 


63 


35 


189 


25 


36 


5 


66 





Autumn Quaetee, 1900 


WiNTEE Quaetee, 1901 




Gr'd'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Divin. 


Total 


Gr'd'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Instructed 


9 


84 
22 
11 
18 


244 
12 

26 


32 


1 


370 
34 
11 
44 


10 


71 
13 
15 
19 


209 
13 

'si 


23 
'2 


313 


Deferred 


26 


Completed 


15 


Excused 


52 


Total 


9 


135 


282 


32 


1 


459 


10 


118 


253 


25 


406 







Speinq Quaetee, 1901 




SuMMEE Quaetee, 1901 


— FiEST Teem 




Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Instructed 

Deferred 


7 


72 

4 

35 

22 


220 

7 

"25 


12 


311 
11 
.35 

47 


13 
'2 


44 

18 

14 

6 


71 
6 

's 


23 


151 
24 


Completed 

Excused 


14 
16 


Total 


7 


133 


252 


12 


404 


15 


82 


85 


23 


205 









Summer Quaetee, 1901— Second Teem 


Autumn Quaetee, 1901 




Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unclass. 


Total 


Instructed 


7 


26 


9 


42 


9 


76 

18 

4 

17 


283 
4 

'25 


46 
12 


414 


Deferred 


34 


Completed 


4 


Excused 


42 






Total 


7 


26 


9 


42 


9 


115 


312 


58 


494 







130 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE \ll— Continued 





WiNTEE Qdaetee, 1902 


Speing Qdaetee, 1902 




Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unolass. 


Total 


Grad'te 


Senior 


Junior 


Unci ass. 


Total 


Instructed 

Deferred 

Completed 


7 


73 
16 
26 
17 


237 
9 

'34 


48 
10 

'3 


365 
35 
26 

54 


3 


76 

6 

34 

22 


236 
17 

'25 


35 
10 

6 


350 
23 
34 
53 






Total 


7 


132 


280 


61 


480 


3 


138 


268 


51 


460 







WOMEN'S HOUSES 

Very few changes have been made in the administrative force of the Women's Houses. 
Mr. A. C. Miller was elected Councilor of Nancy Foster House in place of Mr. W. D. Mac- 
Clintock, resigned, and was succeeded by Mr. P. I. Carpenter. Mr. G. S. Goodspeed was elected 
Councilor of Kelly House, vice Mr. K. M. Lovett, resigned. On the resignation of Miss Edith 
Burnham Foster, Miss Luauna Eobertson was appointed Head of Kelly House, and during her 
absence in Europe Miss Susan Wade Peabody served. Miss Isabelle Bronk was appointed 
Head of Beecher House, and was succeeded by Miss Florence May Lyon. 

The following additions to the membership have been made: 



NAMES OF THOSE ADMITTED TO MEMBEESHIP IN BEECHEE HOUSE 



1899-1900 
Abbot, Myrta 
Barton, Charlotte 
Bodler, Anna 
Dobyns, Martha 
Donnehy, Ella 
Dymond, Edith 
Fitch, Marjorie L. 
Fritz, Florence 
Harper, Sarah J. 
Hoblett, Margaret S. 
Kimball, Edna 
Lachmund, Meta 
Langellier, Roxane 
Lloyd, Nellie M. 
McDonald, Jeannette 
Perry, Frances M. 
Whittlesey, Deo 
Younker, Dorothy 

1900-1901 
Angus, Frances R. 
Barney, Sara 
Burg, Caroline C. 
Burgess, Dora C. 
Clawson, Edith W. 



Cohen, Ruth 
Combs, Elizabeth B. 
Cowley, Abigail 
Crofoot, Marguerite 
Doherty, Eleanor 
Frasch, Lillian M. 
Garretson, Etta B. 
Goodrich, Elizabeth 
Hartley, Mabel M. 
Hood, Pearl 
Just, M. Lulu 
Kellor, Frances A. 
Lacey, Amelia E. 
Matless, Alice 
Moore, Elizabeth 
Norcross, Sarah E. 
Parker, Marguerite V. 
Shirk, Harriet 
Sisson, Genevieve 
Trill, Gertrude G. 
Waters, Beulah 
Wessa, Ida 

1901-1902 
Allyn, Irene L. 
Brookhardt, Eleanor 



Coggeshall, Corinne 
Dey, Mary Helena 
Evernham, Florence G. 
Free, Dora 
Ganser, Amelie B. 
Gile, Eleanor 
Harlowe, Rhoda 
Hughes, Helen 
Kennedy, Mary 
Kiedaisch, Marie M, 
Morris, Sarah 
Packard, Bessie H. 
Palmer, Cecil 
Pierce, Lucia W. 
Simpkin, Edith N. 
Sinclair, Mary E. 
Spayd, Barbara 
Stephens,Trances H. 
Stevens, Lucy C. 
Tompson, Lena A. 
White, Bertha 
Whitney, Luella C. 
Wilcox, Alice W. 



The Women of the University 



131 



NAMES OF THOSE ADMITTED TO MEMBERSHIP IN NANCY FOSTER HOUSE 



1899-1900 
Bacon, Georgia 
Baird, Grace W. 
Barrow, Sarah F. 
Brandeis, Helen 
Braun, Ada 
Bruere, E. Cornelia 
Cole, Florence C. 
Dehnst, Marie 
Dolfinger, Emma 
Doniat, Josephine 
Doyle, Eleanor M. 
Edwards, Edith 
GriiBths, Gwen 
Hall, Mary H. 
Hobbs, Julia C. 
Keay, Edith 
Kretzinger, Clara W. 
Merrill, Harriet A. 
Moore, Anne 
MacBride, Sarah E. 
McChesney, Mary P. 
Pain, M. Mabel 
Parrette, Ella M. 
Radford, Maud L. 
Ridlon, Hester 
Seidenstucker, Lisette 
Shaffer, Edith R. 
Stevenson, Letitia 
Stillwell, Katherine 
Swenson, Beatrice L. 
Tearse, Margaret 

1900-1901 
Averill, Jessie M. 
Beckett, Mabel B. 
Crandall, Harriet E. 
Darlington, Grace H. 



Duncan, Dorothy 
Ellison, Phoebe 
French, H. Mildred 
Cookin, Grace F. 
Harriman, Maude B. 
Hank, Mabel G. 
Harvieson, Carrie 
Hurlburt, Mary C. 
Hunter, Emma M. 
Kohlsaat, Helen F. 
Lyons, Marian C. 
Masters, Helen D. 
Mathews, Mary E. 
Meyer, L. Marie 
Myers, Clara L. 
Macrae, Euphon W. 
Nourse, Mary A. 
Packer, Elizabeth A. 
Paton, Winifred W. 
Perce, Elsie W. 
Robbins, Alice W. 
Rockwell, Mary W. 
Sachs, Cecile H. 
Turner, Vera 
Waterbury, Lottie L. 
West, Irene W. 
Wright, Emelie B. 

1901-1902 
Aitchison, Ruth 
Becker, Henrietta K. 
Benton, Ina 
Blackledge, Irene 
Blunt, Katherine 
Booth, Edith 
Cherry, Agatha 
Densmore, Ida 
Forbes, Ruth 



Freeman, Beatrice 
Grant, Amy Allisne 
Griffin, Ina 
Griffith, Glenna 
Griffith, Jeannette 
Hoffmann, Anna Frances 
Jenks, Anna Belle 
Joehnke, Wilhelmine 
Keyes, Eva B. 
Kimball, Hope 
King, Lorena C. V. 
Kirchoff, Frieda 
Kueiiner, Lulu 
Larsen, Ethel 
Long, Mary Alves 
Miller, Alice 
Miller, Florence D. 
Miller, Kate B. 
Moore, Elizabeth 
Munger, Elizabeth 
MacClintock, Mary L. 
McVicker, Alberta 
Oldershaw, Janet 
Porter, Lucy 
Primm, Clara 
Rawls, Fay 
Sharpless, Ada 
Small, Lavinia 
Sutton, Vida D. 
Thorington, Wilella 
Truesdale, Katherine 
Twombly, Eva 
Van Hoesen, Jeannette 
Van Hoesen, Margaret 
Wade, Margaret 
Woitishek, Mary 
Young, Evelyn 
Youngman, Anna 



NAMES OF THOSE ADMITTED TO MEMBERSHIP IN GREEN HOUSE 



1899-1900 
Adams, Emma'F. 
Atwood, Augusta 
Batchelder, Josephine H. 
Bones, Katherine H. 
Bronk, IsabeUe 
Brotherton, May 
Buck, Lilian Hazle 
Carter, Lilian 
Cheatham, E. Edith 
Clark, Maud Lulu 



Clarke, Emma K. 
Cole, Grace 
Corey, Alice Felicita 
Crandall, Harriet E. 
Crandall, Regina K. 
Combs, Elizabeth B. 
Curtiss, Alice H. 
Dewey, Ethel 
Dodge, Annie Louise 
Fish, Anna C. 
German, Clara L. 



Gordon, Kate 
Greyer, Elma H. 
Hall, Luverne 
Hefferan, Mary 
Hostetter, Adeline 
Johnson, Ethel B. 
King, Elizabeth M. 
Landers, Martha 
Lewis, Mary Elizabeth 
Loeb, Hannah 
Loeb, Hedwig 



132 



The President's Kepoet 



Manning, Grace E. 
Marshall, Anna H. 
Morse, M. Rowena 
Munroe, Jane 
Parker, Florence 
Peck, Ethel W. 
Radford, Alice E. 
Railsback, Monica 
Rosewater, Blanche 
Scott, M. Pauline 
Shaw, Clara H. 
Stevens, Ellen Yale 
Stitt, Grace E. M. 
Stewart, Louise E. 
Textor, Lucy E. 
Thompson, Edith L. 
Tunnicliff, Ruth 
Turney, Florence 
Vail, Ruth 

1900-1901 
Babb, Bijou 
Beckwith, Minnie A. 
Berger, Sophie 
Besley, Miriam 
Bickell, Edith 
Blair, Mary E. 
Bradley, Lucia 
Bryning, Pearl 
Calloway, Katherine 
DeCew, Louise 
DeLagneau, Alice 
Didlake, Mary LeG. 



Dobson, Mabel E. 
Donovan, Frances M. 
Furniss, Ida 
Goodwin, Claribel 
Harroun, Katherine 
Hunter, Eunice 
Kinney, Harriet M. 
Lacey, Amelia E. 
Mead, Annie M. 
McCloud, Bertha B. 
McKinney, Isabel 
Pratt, Anna B. 
Stettler, Augusta V. 
Straight, Bertha K. 
Swift, Nellie 
Vincent, Harriet 
Warvelle, Effle 
Young, Mariamne R. S. 

1901-1902 
Anderson, Mildred N. 
Bearse, Louise F. 
Beed, Grace 
Behrhorst, Edith 
Bray, Gladys M. 
Brockway, M. Ruth 
Brown, Ivy I. 
Brown, Louise C 
Chadsey, Mildred 
Colman, Laura L. 
Conover, L. Lenore 
Dodge, Mildred E. 



Eastman, Eliza Maria 
Everett (Mrs.) Naomi 
Frazeur, Laurie R. 
Galvin, Anna 
Gardner, Emeline E. 
Gibbons, Vernette L. 
Gibson, Myrtle 
Hanson, Myra 
Hequembourg, Agatha D. 
Kellerman, Ivy 
King, Jos6 B. 
King, Kate M. 
Kinney, Harriet M. 
Lament, Caroline O. 
Marine, Merle 
Meyer, Elise F. 
Meyer, Frieda I. 
Moore, Ruth 
Munson, Eunice H. 
Park, Elizabeth J. 
Payne, Mabelle 
Shields, Florence B. 
Smith, Elizabeth F. 
Smith, Sarah E. 
Snyder, Rosa B. 
Stafford, Grace W. 
Stuart, Florence L. 
Sweet, Margaret A. 
Temple, Mrs. Frances C. 
Turner, Abbie H. 
Vaughn, Lillian E. 
Weirick, Elizabeth S. 



NAMES OF THOSE ADMITTED TO MEMBERSHIP IN KELLY HOUSE 



1899-1900 
Auten, Nellie Mason 
Boyd, Florence H 
Crowell, Winifred G. 
Darlington, Genevieve 
Ellison, Anna E, 
Frisbie, Fannie C. 
Hamilton, Grace 
Hardinge, Madeleine 
Harrigan, Alice J. 
Hassall, Malvina A. 
Kaufman, Kate E. 
Kellogg, Josephine 
Kimball, Ruth 
Kingsbury, Sara 
Johnson, Dora 
MacBride, Sarah E. 
Young, Olive M. 



1900^1901 
Arnold, Edith 
Brown, Maude I. 
Chapman, Grace 
Dorchester, Mary W. 
Dunn, Helen A. 
Fox, Stella R. 
Graham, Mary C. 
Hutchinson, Ida 
Loring, Julia E. 
Miller, Louise 
Miller, Rhue Myrtle 
Moore, Stella 
Morton, Mary G. 
McGavock, Martha 
Mittenthal, Harriet E. 
Olcutt, Amelia 
Roberts, Estelle 



Russell, Eva M. 
Smoot, Sarah E. 
Tarnow, Martha W. 
Truax, Ruth R. 
Tuttle, Jessie' R. 
Walker, Jane B. 
Walters, S. Annie 
Waltej-s, Florence L. 
Warren, Grace 
Warren, Bertha C. 
Wells, Anna Payne 
Wheeler, Jean F. 
Willis, Gwendolen B. 
Yocum, Georgia L. 

1901-1902 
Ahrens, Anna H. 
Alspaugh, Lenore 
Ashley, Winifred 



The Women of the Univeesity 



133 



Chambers, Helen 
Churchill, Laura 
Churchill, Mabel 
Cobb, Mary Rena 
Grupe, Mary 
Hopps, Carolyn 



Houghton, Madge 
Kellor, Frances 
Lane, Lillian 
Mills, Mary 
McCoy, Luella 
McDonnell, Katherine 



McFarland, Elizabeth 
Swadener, Julia 
Swinford, Geneva 
Todd, Edith 
Vondragek, Olga ^ 
Watts, Lucie C. 



NAMES OF THOSE ADMITTED TO MEMBEESHIP IN SPELMAN HOUSE 



1899-1900 
Bray, Gladys 
Burns, Eloise 
Chandler, Marie 
Going, Harriet 
Graves, Mae L. 
Meserve, Louie 
Misener, Geneva 
MoQuilkin, Nona 
Rattray, Jennie 
Reese, Olga 



Salter, Esther 
Sherman, Jessie 
Swezey, Anne D. 
Wakeman, Caroline 
Ward, Laura 
Waugh, Caroline 

1900-1901 

Biegler, Marion 
Hill, Leila 
Lilly, Faith 



Moore, Anne 
Morrison, Mary 
Spink, Josette 
Thompson, Jennie 
Williams, Alene 
Williams, Nellie 
Wilson, Margaret 

1901-1902 
Latimer, Faith 
Murphy, Mary 
Thompson, Alice 



UNCLASSIFIED WOMEN STUDENTS 

In the Autumn of 1899 the unclassified women students were put under the direction of 
the Dean of Women. This group of women includes some of the most able as well as some of 
the least satisfactory students in the University, and the administration of their interests pre- 
sents problems of a serious and difficult character, as has been pointed out in previous reports 
and as is the experience in nearly every college and university. 

The following facts are presented concerning the women who were in attendance during 
the Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters, 1899-1900 : 

TABLE vni 

Attendance and Registeation of Unclassified Women, 1899-1900 (Omitting Summee Quartbe) 





Total 


Entered 


1 Major 


Percent. 


2 Majors 


Percent. 


3 Majors 


Percent. 


4 Majors 


Percent. 


Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 


120 
97 
67 


120 
26 
10 


32 
30 
19 


26.6 
30.9 
28.3 


23 
14 
15 


19.2 
UA 
22.4 


60 
50 
31 


50.0 
51.6 
46.3 


5 
3 
2 


4.2 
3.1 
3.0 



Total number of vfomen ( less repetitions) - - 156 
In attendance one Quarter ------ 53 

In attendance two Quarters - - - - - - 50 

In attendance three Quarters ----- 53 

Classified -----14 



Eighty-three came from Illinois ( including sixty-one from Chicago) ; the remaining 
seventy-three came from twenty-six different states and countries. 

The following table shows the number of Quarters during which unclassified women 
students had attended the University previous to the Autumn Quarter, 1899: 



184 










T 


HE President' 


s Repoet 














TABLE IX 


No. of 
Quarters.. 





% 


1 


i;4 


2 


2'4 


3 


3!4 


4 


i'A 


.5 


5;4 


6 


7'4 


8 


11V4 


12 


12!4 


No. of 
students. . 


M 


7 


10 


2 


11 


1 


7 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


2 


1 


1 


1 


1 



Twenty-eight of the ninety-foxir students who entered the University during the year for 
the first time remained three Quarters, thirty-two remained two Quarters, and thirty-four 
remained one Quarter. The ten students who entered in the spring should be deducted from 
the last number, though it is probable that some of them will never return. 

Of the fifty-three who were in attendance throughout the regular college year (nine of 
whom had been in attendance previously), twelve became classified. Only nine of the remain- 
ing forty-one may be said to have done special work in one or at most two Departments. The 
others took general work. Twenty-seven students who were in attendance through the 
Autumn and Winter Quarters left at the opening of the Spring Quarter. The reasons recorded 
for their leaving the University are as follows: vacation, to return later, 8; to teach, 5; poor 
health, 3; poor work, 3; lack of money, 2; father's illness, 2; work completed, 1; imknown, 3. 

TABLE X 

KBelSTEATION OP UNCLASSIFIED WOMEN FOE AUTUMN, WiNTEE, AND SPEING QuAETEES, 1899-1900, IN GeADD.ATE 

School, Senioe College, and Jdnioe College Coueses 



Dbpaktment 



Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy . . . . 

Political Science 

History 

Archceology 

Sociology 

Comparative Religion, 

Semitics 

Biblical Greek 

Sanskrit 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

Germanic 

English 

Literature in English . 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 

Physiology 

Neurology 

Botany 

Public Speaking 

Total 



Graduate 



No. of Reg- 
istrations 



5 

5 

9 
3 

i 
1 

io 



52 



Percentage 
Ratio 



0.46 
0.93 



0.77 

o!77 

i!39 
0.46 

6. is 

0.15 
i!54 



0.15 



0.62 
0.62 



.02 



Senioe 



No. of Reg- 
istrations 



2 
9 

2 

27 

ii 



2 
3 
4 
13 
93 
6 
2 



183 



Percentage 
Ratio 



0.31 
1.39 

'6'.3i 

4.20 

'i'.TO 



0.31 
0.46 
0.62 
2.00 
14,32 
0.93 
0.31 



0.31 

'6! 46 
0.15 



0.46 



28.24 



Junioe 



No. of Reg- 
istrations 



22 



33 



3 

30 

65 

52 

105 

'28 

2 

4 

13 

11 

12 



11 
1 



413 



Percentage 
Ratio 



3.40 
'i!39 

'5'.ii 

1.24 



0.46 
4.62 

10.03 
8.02 

16.20 



4.32 
0.31 
0.62 
2.00 
1.70 
1.85 

'6!62 

i.ib 

0.15 



63.74 



Total 



No. of Reg- 
istrations 



27 

15 

9 

2 

65 

'24 

"9 
3 

"e 
34 

69 

65 

208 

6 

30 

2 

4 

15 

12 

15 

1 

4 

4 

18 

1 



648 



Percentage 
Ratio 



4.17 
2.32 
1.39 
0.31 
10.08 



3.71 

'i!.39 
0.46 

'6!92 
5.23 
10.65 
10.02 
32.06 
0.93 
4.63 
0.31 
0.62 
2.31 
1.85 
2.31 
0.15 
0.62 
0.62 
2.78 
0.15 



100.00 



The Women of the University 



135 



Thirty of the one hundred and twenty who were in attendance in the Autumn left at the 
end of the Quarter and did not return through the year. The reasons recorded are classified as 
follows : poor health, 6; work completed, 5; vacation, to return later, 5; to teach, 4; business 
engagements, 1; lack of money, 3; poor work, 1; to study at Stetson University, 1; change 
of residence, 1; family reasons, 1 ; unknown, 2. 

It is to be noted specially that sixty-nine of the one hundred and fifty-six women did all their 
work in the Junior College; 24 took Elementary French, 16 Elementary German, 35 the first 
course in Rhetoric and Composition, and 36 the general course in English Literature. Over 60 
per cent, of all the work was done in the Language Departments. Over 63 per cent was done 
in the Junior Colleges, whereas in 1897-98 about 50 per cent, was done in Junior College courses. 

TABLE XI 
Ages of UNCLASsrFiED Women SinDENTS, 1899-1900 



Age 


No. 


Age 


No. 


Age 


No. 


Age 


No. 


20-25: 
20 


2 
11 
14 
16 
13 


30-35: 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 


8 
4 
6 
9 
3 


40-45: 
40 


5 
2 
1 
1 
3 


50-60 : 
50 


2 


21 


41 


51 

52 





22 

23 


42 

43 


1 


53 





24 


44 


54 

55 







35-40: 
35 


45-50 : 
45 


1 




56 

10 

7 
6 
4 
6 


30 

2 
5 
2 
2 
4 


12 

2 
3 

1 



Total 




25-30 : 
25 


4 


26 


36 


46 


156 


27 

28 


37 

38 


47 

48 

49 




29 


39 






33 


15 


6 





The age for admission is fixed at twenty-one, and if a student is nearer twenty-one than 
twenty, it has been the custom to consider this requirement met, especially if the student seems 
well qualified in other respects. There were twenty-seven students under twenty-three years of 
age. Two of these were honorary students, or "hearers" only, and three, who were practically 
conditioned regular students, became classified during the year. 

The following facts concerning the remaining twenty-two are worthy of notice : Six attended 
1 Quarter, 7 attended 2 Quarters, 9 attended 3 Quarters ; 4 attended in the Autumn only, 2 
attended in the Spring only, 5 attended in the Autumn and Winter only. Fifteen counted 
Chicago as their home. Four of the 9 who attended throughout the year were doing work as 
conditioned regular students, while 5 were doing work for "general culture," to use their own 
favorite, but indefinite, phrase. None were working in any real sense as specialists. Six took 
Elementary German, 2 Elementary French, 9 the first course in Enghsh Ehetoric and Composi- 
tion, and 7 the first course in general English Literature. The 22 students took 98 courses, for 
which the following marks were given : A, 4 ; B, 48 ; C, 80 ; i>, 20 ; E,8; and 10 courses were 
not completed. There were 8 whose grades averaged above C and 1 above B, while 65 per cent, 
of the marks were C or below. 

The facts presented concerning the unclassified women students during the year 1899- 
1900 give added force to the statements, made by Deans MacClintock and Castle in previous 
years, as to the lack of continuity in attendance and the great diversity in preparation and pur- 
pose shown by this class of students. They indicate in addition the low grade of work done by 
the youngest of these students. 



136 The President's Report 

Dean MacClintock pointed out (President's Eepoet for 1897-98, p. 109) that the Uni- 
versity has three duties to the unclassified student body : (1) to use every means to keep out 
drifting, unprepared persons who remain but a few months ; (2) to encourage mature, well- 
trained students, who come for exact training in their work, and who will carry out from the 
University higher standards of scholarship ; (3) to urge, and even compel, all who yet can to 
finish their preparation and take the full college course. Dean Castle has wisely laid stress on 
the importance of dealing with these students as individuals, and experience has shown more 
than once the injustice resulting from laying down too specific or detailed restrictions to which 
all must conform regardless of the individual element. 

It was self-evident that the reputation of the University would shortly suffer, if it had not 
already suffered, from the connection with it of so large a number of transient and badly pre- 
pared students, who in many cases derive no benefit from their connection with the University 
commensurate with the injm-y done to it by their membership. It is a well-known fact that the 
conditions of such membership are not usually as clearly set forth by the students as are the 
claims for prestige which are based upon it. As a result of these studies and investigations, 
the rules governing the admission of unclassified women were more rigidly administered during 
the ensuing year, and admission to elementary courses only was denied, and prerequisites were 
strictly observed. Owing to these, and possibly other, causes, the attendance during the 
Autumn, Winter, and Spring quarters of 1900-1901 fell fi'om 156 of the preceding year to 140, 
The following additional facts are given: 

TABLE XII 

Total number of unclassified women, 1900-1901 - - - 455 
In attendance Summer (only) ------ 321 

In attendance Autumn --------99 

In attendance Winter --. 85 

In attendance Spring ----..--72 

Attended four Quarters ------- 5 

Attended three Quarters ---...-40 

Attended two Quarters ---...- 37 

Attended one Quarter -----..- 52 

Entered in the Autumn Quarter ----- 45 

Remained three Quarters - - - . - _ 24 
Remained two Quarters --..-- 9 

Remained one Quarter ------ 12 

Entered in the Winter Quarter - - . . _ 12 

Remained two Quarters ------ 6 

Remained one Quarter ------ 6 

Entered in the Spring Quarter ------ 17 

Classified --.--_-... 15 

One hundred and eleven, of whom fifty-one attended in the Summer only, resided in Chicago. 

During the winter of 1900-1901 the Faculty discussed methods by which the number of 
unclassified students who properly belonged in the Junior Colleges might be so classed, and it 
was decided that this could best be accomplished by placing such students under all the rules 
of the Junior Colleges. Due recognition was given at the same time to the needs of the 
advanced special student. The following requirement was ultimately announced to be put in 
operation October 1, 1901: Unclassified students are subject to all the general regulations of the 
University pertaining to undergraduate students, including those prescribing attendance on 
Division Meetings and Lectures, Chapel-Assembly and Physical Culture, unless more than 
one-half of their work is in the Senior Colleges or in the Graduate Schools. 



The Women of the Univeksity 137 

It is hoped that this measure will work advantageously in raising the standards of scholar- 
ship and earnestness among the less mature and less well-trained students, while not unneces- 
sarily restricting the freedom of the smaller number who have projBted to the utmost by the 
advantages of the University and whom the University has always been proud to count among 
its members. 

THE WOMAN'S UNION 

In October, 1901, the Board of Student Organizations authorized a Commission, under the 
chairmanship of the Dean of Women, to proceed to the organization of a woman's club. The 
Commission met for the first time on November 4, 1901, and on December 19 adopted the 
following constitution: 

CONSTITUTION OF THE WOMAN'S UNION 

NAME 

The name of this organization shall be the Woman's Union of the University of Chicago. 

OBJECT 

The object of this organization shall be to unite the women of the University tor the promotion 
of their common interests. 

MEMBEKSHIP 

The members shall be of two classes, regular and honorary. 

The privileges of regular membership shall be open to the following classes: 

1. Women students registered in any Department of the University. 

2. Women members of the Faculty, women oificers, and women in the employ of the 
University. 

3. Women members of the families of Trustees, Faculty, and officers of the University. 

4. Wives of registered students. 

5. Alumnas of the University. 

Honorary membership may be conferred by unanimous vote of the Union upon recommendation 
of the Membership Committee. Honorary members shall have all the privileges of regular member- 
ship, and shall be exempt from the payment of fees. 

OFFICERS 

The business of the Union shall be conducted by a Council, consisting of a President, a Vice- 
President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and a House Committee of seven members. The Council shall 
be elected by the Union at its annual meeting, and shall fill any vacancies occurring in its member- 
ship. The President, Treasurer, and chairman of the House Committee shall be considered the 
executive officers of the Union, with power to approve all bills, and to direct the affairs of the Union 
in the interim of the meetings of the Council. The members of the House Committee, other than the 
chairman, shall serve as chairmen of committees on membership, finance, entertainment, philanthropy, 
hospitality, and lunch-room. These committees shall be chosen by the Council on nomination by 
their respective chairmen. 

DUTIES OP OFPIOEKS 

1. The duties of the President shall be to preside at all meetings of the Union and of the 
Council. 

2. In the absence of the President, the Vice-President shall perform her duties. 

3. The duties of the Secretary shall be to keep the records of the meetings of the Union and of 
the Council, to send out notices, and to carry on such correspondence as shall be intrusted to her. 

4. The duties of the Treasurer shall be to receive and to disburse all moneys belonging to the 
Union, to collect the dues, to keep a record of the accounts, and to make a quarterly report to the 
Council and an annual report to the Union. 

DDES 

The membership fee shall be fifty cents a quarter, or one dollar a year. 



138 The President's Repokt 

MEETINGS 

The annual meeting of the Union shall be held during the third week of the Winter Quarter. 
Special meetings of the Union may be called by the Secretary at the request of the President, 
the chairman of the House Committee, or three members of the Union. 

QUORUM 

At any annual or special meeting of the Union twenty-five members shall constitute a quorum. 

AMENDMENTS 

Amendments to this constitution may be adopted at any meeting of the Union, the proposed 
amendment having been included in the notice calling the meeting for its consideration. 

The following oiScers were elected: 

President, Miss Marion Talbot, Dean of Women; Vice-President, Mrs. Henry Rand Hatfield; 
Secretary, Miss Mildred Richardson (Senior College); Treasurer, Miss Ruth Hardy (Graduate School); 
Chairman of the House Committee, Miss Gertrude Dudley, Director of Physical Culture for Women. 
Members of House Committee: Chairman of Committee on Membership, Miss Elizabeth Baker (School 
of Education); Chairman of Committee on Finance, Mrs. Warner Fite; Chairman of Committee on 
Entertainment, Mrs. George C. Howland; Chairman of Committee on Philanthropy, Miss Mary C. 
Lincoln, (Graduate School); Chairman of Committee on Hospitality, Miss M. Ethel Freeman (Young 
Women's Christian Association); Chairman of Committee on Lunch Room, Miss Susan W. Peabody 
(Head of Kelly House). Members of Committees: Membership, Miss Agnes Wayman (Senior College), 
Miss Sophonisba P. Breckinridge; Finance, Mrs. Ella F. Young (Professor of Education), Miss 
Josephine Robertson; Entertainment, Miss Margaret G. Coulter (Young Women's Christian Associa- 
tion), Miss Elizabeth D. Clarke (Junior College); Philanthropy, Miss Myra Reynolds (Head of Nancy 
Foster House), Miss Laura Colman (School of Education); Lunch-Room, Mrs. Alice Peloubet Norton 
(School of Education), Mrs. Ralph C. H. Catterall; Hospitality, Mrs. Henry Gordon Gale, Miss F. M. 
Lyon (Head of Beecher House), Miss Eleanor Culton (Junior College). 

The rooms of the Union in the Disciples' chiirch, corner of Fifty-seventh street and Lex- 
ington avenue, were formally opened on Wednesday afternoon, January, 8, 1902. Since that 
time they have been in constant use through the daytime, except on Simdays. The special 
features have been a reading-room, a rest-room, and a lunch-room, and receptions and entertain- 
ments have been given regularly on Wednesday afternoons. A special committee has furnished 
music at the noon hour twice a week. Luncheons, imder the direction of Miss Susan Wade 
Peabody, have been furnished to as many as seventy in a single day. By special arrangement 
the Secretary of the Young Women's Christian Association or Women Students' Christian 
League has held daily office hours at the rooms. Other organizations of students have 
occasionally had the use of the rooms for meetings and receptions. 

During the Winter Quarter there were 180 annual and 66 quarterly members, and during 
the Spring Quarter 217 annual and 56 quarterly members. 

The hope has been fully realized that the women of the University will find in the new 
organization a means of uniting them in a large and generous fellowship, and of meeting some 
of the social needs which many members of the University have felt in the past. The experi- 
ence thus far won serves also to point out new paths of usefulness for the future. 

SCHOLARSHIP 

Since the award of scholarships and honors has been announced in the Convocation 
programs, 929 students have received the Junior College certificate — 496 men, or 53 1^ per cent., 
and 433 women, or 46 i per cent. Forty-three of these men received Senior College scholarships, 
or 54 1^ per cent, of all that were awarded, and 36 women, or 45 J per cent. Ninety-three men 
and 128 women received honors for scholarship based on class and examination grades. If 



The Women of the Univeesity 139 

the women had received honors in the same proportion to their numbers as the men the 
number of women would have been 81 instead of 128. In the same period of time 1,164 students 
have received the Bachelor's degree — 611 men, or 53 per cent., and 550 women, or 47 per cent. 
Fifty -three men received graduate Scholarships, or 62 per cent., and 33 women, or 38 per cent. 
One hundred and forty-five of the men and 199 of the women received honors for scholarship on 
graduation, and 44 men and 73 women received special honors. If the women had received 
honors and special honors in the same proportion to their numbers as the men, the number of 
women would have been 130 for honors and 39 for special honors, instead of 199 and 73, 
respectively. 

The total nimiber of persons who have received the Bachelor's degree is 1,294, including 
698, or 54 per cent, men, and 596, or 46 per cent, women. The total number admitted to the Phi 
Beta Kappa Society solely on scholarship record is 135, including 59, or 43.7 per cent, men, and 
76, or 56.3 per cent, women. A percentage of 8.5 of the men received this honor and 13 per 
cent, of the women. 

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy has been awarded to 244 persons, including 209 men 
and 35 women. The grades have been as follows: men, rite, 48, or 23 per cent.; cum laude, 74, 
or 35.4 per cent.; magna cum laude, 74, or 35.4 per cent.; summa cum laude, 13, or 6.2 per cent.; 
the corresponding numbers for women are 3, or 8.5 per cent.; 19, or 54.3 per cent.; 12, or 34.3 
per cent.; 1, or 2.9 per cent. 

CHOICE OF STUDIES 

The motives or influences which lead the student in making up a program of studies in 
college are by no means so few, so simple, or so universal as some educational theorists have 
recently assumed. However it may have been a generation ago, few young people today, 
either boys or girls, enter college with a clearly defined purpose or plan to guide them in their 
studies; and still fewer have decided upon a vocation for which they wish to fit themselves. 
Even of these few there are always some who, under the influence of a broader outlook or wider 
experience and knowledge, change their decision after entering college. As long as the college 
was the stepping-stone chiefly to the law or to the ministry, the curriculmn remained fixed and 
the scholastic methods which were fitted to this end remained unchanged . With the broaden- 
ing of the function of the college and the recognition of the value of mental discipline and 
cultivation, independently of the special vocation in life, the rigidity of medisevalism was grad- 
ually forced to give way, and under a great leadership the benefits of higher scholarship were 
shown to be the right of a larger class of young people. 

The curricula of American colleges now represent two educational theories: it is held on 
the one hand, that all subjects of human knowledge, if equally well taught, are of equal value 
as instruments for human discipline and culture; and, on the other hand, that certain subjects 
of hiunan knowledge are fundamental and essential, not only to all general culture, but to the 
understanding of other subjects. 

There are naturally wide variations in the application of the second theory. The propor- 
tion of required studies may vary approximately from one-twelfth to eleven-twelfths of the 
whole course of study. With the widening of the scope and amount of elective work there come 
an opportunity and an obligation for both the student and the college whose full significance 
is unfortunately too frequently missed by one or the other, if not by both. Just so far as the 
required curriculum represents the progressive judgment of the faculty as to what is basic in 
collegiate training, there is no responsibility on the part of the student. It is always interesting 
to watch the expression of a young student when she is told that a certain course is to be taken. 
She may silently or openly rebel against " required work " — often just because it is required. 
Having felt the spirit of some of the modern pedagogy, she claims the right to " express herself 



140 The President's Keport 

according to her nature." Quite as often, however, she shows an expression of relief that in this 
new experience, so confusing in its richness, she can feel the guiding wisdom of some other 
judgment than her own. 

When a young woman is brought face to face with the problem of choosing her studies, 
there are certain iniiuences at work in her mind which consciously or unconsciously guide her 
in her choice, even independently of any help which the college, through its appointed officer, 
may give her. Her expression of the reason for her choice may be very frank, or even naJve. 
" I am going on with Latin because I always stood well in it in high school;" " French always 
came easy so I think I will keep it up;" "I am going to specialize in English, because my 
writing has always been praised and I have had a story published and was our class poet;" " I 
always thought I'd like Psychology; it sounds so interesting" — such are some forms of expres- 
sion of the individual judgment. 

Sometimes the advice or request of a parent or teacher is quoted and followed as final. 
" My father thinks I ought to take Mathematics; I am so careless;" " My mother thinks Chem- 
istry would be helpful to me at home;" " My father liked Philosophy in college and wants me 
to take it;" " My teacher thinks I ought to keep up my Greek all through college" — in these and 
other ways the young student shows that she has had help and counsel in making out her course 
of study. 

The preparatory training sometimes determines to a considerable extent the studies which 
may be taken later. A subject such as Greek may not be offered in the high school. Instruc- 
tion, notably in the sciences, may be so defective as to furnish the young student with no proper 
preliminary training, and a large range of subjects may be a closed book to her. On the other 
hand, subjects that have been well taught in the high school often make the only foundation 
on which to build, and they are in many cases the only subjects of which the student thinks in 
planning her future work. 

There are, as has been said, a few students who wish to prepare themselves for a special 
vocation; such as medicine, journalism, or librarianship. At first thought their problem seems 
an easy one, but on fiuther consideration it is found to be not very widely differentiated from 
the problems of other students, unless the college so far sets aside its true function as to assume 
in part the role of a technical or professional school. In this case there is the temptation to 
take a short-cut to the profession — a temptation which is proving stronger vsith the seeming 
conflict between commercialism and scholarship, but which women are resisting quite as vigor- 
ously, to say the least, as men. 

There are unquestionably many college women who look forward to teaching as a profes- 
sion, but they are not so numerous as is popularly supposed, and their proportion is steadily 
growing less. It is natmal that they should choose to study subjects which they expect to 
teach. In this choice they are frequently led by aptitude for a study, but it often happens that 
they choose a subject, such as History or English, which they do not particularly care for, 
because there are more positions open to them. A subject such as Physics or Zoology may be 
set aside, even though the student is eager to pursue it, because her principal or superintendent 
tells her that " there is almost no chance for a woman to get a position to teach it." 

There is, moreover, a large and increasing number of girls who, while not definitely 
expecting to teach, are feeling the spirit of the age and, led by the counsel of prudent fathers, 
and even of mothers made wise by bitter experience, undertake to fit themselves by some special 
line of study " to support themselves in case they should have to." The fact that, if the emer- 
gency should arise, it might not come until their stock in trade of method and fact was too 
antiquated to be of avail, does not lessen the value which such an impetus lends to the process 
of training. At the present time teaching seems to be the easiest and most natural means of 
self-support to which a young woman can look forward and for which she can prepare herself. 



The Women of the University 141 

And this will probably be the case for many years to come, or imtil teaching in secondary 
schools becomes a learned profession drawing to it men of the best caliber in at least equal pro- 
portion with women. 

Certain influences which cannot be easily put into words or exactly formulated are known 
in every college to have weight in guiding students in their choice. The popularity of an 
instructor, due to a strong personality or to catchy cleverness, and accordingly of varying dura- 
tion, is a factor which must be reckoned with in estimating the real significance of statistics 
showing the choice of studies. For example, a strong personality may explain a very large 
choice of Fine Arts in one institution, or the loss of a great teacher account for a great falling 
off in the number of students taking Political Economy in another. It is well known in every 
college community that the popularity of an instructor is a very uncertain quantity, fluctuating 
seemingly without adequate ground, and sometimes declining solely because of the substitution 
of a more for a less rigorous method of instruction ; but it exists, and must be taken into 
account. "A girl from my school told me to be sure to take Mr. X," and " I want to wait until I 
can have Mr. Y," are remarks by students which are often heard. This expression of desire, 
while sometimes resting on gross injustice, may nevertheless be a proper basis for the choice of 
a subject, for everybody knows that a teacher may be greater than the greatest subject in influ- 
encing a student. 

Every Faculty knows, too, how subjects have waves of popularity which are sometimes 
beyond explanation. One year students may rush to a subject like Psychology, for example ; 
and the next year there may be a reaction and the classes in that subject be comparatively 
small. 

The influence of " snap " courses is everywhere tacitly, or even openly, acknowledged. The 
fact that the college curriculum has been broadened so as to make it serve the needs of more 
types of young people also means that with its adjunct interests and activities it will attract 
some who are more or less intellectually indolent. Sometimes the mental awakening comes 
soon, sometimes it never comes, and a student passes through the college course and technically 
meets the requirements for graduation with an amount of work which would startle the shades 
of her theological or legal ancestors. The student rests on the judgment of her fellows when 
making out a program whose first characteristic is to be " easy." There are cases which can be 
ignored, while others need bold or skilful handling by the officer in charge of registration. The 
specially interesting cases are those in which the officer is frankly called upon to assist the 
student in finding " snap courses," and, while he may never admit it to himself officially, he may 
tacitly follow the lead of a student who says : " I am going to take such and such a course, 
because my other courses are so hard, or because my eyes are troubling me, or because I have 
been ill and must get back into work gradually." 

From many points of view the most interesting motive in choice of studies is the love of a 
subject. This may lead a student into strange paths, judged from a utilitarian standpoint. 
She may be asked why she chooses Calculus, Archaeology, Comparative Philology, or Constitu- 
tional Government ; and when she replies that it is for very love of the subject, an intellectual 
indulgence, there seems to be some ground for believing that scholarship apart from bread- 
winning is among the ideals of American women. Every administrative officer will agree that 
such an experience uplifts him and illumines his whole work. 

Considerations of sex are rarely taken into account by women any more than by men 
on making a choice of studies, in spite of the professedly final pronunciamentos of some edu- 
cators that they are of paramount importance. It has been seen that the needs, real or fancied, 
of the individual are guiding factors, but it occasionally happens that a girl is at the same time 
so old-fashioned in her views as to choose womanly subjects, and so radical as to be led by the 
assumed fitness of a subject for her sex as a whole rather than for herself as a member of it. 



142 



The President's Report 



The choice by sex may take one of two forms. A girl may say she will take Literature (usually 
pronounced " literatoor ") and History of Art because they are proper subjects for the feminine 
mind, or she will take Physiology and Sociology because women have special interest in family 
and philanthropic life. 

A distinguished educator has recently pleaded that " the college curriculum for a woman 
should contain subjects which she could recognize as having a practical bearing on her after-life," 
which for "the great majority of women will be in the home." If this argument has in mind 
courses such as cooking and sewing, it would be equally logical to require men to take com-ses 
in house construction and similar subjects, which will surely have " a practical bearing on their 
after-life," if they are to be householders, as the great majority of them will be. But just as it 
is true that the training given by Mathematics and Economics will be more useful to the 
householder as a citizen than the technical details of masonry or plumbing, so the subjects 
which can develop judgment and sense of proportion and keenness of observation in the woman 
will stand her in better stead as a home-maker than the knowledge of any niunber of elabo- 
rate recipes or complicated stitches. 

The following tables present statistics in regard to the actual choice of studies by under- 
graduates of Chicago, Harvard, and Wellesley in two different years: 

TABLE XIII 
PbBCBNTAGE DISTEIBCTION of REGISTEATION9 OF Eegulae Undeegeaduates, 1897-98, 1899-1900 

THE UNIVEE9IT¥ OF CHICAGO 



Depaetment 



Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy — 

Political Science 

History 

Archaeology 

Sociology 

Comparative Religion 
Semitics and Bib. Lit. 

Biblical Greek 

Comparative Philology 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 



Men 



1897-8 1899-0 



7.40 
2.54 
6.58 
9.35 
0.04 
3.95 

6"74 
0.35 

5!44 
9.62 
8.38 



5.97 
0.16 
5.21 
4.68 
10.05 
0.03 
4.18 
0.06 



0,03 

3.93 

6.97 

11.34 



Women 



1897-8 1899-0 



6.26 
1.12 
0.67 
13.09 
0.17 
4.45 

6!56 



6.55 

12.53 

9.31 



7.05 
0.44 
1.49 
0.58 
12.36 
0.11 
4.69 
0.04 



4.69 
12.76 
10.40 



Depaetment 



Germanics 

English 

Literature in English 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 

Physiology 

Neurology 

Botany 

Public Speaking 



Men 



1897-8 1899-0 



8.14 
13.31 
0.50 
7.51 
0.31 
3.60 
5.32 
3.48 
0.78 

0.98 

0.82 
0.82 



7.38 
12.31 
0.16 
9.11 
0.25 
2.10 
4.62 
3.42 
2.01 

5.12 

0.88 
0.06 



Women 



1897-8 1899-0 



9.71 
17.21 
0.67 
6.72 
0.17 
1.81 
2.54 
3.22 
0.56 

0.73 

1.58 
0.34 



8.98 
18.33 
0.07 
7.89 
0.18 
1.31 
1.31 
3.20 
1.05 



0.95 
0.04 



HAEVAED COLLEGE 



Department 

Semitic 

Indo-Iranian 

Greek 

Latin 

Classical Philology 

English 

.Germanic 

Romance 

Comparative Literature 

Slavic 

History 

Government 

Economics 

Philosophy and Education . . 



1897-1898 



0.91 
0.01 
1.97 
5.00 
0.10 

20.45 
7.83 
9.52 
0.04 
0.03 

12.35 
3.00 
8.37 
7.75 



1899-1900 



0.76 
0.02 
2.12 
4.08 
0.07 
16.76 
7.28 
9.21 
0.01 

13^94 
5.79 

10.92 
6.78 



Department 



Fine Arts 

Architecture 

Music 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Engineering 

Military Science 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Botany 

Zoology 

Geology 

American Archseology 

Anat., Physiol., and Hygiene 



1897-1898 



5.38 
0.15 
0.82 
2.57 
0.48 
0.52 
1.48 
1.40 
4.40 
0.84 
0.76 
3.43 
0.07 
0.34 



1899-1900 



4.11 

0.13 
0.53 
2.65 
0.32 
1.09 
1.76 
1.44 
4.39 
0.68 
1.51 
3.02 
0.21 
0.42 



The Women of the University 



143 



TABLE XIII— Continued 

WELLESLEY COLLEGE 



Departmeot 



Greek 

Latin 

German , . 

French 

Italian 

Rhetoric 

Philology 

Biblical History 

English Literature 

Philosophy 

History and Political Science 

Economics 

Pure Mathematics 



1897-1898 



4.53 
4.43 
9.23 
6.56 
1.18 
5.72 
0,09 
6.74 
12.25 
7.74 
6.08 
3.22 
7.87 



1899-1900 



3.32 
5.18 
9.67 
7.75 
0.45 
8.06 
0.06 
6.61 

11.05 
6.46 
6.29 
2.09 

10.20 



Department 



Applied Mathematics 

Chemistry 

Physics 

Geology and Mineralogy 

Botany 

Zoology and Physiology 

Hygiene 

Pedagogy 

Bibliography 

Elocution 

Art 

Music 



1897-1898 



0.43 
3.48 
1.32 
1.33 
4.86 
3.67 
2.01 
2.50 
0.69 
2.03 
1.80 
0.24 



1899-1900 



0.52 
2.78 
3.69 
1.41 
3.14 
4.46 
2.03 
1.24 
0.66 
1.22 
1.13 
0.53 





Univeksity of Chicago 


Welleslet Col. 


Haevaed Col. 


Defabtmekt 


Men 


Women 


Women 


Men 




1897-1898 


1899-1900 


1897-1898 


1899-1900 


1897-1898 


1899-1900 


1897-1898 


1899-1900 


Philosonhv and Pedafiroffv 


7.40 
22.42 

16^26 
31.15 

26! 22 
2.58 


6.13 
24.18 

16! 96 
31.25 

19 '56 
8.01 


6.26 
19.33 

19! si 

37.24 

2.87 


7.48 
19.20 

17] 56 
37.77 

13! 89 
4.07 


10.24 
9.30 
6.74 
9.05 

34.94 
2.04 

14.43 

10.54 

2!72 


7.70 
8.38 
6.61 
8.56 

36.98 
1.66 

18.60 
9.63 

i!88 


7.75 
23.72 

S^OO 
37.87 

6.35 
12.28 

1.94 

2.00 


6.78 


Social and Historical Sciences 

Biblical Literature and History 


30.65 

7!65 




33.26 




4.77 


Physical Sciences and Mathematics 


11.82 
2.61 


Engineering and Military Science. . 
Bibliography and Elocution 


2.85 



The above tables need to be studied in the light of specific knowledge of the part played 
by required studies at the different colleges. The comparatively large amount of required work 
at Chicago accounts for some of the large percentages. The following summary shows the real 
electives taken by students who have graduated from Chicago. The details of choice are pre- 
sented on the following page. 

TABLE xrv 

DiSTEIBnTION OF ElECTIVES BY STUDENTS WHO GRADUATED FROM THE UnIYEKSITY OF CHICAGO PBIOE TO 

June, 1901 — Summaey 



Philosophy and Pedagogy 

Social and Historical Sciences 

Classics 

Modern Languages 

Physical Sciences and Mathematics 
Biological Sciences 



A.B. 



Men 



3.29 
39.88 
10.82 
25.13 
14.98 

5.91 



Women 



4.49 

23.05 

23.83 

36.13 

9.11 

3.40 



Ph.B. 



Men 



3.19 

52.85 

1.07 

28.33 

10.54 

4.00 



Women 



5.21 
33.21 

7.02 
44.16 

7.13 

3.27 



S.B. 



Men 



2.34 
22.46 

0.68 
12.38 
43.28 
18.89 



Women 



2.99 
17.10 

0.70 
22.01 
36.95 
20.25 



144 



The President's Repoet 






'o'lqnd 




S" 


i?j 






OOi-H 


(M-* 


«3-* 


i-(CO 


jSuB^jog 




















jSaojo} 


GO'S 






c-o 


-no3IE<J 












O":© 


i-H . 


O W 


tH • 


•lOinaN 


too 


ira • 


COiH 


S : 




ooin 


-*w 


com 


oo 


•loisXqa 






CQOJ 


E:2 














oi:d 




CO-* 


c^co 


j?rao:jBUY 


(MW5 




"*(M 
















oca 




OlEO 


eDCO 


iaotooz 








C3CO 














mr-( 


lOrH 


woo 


OO 


^op8-9 






















oo 


iOrH 


lOCJ 


coco 


•raaqo 














Ni-H 
















soisiqj 


^o 


inoo 


O-^ 


ss 






-rHi-l 






in 03 


T-(00 


■*-* 


-*CO 


•noj^sy 


t-»ra 


inc- 


W(M 


a^ 




1-1 w 


OCD 


C-O 


l-HCD 


•q^TJH 


■rXCD 




th'i-I 


OS CD 




WW 




0'\-r-* 




qsTiSna 


ceo 


CDOO 


lOO 


O^ 


HI •%]'j 


?^^ 


CO(M 
P3CQ 


Ooo 


as 




0-* 


^CTJ 


»O?0 


(MPQ 


qsjiSna 




?^g 




oico 












lOCG 


IMOQ 


OOO 


l-HCD 


Diaumjar) 






















Oi^ 


OOO 


(DO 


COCO 


aoDEmoa 








S5S 












^oO 


inco 


iXiW 


»neo 


nuET 


t- tr- 


QOira 


OlO 


»n w 






(MtD 








ee* 


c-ira 


CD - 


oo ■ 


TiaaiQ 


lOO 
CMCO 


w^ 


CO • 


^ : 




■* . 


CJ . 






^IJHSUEg 


O ; 


O ; 






TBOixqtg 


C-i-H 


CDCJ 


-<*iM 




^eo 


00 to 


Wrt 






tCOD 


^m 






soT-jTmag 


TMO 


MtH 






uoiStjo^ 


cgira 


UtP • 


-Oi 




•jEdraOQ 




W ; 


:"* 






(MOO 


0(M 


»no 


CiCO 


iSopioog 






















0(M 


^Oi 


cgir- 




■|oeeqojy 


CM!£) 


COO 


th CO 














^jo^stg 


00^ 


OO 


-*oi 


-HO 














0<X) 


COrH 


!:-« 


CDO 


12g qo<i 


s^ 


gS 


8S 


sa 




Ooo 


ooira 


c-eo 


rHCO 


•aoDa-xoj 


•moi 


cot- 


oo 


00 CO 






cooo 








W3CO 


OiO 


-*<x> 


■*CO 


i?2o3Ep9jJ 


IC-* 






















OJ<iD 


oo 


OO 


•soiiqj 






^gs 














* d 


■ d 


: d 


• d 




• <D 


• <D 


■ m 


• © 




-di 


■ (u Orn oj O 


• si 




-ga^mS^jag^ma^ 




Eh <1 PM ai 



COCO 1-1 c 



SgS'^ 



COOiCO 



tH CO CO CO 



s; ;; 

aic^"*iH 

1-ICO 1- 



C<1 in ira 

Cl CO M 



^ o 
e<iif;ooi~( ■ 

CIO -» 



25?^ 



CJ-*CO 
i-IC'] CJ 



-"-I O 



s:S5 



Mcoe^ 



o-*co 



00 COO 

i-i'tHtH C^ 



OICOCO 
COCO 1-1 



tHMCO 
CV1C3 iH 



t-COiH 
i-lrH O 



■*miH _; 

OOCli-l ^ 






2? :St 



:^ 



-*OC0t-« 



(M^i^CO 
CO'+O 

t-I-H O 



-* -No 

Oifaoo - 
Oi-i pa 



00 u^ CO 1-1 



tHtHiHi-H- COCOiH.H_ 



::?JS 



5*::^ ^ 



CJCOCarH 






a a-S 
^■^•^ 2 

..." 6 dm a 
a -S^Z^S 
o t£ b _, a 
a a ^ H a ® o 

»-3"ia"".S' 






-*^*^"^ (-1 
cl 6 ©"S " 

. „ iH "^ "^ T3 <d 

. . « a u • 
FN 



S <13 <» rt 

■JJ 0-— _'■ 00 

. . M 3 o 



■ (D 



=3 9 a"'^ 









• (D.^ O.^ ■ vi^ O 2 S 

Saga'oSasas'oo 

!5-S.§aa;j_g-S.§aaa 
. . M'a " . . M 3 " 

02 



• a' a o.s 

© o O m 

S"? a a ? 
•3 S g a5 

. . K'a'o 

zzaaPM 



The Women op the University 145 



The chief generalizations that can be safely drawn from these figures are: 

1. Men are taking more work in the historical sciences than women are. A closer analysis 
indicates that there is about the same proportion of work chosen by the two sexes in Philosophy 
and History, and that the excess comes from the larger choice of Political Economy and Political 
Science by men; e. g., 66 per cent, of the men and 40 per cent, of the women took courses in 
Political Economy. Here may be seen evidences of the new awakening of men to problems 
connected with citizenship. 

2. Women are doing much more linguistic work than men, especially in the classics, though 
it may be stated also that 72 per cent, of the men graduates of the University of Chicago chose 
courses in English, as against 94.4 per cent, of the women. These results are what might be 
expected when it is known that women find less difficulty in procuring positions to teach lan- 
guages than other subjects, though there are also indications that a certain conservatism or lack 
of spirit of adventiu-e makes them cling to subjects with which they have some familiarity. 

3. Men and women are doing more nearly the same amount of mathematical and natural 
science than is popularly supposed. At the University of Chicago 24 per cent, of the men grad- 
uates and 16 per cent, of the women graduates chose Mathematics after having completed their 
required Mathematics, but of the Bachelors of Science 47 per cent, of the women, as against 39 
per cent, of the men, chose Mathematics — a fact which is in startling contrast to the current 
statement that women have no aptitude for Mathematics. Another rather striking fact is that 
the same proportion of women graduates as of men chose courses in Geology, viz., 39 per cent. 
On the other hand, 86 per cent, of the men took Chemistry and only 18 per cent, of the women; 
35 per cent, of the men and 21 per cent, of the women took Physics; 21 per cent, of the men and 
11 per cent, of the women took Zoology. A somewhat larger number of women than of men 
took Physiology, viz., 20.5 per cent., as against 19.8 per cent., while 21.1 per cent, of the women 
and 17.8 per cent, of the men took Botany 

Many other interesting and suggestive conclusions might be drawn from the data which 
have been collected. Enough has been said, however, to show that, so far as cultural and 
disciplinary results are obtainable, women are profiting equally with men from the opportunities 
which the colleges are offering, and they will profit equally by improvements in methods which 
educators are working to secure, since at no time was there a keener discussion of or a livelier 
interest in the college curriculum for men. It is not too much to believe that, in so far as the 
college is also to give training for the practical demands of life, the curriculum will gradually 
offer coui'ses which relate to the special interests of women; and just as soon as Home 
Economics or Domestic Science can be developed so as to have real educational as well as 
practical value, it will be given a place among the new social sciences as honorable as that which 
Political Economy or the Science of Government occupies. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Maeion Talbot, Dean. 



UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith an account of the history and condition of University College for 
your Decennial Eeport. 

This account covers the history and operations of the College for the four years of its 
existence, 1898-1902. University College is a fully organized College of the University, for 
undergraduate work, conducted under such conditions of time and place as will accommodate 
especially a large body of the active teachers of Chicago and vicinity. It offers a few 
branches of preparatory study needful for the immediate prosecution of college work; and a few 
courses of graduate study have been found desirable for advanced students, chiefly teachers in 
the high schools. 

It was not intended that the College should be in any sense a normal school, but that it 
should offer strictly academic subjects, conducted in the university method and spirit. Thus 
the institution wais a part of the movement to supply teachers in elementary and secondary 
schools with more extensive and exact training in their special subjects. At the same time the 
Department of Education was called upon for special instruction in the History, Theory, and 
Practice of Education. The work has been an unquestioned success; in numbers first, and 
more pronouncedly in the demonstration that many teachers of the city desire to carry on their 
professional studies, that they will support such an enterprise, and that in this way the Univer- 
sity has an immediate and large influence upon the schools of the community. 

ORIGIN IN THE UNIVERSITY EXTENSION DIVISION 

From the beginning the University provided in the University Extension Division for 
conducting classes in college subjects at any point in its immediate vicinity where it was con- 
venient for instructors and students to gather. The success of this arrangement is told in the 
reports of the Extension Division. 

Here it is sulScient to point out that the Class-Study side of the work of the Division was 
so successful as to rise from an enrolment of 129 in 1892-93 to 1,049 in 1898-99, the largest 
number, 1,871, being enrolled in the college year 1896-97. These classes were scattered over 
the entire city and in a few suburban towns. It was generally found that the large majority of 
students taking advantage of the University Extension classes were teachers of the public schools 
of the city. It was also found that more than 90 per cent, of those who registered had received 
the preparation required by the University for admission to the Junior Colleges, and if they 
desired, all these might be regularly matriculated. Early in the work of the Extension classes a 
need became apparent for a meeting-place in the center of the city that would accommodate a 
large body of students. But such a center with adequate accommodations was so costly that 
the Extension Division was not able to provide and equip it. 

From several sources suggestions came during the year 1897 for the organization of this 
work into a well-equipped college for the training of the teachers of the community. The first 
public statement of the matter was made in the President's Quarterly Convocation Statement 
of Jime, 1898, an abstract of which follows : 

In a somewhat careful study of the public-school system of the city of Chicago, it has seemed to 
me that an important piece of work needed to be undertaken. Of the five thousand teachers in our 
public schools not more than 10 per cent, have received a college education. I have no word to utter 
except in praise of this great army of conscientious workers. The work they do is the best they can do. 
It has seemed to me, however, that there is something which could bedone and should be done in behalf 

146 



University College 147 



of this body of teachers. Their expressed interest in advanced study and in the University suggests an 
attempt to meet their needs more adequately. There should be established for their benefit courses 
of study exactly equivalent to those now conducted at the University, and the satisfactory completion 
of these courses should count toward a degree. In view of these facts, I desire to make the following 
suggestions, and I beg for these suggestions the consideration of those who are interested in the educa- 
tional work of this great city: (1) That there be established at a central point the full curriculum 
of the Freshman and Sophomore classes as taught in the University, the work to be organized upon 
the same standard and in accordance with the same general regulations. (2) That, as occasion may 
warrant or demand, courses more advanced and less advanced be offered in connection with those 
ordinarily termed Freshman and Sophomore. (3) That there be selected a separate and independent 
Faculty with its own Dean, the work of the Faculty to be recognized by the University in the same 
way as similar work at the University is recognized. (4) That courses of instruction be given 
in the afternoons and on Saturdays, each course consisting of four hours a week for twelve 
weeks, each class meeting twice a week, each session being a session of two hours. (5) 
That a Faculty be constituted which shall consist of twenty or more instructors, repre- 
senting the Departments of Pedagogy, Psychology, History, Sociology, Greek, Latin, French, Ger- 
man, English, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Geology, and Botany. (6) That teachers in the 
grammar- and high-school grades of the city schools be received without examination, and that others 
be received in accordance with the usage of the University. (7) That the smallest possible fee be 
charged for the instruction given. For the sum of six or eight thousand dollars a year a thousand or 
more of the teachers of Chicago could be enabled to do a work which would not only elevate the 
individual teacher, but also exert an influence upon the instruction of every child with whom the 
teacher comes in contact. 

On the basis of this plea, in August, 1898, Mrs. Emmons Blaine generously contributed 
15,000 a year for five years for the purpose of making this experiment, imder the name " The 
College for Teachers of the University of Chicago." Professor Edmund J. James was 
appointed Dean. 

The history of the first year of the new institution is contained in the report of the Dean 
of the College for 1898-99, as follows : 

THE COLLEGE FOR TEACHERS 

The College for Teachers, which opened its doors for the first time during the present academic 
year, was a direct outgrowth of the work done by the University through the Class-Study Department 
during the years 1892 to 1898. This work had demonstrated the desirability of offering a greater 
variety of courses and of introducing more continuity and regularity into the system of instruction 
opened to those who were engaged in the active work of teaching in the public and private schools of 
the city of Chicago. To the practical interest of a public-spirited woman, Mrs. Emmons Blaine, is due 
the foundation upon which the University has been able to carry on this work. 

It was decided to offer to the teachers as nearly as possible exactly the same work which is given 
to students in residence, and as large a variety of such courses as the funds at the disposal of the 
University should make possible. Quarters were taken at a convenient point in the heart of the city, 
in the Fine Arts Building, 203 Michigan avenue. It was decided to give instruction during the after- 
noons and evenings and on Saturdays. Instruction was given in two-hour periods, and twenty-four 
such periods were considered equal to the instruction given in one Major, or forty-eight hours, to resident 
students. The periods were set from 4:30 to 6:30 in the afternoon, from 7:30 to 9:30 in the evening 
on days of the week from Monday to Friday inclusive, and on Saturday from 8:30 a. m. to 9:30 p. m. 

Pull credit was given in the books of the University to properly qualified students who com- 
pleted any course of instruction in the College. Similar conditions of admission were made as in the 
other Colleges. To persons who had completed a four-years' high-school course equivalent to that 
offered in the city high schools, and who had passed the city teachers' examination, and who were 
actually engaged in teaching in the public schools of Chicago, the privilege was accorded of entering 
the College as full students, with the privilege of having such work as they had done in the high 
schools count toward fulfilling the fifteen units required for admission. 



148 



The President's Report 



During the year the Faculty granted a further concession to the effect that students who offered 
the full fifteen units required, but who did not include Latin among the requirements, should be per- 
mitted to pursue that subject in the College and have it counted toward a degree. 

The work of the College has demonstrated that it performs a useful function in the educational 
system of the community. 

During the first year of its work the number of different students matriculated in the College 
for Teachers was 305, of whom the number of new matriculants was 224, leaving a total of 81 who had 
previously matriculated at the University. 

The number of graduate students was 28; namely: from the University of Chicago, 7; Univer- 
sity of Michigan, 3; Harvard, 2; Wellesley, 2; Smith, 2; and from the following 1 each, viz., Richmond, 
Yale, Bryn Mawr, Nebraska, Mt. Holyoke, Leland Stanford Junior, Antioch, Northwestern College, 
Oberlin, Dartmouth, Denison, and Illinois Wesleyan. 

TABLE I 

Those in residence daring the Autumn Quarter 271 

Those in residence during the Winter Quarter 261 

The number of courses taken during the Autumn Quarter 368 

The number of courses taken during the Winter Quarter 358 

Total - - 726 

However, seme of these were courses running through two Quarters, namely 254 

This leaves a total of courses taken 472 

(Additions for Winter Quarter to courses running through two Quarters, 4.) 

Total number of men, Autumn Quarter - - - 57 

Total number of men, Winter Quarter - 60 

Total number of women, Autumn Quarter 214 

Total number of women, Winter Quarter 201 

Matriculants taking work in Class-Study Department only, 8 \ . . _ ,, 
Matriculants in College taking no courses - - - - 8 J 

In addition to the number doing work in the Class-Study Department who matriculated, but 
took none of the regular courses in the College for Teachers, a large number of matriculated students 
doing work in the College for Teachers took courses also in the Class-Study Department of the Uni- 
versity Extension Division, especially those in preparatory Latin and Freshman English. 

The following table indicates the number of Majors, with the title of the courses, the instructors, 
and the number of students enrolled in each course : 

TABLE II 
Autumn Qhaeter 



Instructor 



MacClintock 

Salisbury 

Dewey 

Coulter 

Terry 

McMurry 

Howerth 

Slaught 

McMurry 

Judson 

Bulkley 

Blanchard . . . 
Miller, F. J.. 
Maier, F. J.. 

Howland 

Neif 

Pietsch 

Kern 

Seidenadel . . 
Eycleshymer 
Seidenadel . . 
Seidenadel . . 



Title of Course. 



English Literature i 

Physiography i 

Philosophy 1 

Botany 1 

History 

Pedagogy : Special Methods' 

Sociology 1 

Trigonometry 

History of Education i 

Political Science 

Pedagogy 

Public Speaking 

Ovid 1 

Cicero 

Spanish (beg.) 

Modern French Novels 

Spanish (beg.) 

Modern German Prose 

Beginning Greek 

Histology 1 

Xenophon: Memorabilia — 
Thucydides i 



Enrolment 



65 
56 
41 
32 
32 
21 
15 
14 
12 
12 
10 
10 



In all twenty-two courses, of which twelve were full Majors, completed during the first Quarter. 
' Given once a week ; extending throxigh both Quarters. 



Univeesity College 



149 



TABLE U— Continued 

WlNTEE QUABTEE 



Instructor 


Title of Course 


Enrolment 


MacCUntock 




653 




55 




Philosophy 2 


43 




Botany 2 


32 






21 




Pedagogy : Special Methods^ 


21 




15 




History of Education 2 


14 




12 




Ovid 2 


10 






9 


Bulkley 




8 


Rhetoric and Composition . . 


7 




7 


Miller F. J 


Terence and Tacitus 


7 




6 , 


Angell 




5 




Xenophon : Anabasis - 


4 


Eycleshymer 

Neff 


3 


Modern French Comedies. .. 
Greek Drama 


3 




3 




Spanish , 


2 




Schiller's Wallenstein 

Thucvdides 2 


2 




1* 










358 



In all twenty-four courses, of which fourteen were full Majors, completed during the Winter 
Quarter. 

The following table shows the number of students taking one, two, three, four, and five courses: 



Autumn Quaetee 

198 students taking one course 
51 students taking two courses - 
20 students taking three courses 
2 students taking four courses - 

271 



TABLE III 

WiNTEE Quaetee 

- 198 190 students taking one course - - 190 

102 50 students taking two courses - - ICO 

60 17 students taking three courses - - 51 

8 3 students taking four courses - - 12 

~ 1 student taking fiye courses - - 5 

3do - 

261 358 



TABLE IV 
Showing the Eegisteation by Depaetments fob the Autumn and Wintbe Quabtees, 1898-99 



Department 



Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Science 

History 

Sociology 

Greek 

■ Latin 

Romance Languages 

Germanic Languages . . 

English 

Mathematics 

Geology 

Anatomy and Histology 

Botany 

Public Speaking 



Majors 



46 
51 
12 
56 
22 
16 
24 
21 

6 
72 
32 
55 

3 
32 
19 



467 



Minors 



2 Given once a week ; continued from Autumn Quarter. 

3 One addition ; one transfer. 



Total 
Registra- 
tion 



53 
12 
56 
22 
16 
25 
21 

6 
72 
32 
55 

3 
32 
19 



472 



4 Two additions. 



150 The President's Kepoet 

TABLE V 

Showing the Ndmbee op Majors Given bt Depaetments 

Philosophy and Pedagogy : Germanic Languages : 

Dewey 1 Kern -2 

McMurry ------- 2 English: 

Bulkley - 2 MacClintook - . . - - . I 

Political Science : 

Judson 1 Mathematics: 

History: Slaught 3 

Terry 2 Geology: 

Sociology: Salisbury - - 1 

Howerth 2 Anatomy: 

•^i^eek: Eycleshymer 1 

Seidenadel 5_, 

Latin: B°'t°y 

Miller - 3 



Coulter 



Romance Languages : Public Speaking 

Howland ' 2 Blanchard 2 



Pietsch -------1 ™,, 

Neff 2 To*^l 



Respectfully submitted, 

Edmdnd J. James, Dean. 

The operations of the College for the second year are seen in the following outline: 

TABLE VI 

Number of different students registered ------ 287 

Men - - . - 66 

Women - - - - - 221 

New matriculants ..-.....- 116 

Previously matriculated -.. 171 

Autumn Quarter: 

Number of registrations ..-.--- 251 

Number of matriculants taking no work - - - 7 

Number of matriculants taking work in Class-Study 

Department only -.-.----7 14 

Total - 265 

Winter Quarter: 

Number of students continuing from Autumn Quarter 170 

Number of new registrations 32 

Total - - 202 

Number of students taking work in Class-Study Depart- 
ment ----------- 7 

Total 195 

From these figures it will be seen that the attendance did not increase during the year. 
This seems to be more than accounted for by the fact that Class-Study classes of the University 
Extension Division were held in the same building, and even at the same hours, and frequently 
with nearly the same subjects. More than half of all the courses of the Class-Study Department 
for that year were held in the rooms of the College for Teachers. 

Some of the problems which arose during these two years may be summarized from the 
Pkesident's Eeport of 1898-99 as follows: 

During the year several new problems have arisen. It is a question, for example, whether 
the distinction now made between the College for Teachers and the Class-Study work should not be 
removed, and all work of this character be placed under one name and under a single management. 



University College 151 



The essential distinction thus far made has been that in one case the students were matriculated in 
the University, while in the other such matriculation was not required. It has been shown to be true 
that at least 90 per cent, of those engaged in the Class-Study work were amply prepared for the regu- 
lar college work. It is also a question whether the title College for Teachers is a good one. Many 
besides teachers desire to avail themselves of these opportunities, and it seems to be a matter of sur- 
prise to some that students who are not teachers may be admitted. Perhaps the most serious difficulty 
connected with the present title is due to the fact that it is constantly misunderstood. The College for 
Teachers is not a normal school, but an arrangement of instruction intended to give those teachers who 
have not had a full college training the benefit of such training. The name University College seems 
to be a more appropriate name than that which has been adopted. It is also a question whether the 
present plan of conducting the work under a separate Faculty is a wise one. The students in this College 
may easily be classified as Junior or Senior, Unclassified or Graduate. It would seem easier, therefore, 
to permit these students to become classified regularly with other students of the same grade and to 
have each class of students placed under the control of the appropriate Faculty. For a Ir.rgc amount of 
the instruction given in the Class-Study work the instructors are paid only a certain proportion of the 
students' fees. This plan has been attended with serious drawbacks, of which perhaps the most con- 
spicuous has been the obligation resting upon the teachers to secure their own students. By a proper 
readjustment of the work this difficulty can be remedied, and only those need be employed who are 
given a regular salary. These and other problems of the College deserve immediate consideration. It 
is quite certain that no money thus far employed by the University has accomplished larger results 
than the 85,000 a year furnished by Mrs. Emmons Blaine for the work of this College. 

In January, 1900, Professor James resigned the Deanship, and Professor W. D. MacClin- 
tock was transferred from the Deanship of the Junior Colleges to that of the College for Teachers. 

DESIRABILITY OF CONSOLIDATION 

Further considerations lu-ging concentration in the University Extension classes and the 
transformation into a regular college were these : 

1. The University found increasing difficulty in obtaining suitable rooms for the holding 
of its classes. Kents in the center of the city were so high as to be prohibitive, and elsewhere 
it was almost impossible to find rooms adapted to the needs of the classes. The division was 
forced to depend upon the free use of rooms in the public schools. Opposition to this was in 
many quarters constant and irritating. The University was subject to the accusation of 
demanding special favors. 

2. It was found increasingly difficult to get and keep a worthy Faculty for this Class- 
Study work. Either the Extension Division could not afford to employ the older and better- 
known instructors, or they would refuse to go to classes to which they were obliged to travel far 
and under disagreeable circumstances. The younger instructors who were glad for an increase 
of income or experience soon left the University for other positions, and threw upon the Division 
the accusation of sending to the centers relatively inexperienced teachers. 

3. The University was obliged to ask the instructors to organize their own classes and 
secure their students. This was at all times disagreeable and became in many instances 
humiliating. It compelled the University to seem to be begging for students, when it was 
attempting only to offer facilities for study. 

4. The Division was obliged, on account of little endowment, to pay for the instruction 
given by a proportion of the students' fees. Many of the classes were naturally small, and it 
was impossible to obtain the most desirable instruction under such an arrangement. 

5. Great difficulty was found in keeping the work of the Class-Study Department exactly 
up to the grade of the work in the Quadrangles. This was due to the fact that the classes were 
widely scattered, and the hours of beginning and closing necessarily irregular ; many students, 



152 The President's Kepokt 

while earnest teachers and mature listeners, were not in the classes for severe study, and there 
was no unconscious standardizing of the work by the proximity and conversation of many 
students and instructors in one place. 

6. It was seen that after the College for Teachers was foimded, it was appealing in its 
announcements to the same class of students as had been taking the University Extension 
classes. Since the College for Teachers had the advantages of a more compact organization, 
larger endowment, and better rooms, this competition with the classes over the city was unfair 
and suggested at once a change. 

CONSOLIDATION EFFECTED 

For these reasons in the spring of 1900 a union of the University Extension Class-Study 
Department and the College for Teachers took place according to the following announcement 
of the Spring Bulletin of 1900 : 

By action of the Board of Trustees of the University, the work hitherto done under the 
Class-Study Department of the University Extension Division has been merged into the work of the 
College for Teachers. This absorption will concentrate the work in the city conducted away from the 
University Quadrangles and raise it to unquestioned University rank. It will bring about a closer 
contact of students and instructors, and will help to create that esprit de corps which is essential to full 
University life. The entire teaching of the College for Teachers will be done by instructors who are 
regular members of the Faculties in the Quadrangles and actively engaged in teaching there. It is 
expected that no differences as to quality of work, instructors, or discipline accomplished v/ill exist 
between the work done at this College in the city and in the Quadrangles. The former is intended to 
be simply a plan for conducting regular University courses at such times and at such a place as will 
accommodate a large body of the teachers of the city of Chicago. 

In order to emphasize this ideal and to prevent misconceptions of the work, the name of the 
College has been changed from the "College for Teachers" to "University College of the University 
of Chicago." 

All the facilities of the University College are offered to persons who are not teachers. The 
College is in no sense a normal school, although thus far the larger number of its students have been 
active teachers. It is hoped that young persons in business and students who live far from the 
University Quadrangles may find here conveniences and facilities for continuing their education. 

The separate Faculty under which the work has been conducted for two years has been discon- 
tinued, and all students placed regularly under the care of the Faculties of the Junior Colleges, the 
Senior Colleges, and the Graduate Schools. By all these means the students of University College 
will feel that no distinctions whatever are drawn between them and other University students. 

The Board of Trustees has granted a further reduction of fees for two years to active teachers 
of Chicago and vicinity. Hereafter the fees will be SIO for a Major and S5 for a Minor, except that 
for the first course taken by the student the fee shall be S15 for a Major and $10 for a Minor. It is 
understood, however, that students who are not active teachers shall pay the regular University fees. 

The University College offers for next year twenty-five University College Scholarships. 
These Scholarships will be assigned to various schools in the city according to plans to be announced 
later. Inside the school they will be bestowed as recognition of merit in scholarship and teaching. 
They will cover the fees of a student in the College for a single year. 

Special attention is to be given by the officers of University College during the coming year to 
placing students in regular standing, so that they may proceed, if they desire, to their degrees. The 
following principles are used for such classification: 

1. Graduates of the high schools co-operating with the University will be admitted to the 
University on presentation of vouchers covering fifteen units of work, according to the schedules pub- 
lished in the Circular of Information. 

2. Advanced standing tor work in colleges and universities and state normal schools may be 
granted by the Faculties on presentation of certificates properly signed. 



University College 153 



3. Probationary advanced standing may be granted by the Deans (on work for which, students 
have no college statements) in courses for which a satisfactory claim is established, with the under- 
standing that if the work is successfully carried, credit will be given for courses that are prerequisite. 
This principle will enable many teachers to make use of their studies privately done, and of their 
discipline obtained in teaching. 

The normal type of course to be offered at University College has been fixed as one period 
a week of two hours' duration; this will make Major courses extend over two Quarters, from 
October 1, and Minor courses over one Quarter. It is understood, however, that students who 
have sufBcient strength and time may take more courses at their pleasure. 

The classes will be conducted at the Fine Arts Building, 203 Michigan avenue, except that 
the work in science will be given at the Science Laboratories in the University Quadrangles, 
chiefly on Satiu-days. It is hoped that the great increase of educational facilities at the Pine 
Arts Building will more than compensate for the slight extra time required to reach it. 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, 1900-1901 

The newly constituted University College began work October 1, 1900. It was expected 
that there would be a falling off from the total number of students in the College for Teachers 
and the Class-Study Department combined. 

The following tables give the operations of the College for the year: 

TABLE VII 

Matriculation - - - - - 234 

Attendance - 475 108 » = 582 

Registration 747 108 ^ = 855 

Number of courses oflfered - - - 60 

Number of different instructors - - 32 

The registration was distributed among the Departments as follows: 

TABLE VIII 
Autumn Quaetee Wintee Qdabtee 

Philosophy 56 Philosophy - - - - - 53 

Pedagogy - - - - - - 90 Pedagogy 72 

History 64 History 75 

Sociology 22 Sociology ■ - _ - - - 40 

Greek 5 Greek 8 

Latin ..... 45 Latin 43 

Romance - - ■ - 17 Romance 70 

German - • - - ■ - - 29 German 32 

English 134 English 133 

Mathematics - . . - 23 Mathematics .... 27 

Physics 8 Physics 14 

Chemistry .... 7 Chemistry .... 8 

Geology 20 Geology - . - . - 18 

Physiology .... 2 Physiology .... 2 

Botany 17 Botany -..--- 24 

Public Speaking - - - 14 Public Speaking - - - 14 

Library Science - - - - 45 Library Science - - - .45 

6 In classes held away from the Fine Arts Building. 



154 



The President's Eepoet 



UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, 1901-1902 

The work of the College for the past year, which is the fourth of its history, is seen in the 
following tables: 

TABLE IX 

Matriculation 199 

Attendance 515 

Students in classes away from the Fine Arts Build- 
ing additional 135 

Registrations 810 

Registrations in outside classes - - - 135 

945 

Number of courses given 60 

Number of instructors -...--. 38 

The registration was distributed among the several University Departments as follows : 

TABLE X 



Department 



Philosophy 

Education 

Political Economy 

History 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

German 

English 

Mathematics 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology 

Botany 

Public Speaking . . 
Library Science. . . 

Total 

Outside classes. . . 

Total 



820 



Autumn 


Winter 


57 


56 


43 


42 


26 


26 


88 


100 


6 


6 


53 


66 


48 


44 


41 


60 


172 


163 


23 


20 


3 


3 


9 


15 


12 


11 


11 


12 


13 


3 


32 


29 


57 


58 


94 


714 


126 


135 



849 



TABLE XI 
ANAiiYsis OF Attendance, 1901-1902 





Autumn, 1901 


WiNTEE, 1902 


Total (Different) 
Students 




Men 


Women 


Total 


Men 


Women 


Total 


Men 


Women 


Total 


The Graduate Schools 

The Senior Colleges 

The Junior Colleges 

Unclassified Students 


25 

6 

26 

48 


31 

16 

87 

236 


56 

22 

113 

284 


25 

6 

27 

49 


35 
15 

84 
240 


60 

21 

111 

289 


30 

7 
27 
53 


39 
16 

89 
254 


69 

23 

116 

307 


Total 


105 


370 


475 


107 


374 


481 


117 


398 


515 







University College 



155 



TABLE XII 
Statistical Shmmaet, 1898-1902 






Matriculation 


Attendance 


Registration 




1898-1899 


225 
116 
234 
199 


396 

254 
475 
515 


472 
283 
747 
810 




1899 1900 




1900-1901 




1901-1902 








] 


TABLE Xm 
Financial Scmmaet, 1898-1902 

EECEIPT3 






1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Endowment 


1 5,000.00 
5.978.65 


$ 5,000.00 
5,149.26 


$ 6,200.00 
8,427.15 


S 6,200.00 


Tuition a,nd laboratory fees 


9,924.57 


Rent 










727.50 




1.125.00 


580.00 


l,i25.66 


995.00 




' 






Total 


S12,103.65 


$10,729.26 


$15,752.15 


$17,847.07 






EXPENDITUEE3 


Instruction 


S 7,199.58 
1,686.80 
3,710.34 


$ 8,278.52 
1,789.67 
2,593.85 


$10,539.42 
1,100.00 
3,787.16 


$11,698.59 




1,100.00 


(rfineral exnenses , 


3,878.78 




Total 


$12,596.72 


$12,662.04 


$15,426.58 


$16,677.37 













KespectfuUy submitted, 

W. D. MacClintock, Dean. 



THE DIVINITY SCHOOL 

To the President of the University : 

Sib: I submit herewith the decennial report of the Divinity School, covering the period 
from 1892-93 to 1901-2. The matter is grouped under nine heads, viz.: 

A. The Theological Seminary prior to 1892. 

B. The Education Society. 

C. The Graduate Divinity School. 

D. The English Theological Seminary. 

E. The Danish-Norwegian Theological Seminary. 

F. The Swedish Theological Seminary. 

G. The Disciples' Divinity House. 

H. The Cumberland Presbyterian Divinity House. 
I. Statistics. 

A. THE SEMINARY PRIOR TO 1892 

OBIGIN 

In 1860, at a meeting of Baptists in Chicago, a society was formed called " The Theological 
Society of the Northwest." On August 13, 1863, "The Baptist Theological Union located at 
Chicago " was organized, and on August 27 the said Union was incorporated under a general 
law. On February 16, 1865, the lUinois legislature granted the Union a charter for " the found- 
ing, endowment, support, and direction of an institution for theological instruction." In 1865 
Rev. N. Colver, D.D., began, in his study, the giving of instruction to a few students. In 1866 
Dr. Colver and Professor J. C. C. Clarke began regular instruction to about a dozen students in 
theological classes in the (old) University of Chicago. 

PEKMANENT OEGANIZATION 

All this, however, was provisional, and the Trustees were constantly planning and working 
for something more adequate and enduring. At last, at a meeting on September 11, 1866, action 
was taken which was destined to determine the whole futiue of the institution. It is recorded 
in these words: "Voted, That Rev. G. W. Northrup, D.D., Professor of Ecclesiastical History 
in the Rochester Theological Seminary, be invited to the professorship of Systematic Theology." 
A month later Rev. J. B. Jackson, pastor at Albion, N. Y., was invited to the chair of Ecclesias- 
tical History. These brethren accepted the calls extended, and, after some preliminary financial 
work in the spring and summer of 1867, began their work of instruction in October, Professor 
G. W. Warren being associated with them in the Department of Biblical Literature and 
Exegesis. 

With these three professors and nineteen students the Seminary began the twenty-five 
years of history which are here summarized. There was then not much but professors and 
students — a few old books, a few thousand dollars of endowment, some pledges for current 
expenses, a building lot near the university, and, best of all, some generous and devoted friends; 
but practically no library, absolutely no building, almost no endowment, and no adequate assiir- 
ance of means to meet current expenses. Provision for securing funds was made by the 
appointment of Dr. G. S. Bailey as Financial Secretary. Thus the permanent organization was 
completed and a genuine beginning made, and from that time until now there has been no break. 

156 



The Divinity School 157 



THE FIEST BUILDING 

The first marked step in advance was the erection of a building to become a home for the 
new institution. On June 24, 1868, just as the first class of three was ready to graduate, the build- 
ing committee was instructed to proceed immediately to the erection of the proposed structure. 
On August 18, 1868, its corner-stone was laid, and on July 1, 1869, it was dedicated. Its location 
was on Rhodes avenue, corner of Thirty-fourth street. It contained four residences and accommo- 
dations for sixty students, besides rooms for recitations and lectures, and cost about $60,000. In 
this building, which still has on its front the words, " Baptist Union Theological Seminary," the 
school opened in the fall of 1869 and was " at home." This year there were forty students, 
twelve of whom were in the graduating class; and with Dr. A.N.Arnold in the chair of Biblical 
Literature and Exegesis, in place of Professor Warren, resigned, and Dr. Wm. Hague as Pro- 
fessor of Homiletics and Pastoral Duties, in addition to Dr. Northrup and Professor Jackson, 
the young institution was well organized for effective work. During this year also the Heng- 
stenberg Library was placed within reach of the students. The fourth year of the school 
brought important changes. Three years of overwork had ruined Professor Jackson's health, 
making necessary his resignation. Dr. Hague, also, on account of the illness of his wife, was 
compelled to resign. But Dr. E. C. Mitchell and Dr. R. E. Pattison were added to the Faculty, 
and the work moved on. Efforts were made to increase the endowment, but with little success. 
A proposition was likewise made to unite in one organization the various societies for securing 
beneficiary funds. The close of this year completed a period of five years since the permanent 
organization. During this time there had been ninety -seven students in attendance. Thirty- 
seven of these had graduated, and not one had died. 

THE SECOND FIVE YEAES 

During the second five years of its existence the institution, with the one exception soon to 
be named, experienced no striking changes, but enjoyed a steady growth and a constantly widen- 
ing and deepening influence. The one ever-present, harassing experience of these years was a 
distressing lack of fimds. The great fire of 1871, in which many friends of the Seminary lost 
their all; the second great fire in 1874, more disastrous to the interests of the Seminary than the 
first; the general business depression, the shrinkage of values, the frequent financial failures 
and general discouragement — all conspired together in threatening utter wreck to the financial 
hopes and prospects of the institution. Nevertheless, says the report of the Board at the ninth 
anniversary in 1877: " We take pride in the internal management of the Seminary under our 
indefatigable and able president and his assistants." At the beginning of the last year of 
this period, 1876-77, Dr. T. J. Morgan was elected Professor of Homiletics and Rev. W. W. 
Everts, Jr., acting Professor of Church History. A very important addition was made to the 
library during the year 1873-74 by the purchase of the collection of the late Dr. George B. Ide, 
of Springfield, Mass. It consisted of about three thousand volumes, embracing select works in 
every department of Theology, together vdth a wide range of classical and English literature. 
Toward the close of this period also there had been a change in the oflBce of Financial Secretary. 
In May, 1875, after seven and a half years of very efficient service. Dr. G. S. Bailey resigned, and 
near the close of the same year, Dr. T. W. Goodspeed assumed the position. 

THE SCANDINAVIAN DEPARTMENTS 

Among the students who came to the Seminary in the earlier years were a few Scandina- 
vians. The country north and west was filling up with immigrants from Sweden, Denmark, and 
Norway, and among them were not a few Baptists. To gather these into churches and to lead 
them in missionary work amo'ng their countrymen, trained pastors were needed. For the train- 



158 The President's Eepoet 

ing of such young men as felt that they were called to the Baptist ministry there was no other 
school available than our Seminary. They were accordingly welcomed to its classes. But it 
soon became manifest that, on account of their limited education and their want of familiarity 
with the English language, they were unable to avail themselves fully of the advantages of the 
prescribed coiu-ses of study. Moreover, they needed to get at least their homiletical training in 
the language in which they were to preach. A strong pressure was therefore brought to bear 
upon the Seminary to organize a Scandinavian department, which was opened during the school 
year of 1872-73, with John A. Edgren, B.D., as instructor, and three Swedes and two Danes as 
students. The next year there were in this department five Swedes and two Danes; the next, 
nine students. And thus the department continued to grow until, diu'ing the year 1883-84, there 
were 32 students and two instructors. Professor N. P. Jensen having been called to assist Pro- 
fessor Edgren in his increasing work. At the close of that year. Professor Edgren withdrew 
from the institution, taking with him the Swedish students, with a view of establishing an inde- 
pendent Swedish institution for general and ministerial training. The department was then 
continued for the benefit of the Danes and Norwegians in this country and from the mother- 
countries, and Professor Jensen was made the head of the department, and the lamented Edward 
Olson appointed to assist him. In 1888 the Swedish brethren, not succeeding as they had 
anticipated with their independent school, negotiated for a return to the Seminary. They were 
cordially welcomed back, and a distinctively Swedish department was organized, which has 
enjoyed since then a g^eat and growing prosperity. 

EEMOVAL TO MOKGAN PARK 

The second decade of this history begins with the removal to Morgan Park. For reasons 
alluded to above, the Seminary was threatened with utter financial shipwreck, in that same 
tempestuous era which did disable, and finally destroy, its sister-institution, the University. 
From this threatened disaster there seemed to be no escape but by removal from the city to some 
convenient subui'b which shoxild offer a considerable amount of property as a gift, and furnish 
opportunity for more economical living. For more than a year, at different times, the Board had 
the matter under consideration, and at last on September 12, 1876, after it had become evident that 
the Centennial Educational movement was not going to bring relief, a vote was passed to accept 
the offer made by the Blue Island Land and Building Company and remove to Morgan Park. 
This offer included the gift of a large brick building, which was at first used for all purposes, 
the five acres of ground on which it stood, and other gifts of lots and lands amounting in all 
to about fifty acres. In this new location the school opened in the fall of 1877. 

Further changes in the Faculty also attended the removal to Morgan Park and the begin- 
ning of the second decade of Seminary history. Dr. J. E. Boise then became Professor of New 
Testament Interpretation, bringing with him a wide reputation as an able and accurate Greek 
scholar. On the other hand, Dr. Mitchell urged acceptance of his resignation, and his 
request was granted. At the close of the year, June 17, 1878, we find in the record this state- 
ment: "Dr. Northi-up presented the name of W. K. Hai-per as a suitable person to fill the 
vacancy in the Seminary in the department of Hebrew." Three years later, upon the resignation 
of Dr. T. J. Morgan, another record tells of the election, June 8, 1881, of Eri B. Hulbert, D.D., 
to the chair of Ecclesiastical History. 

ENDOWMENT 

The school now had a building and grounds, a Faculty and students, but almost no 
endowment. Hitherto all efforts in this direction had resulted in comparative failure. Still the 
most strenuous exertions were required every year to secure means to meet current expenses, and 



The Divinity School 159 



constantly the Board was struggling with problems of current debt. This state of things could 
not long continue. Alike the wisdom and the strength of the Financial Secretary were well- 
nigh exhausted ; the patience of the churches which were annually called upon to pay expenses 
and make up deiiciencies, was nearly exhausted ; the hopes and anticipations of the poorly paid 
Faculty were also dying of exhaustion. It was evident that a change of some kind was immi- 
nent. The school must either be endowed or buried. But the Seminary was alive and could 
not be buried, and therefore must be endowed. Then came that gift of $30,000 by Mr. E. Nelson 
Blake, of Chicago, to which, after almost infinite toil and struggle on the part of Secretary 
Goodspeed and President Northrup and other friends, 170,000 was at last added, gathered in 
from all parts of the country west of Ohio. The success of this movement was the signal for 
the beginning of another movement to raise another 1100,000. Of this amount 140,000 was 
contributed by Mr. John D. Rockefeller, of New York. To this 111,000 more was speedily 
added. But here the inflow ceased, and it seemed for a long time as if failure must follow. But 
victory came at last, and the endowment of $200,000, which for nearly a decade had been sought, 
had been attained. 

The year 1884-85 was marked by the election to the chair of Homiletics of Dr. A. J. Sage, 
then pastor of the First Baptist Church of Hartford, Conn., and the following year by the 
presentation to the Seminary, through the liberality of Dr. T. M. Colwell, of Lowell, Mass., of 
the very valuable collection of 5,000 volumes, known as the American Bible Union Library. 

ADDITIONAL BUILDINGS 

But the wants of the Seminary were still by no means all supplied The year 1886 marks 
the beginning of an important movement to secure much-needed additional buildings. Up to 
this time everything had been crowded together into one structure. It was dormitory, dining- 
hall, library, chapel, and recitation building, all in one. Scarcely more than half the students 
could be accommodated with rooms. One of the recitation rooms, overcrowded, served as a 
chapel. A part of the 25,000 volumes of valuable books lined the walls of a room used as a 
lecture-hall, and the rest were stowed away in boxes, wholly inaccessible for practical use, and 
all were daily exposed to destruction from the forty fires that were kept up in a building by no 
means fireproof. The recitation rooms, such as they were, were needed for other purposes. 
Under these circumstances, and with the prospect of a continued increase of students which 
could not possibly find accommodation in the one building, an appeal was put forth by the 
Secretary, under the authority of the Board, asking for $50,000 to erect a library building and 
a recitation hall, and to cover the deficit in current expenses on account of the inadequacy of 
endowment. The movement was encouraged and stimulated by a second evidence of the gener- 
osity and good- will of Mr. Rockefeller, who offered to give $10,000 outright, and $10,000 more on 
condition that $30,000 in addition should be secured by May 1, 1887. 

Through the efforts of Secretary Goodspeed the amount was secured, and at the next anni- 
versary, in 1887, Dr. D- B. Cheney, the President of the Board, turned the first sod preparatory to 
the erection of Blake Hall, which was at once erected at a cost of about $80,000, and was named 
in honor of Mr. E. Nelson Blake, who had contributed one-third of its cost. Record must here 
be made of the fact that through all these years of financial struggle, Mr. Edward Goodman, 
who was chosen treasurer at the very first meeting of the Union in 1863, performed most effi- 
ciently and gratuitously the onerous duties belonging to that office. 

It was at the beginning of this period. May 12, 1886, that Ira M. Price, Ph.D., then a stu- 
dent in the University of Leipzig, was engaged as Instructor in Hebrew. A year later he was 
made Associate Professor of Hebrew and the Cognate Languages, and the next year Professor in 
the same department. 



160 The President's Keport 

the latest years 

During all these years the internal development had kept pace with the financial growth 
and material improvement. The Faculty had been from time to time enlarged and strengthened, 
and there had been a steady increase of students until, in 1891-92, nearly two himdred were 
enrolled. The Faculty also had been strengthened by the addition of Dr. Galusha Anderson, 
who left the presidency of Denison University to take the chair of Homiletics. The Library also 
had been systematically catalogued, classified, and arranged under the direction of Mrs.Zella A. 
Disson, so as to make both the books and their contents easily and immediately available by the 
Faculty and the students. 

Meanwhile the alumni and former students of the institution have been proving to the 
world the value of the training they have received. They have gone out into all the United 
States and unto the uttermost parts of the earth — a surprisingly large band of men who have 
already attained to eminence in position and influence in the denomination and in the Christian 
world. 

UNION WITH THE UNIVERSITY 

When Mr. Rockefeller made his first subscription of $1,000,000 to the University, he made 
it a condition of the gift that the Seminary should become the Divinity School of the University. 
In order to realize this condition he further stipulated that $100,000 of his subscription should 
be used for the erection of a building for the Seminary on the University campus, and that 
$100,000 of it should be set apart for the further endowment of the Seminary. In keeping with 
these requirements. Articles of Agreement were entered into between the Boards of the two 
institutions by which the Theological Seminary became the Divinity School of the University of 
Chicago. 

ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT 

The Articles of Agreement are as follows : 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein expressed. The Baptist Theologi- 
cal Union, located at Chicago, hereinafter styled the Union, for convenience, and the University of 
Chicago, hereinafter styled the University, do hereby agree as follows : 

1. The Union agrees to lease to the University for the term of Nine Hundred and Ninety-nine years 
(999) its Seminary grounds and buildings at Morgan Park, at a rental of (81) per year, the University 
to pay all assessments which shall be levied or assessed against said premises during the life of said 
lease, to keep insured and in repair all buildings now standing thereon, and to use the same for the 
purpose of an Academy or Higher School. 

2. The University agrees to erect upon its grounds in the county of Cook a dormitory building to 
cost not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), to be used as a dormitory for the Seminary 
of the Union, to be cared for, kept insured and in repair by the Union ; also to provide grounds on its 
campus, at the cost of said University, for additional buildings for the School of the Union when and 
as the same shall be reasonably required. The said University also agrees to furnish, at its own cost and 
charges, and maintain adequate lecture-rooms for the use of instructors in said School. A lease shall 
be drawn which shall contain such provisions as counsel may reasonably devise for the purpose of 
carrying into effect the provisions of this agreement hereinbefore mentioned. 

3. The library of said Seminary shall be located in a building of the University, and shall be cared 
for and managed by said University in substantially the same manner as the remainder of the library 
of said University shall be managed ; it being understood that the said Seminary or School shall have 
reasonable access to the same. 

4. The Seminary of the Union shall be taken and considered to be the sole Divinity School of the 
University, and shall have accommodations upon the University campus as hereinbefore and herein- 
after provided. 



The Divinity School 161 



5. The Treasurer of the Union shall pay over to the Treasurer of the University on the last day ot 
each month the net income of the Union for the current month, to be used by the Treasurer of said 
University in the payment of the salaries of the professors and ordinary expenses of the Seminary or 
Divinity School, all of said expenses being a charge upon the funds of the Union. 

6. The Treasurer of the University shall liliewise be entitled to receive the incidental fees of the 
Seminary students and the rentals arising from rooms in the Divinity dormitory unoccupied by pro- 
fessors or students of the Divinity School ; provided, that the same shall be credited and applied 
toward the incidental expenses of the Divinity School. 

7. The first one hundred thousand dollars received from Mr. Rockefeller upon his pledge of one 
million dollars shall be set apart for the erection ot the building hereinbefore provided for by Article 
2, to be used by said Divinity School; it being understood that any income which may accrue from 
the same before the date of payment of the contracts for the erection of said building shall be applied 
to liquidate debts which the seminary may have aontracted before the final location upon the campus 
of the University of the Union, and that of the remaining payments to be made by Mr. Rockefeller, the 
income of one-ninth (l) shall be applied for the purposes of said Divinity School. 

8. The President of the University shall be the President of the Divinity School and sustain the 
same relation to the Faculty thereof as to the other Faculties of the University ; provided that nothing 
shall be required by this clause inconsistent with the charter of the Union. 

9. In the supervision and direction of matters pertaining to instruction in the Divinity School 
the Union shall act in accordance with the general regulations of the University. 

10. The Union will not hereafter confer degrees. 

11. The Union shall cease to conduct the Department of Old Testament and Semitic studies ; but 
this article shall not be understood as debarring the establishment by the Union in the Divinity 
School of a chair of Biblical Theology of the Old and New Testaments. 

12. The Union shall cease to confer annual memberships, and shall fix the fee of life memberships 
at not less than one hundred dollars ($100). 

13. The income of moneys contributed to the University for theological instruction shall be 
applied to the support and maintenance of the Divinity School. 

li. All the students of the Divinity School shall have free tuition in all studies pertaining to the 
course of the Divinity School and free room rent so far as the dormitory of the Divinity School will 
suffice, while engaged in such studies. 

15. The University will confer degrees upon graduates of the Divinity School in accordance with 
the regulations of the University. 

16. The instruction in the Old Testament and Semitic Department shall be provided by the 
University; that is, the instructors of this Department shall be members of the Faculty of the Gradu- 
ate School and shall receive their salaries from said University; but this provision shall not be con- 
sidered to prevent any change in said Department which may hereafter be made in accordance with 
the mutual action of the University and the Union. 

17. The University shall confirm the election of all professors and instructors in the Divinity 
School, when and to the extent that the funds available for the Divinity School shall admit. 

18. All resignations and removals of the Faculty of the Divinity School shall be presented to 
and acted upon by the Board of the Theological Union, and they shall have the supervision and direc- 
tion of matters pertaining to instruction in the Divinity School. 

It is mutually understood and agreed that co-operative action contemplated by this contract 
shall be deemed to have become initiate as soon as this agreement shall have been executed, and that 
this agreement shall go into actual effect by the first day of July, A. D. 1892. 

The Theological Union adopted the resolution to unite with the University September 19, 
1890. Dr. Northrup's resignation as President of the Seminary and Dr. Hulbert's election as 
Dean of the Divinity School bear the date of April 25, 1892. By the terms of the Articles of 
Agreement, the compact between the Union and the University went into actual effect July 1, 
1892. The Divinity School was transferred to the city and began its work of instruction in con- 
nection with the University October 1, 1892. 



162 The President's Eepoet 



B. THE EDUCATION SOCIETY 
Repokt op Dk. C. E. Hewitt, Seceetaey 

On the establishment of the Baptist Union Theological Seminary in 1867, many students 
for the ministry desired to enjoy its advantages who could not do so without pecuniary assist- 
ance. The Board of the Theological Union first attempted to provide the aid needed. It soon 
found, however, that it was impossible to meet the growing expenses of the institution and also 
to make adequate provision for its increasing number of students. The Northwestern Baptist 
Education Society was therefore organized in September, 1871, and the entire work of aiding 
students was committed to it. For many years it was greatly embarrassed, notwithstanding its 
best endeavors, for want of means to meet the large demands which were annually made upon 
it. It met almost from the beginning very great difficulty, on account of discouraging provi- 
dential events. Within a month after the Society was formed the great Chicago fire occurred. 
In 1872 the second Chicago fire destroyed the First Baptist Church, one of the principal sup- 
porters of the Society, making its large annual contributions impossible through a series of 
years. The financial panic of 1873 also greatly hindered the collection of funds. 

Under such disheartening circumstances, the Society imdertook to meet only the most 
m-gent necessities, but even so fell into debt. Effort after effort was made to raise funds by per- 
sonal agency, but with little success. The debt continued to increase year after year, until the 
amount reached $6,000. At last the work of the Society utterly broke down. It could not pay 
the appropriations it had voted to the students depending on it; these students could not pay 
their bills to the Seminary Boarding Club; the Club was therefore obliged to disband; and the 
Seminary itself was compelled to close its year one month earlier than usual to avoid a general 
breaking up of the classes. In view of these discouragements, it was determined to give no 
assurance of aid to ministerial students for the next year, 1878-79. As a consequence of this 
policy, the number of students in the Seminary was cut down from seventy-six in the previous 
year to fifty, involving a loss of more than one-third of the number present in 1877-78. This 
decrease is the more noteworthy because it is the only case in twenty -five years where there was a 
decrease of numbers from the previous year. At this stage the work of the Society was care- 
fully reviewed. It was seen that its responsibility could not be laid aside. It must somehow 
continue to carry on the work it had undertaken. The discouragements were overwhelming, 
but the service must not be abandoned. Dr. T. W. Goodspeed, already Financial Secretary of 
the Theological Union, was now induced to undertake the financial management of this Society 
also. Under his leadership a new, persistent, and more systematic effort was made to reach the 
churches and Sunday schools for regular annual collections. 

Since that time, March, 1879, the Society has had a somewhat more encouraging history. 
The work has always been difiicult — often disheartening; and the provision which the Society 
has been able to make has ever been inadequate. But its work has gone steadily on, and has 
been of unspeakable value to the school itself and to the hundreds of students to whom it has 
given necessary assistance. Dr. Goodspeed continued in charge of the work until 1889, when he 
relinquished it to undertake the larger service of raising from churches and individuals of the 
denomination $400,000 to supplement the $600,000 promised by Mr. John D. Eockefeller as the 
fund for the establishment of a new institution of learning, which was finally incorporated as 
The University of Chicago. He had succeeded dming this time in reducing the indebtedness 
from thousands to hundreds, and had laid the foundations for a moderate, but somewhat regular, 
income through the annual contributions of many churches and a few individuals. 

In the fall of 1889 the present Secretary, Dr. C. E. Hewitt, accepted the call of the Society 
to conduct its affairs under the direction of its Executive Board. Dm-ing this administra- 



The Divinity School 163 



tion this indebtedness has been entirely removed and the work of the Society has gone 
steadily on, accomplishing year by year the work for which it was organized. Some modifica- 
tions, however, have from time to time been introduced, and some improvements made. It was 
seen that the collections in the churches, made up for the most part of gifts of small change 
dropped into the passing collection box once a year, would not furnish means sufficient to meet 
the demand. An effort was accordingly made to secure regular personal contributions of larger 
amounts — $2, or $5, or more, annually. Search was also made for individuals who would endow 
Scholarships or Fellowships. In this latter endeavor only occasional success has been reached. 
But to the one Scholarship previously existing four more have been added, with one Fellow- 
ship. A general fund of 110,000 has also been received and invested, the income of which is 
used at the discretion of the Society. These funds, however, are held and invested by the 
Theological Union and the University. 

In 1892 a change of policy was adopted in the use of the Society's funds. It was then 
determined that all funds not distinctly designated should be bestowed only for a con- 
sideration; that is, that the money should be received by the student as a loan without interest, 
to be returned soon after graduation, or as compensation for such services as should be found 
for the recipient to perform. This plan has worked admirably, and has given general satisfac- 
tion. The service required does not seriously interfere with the student's studies, and the loans 
are limited to a sum which the borrower is likely to be able to pay within five years after leav- 
ing school. The student has the manly satisfaction of feeling that he is making some return 
for that which he receives, and the Society's income is increased by the repayment of several 
hundred dollars annually. The Society has also rendered to a large number of students very 
valuable assistance in securing for men of experience — many of them men of families who 
could not otherwise obtain a theological education — an opportunity to support themselves by 
practical religious work, for which they receive directly from the fields in which they labor a 
much larger amount than could be granted from the funds of the Society. Increasing opportu- 
nity for occasional preaching with compensation has also been found. In these ways, under 
the direction of the Society, the students now earn more than twice as much as is paid to them 
directly from the Society's treasury, while at the same time rendering practical service to many 
churches and missions, and gaining for themselves valuable experience preparatory to future 
labor as permanent pastors. 

The service of the Society rendered in these several years is found to be absolutely 
indispensable to the welfare of the students and to the prosperity of the Divinity School. Few 
men graduate who have not received in some form and at some time during their course of 
study more or less practical assistance from the Society, without which they could not have 
completed the course at all. 

C. THE GRADUATE DIVINITY SCHOOL 

DEPAETMENTS OF INSTRUCTION 

The School opened with instruction offered in Old Testament Literature and Interpreta- 
tion, New Testament Literature and Intei-pretation, Biblical Theology, Systematic Theology, 
Church History, Homiletics, Chiu-ch Polity, Pastoral Duties, and Sociology. During the first 
four years Divinity Students were dependent on the University for exercises in Public Speaking 
and Physical Cultm-e, but for the last six years classes in these branches have been taught in 
the Divinity School. All Departments of the University are open to Divinity Students, the 
selections of com-ses being subject to the approval of the proper authorities. The statistics 
show that there have been 2,886 registrations in non-Divinity Courses. 



164 The President's Eepoet 

the faculty 

W. K. Harper, Old Testament; E. B. Hulbert, Church History; E. D. Burton, New Testa- 
ment; G. Anderson, Homiletics; F. Johnson, Homiletics and Chiu-ch History; and C. K. Hen- 
derson, Sociology, were present at the opening and are still members of the teaching staff. P. 
A. Norden, New Testament, and J. W. Conley, Church History, resigned at the end of the first 
year. B. F. Simpson, Systematic Theology, taught through the first two years, and G. W. 
Northrup, Systematic Theology, finished his work in the middle of the eighth year. J. W. 
Moncrief, Church History, G. B. Foster, Systematic Theology, and S. Mathews, New Testament, 
began their work the third year; G. B. Smith, Systematic Theology, the ninth year, and A. K. 
Parker, Church History, the tenth year. The following professorial lecturers have given regular 
courses of instruction : G. A. Smith, S. Bumham, and C. R. Brown, in the Old Testament; C. 
E. Gregory, E. Ehees, J. S. Eiggs, I. H. Eoot, C. E. Woodruff, and H. T. De Wolfe, in the New 
Testament; A. B. Bruce, in Systematic Theology; A. C. McGiffert, in Church History; W. H. P. 
Faunce, in Homiletics; and W. B. Chamberlain, in Public Speaking. Professors from America, 
England, Scotland, Germany, and France have given courses of lectures. 

In the course of the decade three members of the Faculty have passed to the other life. 

James Eobinson Boise, Ph.D., D.D., LL.D., prepared for college in Hamilton Academy 
(New York), and Suffield Academy (Connecticut). He was graduated from Brown University in 
1840. He was Professor of Greek for ten years in Brown University, for sixteen years in the 
University of Michigan, and for nine years in the (old) University of Chicago. In 1877 he 
became Professor of New Testament Literature and Interpretation in the Baptist Union Theo- 
logical Seminary. In 1891, when the Seminary and the University were united, he was made 
Professor Emeritus in the Divinity School. Tilbingen University, Germany, conferred upon him 
Ph.D. in 1868 ; the University of Michigan, LL.D. in 1870 ; Brown University, D.D. in 1880. 
Dr. Boise gave his life to the study and teaching of the Greek language. At one time his text- 
books were in general use in American colleges. His scholarship gave him rank among the 
foremost educators of this country. He was a man of simple tastes, who devoted himself with 
unaffected piety to the service of God and man in the cultivation of Greek letters. He died 
February 9, 1895. 

Benjamin Franklin Simpson, A.B., D.B., was graduated from Acadia College in 1880, and 
from the Baptist Union Theological Seminary in 1882. In his pastorates at Morgan Park, 111., 
Jacksonville, 111., Duluth, Minn., and South Berwick, Me., he developed and exhibited rare gifts 
as a preacher. For two years he was Principal of the Union Baptist Seminary, New Bitmswick. 
When the University opened he was called to be Assistant Professor of Systematic Theology in 
the Divinity School. He served with signal ability and success for two years, when he was 
called to his reward on high, June 28, 1894. Could his life have been spared, he would doubt- 
less have attained eminence as a theologian, for his mind was singularly clear and profound, 
and his experience of the eternal verities full and rich. 

George Washington Northrup,' D.D., LL.D., was graduated from Williams College in 1854 
and from Eochester Theological Seminary in 1857. Upon graduation he was immediately made 
Professor of Church History in the Seminary, which position he held for ten years. In 1867 he 
was made President of the Baptist Union Theological Seminary and Professor of Systematic 
Theology. He received the degree of D.D. from the University of Rochester in 1864, and that 

1 The University Record for November 2, 1901, is a University, the Trustees of the Divinity School, the Fac- 

" Northrup Memorial Number." In that number will be ulty of Newton Theological Institution, and the Baptist 

found a biographical sketch; the funeral addresses by Drs. Ministers' Conference of Chicago; memorial tributes and 

T. W. Goodspeed, E. B. Hulbert, and W. R. Harper; the appreciations by Professor C. R. Henderson, Dr. H. C. 

address by Rev. F. L, Anderson on the presentation of the Mabie, Professor M. S. Terry, and Presidents A. H. Strong, 

bust of Dr. Northrup to the University ; resolutions passed Herrick Johnson, and Alvah Hovey. 
by the Chicago Baptist Social Union, the Senate of the 



The Divinity School 165 



of LL.D. from Kalamazoo College in 1879. For twenty-five years he was President of the Semi- 
nary, and for eight years Head Professor of Theology in the Divinity School. He departed this 
life December 30, 1900. Through the forty-eight years of his service in the cause of sacred 
learning his immediate associates and the people at large recognized his pre-eminence. 

THE CUERIOULUM 

The problem of the clerical discipline suited to the requirements of modern times has 
engaged the earnest attention of the Faculty. After a good deal of experimentation looking to 
the proper distribution and true balance of required and elective courses, a curriculum was 
adopted (in effect July 1, 1899) which in some of its features is a radical departure from the old 
order of things. The study of Hebrew is made elective. The work of the first year consists 
of twelve prescribed outline courses — three each in the Departments of Old Testament, New 
Testament, Systematic Theology, and Church History. At the beginning of the second year 
the student selects, with the approval of the Faculty, (1) the field of Christian service in which 
he proposes to do his life work, (2) the Department under whose guidance he will continue his 
studies, and (3) the degree for which he desires to be a candidate. If he indicates pastoral or 
missionary work as the field of his future labor, he is required to take three courses in the 
Department of Homiletics. 

The Department under whose special direction the student has elected to continue his 
clerical training is at liberty to send him to pursue studies in any Department of the University, 
whether in the Divinity School or in the Graduate Schools, the design being to give to each 
student precisely that course of study which will best fit him for the largest usefulness in the 
ministry. The curriculum thus arranged has been in operation three years, and has proved 
highly satisfactory to both professors and students. 

THE LENGTH OP THE SCHOOL YEAR 

In the first two years the sessions of the Divinity School extended through two and one- 
half Quarters, opening with the Autumn Quarter and closing at the middle of the Spring Quar- 
ter. For the past eight years the University rule has been followed, the sessions continuing 
through the entire year, three Quarters, or thirty-six weeks, constituting an academic year. 

THE REMOVAL OP THE SCANDINAVIAN SEMINARIES TO MORGAN PARK 

In the first and second years the work of the Swedish and Dano-Norwegian Seminaries 
was done on the University campus. Since the beginning of the third year these Seminaries 
have occupied Walker Hall in Morgan Park. Studies are pursued in these Seminaries in the 
Scandivanian languages, and in the new location the students enjoy special advantages through 
proximity to the University Academy, in which they are taught English. They can likewise 
cultivate among themselves a community of life which at the University it was difficult to secure 
in the midst of a large concourse of American students. 

THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OP THEOLOGY 

The first number of the Journal, edited by the Divinity Faculty, was issued January, 
1897. It announced its purpose to occupy the entire field of theological study, and to open its 
columns to every variety of theological discussion. It was to contain scientific articles which 
should be in some measure real contributions to theological knowledge, documents hitherto 
unedited or at present inaccessible, notes upon special topics in theology, reviews of recent 
theological books, abstracts of current periodical literature, and a classified bibliography. From 
the beginning the quality of the Journal has steadily improved. Representative theologians 



166 The President's Eepoet 

in the great universities of America, England, Scotland, Germany, and France have contributed 
leading articles. The latest results of biblical and theological investigation have been published 
in its pages. Its book reviews have described and critically estimated all the important 
publications issuing from the American, English, and continental press. Its standard of excel- 
lence is so high that from the beginning it has taken a leading place among periodicals of its 
class. Among its subscribers are found the specialists in the various fields of religious inquiry 
and the representative scholars in the American and European seminaries and universities. It 
is to be regretted that it has not found a wider circulation among educated pastors and laymen. 

GROWTH OP the GRADUATE DIVINITY SCHOOL 

In the twenty-five years of its history the Theological Seminary increased from 3 instruc- 
tors and 19 students to 12 instructors and 190 students. In the ten years of its history the 
Divinity School has increased from 16 instructors and 204 students to 22 instructors and 382 
students. This gain is in the face of the fact that in theological seminaries throughout the 
country the number of students, during this period, has been gradually decreasing. In the last 
year of the decade the Divinity School shows an enrolment (on a three-Quarter basis) of 134 
more students than the average enrolment of eleven leading seminaries in the United States. 
The growth which these figures indicate has occilrred almost wholly in the Graduate Divinity 
School. There has been a decrease in the number of unclassified students and in the English 
Theological Seminary. Both Scandinavian Seminaries have gained, but the Graduate Divinity 
School has made the phenomenal advance from 89 to 251. 

D. THE ENGLISH THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 

The Seminary is designed to meet the needs of students who have not enjoyed the advan- 
tages of a collegiate education. In the earlier years these students were admitted to the classes 
of the Graduate Divinity School, but later it was arranged that they should be in residence in 
the Summer Quarter only, taking non-resident correspondence courses in the Autumn, Winter, 
and Spring Quarters. The non-resident courses are so arranged as to supplement the resident 
work. A Certificate of Graduation in English is granted when the student has completed 
twenty- four Majors, presented an approved thesis, and passed a satisfactory final examination. 

The statistics show that the Divinity School has not been successful in drawing large 
numbers of students of this grade into the resident courses, and that it has had even less suc- 
cess with correspondence courses. Men who have had the best training in the best colleges are 
attracted by the elective work and advanced courses which are marked features of our school, 
but men whose educational opportunities have been meager and who, therefore, seem most to 
need clerical training have not been so easily reached. This is greatly to be deplored, since so 
many are already in the ministry, and so many are entering it, whose preparation is wholly 
inadequate. To aid in remedying this evil the foimding of a special training school for men of 
this class is now under advisement. 

E. THE DANISH-NORWEGIAJSr THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 

Report op Peofbssok Hbnbik H. Gundeesen, Dean 

THE PURPOSE AND HELD OP THE SEMINARY 

The purpose of the Seminary is to fit yoimg men to preach the gospel to the Danes and 
Norwegians in this country and in the homelands. According to the census of 1900 there were 
in the United States 308,297 Danes and 787,610 Norwegians, together 1,095,907. This number 
makes no allowance for the immigration since 1900. They have been one of the important 



The Divinity School 167 



factors in building up the great Northwest, where they have chiefly settled. They are robust, 
industrious, intelligent, and progressive, and are readily and rapidly Americanized. The mis- 
sionary work among them is very important. No part of the work done by the Home Mission 
Society is more fruitful or promising. But there must be trained Danish and Norwegian minis- 
ters, who can preach in their native language. The Seminary at Morgan Park is the only 
Baptist Theological School for Danes and Norwegians in this country, and there is no other for 
Norwegians in the world. In the Home Mission Monthly of November, 1897, the late Dr. W. M. 
Haigh says : " From this Seminary there has come a stream of blessing to Danish and Norwegian 
Baptist churches." 

In 1884 the Baptists of Denmark and Norway decided to have their candidates for the 
ministry educated at the Baptist Union Theological Seminary. The field of the Danish- 
Norwegian Seminary consisted, therefore, from 1881 to 1895 of the population of these two 
countries, as well as the above-named Danish and Norwegian population of this country, 
aggregating 6,000,000 souls. There are now in the United States 5,500 Danish and Norwegian 
Baptists, in Denmark 3,928, in Norway 2,710. In 1895 the Baptists in Denmark severed their 
connection with this Seminary, organizing their ovm theological school in Copenhagen, Denmark. 
The teachers in this new school are men who were educated in Morgan Park, and the influence 
from our Seminary will, therefore, continue through generations. 

THE ORGANIZATION OF THE SEMINAEY 

The origin of the Seminary is traced back to 1872. It was in the beginning a part of the 
so-called "Scandinavian Department" of the Baptist Union Theological Seminary at Morgan 
Park. This Department was opened in 1872 with Eev. John A. Edgren as instructor. In 1881 
Kev. N. P. Jensen, a Danish minister, was appointed to assist him. But the attendance of 
Danish students was quite small up to the time of the independent formation of the Danish- 
Norwegian Department in 1884. Only six Danes and Norwegians who studied in the Scandinavian 
Department are now ministers. In 1884 Professor Edgren withdrew from the Baptist Union 
Theological Seminary, taking with him the Swedish students, and the Danish-Norwegian Depart- 
ment was organized. This was a turning-point in the mission among the Danes and Norwegians 
both in the United States and in the homelands. The time since then has been one of more 
prosperity and especial encouragement. 

THE TEACHING STAFF 

At the organization of the Danish-Norwegian Department in 1884, Professor N. P. Jensen 
was made the Head of the Department, and Professor Edward Olson was appointed to aisist 
him. From 1888 Professor H. Gundersen and Professor H. C. A. Samson were associated with 
Professor Jensen. In 1892 Professor Samson resigned. When the Baptist Union Theological 
Seminary in 1892 became a part of the University of Chicago, the Danish Norwegian Depart- 
ment, under the able leadership of Professor Jensen, became a part of the Divinity School. The 
same year Eev. T. 0. Wold was appointed as instructor in preparatory subjects. At the opening of 
the school in the fall of 1893 Professor Jensen was compelled, on account of sickness, to be absent, 
and during the two following years ( 1893-95) he was not able to stay here more than two months. 
His poor health made it necessary for him to live in California. Professor Jensen died May 14, 
1895. The same year Professor H. Gundersen, who had been Acting Dean during Professor 
Jensen's absence, became the Dean of the Seminary, and Rev. C. J. Olsen and Kev. N. S. 
Lawdahl his assistants. Professor T. O. Wold had resigned in the spring of the same year. 
The teaching staff still consists of the same men. 



168 



The President's Eepoet 



THE students 

Since the organization of the Seminary in 1884, 149 students have either fully or partly 
received their education here. Five of these men came before the Scandinavian Department 
was divided, and 144 have been matriculated as new students. The students are as a rule 
picked and devoted young men, and they have been a blessing to God's cause among their 
countrymen. The field of the Seminary has been, as stated above, somewhat diminished since 
1895, when the Baptists in Denmark organized their own school. 

THE CUREIOULUM 

Up to the time of the connection with the University in 1892 there was a three-years' 
course. The principal studies were Exegesis, Church History, Systematic Theology, Homiletics, 
and Pastoral Theology. Since then the requirements for graduation have been raised and the 
course has been extended to four years. The curriculum now consists of two years of prepara- 
tory studies and two years of strictly divinity studies. The curriculum is as follows : 

TABLE I 



Preparatory Studies 



English Grammar 

Danish-Norwegian 

Greek 

History and Geography 

Logic and Psychology, or studies in the 
American Academy 

Total 



No. of 
Majors 



3J^ 
5 

IK 



15 



Theological Studies 



Systematic Theology 

Exegesis 

Hermeneutics 

Introduction 

Antiquities or New Testament Greek 

Church History 

Church Polity 

Homiletics 

Pastoral Theology 

Total 



No. of 

Majors 



4 

Wi 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 

IJ^ 
1 



15 



THE LIBEAEY 



Each student is charged a library fee of $2.50 a Quarter. The money so acquired is used 
in the purchase of English and of Danish-Norwegian books. There are 468 English books and 
241 Danish-Norwegian ; together 709. This library contains standard works in Biblical Litera- 
ture, Chvurch History, Homiletics, and Systematic Theology 



THE LECTURES 



During the past years lectures have been given by prominent scholars and men of practical 
experience in missionary and evangelistic work. Among those who have lectured have been 
Professors from the Divinity School, missionaries in foreign countries, secretaries of the Home 
and Foreign Societies, pastors, etc. These lectures have had a stimulating and inspiring effect. 



STATISTICS 

In Norway there are now settled as pastors and missionaries 11 men and in Denmark 9, 
who have attended the Seminary. Two died as missionaries to the Congo, Africa, having done 
a most excellent work. 



The Divinity School 



169 



TABLE II 
NcMBEK OP Students and Geadcates DnsiNO Each ScHooii Year fkom the Oeganization of the Seminary 



Yeae 


Total 

Ndmbee2 


05 

a 

D 

a 
2: 


< 




a 

H 

|6 


Yeae 


Total 

NOMBEK 


CO 


O 
M 


m 
a 

H 

6.a 




a 
S 


d 

CD 

a 

O 




a 

a 

1 


1884-85 

1885-86 

1886-87 

1887-88 

1888-89 

1889-90 

1890-91 

1891-92 

1892-93 

1893-94 


113 

18 

20 

23* 

20 

19 

20 

23 

21 

24 




1 
1 
2 

1 


7 

10 

6 

10 

6 

6 

10 

10 

8 

7 


5 
8 
5 
6 
4 
5 

25 

4 


3 years 

it 
(t 
ti 
ii 
[( 

u 
It 

4 years 


1894-95.... 
1895-96.... 
1896-97.... 
1897-98.... 
1898-99.... 
1899-1900. . 
1900-1901.. 
1901-1902.. 
1902-1903. . 


24 
24 
21 
24 
20 
23 
26 
24 
27 


2 
2 
1 

i 

•• 


10 
6 
7 
6 
3 
9 

10 
6 
8 


io 

3 
3 
4 
5 
6 
3 


4 years 

(C 

(( 
t( 
t( 
u 
(t 
a 



F. THE SWEDISH THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 

Report op Professor C G. Lagekgeen, Dean 

SWEDISH BAPTISTS IN AMEEICA 

In 1852 the first Swedish Baptist church iu America was organized in Kock Island, 111., by 
a few who had escaped the religious persecutions at that time raging in Sweden. In 1870, or 
eighteen years later, the number of churches had increased to twenty-four, with eight ministers. 
Including the later period of thirty-two years (1870-1902) there are at present in the United 
States 318 Swedish Baptist churches, organized into 17 State Conferences; 215 church buildings, 
21,767 church members, and 293 pastors and preachers. Of the latter 156 have attended our 
school. 

FOUNDING AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE SEMINARY 

Professor J. A. Edgren, D.D., after his service in the navy during the Civil War, in 1866, 
in company with Kev. A. Wiberg, D.D., and Colonel K. O. Broady, D.D., went to Sweden to 
establish the Bethel Seminary in Stockholm. In 1870 Dr. Edgren returned to the United States, 
and while pastor of the First Swedish Baptist Church in Chicago started the first Swedish 
Baptist paper in this country, Zions Wakt. In the fall of 1871 Dr. Edgren founded our Semi- 
nary with but one student. Rev. C. Silene, now state missionary in Texas. In this connection 
we wish to quote a passage written by Dr. Edgren himself, which appeared in the Standard of 
November 25, 1875. It reads: 

Then [1870] I received a call from the First Swedish Baptist Church of Chicago, and soon found 
my hands full, yea, overfull, of precious labor for the Master. I had not been long here, when I saw 
the great need of theological training for our Scandinavian preachers. We had some, though unedu- 
cated, yet very excellent brethren on the field; but nevertheless errors were in some places gaining a 



2 Of these students came directly to the school : from 
Denmark, 13; from Norway, 33; from the United States 
and Canada, 103 ; total, 119. 

3 Four of the total number were students in the Scan- 
dinavian Department. 



* One of the total number was a student in the Scan- 
dinavian Department. 

5 The four-years' course dates its beginning from the 
connection with the University (1892). But the graduates 
of 1893 graduated according to the old rules. 



170 The Peesident's Eepoet 

strong hold upon the churches. In one district the preachers themselves had concluded it would be 
best to appoint some kind of a bishop, whom the churches would obey. Elsewhere the errors of soul- 
sleeping, annihilation, and Judaizing teaching were gaining ground. 

Seeing all this, and feeling how great an advantage it would be for our missionaries and pastors 
to have more theological knowledge for their general work, and knowing, also, the great need of 
preachers for our extensive fields, whitening for harvest, I became burning with a desire to impart to 
others what I had myself learned of theology, and more, too, provided I could get it. So I entered the 
Theological Seminary of Chicago, and graduated, beginning, at the same time, upon invitation of the 
Faculty, instruction for Scandinavian students. 

The first year, 1871-72, we had one student; the second year, four. I was then appointed 
instructor by the Board of the Seminary. The third year we had seven students; the fourth, nine; 
and now we have twelve. 

As we find from the above, the Seminary has from its early beginning been united with 
the Baptist Union Theological Seminary of Chicago, of which it has since formed a part, except- 
ing the period from 1884 to 1888, when, with the name of " Bible Seminary," it was first located 
at St. Paul, Minn., and afterward at Stromsburg, Neb. Until 1880 the work of the Seminary 
was conducted on the Old University grounds, and from 1880 to 1892, with the exception of 
1884-88, at Morgan Park, 111. In 1892, when the Baptist Union Theological Seminary was con- 
nected with the University of Chicago as its Divinity School, our Seminary, as an organic part 
of the same, also entered into connection with the University. Hence it becomes clear that the 
history of oui Seminary may properly be divided into three periods : the first, the Chicago- 
Morgan Park period (1871-1884); the second, the St. Paul-Stromsburg period (1884^88); and 
the third, the Morgan Park-Chicago period (1888-1902). During the first period the Danes and 
Norwegians studied together with the Swedes. The total number of Danish and Norwegian 
students during that time (1871-84) amounted to twenty-four, of whom five graduated. They 
are not included in the figures given below. 

STUDENTS 

During the whole period of thirty-one years (1871-1902) 295 have been admitted to the 
school, 121 during the last decade (1892-1902). The first graduate was the late Kev. N. Hay- 
land. In all 131 have graduated; 78, or more than one-half, in the last ten years. 

The students are today scattered over the mission field as follows: China, 1; India, 3; 
Finland, 1; Sweden, 4; Canada, 2; New York, 3; Pennsylvania, 1; Delaware, 1; Connecticut, 3; 
Maine, 1; Massachusetts, 5; New Hampshire, 1; Illinois, 23; Michigan, 10; Wisconsin, 6; Min- 
nesota, 32; South Dakota, 4; Iowa, 8; Nebraska, 7; Kansas, 6; Texas, 2; California, 3; Oregon, 
1; Washington, 7; Montana, 1; and North Dakota, 5. 

Many of oiu- graduates have, as general and state missionaries, accomplished a very 
successfrd work, as is the case vidth N. Hayland, C. Silene, A. P. Ekman, A. P. Hanson, L. J. 
Ahlstrom, Aug. Johnson, O. Ellison, C. Asplund, L. M. Stolberg, C. J. Almquist, G. A. Osbrink, 
A. W. Backlund, C. A. Boberg, G. A. Hagstrom, E. J. Nordlander, M. Berglund, Chas. Palm, 
C. E. Oberg, Eagn. Arlander, John Ericson. 

TEACHERS 

The regular teachers have been: J A. Edgren, sixteen years (1871-87); N. P. Jensen, 
three years (1881-84); N. N. Morten, eleven years (1884^95); E. Sandell, eight years (1887-95); 
C. G. Lagergren, thirteen years (1889-1902); W. A. Peterson, seven years (1895-1902); and O. 
Hedeen, six years (1896-1902). Assistants have been: C. Silene (1874-76), N. P. Jensen (1874^ 
76), A. P. Ekman (1877-78), E. Wingren (1880-81), J. M. Sjolto (1882-84), Frank Peterson, and 
John Ongman (1884-85). 



The D1VINIT.Y School 



171 



CUEEIOULUM 

The following subjects have been studied: Swedish, English, Greek, Hebrew, General 
History and Geography, Logic, Anthropology, Moral Philosophy, Physiology, Astronomy, 
Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Biblical Geography and Antiquities, Biblical Introduction, 
Hermeneutics, Exegesis, Systematic Theology, Church History, Homiletics, Pastoral Theology, 
Church Polity. 

At present the courses given are as follows: 

TABLE III 



Preparatory Subjects 



No. of 
Majors 



Theological Subjects 



No. of 
Majors 



Swedish Language 

English Language 

General History and Geography 

Elementary Greek 

Logic 

Anthropology 

History of Philosophy 

Total 



5 



15 



Biblical Geography and Antiquities 

Biblical Introduction 

Hermeneutics 

New Testament Greek 

New Testament Exegesis 

Church History 

Systematic Theology 

Christian Ethics 

Church Polity 

Pastoral Theology 

Homiletics 

Total 



2^ 

¥^ 

4 
% 

1 
15 



TABLE IV 

Statistics 



Year 



1871-72 . . 
1872-73 . . 
1873-74 . . 
1874-75 . . 
1875-76 . . 
1876-77 . . 
1877-78 . . 
1878-79 . . 
1879-80 . , 
1880-81 . . 
1881-82 . . 
1882-83 . . 
1883-84 . . 

Total 

1884-85 . . 
1885-86 . . 
1886-87 . . 
1887-88 . . 

Total 



bciS 


ffl 


U 










<D 












V 




E3 


■TS 


31 




i 










aM 




pz 


© 




l-H 


ciJ 


H 


H 





1 




1 


1 


1 


3 




4 


1 


1 


3 


1 


7 


1 


2 


2 


3 


8 


2 


3 


3 


1 


7 


3 


3 


6 


1 


8 


1 


3 


3 


1 


6 


2 


3 


2 


1 


5 


1 


2 


8 


2 


10 


1 


3 


3 




8 


2 


3 


7 


2 


' 13 


2 


3 


14 


2 


24 


3 


4 


10 


8 


26 


3 


4 


65 


22 








26 


6 


39 


4 


3 


19 




30 


2 


3 


8 


io 


L'4 


2 


3 


6 




13 


2 


2 


59 


16 









Year 



1888-89 

1889-90 

1890-91 

1891-92 

1892-93 

1893-94 

1894-95 

1895-96 

1896-97 

1897-98 

1898-99 

1899-1900 

1900-1901 

1901-1902 

Total 

Grand total 



«2 





t-i 




p d 


















-% 


3i 


■a 


am 




oZ 


(D 


hH 





ir* 


H 


10 


7 


19 


2 


18 


4 


27 


3 


14 


4 


28 


3 


18 


12 


43 


3 


12 


14 


43 


3 


18 


5 


38 


3 


9 


9 


36 


3 


13 


3 


28 


3 


12 


8 


33 


3 


9 


3 


30 


3 


4 


7 


25 


3 


12 


9 


32 


3 


10 


3 


26 


3 


12 


5 


36 


3 


171 


93 






295 


131 







172 The President's Eeport 

LIBEABY 

There are three separate divisions in the library — the English, the Swedish, and the Dano- 
Norwegian. The Swedish department, besides the yearly appropriations by the University, has 
been specially fortunate in receiving valuable additions from private donors, among them Dr. J. 
A. Edgren. The English books are secured for the mutual benefit of the two Scandinavian 
schools. At present the books in the library nrunber 468 English and 725 Swedish volumes. 

HALE-OENTENNIAL JUBILEE 

The Swedish Baptists of America have recently celebrated the event of their fifty years' 
existence and labors. The jubilee was held in the Immanuel Baptist Church of Chicago, Sep- 
tember 25-8, 1902. Besides visitors from all parts of this country, we had the privilege of 
welcoming delegates from Sweden, Finland, and Norway. The capacious church was well 
filled at every session. At the communion, held Sunday, September 28, between three and four 
thousand Swedish Baptists met around the Lord's table. Never before had the seating capacity 
of the church been so taxed, both auditorium, galleries, and Simday-school rooms below being 
filled to the utmost. It was a memorable hour. 

A mixed choir of 250 voices and a male choir of 100 members rendered splendid services 
during the jubilee. Excellent and inspiring addresses were delivered by representatives from 
the University of Chicago, the American Baptist Missionary Union, the American Baptist Home 
Mission Society, and the American Baptist Publication Society. 

Our Seminary received its full share of esteem and appreciation. Of the Swedes partici- 
pating none was shown greater aflFection and respect than the honored founder, and for many 
years the Head, of our school, Dr. J. A. Edgren. Above all a high degree of gratitude made 
itself manifest among our people for the many sacrifices, the splendid support and encourage- 
ment given by the Baptist Theological Union and the University of Chicago. 

Once more turning our attention to the Seminary, it becomes clear that it has been the 
chief instrument in the hands of God to establish and extend the Swedish Baptist denomina- 
tion in America. It has been organized for the purpose of furnishing our churches with good, 
faithful pastors; our fields with earnest, devout missionaries, preachers, and leaders. As one 
result of its successful efPorts, let us, in closing, look upon our own great city of Chicago — this 
stronghold of the Swedish Baptists of this country. With a Swedish population of 140,000, 
there are in Chicago today 2,400 Swedish Baptists, belonging to twelve different churches, all of 
which, with one exception — the First Swedish Baptist Church — may truly be said to owe their 
origin to the zeal and efforts of the professors and students of our school. 

G. THE DISCIPLES' DIVINITY HOUSE 

Repoet of De. Eeeett Gates, Seceetary 
The first step toward the organization of a Divinity House for the Disciples in connection 
with the University of Chicago was taken in the spring of 1894 by the Acting Board of the 
General Christian Missionary Society of the Disciples of Christ, meeting in Cincinnati, in naming 
the following persons as a temporary Board of Trustees: J. W. Allen, F. D. Power, J. H. Gar- 
rison, A. J. Marvin, W. F. Black, S. M. Cooper, W. D. MacClintock, N. S. Haynes, E. T. 
Matthews, F. M. Kirkham, A. McLean, John Gunzenhauser, G. W. Muckley, W. J. Ford, J. H. 
Hardin. At a meeting held in Chicago, May 26, 1894, and attended by A. McLean, J. H. Hardin, 
F. M. Kirkham, N. S. Haynes, J. W. Allen, and H. L, Willett, the temporary Board of Trustees 
constituted itself a permanent Board of Trustees for the purpose of negotiating with the Uni- 
versity of Chicago terms of agreement for the organization and incorporation of the proposed 



The Divinity School 173 



House. At this meeting H. L. Willett was appointed Dean. The Disciples' Divinity House 
was incorporated July 2, 1894. Articles of Agreement with the University were drawn up and 
officially adopted by the Board of Trustees at a meeting held in Kichmond, Va., October 20, 
1894. 

AETIOLES OF AGREEMENT 

The following is the Agreement into which the University enters with its several Divinity 
Houses: 

First: The Divinity House (in each case) of the University of Chicago hereby agrees to build 
one or more halls at some point in proximity to the grounds of the University of Chicago, to be called 
by name or names hereafter to be agreed upon by the parties to this contract, it being understood 
that the hall or halls shall be used as a home for students of these denominations attending the 
University of Chicago; it being further understood that the grounds and halls shall be the sole and 
exclusive property of said Divinity House of the University of Chicago. 

Second: The University of Chicago hereby agrees to furnish to the students of said House all 
the privileges of the University on the same terms as to the students living in the Houses of the Uni- 
versity itself; it being further understood that students pursuing courses of theological studies shall 
be admitted in accordance with the regulations governing the Divinity School, and that said students, 
after having completed the courses of study laid down by the University, shall receive the proper 
recognition of such work in the form of appropriate degrees. 

Third: It is mutually agreed that the Divinity House of the University of Chicago shall have 
the privilege of nominating one or more instructors or officers, who shall be given general charge of 
their said hall or halls and of students residing therein; provided said instructors or officers shall be 
elected by the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago; it being understood: 

1. That the officers of the House shall be recognized as members of the University of Chicago; 
shall be invited to confer with the Divinity Faculty of the University on questions which relate 
exclusively to the interests of the House or its members, and upon such questions only; and that the 
House shall be represented in the University Council by its principal officer, who shall be called 
Dean. 

2. That the officers of the House shall give instructions in connection with the Department or 
Departments of the University designated at the time of their election, which instruction shall be 
accepted of students in lieu of other similar instruction offered by the University in accordance with 
the regulations of the Divinity School. 

3. That the support and maintenance of such officers and instructors shall be provided by the 
Divinity House of the University of Chicago; it being understood that the University of Chicago 
shall have no financial responsibility in connection with said House, its officers, or teachers. 



At the first annual meeting, April 4, 1895, measures were taken to obtain property for the 
location of a building for the House. An option was secured on a lot at the corner of Lexing- 
ton avenue and Fifty-seventh street, just opposite the University Quadrangles, 100 X 170 in 
dimensions. The work of raising the funds necessary to the purchase of the lot was under- 
taken by Mr. Ames, with such success that by March 1, 1896, nearly the whole amount (113,000) 
had been raised. The transfer of the property to the Disciples' Divinity House was at once 
executed. 

The end in view in the purchase of the lot was the erection of a hall with accommodations for 
students, classes, library, and offices. The need for such a hall was strongly urged upon the 
friends of the enterprise from the beginning, with the result that provision was made for it by the 
late John L. Davis, in his will, and was made known to the Trustees at his death in 1899. The 
will provides that at the death of his surviving widow one-half of the estate shall be devoted 
to the erection of a hall on the Divinity House lot, to be known as the " Davis Memorial Hall." 



174 The President's Repoet 

It is estimated that the bequest will yield $50,000. Heirs of the estate instituted proceedings 
to break the will, but after lying in court for two years the case was thrown out. 

In 1898 a request came from the Hyde Park Church of Christ to be allowed to build a 
chapel on one corner of the lot. Articles of Agreement were drawn up, and the chapel was 
erected in the fall of 1899 at a cost of about $7,000. The relations between the Divinity House 
and the church have been, from the beginning, close, cordial, and mutually helpful. 

INSTEDCTOES 

H. L. Willett, served as Dean and Instructor, 1894^ ; E. S. Ames, served as Head and 
Instructor, 1894-97 ; W. E. Garrison, served as Head and Instructor, 1897-98 ; Hiram VanKirk, 
served as Head and Instructor, 1898-1900 ; Errett Gates, served as Instructor 1898- and Secre- 
tary 1900-. 

The courses of instruction given in the House are shown in detail in connection vnth the 
statistics which follow. 

STUDENTS 

Any Disciple who matriculates in the University and takes his Major work in the Divinity 
School is a member of the House. The following table shows the number of students who have 
been members of the House, classified according to the year in which they entered : 

TABLE V 

1892-93 1 

1893-94 3 

1894-95 10 

1895-96 ------ 13 

1896-97 ------ 13 

1897-98 - 22 

1898-99 - 13 

1899-1900 ----- 29 

1900-1901 29 

1901-1902 20 

Total - 153 

Twenty-two different members of the House have taken twenty-five degrees from the Uni- 
versity, as follows : Ph.B., 1; A.B., 2; D.B., 15; A.M., 1; Ph.D., 6. 

OEGANIZATION 

The present organization of the House is as follows : Dean, Herbert L. Willett ; Secretary, 
Errett Gates. Trustees : W. D. MacClintock, Chicago, President; A. B. Wilson, Chicago, 
Treasurer; Errett Gates, Chicago, Secretary. Term expires 1903 : J. H. Garrison, St. Louis; H. 
L. Willett, Chicago ; W. D. MacClintock, Chicago; E. M. Bowman, Chicago; A. B. Wilson, 
Chicago. Term expires 1904 : Errett Gates, Chicago; E. S. Ames, Chicago; G. W. Muckley, 
Kansas City; A. McLean, Cincinnati; F. D. Power, Washington. Term expires 1905: W. S. 
Brannum, Chicago; D. M. Hillis, Chicago; C. S. Roberts, Chicago; P. C. Frick, Cedar Kapids, 
la.; S. M. Cooper, Cincinnati. 

H. THE CUMBERLAND PRESBYTERIAN DIVINITY HOUSE 

At the meeting of the Synod of Illinois in Chicago, October 9-11, 1894, action was taken 
creating the Cumberland Presbyterian Divinity House of the University of Chicago. The 
Board of Trustees appointed by that body consisted of the following gentlemen: Kev. A. H. 



The Divinity School 



175 



Stephens, Chicago, President; Eev. W. C. Logan, Chicago, Secretary; A. Garrett, Genoa 
Junction, Wis., Treasurer; K. M. Antram, Grand Kidge; Samuel Anderson, Taylorville; Eev. A. 
G. Burgen, Mattoon; J. M. Cowan, Chicago; Charles Chubbuck, Chicago; Rev. J. E. Garvin, 
Taylorville; I. W. Howerth, Chicago; F. H. Perrin, Alton; P. E. Powell, Chicago; Rev. J. 
E. Roach, Aubui-n; A. R. Scott, Bethany; A. E. Turner, Lincoln. 

The Articles of Agreement between the University and the Cumberland Presbyterian House 
are in the same form as those between the University and the Disciples' House. Some sub- 
scriptions for the lot and building were secured, but the arrangements were never completed. 

The House opened formally October 1, 1895, with Rev. W. C. Logan as resident Secretary 
and officer of instruction. The instruction given is shown in connection with the statistics. 
The membership of the House numbered twelve students. 



I. STATISTICS 

TABLE VI 

Attendance et Quaetees and Yeaes, 1892-1902 



Quarter 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 . 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Suminer 


i82 
181 
170 


iei 

168 
128 


60 
209 
212 
207 


148 
199 
177 
170 


156 

204 
185 
159 


184 
191 
183 
187 


170 
182 
172 
171 


229 

207 
201 
199 


221 
201 

184 
181 


219 




189 




188 


Spring 


170 






Year 


204 


179 


281 


321 


337 


371 


336 


394 


372 


382 







TABLE VII 
The Geaduate DiviNiTy School. Attendance bi Quaetees and Yeaes 



Quarter 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Summer 


'84 
82 
73 


'96 
102 

87 


43 
108 
115 
118 


105 
128 
121 
121 


131 

las 

114 

104 


130 
114 
111 
126 


129 
112 
110 
105 


165 
125 
124 
122 


177 
128 
111 

104 


164 
112 


Winter 

Spring 


108 
94 


Year 


89 


111 


165 


205 


234 


238 


224 


241 


253 


251 



TABLE Vni 
Unclassified Divinity Students. Attendance bt Quaetees and Yeaes 



Quarter 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1891-95 


1895-96 


1895-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 




62 
65 
66 


46 
45 
24 


17 
40 
35 

27 


43 
20 
25 
20 


25 
17 
15 
16 


54 
22 
24 
15 


41 
26 
23 
23 


64 
28 
25 
25 


44 
21 
20 
30 


55 


Autumn 


20 


Winter 

Spring 


20 
17 






Year 


79 


47 


54 


62 


46 


78 


67 


98 


66 


71 







176 



The Pkesident's Repoet 



TABLE IX 

Dano-Noewegian Theological Seminary. Attendance by Quaetees and Yeaes 



Quarter 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Summer 


13 
11 

8 


'h 

8 
4 


25 
26 
26 


23 
13 
12 


20 

22 

9 


25 
22 
20 


19 
19 


23 
22 
22 


27 
27 
27 






23 


Winter 


24 




23 






Year 


13 


8 


26 


26 


22 


25 


20 


23 


27 


24 



TABLE X 
Swedish Theological Seminaey, Attendance by Qdaeteks and Yeaes 



Quarter 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 




23 
23 
23 


i2 

, 13 
13 


36 
36 
36 


28 
18 
17 


34 
34 
30 


30 
26 
26 


25 
20 

24 


si 

30 
30 


25 

26 
26 






34 


Winter 


36 




36 






Year 


23 


13 


36 


28 


35 


30 


25 


32 


26 


36 



TABLE XI 
Peecentage of Attendance Each Quaetee and Yeae, as Compaeed with the Piest Coeeesponding Period 



Quarter 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 




ioo 

100 
100 


'88 
93 

75 


100 
115 
117 

122 


247 

109 

98 

100 


260 

112 

102 

94 


306 
105 
101 
110 


283 

100 

95 

101 


382 
113 
111 

117 


368 
110 
102 
106 


365 


Autunin 


104 


Winter 


104 




100 






Year 


100 


88 


138 


157 


165 


182 


165 


193 


182 


187 







TABLE XII 
Peopoktional Distkibction of Attendance in the These Divisions of the Divinity School 



Division 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 




44 

39 
17 


62 

26 
12 


59 
19 
22 


64 
19 
17 


69 
14 
17 


64 

21 
15 


67 
20 
13 


61 
25 
14 


68 
18 
14 


66 


Unclassified Divinity Students. . . . 
Scandinavian Theolog, Seminaries 


18 
16 


Total Divinity Attendance 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 



TABLE XIII 
Peecentage of Women 



Quarter 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 




2 

4 
3 


'3 

4 
16 


5 
3 

4 
2 


'3 

5 

11 


5 
4 
6 
3 


9 
8 
9 
2 


9 
4 
8 
5 


8 

6 
8 

7 


3 

5 
6 
6 


7 


Autumn 


4 


Winter - 


4 




1 






Year 


4 


3 


3 


3 


5 


9 


7 


10 


6 


6 



The Divinity School 



177 



TABLE XIV 
The Geographical DiaTEiBUTiON of Divinity Students 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894r-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Total Differ- 
ent Students 
tor 10 Years 




'i 
2 

66 
6 

"8 
9 

i 

3 
13 
12 

1 
7 

5 

ib 

2 
2 
9 
1 

'6 
1 

1 

i 
1 
1 

10 


i 

2 
1 

55 

7 

12 
6 
1 

'2 
'9 
6 
9 


'2 

'6 
2 

2 

78 
13 

17 
10 

1 

'3 

1 

4 

8 
18 

3 

7 

1 

6 

2 

4 
U 

3 

3 

7 

i 
10 

'i ■ 

7 
5 

'4 

1 
5 
7 


'2 

'7 
3 
2 

81 
14 

21 
9 
2 

'4 
1 

10 
15 
12 
2 
13 

■g 
2 
4 

10 
2 
4 

16 

i 

11 

i 

10 
3 
3 

i 

1 
2 
12 
1 


'2 

'3 

2 
4 

93 

11 

1 

21 
8 
4 
1 
1 
1 
6 
15 
16 
2 

10 
1 

14 
4 
2 

11 
3 
2 

15 

i 

IS 

i 

7 
7 
2 

i 

1 
2 

21 

1 


1 
1 

'2 
3 
4 
1 
1 

lio 
12 

32 
10 

4 

i 
3 
9 
12 
12 
1 

18 

13 
5 
2 

12 

1 
5 
20 

ii 

'3 

9 

6 
5 

i 
2 

ii 

2 


1 

4 

i 

3 
2 

'3 

89 
16 

28 
5 
4 
1 
1 
2 
8 

13 

13 
1 
9 
1 

12 
4 
2 

11 
4 
4 

15 
1 

is 
'i 

6 

3 

4 

i 

6 

15 
1 


2 
3 

'2 
2 
2 
1 
3 

92 
26 

36 
10 
S 

1 

'2 
3 

21 

18 
4 

17 
1 

11 
2 
1 
8 
4 
4 

21 
1 

is 

■4 
7 

6 
3 

■9 

2i 
2 


1 

6 

"2 

'3 

87 

18 

28 
10 

7 
2 

1 

'8 
23 
16 
4 
10 

■? 
1 

12 
3 

1 
27 

is 

'i 
2 

10 
s 

6 
1 
1 

16 
1 


S 

1 

'4 
3 
1 
3 
3 

92 
19 

25 
12 
7 
1 
1 

'8 
18 
24 
3 
15 

'8 

'7 
4 
1 

21 

i9 
1 

4 
6 
5 
5 
1 

6 
1 

1 

15 

3 


6 




12 


Arizona. _ 


'26 




10 




10 


Florida. 


5 




9 








387 




75 




1 




119 




46 




23 




5 




7 


Maryland 


5 

29 




75 




67 




15 




66 


Montana 


3 
S9 


New Hampshire 


9 
6 


New York 


48 




14 




9 


Ohio 


84 


Oklahoma 


2 
2 




66 


Rhode Island 


2 




12 


South Dakota 


22 




24 


Texas 


18 


Utah 


1 

2 




21 




4 


West Virginia 


10 


Wisconsin 

District of Columbia 


69 
6 


Totals from IT. S 


182 

1 
10 

'2 
2 

'5 

i 
i 


'2 
2 


256 


292 


310 

ii 

i 

2 
1 
1 

'2 

'3 

2 
i 


345 
1 


308 


366 
12 


334 


351 

is 
i 

'5 
16 

i 

1 


1,465 
3 


Canada.. 


56 




1 


Denmark 


3 




8 


Hawaii 


2 




1 


Ireland 


2 




16 




2 


Norway. ... . . . . 


22 




1 


Persia 


1 




1 


Russia 


2 




3 


Siam 


1 




2 




1 


Turkey 


1 


Totals from foreign 




22 

204 


21 
179 


23 
2 

281 


24 

4 

321 


24 

3 

337 


?5 

1 

371 


22 

6 

336 


28 
394 


38 
372 


31 
382 


129 


Not stated 




Grand total 


1,594 



178 



The Peesident's Eepoet 



TABLE XV 

The Institutions feom which the Labqest Numbee of Students Have Come Each Yeae 



1892-93—1. Morgan Park Theological Seminary. 

2. Denison University. 

3. Bucknell University. 

4. University of Michigan. 

5. Acadia College. 

1893-94 — 1. Morgan Park Scandinavian Academy. 

2. Morgan Park Theological Seminary. 

3. Denison University. 

4. Colgate University. 

5. Bucknell University. 

1894-95 — 1. Morgan Park Scandinavian Academy. 

2. Bucknell University. 

3. Colgate University. 

4. Denison University. 

5. University of Chicago. 

1895-96 — 1. Denison University. 

2. Colgate University. 

3. Morgan Park Theological Seminary. 

4. University of Chicago. 

5. Chicago Theological Seminary. 

1896-97 — 1. University of Chicago. 

2. Denison University. 

3. Des Moines College. 

4. Chicago Theological Seminary. 

5. Bucknell University. 



1897-98—1. University of Chicago. 

2. Morgan Park Scandinavian Academy. 

3. Des Moines College. 

4. Bucknell University. 

5. Yale University. 

1898-99—1. University of Chicago. 

2. Morgan Park Theological Seminary. 

3. Bucknell University. 

4. Chicago Theological Seminary. 

5. Yale University. 

1899-00 — 1. Morgan Park Scandinavian Academy. 

2. Hiram College. 

3. University of Chicago. 

4. Bucknell University. 

5. Vanderbilt University. 

1900-01 — 1. Morgan Park Scandinavian Academy. 

2. University of Chicago. 

3. Garrett Biblical Institute. 

4. Drake University. 

5. Vanderbilt University. 

1901-02 — 1. Morgan Park Scandinavian Academy. 

2. University of Chicago. 

3. Bucknell University. 

4. Vanderbilt University. 

5. Southern Baptist Theological Sem. 



TABLE XVI 

AvEEAGE Ages of Stitdents on Enteeinq and on Leaving the Vaeious Divisions of the 
Divinity Schooi,, foe the Ten Yeaes 1892-1902 



Ages (Average) 


1892-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


190O-1901 


1901-1902 


1892-1902 


I. On entering — 

The Graduate Divinity School 

The Unclassified Divinity Division 

The Dano-Norwegian Theological Sem . 
The Swedish Theological Seminary . . . 

II. On graduating with the degree of — 
Bachelor of Theology 


29 
30 
25 
26 

30 
31 
23 
29 

28 
28 
32 


31 
29 
22 
29 

si 

35 
34- 

31 
31- 


31 
35 

24 
29 

3i 
46 
34- 

30 

28 


32 
30 
25 
30 

30 
30 
30 

29 
32 
39 


33.6 
32.8 
25.6 
25.8 

38.5 
29.5 
28.7 
31. 

24 
29 
32 


30 
31 
25 
27 

31 


Bachelor of Divinity 


31 




33-1- 


Doctor of Philosophy 

III. On receiving the — 


32 
28+ 


Swedish Certificate 


29- 


English Certificate 


32 







The Divinity School 



179 



TABLE XVII 

A Stddy of the Length of Residence of Students in the Geaduate Divinity School (Geaduatb and 

Unclassified), by Year of Enteance and Numbek of Quakters of Residence 



£ 18£ 

CD 


2-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-1900 1' 


00-1901 


1901-1902 


Total 


Number of Quar 
Residence 

Graduates 




a 

m 

a 

P H 


rn ^ 

1 1 1 


1 a 

P 
. ... 1 


I 

1 


1 

3 
9 


« 

'ffl 

cd 

P 
5 


I 

14 


03 
cC 
3 
T3 
cd 
tH 

CD 

22 
"1 

2 
23 

5 


T3 

a 

cd 

3 
P 

5 
1 

"8 


la 
1 

27 
2 
2 

31 
5 


tn 

03 

03 
3 

13 
3 


a 

cd 
13 

3 
P 

9 
2 


Id 
1 

22 
5 




cd 
3 

cd 

CS 

16 
2 
1 

19 
5 


T3 

a 

Cd 

3 
P 

4 

1 

'12 


'a 
I 

20 
3 
1 

31 
5 


tn 

03 

Cd 
3 

1 

33 
5 

ii 

4 
1 
8 
3 


03 

a 

cd 

13 

3 
p 

18 
2 
1 

16 
4 

■7 
2 


1 

3 1 

& c 

51 4 
7 
1 


T3 
03 

t3 
1 

1 
P 

2 8 
4 1 


I 

50 

5 


■a 
1 i 

s s 

CS P 
41 1 


1 55 


1 

cd 
3 

"3 
cd 

176 
15 
4 
186 
26 
5 
81 
15 
9 

110 

16 
1 

49 

10 
2 

25 
8 
3 

36 

11 
6 

26 
7 
3 
2 

15 
8 
4 
2 

30 
8 
2 

22 
9 
3 
2 
6 
9 
2 
1 

12 
4 
3 

10 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
3 
1 


T3 
03 

ca 
1 

cd 
'0 

a 
P 

64 
7 
1 

91 

12 
4 

49 
6 

'33 
4 
1 

16 

4 
2 
16 

1 

ii 
2 

7 

3 
1 

"5 

2 
2 

"4 
1 
1 
3 
2 

"i 

"2 
2 
1 

1 
1 

"i 


'a 

E-i 


^ 


240 










m 


En 

u 


,. 1 
5 9 


















5 


4 1 
1 ... 


5 17 6 

1 1 1 
. 2 ... 

2 5 5 
. 1 2 


23 
2 
2 

10 
3 


22 
4 
1 
5 

"i 
11 

3 


7 
1 
1 
2 
1 

i 

1 


29 
5 
2 
7 
1 
1 

12 
4 


22 
"4 
1 
15 
2 
1 
9 
4 


14 
4 
3 
6 

'4 
1 


36 
8 
4 

21 
2 
1 

13 
5 


30 2 
8 
1 


1 8 
1 2 


29 
3 


40 1> 
1 .. 


I 54 

1 


277 
38 


1= 




9 


2^:::;: ii 

21 


7 18 


1 1 


7 
3 


3 

1 


10 
4 


9 
2 


6 


15 
2 


15 

5 


9 7 
3 ... 


16 
3 


11 . 
1 .. 


> 16 
1 


130 
21 


of 






2 


I-::::: 32 

3S 3 

31 1 

4^ 11 


11 43 
1 4 

1 2 

2 13 


5 2 


7 12 2 
. 1 ... 


14 

1 


9 


2 


11 


5 

1 


2 
1 


7 
2 


2 3 


5 


6 2 
3 ... 


8 
3 


19 < 
1 .. 


I 23 
1 


143 

20 












2 


8 1 


9 2 3 

. 3 1 

1 .. 


5 
4 

1 
2 
1 
1 
4 
1 
2 
2 


5 
2 

"i 
3 


1 

2 
2 
1 


6 
4 
2 
2 
3 


3 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

"i 


"i 


3 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 


5 


3 
1 


8 
1 


3 
3 




3 
3 


2 4 


6 


5 1 
1 ... 


6 
1 


5 


6 


65 
14 


It 
















4 


5=:::::-8 


5 13 


3 2 


5 1 1 
1 . .. 


1 

1 


1 


2 

1 


2 
1 
1 

2 


4 

1 

i 


6 
2 

1 
3 


4 
1 


2 


6 
1 .. 


4... 


4 






41 






9 








1 












3 


6 10 

^1 ' 


4 14 
1 


1 3 
1 ... 


4 3 1 
1 1 ... 

2 .. 


4 
1 
1 
5 
2 
2 
1 

4 
2 
3 


' i 

"i 


4 
1 
1 
5 
3 
2 
1 
5 
2 
3 


2 
2 
1 
2 


"2 


2 
2 
1 

2 

2 


7 
2 
1 
4 


"i 


7 
3 
1 . . 


7 1 
2 1 


8 
3 






47 






13 


1 




1 






fi 


7:::;:-3 

7i 


4 7 


6 1 
2 ... 


7 1 1 
2 


3 
2 

1 




3 
2 
1 


4 


2 1 
1 ... 


3 

1 






33 












10 


73 


1 1 






















4 














1 




1 
















a 


8^::::: -2 
ll 


... 2 
1 1 


... 2 
2 ... 


2 12 
2 2 ... 
1 . 


3 

2 


3 




3 


1 


"i 


1 
1 


1 




1 


3 ... 


3 






vo 


2 
1 




2 
1 






10 










"i 

6 
4 

"i 

2 


1 

"i 


1 .. 










6 




1 '1 






1 

2 




1 
2 








1 










2 


P::::;-4 

9} 2 


3 7 
... 2 


1 ... 
1 1 


1 5 ... 

2 


5 


6 




6 


4 




4 


2 
1 
1 
2 


1 


3 
1 
1 
2 


6 . . 










34 


4 










9 


















1 

4 


"i 


1 

5 


1 










3 


10' 7 

m 4 


... 7 
1 5 


2 ... 
1 ... 


2 2 1 


3 


3 

2 
1 

1 
1 
2 


1 


4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 


1 


"i 


1 

1 


1 .. 










25 


2 . 










11 


1 


1 


1 




1 


















3 


loi::::: "i 

11 2 

114 


... 2 






























?. 


"3 '.'.'. 


. 2 ... 
3 1 ... 


2 

1 




















1 


1 


2 










7 


1 




1 


2 
2 




2 
2 


















9 


lis 
























2 


















1 

3 

1 
1 
1 
2 
1 




1 
3 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 






















1 


12 3 

12s 

121 1 

13 2 


... 3 
1 1 

1 2 
... 2 


... 1 


13 1 

. 1 ... 

. 1 ... 

2 3... 

1 


4 
1 
1 
3 

1 








3 


"i 


3 
1 






















14 




J 




2 




2 
















fi 


"2 




"2 
















4 








1 




1 
















11 
















3 










1 




1 






















2 


14 






2 


2 

1 




























2 








1 








































1 


1 il- 










1 


1 


1 
1 




1 
1 




























2 


ls 2 


... 2 




































3 




















1 




1 
















1 














































16 .:;;: "1 


... 1 


1 ... 


1 




2 




2 


1 




1 


1 




1 






















6 




6 




























16i'.'.'.'.'. "2 
16' 


... 2 








1 
1 
1 




1 

1 
1 


































3 
1 
1 
1 
1 


"i 


3 








































1 












































1 


175 










1 




1 




























1 


171 










1 




1 




























1 


18 


















1 


1 






















1 


185 




"i '.'.. 


1 






































1 

2 


1 


181 




1 


1 


1 




1 


































2 


19 










































191 






1 


] 








1 




1 




























2 
2 
1 

1 

1011 


365 


2 


19? 2 

271 


... 2 






































2 




1 . 


1 








































1 


325 




1 ... 

46 17 


1 . , .. 








































1 


Totals.. 120 


4816S 


63 83 2J 


112 


11' 


2' 


)U6 


lie 


22 


132 


108 


54 


16: 


87 33 


120 


10' 


OS 


1701 


14 32 


146119 


» 15' 


1376 



180 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE XVIII 

Kesisteation op Divinity Students in Non-Divinity Codeses, 1893-1902, by Years and Depaetments 



Departments 



Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

History 

Archeology 

Sociology 

Comparative Religion. 

Sanskrit 

Greek 

Latin 

Romance 

Germanic 

English 

Literature in English. 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Zoology 

Physiology 

Paleontology 

Public Speaking 

Library Economy 

Botany 

Physical Culture 

Military Science 



Total 228 



1893-9i 



41 



24 



94 

15 

1 



2 

2 

6 

43 



1891-95 



17 



112 
21 

"3 

4 

2 

9 

14 

118 



2 
16 



324 



1895-91 



30 
2 
8 
d. 

21 

i62 
13 

"2 

1 

13 

17 

37 

132 

9 



17 



468 



1896-97 



52 
3 

6 
5 

7 

i53 
14 

"2 
2 
7 
11 
34 
87 



1 

1 

1 

94 



480 



1897-98 



35 



166 
12 

2 
11 

3 

8 
17 
74 
64 

2 



71 



496 



41 
4 
5 



63 

26 

1 

9 

6 

7 

15 

53 

71 



25 

"2 
8 
1 



355 



1899-00 1900-01 



42 

27 

9 

3 

19 

68 

5 

3 

9 

3 

10 

15 

48 

64 

4 

1 

3 

3 

1 



17 

1 

2 
1 



360 



38 
6 
2 
2 

13 

'47 
8 
3 
5 
3 
7 
16 
16 
6 



190 



1901-02 



31 

"e 

4 
15 

36 

12 

1 

7 

7 

9 

19 

19 

4 

1 

1 



20 
3 



195 



Total 



327 
50 
44 
25 

113 

'to! 

126 

11 

48 

29 

65 

121 

301 

589 

16 

2 

5 

5 

4 

10 

8 

1 

262 

1 

5 

16 

1 



2,886 



TABLE XIX 

DiSTEIBUTION (BY PeEOENTAGES) OF EeGISTEATION OF DiVTNITY STUDENTS IN NON-DlVINITY DePAETMENTS, BY 

Yeaes and Gkoups 



Group 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Total 


Philosophical and Sociological 

Languages and Literatures 


76.3 
23.7 


46.6 

49.4 

0.9 

3.1 


51.3 

43.2 

1.9 

3.6 


50.0 

29.8 

0.6 

19.6 


48.4 

36.1 

1.2 

14.3 


41.7 

45.6 

3.1 

7.0 

2.6 


48.0 

42.0 

5.0 

5.0 


61.0 

29.5 

3.2 

4.2 

2.1 


53.3 
33.8 

1.0 
10.3 

1.6 


48.1 

40.3 

2.0 


Public Speaking 




9.0 


Physical Culture 




0.6 








Total Electives 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 


100 







The Divinity School 



181 



TABLE XX 

INSTKDOTOES IN THE DIVINITY SCHOOL, 1892-1902, BT YeAK3 ANB DEPARTMENTS 



Department 



1892-93 



1893-94 



1894-95 



1895-96 



1896-97 



1897-98 



1898-99 



1899-00 



1900-01 



1901-02 



SS3 



Old Testament 7 

New Testament i 

Systematic Theology 2 

Church History 3 

Homiletics 2 

Sociology 1 

Public Speaking 

Disciples' 

Cumberland Presbyterian . 

Total (after deducting rep 
etitions) 18 



17 



20 



24 



2i 



3 
2 
3 
3 
1 
2 
2 



22 



7 
4 
2 
3 
2 
1 
1 
4 



22 



21 



25 



24 



14 
12 
6 
6 
4 
1 
3 
5 
1 



48 



TABLE XXI 

Insteuction (in Majors) in the Divinity School, 1892-1902, by Years and Departments 



Department 



Old Testament 

New Testament 

Systematic Theology 

Church History 

Homiletics 

Sociology 

Public Speaking 

Disciples' 

Cumberland Presbyterian. . 

Total 



1892-93 



27.50 

15.00 

8.00 

10.50 

6.50 

4.00 



71.50 



1893-94 



25.25 

14.50 

10.00 

8.50 

6.00 

6.00 



70.25 



1894^95 



41.50 

20.50 

6.50 

15.00 

8.00 

6.00 



97.50 



1895-96 



46.00 
18.00 
10.00 
17.00 
8.00 
9.00 



112.00 



1896-97 



109.50 



1897-98 



39.00 
23.00 
9.00 
13.00 
8.50 
9.00 
3.50 
2.50 



107.50 



1898-99 



39.00 
23.00 

8.00 
16.00 

8.00 
10.00 

2.00 

3.00 



109.00 



1899-00 



107.00 



1900-01 



109.75 



1901-02 



37.50 

25.00 

13.50 

15.50 

9.50 

6.00 

4.00 

0.50 



111.50 



Total 



371.5 
207.0 
92.0 
147.5 
79.5 
76.5 
17.5 
12.0 
02.0 



1005.5 



TABLE XXII 
Eegistbations (on Major-Course Basis) i in the Divinity School, 1892-1902, by Years and Department 



Department 



Old Testament 

New Testament 

Systematic Theology 

Church History 

Homiletics 

Sociology 

Public Speaking 

Disciples' 

Cumberland Presbyterian . 

Total 



1892-93 



285 
194 
138 
274 
110 
116 



1116 



1893-94 



269 
1.38 
242 
201 
137 
99 



1084 



1894-95 



389 

307 

92 

272 

178 

68 



1303 



1895-96 



389 
307 
206 
281 
101 
85 

"4 
3 



1375 



1896-97 



376 

288 
218 
272 
112 
103 
25 
4 



1398 



1897-98 



311 
406 
213 
293 
158 
101 
51 
17 



1549 



1898-99 



337 
336 
123 
214 
106 
164 
54 
9 



1,341 



1899-00 



491 

464 

158 

316 

90 

63 

50 

13 



1643 



1900-01 



479 
545 
213 
269 

91 
129 

95 
4 



1824 



1901-02 



451 
440 
171 



Total 



3774 
3421 
1772 



274 2664 

138 1219 

76 1002 



92 

4 



1645 



367 

54 

3 



14274 



1 That is, counting a registration for a Major course as (me, for a double Major as two, for a Minor as one-half, etc. 
In cases where fractions enter in this way, the next highest whole number is taken. This accounts for the apparent 
discrepancies in the totals. 



182 



The President's Eepokt 



TABLE XXIII 

AVEKAGB NUMBBE OF MAJOH3 PEE InSTEUCTOE, 1892-1902, BY YEAE9 AND DePAETMENTS 



Department 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


1S92- 
1902 


Old Testament 


3.93 

3.75 
4.00 
3.50 
3.25 
4.00 


3.61 
3.63 

5.00 
4.00 
3.25 
6.00 


4.61 
5.13 

2.17 
5.00 
2.67 
6.00 


5.75 
3.60 
3.33 

5.67 
4.00 
9.00 

i'66 

2.00 


4.66 
4.50 
4.50 
6.33 
2.83 
10.50 
0.75 
1.00 


4.88 
7.67 
4.50 
4.33 
2.83 
9.00 
1.75 
1.25 


5.71 

5.75 
4.00 
5.33 
4.00 
10.00 
2.00 
0.75 


5.50 
6.25 
3.50 
5.67 
3.75 
6.00 
1.75 
1.25 


4.41 
5.00 
3.67 
4.13 
4.25 
10.00 
1.50 
0.50 


4.69 
5.00 
6.75 
3.88 
4.75 
6.00 
2.00 
0.50 


26.54 


New Testament 

Systematic Theology 

Church History 


17.25 
15.33 

24.58 
19.88 


Socioloffv 


76.50 


Public Speaking 


5.83 






2.40 


Cumberland Presbyterian . . 




2.00 


Total 


3.97 


4.13 


4.88 


4.66 


4.56 


4.81 


4.95 


5.09 


4.39 


4.65 


20.95 







TABLE XXIV 
Average NnMBEE of Eegisteations (on MAJOE-ConESB Basis) pee Instehctoe, 1892-1902, by Yeaes and 

DEPAETMENTS 



Departments 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


1892- 
1902 


Old Testament 


40.64 
48.50 
68.75 
91.17 
55.00 
116.00 


38.39 
34.38 
120.75 
100.25 
68.25 
98.50 


43.14 
76.63 
30.50 
90.50 
59.17 
67.50 


48.63 
61.30 
68.50 
93.67 
50.50 
84.50 

■2^00 
3.00 


41.75 

41.88 

109.00 

90.67 

37. as 

103.00 

12.50 

4.00 


38.81 
135.33 
106.50 

97.50 

52.67 
101.00 

25.50 
8.50 


48.07 
83.88 
61.50 
71.33 


70.71 
115.88 

79.00 
105.17 


59.88 

108.85 

71.00 

67.13 

45.25 

128.50 

47.50 

4.00 


56.38 
87.90 
85.25 
68.50 
69.00 
76.00 
46.00 
4.00 


269.55 


New Testament 


285.06 


Systematic Theology 


295.25 
443.92 




53.00 44.75 


304.75 


Sociology 


163.50 

54.00 

2.13 


63.00 

25.00 

6.25 


1001.50 


Public Speaking 


122.33 
10.80 


Cumberland Presbyterian. . 




3.00 


Total 


61.97 


63.72 


65.14 


57.27 


58.22 


70.41 


60.96 


78.21 


72.93 


68.54 


297.38 







TABLE XXV 

AVEEAGE NUMBEE OF EeGISTEATIONS PBE COTJKSE, 1892-1902, BY YEAES AND DEPAETMENTS 



Department 


1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


1892- 
1902 


Old Testament 


10.35 
12.93 
17.19 
26.05 
16.92 
29.00 


10.64 
9.48 
24.15 
25.06 
21.00 
16.42 


9.36 
14.95 
14.08 
18.10 
22.19 
11.25 


8.46 
17.03 
20.55 
16.53 
12.63 

9.39 

i'.bo 

1.50 


8.95 
15.97 
24.22 
14.32 
13.18 

9.81 
16.67 

4.00 


7.96 
17.65 
23.67 
22.50 
18.59 
11.22 
14.57 

6.80 


8.63 
14.59 
15.38 
13.38 
13.25 
16.35 
27.00 

2.83 


12.74 
18.54 
22.57 
18.56 
11.93 
10.50 
14.29 
5.00 


13.59 
21.77 
19.36 
16.30 
10.65 
12.85 
31.67 
8.00 


12.03 
17.58 
12.63 
17.68 
14.53 
12.67 
23.00 
8.00 


10.16 




16.53 


Systematic Theology 

Church History 


19.26 
18.06 


Homiletics 


15.33 


Sociology 

Public Speaking 

Disciples' 


13.09 

20.97 

4.50 


Cumberland Presbyterian . . 




1.50 


Total 


15.60 


15.42 


13.36 


12.27 


12.76 


14.41 


12.30 


15.35 


16.62 


14.75 


14.20 







The Divinity School 



183 



TABLE XXVI 

INSTEUCTION IN THK DlVINITT SCHOOL, 1892-1902, BT YEAES AND INSTEUCTOES 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


1892-1902 




a d 


d 


2 a 


a 


en d 


fl 


w fl , fl 


en fli fl 


en fl 


fl 


en p 


fl 


en a 


fl 


jn fl 


a 


en C 


fl 
.2 1. 


/■ fl 1 fl 




0.2 


p 


S.2 


au 


_o.2 


.2n 


0.2 


Su 


S.2.2P. 


0.2 


.2. 


S.J 


.2^ 


S.2 


.2^ 


0.2 


Su 


s.| 


.°|'-2- 




■^■^ 






^ 




.w 




+J 


■r-,-U ^J ^ 


■rr.^ 


4J Q 






■i-j-W 


-^ 








*^ 




IwRTRTTOTOR 


rt y 


tO.O^ 


a 


M.^ 


ca c 


10.5 


rt 


Oj.rt, 


CO 




rt 


ai^ 


5*0 


"S.S 


cd 


nJ.^ 


cS 


«.& 


cC 


rtu 


eej.;=. 


^1^ O X Af %J \J ^ V/'Ur 


SI 


.sa-s 


sg 




SI 


^S.2 


sg 


^a-2 


SI 




ag 




SI 


sa-2 

.M^ en 




^a-2! 

.2^ en 


SI 




SI 


2'm en 


SI 


^ ts ,« 




si 


tiCd oi 


°.| 


'SJO4S 


°| 


'Slaij 


qg 


5Jfl.S 


o| 


tDfl.5 


og 


U)fl rt 


°| 


b£fl «3 


03 


6Dfl cfl 


"og 


bcfl rt 


"Sf 


tifl =^ 


"3| 


5fl « 




s^ 


,S 0P5 


.2" 


oP5 


OtS 


CD ofQ 


Ow 


oj oCQ 


Om 


m oM 


ChH 


oW 


Om 


gpq 


oH 


® oW 


0.5 


a> oW 


oS 


00m 


Om 


<5 oCQ 




^ 


Ph " 


Z 


« 


z 


« 


2; 


K 


Z 


Oh 


z 


OS 


•z 


« 


g 


M 


g 


K 


g 


M 


Z 


M 


Old Testament: 














































W.R.Harper 


7 


105 


5^2 


63 


91/2 


113 


9 


163 


8 


129 


6 


132 


6/2 


127 


10/2 


327 


U 


365 


11 


264 


87 


1786 


S. Burnham 










IH 


16 






























IVs 


16 


E. G. Hirsch 


3/2 


17 


5" 


'12 


3 


11 


9/2 


'26 


4 " 


"4 






i ' 


"i 






2% 


"e 


i" 


'27 


32H 


97 


George Adam Smith . . 






























''/2 


'22 










H 


22 


I. M. Price 


6" 
2 


'89 
16 


4% 
IH 


'■is 

24 


9" 
4 


'85 
57 


s" 

2 


'68 
19 


51/2 

4/2 


'62 
46 


6^ 


'46 
3 


i" 


'77 


7 
3 


37 
28 


5 " 

1 


'34 
9 


8" 

1 


'68 
9 


66?i 
19'/i 


631 


G. S. Goodspeed 


211 


R. F. Harper 


5'/2 


31 


3'/2 


8 


7'/2 


30 


8 


47 


7 


18 


83i 


29 


5/2 


'26 


11 


29 


4 


10 


4 


11 


6iU 


231 


J. H. Breasted 










1 


4 


m 


14 


4 


22 


7 


41 


11 


25 


1 


3 






4 


13 


:^34 


120 


H.L.Wmett 


















K 


23 


1/2 


19 


;i 


10 


3/2 


24 


iii 


ig 


3 


33 


IS'ji 


127 


C. F. Kent 


2'/i 
1 


ig 

9 


2H 


'si 

22 


2" 
2 


"9 
17 


i.H 


'si 


5H 


'38 


6/2 


'25 


514 


'36 






'Ji 


"4 






7 
24?i 


59 


C. E. Crandall 


180 


C.R.Brown 






















1 


8 


















1 


8 


J. M. P. Smith 


































ii-i 


'io 


ii 


"4 


2 


14 


G.R. Berry 














i" 


"2 


iVi 


"s 






















2'4 


10 


W. R. Harper and 














































Breasted 














2 


27 


























2 


27 


W. R. Harper and Wil- 














































lett 






























1 


11 










1 


11 


W. R. Harper and 














































Crandall 






1 


37 


2 


47 






1 


19 






















4 


103 


Price and Breasted. .. 


















1 


9 






















1 


9 


Price, Willett, and 














































Crandall 


































2 


24 






2 


24 


Breasted and Willett - 






























i' 


'i2 










1 


12 


Breasted and Crandall 


























2 ' 


'42 














2 


42 


Willett and Smith.... 






































2 


'22 


2 


22 


Crandall and Brown.. 






















i" 


'i7 


















1 


17 


New Testament : 














































E. D. Burton 


7 


97 


61^ 


83 


6-/2 
7 


93 

IGO 


6 
6 


126 
136 


8 
3 


190 
31 


8 

8'/. 


149 
176 


6 

83i 


90 
158 


8 

9'-.i 


139 
231 


8Si 
6?i 


241 

148 


4 

8V4 


89 
190 


68 ?i 
57;i 


1296 


Shailer Mathews 


1230 


C. R. Gregory 














1 


14 










1 


10 










1 


10 


3 


34 


J.S. Riggs 


































i " 


"36 






1 


SO 


Rush Rhees 


















i" 


'is 






















1 


18 


P. A. Nordell 


4" 


58 


3" 


ii 


iii 


'i2 


2" 


"4 


























4 

9/2 


58 


W. M. Arnolt 


27 


C. W. Votaw 


'vi 


"2 


41/2 


31 


2'/2 


42 


3 


28 


6" 


'49 


6'/, 


'8i 


eii 


71 


7H 


'87 


2 ' 


40 


6 


■ii 


441/j 


500 


T. H. Root 


31/2 


38 






























6 " 


'55 


5' 


'74 


ay, 
11 


38 


E. J. Goodspeed 


129 


H. T. DeWolfe 






























ii 


"s 










M 


8 


C. E. Woodruff 






V" 


'ii 


































'/i 


14 


Burton and Mathews. 


































'i/j 


si 






'/4 


31 


Mathews and Votaw.. 


























i" 


"7 










14" 


"6 


1/2 


13 


Systematic Theoloav: 














































G. W. Northrup..:.... 


i% 


94 


5 


147 


4'/2 


47 


3'/2 


5S 


3 


98 


3 


107 


2 


35 


1 


28 










26y» 


6U 


G. B.Foster 










1 


30 


6 


138 


6 


120 


6 


106 


6 


88 


6 


130 


7" 


iis 


6 " 


ios 


44 


865 


A.B.Bruce 














Vi 


12 


























H 


12 


F. Johnson 










i " 


'is 






























1 


15 


B. P. Simpson 


3'/. 


■« 


5" 


'95 


































sy. 


139 


G. B. Smith 


































3 


'37 


7/2 


'66 


ioy2 


103 


Northrup and Foster. 


































1 


23 






1 


28 


Church History ; 














































E.B. Hulbert 


5'/; 


159 


4y2 


120 


5 


93 


6 


129 


7 


140 


5 


140 


7 


116 


6/2 


144 


5 


96 


7 


124 


58/2 


1258 


F. Johnson 


3!-« 


79 


3!4 


81 


4 


99 


4 


65 


4 


46 


4 


49 


4 


49 


41^ 


48 


4/2 
1 


52 
44 


1/2 


31 


37/2 
1 


598 


A. C. McGiffert 




























*-2 


44 


A. K. Parker 






































i 


5 


1 


5 


J. W. Conley 


i;:- 


36 






































1!4 


36 


J. W. Moncrief 










6" 


'so 


7" 


'88 


4" 


'86 


4" 


ioi 


5" 


'49 


e" 


i24 


6 " 


'78 


6' 


iis 


48 


724 


BomiUtics. Ch, Polity, 














































and Pastoral Duties : 
















































5 


81 


5/2 

1 


123 


7 


156 


g 


86 


g 


77 


g 


108 
30 
20 


6 
2 


86 
20 


5 

2/2 


72 
18 


6 

2/2 


72 
19 


8 

l'/2 


116 
22 


60/2 

i7y2 
1 


976 


F. Johnson 


114 


29 


14 


14 


14 


2 


15 


2 


18 


2 


198 


W. H. P. Faunce 


















H 


17 


M 


37 


C. R. Henderson 










Vi 


"s 






























M 


8 


Sociolony : 














































C. R. Henderson 


4 


116 


6 


99 


6 


68 


9 


S5 


lOH 


103 


9 


101 


10 


164 


6 


63 


10 


129 


6 


76 


76/j 


1002 


Public Speaking: 














































S.H. Clark 


















1 


11 


3 


26 






2 


31 


1 


23 


1 


10 


8 


101 


W. B. Chamberlain... 


















Vt 


14 


54 


25 


















1 


39 


F. M. Blanchard 


























2" 


'54 


iii 


ig 


i 


53 


i 


io 


5/2 


136 


Clark and Blanchard. 


































1 


19 


2 


72 


3 


91 


Disciples* Div. House: 














































H.L. Willett 














1 


1 






1/2 


11 


H 


2 


% 


3 










3/2 


17 


E. S.Ames 














1 


3 


i 


'4 






















2 


7 


W. L. Garrison 






















i 


6 


Vt 


'2 














lU 


g 


E. Gates 


























1 


2 






'H 


4 


' a 


4 


2 


10 


H. Van Kirk 


























1 


3 


2 


io 








3 


13 


Cum.Pres.Div. House : 














































W. C.Logan 














2 


3 


























2 


3 



'That is, counting two registrations for a Minor course as equivalent to one registration for a Major course £ind one for a Double 
Major as equivalent to two for a Major, etc. 



184 



The President's Eepoet 



TABLE xxvn 

Eegistkation in the Divinity School, 1892-1902, by Cocbbes 

(Showing the number of times each course was given, its value in Majors, the total registration, and the registration on 

Major-course basis) 



Semitic Languages and Literatures 



Professor W. R. Harper : 

Beginning Hebrew 

The Book of Kings 

Books of Samuel and Hebrew Grammar 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar : Etymology 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar : Syntax 

General Survey of O. T. Literature and History. . . 

Development of Old Testament Literature 

Old Testament Institutions and Laws 

Old Testament Legal Literature 

Old Testament Legal Literature 

Early Old Testament Traditions 

Prophecy and the History of Prophecy 

The Minor Prophets of the Assyrian Period 

The Minor Prophets of the Post-Exilic Period 

The Minor Prophets of the Babylonian Period 

The Book of Hosea 

Old Testament Wisdom Literature (= Old Testa 

ment Philosophy and Ethics) 

The Book of Job 

Hebrew Poetic Literature 

Exegetical Study of Selected Psalms 

Hexateuchal Analysis 

The Atonement 

Arabic Language 

Arabic Language 

Advanced Arabic 

Arabic Geography, History, and Commentary 

Arabic Geography, History, and Commentary 

Arabic Poetry and Inscriptions 

Earlier Suras of the Kuran 

Earlier Suras of the Kuran 

Later Suras of the Kuran 

The Thousand and One Nights 

Ethiopic 

Semi liars: 

The Psalms 

Amos 

Hosea 

Micah I 

Micah II 

Micah and Nahum 

Zechariah 

Arabic Seminar 

Earlier Suras of the Kuran 

Comparative Semitic Grammar 

Comparative Semitic Etymology I 

Comparative Semitic Etymology II 

Comparative Semitic Etymology III 

Comparative Semitic Syntax I 

Comparative Semitic Syntax II 

Comparative Semitic Syntax III 

Comparative Semitic Phonology 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 



1 
1 
1 
1 

K 
1 
1 
1 

^ 
H 
K 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

"4 
1 

1 

1 
1 

H 
1 
1 



No. of 

Times 
Given 



4 
1 
1 
2 
4 
5 
8 
1 
3 
1 
1 
4 
6 
1 
2 
2 
1 

5 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 



Total 
Registra- 
tions 



51 
6 
28 
35 
40 
56 

369 
19 

101 
14 
22 
49 

181 
22 
50 
57 



156 
19 

18 

5 

13 

29 

24 

4 

2 

11 

9 

7 

22 

7 

3 

6 

7 

6 

13 

14 
9 
8 
4 

14 
9 
2 
9 
5 
2 
1 
8 
5 
3 

11 



Total 
Value in 
Majors 



5 
1 
2 
1 
1 

H 
4 

H 
H 
1 

1 

3 

% 
1 
1 



Eegistra- 

tion on 

Major 

Basis 



51 
6 

28 

18- 

20 

28 
369 

19 
101 

14 

11 

49 
181 

22 

25 

29- 
4 

156 
19 
18 

5 

13 
15- 
24 

2 

1 
11 

5- 

7 
22 

4- 

3 

6 

4- 

6 
13 
14 

9 

8 

4 
14 

9 

2 

9 

5 

2 

1 

8 

5 

3 
11 



The Divinity School 



185 



TABLE XXYII — Continued 



Semitic Languages and Literatures 



Professor W. R. Harper: 

Sunday Morning Bible Courses : 

Hebrew Laws : Priest Codes 

Early Old Testament Traditions 

Prophecy and the History of Prophecy 

Isaiah I-XII 

Isaiah XL-LXVI 

The Work of Isaiah 

Jeremiah 

Hebrew Philosophy and Ethics 

The Book of Job 

Early Hebrew Psalms 

Later Hebrew Psalms 

Professor W. R. Harper and Associate Professor 

Breasted : 

Hebrew Language 

Professor W. R. Harper and Assistant Professor 

Willett : 

Hebrew Language 

Professor W. R. Harper and Dr. Crandall : 

Hebrew Language 

Historical Hebrew : Books of Samuel 

Professor Burnham : 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar 

The Psalter (Hebrew) 

The Book of Psalms (English) 

Professor Hirsch : 

Hebrew Sight-Reading 

The Book of Job 

Introduction to the Textual Criticism of the O. T . 

Introduction to the Textual Criticism of the O. T . 

Palestinian Archasology 

Life in Old Testament Times 

General Introduction to Rabbinical Literature 
and Life 

General Introduction to Rabbinical Literature 
and Life 

Rabbinica 

Rabbinical Commentaries on Genesis or Other 
Books of the Old Testament 

History of the Jewish Sects 

Mishnah 

Selected Portions of the Mishnah and Abodahzarah 

Introduction to Talmudic Literature 

The Talmud 

Targumic Aramaic 

Selected Portions of the Babylonian Talmud. . . . 

Legislation of the Talmud 

Civil and Criminal Legislation of the Talmud. . . 

Talmudical Analogies to the New Testament 

The Thousand and One Nights 

The Thousand and One Nights 

Philosophical Literature of the Arabians 

Hebrew Arabic Philosophy 

Assyrian Languages 

Coptic 

Ethiopic 

Mandaic 

Advanced Syriao 

Advanced Syriao 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 



y^ 
% 
% 

H 
u 



1 
1 

y^ 



% 

1 
1 

y^ 
1 
1 

y^ 
1 

1 

y^ 
y^ 
1 

y 

u 



No. of 
Times 
Given 



Total 
Registra- 
tions 



22 
58 
64 
33 
56 
41 
55 
121 
124 
99 
79 



27 



11 



3 


83 


1 


20 


1 


3 


1 


16 


1 


13 


1 


1 


2 


4 


2 


5 


1 


2 


1 


3 


1 


18 


2 


6 


1 


1 


1 


4 


1 


2 


1 


2 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


5 


2 


3 


1 


5 


1 


4 


1 


3 


1 


2 


3 


5 


1 


7 


2 


3 


1 


1 


1 


4 


2 


16 


1 


1 


2 


3 


2 


3 


3 


7 


1 


3 



Total 
"Value in 
Majors 



y 

y 
y 
y 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



11 

29 

32 

17- 

28 

21- 

28- 

61- 

62 

50- 

40- 



27 



11 



3 


83 


1 


20 


U 


2 


y 
y 


8 

7 


y 
1 


1 
2 


2 


5 


y 
1 


1 
3 


1 


18 


2 


6 


y 
y 


1 
2 


y 


1 
1 
1 


1 


1 


1 


3 
3 


1 


5 


'¥ 


2 
3 


1 


1 
3 

7 


1 


2 


y 
1 


1 

8 


1 


4 


y 
1 


1 

2 


1 


2 


3 


7 


y 


2 



186 



The President's Eepoet 



TABLE XXYIl— Continued 



Semitic Languages and Literatures 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Registra- 


Value in 


Majors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


2 


2 


2 


y2 


1 


43 


K 


1 


8 


106 


8 


1 


4 


58 


4 


Vz 


1 


21 


Vi 


H 


1 


21 


M 


1 


1 


2 


1 


K 


1 


15 


Vi 


M 


1 


4 


M 


M 


2 


22 


1 


V2 


3 


10 


IK 


1 


1 


2 


1 


H 


1 


8 


J^ 


M 


1 


29 


% 


1 


1 


31 


1 


1 


1 


9 


1 


1 


1 


8 


1 


K 


1 


14 


K 


1 


3 


10 


3 


1 


2 


9 


2 


1 


1 


4 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


^ 


1 


10 


.1^ 


1 


1 


27 


1 


1 


2 


23 


2 


1 


1 


31 


1 


% 


1 


7 


K 


M 


1 


12 


^ 


1 


1 


20 


1 


}4. 


1 


10 


Vi 


1 


1 


3 


1 


% 


1 


8 


% 


1 


2 


15 


2 


% 


1 


15 


J^ 


1 


1 


5 


1 


Vi 


1 


11 


}-2 


1 


2 


17 


2 


Vi 


2 


22 


1 


1 


1 


9 


1 


M 


1 


6 


J^ 


1 


1 


6 


1 


1 


2 


12 


2 


J^ 


1 


13 


}^ 


1 


1 


5 


1 


1 


3 


15 


3 


Je 


1 


10 


}i 


1 


1 


2 


1 


}^ 


3 


54 


IJ^ 


1 


2 


17 


2 


)i 


1 


4 


}^ 


1 


1 


3 


1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Professor Hirsch : 

Seminars: 

Rabbinical Philosophy 

The Talmud 

Professor George Adam Smith : 

The Hebrew Psalter 

Professor Price : 

Hebrew Language, I 

Hebrew Language, II 

Hebrew Language, II 

Historical Hebrew 

Historical Hebrew : Books of Kings 

The Books of Samuel 

Sight-Reading in Kings 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar : Etymology 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar : Syntax 

Old Testament History 

Old Testament History 

Biblical Chronology 

General Survey of O. T. Literature and History. . . 

General Introduction to the Old Testament 

Special Introduction 

Special Introduction 

History of the Canon and Text of the O. T 

History, Principles, and Methods of Old Testa- 
ment Interpretation 

Special Introduction to the Prophetic Books 

Origin, Growth, and Character of the Prophetic 
Books 

Origin, Growth, and Character of the Prophetic 
Books 

Hebrew Prophets 

Messianic Prophecy 

Samuel and Kings in English 

Ezekiel in English 

Jeremiah in English 

The Minor Prophets in English 

The Psalter in English 

Isaiah I-XXXIX in English 

Isaiah 

Isaiah I-XXXIX 

Isaiah I-XXXIX 

Isaiah XL-LXVI 

Isaiah XL-LXVI 

Jeremiah 

Jeremiah 

Deuteronomy 

Deuteronomy 

Deuteronomy and Selections from the Prophets. 

Ezekiel 

Ezekiel V 

The Book of Job 

The Hebrew Psalter 

The Psalms 

Modern Discoveries and the Old Testament 

Modern Discoveries and the Old Testament 

Books of Kings and Their Parallel Assyrian 
Records 

" Special " Work in the Old Testament 

Biblical Aramaic and the Book of Daniel 



1 

2 

22- 

106 
58 
11- 
11- 

2 

8- 

1 
11 

5 

2 

4 
15- 
31 

9 

8 

7 
10 

9 
4 



5 
27 
23 
31 

4- 

6 
20 

5 

3 

4 
15 

8- 

5 

6- 
17 
11 

9 

3 

6 
12 

7- 

5 
15 

5 

2 
27 

17 
2 
3 



The Divinity School 



187 



TABLE XX.YII— Continued 



Semitic Languages and Literatures 



Professor Price: 

Biblical Aramaic 

Assyrian 

Early Babylonian Inscriptions 

Seminars: 

Isaiah I-XII 

Babylonian Bilingual Psalm Literature, I 

Babylonian Bilingual Psalm Literature, II 

Professor Price and Associate Professor Breasted : 

Hebrew Language, I 

Professor Price, Assistant Professor Willett, and 

Dr. Crandall : 

Hebrew Language, I and II 

Professor Goodspeed : 

History of Antiquity to the Fall of the Persian 
Empire ' 

Contemporary History of the Old Testament : 
Egypt, Babylonia, and Assyria 

Oriental Antiquity under Assyrian Domination. . . 

History of Babylonia and Assyria 

History of Egypt 

Egyptian Historical Documents 

Studies in Assyro-Babylonian Historical Docum'ts 

Introduction to the History of Hebrew Monarchy 

Biblical History 

Biblical History 

History of Israel 

Beginnings of Hebrew History 

History of the Hebrew Monarchy 

History of the Hebrews from Solomon to the 
Maccabees 

Post-Exilic Biblical History 

Exilic and Post-Exilic History: 

Beginnings of Judaism 

Ancient Semitic Religions ^ 

Religions of the Semites : Egyptians^ 

Religions of the Semites : Babylonians and 
Assyrians ^ 

Religions of the Semites : Hebrews and Phoeni 

cians ^ , 

Professor R. F. Harper: 

Historical Hebrew 

Historical Hebrew: Books of Kings 

Historical Hebrew: Books of Samuel 

Sight-Reading in Samuel 

Samuel: Critical Work 

Deuteronomy 

Micah 

Semitic Archseology 

Palestinian Life 

Mishnah 

Sumerian Texts 

Books of Kings and the Cuneiform Inscriptions. . . 

The Cuneiform Inscriptions and the Old Testament 

Biblical Aramaic 

Arabic Language 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 



K 
1 



y2 

H 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 



1 

H 
H 

%4 



y^ 
y 
1 
1 



No. of 
Times 
Given 



Total 
Registra- 
tion 



11 
6 
5 

3 
1 
1 



12 



101 



2 


16 




4 




17 




12 




3 




10 




12 




33 


2 


18 


3 


35 


3 


24 


2 


19 


1 


9 


1 


19 


2 


18 


1 


6 


1 


3 


1 


4 



1 


17 


i 


1 


'6 


36 


i 


3 


i 


9 


i 


8 


2 


7 


i 


5 


i 


4 


i 


12 


1 


3 


1 


2 


i 


9 




10 


2 


6 



Total 

Value in 

Majors 



rn 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



24 



101 



2 


16 


V. 


2 


y 
1 


9 
6 
2 
5 
12 


1 


a3 


1 


9 


3 


35 


3 


24 


2 


19 


1 


9 


y 
2 


10 
18 


1 


3 

3 


1 


4 


1 


5 


1 


3 


1 


9 
1 


\v. 


18 


M 


1 
5 
4 


1 


4 


if 


3 
2 


W 


6 


1 


3 


1 


2 


U 


5 


2 


10 


J< 


3 



1 This course properly belongs in the department of 
History. The figures are not counted in the totals under 
Semitics. 



2 The courses in Semitic Religions are counted in the 
department of Comparative Religion, and the figures are 
not counted in the totals in the Department of Semitics, 



188 



The Eeesident's Keport 



TABLE TSy 11— Continued 



Semitic Languages and Literatures 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Eegistra- 


Value in 


Majors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 




1 


6 


1 




7 


26 


7 




1 


2 


1 




10 


30 


10 




1 


2 


1 




1 


1 


1 


H 


1 


2 


Y 




1 


3 


1 




4 


13 


4 


H 


1 


7 


Yz 




6 


18 


6 




4 


9 


4 




1 


2 


1 




2 


7 


2 




1 


2 


1 




1 


2 


1 




1 


2 


1 




3 


11 


3 




1 


3 


1 




1 


2 


1 




1 


1 


1 




2 


4 


2 




1 


4 


1 




1 


3 


1 




1 


5 


1 


M 


1 


5 


M 


H 


2 


16 


1 


Y^ 


1 


10 


Y 




1 


4 


1 




1 


2 


1 


K 


1 


3 


K 


% 


1 


2 


^ 


Yi 


1 


2 


Y 




1 


3 


1 


K 


2 


6 


1 


^ 


2 


5 


1 




1 


3 


1 




3 


6 


3 




3 


5 


3 




1 


3 


1 




1 


1 


1 




2 


8 


2 


Y^ 


2 


5 


1 




3 


7 


3 




2 


3 


2 




1 


4 


1 


K 


1 


2 


Y 




1 


7 


1 


Yi 


2 


6 


1 




1 


2 


1 




1 


5 


1 


Y 


1 


44 


Y 


1 


1 


12 


1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Professor F. R. Harper: 

The Kuran 

Syriao for Beginners 

Advanced Syriae 

Assyrian Language 

Intermediate Assyrian 

Advanced Assyrian 

Advanced Assyrian 

Assyrian and Babylonian Inscriptions 

Assyrian Historical Inscriptions 

Assyrian Historical Inscriptions 

Early Assyrian Historical Inscriptions 

Later Assyrian Historical Inscriptions 

Assyrian Mythological Inscriptions 

Assyrian Syllabaries and Mythological Inscriptions 

Assyrian Religious Texts 

Assyrian Letters 

Assyrian Letters and Babylonian Contracts . . . 

Babylonian Historical Inscriptions 

Early Babylonian Inscriptions 

Babylonian Religious Texts 

■ Babylonian Psalms and Hymns 

Babylonian Psalms and Addresses 

Babylonian Contracts 

Seminar: 

Comparative Semitic Etymology, II 

Associate Professor Breasted: 

Hebrew Language, II 

Hebrew Sight-Reading in Kings 

Critical Reading in Deuteronomy 

Samuel: Critical Work 

Selected Assyrian Historical Inscriptions (x) . 

Arabic Language 

Arabic Language 

Arabic Syntax 

Arabic Prose , 

Arabic Prose and Composition 

Arabian Nights 

Arabian Nights: Sight-Reading 

Early Suras of the Kuran 

Arabic History 

Arabic Geography 

Arabic Poetry and Inscriptions 

Maqrizi (Prose Reading) 

Hieroglyphics for Beginners 

Hieroglyphics for Beginners 

Egyptian Texts 

Late Egyptian 

Coptic Language 

Coptic Language 

History of Egypt 

History of Egypt 

Egyptian Archfeology 

Egyptian Life and Antiquities 

Sunday Course: 

Egypt and Israel 

Associate Professor Breasted and Assistant Professor 

Willett: 

Hebrew Language, I 



6 
26 

2 
30 

2 

1 

1 

3 
13 

4- 
18 

9 

2 

7 

2 

2 

2 
U 

3 

2 

1 

4 

4 



5 

2- 

8 

5 

4 

2 

2- 

1 

1 

3 

3 

3- 

3 

6 

5 

3 

1 

8 

3- 

7 

3 

4 

1 

7 

3 

2 

5 

22 



12 



The Divinity School 



189 



TABLE XXVn— Continued 



Semitic Languages and Literatures 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Registra- 


Value in 


JMajors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 


2 




■ 
21 


2 


H 




8 


y 


% 




12 


1 


K 




4 


y 


M 




1 


M 


M 




6 


M 


1 




2 


1 


Vi 




6 


K 


Vi 




6 


y 


^ 




30 


1 


1 




1 


1 


1 




1 


1 


1 


3 


40 


3 


^ 


2 


38 


1 


1 


2 


7 


2 


% 


1 


45 


y 


2 


1 


11 


2 


1 


2 


15 


2 


Vi 


1 


24 


y 


^ 


1 


22 


y 


% 


2 


6 


1 


M 


1 


1 


y 


y% 


1 


1 


y 


1 


1 


12 


1 


K 


1 


2 


^ 


K 


1 


7 


y 


1 


2 


13 


2 


^ 


1 


9 


>^ 


1 


2 


24 


2 


y^ 


1 


20 


y 


1 


3 


22 


3 


1 


2 


11 


2 


1 


2 


14 


2 


1 


1 


18 


1 


K 


1 


8 


y 


^ 


1 


11 


y 


1 


1 


6 


1 


M 


1 


21 


M 


y^ 


1 


1 


y 


M 


1 


4 


M 


M 


2 


15 


y 


M 


1 


10 


y 


J^ 


2 


6 


y 


M 


1 


5 


M 


M 


2 


7 


1 


y 


2 


8 


1 


y^ 


1 


3 


^ 


1 


1 


10 


1 


y 


4 


14 


2 


y 


3 


6 


1>^ 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Associate Professor Breasted and Dr. Crandall: 

Hebrew Language, I and II 

Assistant Professor Willett: 

Historical Hebrew: Books of Samuel 

Historical Hebrew: Books of Kings 

Hebrew Sight-Reading, I 

Hebrew Sight-Reading, II 

Hebrew Sight-Reading: Chronicles, Ezra, Nehe- 
miah, and Esther 

Deuteronomy 

Deuteronomy 

Jeremiah 

The Psalter in English 

Biblical Apocalyptic 

Palestinian Geography 

Outline of Hebrew History 

Outline of Hebrew History 

Palestinian Life and Government 

Sunday Course: 

Prophecy and the History of Prophecy 

Assistant Professor Willett and Dr. J. M. P. Smith: 

Hebrew Language, I and II 

Dr. Kent: 

Outline of Hebrew History 

Messianic Prophecy 

The Minor Prophets 

Minor Prophets of the Babylonian Period 

Isaiah I-XXXIX in English 

The Minor Prophets of the Assyrian Period in 
English 

Old Testament Wisdom Literature 

Title not given 

Title not given 

Dr. Crandall : 

Historical Hebrew 

Historical Hebrew 

Historical Hebrew and Syntax 

Books of Samuel 

Samuel : Critical Work 

Kings : Critical Work 

Genesis : Critical Work 

The Book of Judges 

The Book of Chronicles 

Books of Kings 

Hebrew Sight-Reading 

Hebrew Sight-Reading 

Sight-Reading : Historical Hebrew 

Sight-Reading : Samuel and Kings 

Sight-Reading : Samuel 

Sight-Reading : Deuteronomy 

Sight-Reading : Deuteronomy 

Sight-Reading : Jeremiah 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar : Etymology 

Advanced Hebrew Grammar : Syntax 

Old Testament : "Special." 

Biblical Aramaic 

The Targum 



42 

4 
6 
1 
1- 

2- 

2 

3 

3 
15 

1 

1 
40 
19 

7 

23- 

22 

15 
12 
11 

3 

1- 

1- 

12 
1 
4- 

13 

5- 
24 
10 
22 
11 
14 
18 

4 

6- 

6 

6- 

1- 

1 

4- 

5 

2- 

2- 

4- 

4 

2- 
10 

7 

3 



190 



The Peesident's Report 



TABLE XXYII— Continued 



Systematic Languages and Literatures 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Registra- 


Majors 


Given 


tion 


1 


1 


17 


M 




5 


1 




6 


1 




2 


K 




3 


H 




12 


H 




6 


1 




7 


H 




8 



Total 

Value in 

Majors 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Dr. Crandall and Dr. Brown : 

Hebrew Language, I 

Dr. Berry : 

Sight-Reading : Kings 

Assyrian for Beginners 

Early Assyrian Historical Inscriptions 
Dr. Brown : 

Jeremiah : Critical Study 

Jeremiah (in English) 

Dr. J. M. P. Smith : 

Sight-Reading : The Prophetic Books 

Deuteronomy 

The Minor Prophets 



}4 
1^ 



17 

2- 

6 

2 



The New Testament Literature and Interpretation 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Registra- 


Value in 


Majors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 


1 


3 


90 


3 


1,^ 


1 


as 


Vz 


1 


1 


7 


1 


V^ 


1 


4 


% 


H 


1 


7 


% 


1 


1 


5 


1 


1 


3 


168 


3 


K 


1 


14 


Vi 


1 


4 


38 


4 


1 


1 


16 


1 


H 


1 


43 


% 


% 


1 


9 


¥2 


1 


1 


28 


1 


% 


1 


10 


H 


1 


8 


190 


8 


Vi 


1 


33 


H 


% 


1 


35 


M 


1 


4 


87 


4 


1 


1 


13 


1 


1 


2 


13 


2 


H 


1 


23 


% 


1 


5 


98 


5 


% 


1 


27 


}i 


1 


1 


19 


1 


1 


2 


19 


2 


% 


1 


21 


M 


}4 


1 


18 


H 


V2 


1 


24 


M 


V2 


1 


8 


K 


1 


1 


14 


1 


% 


1 


30 


% 


1 


3 


17 


3 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Professor Burton : 

New Testament Greek 

Greek Grammar 

New Testament Syntax 

New Testament Syntax 

Textual Criticism of the New Testament 

Syntax of the Article and the Noun in the N. T... . 

General Survey of New Testament Literature 

Introduction to the Gospels 

Introduction to the Synoptic Gospels 

Historical Study of the Life of Christ 

Historical Study of the Lite of Christ 

Special Research in the Life of Christ 

Life of the Apostle Paul, and Introduction to the 

Pauline Epistles 

Rapid Interpretation 

The Gospel of Matthew 

The Gospel of Matthew in English 

The Gospel of Mark in English 

The Gospel of John 

Theology of the Gospel and the First Epistle of John 

Theology of the Synoptic Gospels 

Theology of the Synoptic Gospels 

The Epistle to the Romans 

The Epistle to the Romans 

Theology of Romans 

The Epistle to the Galatians 

The Epistle to the Galatians 

The Epistle to the Colossians 

I. Thessalonians 

The Second Group of the Letters of the Apostle 

Paul 

Theology of the Second Group of the Epistles of 

Paul 

The Third Group of the Letters of the Apostle Paul 
New Testament Quotations from the Old Testa 

ment : The Gospels 



90 
17- 

7 

2 

4- 

5 
168 

7 
38 
16 
22- 

5- 

28 

5 
190 
17- 
18- 
87 
13 
13 
12- 
98 
14- 
19 
19 
11- 

9 
12 



14 
15 

17 



The Divinity School 



191 



TABLE TSyU— Contimted 



The New Testament Literature and Interpretation 



Professor Burton: 

New Testament Quotations from the Old Testa- 
ment : The Gospels 

New Testament Quotations from the Old Testa- 
ment : The Epistles 

New Testament Quotations from the Old Testa- 
ment : The Epistles 

The Teaching of Jesus in its Relation to the 
Thought of his Day 

The Doctrine of the Atonement in the N. T . . . 

The Doctrine of the Atonement in the N. T. . . 

Studies in the Apostolic Fathers 

Research 

Special 

Special 

Seminars : 

Lexicographical Seminar : Historical Study of Im- 
portant New Testament Words 

Lexicographical Seminar, I 

Lexicographical Seminar, II 

Theology of the Synoptic Gospels 

Theology of John 

Theology of the Gospel of John 

The Gospel of John 

Theology of Romans 

Theology of Romans 

Sunday Courses: 

Historical Study of the Life of Christ, II 

Historical Study of the Life of Christ, from the 
Birth to the End of the Galilean Ministry. . . 

Historical Study of the Life of Christ, from the 
Departure from Galilee to the Ascension 

Life of Paul, I 

Life of Paul, II 

Ethical Teachings of Jesus 

Professor Burton and Professor Mathews : 

Historical Study of the Life of Christ, III 

Professor Gregory : 

Greek Paleography 

Documents and Criticism of the N. T. Text . . . 
Professor Mathews : 

New Testament Greek 

The Gospel of Matthew in English 

The Gospel of Mark in English 

The Gospel of Luke 

The Gospel of Luke 

The Gospel of Luke in English 

The Gospel of Luke in English 

The Teaching of Jesus 

The Religious Teachings of Jesus 

The Ethical Teachings of Jesus 

The Social Teachings of Jesus 

The Parables of Jesus 

Paul and the Pauline Epistles 

The Second Group of the Epistles of the Apostle 
Paul 

The Epistle to the Galatians 

The Epistle to the Ephesians 

The Epistle to the Ephesians 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Eegistra- 


Value in 


Majors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 


M 




7 


Y^ 


1 




2 


1 


^ 




12 


^ 


K 




10 


Yz 


1 




13 


1 


'A 




27 


Y 


H 




3 


Y% 


1 




1 


1 


1 




1 


1 


Vz 




1 


Yi 


1 




2 


1 


1 




2 


1 


1 




2 


I 


1 




35 


2 


1 




9 


1 


1 




16 


1 


1 




14 


1 


1 




16 


1 


M 




5 


K 


Vz 




73 


Yz 


K 




70 


Yz 


H 




57 


K 


H 




41 


Yi 


H 




65 


1 


K 




21 


M 


H 




61 


Yz 


Yi 


3 


23 


^}4 


% 


3 


44 


IK 


1 


2 


59 


2 


1 




23 


1 


Y. 




19 


Y2 


1 




15 


2 


y% 




6 


Yz 


1 




11 


1 


Yz 




29 


K 


1 




41 


1 


Y^ 




53 


Y 


Yt 




54 


Y 


1 




7 


1 


Yi 




91 


IY2 


1 




13 


1 


M 




12 


H 


Y% 




52 


m 


1 




17 


1 


Y^ 




21 


Yz 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



4- 



5 
13 
14- 

2- 

1 

1 

1- 



2 
2 

2 
35 

9 
16 
14 
16 

3- 

37- 

35 

29- 

21- 

33- 

6- 

31- 

12- 
22 

59 
23 
10- 
15 

3 
11 
15- 
41 
27- 
27 

7 
46- 
13 

6 
26 
17 
11- 



192 



The President's Report 



TABLE XXVII— Conimwed 



The New Testament Literature and Interpretation 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 


No. of 
Times 
Given 


Total 
Registra- 
tion 


Total 
Value in 
Majors 


^ 


1 
9 


32 
358 


'i 


Yz 


2 


43 


1 




2 


31 


2 


Y 


3 


63 


Wi 




3 


23 


3 




3 


37 


3 


y^ 




12 
35 


¥ 


H 




19 
93 


y 

. 4 






12 


2 






2 


1 






7 


1 






7 


1 






17 


1 






18 


1 






6 


1 






6 


1 






15 


2 






6 


1 


'i 




12 

51 
39 
31 
38 
44 
38 


31 

y 
y 
y 
y 
y 
y 


M 




14 


y 


1 


1 


7 


1 


'A 




12 


y 


y^ 




12 
23 


I 


y^ 
y^ 




16 

44 




1 




9 


1 


y^ 




19 


M 


y 




16 


y 


1 




5 


1 


y 




16 
36 


^ 


1 


8 


170 


8 


1 


5 


49 


5 


1 


4 


14 


4 


1 


1 


3 


1 


1 


2 


23 


2 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Professor Mathews: 

Teachings of the Apostle Paul 

History of New Testament Times in Palestine 

Political History of the Jews in N. T. Times 

Social and Religious History of Palestine in New 
Testament Times 

Social and Religious History of Palestine in New 
Testament Times 

History of New Testament Times in the Graeco- 
Roman World 

History of the Apostolic Age 

History of .the Apostolic Age 

The Life of Christ, I 

The Life of Christ, II 

The Life of Christ 

Sources of the Life of Jesus 

The Apostolic Fathers 

The Life of Christ (in Palestine) 

The Historical Geography of Palestine (in Palestine) 

History of the Canon of the New Testament 

Sociological Ideas of the Gospels 

Seminars: 

Sources of the Life of Christ 

The New Testament Canon 

The Book of Acts 

The Gospel of Luke 

Sunday Courses: 

Institutions of Early Christianity 

The Life of Christ, I 

The Teachings of Jesus 

The Parables of Jesus 

Religious Teachings of Jesus 

Life of Paul, II 

Life of Paul, III 

The Teachings of the Apostle Paul as to Social 

Problems 

Professor Mathews and Assistant Professor Votaw : 

Paul's Corinthian Epistles 

Sunday Course: 

Bible-Class Teaching 

Professor Rhees : 

Gospel of John in English 

Special Phases of the Life of Jesus 

Professor Riggs : 

The Epistle to the Hebrews 

The Teachings of the Apostle Paul 

Assistant Professor Nordell : 

History of the Maccabean Age and N. T. Times . . . 

Introduction to New Testament Books 

Rapid Interpretation of the Gospels 

Historical Study of the Life of Christ 

Outline of the Life of the Apostle Paul 

Outline History of the Apostolic Age 

Assistant Professor Votaw: 

New Testament Greek 

Rapid Translation and Interpretation 

Textual Criticism of the New Testament 

History of New Testament Times 

General Survey of the New Testament Literature. 



16 
358 
22- 

31 

32- 

23 

37 

6 

35 

10- 

93 

12 

2 

7 

7 
17 
18 

6 

6 

15 



3 

26- 
20- 
16- 
10- 
22 
19 

4- 

7 

6 

6 

12- 

8 
22 

9 
10- 

8 

5 

8 
18 

170 

49 

14 

3 

23 



The Divinity School 



193 



TABLE XK.Y11— Continued 



The New Testament Literature and Interpretation 



Assistant Professor Votaw: 

Life of Christ (for the Colleges only) 

The Life of Christ 

The Booli of Acts 

The Founding of the Christian Church 

The History of the Apostolic Age 

The History of the Apostolic Age 

The Teaching of Jesus 

The Gospel of John (in English) 

Rapid Reading and Interpretation of Certain 

Pauline Epistles 

Paul's Corinthian Epistles 

Paul's Corinthian Epistles 

Writings of the Apostle Peter (in English) 

Selected Readings in Jewish and Patristic Greet: 

The Septuagint 

Jewish Literature of New Testament Times 

Sunday Courses: 

The Institutions of Judaism 

The Miracles of Jesus 

The Life of Paul, I 

The Life of Paul, II 

Dr. Arnolt : 

Paul's Epistle to the Thessalonians 

Introduction to the Epistle to the Hebrews, the 

General Epistles, and the Revelation 

New Testament Quotations from the O. T 

Textual Criticism of the New Testament 

History of the Problem of the Synoptic Gospels 

and of the Historical Criticism of the Fourth 

Gospel 

Origin of the Septuagint 

Origin and History of the Septuagint and Other 

Greek Versions of the Old Testament 

Rapid Reading of Portions of the Septuagint . . . 

The Writings of Josephus 

Christian Literature to Eusebius 

" Special " 

Dr. E. J. Goodspeed: 

New Testament Greek 

Rapid Translation and Interpretation of the N. T. 

Textual Criticism of the New Testament 

Rapid Reading in the Septuagint 

The Apostolic Fathers 

Christian Literature to Eusebius 

Mr. Root : 

Maccabean Age and New Testament Times 

Apocrypha 

Rapid Translation of the New Testament 

Studies in the Epistles of Paul (in English) 

Studies in the Apostolic History 

Mr. De Wolfe : 

Gospel of John 

Mr. Woodruff : 
The Gospel of Luke (in English) 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 



1 
1 

y2 

H 

1 
1 
1 



1 
1 

1 
1 

^ 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 



H 



No. of 
Times 
Given 



Total 
Registra- 
tion 



2 

9 

4 

24 

29 

4 

52 

14 



40 

1 

4 

3 

11 

11 

10 

30 

9 

44 



4 
2 

2 

1 
1 
2 
5 

78 
26 
7 
6 
7 
5 

5 

3 

3 

26 

7 

15 
27 



Total 

Value in 

Majors 



1 
3 

)4 
1 

3 
1 

M 

¥2 



1 
1 

1 

1 

}4 
1 
1 

3 
3 
1 
1 
2 
1 

1 

H 
1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



2 
9 
4 

24 
29 

2 
52 

7 

8 
40 

1- 

2 

3 
11 
11 



5- 
22 



2 

1 

1- 
2 
5 

78 
26 

7 

6 

7 

5 

5 

2- 
2- 
26 

4- 



14- 



194 



The President's Repoet 



TABLE TK.YU— Continual 



Department of Systematic Theology 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 


No. of 
Times 
Given 


Total 
Registra- 
tion 


Total 
Value in 
Majors 


? 


1 
1 


2 
38 


1 


1 


3 

2 


67 
61 


¥" 


1 


1 
1 
3 


23 

29 

120 




1 


1 
3 
1 


29 
74 
42 


1/ 

IK 
1 


1 


1 


22 


1 


¥ 


i 
2 


93 

87 


2 
2 


1 


1 


17 


1 


Vz 


1 


14 


V2 


2 


1 


10 


2 


2 


1 


5 


2 


1 


2 


19 


2 


1 


2 


9 


2 


1 


5 


147 


5 


1 


1 
1 


24 
30 


1 


H 
1 


1 
3 


23 
60 


H 
3 


1 


1 


50 


1 


1 


1 
4 


18 
65 


Vz 
4 


1 


^ 


19 


2 


1 


2 


16 


2 


1 


1 


14 


1 


1 


1 


10 


1 


1 


1 


6 


1 


1 


1 


25 


1 


1 


1 
6 


14 
130 


'1 


1 


1 


52 


1 


1 


2 


12 


2 


1 


3 


96 


3 


1 


2 


17 


2 


1 


3 


37 


3 


1 


3 


39 


3 


1 


1 


28 


1 


1 




22 


1 


¥ 




14 
23 


1 


1 




17 


1 


H 
H 


2 
2 

2 


4 
17 
24 
30 
19 


H 

1 
1 
1 


1 


1 


23 


1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Professor Northrup : 

Biblical Theology 

Theology as Taught by Paul 

Theology as Taught by Paul 

Introduction and Theology Proper 

Theology Proper 

Prolegomena 

The Doctrine of God 

The Doctrine of God 

Anthropology 

The Doctrine of Redemption 

Soteriology 

Soteriology 

Christology 

Constructive Christology 

Eschatology 

Seminars : 

Christology, I 

Christology, II 

Christology 

New England Theology 

Professor Foster : 

Outline of Systematic Theology 

Outline of Systematic Theology 

Introduction and Theology Proper 

The Doctrine of God 

Anthropology 

Anthropology: The Doctrine of Sin 

Christology 

Eschatology 

Patristic Theology. 

Scholastic Theology 

The Theology of the Reformation 

Development of Protestant Theology since Kant. . 

Theological Methodology 

Theological Encyclopedia and Methodology 

Theological EncyclopEedia and Methodology 

Christian Ethics 

Apologetics: The Essential Nature of the Chris- 
tian Religion 

Apologetics, II: History of Apologetics 

Philosophical Apologetics 

Kaftan's Dogmatik 

Seminars : 

Development of Protestant Theology since Kant. . 

The Theology of Ritschl and the Ritschlians 

Professor Northrup and Professor Foster : 

Christology 

Assistant Professor Simpson : 

Christian Evidences 

Christian Evidences 

Inspiration and Theology Proper 

Doctrine of Inspiration 

Doctrine of Inspiration 

Inspiration Theology and Anthropology 

Anthropology 

Soteriology 

Soteriology and Eschatology 

Ethics 



1 

38 
34- 
61 
12- 
15- 
120 
15- 
37 
42 
22 
47- 
87 
17 
7 

20 

10 

19 

9 

147 
12 
30 
12- 
60 
50 

9 
65 
19 
16 
14 
10 

6 
25 

7 
130 

52 
12 
96 
17 

37 
39 

28 

22 

7 
23 
17 

2 

9- 
12 
15 
10- 
23 



The Divinity School 



195 



TABLE TSYII— Continued 



Department of Systematic Theology 



Professor Johnson : 

Soteriology 

Mr. G. B. Smith : 

Outline Course in Theology 

Patristic Theology 

Theology of the Greek Church 

Theology of the Latin Church 

Christian Ethics 

Anthropology 

The Doctrine of Grace 

The Doctrines of the Holy Spirit and of Grace 

The Theological Significance of Leading Move- 
ments of Thought in the Nineteenth Century . . . 

Herrmann's Ethik 

Herrmann's Ethik 

Professor Bruce : 

Agnosticism and the Historical Foundations of the 
Christian Church 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 



No. of 
Times 
Given 



Total 


Total 


Registra- 


Value in 


tion 


Majors 


15 


1 


24 




5 




5 




3 




21 




10 




5 




22 




1 




3 




8 


¥2 


23 


H 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



15 

24 
5 
5 
3 

21 

10 
5 

22 

1 
3 

4 



12- 



Department of Church History 



Professor Hulbert : 

Ancient Church History (A. D. 30-800) 

Prior to Constantine 

Prior to Constantine 

The Church in the Age of Constantine 

From Constantine to 'Theodosius 

From Theodosius to Charles the Great 

The Conversion of Northern and Western Europe . 

History of the Church in the Middle Ages 

History of the Church from the Invasions of the 

Barbarians to the Reformation 

In Celtic and in Anglo-Saxon Britain 

The Scotch Reformation 

The Scotch Reformation 

Under the Tudors 

The English Reformation and Puritanism, I 

The English Reformation and Puritanism, II 

English Church History since the Reformation . . . 

The Pilgrim Fathers and Plymouth Colony 

The Puritan Fathers and the New England The 

ocracy 

The Struggle for Religious Liberty in Virginia. . . . 
The Struggle for Religious Liberty in Virginia. . . . 
Christian Missions in the 16th, 17th, and 18th Cen 

turies 

Christian Missions in the 19th Century 

Modern Missions 

Modern Missions 

Seminars : 

Second Century Problems in Church Polity 

From the Norman Conquest to the Age of Wiclif. . 
English Church History since the Reformation . . . 



Value 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Registra- 


Value in 


Majors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 


K 


2 


43 


1 


1 


6 


177 


6 


K 


1 


2 


K 


'A 


2 


30 


1 


1 


10 


277 


10 


K 


2 


36 


1 


1 


3 


38 


3 


y2 


2 


68 


1 


1 


1 


32 


1 


K 


3 


36 


m 


1 


2 


23 


2 


H 


3 


44 


VA 


a 


1 


24 


% 


1 


3 


84 


3 


1 


3 


78 


3 


1 


1 


19 


1 


1 


3 


66 


3 


1 


3 


73 


3 


1 


1 


16 


1 


% 


2 


25 


1 


1 


3 


60 


3 


1 


2 


36 


2 


1 


2 


58 


2 


M 


1 


40 


H 


1 


1 


6 


1 


1 


1 


11 


1 


1 


1 


15 


1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



22- 
177 
1 

15 
277 

18 

38 

34 

32 
18 
23 
22 
12 
84 
78 
19 
66 

73 
16 
13- 

60 
36 
58 
20 

6 
11 
15 



196 



The Peesident's Repokt 



TABLE XXYII — Continued 



Department of Church History 



Professor Hulbert: 

Religious Liberty since the Reformation 

American Baptists 

History of Christian Doctrine 

Professor Johnson : 

Prior to Constantine 

Prior to Constantine 

The Columbian Period 

The German Reformation 

The German Reformation 

The Swiss Reformation 

The Swiss Reformation 

The Counter Reformation 

The German Church since the Reformation 

The German Church in Recent Times 

History of Doctrines 

Christian Art 

Christian Art : Architecture, Sculpture, and Paint- 
ing 

Christian Art : Painting 

Christian Art : Painting 

Title not stated 

Professor McGiffert : 

History of the Primitive Church 

History of Christian Doctrine 

Dr. J. W. Conley: 

American Missions 

Missionary Societies 

Dr. A. K. Parker : 

Christian Missions in the 19th Century 

Associate Professor Moncrief : 

Outlines of Church History 

Outlines of Church History 

Sources of Church History from Constantine to 
Charles the Great 

From Charles the Great to Boniface VIII 

Mediaeval Ideas and Institutions 

Forerunners of the Reformation in Italy 

Preparation in England and Bohemia for the 
Reformation 

Preparation in England and Bohemia for the 
Reformation 

Preparation in England, Bohemia, and Germany 
for the Reformation 

History of the Reformation Period 

History of the Reformation Period 

The Dutch Reformation 

The French Reformation 

The French Reformation 

The Philosophy of History 

The Philosophy of History 

Seminars : 

Augustine : 

Introduction to the History of Opinion, Christian 
and Philosophical 

Special Investigations in the 14th and 15th Cen- 
turies 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 


No. of 
Times 
Given 


Total 
Registra- 
tion 


Total 
Value in 
Majors 


1 


1 


9 


1 


1 


1 


4 


1 


1 


1 


2 


1 


1 


5 


168 


5 


M 

¥ 


3 

1 
9 


65 
30 

127 


^y 
'1 


¥ 


2 
3 


21 

28 


1 

3 


i< 


2 


38 


1 


1 


6 


43 


6 


1 


2 


27 


2 


1 


1 


10 


1 


1 


1 


10 


1 


1 


3 


34 


3 


1 


1 


15 


1 


1 


1 


25 


1 


1^ 
1 


1 

1 


31 

18 


¥ 


y^ 
M 


1 
1 


37 
50 


y 
y 




2 

1 


56 
16 


1 

y 


1 


1 


5 


1 


1 


9 


264 


9 


M 


1 


11 


y 


1 


1 


3 


1 


1 


2 


13 


2 


1 


2 


17 


2 


1 


9 


141 


9 


1 


2 


29 


2 


y^ 


1 


13 


y 


1 


4 


38 


4 


1 


2 


32 


2 


K 


1 


22 


y 


1 


5 


54 


5 


1 


4 


36 


4 


y 
1 


1 
2 


19 
20 


\ 


y 


2 


28 


1 


1 


1 


7 


1 


1 


1 


9 


1 


1 


1 


14 


1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



9 

4 
2 

168 

sa- 
ls 

127 
11- 
28 
19 
43 
27 
10 
10 
34 

15 
25 
16- 

18 

19- 
25 

28 



5 

264 
6- 

3 

13 

17 

141 

29 

7- 

38 

32 

11 

54 

36 

10- 

20 

14 

7 

9 

14 



The Divinity School 



197 



TABLE XXYII— Continued 



Department of Homiletics, Church Polity, and Pastoral Duties 

Professor Anderson : 

Homiletics 

Plans and Sermons 

Plans and Sermons 

History of Preaching 

History of Preaching 

History of American Preaching 

Masterpieces of Pulpit Eloquence 

Hymnology 

Church Polity 

Pastoral Duties 

Church Polity and Pastoral Duties 

Church Polity and Pastoral Duties 

Title not stated 

Professor Johnson : 

Homiletics 

Homiletics 

Plans and Sermons 

Plans and Sermons , 

Professor Henderson : 

Pastoral Duties 

Dr. Faunce : 

The Art of Preaching 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Registra- 


Value in 


Majors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 


1 


10 


197 


10 


1 


10 


168 


10 


H 


8 


178 


4 


1 


7 


60 


7 


y^ 


1 


11 


y. 


H 


1 


6 


^ 


1 


9 


130 


9 


1 


4 


24 


4 


yi 


3 


60 


IJ^ 


■u 


2 


39 


1 


1 


12 


242 


12 


% 


1 


6 


K 


¥2 


1 


10 


M 


1 


7 


66 


7 


% 


7 


94 


m 


1 


6 


63 


6 


H 


2 


44 


1 


V2 


1 


16 


% 


% 


2 


74 


1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



197 

168 

89 

60 

6- 

3 

130 

24 

30 

20- 

242 

3 

5 

66 

47 
63 
22 



37 



The Department of Sociology 



Professor Henderson : 

The Family 

The Family. .'. 

House Sanitation 

Rural Communities 

Urban Communities 

Urban Communities 

The Group of Industrials 

Social Institutions of Organized Christianity 

Social Institutions of Organized Christianity 

Contemporary Charities 

Contemporary Charities 

Social Treatment of Crime 

Social Treatment of Crime 

Criminal An' hropology 

Economic and Governmental Agencies for Welfare 
Economic and Governmental Agencies for Welfare 

Voluntary Associations 

Voluntary Associations 

Non-Political and Non-Economic Associations .... 
Non-Political and Non-Economic Associations .... 
Culture and Moral Statistics : Methods and Results 

Biblical and Ecclesiastical Sociology 

Philanthropy 

Philanthropy 

Field Work in Chicago's Charities and Corrections 

Special Field Work 

Field Work 

Seminars : 

Social Technology 

Methods of Social Amelioration, I 

Methods of Social Amelioration, I 

Methods of Social Amelioration, II 

Methods of Social Amelioration, III 



Value of 


No. of 


Total 


Total 


Course in 


Times 


Registra- 


Value in 


iVIaiors 


Given 


tion 


Majors 


1 


7 


110 


7 


H 


2 


55 


1 


1 


1 


14 


1 


H 


4 


53 


2 


1 


5 


81 


5 


K 


2 


38 


1 


1 


3 


61 


3 


1 


5 


60 


5 


Vz 


4 


78 


2 


1 


7 


113 


7 


ii 


3 


51 


W2 


1 


2 


34 


2 


K 


3 


76 


^M 


1 


1 


42 


1 


1 


1 


10 


1 


K 


3 


47 


Vz 


1 


1 


7 


1 


}4 


2 


7 


1 


1 


1 


35 


1 


K 


1 


29 


Vi 


1 


1 


7 


1 


H 


1 


9 


H 


1 


4 


37 


4 


H 


1 


10 


H 


H 


1 


13 


H 


1 


1 


1 


1 


H 


1 


5 


K 


1 


1 


4 


1 


1 


7 


45 


7 


K 


1 


12 


H 


1 


7 


47 


7 


1 


7 


52 


7 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



110 
28- 
14 
27- 
81 
19 
61 
60 
39 
113 
26- 
34 
38 
42 
10 
24- 

7 

4- 
35 
15- 
■7 

5- 
37 

5 

7- 

1 

3- 

4 
45 

6 
47 
52 



198 



The Peesident's Eeport 



TABLE XXYIl— Continued 



Department of Public Speaking 



Associate Professor Clark: 

Principles of Vocal Expression 

Bible and Hymn Reading 

Bible and Hymn Reading and Delivery of Sermons 

Bible and Hymn Reading and Delivery of Sermons 

The Delivery of Sermons 

Delivery of Sermons and Oratorical Analysis . . . 
Associate Professor Clark and Assistant Professor 

Blanchard: 

Principles of Vocal Expression 

Vocal Expression in Public Worship and Preaching 

Oratorical Analysis and Pulpit Oratory 

Professor Chamberlain: 

Vocal Expression in Public Worship and Preaching 

Bible and Hymn Reading and Delivery of Sermons 
Assistant Professor Blanchard: 

Principles of Vocal Expression 

Practical Public Speaking 

Vocal Expression in Public Worship and Preaching 

Vocal Expression in Public Worship and Preachin; 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 



No. of 
Times 
Given 



Total 
Registra- 
tion 



25 
37 
23 
13 
5 



19 
38 
34 

50 
28 

29 
10 

86 
22 



Total 
Value in 
Majors 



2 
3 

1 

H 
1 

1,^ 



1 
1 
1 

H 
}4 

2 
1 
2 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



25 
37 
23 

7- 

5 

5- 



19 
38 
34 

25 
14 

29 
10 
86 
11 



The Disciples' Divinity Courses 



Value of 

Course in 

Majors 


No. of 
Times 
Given 


Total 
Registra- 
tion 


Total 
Value in 
Majors 


1 


1 
1 


1 
9 


1 


H 


1 


10 


¥2 


)i 


2 


9 


1 


¥2 


1 


3 


V2 


1 

% 


1 
1 
1 


3 
3 

11 


1 


1 


1 


3 


1 


1 
1 


1 
1 


3 
4 


1 
1 


¥ 


1 

1 


3 
6 


1 


1 


1 
2 


2 
16 


1 

1 



Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 



Assistant Professor Willett: 

History of the Idea of Christian Union 

History of Church Worship 

Place of Alexander Campbell in Modern Theologi- 
cal Thought 

The Place of the Disciples of Christ among the 
Religious Forces of Today 

Problems of Today in the Work of the Disciples of 

Christ 

Dr. Van Kirk: 

First Principles 

First Principles 

The Sources of Alexander Campbell's Theology. . . 

The Theological Position of Alexander Campbell 

and his Associates 

Dr. Ames: 

History of the Disciples 

History of Doctrine among the Disciples 

Dr. Garrison: 

Religious Movements of the 18th Century 

History of the Disciples 

Dr. Gates: 

History of the Disciples 

History of the Disciples 



1 

5- 

5 

5- 

2- 

3 

2- 
6- 



3 

4 

2- 



The Cumberland Presbyterian Divinity Courses 


Value of 

Course in 

Majors 


No. of 
Times 
Given 


Total 
Registra- 
tion 


Total 
Value in 
Majors 


Registra- 
tion on 
Major 
Basis 


Mr. Logan: 
Origin and Growth of the Cumberland Presby- 
terian Church 


1 
1 


1 
1 


2 

1 


1 
1 


2 


Doctrine and Polity of the Cumberland Presby- 
terian Church 


1 







The Divinity School 



199 



TABLE XXVIII 1 
Registeations in the Divinity School, 1892-1902, by Dbpartment3 



Old Testament 

New Testament 

Systematic Theology 

Church History 

Homiletics 

Sociology 

Public Speaking 

Disciples' 

Cumberland Presbyterian, 

Total 



Total No. of 
Registrations 



4,789 

4,456 

2,031 

3,056 

1,488 

1,243 

428 

84 

3 



17,578 



No. of Registra- 
tions on Major 
Course Basis 



3,774 — I- 
3,421 — [- 
1,772- 
2,664- 
1,219 
1,002- 
367 
54 
3 



14,274 



Decrease by Re- 
duction to Major 
Course Basis 



1,015- 

1,035- 

259- 

392- 

269 

241- 

61 

30 





3,304 



Decrease by the 

Reduction to 

Major Course 

Basis 



0.21 
0.23 
0.13 
0.13 
0.19 
0.20 
0.14 
0.36 



0.19 



TABLE XXIX 
Geaduatigns in the Divinity School, 1892-1902, by Yeaes and Degrees 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Total 


D.B 


11 
3 
6 

2 

14 
1 


7 
2 
6 

'4 
3 
3 


2 
2 

6 
10 


2 

i 

i 

10 
1 

4 


29 

'2 
1 

1 
3 
8 
2 


25 

'3 
3 
3 


15 

'3 

4 
4 

7 


17 

'2 
9 
5 
9 


16 
1 

'3 
3 
6 
3 
1 


15 
1 

2 
2 
3 
3 
5 
4 


139 


D.B. from Theological Union 
Th.B 


9 
17 


AM 


11 


Ph.D 


24 


Dano-Norwegian Certificate 

Swedish Certificate 

English Certificate 


40 
59 
25 






Total 


37 


25 


20 


19 


46 


34 


33 


42 


33 


35 


324 







TABLE XXX 
Peimary and Secondaey Depaetments of Students Graduating with the Degree or D.B., 1896-1902 

















Homi- 






Z 



CO 


















letics, 






&; 






Old 

Testa- 
ment 


New 
Testa- 
ment 


Biblical 
Theology 


Syste- 
matic 
Theology 


Chuech 
HisTOr.Y 


Church 
Polity, 
AND Pas- 


Soci- 
ology 


Totals 




















toral 








P3 




Year 














Duties 






z 


tB 


z 


g 




































I 




>i 


d 


!» 


CO 


>> 


d 


>. 


a 


>. 


u 
rt 


>> 


rt 


>, 


a 


>> 


CO 


t; 


H 




Fi 


a 




1 


CO 


1 







a 


a 





d 




n 


a 



CO 

FI 


■0 




d 


S 







































d 


■0 






































Ph 


M 


^ 


tc 


P^ 


aj 


Cu 


aj 


fM 


CO 


Pj 


02 


PM 


to 


Hi 


m 


z 


Z 


a 


1896-97 


6 


32 


2 


9 






7 


6 


14 


2 




4 




4 


29 


293 


1^ 


1 


29 


1897-98 


2 


1* 


6 


4 


1 




5 


13 


11 


2 




6 






25 


26 


6 


1 


25 


1898-99 


2 




2 


3 






3 


7 


8 


2 




2 




1 


15 


15 






15 


1899-1900 .... 


1 


45 


6 


4 






2 


6 


8 


1 




2 




1 


17 


18 




i' 


17 


1900-1901 .... 


1 


2 


10 


3 








3 


4 


3 




3 


1 


2 


16 


16 






16 


1901-1902 .... 




1 


10 


3 






2 


8 


1 


2 


1 




1 

2 


1 
9 


15 


15 


1 


3 


15 


Total 


12 


11 


36 


26 


1 




19 


43 


46 


12 


1 


17 


117 


1193 


117 


Total differ- 


























ent men.. 


19 


62 




1 


62 


58 


18 


11 




117 







iln comparing the statistics here given, where the 
unit uniformly is the registration for a Major course, with 
those where no such reduction has been made, allowance 
should bo made for the increase of numbers in the latter 
case due to the counting of registrations in Minor courses 
as equal in value to those in Major or double-Minor 
courses. As shown in the table, the difference between the 
results obtained by the two methods varies in the several 



Departments from nothing to more than one-third of the 
larger, and is on the average about one-fifth. 

2 Including one in Assyriology. 

3 Including one in Philosophy. * In Egyptology. 

5 Including one in Assyrian and one in Aramaic. 

6 One other with both subjects in Semitics. 

7 One with all three subjects in Semitics, 



200 



The President's Report 



TABLE XXXI 
Peimaet and Secondabt Departments op Students GEAonATiNO with the Degeee of Ph.D., 1895-1902 





Old Testament 


New Testament 


Biblical 
Theology 


Systematic 
Theology 


Chuech 
Histoey 


Yeab 


it 

a 


a 


C-2 


It 

ea 

a 


8 


1 


a 



u 




.g 

fin 


d 



1 




0) 








1895-96 

1896-97 


'is 
1 

2^ 
1 


'i 

2^ 
2' 
210 

'2 


i 
2 
2 
2 

'2 


'i 

'2 
1 


i 


i 

6 

1 
1 






i 


i 


1 
.. 

5 
1 






1 

'5 
1 


i 
1 

1 

i 








1897-98 


1 
1 
1 


1898-99 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


2" 


1 










Total 


7 


9 


9 


4 


5 


9 




1 


1 


7 




7 


4 




4 



















Homiletice 


Sociology 


Philosophy 


Totals 


Si 


















» 



" 




























pu 






>> 
























a 


Yeab 


>t 






>> 




> 




h 










z 


fi 




a 


13 

a 



- 


CO a 


T3 

a 


_ n 




'T3 



13 


a 


^3 


"rt 





a 
^ 


















































u 












Oh 


xii 


t 


H fl( 


CO 


H H 




CO 


H 


CM 


CO 


H 





H 


1895-96 










1 


1 








1 


1 


1 






1896-97 






















1 


1 


1 






1897-98 


















1 


1 


3 


3 


3 






1898-99 










1 


1 


2 . 








4 


3 


4 


112 




1899-1900 












3 


3 . 








9 


10 


9 




1 


1900-1901 










. 1 


1 


2 . 




2 


2 


3 


3 


3 






1901-1902 










• •■ 












3 


3 


3 






Total 








. 2 


6 


8 . 




3 


3 


24 


24 


24 


1 


1 



Ald^n, Carl Alfred, 1897. 
Anderson, Anton August, 1897. 
Anderson, Carl Vilhelm, 1893. 
Anderson, Gustaf Robert, 1893. 
Arlander, Ragnar Andreas, 1900. 
Backlund, Jonas Oscar, 1902. 
Bergman, Herman, 1893. 
Calmer, Theodor Herman, 1900. 
Carlson, Eric, 1900. 
Carlson, Martin, 1895. 
Clint, Rudolph Anton, 15. 



TABLE XXXII 
Geaduates op the Swedish Seminaey 

"Det kristliga dopets ursprung och forutsSttning." 

"Det eviga straffet enligt Nya Testamentets lara." 

"Pauli lif." 

"Mosebockernas akthet ooh trovardighet." 

" Judarna under Mattatias och hans sOners regering." 

"Det adertonde arhundradets fria tankestrOmningar." 

" Syndafloden." 

"Pauli lif." 

" Judarnas fangenskap 1 Babylon." 

" Tecknen for Kristi andra tillkommelse." 

"Donatisterna." 



8 Assyrian and Babylonian. 

9 One in Assyrian. 10 One in Arabic. 
"Old Testament, Egyptology ; Assyrian, Old Testament. 



•2 In this case there were two subjects (Social Institu- 
tions and Social Philosophy), both in one department 
(Sociology). 



The Divinity School 



201 



Ekblad, Carl Henrik, 1899. 

Erikson, Bennet, 1897. 
Erikson, Johan Alfrid, 1900. 

Esselstr6m, Mats, 1900. 
Friborg, Emil Amandus, 1900. 
Friborg, JoEan, 1899. 
Hallin, Paul, 1901. 
Hasselblad, Carl, 1893. 
Hed^n, John, 1893. 
Hedberg, Viktor E., 1899. 
Hult, Salomon Alfrid, 1899. 
Johnson, Bengt Magnus, 1901. 
Johnson, Gustaf Adolf, 1897. 
Johnson, John Daniel, 1895. 
Johnson, Nils Edvard, 1899. 
Jonson, Magnus, 1893. 
Klingberg, Johan Eric, 1898. 
Larson, Robert, 1900. 
Lawrence, Antone Oliver, 1894. 
Lindahl, Carl August, 1902. 

Linden, Fredrik, 1893. 
Lindgren, Carl Johan Axel, 1900. 
Lindholm, Olof, 1893. 
Lovene, Peter, 1896. 
Nelson, Sven August, 1894. 

Nelson, Swaney August, 1895. 

Nilson, Carl Anton, 1894. 

Nylin, Carl Emil, 1895. 

Nylin, Johan David, 1897. 

Nyquist, Gustaf, 1900. 

Parsons, Nils Clarence, 1902. 

Paulson, Adolf, 1897. 

Koc^n, Johan, 1893. 

Rosenlund, Martin Anderson, 1897. 

Rosendahl, Johan August Hjalmar, 1901. 

Sandell, Victor, 1895. 

Salquist, Carl Axel, 1893. 

Scherstrom, Eric, 1902. 

Shugren, Eric Olof, 1902. 

Sten, Carl Gustaf, 1893. 

Sundmark, Carl Wilhelm, 1893. 

Taflin, Olof, 1893. 

Tornquist, Oskar F., 1899. 

Valerius, Nels Erik, 1898. 
Wallman, Carl Linus, 1897. 
Wedholm, Carl Edvard, 1899. 
Wid^n, Oscar Carl, 1898. 
Wiking, Carl Fridolf, 1893. 



"Syndafallet." 

" Nattvarden betraktad f ran Nya Testamentets synpunkt." 
"Hvari bestSr den hufvudsakliga olikheten mellan Johan- 
nes' Evangelium och de tre sakallade synoptiska evan- 
gelierna ? " 

" Omvandelsen." 
" Hedendomens gudsbegrepp." 
" Tillstandet i romerska riket vid Kristi fodelse." 
" Forsoningslaran." 
"Foreningen mellan kyrka och stat." 
" Bibelens lara om syndafallet och dess foljder." 
" Dopsattet." 

"Lagen i Gamla och Nya Testamentat." 
"Ursyndens foljder." 
" Aterlosningen." 

" Voro Petrobrusianerna villfarande?" 
" Det bibliska inspirationsbegreppets historiska utveckling." 
" Nadavalet eller utkorelsen af nid." 
"Det judiska sektvasendet." 
"Staden Babel." 

" Himmelriket fran Nya Testamentets synpunkt." 
"De arkeologiska upptackterna och bibelns historiska 
skildringar." 

" Gudsbelatet hos manniskan." 

"Nya Testamentets lara om helgelsen." 

"Dopet." 

"Det Tridentinska mOtet." 

"En forsamlingmedlems plikt, eller de olika gafvornas 

samverkan i forsamlingen." 
" Jerusalems forstOring." 

" Hvad synd ar betraktad fran biblisk synpunkt." 
" Waldenserna." 
"Manniskan." 

"Naturen af sjalens fdrening med Kristus." 
"Manniskans ursprung och urtillstand." 
" Kristi gudom." 

"Johan Calvin, hans lif och laror." 
" Vart lif och dess mal." 
"Maccabeerna." 
" Sjalens ododlighet." 

" Jamforelse mellan Augustini och Pelagii laror." 
" Kristus var of versteprast." 
" Det kristliga dopet." 
"Mose." 

" Kristi gudom." 
" Gnosticismen." 
" Forberedelser bland Guds gamla fdrbundsfolk for Kristi 

ankomst." 
" Karakteristik af aposteln Paulus." 
" Jordens daningshistoria, eller naturens epoker." 
" Helgelsen." 

"Den kristna forsamlingen." 
" Forberedande orsaker till pafvedomet." 



202 



The President's Report 



TABLE XXXIII 

Geaduates of the Dano-Noewegian Seminaey 



Andersen, Andrew S., 1900. 
Andersen, Hans Peter, 1896. 
Arensbach, Christian Nielson, 1897. 
Borsheim, Sjur Olsen, 1896. 
Brandsmark, Anders Larsen, 1894. 
Christensen, John, 1901. 
Christensen, Rasmus, 1896. 
Christiansen, Christian George, 1898. 
Gotaas, Johannes Olsen, 1901. 
Grarup, Christ Peterson, 1894. 
Grogaard, Elias Christian, 1901. 
Hoien, Ove Laurits, 1893. 
Holm, Frederik Theodor, 1897. 
Jakobsen, Bertinius, 1900. 
Jakobsen, Hans Jakob, 1898. 
Jensen, Fritz Stephanus, 1901. 

Johnson, Edward Peter, 1897. 
Kihl, Olaf Martin, 1899. 

Knudsen, Elias, 1900. 
Kristoffersen, Soren, 1896. 
Larsen, Andor Matias, 1899. 
Larsen, Christian, 1900. 
Larsen, Jakob, 1896. 
Larsen, Nels R., 1894. 

Larsen, Nils Christian, 1896. 
Lawdahl, Nels Sorenson, 1894. 
Nelson, Martin, 1896. 
Nielsen, James Peter, 1896. 

Nilson, Oskar Emil, 1899. 

Olberg, Ingebret, 190-2. 
Overgaard, Peder Federsen, 1896. 
Pedersen, Chris, 1899. 
Pedersen, Tellef Christian, 1893. 
Rasmussen, Lars, 1896- 
Rejnholdtsen, Severin, i»uO. 

Skotheim, Olav Halvorsen, 1898. 

Stiansen, Peder, 1902. 
Taranger, Anton, 1901. 
Vang, Enok Tander, 1902. 

Wesgaard, Martin Anderson, 1901. 



"Menighedens GrundlEeggelse." 

"Kristi andet Komme." 

"Det guddommelige Kald til at prsedike Evangeliet." 

" Johannesdaaben og dens Forhold til den kristelige Daab." 

" Helligaandens Person og Vaerk." 

"Forsoningen." 

"Bibelens Inspiration." 

"Pavedemmets Opkomst." 

" Forudbeslutningen." 

" Helligaandens Person og Gjerning." 

" Gjenfedelsen." 

"Skriftens Laere om Forsoningen." 

" Forudbestemmelsen." 

" Retfaerdiggjorelsen." 

" Den religiose Tilstand blandt Joderne paa Kristi Tid." 

" Hvorfor bor vi som Baptister holde fast ved lukket eller 

begrsenset Nadver? " 
No Thesis. 

"Det Nye Testamentes Laere angaaende Menighedsforfat- 

ning." 
" Indledning til Romerbrevet." 
"Lceren om evig Straf." • 
"Bibelens Mirakler." 
"Martin Luther." 
"De tidlige Kristenforfolgelser." 
" Det nytestamentlige Lovbegreb og de Kristnes Forhold 

dertil." 
"Den kristne Hyrde eller Pastor." 
" Det Gamle Testamentes Forhold til det Nye." 
" Helliggjarelsen." 
"Hvorfor hylder vi som Baptister den kongregationale 

Menighedsstyrelse? " 
'"Den skriftmaessige Betydning af Baptisternes sserkilte 

Prinoiper." 
"Roger Williams og Massachusetts Kolonierne." 
"Lukket Kommunion." 

" Det Gamle og Nye Testamentes Trovaerdighed." 
"Loven og den Kristnes Forhold til den. 
" Gnosticismen i de ferste Aarhundreder." 
"Konstantin den Store og hans Forhold til Kristendom- 

men." 
"De nytestamentlige Bagers historiske .iEgthed og Trovaer- 
dighed." 
" Bibelens Laere angaaende Inkarnationen." 
"Verdens Forberedelse for Kristus." 
"Betingelser for at vinde Sjaele og Midler for Udevelsen af 

et saadant Vaerk." 
"Apostelen Paulus som fremgangsfuld evangelisk Arbej- 

der." 



The Divinity School 



203 



TABLE XXXIV 
Candidates foe the English Ceetificates 



Allen, Hiram Howard, 1895. 
Andrews, John Stanley, 1902. 
Berry, Henry Havelock, 1895. 
Betts, Charles Richard, 1902. 
Blake, James, 1894. 
Carroll, Robert, 1895. 
Case, Frank Almerian, 1896. 
Dent, Joseph Croft, 1895. 
Evans, Thomas Silas, 1894. 
Fradenburg, John Victor, 1895. 
Giblette, Thomas John, 1895. 
Grablachofl, Wiliko, 1894. 
Gray, Robert, 1896. 
Hatch, Elmer Ellsworth, 1897. 
Hayworth, Solomon Alonzo, 1902. 

Ketman, Tony Louis, 1897. 
Lockwood, Clarence Herman, 1895. 
Mason, George Claude, 1895. 
Pearce, William, 1893. 
Robinson, Charles Wirt, 1895. 
Schlamann, Ernest Alfred, 1896. 
Speicher, John Gabriel, 1895. 
Swift, Franklin Waugh, 1902. 
Vreeland, Charles Frank, 1896. 

Wakeham, Nicholas, 1901. 



No Thesis. 

"Savonarola, Preacher and Prophet of the Renaissance." 
" City Missions." 
No Thesis. 

"The Influences which Formed Nero's Character." 
" The Law of Sacrifices." 
"John Clark." 

" Athenagoras on the Resurrection of the Dead." 
"Lifeof Dr. Chalmers." 
" The Battle of Naseby." 
"The Life of Marcus Aurelius." 
"The Eastern Church." 
" Charles G. Finney as a Preacher." 
"The Mythological Element in the Old Testament." 
" The Barbarian Invasions : A Study in the Philosophy of 
History." 

"The Ethics of Self-Expression." 

" The Trinity." 

" Savonarola." 

" Constantine and his Vision of the Cross." 

"The Causes of Christian Asceticism." 

"The New England Puritans and Religious Liberty." 

"John Wiclif and his Gift to his Countrymen." 

"The Origin of Sunday as a Christian Festival." 

" The Problem of Civil and Religious Liberty in the Early 
Connecticut Colony." 

"Denominational Co-operation." 



TABLE XXXV 



Thesis Subjects op Baoheloes op Theology (feom the Theological Union) 



Berry, Fred, 1893. 
Bixon, Frank Prince, 1894. 
Bower, Leslie, 1893. 
Davies, Frederick George, 1894. 
Dexter, Stephen Byron, 1902. 
Elliot, John Waterman, 1894. 
Martin, Benjamin F., 1894. 
MoGillivray, Donald Hugh, 1893. 
McGinnis, George, 1902. 
Post, Ansel Howard, 1893. 
Samuelson, John, 1897. 
Stewart, John Henry, 1894. 
Stoner, Mary Kimbrough, 1893. 
Stacker, Edwin Stanton, 1897. 
Theobald, Walter William, 1893. 

Thompson, Thora Maria, 1896. 
Wheeler, Horace Jonathan, 1894. 



" Home Life in the American City." 

" Lessons from the Life of Henry Ward Beecher." 

" Desecration of the Sabbath in our Cities." 

"Conversion of the Goths." 

No Thesis. 

" Charles Haddon Spurgeon as a Preacher." 

No Thesis. 

"The Symbolism of the Lord's Supper." 

No Thesis. 

"The Preparation of the Sermon." 

" Henry Barrowe." 

" The Protectorate of Oliver Cromwell." 

"Penny Banks." 

"The Christian's Life." 

"Hindrances to the Progress of Christianity in American 
Cities." 

"Petrarch, the First Modern Man." 

" The Historical Development of the Doctrine of the Atone- 
ment, from the Time of Anselm." 



204 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



TABLE XXXVI 
Thesis Subjects of Baceeloks of DrviNiTT (feom the Theological Union) 



Astby, James William, 1894. 

Eldridge, Charles D., 1902. 
Falls, James Washington, 1893. 
Ford, John Elijah, 1895. 
Girdwood, Joseph Haddon, 1893. 

Lord, George, 1895. 
McEwan, Allan, 1893. 
Nordlander, Eric Johan, 1894. 
Roc^n, John, 1901. 



'Results in England of the Evangelical Revival of the 

Eighteenth Century." 
'Knox in England." 
' The Theory of a Second Probation." 
'Jonathan Edwards as a Preacher." 
' Some of the Present Obstacles in the Way of Evangelical 

Religion, and How to Meet them." 
'Was Constantine a Regenerate Man?" 
' The Christian Conception of God." 
' The Theory of a Second Probation." 
' The Persecution of the Pioneer Baptists in Sweden." 



TABLE XXXVII 
Thesis Subjects of Baceeloks of Divinitt 



Allison, Matthew Gay, 1894. 
Anderson, Frank Leonard, 1900. 
Anderson, Jacob Nelson, 1901. 
Atkinson, Henry Lawrence, 1901. 
Bateson, Frederick William, 1898. 
Bailey, John William, 1902. 
Behan, Warren Palmer, 1897. 
Beyl, Frederick Almon, 1901. 
Beyl, John Lewis, 1900. 
Binder, Rudolph Michael, 1897. 
Blanchard, William Louis, 1893. 
Bode, William, 1901. 
Boeye, John Franklin, 1902. 
Borden, Edwin Howard, 1897. 
Braker, George, 1896. 

Brelos, Carl George, 1900. 
Briggs, John Gallup, 1899. 
Brinstad, Charles William, 1893. 
Brown, Jay Schuyler, 1902. 
Burdiok, William De Lure, 1893. 
Burlingame, George Elston, 1899. 
Cabeen, James Wallace, 1893. 
Calvin, John Emmett, 1902. 
Calvin, Perry Sylvester, 1899. 
Campbell, George Alexander, 1898. 
Carlson, Walter Gustavus, 1897. 
Case, Carl Delos, 1898. 
Chalmers, William Everett, 1897. 

Chandler, John, 1900. 

Clough, Clarence Edmund, 1898. 
Coleman, Christopher Bush, 1900. 
Colestock, Henry Thomas, 1899. 
Coon, Daniel Israel, 1897. 
Coon, David Burdett, 1894. 



"The English Poor Law." 

" The Fatherhood of God." 

"An Exegetical Study of Romans 3:21-26." 

" The Feasts of Passion Week." 

" An Historical Treatment of the Doctrine of Chiliasm." 

"AIKAIOSTNH OEGT: A Study in Interpretation." 

" The Oxford Movement." 

" The Influence of Savonarola upon Art." 

" Hebrew Prophets and Prophecy." 

"Kant and Protestant Theology." 

" The Kingdom of God." 

"Isaiah's Picture of the Social Conditions of His Day." 

"The Homiletic Value of Whittier." 

"Galilee in the Time of Christ." 

"The Jewish Lack of Unity as a Preparation for the 
Messiah." 

" Condition of the World at the Advent of Christ." 

"Christ's Attitude Toward His Own Death." 

"The Probationary Theory of Salvation after Death." 

"The Church in the Country Districts." 

"Elements of Power in Preaching." 

"Sacerdotal Celibacy; Its Origin and Early Development." 

" Labor, Capital, and Christ." 

"The Teaching of Jesus concerning Prayer." 

"Wiclit and his Place in the Reform Movement." 

'' The Modern Aspects of Church Union." 

"Ansgar, his Life and Labors in Denmark and Sweden." 

" The Christology of the Synoptists." 

" The Influence of Thomas Cranmer on the English Refor- 
mation." 

"Humanism and its Influence on the Development of 
Luther." 

"The Purpose of Jesus' Miracles." 

"Christian Movements in American Colleges." 

" Substitution : A Stage in Theological Thought." 

" The Person of Christ in the Fourth Gospel." 



The Divinitz School 



205 



Corbett, Isaac Allen, 1901. 
Crawford, Jerry Tinder, 1898. 

Cressey, Prank Graves, 1898. 

Culbertson, Henry Coe, 1901. 
Davidson, Robert Bailey, 1897. 
Dye, Friend Taylor, 1900. 
Dykstra, Lawrence, 1897. 
Elmer, Franklin Davenport, 1898. 

Pisk, Henry Alfred, 1895. 

Foreman, Louis Thomas, 1901. 
Puller, William Harvey, 1901. 

Gallup, Clarence Mason, 1900. 

Garrison, Winfred Ernest, 1897. 
Gates, Errett, 1900. 
Gessler, Theodore Arthur, 1897. 
Givens, John Paris, 1902. 

Goodman, Alfred Ebenezer, 1897. 
Goodspeed, Edgar Johnson, 1897. 
Gray, Charlotte Comstock, 1898. 

Gray, Clifton Daggett, 1900. 
Griffin, Edwin Milton, 1893. 
Hageman, Simon Sylvester, 1899. 
Hazen, Joseph Chalmers, 1902. 

Heald, Prescott Silas, 1901. 
Hemenway, Charles Asa, 1893. 
Herrick, Jullien Avery, 1897. 
Hobbs, Ralph Waller, 1897. 

Holcomb, George Perry, 1893. 

Hoover, Henry Ward, 1899. 

Home, George, 1894. 

Hunter, Austin, 1902. 

Hunter, John, 1899. 

Hurley, Hugh Henry, 1898. 

Jackson, Francis Chester Rockwell, 1897. 

Jenkins, Joseph, 1898. 

Jewett, Frank Leonard, 1902. 

Johnson, Philip Matthew, 1899. 

Kinney, Edwin Bruce, 1897. 
Kunkle, Edward Charles, 1901. 
Kurtz, Prank, 1893. 
Lake, Elisha Moore, 1897. 
Lemon, Charles Augustus, 1897. 
Marsh, Arba John, 1897. 



"A Study in New Testament Christology." 

"The Contribution of the Synoptic Gospels to Dogmatic 
Anthropology." 

" Christ's Conception of the Kingdom of God, with regard 
to its Time, Nature, and Membership." 

"The Sect of the Pharisees." 

"Social Life in England from 1066-1320." 

"Religious Liberty in the Netherlands." 

"The Synod of Dort." 

" The Teaching of Jesus in the Synoptic Gospels Regarding 
his Death." 

"The Vatican Council and the Dogma of Papal Infalli- 
bility." 

"The Poverty of Luther." 

"The New Testament Usage of KaroKayy^, 'AiroXi^Tpmo-is, and 
'IXatTTijioioj': A Study of the Doctrine of the Atonement." 

"The Principal Social Aspects of the Teaching of Paul in 
the Galatian, Corinthian, and Roman Letters." 

" The English Precursors of John Wyclif ." 

" The Contest for Religious Liberty in Massachusetts." 

" The Influence of Babylonian Poetry upon Hebrew Poetry." 

"Ritschl's Conception of Revelation and Sacred Scrip- 
ture." 

"Melancthon, or the Spirit of Compromise." 

" On an Unedited Syriac Manuscript of the New Testament." 

" Michael Angelo and his Place in the Reformatory Move- 
ment." 

"Translations from Babylonian Religious Texts." 

"Study of Paul's Doctrine of Justification." 

" God's Sovereignty in Relation to Man's Salvation." 

" The Teaching of Jesus in the Synoptic Gospels concerning 
Wealth." 

"The Social Progress of the Karens under Christianity." 

"The Thought of Redemption." 

"The English Bible from William Tyndale to King James I." 

"Effects of the Suppression of the Monasteries in the Reign 
of Henry VIII." 

" The Elements of Power in the Preaching of Christ." 

" George Pox and the Early Quakers." 

" The Relation of Paul to the Corinthian Church." 

"The Great Awakening under Edwards and Whitefield." 

"The Founder of British India." 

"The Causes of the Act of Toleration of 1689." 

" The Genuine and the Spurious in the Great Awakening." 

"Ritschl's Conception of the Kingdom of God: Is it that 

of Jesus, or is it Kant's?" 
"The Fundamental Ideas of Protestantism and its Histor- 
ical Development." 
"St. Francis of Assisi, His Life and Times." 
" The Relation of Faith in the Gospels and in John." 
"Virginia Baptists and Religious Liberty." 
"The Moravian Movement Prior to Herrnhut." 
"The Wesleyan Movement." 

"The Influence of the Historical Study of the Life of 
Christ on Modern Theology." 



206 



The Pbesident's Repokt 



Marshall, Richard Beauchamp, 1900. 
Martinson, Emil Martin, 1898. 

Mebane, William Nelson, 1896. 

Mecum, Edwin Welton, 1898. 
Meigs, Robert Van, 1898. 
Merrifleld, Fred, 1901. 
Miller, Henry Clay, 1901. 

Mills, John Freeman, 1893. 
Mortimer, Theron Winfleld, 1900. 
Murray, Charles Henry, 1897. 
MacNaul, Willard Carey, 1893. 
Oeschger, William, 1898. 
Oram, William George, 1897. 
Osgood, William Pleasants, 1898. 

Parsons, Everett Joseph, 1902. 
Parsons, Frederick Francis, 1902. 
Patrick, Bower Reynolds, 1897. 

Phillips, David, 1898. 
Place, Alfred William, 1902. 

Price, Orlo Josiah, 1898. 

Proctor, John Thomas, 1897. 
Purinton, Harry Edward, 1897. 
Reed, William Wallace, 1900. 
Reeve, James Josiah, 1898. 
Rhodes, Jesse Cassander, 1899. 

Robinson, Samuel Rowland, 1898. 
Russell, Luther Parker, 1900. 
Sanders, James Franklin, 1895. 
Sanderson, Eugene Claremont, 1894. 
Schmidt, Emanuel, 1898. 
Schoemaker, William Ross, 1899. 
Shatto, Charles Rollin, 1891. 
Sherman, Franklyn Cole, 1899. 
Shouse, Henry Messick, 1899. 
Slater, John Rothwell, 1898. 
Snow, Ralph Rensselaer, 1897. 

Soares, Theodore Geraldo, 1897. 

Spaulding, Clarence Sydney, 1900. 
Stevens, Elmer Tilson, 1898. 

Stevenson, George Edmund Traver, 1899. 

St. John, Wallace, 1898. 
Stoughton, Harry Augustus, 1901. 
Valentine, Louis Peter, 1900. 



"The Philosophy of History as Developed by Augustine." 

" The Element of Mysticism in New England Theological 
Thought." 

" A Comparison of the Cuneiform and Biblical Accounts of 
the Deluge." 

" New Plymouth Colony, 1629-1691." 

" Whitefield as a Revivalist." 

" Paul's Conception of the SigniScance of Baptism." 

" The Humanism of Petrarch as Seen in his Letters and 
Sonnets." 

"Authority of Christian Consciousness." 

"The English Stage in the Time of Charles II." 

"The Court of High Commission." 

"The Atoning Significance of the Death of Christ." 

"The Life and Work of Barton W. Stone." 

" The Old Testament Conception of Sin." 

" The Nature and Grounds of Justification in the Epistle 
to the Romans." 

"Jesus' Doctrine of God, in the Synoptics." 

" The Basis of Redemptive Certainty." 

" Schleiermacher's System of Thought, and its Influence 
on Modern Theology." 

" Paul's Collection for the Poor Saints at Jerusalem." 

" The Teaching of Jesus in the Synoptic Gospels concerning 
Faith." 

"The Ethics of the New Life, According to the Fourth 
Gospel." 

"Methods of Mission Work in China." 

"Interpretation of Romans 3:21-26." 

" A Critical Estimate of Augustine's ' De Trinitate.' " 

" The Mission of Christ, According to John's Gospel." 

"The Trend of the Church on the Doctrine of the Regene- 
rate Life." 

" The Philosophy of the New England Witchcraft Delusion." 

" Auricular Confession." 

"John Calvin and the French Reformation." 

" Characteristics of Buddha and Christ Compared." 

" Exodus 15 :1&-18, 21." 

" The Central Principles in Christ's Ethical Teaching." 

" The Kingdom of God." 

" Fra Angelico: The St. John of Art." 

"The Missionary Career of Thomas Coke." 

" The Inspiration of the Old Testament." 

"The Versions of the English Scriptures in the Sixteenth 
Century." 

"The Epistle to the Philippians: Introduction and Inter- 
pretation of 3 : 2-16." 

" II Morgante Maggiore of Luigi Pulci as a Source." 

"The Social Condition of England in the Fourteenth 
Century." 

" The Place of the Earl of Shaftesbury in the Labor Move- 
ment." 

" The Drink Habits of the New England Colonies." 

" Preventive Work for Imperiled Children." 

"The Relation of Art to the Church." 



The Divinity School 



207 



Van Home, Theodore Julian, 1893. 

Vaughan, Richard Miner, 1898. 
Waite, Claire Luther, 1902. 
Waldo, William Albigense, 1899. 
Ward, John Albert, 1894. 
Wight, Wallace Edward, 1894. 

Williams, Clarence Russell, 1901. 
Wilson, Albert Sherwood, 1902. 
Wood, Joel Franklin, 1897. 

Woods, Prank William, 1898. 
Woolston, Howard Brown, 1901. 
Wright, George Clarence, 1897. 
Wright, Howard Foster, 1902. 
Wright, Peter Clark, 1902. 
Wright, Richard Robert, Jr., 1901. 
Wyant, Andrew Robert Elmer, 1897. 

Yates, Julian Emmet, 1900. 
Young, Emanuel Sprankle, 1899. 
Zahniser, Charles Reed, 1900. 



"The Influence of Puritan Religious Legislation upon Sub- 
sequent Christianity." 
" Dante's Conception of Punishment." 
" The Sabbath of the Primitive Hebrews." 
"Resurrection of Jesus Christ as a Fact." 
"The Significance of Sacrifice." 

"Analysis and Key to the Symbols of the Book of Revela- 
tion." 

" Strophic Structure and Exposition of Micah 3." 
" The Preparation for the Reformation." 

"The Influence of the Crusades upon European Civiliza- 
tion." 

"Paul's Conception of the New Life." 

"The Teaching Office of the Church." 

" The Resurrection of Christ." 

"The Place of Women in the Early Church." 

"History of the Glebe Lands in Virginia." 

" The Industrial Condition of Negroes in Chicago." 

"Jonathan Edwards and the Great Awakening in New 
England." 

" The Inductive Method of Leonardo da Vinci." 

"The Life of Jesus." 

"The Transcendental Element in the Kingdom of God." 



Barta, Alois, 1897. 

Semitics. 
Deinard, Samuel Nathaniel, 1901. 

SeTnitics. 
Gray, Charlotte Comstock, 1900. 

Church History. 
Harris, William, 1899. 

Church History, Comparative Reli- 



TABLE XXXTIII 
Thesis Subjects of Masters of Aets 

"The Poetic Element in the Book of Mioah." 



Nelson, Josef Fredrik, 1901. 

Semitics. 
Sanders, James Franklin, 1899. 

Honiiletics. 
Smith, Arthur Maxson, 1899. 

Systematic Theology. 
Swift, George Hiram, 1902. 
Thompson, Carl Dean, 1902. 

Sociology, Political Economy. 
Waid, George Henry, 1900. 

Church History, Philosophy. 
Yoshizaki, Enos Hikoichi, 1901. 

New Testament. 



" The Doctrine of Revelation in the Quran." 

"The Visions of Santa Teresa." 

" The Philosophy of Religious Reformation and Revival." 

" The History of Hebrew Sacrifice from the Exodus to the 

Exile." 
" Frederick W. Robertson as a Preacher." 

"The Origin of American Unitarianism." 

No Thesis. 

" The Need of Co-operation of the Rochdale Type." 

" The Religious Condition of America, 1745-1820." 

" St. Paul's Attitude toward Ethnic Religions." 



Baird, Philip Caster, 1898. 

Hebrew, Assyrian. 
Barta, Alois, 1900. 

Old Testament, Arabic. 



TABLE XXXIX 
Thesis Subjects op Doctoes of Philosophy 

"The Method of the Prophets." 

"The Syntax of the Sentence in Isaiah 40-66.' 



208 



The President's Eepoet 



Behan, 'Warren Palmer, 1899. 

Church History, Sociology. 
Case, Carl Delos, 1900. 

Systematic Theology, Church History. 
Cross, George, 1900. 

Systematic Theology, New Testament. 
Garrison, Winfred Ernest, 1898. 

Church History, Philosophy. 
Gates, Errett, 1902. 

Church History, New Testament. 
Gillette, John Morris, 1901. 

Sociology', Philosophy. 
Goodspeed, Edgar Johnson, 1898. 

New Testament, Old Testament. 
Gordon, William Clark, 1899. 

Social Institutions, Social Philosophy. 
Gray, Clifton Daggett, 1902. 

Assyrian, Old Testament. 
Herrick, Henry Martyn, 1900. 

New Testament, Old Testament, 
Sociology. 
Herrick, Jullien Avery, 1900. 

Systematic Theology, New Testament. 
Heuver, Gerald Dick, 1900. 

New Testament, Sociology. 

Hoben, Thomas Allan, 1901. 

New Testament, Sociology. 
Mebane, William Nelson, 1899. 

Assyrian, Hebrew. 
Osborn, Loran David, 1900. 

Systematic Theology, Sociology. 
Read, Eliphalet Allison, 1896. 

Systematic Theology, Sociology. 
Schmidt, Emanuel, 1902. 

Hebrew, Egyptology. 
Smith, Arthur Maxson, 1901. 

System.atic Theology, Philosophy. 
Smith, John M. P., 1899. 

Old Testament, Assyrian. 
Stevenson, James Henry, 1897. 

Assyrian and Babylonian, Hebrew 
Language and Literature. 
St. John, Wallace, 1900. 

Church History, New Testament. 
Van Kirk, Hiram, 1900. 

Systematic Theology, New Testament. 



"Social Work of the Church of Plymouth Colony, 1620- 

1691." 
" The Incarnation and Modern Thought." 

" The Theology of Schleiermacher." 

"The Sources of Alexander Campbell's Theology." 

"The Early Relation and Separation of Baptists and 

Disciples." 
"The Culture Agencies of a Typical Manufacturing Group, 

South Chicago." 
"The Newberry Manuscript of the Gospels." 

"The Social Ideals of Alfred Tennyson, as Related to his 

Time." 
"The Shamash Religious Texts." 

"The Kingdom of God in the Writings of the Church 
Fathers." 

"The Development and Significance of the Leben Jesu 
Movement." 

"The Teaching of Jesus Concerning Wealth in relation to 
the Economic Conditions of his Time and the Teach- 
ings of his Contemporaries." 

" A Study of the Virgin Birth in the Ante-Nicene Litera- 
ture." 

"Assyrian Letters." 

" The Recovery and Restatement of the Gospel." 

"The Christian Idea of God in its Relation to Theology." 

"The Temple of Solomon in the Light of other Oriental 
Temples." 

"The Contribution of Thomas Aquinas to Modern Indi- 
vidualism." 

"History of the Idea of the Day of Yahweh." 

"Assyrian and Babylonian Contracts, with Phoenician 
Dockets." 

" The Contest for Liberty of Conscience in England." 

" The Sources of the Theology of Alexander Campbell." 



DENOMINATIONS IN THE DIVINITY SCHOOL 

In 1899-1900 there were represented twenty-five denominations; in 1900-1901, twenty-five 
and in 1901-1902, twenty-six. The percentage of (regular) Baptists in the three years was 
respectively: summer, 43, 35, 39; autumn, 63, 54, 55; entire year, 46, 42, 43. During the three 
years fotir other denominations have had the next largest representation, and have kept the 
same relative rank: Disciples (49, 51, 50); Methodists (40,46,46); Presbyterians (30,27,31); 
Congregationalists, (27, 23, 22). 



The Divinity School 



209 



TABLE XL 

Denominations in the Divinity School,i 1899-1900 



Denomination 



Baptists 

Free Baptists 

Brethren 

Congregationalists 

Disciples 

German Evangelical . . . 

Jews 

Lutheran 

African M. B 

Free Methodist 

Methodist Episcopal . . . 

M.E. South 

Presbyterian 

Cumberland Presbyt'ri'n 
United Presbyterian . . 
Protestant Episcopal . . 

Reformed Church 

Seventh-Day Baptist . . 

Unitarian 

Universalist 

Not stated 



Total. 



Summer, 1899 



75 



2 
12 
26 

2 
1 
1 
1 

15 
5 

11 
3 



165 



10 



17 



99 

3 

19 

33 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

21 

8 

17 

6 



54 



229 



AnTUMN, 1899 



82 
1 
1 
6 

13 



125 



28 



1 
3 

7 
17 



WiNTEK, 1900 



78 
1 
1 

7 
17 



153 124 



25 



93 
1 
3 
8 

19 



149 



Spsing, 1900 



77 
1 
1 
9 

14 



14 



122 



25 



91 

1 

1 

11 

15 



147 



Yeae 1899-lSOO 



119 

1 

3 

18 

37 



2 
1 
1 
1 

19 
5 

14 
4 
1 
2 
3 
1 
2 
2 
5 



241 



44 54 



156 
1 
6 

27 

49 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

30 
8 

21 
8 
1 
7 
4 
2 
4 
2 
7 



339 





Summer, 1900 


Autumn, 1900 


Winter, 1901 


Spring, 1901 


Year 1900-1901 


Denomination 


o 


o 

g 


03 


3 


cs 


13 
a 




1 


■a 
2 



73 
a 



1 


f 


3 S 
a 

3 tH 





u 

a 
P 


CO 

E-i 


■3 


Baptists 


62 

2 
1 
19 
33 
2 
3 

16 
8 

13 
3 
2 

i 
2 

i 

1 
177 


4 

i 

'2 
1 
1 

1 

10 


13 
1 

i 

4 

i 

'6 
2 
2 

'3 

'i 


79 
1 
2 
1 

20 

38 
2 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
24 
11 
16 
4 
2 
3 
4 
2 

'2 

1 


70 

'i 
1 
5 

16 
1 
2 

i 

1 

'7 

4 
8 
3 

'3 

i 

1 
1 

1 


10 

i 
2 

'4 

1 
1 
1 

i 


80 

i 
1 

6 

18 

1 

2 

'i 

1 

ii 

5 
9 

4 

'3 

i 
1 

1 
2 


58 

i 

'4 

11 

1 

2 

'i 

1 

6 
5 
7 
3 
2 

'3 

1 
1 
1 
2 
1 


11 

i 

1 

'3 
1 
1 

'i 
'i 


69 

i 

'5 

12 

1 

2 

i 

1 

"9 

6 
8 
3 
2 

'3 

1 
1 
2 
2 
2 


53 1 

'i '. 

1 . 
4 

14 

2 . 

i .' 
1 . 
1 . 

'5 
5 
4 
2 
1 . 

'3 '. 
1 . 

1 . 
1 

2 . 
1 . 


2 65 

'. i 

1 

1 5 

5 19 
2 

i 

1 

1 

i 'e 

1 6 

2 6 
1 3 

1 

] '3 
1 
1 

1 2 
2 
1 


104 

'2 
1 

21 

42 
4 
4 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

20 
9 

16 
4 
2 

'i 

3 

1 
1 
3 
2 


15 

i 

5 

'4 
2 
2 
1 

i 

'i 


13 

1 

i 
4 

'i 

"e 

2 
2 

'3 
i 


132 

1 

2 

1 

23 

51 

4 

5 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

30 

13 

20 

5 

2 

3 

7 

3 

1 

2 

4 

3 


Missionary Baptists 

Free Baptists 


Brethren 


Congregationalists 

Disciples 


Friends 


Jews 


Mennonites 


Lutheran 


African M. E 


Methodist Protestant . . . 

M. E. of Canada 

Methodist Episcopal .... 
M.E. South 


Presbyterian 


Cumberland Presbyt'ri'n 

United Presbyterian 

Protestant Episcopal. . . . 

Reformed Church 

Roman Catholic 

Seventh-Day Adventist . 

Seventh-Day Baptist 

Unitarian 


Universalist 




Total 


34 


221 


127 


21 


148 


111 


20 


131 


104 2 


4 128 


252 


32 


34 


318 





1 Not including the Scandinavian Seminaries. 



210 



The President's Repoet 



TABLE XL — Continued 





Summer, 1901 


Autumn, 1901 


WiNTEK, 1902 


Speing, 1902 


Yeae, 1901-1902 


Denomination 




a 


H 
H 


1 


2 

CD 


13 

a 
P 



H 


-a 


a 





H 







3 


•d 


13 
a 
P 




3 




58 
2 

's 

33 
3 
1 

i 

1 

15 
13 
1 
1 
11 
2 
1 
2 
2 
5 
1 

1 
1 

1 


8 

i 
1 

2 

'i 
1 


19 

2 

7 

i 

3 

2 
1 

i 

i 

'2 

'2 


85 
2 

ii 

41 
3 
1 
1 
1 
1 

20 

15 
2 
1 

13 
3 
1 
2 
3 
5 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 


62 
2 

'3 

18 
3 

i 

'7 

3 

'7 
3 
1 

1 

i 


10 

'2 
2 

'2 

i 

2 

■ ' 

1 


72 
2 

'5 

20 
3 

i 
'9 

3 

'8 
5 
1 

1 

'i 
1 


59 
3 

1 

6 

15 

3 

6 
2 

6 
4 
1 

'i 

1 


8 

"5 
3 

'2 
1 

i 


67 

3 

1 

11 

18 

3 

'6 

2 

's 

5 

1 

'i 
1 

1 


47 
3 
1 
5 

14 
3 

'2 
1 

'4 
2 
1 

'5 
3 
1 

1 

i 


9 

'3 
2 

i 
i 


56 
3 
1 
8 

16 
3 

'2 
1 

'5 
2 
1 

'e 
3 
1 
1 

i 
1 


105 
3 
1 

15 

40 

5 

1 

2 

2 

1 

22 

14 

2 

1 

18 

4 

1 

3 

2 

5 

1 

'i 
1 
1 


15 

'5 
3 

'2 

'2 
2 

i 


19 

'2 

7 

i 

■3 
2 
1 

"i 

i 

'2 

'2 


139 


Free Baptists 


3 


Brethren (Progressive) . . 

Congregationalists 

Disciples 


1 

22 
50 




5 


German Baptist Breth'n 
Jews 


1 
3 
2 


Mennonites. 


1 


Methodist Episcopal 

M. E. South 


27 
16 


African M. E 


3 


Mormon 


1 




91 


Cumberland Presbyt'ri'n 
Southern Presbyterian . , 

United Presbyterian 

Protestant Episcopal 

Reformed Church 

Roman Catholic 

Seventh-Day Adventist . 
Seventh-Day Baptist. . . . 
Unitarian 


6 
1 
3 

3 
5 

1 
3 
1 
1 


United Brethren 

United Evangelical 


1 
2 


Total 


164 


14 


41 


219 


112 


20 


132 


108 


20 


128 


94 


17 


111 


251 


30 


41 


322 







TABLE XLI 

Degrees Held by Divinity Students Attending the Univeesity— 1899-1902 



Degree 


1899- 
leoo 


190O- 
1901 


1901- 
1902 


Degree 


1899- 
1900 


1?00- 
1901 


1901- 
1902 


Doctor of Laws 


'5 

1 

'2 

49 
1 
2 
1 

63 

1 

5 

196 

12 


i 

8 

i 
1 

71 
1 
1 

1 
56 

'2 

211 

20 


1 

5 
6 

i 

63 
2 

66 

1 

3 

206 

17 


Bachelor of Laws 


4 

19 

9 

i 

9 

1 
1 
1 


1 

15 
6 
4 

'1 

i 


3 


Doctor of Divinity 


Bachelor of Science 


13 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Bachelor of Literature 

Bachelor of Sacred Literature 

Bachelor of Pedagogy 

Bachelor of Hebrew Literature 

Licentiate of Instruction 

Graduate of Theol. Seminary . 

Graduate of Gymnasium 

Graduate of Latin School 

Certificate in Arts 

Licentiate in Sacred Theology 

Total 


6 


Doctor of Pharmacy 


1 




1 


Master of Theology 

Master of Arts 


2 


Master of Philosophy. 




Master of Science 








Bachelor of Divinity. 




Bachelor of Sacred Theology.. 
Bachelor of Theoloe^v 




Bachelor of Arts 


383 


402 


397 


Bachelor of Philosophy 







Respectfully submitted, 

Eei B. Hulbeet, Dean. 



THE UNIYERSITY AFFILIATIONS 

To the President of the University : 

Sir : I submit herewith my report of the Affiliated Work of the University for the period 
ending July 1, 1902. 

The work of the Office of Affiliations covers, in generg,!, the administration of the relations 
of the University with all secondary schools which prepare and offer students for admission to 
its undergraduate courses. The extensive and increasingly intensive relations which now, at 
the end of the first decade of the University's life, exist between it and the secondary schools of 
its natiu'al territory is a fit cause for congratulation. This result has come about through the 
persistent efforts of the University to know the schools, and in all proper and practicable ways 
to be known by them. 

The most immediate and pressing problem which at the beginning had to be met was the 
problem of the proper test of candidates for admission to the University. But a more impor- 
tant question has been to the front from the first, and has had much to do with all activities of 
the University in its relations with secondary schools : how can the University be most helpful 
to the schools in the advancement of soimd education in their common fields ? This spirit of 
hand-in-hand helpfulness has found expression in the two terms by which the official relation 
of University and school has been named: "affiliation" and "co-operation." 

The sources of the knowledge of the schools that the University has striven to gain, so far 
as the effective administration of the admission of students is concerned, are as follows. (1) the 
report of the principal upon the faculty, curriculum, and equipment of his school made at the 
time of application for admission to co-operation; (2) the reports of the different officers of the 
University, based upon personal visits to the school and observation of its work; (3) the charac- 
ter of the work of the students accredited to the University from the schools upon the personal 
vouchers of the principal and teacher concerned in the report. 

It is by this third means that the work of the schools and individual teachers has best 
been known. A record of the schools from which the students are received is kept, and the 
work of these students in the first year at the University is carefully observed. The results of 
these observations at the end of each year are transmitted to the respective schools, and are at 
the same time used as a basis of judgment as to the character of the work of the school. 

The University has entered into relations, more or less intimate, with secondary schools 
covering a wide range of territory, including, generally, the whole Mississippi valley and the 
Pacific slope. These schools may be divided into three classes according to the intimacy of 
their relations : 

I. Schools organically connected with the University body. These are (1) the Academy 
for Boys, which from the beginning has been a part of the University co-operative life; (2) the 
South Side Academy, and (3) the Chicago Manual Training School, both of which have long been 
in close affiliation with the University and which have now been incorporated with the Univer- 
sity as the secondary Division or Department of the School of Education. 

II. Academies which, while they retain their own independent business management, have 
voluntarily placed themselves imder the advisory direction of the University, so far as faculties, 
curricula, and educational methods are concerned. These schools, denominated Affiliated Schools, 
are as follows: Culver Military Academy (Culver, Ind.), Dearborn Seminary (Chicago), Elgin 
Academy (Elgin), Harvard School (Chicago), Francis Shinier Academy (Mt. Carroll), Kenwood 

211 



212 



The President's Repoet 



Institute (Chicago), Prince ton- Yale School (Chicago; recently incorporated with the Harvard 
School), Kugby School (Kenil worth). University School for Girls (Chicago), and Wayland 
Academy (Beaver Dam, Wis.). 

III. High schools and academies, which, upon investigation, as described above, the Uni- 
versity has foimd to be of a high grade of excellence, able to prepare students for a first-class 
college. This looser relation, which alone, in the nature of the case, can be maintained with 
public schools, is described and designated by the term "co-operation." Following is the list of 
the schools of this class. The schools are public high schools, unless otherwise specified: 



Akron, O. 
Atlanta, Ga. 
Auburn, Ind. 
Aurora: 

East Side 

West Side 
Battle Creek, Mich. 
Bay City, Mich. 
Benton Harbor, Mich. 
Bloomington 
Blue Island 

Buffalo, Hasten Park (N. Y.) 
Canton, O. 
Cedar Rapids, la. 
Chicago: 

Austin 

Calumet 

Englewood 

English High and Manual 
Training School 

Jefferson 

John Marshall 

Lake 

Lake View 

Medill 

Northwest Division 

Robert A. Waller 

South Chicago 

South Division 

William McKinley 

The University School for 
Boys 
Cleveland, O.: 

Central 

East Side 

Lincoln 

South Side 
Clinton, la. 
Clyde 

Colorado Springs, Col. 
Columbus, O.: 

Central 

East Side 

North Side 



Council Bluffs, la. 
Davenport, la. 
Dayton, Steele, O. 
DeKalb 
Denver, Col.: 

North Side 

District No. 1 

District No. 2 
DesMoines, West Side, la. 
Dixon, South Side 
Dubuque, la. 
Duluth, Minn. 
Elgin 

Elkhart, Ind. 
Evanston 
Faribault, Minn.: 

St. Mary's Hall 

The Shattuck School 
Findlay, O. 
Fort Scott, Kan. 
Fort Wayne, Ind. 
Freeport 
Goshen, Ind. 
Grand Rapids, Mich. 
Harvey 
Helena, Mont. 
Hillside Home School, Wis. 
Hinsdale 
Indianapolis, Ind.: 

Manual Training 

Shortridge 

•Girls' Classical School 
Joliet 
Kansas City, Mo.: 

Central 

Manual Training 

Westport 
Keokuk, la. 

Lake Forest, Ferry Hall Semi- 
nary 
Lyons Township, LaGrange 
LaPorte, Ind. 
LaSalle 
Leavenworth, Kan. 



Logansport, Ind. 
Louisville, Ky.: 

Boys' 

Girls' 
Macon, Mo., Blees Military 

Academy 
Michigan City, Ind. 
Milwaukee, Wis.: 

East Division 

South Division 

West Division 

Milwaukee Downer College 
Minneapolis, Minn.: 

Central 

East Side 
Moline 
Morrison 
Oak Park 
Omaha, Neb.: 

High School 

Brownell Hall 
Orchard Lake, Mich., Military 

Academy 
Ottawa 
Ottumwa, la. 
Peoria 

Pittsburg, Pa. 
Princeton 
Pueblo, Col.: 

Centennial 

Central 
Quincy 
Racine, Wis. 
Richmond, Ind. 
Riverside 
Rockford 
Rock Island 
Saginaw, Mich. 
Sandusky, O. 
San Francisco, Calif.: 

Girls' 

Lowell 
Sioux City, la. 
South Bend, Ind. 



The University Affiliations 213 

Springfield Hosmer Hall Waukesha, Wis.: 

Sterling Sycamore High School 

St. Joseph, Mich. Terra Haute, Ind. Carroll College 

St. Joseph, Mo. Toledo, O. Westtown Boarding School, Pa. 

St. Louis, Mo.: Topeka, Kan. Wheaton 

High School Waukegan Youngstown, O. 

From all the schools in the three classes above mentioned, graduates are now accepted 
into the University without examination, upon the oflBcial record of work done in the 
school, in so far as this work specifically meets the requirements for admission. For students 
from other schools, and for those who are lacking in certain requirements, the examination 
system is maintained under the supervision of this oiEce. The Office of Affiliations is therefore 
charged with all admission from secondary schools to the Junior Colleges of the University. 

From the standpoint of activities other than those mentioned above, in which the primary 
object was to ascertain the status of the schools with reference to the admission of their grad- 
uates to the University, the most important work of the Department of Affiliations has been in 
connection with the Annual Conferences, a historical statement with reference to which is here 
presented. 

When, in the fall of 1892, the University of Chicago opened its doors to students, the Uni- 
versity and its natural constituency, the secondary schools of Chicago, northern Illinois, and the 
states lying adjacent to this territory, were practically strangers to one another. On the one 
hand, the attitude of the University toward the schools, its admission requirements, its methods 
of administering these, and its policy with regard to the numerous problems which must of 
necessity arise in the adjustment of the relations that were to exist between school and college 
— all these the University, in its new field, had yet to work out, and the schools had yet to learn. 
On the other hand, the schools themselves, with their curricula, their equipments, their facul- 
ties, their spirit, were comparatively unknown to the University. 

Recognizing the immense importance of the secondary schools to its own success, as well 
as its own duty to all educational institutions, the University at once took the initiative in enter- 
ing into vital and helpful relations with the secondary schools. It realized that it could not 
decide all the questions which arose in connection with secondary education purely from its own 
point of view, but must confer freely and on equal footing with the leaders and teachers in the 
schools from which its Junior students must come. 

Accordingly, on November 5, 1892, in the second month of the University's public career, 
was held "The First Autumn Conference of University and Preparatory-School Teachers," as it 
was at that time called. At this Conference, to the invitation to which there was a generous 
response from principals and teachers, there were two public sessions, morning and afternoon, 
at which discussion, necessarily informal, was had of topics relating largely to the requirements 
for admission to the University. This subject has engaged the best thoughts and most careful 
and patient studies of the Faculties of the University ever since; but in any account of the solu- 
tion of this important problem the generous co-operation and assistance that have come from the 
secondary schools should not pass unmentioned. 

So successful was the first Conference that, at the request of the schools, a second Confer- 
ence was appointed for the following April; and from this time on, these Conferences have been 
an important feature of the spring and fall, ever growing in interest and value to all who have 
partaken in them. At the sixth Conference, in November, 1895, two important innovations were 
introduced: (1) a Friday afternoon and evening session, whereas before the sessions had been 
confined to Saturday; (2) a series of departmental conferences on Saturday afternoon, which sup- 
plemented the general session formerly held at that time. The value of these more technical 



214 The President's Kepoet 

departmental conferences was at once apparent, and they have been a prominent feature ever 
since. Most helpful discussions of many vital and practical topics, arising out of actual class- 
room experience, have been had by those especially interested in the several departments. 

Following are some of the more important questions which have been discussed in the 
general sessions of the Conferences: 

" The Aim and Scope of Elementary Biology in the Preparatory School," 1894. 

" Some Exaggerations of the New Education," 1894. 

" The Higher Training of Teachers in England, Prance, and Germany," 1894. 

" The Future of the High School," 1895. 

Addresses on the subject of Pedagogy, 1895. 

" The True Object of an Educational System from an Economic Point of View," 1896. 

" The Aim and Claims of History in the Secondary Schools," 1896. 

" Twenty Years of Educational Agitation: Its Effect upon the Public High School," 1897. 

" The Eelation of the Secondary School to the Student's Choice of an Occupation," 1897. 

" The Fitness of Economics to Meet the Conditions of Adolescence," 1898. 

"Preparation for Citizenship; or. The School and the Citizen," 1898. 

"The Relation of Higher Education to Success in Business Life," 1899. 

" The Elective System in High School and Academy Work," 1900. 

" Current Problems in Secondary Education," 1901. 

The spring General Conferences were discontinued in 1899, and an Executive Session of 
Deans and Principals with the University Board of AfBliations was substituted as an annual 
event. Another innovation was established in the fall of 1898, when, in connection with the 
Conference, the first Annual Contest in Declamation between representatives of the Senior 
classes of the secondary schools was held. This aroused so much interest that the contest has 
been made an annual feature of the fall Conference. The full proceedings of the last two Con- 
ferences were published respectively in the December, 1900, edition of the University Record 
and in the January, 1901, number of the School Review. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Frank J. Miller, 

Dean of Affiliations. 



THE MORGAN PARK ACADEMY 

To the President of the University: 

Sir : I submit herewith my report as Dean of the Academy for Boys, at Morgan Park. 

In assuming the responsibility of training boys and girls, the Academy entered into the 
labors as well as the premises of schools of three sorts, whose grounds and buildings the 
University had acquired by gift and by lease, and this fact of local educational history gave 
special significance to the establishment at Morgan Park of the work of the University's second- 
ary school. Since 1877 the Union Theological Seminary had been engaged in its special line of 
educational effort, and its grounds and three buildings became the nucleus of the Academy's 
equipment when, in the summer of 1892, the Seminary became the Divinity School of the Uni- 
versity of Chicago and entered its quarters on the University Quadrangles. Almost adjacent 
to this property were the buildings and grounds of the Illinois Military Academy, which was 
the direct successor of the Morgan Park Military Academy, established in 1873. These were 
acquired by lease and added two buildings to the three of the other group. Removed by a short 
distance from the Military Academy was the single building of Dr. Thayer's Young Ladies' 
Seminary. By gift of Mr. George C. Walker, this building, with the ground about it, was added 
to the Academy's equipment. In this union of such educational elements it was not tmfitting 
that a co-educational policy should have prevailed, and to both boys and girls the invitation to 
enter the Academy was extended. 

THE BUILDINGS 

Thus the Academy's complement of buildings in 1892 was Blake Hall, which continued 
to serve as the recitation building and chapel, as in the days of the Theological Seminary ; 
the dormitory of the Theological Seminary, used as the girls' hall and called for the first 
time Morgan Hall; the Military Academy's barracks and recitation building, used as a 
boys' hall and called Park Hall; the drill hall of the military school, used as a gymna- 
sium for the boys; the library building of the Theological Seminary, transformed into the 
science laboratory ; and the building of Dr. Thayer's Female Seminary, newly designated 
as Walker Hall, and used as a dormitory for boys. In the fall of 1893 Morgan Hall, 
as it was larger than Park Hall, was used for the boys, since many more boys than girls 
were in attendance, and Park Hall became the girls' hall. Walker Hall ceased in 1894 to be a 
part of the Academy, having been turned over to the Scandinavian Seminaries of the Univer- 
sity. In 1894 a valuable addition to the Academy's equipment was made by Mr. George C. 
Walker, who gave to the University the stone library building and library lot adjacent to the 
Academy's grounds. At this time an arrangement was entered into with the Morgan Park 
Library Association by which the library of 3,500 volumes was given to the Academy. The con- 
sideration accompanying this gift was that the Academy should give five scholarships defraying 
each a fxill year's tuition and ten scholarships of half that value, to be awarded each year to 
children of residents of Morgan Park only. This library, consisting of books selected very 
largely by the late Dr Justin A. Smith, greatly strengthened the Academy's equipment, increas- 
ing its library to 5,000 volumes and providing a beautiful building to contain them. 

In the winter of 1895, through an explosion of a kerosene lamp, Park Hall was destroyed 
by fire, and from this time until the fall of 1897 to provide accommodations for the girls resi- 
dences in the village were rented and furnished for cottage dormitories. In 1896, together with 
other purchases of land adjacent to the Academy grounds, the University bought that which 

215 



216 The President's Eepoet 

had been used already for several years under lease from the owners of the Military School 
property, and from a part of this property an athletic oval was prepared. 

In the spring of 1896 work was begun on a new dormitory of forty-eight rooms for boys. 
This, called West Hall, was first used in the fall of 1897, and this year Morgan Hall was divided 
by partitions, and half of it was equipped for the accommodation of girls. In the winter of 1898 
the gymnasium was destroyed by fire and as temporary substitute for it the basement of Morgan 
Hall was equipped for the girls and a hall in the village was rented and furnished for the boys. 
In 1898 East Hall was constructed as a boys' dormitory, its equipment including kitchen and 
dining-room sufficient in capacity for all the boys of the school. Divided really into two halls 
by a cross-partition of brick, this building was planned for sixty rooms and suites. The upper 
floor of the north division was used until the fall of 1900 for the purpose of a gymnasium. In 
this year the new brick Gymnasium was erected, containing four large divisions, of which one, 
with earth floor of dimensions 70 by 100 feet, is the ball court, devoted to all forms of indoor 
athletic sports. Adjacent to this is the group of rooms given up to baths and lockers. Over this 
is the apparatus-room, 60 by 42 feet, equipped with all forms of gymnasium apparatus. Opening 
from this are the boxing and fencing rooms, the trophy-room, and the offices of the Physical 
Director. The fourth division consists of the bowling-alley room, adjacent to the ball court, 
and contains a pair of regulation alleys. The Gymnasium thus completes the Academy's 
equipment of seven buildings. 

THE FACULTY 

The following is a fist of present and former members of the Faculty: 

Wayland J. Chase, A.M.: Associate in Introductory Year, 1892-94; Instructor in History, 1894-98; 

Recorder, 1897-98; Acting Dean and Assistant Professor of History, 1898-1900; Dean, 1900— . 
Isaac B. Burgess, A.M.: Acting Dean and Associate Professor of Latin, 1892-93; Associate Professor 

of Latin 1892-95; Professor of Latin, 1895—. 
Frank M. Bronson, A.M.: Instructor in Greek, 1892-94; Assistant Professor of Greek, 1894 — . 
Ernest L. Caldwell, A.B.: Associate in Mathematics and Physical Culture, 1892-94; Instructor in 

Mathematics, 1894—. 
Alfred R. Wightman, A.M.: Assistant in Latin, 1895-1900; Associate in Latin, 1900-1902. 
Harry D. Abells, S.B.: Assistant in Introductory Year, 1898-1901; Associate in Physics and Chemistry, 

1901-02; Instructor in Physics and Chemistry, 1902—. 
Haydn E. Jones, Ph.D.: Assistant in History and Director of Physical Culture, 1900 — . 
Arthur W. Leonard, A.M.: Assistant in English, 1900-1902; Associate in English, 1902 — . 
Charles S. Fox, A.B., LL.B.: Assistant in German and French, 1900-1902. 
Reuben M. Strong, Ph. D.: Assistant in Botany and Physiography, 1901-02. 
Charles W. Larner: Assistant in Manual Training, 1901 — . 
Sarah E. Mills: Librarian, 1895—. 
Robert H. Cornish, A.M.: Instructor in Physics and Mathematics and Academy Recorder, 1892-94; 

Assistant Professor in Natural Science, 1894-97, and summer, 1899. 
Luanna Robertson, Ph.D.: Associate in German and English, 1892-94; Instructor in German, 1894r-1900. 
Elizabeth C. Cooley, A.B.: Associate in Latin and History, 1892-93. 
George N. Carman, A.B.: Dean and Associate Professor of English, 1893-95. 
Charles H. Thurber, Ph.D.: Dean, 1895-99. 
Clara P. Anderson, S.B.: Assistant in English, 1895-96. 
Edwin P. Brown, A.D.: Assistant in charge of Introductory Year, 1896-97. 
William H. Runyon, A.M.: Instructor in Natural Science, 1897-1900. 
Frederick D. Nichols, A.B.: Assistant in English, 1897-1900. 
Frederick D. Eby, A.B.: Assistant in charge of Introductory Year, 1897-98. 
Joseph G. Brobeck, S.B., M.D.: Assistant in Science and Director of the Gymnasium, 1897-1900. 
Alice N. Simpson, A.B.: Assistant in Introductory Year, summer, 1896; Reader in Latin, 1897-98. 
George L. Marsh, A.M.: Assistant in English, spring, 1900, 



The Morgan Paek Academy 217 

John E. Webb, A.M.: Assistant in Biology and Physiology, 1900-1901. 

F'ritz Reichmann, Ph.D.: Assistant in Manual Training, 1900-1901. 

Moses O. Gile, A.M.: Assistant Professor of Greek, summer, 1893. 

S. Prances Pellett, A.M.: Assistant in Latin, summer, 1893. 

Lea R. DeLagneau, Assistant in E'renoh, summer, 1893-94-95. 

Edwin H. Lewis, Ph.D.: Assistant in English, summer, 1893-94. 

Francis W. Shepardson, Ph.D.: Assistant in History, summer, 1893. 

Herbert E. Slaught, Ph.D.: Assistant in Mathematics, summer, 1893-94. 

William D. Owen, Ph.D.: Assistant in Latin, summer, 1893. 

Paul O. Kern, Ph.D.: Assistant in German, summer, 1893-94. 

Alfred M. Wilson, Ph.D.: Assistant in Latin, summer, 1895. 

William H. Butts, A.M.: Assistant in Mathematics, summer, 1896. 

Johannes B. E. Jonas, A.M.: Assistant in German, summer, 1896. 

Leon Liebard, S.B.: Assistant in French, summer, 1896. 

William F. Tibbetts, A.M.: Assistant in Latin, summer, 1896. 

Addison W. Moore, A.M.: Assistant Professor in Educational Psychology, summer, 1896. 

Edith Earle, A.B.: Assistant in Mathematics, summer, 1897. 

Frederick W. Howard, A.M.: Assistant in Latin, summer, 1898. 

Adna W. Risley, A.B.: Assistant in Latin, summer, 1898. 

COURSES OP STUDY 

Though the Academy has always prepared students for other colleges and technical 
schools, the courses have been arranged with a view particularly to the entrance requirements of 
the University, and have therefore undergone, during the past ten years, the changes that modi- 
fications in these requirements made necessary. At first the Science course consisted of only 
one year, in Physics. In 1893 a year of Chemistry was added and a half-year of both Physiog- 
raphy and Botany, so that the course covered three years. In 1901 a full year was given to 
both Physiography and Botany, and since then the course has been of four full years. In that 
year, too. Manual Training was introduced, and now two years are offered in that subject, covering 
shop-work in wood and the elementary principles and practice of mechanical drawing. A third 
course in History has also been added, covering the mediaeval and modern periods. The course 
in Mathematics, originally three years, has been increased to four by the addition of Trigo- 
nometry, College Algebra, and Analytical Geometry; and a fifth year of College Latin has 
been offered for the last four years. These college courses have been introduced, not so much 
with a view to extending the scope of the Academy's work by one year as to afford opportunity 
for a full year's work to students whose preparation for college lacked less than a year of com- 
pleteness. It has resulted, however, that there have been enough college subjects thus offered, 
Modern Language, third-year Greek, and Mediaeval and Modern History being reckoned with the 
others in this category, so that the Freshman year's work at college has been done here by not 
a few students. In 1900 required Bible Study was introduced, especially with a view to sup- 
plying the lack of needed familiarity with the Bible as literature. In this work four courses 
have been offered each year, consisting of one recitation per week, throughout the year. From 
the first Physical Training has been an increasingly important part of the Academy's program 
of work, and has always been a requirement in the course of each pupil. 

THE SUMMER QUARTER 

As shown by the tabular statement of the attendance, during the first seven years of the 
Academy's history the Summer Quarter was regularly a part of the school year. 

The courses offered during the Summer were in many respects the same as those of the 
other Quarters. As the attendance was made up more largely of students attending for the 



218 



The President's Eepoet 



Summer only than of regular students, there was a considerable demand for review courses, and 
consequently classes were formed for this purpose in all departments. Since many teachers 
were in attendance, courses were arranged with a view to the teaching of methods also. Because 
of the smaller attendance, the cost of maintaining the Academy work during the Summer was 
always relatively much larger than during the other Quarters of the year, and, moreover, in 
other departments of the University many of the same courses as those of the Academy were 
being offered during this Quarter. Furthermore, a large proportion of the Summer students 
were women. When, therefore, the change was made by which the Academy became a school 
for boys only, it seemed best to discontinue for a time the session of the Summer Quarter, and 
since 1899 courses have been offered in the Fall, Winter, and Spring Quarters only. 

STATISTICS OF ATTENDANCE 
The following is a tabular statement of the attendance by Quarters : 





SUMHTEE QtlAETEE 


AnTUMN QUAETEE 


WiNTEE QUAETEE 


Seeing Qua 


etee 




Boys 


Girls 


Total 


Boys 


Girls 


Total 


Boys 


Girls 


Total 


Boys 


Girls 


Total 


1892-1893 

1893-1894 

1894-1895 


65 
50 
63 
63 
43 
30 
30 
33 


40 
20 
27 
39 
24 
27 
26 
29 


105 
70 
90 

102 
67 
57 
56 
62 


72 

78 

95 

125 

106 

85 

85 

112 

124 

156 


27 
30 

47 
46 
41 
42 
44 
53 


99 

108 
142 
171 
147 
127 
129 
165 


71 

74 

92 

116 

93 

83 

83 

105 

123 

150 


21 
31 

48 
44 
41 
42 
44 
50 


92 
105 
140 
160 
134 
125 
127 
155 


56 

67 

83 

105 

84 

74 

72 

97 

113 

137 


17 
35 
45 
37 
38 
40 
42 
46 


73 
102 

128 


1895-1896 


142 


1896-1897 

1897-1898 


122 
114 


1898-1899 


114 


1899-1900 

1900-1901 

1901-1902 


143 







THE ACADEMY BECOMES A SCHOOL FOR BOYS ONLY 

The Academy's policy, as already indicated, originally was co-educational, and for eight 
years girls and boys had equal educational opportunity. During these years, however, the 
attendance did not increase as the excellence of the advantages offered justified the Trustees in 
expecting. Especially was this the case in the attendance of the girls who roomed in the 
Academy's dormitory; and since the Academy was and is a boarding-school rather than a day 
school, the attendance of pupils not resident in the village was judged to be the index of its 
real numerical strength. In the fall of 1899 the number of girls in attendance not living with 
relatives was twenty-six — exactly the same as it had been six years before, in the second year 
of the school. Moreover, this was the largest number during all these years, while the attend- 
ance of the boys had been increasing each year and was now about three times that number. 
The conclusions drawn from these facts, covering the experience of eight years, and based also 
on the experience of other schools, were that most parents in this part of our country were 
unwilling to have their daughters from fourteen to eighteen years of age away from home 
at a boarding-school for both boys and girls. It was believed, moreover, that among both 
parents of boys and the boys themselves the great majority preferred a boys' school to a 
co-educational school. In 1899 the Academy had three dormitories, two of which, used by the 
boys, were practically filled; the other, for girls, less than half filled, and containing no more 
than there had been six years before, no increase in the attendance of girls in the dormito- 
ries having occtu'red in all that time. It was not expected that there would be as many girls as 
there were boys; and yet it was thought essential to the success of co-education that the number 



The Morgan Paek Academy 219 

of either be not very greatly in excess of that of the other. Since the girls were not increasing 
in numbers, and the boys were, this desired attendance ratio could be obtained only by reducing 
and limiting the number of boys, a consequence of which would be a small school and the 
restricting of the educational opportunity. The policy of the University was, on the con- 
trary, to enlarge and extend the educational opportunity that the Academy offered. Believing, 
therefore, that this could be done only by ceasing to receive girls and admitting boys alone, the 
Trustees in the summer of 1899 declared that after July 1, 1900, the Academy of the University 
of Chicago should be for boys. 

SYSTEM OF DISCIPLINE 

The school's theory and scheme of discipline have been to give to each student as large a 
measure of liberty tmder law as possible. This has come to mean in practice that the boys 
study in their own rooms, have no " limits " or " bounds " in the village, and are left to their 
own sense of responsibility and obligation in the conduct of many of the details of their 
daily life. On the other hand, the day is divided up into recitations and study periods, which 
they are required to observe carefully; absences from the village may be only by express per- 
mission; chapel and church attendance are required, and a certain neatness in care of room and 
personal appearance is enjoined. To the younger boys a more special supervision is given, and 
of course from boys whose record becomes unsatisfactory some of the personal privileges are 
taken away. To the few each year whose status, because of advanced studies, has been that 
of students in the Junior College, there has been given a larger liberty in exemption from some 
of the requirements, and each year for the last two years " Senior privileges " have been enjoyed 
by the graduating class in the Spring Quarter. These privileges have consisted principally in 
exemption from the requirements of study at the hours especially designated for that work and 
from required church attendance. 

Eespectfully submitted, 

Wayland J. Chase, Dean. 



KEPORTS OF THE DIRECTORS 



THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 

I. E:fiSUME OP THE FIRST EIGHT YEARS, 1892-99 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith my report on the condition of the University Library, dividing it 
into two parts, one covering the years 1892-99, being a r6sumS of the first eight years of the 
decade, as a preliminary statement, and the other a somewhat fuller form, including the more 
detailed statements, covering the last three years. 

In May of 1892 the agreement was made between the University and the present Librarian 
in accordance with which the charge of the organization of the University Library and libraries 
was placed in her hands. 

On September 1 the University Library was formally organized. The initial collections 
forming the nuclei about which subsequent additions have been grouped were the libraries of 
the Baptist Union Theological Seminary at Morgan Park, the old University of Chicago, the 
American Bible Union, the Cottonian Collection, and the Berlin Collection. The month was 
devoted to superintending the removal of these collections to the University quadrangles. 

On October 1 the University Library formally began its work in connection with the other 
activities of the institution. Room 8 B in Cobb Hall was placed at the disposal of the Librarian 
to be used as the headquarters and executive office. 

During the first Quarter the work of the Library consisted largely in ordering new books, 
checking orders received during the summer, and establishing a series of reference libraries in 
connection with the departments of instruction. During this period the reference work of the 
main library was limited to the use of general reference books placed on file in Room B, and 
such books as could be borrowed from other libraries, the lack of space available preventing the 
unpacking of the books from Morgan Park. The Librarian wishes to acknowledge in this 
connection, with grateful appreciation, the courtesy of many libraries, noticeably the Boston 
Public, Harvard, Columbia, Johns Hopkins, Princeton, and the State Historical Society of 
Wisconsin, which lent from their shelves the tools with which this Library did its early work. 

On January 3, 1893, the Library Department was moved from Room 8 B, Cobb Hall, into 
the temporary building situated on the corner of Lexington avenue and Fifty-seventh street, 
which building it occupied as a temporary home until 1902. 

The months of January, February, and March were spent in tmpacking and shelving the 
books from Morgan Park and from the Fifty-fifth street storeroom. Wherever there were books 
from any of the collections suitable for the use of departmental research they were transferred 
from the General Library to the Departmental Libraries, the selection in each case being made 
by the professor in charge of the Department interested. 

The staff has included the following persons : 

Zella Allen Dixson, A.M., Associate Librarian. William Isaac Thomas, Ph.D., Assistant Pro- 
Graduate, Mt. Holyoke College, 1880; Assistant Libra- fessor of Sociology and Superintendent of 
rian, Columbia College, 1885-86; Library Expert, 18S7- Departmental Libraries. 
88; Librarian, Denison University, 1888-90; Special 

Student in British Museum, 1891; Librarian, Baptist A.B., University of Tennessee, 1884; A.M., ibid., 1885: 

Union Theological Seminary 1890-92; A.M. Shepard- Instructor in English and Modern Languages, ifiid. 

son C9llege, 1892; Assistant Librarian, the University 1886-87; Adjunct Professor of English and Modern 

of Chicago, I892-9D; Associate Librarian, i6id., 1895-j Languages, ibid., 1887-88; Student in Berlin and Got- 

bpecial Student in British Museum, 1899. tingen, 1888-89 ; Professor of English, Oberlia College, 

223 



224 



The President's Ebport 



1889-94; Fellow in Sociology, the University of Chi- 
cago, 1893-94; Professor of Sociology, Oberlin College, 
1894-95; Fellow and Assistant in SocioloLry. the Uni- 
versity of Chicago, 1894-95; Instructor in Sociology, 
ibid., 1895-96; Ph.D., ibid., 1896; Superintendent of De- 
partmental Libraries, ibid., 189G-. 

*Jean Elizabeth Colville, A.M., Head Cata- 
loguer. 
A.B., Woostet University, 1886; A.M., ibid., 1889; In- 
structor in Greek and German, Franklin College, 18S6- 
87; Librarian, Mt. Vernon (Ohio) Public Library, 1888- 
90; Librarian, Northfield Seminary, 1891; Cataloguer, 
Baptist Union Theological Seminary, 1891-92; Head 
Cataloguer, the University of Chicago, 1892-94. 

Josephine Chester Robeetson, A.B., Head 
Cataloguer. 
A.B., Wellesley College, 1891 ; Teacher in Public Schools, 
Albion. N. Y., 1883-85; Instructor in Shepardson Col- 
lege, 1888-89; Librarian, Northfield Seminary, 1892; Li- 
brarian, State Normal School, Trenton, N. J., 1893-94; 
Graduate Student, the University of the City of New 
York, 1896 ; Head Cataloguer, the University of Chicago, 
1894-. 

Cora Belle Peebine, A.B., Head of Accession 
Department. 
A.B., Wellesley College, 1891 ; Student Assistant in the 
University of Chicago, 1892-93; Head of Accession De- 
partment, ibid., 1893-. 

Clarence Almon Toeeet, Ph.B., Inspector of 
Departmental Libraries. 
Ph.B., Cornell College, 1890; Principal of Schools. Mt. 
Vernon, la., 1890-92; Graduate Student in the Uni- 
versity of Chicago. 1892-93; Assistant Cataloguer, ibid., 
1893-94; Inspector, Departmental Libraries, ibid., 1894-. 

* Minnie Jones, A.B., Loan-Desk Assistant. 

A.B., Northwestern University, 1889; Instructor in Ke- 
waunee (Wisconsin) High School, 1890-91; Assistant 
in Baptist Union Theological Seminary, 1891-92 ; Loan- 
Desk Assistant in the University of Chicago, 1892-95. 

* George Washington Pasohal, A.B., Loan-Desk 

Assistant. 
A.B., Wake Forest College, 1892; Principal, Dalcho 
Academy, 1893; Graduate Student in the University of 
Chicago, 1894-96 ; Loan-Desk Assistant, ibid., 1894-96. 

♦William Frederick Yust, A.M., Loan-Desk 
Assistant. 
A.B., Central Wesleyan College, 1893; Instructor in 
Public Schools, Canton, 111., 1893-94 ; Graduate Student 
in the University of Chicago, 1895-96; Loan-Desk As- 
sistant, ibid., 1896-99. 

Frank Leland- Tolmak, Ph.B., Loan-Desk As- 
sistant. 
Ph.B., the University of Chicago, 1899; Graduate Stu- 
dent, ibid., 1899-. 

* Julia Angell, Assistant. 

Assistant in the University of Chicago Library, 1892-93. 



* Hester Coddington, Assistant. 

Assistant in the University of Chicago Library, 1892-93. 

* Charlotte Florence Coe, Accession Assistant. 

Graduate of Lake Erie College, 1890; Assistant in the 
University of Chicago Library, 1892-93; Accession As- 
sistant, ibid., 1894-98. 

Anna Sophia Packer, A.B., Accession Assistant. 
A.B., the University of Chicago, 1895 ; Instructor, Mont- 
clair, N. J., Public School, 1895-98. 

* Fulton Johnson Coffin, A.M., Assistant in 

Haskell Library. 
A.B., Dalhousie College, 1887 ; A.M., Princeton Univer- 
sity, 1899 ; Assistant in Haskell Library, 1896-97. 

Julia Louise Dickinson, Assistant Cataloguer. 
Graduate, Dearborn Seminary, 1870; Assistant Cata- 
loguer in the University of Chicago, 1895-. 

Maegaeet Anne Hardinge, in charge Traveling 
Libraries. 
Graduate, Normal Department, Chicago High School, 
1869 ; Teacher in Chicago Public Schools, 1869 ; Assis- 
tant Clerk, Chicago Board of Education, 1870-73; Grad- 
uate, Library Science Department, Armour Institute of 
Technology, 1894; in charge Traveling Libraries, the 
University of Chicago, 1895-. 

Charles Harris Hastings, A.B., Assistant in 
Historical Group Library. 
A.B., Bowdoin College, 1891 ; Assistant in Historical 
Group Library, the University of Chicago, 1895-1900. 

* William H. Heebick, Assistant. 

Assistant in the University of Chicago Library, 1892-93. 

EsTELLE Lutrell, A.B., Assistant in Biological 
Library. 
A.B., the University of Chicago, 1896 ; Assistant, i?Jid., 
1894-95; Accession Assistant, ibid., 1895-96; Assistant in 
Biological Library, 1S97-. 

Sarah E. Mills, Assistant in Morgan Park Acad- 
emy Library. 
Assistant in Morgan Park Academy Library, 1892-. 

Ruth Edna Morgan, Assistant Cataloguer. 

Assistant Cataloguer, the University of Chicago, 1897-. 

* Edgar Dow Vaeney, A.M., Assistant in Haskell 

Library. 
A.B.. Bates College, 1886; A.M., ibid., 1893 ; Assistant in 
Haskell Library, 1897-99. 

* Peeston Pishon Bbuce, A.B., Assistant in Has- 

kell Library. 
A.B., Cornell CoUege, 1893; Graduate Student, the Uni- 
versity of Chicago, 1898- ; Assistant in Haskell Library, 
1898-99. 

Feedinand Ellerman, Assistant in the Astro- 
nomical Library. 
Assistant in the Astronomical Library, the University 
of Chicago, 1899-. 



EPITOMIZED STATEMENT OF THE FORMAL ACTIONS OP THE ADMINISTRATIVE 
BOARD OF LIBRARIES, LABORATORIES, AND MUSEUMS 

In September, 1894, the Administrative Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums 
was organized to have charge of the Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums of the University. 
This Board has included the following members : 

The President, Chairman 



The Recorder, ex officio 

Professor Lewellys F. Barker, ex officio 

Professor Thomas Chrowder Chambeelin, ex 

officio 
Professor John Meele Coulter, ex officio 

* Resigned. 



Professor Henry Herbert Donaldson, ea; officio 
Professor Geoegb Elleby Hale, ex officio 
Professor Harry Pratt Judson, ex officio 
Professor Albert A. Michelson, ex officio 
Professor John Uleic Nbp, ex officio 



The University Libeaey 



225 



Professor Charles O. Whitman, ex officio 
♦Associate Professor George Baur, ex officio 
Associate Professor Clarence Fassett Castle, 

ex officio 
Associate Librarian Zella Allen Dixson, ex 

officio 



Associate Professor Jacques Loeb, ex officio 
Associate Professor Frederick Starr, ex officio 
Assistant Professor William Isaac Thomas, ex 

officio 
Assistant Professor James Rowland Angell, ex 

officio 



Professor Ernest DeWitt Burton 
♦Professor Emil G. Hirsch 
Professor John Matthews Manly 
Professor Adolph C. Miller 
Professor Frank Bigelow Tarbell 



Associate Professor Starr Willard Cutting 
♦Assistant Professor Martha Foote Ckow 
Assistant Professor Karl Pietsch 
Assistant Professor Thorstein B. Veblen 
Instructor Frederick Ives Carpenter 



The following rules and regulations for the administration of the Library have been form- 
ally approved by the Board: 

1. The Library of the University includes the General Library, the Departmental Libraries, 
the Group Libraries, the Branch Libraries, and the Traveling Libraries of the University Exten- 
sion Division. They are all under the direction of the Librarian and subject to the control of 
the Administrative Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums. 

2. The rules governing the Library in all its activities are contained in the Library Manual. 
No violation of them will be excused on plea of ignorance. 

3. Every member of the University will be given upon application a library card, which will 
entitle him to draw regularly from the Library not more than three volumes at any one time. 
In cases where more books are needed, special permission must be obtained from the Librarian. 

Individuals who are not members of the University may have all 'the privileges of the 
Library upon the payment of the library fee. 

4. Complimentary library cards, for a term of four weeks or less, will be issued by the 
Librarian to properly accredited scholars visiting Chicago. 

5. Books may be retained two weeks, and may be once renewed for the same period. When 
a library book has become four days overdue, a notice will be sent to the borrower, and the book 
must be returned at once. 

6. A fine of five cents a day shall be paid on each volume not returned according to the 
terms of the preceding rule, and no other book will be delivered to the person incurring the fine 
until it is paid. When a book has been retained beyond the prescribed time, and a notice of 
the fact from the Librarian has been disregarded, a messenger will be sent to secure the book, 
and an additional fine of twenty-five cents will be charged. 

7. Books may be renewed by mail, by addressing the Librarian and sending the number 
of the book. The receipt of such notice by the Librarian, before the expiration of the time limit, 
shall be the only evidence accepted of such application having been made. No books bearing a 
fine will be renewed until the account is settled. 

8. All books are subject at all times to a recall by the Librarian for special purposes, and 
must be returned at once on receipt of the notice. 

9. Any person applying for a book belonging to the Library, taken out at the time of such 
application, will be entitled to have it reserved, and on leaving with the Loan- Desk Assistant an 
addi-essed postal card will receive notice by mail of the return of the book, but said book will 
not be held for such applicant more than two days after the mailing of the notice. Applicants 
will be notified in the order of their applications. 

10. Encyclopaedias, dictionaries, and other books of reference, elaborately illustrated works, 
and such other books as the Librarian shall deem necessary to withdraw from general circula- 
tion shall be used in the reference room only. 

♦Changed. 



226 The President's Report 

11. All books lost or damaged must be replaced, or proper damages paid, theamoimt being 
determined by the Librarian. 

12. Notes and marks of any kind on books belonging to the Library are strictly forbidden. 

13. Overcoats, hats, and umbrellas must be placed in the racks provided for them, and not 
brought to the Library tables. 

14. Silence and decorum must be strictly observed in all departments of the Library. 

15. Any person abusing the privileges of the Library or violating the regulations shall be 
suspended by the Librarian from the privilege of using the Library. All students owing fines 
must settle the same before presenting themselves for any examination. No student will 
receive honorable dismissal from the University whose fines are unpaid. 

16. No persons except members of the Library staff and the janitors shall have keys to 
the Library and no key shall be lent for any purpose whatsoever. 

17. All rules and regulations apply to all members of the University, officers and students. 

THE DEPARTMENTAL, GROUP, AND BRANCH LIBRARIES 

The Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums has recommended, and the Trustees 
of the University have adopted, the following principles as a basis for the administration of 
these Libraries : 

1. They shall be regarded as an organic part of the University Library, and therefore 
under the direction of the University Librarian. 

2. They shall be regarded as reference libraries, and books may be withdrawn from them 
only under special conditions. 

3. There shall be the same general plan for their administration and the use of their books. 

4. Branch Libraries differ only from Departmental and Group Libraries by being at a 
distance from the University. 

GENERAL REGULATIONS 

1. One person from the teaching force of each Department shall be selected by the Head or 
acting Head of that Department and by the President, who shall serve as Departmental Adviser 
in all matters pertaining to the management of the Library in that Department. 

2. Each Departmental Library shall have two attendants, who shall be selected from the 
Graduate Scholars and Fellows of the Department, each of whom shall serve the Library two 
hours a day in arranging and cataloguing old and new books, and in doing other necessary work 
under the direction of the University Librarian. 

3. An Inspector from the Library staff shall be chosen, whose duty it shall be to inspect 
each Departmental Library and make regular written reports upon the needs of the Depart- 
mental Libraries. 

4. The Library Inspector shall notify the Library Adviser of any Departmental Library from 
which he shall remove any book, giving reasons for the removal, and" stating to what Department 
the book has been assigned. 

5. A Superintendent of Departmental Libraries shall be appointed, who shall have general 
oversight of the administration of Departmental Libraries, and shall recommend to the Board of 
Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums measures whereby these libraries may be made more 
serviceable. 

6. He shall examine all lists of books and periodicals proposed for purchase by Depart- 
mental Libraries, and when books or periodicals are not obviously appropriate to the Department 
making the proposal, he shall bring the matter to the attention of the Head of the Department 
concerned, and may then refer the proposal to the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and 
Museums. 



The Univeesity Libeaey 227 

7. When a Departmental Library presents an order for books or periodicals already iu 
another Departmental Library, or in the General Library, he shall arrange a transfer of the books 
or periodicals in question between the libraries concerned, approve the order, or refer it to the 
Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums. 

8. He shall, acting with the Librarian, confer with the editors in charge of University pub- 
lications in reference to securing, by exchange, periodicals proposed for purchase by Departmental 
Libraries or by the General Library. 

SPECIAL REGULATIONS 

The following special regulations have also been established : 

1. Departmental Libraries shall be closed at six o'clock p. m., and shall not be open during 
the evening, except to those to whom special permission has been granted by the Departmental 
Adviser. 

2. All officers of instruction may, with the approval of the appropriate Departmental 
Adviser, withdraw books from the library of their own Department and retain them for limited 
periods, to be agreed upon by the borrower and the Departmental Adviser, (a) The records of 
withdrawal of books are to be kept in each Departmental Library in an instructor's loan book, 
provided for that purpose, and the boiTOwer shall record his name, title of book, accession 
number, and the date of withdrawal. (6) The Departmental Adviser, in connection with the 
Head of the Department, shall determine the conditions under which books may be drawn from 
a Departmental Library, and inform the General Library of these conditions, (c) The Depart- 
mental Adviser may, through the General Library, call in a book at any time. A fine of fifteen 
cents a day will be imposed for each failure to return books at the hour designated. 

3. These regulations shall govern officers in the University as well as students. 

4. Officers of instruction are requested to make their suggestions and desires with reference 
to the Library through the Departmental Adviser. 

RELATION BETWEEN THE GENERAL LIBRARY, DEPARTMENTAL, 
GROUP, AND BRANCH LIBRARIES 

In October, 1895, the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums recommended, and 
the Trustees of the University adopted, the following statement of the relation existing between 
the General Library and all Departmental, Group, and Branch Libraries : 

The relation between the General Library and the Departmental, Group, and Branch 
Libraries shall be identical with that existing between these several libraries. 

In accordance with this principle the following regulations have been made : 

A. OWNERSHIP OF BOOKS 

1. All books now in possession of the General Library are recognized as belonging to that 
Library. But it is understood that the books of the Berlin and the Morgan Park collections 
not yet distributed are held in trust for the advantage of all divisions of the Library, without 
individual preference of one over another. All other books in the General Library are regarded 
as belonging to it for the piu-pose of a general reference or circulating library. 

2. All books now in possession of the several Departmental, Group, and Branch Libraries 
are recognized as belonging to these several libraries, except such books as have been loaned to 
any of these libraries by the General Library, either from the collection of the old University 
of Chicago or from books pmchased by funds specially appropriated for the General Library. 

B. LOAN OF BOOKS 

3. Books belonging to the General Library shall be loaned to any of these libraries on the 
request of the Departmental Adviser, when, in the judgment of the University Librarian, they 
are not needed for the purposes of the General Library. 



228 The President's Repoet 

4. Books thus loaned shall be returned on demand of the University Librarian. 

5. Any of these libraries may deposit with the General Library books temporarily not in use 
in these libraries, to be held there in trust for them. Such books will be put into circulation just 
as other books in the General Library, unless the Library Adviser shall request to the contrary. 

6. Books thus held in trust shall be returned to the Library from which they came on 
demand of the Library Adviser. 

C. EXCHANGE AND TRANSFER OP BOOKS 

7. Books belonging to the Berlin collection or to the Morgan Park collection, as far as they 
have not yet been distributed, shall be permanently assigned to any library on application by 
the Library Adviser and approval by the Administrative Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and 
Museums. 

8. The Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums shall have the right to recall to the 
General Library any books thus granted. 

9. Exchange of other books between two Departmental, Group, or Branch Libraries, or 
between the General Library and any one of these, or transfer of books from one library to 
another, may be arranged between the representatives of the libraries concerned on such terms 
as may be agreed upon, the General Library being duly informed and recording the transfer. 

10. When any library presents an order for a large collection of books already owned by 
another library, or by the General Library, it shall be the duty of the Librarian to submit the 
order to the Administrative Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums for approval. 

REGULATIONS FOR THE PURCHASE OF BOOKS FOR THE LIBRARIES 
The Trustees of the University, upon the recommendation of the Administrative Board of 
Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums, have also established the following regulations, in 
accordance with which books are purchased for the libraries : 

1. Proposals for the purchase of books must be approved first of all by the Head or acting 
Head of the Department for whose use the books are desired. Persons, other than Heads or 
acting Heads of Departments, desiring to propose books for purchase should transmit their 
proposals to the Head or acting Head of the Department in which the book belongs. If an 
additional copy of any book already owned by the Library is desired, this should be indicated 
by the words "additional copy desired," placed after the title. If the succeeding volume of a 
work in course of publication is desired, the fact should be indicated on the proposal. 

2. All proposals for books shall be made on the order cards provided by the Library, one 
card for each work, and each card must be separately signed by the Head or acting Head of the 
Department proposing the book. 

3. The Librarian shall collate the list of books proposed for purchase with the catalogue 
of the Library. If any book in the list is already owned by the Library in any Department, and 
is not marked on the list as an additional copy desired, this fact, with particulars respecting the 
Department to which the copy belongs, shall be reported to the professor by whom the proposal 
was approved. Of the remainder of the list the Librarian shall secure an estimate of cost. The 
original proposals bearing the signature of the Head or acting Head of the Department shall be 
filed in the Library. 

4. If the estimated cost of the books proposed at any one time is within the sum appro- 
priated and available to the Department proposing the books, the Librarian shall send a list of 
such books to the University Press for purchase. Such lists shall be signed by the Librarian 
and shall bear date on which it is sent to the Press. The signature of the Librarian to the 
words " approved for purchase " on each card or sheet of any list of books shall be the only 
authorization for the purchase of such books. The Librarian shall preserve a memorandum, in 



The Univebsitt Library 



229 



a book to be kept for that purpose, of all orders approved for purchase. If the estimated cost 
of any order exceeds the amount appropriated and available for the Department in question, the 
order shall be returned to the Head or acting Head of the Department, with information concern- 
ing the amount by which the estimate exceeds the money available. 

5. With every consignment of books delivered by the University Press to the Librarian 
there shall be sent to the Librarian regular bills on University Press bill-heads, the books for 
each Department of the University being on a separate bill, "and no book shall be accepted by 
the Librarian unless accompanied by such bills. 

6. The Librarian shall also sign and date any ready-reference receipt which the University 
Press may present with books delivered and accompanied by regular bills. This ready-reference 
receipt, being signed on delivery of the books without delay for collation of the orders, shall be 
construed only as a provisional acceptance of the books, and shall contain language so provided, 
not as waiving or surrendering any right of return otherwise belonging to the Library. For books 
returned to the Press, after being thus receipted for, the Librarian shall take a return receipt 
from the Press. 

7. The bills named in sec. 5, when audited by the Librarian, shall be returned to the Univer- 
sity Press with the signature of the Librarian, indicating what books have been received. The sig- 
nature of the Librarian upon any bill, or opposite any item of a bill, shall be to the University Press 
the only voucher of the delivery of the book and its acceptance by the Library. The Librarian 
shall use such means as are accessible to detect errors in the bills and to secure their correction. 

8. These identical bills bearing the signature of the Librarian for each item of the bill, or 
for the bill as a whole, shall be presented for payment to the Secretary of the University, and no 
bills not so audited and signed shall be accepted by him for payment. 



DELIVERY STATION OF THE PUBLIC LIBRARY 

In March, 1894, there was established at the General Library of the University a station 
of the Chicago Public Library, known as Station 11, South, by means of which daily consign- 
ments of books needed by members of the University are brought to the General Library for 
distribution. At first only one box a day was delivered, so that a book ordered one day could 
not be received until the following day. Now there is a collection in the morning and a delivery 
in the afternoon, making it possible for books to be ordered before 9 a. m. and delivered by 2 p. m. 
of the same dsty. This delivery station has greatly aided the Library in its work by relieving it 
of the necessity of buying popular books which would be needed only in the circulating depart- 
ment, thus enabling it to spend the money at its disposal for reference books and expensive sets 
of transactions. 

In 1894 there were issued from this station 121 cards ; in 1895, 205 ; in 1896, 290 ; in 1897, 
227 ; in 1898, 298 ; in 1899, 303. Many more cards issued at other stations are used by Univer- 
sity students who find this more convenient than the home station. 

The following table represents the use the University has made of this station : 

TABLE I 
Chicago Public Libkaet Station Statistics 



Year 


Orders 


Vols. Delivered 


Renewals 


1894 


1,722 
4,276 
5,278 
5,550 
7,692 
9,367 


1,150 
3,190 
3,670 
3,924 
5,515 
7,039 


64 


1895 


436 


1896 


498 


1897 


530 


1898 


630 


1899 


680 







230 



The Pkesident's Kepokt 



LOAN-DESK STATISTICS 

During the year 1898-99 the loan-desk statistics show the following use of the General 
Library : 

TABLE II 

Calls at the desk - - 24,597 

Average per day ---. gg 

Volumes drawn ---.--..... 8,667 

Average per day -- 28 

Books borrowed from other libraries ---...- 65 

Books loaned to other libraries -- 72 

New cards issued --_. 503 

Complimentary cards to accredited scholars 9 

Fines collected $198.16 



ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY * 

BOOKS ADDED BY PTJECHASE 

The following collections form the nuclei of the University Library about which subsequent 
accessions have been gathered: 

TABLE III 
Baptist Union Theological Seminary .-.-.-. 40,000 

Old University of Chicago 10,000 

Berlin collection 175,000 

Edward Olsen library (not yet delivered at the University) - - 5,000 

TABLE IV 

Boohs Added to the Univeesitt Libhaet bt Pdechase July 1, 1893-July 1, 1899, 55,397 Voldmes, 

disteibijted a3 follows: 



Department 



General Library 

Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

History 

Archaeology 

Sociology 

Sociology (Folk-Psychology) 

Anthropology 

Sanskrit and Comp. Philology 

Greek 

Latin 

Latin and Greek 

Romance 

German 

German (Scandinavian). . 

English 

Mathematics 

Astronomy (Ryerson) .... 

Astronomy (Yerkes) 

Chemistry 

Physics 

Geology 

Biology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 



No. 
Volumes 



8,655 
2,213 

719 
3,900 
1,338 
3,938 

265 
1,827 

181 

426 
1,368 
1,432 
1,318 

271 
2,779 
2,983 
51 
3,857 
1,458 

324 

1,099 
854 

2,219 
692 
474 
121 



Amount 
Expended 



$121,201.89' 
5,272.87 
1,011.19 
9,.368.52 
4,408.60 
10,099.02 
1,490.70 

4,611.35 

2,560.80 
3,643.62 

4,456.29 
6,244.87 

5,586.01 

5,634.05 

9,320.94 
4,838.32 

1,274.62 

2,614.56 
2,253.37 
5,846.53 
9,121.76 
1,936.39 
927.28 



Department 



No. 
Volumes 



Physiology 

Neurology 

Paleontology 

Botany 

Public Speaking 

Morgan Park Academy 

Physical Culture 

Music 

Latin, New Testament, and"] 

Church History I 

Latin, Greek, and Classical f 

ArchEeology J 

History, Political Economy, ~ 

Political Science, Sociology 

Comparative Religion 

Semitic 

Egyptology 

Divinity 

New Testament 

Church History 

Systematic Theology 

Homiletics 

Scandinavian Seminaries. . . 
Sociology (Divinity) 



Total , 



514 
281 
774 

1,046 
133 

1,346 

189 

19 

36 



127 

440 
1,550 j 
1091 
125 
612 
808 
797 
384 
421 
969 



55,397 



Amount 
Expended 



1,395.70 
1,081.96 
1,065.46 
2,347.14 

228.07 
2,705.61 

146.85 
45.82 



Included 
under separate 
Departments 
Included 
under separate 
Departments 
1,739.65 

4,611.87 



9,066.94 



$248,158.62 



' Amount expended included bills of Berlin collection above mentioned. 



The University Libhart 



231 



BOOKS ADDED BY GIFT 

Since October, 1892, when the Library of the University of Chicago was fairly in running 
order, the gift-work has occupied a very important place in the Library administration. 

Eealizing that much of value might be had for the asking, requests have been sent to 
authors, editors of magazines, secretaries of societies, government, state, and city officials, insti- 
tutions and private individuals, stating our needs and asking for anything they might have to 
give. The success of the plan is shown by the fact that up to July 1, 1899, the Library had 
received 16,175 volumes, besides many hundreds of pamphlets and unbound theses. A card 
catalogue of these gifts has been kept, showing when they were received, by whom given, and 
to what Department they have been assigned. All orders for books are carefully checked with 
this gift catalogue, to prevent the purchase of books already owned by the University, but not 
represented in the order department. 

The following table shows the comparative yearly growth in this department: 

TABLE V 
VoLCMES Given feom Octobee, 1892, to Jclt, 1899 
Years No. of Volumes 

October, 1892-July, 1893 ---------- 2,081 

July, 1893-July, 1894 1,470 

July, 1894-July, 1895 ---------- 2,017 

July, 1895-July, 1896 ---------- 2,629 

July, 1896-July, 1897 - . . - . 2,959 

July, 1897-July, 1898 - - - - 2,436 

July, 1898-July, 1899 ----- 2,583 

Total 16,175 

It is the general policy of the Library administration to place all gifts in the General 
Library, unless a special Department has been specified by the donor. 

LOSS OF BOOKS 

In the fall of each year a book inventory of all the libraries is taken with a view to ascer- 
taining what volumes are missing. The record of each succeeding year is corrected by the 
latest inventory. It frequently happens that volumes that have been missing in one year will 
be found upon the shelves in a subsequent inventory. 

The following table shows the comparative loss of books from 1892 to 1899. 

TABLE VI 
Tabulation of Lost Books 



Departments 

Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

History 

Archaeology 

Sociology 

Anthropology 

Haskell 

Comparative Philology 

Greek 

Latin 

Latin and Greek 



1892-95 



21 
1 

18 

27 

13 

1 

7 



82 

1 

9 

5 

4 



1896 



10 
3 

17 

17 

29 


17 
3 

49 


10 
1 




1897 



10 

8 

31 

26 

16 



37 

13 

30 



8 

8 

1 



11 
20 
15 
13 
15 


23 


26 



6 
22 





13 
14 
36 
21 
26 


19 

7 
24 

2 
15 
11 





Totals by 
Departments 



65 

46 

117 

104 

99 

1 

103 

23 

211 

3 

48 

47 

5 



232 



The President's Keport 



TABLE \I — Continued 



Departments 



1892-95 



1896 



1897 



1899 



Totals by 
Departments 



Romance 

German 

English 

Mathematics .... 

Astronomy 

Physics 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Biology 

Physical Culture 

Music 

Public Speaking . 

Totals by years 



1 

25 
3 
1 
3 
2 
3 
2 
2 





240 



5 
3 
19 
6 
1 
4 
1 
5 
6 
4 

1 



211 



17 
4 

47 
8 
1 
1 
1 
6 

27 
2 
1 




303 



5 
7 

38 
6 
2 
7 
1 


17 
6 

2 



242 



11 

8 
41 
10 


11 

4 
18 
23 
12 







326 



47 

23 

170 

33 

5 
26 

9 
32 
75 
26 

1 

3 



1,322 



TRAVELING LIBRARIES 

The Extension Division has formed an active part of the organization of the University 
from the beginning, and the traveling libraries have been part of the necessary equipment of 
the Division from October, 1892, when the first lectures were given, up to the present time. 

These libraries are sent out in connection with the lecture courses given by the University 
Extension Faculty, and supply to educational centers away from the University the books neces- 
sary to secure the best results from the lectures. These libraries are made up of books relating 
to the subject of the lecture series being given at the time. Duplicate copies are furnished, and 
in some cases entire duplicate libraries, when the centers are large, or extra copies needed. 

The Board of Trustees provides the funds for the purchase of these books by an annual 
appropriation. No charge is made for the use of the traveling library, but each center is 
required to pay for its transportation and to replace any lost or injured volumes. 

The first traveling library was sent out for the season of 1892-93. It was sent to Freeport, 
111., to a center studying the labor question, and contained 19 volumes. The present libraries 
number from 25 to 75 volumes, representing from 5 to 20 titles. 

The period of use extends from the Autumn to the Summer Quarter, inclusive. This period 
allows each center to offer two or three courses of lectures. The hbrary accompanying a lecture 
course is selected by the lecturer, purchased by University Extension funds, and placed in the 
charge of the local secretary of the center through whom the library business of the center is 
transacted. 

Whenever a lecture course is discontinued, the books used in this course are marked at 
greatly reduced prices and placed on sale in some convenient place. The books in the 





TABLE VII 
Teaveling Libeaet Statistics 










1892-93 


1894 


1895 


1896 


1897 


1898 


1899 


Number of volumes 


1,100 
1,754 

64 
4 

30 


1,834 
2,001 

64 
5 

44 


1,935 

2,010 

89 

9 

56 

27 

828 

242 


2,460 

1,782 

59 

7 

45 

20 

523 

116 


3,467 

3,536 

94 

8 

36 

30 

1,398 

274 


3,663 

3,562 

83 

8 

48 

20 

586 

478 


3,550 




2,848 


Number of libraries sent 


67 
8 


Number of cities or towns 

New libraries purchased 

Number of volumes purchased . . 
Number of volumes sold 


46 

12 

642 

896 



The University Libeaby 



233 



traveling libraries are at all times for sale to the students of the centers at wholesale prices. 
The library administration is glad to carry the extra work thus involved for the sake of 
the opportunity afforded in this way to students to secure for themselves private libraries on 
subjects in which they have become interested. 

The preceding table shows a summary statement of the accessions, sales, and use of the 
books from 1892-99. 

BOOKS ADDED BY EXCHANGE 

From July 1, 1893, till July 1, 1899, there have been added to the Library of the University 
of Chicago, by exchange for University publications, 2,687 volumes, distributed as follows: 



TABLE vni 



Departments 

General Library .... 

Pedagogy - - - . . 

Political Economy - - . - 

Political Science - . - 

History --...- 

Sociology - - - - - 

Sociology (Divinity) . - - 

Anthropology - ... 

Comparative Religion .... - 70 



No. Vols. 

- 992 

9 

- 422 

16 

9 

156 

- 29 
15 



Semitic --.... 

New Testament - . . - 
Sanskrit and Comparative Philology 

Greek - 

Romance 



207 

212 

5 

1 

1 



Departments 

English - . - ■ 
Astronomy - - - 
Physics . . . . 
Geology ... 
Botany . . - . 
Public Speaking - 
Church History 
Systematic Theology - 
Homiletics 

Divinity - - - 
Egyptology - 
Morgan Park Academy 



No. Vols. 

2 

12 

1 

143 



Total 



1 

■ 77 
41 

■ 44 
25 

1 
127 

• 2,687 



NuMBEK OF Volumes in Depaetments July 1, 



Departments 
General Library 



Philosophy - - . . 

Pedagogy 

Political Economy 
Political Science ... 
History . - - . . 
Archaeology . - . . 
Sociology . - - . 
Sociology (Folk- Psychology) ) 
Anthropology ) 

Haskell - - - - 

Comparative Philology - 
Greek ..... 

Latin 

Latin and Greek ... 



No. Vols. 
248,443 
2,846 
1,700 
6,067 
2,545 
5,104 
464 
3,523 

838 

9,027 
1,417 
1,971 
4,415 
549 



Departments 
Romance - 
German - . - 
English 
Mathematics - 
Astronomy (Ryerson) 
Astronomy (Yerkes) 
Physics - - - 
Chemistry 
Geology - - . 
Biology 

Music - - . 
Public Speaking 
Physical Culture - 



No. Vols. 
2,771 
4,839 
5,158 
2,399 

568 

1,194 

1,716 

4,218 

7,442 

146 

135 

183 



Total -.-..-- 319,678 



EXCHANGES FOE UNIVEESITY THESES 

At the beginning of the year 1897 the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museirms 
authorized the Librarian to exchange the accumulated Doctors' theses with like publications 
of other institutions. A committee was appointed by the Board to prepare a list of institu- 
tions with which the exchanges should be made. In accordance with this ruling, the Librarian 
has sent to the following institutions a complete file up to date of the Doctors' theses of the 
University of Chicago, receiving in exchange corresponding files. Both in amount and in value 



234 



The President's Eepoet 



the eschaiiges differ greatly from each other, and some of the files received are longer than those 
offered by the University of Chicago. In one case, for example, the Strassburg University sent 
3,000 theses, and placed the University on its permanent list for future exchanges, in return for 
52 theses and similar registration for the future publications of the University of Chicago. 

TABLE IX 
Li3T OF Exchanges foe UNrvEESiTT Theses feom Jolt 1, 1897, to July 1, 1899 



Name of Institution 


Theses Sent 


Theses 
Eeceived 


Name of Institution 


Theses Sent 


Theses 
Received 


American : 
Brown 


50 
50 
51 
50 
29 
50 
50 
50 
50 
54 
29 
50 
49 
50 


1 


1 

26 

19 

31 



142 

2 



11 



1 

3 


Foreign : 


55 
55 
55 
52 
55 
52 
52 
52 
55 
52 
49 
51 





Bryn Mawr 


Cliristiania 





California 


Griessen 


125 


Clark 







Columbia 


Halle 





Cornell 







Harvard 


Kiel 





Johns Hopkins 


Leiden 


41 


Leland Stanford Junior 


Leipzig 





N. Y. State Library 




3,000 
32 


Pennsylvania 


Toulouse 


Princeton 


Tiibine'eii 


45 


W^isconsin 






Yale 


635 
662 


3,243 
237 




Total American 

Grand total 




662 


237 




1,297 • 


3,480 



NEWBEERY LIBRARY PRIVILEGES 

In February, 1899, a communication was sent to the trustees of the Newberry Library 
requesting them to take some action permitting the members of the University of Chicago to 
borrov/ books from the Newberry Library. February 11, the trustees of the Newberry Library 
voted to establish loans between the University of Chicago Library and the Newberry Library 
under the following regulations : 

"The Newberry Library will loan books during the year 1899 on the following conditions : 

"1. The request for the loan must come from the Librarian of either the University of 
Chicago, the Northwestern University, Lake Forest University, the John Crerar Library, or the 
Chicago Public Library. 

" 2. It must be in behalf of a scholar needing the volumes requested in the prosecution of 
his professional work. 

" 3. The institution represented by the Librarian asking the loan must agree to reciprocate 
in the loaning of books, must guarantee against loss of, or damage to, the book or books loaned, 
according to the terms of the loan, and must pay all expenses incurred by boxing and shipping. 
The books are to be at the risk of the borrower from the time they leave the business office of 
the Newberry Library until they are returned to that office. In case of loss of a volume taken 
from a set, the institution to which the volume is loaned is to replace the volume or pay the 
price of a new set. 

"4. The books must be used in the library building and under the supervision of the 
Librarian to whom they are addressed. 

" 5. Books loaned are to be returned not later than the date fixed by the Librarian of the 
Newberry Library, said date being transmitted with the books ; provided, however, that they 
must be returned immediately on demand. 



The Univeesity Libeaet 235 



" 6. Prompt notice must be given of the receipt of the volumes loaned, and of the date of 
shipment when they are returned. 

"7. Excepted books : 

" a) All books, periodicals, and pamphlets in the medical department, unless for brief use 
by a court of law in session in the city, or in some other case of emergency when, in the discre- 
tion of the Librarian, the book may be safely loaned. 

" b) Books recently published. 

" e) Books to be obtained by reasonable search elsewhere. 

" d) Unbound periodicals. 

" e) Books that in the judgment of the Librarian cannot be replaced, or may be replaced 
only with great difficulty and at a large expense. 

"/) Books in special demand by the patrons of this library. 

" g) Any book or pamphlet that in the judgment of the Librarian should remain in the 
building." 

BAUR LIBRARY 

March 15, 1899, the University of Chicago purchased from Mrs. Baur, through Dr. H. H. 
Donaldson, administrator of the estate of the late Associate Professor George Baur, of the 
University of Chicago, the private collection of books and pamphlets on Paleontology consti- 
tuting the private library of her husband. 

The University agreed to pay 1400 for the collection, and agreed to the following condi- 
tions of sale : 

1. All books found to be duplicates to be retm-ned to Mrs. Baur as her private property. 

2. A certain collection of books (about fifty) to be purchased by the members of the Univer- 
sity of Chicago Faculty of Mrs. Baur as a private purchase. Mrs. Dixson, the Associate Libra- 
rian, and Associate Professor Jordan, the Library Adviser of the Biological Library, to approve 
the selection. 

3. The collection to be distributed by subject, with no mention required by book-plate or 
otherwise of the source of the purchase of the library. 

The library is in fair condition as to books, but contains a large number of pamphlets and 
unbound books, which should be bound immediately. There are also several book rarities of 
unusual interest and of great value, which should be removed from the collection and placed 
with books of a similar character in the Librarian's office. The library has been shelved in the 
Zoology Building. 

II. DETAILED STATEMENT FOR 1899-1900 AND 1900-1901 

Following is the report on the condition of the University Library, up to the present time, 
covering the years 1899-1900, 1900-1901, and 1901-1902. 

During this period the personnel of the Library Board has been as follows : 

THE UNIVEESITY LIBRARIES, LABORATORIES, AND MUSEUMS 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD 

The President, Chairman 

The Recokder, ex officio Professor Albert A. Michelson, ex officio 

Dean Harry Pkatt Jodson, ex officio Professor Henry Herbert Donaldson, ex officio 

Professor Thomas Chrowder Chamberlin, ex Professor Jacques Loeb, ex officio 

officio Professor John Ulric Nep, ex officio 

Professor Charles O. Whitman, ex officio Professor George Lincoln Hendeickson, ex 

Professor John Merle Coulter, ex officio officio 



236 The Pkesident's Report 

Professor Geokge Ellery Hale, ex officio Associate Professor William Isaac Thomas, ex 

Professor Lewellys F. Barker, ex officio officio 

Professor Ira Maurice Price, ex officio Associate Professor Clarence Fassett Castle, 

Associate Librarian Zella Allen Dixson, ex . "-^ ' 

offlcio Assistant Professor James Rowland Angell, ex 

Associate Professor Frederick Starr, ex officio ^ 



Professor Frank Bigelow Tarbell Professor John Matthews Manly 

Professor Ernest DbWitt Burton Associate Professor Karl Pietsch 

Dr. Frederic Ives Carpenter 

EPITOMIZED SUMMARY OF ACTIONS 

The following recent actions have been formally approved by the Administrative Board of 
Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums : 

GROUP LIBRARIES 

On November 25, 1899, the Administrative Board formally accepted the report of the com- 
mittee in regard to the arranging of certain Departmental Libraries into Group Libraries, each 
Group to be in charge of a Library Assistant, and that the Library Advisers of all Group 
Libraries be ex officio members of the Library Board. 

BINDING OF BOOKS 

On the same date the Board established the following rules and regulations for the bind- 
ing of University books : 

"1. That the duty of preparing the original orders for binding be assigned to the General 
Library, instead of to the Departments as now. Suggestions for the binding may originate 
either with the Department or the General Library. It shall be the duty of the General Library 
to prepare such orders for all unbound books, and completed volumes of periodicals, as well as 
for all other books needing re-binding. 

"2. That these orders be approved by the Head of the Department for which the binding 
is to be done; or by the Library Adviser acting on the authorization of the Head of the 
Department. 

"3. That the binding orders be made on library cards, one card for each title, after the form 
presented ; this form to take the place of the order sheets hitherto employed. 

"4. That the cost of binding be charged to the book fund of the Department which orders 
the binding, as at present. 

" 5. That the substance of the above action be printed in the University Record, together 
with an abridged form of the accompanying statement concerning material and styles of bind- 
ing, and be sent to the Heads of Departments and to the Library Advisers for their information." 

PURCHASE OF PERIODICALS 

The Board also recommended to the Board of Trustees the appropriation of a sum suffi- 
cient to piuchase a list of publications of common interest to several Departments, with the 
understanding that this sum be not deducted from present appropriations. 

BOOKS BY MAIL 

On February 24, 1900, the Administrative Board instructed the Librarian to bring to the 
attention of Heads of Departments the fact that a book ordered "in haste" would be ordered 
by mail. 



The Univeesity Libeaey 



237 



BOOK OEDEES 

On October 27 the Director of the University Press reported that, in accordance with the 
request of the Library Board dated March 19, 1900, the following regulations governing the 
purchase of books had been established: 

" A limit has been put on the time allowed to dealers in which to fill orders, they having 
been notLBed that on January 1, 1901, all orders of more than a year's standing would be canceled, 
and that after that time no longer than one year would be given in which to fill any order." 

The Board voted that the University Press be requested to observe strictly the limit of 
time and price placed by Departments on rare and out-of-print books, under penalty of being 
held responsible for exceeding the price fixed by Departments. 

DEPAETMENTAL SUBJECT CATALOGUES 

On November 24 the Board voted that it was undesirable to require Departmental Libraries 
to employ the same system of subject catalogues. 



THE LIBEARY STAFF 



Zella Allen Dixson, Associate Librarian 

William Isaac Thomas, Superintendent of De- 
partmental Libraries 

Josephine Chester Robeetson, Head Cataloguer 

CoKA Belle Pebeine, Head of Accession Depart- 
ment 

Clarence Almon Toeeey, Inspector of Depart- 
mental Libraries 

Frank Leland Tolman, Loan-Desk Assistant 

Anna Sophia Packee, Accession Assistant 

Julia Louise Dickinson, Assista7it Cataloguer 

Maegaeet Anne Haedinge, in Charge of Travel- 
ing Libraries 

CHANGES ON THE STAFF 

July 1, 1900, Charles Harris Hastings, Assistant in Historical Library Group, resigned; 
Amy Hewes appointed to take his place. 

July 1, 1900, Ferdinand Ellerman, Assistant in Astronomical Library, resigned; Storrs B. 
Barrett appointed to take his place. 

October 1, 1900, Edgar Dow Varney, Assistant in Haskell Library, resigned; Preston P. 
Bruce appointed to take his place. 

October 1, 1900, William Frederick Yust, resigned; Prank Leland Tolman appointed to 
take his place. 



Ruth Edna Moegan, Second Assistant Cata- 
loguer 

Amy Hewes, Assistant in Historical Library 
Group 

Estellb Luteell, Assistant in Biological Li- 
brary 

Albeet E. Patch, Assistant in Haskell Library 

John Doesey Wolcott, Assistant in Classical 
Library 

Stoees B. Baeeett, Assistant in Yerkes Observa- 
tory Library 

Ieene Waeeen, Assistant in School of Education 



STUDENT ASSISTANTS, JULY 1, 1899-JULY 1, 1902 



Mary Elizabeth Abernethy 
Ambrose Wesley Armitage 
Frank Perkins Barker 
Edith Bickell 
Margaret Jeanette Calvin 
Jacob Prank Casebeer 
Lucy Eleanor Chambers 
Lillian Clark 
Mary Meroe Conlan 
Georgia Toto First 



Helen Gardner 
Carl Henry Grabo 
Herman Gustavus Heil 
Raymond Ransom Kelly 
Irving King 
Aurelia Koch 
Beatrice Lessey 
Marie Lucy Lewis 
Edna Lisle Martin 
Ella R. Metsker 



Millard Riley Myers 
Charles Homer Norton 
Sarah Luella Patterson 
Eliza Margaretta Sloan 
Albertus Victor Smith 
Henry Cowles Smith 
Myra Virginia Smith 
Alvin Brinker Snider 
Georgia Mae Wheeler 



238 



The Pkesident's Kepoet 



Associate Professor William I. 
George C. Seller/ 
Edgar H. McNeal 
Arthur E. Bestor 
Charles B. Williams 
Charles A. Huston 
Arthur G. Thomas 
Garland Q. Whitfield 



LIBRARY ADVISERS AND ATTENDANTS 

PHILOSOPHICAIi-HlSTOElCAL GEOUP 

Thomas, Adviser 

Paul F. Peck 
William B. Guthrie 
Sydney A. Campbell 
Winifred G. Crowell 
William B. Miller 
Henry W. Brewster 
Howard B. Woolston 



Anthkopologt 
Associate Professor Frederick Starr, Adviser 

EASKELIi 

Associate Professor John W. Moncrief, Adviser 

Isaac A. Corbett James H. Brace 

Joseph E. Hicks John C. Granbery 

William J. McDowell Albert S. Wilson 

Elijah A. Hanley 

CLAgsioAL Geodp 
Professor George L. Hendrickson, Adviser 

Nina E. Weston David M. Kobinson 

La Rue Van Hook Matilda Gibson 

Mason D. Gray Thomas L. Comparette 

Geneva Misener Edna C. Dunlap 

MoDEKN Language Gkodp 
Instructor Frederic I. Carpenter, Adviser 
Frances M. Donovan Laura W. Darnell 

David L. Maulsby Florence Turney 

G. B. Hallett Alexander P. Thorns 

Francis M. Motter Edna C. Dunlap 

Fannie Fisch May B. Wilcoxson 

Mathematic3-Asteonomt 
Professor Bliakim H. Moore, Adviser 

PHTSIC9 

Instructor Charles R. Mann, Adviser 

Geology 
Professor Rollin D. Salisbury, Adviser Fred H. H. Calhoun 



Assistant Professor Julius Stieglitz, Adviser 



CHEMI3TET 



Biology 



Physical Cultueb 



William C. Gore 
Kate Gordon 
Harriet E. Penfleld 
Evelyn S. Hayden 
Orville E. Atwood 
Forest G. Smith 



William R. Schoemaker 
Wynne N. Garlick 
Roy W. Merrifield 



Joseph S. Williams 
Julia L. Peirce 
Mabel K. Whiteside 
Edgar H. Sturtevant 



Maud A. Link 
Mae B. Provines 
Henrietta Becker 
Josephine Doniat 



William O. Beal 
Ralph H. Rice 

John L. Nelson 



Mary Lincoln 



Charles C. Adams 



Associate Professor Edwin O. Jordan, Adviser 

Mary Hefferan John M. Prather 

Public Speaking 
Assistant Professor Solomon H. Clark, Adviser 

Mngic 
Lester B. Jones, Adviser 

Professor A. Alonzo Stagg, Adviser 

SERIALS, 1899-1902 

During the past three years continued effort has been made to reduce the expense of the 
annual subscription list for serials by exchanging University publications for serials for which 
regulai orders had been received. 

The following tabtilation shows the number of publications which have been coming to the 
University Library during the past three years, the Departments to which they have been sent 
and the sources from which they have been obtained : 



The University Library 



239 



TABLE X 
Tabdlated Statement op Serials 



Defabtments 



SODECE 



Issue 



C 



Anatomy 

Anthropology 

Astronomy (Ryerson) 

Astronomy (Yerkes) 

Bacteriology 

Botany 

Botany and Zoology 

Chemistry 

Church History 

Classical Archaeology 

Commerce and Administration 

Comparative Religion 

Scandinavian Seminaries 

English 

English and German 

English, German, and Romance 

General Library 

Geology 

German 

Haskell 

History 

Latin 

Latin and Greek 

Latin, Greek, aad Sanskrit, and Comp. Phil. 

Law School 

Mathematics 

Morgan Park Academy 

Music 

Neurology 

New Testament 

Paleontology 

Pathology 

Pedagogy 

Philosophy 

Physical Culture 

Physics 

Physiological Chemistry 

Physiology 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

Romance 

Sanskrit and Comparative Philology. . 

School of Education 

Semitic 

Sociology 

Sociology (Divinity) 

Sociology (Folk-Psychology) 

Systematic Theology 

Zoology 



51 



53 
1 
1 
1 

2 
1 



5 
15 



Total. 



17 



178 



3 

1 

15 

32 
7 
1 



39 
44 

1 
83 

2 



34 

4 



72 
3 

i 

19 

5i 



423 



30 

25 

8 

5 

7 

15 

21 
1 
8 
5 
3 
7 
7 
1 
6 

70 
3 

23 
2 

25 

24 

1 
71 
38 
27 

2 
14 

7 

5 
16 

7 
18 

6 
17 

3 
17 
12 

6 
11 
10 
42 
15 

9 
10 

4 

1 
21 



31 

28 

9 

20 

7 

53 

7 

22 

1 

8 

7 

5 

7 

8 

1 

6 

160 

53 

24 

138 

28 

1 

26 

1 

77 

39 

27 

2 

15 

7 

5 

21 

56 

22 

6 

20 

3 

17 

101 

9 

11 

11 

63 

19 

67 

10 

4 

1 

23 



1,287 



1 
1 

2 
31 

5 

2 

55 



14 
1 
4 
2 
2 



216 



37 



2 
11 

1 
20 

2 

6 



1 
2 
5 

2 

i 

51 
16 

5 
40 

4 



26 
9 

18 
2 
4 
2 
1 
3 

32 
3 
3 

10 
1 
1 

37 
1 
1 
1 

44 
1 

29 
3 

i 

4 



423 



5 
3 

io 

2 



70 



1 
2 

"i 
1 
1 
1 
1 

20 

3 

5 

19 

15 



2 
10 



1 
2 
1 
3 
5 
10 



14 
1 
3 
3 
1 
5 
9 
2 
1 



167 



15 



13 
9 
5 
7 
3 

18 
3 
9 

'i 
3 
1 



2 

46 

26 

10 

9 

7 

1 

9 

1 

27 

14 

1 

'5 
2 
3 
8 
8 
5 
1 
3 
1 

12 

17 
2 
4 
6 
3 
6 

17 
3 
1 

U 



350 



2i0 



The President's Repoet 



SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS AJSTD STATE DOCUMENTS 

During the year the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museiuns has placed at the 
disposal of the Librarian, for the purpose of exchange, 20 copies of back numbers of books and 
studies, 200 copies of current publications, a limited number of back files of the journals, and 
150 copies of current numbers. With these an effort has been made to secure the publications 
of societies, studies, and bulletins of universities and state publications. 

The following is a list of societies, institutions, and states with which exchanges have been 
made: 

SOCIETIES 



American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. 
Berlin, Konigliche Akademie der Wissenschaf ten 
Giessen, Oberhessische GeseUschaft filr Natur- 

und Heilkunde 
Gettingen, Konigliche GeseUschaft der Wissen- 

schaften 



Moscow, Sooi^td Impdriale des Naturalistes de 

Moscou 
Munich, Konigliche Akademie der Wissenschaf- 

ten 
Eoyal Society of Canada 
Eoyal Society of New South Wales 



STATES 



Connecticut 


Illinois 


Iowa 


Maryland 


Michigan 


New York 


Texas 


Idaho 


Indiana 


Maine 


Massachusetts 


New Hampshire 


Ohio 


Wisconsin 



CONDITION OF THE CATALOGUES 

According to the ruling of the Administrative Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and 
Museums, each Departmental Library has two attendants selected from the Graduate Scholars 
and Fellows of the Department, each of whom serves the Library two hours a day in arranging 

TABLE XI 

Condition of CATAiOGuiNG in Depaetmental and Geoup LrBEAEiES 



Libraries Having Author 
Catalogue 



Libraries Having Subject 
Catalogue 



Libraries Having Subject 
Arrangement on Shelves 



Libraries Having Card 
Indicating Shelf Number 



Anthropology • 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Classical Archjeology 

Comparative Philology 

English 

Geology 

German 

Greek 

Haskell 

History 

Latin 

Mathematics 

Pedagogy 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

Romance 



Biology 



English! 
Geology 
German 



History 
Latin 



Philosophy 
Physics 

Political Economy 
Political Science 



Sociology 



Sociology 



Astronomy 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Classical Archaeology 

Comparative Philology ' 

English 

Geology 1 

German 

Greek 

Haskell 

History 

Latin 

Mathematics 

Pedagogy 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

Romance 

School of Education 

Sociology 



Biology 
Chemistry 



Comparative Philology ' 

English 

Geology ' 

German 

Greek 

Haskell 

History 

Latin 

Mathematics 

Pedagogy 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

Romance 

School of Education 

Sociology 



School of Education has dictionary catalogue and decimal classification. 
' In course of preparation. ^ Anther arrangement on the shelves. 



The Univeesity Library 



241 



and cataloguing old and new books, and in doing other necessary work connected with the 
Library. Owing to this arrangement all the library work necessary in each Departmental Library 
can be done only as such help is available. 

The books in the General Library are all catalogued and arranged, except the undistributed 
portion of the Berlin collection. 

There is also in the General Library a complete catalogue of the books in the John Crerar 
Library, which enables members of the University to keep themselves posted in regard to the 
resources of that library. 

The preceding table shows the detailed statistics of the condition of the cataloguing 
throughout the University Library. 



TABLE XII 
Table of Rooms Used foe Depaetmental Libeaeies 





A 


B 


C 


Total 


Cobb Hall: 

Modern Language Group 


2,3,5, 6D 

4, 5, 7, 11, 12 C 

4, eB 

35,37 
35 


4D 
{ 3,6C,1D 
( Pol.Econ.officei 
( 5B 
/ Greek office' 

24 




5 


Philosophical-Historical Group.. . 
Classical 


IC 


10 


Haskell Museum: 

Haskell 




q 


Kent Chemical Laboratory: 

Chemistry 




1 


Public Speaking 




A 
B 


1 • 


Music 






1 


Ryerson Physical Laboratory: 

Physics 


27 
37 

12,13 

24 

( 3 rooms, 2d fl.I 
( 1 room, 3d fl.' 
1 room, 3d fl.' 




1 


Mathematics — Astronomy 






1 


Zoology: 

Biology 






2 


Physiology: 

Physiology 






1 


Walker Museum: 

Geology 




.... 


4 


Anthropology — Folk-Psychology . 






1 


Gymnasium: 

Physical Culture 




4 


I 


Psychological Laboratory: 

Psvoholoev 




Office 


1 


School of Education: 

School of Education 


1 room' 




1 










Total 


26 


9 


4 


39 







1 Rooms not numbered. 



242 



The President's Eepoet 



TABLE XIII 
Accessions July 1, 1899-JuL-ir 1, 1902 



Purchase 



Gift 



Exchange 



Totals by 
Departments 



General Library 

Philosophy 

Pedagogy 

Pedagogy (Elementary School) 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

History 

Classical Archseology 

Classical Archaeology and Greek 

Sociology 

Sociology (Divinity) 

Sociology (Folk-Psychologyj 

Anthropology 

Comparative Religion 

Semitic 

New Testament 

Sanskrit and Comparative Philology 

Greek 

Latin 

Latin and Greek 

Romance 

German 

English 

Mathematics 

Mathematics and Astronomy 

Astronomy (Ryerson) 

Astronomy (Yerkes) 

Chemistry 

Physics 

Geology 

Zoology 

Anatomy 

Paleontology 

Neurology 

Physiology 

Physiological Chemistry and Pharmacology 

Botany lO 

Public Speaking 

Church History 

Systematic Theology 

Homiletics 

Morgan Park Academy 

Scandinavian Seminaries 

Commerce and Administration 

Music 

Physical Culture 

Biology 

Zoology and Botany 

Bacteriology 

Pathology 

Divinity 

Latin, Greek, and Sanskrit and Comp. Philology. 
Embryology 

Church History, Homiletics, N. T. and Syst. Theol. 
Latin, Sanskrit and Comp. Phil., and Class. Arch. 
Literature in English ._ 

Latin, New Testament, and Church History 

General Library and Mathematics 

Semitic and New Testament 

President's Office 

School of Education 



2,026 
435 
382 

'490 

718 

6,023 

86 

1 

283 

123 

42 

259 

112 

316 

148 

289 

433 

365 

131 

438 

342 

1,461 

296 

1 

80 

96 

171 

301 

85 

8.35 

290 

40 

149 

125 

73 

232 

116 

164 

297 

67 

544 

293 

348 

10 

21 

16 

3 

52 

47 

1 

13 
5 
3 
10 
32 
2 
8 



19,729 



8,264 

9 

181 

34 

181 

62 

164 

7 

'iis 

16 

"22 

6 

56 

66 

8 

55 

159 

3 

24 

9 

224 

146 

"69 

127 

13 

20 

163 

61 

11 

82 

19 

8 

1 

126 

"52 
8 
5 

22 
64 

104 

54 

1 

181 

"21 
14 
70 



10 



1,817 
23 

242 

"265 
34 
18 



221 

7 

"22 

90 

102 

220 

5 



4 

147 

3 

11 

125 
4 



12 

283 

1 

213 

85 

40 

15 

"ii 



21 



11,122 



4,063 



12,107 

467 

805 

.34 

936 

814 

6,205 

93 

1 

619 

146 

42 

303 

208 

474 

4.34 

302 

488 

525 

134 

463 

352 

1,690 

442 

1 

153 

370 

187 

332 

373 

900 

301 

122 

170 

133 

86 

641 

117 

429 

390 

112 

581 

357 

463 

64 

22 

197 

10 

73 

61 

92 

13 

5 

3 

10 

42 

2 

8 

5 

4 

1 



34,914 



The Univeesity Libeary 



243 



EXCHANGES FOR UNIVERSITY THESES, JULY 1, 1899-JULY 1, 1902 

The following tabulation gives in detail the theses sent and received, and the names of the 
institutions, American and foreign, with which these exchanges were conducted : 



TABLE XIV 



Name of Institution 


Theses Sent 


Theses 
Eeceived 


Name of Institution 


Theses Sent 


Theses 
Eeceived 


American: 
Boston Public Library . . 


112 
27 
27 
26 
112 
27 
48 
27 

6 
27 

6 

6 
77 
27 
27 
23 

6 

48 

27 

112 

6 
28 
27 




1 
1 
1 



76 
18 





59 



4 



8 



Foreign: 
Berlin 


22 

112 

112 

22 



112 

22 

25 

22 

25 

25 

25 

22 

25 

28 

26 

77 


IRA 


Brown 




185 

280 



19 

53 

215 

362 

298 


Bryn Mawr 




California 




Chicago Historical Soo. . 
Clark 


Freiberg 


Columbia 




Cornell 




Delaware Historical Soc. 


Halle 


Harvard 




381 
1,38 


Iowa— Hist. Dept. of 


Kiel ..■.".■.■..■:::;:; 


Iowa — State Hist. Soc . . 


Leiden 


42 


John Crerar Library. . . . 


Leipzig 


11 


Johns Hopkins 


Strassburp" 


233 

246 


Leland Stanford Jr 


Toulouse 


New York State Library 


Tubingen 


205 


Ohio Arch. & Hist. Soc. 


Upsala 


112 


Pennsylvania 


Total foreign 

Total American 

Grand total 




Princeton 


702 
859 


2,968 
168 


U. S. Library of Congress 
U. S. War Dept. Library. 


Wisconsin 


1,561 


3,136 


Yale 






Total American 


859 


168 





LOAN DEPARTMENT, 1899-1900, 1900-1901, AND 1901-1902 
The report of the Loan Department for the last three years is as follows i 



TABLE XV 

The Univeesity Libeaet 



Calls at the loan desk 

Average per day 

Volumes drawn 

Average per day 

Books from other libraries 
Books to other libraries . . . 

New cards issued 

Complimentary cards 



1900 



23,239 
76 

12,351 
41 
45 
85 
756 
18 



1901 



38,241 

126 

17,605 

58 

68 

90 

666 

8 



51,822 

171 

22,279 

74 

100 

367 

773 

6 



244 



The Peesidbnt's Repoet 



TABLE XVI 
Chicago Public Libkaey Station, 11 South 



1900 



1901 



1902 



Book orders sent in 
Volumes delivered . 
Volumes renewed . . 
New cards issued. . . 



11,609 

7,595 

803 

325 



12,188 

8,271 

844 

381 



11,013 

6,782 

657 

387 



TABLE XVII 
Intbe-Ljbeaky Loans, 1899-1900, 1900-1901, 1901-1902 
chief XjIbeakies feom which books have been boekowed by the untveesity 



Boston Public Library - - - - - 3 

Chicago Public Library _ - - - 4 

Chicago Theological Seminary - - - - 9 

Clark University ------ 1 

Columbia University ------ 5 

Cornell University ------ 3 

-71 

2 

- 1 

2 

-51 

4 



Harvard University - 
Johns Hopkins University 
Michigan Agricultural College - 
Minneapolis Public Library - 
Newberry Library 
Northwestern University Library • 



Oberlin College Library - - - - - 1 

U. S. Library of Congress - - - - 4 

U. S. Surgeon General's Office - - - - 5 

U. S. Department of Agriculture - - - 1 

University of Michigan - - - - - 6 



University of Pennsylvania - 
University of Wisconsin 
Wesleyan University _ - - 
Western Reserve University 
Wisconsin State Historical Society 
Yale University - - - - 



1 

■ 4 
1 

■14 
2 

■ 9 



OHIEr LIBEAEIES TO WHICH THE UNIVEESITY HAS LOANED BOOKS 



Antioch College 

Beloit College 

Bradley Polytechnic Institute 

Butler College - - - 

Cornell College 



1 

-29 

5 

-13 

6 

Denison University 19 

- 10 

- 2 
1 

- 1 
8 

- 3 
2 

- 3 
2 

- 2 
1 

- 1 
4 



Field Columbian Museum 
Grinnell College - _ - 

Harvard University 
Iowa Agricultural College 
Jackson (Michigan) Public Library 
Jacksonville Ladies' Academy - 
Kansas State Normal 
Lake Forest University 
Leland Stanford Junior University 
Marietta College - - - 
Michigan School of Mines 
Milwaukee Public Library 
Northwestern University 



North Carolina College of Agriculture - - 3 

Oberlin College ------ 3 

Ouachita College - - - - - - 26 

Parsons College ------ 10 

Kockford College - - - - - - 11 

University of Cincinnati - - - - 9 

University of Idaho ------ 1 

University of Indiana ----- 1 

University of Iowa - - - - - - 14 



University of Kansas 
University of Michigan 
University of Minnesota 
University of Missouri 
University of Nebraska - 
University of Pennsylvania 
University of Texas 
University of Wisconsin - 
Washington University - 



4 
-13 

4 
-10 

1 

- 1 

10 

168 

1 



TABULATED STATISTICS OF THE TRAVELING LIBRARIES 
1899-1900, 1900-1901, AND 1901-1902 

The following table gives in detail the statistics of the traveling libraries for the last three 



years: 



The University Library 



245 



TABLE XVIII 



Items 



Number of volumes 

Volumes sent out 

Libraries sent out 

Number of states represented 
Cities and towns represented . 

Libraries purchased 

Books purchased 

Books sold 



190O 



3,689 

2,497 

63 

9 

50 

17 

630 

463 



1901 



3,950 

1,965 

44 

6 

37 

12 

535 

228 



1902 



4,387 

2,002 

51 

8 

49 

23 

740 

74 



SPECIAL LIBRARY REGULATIONS 

I. No book, map, manuscript, periodical, pamphlet, print, or other article shall be taken 
from any library, whether by administrative oiEcer, member of Faculty, student, or other 
person, without record of such withdrawal being made at the time. The name of the person 
drawing, the title and accession number of the book drawn, and the date shall be recorded in 
every case. When a book is returned the person returning it shall see that record of return is 
made. 

II. (1) No book under any circumstances may be kept for more than three months without 
renewal, except on the written permission of the Group Library Adviser or the Head of the Depart- 
ment concerned. Any Group or Single Department (if not included in a Group) may shorten 
the period for which a book may be kept out, at its option. 

(2) Books may be drawn from Departmental Libraries by students only over night. The 
hours for the withdrawal and return of books shall be fixed by the Group or Departments con- 
cerned. This permission may be refused by any Group or by any Department (if not included 
in a Group), at its option. 

(3) Members of the Faculty of the Department or Group concerned shall have the privilege 
of drawing books from their Department or Group Library, subject to the provisions of these 
regulations, for a period not to exceed three months. Books so drawn may be renewed at the 
end of the period, if not required by others. Instructors connected with other Departments shall 
be allowed this privilege only on the written permission of the Group Library Adviser or the Head 
of the Department from whose library the book is drawn. This permission shall be only for the 
book and person named, unless a general and continuous permission is specified. Anyone 
desiring to use in the library a book drawn out by an instructor may notify the Library Adviser, 
who may then request the immediate return of the book to the Library. 

(4) The same privilege granted to instructors in the drawing of books may be extended 
to students engaged in the preparation of theses, or other research work of a similar advanced 
character, at the option of the Department concerned. A list of all persons in each Department 
(instructors and students) to whom this privilege is granted shall be kept where at all times it 
may be consulted by the library attendants in the Department or Group Library concerned. 

(5) A member of the Faculty in any Department may grant written permission to draw books 
in Ms name from the Library of the Department concerned for a period not to exceed three 
months. Such permission shall only be for the particular book and person named, and shall not 
be a continuous or general permission. In every case the instructor granting such permission 
shall be personally liable for loss. This permission shall be filed and kept on record by the 
attendant or by the Library Adviser. This privilege may be refused by any Department at its 
option. 



246 The President's Kepokt 

(6) Oiirront numbei-s of periodicals may be withdrawn only on the written permission of 
the Group Library or Head of the Department concerned. 

(7) Books in most frequent use, such as dictionaries, eucyclopaxlias, and the like, books of 
special rarity or value, and books constantly needed for the use of any course, may be withdrawn 
from ciixnilation with the approval of the Group Library Adviser or the Head of the Department. 
Such books shall be marked with a special label (to be procured from the General Library), 
iudicatiug- that the book to which it is attached is not to be taken from the library under any 
circumstances. 

(^8) From the library of the Biological Group complete files of serials not to exceed five in 
munber, and other volumes not to exceed one hundred, may be withdrawn for a period not to 
exceed one year (but with privileg-e of renewal) to be placed in a Department biiilding. The 
original application for such books must be made in writing by the Head of the Department, and 
must be approved by the Group Library Adviser and the Library BoaixL Yearly renewals 
may be made on approval of the Group Library Adviser. Books so drawn shall be treated 
as reserved books and withdrawn from circulation. They shall be under the supeiTision of 
the Head of the Department, or of someone designated by him, and shall be regularly 
inspected by the Library Inspector and the Group Librarian, who shall see that they ai-e kept at 
all times accessible to instructors in all Departments. 

(9) Books may be withdrawn from Group or Departmental Libraries for permanent keeping 
in Laboratories or Museums only when they are duplicate copies of books retained in a Depart- 
mental Library. Such duplicates shall be removed to a Laboratory or Museum room only when 
a locked case is there provided for shelving them. They shall be under the supervision of the 
iustrxictor who has charge of the room, or of someone desiguatetl by him, who shall also keep 
the keys to the case. They shall be inspected regularly by the Library Inspector and the Group 
Librarian or Library Adviser. Such books shall not be withdrawn except upon written permission 
of the instructor in charge. Access to them shall not be denied to other instructors iu any 
Department. 

III. The Library Inspector shall send a notice in every case where a book is kept longer 
than three months without renewal. At the request of the Library Adviser he shall send a notice 
requiring the immediate return of a book which is needed in any library. He shall report to 
the Library Board (through the Librarian) all cases iu which books axe not retxurned within two 
weeks after such notice has been sent. 

IV. Any book lost or not returned within six months after notice has been sent shall either 
be replaced by the person in whose name the book has been drawn, or said person shall pay into 
the hands of the Librarian such a siun as in the opinion of the Librarian is the present market 
value of the book. 

V. Keys to any library room shall be given out only on the wiitten order of the Library 
Adviser concerned. He shall keep a record in every case of the name and addi-ess of the person 
to whom each key is issued, and may i-ecall the key at any time at his option. Xo pei-son to 
whom a key has been given shall lend his key or admit othei-s to the library with it. 

VI. Any pei-son violating these regulations may be denied the privilege of using any or all 
of the libraries of the University, either permanently or for a limited period of time, by a vote 
of the Library Board with the approval of the President. 

VII. At the opening of each Quarter it shall be the duty of the Library Inspector to see 
that all library attendants are instructed in these regulations. 

VIIT. These regulations shall be printed, and a copy shall be sent to each member 
of the Faculty. A copy shall be posted in a conspicuous position iu every library of the 
University. 



The Univehsity Libeaey 



247 



LIST OF PERIODICALS RECEIVED 

A list of current periodicals received by the University. 

The times of issue of periodicals are indicated as follows: d., daily; w., weekly; semi-w., 
semi-weekly; semi-m., semi-monthly; m., monthly; Vji-m., bi-monthly; q., quarterly; semi-a., 
semi-annually; y., yearly. 

The abbreviations for the journals used in exchange are: A. J. S. L. and L., American 
journal of Semitic languages and literatures; A. J. S., American journal of sociology; A. .1. T. 
American journal of theology; A. J., Astrophysical journal; B. W., Biblical world; B. G., 
Botanical gazette; E. S. T., Elementary school teacher; J. G., Journal of geology; .1. P. E., 
Journal of political economy; S. R., School review; U. R., University rojcord; Univ. Fub,, Uni- 
versity puVjlications. The periodicals secured by purchase are marked " pur." 

The abbreviations at the end of the line are for the libraries in which the publications can 
be found. 

Society publications are entered under the name of the society. 

American anthropologist. N. Y. q. pur. 

Anthrop. 
American antiquarian and oriental journal. 



Acadfemie des inscriptions et belles-lettres, 
Paris. See Institut de France. 

Acad^mie des sciences, Paris. See Institut 
de France. 

Acadr'mie internationale de gfiographie bo- 
tanique, Le Mans. Bulletin, m. B. G. Biol. 

Academy and Literature. Lond. w. pur. 

Gen. Lib. 

Academy of natural sciences of Philadel- 
phia. Proceedings, irreg. .J. G. Geol. 

B. G. Biol. 

Academy of science of St. Louis. Trans- 
actions, irreg. J. G. Geol. 

Accountant. Lond. w. pur. 

Acta mathematica. Stockholm. 

Advance. Chic. w. B. W. 
Advocate of peace. Bost. m. 
Agricultural journal. Cape 

free. 
Albany law journal, m. pur. 
Alemannia; Zeitschrift fur Sprache, Kunst 

u. Altertum. Bonn, irreg. pur. Ger. 

Alkoholismus. Dresden, q. pur. Sooiol. (Div.) 
Allgemeine botanische Zeitschrift. Carls- 

ruhe. m. B. G. Biol. 

Allgemeine deutsche Lehrerzeitung. Lpz. 

w. S. R. Ped. 

Allgemeine Zeitung. Beilage. Mun. w. 

pur. Ger. 

Allgemeiner deutscher Sprachverein, Ber. 

Zeitschrift. m. pur. Ger. 

Allgemeines statistLsches Archiv. Vienna. 

irreg. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

American academy of political and social 

science, Phil. Annals, bi-m. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

free. Gen. Lib. 

American annals of the deaf. Wash. 5 nos. 



Com. 


, and Adm. 


irreg. 


pur. 

Math. 
Haskell 


free. 


Haskell 


Town. 


m. 

Geol. 




Law 



A. J. S. 



Sociol. 



Chic. bi-m. B. W. Anthrop. 

pur. Gen. Lib. 

American banker. N. Y. w. .J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

American catholic quarterly review. Phil. 
A. J. S. SocioL 

American chemical journal. (Johns Hop- 
kins university.) Bait. m. pur. Chem. 

American chemical society, Easton, Pa. 
Journal, m. pur. Chem, 

American church and sunday-school maga- 
zine. Phil. m. B. W. Haskell 

American economic association, N. Y. Pub- 
lications, q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

American education. Alb. 10 nos. free. Ped. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

American engineer and railroad journal. 
N. Y. m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

American ephemeris and nautical almanac. 
Wash. y. pur. Astron. 

American federationist. Wash. m. free. 

Pol. Econ. 

American gardening. N. Y. w. free. Biol. 

American geographical society, N. Y. Bulle- 
tin. 5 nos. .J. G. Geol. 
American geologist. Minneapolis, m. .7. G. 

Geol. 

American Hebrew. N. Y. w. free. Haskell 

American historical magazine. Nashville, 
Tenn. q. pur. Hist. 

American historical review. N. Y. q. pur. 

Hist., Sch. of Educ. 

American institute of mining engineers, 
N. Y. Transactions, y. J. G. Geol. 

American journal of anatomy. Bait. q. 
pur. Biol. 

American journal of archaeology. (Archaeo- 
logical institute of America.) Norwood, 
Mass. q. free. Class. 



248 



The Pkesident's Eepoet 



American journal of mathematics. (Johns 

Hopkins university.) Bait. q. pur. Math. 
American journal of philology. (Johns Hop- 
kins university.) Bait. q. B. W. 

Comp. Philol. 
American journal of physiology. Bost. m. 

pur. Biol. 

American journal of psychology. Worcester. 

q. pur, Philos. 

Americal journal of science. (Silliman's.) 

New Haven, m. J. G. Geol. 

free. Biol. 

pur. Physics 

American journal of Semitic languages and 

literatures. (University of Chicago.) Chic. 

q. pur. Gen. Lib., Haskell 

American journal of sociology. (University 

of Chicago.) Chic. bi-m. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Sociol., Pol. Econ. 
American journal of theology. (University 

of Chicago.) Chic. q. pur. Gen. Lib., Haskell 
American kitchen magazine. Bost. m. 

pur. Sch. of Eduo. 

American law register. Phil. m. Univ. 

Pub. Law 

American law review. St. Louis, bi-m. 

J. P. E. Law 

American lumberman. Chic. w. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 

American mathematical monthly. Spring- 
field, Mo. pur. Math. 

American mathematical society, N. Y. Bul- 
letin. lOnos. pur. Math. 

Transactions, q. free. Gen. Lib., Math. 

American medical association. Chic. Jour- 
nal, w. free. Biol. 

American medicine. Phil. w. free. Biol. 

American monthly review of reviews. N. Y. 
J. G. Gen. Lib. 

free. Haskell, Ped. 

J. p. E. Pol. Econ. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

American museum of natural history, N. Y. 
Bulletin, irreg. J. G. Geol. 

American naturalist. Boston, m. free. 

Geol., Biol. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

American negligence reports. N. Y. bi-m. 
pur. 

American oriental society. New Haven. 
Journal, semi-a. pur. 

Haskell, Comp. Philol. 

American philosophical society, Phil. Pro- 
ceedings, irreg. B. G. Gen. Lib. 

■ Transactions, irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

American physical education review. Bost. 
q. E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 



Law 



American quarterly. Bost. pur. Eng. 

American school board journal. Milwau- 
kee, m. free. Ped. 

American statistical association. Bost. 
Publications, q. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Analecta bollandiana. Brussels, q. A. J. 
T. Hist. 

Anatomische Hef te. Wiesbaden. 

1 Abth. Arbeiten aus anatomischen Insti- 
tuten. irreg. pur. Biol. 

2 Abth. Brgebnisse der Anatomic u. 
Entwickelungsgeschichte. y. pur. Biol. 

Anatomischer Anzeiger. Jena, irreg. pur. Biol. 
Anglia; Zeitschrift fur englische Philologie. 

Halle, q. pur. Eng. 

Beiblatt. m. pur. Eng. 

Annalen der Chemie. (Liebig's.) Lpz. 

irreg. pur. Chem. 

Annalen der Naturphilosophie. Lpz. irreg. 

pur. Philos. 

Annalen der Physik. Lpz. m. pur. Physics 

Beiblatter. m. pur. Physics 

Annalen des deutschen Reichs fiir Gesetz- 

gebung, Verwaltung u. Statistik. Mun. 

m. pur. Pol. Econ. 

Annales de chimie et de physique. Paris. 

m. pur. Chem. 

Annales des mines; ou,Recueil de m^moires 

sur I'exploitation des mines. Paris, m. 

J. G. Geol. 

Annales des sciences naturelles. Botanique. 

Paris, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Zoologie. Paris, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Annales des sciences politiques. Paris. 

bi-m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Annales du jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. 

See Buitenzorg, Java. Jardin botanique. 
Annales du midi. Toulouse, q. Univ. Pub. 

Gen. Lib. 

Annales mycologici. Ber. B. G. Biol. 
Annali di matematica pura ed applicata. 

Milan, irreg. pur. Math. 

Annals and magazine of natural history. 

Lond. m. pur. Biol, 

Annals of botany. Lond. q. pur. Biol. 

Annals of Iowa. Iowa City. q. pur. Hist. 

Annals of mathematics. (Harvard univer- 
sity.) Camb. q. pur. Math. 
Ann^e philosophique. Paris, pur. Philos. 

Anthropological institute of Great Britain 

and Ireland, Lond. Journal, q. pur. Anthrop. 

Anthropologie. Paris, bi-m. pur. Anthrop. 

Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. 
Mittheilungen. irreg. pur. Sociol. Folk-Psy. 

Antiquary. Lond. m. pur. Hist. 

Archiv der Mathematik u. Physik. Lpz. 
irreg. pur. Math. 



The Univeesity Libkaey 



249 



Archiv fiir Anatomie u. Entwickelungs- 

geschiohte. Anatomische Abtheilung 

des Archives fur Anatomie u. Physiologie. 

Lpz. bi-m. pur. Biol. 

Archiv fur Anatomie u. Physiologie. Lpz. 

Anatomische Abth. See Archiv fiir 

Anatomie u. Entwickelungsgeschichte. 
Physiologische Abth. See Archiv far 

Physiologie. 
Archiv fur Anthropologie. (Deutsche Ge- 

sellschatt fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologic 

u. Urgeschichte.) Brns. q. pur. Anthrop. 
Archiv fiir das Studium der neueren 

Sprachen u. Literaturen. Brns. 8 nos. 

pur. Ger. 

Archiv fiir die gesammte Physiologie des 

Menschen u. der Thiere. IJonn. irreg. 

pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Eisenbahnwesen. Ber. bi-m. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Archiv fur Entwickelungsmechanik der 

Organismen. Lpz. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Archiv fur experimentelle Pathologie u. 

Pharmakologie. Lpz. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Gesohichte der Philosophie. 

Ber. q. pur. Philos. 

Archiv fiir Gynaekologie. Ber. bi-m. 

pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Hygiene. Mun. irreg. pur. Biol. 
Archiv fiir klinische Chirurgie. Ber. pur. Biol. 
Archiv fiir Kriminal-Anthropologie u. 

Kriminalistik. Lpz. irreg. pur. Sociol. 

Archiv fur lateinische Lexikographie u. 

Grammatik. Lpz. semi-a. pur. Class. 

Archiv fttr Literatur u. Kirchengeschichte 

des Mittelalters. Freiburg, pur. Hist. 

Archiv fiir mikroskopische Anatomie u. 

Entvpicklungsgeschichte. Bonn, irreg. 

pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Ber. bi-m. 

pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir offentliches Recht. Tiibingen, 

Lpz. q. J. P. E. Law 

Archiv fiir Ophthalmologie. Lpz. q. pur. Biol. 
Archiv fiir pathologische Anatomie u. 

Physiologie u. fur klinische Medicin. 

(Virchow's.) Ber. m. pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Physiologie. Physiologische 

Abtheilung des Archives fiir Anatomie u. 

Physiologie. Lpz. bi-m. pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Protistenkunde. Jena. 3 nos. 

pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Psychiatrie u. Nervenkrank- 

heiten. Ber. q. pur. Biol. 

Archiv fiir Religionswissenschaft. Frei- 
burg, i. B. q. pur. Haskell 
Archiv fiir slavische Philologie. Ber. q. 

pur. Comp. Philol. 

Archiv fiir soziale Gesetzgebung u. Statis- 

tik, Ber. irreg. J. P. B. Pol. Econ. 



Archiv fiir systematische Philosophie. Ber. 

q. pur. Philos. 

Archives d'anatomie microscopique. Paris. 

q. pur. Biol. 

Archives d'anthropologie criminelle, de 

criminologie et de psyohologie normale 

et pathologique. Lyons, m. pur. Anthrop. 
Archives de biologie. Lifege. q. pur. Biol. 

Archives de medecine exp^rimentale et 

d'anatomie pathologique. Paris, bi-m. 

pur. Biol. 

Archives de neurologie. Paris, m. pur. Biol. 
Archives de parasitologic. Paris. 7 nos. 

pur. Biol. 

Archives de psychologic. Paris, pur. Philos. 
Archives de zoologie exp^rimentale et g^- 

n^rale. Paris, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Archives des sciences biologiques. St. 

Petersburg, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Archives Internationales de pharmaco- 

dynamie. Ghent, pur. Biol. 

Archives italiennes de biologie. Turin. 

5 nos. pur. Biol. 

Archivio per I'antropologia e la etnologia. 

(Society italiana di antropologia, etno- 
logia e psicologia comparata.) Florence. 

irreg. A. J. S. Anthrop. 

Archivio per le science mediche. Palermo. 

q. pur. Biol. 

Archivio storico italiano. Florence, q. 

pur. Hist. 

Arena. N. Y. m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Arkiv for nordisk filologi. Lund. q. pur. 

Mod. lang. group 
Assembly herald. N. Y. m. free. 

Gen. Lib., Haskell 
Association men. Chic. m. pur. Phys. Cult. 

B. W. Haskell 

Astronomical journal. Bost. irreg. pur. Astron. 
AstronomischeGesellschaft. Lpz. Viertel- 

jahrschrift. pur. Astron. 

Astronomisohe Nachrichten. Kiel, irreg. 

pur. Astron. 

Astrophysical journal. (University of Chi- 
cago.) Chic. 10 nos. pur. Gen. Lib., Astron. 
Athena. Athens, q. pur. Class. 

Athenaeum. Lond. w. pur. Gen. Lib., Eng. 
Atlantic educational journal. Richmond. 

m. free. Gen. Lib. 

Atlantic monthly. Bost. A. J. S. Gen. Lib. 

-^ — free. Ped. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Atlantic reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 

Australian mining standard. Melbourne. 

w. J. G. Geol. 

Bakers' journal. Cleveland, w. free. 

Pol. Econ. 

Bankers' magazine. N.Y. m. J. P.E. Pol. Econ. 



250 



The President's Repoet 



Banking ca 

pur. 
Banking law journal. 

Baptist argus. Louisville, w. 
Baptist commonwealth. Phil. 



Charlottesville, Va. m. 

Law 
N. Y. m. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 

free. Haskell 
w. free. 

Haskell 
Baptist home mission monthly. N. Y. free. 

Haskell 
Bost. m. 

Haskell 

Gen. Lib. 

Haskell 

Law 



Baptist missionary magazine. 

free. 
Baptist union. Chic. w. free. 

B. W. 

Bar. Morgantown, W. Va. pur. 



semitischen 

Haskell 



Biol. 



Beitrage zur Assyriologie u 

Sprachwissenschaft. Lpz. pur. 
Beitrage zur chemischen Physiologie 

Pathologie. Brns. m. pur. 
Beitrage zur Geschichte der deutschen 

Sprache u. Literatur. Halle a. S. 3 nos. 

pur. Ger. 

Beitrage zur Kunde der indogermanischen 

Sprachen. Got. 3 nos. pur. Comp. Philol. 
Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie. 

Jena. bi-m. pur. Biol. 

Berlin. KSniglich-botanischer Garten u. 

Museum. Notizblatt. irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Berliner astronomisches Jahrbuch. pur. 

Astron. 

Berliner klinische Wochenschrift. pur. Biol. 
Berliner philologische Wochenschrift. pur. 

Class. 
Besarione. Rome. pur. Haskell 

BeweisdesGlaubens. Giitersloh. m. A.J. T. 

Haskell 
Bible society record. (Amer. Bible society.) 

N. Y. m. free. Haskell 

Bible student. Columbia, S. C. m. B. W. 

Haskell 
Biblia. Meriden. m. B. W. Haskell 

Biblical world. (University of Chicago.) 

Chic. m. pur. Gen. Lib., Haskell 

Bibliographer. N. Y. 9 nos. pur. Gen. Lib. 
Bibliographia medica. (Index medicus.) 

Paris, m. pur. 
Bibliographic de la France. See Journal 

gdn^ral de I'imprimerie. 
Bibliographischer Monatsbericht fiber neu 

erschienene Schul- u. Universitatsschrif- 

ten. Lpz. m. pur. 
Bibliotheca mathematica. Lpz. q. pur 
Bibliotheca philologica classica. Ber. q. 

pur. Class. 

Bibliotheoe sacra. Oberlin. q. A. J. T. 

Haskell 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Bibliothfeque de I'Ecole des chartes. Paris. 

bi-m. pur. Hist. 



Biol. 



Eng. 
Math. 



Biblische Zeitschrift. Freiburg i.B. B. W. 

Haskell 

Biochemisches Centralblatt. Ber. pur. Biol. 

Biological bulletin. Lancaster, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Biological society of Wash. Proceedings, 
irreg. free. Biol. 

Biologisches Centralblatt. Lpz. semi-m. 
pur. Biol. 

Biometrika. Camb., Eng. q. pur. Biol. 

Bird lore. N. Y. bi-m. pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Birds and nature. Chic. 10 nos. pur. 

Sch. of Educ. 

Blackwood's Edinburgh magazine. Lond., 
N. Y. m. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Blatter fur das Gymnasial-Schulwesen. 
Mun. m. pur. Class. 

Blatter fur Gefangnisskunde. Heidelberg, 
bi-m. pur. Sociol. (Div.) 

Blatter fur pommersche Volkskunde. Stet- 
tin, m. pur. Anthrop. 

Board of trade journal. Lond. w. pur. 

Gen. Lib. 

Bollettino di bibliografia e storia delle 
scienze matematiche. Genoa, q. pur. Math. 

Bollettino di matematiche e di scienze 
fisiche e naturali. Bologna, pur. Math. 

Book buyer. N. Y. m. pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Book news. Phil. m. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Bookman. N. Y. m. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Boston journal of commerce, w. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 

Boston medical and surgical journal, w. 
pur. Biol. 

Boston society of natural history. Pro- 
ceedings, irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Botanical gazette. (University of Chicago.) 
Chic. m. pur. Biol., Gen. Lib. 

Botanical society, Edinburgh. Transac- 
tions and proceedings, irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Botanische Jahrbilcher fur Systematik, 
Pflanzengeschichte u. Pflanzengeogra- 
phie. Lpz. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Botanische Zeitung. Lpz. lAbth. Original- 
abhandlungen. m. B. G. Biol. 

2 Abth. semi-m. B. G. Biol. 

Botanisches Centralblatt. Leyden. w. 
B. G. Biol. 

Botanisk tidsskrift. Copenhagen. 2 nos. 
B. G. Biol. 

Botaniska notiser. Lund. bi-m. B. G. Biol. 

Botaniste. Paris, irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Bradstreet's. N. Y. w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Brain. Lond. q. pur. Biol. 

British Columbia mining record. Victoria, 
m. free. Geol. 

British Columbia reports. Victoria, q. 
pur. Law 

British medical journal. Lond. w. pur. Biol. 



The Univeesitt Libeaet 



251 



British weekly. Lond. A. J. T. Haskell 

Brotherhood of locomotive engineers, Cleve- 
land. Monthly journal, free. Pol. Eoon. 

Brotherhood of locomotive firemen's maga- 
zine. Peoria, m. free. Pol. Econ. 

Buitenzorg, Java. Jardin botanique. An- 
nates. Leyden. irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Bulletin astronomique. Paris, m. pur. 

Astron. 

Bulletin de correspondance hell^nique. 
(Ecole frangaise d'Ath^nes.) Paris, irreg. 
pur. Class. Arch. 

Bulletin de folklore. Brussels, pur. Anthrop. 

Bulletin de I'Herbier Boissier. See Herbier 
Boissier. 

Bulletin de TolEce du travail. Paris, m. 
J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Bulletin de litt^rature eccl&iastique. 
Paris. lOnos. A. J. T. Haskell 

Bulletin de statistique, et de legislation 
compar^e. (France — Minist6re des fi- 
nances.) Paris, m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Bulletin des sciences mathdmatiques. 
Paris, m. pur. Math. 

Bulletin hispanique. Bordeaux, q. pur. 

Eom. 

Bulletin of bibliography. Bost. q. free. 

Gen. Lib. 

Bulletin russe de statistique flnanciSre et 

de legislation. St. Petersburg, irreg. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Bulletin scientifique de la France et de la 

Belgique. Paris, y. pur. Biol. 

Bulletins of American paleontology. 

Ithaca. Univ. Pub. Geol. 

Butlleti del centre excursionista de Cata- 

lunya. Barcelona, m. pur. Anthrop. 

Byzantinische Zeitschrift. Lpz. pur. Class. 
Calabria; rivista di letteratura popolare. 

Monteleone. bi-m. pur. Anthrop. 

California academy of sciences, San Fran. 

Proceedings. Third series, irreg. B. G. Biol. 

J. G. Geol. 

Cambridge (Eng.) philosophical society. 

Proceedings, irreg. J. G. Gen. Lib. 

Canada law journal. Toronto, semi-m. 

pur. Law 

Canadian bankers' association, Toronto. 

Journal, q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Canadian baptist. Toronto, w. B. W. 

Haskell 

Canadian criminal cases annotated. Toron- 
to, bi-m. pur. Law 
Canadian law review. Toronto, m. pur. Law 
Canadian law times. Toronto, m. pur. Law 
Canadien. St. Paul. w. S. E. Ped. 
Carpenter. Phil. m. free. Pol. Econ. 



Case and comment. Rochester, m. pur. Law 
Cassier's magazine. N. Y. m. pur. Pol. Econ. 
Cellule. Lierre. irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Central Baptist. St. Louis, w. B. W. Haskell 
Central law journal. St. Louis, pur. Law 

Central Presbyterian. Richmond, Va. w. 

free. Haskell 

Centralblatt fur allgemeine Gesundheits- 

pflege. Bonn. m. pur. 
Centralblatt fur allgemeine Pathologie u. 

pathologischeAnatomie. Jena, semi-m. 

pur. 
Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Parasiten- 

kunde. Jena. 1 Abt. w. pur. 

2 Abt. semi-m. pur. 

Centralblatt fiir Bibliothekswesen. 

m. pur. 

• Beihefte. irreg. pur. 

Centralblatt fur Nervenheilkunde u- 

chiatrie. Coblenz. m. pur. 
Centralblatt fur Physiologie. Lpz. semi-m. 
Century illustrated monthly magazine. N. 

Y. pur. Gen. Lib., Sch. of Educ 

fcesky lid. Prague, bi-m. pur. Anthrop 

Chamber of commerce journal. Lond. m. 

pur. 
Charities. N. Y. w. pur. 
Charity organization review. 

A. J. S. 
Chautauquan. Springfield, O, 



Biol. 



Biol. 

Biol. 

Biol. 
Lpz. 
Gen. Lib. 
Gen. Lib. 

Psy- 

Biol. 

Biol. 



■ free. 



Com. & Admin. 

Sociol. (Div.) 

Lond. m. 

Sociol. (Div.) 

m. S. R. 

Gen. Lib. 

Sociol., Haskell 



Chemical news and journal of physical 
science. Lond. w. pur. Chem. 

Chemical society, Lond. Journal, m. pur. 

Chem. 

Proceedings, semi-m. pur. Chem. 

Chemiker-Zeitung. Cothen. semi-w. 



Chem. 



Chem. 



pur. 

Chemische Zeitschrift. Lpz. semi-m. pur 

Chemisches Central-Blatt. Lpz. w. pur. 

Chem. 

Bulletin. 

Geol. 

Law 

Law 

Sch. of Educ. 

free. 

Gen. Lib. 

China review. Hongkong, irreg. pur. Anthrop. 
Christian advocate. N. Y. w. B. W. Haskell 
Christian century. Chic. w. B. W. Haskell 
Christian endeavor world. Chic. w. B.W. 

Haskell 

Christian evangelist. St. Louis, w. B.W. 

HaskeU 



Chicago academy of sciences. 

irreg. J. G. 
Chicago law journal, pur. 
Chicago legal news. w. pur. 
Child garden. Chic. m. E.S.T. 
Children's home finder. Chic. m. 



252 



The Peesident's Report 



Christian index. Atlanta, w. A. J. S. Haskell 

Christian intelligencer. N. Y. w. free. Haskell 

Christian leader. Cin. w. free. Haskell 

Christian messenger. Toronto, semi-m. 
free. Haskell 

Christian observer. Louisville, w. free. 

Haskell 

Christian register. Boston, w. free. Haskell 

Christian social union, Bost. Publications, 
m. free. Pol. Econ. 

Christian standard. Cin. w. B. W. Haskell 

Christian work and evangelist. N. Y. w. 
B. W. Haskell 

Christian world. Dayton, w. free. Haskell 

Christliche Welt. Marburg, w. A. J. T. 

Haskell 

Church economist. N. Y. m. free. Haskell 

Church quarterly review. Lend. A.J. T. Haskell 

Cigar makers' official journal. Chic. m. 
free. Pol. Econ. 

Cincinnati society of natural history. Jour- 
nal, irreg. B. G. Biol. 

J. G. Geol. 

Circolo matematico di Palermo. Rendi- 
conti. irreg. pur. Math. 

Classical review. Lond. 9 nos. pur. Class. 

Collier's weekly. N. Y. pur. Phys. Cult. 

Colliery guardian. Lond. w. free. Geol. 

Columbia university, N. Y. Contributions 
to philosophy, psychology and education, 
irreg. S. R. Pad. 

■ Studies in history, economics, and pub- 
lic law. irreg. A. J. S. Sociol. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Columbia university quarterly. Univ. Pub. 

Gen. Lib. 

Commerce, accounts and finance. N. Y. m. 
U. R. Pol. Econ. 

Commercial and financial chronicle. N. Y. 
w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Commons. Chic. m. free. Gen. Lib. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Congregationalist. Bost. w. B. W. Haskell 

CongrSs international des accidents du 

travail et des assurances sociales, Paris. 

Bulletin du comite permanent, q. A.J. 

S. Sociol. 

Congressional record. (U. S. Congress.) 

Wash. (Daily during session.) free. Gen. Lib. 
Connecticut school journal. Meriden. w. 

free. Ped. 

B. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Contemporary review. Lond. m. pur. 

Gen. Lib. 
Co-operation. Chic. w. free. Gen. Lib. 

Cosmopolitan. Irvington-on-Hudson. m. 
free. Gen. Lib. 



Country life in America. 
S. 



N. Y. m. A.J. 

Sociol. 

Critic. N. Y. m. A. J. S. Gen. Lib. 

Critica sociale. Milan, semi-m. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Critical review of theological and philo- 
sophical literature. Edin. bi-m. A. J. 
T. Haskell 

Cumulative book index. Minneapolis, pur. 

Gen. Lib. 

Cumulative index to a selected list of peri- 
odicals. Cleveland, m. and q. pur. Gen. Lib. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Current history. Bost. m. pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Current literature. N. Y. m. free. Gen. Lib. 

Democracy. Lond. w. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Deutsche Blatter fur erziehenden Unter- 
richt. Langensalza. w. S. R. Ped. 

Deutsche botanische Gesellschaft, Ber. 
Berichte. 10 nos. pur. Biol. 

Deutsche botanische Monatsschrift. Arn- 
stadt. B. G. Biol. 

Deutsche chemische Gesellschaft, Ber. 
Berichte. irreg. pur. Chem. 

Deutsche Litteraturzeitung. Ber. w. pur. 

Mod. lang. group 

Deutsche Mathematiker-Vereinigung, Ber. 
Jahresbericht. m. pur. Math. 

Deutsche medicinische Wochenschrift. 
Lpz. pur. Biol. 

Deutsche morgenlandische Gesellschaft, 
Lpz. Zeitschrift. q. pur. Comp. Philol. 

Deutsche Revue. Stut. m. J. P. E. Ger. 

Deutsche Rundschau. Ber. m. pur. Ger. 

Deutsche Worte. Vienna, m. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 

Deutsche Zeitschrift fur Nervenheilkunde. 



Lpz. m. pur. 
Deutsche zoologische Gesellschaft, 

Verhandlungen. irreg. pur. 
Deutscher Palaestina Verein, Lpz. 

theilungen u. Nachrichten. irreg. 



Biol. 



Lpz. 

Mit- 



Biol. 



pur. 

Haskell 



Haskell 

Sociol. 

Eng. 

Gen. Lib. 

m. 

Haskell 
Physics 



Zeitschrift. q. pur. 

Dial. Chic, semi-m. A. J. S. 

J. P. E. 

S.R. 

Ecclesiastical review. Overbrook, Pa, 

A. J. T. 
Eclairage ^lectrique. Paris, w. pur. 
Eoole d'anthropologie de Paris. Revue. 

m. A. J. S. Anthrop. 

Ecole normale sup^rieure, Paris. Annales. 

m. pur. Math. 

Ecole polytechnique, Paris. Journal, y. 

pur. Math. 

Economic journal. (British economic a^so 

elation.) London, q. J. P. E. 



Pol. Econ. 



The University Library 



253 



Economic review. Lond. q. J.P.E. Pol.Econ. 

Economist. Ciiic. w. J.P.E. Pol.Econ. 

Economist. Lond. w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Economista. Florence, w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Economiste f rangais. Paris, w. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Edinburgh medical journal, m. pur. Biol. 

Edinburgh review, q. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Education. Bost lOnos. pur. Ped. 

Education mathematique. Paris, semi-m. 
pur. Math. 

Educational monthly of Canada. Toronto. 
S. R. Ped. 

Educational news. Edin. w. S. R. Ped. 

Educational record. Lond. 3 nos. S. R. Ped. 

Educational review. (Columbia university.) 
N. Y. 10 nos. S. R. Ped. 

Educational review. St. John, N. B. m. 
S. R. Ped. 

Educational times. Lond. m. S. R. Ped. 

Educator-journal. Indianapolis. 10 nos. 
S. R. Ped. 

Egypt exploration fund. Lond. Archaeo- 
logical report, y. pur. Haskell 
Ekonomisk tidskritt. Upsala. m. J.P.E. 

Pol. Econ. 

Electrical world and engineer. N. Y. w. 

pur. Physics 

Electrician. Lond. w. pur. Physics 

Elementary school teacher. (University of 

Chicago.) Chic. pur. Gen.Lib.,Sch.ofEduc. 
Emancipation. Nimes. m. pur. Sociol. (Div.) 
Engineering and mining journal. N.Y. w. 

J. G. Geol. 

Engineering magazine. N. Y. m. pur. 

Physics, Sociol., Sch. of Educ. 
Engineering record. N. Y. w. pur. Sociol. 

Englische Studien. Lpz. irreg. pur. Eng. 

English historical review. Lond. q. pur. 

Hist. 

Enseienement mathtoatique. Paris, bi-m. 
purf Math. 

'E0r)/iepls dpxaioXo7iK7j. Athens, q. pur. 

Class. Arch. 

Episcopal recorder. Phil. w. free. Haskell 

Ethical addresses. Phil. 10 nos. J. P. E. 

Philos. 

Ethical record. N. Y. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Ethnographia. Budapest. 10 nos. pur. 

Anthrop. 

Etudes religieuses, philosophiques, histo- 
riques et littdraires. Paris, semi-m. B. 
^. Haskell 

Euphorion; Zeitschrift fur Litteraturge- 
schichte. Bamberg, q. pur. Ger. 

Evangelical episcopalian. Chic. m. free. 

Haskell 

Examiner. N. Y. w. B. W. Haskell 



m. 



Haskell 

B. 

Haskell 
Pol. Econ. 
See Uni- 



Expositor. Lond. m. A. J. T. 

Expository times. Kinnelf Berrie 
W. 

Packel. Chic. w. free. 

Faculty des sciences de Toulouse. 
versit^ de Toulouse. 

Faith's record. Chic. m. free. SocioL 

Federal reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 

Field Columbian museum, Chic. Publica- 
tions. Anthropological series. irreg. 

Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Botanical series, irreg. 

Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Historical series, irreg. 

Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Ornithological series, irreg. 

Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Report series, y. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Zoological series, irreg. 

Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Financier. N. Y. w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Fliegende Blatter aus dem Rauhen Hause 

zu Hamburg-Horn. m. pur. Sociol. (Div.) 
Flora. Marburg, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Folk-lore. (Folk-lore society.) Lond. q. 
pur. Anthrop. 

Foreign mission journal. Richmond, Va. 

m. free. Haskell 

Forschungen zur brandenburgischen u. 

preussischen Geschichte. Lpz. pur. Hist. 

Fortnightly review. Lond. m. A. J. T. 

Gen. Lib. 

Fortschritte der Medicin. Ber. 36 nos. 

pur. Biol. 

Fortschritte der Physik. Brns. irreg. 

pur. Physics 

Forum. N. Y. q. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Franklin institute, Phil. Journal, m. J. 
Q Physics 

Gael. N.Y. m. pur. Comp. Philol. 

Gazzetta chimica italiana. Rome. m. pur 



Geographical journal. Lond. m. 

pur. 

Geological magazine. Lond 



Chem. 

J. G. Geol. 

Sch. of Educ. 

J. G. Geol. 



Geological society of London. Quarterly 

journal. J. G. Geol. 

German American annals. Phil. m. pur. Ger. 
Germany. Kaiserliches Gesundheitsamt, 

Ber. Arbeitcn. 3 nos. pur. Biol. 

GesellschaftfiirErdkunde, Ber. Zeitschrift. 

10 nos. J. G. Geol. 

Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde, 

Ber. Sitzungsberichte. 10 nos. pur. Biol. 
Giornale degli economisti. Rome. m. J. 

p E. Pol- Been. 

Giornale di matematiche. Naples, bi-m. 

pur. Math. 



254 



The President's Report 



Giornale storioo della letteratura italiana. 

Turin, irreg. pur. Rom. 

Globus. Brns. w. pur. Sociol. Folk-Psy. 

Good government. N. Y. A. J. S. m. Sociol. 
Graphic. Lond. w. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Great round world. N. Y. w. pur. Sch. of Educ. 
Green bag. Best. m. pur. Law 

Guardian. Lond. w. A. J. T. Haskell 

Gunton's magazine. N. Y. m. A. J. S. Sociol. 
Harper's monthly magazine. N. Y. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Sch. of Educ. 
Harper's weekly. N. Y. pur. Gen. Lib., Phys. Cult. 
Hartford seminary record, q. B. W. Haskell 
Harvard graduates' magazine. Camb. 

q. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Harvard law review. Bost. 8 nos. J. P. E. Law 
Haschiloah. Ber. m. free. Haskell 

Hebrew. San Fran. w. free. Haskell 

Hedwigia. Dresden, bi-m. B. G. Biol. 

Helping hand. Bost. m. free. Haskell 

Herald of the golden age. Ilfracombe. m. 

free. Gen. Lib. 

Herbier Boissier, Geneva. Bulletin, m. 

B. G. Biol. 

Hermes; Zeitschrift filr classische Philo- 

logie. Ber. q. pur. Class. 

Hibbert journal. Lond. A. J. T. Haskell 

Historische Vierteljahrschrift. Lpz. pur. Hist. 
Historische Zeitschrift. Mun. bi-m. pur. Hist. 
Hochschul-Nachrichten. Mun. m. free. Ped. 
Homiletic review. N. Y. m. B. W. Haskell 

Homme pr^historique. Paris, pur. Anthrop. 
Humanistisches Gymnasium. Heidelberg. 

m. S. R. Ped. 

Humanite nouvelle. Paris, irreg. A. J. S. 

Sociol. (Div.) 
Hygienische Rundschau. Ber. semi-m. 

pur. Biol. 

Illustrated London news and extras. N. Y. 

w. pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Imperial and Asiatic quarterly review. 

Woking. A. J. S. L. and L. Haskell 

Independent. N. Y. w. pur. Gen. Lib. 

A. J. T. Haskell 

Index and review. Wash. m. pur. Pol. Econ. 
Indian antiquary. Bombay, m. pur. Anthrop. 
Indian evangelical review. Calcutta, q. 

A. J. T. Haskell 

Indian forester. Dehra Dun. m. B. G. Biol. 
Indogermanische Forschungen. Strass- 

burg. irreg. pur. Comp. Philol. 

Industralist. (Kansas state agricultural 
college.) Manhattan, w. free. Pol. Econ. 

Institut de France, Paris. Acad^mie des 
inscriptions et belles-lettres. Comptes 
rendus des stances, bi-m. pur. Haskell 



Academie des sciences. Comptes ren- 
dus hebdomadaires des stances. Univ. 

Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Institut des sciences sooiales, Brussels. 

Annales. irreg. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Institut fur oesterreichische Geschichts- 

forschung, Innsbruck. Mittheilungen.- q. 

pur. Hist. 

Institut Pasteur, Paris. Annales. m. pur. Biol. 
Institute of bankers, Lond. Journal. 9 nos. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Intelligence. Oak Park, semi-m. free. Ped. 
Interior. Chic. w. B. W. Haskell 

free. Gen. Lib. 

Interm^diaire des math^maticiens. Paris. 

m. pur. Math. 

International journal of ethics. Phil. q. 

pur. Philos. 

International monthly. Burlington, Vt. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

International socialist review. Chic. m. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

International studio. N. Y. m. pur. Sch. of Educ. 
International sunday-school evangel. St. 

Louis, m. B. W. Haskell 

Internationale Monatsschrift filr Anatomie 

u. Physiologie. Lpz. pur. Biol. 

Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnographic. 

Leyden. q. pur. Anthrop. 

Internationales Centralblatt filr Anthro- 
pologic u. verwandte Wissenschaften. 

Stettin, bi-m. pur. Anthrop. 

Interstate commerce reports. Rochester. 

irreg. pur. Pol. Econ. 

Iowa normal monthly. Dubuque, free. Ped. 
Iron age. N. Y. w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Iron and coal trades review. Lond. w. J. 

P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Iron moulders' journal. Cin. m. free. Pol. Econ. 
Iron trade review. Cleveland, w. J.P.E. Pol. Econ. 
Istituto botanico di Pavia. Atti. irreg. B. G. Biol. 
Jahrbuch filr Gesetzgebung, Verwaltung 

u. Volkswirtschaft im deutschen Reich. 

Lpz. q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Jahrbuch filr Philosophie u. spekulative 

Theologie. Paderborn. q. pur. Philos. 

Jahrbuch iiber die Fortschritte der Mathe- 

matik. Ber. 3 nos. pur. Math. 

Jahrbilcher fur Nationalokonomie u. Stat- 

istik. Jena. m. pur. Pol. Econ. 

Jahrbilcher filr Psyohiatrie u. Neurologie. 

Lpz. 3 nos. pur. Biol. 

Jahrbilcher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik. 
Lpz. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Jahresbericht ilber die Erscheinungen auf 
dem Gebiete der germanischen Philolo- 
gie. Dresden, irreg. pur. Ger. 



The University Libkaey 



255 



Jahresbericht fiber die Fortschritte der 

classisohen Alterthumswissenschaf t. Lpz. 

irreg. pur. Class. 

Jahresbericht ilber die Portschritte der 

Physiologie. Bonn. y. pur. Biol. 

Jahresbericht uber die Leistungen u. Fort- 

schritte in der gesammten Medicin. Ber. 

bi-m. pur. Biol. 

Jahresberichte filr neuere deutsche Littera- 

turgeschichte. Lpz. q. pur. Ger. 

Jamaica. Botanical department, Kingston. 

Bulletin, m. B. G. Biol. 

Jenaische Zeitschrif t f iirNaturwissenschaf t. 

q. pur. Biol. 

Jewish era. Chic. q. free. Haskell 

Jewish quarterly review. Lend. A. J. S. L. 

and L. Haskell 

Johns Hopkins hospital bulletin. Bait. m. 

pur. Biol. 

Johns Hopkins university, Bait. Studies 

in historical and political science, m. 

J. P. B. Pol. Boon. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Jornal de sciencas mathematicas e astrono- 

micas. Coimbra. irreg. pur. Math. 

Journal and messenger. Cin. w. B. W. Haskell 
Journal asiatique. Paris, bi-m. A. J. S. 

L. and L. Haskell 

Journal de botanique. Paris, m. B. G. Biol. 
Journal de I'anatomie et de la physiologie. 

Paris, bi-m. pur. Biol. 

Journal de math^matiques pures et ap- 

pliqu6es. Paris, q. pur. Math. 

Journal de physiologie et de pathologic 

g^nerale. Paris, bi-m. pur. Biol. 

Journal de physique th&rique et appliqufe. 

Paris, m. pur. Physics 

Journal des dconomistes. Paris, m. J. P. 

E. Pol. Bcon. 

Journal fur die reine u. angewandte Mathe- 

matik. Ber. irreg. pur. Math. 

Journal fur praktische Chemie. Lpz. ir- 
reg. pur. Chem. 
Journal g^n^ral de I'imprimerie et de la li- 

brairie. Paris, w. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Journal of American folk-lore. Bost. q. 

pur. Anthrop. 

Journal of anatomy and physiology. Lond. 

q. pur. Biol. 

Journal of Biblical literature. (Society of 

Biblical literature and exegesis.) Bost. 

semi-a. A. J. T. Haskell 

Journal of botany. Lond. m. B. G. Biol. 

Journal of comparative literature. N. Y. 

pur. Mod. lang. group 

Journal of comparative neurology. Gran- 
ville, q. pur. Biol. 
Journal of education. Bost. w. S. R. Ped. 
Journal of education. Lond. m. S. R. Ped. 



E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Journal of experimental medicine. Bait, 
irreg. pur. Biol. 

Journal of geography. Chic. 10 nos. J. G. Geol. 

S. R. Ped. 

B. G. Biol. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Journal of geology. (University of Chi- 
cago.) Chic. 8 nos. pur. Gen. Lib., Geol. 

Journal of Germanic philology. Blooming- 
ton, q. pur. Ger. 

Journal of Hellenic studies. Lond. semi-a. 
pur. Class. Arch. 

Journal of hygiene. Camb. q. pur. Biol. 

Journal of medical research. Bost. irreg. 
pur. Biol. 

Journal of mycology. Columbus, O. B. G. Biol. 

Journal of nervous and mental disease. 
N. Y. m. B. G. Biol. 

Journal of pathology and bacteriology. 
Edin. 3 nos. pur. Biol. 

Journal of pedagogy. Syracuse, q. S. R. Ped. 

Journal of philology. Lond. y. pur. Class. 

Journal of physical chemistry. (Cornell 
university.) Ithaca. 9 nos. A.J. Chem. 

Journal of physiology. Lond. bi-m. pur. Biol. 

Journal of political economy. JUnversity 
of Chicago.) Chic. q. pur. ~ " ~ 

Journal of social science. Bost. 



Gen. Lib., Pol. Sci, 
irreg. pur. 

Lond, 



Sociol. 



Journal of theological studies, ijona. q. 

A. J. T. Haskell 

Journal of tropical medicine. Lond. 

semi-m. pur. Biol. 

Journal offlciel de la r^publique. Paris, d. 

pur. Pol. Econ. 

Juridical review. Bdin. q. pur. Law 

Justice. Lond. w. free. Gen. Lib. 

Justice of the peace. Lond. w. pur. Law 

Kaiserlich-deutsches archaeologisches In- 

stitut, Ber. Jahrbuch. q. pur. Class. Arch. 
Mittheilungen. Athenische Abthei- 

lung. q. pur. Class. Arch. 
Mittheilungen. Romische Abtheilung- 

en. q. pur. Class. Arch. 

Kaiserlich-koniglich-zoologisch-botanische 

Gesellschaf t, Vienna. Verhandlungen. 9 

nos. B. G. Biol. 

Kaiserlich - konigliches naturhistorisches 

Hof-Museum, Vienna. Annalen. q. B. G. 

Biol. 

J. G. Geol. 

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, 

Vienna. Mathematisch - naturwissen- 

schaftliohe Classe. Anzeiger. semi-m. 

Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Denkschriften. irreg. Univ. Pub. 

Gen. Lib. 



256 



The President's Kepokt 



Sitzungsberichte. irreg. Univ. 

Pub. Gen. Lib. 

PhilosopMsoli - historisohe Classe. 

Sitzungsberichte. irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Kantstudien. Bar. q. pur. Ped. 

Kavyamala. Bombay, pur. Comp. Philol. 

Kew, Royal gardens. Bulletin of miscella- 
neous information. Lond. irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Kinderfebler. Langensalza. bi-m. pur. Ped. 
magazine. Chic. 10 nos. 

Ped. 

Sob. of Educ. 

Springfield, Mass. 

Ped. 



Kindergarten 

S. R. 

E. S. T. 

Kindergarten review. 

10 nos. S. R. 



E. S. T. 

Kirchenbote, 



Michigan city. w. 



Sch. of Educ. 
free. 

Gen. Lib. 

Koeniglich-bayerische Akademie der Wis- 
sensohaf ten, Mun. Mathematisoh-physi- 
kalische Classe. Sitzungsberichte. irreg. 
Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Koeniglich-botanischer Garten u. Museum. 
See Berlin. 

Koeniglich-preussische Akademie der Wis- 
senschaften, Ber. Abhandlungen. y. 
Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Sitzungsberichte. w. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Koeniglich - sachsische Gesellschaf t der 
Wissenschaften, Lpz. Philologisch-his- 
torische Classe. Abhandlungen. irreg. 
Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Berichte. irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Koenigliohe Gesellschaft der Wissenschaf- 
ten, Got. Gelehrte Anzeigen. m. pur. 

Gen. Lib. 

Nachriohten. Geschaftliche Mitthei- 

lungen. semi-a. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse. 

Nachrichten. irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Philologisch-historische Klasse. Nach- 
richten. irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Labour co-partnership. Lond. m. free. 



J. P. E. 



Gen. Lib. 

Sociol. 

Biol. 



Labour gazette. Lond. m. 
Lancet. Lond. w. pur. 
Law journal. Lond. pur. 
Law journal reports. Toronto, pur. 
Law magazine and review. Lond. pur. 
Law notes. Northport, N. Y. m. free. 
Law times. Lond. pur. 
Lawyers' reports annotated. Rochester, 
semi-m. pur. 

Lehrproben u. Lehrgange aus der Praxis 
der Gymnasien u. Realschulen. Halle 
a. S. q. S. R. 

Leland Stanford junior university, Palo 
Alto. Publications. Contributions to 
biology, irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib, 



Law 
Law 
Law 
Law 
Law 

Law 



Ped. 



Library. Lond. 
Library journal. 



Gen. Lib. 



q. pur. 

N. Y. m. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Sch. of Educ. 
Library world. Lond. m. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Linnean society, Lond. Journal. Botany, 
irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Journal. Zoology, irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Lippincott's monthly magazine. Phil. 

free. Gen. Lib., Ped. 

Literarisches Centralblatt f tir Deutschland. 



N. Y. w. A.J. S. 



Ger. 

Gen. Lib. 

Haskell 

Gen. Lib. 

Sociol. 

roma- 

Ger. 
pur. Ger. 



Lpz. w. pur. 
Literary digest. 

free. 

Literary news. N. Y. m. pur. 
Literary world. Bost. m. free. 
Literaturblatt filr germanische u. 

nisohe Philologie. Lpz. m. pur. 
Litterarisches Echo. Ber. semi-m. 
Little chronicle. Chic. w. E. S. T. 

Sch. of Educ. 

Liverpool biological society. Proceedings 
and transactions, y. free. Biol. 

Living age. Bost. w. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Sch. of Educ. 

Living church. Milwaukee, w. free. 

Haskell, Sociol. 

London, Edinburgh and Dublin philosoph- 
ical magazine and journal of science. 
Lond. m. pur. Physios 

London quarterly review, pur. Gen. Lib. 

A. J. T. Haskell 

Lutheran evangelist. Wash. w. free. Haskell 

Lutheran world. Cin. w. free. Haskell 

McClure's magazine. N. Y. m. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Sch. of Educ. 

Magazin fur Litteratur. Ber. w. pur. Ger. 

Malpighia. Genoa, irreg. B. G. Biol. 

Man. London, ra. pur. Anthrop. 

Manchester (Eng.) literary and philosoph- 
ical society. Memoirs and proceedings. 
5 nos. A. J. Gen. Lib. 

Manual training magazine. (University of 
Chicago.) Chic. q. E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Manuel g^n^ral de I'instruction primaire. 
Paris, w. free. Gen. Lib. 

Marine biological association of the United 
Kingdom, Plymouth. Journal, irreg. 
pur. Biol. 

Marine review and marine record. Cleve- 
land, w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Maryland bulletin. Frederick, semi-m. 
free. Gen. Lib. 

Mathematical gazette. Lond. bi-m. pur. Math. 

Mathematische Annalen. Lpz. irreg. 
pur. Math. 

Mathematische Gesellschaft in Hamburg. 
Mittheilungen. irreg. pur. Math. 



The Univeesity Libkaey 



257 



Mathesis. Ghent, m. pur. 
Medical news. N. Y. w. free. 
Messenger and visitor. St. John, N. B, 

free. 
Messenger of mathematics. Lend. 

pur. 
Methodist quarterly review 

Tenn. A. J. T. 
Methodist review. N. Y. bi-m. A. J. T. 



Math. 
Biol. 
w. 

Haskell 
m. 

Math. 



Nashville, 

Haskell 



herald. Detroit. 



Haskell 
w. 
Haskell 



Michigan christian 

B.W. 
Michigan political science association, Ann 

Arbor. Publications, irreg. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 

Midland. Chic. w. pur. Haskell 

Midland municipalities. Marshalltown, la. 
m. free. Sociol. 

Mind. Lond. q. pur. Philos. 

Mind and body. Milwaukee, m. pur. 

Phys. Cult. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Mineralogical magazine and journal of the 
Mineralogical society. Lond. irreg. 
free. Geol. 

Mineralogische u. petrographische Mit- 
theilungen. See Tschermak's mineralo- 
gische u. petrographische mittheilungen. 

Mines and minerals. Scranton. m. free. Geol. 

Mission news of the A. B. F. M. in 
Japan. Yokohama. 10 nos. free. Haskell 

Missionary review of the world. N. Y. m. 

B. W. Haskell 

Mnemosyne. Lpz. q. pur. Class. 

Moderator-topics. Lansing, w. free, Ped. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Modern language association of America, 

Bait. Publications, q. pur. Mod. lang. group 

Modern language notes. Bait. 8 nos. 

pur. Mod. lang. group 

Modern language quarterly. Lond. pur. 

Mod. lang. group 
Mois scientifique. Paris, irreg. free. Biol. 

Monatshef te fur Chemie u.verwandte Theile 

anderer Wissenschaften. Vienna. 10 nos. 

pur. Chem. 

Monatshefte fUr Mathematik u. Physik. 

Vienna, q. pur. Math. 

Monatsschrift fur innere Mission. Giiter- 

sloh. pur. Sociol. (Div.) 

Monatsschrift fur Ohrenheilkunde. Ber. 

pur. Biol. 

Monatsschrift fur Psychiatrie u. Neurologie. 

Ber. pur. Biol. 

Monde des plantes. Le Mans, irreg. 

B. G. Biol. 

Monde ^conomique. Paris, w. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 



Ped. 
Philos. 
Florence, m. 

Biol. 
Lpz. irreg. 

Biol. 
Detroit, m. 

Pol. Econ. 



Monist. Chic. q. S. R. 

pur. 

Monitore zoologico italiano. 

pur. 
Morphologisches Jahrbuch. 

pur. 
Motorman and conductor. 

free. 
Mount Holyoke. South Hadley. 9 nos. 

free. Gen. Lib. 

Moyen Sge. Paris, bi-m. Hist. 

Muenchener medicinische Wochenschrift. 

pur. Biol. 

Muenchener volkswirtschaftliche Studien. 

irreg. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Municipal afifairs. N. Y. q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 
Municipal engineering. Indianapolis, m. 

A. J. S. Pol. Sci. 

Municipal journal. Lond. w. pur. Pol. Sci. 
Municipal journal and engineer. N. Y. m. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Mus6e beige; revue de philologie classique. 

Louvain. pur. Class. 

Mus^e social. Paris, m. A. J. S. Sociol. 

. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Mus^on. Louvain. q. A. J. T. Haskell 

Musical record and review. Bost. m. 

pur. Music 

Nation. N. Y. w. pur. Gen. Lib. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

National association of wool manufacturers, 

Bost. Bulletin, q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

National geographic magazine. Wash. m. 

J. G. Geol. 

. pur. Sch. of Educ. 

National labor tribune. Pittsburg, w. 

free. Sociol. 

Nationalokonomisk tidsskrift. Copng. bi- 

m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Natur u. Schule. Ber. S. K. Ped. 

Nature. Lond. w. pur. Physics, Biol. 

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Freiburg 

i. B. Berichte. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Neighborhood house. Phil w. pur. 

Sociol. (Div.) 

Neue Jahrblicher fur das klassische Alter- 
thum, Geschiohte u. deutsche Litteratur. 
Lpz. 10 nos. pur. Class, 

Neue kirchliche Zeitsohrift; Lpz. m. 
pur. Haskell 

Neue philologische Rundschau. Gotha. 

semi-m. pur. Class. 

Neue Zeit. Stut. w. pur. Pol. Econ. 

Neuere Sprachen. Marburg. 10 nos. 

S. R. Ped. 

Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geologic 

u. Palajontologie. Stut. bi-m. pur. GeoL 



258 



The President's Eepoet 



Beilage. 3 nos. pur. Geol. 

Neuphilologisches Centralblatt. Hannover. 

m. pur. Mod. lang. group 

Neurologisclies Centralblatt. Lpz. semi-m. 

pur. Biol. 

New England historical and genealogical 

register. Bost. pur. Hist. 

New England magazine. Bost. m. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Set. of Educ. 
New phytologist. Lond. m. B. G. Biol. 

New Shaltespeareana. N. Y. q. pur. Eng. 

New voice. N. Y. w. free. Haskell 

New York botanical garden. Bulletin. 

irreg. B. G. Biol. 

New York latin leaflet. Brooklyn, w. free. Lat. 
New York observer, w. B. W. Haskell 

New York teachers' monographs. N. Y. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

New Zealand journal of education. Dune- 
din. E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 
Nineteenth century and after. Lond. m. 

pur. Gen. Lib. 

Nordisk tidsskrift for filologi. Copng. q. 

pur. Ger. 

Nordiskt medicinskt arkiv. Stockholm. 

pur. Biol. 

Norsk magazin for Isegevidenskaben. 

Christiania. pur. Biol. 

North American review. N. Y. nj. J.P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 
Northeastern reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 
Northwestern Christian advocate. Chic. 

w. B. W. Haskell 

Northwestern reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 
Notes and queries. Lond. w. pur. 

Sociol. Folk-Psy. 
Notizie degli scavi di antichit^. Milan. 

irreg. pur. Class. 

Nouvelle revue retrospective. Paris, m. 

pur. Gen. Lib. 

Nouvelles annales de mathematiques. 

Paris, m. pur. Math. 

Nuova notarisia. Padua, q. B. G. Biol. 

Nuovo giornale botanico italiano. Flor- 
ence, q. B. G. Biol. 
Oesterreichische botanische Zeitschrift. 

Vienna, m. B. G. Biol. 

Oesterreichische Handelsschulzeitung. Vi- 
enna, m. S. R. Ped. 
Oesterreichisches archsBologisches Institut, 

Vienna. Jahreshefte. semi-a. pur. 

Class. Arch. 
0ns volksleven. Antwerp, irreg. pur. 

Anthrop. 
Ontario weekly reporter. Toronto, pur. Law 
Open court. Chic. m. B. W. Haskell 

Oregon historical society, Portland. 

Quarterly, pur. Hist. 



Orientalische Bibliographie. Ber. irreg. 
pur. Haskell 

Orientalistische Litteratur-Zeitung. Ber. 
m. A. J. S. L. and L. Haskell 

Our dumb animals. Bost. m. free. Gen. Lib. 

Outing, N. Y. m. pur. 

Phys. Cult., Sch. of Educ. 

Outlook, N. Y. w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

B. W. Haskell 

free. Gen. Lib. 

Oxford university gazette, w. irreg. free. Ped. 

Pacific Baptist. Portland, Ore. w. free. 

Haskell 

Pacific coast miner. San Fran. J. G. Geol. 

Pacific reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 

Palestine exploration fund, Lond. Quar- 
terly statement, pur. Haskell 

Pathological society of Philadelphia. Pro- 
ceedings. 10 nos. free. Gen. Lib. 

Pedagogical seminary. Worcester, q. pur. 

Ped., Sch. of Educ. 

Pennsylvania magazine of history and biog- 
raphy. Phil. q. pur. Hist. 

Pennsylvania school journal. Lancaster, 
m. free. Ped., Sch. of Educ. 

Periodico di matematica. Leghorn, pur. 

Math. 

Petermann's Mitteilungen aus Justus Per- 
thes' geographischer Anstalt. Gotha. m. 
J. G. Geol. 

Pharmaceutical review. Milwaukee, m. 

free. Biol. 

Philadelphia medical journal, w. pur. Biol. 

Philologus; Zeitschrift fiir das klassische 
Alterthum. Lpz. q. pur. Class. 

Philosophical magazine. See London, Ed- 
inburgh, and Dublin philosophical maga- 
zine and journal of science. 

Philosophical review. N. Y. bi-m. A. J. T. Philos. 

Philosophische Studien. Lpz. q. pur. Philos. 

Philosophisches Jahrbuch. Fulda. q. pur. Philos. 

Photographic times-bulletin. N. Y. m. pur. 

Physics, Sch. of Educ. 

Physical review. (Cornell university.) 
N. Y. 10 nos. J. G. Physics 

Physical society of London. Proceedings, 
irreg. pur. Physics 

Physikalische Zeitschrift. Lpz. semi-m. 
pur. Physics 

Plant world. Wash. m. B. G. Biol. 

Political science quarterly. N. Y. J.P.E. Pol.Econ. 

A. J. S. Pol. Sci. 

Popular astronomy. Northfield, Minn. 10 
nos. B. W. Astron. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Popular science monthly. N. Y. A. J. S. Sociol. 

J. G. Geol. 



The Univeesitt Libeaet 



259 



free. ' Pol. Econ. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Posse gymnasium journal. Bost. 11 nos. 
pur. Phys. Cult., Sch. of Educ. 

Piager medicinische Wochenschrift. pur. Biol. 

Pratt institute monthly. Brooklyn. 8 nos. 
free. Gen. Lib. 

Presbyterian banner. Pittsburg, w. free. Haskell 

Presbyterian journal. Phil. w. B. W. Haskell 

Presse m^dicale. Paris, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Primary education. Bost. 10 nos. U. R. Ped. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Primary school. N. Y. 10 nos. free. Sch. of Educ. 

Princeton theological review, q. A. J. T. Haskell 

Protestantisohe Monatshefte. Ber. pur. Haskell 

Psychological review. Princeton, bi-m. A. 
J. S. Philos. 

Monograph supplements, irreg. A. J. S. Philos. 

Public libraries. Chic. 10 nos. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Sch. of Educ. 

Public opinion. N. Y. w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

free. Gen. Lib. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Public policy. Chic. w. free. Gen. Lib. 

Publishers' circular. Lond. w. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Publishers' weekly. N. Y. pur. 

Gen. Lib., Sch. of Educ. 

Pulpit. Cleona, Pa. m. free. Haskell 

Quarterly bibliography of books reviewed 
in leading Amer. periodicals. Blooming- 
ton, pur. Gen. Lib. 

Quarterly journal of economics. (Harvard 
university.) Bost. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

■ A. J. S. Sociol. 

Quarterly journal of microscopical science. 
Lond. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Quarterlyjournalof pureand applied math- 
ematics. Lond. pur. Math. 

Quarterly review. Lond. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Queen's quarterly. Kingston. B. W. Haskell 

Quekett microscopical club, Lond. Journal. 
semi-a. B. G. Biol. 

Questions diplomatiques et coloniales. 
Paris, semi-m. pur. Pol. Sci. 

Railway age. Chic. w. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Railway and engineering review. Chic. w. 
J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Ram's horn. Chic. w. free. Gen. Lib. 

Rassegna bibliografica della letteratura 
italiana. Pisa. m. pur. Rom. 

Record of technical and secondary educa- 
tion. Lond. q. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Recueil de travaux relatifs k la philologie 
et k I'archdologie ^gyptiennes et assy- 
riennes. Paris, q. pur. Haskell 

Recueil des travaux chimiques des Pays- 

Bas. Leyden. bi-m. pur. Chem. 



Reform advocate. Chic. w. B. W. Haskell 

free. Gen. Lib. 

R^forme sociale. Paris, semi-m. free. Pol. Econ. 

A.J.S. Sociol. 

Reformed church review. Lancaster, Pa. 
q. A. J. T. 2 cop. Haskell 

Religious herald. Richmond, w. free. Haskell 

Repr&entation proportionelle; revue men- 
suelle. Brussels, pur. Pol. Sci. 

Review of education. Chic. 10 nos. S. R. Ped. 

Review of reviews. Lond. m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

A. J.S. Sociol. 

free. Geol. 

Review of reviews. Melbourne, m. A. J. S. Sociol. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Revista de archivos, bibliotecos y museos. 

Madrid, pur. Rom. 

Revolution f rangaise. Paris, m, pur. Hist. 

Revue. Paris, semi-m. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Revue arch^ologique. Paris, bi-m. pur. 

Class. Arch. 

Revue biblique Internationale. (Ecole pra- 
tique d'etudes bibliques.) Paris, q. B.W. Haskell 

Revue bryologique. Orne. bi-m. B. G. Biol. 

Revue celtique. Paris, q. pur. Comp. Philol. 

Revue chr^tienne. Paris, m. A. J. T. Haskell 

Revue critique d'histoire et de litt^rature. 
Paris, w. pur. Class. 

Revue d'histoire diplomatique. Paris, q. 
pur. Hist. 

Revue d'histoire eccl&iastique. Louvain. 
A. J. T. HaskeU 

Revue d'histoire et de litt^rature religieuses. 
Paris, bi-m. B. W. Haskell 

Revue d'histoire litt^raire de la France. 
Paris, q. pur. Rom. 

Revue d'histoire moderne'et contemporaine. 
Paris, pur. Hist. 

Revue de droit international et de legisla- 
tion comparee. Brussels, bi-m. pur. Pol. Sci. 

Revue de I'histoire des religions. Paris, 
bi-m. pur. Haskell 

Revue de I'orient latin. Paris, irreg. pur. Hist. 

Revue de la renaissance. Paris, pur. Rom. 

Revue de math^matiques. Turin, irreg. 
pur. Math. 

Revue de m^taphysique et de morale. Paris, 
bi-m. A. J. S. Philos. 

Revue de philologie, de litt^rature et d'his- 
toire anciennes. Paris, q. pur. Class. 

Revue de thdologie et de philosophie. Lau- 
sanne, bi-m. A. J. T. HaskeU 

Revue des deux mondes. Paris, semi-m. 
pur. Gen. Lib. 

Revue des etudes grecques. (Association 
pour I'encouragement des etudes 
grecques.) Paris, irreg. pur. Class. 



260 



The President's Keport 



m. A. J. S. 
Revue mycologique. 
Revue neurologique. 
Revue pedagogique. 
Revue penitentiaire. 



Revue des etudes liistoriques. Paris, pur. Hist. 
Revue des etudes juives. Paris, irreg. 

A. J. S. L. and L. Haskell 
Revue des langues romanes. Paris, bi-m. 

pur. Rom. 

Revue des questions historiques. Paris, q. 

pur. Hist. 

Revue des traditions populaires. Paris, m. 

pur. Anthrop. 

Revue du christianisme social. Vals. 10 

nos. pur. Sociol. (Div.) 

Revue du travail. Brussels, m. J. P. E. Pol.Econ. 
Revue gen^rale de botanique. Paris, m. 

B. G. Biol. 
Revue gto^rale des sciences pures et ap- 

pliqu^es. Paris, semi-m. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Revue hispanique. Paris, irreg. pur. Rom. 

Revue historique. Paris, bi-m. pur. Hist. 

Revue Internationale de I'enseignement. 
Paris, m. S. R. Ped. 

Revue Internationale de p^dagogie com- 
parative. S^v^rac. 10 nos. S. R. Ped. 

Revue Internationale de sociologie. Paris. 

Sociol. 
Toulouse, q. B. G. Biol. 
Paris, semi-m. pur. Biol. 
Paris, m. S. R. Ped. 

Paris. 8 nos. pur. Sociol. 

Revue philosophique de la France et de 

I'etranger. Paris, m. pur. Philos. 

Revue politique et parlementaire. Paris, 
m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Revue soientiflque. Paris, w. B. G. Biol. 

Revue semestrielle des publications math^- 
matiques. (Soci^t6 mathematique d' Am- 
sterdam.) semi-a. pur. Math. 

Revue s^mitique. Paris, q. pur. Haskell 

Revue sociale catholique. Louvain. m. 
A. J. S. Sociol. 

Revue socialiste. Paris, m. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Rheinisches Museum furPhilologie. Frank- 
furt, q. pur. Class. 

Rhodora. Bost. m. pur. Biol. 

Riforma sociale. Turin, m. J. P. E. Pol.Econ. 

Rivista della beneflcenza pubblica. Bolog- 
na, m. A. J. S. Sociol. (Div.) 

Rivista di discipline carcerarie. Rome, 
semi-m. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Rivista di fllologia e d'istruzione olassica. 

Turin, q. pur. Class. 

Rivista filosofica. Pavia. 5 nos. pur. Philos. 

Rivista internazionale. Rome. m. A. J. S. 

Sociol. 

Rivista italiana di sociologia. Rome. bi-m. 
A. J. S. Sociol. 

Rivista moderna politica e letteraria. Rome, 
semi-m. A. J. S. Sociol. 



Rivista politica e letteraria. Rome, irreg. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Rivista sperimentale di freniatria. Reggie. 

q. pur. Biol. 

Rivista storica italiana. Turin, q. A.J. S. Hist. 
Romania. Paris, q. pur. Rom. 

Royal agricultural society of England, Lond. 

Journal, irreg. pur. Pol. Econ. 

Royal Asiatic society of Great Britain and 

Ireland, Lond. Journal, q. pur. Haskell 

Royal astronomical society, Lond. Monthly 

notices. 9 nos. pur. Astron. 

Royal microscopical society, Lond. Jour- 
nal, bi-m. B. G. Biol. 
Royal society of Edinburgh. Proceedings. 

q. pur. Physics 

Royal society of London. Botanical papers 

from the philosophical transactions. 

irreg. pur. Biol. 

Proceedings, irreg. pur. Gen. Lib., Physics 

Royal statistical society, Lond. Journal. 

q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Russische medicinische Rundschau. Ber. 

m. pur. Biol. 

Sabbath recorder. Plainfleld, N. J. w. 

free. Haskell 

St. Nicholas. N. Y. m. pur. Sch. of Educ. 

St. Vincent de Paul quarterly. N. Y. pur. 

Sociol. (Div.) 
Saints' herald. Lamoni, Iowa. w. free. 

Haskell 
Salvation. N. Y. m. free. Haskell 

Sanitarian. N. Y. m. A. J. S. Sociol. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Schmidt's Jahrbucher der in- und ausland- 

ischen gesammten Medicin. Lpz. m. 

pur. Biol. 

School and home education. Bloomington. 

10 nos. S. R. Ped. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

School bulletin. Syracuse, m. free. Ped. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

School education. Minneapolis. 10 nos. 

free. Gen. Lib. 

School journal. N. Y. w. S. R. Ped. 

School news. Taylorville, 111. 11 nos. free. Ped. 
School of mines quarterly. (Columbia uni- 
versity.) N. Y. J. G. Geol. 
School review. (University of Chicago.) 

Chic. 10 nos. pur. Gen. Lib., Ped. 

School science. Chic. 9 nos. S. R. Ped. 

Sch. of Educ. 
Lond. m. S. R. Ped. 



E. S. T. 

School world. 
Science. N. Y. ■ 

J. G. 

B. G. 

Science abstracts, 



free. 



Lond. m. 



pur. 



Biol. 

Geol. 
Physics 
Physics 



The University Libeaey 



261 



Science and industry. Scranton, 



Science sociale. 

A.J. S. 

Scientific American. 
Supplement, 



Paris, m. 



m. pur. 

Sch. of Educ. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Sociol. 

N.Y. w. pur. Sch. of Educ. 

w. pur. Sch. of Educ. 



Scienza sociale. Venice, irreg. A. J. S. Sociol. 
Scots law times. Edin. pur. Law 

Scottish geographical magazine. (Royal 

Scottish geographical society.) Edin. m. 

J. G. Geol. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Scottish law reporter. Edin. w. pur. Law 

Scottish law review. Glasgow, m. pur. Law 
Scribner's magazine. N. Y. m. J. P. E. 

Gen. Lib. 

pur. Sch. of Educ. 

Semaine m^dicale. Paris, pur. Biol. 

Sezatoarea. Falticeni. irreg. pur. Anthrop. 
Skandinavisches Archiv fur Physiologie. 

Lpz. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Social democrat. Lond. m. free. Gen. Lib. 
Sociale Rundschau. Vienna, m. A. J. S. Sociol. 
Socialistische Monatshefte. Ber. J. P. E. 

Pol. Econ. 
Society, asiatica italiana, Florence. Gior- 

nale. A. J. S. L. and L. Haskell 

Soci^t^ anatomique de Paris. Bulletins et 

m^moires. 10 nos. pur. Biol. 

Society botanique de Prance, Paris. Bul- 
letin. 8 nos. pur. Biol. 
Society ehimique de Paris. Bulletin. 

semi-m. pur. Chem. 

Soci^t^ d' anthropologic de Paris. Bulletin 
et m^moires. bi-m. pur. Anthrop. 

Society de biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 
hebdomadaires des stances, pur. Biol. 

Soci^t^ de I'histoire de Normandie, Rouen. 
Bulletin, pur. Hist. 

Soci^t^ de legislation compar^e, Paris. Bul- 
letin mensuel. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Society de statistique, Paris. Journal, m. 
J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Society franjaise de philosophie, Paris. 
Bulletin. 8 nos. pur. Philos. 

Society gdologique de Belgique, Lifege. An- 
nales. irreg. J. G. Geol. 

Society g^ologique de France, Paris. Bul- 
letin. 5 nos. J. G. Geol. 

Society imp^riale des naturalistes, Moscow. 
Bulletin, irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Society math^matique de France, Paris. 
Bulletin, q. pur. Math. 

Society royale beige de geographic, Brus- 
sels. Bulletin, bi-m. J. G. Geol. 

Society royale de botanique de Belgique, 
Brussels. Bulletin, irreg. B. G. Biol. 



Society royale de gfographie d'Anvers. 

Bulletin, q. J. G. Geol. 

Societe scientiflque et m^dicale de 1' Quest, 

Rennes. Bulletin. B. G. Gen. Lib. 

Society of Biblical archaeology, Lond. 

Proceedings. 9 nos. pur. Haskell 

Society of chemical industry, Lond. semi- 

m. pur. Chem. 

Society of comparative legislation, Lond. 

Journal, irreg. A. J. S. Sociol. 

Solicitor's journal and reporter. Lond. w. 

pur. Law 

Sound currency. N. Y. q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 
South African pioneer. Lond. m. free. Haskell 
South Carolina historical and genealogical 

magazine. Charleston, q. pur. Hist. 

Southeastern reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 
Southern history association, Wash. Pub- 
lications, bi-m. pur. Hist. 
Southern reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 
Southwestern reporter. St. Paul. w. pur. Law 
Sperimentale. Florence, q. pur. Biol. 
Sphinx. Upsala. pur. Haskell 
Stahl u. Eisen. Diisseldorf. semi-m. J. 



Chic. w. A. J. T. 



Lund. 



Pol. Econ. 

Haskell 

Gen. Lib. 

5 nos. 

Pol. Econ. 



Freiburg i. B. 

Haskell 

Sch. of Educ. 

pur. Gen. Lib. 

m. free. Sociol. 

J. T. Haskell 

Literaturge- 

Ger. 
free. Ped. 
w. B. 



P. E. 
Standard, 

free. 

Statsvetenskaplig tidskrift. 

J. P. E. 
Stimmen aus Maria-Laach. 

A. J. T. 
Stone. Chic. m. pur. 
Strand magazine. Lond. m. 
Street railway review. Chic. 
Studi religiosi. Florence. A, 
Studien zur vergleichenden 

schichte. Ber. irreg. pur. 
Suisse universitaire. Geneva, m 
Sunday-school chronicle. Lond. 

W. Haskell 

Sunday-school times. Phil. w. B. W. Haskell 
Sunday-school world. N. Y. m. free. Haskell 
Sunset. San Fran. 10 nos. free. Gen. Lib. 

Tailor. Bloomington. m. free. Pol. Econ. 

Teachers' college record. N. Y. 5 nos. 

S. R. Ped. 

E. S. T. Sch. of Educ. 

Texas state historical association, Austin. 

Quarterly, pur. Hist. 

Theologisch tijdschrift. Leyden. bi-m. 

B. W. Haskell 
Theologische Literaturzeitung. Lpz. 

semi-m. B. W. Haskell 

Theologische Quartalschrift. Tubingen. 

A. J. T. Haskell 

Theologische Revue. Miinster. semi-m. 

free. Haskell 



262 



The Peesident's Report 



Theologische Rundschau. Ttibingen. m. 

A. J. T. Haskell 

Theologiscte Studien. Utrecht, bi-m. 

A. J. T. Haskell 

Theologischer Jahresbericht. Ber. 5 nos. 

A. J. T. Haskell 
Theologisches Literaturblatt. Lpz. w. 

pur. Haskell 

Therapeutische Monatshefte. Ber. pur. Biol. 
Tidings. Chic. m. free. Haskell 

Times law reports. Lond. pur. Law 

Torrey botanical club, N. Y. Bulletin, m. 

B. G. Biol. 
T'Oung Pao. Leyden. 5 nos. pur. Anthrop. 
Travelers' record. Hartford, m. free. Haskell 
Tschermak's mineralogische u. petrogra- 

phische Mittheilungen. Vienna, bi-m. 

J. G. Geol. 

Typographical journal. Indianapolis, m. 

free. Pol. Econ. 

Union signal. Chic. w. free. Haskell 

United brethren review. Dayton, bi-m. 

B. W. Haskell 

Unity. Chic. w. free. Haskell 

University catholique. Lyons, m. A. J. T. 

Haskell 
University de Toulouse. Bulletin, irreg. 

Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

— — Faculty des sciences. Annales. Paris. 

q. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

University correspondent. Lond. semi-m. 

free. Gen. Lib. 

University of California, Berkeley. Uni- 
versity chronicle, irreg. U. R. Gen. Lib. 
University of Kansas, Lawrence. Bulletin. 

irreg. J. G. Geol. 

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. 

Bulletin. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

University of Pennsylvania, Phil. Botanical 

laboratory. Contributions, irreg. Univ. 

Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Bulletin. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 

Publications. Astronomy, irreg. Univ. 

Pub. Gen. Lib. 
Contributions from the laboratory 

of hygiene, irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen. Lib. 
Philosophical series, irreg. Univ. 

Pub. Gen. Lib. 
Political economy and public law 

series, irreg. Univ. Pub. Gen Lib. 

University of Tennessee record. Knoxville. 

irreg. free. 
Verein fur niederdeutsche 

schung, Norden. Jahrbuoh. 

Korrespondenzblatt. pur. 

Verein fur Volkskunde, Ber. 

q. pur. 



Gen. Lib. 
Sprachfor- 
pur. Ger. 

Ger. 
Zeitechrift. 
Sociol. Folk-Psy. 



Verein fur wissenschaftliche Padagogik, 
Dresden. Jahrbuoh. pur. Ped. 

Victoria institute ; or, Philosophical society 
of Great Britain, Lond. Journal of the 
transactions, y. pur. Haskell 

Vierteljahrs-Katalog der Neuigkeiten des 
deutschen Buchhandels. Lpz. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Vierteljahrsschrift fur wissenschaftliche 
Philosophie u. Soziologie. Lpz. pur. Philos. 

Virginia law register. Lynchburg, pur. Law 

Virginia magazine of history and biography. 
Richmond, q. pur. Hist. 

Virginia school journal. Richmond, irreg. 
free. Ped. 

Volkskunde. Ghent, m. pur. Anthrop. 

Vorderasiatische Gesellschaft, Ber. Mit- 
theilungen. bi-m. pur. Haskell 

Wallonia. Lifege. m. pur. Anthrop. 

Washington academy of sciences. Proceed- 
ings, irreg. free. Gen. Lib. 

Watchman. Bost. w. B. W. Haskell 

Watchword and truth. Bost. m. free. Haskell 

Weekly reporter. Lond. pur. Law 

West Virginia school journal. Charleston. 
9 nos. free. Ped. 

Westermann's illustrierte deutsche Monats- 
hefte. Ber. m. pur. Ger. 

Western recorder. Louisville, w. free. Haskell 

Western school journal. Topeka, Kan. m. 

free. Ped. 

Westminster. Toronto, m. B. W. Haskell 

Westminster review. Lond. m. pur. Gen. Lib. 

Wiener klinische Wochenschrift. pur. Biol. 

Wiener Studien. semi-a. pur. Class. 

Wiener Zeitschrift fur die Kunde des Mor- 
genlandes. q. pur. Haskell 

William and Mary college quarterly histor- 
ical magazine. Williamsburg, pur. Hist. 

Wisconsin journal of education. Madison, 
m. free. Ped. 

Wochenschrift filr klassische Philologie. 
Ber. pur. Class. 

Wiichentliches Verzeichnis der erschie- 
nenen u. der vorbereiteten Neuigkeiten 
des deutschen Buchhandels. Lpz. pur. 

Gen. Lib. 

World's work. N. Y. m. A. J. S. Gen. Lib. 

Yale law journal. New Haven, pur. Law 

Yale review. New Haven, q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

A. J. S. Sociol. 

Zeitschrift fur agyptische Sprache. Lpz. 

irreg. pur. Haskell 

Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine physiologie. 

Jena, irreg. pur. Biol. 

Zeitschrift fiir analytische Chemie. Wies- 
baden, m. pur. Cham. 



The University Libkaey 



263 



Zeitsclirift ftir anorganische Chemie. Ham- 
burg, irreg. pur. Chem. 
Zeitschrift fur Assyriologie. Strassburg. 

q. pur. Haskell 

Zeitsclirift fur Biologie. Mun. irreg. pur. Biol. 
Zeitsclirift fur celtische PMlologie. Halle. 

semi-a. pur. Comp. Philol. 

Zeitschrift fur das gesammte kaufman- 

nische Unterrichtswesen. Brns. m. S. R. Pad. 
Zeitschrift fiir das Gymnasialwesen. Ber. 

m. pur. Class. 

Zeitschrift fur das Privat- u. oflfentliche 

Reoht der Gegenwart. Vienna, q. pur. Law 
Zeitschrift fiir den deutschen Unterricht. 

Lpz. m. pur. Ger. 

Zeitschrift fur deutsche Philologie. Halle. 

q. pur. Ger. 

Zeitschrift fiir deutsche Wortforschung. 

Strassburg. irreg. pur. Ger. 

Zeitschrift fiir "deutsches Alterthum u. 

deutsche Litteratur. Ber. q. pur. Ger. 

Zeitschrift fiir die alttestamentliche Wis- 

senschaft. Giessen. semi-a. A. J. S. L. 

and L. Haskell 

Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte Staatswissen- 

schaft. Tilbingen. q. J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Zeitschrift fiir die neutestamentliche Wis- 

senschaft. Giessen. q. A. J. T. Haskell 

Zeitschrift fiir die osterreichischen Gym- 

nasien. Vienna, m. S. R. Class. 

Zeitschrift fur Elektrochemie. Halle, w. 

pur. Chem. 

Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologic. Ber. bi-m. 

pur. Anthrop. 

Zeitschrift fiir franzosische Sprache u. Lit- 

eratur. Ber. irreg. pur. Rom. 

Zeitschrift fur Heilkunde. Vienna, m. 

pur. Biol. 

Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene u. Infectionskrank- 

heiten. Lpz. 9 nos. pur. Biol. 

Zeitschrift fiir Instrumentenkunde. Ber. 

m. pur. Physics 

Zeitschrift fiir kathologische Theologie. 

Innsbruck, q. A. J. T. Haskell 

Zeitschrift fiir Kirohengeschichte. Gotha. 

q. pur. Haskell 

Zeitschrift fiir klinischeMedicin. Ber. pur. Biol. 
Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie u. Min- 

eralogie. Lpz. 10 nos. pur. Geol. 

Zeitschrift fiir Mathematik u. Physik. Lpz. 

q. pur. Math. 

Zeitschrift fiir mathematischen u. natur- 

wissenschaftlichen Unterricht. Lpz. 8 

nos. pur. Math. 

Zeitschrift fur Missionskunde u. Religions- 

wissenschaft. Heidelberg, m. free. Haskell 



Zeitschrift fiir Morphologic u. Anthropolo- 
gic. Stut. 3 nos. pur. Biol. 
Zeitschrift fiir Ohrenheilkunde. Wiesba- 
den, pur. Biol. 
Zeitschrift fiir Philosophie u. Padagogik. 

Langensalza. bi-m. S. R. Ped. 

Zeitschrift fiir Philosophie u. philoso- 

phisohe Kritik. Lpz. q. pur. Philos. 

Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie, StS- 

chiometrie u. Verwandtschaftslehre. Lpz. 

irreg. pur. Chem. 

Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie. 

(Hoppe Seyler.) Strassburg. irreg. pur. Biol, 
Zeitschrift fiir praktische Geologie. Ber. 

m. J. G. Geol. 

Zeitschrift fiir Psychologie u. Physiologie 

der Sinnesorgane. Lpz. irreg. pur. Philos. 
Zeitschrift fiir romanische Philologie. 

Halle, bi-m. pur. Rom. 

Zeitschrift f ii r Schulgesundheitspflege. 

Hamburg, m. S. R. Ped. 

Zeitschrift fiir Sooialwissenschaft. Breslau. 

m. J. P. E. and A. J. S. Pol. Econ. 

Zeitschrift fiir Theologie u. Kirche. Tii- 

bingen. bi-m. A. J. T. Haskell 

Zeitschrift fur vergleichende Litteratur- 

geschichte. Weimar, irreg. pur. Ger. 

Zeitschrift fiir vergleichende Sprach- 

forschung. Giltersloh. 3 nos. pur. Comp. Philol. 
Zeitschrift fiir Volkswirtschaft, Social- 

politik u. Verwaltung. Vienna, bi-m. 

J. P. E. Pol. Econ. 

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Mikro- 

skopie u. fiir mikroskopische Technik. 

Brns. q. pur. Biol. 

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Theologie. 

Lpz. q. puT. Haskell 

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie. 

Lpz. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Zentralblatt fur innere Medizin. Lpz. w. 



pur. 



Biol. 



Zion's advocate. Portland, Me. w. B. W. Haskell 
Zion's herald. Bost. w. free. Haskell 

Zoological society of London. Proceedings. 

q. pur. Biol. 

Zoologische Jahrbucher. Jena. 

Abth. fur Anatomic u. Ontogenie der 
Thiere. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Abth. fur Systematik, Geographic u. 
Biologie der Thiere. irreg. pur. Biol. 

Zoologische Station zu Neapel. Mittheilung- 



en. irreg. pur. 



Biol. 



Zoologischer Anzeiger. (Deutsche zoolo- 
gische Gesellschaft.) Lpz. semi-m. pur. Biol. 

Zoologischer Garten. Frankfort a. M. m. 
pur. Biol. 

Zoologisches Zentralblatt. Lpz. semi-m. pur. Biol. 



264 The President's Kbpoet 

THE LIBRARY OF PROFESSOR VON HOLST 
January 15, 1900, the Trustees of the University of Chicago formally accepted from Pro- 
fessor Hermann Eduard von Hoist, of the Department of History, his private library. The gift 
was accompanied by the following conditions : 

1. That the University provide Mr. von Hoist with a catalogue for his own private use of 
the books in this collection, the same to be made under his direction, and according to his 
convenience. 

2. Each book to be plainly labeled as the gift of Mr. von Hoist, it being understood that 
no special gift plate be provided 

3. The University to defray all expense of cataloguing, plating, and transfer of the collec- 
tion to the University. 

4. The books to be delivered to the General Library for the present, leaving the matter 
open as to their ultimate destination. 

REPORT 

January 17 the work on Professor von Hoist's library began. Miss Cora Belle Perrine 
having been secured by the Trustees to have charge of the technical work on the library. 

The library contains a total number of 1,250 books and 200 pamphlets. The collection is 
strongly historical, but contains some books on other subjects. It is especially rich in periodical 
literature, among which is a file of the celebrated Niles Register, complete with the exception 
of Vol. LXIII, fifth series. No. 13. 

In addition to the interest which attaches to this collection as being the tools of Professor von 
Hoist's own work, it has an additional value from the fact that many of its books are presenta- 
tion copies from authors, students, and governmental officials. Conspicuous among these is a 
volume containing a presentation inscription and autograph of President Rutherford B. Hayes. 

THE LIBRARY OF DR. GEORGE WASHINGTON NORTHRUP 

On March 12, 1900, Dr. George Washington Northrup formally presented to the Univer- 
sity of Chicago his valuable private library, numbering in all 1,050 volumes and between 300 
and 400 pamphlets. 

The library is composed chiefly of books in the departments of Systematic Theology and 
Ethics, with a small group of fine reference books. The chief value of this collection lies in the 
fact that the library was gathered year by year imder Dr. Northrup's personal direction, each 
book being selected with special care, and the whole collection kept so constantly pruned and 
overhauled that the usual drift material to be found in all private libraries is in this one con- 
spicuous by its absence. 

Dr. Northi-up especially requested that the Librarian, Zella Allen Dixson, who during her 
librarianship of the Baptist Union Theological Seminary had had special care and oversight of 
these books, should personally divide the library into two groups, selecting in one books to be 
placed in the Divinity Library of Haskell Museum, and the other to become part of the circu- 
lating department of the General Library. 

The University Trustees through the Library Department furnished Dr. Northrup a com- 
plete catalogue of the books thus presented. 

NEEDS OF THE LIBRARY 

1. The Board of Trustees having made an-angements for the better housing in the near 
future of the collections which comprise the University Library, it is unnecessary to explain in 
detail the pressing needs which are at present created by the overcrowded condition of the 
present insufficient Library accommodations. 



The Univeksitt Library 265 

2. The Library needs in the near future still fxirther to extend its rearrangement of 
Departmental Libraries into appropriate groups. The following group is suggested as the next 
one to be formed: 

The Mathematical Group, to be composed of the libraries of the Departments of Mathe- 
matics, Astronomy (Ryerson), and Physics. 

This rearrangement is recommended for the following reasons : 

a) It would enable these Departmental Libraries to be more elSciently and economically 
administered. 

b) It would save the expense of duplicating works of equal interest to each of the three 
Departments. 

c) Readers and investigators would be able to use each of the three Departments with less 
waste of time and energy than is possible under the present system. 

d) The work of the Departments concerned will be brought into closer connection and 
harmony. 

e) It would furnish an arrangement under which the University could give these Depart- 
ments better library administration by employing a trained librarian for the group. 

3. At present the work of the Library is cramped by the lack of a sufficiently large staff. 
The work of the accession of books and the accession of periodicals is at present carried on by 
the same assistant, notwithstanding the fact that it is a physical impossibility for one person to 
carry so much work. It is, therefore, necessary as a regular thing to permit the accessioning of 
books to fall constantly behind. There is much accessioning on books in special collections 
urgently needing to be done. It is respectfully requested that in the near future an extra 
assistant be added to the regular staff, whose duty it shall be to accession books only, devoting 
such time as is not needed for newly purchased books in accessioning books in special collec- 
tions, whose accessions have never been written. 

It is desired also to call attention to the fact that the Department of the Traveling Libra- 
ries connected with the Extension Division is increasing so rapidly that it can no longer be 
carried forward as it should be without added assistance. It is undesirable to curtail in any 
way the activities of this department, but the aim should rather be to permit it to develop as 
much as possible, providing for it new avenues of growth. It is respectfully suggested that, if 
more assistance would be given the Library in this direction, a Department of Home Libraries 
in connection with the work of women's clubs could be undertaken, with results which would 
redound to the credit and usefulness of the University. 

4. The work of the Loan-Desk Department, as will be seen by the tabulated statistics in 
this report, has very greatly increased with each year. During the last six months this depart- 
ment became so burdened that a student assistant was added to the loan-desk during the two 
hours of the day when the demand for books reaches its maximum. This has not provided 
sufficient help, and the Library administration desires earnestly to request that an assistant, on 
full time, be given to the regular loan-desk attendant. Unless this need is met, the Library 
will be wholly unprepared to give to the increased number of readers, which a better Library 
building will undoubtedly bring, the prompt and efficient service which has been rendered in 
the past. 

5. A stenographer should be added to the staff to assist the Librarian in caring for the 
ever-increasing business correspondence, and communications with members of the University, 
the solicitation on a large scale of the publications of associations and institutions, securing 
municipal and state documents, preparing reports, arranging exchanges of duplicates, and other 
similar work, which at present is carried on in an unbusinesslike and inefficient manner, through 
the lack of sufficient clerical help. Respectfully submitted, 

Zella Allen Dixson, Librarian. 



266 The President's Eepoet 



OUTLINE HISTORY OF THE LEGISLATION OF UNIVEESITY BODIES 
ON THE QUESTION OF DEPARTMENTAL LIBRARIES AND THEIR 
RELATION TO THE GENERAL LIBRARY 

The system of Departmental Libraries for research work, supplementing the General 
Library of the University, dates from the organization of the University itself. From the beginning, 
however, these Departmental Libraries were, to a limited extent, organized in groups, notably in 
the case of the Divinity School, the several libraries of which were, together with the Semitic 
Library, at first arranged in two groups, both being located in Cobb Hall, and afterwards, on 
their removal to Haskell, consolidated into one. Following the precedent thus set by experi- 
ence, the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums by action of November 26, 1898, 
appointed a committee, consisting of Messrs F. I. Carpenter, W. I. Thomas, and E. D. Burton, 
to consider the relations of the Departmental Libraries with a view to grouping them. The 
report of this committee was adopted by the Library Board May 27, 1899. Its chief recom- 
mendations were: 

1. That there be formed, as soon as practicable, the three following groups of Departmental 
Libraries : (1) the Classical Group, to be composed of the libraries of Comparative Philology, Greek, 
Latin, and Archaeology; (2) the Historical Group, to be composed of the libraries of Political Economy, 
Political Science, History, and Sociology; (3) the Modern Language Group, to be composed of the 
libraries of Romance Languages, Germanic Languages, English Language, and Literature (in English). 

2. That the libraries of all the Departments embraced in a Group be placed in adjoining rooms 
with a single common entrance; that a common catalogue be arranged for each Group; and that a 
single library adviser be appointed for each Group. 

The committee urged the adoption of these recommendations, to the end that the libraries 
might be more efficiently and economically administered; that the readers and investigators might use 
them with less waste of time and energy; and that the work of the Departments concerned might be 
brought into closer connection and harmony. 

April 8, 1899, the Senate voted to appoint a committee of five on the questions of educa- 
tional policy connected with the building of a library, and the following were appointed such 
committee: E. D. Burton, J. L. Laughlin, H. P. Judson, T. C. Chamberlin, and J. U. Nef. This 
Committee formulated three plans and submitted them to the Heads of Departments for their 
judgment. These three plans were: 

1. The plan of Departmental Libraries as already existing, with the modifications in the direc- 
tion of grouping such libraries already approved by the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums, 
as indicated above. 

2. The plan of centralization, by which the Departmental Libraries should be transferred to 
the General Library, provision being made in the General Library building for a seminar room for 
each Department, in which there might be kept a small collection of books, and for other offices, but 
the plan of Departmental Libraries being practically abandoned. 

3. The compromise plan, by which those Departments which have laboratories should retain 
their Departmental Libraries in the laboratory buildings ; those having no laboratories should be in 
general transferred to the General Library building, retaining, however, their character as Depart- 
mental Libraries. 

The returns from the Departments indicated a decided preference for the third, or com- 
promise, plan. Upon the basis of these departmental replies, the Committee made to the Senate 
a report, of which the following are the chief recommendations : 

1. That the [General] Library building of the University be used for library purposes only, and 
in particular that it contain neither an assembly hall nor the general administration offices [of the 
University]. 



The University Libraey 267 

2. That at the outset the compromise plan (the third named above) be adopted. The Committee 
did not make specific recommendations as to what libraries should be placed in the General Library 
building and what in departmental buildings, but made the tentative suggestion (a) that all the 
Sciences represented in the Ogden Scientific School' retain their Departmental Libraries in connec- 
tion with their laboratories; (6) that the Historical and Social Sciences, Modern Languages, and per- 
haps Mathematics, be located in the General Library, (c) that Theology and the Semitic Languages, 
and probably also the Classics, be provided for in departmental buildings. 

While thus recommending the compromise plan, the Committee yet considered it very probable 
that, in consequence of the growth of the Library and the necessary limitations of space, certain 
Departments which in the beginning would occupy space in the General Library, would be obliged to 
remove in time to departmental buildings, and that thus the third plan would merge eventually into 
the first. 

3. That the Departments which are located in the General Library building be grouped on sub- 
stantially the plan recently adopted by the Library Board. 

4. That adjoining the reading-room of each Group [in the General Library building] there be 
provided seminar rooms and private consultation rooms. 

5. That the Group reading-rooms be of different size, according to the probable needs of the 
several Groups. 

6. That, in addition to the Group reading-rooms, there be provided [in the General Library 
building] a general reading-room intended especially for undergraduate students, and capable of pro- 
viding desk-room for a thousand students. 

7. That the building be planned to contain shelf-room for a million volumes. 

8. That the plan of the building be such as to permit erecting additional stack-rooms, and if neces- 
sary additional reading-rooms, without destroying its architectural symmetry, the location of the build- 
ing being selected with this in view, and adjacent space being left vacant so as to render it possible. 

9. That ample corridors be provided, and provision made in the plan of the building for the 
adornment of them with statuary and pictures. 

10. That ample entrances and exits be provided, and that these be placed so as to make entrance 
to the building easy from different parts of the Quadrangle. 

11. That the building be fireproof. 

12. That fireproof vaults be provided for the preservation of specially valuable books and manu- 
scripts. 

13. That each Group Library be provided with cases in which books of special value might be 
protected under lock. 

14. That a definite separation be made between the funds appropriated for the administration 
of the Library and those designated for the purchase of books. 

15. That suitable provision be made for the proper administration and officering of the libraries 
of those Departments which remain in department buildings. 

16. That the task of devising plans for the General Library building be intrusted to a committee 
consisting of the Head Librarian and representatives of the Senate and Library Board. 

This report was adopted by the Senate April 7, 1900, with an additional section depre- 
cating the placing of the General Library building on Ellis avenue, as contemplated in the 
original plan for the location of University buildings. 

At the meeting of the University Congregation held October 2, 1900, Messrs. E. D. Burton 
and H. P. Judson, by appointment of the Congregation Committee, presented briefs on the 
proposition " that a limit should be put in the near future to the development of the Depart- 
mental Library system." These briefs are contained in the University Record of September 28, 
1900. After discussion of them, reported in the University Record of October 12, 1900, the 
Congregation adopted two resolutions: 

1. That it is the judgment of this body that the Departmental Library system should be 
retained. 

'Astronomy, Physics, Chemistry, Geology, Zoology, Anatomy, Neurology, Paleontology, Botany, and Physiology, 



268 The President's Eepoet 



2. That a committee of three for each of the several Groups of Departments recognized by the 
Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums be appointed, the committee to consider and to recom- 
mend, respecting the group represented, what is best for it and the University in general. 

This Committee, being appointed, reported, and its reports appeared in the issues of the 
University Record for November 9 and 16, 1900. These departmental replies were by vote of 
the Congregation of November 2, 1900, referred to the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and 
Museums for consideration, with the request that it make recommendation upon the subject to 
the Congregation. 

At the meeting of the Board of Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums held November 4, 

1900, these departmental replies, together with certain other resolutions, entertained but not 
adopted by the Congregation at its meeting of November 2, 1900, and printed in the University 
Record of November 16, 1900, were by the Board referred to a committee consisting of Mr. E. D. 
Burton, Mr. F. I. Carpenter, and Mrs. Zella Allen Disson. This Committee reported to the 
Library Board February 23, 1901; its report, with some modifications, was adopted March 16, 

1901, and laid before the Congregation at its meeting of March 20, 1901. Of this report, which 
went into considerable detail with reference to the provision to be made for each Department, 
and was printed in full in the University Record of March 20, 1901, it will suffice to quote here 
the four principles which the Committee stated in its preamble as being those -which, in its 
judgment, should be recognized in the determination of the policy of the University in respect 
to its Library : 

1. That, while the maintenance of the departmental system is indispensable to the best devel- 
opment and the most profitable use of the library resources of the University, each Department and 
Group being specially responsible for and interested in the books pertaining to that Department or 
Group, yet all the library resources of the University should be recognized as belonging to the Uni- 
versity as a whole, and should be as easily accessible as possible to any person who is competent to 
make use of them, the entire administration being directed to the cultivation of what may be called 
the library habit on the part of the student, and the promotion of research. 

2. That, in the interest of investigators whose studies must often cross the lines separating 
Departments and even Groups, it is desirable to concentrate the library resources of the University as 
far as possible at some one point. There should, therefore, be one central building in which a large 
proportion of the books of the University should be deposited, and at which any book possessed by the 
University, and not at that moment in use, could be consulted, books from the various Departments 
being, when needful, temporarily brought together. 

3. That, in the case of all Departments having laboratories, and of some Departments having 
museums, it is indispensably requisite that their library resources should in large part be in the same 
building with such laboratories and museums, in order to be available in immediate connection with 
experimentation and study of museum material. 

4. That, in the interest of undergraduates and other students doing ordinary class-room work, 
it is highly desirable that there should be carefully selected collections of books in close connection 
with lecture-rooms, in order to promote the use of books in connection with lecture and recitation 
courses on the part of students not chiefly engaged in research work. 

After extended discussion of the full report, action on it was postponed until a later 
meeting. When it again came before the Congregation, November 18, 1901, the Committee 
offered as a substitute a shorter report covermg only the main points of its fuller report. This 
shorter report is as follows : 
The Committee begs leave to recommend : 

1. That the research libraries of the Departments of Physics, Chemistry, Geology, Paleontology, 
Botany, Zoology, Anatomy, and Physiology be located in the Department buildings of these several 
Departments in connection with their laboratories or museums.^ 

2 That the chief library of Astronomy would remain at mendation under sec. 3 refers only to that portion of the 
the Yerkes Observatory was taken for granted. The recom- Library of Astronomy located in Chicago, 



The Univeksity Library 269 

2. That the libraries of Law, Medicine, Technology, and Education be located in the Depart- 
ment buildings of these several schools. 

3. That the research libraries of the following six Groups, viz.: 

(1) Philosophy, and History [and the Social Sciences] ; 

(2) Theology and Semitic Languages ; 

(3) Classical Languages ; 

(4) Modern Languages ; 

(5) Mathematics and Astronomy [on the main Quadrangle] ; 

(6) Music and Fine Arts ; 

be located as Group Libraries in the General Library building or buildings, or in departmental 
buildings so located that the library rooms can be immediately connected with the General Library 
building. 

4. That all the above-named Departmental and Group Libraries be maintained on substantially 
the same plan as that now pursued for the Group Libraries in the various buildings, such libraries 
being under the oversight of an adviser representing the Department or Departments concerned, and 
being administered with primary reference to the needs of instructors and graduate students in the 
Departments represented, but with due consideration also of the interests of the whole University. 

5. That the General Library building be located in view of the fact that it is to contain the 
research libraries named in sec. 3 above, or to be closely connected with them, and be accordingly 
placed in the south half of the original Quadrangle. 

6. That in departmental buildings which contain no research library, there be maintained, 
whenever circumstances demand and funds permit it, a local library auxiliary to the main research 
library of the Department concerned. 

7. That, in order to reduce to the minimum the* disadvantages entailed by the scattering of the 
library resources in various buildings, and to conserve the interests of investigators whose work 
covers several Departments, there be maintained a system of communication by messenger or other- 
wise between the General Library and all Group and Auxiliary Libraries on the University grounds, 
by which it shall be possible for an investigator desiring to use together books located in different 
buildings to obtain such books on reasonable notice at the central building ; and, furthermore, that 
the General Librarian shall have access at all times to all libraries of the University, and have the 
right to call for any book in any library not at the moment actually in use, and not reserved for the 
use of students or instructors at a given time ; provided, however that such books shall be promptly 
returned to the library from which they came as soon as the immediate need for them at the General 
Library has ceased, or on information that they are needed for the use of instructors or students in 
the Group or Auxiliary Library from which they came. 

8. That the General Library maintain (1) a general University Circulating Library, containing 
such books as it is desirable should be accessible to all members of the University and open to be 
drawn for use outside the building ; and (2) a general Reference Library ; that it also receive and 
hold subject to suitable regulations such general collections of books as belong [i. e., pertain] to several 
Groups in common, but which are too expensive to be duplicated in the several Groups, and any 
other books which for any reason the Departments do not wish at present in their library rooms. 

Of this shorter report the first two sections were adopted. But after prolonged discussion 
of the third section, the Congregation adjourned without taking action. 

Consideration of this report was resumed at the meeting of December 18, 1901, and the 
two following motions were passed: 

1. That the Library Committee [i. e., the committee whose report was before the Congregation] 
be instructed to place before the Trustees of the University all the information it has gained from the 
Departments, and to supplement it in cases where the present information is inadequate. 

2. That the existing Committee on Libraries be instructed to use material already collected in 
the formation of a series of alternative propositions to be submitted to the six Departments ^ concerned, 
with a request for departmental replies, these to be collated and presented to the Congregation. 

3 Meaning the six Groups mentioned in sec. 3 of the substitute report at that time before the Congregation. 



270 The President's Report 

For reasons not necessary to be detailed the " alternative propositions " were submitted 
not only to the six Groups concerned, but to all Departments of the University and in the 
following form : 

Shall the University establish a Central Library, with Departmental Libraries to meet excep- 
tional requirements, or shall the present policy of Departmental Libraries be continued ? 

The two reports called for by the action of December 18 were presented by the Committee 
at the meeting of the Congregation held June 16, 1902. The report called for in the first 
motion was ordered transmitted to the Trustees. From the tabulation of the vote of the 
Departments submitted in accordance with the second motion the following facts appear: 

1. A large majority of the representatives of the Departments of the Ogden Scientific School 
remained of the opinion previously expressed and approved by the Congregation, viz., that the 
Departmental Libraries of these several Departments should be located in the respective 
departmental buildings, subject, however, to such groupings as may be found desirable, and 
without prejudice to the right of these Departments to deposit books in the General Library. 
Some diilerence of opinion existed as to the extent to which grouping should be carried in the 
Biological Departments, but this did not affect the vote on the main question at issue. 

2. The Department of Mathematics, which in previous reports on this subject had been 
assigned at least tentatively to a location in the General Library building, was unanimous in 
its expression of a desire that its Departmental Library should be located in its departmental 
building and in as close relation as practicable with the libraries of Astronomy and Physics. 
With this opinion the Department of Astronomy concurred, as respects that portion of the 
library which is to be located on the main Quadrangle (its main library being, of course, at the 
Observatory at Lake Geneva). The Committee also expressed approval of this vote of the 
Department of Mathematics. 

3. The vote of the Departments of Philosophy, Political Economy, Political Science, 
History, Archaeology, Sociology, Comparative Religion, Semitic Languages, Biblical Greek, 
Comparative Philology, Greek, Latin, Eomance Languages, Germanic Languages, English, 
LiteratTire (in English), Systematic Theology, Chui-ch History, Homiletics (viz., those of which, 
with the addition of Mathematics and Astronomy, the Committee was instructed to obtain the 
votes) was as follows : By individuals, 39 for the central library system, 31 for the departmental 
system; by Departments, 12 for the central library system, 7 for the departmental system; by 
Groups, 3 for the central library system, 1 for the departmental system (Music and Fine Arts 
not yet organized and hence not voting). 

It is important to observe that, while the votes of the so-called scientific Departments and 
of Mathematics and Astronomy referred, in several cases expressly and in all cases by implica- 
tion, only to the preference of the Department as concerns the location of its own library, not to 
the policy to be pursued by the Humanities Groups, the votes of the several Departments of the 
Humanities Groups, on the other hand, referred not simply to the location of the library of 
the Department voting, but to the policy to be pursued respecting all these Groups. The latter 
was, indeed, the question to which the Committee was instructed to obtain replies, it having 
been recognized that among the Humanities Groups each Department was concerned, not 
only with the location of its own library, but in only less degree with that of other related 
Departments. 

To its tabulation and interpretation of the vote the Committee added the following 
paragraphs : 

The Committee is impressed with the fact that the three years of discussion of this question 
have served to clarify and crystallize opinion in the Faculties, and is persuaded that the votes 
reported today represent fairly the mature judgment of the different divisions of the Faculties. But, 



The University Library 271 

while in sympathy with that policy which is favored by a majority of those whose votes are recorded, 
the Committee is still more strongly impressed with the unwisdom of the Congregation, or any other 
body of the University, taking final action at this time. The question at issue is one which involves 
the expenditure of a large sum of money, and, what is still more important, its decision involves the 
policy of the University on an important educational matter for many years to come. An error at this 
time might easily involve the waste of 1100,000 of money or the hampering of the work of the Univer- 
sity for a generation, or both. No committee or governing body of the University has, so far as the 
present Committee is aware, investigated the subject with that thoroughness, and with that assist- 
ance from expert advice of architects and librarians, which would qualify it to decide the important 
issues involved. In particular the architectural possibilities require far m.ore thorough study than 
they have received. We know fairly well what we want to accomplish, but we do not know in what 
different ways it may be accomplished, still less what is the best way. To act without further know- 
ledge on a question of such importance would be, in the judgment of the Committee, extremely unwise. 
The Committee therefore recommends the adoption of the following resolution: Resolved, That 
the Congregation request the Board of Trustees to appoint a joint commission on Library Building 
and Policy; it being further requested that such commission consist of representatives of the Board 
of Trustees and of the Faculty; that the Faculty members be selected to represent the different 
interests and opinions in the Humanities Groups, and that there be at least one representative also 
of the Science Groups; that a sufficient number of the Faculty members be released from the duty of 
instruction during the period of active service on the commission to enable them to make a thorough 
study of the problem; that the commission be authorized and instructed to secure the counsel of a 
competent architect and the advice of librarians and educators, and to incur necessary expenses, 
within an amount to be named by the Board of Trustees; that the commission be instructed to pre- 
sent its report to the Board of Trustees within four months, if possible, and requested in the mean- 
time to take the advice of the Congregation or other governing bodies of the University.* 

In recommending this action to the Congregation, the Committee needs only add that any sub- 
traction of time from the work of instruction, or any expenditure of money, which the work of such a 
commission is at all likely to involve, would be amply justified by the magnitude of the interests 
involved and the urgent need that the wisest possible course be adopted, and that before the question 
shall be further complicated by the erection of other departmental buildings. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Eenest D. Burton, 
F. I. Cakpentee, 
Zella Allen Dixson, 

CoTnmittee. 

The resolution recommended by the Committee was adopted by the Congregation and 
transmitted to the Board of Trustees. It was approved by the Board of Tmstees, and the 
Commission was created by vote of June 24, 1902. 

Before passing to the report of this Commission, it will be well to transcribe certain para- 
graphs from the report prepared by instruction of the Congregation in its vote of December 18, 
1901, and by further instruction of the Congregation transmitted to the Board of Trustees 
simultaneously with the resolution requesting the creation of the Commission. These para- 
graphs sum up the results of legislation to the time of the creation of the Commission: 

From the foregoing history the following facts emerge: 

1. The Departmental Library system, in its essential features, viz., the provision of reading- 
rooms for the several Departments and the placing of the books needed for research work in or near 
such rooms and easily accessible to students, has commended itself to a large majority of the mem- 
bers of the Faculties. 

2. A modification of the departmental system by the organization of Departments into Groups 
has likewise received the approval of a large majority of the members of the Faculties. 

* This recommendation as here given embodies slight amendments made by the Congregation, 



272 The President's Repoet 



3. The need of more efficient administration both of the General Library and of the Depart- 
mental Libraries is generally — and by some members of the Faculties very keenly — felt. 

4. The location of research libraries of the Science Groups in departmental buildings is favored 
by a large majority of the members of the Science Departments, and in this judgment the other 
Departments concur. 

5. The Department of Mathematics, it is now generally recognized, should be, like the Science 
Departments, located in a departmental building in close association with the Departments of 
Astronomy and Physics. 

6. In respect to the Science Groups there remain but two important questions on which there 
is serious difference of opinion; viz.: (1) To what extent should grouping be carried? and (2) Should 
the Department or Group Libraries contain practically the entire resources of each Department or 
Group, or should a considerable portion of these be deposited in the General Library, to be transferred 
to the library of the Department to which they belong according to need? On the first of these 
questions there is a difference of opinion among the representatives of the Biological Group, On the 
second, the Department of Physics is inclined to make a larger use of the General Library than most 
Departments of the Science Groups. 

7. A far more serious difference of opinion exists among the representatives of the Humanities 
Groups. The tabulation of the vote, as reported by the Committee June 16, 1902, shows a majority in 
favor of placing the research libraries of the Departments which, broadly speaking, make up the 
Humanities [Groups] in the General Library [building], while still maintaining their character as 
Departmental or Group Libraries. It was with a view to the devising, if possible, of a plan which 
should meet the needs of all the Departments concerned more fully than any yet proposed that the 
Congregation adopted a recommendation of this Committee, requesting the Board of Trustees to 
appoint a Commission which should give prompt and yet thorough consideration to the important 
questions involved. 

It thus appears that the question of the General Library had become a question chiefly 
concerning the Humanities Groups, it being settled that the Science Groups would be provided 
for mainly in their departmental buildings, though retaining the right to deposit books in the 
General Library building to any extent which they desired. 

Two other facts need also to be named which are not specially referred to in any report on 
the subject of libraries : 

1. It was generally recognized that the congested condition of the buildings of the origi- 
nal Quadrangle would soon demand the transfer of some portion of the work hitherto done on 
that Quadrangle to buildings to be erected elsewhere, and the transfer of the Junior College 
work to outside Quadrangles, involving the provision of special libraries for the students of the 
Junior Colleges, had already been approved by ruling bodies of the University. This fact 
served still fiu'ther to limit the function of the General Library by confining it chiefly to the use 
of Senior College and Graduate students and members of the Faculties. 

2. The Law School had been recently organized, and was expected to open its doors for 
students in October, 1902. It was the strong wish of a majority of the representatives of the 
Historical and Social Sciences that the Law building containing the Law library should be so 
located as to be in close connection with the building devoted to the Historical and Social 
Sciences, when that should be hereafter erected. The question of the location of the Law 
building was pending before the Board of Trustees when the Commission above referred to 
was appointed. 

The work of the Commission above referred to will best appear in the following report of 
the Commission to the Congregation, presented to that body August 28, 1902: 

In accordance with the request of the Congregation made June 16, 1902, the Board of Trustees, 
by action taken June 24, appointed as a Joint Commission on Library Building and Policy the follow- 
ing persons: Messrs. Martin A. Ryerson, Franklin MacVeagh, F. A. Smith, W. R. Harper, F. I. 
Carpenter, J. M. Coulter, A. W. Small, H. P. Judson, W. G. Hale, and E. D. Burton. 



The Uniteesitt Libeaet 273 

This Commission made a careful study of the past growth of the several Departments of the 
University, with a view to forming a judgment respecting their relative space requirements, both for 
books and students, and also of the growth of the several Departmental Libraries and the General 
Library, comparing these results with the reports of the libraries of several of the other leading 
universities of the country, with a view to determining approximately the probable rate of the future 
growth of the libraries.^ 

The result of these studies was to convince the Commission that it was practicable to devise a 
plan by which all the libraries of what have usually been called the Humanities Groups might be 
placed in the departmental buildings, and at the same time brought into such relation to the General 
Library building as to accomplish nearly all the good results which could be achieved by placing 
Departmental Libraries in the General Library Building. 

Plans embodying this general idea were submitted to Shepley, Rutan & Coolidge, and Mr. 
Coolidge went carefully over them with the Commission to determine their feasibility from an archi- 
tectural point of view. Mr. Coolidge having expressed the judgment that the plans were not only 
feasible, but the best that had been proposed, and the most practicable so far as could be seen now, 
the Commission at a meeting held August 12, 1902, adopted the following recommendations to the 
Board of Trustees: 

1. That with a view to securing, as far as possible, the advantages both of location of Depart- 
mental Libraries in departmental buildings, and of placing such libraries in the General Library 
building, the Departmental Libraries of the following Groups of Departments and Schools, viz., (1) 
Philosophy, (2) History and the Social Sciences, (3) Classics, (4) Modern Languages, (5) Oriental 
Languages, (6) the Divinity School, (7) the Law School, be located in the buildings of these several 
Groups and Schools, but so connected with the General Library as to make communication between 
these several libraries as easy as possible. 

2. And, in particular, that the sites indicated for the several buildings on the accompanying 
plan submitted by Shepley, Rutan, & Coolidge be assigned to those buildings, viz.: 

To the General Library building, a space approximately 216 feet by 90 feet, extending 108 feet 
east and west of the center of the south line of the main Quadrangle and 90 feet north of this line. 

To the Modern Language building, a space approximately 152 feet directly west of the General 
Library building, by 80 feet from north to south at its eastern end and 60 feet at its western end. 

To the Classical building, a space approximately 60 feet by 115 feet, at the southwest corner of 
the Quadrangle; viz.: 20 feet west of the Modern Language building, and south of the already existing 
Dormitories on the west side of the Quadrangle. 

To the building of the Historical and Social Sciences, a space approximately 168 feet directly 
east of the General Library building, by 80 feet from north to south at its western end and 60 feet at 
its eastern end; leaving a space of 20 feet between this building and Nancy Foster Hall. 

To the Law building, a space approximately 170 feet from north to south beginning 20 feet north 
of the Historical building and 216 feet directly east of Haskell Museum. 

To the Divinity building, a T-shaped space approximately 180 feet from east to west and 125 
feet from north to south, 20 feet north of Haskell Museum, and 85 feet east of Cobb Hall. 

To Philosophy the necessary amount of the space north of the site of the Law building and west 
of Walker Museum, the remainder of this space being reserved for the extension of the Museum. 

3. That the several buildings, when erected, be connected by bridges substantially as indicated 
on the plan. 

4. That in each of these buildings, to be hereafter erected, there be provided, in addition to 
lecture rooms, seminar rooms, offices, etc., a library for the use of the Senior College and Graduate 
students working in these several Groups of Departments, with reasonable provision for the pros- 
pective growth of these Departments. 

6. That the Departmental Libraries of each Group consist of so many of those books desired by 
the several Departments for the use of Graduate and Senior College students as the space which can 
be allotted for the Departmental Library will permit, it being understood that other books belonging 
to the Departments in question will be placed in the General Library building. 

6. That reasonable stack facilities be provided for each Departmental Library, either in the 
departmental building or in an adjacent portion of the General Library; in either case such stack to 
be subject to the same departmental control as the library in the departmental building. 

7. That a large reading-room be provided in the General Library building. 

8. That a catalogue of each Departmental or Group Library be provided in the library-room 
of the Group, and that the General Library contain, accessible to readers, a catalogue of all books in 
the General Library and the several Departmental Libraries. 

6 The tables prepared for the purposes of this study are printed in somewhat revised form as an appendix to this 
history. 



274 



The President's Repokt 



9. That such, communication be established between the several Departmental Libraries above 
named and the General Library that transfer of books from any one of these libraries to any other 
may be made with the greatest possible facility, as nearly as possible as if they were all located in 
one building. 

10. That, subject to the regulations of the Departmental Libraries, and to such regulations as 
the Library Board may approve, it shall be the privilege of students and instructors to bring 
together from the several libraries above named, books which they may need to use together, either 
to the General Library or to that Departmental Library in which they are working. 

11. That the Library Board be instructed to appoint a Committee on Library Building, which 
shall make a deliberate and detailed study of the problem of the General Library building, and make 
recommendations to the Library Board, and through this Board to the Board of Trustees, concerning 
plans for the General Library building, and concerning its relation to the Departmental Libraries. 




Af/Dy/AY 



PLAI5Ar^C£. 



12. That, pending the erection of a General Library building, the Library Board be instructed 
to present to the Board of Trustees a plan for accomplishing the end aimed at in Recommendations 9 
and 10, including the preparation of the catalogue described in Recommendation 8. 

At a previous meeting of the Commission it had been voted to approve the placing of the 
Departmental Libraries of Chemistry, Physics, Geology, and the Biological Sciences in the depart- 
mental buildings of these Departments, it being understood that these Departments may place such 
books as they desire in the General Library building. The Commission also expressed its judgment 
that the Library of Mathematics, and that of Astronomy so far as it exists on the main Quadrangle, 
should be associated with the Library of Physics, it being expected that a building for Mathematics 
and Astronomy will at some time be erected near the Ryerson Physical Laboratory. These actions of 
the Commission were presupposed in the above recommendations, and in effect added to them. 

The plans recommended in the foregoing report provide for the General Library a building 
which, in addition to ample corridors, stairs, and elevators, will yield approximately 18,000 square feet 
of floor space for administration and kindred purposes, 18,000 square feet of floor space for reading- 
rooms, and 100,000 square feet of stack floors, stories 7J^ feet high. Such a building would store in 



The Univeesity Libeaey 275 

easily accessible stacks from 1,500,000 to 1,750,000 books,« and provide from 700 to 1,000 desks for 
readers. This provides for the growth of the General Library and the libraries of the Humanities 
Groups (not including Mathematics) for from seventy-five to one hundred and ten years, if that 
growth should continue at the rate averaged in the first five years of the history of the University; 
and this without making allowance for the capacity of the libraries of the departmental buildings. 
The rate assumed exceeds the current annual growth of Harvard, Cornell, Yale, Johns Hopkins, and, 
so far as is known to the Commission, that of any other American university with the probable 
exception of Columbia, whose annual growth of 19,000 volumes includes the Sciences and Mathe- 
matics, these being in our plan provided for outside the General Library and the group of buildings 
now under consideration. 

These plans further provide for a building for each of the following Groups and Schools, viz.: 
Philosophy, History and the Social Sciences, Classics, Modern Languages, Oriental Languages 
(Haskell), the Divinity School, and the Law School, which, in addition to the lecture-rooms, class- 
rooms, seminar rooms, studies, offices, etc., which the rate of growth of these Groups and Schools in 
the past (the estimate was made on the basis of the growth of the years 1895-1901) indicates will be 
needed to provide for their future development, will in each case contain a library for the Group or 
School occupying it. Provision is also made for a museum in each of the following buildings, viz.: 
Classics, Modern Languages, and History. The areas of these several libraries, as laid out in the 
provisional plans drawn by the architect to test the feasibility of the general scheme, are adjusted to 
the probable demands of the future, as indicated by the statistics of the past growth of the Depart- 
ments and Schools now in existence. The number of students provided for, assuming that not 
more than two- thirds of the students in any Group or School will be in the library room at any given 
hour, is as follows : Philosophy and Pedagogy, 190 ; ' History and the Social Sciences, 315 : Classics, 
130 ; Modern Languages, 490 ; Oriental Languages, 60 to 100 ; a total for these Departments of about 
1,200 to 1,250. These figures are based upon a generous allowance of space for each reader [viz., 25 
square feet of floor space for each student]. If the space in the Law building, which provides for 
1,000 students, and that which is contemplated for the Divinity building, for approximately 450 stu- 
dents, be added, it will be seen that the proposed group of buildings in the south half of the main 
Quadrangle provides, outside the General Library building. Walker, and Cobb, for over 2,700 students 
in residence in any given Term or Quarter. The provision for Mathematics and the Sciences in the 
north half of the Quadrangle, and for Junior College students outside the main Quadrangle, is 
additional to this. If the actual seating capacity of the libraries of Philosophy, History, Classics, 
Modern Languages, and Oriental Languages — viz., two-thirds of the figures given above for these 
Groups — be added to the capacity of the General Library, as already stated, it will be seen that these 
libraries will provide desks for 1,500 to 1,800 students at work at a given moment. To these figures 
the Law and Divinity buildings will add perhaps 1,300 desks. The book capacity of the Departmental 
Libraries proposed for the south half of the Quadrangle would be approximately 100,000 volumes, 
exclusive of the libraries of Law and Divinity. These would add space for perhaps nearly as many more. 

Respectfully submitted on behalf of the Commission, 

Ernest D. Bdiston, Chairman. 

Frederick I. Carpenter, Secretary. 

The recommendations of the Commission to the Board of Trustees, as transcribed in the 
above report, were approved by the Congregation August 28, 1902, and adopted by the Board 
of Trustees September 16, 1902. 

fi By the use of steel rolling stacks, such as are already and a comparison of averages for a comparison of single 

in successful use in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, England, years. The result on the whole confirms the first calcula- 

the capacity of the stack could ba multiplied by nearly 2V4. tion, but shows that the flares given in this paragraph 

' These figures exceed somewhat those which would be would probably provide for the growth of more than the 

obtained from Table III of the Appendix. The difference twenty-five years, which they were at first supposed to 

arises from substituting the years 1896-1902 for 1895-1901, cover. 



276 



The President's Report 



APPENDIX 

TABLES OF STATISTICS BEARING UPON THE SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 
LIBRARY AND RELATED BUILDINGS : « PREPARED BY THE JOINT COMMISSION 
ON LIBRARY BUILDING AND POLICY, APPOINTED JUNE 24, 1902 

TABLE I 

Depaetmental Eegisteation 
philosophy skoup 



Depabtment 



Philosoph.v: 

Summer' 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Pedagogy: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg. . . 
Stud. (J av. quar. reg. 



Geaduate Schools 



50 
54 
64 
73 

31 
36 
21 

14 

81 

90 

85 

87 

85.75 
28.58 



35 
52 
46 
35 

76 
40 
10 
21 

111 

92 

56 

56 

78.75 
26.25 



45 
55 
52 
37 

56 
12 
35 
24 

101 

67 

87 

61 
79.00 
26.33 



54 
41 
56 

54 

71 
30 
23 
18 

125 

71 

79 

72 
86.75 
28.92 



47 
55 
68 
57 



31 
23 
41 

135 
86 
91 
98 
102.50 
34.16 



72 
44 
39 
48 

44 
29 
25 
12 

116 
73 

64 

60 
78.25 
26.08 



Senioe Colleges 



7 
48 
95 
43 

3 
3 

2 
6 

16 

51 

97 

49 
53.25 
17.75 



66 
90 
54 

14 
10 



22 

76 

90 

56 
61.00 
20.33 



19 
80 
95 
61 

12 

4 



31 

84 
103 

65 
70.75 
23.58 



26 
103 
109 



28 
103 
113 

76 
80.00 
26.66 



20 
89 
73 
73 

15 

7 

11 

11 

35 
96 

84 

84 

74.75 
24.92 



35 
95 
92 
63 

17 
3 
9 

27 

52 

98 
101 

90 
85.25 
28.42 



Three years' gain in average quarterly registration'" 

Three years' gain in students " ......... 

Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges,'' 



Grad. Sch. 
8.00 
2.66 



2.34. 



Sen. Coll. 

18.33 

6.11 



8 The Commission compiled the following tables not 
under the impression that the future growth or needs of 
the University could be accurately predicted on the basis 
of statistics, but in the belief that by means of them the 
relative requirements of the several Groups of Departments, 
and to a less degree the actual future needs both of the 
Library and of the several Groups of Departments, could be 
somewhat more correctly estimated than by pure con- 
jecture or personal impression. 

9 Throughout Table I the figures for registration repre- 
sent the sum of the registrations in Major courses, plus 
one-half the registrations in Minor courses. In the Gradu- 
ate School of Arts and Literature the registration is that 
of students in the Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges 



respectively; in the Divinity School the figures represent 
registration in Divinity courses. Sunday courses are not 
counted, nor those in the Scandinavian Seminaries. 

10 Viz., excess of average for 1899-1902 over average for 
1896-99. 

H Viz., one-third of the average quarterly registration 
in the group, each student as a rule registering for three 
courses. 

12 Viz., the ratio of the estimated registration twenty- 
five years hence to present registration ; obtained by multi- 
plying the three years' gain in registration in the Graduate 
Schools and Senior Colleges combined by 8M, adding the 
product to the registration for 1901-2, and dividing the sum 
by the registration for 1901-2. 



The University Library 



277 



TABLE I— Continued 

HISTORY GEOnP 



Depaetment 



Political Economy: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Political Science: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

History: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Sociology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Compar. Religion: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg. . . . 
Stud. (J av. quar. reg.) 



Gbaduate Schools 



9 
30 
35 
34 

38 
49 
33 

82 
45 
52 
56 

25 
46 
44 

47 

1 
1 



155 
171 
164 
181 
167.75 
55.92 



25 
30 
39 
17 

61 

47 
38 
44 



79 



42 
34 
34 
46 



209 
190 
209 
206 
203.50 
67.83 



42 
35 
.35 
36 

27 
43 
25 
67 

89 
71 
94 
46 

32 
48 
26 
35 



2 

i 

164 
199 
180 
185 
182.00 

60. as 



28 
24 
32 
24 

56 

57 
44 
37 

73 
76 

74 
71 

30 
32 
31 

25 



2 
1 
1 

187 
191 
182 
158 
179.50 
59.83 



24 
27 
33 
21 

15 
26 
25 
19 

108 
51 
53 
78 

24 
28 
19 
35 

1 

3 



172 
132 
133 
153 
147.50 
49.17 



31 
30 
25 
28 

37 

27 
25 
19 

121 
60 
65 
47 

36 
30 

57 
15 

5 

i 

230 
147 
172 
110 
164.75 
54.92 



Senior Colleges 



4 
32 
37 
17 

11 
28 
21 
23 

15 
43 
39 
63 



17 
36 

56 



38 
120 
133 
159 
112.50 
37.50 



6 
24 
23 
12 

14 
33 
48 
66 

30 

65 

77 

101 

25 
36 
20 

54 



75 
158 
169 
233 
158.75 
52.92 



15 
44 
37 
43 

21 
41 
42 

45 

33 
64 
93 
73 

16 
38 
23 
62 



1 

2 

85 
188 
195 
225 
155.75 
51.92 



12 
31 
49 

24 

14 
38 
46 
43 

44 

72 

91 

109 

27 
49 
33 
80 



14 
47 
35 
41 

10 
42 
38 
32 

45 

96 

127 

118 

27 
52 
39 
63 

1 

'e 



1 

2 

97 
190 
220 
258 

191.25 208.00 
63.75 69.33 



97 
237 
245 

254 



16 

57 
80 
47 

27 
59 
51 
42 

64 
114 
128 
105 

■51 
40 
63 

87 

5 
2 



163 

272 
322 
284 
260.25 
86.75 



Three years' gain in average quarterly registration i" 
Three years' gain in students" 



Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges,'^ 1.60. 



Grad. Sch. Sen. CoU 
-20.50 44.08 

6.80 14.69 



CLASSICS GROUP 



Department 



Greek: 
Summer 
Autumn 
Winter . 
Spring.. 

Latin: 
Summer 
Autumn 
Winter . , 
Spring. . , 



Geadctate Schools 



36 
50 
44 
39 

80 
37 
46 
44 



46 
47 
46 

101 

72 
79 
72 



48 
47 
59 
46 

145 
89 
70 
61 



46 
57 
42 
50 

90 
84 
82 
46 



54 
32 
33 
30 

103 
63 
59 
50 



71 
30 

27 
18 

166 
62 
54 
37 



Senior Colleges 



7 
21 
27 
26 



32 
29 
39 



6 
17 
20 
23 

12 
34 
48 
40 



11 
40 
26 
33 

13 
40 
34 
39 



5 
21 
22 
23 

14 
23 
54 
53 



5 
20 
24 
29 

29 
42 
44 
43 



20 
28 
24 
30 

28 
34 
48 
34 



278 



-The President's Eepokt 



TABLE I— Continued 

CLASSICS GEOUP 



Depaktment 



Gkaduate Schools 



Senior Colleges 



Compar. Philology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

ArchEeology : 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg. . 
Stud. {} av. quar. reg.) 



11 



12 
5 
5 

7 

136 
103 
101 
96 
109.00 
36.33 



5 
10 



5 
3 

144 
128 
139 
130 
135.00 
45.00 



5 
14 
12 

6 



198 
155 
145 
113 
152.75 
50.92 



5 
6 

14 



3 
3 

2 

141 
150 
141 
107 
134.75 
44.92 



9 

4 
10 

164 
108 
104 
96 
118.00 
39.33 



7 

5 
15 
16 

4 
7 
6 
9 

248 
104 
102 
80 
133 50 
44.50 



3 

2 
2 
2 

18 

56 

58 

67 

49.75 
16.58 



18 

51 

69 

63 
50.25 
16.75 



24 

86 

64 

72 
61.50 
20.50 



19 

46 

77 

66 

52.00 
17.33 



1 
1 

4 

43 

63 

71 

79 
64.00 
21.33 



5 
5 

50 

70 

79 

74 
68.25 
22.75 



Three years' gain in average quarterly registration ^° 
Three years' gain in students " 



Grad. Soh. 


Sen. Coll 


-3.50 


7.58 


-1.16 


2.53 



Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges,'^ 1.16. 



Depaetmental Eegisteation 
modeen language gkonp 



Dbpaetment 



Germanic Languages 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Romance Languages: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

English: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Literature in English : 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg. . 
Stud. {^ av. quar. reg 



Geaduate ScnooLS 



115 
50 
27 
29 

67 
28 
29 
30 

132 

80 
71 

72 

1 

is 



315 
158 
145 
139 
189.25 
63.08 



73 
37 
33 

40 

55 
36 
31 

24 

170 

97 
97 
81 



29 



298 
199 
169 
147 
203.25 
67.75 



45 
41 

41 

101 
49 
43 
41 

224 
132 
145 

125 

2 
12 
24 

7 

415 
238 
253 

214 
280.00 
93.33 



8 



96 
40 
31 

25 



31 
35 
25 

270 
160 
151 
127 



528 
231 

217 
177 
288.25 
96.08 



119 

48 
44 
37 



19 
29 

18 

272 
125 
121 
110 

40 

8 

11 

21 

519 

200 
205 
186 
277.50 
92.50 



153 
56 
51 
45 

85 
50 
38 
32 

268 

125 

103 

65 

40 



24 

546 
231 

192 
166 
283.75 
94.58 



Senioe Colleges 



10 

24 
15 
29 

12 
18 
15 
38 

32 
44 
64 

98 



27 
40 

55 

86 

121 

205 

116.75 

38.92 



9 
43 
33 
30 



29 
42 
33 

28 
58 
71 
58 



43 
19 
10 

45 
173 
165 
131 
128.25 
42.75 



13 
35 
40 
31 

24 
58 
49 
66 

43 

80 

91 

106 

3 

19 

7 

22 

83 
192 
187 
225 
171.75 
57.25 



15 
37 
38 
48 

30 

49 
50 
45 

40 
85 
67 
76 



93 

171 

155 

169 

147.00 



14 
48 
57 
49 

28 
50 
44 
45 

40 

94 

114 



11 
20 
31 
36 

93 

212 
246 
206 
189.25 



49.00! 63.08 



32 
36 
46 
37 

45 
53 
57 
45 

56 

99 

114 



11 
6 

63 

144 
194 
217 

214 
102.25 
64.08 



Grad. Scb. Sen. Coll. 

Three years' gain in average quarterly registration'" - - - - - - - 59.00 37.33 

Three years' gain in students " . - - - 19.66 12.44 

Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges," 2.68 



The University Library 



279 



TABLE 1— Continued 

MATHEHATIC3 GEOUP 



Depaktment 



Mathematics: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Astronomy: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Sprir -? 

Average quar. reg. . . 
Stud. (J av. quar. reg.) 



Geaduate Schools 



136 
55 
60 
65 

10 
14 
11 
13 

146 

69 

71 

78 
91.00 
30.33 



116 
56 
73 
64 



12 

7 

10 

124 

68 

80 

74 
86.25 
28.75 



142 
65 
66 
67 

21 
26 
23 
11 

163 

91 

89 

78 

105.25 

35.08 



136 
63 
51 
52 

24 

19 

17 

9 

160 

82 

68 

61 
92.75 
30.92 



124 
52 
53 
55 

31 
11 
16 
12 

155 

63 

69 

67 

88.50 
29.50 



198 
53 
63 
48 

23 
12 
18 
11 

221 

65 

81 

59 

106.50 

35.50 



Senioe Colleges 



3 

7 
17 
12 



3 
15 
19 
12 
12.25 
4. 



7 
12 
20 
21 



4 
4 
2 

7 
16 
24 
23 
17.50 
5.83 



3 
11 
12 
16 



3 
1 
3 

3 
14 
13 
19 
12.25 
4. 



5 
15 
18 
15 

53 



15 
18 
20 

15.25 
5. 



15 
23 
21 
14 



1 

6 

24 
23 
22 
20 
22.25 
7.41 






12 
19 
19 
30 



4 
7 
1 

20 
23 

26 
31 

25.00 
8.33 



Grad. Sch. Sen. Coll. 

Three years' gain in average quarterly registration '" - 1.66 6.83 

Three years' gain in students " - - - - - - - - - - -0.55 2.28 

Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges,'^ 1.54. 



Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg . . 
Stud. (I av. quar. reg. 



Geaduate Schools 



27 
21 
29 
33 
27.50 
9.16 



23 
33 

27 
25 
27.00 
9.00 



47 

52 

39 

41 
44.75 
14.92 



38 

49 

48 

33 
42.00 
14.00 



25 

35 

44 

30 
33.50 
11.16 



31 

47 

45 

21 
36.00 
12.00 



Senioe Colleges 



18 
3 

8.50 
2.83 



2 

9 

29 

19 

14.75 

4.92 



9 
16 

7 
27 

14.75 
4.92 



15 
21 
33 
15 
21.00 
7.00 



18 
16 
24 
25 

20.75 
6.92 



12 
21 
36 
37 

26.50 
8.83 



Grad. Soh. Sen. Coll. 

Three years' gain in average quarterly registration "> - - - - - - - 4.08 10.08 

Three years' gain in students " - .-. 1.36 3.36 

Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges,'^ 2.88. 



Geaduate Schools 



8 



Sentoe Colleges 



Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg .... 
Stud. (\ av. quar. reg.) 



71 

21 

21 

20 
as. 25 
11.08 



69 

24 

35 

38 

41.50 
13.83 



38 

52 

33 
47.25 
15.75 



116 

42 

58 

53 
67.25 
22.42 



113 

35 

34 

45 
56.75 
18.92 



118 
37 
32 
34 

55.25 
18.42 



1 
1 

10 
10 
5.50 
1.83 



6 

2 
21 
32 

15.25 
5.08 



5 

8 
24 
23 

15.00 
5.00 



10 
6 
13 
11 
10.00 
3.33 



9 

19 

17 

13.50 

4.50 



12 
22 
31 
32 
24.25 



Grad, Sch. Sen. Coll. 

Three years' gain in average quarterly registration'" - 19.08 4.00 

Three years' gain in students " - - - 6.36 1.33 

Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges," 3.38, 



280 



The President's Report 



TABLE 1— Continued 

Depaetmental Eegisteation 

chemistet 



Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg. . . 
Stud. (J av. quar. reg.) 



GsADTiATE Schools 



109 

74 

68 

54 

78.75 
26.25 



87 

84 

80 

1 

63.00 

21.00 



124 

65 

69 

43 

75.25 
25.08 



134 
51 
81 
52 



177 
73 
88 
68 



79.50102.50 
26.50j 34.16 



65 

89 

63 

79 
99.00 
33.00 



Senior Colleges 



10 
15 
23 
22 
17.50 
5.83 



10 
19 
31 
2 
15.50 
5.16 



11 

24 
23 
19 

19.25 
6.41 



14 
17 
30 
25 

21.50 
7.16 



55 

37 

37 

27 
39.00 
13.00 



25 
39 

42 

73 
44.75 
14.92 



Grad. Sch. 
Three years' gain in average quarterly registration "> - - - - - - 21.33 

Three years' gain in students" - - - - - - - - - - - 7.11 

Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges,'^ 3.26. 



Sen. Coll. 

17.66 

5.88 



BIOLOGY GEOUP 



Depaktment 



Zoology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Anatomy & Histology 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Physiology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Neurology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Botany: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Average quar. reg. . . . 
Stud, [i av. quar. reg.) 



Gk.aduate Schools 



32 
31 

28 

27 

17 
3 

4 
1 

23 

3 

15 

10 



5 
7 
3 

33 

29 
27 
28 

105 

71 

81 

69 
81.50 
27.17 



31 
32 
37 
30 

19 

2 

4 
1 

22 

16 

6 

16 



5 

7 

58 
26 
20 
33 

134 

82 

72 

87 
93.75 
31.25 



63 

44 
47 
37 

20 
2 
2 



20 
42 
15 
17 

14 
5 

7 



54 
48 
35 
44 

171 
141 
106 
104 
130.50 
43.50 



68 
43 

54 
51 

16 
8 
6 
3 

7 
25 
29 
47 



15 

8 

10 

68 
36 
46 
43 

167 
127 
143 
154 
147.75 
49.25 



98 
58 
55 
44 

9 
32 
26 

6 

13 
32 

36 

47 

18 

9 

10 

17 

62 
34 
51 

45 

200 
165 
178 
159 
175.50 
58.50 



33 

47 
39 



27 

69 

43 

9 

18 
31 
56 
62 

13 
11 
17 
19 

75 
60 
73 

83 

166 
218 
228 
228 
210.00 
70.00 



Senior Colleges 



3 
2 
1 
1 

4 

5 

4 

10 



20 
20 
14 
27 

20.25 
6.75 



7 

7 

5 

12 

20 
18 
16 
27 
20.25 
6.75 



7 
13 

9 
13 

7 
2 
1 



2 
11 

7 
4 

1 

1 
1 
1 

6 

5 

6 

24 

23 
32 

24 

42 
30.25 
10.08 



3 

7 
29 
17 

5 
17 
15 

3 

4 
20 
15 
24 



1 

io 

2 

5 

8 

16 

14 

50 

67 

70 
50.25 
16.75 



15 
20 
25 
11 

1 

21 

12 

1 

4 
14 
18 
11 

5 
1 



7 

5 

8 

14 

32 
61 
63 
39 

48.75 
16.25 



67 
8 
6 

22 

6 
37 
20 

4 

3 

24 

9 

24 



1 
2 

13 

6 

4 
33 

91 

75 

40 

85 

72.75 
24.25 



Three years' gain in average quarterly registration '" 
Three years' gain in students '' 



Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges,'^ 4.22. 



Grad. Sch. Sen. Coll. 
75.86 33.66 
25.28 11.22 



The Univeesitt Libeaey 



281 



TABLE I — Continued 

DIVINITY GEOnP 





1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Old Testament: 
Summer 


114 
128 

52 

52 

61 
42 
54 
26 

9 

ie 

77 
59 
82 

37 

86 
75 
78 

17 
25 
40 
30 

43 
23 

26 

13 

36 

9 

407 

394 

316 

293 
355.00 
118.33 


85 
88 
39 
47 

83 
49 
76 
67 

7 

20 
16 

43 
42 
38 
90 

69 
76 
97 
74 

54 
54 
21 
38 

i2 
41 

375 

328 

291 

332 
331.50 
110.50 


116 
98 
86 
35 

99 
51 

83 
47 

22 

42 
35 
29 
17 

28 
56 
65 
65 

34 
36 
12 
24 

2i 

89 

408 
297 
275 
210 
297.50 
99.16 


136 

118 

105 

33 

65 

91 

122 

76 

50 
5 

a 

53 

40 

65 

70 
71 
90 
85 

46 

23 

5 

17 

74 
33 

30 

21 

20 

3 

19 

515 

401 

325 

366 
401.75 
133.92 


156 
88 
95 

74 

95 

87 

120 

73 

36 

18 

ii 

41 

77 
27 
68 

71 

64 
54 
79 

41 
19 
19 
12 

5 
29 
36 
45 

39 

ig 

23 

484 

382 

370 

388 
406.00 
135.33 


171 




64 


Winter 


75 


Snrins* 


58 


New Testament: 

Summer 


121 


Autumn 


93 




58 


Spring 


61 


Bib ical Theology: 


27 


Autumn 


29 


Winter 

Spring 

Systematic Theology: 


ii 

55 


Autumn 


46 


Winter 


26 




47 


Church History: 


79 


Autumn 


57 


Winter 


83 




55 


Homiletics: 


38 




39 


Winter. 


25 




36 


Sociology: 








Winter 


40 


Spring 


36 


Pub. Speak., Disciples, 

Cumberland Presby.: 

Summer 


42 






Winter 


34 


Spring 


10 


Group totals: 
Summer 


533 

328 


Winter 


341 


Spring 


317 


Average quar. reg 

Stud. (J av. quar. reg.).. 


379.75 
126.58 



Three years' gain in average quarterly registration i° 
Three years' gain in students" . . - . 

Prospective 25 years' rate of gain," 2.48. 



67.83 
22.61 



282 



The President's Report 



TABLE I— Continued 

PCBLIC SPE.\KING 





Gkaddate Schools 


Senior Colleges 




S 


1 


S 


S 


1 


1 


en 

g 


1 


B 


1 


i 


2 


Summer 


7 

1^75 
0.58 


3 

6 

1 

4 
3.50 
1.16 


11 

4 

4 

3 
5.50 
1.83 


12 

5 

2 

4 
5.75 
1.92 


14 

7 

2 

12 

8.75 

2.92 


24 

6 

2 

7 
9.75 
3.25 


3 

13 
21 
33 

17.50 
5.83 


1 

10 
62 
17 

22.50 
7.50 


4 
59 
24 
21 
27.00 
9.00 


4 

7 

5 
26 

10.50 
3.50 


12 

4 

30 

25 

17.75 
5.92 


13 


Autumn 


23 




23 


Spring 


22 


Average quar. reg 

Stud. (* av. quar. reg.) 


20.25 
6.75 



Three years' gain in average quarterly registration lo - - - - - 
Three years' gain in students (one-third average quarterly registration) " - 
Prospective 25 years' rate of gain in Graduate Schools and Senior Colleges," 0.53. 



Grad. Soh. Sen. CoU. 
4.50 -6.16 
1.50 —2.06 



TABLE n 

Table of Classes fok Yeak 1901-1902 
philosophy gkodp 



Department 


Junior Classes 


Senioe and Geaduate Classes 


30 or Less 


Over 30 


Total 


30 or Less 


Over 30 


Seminars 


Total 


Philosophy: 


"i 

2 

1 
1 
2 


1 
3 

'2 

1 
3 

2 


1 
4 
2 
2 

1 
4 
2 

2 


7 
6 
5 
5 

2 
3 
5 

7 

9 
9 

10 
12 


i 

1 

1 
1 


i 

i 

1 

i 

1 
1 


7 


Autumn 


6 




6 


Spring 


6 


Pedagogy: 

Summer 


3 


Autumn 


4 




6 


Spring 


7 


Group totals: 

Summer 


10 


Autumn 


10 


Winter 


12 




13 







HISTOKT GROUP 





Junior Classes 


Senior and Graduate Classes 




30 or Loss 


Over 30 


Total 


30 or Less 


Over 30 


Seminars 


Total 


Political Economy: 

Summer 


2 
3 

1 
1 


'2 
1 


2 

3 
3 

2 


3 

8 
11 

7 

3 
3 
5 
3 


1 
2 

"i 


i 
1 

1 

i 


i 


Autumn 


9 


Winter 


12 


Spring 


8 


Political Science: 

Summer . . . , 


3 


Autumn . .- 


6 


Winter 


5 


Spring 


4 







13 Suinmer= First Term, Summer Quarter. 



The University Library 



283 



TABLE 11— Continued 

HISTOEY GEOnP 



Depaetment 


Junior Classes 


Senioe and Geaduate Classes 


30 or Less 


Over 30 


Total 


30 or Less 


Over 30 


Seminars 


Total 


History: 

Summer 


1 

i 

1 

3 

4 
2 
1 


1 
3 

2 

1 

1 
3 
4 
2 


2 
3 
2 

1 

'i 
1 

4 
7 
6 
3 


5 
8 
9 

4 

7 
6 

13 
7 

2 
1 

'i 

20 
26 
38 
22 


4 
2 
1 
3 

1 

1 

1 
2 

6 
5 
2 
6 


i 

2 

1 

"i 
1 
1 

1 
1 

4 
4 
3 


9 


Autumn 


11 


Winter 


12 


SlDrinff 


8 


Sociology: 


8 


Autumn 


8 


Winter 


15 




10 


Comparative Religion: 


3 




1 


W^inter 






1 


Group totals: 

Summer 


27 




35 




44 


Spring 


31 







CLASSICS GHODP 



Depaetment 



Junior Classes 



30 or Less OTer 30 Total 



Senioe and Geaduate Classes 



30 or Less Over 30 Seminars Total 



Greek: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Latin: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Archaeology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Comparative Philology 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals : 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 



10 

10 

9 



5 
5 
4 
3 

5 
10 



10 
15 
10 
11 



n. 

9 
16 



11 

7 

1 
1 
1 

1 

4 
2 
5 



15 
13 
21 
19 



284 



The President's Eepokt 



TABLE 11— Continued 

MODESN LANGUAGE GEOUP 



Department 



Junior Classes 



or Less Over 30 



Total 



Senioe anb Gkaduatb Classes 



30 or Less Over 30 Seminars Total 



Romance: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Germanic: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

English: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Literature in English: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 



14 
12 



3 

2 
1 
1 

4 
i 
3 

4 

1 
9 
5 
2 



15 
9 

7 



4 

10 
10 



14 
23 
23 
19 



10 

8 
7 
4 

6 
5 



3 
12 
11 



19 
25 
27 
15 



11 
1 
2 
3 



13 

8 
7 
4 

7 
5 
9 
3 

10 
14 
14 



32 
27 
30 
18 



MATHEMATICS GEOUP 



Department 



Mathematics: 

Summer . . . 

Autumn . . . 

Winter 

Spring 

Astronomy: 

Summer . . . 

Autumn .. . 

Winter . . . . 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer.. . 

Autumn . . . 

Winter. . . . 

Spring 



JuNiOK Classes 



30 or Less 



1 

9 

10 

6 



2 

9 

11 

6 



Over SO 



Total 



5 

9 

10 

6 



11 

6 



Senior and Ghaduate Classes 



30 or Less 



5 

7 

2 

2 
3 

4 

11 

10 

8 

11 



Over 30 



Seminars 



Total 



9 

8 
6 

7 

2 
2 
3 

4 

11 

10 

9 

11 



The University Library 



285 



TABLE II— Continued 



Depabtmbnt 



Physics: 

Summer . 

Autumn . 

Winter . . 

Spring.. . 
Chemistry: 

Summer. 

Autumn . 

Winter . . 

Spring.. . 
Geology: 

Summer . 

Autumn . 

Winter . . 

Spring.. , 



Depaetment 



Zoology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Anatomy: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Neurology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Botany: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Physiology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Pathology and Bacteriology: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 



JuNioE Classes 



3 or Less 



Over 30 



Total 



4 
2 
3 
2 

2 
4 
3 
5 

1 
1 
1 
1 



Senior and Geaduate Classes 



30 or Less Over 30 Seminars Total 



7 
7 
6 
6 

12 
12 
13 
13 

5 
6 
9 



7 
7 
6 
7 

13 
13 
13 
13 

5 
6 

10 

7 



BIOLOGY GEOXJP 1* 



Jdnioe Classes 



or Less Over 30 Total 



Senioe and Geadtjate Classes 



30 or Less Over 30 Seminars Total 





3 




3 




5 


6 


23 


3 


22 


3 


19 


5 


25 



7 
4 
3 

3 

4 
4 
3 

6 
7 
7 
8 

1 
5 

7 
6 



4 
4 
6 

24 
33 
30 
31 



14 No classes in Paleontology during this year. 



286 



The Peesident's Report 



PUBLIC SPEAKING 





Depaetment 


Junior Classes 


Senior and Geaduate Classes 




30 or Less 


Over SO 


Total 


30 or Less 


Over 30 


Seminars 


Total 


Summer. . 


3 
6 

10 
6 


i 


I 

11 
6 


1 
2 

"i 






1 


Autumn 


2 


Winter 




Spring 


4 







DITINITY GBOCP 



Depaetment 



Old Testament: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

New Testament: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Sociology (Div.): 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 



Depaetment 



Systematic Theol.: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Church History: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Homiletics: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 



Depaetment 



Public Speaking: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Group totals: 

Summer 

Autumn 

Winter 

Spring 



1 
1 
1 
1 

29 
27 
26 
31 



TABLE III 

Summary of Statistics Bearing Upon Eequihements foe Departmental Buildings op the Humanities Groups 



Philos'phy 
Group 



History 
Group 



Classics 
Group 



Modern 

Langniage 

Group 



Divinity 
Group 



Number of Graduate and Senior College classes in 
Quarter of 1901-02 having largest number of such 
classes 

Number of such classes having over 30 students. . . 

Number of Graduate and Senior classes in Quarter 
of 1901-02 having largest number of (Grad. and 
Sen.) classes over 30 

Number of classes over 30 in said Quarter 

Seminars in Quar. having largest number of seminars 

Approximate number of classes in each room 

Average size of rooms (sq. ft.) 

Grad. and Sen. Coll. students in Dep. (one-third reg. 

Quarterly average for 1901-1902 

Average for 1899-1902 

Floor area needed for class rooms for present number 
of students, allowing 5 classes a day in each room 
600 sq. ft. for classes of 30, 1,200 eq. ft. for larger 
classes 

Floor area, as above, but allow'g 3 classes in each room 

Floor area needed for Library, providing desks at any 
hour for two-thirds of present students at 25 sq. 
ft. each, and 1 ft. on all sides for wall cases. . . . 

Multiplier to provide for growth of 25 years (ratio of 
growth estimated from experience of 6 years, 
1896-1902) 



12 



11 

1 

1 

5 

700 

55 
56 



3,000 
3,600 



1,020 
2.34 



40 
2 



28 

6 

4 

5 

700 

142 
128 



6,000 
9,000 



2,575 
1.60 



17 
1 



14 

3 

4 

5 

660 

67 
63 



3,600 

4,800 



1,250 
1.16 



30 
11 



30 

11 

2 

5 

660 

159 
153 



5,400 
7,200 



2,830 
2.68 



28 
5 



28 

5 

4 

5 

600 

127 
132 



4,800 
7,200 



2,415 

2.48 



The University Library 



287 



TABLE IV 

KEQUIREMENTa FOE DEPABTMENTAL BUILDINGS, BASED ON STATISTICS OF THE DEPABTMENTS 
AND SOGGESTIONS OF DEPARTMENTAL RePKESENTATIVES 



Assembly room 

Theater 

Chapel 

Departmental club room 

Rest room for women ■ 

Class rooms for 60 students (1200 sq. ft. each) . . . 

Class rooms for 30 students (600 sq. ft. each) 

Class rooms for 20 students (ca. 400 sq. ft. each). 

Seminar rooms (ca. 400 sq. ft. each) 

Instructors' study rooms and offices 

Editorial rooms, etc 

Library, reading rooms 

Library, staclt rooms • 

Map, chart, and drafting rooms 

Museum 

Laboratory 

Office for Museum and Library 

Toilet rooms 

Elevators 

Deans' offices 

Corridors, 10 ft. wide 

Lockers (in basement) 



Philos'phy 
Group 



2,000'5 



600 

600 

1,200 

7,200 

"sob 

2,400 
200 

2,400 
600' 



1,500 
300 
200'" 



History 
Group 



CO. 4,000 






2,000 



800 

1,200 

2,400 

!,400 to 

13,800 



1,600 

3,600 

800 

4,500 

2,250 
2,750" 



400 

300"* 

2001" 

caio,66o 



Classics 
Group 



1,300 
2,200 

"600 

600 

1,200 

4,800 

1,800 
1,,300 
3,000 

3,250 
1,000" 



Modern 

Language 

Group 



3,840 

1,266 

1,200 

2,400 

6,000 to 

12,000 

2,000 

1,600 

3,600 

200 

6,900 



6,000 



400 
300 
150™ 



ca. 6,000 



Divinity 
School 



3,750 

600 

600 

2,400 

7,200 to 

12,000 

2,000 

2,000 

3,600 

200 

6,000 

60016 



600 

"366 
300 '« 
200" 

ca. 7,566 



800 



300 
300 's 



1,200 
ca. 6,000 



TABLE V 
Facts Concekning the Growth of the Library 



General Library 

Philosophy and Pedagogy 

Political Economy 

Political Science 

History 

Sociology 

History group total . . . 

Archaeology 

Comparative Philology . . . 

Greek 

Latin 

Greek and Latin 

Classical group total . . 



floor. 



15 Figures in tliese columns denote square feet of floor 
oe. 

16 Of 14-ft. story yielding double floor area in 7-ft. stack 



1' In basement. '8 Exclusive of space in basement. 

W 6X8 on each of four floors. 20 5X6 on five floors. 



Growth 
in 5 years 
(1892-97) 



24,56421 

3,923 

5,392 
2,104 
4,288 
3,410 



15,194 

405 
1,190 
1,808 
4,219 

485 



8,107 



Average 
per year 



4,913 

785 



3,039 



1,621 



Growth 
in 10 years 
(1892-1902) 



29,6362' 

5,612 

7,355 

3,298 

10,481 

4,158 



25,292 

547 
1,683 
2,762 
5,234 



10,226 



Average 
per year 



2,964 
561 



2,529 



1,022 



21 These figures represent the additions made within 
the period of five and ten years respectively. The Library 
began in 1892 with about 225,000 volumes, included in three 
collections, viz., the Baptist Theological Union Library, 
the Library of the Old University of Chicago, and the 
Berlin collection. 



288 



The President's Repoet 



TABLE Y— Continued 



Romance . 
German . . 
English . . 



Modern Languages group total 

Divinity, including Semitics and Comparative Eel. 
Total " Humanities " with General Library . . . 



Mathematics 
Astronomy . . , 
Chemistry . . . 

Physics 

Geology 

Biology 



Total Sciences 

Grand total of growth . 



Total possessions, 1897. . 
Total possessions, 1902 . 



Growth 

in 5 years 

(1892-97) 



2,492 

■ 4,606 

4,412 



11,510 

8,060 

71,358 

2,141 
518 

1,658 
947 

3,940 

7,112 



16,316 

87,674 
ca. 312,674 



Average 
per year 



2,302 

1,612 

14,072 



3,263 
17,335 



Growth 
in 10 years 
(1892-1902) 



3,097 
5,173 
6,705 



14,975 

10,913 

96,654 

2,814 
652 
1,891 
1,491 
4,514 
9,904 



21,266 
117,920 



ca. 342,920 



Average 
per year 



1,497 
1,091 
9,665 



2,126 
11,792 



TABLE Vr 
Cost or Libeast — Foe Puechase of Books, Etc. 





1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1899 




$100,099.22 22 


$17,049.68 

2,213.15 
43.85 


$ 184.10 

1,279.66 
12.00 


$1,034.27 

608.06 
242.% 


$1,102.26 

443.29 
266.54 


$930.28 

450.48 
145.26 


$802.08 


Philosophy . ... 


278.23 






300.58 












$2,257.00 

$6,620.96 

1,090.42 

2,5.30.92 

3,962.12 

652.98 


$1,291.66 

$ 327.72 

992.91 

701.41 

1,159.80 

234.81 


$851.02 

$ 561.92 

461.74 

1,389.34 

1,665.60 

284.94 


$709.83 

$ 875.57 

529.30 

686.26 

1,687.04 

112.21 


$595.74 

$ 512.35 

695.45 

1,121.46 

485.81 

256.25 


$578.81 


Political Economy 

Political Science 

Sociology 23 




$ .470.00 

638.78 

742.76 

1,138.65 


Comparative Religion 




198.46 










$14,857.40 

$ 211.96 
1,868.64 
1,.591.84 
3,347.25 


$3,416.65 

$ 370.26 
321.26 
470.51 
456.10 


$4,363.54 

$ 243.54 
379.62 
891.43 
723.12 


$3,890.38 

$ 236.15 
241.83 
723.38 
940.34 


$3,071.32 

$ 148.29 
346.07 
384.96 
413.46 


$3,188.65 






$ 280.50 


Comparative Philology .... 




486.20 
394.17 






364.60 








Gronp total 

Romance 

Germanic 




$7,019.69 

$ 2,059.16 
4,022.85 
4,316.77 


$1,618.13 

$ 385.46 
236.57 
860.38 


$2,237.71 

$2,096.66 

324.78 

1,421.. 59 


$2,141.70 

$ 513.81 

460.85 

1,193.20 


$1,292.78 

$ 183.23 
274.39 
747.47 


$1,525.47 

$ 347.69 
314.61 


English 




781.53 








Group total 




$10,.398.78 
$2,119.19 


$1,482.41 

$636.46 
111.03 


$3,843.03 

$666.54 
275.82 


$2,167.86 

$446.05 
112.77 


$1,205.09 

$502.33 
377.15 


$1,443.83 


Mathematics 

Astronomy 




$467.75 
397.85 










Group total 




$2,119.19 


$747.49 


$942.36 


$558.82 


$879.48 


$865.60 









22 For 1892-93 accounts are not separate ; this amount 
includes the amount spent for both the General Library 
and the Departmental libraries. 



23 Sociology includes Anthropology. 



The Univeksitt Library 



289 



TABLE YI— Continued 





1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1899 






$ 379.43 

1,711.53 

139.04 
104.49 
82.04 


$ 244.85 

167.69 

348.54 
102.06 
136.97 


$ 314.73 

223.51 

348.49 
204.78 
131.99 


$ 229.36 

131.77 

324.32 
101.73 
250.37 


$ 151.10 

154.16 

350.39 
102.04 
166.87 


$ 933.90 






225.90 






425.61 






450.36 






159.04 












238.60 

100.22 

191.36 

8,878.04 


141.22 
82.39 
157.87 
136.55 


293.90 
162.52 
707.24 
107.17 


252.66 
433.83 
635.67 


263.56 
152.03 
165.64 


205.76 






11)0.97 






489.36 






















$9,733.79 


$1,105.60 


$1,956.09 


$1,998.58 


$1,200.53 


$1,881.10 












$2,716.03 

50.03 

1,532.96 


$1,657.62 


$1,659.62 

48.29 

424.60 

76.97 


$1,021.88 

93.51 

835.73 

10.71 


$ 220.83 


$ 230.17 






36.24 


University Extension 




526.70 


479.30 
19.90 


704.62 




39.27 




























Systematic Theology 


































389.47 


2,449.24 


689.48 


490.68 


292.10 


300.90 




























2,641.37 


950.23 


2,218.42 


1,272.20 


951.30 


1,033.42 












$3,030.84 


$3,399.47 


$2,907.90 


$1,762.88 


$1,243.40 


$1,334.32 


Commerce and Adm 




















Morgan Park Academy — 




$ 428.33 


$ 765.85 


$ 482.79 


$ 456.77 


$ 329.40 


$ 242.47 






Total 


$100,099.22 


$73,284.68 


$16,608.22 


$21,364.43 


$17,112.04 


$11,773.31 


$14,032.43 









1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Total by 
Departments 


Total by 
Groups 


Average 


No. of Years 
Averaged 




$635.10 

243.50 
300.21 


$2,659.83 

358.55 
196.73 


$827.63 

517.04 
128.58 


$25,225.2325 

6,391.96 
1,636.71 


$125,324.4526 


$12,532.44 

710.21 
181.85 


10 




9 


Pedagogy 




9 








$543.71 

$310.66 
488.51 
563.98 
944.71 
100.01 


$555.28 

$ 208.55 

845.90 

773.14 

5,596.28 

97.29 


$645.62 

$ 212.13 
404.89 
697.77 

13,019.11 
197.75 




$8,028.67 








$10,099.86 

6,147.90 

9,207.04 

29,659.12 

2,134.70 


$1,122.20 

683.10 

1,023.00 

3,295.45 

237.18 


9 






9 






9 






9 


Comparative Religion 




9 








$2,407.87 


$7,521 16 

$191.64 
285.86 
513.34 
380.86 


$14,531.65 

$270.85 
608.56 
636.72 
548.95 




$57,248.62 








$1,953,19 
4,911.64 
5,786.81 
7,352.29 


$217.02 
545.73 
642.97 
816.92 


9 


Comparative Philology — 


$373.60 
180.46 
177.61 




9 




9 


Latin 




9 










$731.67 

$342.48 
249.27 
634.39 


$1,371.70 

$196.12 
263.56 
608.02 


$2,065.08 

$ 627.61 

354.32 

1,010.80 




$20,003.93 








$ 6,752.22 
6,501.20 
11,574.15 


$ 750.24 

722.35 

1,286.01 


9 






9 


English 




9 










$1,226.14 


$1,067.70 


$1,992.73 




$24,827.57 















2* The different departments of the Divinity School are 
combined for the year 1893-99, separate accounts not hav- 
ing been kept. 



25 Total for nine years, omitting 1892-93. 
26 Total for ten years; see also footnote 22. 



290 



The Peesident's Report 



TABLE \I — Continued 





1899-190O 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Total by 
Departments 


Total by 
Groups 


Average 


No. of Years 
Averaged 




$353.74 
261.50 


$543.03 
341.29 


$380.60 
411.93 


$6,115.69 
2,289.34 




$679.52 
254.37 


9 


Astronomy 




9 




$615.24 

$253.72 

216.15 


$884.32 

$416.15 

280.81 

579.22 
112.00 
244.22 


$792.53 

$375.91 

308.40 

1,100.30 
128.. 58 
264.41 
493.. 53 
212.13 
204.20 
427.44 




$8,405.03 

$3,299.15 

3,419.92 








$3,299.15 

3,419.92 

3,615.91 
1,306.04 
1,435.91 
493.53 
1,976.02 
1,572.99 
3,262.93 
9,121.76 


$366.57 

379.99 

4.51.98 
163.25 
179.46 
246.76 
219.55 
194.77 
407.86 
3,040.58 


9 




9 




8 








8 








8 






2 




159.64 
126.52 


208.55 
160.31 
488.35 




9 






9 






8 








3 
















$286.16 


$1,792.65 
63.45 
183.40 
60.61 


$2,830.59 

$1,302.55 

293.35 

73.39 




$22,785.09 

$1,366.00 

7,980.90 

362.07 

4,503.91 

182.26 










$683.00 
997.61 

45.25 
750.65 

20.25 

171.03 

73.41 

182.42 

135.21 

636.84 

37.09 

122.74 

1,511.15 


2 






$7,980.90 
362.07 


8 






8 


University Extension 




6 




10.29 

209.42 
99.27 
215.61 
132.60 
345.72 
25.82 
111.34 


25.12 

140.51 
34.66 
216.36 
1.57.29 
753.49 
48,37 
128.15 


182.26 

513.09 
220.23 
547.26 
405.65 

5,731.64 

74.19 

368.23 

9,066.94 


9 




163.16 
86.30 
115.29 
115.76 
200.56 


3 






3 


Systematic Theology 




3 




3 






9 






2 




128.74 




3 






6 
















$809.81 


$1,139.73 
$239.14 


$1,298.83 

$700.66 

.95 

358.19 




$16,927.23 

$939.80 

.95 

3,608.73 






Commerce and Adm 




$469.90 

.47 

400.97 


2 






2 


Morgan Park Academy .... 


124«.12 


269.81 




9 






Total 


$7,973.69 


$18,543.08 


$28,417.18 




$309,214.28 















THE UNIVEESITY PRESS 

To the President of the University: 

Sir : I submit herewith a report on the University Press for the ten years ending June 
30, 1902: 

I. ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION 

In the development of a great institution of learning publication of the literary and 
scientific contributions of members of the teaching staff has always been fraught with grave 
problems, because of the difficulty in securing adequate financial assistance to carry on even the 
more important undertakings. The experience of those engaged in the task of securing funds for 
educational purposes uniformly has been that it is vastly more easy to interest capital in a 
building needed for a college or university than it is to secm-e support for the endowment of 
instruction; and the question of making available to students in general the results of scientific 
research has been equally serious. As a consequence, much scientific material in America has 
remained unpublished, because it has not been possible to interest capital in the development 
of a business organization adequate to place scientific books and periodicals in the regular 
trade channels with profit. 

The idea of a press controlled by a university was first worked out in England, and the 
great example of what may be accomplished is found at Oxford, where a mammoth institution 
has grown up, its origin dating back to the fifteenth century. In its scope it covers the entire 
field of printing and publishing. The varied processes of engraving, lithographing, printing, 
etc., are conducted, printing materials manufactured, and the finished product distributed or 
sold. In America, however, the idea has been slow of development and until very recently the 
scientific output of our institutions of learning has been left to commercial houses under 
uncertain and changing arrangements. 

That a University Press should form an integral part of the University of Chicago was 
prominent in the minds of the founders at an early stage in the organization of the institution. 
The possibility of combining the large volume of miscellaneous printing required by such an 
institution with the work of issuing its several scientific periodicals already undertaken 
furnished a foundation on which to build. Prom this beginning it was hoped that it might be 
possible to develop an organization which would care both for the circulation of its 
magazines and for the distribution of the official documents of the University, as well as for 
the sale of books and pamphlets, the publication of which was in contemplation. No published 
plans, however, are found for this work prior to the opening of the University in 1892. In the 
announcement of the several Bulletins bearing on the organization of the University of Chicago 
one was to be devoted to The University Press, but the document was never issued, and the 
first outline in printed form of an organization is found in a collation of the statutes of the 
University, bearing date of June 27, 1893,^ embodying the actions of the Trustees prior thereto. 
At the close of the fiscal year 1892-93 plans of organization had been adopted which recog- 
nized The University Press as one of the five Divisions of the University, with separate 
departments of Manufacturing, Publication, Purchase, and Ketail. Provision was made for 
the general management to be in the hands of a Director, with a Board of Administration 
appointed from the University Faculties. While plans were being matured for the opening 

^Annual Register of the University of Chicago, 1892-93, pp. 3-8. 

291 



292 The President's Repoet 



of the University, its bulletins and miscellaneous announcements- were parceled out to 
various commercial printing firms, generally bearing, however, the imprint of " The University 
of Chicago Press." 

The earliest recommendation looking toward the organization of The University Press was 
made April 11, 1892, when a communication was presented to the Board of Trustees from 
Messrs. D. C. Heath & Co., of Boston, outlining a plan of co-operation between the University 
of Chicago and a printing and publishing house to be incorporated on a separate basis, the 
same to be known as The University of Chicago Press. The proposition contemplated that the 
new corporation should provide a printing plant adequately equipped, a bookstore at the 
University, and an organization for the purchase of library books, and laboratory supplies and 
equipment. It was fui'ther stipulated that the new coi-poration should be the exclusive agent 
of the University in all matters of printing, publishing, and piu-chasing. At a meeting of the 
Board of Trustees of the University held May 17, 1892, the proposition was accepted, and a 
contract based thereon was authorized and afterward duly executed between the parties, its 
agreements being made effective fi-om and after July 1, 1892, The University of Chicago Press 
in the meantime having been incorporated under the laws of the state of Illinois. Business was 
conducted under this agi-eement until July 1, 1894, at which time, by mutual consent, the 
contract was canceled as of that date, and the transactions thereafter were conducted by the 
University as its directly administered University Press, its imprint continuing to be " The 
University of Chicago Press." 

II. SCOPE AND MANAGEMENT 
I, PERIOD OF PRIVATE OWNERSHIP (1892-93 AND 1893-94) 

During the first fiscal year the administrative organization was as follows: Director — 
Daniel C. Heath; members of the Board of Administration — President William R. Harper, 
Chairman; Recorder Charles R. Henderson, Secretary; and Messrs. Eri B. Hulbert, J. Laurence 
Laughlin, Henry H. Donaldson, Ira M. Price, and Francis A. Blackburn. 

During the first year special attention was given to the organization of the manufacturing 
plant and to the retail sale of books and stationery. The operations of the manufactm'ing 
plant were conducted in connection with the firm of R. R. Donnelley & Sons Co., at IM Monroe 
street, and temporary quarters for the Purchase and Retail Department were provided in Cobb 
Lecture Hall, Fifty-eighth street and Ellis avenue. 

At the beginning of the second year, July 1, 1893, Director Heath found it impossible to 
continue his active connection with the affairs of The University Press, and Mr. Charles W. 
Chase was appointed Vice-Director. The Administrative Board, with the exception of the 
Recorder, who was succeeded by Mr. Howard B. Grose, was continued. 

During the first half of the second year, with the increasing volume of business, it became 
apparent that the plans which had been made for carrying on the manufacturing interests 
were inadequate. From the editorial standpoint it was found to be a great inconvenience 
to have the mechanical department so far from the University, and, looking into the 
future, it was evident that The University Press, as an institution, could not be successfully 
operated without closer contact with the University itself. The situation was presented to the 
Board of Trustees by its Committee on Organization and Faculties January 30, 1894. After a 
discussion extending over several weeks, a new proposition was made and accepted by the 
Board of Trustees April 3, 1894, providing for the purchase of the equipment and stock of The 
University of Chicago Press and for the termination of its business as a private corporation. 

2 All documents issued prior to July 1, 1892, are now out of print. 



The University Pkess 293 



Pending organization under the direct control of the University, the affairs were in the hands 
of a special committee composed of Messrs. William K. Harper, Henry A. Kust, and Edward 
Goodman. 

II. PERIOD OF UNIVERSITY OWNERSHIP (1894-95 TO 1901-2) 

The assumption of financial responsibihty on the part of the University resulted in an 
enlargement of the field of activities anticipated by few of those interested in the undertaking 
early in its inception. The manufacturing plant, which consisted largely of body type, with a 
small job equipment, was transferred from the down-town district to the University Quad- 
rangles and located in the temporary gymnasium and library building near the corner of Fifty- 
seventh street and Lexington avenue. As occasion demanded, the equipment was increased, 
so that in a short time all composition was done at first hand. 

Mr. Charles W. Chase was advanced from the position of Vice-Director to that of Director, 
dating from July 1, 1894, which position he held for the succeeding two years. The personnel 
of the Administrative Board during this period was as follows: President William K. Harper, 
Chairman; Kecorder Howard B. Grose, Secretary; and Messrs. Eri B. Hulbert, J. Laurence 
Laughlin, Henry H. Donaldson, Ira M. Price, and Francis A. Blackburn. Kecorder Howard B. 
Grose, as Secretary of the Board, was succeeded by Mr. George S. Goodspeed during 1894-95. 
The field of the Purchase and Retail Department was enlarged, and special attention was given 
to the method of procuring library books. 

In the spring of 1896 Director Chase was obliged by ill-health to resign his position, and 
was succeeded by Mr. Hazlitt Alva Cuppy. During Mr. Cuppy's administration, which 
extended over the fiscal year 1896-97 and a portion of the following year, the Hnes of work 
already organized were developed, special efforts being given toward increasing the circulation 
of the several departmental joui-nals which had been established. Under Mr. Cuppy's guid- 
ance a substantial advertising patronage was secured, which has since enjoyed material increase. 
With the enlarging field of the journals it was found necessary to provide more adequate office 
room, and administrative quarters were assigned to The University Press in the Hull Botanical 
Laboratory, near the corner of Fifty-seventh street and Lexington avenue. 

During the year 1896-97 the Administrative Board was made up as follows: President 
William E. Harper, Chairman; Recorder George S. Goodspeed, Secretary; and Messrs. Hazlitt 
Alva Cuppy, J. Laurence Laughlin, Thomas C. Chamberlin, John M. Coulter, Albion W. Small, 
George E. Hale, Charles H. Thurber, Eri B. Hulbert, Henry H. Donaldson, Francis A. Black- 
burn, Ira M. Price, and Ernst Freund. The enlargement of the Board was brought about by 
the increase in the number of departmental journals. The membership remained the same 
during 1897-98 and 1898-99, with the one change in the Directorship of The Press. 

In the spring of 1898 Mr. Cuppy resigned his position as Director of The University Press, 
and was succeeded by Mr. Ned Arden Flood, who held the position until January, 1900. Dur- 
ing Mr. Flood's connection with The Press special attention was given to perfecting the details 
of the various lines of organization, with emphasis on a revision of the system of accounting. A 
representative was employed whose entire time was given to the interests of the advertising 
department of the several journals, and it may be said that the faithful work of Mr. Flood 
opened the field for the more extensive enterprises which have since been undertaken. In 
January, 1900, Mr. Flood was succeeded by the present Director. Since that time attention 
has been given especially to the publishing interests of The Press, to perfecting the system of 
purchasing laboratory supphes and equipment, and to the differentiation of the various lines 
of work operating on separate bases. 

In the spring of 1900 several members of the Administrative Board resigned, making new 
appointments necessary. Since July 1, 1900, the Board has been constituted as follows: 



294 



The President's Kepokt 



President William K. Harper, Chairman; the Recorder, ex officio, as Secretary; the Director of 
The University Press, ex officio; and Messrs. Thomas C. Chamberlin, John M. Coulter, 
J. Laurence Laughlin, Albion W. Small, George E. Hale, Shailer Mathews, George E. Vincent, 
James R. Angell, Ernst Freimd, and Francis W. Shepardson. 

III. DEVELOPMENT OF THE WORK 
I. GENERAL 

Before entering upon a detailed statement of the operations of the several departments of 
The University Press, as they exist at the present time, it will be of interest to survey the 
results of the work for the ten years as a whole. 

Brief mention has been made above of the plans developed under private control during 
the first two years of the University's existence. The expenses to the University of the opera- 
tions of the period amounted to 1104,523.72. The income from appropriations and receipts 
amounted to 194,243.55, which left a deficit of $10,280.17. Dming this time very little attention 
was given to the development of a publishing organization. The routine printing of the Uni- 
versity, and other manufacturing interests, together with the collection of the subscriptions of 
five periodicals, which had been undertaken, and the purchasing of library books and labora- 
tory supplies and equipment, employed the energies of those engaged in the work. It was left 
for the management under University control to solve the difficult problems of publishing which 
must be the ultimate aim of a University Press. 

At the beginning of the third year, July 1, 1894, when the University assumed ovmership 
of The University Press, the valuation of its properties was estimated at about $19,000. This 
included the plant of the mechanical department, a stock of books and stationery, and the 
publication rights in the few books and journals which had been undertaken. Under the 
new conditions the work of the next two years was largely experimental, as had been that of 
the first two years, and, as may have been expected, the operations were conducted at a financial 
loss. 

The years 1896-97 and 1897-98 mark a development in organization, but while great 
advance was made in effectiveness, financial conditions did not improve. At the close of the 
year 1898-99 the expenses had reached $167,290.95, with receipts amounting to $162,955.84, 
leaving a deficit for the single year of $4,335.11. At this point the adoption of certain econo- 
mies in operation brought about a marked improvement in the financial showing for the first 
half of the next year, with the result that the year ending June 30, 1900, showed a net gain of 
$2,553.12, the receipts for the period being $167,907.47, with expenses amounting to $165,354.35. 
Since that date it has been possible to maintain a creditable financial record, and the year 
ending June 30, 1902, resulted in a net gain of $3,685.16. The volume of business was consid- 
erable, the receipts being $242,994.17, with expenses amounting to $239,309.01. 

The following comparative statement will be of interest as showing the volume of business 
and financial outcome for the past four years : 



TABLE I 



Year 


Receipts 


Expenses 


BesultB 


1898-1899 

1899-1900 

1900-1901 

1901-1902 


$162,955.84 
167,907.47 
158,681.80 
242,994.17 


$167,290.95 
165,454.35 
157,512.06 
239,-309.01 


$4,335.11 loss 
2,453.12 gain 
1,169.74 gain 
3,685.16 gain 



The Univeesity Press 295 



The status of the business as a whole may be ascertained from the following statements 
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1902: 

TABLE II 

Expenses and Eaenings foe the Yeae Ending June 30, 1902 
Expenses : 

Inventory June 30, 1901 $19,773.58 

Work in progress June 30, 1901 2,844.36 

Manufacturing plant depreciation - - 1,169.08 

Purchases, stock, merchandise, equipment, etc. 136,968.10 

Pay-roll 35,641.86 

General expense 41,880.79 

Rent - . . 625.14 

Repairs 140.00 

Heat 256.10 

Gain - 3,685.16 

Earnings : 

From University Journals $36,978.72 

From University Departments 108,284.94 

Inventory work in progress 6,362 . 89 

From sundry accounts 63,449.07 

Inventories merchandise and stock - . - 27,908.55 

1242,984.17 $242,984.17 
TABLE III 

Assets and Liabilities June 30, 1902 

Assets: 

Cash $ 1,330.73 

Inventory stock, Retail Department 13,708.21 

Manufacturing Department 10,521.77 

Inventory stock, Manufacturing Department 2,621-.99 

Inventory work in progress, Manufacturing Department .... 6,362.89 

Furniture 797.74 

Inventory stock. Publishing Department 11,578.35 

Chicago Post-Offlce deposit - . . . 200.00 

Accounts receivable 15,363.80 

Liabilities : 

The University of Chicago' $62,485.48 

S62,485.48 $62,485.48 

It is natural to expect in developing any new business undertaking that satisfactory 
organization will be reached only through a series of readjustments. This has been especially 
true in the history of The University Press, and definite policy, so far as it exists at present, is 
the result of experience. Authority for the existing management of affairs is found in the 
Constitution, which is a formulation of enactments of the Board of Trustees. The document 
is intended as a guide in conducting the business and has been constructed to meet conditions 
as they have arisen. The text of the Constitution is as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

1. The general organization of the work of The University of Chicago Press shall be as follows: 
A. Manufacturing Department. 
To include: 

a) Composition and press work at first hand. 

b) Composition and press work at second hand. 

c) The manufacturing of books, stationery, etc. 

d) Purchase of stock, supplies, and necessary additions to plant. 

3 In an independent business the account known as The Unirersity of Chicago would be divided in Capital, Profit 
and Loss, and Accounts Payable. 



296 The Peesident's Kepoet 

B. The Publication Department. 
To include: 

a) The publication of the University journals. 

6) The publication of all University literature, e. g., the Register, Circular of Information, 
etc. 

c) The publication of books, pamphlets, etc. 

d) The publication of books, pamphlets, or periodicals for others. 

C. Purchase and Retail Department. 
To include: 

a) The purchase and sale of books for the retail trade. 

6) The purchase and delivery of books for the general and departmental libraries. 

c) The purchase and delivery of stationery and supplies for the oflSces and Departments of 
the University. 

d) The purchase and delivery of permanent laboratory equipment, specimens, etc., and of cur- 
rent laboratory supplies. 

AETICLE II 

1. All orders and purchases falling within the scope of Article I shall be made in the name of the 
University of Chicago. 

2. AJl assistants and employees necessary for carrying on the work as specified in Article I and as 
indicated in Schedules A, B, C, and D, attached hereto, shall be employed by the Director with the 
consent and approval of the President of the University. 

ABTIOLE III 

1. The following regulations shall be established for the conduct of the Manufacturing Department : 

A. It shall be understood, for all work involving expense to the University, that a special appro- 
priation shall be made covering the cost of the same, and that no copy shall be accepted or 
work undertaken to be charged to any department that is not accompanied by the proper 
requisition, which requisition shall be signed by the Secretary of the University and shall 
state specifically the Department or appropriation to which the job of work is to be charged. 

B. For all University work a separate bill for each job shall be given indicating to which Depart- 
ment it is to be charged. 

C. The price of work on all jobs shall be reckoned to include (a) the actual cost of the same, (6) 
the salaries of the superintendent and bookkeeper of the Manufacturing Department, after 
which 18 per cent, shall be added to the work actually done in connection with the Press 
plant (8 per cent, of the same being the proportionate percentage of the 40 per cent, of the gen- 
eral salaries and 10 per cent, of the same being for the maintenance of the Manufacturing 
Department), and further that 10 per cent, be added to the outside cost on each job (8 per 
cent, being the proportionate percentage of the general salaries and 2 per cent, for general 
expense). 

D. A finished copy of every job shall be preserved in the office of The Press, and every job shall 
bear an ofiice number. 

E. Contracts for presswork, binding, etc., shall be made upon a basis of bids submitted to the 
Director. 

F. The wages of compositors and other workmen in this department shall be paid weekly. 

G. Of the general salaries as per Schedule A, hereunto attached, 40 per cent, shall be charged to 
this Department, together with all the special salaries of the superintendent and bookkeeper 
of the Manufacturing Department, and 10 per cent, of the bill clerk. 

H. A monthly report of the business shall be submitted to the President of the University. 

ARTICLE IV 

1. The following regulations shall be established for the conduct of the Publication Department : 
A. It shall be understood that this department shall be responsible for the business management 
of the various University journals and for diligent and active efforts, in connection with the 
editors of the same, to increase the circulation and advertising patronage of each ; and further 



The Univeesity Press 297 



that this department shall be responsible for the business management of all publication enter- 
prises which may be entered into from time to time. 

B. Copyrights shall be procured by the Director in the name of the University of Chicago. 

C. Of the general salaries as per Schedule A, hereunto attached, 40 per cent, together with the 
salaries of the subscription clerks and advertising representatives, and 10 per cent, of the sal- 
ary of the bill clerk shall be charged to this department. 

D. A monthly report of the business shall be submitted to the President of the University. 

ARTICLE V 

1. The following regulations shall be established for the conduct of the Purchase and Retail 
Department : 

A. The Director shall have authority to order such books, stationery, supplies and equipment as 
in his judgment are needed from time to time to supply the retail trade. 

B. In general the selling price of books to the retail trade shall be 12 per cent, above the cost 
price, the latter to include transportation charges. 

C. Purchases to be charged to any department of the University shall be made in accordance with 
regulations specified from time to time, and it shall be understood that books for the general 
and departmental libraries, and equipment and supplies for the laboratories, and supplies for 
the offices and various departments, shall be billed at an increase of 5 per cent, over the cost 
price, the latter to include transportation charges. 

D. Of the general salaries as per Schedule A, hereunto attached, together with the salary of the 
chief clerk of the Purchase and Retail Department, and all other special salaries as per Schedule 
D, hereunto attached, and 20 per cent, of the salary of the bill clerk, shall be charged to this 
department. 

E. A monthly report of the business shall be submitted to the President of the University. 

GENERAL AND SPECIAL SALARIES 
Schedule A 
(General Salaries) 
The Director. First stenographer. 

Head bookkeeper. Second stenographer. 

Assistant bookkeeper. Shipping and mailing clerk. 

Schedule B 
(Special Manufacturiog Department Salaries) 
Superintendent. Bill clerk, 10 per cent. 

Record keeper. Foreman and the regular weekly pay-roll of 

plant employees. 

Schedule C 
(Special Publication Department Salaries) 
Subscription clerks. Bill clerk, 10 per cent. 

Advertising representatives. 

Schedule D 
(Special Retail and Purchase Department Salaries) 
Chief clerk. Bill clerk, 10 per cent. 

Assistant clerk. Foreign periodical expert. 

Messenger. Purchasing agent for laboratory supplies and 

equipment. 

II. MANXTFACTrrEING DEPARTMENT 

The valuation of the equipment of the Manufacturing Department July 1, 1894, amoimted 
to 112,364.65. Subsequent purchases made to June 30, 1902, brought the total amount of the 
expenditures up to $20,732.23. Deductions v^ere made during the time to profit and loss on 



298 The President's Kepoet 

account of depreciation, etc., so that at the close of the decennium the inventory shows a net 
valuation of $10,521.77. The equipment is represented largely in the composing-room, where a 
most complete outfit has been collected. The main dress of the body letter is old style, 
the fonts of different sizes approximating the following weights: 12 point, 1,000 poimds; 
11 point, 8,000 pounds; 10 point, 10,000 potmds; 9 point, 2,000 pounds; 8 point, 3,000 
pounds, and 6 point, 3,000 pounds. In addition should be mentioned a smaller dress 
of modern body type, amounting, in the aggregate of the several sizes, to about 8,000 pounds. 
The plant is provided also with large fonts of Greek in five sizes, Hebrew in two sizes, Nesto- 
rian Syriac, Arabic, Ethiopic, etc., and with many special mathematical, astronomical, paleo- 
graphic, and linguistic signs and accents. Through the latter means The University Press has 
made a record for its ability to produce work impossible in almost any other printing plant in 
the West. Preparatory to executing the mechanical work in connection with the Decennial 
Publications of the University, plans are being made to lay the foundation for a complete diess 
of modern body type, and sufficient quantities have been purchased to meet the immediate 
needs of the work. 

The following statements show the operations of the Department since the responsibility 
for the same was assumed by the University: 

table it 

Statement of Oeiginal Cost or Manufacturing Plant and Additions Theeeto 
1894, May 15, Original purchase ---------- $12,364.69 

May 15 to June 30, 1894 --...-.--- 387.79 

Fiscal year 1894-1895 ..-..- 494.83 

1895-1896 --.-_----- 1,585.66 

1896-1897 ----------- 1,514.37 

1897-1898 ---------- 1,062.09 

1898-1899 ----------- 713.92 

1899-1900 ---------- 448.85 

1900-1901 ----------- 224.98 

1901-1902 -..-.----- 1,935.05 

$20,732.23 



Deductions: 

By charge to "profit and loss" account depreciation: 

June 30, 1899 - - - - - . . - 11,812.33 

« 1900 ------------ 1,675.98 

« 1901 ------- - 1,083.98 

" 1902 __.---- 1,169.08 

By charge to capital account June 30, 1901 ------- 4,469.09 



810,210.46 



1902, June 30, inventory - - - 810,521.77 

TABLE V 

Statement of Peinting Stock on Hand and Work in Peogeess Juiii 1 Each Yeak 

1894, July 1, inventory - - - - $ 845.84 

1895 " " - . - - 3,422.91 

1896 " ".---- 6,598.60 

1897 " " . - - - 6,899.07 

1898 " " - ^ - - - 12,024.34 

1899 " " - - - - 9,041.86 

1900 " ------ 13,264.72 

1901 " " . - - - 5,187.30 

1902 " « 8,829.27 



The University Press 



299 



TABLE VI 
Summary of Pkofit and Loss 



Period 


Profit 


Loss 


May 15, 1894, to June 30, 1895 

Fiscal vear 1895-1896 


|i,405.2i 
2,296.95 

"276.44 
1,156.88 


$2,414.49 
2,251.09 


" " 1896-1897 




" " 1897-1898 




" " 1898-1899 


3,906.40 


" " 1899 1900 


9.14 


" " 1900-1901 




" " 1901-1902 








Total 


$5,135.48 


$8,581.12 






Net loss 


3,445.64 









TABLE VII 

Statement of Receipts, Expenses and Resdlts, 1900-1 and 1901-2 



Year 


Receipts 


Expenses 


Restilts 


1900-1901 


$68,045.87 
90,543.93 


$67,769.43 
89,387.05 


$ 276.44 gciin 


1901-1902 


1,156.88 " 







III. PUBLICATION DEPARTMENT 

Prior to July 1, 1900, no attempt had been made toward the establishment of a PubHcation 
Department on a separate basis. Sales had been carried on through the Purchase and Ketail 
Department, but the arrangement was found to be extremely unsatisfactory. During the year 
1900-1901 the publication business, as such, was divorced from the Purchase and Retail Depart- 
ment and put under separate management. The wisdom of this procedure has been demon- 
strated, and it is believed, with the plans which are now being followed, that the Department will 
become one of the most important lines of activity yet entered upon. While the financial 
gain of the past two years has not been great, it shows the possibilities which lie in the field 
of the Department. It must always be true that much of the material published by a 
University Press will not be self-sustaining from a financial standpoint. The responsi- 
bility for issuing publications of this sort must always rest with the University itself, and 
the problem of The University Press will be that of distributing in the most economical 
way. The first step in the organization of the Department was the preparation of a catalogue 
announcing the titles of all books previously issued. This appeared February 1, 1901. Many 
of the more recently issued books will show a profit, and it is probable that the entire 
investment in separate books and pamphlets made up to this time can be cared for eventually 
without financial loss to the University. 

The following statement shows the output of books and pamphlets by fiscal years, begin- 
ning July 1, 1892 : 

TABLE VIII 



1892-1893 ------ 2 

1893-1894 ----- 3 

1894-1895 - - - - - - 11 

1895-1896 ----- 8 

1896-1897 ------ 31 

1897-1898 ----- 27 



1898-1899 ------ 22 

1899-1900 - - - - - 28 

1900-1901 ------ 28 

1901-1902 - - - - - 40 

Total ------ 200 



300 The President's Eepoet 

The following conspectus of the output by allied groups will be of interest : 

TABLE IX 
Philosophy and Psychology -----, -.10 
Education ----.--_..- 4^ 

Theology and Religion --._-..__ 7 

Political Economy, Political Science, and Sociology - - - 31 
History -----_--._. .7 

Languages and Literatures -------- 44 

Natural Sciences ---------- 58 

Miscellaneous ----- 2 

Total ------------ 200 



A comparative statement of the financial results of the last two years is shown in the fol- 

TABLE X 



lowing table : 



Year 


Receipts 


Expenses 


Results 


1900-1901 

1901-1902 


$ 8,861.93 
17,862.62 


S 8,369.77 
17,423.38 


1492.16 gain 
439 24 " 







The largest undertaking yet entered upon by The University Press in connection with its 
Publication Department is a series of volumes to be issued for the University in commemoration 
of the completion of the first ten years of academic work. These volumes, annoimced as the 
Decennial Publications of the University of Chicago, are authorized by special action of the 
Board of Trustees, and edited by a committee of the Faculty, of which Professor Edward Capps 
is the chairman. The plans contemplate two series of cloth-bound books; the first quarto, the 
second octavo. The First Series includes two volumes of Eeports and eight volumes of Inves- 
tigations, the latter consisting of a collection of articles representing the work of research of the 
several Departments of the University organized during the decennium. The Second Series 
includes eighteen separate volumes, embodying original research and consisting of systematic 
treatises, unpublished documents, and collections of articles on allied subjects. 

Preprints from Vols. VII and IX, respectively (First Series), have recently appeared, 
namely, " On the Text of Chaucer's Parlement of Foules," by Eleanor Prescott Hammond, and 
"The Velocity of Light," by Professor Albert A. Michelson. The work as a whole is well 
under way, and will probably extend over several years, involving an expenditure, including the 
cost of manufacturing and publication, of about $75,000. The expense of the First Series will 
probably represent a direct contribution of the University, as it is not expected that the general 
sales of the volumes will be large. The books of the Second Series, however, in almost every 
instance, have a special constituency to which they appeal, and the sales of these are expected 
to reimburse the University for a large portion of the total expenditure involved in carrying out 
the plans. 

An important line of work connected with the Publication Department lies in the field of 
the departmental periodicals. These journals have formed one of the chief features of the 
Press from the beginning, the aggregate number of pages in all having averaged about eight 
thousand per year. The work includes at present the management of the subscription and 
advertising departments of ten periodicals and one quarterly magazine published on contract. 

During the first fiscal year publication of the following journals was undertaken : the 
Journal of Political Economy, the Journal of Geology, the American Journal of Semitic 
Languages and Literatures {continuing Hebraica), the Biblical World, and the University 



The University Peess 



301 



Extension World. The list was continued during the second year, 1893-94, and during 1894^95 
the American Journal of Sociology and the Astrophysical Journal were estabhshed. During 
this year the University Extension World was discontinued. In 1895-96 publication of the 
School Review, the Botanical Gazette, and the American Journal of Theology was inaugu- 
rated, together with Terrestrial Magnetism, which was published for one year. Since that 
date the list of journals has remained the same, with the addition of a series of " Constructive 
Bible Studies" which was issued during 1899-1900. During this year the publication of the 
Manual Training Magazine, a quarterly, was assumed on contract. 

While allowances for meeting the expenses of the journals have been liberal, it has been 
found impossible, with the enlarging scope, to keep them within their several appropriations, 
and in this connection it is to be said that The University Press has contributed materially 
toward the administrative support of the journals, aside from carrying its other financial bur- 
dens. The following figures will be of interest in this connection: 

TABLE XI 



Year 


Appropriation 


Cost 


Overcharge 


Receipts 


Excess Cost over 
Receipts 


1898-1899 


$38,600.00 
40,100.00 
39,600.00 
41,100.00 


$40,671.92 
40,673.73 
42,403.04 
46,358.92 


$2,071.92 

573.73 

2,803.04 

5,258.92 


$17,815.42 
17,670.01 
23,795.82 
24,136.38 


$22,856.50 
23,003.72 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


18,607.22 
22,222.54 


1901-1902 







Aside from the activities, already noted, of the Publication Department, the handling of 
University Extension Syllabi, Reading Lists, Tracts, Circulars, etc., has formed an important 
feature of the business. The publications of the University Extension Division now number 
more than one htmdred and fifty titles, and the work connected therewith has to do with the 
care of the stock, the shipping of syllabi on special orders to University Extension lecture 
centers, the collection of all moneys due, etc. 

Another important feature is the handling of all official documents of the University. 
This list now includes the miscellaneous circulars and departmental programs, the President's 
Report, the Annual Register, the University Record, the Weekly Calendar, the Bulletin of 
Information, the Circular of Information, and the Announcements. 

The President's Report has been published in two volmnes as follows : 

TABLE XII 
1897-98 ------ viii -|- 261 pages 

1898-99 - - - - - - xl -(- 224 " 

The Annual Register has been published as follows: 

TABLE xni 

1892-93 vii -|- 244 pages 

1893-94 - - - - - - vii -I- 315 " 

1894-95 - - - - - - vii -1-399 " 

1895-96 - - - - - - vii 4- 440 " 

1896-97 - - - - - - vii -H 444 " 

1897-98 ------ viii -|- 480 " 

1898-99 ------ viii -f- 501 " 

1899-00 ------ viii + 471 " 

1900-01 ------ viii -I- 490 " 

1901-02 --.--- viii 4- 543 " 



302 



The Pkesident's Eepoet 



The University Record, edited by the Recorder of the University, is published monthly. 

The Weekly Calendar, edited by the Recorder of the University, is published forty-five 
times a year during the scholastic sessions. 

The Bulletin of Information, edited by the Recorder of the University, is published sis 
times a year. 

The Circular of Information, edited by the Recorder of the University, is published five 
times a year. 

The Announcements, edited by the Recorder of the University, is published eight times 
a year. 

IV. PURCHASE AND EETAIL DEPARTMENT 

Through the Purchase and Retail Department all purchases of library books and labora- 
tory supplies and equipment, are negotiated, and stationery and office supplies for the various 
Departments of the University are furnished. A book and stationery store for the convenience 
of patrons is maintained, and a depository for laboratory supplies is conducted, although goods 
are never sold through the latter agency. The following statements show the results of the 
operations of the Department for the period covered by University control: 

TABLE XIV 

Statement of the Condition of the Stock peoji Jdly 1, 1894, to July 1, 1902 

July 1, 1894, inventory - - - - $7,009.92 



1895, 
1896, 
1897, 
1898, 
1899, 
1900, 
1901, 
1902, 



8,410.24 

10,450.59 

7,754.73 

9,163.94 

9,091.00 

11,550.14 

10,634.70 

14,505.95 



TABLE XV 
Summary of Peofit and Loss 



Period 


Profit 


Loss 


May 15 1894 to June 30, 1895 


$1,608.78 
3,522.29 

2,868 .'ii 

911.46 

1,718.76 




Fiscal year, 1895-96 




" " 1896-97 


$4,504.49 


" " 1897-98 


694.52 


" " 1898-99 


44.93 


" " 1899-00 




" " 1900-01 




" " 1901-02 








Totals 


$10,630.00 


$5,243.94 






Net profit 




$5,386.06 







The experience of the past three years demonstrates conclusively that it is possible to 
operate the Department at a profit. Should the present arrangement be continued, however, it 
will be necessary for one portion of the business to contribute practically the entire administra- 
tive support to the other line, which is distinctly different, namely, the administration of the 
work connected with the distribution of laboratory supplies and equipment. In order that the 
results of these two lines may be differentiated, it has been thought wise to arrange for a division 



The University Press 303 



of the Department into two operating upon separate bases. The arrangement will provide for 
the Retail Department, which will retain the business connected with the retailing of books and 
stationery and the purchase of library books, and for the Laboratory Supply Department, which 
will have charge of the purchase and distribution among the laboratories of all supplies and 
equipment. 

IV. CONCLUSION 

In a report of this character many of the details which have entered into the history of the 
organization must of necessity be omitted. It is fair to say, however, that The Press has 
already demonstrated its value as a factor in the development of the University. Much has been 
accomplished, and much remains to be accomplished. The generous support which has been 
extended to the undertaking gives ground for the belief that the foiinders of the University 
planned well when this featiure of the new institution was provided; and we believe that The 
University Press is only on the threshold of its usefulness to the scholastic world. 

At the close of the first decennium the management is looking forward to the fulfilment of 
plans which will provide for the housing of the several departments under one roof. A fireproof 
bmlding, costing 1110,000, is nearing completion at the corner of Ellis avenue and Fifty -eighth 
street, which will eventually be devoted entirely to the interests of publishing. The basement 
and the first and fourth floors will be occupied immediately, while the second and third floors 
will be temporarily utilized for other University purposes. The space alloted to The Press in 
the new structxire will provide only for immediate necessities. The whole building will be 
needed very soon to provide retail, stock, and administrative quarters, and for an enlargement 
of the mechanical equipment, so that all manufacturing excepting photo-engraving, lithogi'aph- 
ing, electrotyping, and edition bookbinding may be executed. Looking into the not far distant 
future, it is to be expected that all of these activities will be entered upon, together with under- 
taking to manufacture some materials and equipments, as, for example, printing inks and, 
possibly, founding the type needed in the work. An immediate investment to the extent of 
125,000 is contemplated, which amount, in addition to the present plant, will provide typesetting 
machines and book presses of the latest invention, folding, stitching, and sewing machines for 
book work, new dresses of job and body type, and an equipment for doing job bookbinding and 
library repairing. 

An important need of The University Press remains to be cared for, namely, a working 
capital of sufficient magnitude to enable the management to conduct the growing business 
without the necessity of asking credit beyond the terms ordinarily granted business houses, and 
without embarrassment to the University budget appropriations. With a definite working 
capital it will be possible for the aflPairs to be conducted at a material saving; and, with the 
situation met and adjusted. The University Press is in a position to go on to even greater 
things than have been accomplished in the past. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Newman Millee, Director. 



THE UNIVERSITY EXTENSION DIVISION 

THE LECTUKE-STUDY DEPARTMENT 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith a report of the work of the Lecture-Study Department of the Uni- 
versity Extension Division for the period 1892-1902. 

The first official announcement of the contemplated work of the University Extension 
Division was made by the University in Bulletin No. 6, issued in Jime, 1892, as foUows: 

To provide instruction for those who for social or economic reasons cannot attend in its class- 
rooms is a legitimate and necessary part of the work of every university. To make no effort in this 
direction is to neglect a promising opportunity for building up the university itself, and at the same 
time to fall short of performing a duty which from the very necessities of the case is incumbent upon 
the university. It is conceded by all that certain intellectual work among the people at large is 
desirable; those who believe in the wide diffusion of knowledge regard it as necessary; all are pleased 
to see that it is demanded. This work, while it must be in a good sense popular, must also be sys- 
tematic in form and scientific in spirit; and to be such it must be done under the direction of a 
university, by men who have had scientific training. For the sake of the work it should in every 
instance come directly from the university, that thus 

1. There may be a proper guarantee of its quality. 

2. Character may be given it. 

3. Continuity may be assured. 

i. Suitable credit may be accorded. 
The doing of the work by the university will 

1. Do much to break down the prejudice which so widely prevails against an educated aristocracy. 

2. Give to a great constituency that which is their just right and due. 

3. Establish influences from which much may be expected directly for the university. 
i. Bring inspiration to both professor and pupil in college and university. 

5. Bring the university into direct contact with human life and activity. 

In accordance with an announcement issued in the same Bulletin, the work of the Lecture- 
Study Department was to consist of instruction given by means of lectures, classes, and written 
exercises. The method of teaching was copied after that of the Syndicates for the Extension of 
University Teaching organized in connection with the English universities, which has since 
become familiar in this country, consisting of: 

1. Lecture studies given in courses of six or twelve. "These are intended rather to interest 
the student in the work and to inspire him to study than to furnish information." 

2. The class held at the beginning or close of each lecture, during which the instructor 
dwells upon points suggested in weekly exercises, explains difficulties or answers questions 
raised by members of the class. 

3. The syllabus, which gives a brief outline of the subject for the guidance of the student 
and furnishes references to the principal authorities to be consulted. 

4. The written exercises in connection with each lecture, which are intended not as an 
examination, but rather to lead the student into scholarly methods. 

5. The examination given at the close of the course, which is open only to those who have 
satisfied the instructor in the matter of attendance at the lecture studies and classes and in the 
performance of the required number of weekly exercises. 

In accordance with this method, there have been delivered during the ten years closing 
June 30, 1902, 1,326 coiu'ses of six lecture studies each, in 368 centers in 21 different states. Of 

304 



The Univeesity Extension Division 305 

these 391 courses have been given in the city of Chicago and 356 in the state of Illinois, outside 
of Chicago. Other states in which one hundred or more courses have been delivered are: Ohio, 
105; Iowa, 103; Michigan, 101; Indiana, 100. The coiu-ses are classified by departments in 
Table B, which is appended to this report. As was to have been expected, the Department of 
English Language and Literattu-e leads with a total of 367 courses; Sociology and Anthropology 
is a close second, with 827; History, 260; Biblical Literature in English, 138. The statistics for 
the number of centers as given above is deceptive, in that University Extension work in any 
particular community may have been, and in many instances has been, done by different organi- 
zations, and hence while the report credits the work to the organization under the auspices of 
which it was done, this on the surface would appear to multiply unnecessarily the number of 
centers. 

Table D contains statistics of the number of courses given by each lecturer. During this 
period courses of lectures have been given by ninety-one different men, but it is observed that 
one-third of the total number of courses has been given by three men, and that more than 95 
per cent, of the total has been given by men devoting all of their time to University Extension 
work during the period in which their courses were in progress. 

The average attendance at the lecture courses for the ten years is 272,967 ; or, in other 
words, the average number of people attending these courses each year has been 27,296. The 
total number of admissions, as reported, is 1,637,802. During this period syllabi for one hundred 
and fifty-seven different courses have been published. Seven hundred and fifteen traveling 
libraries, including 25,832 volumes, have been sent to the different University Extension centers 
and kept in circulation among their respective members. 

A careful estimate of the expenditures of the University and the different University 
Extension centers during this period gives a grand total of 1325,000. Of this $250,000 have 
been contributed by the centers themselves and 175,000 by the University. 

A statistical report of the work of the Department arranged by years is given in full in 
Table A. It is to be observed that the number of courses delivered dicing the last year of the 
period is 35 per cent, larger than the best year in the previous history of the Department. 

We are sometimes asked: "What are the tangible results of this work?" We all know 
how impossible it is to estimate the value of any educational movement by giving statistics and 
definite results which have been accomplished by it. Nevertheless there are many such results 
which have followed the organization of University Extension work; for example, we can point: 

1. To one who a few years ago was a grade teacher in the schools of a small town, and who 
afterward became a student at the University, and later a valuable and effective teacher in one 
of the best high schools of the state. She herself attributes her advancement to the original 
stimulus derived from attendance on a course of University Extension lecttures. 

2. To scores of students who have gone to this and other colleges and universities, and 
who date their original desire for a higher education at the time of personal contact with a 
scholarly, sympathetic, and inspirational University Extension lecturer. 

3. To at least one public library, which was founded and has since been perpetuated as 
the result of the work of the Local Committee for the Extension of University Teaching. 
Many libraries can be indicated which took on new life from the date of the organization of 
University Extension centers in their respective communities. 

4. To at least one city into the public schools of which a system of manual training was 
introduced as a direct result of the delivery of two courses of lectures on practical sociology. 

It is equally true that to the interest aroused by the University Extension movement is to 
be attributed the successful inauguration of systems of free public lectures, most notably that 
conducted by the Board of Education of New York city. 



306 The President's Kepokt 

However, as indicated above, the greatest and most lasting good done by University 
Extension, as well as other educational movements, cannot be indicated statistically. As 
another has said: " We are in a position to assert that a successful course perceptibly influences 
the tone of a locality for the period it lasts." We would not stop there. Any agency which 
keeps before the people of a community for any considerable length of time a higher educa- 
tional standard and arouses an interest in the acquisition of knowledge and culture cannot be a 
merely temporary influence. The librarian of a large cosmopolitan city writes : 

The University Extension lectures undoubtedly stimulate the use of books bearing upon the 
subjects treated. In this library collections of books on the subjects of the courses are reserved in 
the Reference Room and are in constant use ; while in the Loan Department there is a greater demand 
for books on the subjects discussed than we can supply, though we have many copies of each book. 
Our experience shows that these lectures have a permanent effect on the character of the reading in 
this community. The interest aroused by the lectures is not merely for the time, but continues to 
stimulate the use of the literature of the subjects treated. Moreover, the beneficent contagion 
spreads to other people and to other subjects. 

As stated by M. B6renger in an address at the Paris Exposition, " University Extension 
is the effort to develop in human life, in all classes of society, ideas and sentiments of liberal 
culture — of religion, of art, of aspiration." As an agency for the attainment of such results 
University Extension has the strongest claim for recognition. 

There are a number of practical difficulties which have confronted promoters of the Univer- 
sity Extension movement. There are not wanting many prominent educators who have believed 
that these diSiculties are insurmountable. The problems which, in their judgment, the friends 
of University Extension would be unable to solve are : 

1. The local financial problem. 

2. The discovery and engagement of satisfactory lecturers. 

3. The absorption of university and college men in their own academic duties. 

4. The extent of traveling and extra work required from busy professors. 

Of these the first has to do primarily with the administration of the local University Extension 
centers ; the others with the University or the societies under the auspices of which University 
Extension work is conducted. 

That the first difficulty is not insurmountable we believe is abundantly demonstrated by 
the fact that the University Extension centers, under the auspices of which this work from the 
University of Chicago has been conducted during the past ten years, have contributed in small 
sums a total of $250,000 in support of an educational movement, the development of which 
means much to the intellectual progress of the communities in which it is organized. Neverthe- 
less it is recognized that if this work is to be conducted upon a university plane and according 
to plans which are approved by university authorities, it must look for its success to the ardent 
support of a limited number of people instead of to the passing interest of large numbers. 
Hence it is necessary that the university itself contribute to the support of this work in the 
same way and for the same reason that it contributes to the support of residence college work. 
The institution which devotes all its energies and resources to the education of the limited 
number of people who can spend a period of years within its walls is, to say the least, neglecting 
its duty to the great masses of the people upon the elevation of whose standards and ideals 
its success must ultimately depend. 

The second, third, and fourth diSiculties mentioned above may be discussed under one 
head — the University Extension lectiu-er. It is universally conceded that here is the most 
difficult problem with which the movement has yet had to contend. As Professor Moulton has 
said: "An Extension lecturer must be something more than a good teacher, something more than 



The University Extension Division 307 

an attractive lecturer ; he must be inspired with the ideas of the movement and ever on the 
watch for opportunities of putting them forward. The lecturers must maintain in audiences a 
feeling that they are not simply receiving entertainment or instruction which they have paid 
for, but that they are taking part in a public work." Or, as has been forcibly said by another, 
an Extension lectinrer must be "able to uplift, as well as to inform ; able to energize, as well as 
mobilize facts and to interpret them in terms of life." Such a man must not only possess 
scholarship ; he must be full of life and energy and enthusiasm, capable of imparting inspira- 
tion. His method of presentation must be clear, concise and effective. His audiences are not 
composed wholly of scholars ; in many instances he lectures to a miscellaneous audience. His 
lecture must accordingly be constructed and delivered in such a way that those who come to be 
entertained may remain to be instructed. If they come to drink in and be fed by the lecturer, 
to gather information from what he has to say, the truly successful University Extension 
lectmer will arouse them to active thought and stimulate them to thoughtful reading. Again 
in the words of Professor Moulton: "If a system of instruction gives discipline, method, and 
even originating power, without arousing a lasting love for the subject studied, the whole process 
is but a mental galvanism, generating a delusive activity that ceases when the connection 
between the instructor and pupil is broken off. If then it be conceded that the essence of edu- 
cation is interest, does it not seem a soberly practical purpose that we should open up to the 
whole nation, without exception, an interest in intellectual pm-suits ? " 

A successful popular lecturer is not necessarily a successful University Extension lecturer. 
Indeed, those elements which enter into successful popular lecturing are not at all essential to 
successful University Extension lecturing. While the Extension lecturer must be able during 
the hour in which he has his large audience before him to hold their attention and interest them 
in what he has to say, he has at the end of this period done at best not more than one- 
half his work. It is in the class that follows that his ability as a teacher must be shown. It is 
there that he has opportunity to come into intimate contact with the thoughtful members of his 
audience. It is here that he gains a deeper and clearer insight into the mental attitude and 
processes of those to whom he has been lecturing. Before, they were attentive listeners ; now, 
they are, imder his direction, thoughtful seekers for knowledge. Or even if in the class there is 
not found abundant opportunity to impart knowledge, it is still the hope of the lecturer to 
arouse by thoughtful questions a more careful consideration of the subjects which he could 
present at best in their general aspect only in the lecture. 

Hence all are ready to admit that the successful University Extension lecturer is vastly 
more difficult to find than the successful class-room instructor, and whatever may be his natural 
qualifications, he, like the successful worker in any other field, attains the highest degree of 
success after years of experience. The Extension lecturer is made, not born. 

As regards those men who are devoting their time and energy mainly to class-room instruc- 
tion, it is universally conceded that they can at best do very little successful University Exten- 
sion work. In the first place, the exacting duties of the class-room do not permit them to give 
the time and thought to Extension lecturing which is essential to the accomplishment of the 
results above mentioned. They cannot come before their audiences with that life and energy 
and vitality which is needed to arouse from its lethargy a mind which during eight or ten or 
twelve hours per day, year in and year out, is devoted to a consideration of the practical and 
material affairs of life. It is therefore conceded that if University Extension is to be conducted 
upon any large and permanent basis, it must be done by men who are giving their entire time 
to that work ; or at least the major portion of it must be done by men who regard it as a primary 
and not a secondary duty. The University has done much in the solution of this difficulty by 
selecting a number of men prominent as scholars in the different fields of literature, history, 



308 



The Peesident's Report 



TABLE A 
Statistical Eepoet of the Lectuee-Studt Woek of the Extension Division of the Uniyebsiti of Chicago, 

1892-1902 





a 


i 


2 


CO 


g 


"S 




d£g 


§0 


® 

.So 

-*J to 


Quarter 


CI 
O 




o 
o 

tt-l 

o 


CM 



MS ? 


1" 

lis 


C3 

11 


B © m 


D O O 


is 


TO o 




6 


d 


6 


g?a 


g^« 


^S 


6^6 


g-ss 


g-s 


a a 




^ 


;s 


Z 


< 


< 


CO 


g; 


< 


o 


o 


1892-93, Autumn . 


31 


39 


11 


10,070 


3,838 












Winter.. . 


52 


83 


20 


16,443 


8,217 












Spring... 


2 


2 


2 


215 


30 












Total... 


67 


124 


21 


26,728 


12,085 


37 





11.01-1- 


71 


24 


1893-94, Autumn . 


33 


36 


17 


5,129 


2,880 












Winter. . . 


35 


44 


16 


7,059 


4,224 












Spring . . . 


9 


9 


4 


1,875 


1,305 












Total... 


72 


89 


17 


14,063 


8,409 


17 


6 


6.92- 


37 


23 


1894-95, Autumn . 


62 


65 


18 


11,968 


8,225 












Winter.. . 


48 


52 


17 


9,724 


8,164 












Spring. . . 


10 


11 


3 


2,065 


1,386 












Total... 


95 


128 


23 


23,757 


17,775 


15 


6 


8.01- 


29 


19 


1895-96, Autumn . 


61 


72 


24 


14,980 


7,855 












Winter. . . 


41 


46 


18 


9,615 


4,005 












Spring... 


4 


4 


2 


750 


500 












Total... 


81 


122 


30 


25,345 


12,360 


21 


6 


8.89- 


41 


23 


1896-97, Autumn . 


55 


64 


23 


11,392 


7,.332 












Winter. . . 


61 


71 


21 


16,759 


9,600 












Spring . . . 


6 


6 


5 


1,193 


450 












Total... 


95 


141 


29 


29,344 


17,382 


15 


8 


8.90-1- 


56 


31 


1897-98, Autumn . 


71 


79 


17 


16,888 


6,338 












Winter. . . 


53 


60 


22 


12,990 


4,785 












Spring. . . 


2 


2 


2 


437 


372 












Total... 


92 


141 


29 


30,315 


11,495 


9 


6 


8.91- 


49 


30 


1898-99, Autumn . 


54 


57 


17 


10,837 


4,731 












Winter. . . 


61 


66 


18 


13,866 


4,294 












Spring. . . 


2 


2 


2 


290 














Total... 


93 


125 


25 


24,993 


9,025 


12 


6 


8.06-1- 


25 


18 


1899-00, Summer . 


2 2 


1 


550 














Autumn . 


50 


55 


14 


11,091 


4,805 












Winter. . . 


61 


67 


15 


17,488 


7,923 












Spring . . . 


2 


3 


2 


264 


50 












Total... 


97 


127 


22 


29,693 


12,878 


11 


8 


7.86-1- 


21 


16 


1900-01, Autumn . 


46 


55 


15 


11,533 


3,308 












Winter. . . 


64 


75 


15 


18,714 


4,797 












Spring . . . 


8 


9 


2 


2,560 














Total... 


110 


139 


22 


32,807 


8,105 


10 


7 


7.58 


22 


14 


1901-02, Autumn . 


81 


88 


19 


15,461 


6,954 












Winter.. . 


77 


93 


18 


18,8.31 


8,690 












Spring. . . 


9 


9 


5 


1,630 


789 












Total. . . 


140 


190 


27 


35,922 


16,433 


13 


16 


8.14+ 


28 


14 



Total number of courses delivered ....... 1,326 

Total attendance at lecture courses - 272,967 

Total attendance at lectures (No. of admissions) . . . 1,637,802 
Total number of courses delivered in Chicago 379 



The Univeesitt Extension Division 



309 



TABLE B 

Statistical Eepokt of Numbee of ConitsES Given in Lectuse-Study Depaetsient Classified by Subjects 



Department 



1892-3 



1893-4 



1894-5 



18D5-6 



1896-7 



1897-8 



1898-9 



'99-'00 



1900-1 



1901-2 



Total 



English Language and Literature. 

Sociology and Anttiropology 

Biblical Literature in English 

Geology 

History 

Art. 



Semitics 

Philosophy and Pedagogy 

Neurology 

Botany 

Astronomy 

Chemistry 

Political Science 

Political Economy 

Physics 

Scandinavian Literature 

Music 

Greek Language and Literature 

Anatomy 

Zoology 

Romance Languages and Literatures. . 



28 

28 

7 

1 

26 

16 

5 



23 
21 
10 
3 
15 



39 

38 

6 

3 

33 

4 



45 

30 

12 

1 

9 

5 

3 

10 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 



41 

23 

10 

4 

31 

4 

5 

4 

'7 
1 

'2 

8 



43 

30 

5 

32 

14 

2 



11 



37 

38 

8 

1 

28 
4 
4 



32 
31 

24 

si 
5 



39 
22 

28 

25 
2 

io 



40 

66 

28 

2 

30 

3 

2 

15 

k 



367 

327 

138 

15 

260 

65 

21 

41 

2 

31 

3 

2 

12 

25 

1 

1 

1 

1 

4 

8 

1 



Total. 



124 



89 



128 



122 



141 



141 



125 



127 



139 



190 



1,326 



sociology, and science, and appointing them to regular positions in its faculty, with the under- 
standing that their chief duty is the advancement of knowledge and the promotion of culture 
by the University Extension method. During the past ten years we have had not a little suc- 
cessful work done by men who were at the same time conducting classes in the University, but 
in the nature of the case the centers in which they are lecturing must not only be few but must 
likewise be located near the University. 

We have in the past ten years not only discovered competent lecturers, but we have made 
another discovery which is equally important ; namely, that the people are ready for a forward 
movement for popular education such as is supplied by University Extension. This, as stated 
above, is to many most abundantly proved by the fact that during this period several thousand 
people have contributed in small amounts a total sum of $250,000 for the endowment of this 
form of instruction. Thus while the past ten years have revealed to us diifficulties, they have 
likewise shown us the stren-gth of our cause. We are now ready for more significant advances. 

TABLE C 
Teaveling Libeaeies 
The first Traveling Library was sent out in October, 1892, and the reports from that date to the 
present are as follows: 



Number volumes 

Number volumes sent out ■ 

Number libraries sent out 

To how many states 

To how many cities and towns.. . 

Number libraries purchased 

Number books purchased 

Number books sold 



1892-93 1893-94 1894-95 1895-96 1896-97 1897-98 1898-99 1899-00 1900-01 1901-02 



1,100 
1,754 

64 
4 

30 



1,834 
2,001 

64 
5 

44 



1,935 

2,010 

89 

9 

56 

27 

828 

242 



2,460 

1,782 

59 

7 

45 

20 

523 

116 



3,467 

3,536 

94 

8 

36 

30 

1,398 

274 



3,663 

3,562 

83 

8 

48 

25 

586 

478 



3,550 

2,848 

67 

8 

46 

12 

642 

896 



3,689 

2,497 

63 

9 

50 

17 

6.30 

463 



3,950 

1,965 

44 

6 

37 

12 

535 

249 



4,.387 

3,877 

88 

9 

75 

24 

1,051 

550 



1 Counts each issue of a volume. 



The President's Kepoet 



The Traveling Libraries supplement eflBciently the resources of the General Library. When the 
books are not in active use at University Extension centers, they form a considerable proportion of the 
daily circulation from the loan desk of the General Library. 







TABLE D 










Ndmbee of 


Lectdee-Studt Coueses Given 


BY Each Lectdeee 








1892-1902 








R. G. Moulton - 


- 185 


John Dewey - 


8 


Shaiter Mathews - 


2 


Charles Zueblin 


- 158 


T. J. Lawrence 


8 


T.G.Allen - 




Edwin E. Sparks - 


- 125 


H. S.Fiske - 


7 


Augusta Chapin 




Herbert L. Willett - 


- 69 


William R. Harper - 


7 


George Dana Boardman - 




Frederick Starr 


- 51 


A. H.Cole 


6 


OlausDahl 




J. G. C. Troop 


- 41 


N. I. Rubinkam 


6 


George Schreiber - 




Nathaniel Butler - 


- 41 


Benjamin S. Terry - 


5 


B.M.Davis - 




George E. Fellows - 


- 41 


O. J. Thatcher 


5 


Wardner Williams - 




S. H. Clark - 


- 36 


E. R. L. Gould 


4 


Ferdinand Schwill - 




F. W. Shepardson - 


- 35 


E. H. Lewis - 


4 


J. W. Thompson 




Henry W. Rolfe 


- 34 


Ella Adams Moore - 


4 


Paul Shorey - 




Lorado Taft - 


- 33 


Ira M. Price - 


4 


J. P. Gordy - 




John Graham Brooks 


- 29 


H.F. Reid 


4 


George L. Hunter - 




W. D. MacClintock 


- 29 


Albert C. Eycleshymer - 


4 


Arthur Kaiser - - - 




Edward Bemis 


- 28 


Myra Reynolds 


4 


H. L. Russell - 




Thomas P. Bailey, Jr. 


- 25 


Oscar L. Triggs 


3 


F. L. Morse 




Ira W. Howerth 


- 23 


W. H. Mace - 


3 


T. J. J. See - - - 




Jerome H. Raymond 


- 21 


Alleyne Ireland 


3 


S. W. Stratton 




John M. Coulter 


- 20 


Merton L. Miller 


3 


A. W. Wishart 




W. C. Webster 


- 19 


H. H. Donaldson 


2 


George Kriehn 




James H. Breasted - 


16 


E. E. Barnard - 


2 


L. Taft - - - - 




Jenkin Lloyd Jones 


- 13 


R. C. H. Catterall - 


2 


Albert H. Tolman - 




H. B. Grose - 


- 12 


J. D. Forrest - - - 


2 


Pearl M. Pearson - 




W. M. R. French - 


12 


H. C. Cowles - 


2 


Serge Wolkonsky - 




W. H. Goodyear 


- 11 


C.F.Kent 


2 


W. W. Atwood 




R. D. Salisbury 


- 10 


Emil G. Hirsch 


2 


Alfred M. Brooks - 




Albion W. Small - 


- 10 


C. A. McMurry 


2 


George C. Howland 




Ernest Ingersoll 


9 


F. W. Parker - 


2 


Charles A. Young - 




Edward von Bensley 


9 


J. R. Angell - 


2 


Other lecturers 


10 


H. P. Judson - 


9 


James H. Tufts 


2 






C. R. Henderson 


9 


Camillo von Klenze 


2 


Total . - - . 


1,326 


George E. Vincent - 


8 


TABLE E 










Places at which Coueses Have Been Deliveeed 








1892-1902 








Ada, Ohio 


- 1 


Arlington Heights, 111. 


- 1 


Benton Harbor, Mich. 


- 1 


Aiken, S. C. - 


- 1 


AsheviUe, N. C. - 


- 1 


Birmingham, Ala. 


- 3 


Akron, Ohio 


- 1 


Ashland, Wis. 


- 1 


Bloomington, 111. 


- 5 


Alfjona, Iowa 


- 1 


Athens, Ga. - 


- 3 


Blue Island, 111. - 


- 8 


Alhambra, Calif. - 


- 1 


Atlanta, 111. - 


- 1 


Braddock, Pa. 


- 1 


Allegan, Mich. 


- 1 


Aurora, 111. - 


- 14 


Buffalo, N. Y. 


- 2 


Allegheny, Pa. 


- 2 


Austin— Oak Park, 111. 


- 3 


Burlington, Iowa - 


- 9 


Alton, 111. - 


- 3 


Barrington, 111. - 


- 1 


Burlington, Wis. - 


- 1 


Anderson, S. C. - 


- 1 


Batavia, 111. 


- 1 


Calumet, Mich. - 


- 2 


Ann Arbor, Mich. 


- 1 


Bay City, Mich. - 


- 9 


Canton, 111. - 


- 6 


Anniston, Ala. 


- 2 


Belvidere, 111. 


- 5 


Canton, Ohio 


- 5 



The University Extension Division 



311 



Cedar Rapids, Iowa - 


- i 


Cetttralia, 111. 


- 2 


Charleston, III. - 


- 2 


Charleston, S. C. - 


1 


Charlottesville, Va. 


- 1 


Chicago: 




Altnira Center - 


- 5 


All Souls' 


- 8 


Architectural Club - 


- 1 


Armour Institute 


- 1 


Art Institute - 


- 10 


Association 


- 4 


Austin - - - 


- 5 


Calumet - 


- 2 



Catholic Woman's League 1 

Centenary M. E. Church 1 

Central Music Hall - - 2 

Central Park Pres. Ch. - 1 

Central Y. M. C. A. - - 8 

Church of the Redeemer 1 

Columbia School Oratory 8 

Cook County Normal Sch. 9 

D.A. R. - - - - 2 

Drexel - - - - 6 

Edgewater - - - 6 

Englewood Men's Club - 1 

Bnglewood Cong. Ch. - 1 

Englewood Univer. Ch. - 9 

Englewood Wom. Club - 2 

Epworth League - - 1 

Free Kindergarten - - 5 

Free Lectures: 

Anderson School - - 2 

Franklin School - - 2 

G. W. Curtis School - 3 

Hammond School - 1 

Hull House - - - 1 

Medill School - - 1 

Perkins Bass School - 3 

Horace Mann School - 3 

Garfield - - - - 2 

Garfield Park - - - 3 

Goodrich School - - 2 

Herder Lodge - - - 1 

Holy Angels' - - - 1 

Hull House - . - 7 

Hyde Park - . - 1 

Hyde Park M. E. Church 7 

Hyde Park Christian Ch. 4 

Irving Park - - - 3 

K.A. M. - - - - 2 

Kenwood - - - - 13 



TABLE :E — Continued 

Kenwood Evangelical Ch. 1 

Kindergarten Club - - 1 
Kindergarten College - 10 

Kindergarten Institute - 1 

Klio Association - - 1 

Lake Shore - - - 2 

Lake View - - - 6 

Leavitt Street - - - 3 
Lewis Institute - - 16 

Longwood - - - 1 

Memorial Baptist - - 4 

Millard Avenue - - 4 

Monroe St. Christian Ch. 1 
Newberry Library - - 21 

New England Church - 4 

Normal Park - - - 2 

North Shore - - - 6 

North Shore Club - - 1 

Notre Dame - - - 2 

Oakland Club . - - 6 
Oakland ( Bible Study 

League) - - - - 1 

Oakland - - - - 1 

Owen Scientific Center - 1 

People's Institute - - 4 

Plymouth Church - - 7 

Private - ... 1 

Public School Dist. No. 8 2 

Public School Dist. No. 1 2 
Public School Dists. Nos. 

3 and 4 - - - - 1 

Public School Dist. No. 6 2 

Ravenswood - - - 3 

Robey St. - - - - 1 

Rogers Park - - - 4 

Rush Medical - - - 4 

Ryder Lectures: 

Douglas School - - 1 

Franklin School - - 2 

Lewis School - - 1 

N. W. Division High 

School ... 2 

St. James's - - - 9 

St. Gabriel's - - - 1 

St. Paul's - - - - 5 

Sedgwick St. - - - 1 

Self Educational Club - 1 

Sinai ----- 4 

Sixth Presbyter'n Church 1 

South Cong. Church - 4 

South Side Club - - 3 

South Park - - . 8 



South Park M. E. Church 1 

Steinway Hall - - - 5 

Trade and Labor - - 1 

Univ. Cong. Church - 1 

Union Park - - - 8 

Union Park L. B. S. - 1 

University (afternoons) - 22 

U. of C. Settlement - - 3 

Wabash Ave. - - - 1 

West End Club - - 2 

Wicker Park - - - 6 

Windsor Park - - - 3 

Woman's Club - - - 5 

Woodlawn - - - 5 

Woodlawn Park Club - 1 

Chicago Heights, 111. - - 1 

Chillicothe, Ohio - - ■ 1 

Cincinnati, Ohio: 

H. Thane Miller School - 3 

Mt. Auburn - - - 1 

Univ. Extension Center - 3 

Y. W. C. A. - - - 5 

Y. M. C. A. - - - 1 

Claremont, Calif. - - - 1 

Cleveland, Ohio - - - 2 

Clinton, Iowa ■ - - 14 

Columbia, S. C. - - - 2 

Columbus, Ga. - - - 3 

Columbus, Ohio - - - 5 

Constantine, Mich. - - 1 

Coshocton, Ohio - - 1 

Dallas, Tex, - - - 1 

Danville, 111. - . - 6 

Danville, Ky. - - - 1 

Davenport, Iowa - - - 14 

Dayton, Ohio - - - 15 

Decatur, 111. - - - - 5 

Decatur, Ind. - - - 1 

DeKalb,Ill. ... 4 

Delaware, Ohio - - - 2 

Des Moines, Iowa - - 2 

Detroit, Mich. ... 7 

DeWitt, Iowa - - - 1 

Dixon, 111. - - - - 5 

Dowagiac, Mich. - - - 1 

Downer's Grove, 111. • - 1 

Dubuque, Iowa - - - 9 

Earlville, 111. . . - 1 

East Chicago, Ind. - - 3 

East St. Louis, 111. - - 3 

Elgin, 111. - - . - 7 

Elwood, Ind, - - 2 



312 



The President's Report 



Emmettsburg, Iowa - - 1 

Estherville, Iowa - - -1 

Evanston, 111. - - -4 
Evanston, 111. (Bible-Study 

League) - - - 1 

Evansville, Ind. - - - 2 

Fairfield, Iowa - - - 1 

Fayette, Iowa - - - 1 

Findlay, Ohio - - . 3 

Flint, Mich. - - - - 10 

Fort Dodge, Iowa - - 2 

Fort Madison, Iowa - - 8 

Fort Wayne, Ind. - - 2 

Frankfort, Ind. - - - 1 

Freeport, 111. - - ■ 5 

Fremont, Ohio - - - 2 

Galesburg, 111. (Knox Col.) - 10 

Galveston, Tex. - - - 6 

Geneseo, 111. - - - - 4 

Geneva, 111. - - - - 1 

Gibson City, 111. - - - 1 

Glenooe, 111. - - - - 3 

Goshen, Ind. ■ - - 1 

Grand Rapids, Mich. - ■ 5 

Grand Haven - - - 4 

Greenville, S. C. - - - 1 

Grinnell, Iowa - - - 1 

Hamilton, Ohio - - - 6 

Hammond, Ind. - - - 6 

Hannibal, Mo. - . - 2 

Hartford City, Ind. - - 1 

Herrington, Kan. - - 1 

Highland Park, 111. - - 6 

Hillsboro, Ohio - - - 2 

Hinsdale, 111. - - - 5 

Hiram, Ohio - - - - 1 

Hoopeston, 111. - - - 1 

Houston, Tex. - - - 2 

Humboldt, Iowa - - - 1 

Huntington, Ind. - - - 1 

Independence, Iowa - - 1 

Indiana, Pa. - - - - 2 

Indianapolis, Ind. (U. E. C.) 15 
Indianapolis, Ind., Public 

School - ... 1 
Indianapolis, Ind., Manual 

Training School - - 1 

Ironwood, Mich. - • - 1 

Ishpeming, Mich. - - 1 

Jackson, Mich. - - - 4 

Jacksonville, 111. - - - 2 

JoUet, 111. - - - - 22 



TASLEB— Continued 
Kalamazoo, Mich. - - 7 
Kankakee, 111. - - - 6 
Kansas City, Mo. - - - 1 
Kenosha, Wis. - - - 4 
Kenton, Ohio - - - 1 
Keokuk, Iowa - - - 9 
Kewanee, 111. - - - 1 
Kokomo, Ind. - - - 3 
LaCrosse, Wis. - - - 4 
Lafayette, Ind. - - - 4 
La Grange, 111. - - - 3 
Lagrange, Ind. - - - 1 
La Moille, 111. - - . 2 
Lansing, Mich. - - - 1 
Lansing, Mich. (Agr. Col.) - 1 
La Porte, Ind. - - - 5 
La Salle, 111. - ... 2 
Lebanon, Ind. - - - 2 
Lemont, 111. .... 1 
Lexington, Ky. - - - 1 
Lima, Ohio - - - . 4 
Lincoln, 111. - - - - 3 
Lisbon, Ohio - - - 2 
Lockport, 111. - - - 1 
London, Ohio - - - 1 
Long Beach, Calif. - - 1 
Los Angeles, Calif. - - 2 
Louisville, Ky. - - - 2 
Ludington, Mich. - - 1 
Macon, Ga. - - . - 1 
Manistee, Mich. - - - 4 
Mansfield, Ohio ... 3 
Maquoketa, Iowa - - - 1 
Marion, Ala. - - . - 1 
Marion, Ind. - ... 5 
Marion, S. C. - - - 1 
Marquette, Mich. - - - 2 
Marshall, Mich. - - - 5 
Marshalltown, Iowa - - 2 
Mason City, Iowa - - 2 
Mattoon, 111. - - - - 4 
Maywood, 111. ... 4 
Mazon, 111. .... 1 
Mendota, 111. - . .1 
Meridian, Miss. - - - 1 
Michigan City, Ind. - - 3 
Middletown, Ohio - - 1 
Milwaukee, Wis : 
College Endowment Asso- 
ciation - - - - 23 
Ethical Society - - 1 
Normal School - - - 1 



S. S. Educ. Assoc. - - 2 

Univ. Extension Center •- 2 

Woman's Club - - - 1 

Pastors' Assoc. - - - 1 

Minneapolis, Minn : 

Institute Sac. Lit. - - 4 

Stanley Hall - - - 13 

Moline, 111. - - - - 12 

Monmouth, 111. - - - 2 

Morgan Park, 111. - - 2 

Morgantown, W. Va. - - 1 

Morrison, 111. - - - 1 

Mount Carroll, 111. - - 4 

Muncie, Ind. - - - 1 

Muscatine, Iowa - - - 4 

Muskegon, Mich. - - - 2 

Neguanee, Mich. - - - 1 

Newark, Ohio - - - 1 

New Brighton, Pa. - - 1 

New Harmony, Ind. - - 1 

Niles, Mich. - - . - 3 

Oak Park, 111. - - - 10 

Osage, Iowa - - . - 2 

Oshkosh, Wis. - - - . 1 

Oskaloosa, Iowa - - - 1 

Ottawa, 111. - - - 11 

Ottumwa, Iowa - - - 7 

Owosso, Mich. - - - 5 

Palatine, 111. - . - 2 

Pana, 111. . . . . 1 

Paris, 111. - - - - 3 

Paris, Ky. .... 1 

Park Ridge, 111. - - - 2 

Pasadena, Calif. - - - 2 

Pekin, 111. - ... 5 

Peoria, 111. - - - - 11 

Peru, Ind. - ... 3 

Pittsburg, Pa.: 

Univ. Extension Society - 12 

Art Society - - - 1 

Hazelwood Branch - - 1 

Mt. Washington Branch - 1 

Wylie Ave. Branch - - 1 

20th Century Club - - 3 

Plainwell, Mich. - . . 1 

Plymouth, Ind. - - - 1 

Polo, 111. .... 3 

Pomona, Calif. - - - 1 

Pontiac, 111. - - . - 3 

Potomac, 111. " - - - 1 

Princeton, 111. - - - 4 

Pueblo, Colo. ... 1 



The University Extension Division 



313 







TABLE E — Continued 










Princeton, Ind. - 


- 1 


Santa Anna, Calif. 


2 


Tremont, 111. 


- 


2 


Quincy, 111. - 


- 4 


Savanna, 111. 


1 


Trenton, Mo. 




1 


Redlands, Calif. - 


- 2 


Sedalia, Mo. - - - - 


1 


Tuscaloosa, Ala. - 


. 


1 


Riclimond, Ind. - 


■- 8 


Selma, Ala. - - - - 


2 


Upper Alton, 111. - 


. 


1 


Richmond, Ky. - 


- 1 


Shelbyville, 111. - 


1 


Urbana, Ohio 


- 


1 


Richmond, Va. 


- 1 


Sidney, Ohio 


5 


Valparaiso, Ind. - 


- 


4 


Riverside, Calif. - 


- 1 


South Bend, Ind. - 


12 


Vincennes, Ind. - 


- 


1 


Riverside, 111. 


- 7 


South Evanston, 111. - 


1 


Wabash, Ind. 


- 


3 


Rochelle, 111. 


- 4 


Spencer, Iowa 


1 


Washington, Iowa 


- 


1 


Rockford, 111. 


- 16 


Springfield, 111. - 


14 


Washington, Ind. 


. 


1 


Rock Island, 111. - 


- 6 


Springfield, Ohio - 


6 


Washington C. H., Ohio 


1 


Saginaw, E. S., Mich. - 


- 12 


Sterling, 111. - - . . 


9 


Waterloo, Iowa - 


- 


2 


Saginaw, W. S., Mich. - 


- 5 


Storm Lake, Iowa 


1 


Watertown, Wis. - 


- 


2 


St. Charles, 111. - 


- 2 


Streator,Ill. - 


9 


Watseka, 111. 


. 


1 


St. John's, Mich. - 


- 2 


Sycamore, 111. 


5 


Waukegan, 111. 


- 


4 


St. Joseph, Mich. - 


- 1 


Taylorville, 111. - 


1 


Wheaton, 111. 


- 


3 


St. Paul, Minn. - 


- i 


Terre Haute, Ind. 


4 


Winnetka, 111. - 


- 


4 


San Antonio, Tex. 


- 1 


Tiffin, Ohio - 


4 


Winona, Minn. 


- 


6 


San Diego, Calif. - 


- 1 


Toledo, Ohio 


9 


Xenia, Ohio 


- 


2 


Sandusky, Ohio - 


- 2 


Tonawanda, N. Y. 


5 


Youngstown, Ohio 


- 


2 


San Francisco, Calif. - 


- 1 


Topeka, Kan. 

TABLE F 

SCMMAEY 


1 










Nnmber of 
Centers 


Number of 
Courses 




Number of 
Centers 


Number of 
Courses 


Chicago . .... 


90 

81 

32 

29 

31 

30 

13 

4 

11 

12 

4 

4 


391 

356 

105 

103 

101 

100 

44 

27 

25 

15 

10 

9 


Georgia 


6 
2 
3 
5 
4 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 


7 
7 
7 
6 
5 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 




Illinois (outside Chicago) 

Ohio 


New York . 
South Caro 
Kentucky . 
Missouri. . . 
Kansas.. . . 








lina. 






Iowa 






Michigan 
















Minnesota . 


Mississippi 
North Caro 
West Virgil 

Total 








T-*pn n svlvan i a 


lina. 
aia . . 






Oalifornia 












, 


Alabama 


368 


1,326 















Respectfully submitted, 

Walter A. Payne, 
Secretary Lecture-Study Department. 



314 The President's Kepoet 



THE CORKESPONDENCE-STUDY DEPARTMENT 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith my report on the work of the Correspondence-Study Department 
of the University Extension Division from the opening of the University to June 23, 1902, the 
close of our tenth scholastic year. 

" To provide instruction for those who, for social or economic reasons, cannot attend in its 
class-rooms is a legitimate and necessary part of the work of every university. To make no effort in 
this direction is to neglect a promising opportunity for building up the university itself, and at the 
same time to fall short of performing a duty which, from the very necessities of the case, is incum- 
bent upon the university." — Official Bulletin No. 6, May, 1892. 

This is the earliest formulation here of the purpose and scope of university extension. 
To what extent the Correspondence-Study Department has met these obligations and oppor- 
tunities may be gathered from the following facts and tables. 

The first student registered for correspondence instruction in October, 1892 — the month 
in which residence instruction began. From that date to this 2,952 different students have 
registered for from one to twelve courses each. Of these 1,715 have matriculated in the Univer- 
sity through this Department. This is almost 11.6 per cent, of the total nvmiber of matricu- 
lants in the decade. 

The great majority, nearly 87 per cent., of those who enroll are educators. This is but 
natural, inasmuch as instruction is given in academic subjects only. By the remaining 13 per 
cent, at least sixty -five other vocations are represented. If the data had been furnished in every 
case, the number of different vocations would certainly have been much larger; still it would 
appear that there are mature persons in many walks of life who are eager for the mental 
discipline and the culture which college coiu'ses afford. 

The students have been scattered through every state and territory of our country, includ- 
ing our island possessions, and through the countries of every continent, Africa excepted. 
Obviously the work has extended the name and influence of the University. The tj^pe of 
student who is attracted by this kind of study may be inferred from the fact that some now 
serving on the Faculties, and several who have taken the Doctor's or the Master's degree, first 
established relations with the University through the Correspondence-Study Department. 

The opportunity to do a part of the work required for the Bachelor's degree at home 
has led many to choose this in preference to another institution. Moreover, it has enabled not 
a few who have had to drop resident study on account of ill-health, insufficient funds, or busi- 
ness openings, to complete their college course and gain the degree. The interweaving of resi- 
dent and non-resident study has grown noticeably within the last year and a half. Undoubtedly 
from this time on both regular students and those whose periods of residence must be brief and 
infrequent will more and more take advantage of the correspondence com'ses. 

The number of instructors engaged in the work and the number of courses given have 
increased from year to year, until in 1901-2 ninety-two members of the Faculties gave two 
hundred and seventeen courses. These figures are significant as indicating the Faculty senti- 
ment and the diversified demand — a demand which it would be difficult to satisfy without 
university resources. 

During the ten years three hundred and thirty-eight courses were given by one hundred 
and fifty-seven different instructors. For the first few years these were confined to History, 
the Languages, and Mathematics, as, owing to the difficulty of giving laboratory instruction, 
it was deemed impracticable to advance into the scientific field. Finally, as the result of an 



The Univeesity Extension Division 315 



tirgent request, a trial was made in Botany. The success attending the experiment led to a 
second and third course, and little by Httle to the announcement of courses in other sciences. 
It now seems not unreasonable to expect that, by means of detailed and graphic lesson sheets, 
and by supplying the required apparatus, this method of insti-uction may be applied success- 
fully to the teaching of almost any subject in the curriculum — at least, in its elementary 

phases. 

That correspondence work has been tested by both indifferent and enthusiastic instruc- 
tors, incapable and brilliant students, application to so many subjects, and, most exacting 
of all, comparison with class-room results; that it has been tried in the case of so many 
people, through great distances, and for so long a time; and that it has not only survived, but 
stands today approved in the estimation of instructors and students alike, warrants the opinion 
that the experimental stage is passed, and that this method of instruction has fairly won its 
right to greater recognition as an effective educational factor. 

Has not the time come to reorganize the work on an independent basis, and thus enlarge its 
scope and efficiency? Hitherto these courses have been prepared and conducted by those 
whose time was mortgaged to residence duties. While this arrangement possesses certain 
advantages, it necessarily limits the number of students who can be accommodated, and this 
defect is abeady beginning to be felt. Even the natural increase resulting from the efforts 
of zealous students to extend a knowledge of the work — and it is to these that the present 
development is due — will soon overtax om- facilities. The desideratum is an endowment suffi- 
ciently large to permit of legitimate promotion, engaging special instructors, and supplying at 
nominal rates tuition and the necessary apparatus. 

The present requirement that all fees be paid in full in advance prevents many from 
enjoying the privileges which the University desires to extend. The liberality shown in allow- 
ing students who are unable to complete their coiirses within the prescribed time, another year 
for so doing, upon payment of a small reinstatement fee, and in permitting final examinations 
to be taken outside the University tmder approved supervision, has yielded satisfactory results, 
and justifies, it is believed, a wider application of the same policy. 

Table A, with its supplement, presents in a detailed manner the history of every regis- 
tration in every course since the opening of the Department. For those who are interested 
simply in comparing the relative demand for different subjects, the summary of this detailed 
conspectus presented in Table B will answer. The steady growth of the Department will be 
seen in Table C, showing the annual totals of new registrations, total registrations, and courses 
completed; Table D, showing the number of instructors, courses, and students year by year; 
and Table E, showing the annual gross income. Table F presents the roster of correspondence 
instructors, and the number of years each has taught. 

Kespectfully submitted, 

H. F. Mallory, 
Secretary Correspondence-Study Department. 



316 



The President's Report 



TABLE A 
Detailed Conspectus of Registration, October 1, 1892, to June 23, 1901 





1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


DEPABTMBNT8 


to 

§ 

2 

Eft 

5 

1 


<D 
P. 

s 
5 

tn 

2 

3 

9 


■a 

a 
p. 
o 

fi 
1 

U 

O 
U 

1 

1 


> 

o 
t» 

a 

3 
'o 

m 

5 

5 

1 

1 

i 
1 

1 

3 

2 


a 
.2 

*5) 

Z 

4 

i 

3 

8 

■ - 
2 

2 

1 

'i 

~Y 

'i 

2 
2 


in 

a 
o 

"rf 

'cfl 
1 

9 

'i 

3 
13 

3 

3 

1 
1 
1 
2 

5 

i 

'4 
2 


1 
"p, 

a 




3 

3 

1 

1 

i 
1 

1 

3 

"2 


P 
to 

CO 

6 
4 

4 
"i 


CD 
> 


bD 

d 
'3 
'0 

W 

2 
i 
'3 

6 

2 

2 

1 
i 

2 

'2 
2 


.2 

(S 

u 

_tn 

% 
CD 

z 

i 
i 

2 

4 

4 
3 

3 

'3 
1 


§ 

ca 

■s 

"5, 
W 

3 

2 
'2 
'4 

8 

6 

6 
4 

i 

5 

'5 
3 


1 

<D 

S 



i 

i 
i 

2 

2 

2 
3 
i 

4 

'2 
3 


■0 

Q 

a 

s 
i 

3 



1 

"2 

3 

i 


u 

> 



M 

a 
'3 
'0 
W 

1 
i 
i 

3 

4 

4 
1 

1 
'2 


a 
_o 

CD 

z 

1 
i 
i 

3 

'2 

'i 

3 

2 
2 

4 

4 

i 

5 

'2 
2 

i 

3 


cfl 



1 

CO 



2 
'2 
'2 

6 

'2 

'i 

3 

6 
2 

8 

5 

i 

6 

2 

2 

'3 
3 


T3 

a 

i 
u 

CO 

§ 
1 

1 

2 

2 
1 

1 

i 

'i 


03 
P< 
0. 

R 

CO 

<o 




'i 
1 

2 

3 
3 

'2 
1 


g 



u 
a 

■3 
1 


I A. PHIL090PHT 

1. Elementary Psychology 


6 


1 


2. Advanced Psychology 


'i 


4. Ethics 

5. Greek and Mediseval Philosophy 

6. Modern Philosophy 

7. Introduction to Kant 

Total 


6 

1 

1 

i 

1 
1 

3 

"i 


i 


IB. EDUCATION 

8. Educational Psychology 

9. History of Education 

10. Hist, of Educational Theories and Practicet 
from Time of Greeks to Rise of Universities 

11. Hist, of Education Since the Renaissance.. 

12. Representative Educators of Modern Times 

13. Study of Educational Classics 

14:. Philosophy of Education 

15. PedasoKy of Herbart 

18. Froebel's Education of Man 

n. Special Method of Common-School Studies 

18. General Course in Child Study 

19. Practice and Organization of Education as 
Teaching 

20. Organization and Management of Schools.. 

21. Special Problems in School Administration 

22. Social Aspects of Curriculum 

Total 

11. POLITICAL ECONOMT 

23. Principles of Political Economy— 1st Mj 

24. Principles of Political Economy— 2d Mj . . . . 

25. Socialism 

26. Railway Transportation 

27. Banking 

Total 


2 

i 

3 

1 

2 

8 


m. POLITICAL SCIENCE 

29. Principles of Political Science 

30. Roman Law 


4 






32. American Constitutional History... 




.33. Comparative Constitutional Law 

34. Political Science in U. S. Constitution 

35. Municipal Affairs 

37. American Constitutional Law 

38. Comparative Politics 

39. Elements of International Law 

Total 


1 
B 


IV. HISTORY 

40. Outlines of Greek and Roman History {Eng- 
lish Theological Seminary Students) 

41. Greek History (Academy) 

42. Roman History (Academy) 

43. History of Greece to Death of Alexander. .. 

44. History of Rome 

45. Outline History of Mediseval Europe 

46. History of Europe from 300-800. . . . 


i 

2 

i 


47. History of Europe from 800-1500 

48. The Crusades 


1 



The Univeksity Extension Division 



317 



TABLE A 
Detailed CoNSPECTua of Eegisteation, Octobek 1, 1892, to June 23, 1901 





1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 






en 


'U 








« 


-o 






iri 




tfl r 


B 




Cfi 






■o 












9 ■§ 








a 
o 

ed 
u 


cd 


a 
6 

in 


t3 

p. 



R 

cn 


t-. 

o 

a 


a 

'El 


o 

•a 


'H. 

a 

o 
u 

en 

(D 


P, 
P. 

2 
fi 


Pi 

O 

a 


a 
.2 

CO 

•s 

a> 
K 


s 

St. 
O g 






> 

3 


a 



B3 

■s 

•a 

K 




en 

•a 


-1^ 

© 
■p. 
S 
o 
o 


a 

o 


Pi 

ID 

> 

o 


o 

(d 

F* 

"a 

K 


1 

OS 


c 


2 -2 T 

3 O 

5 i J 


3 

J 

2, 

J 








& 


ca 





^ 
3 


3 
"o 


& 


ca 


h 

3 


a 


^3 




S.S 


cj 


° o 1 


3 


1 


s« 


rt 


Fh 

3 


S 


"o 


eu 


&« 




S 5 E 

2 O C 


3 
•> 






IZ 


H 


Q 


o 


W 


z 


H 


o 


u 


W 


» 


J 


H C 


J o ti 




n 


tj 


H 


u 


o 


M 


Z 


I-) 


t 


HOC 


) 


1 


q 


in 






in 


9 


19 


5 


2 


12 


7 




19 


7 3 


9 


11 




20 


1 


8 


11 


9 


1 


s 


1 3 


8 


10 


2 












1 


1 






1 


1 




2 




^ 


7 






» 


3 




6 


1 






7 2 


,i 


3 


3 


3 


4- 






4 


? 


fi 


?. 


1 


3 


3 




6 


2 1 


H 


2 






5 




3 


2 


2 






4 .. 




3 


i 






















6 




6 


5 .. 


1 


9 






10 


fi 




4 


fi 




: 


6 . 




4 


5 


X 


4 






4 


3 


7 


?. 




5 






5 


4 1 . 




1 






1 






1 


3 






4 1 . 




3 


6 












3 


3 






3 


1 




4 


1 2 


1 


1 






2 


1 




1 








1 1 . 






7 














































1 






1 .. . 




i 




15 


18 






18 


18 


36 


9 


3 


24 


18 




42 1 


9 7 1 


6 


31 




47 


11 


u 


25 


22 


1 


4 


& 13 1 




24 


8 












































11 




1 


1 2 . 




9 


9 


3 


5 


2 




3 




3 




3 




1 




1 




1 


1 




2 


1 


i 
















10 












































3 






3 .. . 




3 


11 






















2 




2 




i 


1 




3 


1 




2 


1 






3 1 




2 


12 












3 


3 






3 


1 




4 


2 1 


I 


2 




3 


1 




2 








2 2 . 






13 


5 


5 






5 


3 


8 


5 




3 






3 


3 . 




9 




9 


2 


1 


6 


1 






7 3 




2 


U 


7 


7 






7 


16 


?S 


4 




19 


1 




20 


9 9 


2 


9 




11 


1 


1 


y 







. 


4 4 




b 


15 






















2 




2 




^ 


1 




3 


1 




2 








2 1 






16 
































1 




1 






1 








1 






n 






















4 




4 




4 


5 




9 


1 


3 


5 








5 .. 




i 


18 




1 




1 














5 




5 


1 .. 


4 


2 




6 


4 




2 


3 






5 1 




3 


19 












































1 






1 .. . 




1 


20 












































2 






2 .. 




T 


21 
































3 




3 


1 




2 


2 






4 2 . 




?. 


22 






















2 




2 




<; 






2 


2 




















15 


18 


2 


1 


15 


22 


37 


9 


3 


25 


18 




43 1 


2 13 1 


8 


34 




52 


15 


6 


31 


29 




c 


16 1 


5 


29 


23 


4 


5 


1 




4 


6 


10 


4 


1 


5 


4 




9 


. 5 


4 


3 




7 


4 


1 


2 


6 


1 




9 2 


2 


5 


24 


2 


4 


2 




?, 


1 


3 




2 


1 






1 


1 . 




3 




3 




1 


2 








3 2 . 




1 


25 


1 


1 






1 


1 


2 






2 






2 


9 




























26 
































1 




1 


1 


















27 
































1 




1 




i 
















28 


















































i .. . 




1 




7 


10 


8 




7 


8 


15 


4 


3 


8 


4 




12 


. 8 


4 


8 




12 


5 


3 


4 


8 


1 


] 


3 4 


2 


7 


29 




4 


2 


?. 
















































30 














































. 


























31 








































































32 










































, 






























33 




1 




































































34 




1 






1 




1 


























































35 












1 


1 






1 






1 


1 












































36 












3 


3 


?, 




1 


8 




9 


7 .. 


2 


1 






3 






1 


2 


3 






5 i 




3 


S7 












1 


1 


1 






10 




10 


6 .. 


4 


3 






7 


3 


2 


2 


1 






3 2 . 




1 


38 






. 






2 


?. 


1 




1 


12 




13 


.. 


3 


2 






5 


2 


2 


1 


3 






4 .. 




3 


89 












2 


2 


1 




1 


6 




7 


7 .. . 




4 






4 


1 


1 


2 








2 .. 




1 




1 


6 


2 


3 


1 


9 


10 


5 


1 


4 


36 




40 ■ 


iO 1 


9 


10 




19 


6 


6 


7 


7 




] 


14 3 


3 


8 


40 
































3 




3 


1 


2 




5 


1 




6 1 . 




5 


41 


3 


4 




1 


3 


3 


6 


2 


1 


3 


4 




7 


2 2 


3 


3 




fi 


1 


2 


3 


8 






1 4 


2 


5 


42 


2 


4 




2 


2 


1 


3 


1 


1 


1 


2 




3 


2 1 . 




3 




3 


1 




2 


6 






8 5 . 




3 


43 






















1 




1 




1 


2 




3 




1 


2 


2 






4 1 


i 


2 


44 
































1 




1 


1 


















45 












2 


2 


1 




1 


6 




7 


4 .. 


3 


8 




11 


3 




8 


13 






!1 12 


2 


7 


46 


5 


6 


1 


1 


4 


1 


5 


2 


2 


1 






1 


1 .. . 




























47 


2 


3 




1 


« 


1 


3 


1 




2 






2 


1 1 . 




























48 












































5 






5 4 


1 





318 



The Peesident's Report 



TABLE A — Continued 





1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


Depabtments 


1 

1 

1 
W 

1 
EH 


% 

'p. 

a 



<D 
m 
Ch 
S 



Q 

P. 
P. 

u 

s 



u 
> 

to 
a 

is 

"o 
W 


a 

M 
W 

"to 
® 


a 

cd 

M 
..J 

M 

'd 

H 


% 
"ft 

a 



tn 
QJ 
u 
3 




■s 

P. 
ft 

(^ 

M 

3 




© 
> 


tD 

a 
"o 


1 

i 


1 

•a 

3 




"n 

B 




i 

h 
3 


i 
3 

10 
1 
\\ 

■■ 

1 

i 

— 
1 

i 
2 


■0 
© 

g 
S 
p 

3 



'i 


S 
p> 


a 

2 
"o 
M 

1 

1 

3 

'i 

8 

'" 

2 

4 
17 

1 
18 

1 

17 

1 
11 


3 
p 

n) 
'tc 

© 

© 

2 
3 

'2 
2 

17 

1 

1 

1 
1 

2 
21 

2 
11 

1 
4 

'c 


3 
p 

'ti 
© 

3 

3 

4 
, 
5 

2 

'i 
Is" 

2 
1 

.. 

3 
1 

1 

6 
38 

S 

29 

2 
21 

1 

n 


© 
© 

"p. 
S 

5 

QJ 

M 

1 

1 

'2 

'i 

7 

1 

6 

2 

7 

'4 

■7 


1 

ft 



n 
© 

3 


'i 
i 

5 
1 

1 

1 
2 

1 

1 
2 

1 


Li 
© 
> 

u> 

3 

2 
W 


IV. HI8T0KY — CONTINUED 

49. Outline History of Modern Europe 

50. History of Europe from 1517 to 1648 

51. History of Europe from Reformation to 
French Revolution 

52. General View of French Revolution 

53. History of Europe in Nineteenth Century.. 

54. History of England to Accession of Tudors . 

55. England from Henry YII. to Present Time. 

56. Outline History of Civilization— 1st Mj 

57. Outline History of U. S. from Colonization 


1 
1 

6 


2 


— 


1 
1 

4 

2 

1 
6 

1 

9 

'5 

1 
3 


1 
3 

'2 

11 

1 

i 

i 
3 

2 

1 

'3 

'3 

1 
2 
2 


1 

2 
3 

'2 

15 

1 

2 

i 

'i 
5 

3 

7 

1 
12 

8 

2 

5 
2 


1 
1 

i 
5 

1 
'i 

i 

3 

1 
1 


1 

2 

1 


1 
2 

'i 

8 

1 

1 

2 

2 
7 

12 

8 

1 
5 
2 


1 
3 

'2 

i 
12 

1 

1 

'i 
1 

2 
10 

1 

6 

1 
9 

'■j 


i 

2 
5 

'3 

i 
20 

2 

3 

'i 
1 

4 
17 

1 

18 

1 
17 

1 

12 
2 




58. Period of Discovery and Exploration in 


2 


59. Colonial Period and War of Revolution — 

60. Social Life in American Colonies 

61. The U. S. under Articles of Confederation.. 

62. Beginnings of National Life 

63. U. S. during Period of Dominant Foreign 
Politics 

64. TJ. S. from 1817 to 1861 

65. Territorial Growth of U. S 

Total 


2 
'2 

2 
13 


TI. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHEOPOLOGT 

66.-Introduction to Sociology: 


1 


English Theological Seminary students 

67. Introduction to Study of Society 

68. The Structure of Society 

69. Primitive Social Control 

70. The Family: 


2 
2 


1 


English Theological Seminary students 

71. Race Development of Mind 

72. A Study of Charities and Corrections 

73. Art and the Artist Class 

74. Elementary Anthropology 

75. Field Work in Anthropology — 1st Mi 

76. Field Work in Anthropology — 2d Mj 

77. Field Work in Anthropology — 3d Mj 

78. Old- World Pre-Historic Archaeology 

79. Mexican Archajology 

80. Foods 

81. House Sanitation 

Total 


2 


VH. COMPAEATIVE EELIGION 

82. Introduction to History of Religion 

83. Buddhism 

Total 


1 
1 


VHI. SEMITIC LANGUAGES AND LITEEATUEES 


1 
6 

1 
9 

'5 

1 
3 


4 




30 


85. Intermediate Hebrew : 






22 


86. Exodus and Hebrew Grammar : 

University students 


1 

15 


87. Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi : 






i;. 







The University Extension Division 



319 



TABLE A.— C(mtinued 





1896-1897 


1897-1S98 


1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 




1 

1 


1 

a 

M 

1 

o 


"p. 

a 
6 

ID 

S 

g 



t3 

(D 
0, 

p. 

g 

a 

1 




a 

2 
"o 

W 


a 


z 


cn 

■a 

M 

3 


s 

■p. 

a 


u 




1 
a 


P 
tn 
CD 

S2 
§ 


ID 

> 


a 


ea 

u 

Z e 
5 

'2 

1 
1 

'i 
3 
2 

3 
1 

32 
'3 

i 

3 
4 

i 

2 

14 
1 
1 

i 

3 

6 

1 
1 

i 
1 


a 

g^ 

'J 
is 

i 

1 

i 
'3 


1 

d 
t-i 

"3) 

<D 

3 

5 

2 

'7 
1 
1 

2 
4 
3 

4 

5 
5 
1 

61 
'8 

i 

6 
6 

'i 

'2 

i 

'2 

27 
1 

1 

6 
20 

9 
21 

2 
11 

1 

10 
2 


■a 
■p. 

a 

en 

QJ 

3 


1 

2 
■4 

i 
1 
1 

2 
1 

23 

1 
1 

'2 

i 

'2 

7 

1 

4 

3 
5 

1 
5 

'2 


'0 

(D 
P< 
ft 

^ 

tn 

g 


1 
2 

1 
3 

1 

12 

'2 

2 
2 

6 

4 
6 

4 

8 

i 

1 
4 
1 


> 


M 

a 

!3 
■q 
W 

4 

'3 

1 
1 

1 
1 
2 
3 

2 
1 

26 
'6 

i 
3 

3 

i 

14 

1 
1 

1 

10 

2 

8 

1 

5 

'4 

1 




w 

% 

© 
M 

© 

Z 

6 

7 

i 

4 
4 

1 

3 

7 

5 
1 

i 

2 

1 

63 

1 
4 
3 
2 

i 

i 
1 

1 

'2 

16 
3 
3 

2 
5 

4 
2 

2 
1 


-'i 

is 

i 
1 

i 
i 


[ft 
1 

u 

'Ec 

© 
M 
la 


H 

10 

7 

i 

7 
5 
2 
3 

7 

6 
3 
2 
4 

4 
2 

90 

1 
4 
9 
2 
1 

3 
3 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

'2 

30 

4 

4 

3 
15 

6 
10 

3 
6 

1 

5 
1 


1 

s 

'p. 
B 


m 



5 
2 

'4 
4 
1 

3 

i 
3 

2 
1 

33 

i 
3 

2 

1 

i 
i 

9 
1 
1 

1 
2 


© 
P, 
ft 


P 
eft 

© 





i 
1 

1 
'i 

1 
.. 
10 

i 

4 

2 
3 

10 

'9 
'5 
'4 
'3 


© 
> 



6JJ 

a 
'3 
'0 
W 

5 
5 

i 

3 
1 

1 
2 

6 

2 
3 

47 

1 

2 
2 

3 
3 

2 
4 

6 
4 

2 
2 

i 

1 


en 

a 


+3 

© 

z 

5 

i 

4 
3 
5 
3 

10 

1 

'2 
1 

1 
3 

78 

3 

1 
2 

1 

i 

i 

1 
1 

'3 

14 

3 
3 

2 
1 

2 

4 

i 


-• 

is 

■A 
1 


.2 

nJ 
in 

« 


H 

10 
5 

■•2 
7 
4 
6 
5 

16 

3 
3 

'3 
1 

2 
4 

126 

4 
3 
4 

2 

i 
1 
1 

i 

1 
1 

1 

'5 

25 
3 
3 

5 

7 

8 
5 

4 

6 

'2 

1 


•a 
S 

'p. 

1 

3 



4 
3 

'3 
1 

4 

1 

2 

'i 

1 

47 

i 

1 
i 

i 

'3 

7 
1 
1 

1 

1 

2 

1 
i 



P 

tn 

ID 

g 

i 

i 
1 

i 

1 

2 

i 

'i 

1 
1 

17 

2 
1 
3 

1 
i 

8 
2 
2 

1 
3 

5 
2 

1 
1 

'i 


© 
> 



to 
a 

'0 


49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

64 

65 

66 

67 

68 

69 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 


'2 
2 

3 

2 

'2 

2 
1 

26 
1 

'i 
1 
1 

6 

3 
16 

1 

8 

3 

5 

1 
4 
1 


"2 

2 

5 

4 

■4 

4 
1 

39 

1 
'2. 

2 

'i 
1 

1 

8 
1 
1 

7 
46 

1 
30 

4 
20 

1 

14 
1 


2 

1 

i 

1 

6 

i 
1 

1 

1 

'4 

6 

1 
4 

i 


2 
1 

i 

9 
1 

1 

i 

'i 
i 


'2 
2 

1 
2 

'2 

3 

1 

24 

'2 
2 

i 

i 

6 

7 
41 

1 

23 

3 
15 

1 

13 
1 


2 

'5 
1 

2 
4 
2 
2 

4 
4 
1 

35 

■5 

2 
2 

'2 
11 

5 

8 

5 
10 

'4 

'5 


2 

'7 
3 

3 

6 
2 
4 

7 
5 

1 

59 

7 

4 
2 

'i 
'3 
17 

12 
49 

6 
33 

3 

19 

1 

18 
1 


'i 
2 

i 

1 
1 

1 

14 

'i 

T 

2 

7 

'6 

1 
3 

'7 


i 
1 

1 
2 

1 
1 

4 
1 

16 

'2 
1 

3 

4 
27 

15 

1 
6 

'2 


2 
'5 

2 
3 

'2 

2 
4 

1 

29 

'4 

3 

2 

i 
'2 
12 

6 
15 

6 
12 

1 
10 

1 
9 
1 




1 

i 
3 
3 

5 

4 

10 
2 

'2 

'3 

62 

2 
1 
1 

i 
1 

i 
1 
1 

i 

10 

3 
4 

2 
1 

2 
5 

i 



320 



The President's Repoet 



TABLE A — Continued 





1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


■ 1895-1896 


Dbpaetments 


PI 

_o 

a 

o 
H 


1 

'p. 

a 

o 
O 


o 

o 


ID 

£ 

P 

m 

o 

s 

g 


> 
O 

a 

■o 
W 


.2 

2 

M 
o 


a 
o 
'■5 

'3 



B 
1 

2 

i 

44 

4 
4 

1 

6 

5 

1 
1 

i 


"S 

a 

o 
o 

I 

u 
pi 
O 
O 

2 

1 


n3 

0. 
S 

a 

h 
3 
O 

o 
1 

2 

2 

~2 

4 


© 
> 
o 

.9 
3 

W 
2 

i 

40 

4 

1 
6 

13 

i 
1 


tn 

a 
_o 

© 

1 

37 

1 
10 

'6 
1 

i 

19 

1 
1 

i 

i 
i 

~3" 


a 
o 

u 
in 

•a 
© 

3 

3 

i 

77 

3 
14 

1 
12 

1 

'i 

32 

1 

1 

i 
i 

1 

i 

2 
6 


'p. 

a 



o 

© 

3 

i 
1 

1 

i 
i 

3 


-a 

© 

a 

s 

1 



o 
o 

1 

1 

2 
2 


© 
> 
O 

.a 

2 

i 

73 

1 
14 

1 

12 

1 

"29" 

1 

1 

3 


3 

'5) 
© 


i 

2 

w 

'3) 

« 

Id 

1 

5 

i 

123" 

2 
29 

1 

19 

1 

1 

53 

8 
3 

1 

2 

1 

i 

3 

'i 

9 


•a 
© 

© 

"p. 

a 

o 

o 

I 

3 

o 

o 

2 
^9" 

'5 

i 

6 

1 
1 

i 

1 

i 


© 
a 

p. 
o 

o 

[A 

(P 

1 


o 

.a 

'■5 
1 


THI. SEMITIO LANG. AND LIT.— CONTINDED 




1 
1 




1 

i 

28 

3 
1 

i 

5 

a.. 

1 

" 
1 






90. Judges 

91. Isaiah (chaps. 1-39) 

92. Isaiah (chaps. 40-66) 

93. Jeremiah 

9i. Psalms (American Institute students) 

95. Elementary Arabic : 




1 




1 




n 




•1 




•> 


1 


American Institute students 


i 

29 

3 

1 

'i 

5 

1 

1 

1 


1 


16 

1 
3 

1 
5 

~io" 

4 
1 

1 

i 


"50^ 

1 

13 

'h 
i 

24 

2 

2 

1 
1 
1 

3 
6 


lo" 

1 

7 

1 
4 

13 

1 
1 


'\ 


97. Advanced Assyrian 

Total 


84 


IX. BIBLICAL AND PATEI3TIC GEEEK 

98. Elementary New Testament Greek : 


1 




n 


99. Intermediate New Testament Greek : 

University students 




100. Advanced New Testament Greek : 

University students 

American Institute students 

101. Readings in Septuagint 

102. New Testament Times in Palestine : 

University students 

English Theological Seminary students 

103. New Testament History 

104. Constructive Studies in Life of Christ: 

University students 

106. Social Teachings of Jesus 

107. Life of Paul & Introduction to His Epistles : 

University students 

English Theological Seminary students 

108. The Epistle to Galatians 

109. History of Apostolic Age 

110. New Testament Quotations from the Old T. 

111. New Testament Idea of Sin 

Total 


1 
1 

"ST 


X. SANBKEIT 

112. Elementary Sanskrit 


1 


Total ... .... 


1 


XI. THE GEEEK LANGnAGE AND LITEEATUEE 

113. Elementary Greek — 1st Mj 


1 


114. Elementary Greek — 2d Mj 


1 


115. Xenophon : Anabasis, Books II-III 

116. Xenophon : Anabasis, Books IV- VT 

117. Homer: Kmd, Books I-III 

118. Advanced Greek Prose Composition 

119. Xenophon: Memorabilia, andPlato: Apol- 
OQy and Crito 




1 


1 
i 


120. Herodotus: Hisioi-me.BooksVI.VII— IstMj. 

121. Herodotus: Historiae— 2d Mj 

122. Herodotus : Historiae— 3d Mj 

123. Thucydides 

124. £)emosthenes and Lysias 

125. Lysias 

126. .Eschylus 

127. Greek Meters and Prosody 

128. Plato's Republic 

129. Introduction to Greek Tragedy 

130. The Attic Orators 

131. Development of Religious Conception 
among the Greeks 

Total 


• 


T 








1 






1 












1 





The Univeesity Extension Division 



321 



TABLE \— Continued 





1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1801 




vt 


a 


-o 






en 


ED 

13 


■O 






w 






■o 






m 




a 


-a 






m 




a 


13 








a 
o 


p 
a 


■a 






a 


a] 


"a 


Tl 




.a 

*-*3 


<D 


cd 








_o 




1 


© 






1 


» 


S 

'-4J 


'a 

a 
5 

i 


13 

a 










































FH 










fc4 




■a 


'5i 


a 

o 
o 




a 


6 

a 




.2 




O 


O 

M 

a 


■a 




in 

•a 

M 


a 

o 
y 


o 


> 

o 

a 


'a 


SI 


1 


o 

o 


S 
a 


<5 

a 




gT. 


•a 




O 


> 
O 




& 


«j 


S 


p 


TJ 


» 


sa 










» 


Sl 


CJ 










» 


&«= 


CO 










^ 


1^ 


f? 


S 





3 




V 










V 











































Z 


EH 


o 


O 


M 


'A 


H 


o 


u 


W 


SI 


h) 


H 


<_> 


O 


M 


Z 


1-1 


Eh 


o 


U 


» 


z 


J 


Eh 


o 


o 


W 


89 


























































90 


1 


1 






1 








1 








































91 












1 




1 










































92 












I 




1 










































93 


] 


1 


1 




















































94 


1 


1 






1 










1 






1 


1 






























95 




1 




1 




1 








1 


2 




3 


1 




2 


i 




2 
1 


1 




1 
1 


i 




1 
?, 


1 




ij 


96 




1 






1 










1 


2 




3 


2 




1 






1 


1 


















97 






















1 




1 


1 
































45 


129 


17 


4 


108 


40 


148 


28 


56 


64 


22 


4 


90 


26 


29 


35 


17 


2 


54 


9 


21 


24 


17 




41 


7 


14 


20 


98 




























































1 


2 




1 


1 


2 


3 






3 


6 




9 


1 


3 


R 


5 




10 


1 


3 


« 


fi 


1 


13 


1 


fi 


B 




10 


27 


1 


fi 


20 


1 


21 


4 


13 


4 


M 




13 




5 


8 


3 




11 


1 


7 


3 


8 




11 


1 




10 


99 




























































1 


1 






1 


2 


3 


2 




1 


2 




3 


1 


1 


1 


3 




4 




1 


3 


1 




4 


2 


1 


1 




il 


23 


2 


7 


14 


R 


20 


5 


7 


« 


1 




9 


3 


1 


5 


1 




fi 


1 


•2 


3 






3 






3 


100 




























































1 


2 






2 


4 


6 


1 




5 


3 




8 


1 


1 


« 


3 




9 


1 


4 


4 


3 


1 


8 


1 


3 


4 




10 


11 




1 


10 


1 


11 


3 


2 


6 






7 


1 


a 


3 


1 




4 


1 


2 


1 






1 






1 


101 


1 


1 


1 




















































102 


























1 






1 


1 




2 


2 






1 




1 






1 














5 


5 






4 






« 


4 




4 


K 




12 


3 


3 


« 


1 




7 


1 


4 


Z 


103 


























































104 














































I 




1 


1 






105 












1 


1 


1 


















2 




2 






2 


1 




3 




2 


1 


106 














































1 




1 


1 






107 












1 


1 






1 






1 




1 




i 




i 


i 


















108 


1 


1 


1 




























1 




1 






1 






1 




1 




109 


1 


1 


1 




















i 






1 






1 


1 


















110 














,, 












1 






1 






1 




1 
















Ill 


































1 




1 






1 






1 




i 






35 


69 


6 


15 


48 


23 


71 


16 


23 


32 


29 




61 


11 


15 


35 


30 




65 


12 


23 


30 


23 


2 


55 


8 


18 


29 


112 




1 




1 














1 




1 






1 






2 


1 




1 






1 




1 








1 




1 












.. 


1 




1 






1 






2 


1 




1 






1 




1 




113 


1 


2 




1 


1 


2 


3 




1 


2 


3 




5 


2 


1 


2 






3 




1 


2 


4 




fi 




1 


5 


114 




1 


1 
















2 




2 


1 




1 






9 




1 


1 






1 




1 




115 


1 


2 






2 




2 




1 


1 






2 


2 










2 






2 


] 




3 


1 


1 


1 


116 


























1 






1 










1 
















117 


2 


3 




1 


2 




2 


1 




1 






2 






2 








1 


1 


1 






1 


1 






118 


1 


1 






1 




1 




1 








1 


1 
















1 


1 




2 


2 






119 


2 


4 


1 


2 


1 




1 




1 








1 






1 








1 






2 




?, 






2 


i:o 


2 


2 


1 




1 


1 


2 


2 










1 


1 
















1 


1 




2 


2 






121 














































1 




1 


1 






122 














































1 




1 


1 






123 


























1 






1 








2 


















124 








































1 


















125 


1 


1 






1 




1 


1 










































126 








































1 






1 




1 


1 






127 


























1 


1 






























128 












1 


1 


1 










1 






1 








1 


















129 














































1 




1 


1 






130 








































1 


















131 


























1 


1 


















,, 














10 


16 


3 


4 


9 


4 


13 


5 


4 


4 


15 




19 


9 


1 


9 


11 




20 


8 


4 


8 


13 




21 


10 


3 


8 



322 



The President's Kepokt 



TABLE A — Continued 





1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


Depaetmbnts 


a 
o 

M 

a 
3 

o 
H 


"3 
B 
o 
Q 

I 

P 

o 
o 


1 
t 

en 

QJ 
fn 


O 
O 


> 

o 

to 
a 

3 
"o 
W 


Vi 

1 
s 

1 

2; 


CO 

I 

5 

1 

i 

6 
3 

i 

17 

i 

1 


o 
"a 
E 

6 
I 

g 

o 
1 

i 


o 

p. 

s 

o 

M 
O 

o 

1 

1 

.. 
• ■ 

3 


1 

111 
^p 

-3 
"o 
W 

3 

i 

2 

i 

10 

i 
1 


a 
.2 

1 
1 

& 

Z 

1 

i 

2 
2 

i 

2 
1 

3 

i 

4 
3 

21 

2 

?. 


1 

u 

1 

l_ 

4 

2 

2 

5 
2 
1 

'5 

i 

4 
'4 

31 

2 

i 

3 


13 

.2 
"E 

1 

to 
w 

i 

3 

'2 
'3 

i 
3 

'2 
16 


■0 

(D 
P, 

A 


n 
2 

s 

'2 

3 


g 

be 
a 

•3 
"o 
W 

1 
1 

i 

i 

i 
2 
1 

"2 

12 
2 

i 

3 


CO 

.2 
S 

en 

© 


en 

a 
.0 
4^ 

cS 
1 

© 

« 
I 


© 
1 

a 
5 

m 

CI 

m 

6 


P. 

1 

(» 
ID 

1 
&_ 

i 
1 

i 

5 
2 

2 


> 



2 
■3 
W 


Xn. THE LATIN LANGUAOE AND LITEEATDEE 

132. Elementary Latin — 1st Mj 

133. Elementary Latin — 2d Mj 

13i. Ceesar : De Bella Gallico, Book I 

135. CsBsar : De Bella Gallica. Book II 

136. Cfflsar: De Bella Ga^iico, Books III-IT.... 

137. Viri Romae 

138. Nepos 

139. Latin Prose Composition based on Ceesar, 

140. Cicero: Oraiiones — 1st Mj 

141. Cicero: Orationes — 2d. Mj 

142. Latin Prose Composition based on Cicero. 

143. Topical Work in Cicero's Orations 

144. Virgil: JSneid, Book I 

145. Virgil : ^neid. Books II-III 

146. Virgil : Mneid, Books IV-VI 

147. Virgil (special) 

148. Classification of Subjunctives in Virgil and 
Cicero 

149. Cicero : De Senectute 

130. Cicero : Tusculan Disputations 

151. Terence : Phormia 

152. Livy 

153. Advanced Latin Prose Composition 

154. Cicero : De Aniicitia 

155. Cicero: Epistulae 

156. Tacitus: Aqricola and Gei-manm 

157. Terence and Tacitus 

158. Terence and Plautus 

159. Plautus: Captivi 

160. Odes of Horace, Books I-in 

161. Ovid 

162. Seneca, the Latin Tragedy 

163. Roman Belief with Reference to Soul and 
Life after Death 

164. Special Courses 

Total 


- 


2 

i 
i 

5 


- 


- 


- 


. 


. 


2 

i 

1 

5 


3 
1 

'5 
2 

i 

12 

i 

1 


2 
1 
2 

s 
1 

'2 

'2 

1 
1 

■9 

6 
1 

i 
i 

i 
10 

i 

i 

i 

1 

i 

1 

6 


3 

1 
2 

1 

i 

1 

'3 

'3 
3 
2 

io 

6 

5 

6 

i 

52 
2 

i 
1 

i 

1 

9 


1 

i 

2 

i 
2 

i 

i 

1 

i 

15 

'2 

i 

i 

1 

i 

1 

7 


2 
1 

1 

'3 

1 

') 

i 
2 

6 

'5 

4 

'5 

IT 


Xm. ROMANCE LANQnAGE3 AND LITEEATUEE3 

165. Elementary French — 1st Mj 

166. Elementary French— 2d Mj 

167. Intermediate French 

168. French Prose Composition 

no. History of French Literature 

171. History and Theory of French Romantic 
Drama 

172. French Literature of Nineteenth Century. . 

173. Victor Hugo 

174. History of Old French Lit. and Culture . .. 

175. Old French Readings 

176. Old French Morphology 

177. Old French Provencal 

178. Old French Epic 

179. Old French Drama 

180. French PhQology 

181. Historical French Phonology 

182. Historical French Grammar 

183. French Dialects 

184. Elementary Spanish 

185. Modern Spanish Novels and Dramas 

186. Spanish Prose Composition 

187. Cervantes : Dan Quixate 

188. Old Spanish Readings 

189. Elementary Italian 

191. Special Courses 

Total 





























The University Extension Divisioi 



323 



TABLE A — Continued 





1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 




p 

% 

•a 

0) 

M 
2; 


w 

a 


£ 

•a 
s 


■a 
® 

a 



M 

a 




a 
R 

en 



U 


tD 
> 

a 

W 


1 

m 
'bo 

<D 

M 

1 
in 


a 
.0 

03 

*a 

M 

1 


•a 
n 

a 


1 


■0 

a 
a 

VI 

s 

1 


u 

> 



M 

^a 
M 


m 

a 
.0 

1 
1 


01 

1" 


m 

a 


1 

1 


T3 
® 

1 

m 

s 

g 



a 


M 

to 

1 


t-i 

g 


u 

2 
"o 
W 


05 

a 


ri 
u 

'a 
;s 

7 
5 

'4 

1 
1 
1 
5 
1 

6 

1 
9 

4 

i 

2 
11 

i 

7 
1 

'4 
3 

3 

71 

4 
12 
2 
7 
2 

8 
1 

38 


i 

u 


tfi 

1 

1 

*a 

ID 

M 


H 

10 
6 
3 

5 

2 
15 

i 

9 
4 

i 
1 

ii 
3 

4 

104 

9 

13 

3 
7 
3 
1 

i 

'8 
1 
1 
1 
1 


■0 

P. 

a 


en 



4 
1 
2 
1 

i 

'7 

'3 

'2 

i 
1 

1 

5 

i 
4 

1 

i 

1 

■7 

1 

2 

47 

6 
4 
1 
2 
3 
1 

5 
1 

i 

24 


1 
n 

g 
P 

1 

2 
1 
1 

1 

i 

i 

'2 

i 

'2 

2 

u 

1 

1 
1 

i 
i 

5 


I 


.g 
3 

tn 

4 
4 

'3 

1 

i 

i 

'2 
1 

'4 

1 
9 

■5 

1 

2 
2 

2 

43 

2 

8 
1 
5 

'3 

'i 
20 


a 


■s 
« 

12 
3 
3 
6 
S 

"2 
2 

■4 

■3 
H 

8 

'2 
3 

'4 
1 

1 

76 

12 
5 
4 

7 

'3 

i 

'5 
1 
3 

'i 
1 

46 


(A 

•V 

L 

Si 

II 
1 

i 
2 


1 

.2 

17 
7 
3 
9 
4 
1 
2 
4 
2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
4 
2 

1 
14 

'3 
16 
9 

'2 
3 

6 
3 
1 

2 
121 

14 

13 
5 
12 

'3 

'4 

'8 
1 
3 

2 
1 


■ft 

a 


M 

3_ 

4 

3 

'2 
2 

i 

2 
1 
1 
2 
1 

1 

5 

'3 

9 
5 

i 
3 

'4 

2 

54 

1 
6 
2 
1 

i 
11 


1 

P< 




3 

'2 
1 

i 

i 

'4 
i 

i 
1 

1 

16 

1 
3 
1 
3 

'3 
11 


t-t 
to 

1 


132 

133 

134 

135 

136 

137 

138 

139 

140 

141 

142 

143 

144 

145 

146 

147 

148 

149 

150 

151 

152 

153 

154 

155 

156 

157 

158 

159 

160 

161 

162 

163 

164 

165 

166 

167 

168 

169 

170 

171 

172 

173 

174 

175 

176 

177 

178 

179 

180 

181 

182 

183 

184 

185 

186 

187 

188 

189 

190 

191 


6 
1 
1 

2 

6 
1 

i 
i 
i 

i 

1 
1 

9 
3 
1 

'6 

i 

43 
3 

'2 

'i 
i 
'2 

i 
10 


8 

2 
2 
2 

'9 
2 

2 

i 

1 
3 

'7 

1 

1 

14 

7 

1 

ii 

■■ 

i 

75 

3 

2 
i 

i 

2 

i 
10 


3 
2 
1 

'4 
1 

i 

3 
1 
1 

6 
3 

'i 

33 

1 

i 
i 

'2 

5 


1 

i 

1 

i 
i 
1 

i 

'2 
3 

'2 

14 


4 

i 

'4 
1 

i 

i 

'2 

'3 

'6 
1 
1 

'2 

i 

28 
2 

i 

i 

i 
5 


4 
2 

'i 
2 

■7 
3 

■4 

'5 
16 

5 

i 

i 
2 
5 

i 

53 
1 
■3 

'i 

1 

1 

i 
2 

i 

1 

i 

IS 


8 
2 

'2 
2 

ii 

4 
'5 

i 
'2 

'8 

ie 

6 

1 
1 

i 
2 

7 

'2 
81 

3 

'4 

i 

1 
2 

i 
2 

i 

1 

i 
i 

18 


i 
i 

■3 
1 

i 

'5 
2 

1 

i 

2 

i 

19 

'i 

1 
1 

'2 

i 

i 
9 


6 

■3 

'2 

i 
i 

i 

'3 

1 

i 

19 
1 

'2 

3 


2 

1 

i 

2 

'5 
3 

■3 
i 

6 

'8 
3 

i 

i 

1 
5 

43 

2 

'i 
i 

i 

1 

6 


6 
1 
3 
1 
1 

'5 

'2 

i 

■4 

1 

'3 

3 

i 
1 

'8 

1 

42 

5 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

'i 

i 
1 

i 

15 


:: 


8 
2 
3 

2 
3 

io 

3 
'3 
'2 
"2 

io 
1 

ii 

6 

i 
1 
1 
1 
1 

13 

1 
85 

21 


2 
1 

'2 

'3 
1 

'5 

1 

8 
1 

i 

'5 

30 
2 

i 

1 

i 

i 
1 

i 

8 


3 

i 
1 

■4 

2 
'3 

i 

i 

i 

2 

i 

i 
1 

22 

i 
i 

2 


3 

1 
3 

1 

'3 

'2 

i 

'4 

'2 
3 

i 
1 

'■; 

1 
33 

5 

1 
1 

i 
1 

i 

i 

11 


10 
4 
3 
5 
1 
1 
1 
3 

i 

i 
1 

1 

'5 

'6 

4 

i 

i 
i 
1 

51 

12 

4 
2 
8 

■3 

'4 

'5 
1 

2 

'2 
1 

44 



324 



The President's Report 



TABLE &. — Continued 









1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


Dbpaetments 


'be 
o 


1 

'p. 

B 

Q 

(-1 






1 

a 



ft 

g 



u 

ID 
> 

u 
a 

2 
"o 

tn 


a 


m 


Vi 

I 

u 
"3) 

1 


(D 

a> 
"ft 

a 


Q 

8 

t-l 

1 

1 

5 


1 

p, 


ft 

1 

g 

'2 
2 

2 
2 

10 


.9 W 
1 ^ 

1 1 

) 

1 . 

'.'. ■] 
■] 

2 6 

■7 ■' 

'9 ■' 

'.'. f 

1 

■3 ■] 
.". '( 

19 3( 


1 

s 

« 

2 

1 

1 

i 
i 

2 
ii 

i 3 

ie 

'6 

2 

1 

■4 

) '6 

I i 

! 2 

> I5" 


"3. 
S 


in 

s 




u 

1 
"3 

2 
i 

'2 
i 

9 


-0 

a 

D 

8 i 

1 

1 
3 

8 
14 


en 

I 

i 1 
3 .2 

an S 
3 ^ 

g a 

a Z 

1 4 
1 

i 
1 

1 1 

1 .. 

i 

i '.'. 

2 i 
G IT 

8 12 

1 7 

7 i2 

5 '5 

2 i 
1 2 

i 4 

6 i 

■3 

i i 

32 51 


m 

a 


d 

.1 

<D 

K 
la 

5 
1 

i 
1 

2 
1 

i 
i 

3 
16 

26 
8 

ig 
16 

'3 

3 

'5 
io 

'3 

'2 
"is" 


"p. 

1 

to 

<D 

P 

6 

i 
i 

'2 

4 

'3 
1 

'2 
14 


■0 

0} 

p. 




i 

M 
P 

2 

2 

3 

■4 
■3 

2 

I 

'2 
'4 

i 

20 


> 



a 

"3 
W 


XIV. GEEMANIO LANGDAGES AND LITEEATnKES 

192. Elementary German — 1st Mj 

193. Elementary German — 2d Mj 

194. Intermediate German 

195. Intermediate German Prose Composition.. 

196. Advanced German Prose Composition 

197. Idiomatic Vocabulary 

198. German Idioms and Synonyms 

199. Modern German Comedies 

200. Contemporaneous German Literature 

201. Deutsche Auf s&tze and Stilubungen 

203. Deutscher Satzbau 

203. Outline History of German Literature 

204. Goethe's Lyrical Poetry as an Exponent of 




1 


•• 


'2 
2 

ii 

2 
'2 

15 


1 

2 
3 

■3 

19 


1 

i 
5 

'8 

is 

'5 
'2 

34 


3 

2 


20,5 Faust . 






2 

i 

3 


1 


206. Goethe 

207. Schiller 

208. Heine 

209. Wallenstein 

210. Das Nibelungenlied 

211. Gothic 






i 
i 


212. Old High German 

213. German Phonology 

214. Special Courses 

Total 






i 
10 


XV. ENG. LANOnAGE, LITEEATUEB, KHETOEIO 

215. English Composition and Rhetoric (Eng. 
Theo. Sem. students) 

216. Grammarand Composition 

217. Preparatory English Composition 

218. English I 


ii 


2i9. English II 

220. English III 

221. English IV 

222. Preparatory English Literature 

223. Introduction to English Literature 

224. Masterpieces of English Literature 

225. Studies in Elizabethan Literature 

226. Studies in Shakespeare 

227. Comedies of Shakespeare 

228. Tragedies of Shakespeare 

229. The English Epic 

230. English Literature of Classical Period .... 

231. Beginnings of English Romantic Movement 

232. English Romantic Poetry (1750-1830) 

233. Eng. Romantic Poets of Early 19th Century 

234. English Literature from 1798 to 1832 

235. Representative Eng. Writers 19th Century 

236. English Essayists of the 19th Century 

237. English Novelists of the 19th Century 

238. Studies in Works of Robert Browning 

239. Studies in Works of Wordsworth 

240 Studies in Poetrv of Tennvson. 


ii 

'2 

"2 

15 


ii 

6 

2 


241. Studies in Works of Walt Whitman 

242. Studies in America'n Literature 

244. Laws and Types of Fiction 

246. Types of Modern Drama 

248. Element of Art in English Literature 

250. Elementary Old English 

252. Special Courses 

Total 


49 











The University Extension Division 



325 



TABLE A— Continued 





1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 




p 


I 



H 


1 

"p. 

a 



i 





1 
0, 


p 

ryi 

3 




u 

> 

d 

*o 
W 


tn 
□ 


§ 

•a 

1 


■0 

0) 
0) 

3. 

a 



1 

9 

u 


1 



fi 
m 

0) 

S2 







tai 
a 


[A 

tn 

& 


CD 

2 

II 


en 

a 

'3) 


H 


■a 
■p. 

a 


1 

3 




1 

g 


3 




> 


a 
'^ 
"o 
W 


3 

*-fj 

ca 
■| 

© 

ID 

z 

9 
11 

2 

48 

9 
8 

37 
19 
6 
10 
17 

26 

'e 

.. 
11 
3 
1 

i 

'5 

9 

10 

'5 
1 
1 

7 
1 
1 
8 

i 

4 
201 


1 

-"1 
Sn 

■J 
1 

1 

'3 

i 

4 


3 
p 

'St 



i 

13 
12 
12 
13 

1 

'6 
1 
1 
4 
1 

2 

66 

16 

16 

77 
40 
11 
10 
26 

42 

io 
ii 

4 

4 
1 
2 

'2 

5 
9 
13 

is 

1 

6 
8 
2 
7 
8 
1 

i 
1 
4 

351 


T3 

"3. 

a 
1 

P 

2 

7 
4 
10 

i 

i 

1 

26 

2 
2 

ie 

9 

5 

i 

io 
■5 

i 
2 
1 

i 

i 

i 
1 

'i 
1 
2 

i 
3 
1 

1 

i 

75 


1 

ft 

g 
P 

2 

1 
2 
1 

i 

•7 

8 
6- 

26 
17 

2 

1 

7 

'8 
'3 

i 

'2 

1 

i 
1 
1 
1 

'4 

2 
1 
1 

2 

1 

i 

Is" 



u 

_3 

'5 
"o 
W 

9 
4 
6 
2 
1 

'5 
1 

'2 
1 

2 

33 

6 
8 

35 
14 
4 
9 
18 

24 

'2 

'9 
2 
1 

i 

'4 

7 

11 

2 

'2 
7 

'2 
6 

i 

3 

178 


□ 

2 
1 

11 
10 
11 

12 

'2 
9 
2 

'5 

i 

63 

8 

22 
47 
16 
23 
7 
24 

26 

■4 
3 

1 

i 

1 
5 
1 

is 
5 

6 
2 

'2 

'6 

'3 
3 

22F 


1 

H 
t% 

%a 

fflK 
A 

2 

'3 
1. 

"9" 


a 

1 

l_ 
20 

14 
17 
14 

1 

2 
14 

3 

'7 
1 
1 

2 

96 

16 
8 
22 
85 
31 
27 
16 
43 

45 

'■7 
3 
1 

9 

2 
2 
1 

6 

1 

ii 
12 

17 
2 
2 
2 
2 

13 

'5 
9 

i 

3 
410 


3* 

a 


i 
10 

6 

7 
8 

42 

4 
2 
1 

22 

13 

4 

7 

3 

i2 

'2 
1 

1 
5 
2 
1 

i 

1 

'2 

2 

6 

i 

2 
2 
2 

6 

'3 

108 


T3 

a 



« 

<D 

1 

4 
9 

2 
■3 

i 
1 

13 

3 
4 
2 

17 
6 
2 
5 

12 

ii 
i 

'3 

'3 
3 

2 

'2 

'3 

1 

80 





192 

193 

191 

195 

195 

197 

198 

]99 

200 

201 

202 

203 

204 

205 

206 

207 

208 

209 

210 

211 

212 

213 

Hi 

215 

216 

217 

218 

219 

220 

221 

222 

223 

224 

225 

226 

227 

228 

229 

230 

231 

232 

233 

234 

a35 

236 

237 

238 

239 

240 

241 

242 

213 

244 

245 

246 

247 

248 

249 

250 

251 

252 


5 

i 

2 

4 

"2 

i 
i 

"z 

18 

■■ 
IS 
9 

i 

18 
'5 

i 
i 

i 
'2 

8 

'2 

69 


8 

i 
2 
5 

'2 

2 
1 
1 
1 

i 

1 

'i 

28 

32 
16 

i 

29 

ii 

i 

'2 
2 

■5 

'h 

■9 

3 

118 


2 

i 

4 

i 

i 
i 
i 

i 
i 

13 

7 

7 

i 

i 

■4 

'5 

"25" 


1 
1 

i 

" 
3 

'3 
2 

'9 
■3 

'2 

i 

20 


5 

i 
1 

1 

i 
1 

i 

'i 

12 
22 

7 

?.o 

'8 

'2 
2 

■4 
'3 

2 

2 
73 


2 
1 

6 
3 

4 

■3 

i 

'3 
1 
1 
1 

26 

3 

28 

14 

5 

24 

1 
4 

'2 
3 

■4 
■3 
12 

i 

i 
i 

116 


1 
1 
7 
4 
5 

'4 
1 

'i 

i 
3 
2 
1 

1 

38 

3 

50 

21 

5 

i 

44 

1 

12 

'4 
5 

'8 
'6 
12 

'e 

'i 

'3 
i 

189 


2 

1 

i 

2 

■ • 

i 

1 
2 
1 

11 

'5 
5 
1 

i 

4 

'2 

i 

'2 
'3 

i 

26 


3 
i 

i 

5 

'6 
3 

ii 

'5 

i 
1 

'2 
2 

'2 
34 


2 

6 
3 
3 

'3 
1 

'i 

'2 

i 

22 

3 

39 
13 

4 

29 
1 

5 

'3 
3 

'5 

i 

i2 

■3 

"1 

i 

129 


4 
2 
5 
10 
1 

i 
3 

i 

27 

7 
9 

32 

20 

7 

io 
iii 
'9 

i 
2 

i 

'2 

■3 

io 

'4 
1 
2 

4 

'i 
2 

146 


;; 


6 
2 
11 
13 

4 

6 

"2 

'2 
49 

10 

9 

■ii 

33 
11 

io 

48 

1 

14 

i 

5 
3 
1 

'2 
'8 

ii 

ie 
1 
2 

7 

'7 
i 

3 

275 


1 
1 
3 

6 
2 

'3 

1 

'2 
19 

i 

'8 
2 
6 

'2 

'3 
6 

'2 
■3 

46 


2. 

'3 
3 
1 

i 

i 
2 

13 

3 

26 
10 

i 

26 
1 
5 

'2 

'5 
'5 

i 
■4 

83 


3 
1 

5 
4 
1 

i 

2 

17 

7 
8 

37 

21 

5 

'9 

21 

'4 

i 

3 

1 
1 

'a 
■3 

'8 

■5 
1 

1 
6 

i 
i 

146 


6 
8 
6 

i 

7 
2 

i 

'i 

41 

9 
2 
19 
46 
12 
21 
4 
28 

22 

'4 
2 

i 

i 

1 
5 

i2 

7 
9 
2 
1 

'9 

2 
2 

i 

222 



326 



The President's Repoet 



TABLE A—Contimied 













1892-1893 


1893-1394 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


Depaktments 


'ti 
M 

1 


■ft 

B 

u 

® 

6 


1 

a 


u 

ft 

CO 

1 


1 

W 


to 

1 

'■+3 
'tc 

0) 
CD 

12 


tfl 






'a 
S 

u 

© 

§ 



t 

p. 
c 



fi 

tn 

3 




> 

1 


c 
.2 
ca 

Hi 


a 



a 

"ti 




3. 
S 


« 

1 


1 
a 

S 

s 

1 


□ 

■S 

w 


'3) 


.2 

'-3 

I 

m 
'3) 

M 

5 


!s 
"p. 
a 



i 

3 



•0 

(D 

a 
a 
p 

3 






ca 

.9 
•a 


XVII. MATHEMATI 

253. Elementary Algebra 

25i. Plane Geometry — 1st Mj . . 

255. Solid Geometry 

256. Plane Surveying 

257. College Algebra 

258. Plane Trigonometry 

259. Plane Analytic Geometry. 

260. Solid Analytic Geometry — 

261. Calculus (Osborne's text) — 

262. Calculus (Osborne's text)- 

263. Calculus Byerly's text)— 1 

264. Calculus (Byerly's text)— 2 

265. Theory o£ Equations (Todh 

266. Advanced Theory of Equa 
and Panton's text)— 1st Mj 

267. Differential Equations 

268. Partial Differential Equat 

269. Analytic Mechanics 

270. Johnson's Least Squares . . 

271. Theory of Functions 

272. Elliptic Functions 

273. Advanced Algebra 

274. Projective Geometry 

275. Modern Analytic Geometry 

276. Theory of Surf aces 

277. Analysis 

278. Groups 

279. Fourier's Heat 

280. Pedagogy of Mathematics . 


cs 
is 

Is 
2< 

St 

d 

UI 

bic 
oi 


b& 

t 

il 

M 

Mj 

ite 

ns 

IS. 


Hi. 

r's 
(I 


text)!!! 
Juruside 


1 

i 
'i 
i 

i 
■3 

10 

i 

1 


-^ 


i 

2 


1 
'2 

'3 


2 

1 
1 

'i 

1 

"i 
1 

2 
'5 

i 


3 
1 
2 

"2 
1 

"i 
3 

2 

i 


2 
'3 

'3 


1 
i 


i 
1 

"2 
1 

'4 

'2 

"4 


"2 

3 
1 

'3 
2 

i 




i 
1 

4 
4 
1 
4 
3 
i 

i 

4 
1 


i 

'2 

'4 




i 

■3 
3 
1 
4 

3 
4 

i 


2 

i 

'7 
2 
3 

1 
1 
2 

'2 

i 

2 

i 


'3 

1 

16 
5 
4 
5 
4 

6 

2 

'i 
3 

i 


■3 

2 

1 

i 

1 

'i 

i 
3 

i 


'2 

.. 

'2 

1 

'4 

1 
2 

12 


i 
1 

'5 

2 
3 

1 
2 
3 


Total ■ 


8 

i 

1 


19 

i 
1 


27 

"2 
2 


9 


3 


15 

'2 
2 


14 

1 

1 
■■ 


29 
1 

1 

2 


8 

1 

1 

i 

1 


1 


20 

'i 

1 


25 


45 

i 

1 


14 


19 


XVm. ASTEONOMY 

281. Elementary Astronomy 

282. Analytical Mechanics 

283. Celestial Mechanics 

Total 

XXI. GEOLOGY 

284. Physiography 

285. Special Courses 


Total 


1 


XXH. ZOOLOGY 

286. Gen. Morphology of Invertebrates — 1st Mj. 

287. General Morphology of Vertebrates 

Total 

XSYII. BOTANY 

288. Methods in Plant Histology 

289. General Morphology of Algse and Fungi 

290. General Morphology of Bryophytes and 
Pteridophy tes 

291. General Morphology of Gymnosperms and 
Angiosperms 

292. Special Morphology of Gymnosperms 

293. Special Morphology of Spermatophytes 

294. Laboratory Ecology 

295. Field Ecology 

Total 

XXVm. PATHOLOGY AND BACTEBIOLOGY 

296. Bacteriological Technique 

297. Advanced Bacteriology 


Total 
















-I- 



























The University Extension Division 



327 

























TABLE 


A- 


Continued 
























_ 




1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1899 


1S99-1900 


1900-1901 




1 
ta 


1 

'fcJD 

o 


1 

CD 
'p. 

a 
5 

to 


m 

§ 



1 

P. 


1- 



VI 
QJ 
Ul 
t4 

3 



i 

'3 
2 
3 
1 
2 
3 

i 


u 


> 



13 

3 

m 

2 
3 

'4 

1 

i 

4 
1 

i 
i 


1 

a 

C-l 

■a 

ID 

K 
? 
is 

3 

2 
2 

'5 
2 
3 
4 
5 

'2 
1 

5 

i 
i 

'2. 

40 
1 

1 

ii 

4 

'5 
lo" 


in 

a 


^j 

'a 
K 

3 

_^ 

5 
5 
2 

'9 
3 
3 
5 
9 
1 
2 
1 
5 

'2 

i 
i 

'2 

'2 

58 
1 

1 

i2 
4 

'5 
21 


■0 



a 


1 

3 




2 

i 

2 

i 
i 

7 

'8 
2 

10 


1 

a 


to 

3 



1 
2 
1 

'2 
1 

i 

3 

1 

i 
i 

14 


> 


B 

'•3 
"o 

w 

4 

s 

1 

■5 

2 
3 
3 

4 

'2 

1 
5 

i 
i 

i 
i 

37 
1 

1 

'4 

■5 
11 


m 

a 
c 

rt 
u 

'5) 

<§ 

4 
3 
2 
1 
5 
9 
3 

"2 
1 
3 
1 
1 

i 
i 

'2 

i 

40 

■3 
3 

1 

1 

ii 
5 
5 

i 

22 


en 


CO 

Ct 

_o 

tfi 
'to 

« 
l_ 

8 

6 

3 

1 

10 
11 

6 

3 

6 

1 

5 

2 

6 

"2 

i 
1 

i 

2 

i 

1 

77 

1 
'3 
4 

1 

.. 

1 

is 

5 

i 

5 

33 


•0 
'a 

a 
6 

(D 

3 


2 
2 

1 

'3 

2 
1 

1 

i 
1 

i 

i 
1 

i 
1 

21 

■7 
2 

1 

10 


^3 



R 
1 

5 


> 



M 
3 

•3 
■3 
W 

4 
1 
1 
1 

5 
8 
2 

'2 
1 
3 

1 
1 

i 


1 

CS 

to 

•a 

CD 

« 
io 


3 

!l 

*i 
*i 

2 


10 
a 
.2 

d 

t-i 

l_ 

4 
2 
3 
1 

15 
12 

3 

1 

3 

3 

5 

1 

2 

1 

58 

1 
1 
3 

5 
7 
7 

'3 
3 

1 
18 

7 

7 

i 

4 
7 

45 

1 
1 

2 


13 
1 

'ft 

a 


u 

to 

0) 

(^ 

§ 

2 

1 
2 

'4 
3 
1 

i 
3 

1 

i 

19 

'3 

3 


1 

n 

2 

i 
3 
3 
1 

'i 

'3 
1 

2 

i 

18 


u 

> 

,3 

'■3 
■q 
K 

'i 
1 

8 
6 
1 
1 
1 

i 
1 

21 

1 
1 

2 

7 


en 

a 


2 

tn 

'S) 

« 

z 

5 
1 
1 

13 
5 
5 

1 
7 

i 
2 
1 

9 
1 

'i 
1 

i 

1 

49 

1 

1 

4 


tn 

OS 

Tig 

II 


_o 

ca 
u 

\ 


H 

5 
2 
2 

*ii 

11 

6 

2 

8 

'2 
2 
1 

3 

70 

2 

1 

3 
11 


■0 

© 
p. 
S 



tn 
tn 

1 
■5 

5 
2 
1 
1 

i 
2 

17 

2 
2 

2 
1 

3 

1 

13 

3 

2 
1 

■4 
24 

i 


T3 

g 
g 
P 

(n 
<:; 

u 
P 


i 
1 

'4 
2 
2 

10 

i 
1 

5 

5 

i 
1 

i 

i 

2 


CD 

i> 



u 

3 

'■3 
"o 
W 


253 

254 

255 

256 

257 

258 

259 

2G0 

261 

262 

263 

264 

205 

266 

267 

268 

269 

270 

271 

272 

273 

274 

^275 

276 

277 

278 

279 

280 


2 
3 

'2 
2 
2 
1 
4 
1 

3 

i 

'2 

i 

24 

i 

1 


2 

i 

1 

'i 

i 

5 
2 
6 
4 

■4 

i 

'2 

i 


i 

i 

2 

'2 

'2 
i 


2 
3 
1 

'5 

'2 
2 
3 

i 

'5 

i 


5 

1 
1 

i2 

4 
2 

1 
7 

i 
2 
1 

1 
1 

i 
1 

i 
1 


281 

282 

283 

284 

285 


43 

i 
1 

i 

1 


9 


16 

1 


18 

i 

1 


25 
1 

1 

■3 

1 

i 

5 


31 

'3 

3 

1 
1 

■5 
4 
4 

i 

4 

18 


25 

1 

1 

2 
6 
6 

tJ 

3 

1 
13 

3 

3 

'i 
3 
3 

27 

1 
1 

2 


43 
2 

2 
4 


286 

287 

288 

289 

290 

291 

292 

293 

294 

295 


'2 
2 

'5 
4 
4 

i 
■3 

17 

1 
1 


■4 
1 
1 

'i 
2 

9 


7 

i 
1 

1 

9 

2 
2 

■3 

2 

19 

i 


4 

2 
3 

5 

1 
21 

8 

2 

1 

"2 

8 

43 


*i 
1 


11 

2 

4 

6 

2 
30 

10 

4 
1 

■§ 
10 


4 

'2 
2 

1 

16 
7 
2 

'5 
6 


296 

297 


63 

i 


37 






1 






1 


1 





328 



The President's Report 



TABLE A— Concluded 





1892-1893 


1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


Depaktkents 


en 

a 

1 

'3) 


■ft 
S 

8 
1 

I 


1 

Q. 
O 

a 

O 

" 


o 

u 
a 

"o 
W 

■3 

5 


a 


rt 
u 

■s 

■51 
z 

1 

1 

2 
5 

i 

i 
9 


I 

1 

1 

2 

7 

i 

'4 
u 


"p. 

s 



I 

1 

1 


-a 

£> 

P. 

a 


fi 

tn 

<D 

U 
P 

8 


t-, 
> 



a 

■q 
W 

2 

7 

i 
■4 

14 
139 


a 


■a 

ID 

M 

1 
Z 

'5 

"i 
9 

172 


[A 

1 

M 
la 

2 
12 

i 

'8 
23 

311 


a 
1 

cn 

I 

., 
63 


'a 

p. 
ft 


« 

g 

1 
1 

28 


> 


M 

2 

1 
12 

i 

'$ 
22 

220 


CO 

d 


(d 
^< 
"tft 

z 

'3 

1 

4 

6 

'2 

8 

1 

1 

261 


en 

a 


<s 

•a 

1 

'3 
1 

4 

1 
18 

i 

■' 
16 

30 

1 

1 

481 


.S 

€> 

■a 
a 



h 
P 

i 

i 

2 

106 



P. 
P, 

t. 

ft 

1 

p 


i 

1 

1 

8 

i 

.. 

'2 
12 

.. 
89 




bo 
a 

1 


XLI. O. T. LITEEATUEE AND INTEEPEETATION 

298. General View of Period of Samuel, Saul, 
David, and Solomon : 
University students 


'? 


American Institute students 

Total 




1 
3 


XLII. N. T. LITEEATUEE AND INTEEPEETATION 

299. Life of Christ In Connection with Gospel 
of Luke : 
University students 








2 

3 

5 


9 


SOO. Life of Christ in Connection with Gospel 
of John : 

University students 

American Institute students 

301. The Acts: 

University students 

American Institute students 

302. Founding of Apostolic Church : 

University students 


■■ 
'7 


Total 


111 


XLIV. SVSTEMATIC THEOLOGY 

303. Apologetics (Eng. Theo. Sem. students) . .. 




Total 

XLV. CHUECH HISTOEV 

30i. Church History Prior to Constantine (Eng. 
Theo. Sera, students) 

305. The Protestant Reformation : 

University students 

Eng. Theo. Sem. students 

306. The Early Christian Church (100-313 A. D.) 

Tot 1. .. . 




4 


4 


85 


124 


209 


33 


32 


1 
1 


XLVI. HOMILETICS 

307. Outline Course on Homiletics: 

University students 

Total 

LIBEAEY SCIENCE 

308. Methodology 

309. Elementary Library Economy 

310. General Bibliography 

811. Technical Methods of Library Science 

Total 


93 


■>M 







The University Extension Division 



329 



TABLE k— Concluded 





1896-1897 


1897-1898 


1898-1M9 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 




Ifl 


S 


■o 






(A 


cfl 


T3 










m 


TJ 










CO 


T3 












T3 








§ 


o 


il 


^3 




o 


O 


•^ 


•n 




o 




O 


i^ 


T) 




a 




O 


J^ 






a 







-2 


Tl 
































































p, 


a 
ft 


bi 


ri 


s 


p, 


S 


M 


a) 


m 


cfl 


"S 


P. 


Ui 






rt 


ft 


ft 




iJ 




eij 


a 


ft 
ft 


u 




i 


■I 
Si 


o 


o 

o 


> 
O 
w 









o 

p 


o 


.2 




•a 


O 


O 
fi 


o 






o 


O 


s 
fi 

a 


> 
O 

a 


en 
'El 

« 








O 

M 
fi 

in 

0) 


6 

He 




S 


cfl 





3 




& 


ffj 








e 


15 


f? 








e 


1^ 


cC 






'■3 


& 


&(§ 


f^ 
















o 








O 


O 








n 


n 




o 




n 










o 


n 






« 


H 


u 


!J 


W 


Z 


H 


o 


u 


w 


z 


^ 


H 


O 


O 


W 


z 


h-4 


H 


U 


O 


W 


2 


hj 


H 


O 


U 


W 


298 






















1 




1 






1 






1 




1 




















3 




1 


2 


7 


9 




2 


7 


7 




14 


3 


4 


7 


R 




1(1 


2 


H 




1 




1 






1 






1 
4 


— 


1 


1 
3 


1 
8 


2 
11 


,_ 


2 
4 


7 


1 

9 


^- 


1 
16 


3 


1 

5 


8 


1 
4 




1 

12 


2 


9 


1 






1 
2 






1 




1 


1 




2 


299 






























































1 






1 


2 


3 




1 


2 


5 




7 




2 


5 


2 




7 




3 


4 


1 




5 


2 





1 






16 


1 


5 


10 


7 


17 


2 


7 


8 


3 




11 


1 


2 


8 


2 




10 


3 


4 


3 


2 


1 





2 


2 


2 


300 












1 


1 






1 






1 






1 






1 




1 




1 




1 






1 






4 






4 


1 


5 


1 




4 


4 




8 




1 


7 


2 




C 


1 


6 


2 


2 




4 


1 


1 


2 


301 




1 






1 


1 


2 






2 






? 




1 


1 






1 




1 


















13 


13 






13 




13 


2 


9 


2 






? 




1 


1 






1 


1 










1 






1 


302 




1 






1 


1 


2 




1 


1 






1 




1 






























27 


7 
43 


1 


4 
9 


3 

33 


1 
14 


4 

47 




2 


2 






2 






2 




-^ 


2 
31 


5 


1 

16 


1 

10 


-^ 


1 


1 

18 


1 

6 


5 






5 


20 


22 


12 




34 


1 


8 


25 


6 


7 


303 





1 
1 


-^ 


— 


1 
1 


4 
4 


5 
5 


2 
2 




3 


2 




5 
5 


2 


2 
2 


1 
1 


1 

1 


-- 


2 
2 


-^~ 


1 
1 


1 
1 




-^ 


1 




1 






3 


2 




2 


1 




1 




304 




1 






1 


3 


4 


1 




3 


3 




fi 


2 


2 


9 


3 




5 


2 


3 




2 




2 






2 


305 




1 






1 




1 






1 


1 
3 




2 
3 


1 
1 




1 
2 


i 




1 
3 


1 

1 


i 


i 


i 




'2 


2 






306 




2 


-- 


— 


2 


3 


5 


1 


^— 


4 


1 

8 




1 






1 






1 


1 








— 


■1 


-^ 


— 






12 


4 


2 


6 


4 




10 


5 


4 


1 


3 


2 


307 














































1 




1 


1 


















1 


1 






1 


2 




3 


1 




2 


4 




6 




2 


4 


9 




13 


4 


1 


8 














1 


1 






1 


2 




3 


1 




2 


4 




6 




2 


4 


10 




14 


5 


1 


8 


308 


































5 




5 




2 


3 






3 




3 




309 






















3 




3 




1 


2 


4 




6 




3 


3 






S 


1 


2 




1?:::::: 


































1 




1 






1 






1 




1 
















































11 




11 






11 
























3 




3 




1 


2 


30 




12 




5 


7 


11 




18 


1 


6 


11 




355 


641 


127 


102 


412 


469 


881 


182 


211 


■188 


522 


5 


1015 


282 


261 


472 


676 


10 


1158 


336 


282 


540 


753 


18 


1311 


392 


246 


573 



330 



The President's Repoet 



SUPPLEMENT TO TABLE A 

Foe the Yeae 1901-1902 





OUESES 1 


1901-1902 


COUESES 1 


1901-1902 


COUE9ES 1 


1901-1902 


c 


Z 


is Q 


2! 

M.2 


.11 

"§.2 

Is 


11 
P5 


5S 

Sp 

10 

2 
1 
2 
6 

i2 
5 
5 

'5 
i 

i 
3 

56 

9 

3 
3 
3 

9 

1 

3 
4 
2 
4 
6 

i 

3 
9 
8 
5 
1 
1 


1^ 

'Ed 

II 

z 
1 

66 

3 
1 

i 

1 
1 
2 

1 

1 
1 

i 

1 
2 

IS 

3 
3 

3 

2 
2 
3 

'2 
2 

14 

3 
3 

3 
3 

1 
2 

■4 
1 
1 

'2 

IT 


[A 



2'c 
i © 

en a 

■' 

1 
1 

'2 

i 
i 

i 
i 

1 


i 

tctn 

Si a 
M.o 

32 

1 
3 

128 

5 
2 

2 
2 
2 

26 

4 
4 

6 
8 
4 
5 
2 
8 
2 
1 
2 

38 

9 
13 

5 
6 
5 
3 
1 
6 
1 
1 
1 
2 

53 


g-g 

«l 
b^ a 

"SE 
« 

'2 
50 

1 

1 

i 

1 

i 
1 

i 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

12 

1 

1 

2 
2 
1 
3 
2 
3 
2 

15 

2 

5 

i 

1 

9 


a 

la 

en 

F 

i 

29 
2 

i 

3 

1 
1 

1 

4 

i 

i 

2 

9 
2 

6 
2 
3 
2 
1 

'2 

i 


oS 

to-' 

s>. 

W 

1 

49 

2 
1 
1 

.i 
2 

i 

i 
2 

11 

2 
2 

3 
2 

3 

2 

14 

5 
2 
3 
3 
3 
2 

■3 
1 

1 

2 

25 


s 
1 

M 

e.2 
z 


a 

P. 

m c: 


.2 

bfltfi 

oi a 
1" 


en 

a-a 

11 

■SB 
M 


1- 

II 
tfi 

M 


u 

OS 




I 


10 
2 

2 
4 

ii 

7 
3 

5 
6 

i 

4 

58 

8 
4 
2 

1 

15 

4 
2 
3 

9 

6 
4 
3 
10 
5 
1 

2 
3 
8 
11 
7 
1 
4 


2 

i 

3 


22 
5 
3 
6 
7 
1 

23 
7 
6 
2 
2 

11 
6 
1 
4 
5 
1 
2 

114 

13 
5 
2 

1 
1 

22 

7 
3 

6 

1 

17 

5 
11 

7 

5 
17 
11 

2 

1 
3 
5 
8 
12 
21 
9 
1 
4 
2 


9 

i 

2 
1 
1 
8 
1 

i 

1 

2 
1 

1 

32 

4 

i 

1 

6 

3 

'9 

1 

6 

'7 
3 
2 
11 
3 
1 

i 
4 
4 

'e 
3 

'2 

1 


3 
3 

1 
2 

'3 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 

2 

28 

5 
1 
1 

7 

1 

i 
2 

4 
1 

i 

2 
2 
1 

1 
2 

i 
3 

7 

1 

i 

1 


63 . . 


XI 

113 


3 

1 

'5 
2 
2 
1 
2 
2 
2 




8 
1 
1 
5 
2 
4 
1 
2 
2 
2 


2 

1 

'2 
'2 

'i 

'2 


2 

i 

1 

i 

5 

9 

2 
2 

5 
1 

1 
1 
2 

'2 

1 

'3 

'2 
1 

i 

33 

8 
2 

1 
2 
1 

i 
3 
1 

i 


4 


2 


64 

Total 

VI 

«« 1 

67 


114 




3 


115 

117 


'2 


5 


118 


?, 


7 


119 


1 


§ 


1 


9 

10 


120 


1 


129 


2 


11. 




69 


** 




Total 

XII 




13. 
U. 


70(E.T. S).. 


20 

6 
2 

1 
4 
4 
2 

5 
2 
2 
4 
5 

i 

7 
5 
12 
10 

'6 
1 

1 

'3 
83 

7 
7 
4 
10 
3 
1 

'6 
5 

i 


1 
1 


28 

17 
6 
4 
9 
5 
3 
1 
8 
2 
3 
4 
6 
1 
1 
1 

12 
5 

18 

14 
1 
7 
1 
1 
1 
4 

135 

19 

11 
6 

18 
6 
1 
4 

11 
6 
2 
2 
2 


10 

3 

2 
1 

1 
2 

1 

'3 

■3 

1 

i 

'3 
2 

6 
6 

1 
5 

i 
'2 

44 

4 
3 
2 
9 

2 

'2 

'2 
1 

1 
2 


13 


* . .. 


73 

t 




n. 






18. 


1 


5 
2 
1 


19 


74 




20. 


Total... 
II 


76 

77 

73 


134 


21. 


135 


3 




136 


2 




80 


137 


1 




81 


138 

139 




n 


Total 

VII 

82 


3 


140 


2 








141 












142 


3 








144 


4 




Total.... 
Ill 


Total 

VIII 

^ 1 

^5 ! 

86 j 

«^ \ 

95 (A. IS.).. 

Total 

IX 
98 j 

99 1 

100 j 

102 i 

104 ( 

loL::::;::;! 

106 


z«. 


145 

146 

147 


i 




149 


6 




151 


3 




152 


in 








153 


7 








155 

160 




39. 


Total.... 
IV 


ft 




161 


1 




*t 




40. 
■U. 


lei:: 

163 


'? 


Total 

XIII 

165 


li~ 


42 . 


43 




45 




49 


7 


.50. 


166 


fi 


5' 




167 


3 




168 


7 


54 


170 


3 




*i 


1 


.'ili. . . 


180 

184 


1 


•57 


X 


.58 


185 


3 


.59 


186 

188 

189 


1 


i;o 


Total 




til 













1 For title of course consult corresponding number in || English Theological Seminary Student. (Not counted 

Table A. as a new course, 1901-2.) 

*The Method of Some Subjects in the Elementary § Homer: Odyssey. (New course, 1901-2.) 

School Curriculum. (New course, 1901-2.) "Introduction to the Greek Drama. (New course, 

t Urban Life in the United States. (New course, 1801--.) 
1901-2.) *tCatullus. (New course, 1901-2.) 

t Origin of Social Institutions. (New course, 1901-2.) *t Comedies of Moli6re. ( New course, 1901-2.) 



The Univebsity Extension Division 



331 



SUPPLEMENT TO TABLE A.— Continued 



COtTESES 1 



XIII— Colli. 



192. 
193. 
194. 
19.5. 
197. 
198. 
199. 
201. 



Total. 
XIV 



1901-1902 



K a 



203 

Total.. 
XV 

215 

216 

217 

218 

219 

220 

221 



222. 
224. 
226. 
II. 
227. 
228. 
229. 
230. 
231. 
232. 
233. 



2.S6. 
237. 
2.38. 
239. 
210. 
241. 

243! 
245. 
246. 

*t. 
250.. 



Total. 



«.2 



259 



1 
1 

90 

13 

15 

14 

17 

1 

22 

3 

7 

1 

_J_ 

94 

20 
2 

47 
112 

12 

56 

10 
6 

47 

39 
6 
1 
7 
8 
1 
4 
4 
2 
8 
8 

15 

13 

13 
2 
5 
3 
7 

13 
3 
5 
1 
1 



481 111 



5fR 



20 



14 



OS 






CODESES 1 



S.2 



265. 
266. 
267. 
269. 
tt. 
273. 
274. 
279. 
280. 



253. 

%■ 
255. 
257. 
258. 



XVII 



259. 
260. 
261. 
263. 
264. 



1901-1902 



281. 
282. 



Total... 
XVIII 



284. 



Total. 
XXI 



286. 
287. 



Total. . 
XXII 



Total.. 
XXVII 



289. 
290. 
291. 

II II. 
294. 
295. 



Total. 









50 



67 



o 



01-= 



23 



COUESES 1 



1901-1902 



296. 
297. 



XXVIII 



Total. 
XLI 



(A. L S.) . 
(E. T. S.). 



Total..., 

XLII 

299 

300 

301 (A.I. S.). 

Total . . . . 



XLIV 
303 (E. T. S.: 

Total.... 



XLV 

304 (E. T. S.).. 



Total . 



XLVI 

307 (E. T. S.). 



Total . 



Lib. Science 
311 



Total 

Grand total. 



132 



tew; 

M.2 



23 



23 



14S5 



438 



2 & 



338 



(>0 

o3 



a 3 

Oi-J 

W 



15 

15 
709 



1 For title of course consult corresponding number in 
Table A. 

2 This represents only those whose time expired on or 
before June 30, 1901, who reinstated during the scholastic 
year 190J-2. _ In addition to these there were 61 whose time 
expired during 1901-2 who reinstated during the same year. 

* Italian Novels. (New course, 1901-2. ) 
tOutline History of Italian Literature. (New course, 
1901-2). 

tEnglishV. (New course, 1901-2.) 
II Shakespeare : Typical Plays. (New course, 1901-2.) 
§ English Literature from 1832-92. (New course,1901-2. ) 
"American Literature: The Renaissance of New Eng- 
land. (New course, 1901-2.) 

*+The Short Story in English and American Literature. 
(New course, 1901-2.) 

"t Plane Geometry, 2d Mj. (New course, 1901-2.) 



*l| Trigonometry, Special. (New course, 1901-2.) 
*§ Calculus, Special. (New course, 1901-2.) 
tt Analytic Statics. (New course, 1901-2.) 
tJElementary Plant Physiology. (New course, 1901-2.) 
II II General Morphology of the Spermatophytes. (New 
course, 1901-2.) 

§§ Clinical Examination of Blood and Secretions. (New 
course, 1901-2.) 

t+Old Testament Prophecy. (New course, 1901-2.) 
til Old Testament Worship. (New course, 1901-2.) 
tgOrigen and Augustine. (New course, 1901-2.) 
til The Ecumenical Councils. (New course, 1901-2.) 
||§The Missions to the Northern and Western Tribes. 
(New course, 1901-2.) 

*** Constructive Homiletics —English Theological Sem- 
inary. (New course, 1901-2.) 



Total number of different courses given in the decade, 338. 



332 



The President's Keport 



TABLE B 

Summary of Eegistkation by Depaetments 

October 1, 1892, to June 23, 1902 



Departments 



Registra- 
tions 



Lapsed 
Courses 
Renewed 



Course's 
Completed 



Courses 
Dropped 



Holding 

Over 
July 1,1902 



I A. Philosophy 

I B. Education 

II. Political Economy 

III. Political Science 

IV. History 

VI. Sociology and Anthropology 

VII. Comparative Religion 

VIII. Semitic Languages and Literatures 

IX. Biblical and Patristic Greek 

X. Sanskrit and Indo-European Philology . 

XI. Greek Language and Literature 

XII. Latin Language and Literature 

XIII. Romance Languages and Literatures . . . 

XIV. Germanic Languages and Literatures . . 
XV. English Lang, and Lit. and Rhetoric. . . 

XVII. Mathematics 

XVIII. Astronomy 

XXI. Geology 

XXIL Zoology 

XXVII. Botany 

XXVIII. Pathology and Bacteriology 

XLI. Old Test. Literature and Interpretation . 
XLII. New Test. Literature and Interpretation 

XLIV. Systematic Theology 

XLV. Church History 

XL VI. Homiletics 

Library Science 

Total 



141 

161 

61 

85 

346 

84 

9 

287 

221 

6 

90 

446 

177 

256 

1,135 

296 

10 

20 

13 

143 

6 

30 

101 

11 

26 

27 

36 



3 
1 
1 

2 
1 
1 

10 
3 



2 

13 

3 



72 

72 

27 

60 

197 

42 

5 

136 

69 

3 

52 

262 

94 

148 

419 

134 

5 

5 

5 

86 

5 

6 

24 

5 

15 

11 



51 

55 

26 

16 

102 

32 

3 

147 

130 

3 

25 

129 

43 

69 

465 

122 

3 

8 

3 

35 

22 
73 

4 

8 

7 

12 



21 

35 

9 

9 

49 

11 

2 

14 

25 

is 

58 

40 

41 

264 

43 

2 

7 

5 

23 

1 

2 

6 

2 

3 

9 

15 



4,224 



461 



1,968 



1,593 



709 



TABLE C 

SUMMAEI OF ReGISTEATIONS BY YeAE3 

October 1, 1892, to June 23, 1902 



1892-93 



1893-94 



1894-93 



1895-96 



1896-97 



1897-98 



1898-99 



1899-00 



1900-01 



1901-02 



Holding over 

New registrations 

Lapsed courses renewed 

Total registration 

Registrations completed 
Registrations dropped . . 



93 
4 

4 



85 
124 

209 
38 
32 



139 
172 

sii 

63 

28 



220 
261 

48i 

106 

89 



284 
355 

64i 
127 
102 



412 
469 

^ 2 

88i 
182 
211 



488 
522 
53 
1,015 
282 
261 



472 
676 
10* 
1,158 
336 
282 



540 
753 
185 
1,311 
392 
246 



673 
799 
136 
1,485 
438 
338 



1 This represents only those who reinstated in a dif- 
ferent scholastic year from that in which their term ex- 
pired. There were 169 others who reinstated in the same 
scholastic year in which their term expired, of whom 
obviously no account could be taken in this table. 

2 There were 5 students whose time expired during the 
scholastic year 1897-98 who reinstated in their respective 
courses during that year. 

3 This represents only those whose time expired on or 
before June 30, 1898, and who reinstated during the scho- 
lastic year 1893-99. In addition to these there were 34 whose 
time expired during 1898-99 and who reinstated during the 
same year. 

*Thi3 represents only those whose time expired on or 



before June 30, 1899, and who reinstated during the scho- 
lastic year 1899-1900. In addition to these there were 25 
whose time expired during 1899-1900 and who reinstated 
during the same year. 

5 This represents only those whose time expired on or 
before June 30, 1900, and who reinstated during the scho- 
lastic year 1900-1901. In addition to these there were 44 
whose time expired during 1900-1901 and who reinstated 
during the same year. 

6 This represents only those whose time expired on or 
before June 30, 1901, and who reinstated during the scho- 
lastic year 1901-2. In addition to these there were 61 whose 
time expired during 1901-2 who reinstated during the sam© 
year. 



The University Extension Division 



333 



TABLE D 

Table Showing Numbee of Insteuctors, Codeses, Students, and Eeoisteations by Yeabb 

OcTOBEE 1, 1892, TO June 23, 1902 



1892-93 


1893-94 


1894^95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


23 


.33 


41 


44 


59 


66 


73 


80 


89 


39 


62 


78 


97 


128 


151 


186 


208 


208 


82 


185 


279 


425 


555 


755 


845 


930 


1,081 


93 


209 


311 


481 


641 


881 


1,015 


1,158 


1,311 



1901-02 



Teachers giving instruction 

Courses actually given 

Different students enrolled 

Total registration in all courses. 



92 
217 

1,249 
1,485 



TABLE E 
Gross Income feom Mateicdlation and TniTioN Fees in the Coeeespondence-Stddy Depaetment, 1892-1902 



1892-1893 


$1,128.40 
1,717.00 
1,898.00 
2,870.92 
4,386.03 


1897-1898 


$7,278.02' 


1893-1894 


1898-1899 


7,996.93 


1894-1895 


1899-1900 


10,010.55 


1895-1896 


1900-1901 


12,062.25 


1896-1897 


1901-1902 


13,165.61 









TABLE F 

Table Showing Those who Have Given Instedotion by Cokeespondbnce Each Yeab 

Octobee 1, 1892, TO June 23, 1902 

— indicates that instruction was given 



Names 



1892-93 



1893-94 



1894-95 



1895-95 



1896-97 



1897-98 



1898-99 



1899-00 



1900-01 



1901-02 



1. Abbott E. W 

2. Allen, P. S 

3. Almstedt, H. B 

4. Anderson, G 

5. Bailey, J. W 

6. Bensley, E. V 

7. Berry, G. R. 

8. Blackburn, F. A 

9. Boyd, C. E 

10. Boyd, J. H 

11. Bronson, F. M 

12. Bru6re,RW 

13. Bruner, J. D 

14. Buck, CD 

15. Buckley, E. J 

16. Bulkley, J. E 

17. Burgess, T.C 

18. Burnet, P. B 

19. Burton, E. D 

20. Calhoun, F.H.H.... 

21. Cameron, M. C. E. . . . 

22. Capps, E 

23. Cary, A 

24. Carpenter, F. I 

25. Castle, C. F 

26. Catterall, R. C. H. . . . 

27. Chamberlain, C. J. . . 

28. Chamberlin, T. C... 

29. Child, CM 

30. Clement, W.K 

31. Colyer, F. H 

32. Conard, L. M 

33. Cowles, H. C 



' Includes an item of 3 



).00 not earned in 1897-i 



334 



The President's Report 



TABLE Y— Continued 



Names 



3i. Crandall, C. E 

35. Cutting, S.W 

36. Damon, L.T 

37. Davidson, R.B 

38. Davies, H. E 

39. Davis, W.S 

40. Dewey, J 

41. Fellows, G.E 

42. Fite, W 

43. Flint, E. P 

44. Foster, G. B 

45. Goodrich, H.I 

46. Goodspeed, E. J. . . 

47. Goodspeed, G. S . . . 

48. Guyer, M. F 

49. Harding, W.F 

50. Harper, R.F 

51. Harper, W.R 

52. Hastings, C.H 

53. Hatfield, H. R 

54. Henderson, C R. . . 

55. Herrick, R 

56. Hill,W 

57. Hoblit, M. L 

58. Hoben, T. A 

59. Hoover, W 

60. Howerth, I.W 

61. Howland, G. 

62. Hoxie, R.F 

63. Hulbert, E. B 

64. Ingres, M 

65. James, E. J 

66. Jessen, K. D 

67. Johnson, F 

68. Jonas, J. B. E 

69. Judson, H. P 

70. Kelly, E.W 

71. Kern, P. O 

72. Kimble, R.G 

73. von Klenze, C 

74. Knox, F. A 

75. Kummel, H. B 

76. Laves, K 

77. Linn, J. W 

78. Livingstone, B. E. . 

79. Locke, G. H 

80. Lovett, R. M 

81. MaoClintock, P. L. 

82. MacClintock, W. D 

83. IVIacMillan, D. P . . . 

84. Manny, F. A 

85. Marsh, G. L 

86. Maschke, H 

87. Mathews S.. 

88. McLennan, S. F... 

89. McMurry, C. A.... 

90. Meyer, J.J 

91. Miller, F.J 

92. Moenkhaus, W. J.. 

93. Moncrief, J. W 

94. Monroe, P 

95. Moody, W. V 

96. Moore, A. W 



1892-93 1893-91 1894-95 1895-96 1896-97 1897-98 1898-99 1899-00 1900-01 1901-02 



The University Extension Division 



335 



TABLE ¥— Continued 



Names 



1892-93 1893-94 1894-95 1895-96 1896-97 1897-98 1898-99 1899-00 1900-01 1901-02 



97. Moore, C. H 

98. Moore, E. H 

99. Morgan, O. T 

100. Moulton, F. R 

101. Mulfinger.G. A 

102. Neff, T. L 

103. Owen, W. B 

104. Pellett, S. P 

105. Pietsch,K 

106. de Poyen-Bellisle, R 

107. Price, I. M 

108. Radford, M. L 

109. Raycroft, E. B 

110. Reynolds, M 

111. Robertson, J. C 

112. Robson, A 

113. Rolfe, H. W 

114. Sanders, F.K 

115. Schmidt-Wartenberg, H. 

116. Schub, P. O 

117. Schutze, M 

118. Seidenadel, C. W 

119. Shepardson, P. W 

120. Shorey, P 

121. Sisson, E. O 

122. Slaught, H. E 

123. Smedley, P. W 

124. Smith, H. J 

125. Smith, J. M. P 

126. Sparks, E. E 

127. Spillman, G. L 

128. Starr, P 

129. Stratton, A. W 

130. Stuart, H. W 

131. Talbot, M 

132. Tanner, A. E 

133. Tanner, J. S 

134. Thatcher, O.J 

135. Thomas, W. I 

136. Thurber.C. H 

137. Tolman, A. H 

138. Tower, W. L 

139. Triggs, O. L 

140. Troop, J. G. C 

141. Tufts, J. H 

142. Varney, E. D 

143. Veblen, T. B 

144. Vincent, G.B 

145. Votaw, C. W 

146. Walker, A. T 

147. Wergeland, A. M 

148. West, M 

149. Whitford, H. N 

150. Wilcox, W. C 

151. Willett,H.L 

152. Wolcott, J. D 

153. Wood, LP 

154. Woodruff, C.E 

155. Young, E. P 

156. Youngr, J. W. A 

157. Zueblin, C 

Total 



23 



33 



41 



44 



59 



73 



89 



92 



PHYSICAL CULTUEE AND ATHLETICS 

To the President of the University: 

Sir : I submit herewith my report on the condition of the Department of Physical Culture 
and Athletics during the first decade of the University. 

The Department of Physical Cidture and Athletics was organized October 1, 1892, with 
the following corps of instructors : 

Amos Alonzo Stagg, Associate Professor and Director; Dr. Alice Bertha Foster, Tutor; 
Joseph Edward Kaycroft, Assistant; Horace Butterworth, Assistant; Charles W. Allen, Assistant. 

No change was made in the ofBcers of instruction until the Autumn Quarter of 1894, when 
Miss Kate S. Anderson, Instructor, was placed in charge of the women's work, in place of Dr- 
Poster, who had resigned in June. Miss Bertha Steig was also appointed Assistant. Miss 
Anna P. Davies temporarily conducted the women's work diu:ing the Summer Quarter of 1894. 

The Department began its work on October 1, 1892, when the candidates for the football 
team met for the first time in Washington Park for practice. Thirteen men reported. 

Compulsory work in physical training began during the third week in October. The 
women met in three classes in one of the rooms on the fourth floor of Cobb Hall. The men 
took their physical culture on an open lot west of the Quadrangles. The work of the former 
consisted of free standing exercises, while the latter were trained in football formations without 
scrimmage. 

The Gymnasiimi was thrown open for use on November 30, 1892, and the classes were put 
through squad drills until the completion and fitting up of the building, about two months later. 

From the beginning of the University, compulsory work in physical training was made a , 
requirement for graduation. In this the University became a pioneer among western institu- 
tions, some of which had a requirement in military drill, but no department of physical culture. 
Since then nearly every college and university of note in the piiddle West has added a depart- 
ment of physical training. 

Upon the completion of the Gymnasium, early in the Winter Quarter, the practice of 
exercises for both men and women, which had before been conducted under difficulty (on account 
of cramped quarters, bad weather, and lack of conveniences) on three days of the week, was 
extended to one half -hour's work on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. Four to 
seven classes, in different forms of exercise, have been conducted regularly since that time, in 
addition to the training for athletic teams, which a student had the option of taking. 

The following paragraph appeared in the General Regulations which were to govern the 
University on its organization : 

"All students will be examined as to their physical condition on entering the University, 
and at intervals dming the com-se. The University physician, who will make the examination, 
will give each student thus examined a written statement, in detail, of his physical condition, 
indicating constitutional weaknesses, and forms of exercise, desirable and undesirable, for the 
individual in question. A student will not be permitted to study in the University four con- 
secutive Quarters without a physician's certificate that he may do the work of the fourth Quarter 
without injury to his health. The Director of the Department of Physical Education will give 
his personal attention, not only to the organization and training of athletic teams, and the gen- 
eral athletic interests of the students, but especially to the physical training of each student in 
so far as it is practicable." 

336 



Physical Cultuke and Athletics 337 



The original regulations demanded ten Quarters' work in Physical Culture, unless excused 
on account of disability or other sufficient reasons. This rule was changed on April 24, 1893, 
to read: " Six Quarters' work in Physical Culture is required of Academic College students, and 
four Quarters of University College students." This change was deemed advisable in order to 
give the student freedom where he would enjoy it most, and had the greatest need for it, and 
also because in the enforcement of the requirements it was not to the advantage of the student 
to omit his work during two Quarters at the beginning of his course. 

As the difficulties of enforcing the requirement presented themselves, additional rules were 
made. At the beginning no penalty was attached to non-attendance at classes, but there was 
general statement that students were required to take Physical Culture — the idea of the Depart- 
ment at the beginning being to require eleven Quarters of work. No statement in definite form, 
however, was made to this effect, so that one of the first actions of the Board of Physical Cul- 
ture, which was organized March 27, 1893, was to announce definitely that "The requirements 
for graduation shall be thirty-six Majors and ten Quarters' work in Physical Culture." 

It was thought that the change of the rule so as to require six Quarters' work in the 
Academic College would have the effect of preventing delinquency, inasmuch as the student 
would want to get his transfer to the University Colleges as quickly as possible. This he could 
not get if he were deficient in Physical Culture. 

Later it was found that this was not sufficient inducement, and a regulation was passed, 
stating that " students taking an excessive number of cuts will not be allowed to continue their 
University work until they shall conform to the requirements." 

This was strengthened afterward by the action of the Board of Physical Culture and 
Athletics, in passing a rule, December 7, 1895, that, " If a student have ten or more absences in 
the course of Physical Culture,, no credit will be allowed him for the work; if he have five to ten 
absences, he will receive 50 per cent, credit for the work." 

Later this rule was changed to conform with the general requirements of all University 
work, namely: "Should the number of a student's absences reach 25 per cent, of the whole 
number of class exercises, he will receive credit for one-half of the course. No credit will be 
given when the number of absences, is equal to 50 per cent, of the class exercises." 

In enforcing the requirement of ten Quarters of Physical Cultui'e it has been necessary, in 
three or four cases, to have students remain in residence after their other University work was 
completed. 

The Administrative Board of Physical Culture and Athletics met for the first time on 
March 27, 1893. The members of this pioneer body for the administration of the Department of 
Physical Culture and Athletics were: 

The President, ex officio. 

Associate Professor A. A. Stagg, ex Officio, Director of Physical Culture. 

Dr. Alice B. Foster, ex officio, Tutor, Physical Culture. 

Professor H. P. Judson, Political Science. 

Associate Professor J. H. Tufts, Philosophy. 

Associate Professor Franklin Johnson, Church History. 

Associate Professor Marion Talbot, Sanitary Science. 

Mr. William Caldwell. 

In 1894 the newly appointed Examining Physician, Dr. C. P. Small, and in 1895 the new 
Recorder, Associate Professor G. S. Goodspeed, became ex officio members of the Board. 

In May, 1896, it was voted to admit one student representative each from the Graduate 
School, the Divinity School, the Senior College, and the Jrmior College, to membership on the 
Board. Messrs. H. T. Clarke, H. E. Jones, H. G. Gale, and John Mentzer were elected by their 
respective schools. 



338 The Peesident's Kepoet 

In 1898 it was deemed wise to have one of the Deans serve as an ex-officio member of the 
Board, and Associate Professor James H. Tufts was appointed. During this year the Depart- 
ment of Military Science and Tactics was organized in which work might be taken as an equiva- 
lent for Physical Culture. Since then the instructor in this Department as well as the instructor 
in the Department of Physical Culture in the School of Education have become members 
ex officio of the Board. The Examining Physician for the men's Department has also become a 
member ex officio. 

In the spring of 1893, in response to a request from President Harper, Mr. Marshall Field 
granted the University the use of the vacant block situated between Fifty-sixth and Fifty- 
seventh streets and Ellis and Greenwood avenues for an athletic field. Arrangements were at 
once made for inclosing this space. A large proportion of the lumber necessary for the pm:- 
pose was contributed by the John Spry Lumber Company, and the work of nailing on the 
boards was performed gratuitously by the students. The field was graded, sodded, and prepared 
for baseball by the latter part of June, and the first game on our grounds was played between 
the 'Varsity team and that of the University of Virginia, during examination week, 1893. The 
diamond faced from the northeast to the southwest. The summer was extremely hot, the water 
supply limited, and, notwithstanding the most constant care, the grass withered and died. 

A football field was laid out at the beginning of the Autumn Quarter, but there were no seats 
arranged until the Thanksgiving Day game, when some wooden horses and planks that were 
being used in the construction of the new University buildings were utilized as a temporary stand. 
The same arrangement continued during the baseball season of 1894, but the need of 
something better and of a more permanent character was so apparent that subscriptions for 
a grandstand were solicited early in that year, the total sum received from this source being 
$818.95. This is the only subscription for athletic purposes which the Department has ever 
solicited. The covered stand in the northwest corner of the field, seating about 1,200 people, 
which was finished in time for the football games at a cost of $1,210.50, was a result of the 
co-operation of students and Faculty. The chaii-s of the grandstand were provided, in part, 
through the courtesy of Mr. John J. Mitchell. 

In the spring of 1895 a new diamond, facing from the northwest toward the southeast, 
was laid out, and a large quantity of black dirt was put on the outfield. A running-track of a 
little less than four laps to the mile was built at an expense of $465. In the autumn of that year 
additional accommodations for the Thanksgiving Day football game, in the form of bleachers 
seating 3,600 people, were erected at a cost of $900. 

In the spring of 1896 a large quantity of clay and black dirt was put on the field outside 
the diamond, and sowed with clover and grass seed. This secured an excellent txirf for both 
football and baseball. 

In the fall of 1898 new bleachers capable of holding 6,000 people were erected, and in the 
following autumn additional bleachers for 4,000 persons were built. During the winter of 1899 
the University acquired possession of the block of land adjoining the athletic field and placed a 
twelve-foot board fence around it. This purchase added much needed room to the field and per- 
mitted the moving of the east bleachers back from the running-track and baseball field for the 
spring athletics. 

A new quarter-mile running-track, averaging more than 20 feet wide was built of cinders in 
the spring of 1900. 

The Intercollegiate Conference meet which was organized that year accepted our offer for 
the free use of our field and track. 

The Gymnasium building, which was to be a temporary structure and built of rough brick, 
was erected during the Autumn Quarter of 1892 at a cost of about $18,000. The Women's Gym- 



Physical Culture and Athletics 339 



nasium which was torn down in the summer of 1901 to make room for the University Commons 
buildings was 100 feet by 50 feet, of which 50 feet by 30 feet was devoted to baths, lockers 
dressing-rooms, and office. The exercising room was fitted up with apparatus of the best 
quality. Diu:ing the years 1901 and 1902 the women used the chapel of the Hyde Park 
Baptist Church for temporary quarters. 

The Men's Gymnasium was 200 feet by 50 feet, the exercising rooms having the large 
dimensions of 140 feet by 50 feet. Besides being fitted up with the finest apparatus, it 
possessed space and equipment for training in many kinds of outdoor sports, including 
ground practice, batting, and base-sliding for baseball; sprinting, pole-vaulting, high and broad 
jumping, shot-putting, etc. In addition to these there were handball courts, a tennis court, and 
a running-track of a fraction over twelve laps to the mile. 

The Men's Gymnasium originally contained 200 lockers. Additional lockers were built at 
different times, which increased the locker supply to 500. The Women's Gymnasium also had 
to enlarge its locker supply, while the number of dressing-rooms was doubled. 

In the summer of 1894 a special room for the physical examination of students was built 
over the locker room in the Gymnasium. This was used also as the library room, where a 
small selected library was kept. 

Other changes consisted in the laying of a linoleum carpet on the running track, at a cost 
of $200, and the partitioning off of a room for rubbing purposes. 

The old Gymnasium was a unique building in gymnasium construction, and will pass out 
of existence still unique. The idea of a combination gymnasium and a diminutive athletic field 
under one roof was a new feature in physical training at the time of its construction. The 
plan of having a dirt floor at one end of the exercising room fturnished special advantages for 
the practice of certain kinds of out door sports. The newer development of a special building 
for athletic work during the winter months is a larger consummation of the same idea. 

On Thanksgiving Day, 1901, the corner stone of the magnificent new Gymnasium was laid 
with appropriate ceremonies. This accomplishment was brought about through the splendid 
munificence of Mr. Adolph C. Bartlett, one of the Trustees of the University, who wished to 
rear the most useful and fitting memorial to the memory of his son, Frank Dickinson Bartlett, 
who died while in the midst of his college course at Harvard. 

The building is 200 feet by 80 feet and has two stories and a basement. It is located on 
the southeast corner of the athletic field. The top floor is an immense exercising room wholly 
free from pillars and other obstructions. A thirteen-lap-to-the-mile running-track twelve feet 
wide is suspended from the girders holding the roof. The ground floor contains locker rooms, 
Faculty exercising room, swimming-tank, and bath rooms and offices. The basement will be 
devoted to special rooms for the athletic teams. The building when finished and equipped will 
cost $260,000. It will be finished for occupancy in the fall of 1903. 

INSTRUCTION 

During the first ten years of the University, courses were offered to men in the following 
forms of exercises: calisthenics and free movements; setting-up drills; Swedish movements; 
pulley- weights; dumb-bells; bar-bells; iron wands; Indian clubs; wall machines, ladders, etc.; 
light apparatus; elementary, intermediate, and advanced work on heavy apparatus; corrective 
work on special apparatus; general work on various apparatus; tumbling; advanced gymnastics; 
wrestling; fencing; basketball; handball; tennis; golf; swimming; track and field sports; pole- 
vaulting, hurdling, and sprinting; cross-country and long-distance running; baseball, and 
football. 



340 



The President's Eepoet 



TABLE A 
The Staff of the Division of Physical Cultuee and Athletics, 1892-1902 



Name 


Title 


Year 


Amos Alonzo Stagg 


Professor and Director 


1892-1902 


Alice Bertha Poster, M.D. 


Tutor 


1892-1894 


Joseph Edward Raycroft, M.D. 


Instructor and Examining Physician 


1892-1902 


Horace Butterworth 


Instructor 


1892-1902 


Charles W. Allen 


Assistant for Divinity School 


1892-1895 


Charles Porter Small, M.D. 


Examining Physician 


1892-1902 


Kate Anderson 


Instructor 


1894-1897 


Anna F. Davies 


Tutor (Summer Quarter) 


1894^1895 


Clara Tilton , 


Assistant (Summer Quarter) 


1897 


Bertha Steig 


Assistant 


1894^1899 


Gertrude Dudley 


Instructor 


1897-1902 


Dorcas Merriman 


Assistant (Summer Quarter) 


1898 


Ida Purniss 


Assistant 


1899-1902 


Clara Comstock 


Assistant 


1901-1902 


William P. Bender 


Assistant (Winter Quarter) 


1901 


Perry J. Payne 


Assistant 


1897-1902 



Assistant Coaches 



Name 


Department 


Year 


Charles W. Allen 


Football 


1896-1897 


Henry Gordon Gale 


Football 


1898-1899 


Charles Foster Roby 


Football 


1898 


Clarence Bert Herschberger 


Football 


1899-1901 


Walter Scott Kennedy 


Football 


1900 


Ralph C. Hamill 


Football 


1901 


Morris Gordon Clarke 


Baseball 


1899 


Fred. Merrifield 


Baseball 


1901 


T. Burton Smith 


Baseball 


1902 



Faculty Eepbesentatives on the Administeative Boaed of Physical Cultuee and Athletics, 1893-1902 

The President, Chairman 

Professor Amos Alonzo Stagg, Director, ex officio - 1893-1902 

Dr. Alice Bertha Foster, ex officio --------- 1893-1894 

Professor Harry Pratt Judson --- -- 1893 

Assistant Professor Franklin Johnson --------- 1893-1894 

Associate Professor Marion Talbot -.--...-- 1893-1895 

Assistant Professor James H. Tufts - .-. 1893 

Mr. William Caldwell ------ 1893 

Miss Kate Anderson, ex officio - - - 1894-1897 

Associate Professor Robert Francis Harper -------- 1893-1899 

Associate Professor Oliver J. Thatcher - - 1893-1902 

Mr. William Hill - - --.--. 1893-1894 

Examining Physician Charles Porter Small ------- 1894-1902 

Professor Shailer Mathews - - - - . - 1894-1899 

Professor Carl Darling Buck - . - 1894-1902 



Physical Culture and Athletics 341 



The Recorder, ea; o^cw ------------ 1895-1902 

Assistant Professor Myra Reynolds --------- 1895-1898 

Professor Frank Frost Abbott 1896-1897, 1899-1900 

Miss Gertrude Dudley, ex officio - - - - 1897-1902 

Associate Professor James Hayden Tufts, Dean, ex officio ----- 1898-1899 

Assistant Professor George Herbert Mead -------- 1898-1899 

Professor Eri Baker Hulbert, Dean, ex officio - 1899-1902 

Professor John Merle Coulter - . . - 1899-1902 

Professor Starr Willard Cutting ----- 1899-1901 

Professor Edward Capps ----- 1900-1902 

Lieutenant-Colonel Brinkerhoff, ex officio - - - 1901-1902 

Assistant Professor Carl J. Kroh, ex officio ------- 1901-1902 

Dr. Joseph Edward Raycrof t, ex officio - - - - 1901-1902 

Mr. Horace Butterworth, ex officio 1901-1902 

Professor George Stephen Goodspeed 1901-1902 



Student Kepbesentativbs on Athletic Questions on the Administeatite Boaed of Athletics 

1896 — Henry Gordon Gale, representing the Graduate Schools. 
Hayden E. Jones, representing the Divinity School. 
Henry Tefft Clarke, representing the Senior Colleges. 
John Mentzer, representing the Junior Colleges. 

1896-97 — Henry Gordon Gale, representing the Graduate Schools. 
Robert B. Davidson, representing the Divinity School. 
John Mentzer, representing the Senior Colleges. 
LeRoy Tudor Vernon, representing the Junior Colleges. 

1897-98 — Henry Gordon Gale, representing the Graduate Schools. 
Robert Bailey Davidson, representing the Divinity School. 
Charles Lindsey Burroughs, representing the Senior Colleges. 
LeRoy Tudor Vernon, representing the Junior Colleges. 

1898-99 — Fred Harvey Hall Calhoun, representing the Graduate Schools. 
Fred Merrifield, representing the Divinity School. 
LeRoy Tudor Vernon, representing the Senior Colleges. 
Kellogg Speed, representing the Junior Colleges. 

1899-00 — Allen T. Burns, representing the Graduate Schools. 
Fred Merrifield, representing the Divinity School. 
LeRoy Tudor Vernon, representing the Senior Colleges. 
Kellogg Speed, representing the Junior Colleges. 

1900-01 — Clarence Bert Herschberger, representing the Graduate Schools. 
Howard B. Woolston, representing the Divinity School. 
Edward C. Kohlsaat, representing the Senior Colleges. 
James M. Sheldon, representing the Junior Colleges. 

1901-02 — James Finch Royster, representing the Graduate Schools. 
John Wellington Hoag, representing the Divinity School. 
Frank McNair, representing the Senior Colleges. 
Philip Armour Sunderland, representing the Junior Colleges. 



342 



The President's Eepoet 



TABLE B 

The Athletic Teams of the Univeksity 
captains 



Year 


Football 


Baseball 


Track and Field Athletics 


Tennis 


1892-1893 


A. A. Stagg, Act. Capt. 


A. A. Stagg, Act. Capt. 




W. H. Prescott 


1893-1894 


A. R. E. Wyant 


F. D. Nichols 


H. C. Holloway 


W. S. Bond 


1894-1895 


C. W. Allen 


H. D. Abells 


H. C. Holloway 


C. B. Neel 


1895-1896 


C. W. Allen 


H. D. Abells 


C. U. Bachell^ 


W. S. Bond 


1896-1897 


C. F. Roby 


H. T. Clarke 


F. F. Steigmeyer* 
T. H. Patterson 


P. Rand 


1897-1898 


C. B. Herschberger 


G. H. Sawyer 


F. H. Calhoun 


C. D. Halsey 


1898-1899 


W. S. Kennedy 


F. Merrifield 


B. B. Smith 


E. L. Poulson 


1899-1900 


W. S. Kennedy 


L. T. Vernon 


W. A. Moloney 


H. N. Gottlieb 


1900-1901 


K. Speed 


T. B. Smith 


W. A. Moloney 


P. P. Bruce 


1901-1902 


J.R.Henry* 
J. M. Sheldon 


F. E. Harper 


F. G. Moloney 


J. W. Bingham 



TABLE C 

The Members of the Teams 



Football 



Baseball 



Track and Field Athletics 



Tennis 



1892-93 
W. Rullkoetter, c. 
G. N. Knapp, r. g. 
W. R. Smith, 1. g. 
A. R. E. Wyant, r t. 
R. E. Brennemann, ) , . 
C. W. Allen, \ ^' ^■ 

H. T. Chace, r. e. 
W. B. Conover, 1. e. 
J. E. Raycroft, q. b. 
C. B. McGillivray, 1. h. b. 
A. A. Stagg, r. h. b. 
W. Rapp, f. b. 

Substitutes 
H. G. Gale 
J. LaMay 
J. V. Fradenburg 

1893-94 
A. R. E. Wyant, c, Capt. 
W. Rullkoetter, ) 
N. W. Flint, \ ^- ^■ 
C.W.Allen, ) , 
W.R. Smith, } ^-S- 
G. R. Sikes, r. t. 
G. N. Knapp 
A. M. Wyant, 



1. t. 



H. G. Gale, ) 
P. E. Hering, \ 
J. LaMay, ) , 
H.T.Chace, 5 '■ ®- 
J. E. Raycroft, q. b. 
F. D. Nichols, r. h. b. 
C. K. Bliss, ; , , , 
J. Flint, \^-^- ^■ 
C. B. Neel, f. b. 



1992-93 
F. D. Nichols, c. 
A. A. Stagg, p. 
W. H. Prescott, 1st b. 
H. M. Adkinson, 2d b. 
H. G. Gale, ) o^ ,, 

L. B. Vaughan, \ "^^ '^■ 
R. W. Webster, s. s. 
C. B. McGillivray, r. f. 
C. S. Pike, c. f. 
W. B. Conover, 1. 1. 



Substitutes 
H. D. Speer 
A. E. Logie 

1893-94 
C. S. Pike, o. 
F. D. Nichols, p., Capt 
H. D. Abells, 1st b. 
H. M. Adkinson, 2d b. 
J. S. Brown, 3d b. 
R. W. Webster, s. s. 
H. G. Gale, r. f. 
F. E. Hering, c. f. 
F. Grant, 1. f. 

Substitute 
C. B. McGillivray 



1893-94 
C. V. Bachell6 
S. D. Barnes 
C. R. Barrett 
G. Bliss 
W. P. Behan 
H. D. Church 
H. L. Clarke 
A. E. Davis 
A. A. Ewing 
H. Holloway, Captain 
H. D. Hubbard 
W. B. Keen 
A. M. Wyant 
J. LaMay 
E. F. Mandell 
T. L. NefE 
E. W. Peabody 



1892-93 
W. H. Prescott 
V. R. Lansingh 
C. A. Torrey 
C. S. Pike 



1893-94 
W. S. Bond, Captain 
P. Rand 
V. R. Lansingh 
W. B. Chalmers 
C. B. Neel 
R. C. Dudley 
C. B. McGillivray 



* Resigned 



Physical Cultuee and Athletics 



343 



TABLE C— Continued 



Football 



Baseball 



Substitutes 
W. R. Rapp 
H. G. Lozier 
H. D. Speer 



1894^95 

A.R.E.Wyant, ) 

N. D. Flint, 5 °- 

C. W. Allen, r. g.. Captain 

W. RuUkoetter, 1. g. 

G. N. Knapp, r. t. 

0. F. Roby, 1. t. 

J. LaMay, r. e. 

B. R. Yundt, 1. e. 
F. E. Bering, q. b. 
H. I. Coy, ) , ^ 
A. A. Ewing, \ ^- '^^ °- 
F. D. Nichols, 1. h. b. 

H. G. Gale, If ^ 

C. B- JHerschberger, )' ' 



Substitutes 
W. E. Garrey 
R. N. Tooker 
H. W. Black 
V. E. McCaskill 
H. T.Chace 

1895-96 

P. S. Allen, c. 

B. E. Looney, ) 

T. L. Ketman, ] ^- ^■ 
W. RuUkoetter, 1. g. 
C W. Alien,!, t., Captain. 

E. V. Williamson, 1. 1. 

C. F. Roby, r. e. 
N. W. Flint, ) 1 „ 
J. LaMay, S 

A. A. Ewing, ) . 
H. T. Clarke, ] ^' °- 

F. D. Nichols, r. h. b. 
H. G. Gale, ) i ], ^ 
A. A. Ewing, ) ' ' ' 
C. B. Hersohberger, ) 

H. G.Gale, ^f.b. 

C. B. Neel, ) 

Substitutes 
J. S. Brown 
H, W. Dickey 
H. G. Leighton 

1896-97 
W. J. Cavanagh, c. 
R. N. Tooker, r. g. 
J. E. Webb, 1. g. 
C. F. Roby, r. t,. Captain. 



Track and Field Athletics 



Tennis 



r. f. 



1894-95 
H. E. Jones, 
C. S. Pike, 
H. T. Clarke, 
F. D. Nichols, 
J. S. Brown, 
H. D. Abells, 1st b., Capt 
H. M. Adkinson, 2d b. 
C. S. Winston, 3d b. 
F. D. Nichols, ) „ „ 
P. Grant, S "' "' 

J. S Brown, 
H. T. Clarke, 
F. Grant, ) , f 

C.S.Pike, T" 
F. E. Bering, c. f. 

Suestitutb 
G. B. Sawyer 



1895-96 
H. E. Jones, c. 
a. T. Clarke, 

F. D. Nichols, [■ p. 
J. S. Brown, , 
a. D. Abells, 1st b., Capt 
a. M. Adkinson, 2d b. 
C. S. Winston, 3d b. 

O. T. Sweet, / „ _ 

M. G.Clarke, S 

J. S. Brown, / 1 . 

C.S.Pike, r ■ 

C. B. Berschberger, c. f. 

G. a. Sawyer, r. f. 



1896-97 
a. T. Clarke, p., Capt. 
W. T. Gardner, c. 
E. D. Abells, 1st b. 
B. M. Adkinson, 2d b. 



A. T. Pienkowsky 

P. Rand 

L. Sass 

F. E. Sherman 

v. W. Sincere 

F. F. Steigmeyer 

L. Wolff 

1894-95 
T. a. Patterson 

E. W. Peabody 

C. B. Berschberger 

F. P. Steigmeyer 
E. P. Mandel 
W. P. Drew 

a. C. BoUoway, Capt. 

J. LaMay 

a. I. Coy 

a. B. Campbell 

S. C. Dickerson 

L. Sass 

P. Johnson 

C. V. Bachell(S 

C. L. Burroughs 

C. B. Neel 

G. A. Bliss 

A. B. Bancook 

P. G. Wooley 

T. L. Nefl 



1895-96 

C. V. Bachell^, Capt. 
T. a. Patterson 
P. F. Steigmeyer, 

E. Gundlach 
G. L. White 

F. a. Calhoun 
E. Williamson 
E. L. Poulson 
a. McClenahan 
C. B. Neel 

C. R. Barrett 
C. B. Berschberger 
E. W. Peabody 
A. E. Logic 
a. A. Peterson 
C. L. Burroughs 
a. W. Dickey 
a. T. Chace 
W. Jackson 
P. G. Wooley 
C. O. Taylor 



1896-97 
T. a. Patterson, Capt. 
G. L. White 
B. B. Smith 
F. a. Calhoun 



1894-95 
C. B. Neel, Capt. 
P. Rand 
V. R. Lansingh 
W. E. Chalmers 
W. S. Bond 
C. A. Torrey 
C. B. McGillivray 
R. C. Dudley 



1896-97 
P. Rand, Capt. 
W. S. Bond 
C. D. Balsey 
W. P. Anderson 



344 



The President's Report 



TABLE C— Continued 



Football 



Baseball 



Track and Field Athletics 



Tennis 



W. S. Kennedy, ) , j. 
T. W. Mortimer, $ 

B. C. Hamill, r. e. 

C. Firth, ) , . 

B. D. K. Lefflngwell, \ '• ''■ 
M. G. Clarke, q. b. 

H. I. Coy, r. h. b. 

C. B. Herschberger, / j j^ ^, 
J. S. Johnson, ) ' ' ' 
W. T. Gardner, f. b. 

SCBSTITCTEa 

H. T. Clarke 
C. B. Neel 
V. W. Sincere 
P. B. Davis 
M. A. Cleveland 
H. M. Burchard 

1897-98 
W. J. Cavanagh, c. 
A. C. Bowdish, r. g. 
K. Speed, 1. g. 
J. E. Webto, r. t. 
T. W. Mortimer, 1. t. 
R. C. Hamill, r. e. 
G. H. Garrey, / . 
H. Fox, S ^- ®- 

M G. Clarke, q. b. 
C.B.Herschberger,r.h.b.,C. 
W. S. Kennedy, 1. h. b. 
W. T. Gardner, f. b. 

Substitutes 
T. H. Patterson 
N. K, Anderson 



F. Merrifield, 3d b. 



1898-99 
K. Speed, ) 

W.J. Cavanagh, ] ^• 
C. J. Rogers, r. g. 
O. S. Burnett, 1. g. 
J. B Webb, r. t. 
T. W. Mortimer, 1. 1. 
R. C. Hamill, r. e. 
J. R. Henry, ) , 
W. J. Schmahl, \ '• ^^ 
W. S. Kennedy, q.b., Capt. 
C. B. Herschberger, r. h. b. 
M. G. Clarke, h h b 
J. R. Henry, ^ ' " " 
F. L. Slaker, f. b. 



J. S. Brown, 



1. f. 



J.F.Hagey,: 

G. H. Sawyer, r. f. 

C. B. Hershberger, c. f. 

L. T. Vernon, ) „ „ 

M. G. Clarke, ) ^- ^■ 



Substitute 
H. G. Leighton 



1897-98 
W. T. Gardner, c. 
T. B. Smith, p. 
W. S. Kennedy, 1st b. 
M. G. Clarke, ) „ , , 
H. B. McElree, \ '^^ '^• 

F. Merrifield, 3d b. 
L. T. Vernon, s. s. 

D. B. Southard, ) , . 

E. A. Wriedt, ) ^- ^■ 
C. B. Herschberger, c. f . 

G. H. Sawyer, r. f., Capt. 



Substitute 
H. G. Leighton 



1898-99 
H. G. Bodwell, c. 
T. B. Smith, p. 
W. S. Kennedy, 1st b. 
L. T. Vernon, 2d b. 

F. Merrifield, 3d b., Capt. 

G. B. Allen, s. s. 

D. B. Southard, 1. f. 
C. B. Herschberger, c. f. 
J. C. Ewing, r. f. 



C. V. Brown 

C. B. Herschberger 

F. P. Lachmund 
A. L. Barton 
W. S. Bond 

C. L. Burroughs 
J. B. Hyman 

G. A. Brayton 
H. L. Ickes 

C. V. BachelW 
H. B. Campbell 
N. M. Fair 
P. A. Brown 
W. M. Burns 



1897-98 

F. H. Calhoun, Capt. 

B. B. Smith 

G. L. White 
C V. Brown 

C. B. Herschberger 
A. L. Barton 

C. L. Burroughs 
N. M. Fair 

F. A. Brown 

A. E. Beers 
M. B. Parker 

B. G. Leake 
W. A. Moloney 
W. S. Kennedy 
T. W. Mortimer 
W. J. Schmahl 
W. H. Andrews 

D. R. Richberg 
H. S. Walker 
J. F. Goodenow 
M. H. Pettit 

E. L. Heath 
D. E. Fogle 

1898-99 

B. B. Smith, Capt. 

C. L. Burroughs 
W. A. Moloney 
H. B. Slack 

C. B. Herschberger 
W. J. Schmahl 

C. V. Brown 

T. W. Mortimer 
N. M. Fair 
M. B. Parker 
J. F. Goodenow 

D. P. Trude 
P. Ross 

F. G. Moloney 
R. C. Hamill 



E. L. Poulson 
P. Blackwelder 
H. N. Gottlieb 
R. G. Gould 



1897— 9S 

C. D. Halsey, Capt. 
H. M. MacQuiston 
P. D. MacQuiston 
H. N. Gottlieb 
P. Blackwelder 
E. L. Poulson 
H. W. Belfleld 
R. Page 



1898-99 
E. L. Poulson, Capt. 
P. D. MacQuiston 
C. D. W. Halsey 
H. N. Gottlieb 
H. W. Belfield 
C. Richards 
J. W. Bingham 
P. P. Bruce 



Physical Cultuee and Athletics 



345 



TABLE C—Contimied 



Football 



SOBSTIinTES 

P. KnoUa 
M. A. Cleveland 
B. J. Cassels 
J. C. Ewing 
E. G. Allen 



Baseball 



1899-00 
K. Speed, c. 
H. F. Ahlswede, r. g. 
C. G. Flanagan, 1. g. 
J. E. Webb, r. t. 
F. Fell, 1. t. 
B. J. Cassels, ) 
W. F. Eldridge, \ '^^ ®- 
■ J. M. Sheldon, 1. e. 
W. S. Kennedy, q. b., Capt. 
R. C. Hamill, r. h. b. 
J. R. Henry, 1. h. b. 
F. L. Slaker, f. b. 

Substitutes 
C. W Ervin 
A. F. Holste 



190(M)1 
K. Speed, c. Captain 
C.W. Ervin, ) 
W. Carey, (■ r. g. 

H. G. Bodwell, ) 
C. G. Flanagan, 1. g. 
J. G. MaoNab, r. t. 

F. Fell, ) 1 , 
O. E. Atwood, \ ^- ^■ 
W. F. Eldridge, " 
Z. R. Pettet, 
E. P. Rich, 1. e. 
J.M. Sheldon, ) „ , 

G. H. Garrey, ] ^- '^■ 
A. W. Place, / . , 
F.O.Horton, S 

J. R. Henry, U y. y. 
H. H. Lord, \ ^- ^- "• 
A. B. Snider, 
E. E. Perkins, 



f.b. 



Substitutes 
B. Strauss 
J. W. Hoag 
J. H. Jensen 
A. H. Fowler 



Substitutes 
F. C. Cleveland 
H. G. Leighton 
C. S. Jacobs 



1899-00 
F.E. Harper, ) 

E. O. Wood, \ ^■ 
T. B. Smith, ) 

F. Merrifield, [ p. 
W. S Rogers, ) 

W. S. Kennedy, 1st b. 
L.T.Vernon,Capt. ) 
E.O.Wood, C2dh 

C. M. Van Patten, ) 
F. Merrifield, ) oj k 
T. B. Smith, ] "^^ *'• 
L. T. Vernon, ) 
CM. Van Patten, 5 ^•®- 
R. Merrifield, / 
E. O. Wood, S 
A. W. Place, c. f- 
J. C. Ewing, r. f. 



Track and Field Athletics 



l.f. 



1900-01 
F. E. Harper, c. 
T. B. Smith, Capt., 
H. C. Calhoun, [ p. 
C. R. Howe, 
A. L. Hoover, 1st b. 
R. Merrifield, 2d b. 
C. M. Van Patten, 3d b. 
P. A. Sunderland, s. s. 
F. M. Horton, 1. f. 
A. W. Place, c. f. 
H. J. Sloan, r. f. 



Substitute 
H. C. Smith 



C. V. Drew 
L. Byrne 

C. R. Manning 
J. P. Magee 
W. A. Gordon 
G. L. White 
G. E. Tucker 
G. A. Brayton 
S. T. Bowen 

A. B. Snider 

D. R. Richberg 
H. Street 

Z. R. Pettet 
G. G. Davis 
D. E. Fogle 

1899-00 
W. A. Moloney, Capt. 
T. W. Mortimer 
H. H. Lord 
F. G. Moloney 
C. E. Hulbert 
C. R. Manning 

F. M. Horton 

G. G. Davis 
J. P. Magee 
J. T. Lister 
H. B. Slack, 
W. J. Schmahl 

C. V. Brown 

D. R. Richberg 

E. D. LeiSngwell 
Z. R. Pettet 

D. P. Trude 

B. J Cassels 

1900-01 
W. A. Moloney, Capt. 

F. G. Moloney 
H. H. Lord 

F. M. Horton 
Z. R. Pettet 
W. Carey 
L. A. Hopkins 
A. W. Place 
R. L. Henry 

E. R. Ferriss 

R. H, Wellington 
E. B. Bliss 
M. B. Louer 
A. Jahn 
E. E. Perkins 



Tennis 



1899-00 
H. N. Gottlieb, Capt. 
C. D. W. Halsey 
W. F. Eldridge 
C. W. Richards 
J. P. Magee 
J. S. Hammond 
P. P. Bruce 
J. H. McCune 



1900-01 
P. P. Bruce, Capt. 
H. L. Axtell 
J. W. Bingham 
H. W. Belfield 
C. W. Richards 
A. Frake 



346 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE C— Continued 



Football 


Baseball 


Track and Field Athletics 


Tennis 


1901-02 


1901-02 


1901-02 


1901-02 


A. C. Ellsworth, c. 


H. J. Sloan, c. f. 


F. G. Moloney, Capt. 


J. W. Bingham, Capt. 


M. M. Beddall, r. g. 


W. A. Rooney, s. s. 


C. A. Blair 


E. Blackwelder 


R. L. Knapp, 1. g. 


P. A. Sunderland, 1st b. 


Z. R. Pettet 


H. Belheld 


R. B. Kennedy, r. t. 


F. B. Harper, o. Capt, 


R. L. Henry 


A. P. Nelson 


C. G. Flanagan, 1. t. 


W. C. Smith, ) 1 „ 
A. W. Place, \ '• '• 


J, P. Magee 


C. A. Proctor 


J. G. MacNab, r. e. 


M. L. Cahill 


A. Prake 


F. A. Speik, 1. e. 


R. W. Merrifield, r. f. 


F. A. Speik 




G. H. Garrey, ) „ , 
L. W. Maxwell, \ I" '^■ 


A. C. Ellsworth, ) 


B. M. Friend 




C. R. Howe, [ p. 


E. W. Miller 




E. E. Perkins, r. h. b. 


L. Ballenger, ) 


O. E. Granberg 




J.M.Sheldon, Capt, ) , v, v, 
F. O. Horton, \ ^■'^■^■ 


F W. Patrick, 3d b. 


R. H. Wellington 




G.R.MacClyment,2db. 


L. A. Hopkins 




0. E. Atwood, . . 
B. Strauss, ^- "' 




E. E. Quantrell 






W. G. Matthews 








W. Carey 




Substitutes 




A. W. Place 




E. B. Cooke 




H. Kalamatiano 




J. J. Laird 




H. D. Warner 




C. S. Jennison 




E. E. Perkins 




M. S. Dondanville 




F. M. Horton 




P. M. Conrad 




W. R. Jayne 
G. Senn 
F. G. Smith 
E. P. Gale 





TABLE D 

WlNNBKS OF THE ' 

1892-93 



Football 


Baseball 


J. E. Raycroft, Capt 
H. T. Chace 
W. B. Conover 
G. N. Knapp 
W. R. Smith 
W. Rapp 


ain 


C. B. McGillivray 
W. Rullkoetter 
H. G. Gale 
C. W. Allen 
A. R. E. Wyant 
R. E. Brenneman 


F. D. Nichols, Captain 
C. B. McGillivray 
R. W. Webster 
W. H. Prescott 
C. S. Pike 


H. M. Adkinson 
H. D. Speer 
L. B. Vaughan 
H. G. Gale 
W. B. Conover 



1893-94 



Football 


Baseball 


Track 


A. R. E. Wyant, Captain 


F. D. Nichols, Captain 


H. C. HoUoway, Captain 


H. G. Gale 


G. R. Sikes 


C. S. Pike 


A. A. Ewing 


J. E. Raycroft 


A. M. Wyant 


F. E. Hering 


C. V. BachelW 


C. B. Neel 


J. Flint 


J. S. Brown 


F. C. Sherman 


H. T. Chace 


J. La May 


R. W. Webster 


H. V. Church 


C. K. Bliss 


G. N. Knapp 


H. M. Adkinson 


G. A. Bliss 


W. Rapp 


C. W. Allen 


H. D. Abells 


W. P. Behan 


F. D. Nichols 


F. E. Hering 


H. G. Gale 


L. Sass 


W. R. Smith 


W. Rullkoetter 


F. Grant 





Physical Culture and Athletics 



347 



TABLE D— Continued 
1894-95 



football 


Baseball 


Track 


C. W. Allen, Captain 


H. D. Abells, Captain 


H. C. Holloway, Captain 


C. B. Hershberger 


H. E. Jones 


C. V. Bachelle 


J. La May 


H. M. Adkinson 


C. B. Hershberger 


H. T. Chace 


F. E. Hering 


T. H. Patterson 


F. D. Nichols 


H. T. Clarke 


L. Sass 


N. Flint 


F. Grant 


E. F. Mandel 


E. R. Yundt 


F. D. Nichols 


F. Johnson 


W. Garrey 


J. S. Brown 




C. F. Roby 


C. S. Winston 




G. N. Knapp 


C. S. Pike 




H. W. Black 






A. A. Ewing 






H. G. Gale 






W. Rullkoetter 






P. E. Hering 






A. R. E. Wyant 






H. I. Coy 







1895-96 



C. W. Allen, Captain 


H. D. Abells, Captain 


C. V. Bachell(5, Captain 


H. G. Gale 


C. S. Winston 


T. H. Patterson 


P. S. Allen 


C. B. Hershberger 


E. W. Peabody 


F. D. Nichols 


M. G. Clarke 


F. F. Steigmeyer 


H. G. Leighton 


H. E. Jones 


H. A. Peterson 


A. A. Ewing 


H. T. Clarke 


W. P. Drew 


C. B. Neel 


H. M. Adkinson 


S. C. Dickerson 


C. P. Roby 


F. D. Nichols 


C. B. Hershberger 


N. Flint 


C. S. Pike 


E. T. Gundlach 


H. W. Dickey 


J. S. Brown 


E. V. Williamson 


O. H. Looney 


O. E. Sweet 


F. H. Calhoun 


W. Rullkoetter 


G. H. Sawyer 


C. B. Neel 


E. V. Williamson 






H. T. Clarke 






J. LaMay 






T. L. Ketman 







1896-97 



C. F. Roby, Captain 


H. T. Clarke, Captain 


T. H. Patterson, Captain 


C. B. Hershberger 


H. D. Abells 


G. L. White 


W. S. Kennedy 


H. M. Adkinson 


B. B. Smith 


W. T. Gardner 


C. B. Hershberger 


C. L. Burroughs 


V. Sincere 


W. T. Gardner 


P. H. Calhoun 


R. N. looker 


J. S. Brown 


C. B. Hershberger 


P. D. Nichols 


G. H. Sawyer 


C. V. Bachelle 


R. C. Hamill 


L. T. Vernon 




J. E. Webb 


P. Merrifleld 




T. W. Mortimer 


M. G. Clarke 




P. B. Davis 


J. P. Hagey 




H. I. Coy 






C Firth 






C. B. Neel 






W. J. Cavanagh 






M. G. Clarke 






J. S. Johnson 






H. T. Clarke 






E. D. K. Leffingwell 






H. M. Burchard 







348 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE D — Continued 
1897-98 



FootbaU 


Baseball 


Track 


C B. Hershberger, Captain 


G. H. Sawyer, Captain 


F. H. Calhoun, Captain 


W. S. Kennedy 


M. G. Clarke 


W. S. Kennedy 


K. Speed 


T. B. Smith 


C. B. Hershberger 


A. C. Bowdish 


L. T. Vernon 


. W. J. Schmahl 


G. H. Garrey 


F. Merrifleld 


N. M. Fair 


T. H. Patterson 


H. G. Leighton 


M. H. Pettit 


M. G. Clarke 


W. T. Gardner 


E. L. Heath 


W. T. Gardner 


E. A Wriedt 


W. A. Moloney 


J. E. Webb 


W. S, Kennedy 


G. L. White 


N. K. Anderson 


C. B. Hershberger 


B. B. Smith 


W. J. Cavanagh 


H. B. MoElree 


C. V. Brown 


T. W. Mortimer 




B. G. Leake 


R. C. Hamill 




A. E. Beers 


H. Fox 




W. H. Andrews 
C. L. Burroughs 
M. B. Parker 
J. F. Goodenow 
A. L. Barton 
T. W. Mortimer 



1898-99 



W. S. Kennedy, Captain 


F. Merrifleld, Captain 


B. B. Smith, Captain 


J. E. Webb 


Ij. T. Vernon 


D. A. Trude 


M. G. Clarke 


F. C. Cleveland 


C. V. Brown 


J. R. Henry 


T. B. Smith 


W. A. Moloney 


W. J. Cavanagh 


E. G. Allen 


M. B. Parker 


K. Speed 


J. C. Ewing 


C. B. Hershberger 


B. J. Cassels 


H. G. Leighton 


H. B. Slack 


F. L Slaker 


W. S. Kennedy 


R. C. Hamill 


C. J. Rogers 


D. B. Southard 


P. G. Moloney 


T. W. Mortimer 


H. G. Bodwell 


T. W. Mortimer 


O. S. Burnet 


C. B. Hershberger 


C. R. Manning 


C. B. Hershberger 


C. G. Jacobs 


W. J. Schmahl 


R. C. Hamill 




L. Byrne 


W. J. Schmahl 




J. F. Goodenow 


M. A. Cleveland 




P.Ross 

C. L. Burroughs 

C. V. Drew 



1899-00 



W. S. Kennedy, Captain 


L. T. Vernon, Captain 


W. A. Moloney, Captain 


J. E. Webb 


A. W. Place 


H. B. Slack 


J. M. Sheldon 


R. Merrifleld 


C. E. Hulbert 


A. F. Holste 


F. E. Harper 


G. G. Davis 


F. S. Slaker 


J. C. Ewing 


D. R. Richberg 


H. F. Ahlswede 


W. S. Kennedy 


J. P. Magee 


B. J. Cassels 


C. M. Van Patten 


P. G. Moloney 


J. R Henry 


F. Merrifleld 


T. W. Mortimer 


C. W. Ervin 


T. B. Smith 


H. H. Lord 


W. F. Eldridge 


E. O. Wood 


C. V. Brown 


K. Speed 


W. S. Rogers 


T. J. Lister 


P. Fell 




D. A. Trude 


R. C. Hamill 




E. D. K. Lefflngwell 


C. G. Flanagan 




J. F. Goodenow 



Physical Culture and Athletics 



349 



TABLE D — Continued 
1900-01 



Football 


BasebaU 


Track 


K. Speed, Captain 


T. B. Smith, Captain 


W. A. Moloney, Captain 


J. M. Sheldon 


C. R. Howe 


W. M. Carey 


W. F. Eldridge 


A. W. Place 


Z. R. Pettet 


A. B. Snider 


F. B. Harper 


H. H. Lord 


F. Feil 


R. Merrifield 


R. L. Henry 


E. P. Rich 


C. M. Van Patten 


F. M, Horton 


O. E. Atwood 


H. J. Sloan 


F. G. Moloney 


H. G. Bodwell 


A. L. Hoover 


E. E. Perkins 


H. H. Lord 


H. C. Smith 


A. W. Place 


C. G. Flanagan 


P. A. Sunderland 


L. A, Hopkins 


G. H. Garrey 


H. C. Calhoun 




C. W. Erwin 


F. M. Horton 




F. O. Horton 






J. R. Henry 






J. G. MacNab 






W. M. Carey 






A. W. Place 






E. E. Perkins 






Z. R. Pettet 







1901-02 



J. M. Sheldon, Captain 


F. E. Harper, Captain 


F. G. Moloney, Captain 


C. G. Flanagan 


H. J. Sloan 


F. M. Horton 


P. M. Conrad 


C. R. Howe 


J. P. Magee 


F. A. Speik 


G. R. MacClyment 


C. A. Blair 


R. L. Knapp 


W. E. Smith 


M. L. Cahill 


L. W. Maxwell 


L. Ballinger 


E. E. Perkins 


E. B. Cooke 


A. C. Ellsworth 


H. M. Friend 


O. E. Atwood 


A. W. Place 


W. G. Matthews 


B. Strauss 


P. A. Sunderland 


A. W. Place 


M. M. Beddall 


R. Merrifield 


Z. R. Pettet 


G. H. Garrey 


W. A. Rooney 


R. L. Henry 


J. J. Laird 


F. W. Patrick 


L. A. Hopkins 


C. S. Jennison 




E. E. Quantrell 


F. O. Horton 




F. A. Speik 


E. E. Perkins 






R. B. Kennedy 






J. G. MacNab 






A. C. Ellsworth 









List of " C 


" Men 




Name 


Years Won " C " in Baseball 


Years Won " C " 
in Football 


Years Won " C " in Track 


Abells H D 


1894, 1895, 1896, 1897 
1893,1894,1895,1896,1897 






Adkinson H M 






Ahlswede, H. F 


1899, 1902 
1892,1893,1894,1895 




Allen, C. W 






Allen. E G 


1899 




Allen, P. S 


1895 
1897 




Anderson N K 






Andrews, W. H 




1898 


Atwood, O. E 




igoo, igbi 











350 



The President's Kepoet 



List of "C" Men — Continued 



Name 



Bachell^, C. v.... 

Ballenger, L 

Barton, A. L 

Beddall, M. M... 

Beers, A. E 

Behan, W. P 

Bezdek, H. F.... 

Black, H. W 

Blair, C. A 

Bliss, C.H 

Bliss, G. A 

Bodwell, H. G... 
Bowdish, A. C . . . 
Brenneman, R. E 

Brown, C. V 

Brown, J. S 

Burohard, H. M . . 

Burnet, O. S 

Burroughs, C L. 

Byrne, L 

Cahill, M. L 

Calhoun, F. H... 
Calhoun, H. C... 

Carey, W.M 

Cassels, B. J 

Catlin, M. S 

Cavanagh, W. J . . 

Chace, H. T 

Church, H. v.... 

Clarke, H.T 

Clarke, M.G..... 
Cleveland, F. C. 
Cleveland, M. A . . 
Conover, W. B . . . 
Conrad, P. M.... 

Cooke, E.B 

Coy, H. I 

Davis, G. G 

Davis, P. B 

Dickey, H. W.... 
Dickerson, S. C . . 

Drew, C. V 

Drew, W. P 

Eldridge, W. F . . 
Ellsworth, A. C. 

Erwin, C. W 

Ewing, A. A 

Ewing, J. C 

Fair, N. M 

Farr, E. W 

Fell, F 

Firth, C 

Flanagan, C. G . . 

Flint, J 

Flint, N 

Fox, H 

Friend, H.M.... 

Gale, H. G 

Gardner, W. T.. 

Garrey, G. H. 

Garrey, W 



Years Won " C " in Baseball 



1902 



1899 



1894,1895,1896,1897 



1901 



1895. 1896. 1897 

1896. 1897. 1898 
1899 



1893 



1902 

i899,' igbo' 



1893, 1894 
1897, 1898 



Years Won " C ' 
in Football 



1901 



1902 
1894 



1893 



1900 
1897 
1892 



1896 
1898 



1900 

1898, 1899 
1902 

1896,1897,1898 
1892, 1893, 1894 

1895,' 1896 

1896, 1897, 1898 

1898 

1892 
1901 
1901 
1894, 1896 

1896 

1895 



1899, 1900 
1901, 1902 
1899, 1900 
1894, 1895 



1902 

1899, 1900 

1896 

1899, 1900, 1901 

1893 

1894, 1895 

1897 

1892,' i893,'i894, 1895 
1896, 1897 
1897, 1900, 1901 
1894 



Years Won " C " in Track 



1894, 1895, 1896, 1897 
1898 

i898 

1894 



1902 
i894' 



1898, 1899, 1900 



1897, 1898, 1899 

1899 

1902 

1896, 1897, 1898 

igoi 



1894 



1900 



1896 
1899 
1896 



1894 
i898* 



1902 



Physical Cultuee and Athletics 



351 





List of "C" Men 


— Continued 




Name 


Years Won " C " in Baseball 


Years Won "C" 
in Football 


Years Won " C " in Track 








1898, 1899, 1900 


Grant F 


1894, 1895 






fiiindlaph R T 




1896 


Hagey,J.F...., 

Hamill R. C 


1897 






1896,1897,1898,1899 


1899 


Harnpr F F 


1900, 1901, 1902 




Heath E L 




1898 






1898, 1899, 1900 




Hftnrv Ti Tj 




1901, 1902 


Herina- F E 


1894, 1895 
1896,1897,1898,1899 


1893, 1894 
1894,1896,1897,1898 




Herschberger, C. B 

HoUowav H C 


1895,1896,1897,1898,1899 
1894, 1895 


Hol=;t« A F 




1899 




Hoovftr A L 


1901 




HoDkins. L A 




1901, 1902 


Horton, F. M 


1901 




1901, 1902 


Horton F O 


1900,1901 




Howe. C. R 


1901, 1902 




Hulbert, C. E 




1900 


Ivison G E 




1902 




.Tflfohq O S 


1899 




.TftTTnison O S 


1901, 1902 




(Folinsoii F 




1895 






1896 




.Tnn fis TT T^^ 


1895, 1896 






1901 

1896, 1897, 1898, 1899 

1895 

1892. 1893. 1894 
1901 

1902 
1901 

1893. 1894. 1895 




Kennedy, W. S 


i898, i899, ibbb 


1898 


Ketman T L 










TCnanr) Ti Tj 






Koehler J P 












T.amav .T 






Leake. B G 




1898 


Leffingwell, E. D. K 

Leishton H G 




1896 
1895 


1900 


1898, 1899 




Lister. T J 


1900 






1895 
1900 




Lord, H. H 




1900, 1901 


MacBlree. H B 


1898 




MacNab, J. G 


1900, 1901 




MacClyment, G. R 

Mae-ee. J. P 


1902 






1900, 1902 


Mandel, E. F 






1895 








1899 


Matthews. W. G 






1902 


Maxwell L W 




1901, 1902 

1902 

1892 




Maxwell. R W 






McGillivray, C. B 

Merrifield P 


1893 

1897, 1898, 1899, 1900 

1900, 1901, 1902 






Morrifipld R 






Moloney, F. G 




1899, 1900, 1901, 1902 


Moloney W. A 






1898, 1899, 1900, 1901 


Mortimer, T. W 




1896, 1897, 1898 
1893, 1895, 1896 
1893,1894,1895,1896 


1898, 1899, 1900, 


Neel, C. B 




1896 


Nichols P. D 


1893, 1894, 1895, 1896 




Parker. M B 


1898, 1899 


Patrick P W 


1902 






Patterson, T. H 


1897 


1895, 1896, 1897 


Peabodv. E. W 




1896 


Perkins, E. E 




1900, 1901, 1902 


1901, 1902 









352 



The President's Report 



List of "C" Hioi — Continued 



Namo 



Years Won " C " in Baseball 



Years Won "C 
in Football 



Years Won "C" in Track 



Peterson, H. A. . . 

Pettit. M. H 

Pettet, Z. R 

Pike, C. S 

Place, A. W 

Prescott. W. H... 
Quantrell, E. E.. 

Eapp, W 

Eavcroft, J. E... 

Rich, E. P 

Richbers.D. R... 

Robv, etP 

RoEfers. C. J 

Rogers, W.S 

Roonev, W. A 

Ross, P 

RuUkoetter.W... 

Sass, L 

Sawver, G. H . . . . 
Schmahl, W.J... 
Schnur, G. E.... 
Sheldon. J. M.... 
Sherman, P. C... 

Sikes, G. R 

Sincere, V 

Slack, H. B 

Slaker, P. S 

Sloan, H. J 

Smith, B.B 

Smith, H. C 

Smith, T. B 

Smith, W. E 

Smith, W. R 

Snider, A. B 

Southard, D. B . . 

Speed, K 

Speer, H. D 

Speilc, P. A 

Steigmever, P. P. 

Strauss," B 

Sunderland, P. A 

Sweet, O.E 

Terrv, S. B 

Tooker, R. N 

Tripp, R. C 

Trude, D. A 

Van Patten, C. M 
Vaughn, L. B. . .. 

Vernon, L. T 

Webb, J. E 

Webster, R. W... 

White, G. L 

Wightman. S. H. 
Williamson, E. V 
Winston, C. S.... 

Wood, E. O 

Wriedt, E. A 

Wvant, A. M 

Wvant, A. R. E.. 
Yundt, E. R 



1893, lS9i, 1895, 1896 
1900, 1901, 1902 
1893 



1900 
i906' 



1896 
1898 
1901, 1902 



1901, 1902 
1902 



1892. 1893 
1892, 1893 
1900 



1900 
190-2 



1896, 1897, 1898 



1894, 1895, 1896 
1898 



1892, 1893, 1894 



1898 
1902 
1899, 1900, 1901, 1902 

iS93 

1896 



1900 



1899 
1894,' 1895 



1898, 1899 



1894 



1901, 1902 



1898, 1899 



1901 

1898, 1899, 1900, 1901 

1902 



1899, 1900 
i897,"i898,'i899 



1892. 1893 
1900 



1899 
1893' 



1897, 1898, 1899, 1900 

i96i,'i962 

igoi 



1902 
1896 



1901, 1902 
1896 



1900, 1901 

1893 

1897, 1898, 1899, 1900 



1902 
1896 
1902 



1893, 1894 



1896, 1897, 1898, 1899 



1899, 1900 



1902 
1895 



1897, 1898 
1896 



1895, 1896 

1900 

1898 



1893 

1892, 1893, 1894 

1894 



Physical Cultuee and Athletics 



353 



TABLE E 

EeCOEDS of GAJIES — FOOTBAI.L 



1892 


Autumn Quarter, 1892 


Score 


October 22 


Chicago vs. Northwestern University 
Northwestern University 
Lake Forest University 
University of Michigan 
University of Illinois 
Purdue University 
University of Illinois 


0-0 


November 2 


4-6 


November 5 


18-18 


November 12 


10-18 


November 15 


10-4 


November 19 


0-38 


November 24 


12-28 







Number of games won, 1; lost, 4; tied, 2. Points scored by Chicago, 54; by opponents, 112. 



1893 


Autumn Quarter, 1893 


Score 


October 14 

October 17 


Chicago vs. Lake Forest University 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 
Purdue University 
University of Cincinnati 
Oberlin University 
Northwestern University 
Armour Institute 
Lake Forest University 
University of Michigan 
Northwestern University 
University of Notre Dame 


0-10 
12-6 


October 21 


10-6 


October 25 


10-20 


October 28 


26-0 


November 4 


12-33 


November 8 


6-6 




18-6 


November 18 


14-14 


November 30 


10-28 


December 16 


22-14 


January 1, 1894 


8-0 







Number of games won, 6; lost, 4; tied, 2. Points scored by Chicago, 148; by opponents, 143. 



1894 


Autumn Quarter, 1894 


Score 


September 29 


Chicago vs. Chicago Athletic Association 
Northwestern University 
Rush Medical College 
Beloit College 

Chicago Athletic Association (Second Team) 
University of Wisconsin 
Chicago Athletic Association 
University of Iowa 
Prairie Athletic Club 
Purdue University 
Englewood Y. M. C. A. 
Lake Forest University 
University of Illinois 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 
Leland Stanford Junior University 
Leland Stanford Junior University 
Reliance Athletic Club 
Salt Lake Y. M. C. A. 


4-12 




46-0 


October 11 


14-6 


October 13 


16-0 


October 17 ." 


20-0 


October 20 


0-30 


October 24 


0-30 


October 27 


18-18 


October 31. . . 


26-0 




6-10 


November 7 


4-0 


November 10 


28-0 


November 21 


10-6 


November 24 


36-0 


November 29 


4-6 


December 25 


24^ 


December 29 


0-12 


January 1, 189.5 


0-6 


January 3, 1895 


52-0 







Number of games won, 11; lost, 7; tied, 1. Points scored by Chicago, 308; by opponents, 140. 



354 



The President's Report 



TABLE E — Continued 



1895 


Autumn Quarter, 1895 


Score 




Chicago vs. Eureka College 

Chicago Athletic Association 
Lake Forest University 
Northwestern University 
Armour Institute 
University of Minnesota 
University of Wisconsin 
Western Reserve University 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 


28-0 


September 28 . ... 


8-0 


October 5 


52-0 


October 19 


6-22 


October 22 


24-4 


October 26 


6-10 


November 2 


22-12 




14-0 


November 16 


6-0 


November 28 


0-12 







Number of games won, 7; lost, 3. Points scored by Chicago, 166; by opponents, 60. 



1896 


Autumn Quarter, 1896 


Score 




Chicago vs. Wheaton College 
Eureka College 
Monmouth College 
Hahnemann Medical College 
University of Iowa 
Notre Dame University 
Oberlin University 
Armour Institute 
Northwestern University 
University of Illinois 
University of Wisconsin 
Lake Forest University 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 


47-0 


September 26 


46-0 




43-0 


October 7 


34-0 


October 10 


6-0 


October 14 


18-0 


October 17 


30-0 


October 21 


36-0 


October 24 


6^6 


October 31 ■ • • • 

November 7 


12-0 
0-24 




0-0 


November 14 


18-6 


November 26 


7-6 







Number of games won, 11; lost, 2; tied, 1. Points scored by Chicago, 303; by opponents, 82. 



1897 


Autumn Quarter, 1897 


Score 


October 2 

October 9 


Chicago vs. Monmouth College 

Lake Forest University 
Armour Institute 
Beloit College 
Northwestern University 
University of Illinois 
Notre Dame University 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Michigan 


41-4 
71-0 


October 12 


24-0 


October 16 


39-6 


October 23 


21-6 


October 30 


18-12 




34-5 


November 13 


8-23 




21-12 







Number of games won, 8; lost, 1. Points scored by Chicago, 277; by opponents, 68. 



Physical Cultuke and Athletics 



355 



TABLE E — Continued 



1898 


Autumn Quarter, 1898 


Score 


September 24 


Chicago vs. Knox College 

Rush Medical College 
Monmouth College 
Physicians and Surgeons College 
University of Iowa 
Beloit College 
Northwestern University 
University of Pennsylvania 
Purdue University 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Michigan 


22-0 


September 28 


8-0 


October 1 


24-0 


October 5 


22-0 


October 8 


38-0 


October 15 


21-0 


October 22 


34-5 


October 29 


11-23 


November 5 


17-0 


November 12 


6-0 


November 24 


11-12 







Number of games won, 9; lost, 2. Points scored by Chicago, 214; by opponents, 40. 



1899 


Autumn Quarter, 1899 


Score 


September 23 


Chicago vs. Knox College 

Physicians and Surgeons College 
Notre Dame University 
University of Iowa 
Dixon College 
Cornell University 
University of Pennsylvania 
Purdue University 
Northwestern University 
Beloit College 
University of Minnesota 
Brown University 
University of Wisconsin 


40-0 


September 30 


12-0 


October 4 


23-6 


October 7 


5-5 


October 11 


29-0 


October 14 


58-0 


October 28 


5-5 


November 4 


44-0 


November 11 


76-0 




35-0 


November 25 


29-0 


November 30 


17-6 


December 9 


17-0 







Number of games won, 12; lost, 0; tied, 2. Points scored by Chicago, 407; by opponents, 28. 



1900 


Autumn Quarter, 1900 


Score 


September 23 


Chicago vs. Lombard College 
Monmouth College 
Knox College 
Dixon College 
Purdue University 
Rush Medical College 
University of Minnesota 
Brown University 
University of Pennsylvania 
University of Iowa 
Northwestern University 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Michigan 


24-0 


September 26 


29-0 


September 29 


16-0 


October 3 


23-5 


October 6 

October 9 


17-5 
40-0 


October 13 


6-6 


October 20 


6-11 


October 27 


0-41 


November 3 


0-17 


November 10 


0-5 


November 17 


5-39 


November 29 


15-6 







Number of games won, 7; lost, 5; tied, 1. Points scored by Chicago, 181; by opponents, 135. 



356 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE 'E — Continued 



1901 


Autumn Quarter, 1901 


Scoro 


September 21 


Chicago vs. Lombard College 
Monmouth College 
Milwaukee Medical College 
Knox College 
Illinois Wesleyan College 
Purdue University 
University of Illinois 
University of Pennsylvania 
Beloit College 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 
University of Wisconsin 


38-0 




23-0 


October 2 


12-0 


October 5 


6-0 


October 9 


22-0 


October 12 


5-5 


October 19 


0-24 


October 26 


0-11 




17-17 


November 9. 


5-6 




0-22 


November 28. . ... 


0-35 







Number of games won, 5; lost, 5; tied, 2. Points scored by Chicago, 128; by opponents, 120. 



TABLE F 

Baseball 



1893 


Games Played 


Score 


May 8 


Chicago vs. Denison University 

University of Wisconsin 

University of Iowa 

Rush Medical College 

Electrics 

Rivals 

University of Illinois 

Lake Forest University 

University of Illinois 

Elgin (morning) 

Elgin (afternoon) 

University of Wisconsin 

St. Ignatius College 

Electrics 

University of Virginia 


7-11 


May 13 


6-10 


May 16 


6-2 


May 17 


25-2 


May 18 • 

May 20 


19-2 
5-10 


May 22 


2-3 


May 24 


14-8 


May 27 

May 30 


6-0 

18-6 


May 30 


9-8 


June 2 


11-5 


June 9 


15-12 


June 14 


6-1 


June 24 


8-3 







Number of games won, 11; lost, 4. 



1894 


Games Played 


Score 


April 21 


Chicago vs. Rush Medical College 
Rush Medical College 
University of Wisconsin 
Northwestern University 
Armour Institute 
University of Illinois 
Englewood Y. M. C. A. 
University of Illinois 
Englewood Y. M. C. A. 
Northwestern University 
Englewood Commercials 
University of Iowa 
University of Michigan 
Englewood Commercials 
Chicago Athletic Association 
University of Minnesota 
Northwestern University 
University of Wisconsin 


18-9 


April 28 


1-16 


May 5 


16-6 


May 9 


2-3 


May 7. 


14-4 


May 12 


9-10 


May 14 


15-4 


May 18 


17-18 


May 20 


14-6 


May 23 


4-6 


May 24 


15-4 


May 26 


10-4 


May 30 

June 2 


2-3 

18-5 


June 7 

June 13 


24-19 

4-2 


June 14 


1-8 


June 16 


2-12 



Number of games won, 9; lost, 9. 



Physical Culture and Athletics 



357 



TABLE ¥ — Continued 



1895 



April 20 
April 22 
April 24 
April 29 
May 1. 
May 3. 
May i.. 
May 6., 
May 7., 
May 11 . . 
May 14. . 
May 15 . . 
May 25.. 
May 30.. 
May 31.. 
June 1 . 
June 5 . 
June 10 . 
June 11 . 
June 15 . 



Games Played 



Chicago vs. Northwestern University 
Rush Medical College 
Rush Medical College 
Northwestern University 
Lake Forest University 
Chicago (National League) 
University of Wisconsin 
Rush Medical College 
Northwestern University 
University of Iowa 
Northwestern University 
Grinnell College 
University of Michigan 
Omaha 
Omaha 

University of Wisconsin 
Lake Forest University 
Northwestern University 
St. Johns Military Academy 
University of Michigan 



Number of games won, 16; lost, 5. 



Score 



23-13 
18-9 

8-6 
11-6 
10-4 

2-5 

8-2 

6^ 

8-9 
40-6 
21-10 
18-4 
13-1 
11-6 
11-12 

5-16 
26-5 
26-1 
27-3 ? 

4-6 



1895 



April 11 
April 14 
April 15 
April 16 
April 19 
April 21 
April 24 
April 25 
April 29 
May 1. 
May 2. 
May 4. 
May 7. 
May 9. 
May 11. 
May 13. 
May 16. 
May 18. 
May 20. 
May 22. 
May 23. 
May 25. 
May 27. 
May 28. 
June 4 
June 11 
June 13 
June 27 
June 30 
July 2 



Games Played 



Chicago vs. University of Illinois 
Illinois Cycling Club 
City League 
Lake Forest University 
Whitings 

Rush Medical College 
Blackburn University 
Whitings 

University of Illinois 
Chicago (National League) 
Northwestern University 
Illinois Wesleyan 
Rush Medical College 
University of Michigan 
Detroit League 
University of Michigan 
University of Indiana 
Grinnell College 
University of Michigan 
Cornell University 
Orange Athletic Club 
University of Pennsylvania 
Yale University 
Harvard University 
University of Michigan 
University of Michigan 
University of Wisconsin 
Brown University 
Brown University 
Brown University 



Score 



9-6 

18-6 

19-3 

27-3 

4^5 

8-5 

12-9 

6-8 

10-4 

2-7 

28-5 

22-3 

8^ 

7-3 

3-15 

0-6 

14-9 

9-1 

2-9 

3-2 

3-6 

15-10 

5-31 

7-10 

7-3 

10-5 

9-5 

1-0 

3-13 

5-6 



Number of games won, 18; lost, 11. 



358 



The President's Keport 



TABLE F — Ccmtinued 



1897 



April 9 . 
April 15. 
April 17. 
April 20. 
April 24. 
April 26. 
April 30. 
May 1 . . 
May 4.. 
May 5.. 
May 8.. 
May 12.. 
May 15 . . 
May 18.. 
May 20 . . 
May 24.. 
May 29.. 
May 31.. 
June 5 . 
June 7 . 
June 12 . 



Games Played 



Chicago vs. Edgars 
Edgars 

University of Illinois 
Cranes 

Lake Forest University 
Rush Medical College 
Alumni 

University of Illinois 
University of Wisconsin 
Beloit College 
University of Michigan 
University of Michigan 
Notre Dame University 
Oak Park Club 
University of Nebraska 
University of Iowa 
University of Michigan 
Oak Park Club 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Michigan 
Oak Park Club 



Score 



4-1 

18-5 

5-9 

12-4 

11-3 

6-5 

14-8 

9-5 

5-0 

11-12 

5-3 

4-1 

10-2 

12-6 

4-2 

10-6 

3-5 

24-13 

18-2 

24-3 

6-16 



Number of games won, 17; lost, 4. 



1898 


Games Played 


Score 


April 16 


Chicago vs. Beloit College 

Northwestern University 
Whitings 

Rush Medical College 
University of Michigan 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 
University of Illinois 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 
Beloit College 
University of Illinois 
University of Illinois 
University of Michigan 
Notre Dame University 
University of Illinois 
Lake Forest University 
Graduates 
Graduates 


4-3 


April 20 


10-3 


April 23 


1-2 


April 25 


22-4 


May 3 


4-5 


May 7 


6-1 


May 11 


4-2 


May 14 


12-9 


May 18 

May 19 


8-1 
2-4 


May 21 


1-4 


May 22 


6-5 


May 26 


13 4 


May 28 


1 4 


May 31 


9-12 


June 4 


2 1 


June 8 


7-1 


June 9 


5 12 


June 17 


15-13 







Number of games won, 12; lost, 7. 



1899 


Games Played 


Score 


April 22 

April 24 


Chicago vs. University of Illinois 
Rush Medical College 
Lake Forest University 
University of Wisconsin 
Northwestern University 
University of Illinois 


2-4 
13-1 


April 25 


11-5 


April 26 


8-2 


April 29 


23-2 


May 3 


9-11 







Physical Culture and Athletics 



359 



TABLE F — Continued 



1899 



Games Played 



May 4. 
May 6. 
May 9. 
May 10. 
May 13. 
May 15. 
May 18. 
May 20. 
May 24. 
May 25. 
May 27 . 
May 31. 
June 2 
June 6 
June 7 
June 10 
June 17 
June 19 
June 21 
June 24 



University of Indiana 
Hamilton Club 
University of Wisconsin 
Purdue University 
Northwestern University 
Lake Forest University 
University of Minnesota 
Notre Dame University 
University of Illinois 
Northwestern University 
Ravenswood Athletic Club 
Oberlin College 
Naval Reserves 
University of Illinois 
Northwestern University 
Beloit College 
University of Pennsylvania 
University of Pennsylvania 
University of Pennsylvania 
Hamilton Club 



Number of games won, 18; lost, 9. 



1900 



March 29. 
March 30. 
March 31. 
April 10.. 
April 14 . . 
April 17.. 
April 18 . . 
April 19.. 
April 21.. 
April 24.. 
April 26.. 
April 28.. 
May 3... 
May 5 . . . 
May 9... 
May 12... 
May 16... 
May 17... 
May 19... 
May 22... 
May 23... 
May 26... 
May 29... 
May 31. 



June 
June 
June 
June 
June 
June 
June 12. 
June 16. 
June 18. 
June 19. 



Games Played 



Chicago vs. Vanderbilt University 
Vanderbilt University 
Vanderbilt University 
Northwestern University 
Marquettes 

Northwestern University 
Chicago American League 
Chicago American League 
University of Illinois 
Rush Medical College 
Lake Forest University 
Northwestern University 
University of Kansas 
University of Illinois 
University of Michigan 
University of Michigan 
University of Michigan 
Purdue University 
Notre Dame University 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Illinois 
University of Illinois 
University of Wisconsin 
Northwestern University 
Beloit College 
University of Michigan 
Cornell University 
University of Pennsylvania 
Georgetown University 
Georgetown University 
University of Minnesota 
University of Pennsylvania 
University of Pennsylvania 
University of Pennsylvania 



Score 



13-6 

21-12 
9-6 
1-10 
6-4 
7-6 

12-0 
2-7 
9-3 

11-0 
4-8 
5-2 
4-2 
2-9 
1-2 
4-3 
9-3 
6-3 
1-7 
7-4 



Score 



18-3 

11-8 

22-7 

10-4 

12-3 
6-7 
2-10 
4-18 
1-11 

10-7 

10-3 

11-2 

13-7 
1-4 
9-6 

11-18 

11-11 
6-2 
2-7 
5-9 
4-9 
3-10 
5-2 

12-7 
4-3 
2-3 
4-5 

10-6 
8-10 
3-6 
4^1 
7-10 
6-12 

11-2 



Number of games won, 17; lost, 18; tied, 1. 



360 



The President's B,epoet 



TABLE ¥ — Continued 



1901 


Games Played 


Score 


April 10 


Chicago vs. Wheaton College 

Lake Forest University 
University of Michigan 
Chicago American League 
Chicago American League 
Northwestern University 
Beloit College 
Northwestern University 
University of Illinois 
Notre Dame University 
University of Minnesota 
University of Illinois 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Michigan 
University of Illinois 
Purdue University 
University of Illinois 
University of Wisconsin 
Northwestern University 
University of Iowa 
Oberlin University 
Brown University 
Harvard University 
Holy Cross College 
Syracuse University 
Oberlin College 
University of Michigan 
University of Wisconsin 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 


36-3 


April 13 


9-6 


April 16 


7-6 


April 17 


0-14 


April 18 


8-12 


April 20 


6-2 


April 24 


9-8 


April 27 


4-3 


May 1 


3-15 


May 4 


3-11 


May 7 


4-6 


May 8 


6-17 


May 11 


5-6 


May 15 


6-10 


May 17 


7-8 


May 18 


3-7 


May 22 


2-5 


May 25 


9-8 


May 28 


4-2 


May 29 


9-3 


June 1 

June 3 


2-3 
4^10 


June 4 


1-7 


June 5 


0-12 




2-12 


June 7 


4-6 


June 8. . . '. 


3-6 


June 14 


4-1 


June 15 


14-7 


June 17 


3-5 







Number of games won, 11; lost, 19. 



1902 


Games Played 


Score 


April 5 


Chicago vs. Physicians and Surgeons 
Morgan Park Academy 
St. Ignatius College 
South Side Academy 
Culver Military Academy 
University of Michigan 
Lake Forest College 
Northwestern University 
University of Wisconsin 
University of Illinois 
University of Illinois 
University of Illinois 
University of Illinois 
University of Indiana 
Purdue University 
University of Illinois 
Northwestern University 
St. Albans Academy 
Oberlin College 
University of Michigan 
University of Wisconsin 
Oberlin College 
Northwestern University 
University of Michigan 
Northwestern University 
Beloit College 


12-3 


April 8 


5-3 


April 10 


8-0 


April 11 


7-0 


April 12 


17-5 


April 14 


14-7 


April 16 

April 19 


6-2 
3-2 


April 23 


7-8 


April 26 


6-5 


April 30 


1 10 


May 3 


3-2 


May 7 


3-7 


May 14 


9 1 


May 16 


18-5 


May 17 


1-15 


May 21 


2-4 


May 22 


11-4 


May 23 


8-1 


May 24 


8-4 


May 28 


4 5 


May 29 


9-6 


June 4 


1 


June 7 


8 7 


June 14 


11-2 


June 16 


3-5 







Number of games won, 17; lost, 8. 



Physical Cultubb and Athletics 



361 



TABLE G 
Teack Meets and Scores foe Yeaes 1894-1902 



Date 



Meet 



1894: 

May 25.... 

June 2 

1895: 

March 16. . 

May 18.... 

June 1 

1896: 

March 1 . . . 

May 30. . . . 

June 6. . . . 

June 13. . . . 
1897: 

May 11.... 

May 29.... 

June 5 

1898: 

February 19. 

March 6. 

April 30 . 

May 7. . 

May 14. . 

June 4. . 

June 11. . 



1899: 
January 28. . 

February 19, 

March 11 . . . 

April 29 

May 13 

May 20.... 

May 27 

June 2 

1900: 

March 3... 

March 10... 

April 28.... 

May 12 

May 26 

June 2 

July 9 

1901: 

February 20. 

March 2... 

March 9... 

March 16. .. 

April 27.... 

May 18 

May 25 

June 2 

1902: 

February 15, 

March 1... 

March 15. . . 

April 26.. 

May 3.. 
May 10. . 
May 17.. 
May 31.. 
June 7. . . 



Chicago, Northwestern, and Lake Forest 
Western Intercollegiate 

Lalce Forest, Chicago, and Northwestern 
Chicago, Lalie Forest, and Northwestern 
Western Intercollegiate 

Chicago vs. Lake Forest 

Chicago, Lake Forest, and Northwestern 

Western Intercollegiate 

Chicago vs. Michigan 

Chicago vs. Illinois 
Chicago vs. Michigan 
Western Intercollegiate 

Chicago vs. Northwestern 
Invitation Meet at Tattersalls 
1-Mile Relay Race at Philadelphia 
Chicago vs. Northwestern 
Chicago vs. Illinois 
Western Collegiate Athletic Meet 
Chicago vs. Michigan 

Annual Championship Meet of A. A. U. 

at Milwaukee 

Chicago vs. 1st Regiment Athletic Club 

Triangular Indoor Meet at Notre Dame 

1-Mile Relay Race at Philadelphia 

Chicago vs. Northwestern 

Chicago vs. Notre Dame 

Chicago vs. Illinois 

Western Intercollegiate 

A. A. U. Meet at Milwaukee 
Triangular Meet at Notre Dame 
1-Mile Relay Race at Philadelphia 
Chicago vs. Illinois 
Chicago vs. Wisconsin 
Western Intercollegiate 
Paris Games 

Chicago vs. Michigan 

A. A. U. Meet at Milwaukee 

Triangular Meet at Notre Dame 

Chicago vs. Michigan 

1-Mile Relay Race at Philadelphia 

Chicago vs. Michigan 

Chicago vs. Wisconsin 

Conference Meet 

Chicago vs. Wisconsin 

A. A. U. Meet at Milwaukee 

Chicago vs. Wisconsin 
( Relay Races at ( Special events 
( Philadelphia ( Team of three men 

Chicago vs. Illinois 

Chicago vs. Northwestern 

Chicago vs. Michigan 

Conference Meet 

Chicago vs. California 



Score 



72-45-36 

Chicago won fourth place with 10 points 

34-31-13 
50-39-39 
Chicago won fifth place with 11 points 

56-33 

63-36-44 

Chicago won third place with 16 points 

50-67 

77-43 
46-94 
Chicago won fourth place with 12 points 

39-47 

Chicago won first place with 42 points 

Chicago won 

54-71 

74-54 

Chicago won second place with 41 points 

72-72 

(1) Second place with 241-^ points 

(2) Relay Race won by Chicago 
62-44 

Notre Dame, 37; Chicago, 28; Illinois, 25 

Chicago won third place 

106-38 

81J^-62K 

67-61 

Chicago won first place with 46 points 

Chicago, 23 points 

Chicago, 48; Notre Dame, 33; Illinois, 17 

Chicago won 

90-38 

71-57 

Chicago won second place with 30}^ points 



30-42 

Chicago won third place with 15 points 

Notre Dame, 43; Chicago, 37; Illinois, 28 

17-55 

Chicago second 

52«.;-73i^ 

53-59 

Chicago won third place with 17 points 

33-47 

Chicago won with 44 points 

251^-461^ 

One first; three seconds 

65-61 

77-35 

65-61 

Chicago won second place with 25 points 

8-5 



362 



The President's Report 



TABLE H 
Recoed of the One Mile Relay Teams at the Pennsylvania Relay Games 



Names 


Time 


Names 


Time 


1898: 
C. Ij. Burrouerlis. 


.53 
.511 
.51f 
.51 


1900: 
H. B. Slack 


50| 


N. M. Fair 


H. H. Lord 


.5la 




F. G. Moloney 


.52 


G. L. White 


W. A. Moloney 


.491 








Chicago first, Pennsylvania second, Michigan third. 
Time 3:27 


Chicago first, Pennsylvania second, Georgetown 
third. Time 3: 23 J. 


1899: 
D. P. Trude 




1901: 
Z. R. Pettet 


.54 


H. B. Slack 


F. G. Moloney 


.53* 


G. L. White 


H. H. Lord 


.51f 


W. A. Moloney 


W. A. Moloney 


.521 








Yale first, Pennsylvania second, Chicago third. 
Time 3: 24|. 


Yale first, Chicago second, Syracuse third, Penn- 
sylvania fourth. Time 3: 27J-. 



TABLE I 
Teack and Field Athletics— Eecosds Made in Contest 



Event 



Winner 



Record 



Date 



1894: 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

120 yards hurdles 

1 mile bicycle 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

Running high jump . 
Running broad jump 
Pole vault 

1895: 

35 yards dash 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 

440 yards run 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

120 yards hurdles 

220 yards hurdles . . . 

1 mile walk 

1 mile bicycle 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

Running high jump. 
Running broad jump 
Pole vault 

1896: 
35 yards dash 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 



E. F. Mandel 
J. LaMay 

F. C. Sherman 
H. C. Holloway 
L. Sass 

S. Barrett 
A. M. Wyant 
A. M. Wyant 
J. L. Laning 
H. V. Church 
A. A. Ewing 

T. H. Patterson 
T. H. Patterson 
T. H. Patterson 
H. Holloway 

E. W. Peabody 
A. C. Johnson 
L. Sass 

C B. Herschberger 

F. Johnson 

C. V. Bachell^ 

C. B. Herschberger 

T. Neff 

C. B. Herschberger 

F. F. Steigmeyer 

C. B. Neel 

C. B. Herschberger 

C. L. Burroughs 
P. G. Woolley 
T. H. Patterson 
C. L. Burroughs 



10| sec. 
23f sec. 
2 min. 9| sec. 

4 min. 47^ sec. 
19| sec. 

2 min. 39| sec. 
36 ft. 3 in. 
78 ft. 9H in. 

5 ft. 4 in. 
21ft. 

10 ft. 

4 1 sec. 
10| sec. 
23 sec. 
52| sec. 

2 min. 13J sec. 

5 min. 13 sec. 
18| sec. 
30| sec. 

7 min. 55 sec. 

2 min. 32f sec. 
33 ft. 9 in. 
33 ft. 9 in. 
73 ft. 7 in. 

5 ft. 5 in. 
20 ft. 2% in. 
10 ft. 6 in. 



4f sec. 

10| sec. 
22i sec. 



June 2 


May 25 


May 25 


May 25 


May 25 


June 2 


May 25 


May 25 


June 2 


June 2 


May 10 


May 10 


May 18 


May 10 


April 13 


May 10 


May 10 


May 10 


May 10 


May 10 


April 13 


May 18 


May 10 


May 13 


May 18 


June 1 


February 


June 13 


May 30 



Physical Culture and Athletics 



363 



TABLE I — Continued 



Event 



1896: 

440 yards run 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

120 yards hurdles 

220 yards hurdles 

1 mile walk 

1 mile bicycle 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

Running high jump 

Running broad jump 

Pole vault 

1897: 

35 yards dash 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 

440 yards run 

880 yards run 

1 mile run {trial for record) . 

120 yards hurdles 

220 yards hurdles 

1^ mile bicycle (paced) 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

Running high jump 

Running broad jump 

Pole vault 

1898: 

35 yards dash 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 

440 yards run 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

120 yards hurdles 

220 yards hurdles 

1 mile walk 

J^ mile bicycle 

1 mile bicycle (paced) 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

Running high jump 

Running broad jump 

Pole vault 

Discus throw 

1899: 

35 yards dash 

50 yards dash 

75 yards dash 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 

440 yards run 

440 yards run, straightaway 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

75 yards hurdles 

120 yards hurdles 

220 yards hurdles 



Winner 



T. H. Patterson 
F. H. Calhoun 
H. A. Peterson 
F. F. Steigmeyer 
C. B. Herschberger 
E. T. Gundlach 
E. W. Peabody 

E. V. Williamson 
O. B. Herschberger 

F. F. Steigmeyer 
C. B. Neel 

C. B. Herschberger 



C. L. 
C. L. 
0. L. 
G. L. 
G. L. 

B. B. 

C. B. 
F. H. 
C. V. 
C.B. 
C. B. 
F. P. 
C.B. 
C.B. 
C.B. 



Burroughs 

Burroughs 

Burroughs 

White 

White 

Smith 

Herschberger 

Calhoun 

Bachell^ 

Herschberger 

Herschberger 

Steigmeyer 

Herschberger 

Herschberger 

Herschberger 



C L. Burroughs 
C. L. Burroughs 
C. L. Burroughs 
W. A. Moloney 
W. A. Moloney 

B. B. Smith 

C. B. Herschberger 
W. H. Andrews 

M. B. Parker 

C. V. Brown 

C. V. Brown 

W. S. Kennedy 

T. W. Mortimer 

L. Byrne 

W. J. Sohmahl 

W. A. Moloney 

C. B. Herschberger 

T. W. Mortimer 

C. L. Burroughs 
C. L. Burroughs 
C. L. Burroughs 
C. L. Burroughs 
C. L. Burroughs 
W. A. Moloney 
H. B. Slack 
W. A. Moloney 

B. B. Smith 

C. R. Manning 
F. G. Moloney 

D. P. Trude 



Record 



54 J- sec. 


May 4 


2 min. 8 sec. 


May 29 


4 min. 52i sec. 


June 13 


17 J sec. 


June 13 


28^ sec. 


May 30 


7 min. 253:'o sec. 


June 13 


2 min. 29 sec. 


May 4 


36 ft. 9 in. 


May 4 


102 ft. 3 in. 


June 13 


5 ft. 4M in. 


March 1 


21 ft. 2 in. 


June 13 


10 ft. 


June 13 


4| sec. 


March 13 


10 sec. 


June 11 


23| sec. 


May 11 


52f sec. 


May 29 


2 min. 7 sec. 


May 29 


4 min. 46J sec. 


June 11 


ni sec. 


June 11 


28J sec. 


May 11 


1 min. 9y sec. 


June 11 


35 ft. 5 in. 


May 11 


86 ft. 1 in. 


May 29 


5 ft. 4 in. 


March 13 


20 ft. 3 in. 


May 11 


10 ft. 7 in. 


February 20 


4| sec. 


February 19 


lOJ sec. 


June 4 


22 sec. 


June 4 


51 f sec. 


May 14 


2 min. f sec. 


June 11 


4 min. 33 sec. 


June 4 


17 sec. 


May 14 


28i sec. 


May 14 


8 min. 5^ sec. 


May 7 


34 sec. 


June 4 


2 min. 8 sec. 


May 14 


35 ft. 6 in. 


May 7 


122 ft. 7 in. 


June 4 


5 ft. 61 in. 


June 4 


19 ft. 11 Hn. 


May 14 


10 ft. 6| in. 


March 5 


96 ft. 9 in. 


June 4 


4J sec. 


Mayl 


5f- sec. 


May! 


7f sec. 


January 28 


10 sec. 


June 3 


22^ sec. 


May 20 


491 sec. 


April 29 


49| sec. 


April 20 


2 min. 4?- sec 


May 20 


4 min. 39 sec. 


March 11 


llj- sec. 


January 28 


16| sec. 


May 27 


26| sec. 


May 20 



Date 



364 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



TABLE I — Continued 



Event 



Winner 



Eecord 



Date 



1899: 

1 mile walk 

J4 mile bicycle 

1 mile bicycle 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

Running high jump , 

Running broad jump . . , 

Pole vault 

Discus throw 

1900: 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 

440 yards run 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

75 yards hurdles 

120 yards hurdles 

220 yards hurdles 

}^ mile bicj'cle 

j| mile bicyle 

1 mile bicycle 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

High jump 

Broad jump 

Pole vault 

Discus throw 

1901: 

100 yards dash 

220 yards dash 

440 yards run 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

2 miles run 

75 yards high hurdles 

120 yards high hurdles 

220 yards low hurdles 

Shot put 

Hammer throw 

Running high jump 

Running broad jump 

Pole vault 

Discus throw 

1902: 
100 yards dash 

220 yards dash | 

120 yards hurdles 

220 yards hurdles 

440 yards run 

880 yards run 

1 mile run 

2 miles run 

Running high jump 

Running broad jump 

Pole vault 

Discus throw 

Hammer throw 

Shot put 



M. B. Parker 

O. V. Brown 

C. V. Brown 

W. J. Schmahl 

T. W. Mortimer 

L. Byrne 

W. J. Schmahl 

H. Street 

C B. Herschberger 

W. J. Schmahl 

E. D. K. Leffingwell 
H. B. Slack 

W. A. Moloney 
W. A. Moloney 
C. E. Hulbert 

F. G. Moloney 
F. G. Moloney 
F. G. Moloney 
C. V. Brown 
C V. Brown 

J. F. Goodenow 

T. J. Lister 

T. W. Mortimer 

C. Smith 

Z. R. Pettet 

J. P. Magee 

E. D. K. Leffingwell 

W. A. Moloney 
W. A. Moloney 
W. A. Moloney 
W. A. Moloney 

E. Bliss 

R. L. Henry 

F. G. Moloney 
F. G. Moloney 
F. G. Moloney 
E. E. Perkins 
W. Carey 

E. Ferriss 

L. A. Hopkins 
C. F. Kennedy 
A. W. Place 

C. A. Blair 
C. A. Blair 

F. G. Moloney 
F. G. Moloney 
F. G. Moloney 
Z. R. Pettet 
M. L. CahiU 

W. G. Matthews 
R. L. Henry 

E. E. Quantrell 
H. Friend 

J. P. Magee 
A. W. Place 

F. A. Speik 
F. A. Speik 



7 min. 14| sec. 


May 13 


34 sec. 


May 13 


2 min. 39 sec. 


May 13 


36 ft. 5 in. 


May 27 


121 ft. 2 in. 


June 3 


5 ft. 7 in. 1 


May 13 
May 20 


21 ft. 6 in. 


May 27 


10 ft. 8 in. 


June 3 


108 ft. 8i in. 


May 27 


10 sec. 


May 12 


22 sec. 


May 12 


49^i3ec. 


April 28 


2 min. 2 sec. 


June 2 


4 min. 33| sec. 


May 26 


10| sec. 


March 3 


16^ sec. 


June 2 


25 sec. 


May 12 


33 sec. 


May 12 


45| oec. 


May 26 


2 min. 19 sec. 


May 12 


39 ft. 2h in. 


May 26 


130 ft. 7 in. 


May 26 


5 ft. 8f in. 


February 10 


21 ft. 7i in. 


March 10 


10 ft. 7 in. 


May 25 


103 ft. 4J in. 


May 12 


10 sec. 


May 25 


22f sec. 


May 25 


50| sec. 


June 4 


1 min. 59f sec. 


May 18 


4 min. 47f sec. 


January 31 


10 min. 33 sec. 


May 18 


10| sec. 


March 2 


15| sec. 


October 5 


24? sec. 


October 5 


38 ft. 8 in. 


May 25 


140 ft. 


May 25 


5 ft. 7 in. 


February 20 


22 ft. 81 in. 


May 18 


10 ft. 


February 2 


110 ft. 


May 25 


9f sec. 


May 9 


22 sec. ( 129?^ yds., ) 

oo i around }■ 

22 sec. ^ the curve S 


June 7 
May 17 


15| sec. 


May 31 


24J sec. 


Mays 


51 1^ sec. 


May 3 


2 min. 1 sec. 


Mays 


4 min. 41 sec. 


May 3 


10 min. 14| sec. 


Mays 


5 ft. 9 in. 


May 31 


22 ft. 8 in. 


May 17 


11 ft. 9 in. 


MayS 


112 ft. 8^ in. 


May 31 


120 ft. 1 in. 


June 21 


40 ft. 21 in. 


June 7 



Physical Cultuke and Athletics 



365 



TABLE J 
Financial Statement of Athletics, 1892-1902 



1892-93 (July 1-June 30) : 

Football 

Baseball 

Totals 

1893-94: 

Football 

Baseball 

Athletic field 

Totals 

1894-95: 

Football 

Baseball 

Athletic field 

Totals 

1895-96: 

Football 

Baseball 

Athletic field 



Totals 

1896-97: 

Football 

Baseball 

Athletic field 

Track and field sports 

Totals 

1897-98: 

Football 

Baseball 

Athletic field 

Track and field sports 

Tennis 

Totals 

1898-99: 

Football 

Baseball 

Track and field sports 

Tennis 

Athletic field 

Gymnasium and miscellaneous . 

Totals". 

1899-1900: 

Football 

Baseball 

Track and field sports 

Tennis 

Athletic field 

Gymnasium and miscellaneous . 

Totals 

1900-01: 

Football 

Baseball 

Track and field sports 

Tennis 

Athletic field 

Gymnasium and miscellaneous . 

Totals 



Receipts 



$723.92 
451,22 



§1,175. M 

$2,792.20 

1,011.82 

865.50 

$4,669.52 

$8,761.32 
2,460.00 

$11,221.32 

$10,736.07 

5,341.51 

652.24 

$16,729.82 

$15,497.31 

2,690.19 

461.00 

649.23 

$19,297.73 

$21,965.84 

2,252.39 

49.00 

1,498.40 

23.00 

$25,788.63 

$30,324.76 

2,369.30 

852.26 

"1,890 'to 
201.92 

$35,638.94 

$38,124.95 

3,253.18 

610.01 

"'i82!75 
78.40 

$42,249.29 

$35,633.18 
3,082.24 
1,295.12 

"'i59!55 
398.78 



Expenditures 



$40,568.87 



$633.33 
689.15 

$1,322.48 

$2,421.99 

894.13 

1,311.15 

$4,627.27 

$7,557.88 

1,834.25 

821.96 

$10,214.09 

$8,846.47 

5,271.39 

841.00 

$14,958.86 

$13,734.78 

2,599.88 

777.95 

879.00 

$17,991.61 

$18,161.90 

3,886.00 

5,458.49 

3,455.83 

241.60 

$31,203.82 

$21,783.46 
4,165.74 
2,253.61 
129.55 
6,499.00 
1,033.79 

$35,865.15 

$27,109.14 
5,731.86 
2,245.07 
154.87 
5,210.67 
2,001.40 

$42,453.01 

$27,756.72 
4,667.48 
5,118.05 

169.17 
2,197.46 

848.85 

$40,757.73 



Gain 



$90.15 



$370.21 
117.69 



$1,203.44 
625.75 



$1,889.60 
70.12 



$1,762.53 
90.31 



$3,803.94 



Loss 



$8,541.30 



$11,015.81 



$7,876.46 



$237.93 



$821.96 



$1.88.76 



$316.95 
229.77 



$1,633.61 
5,409.49 
1,957.43' 
218.60 



$1,796.44 
1,401.35 

129.55 
4,608.30 

8.31.87 



$2,478.68 

1,635.06 

154.87 

5,027.92 

1,923.00 



$1,585.24 
3,822.93 

169.17 
2,037.91 

450.07 



366 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE J — Continued 





Receipts 


Expenditures 


Gain 


Loss 


1901-02: 
Football 


$27,347.56 

2,188.89 

1,633.04 

30.00 

675.56 

234.60 

§32,109.65 


§22,678.82 
3,208.46 
3,584.16 

333.14 
2,191.93 

402.37 

132,398.88 


$4,668.74 




Baseball 


11,019.57 
1,951.12 


Track and field sports 




Tennis 




303 14 


Athletic field 




1,516.37 
167.77 


Gymnasium and miscellaneous 










Totals 













KespectfuUy submitted, 

Amos Alonzo Stagg, Director. 



WOMEN'S DEPAKTMENT 

To the President of the University : 

Sib: I herewith submit my report upon the condition of the Department of Physical 
Culture and Athletics for Women, for the ten years ending June 30, 1902. 

The report of the work for the first five years is incomplete, since the records cannot be 
found and it is impossible to give an accurate summary without them. 

THE GYMNASIUM 

From October, 1892, to June, 1901, the north end of the temporary building used for 
the men's gymnasium was assigned the women. From June, 1901, to October, 1901, the activ- 
ity was restricted to an office in a frame building on Ellis avenue. From October, 1901, to the 
present time the Sunday-school room of the Hyde Park Baptist Church has been used. In the 
autumn of 1898 there were enrolled on the gymnasium list 315 students; in 1899, 360; in 1900, 
459; in 1901, 495; in 1902, 525. 

ATHLETIC FIELDS 

In addition to the gymnasium, the Department has the use of two fields. In October, 
1901, permission was given to use a part of the open field on Woodlawn avenue and Fifty-ninth 
street for a hockey field, where this sport has since been enthusiastically participated in. In 
April, 1902, the northeast corner of Marshall Field, 300 X 175 feet, was inclosed, affording a fine 
opportunity for athletic training and contests. In May, 1902, this field was formally opened 
by the first of a series of basket-ball games between the Junior and Senior College teams. 

STAFF 

The following table shows the teaching staff of the Department, together with the dates 
of service: 

TABLE A 





Years 




1892-1894 


1894-1898 


1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Instructor 




Kate S. 
Anderson 

Bertha Steig 

Dr. C. P. 

Small 


Gertrude 
Dudley 

Bertha Steig 
IdaM. 
Furniss 

Dr. C. P. 

Small 

Frances 
A. Kellor 


Gertrude 
Dudley 

Ida Furniss 
Dorcas _ 
Merriman 

Dr. C. P. 

Small 

Frances 
A. Kellor 


Gertrude 
Dudley 

Ida Furniss 
Dorcas 

Merriman 

Dr. C. P. 

Small 

Frances 
A. Kellor 






Dr. Alice 
Foster 

Dr. C. P. 

Small 


Dudley 

Ida Furniss 
Clara 

Comstock 

Dr. C. P. 
Small 


Examining 










A. Kellor 



Physical Culture and Athletics 



367 



INSTRUCTION 
Instruction covers three well-defined branches — gymnastic, corrective, and athletic. 



The 



gymnastic work is made the basis of all athletic work and must be continued, even when a 
student is a member of an athletic team. The corrective work occupies a place of growing 
importance, and has become a well-recognized feature of the Department. This is individual, 
not class work, and is based upon special physical needs of the student which are ascertained 
by careful physical examinations. In accordance with this system of work, the following are 
the courses of instruction offered: 

TABLE B 



Gymnastics. 



Athletics . . . 



Autumn, 1898 



General work 
Simple apparatus 
Pulleys 
Corrective work 



Basket-ball 



Winter, 1899 



General work 
Simple and advanced 

apparatus work 
Pulley weights 
Corrective work 
Fencing 

Basket-ball 



Spring, 1899 



General work 
Apparatus work 
Corrective work 
Fencing 



Basket-ball 

Tennis 

Walking 

Wheeling 

Rowing 



Summer, 1899 



General work 



Basket-ball 
Tennis 
Rowing 
Golf 





Autumn, 1899 


Winter, 1900 


' Spring, 1900 


Summer, 1900 


Gymnastics. . 
Athletics 


General work 
Apparatus work 
Pulley weights 
Corrective work 

Rowing 

Golf 

Basket-baU 


General work 
Simple and advanced 

apparatus work 
Pulley weights 
Corrective work 
Fencing 

Basket-ball 


General work 
Apparatus work 
Corrective work 
Fancy dancing 

Basket-ball 
Tennis 
Golf 
Rowing 


General work 

Tennis 
Golf 
Rowing 
Swimming 



Autumn, 1900 



Winter, 1901 



Spring, 1901 



Summer, IBQl 



Gymnastics. 



Athletics . 



General work 
Simple apparatus 

work 
Pulley weights 
Corrective work 



Basket-ball 



General work 
Simple and advanced 

apparatus work 
Pulley weights 
Corrective work 
Fancy dancing 
Fencing 

Basket-ball 
Indoor baseball 



General work 
Simple and advanced 

apparatus work 
Corrective work 
Fancy dancing 



Basket-ball 

Indoor baseball 

Rowing 

Tennis 

Golf 



Wheeling 

Walking 

Rowing 

Tennis 

Golf 

Swimming 



368 



The Peesident's Kepoet 



TABLE B— Continued 




Autumn, 1901 


Winter, 1902 


Spring, 1902 


Summer, 1902 


Gymnastics.. 
Athletics 


General work 
Simple apparatus 

work 
Pulley weights 
Corrective work 

Basket-ball 

Hockey 

Golf 


General work 
Simple and advanced 

apparatus work 
Corrective work 
Fancy dancing 
Fencing 

Basket-ball 
Indoor baseball 


General work 
Corrective work 
Fencing 

Basket ball 

Baseball 

Hockey 

Rowing 

Golf 


General work 

Baseball 
Hockey 
Rowing 
Tennis 



ATHLETICS 

From the courses of instruction offered, it will be seen that the athletic work has been a 
steady growth. In the first years basket-ball was the only sport known, and from this small 
beginning have grown the following: indoor gymnastic contests, baseball games between Uni- 
versity teams, class contests in hockey and tennis, and golf tournaments. Besides the regular 



TABLE c 

Basket-Ball 











SCOEE 


Year 


Junior College Teams 


Position 


Senior College Teams 


Junior Senior 


1899 


Wayman, Agnes (Captain) 


C. 


Paddock, Carol (Captain) 


6 — 4 




Crockett, Grace 


L.F. 


Bevans, Edna 


4 — 8 




Gilman, Margaret 


R. F. 


Reichman, Alvena 


2 — 6 




Buck, Hazel 


L. G. 


Brehl, Helen 






Robinson, Ella 


R.G. 


Ohrenstein, Eda 




1900 


Wayman, Agnes (Captain) 


C. 


Shailer, Louise (Captain) 


6 — 8 




Ostergren, Nanna 


L.F. 


Fairman, Marion 


13 — 8 




Steagall, Mary 


R. F. 


Freeman, Ethel 


10 — 8 




Buck, Hazel 


L. G. 


Merriman, Dorcas 






Sweezy, Anne 


R.G. 


Bushnell, Grace 






Ridlon, Hester; Hopkins, M.; ) 
Biddlecomb, M.; Hogan, B. \ 


Substitutes 












1901 


Ashby, Winnifred 


C. 


Shailer, Louise 


2 — 11 




Wayman, Agnes (Captain) 


L.F. 


Fairman, Marion 


— 4 




Ostergren, Nanna 


R. F. 


Russell, Eva 


10 — 6 




Goldstein, Anne 


L.G. 


Robey, Ann (Captain) 






Wilder, Mabel 


R.G. 


Yondorf, Alma 






Martin, E.: Warren, G.; ) 
McBride, M. ] 


Substitutes 


( McKinney, I.; Bowman, C; 
( Freeman, E. 




1902 


Tschirgi, Martha 


C. 


Houghton, Madge 


9 — 9 




McDonnell, Katherine (Capt.) 


L.F. 


Wayman. Agnes, (Captain) 


7 — 3 




Just, M. L. 


R.F. 


Bickell. Edith 


14 — 5 




Goldstein, Anne 


L.G. 


Moore, Ruth 






Suadener, Julia 


R.G. 


Cox, A. B. 






Rhod^A.; Sedgwick, G.;) 
MoGoorty, A.; Munson, E. J 


Substitutes 


( Brandeis, H,; Conlon, M.; 
( Hopps, C. 





PhysicaJj Culture and Athletics 



369 



instruction leading to these contests, there is regular class work in rowing, fencing, and swimming. 
The most important athletic as well as social feature is the series of basket-ball games played 
annually, before large and enthusiastic audiences, between the Junior and Senior College teams, for 
possession of a silver cup and banner. Emphasis is placed upon what may be called the edu- 
cational, aesthetic, and social, as well as the physical, value of sports, and the competitive 
spirit is developed in harmony with these. 

The accompanying tables show the membership of the athletic teams, together with the 
dates and records of contests. 

TABLE D 
Baseball 











SCOEE 


Year 


Reds 


Positions 


Blues 


Reds Blues 


1902 


Pond. L. 


P. 


Gaylord, G. 


23 — 32 




Vaughan, K. 


C. 


Porter, L. 


16 — 18 




Schmidt, B. 


1 B. 


Swanson, G. 






Daskiewitz, M. 


2 B. 


More, B. 






Golden, K. 


3 B. 


Biegler, M. 






Millis, V. 


R.F. 


Comstock, C. 






Freeman, H. 


L.F. 


Jaynes, K. 






MacParland, E. 


S. S. 


Hunger, E. 






Price, B. 


C.F. 


Bradley, E. 





Dymond, Edith 
Ridlon, Hester 
Lackner, J. 
Goodwin, C 



TABLE E 

Tennis Toubnament — Spring, 1900 

Landers, M. 
Baier, J. 
Hayman, G. 
Sweezy, Anne 



De Cew, L. 
Darlington, G. 
Coleman, H. 
Patrick, C. 



Won by L. De Cew and G. Darlington 



TABLE F 
G-TMNASTio Contests 



Yeae 


Laddbe 


Bkoad 
Jdmp 


HOESE 


Incline 
Rope 


Steaight 
Rope 


High 

Jdmp 


High 


Time 


Form 


Kick 


1901 
Won by 

2 


Martha 
Allerdice 

Lil Stevens 


Martha 
Allerdice 

Nanna 
Ostorgren 


Margaret 
McBride 

Mildred 
Dodge 


Martha 
Allerdice 

Nanna 
Ostergren 


Martha 
Allerdice 

Ina Griffin 


Omitted 


Omitted 


Omitted 


1902 
Won by 

2 


Alice Bhod6 

Frances 
Taussig 


Katherine 
McDonnell 

Alice BhodS 


Rena 
Hooper 

Katherine 
Golden 


Alice Bhod6 

Katherine 
McDonnell 


Omitted 


Omitted 


Rena 
Hooper 

lua Griffin 


Omitted 



k 



370 



The President's Kepoet 



PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS 

Each student is given three examinations — the first when she enters the gymnasium, the 
second at the close of the first year, and the third when the ten Quarters of requu'ed work are 
completed. These examinations include a history of the case, heights, gjrths, depths, breadths, 
weight, lung capacity, strength tests, and heart and lung examinations. Heart and lung 
examinations are repeated each year when students are taking athletic as well as gymnastic work. 

The following is the record of the numbers examined: 



TABLE G 





Date 


NUMBEE 




First 


.Second 


Third 


Total 


By Miss Anderson 
By Miss Dudley 


1884-98 


153 
143. 
195 
212 


57 

62 

133 

126 


17 

21 

18 

6 


500 




227 


Autumn, 1899 


225 




Autumn, 1900 

Autumn, 1901 


346 
344 



Kespectfully submitted, 

Gebtbode Dodley, Instructor. 



THE KELIGIOUS WORK IN THE UNIYEUSITY 

To the President of the University: 

Sir: I submit herewith my report on the Religious Work in the University. 

The first public act of the University was the first Chapel Assembly, on October 1, 1892, 
at 12:30 o'clock. The order of service was as follows: 

Doxology. 

The Lord's Prayer in concert, led by President Harper. 
Hymn —" Nearer, My God, to Thee." 
Responsive reading of Psalm 95, led by President Harper. 
Hymn— "O Could I Speak the Matchless Worth." 

Scripture reading — Gen., chap. 1; John, chap. 1; and Phil., chap. 4, vss. 8 and 9 — by Dean 
Harry Pratt Judson. 

Prayer, by Professor Galusha Anderson. 
Hymn — " Hail to the Lord's Anointed." 
Benediction, by Dean Eri B. Hulbert. 

At the first meeting of the Autumn Quarter of each year a service has been held in con- 
nection with the Chapel Assembly, in which this order of worship was followed. 



I. THE OFFICIAL RECOGNITION OF RELIGION 

The people who established the University of Chicago placed in its charter and funda- 
mental regulations an expression of their desire that religion should not only be recognized, but 
assume an important and influential place in its activities. It was expressly provided that the 
Trustees and the President should be men in sympathy with the essential ideals and principles 
of Christianity; and all that law can do to guarantee this kind of direction and control has been 
done under the best legal advice. In administering this trust the governing body has uniformly 
and without exception dealt with it in good faith. 

It has always been assumed that the religious body thus made responsible for the life of 
the institution held among its essential religious principles and teachings the duty of freedom 
and courtesy, and the obligation to treat persons of different beliefs, not only with tolerance, 
but with respect. It is confidently believed by the Trustees and by the administrative ofiicers 
that any attempt at constraint or artificial pressure upon members of the community would 
tend to produce annoyance or pretense, but never sincerity, earnestness, and genuine zeal. It 
is not believed that generous and coiu'teous conduct is ever inconsistent with enthusiasm and 
devotion. 

Those who lead in the conduct of worship are Christians, and their expression of religion 
is in the language of the Christian world, familiar and sacred to most of us from the dawn of 
consciousness. But this does not exclude other dialects of the common faith of the world, and 
freedom to voice the deeper feelings of the soul in any form hallowed by reverence and family 
associations is permitted and encouraged. 

It is unreasonable to intei-pret the granting of liberty of thought, speech, and action as a 
sign of indifference. By its very nature religion forbids compulsion; it is free or it is nothing. 

371 



372 The President's Repobt 

II. THE DIVINITY SCHOOL 

There is a Divinity School in connection with the University. The Faculty of this 
Divinity School is nominated by a body whose membership is constantly renewed and made 
representative of the Baptist denomination, which is responsible for the University. But this 
Divinity School does not exclude any reputable student on accormt of his denominational rela- 
tions, and the University permits any body of religious people to establish lectureships which 
represent the particular tenets of the various communions, and permits students freely to elect 
courses rmder these lectureships. The presence of this body of instructors and students, pro- 
foundly interested in the religious life of mankind, is itself a guarantee that this supreme 
element of culture shall never be forgotten. The power of the Trustees will naturally always 
be exerted to maintain a high standard of scholarship to correspond to that of other Departments. 

Under this system of responsibility and of freedom it is reasonable to expect that a hearty, 
sincere, rational, and aggressive type of spiritual life vnll be cultivated and held in honor. 
Nothing but skepticism as to the inherent power of truth would question the wisdom of this 
policy. Those who are in administrative positions are convinced, after years of trial, that this 
policy is honest, fair, and safe, and that, in the circumstances, no other policy could be substi- 
tuted for it without injury to the cause of Christianity. 

III. THE CHAPLAIN 

A statute of the University, enacted by the Trustees, thus defines the duty of the Univer- 
sity Chaplain: 

The University Chaplain, in co-operation with the President and other officers, studies and pro- 
poses methods of promoting the spiritual life of the University; serves as needed in religious exercises; 
ministers as a pastor; and advises with the religious and benevolent organizations of the University 
in the interest of harmony and efficiency. 

In accordance with this statute, the Chaplain has published in the University Record the 
following standing notice of his readiness to serve, and the Bureau of Information posts a 
notice of his office hours : 

The Chaplain is an officer of the University appointed by the Trustees to serve the spiritual 
interests of the institution. He is expected to bring to the work of organization the experience of a 
pastor and the special information derived from a study of religious and philanthropic activities. 
Together with other instructors, he assists in the devotional exercises of the Chapel Assemblies, and 
co-operates with student organizations as occasion arises. He is ready to visit the sick, to have con- 
versation in his office or at home by appointment with individual students. Such appointments may 
be made in person at the close of any Chapel Assembly, or at the office hour, or in response to a note 
left in the Faculty Exchange. The Chaplain does not wish to intrude upon any person, and yet 
earnestly desires to respond to the calls of those who honor him with their confidence. 

One of the ways in which the Chaplain makes himself useful is in connection with his 
duties as teacher of practical ethics and sociology. In this relation he is brought into natural 
relations with students of Colleges and Graduate Schools. Almost every day students seek 
him for conversation on practical ways of usefulness by personal service, and some days many 
students solicit advice of this kind. All recent writers on the psychology and pedagogy of 
religious education strongly urge that emotion and thinking must be translated into character 
through action and habit. One does not become good merely by thinking he would like to 
become good, and young people of noble pmpose and fresh enthusiasm need to have ways of 
service pointed out to them by persons who have had considerable experience in the great 
world of business, social intercoiurse, philanthropy, politics, and religion. At this point the 
connection between the teaching duty and the office of Chaplain has proved to be fruitful and 
wise. A similar arrangement has vindicated its wisdom at Harvard University and elsewhere. 



The Religious Work op the Univeesitt 373 



IV. THE NEW BOARD OF PREACHERS 

The Board of Trustees, acting upon a fundamental principle in the law of the University, 
has made liberal provision by a fund for securing the service of eminent preachers who are 
invited to visit the University, conduct a service on Sunday, preach a sermon, assist in the Chapel 
Assemblies, and be accessible for consultation at specified office hom-s duiing the week days of 
the residence. So far as practicable, the engagement of each visiting preacher will extend over 
the entire period of six weeks, and in the year of his service he will be designated as an officer of 
the institution, a member of the staff. Experience shows that there are great advantages in this 
supplementary service. The students have thus an opportunity of coming into personal contact 
with the most eminent living exponents of spiritual experience and thought. The great variety 
of needs is richly met by a variety of types of expression, character, and thought. A spirit of 
fairness, candor, sympathy, and catholicity will naturally be fostered. The essential harmony 
in the variety of forms of thought will be a witness to the reality of the divine life in man. 

Since all human beings are greatly influenced in their estimate of the value of religion by 
the personality of those who represent it, many hundreds and thousands of talented youth will 
learn to associate faith with all that is manly, robust, forceful, hmnan, and attractive. For those 
who are to be public speakers this object-lesson will be one of the highest factors in their culture. 

Prom every point of view this new addition to our educational resources is at once a noble 
opportunity to our honored visitors and to the throngs of young people who are destined to be 
leaders of public thought and conduct. 

It should be said that, while this measure is new with us, it was introduced because it had 
been proved fruitful and useful, in an eminent degree, at Harvard and Yale Universities, and in 
other institutions. Its adoption by our Trustees is an evidence that they sincerely intend to 
leave no means neglected to minister in the best possible form to the religious needs of the 
students, and through them to help mankind. 

V. NEW MANDEL HALL 

In connection with the introduction of the Board of Preachers it is cheering to mention the 
erection of a new and commodious hall. Hitherto, as remarked in previous reports, we have not 
been able to accommodate all who desire to attend upon occasions of unusual interest. With the 
completion of the Mandel Hall, made possible by the noble generosity of a merchant of Chicago, 
we shall be able to provide a suitable audience room for the great company who will desire to 
enjoy the public ministry of gifted preachers. 

Yet even with this hall we can foresee the need of the great religious edifice, with more 
commodious space and appropriate structure and adornment, which shall some day crown the 
groups of buildings devoted to science, art, and faith. What more fitting monument for some 
devout person of adequate wealth than the erection of such a permanent sanctuary, where faith, 
hope, and love, the never-failing inspiration of striving spirits, shall be breathed into the culture 
of our commimity, with the ministry of the arts of music, eloquence, scuJptiue, painting, and 
architecture subservient to the divine honor! Something fine and splendid as Giotto's tower, 
only with the "glory of the spire," should, in good time, point toward the Highest. 

VI. THE BOARD OF THE CHRISTIAN UNION 

The appointment of the Board of Preachers has been the more immediate occasion of 
another improvement in our religious organization. By recent amendments in its constitution 
the Christian Union has come to be more closely and vitally an oflBicial organization of the 
University. This has become necessary in order to give eflSciency to the new and more complete 



374 The Peesident's Eepoet 

provisions supplied by the Trustees for religious work, and to meet more adequately the 
demands of the situation. 

Hitherto the Christian Union has been a voluntary association, without formal and official 
place in the general organization of the University; henceforth it is to be an organic part of 
that organization. 

I. ITS PURPOSE AND METHOD 

The Christian Union was formed in the autumn of 1892, at the very beginning of the 
University work. Its purpose has been and is to open the way for all members of the University 
to join in religious and humane effort. This society carries forward certain lines of spiritual 
and philanthrophic activity common to all teachers and students who choose to participate. It 
leaves all to organize in more special efforts in which any number of persons may be interested. 
In order to promote unity and common understanding, it is agreed that the presidents of all the 
religious societies shall meet with the Board for conference. This arrangement, which admits 
entire liberty and yet prevents friction, has been admirably adapted to our conditions. 

II. CONSTITUTION 

PREAMBLE 

Whereas, It is highly desirable to unite all the members of the University in a single, har- 
monious organization on the basis of those elements of religious faith which are held in common; and 

Whekeas, All may unite upon this common ground without inconsistency with the maintenance 
of individual religious conceptions; and 

Whereas, In the spirit and purpose of the above it has seemed good to form such an organiza- 
tion, to be known as the "Christian Union;" therefore be it 

Resolved, That the undersigned students and instructors of the University of Chicago do 
hereby subscribe ourselves as members in the Christian Union. 

Membership in the Union, with privilege of voting at all meetings, shall l^elong to all instructors 
and students of the University without any subscription or other formal act, and without payment 
of fees. 

EEGDLATIONS 

1. The officers of the Christian Union shall be a President chosen from the Faculties of the Uni- 
versity, a Vice-President chosen from the student body, and a Secretary-Treasurer chosen at large. 

2. The direction of the Christian Union shall be in charge of a University Board, constituted 
as follows : 

a) Ex officio, the President of the University, the Chaplain of the University, the officers of the 
Christian Union, the president and secretary of the Board of the University Settlement, and of each 
religious society of the University recognized by the Board. 

b) Five members of the Faculties, recommended by the President of the University and 
appointed by the Trustees. 

c) Two representatives of each district student division. 

The administrative work of the Board shall be in the hands of the Chaplain and the President 
of the Christian Union, in consultation with the President of the University. 

3. The elections shall be by ballot, and, with the exception of the President and Secretary- 
Treasurer, from a double list of nominees presented to the Union one week before the annual meeting 
by a nominating committee of five appointed by the President. In the case of the President there 
shall be only one name presented by the committee; but ten or more persons may unite in presenting 
(through the committee) another name if they so desire. The Secretary-Treasurer shall be chosen by 
the Board, subject to the approval of the University Council. 

4. The Board shall direct the work of the Christian Union in all its departments, appointing 
such standing committees as may be necessary for the purpose of conducting public worship, Bible 
study, work in philanthropy, and such other work as the Union may see fit to undertake. The presi- 
dents of the represented organizations shall be chairmen of the committees in their respective depart- 



The Religious Work of the Univeesity 375 

ments. The committee on philanthropy is identical with the incorporated Board of the University of 
Chicago Settlement. This Board has power to till vacancies in its membership according to its 
own rules. 

5. The President and Secretary-Treasurer of the Christian Union shall be ex officio members of 
all committees. 

6. No work- shall be undertaken in the various departments of the Christian Union without the 
previous consent of the Board. 

7. Each committee appointed for continuous service shall make, through its chairman, a monthly 
report to the Board of all work done in its department. 

8. There shall be a regular monthly meeting of the Board. 

9. At a regular time in each Quarter, which the Board may fix, the Board shall present a report 
of its work to the Christian Union. 

10. The officers of the Union shall be elected annually, in March, at a special meeting to be 
called for that purpose by the President, and they shall take office at the first regular meeting of the 
Board in April. 

11. These regulations may be altered or amended by a two-thirds vote of the Union at any 
regular meeting, provided a week's notice of the proposed change shall have been given. 

12. Fifteen members of the Union shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. 

VII. RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES OF UNIVERSITY INSTRUCTORS 

As has already been noted, the members of the teaching staff are entirely free in relation 
to the expression of their spiritual life. What they do is done freely and because they desire to 
help. Every act is voluntary. Therefore it is interesting to consider how many are engaged in 
positive and active service. No attempt has been made to collect statistics, for these would 
necessarily be fragmentary and misleading. But it is known that in the neighboring chiu-ches, 
in city, home, and foreign missions, and in philanthrophic enterprises the motives of the inner 
life come to expression. Some of the most trusted and generous leaders in churches are 
members of the Faculty. In the social relations of the Campus these instructors are ready to 
help the students in their meetings or in personal conversation. The presidents of the Christian 
Union for several years represented a department of nature science, and one also widely felt in 
connection with the Young Men's Christian Association, and it is a pleasure to recognize the 
high value of their service. 

On Sunday mornings Bible classes are taught by the President and by other representa- 
tives of the biblical Departments, and this work is on the same plane with scholarly instruction 
in all other subjects. This department will gradually be developed until it is hoped to have 
upon the Campus a model organization of modern religious education. In all of its ofiBcial 
meetings and assemblies a solemn act of worship is part of every order; as at the regular meet- 
ings of Senate, Congregation, and Convocation. Thus in the most distinct, articulate, and public 
form does the University offer mtness to the world of its faith and reverence. 

Eeligious conferences have been held, at frequent intervals, to encourage the students to 
make known their difficulties, so that they may be met in the open and, so far as possible, overcome. 

Among the publications of the University are important magazines devoted to sacred 
learning and to the practical direction of religious organization and effort; and these have 
gained a wide and ever-growing influence. 

With the rapid increase in the number of students it is becoming a serious question 
whether it will not become advisable for the members of the Faculty to concentrate their 
religious efforts more and more upon the University community, one of the largest of parishes, 
and one whose composite membership gives it a central position in the world's spiritual life. 
It is to the students that teachers owe their first and the best service in all that may contribute 
to character. 



376 The President's Report 

VIII. THE ASSOCIATIONS 

In the Report of the President for July, 1897-July, 1898, pp. 201-16, may be found many 
details of the religious work of the University up to that time; and further details are given in 
the Report for July, 1898-July, 1899, pp. 143-53. 

YOUNG men's christian ASSOCIATION 

The Y. M. C. A vs^as organized during the first Quarter after the University began its work 
of teaching. The first meeting to consider the subject was held November 26, 1892, and com- 
plete organization was effected December 2, 1892. 

The most important facts relating to the work of the past two years are here given: 

WORK OF THE YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION FOE 1899-1900 AND 1900-1901 

During 1899-1900 substantial progress was made in the work and development of the 
Association. A large and enthusiastic corps of workers was secured, the Advisory Committee 
and Faculty showed lively interest, and an efficient man 'gave part of his time to the work of 
General Secretary. As a result, the membership was largely increased, the influence of the 
Association became more widely felt, and the spiritual life of many men was quickened and 
deepened. 

If somewhat less may be said for 1900-1901, it is because during this year the Association 
had no General Secretary. The work of a Y. M. C. A. in a great university is far too large 
and exacting to be done by a regular student, be he ever so faithful. However, the Association 
has been kept together and along several lines has done excellent work. 

For convenience, the facts with regard to the two years may be exhibited together: 

I. MEMBEESHIP 

Members, April 1, 1899 150 

Received during the year ------- 72 

Terminated membership -44 

Members, April 1, 190O 178 

Received during the year 22 

Terminated membership -...-.. 43 

Net total April 1, 1901 157 

II. BELIGIODS MEETINGS 

A. 1899-1900 

Meetings for men only 33 

Average attendance --- 40 

Union meetings .----.-.. 44 

Average attendance 52 

The week of prayer was observed in November by holding five morning meetings; average 

attendance, twelve. 

Of special interest were the conferences on religious difficulties, conducted by Professor 

Shailer Mathews. 

B. 1900-1901 

Meetings for men only 33 

Average attendance --- 30 

Union meetings 44 

Average attendance of men 25 

The week of prayer in November was observed as usual, the average attendance being 
nine. 



The Religious Woek of the Univeesity 377 

Several of the religious meetings were addressed by members of the Faculty and by 
speakers from abroad. Especially noteworthy were two series of addresses of four evenings 
each. The first was by Mr. C. W. Votaw, in April-May, 1900; subject, "Practical Keligion." 
The second was by Mr. Gerald B. Smith, in January and February, 1901. His subject was " Some 
Phases of Twentieth-Century Christianity." Others who spoke diu-ing the year were : Messrs. 
John M. Coulter and Charles R. Henderson, Miss Myra Reynolds, and Messrs. Theodore NeflF, 
George S. Goodspeed, Tufts, Edgar J. Goodspeed, Herbert Willett, A. H. Tolman, F. M. 
Blanchard, G. E. Vincent, John R. Mott and H. W. Hicks, of the International Committee 
of the Y. M. C. A.; Miss Mary McDowell, of the University Settlement; and Mr. John Boose, of 
McCormick Seminary. 

III. BIBLE STDDY 

A. 1S99-1900 

Number of classes -------- 8 

Men enrolled ---- 83 

In private study --------- 23 

Total engaged in study ------- 106 

Most of the classes continued only one or two Quarters. Men were also urged to attend 
the regular Bible classes of the University. President Harper conducted for a short time a 
class for the study of personal difficulties. 

B. 1900-1901 

One class in the study of the Bible was conducted by the Association, for two months in 
the spring, with an attendance of seventeen. The men seemed to prefer to attend the classes in 
the regular course. 

IV. MISSIONARY WOEK 

A. 1899-1900 

Three missionary meetings were held, with an average attendance of thirty-seven. A 
Volunteer Band of Ten met throughout the year, except during the Second Term of the Summer 
Quarter. A missionary library was begun. Three courses in the study of missions were offered: 
■'Japan and its Regeneration," byMr. Isao Hatai; "Social Evils in the Non-Christian World," 
by Mr. Burlingame; and " Side-Lights on Missionary Byways," by Mr. Solenberger. The classes 
were conducted informally. 

A few members of the Association performed helpful service at the University Settlement. 

B. 1900-1901 

Three missionary meetings were held; average attendance, twenty. The Volunteer Band 
numbered ten and held monthly meetings throughout the year. For some of these meetings 
special speakers were provided, notably Mr. Kelsey, returned from Mexico; Mr. McKibben, from 
China; Mr. Kelso, from Singapore; and the president of the Anglo-Chinese College in Pekin. 
The Association also brought Dr. and Mrs. Howard Taylor to the University for two public 
addresses on missions. Two courses in mission study were conducted: one on "Evangelization 
of the World in This Generation," by Mr. Bailey; average attendance, four; and one on "China," 
by Mr. McKibben, with an average attendance of twelve. Several addresses on missions were 
made by students in neighboring churches. Two additions were made to the library. 

V. INTERCOLLEGIATE RELATIONS 
A. 1899-1900 

Letters sent out by Corresponding Secretary - - - 28 

Letters received by Corresponding Secretary - - - 22 

Visits made by students 10 

Visits received from students and secretaries - - . 8 



378 The President's Eepobt 

The Association has been represented at one conference and one convention by fourteen 
delegates. Twenty-eight copies of the Inter-CoUegian are being taken. 

General correspondence through the General Secretary: 

Letters received .-.--.--. 222 
Letters sent out - . - - 213 

Nine outside meetings were held, or addressed by members of the Association. 

B. 1900-1901 

Letters sent out by Corresponding Secretary - - - 35 

Letters received by Corresponding Secretary - - - 28 

Visits made by students - - 3 

Visits received from students and secretaries - . . 6 

Delegation to the summer conference . .... 7 

VI. FINANCE 

A. 1S99-1900 

Cash on hand April 1, 1899 $ 0.05 

Received from membership feea ----- 130.50 

Received from subscriptions ------ 182.50 

Received from miscellaneous sources - - - - 14.51 

Total - S327.56 

Estimated budget for year from July 1 to July 1: 

Receipts from membership fees ----- $200.00 

Receipts from subscriptions . - . _ - 200.00 

Receipts from miscellaneous sources - - - - 61.40 

Total - - - S461.40 

B. 1900-1901 

Cash on hand April 1, 1900 S 12.27 

Received from dues and subscriptions - - - 118.17 

Total receipts -------- $130.44 

Current expenses, printing, etc. S 53.88 

Payments on the piano 40.00 

The General Secretary of 1899-1900 - - - 10.00 

Part expenses of one delegate to Geneva - - - 5.00 

State Committee 10.00 

Total expenditui.-,; ------- $118.88 

Balance on hand April 1, 1901 - - - . 11.56 

The Associaticn diu'ing 1901-2 is obliged to meet a debt of seventy-five dollars on the 
piano, and of forty -five dollars of pledges to the state and international committees of some 
years' standing. The estimated income for current expenses is about three hundred dollars. 

VII. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES 

The social activities of the Association for the two years may be summarized in one state- 
ment. At the opening of the Fall Quarter a large committee was on duty to welcome newcomers 
and aid in registration and in finding board and rooms. During the second week of the Quarter 
a general reception was given, at v>'hich President Harper and other members of the Faculty 
assisted in receiving. In 1899 this reception was held at the home of Professor George Vincent; 
in 1900, in Haskell Museum. At both the attendance was between four and five hundred. In 
1899-1900 an informal social for men and a dinner were given. In the summers of both years 
several socials were arranged for, and trips to places of interest planned and conducted. 



The Religious Work of the Univeksity 



379 



VIII. ADVISORY COMMITTEE 

III 1899 the Advisory Committee of the Association was appointed. It is a self -perpetuating 
body of the greatest value. It has the power to nominate the General Secretary and regulate 
his term of office and salary. Further, it stands ready to advise the Association on any impor- 
tant matter submitted to it. In the spring of 1901 this committee raised a thousand dollars 
for a General Secretary on full time. Its personnel April 1, 1901, was as follows: The Facul- 
ties: C. K. Barnes, chairman; J. M. Coulter, A. A. Stagg; business men: Charles Marsh, E. 
Burritt Smith, Judge Freeman; alumni: H. D. Abells, W. A. Payne, S. C. Mosser; Association 
oflBcers: J. F. Hosic, president; K. W. Merrifield, treasurer. 



IX. MISCELLANEOUS POINTS 

During 1899-1900 excellent work was done in visiting the sick. Names of the sick were 
sent to the General Secretary by the Deans. In all thirty-five calls were made. In this year 
also a permanent arrangement was consummated by which "at least ten members of the Y. M. 
C. A., who had been in residence three Quarters and whose standing in class work was good, 
might be excused from examinations to attend the entire Conference at Lake Geneva." As a 
result large delegations were sent in both this and the following year. 

The officers for 1899-1900 were: 
President — C. F. Yoder 
Vice-President — M. R. Myers 
Recording Secretary — H. P. Kirtley 



Corresponding Secretary — A. E. Bestor 
Treasurer — E. H. Sturtevant, H. H. Nelson 
General Secretary — Fred Merrifield 



The officers for 1900-1901 were: 
President — C. W. Button 
Vice-President — R. W. Merrifield 

Treasurer - 



Recording Secretary — R. B. Nelson 
Corresponding Secretary — A. E. Bestor 
-L. R. Cartwright, F. J. Tische 



The officers for 1901-1902 were: 
President — J. F. Hosic 
Vice-President — H. H. Lord 

Treasurer - 



Recording Secretary — M. B. Pratt 
Corresponding Secretary — L. J. Bevan 
-R. W. Merrifield 



In view of the employment of a competent General Secretary, the outlook for Association 
work in the University is bright. The field is peculiar, but very important, and destined, when 
properly cultivated, to yield most happy and profitable results. One of the most encouraging 
aspects of the situation is the friendly attitude of members of the University toward well- 
conducted Y. M. C A. work. There seems to be no doubt that the hopes and desires of all in 
this connection are soon to be realized. 



CONSTITUTION OF THE YOUNG MEN S CHBISTIAN ASSOCIATION OF THE UNIVEKSITY 

OF CHICAGO 

AETICLE I — NAME 

The name of this organization shall be " The Young Men's Christian Association of the Univer- 
sity of Chicago." 

ARTICLE II — OBJECT 

The object of this Association shall be to promote Christian life, Christian faith, and Christian 
fellowship among its members; to carry on aggressive Christian work, especially by, and for, students; 
to train its members for Christian service; and to lead them to devote their lives to Jesus Christ, not 
only in distinctively religious callings, but also in secular pursuits. 



380 The President's Keport 

ARTICLE III — MEMBERSHIP 

Section 1. The active membership of the Association shall consist of men, either students or 
members of the Faculty of this institution, who are members in good standing of evangelical churches, 
who have declared themselves to be in sympathy with the purpose and methods of the Association as 
indicated in its Constitution, and who have been elected by a two-thirds vote of the members present 
at any meeting. Only active members shall have the right to vote and to hold office. 

Seo. 2. Any man of good moral character, either a student or member of the Faculty of this 
institution, may become an associate member by a two-thirds vote of the members present at any 
meeting. 

Sec. 3. Any student or member of the Faculty who has been an active or associate member of 
another College Christian Association having the evangelical basis may be transferred by letter to 
the same grade of membership in this Association by a two-thirds vote of the members present at 
any meeting. 

Sec. 4. The membership fee shall be one dollar ($1) per annum, payable at such time or times 
as the Association may determine. 

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of each member to co-operate heartily in carrying out the object 
of the Association according to the policy as determined each Quarter by the Cabinet or Executive 
Committee. 

ARTICLE IV — OPPICEBS 

Section 1. The officers of this Association shall be a President, Vice-President, Recording 
Sec-retary, Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, and General Secretary. 
Sec. 2. Duties of officers. 

a) The President shall preside at all business meetings of the Association and on all public 
occasions. He shall be the chairman of the Executive Committee and of the Cabinet. He shall 
appoint, with the advice of the General Secretary, all committees, and notify all committeemen of 
their appointment. He shall see that all committees are organized and set at work as soon after their 
appointment as possible, and shall hold the chairmen responsible for the work of their respective 
committees. He shall have general supervision of all the work of the Association. On retiring from 
office he shall present to the Association a written report covering his term of service, together with 
recommendations concerning the future work of the Association. 

The President shall be ex officio a member of all committees. 

b) The Vice-President shall assist the President in the performance of his duties, and assume 
the place of the President when he is absent. 

c) The Recording Secretary shall keep in permanent form full minutes of all business meetings 
of the Association, of the Cabinet, and of the Executive Committee. He shall notify all officers and 
members of their election. 

d) The Corresponding Secretary shall conduct the correspondence between the Association and 
other associations relative to the exchange of ideas and the interchange of visits. He shall be chair- 
man of the Committee on Intercollegiate Relations. 

e) The Treasurer shall have charge of the funds of the Association, and shall pay out money 
only on the order of the Executive Committee, signed by the President. He shall collect all dues, 
and keep an account in permanent form of all receipts and disbursements. He shall be chairman of 
the Finance Committee, and, with the advice of the Executive Committee, he shall prepare and 
present to the Association the annual budget. At the close of the Association year the Treasurer 
shall present to the Association a report of the financial condition of the Association, including the 
receipts and expenditures of the Association for the preceding year. 

/) The General Secretary shall sustain an advisory relation to the other officers of the Associa- 
tion, and shall assist them in the discharge of their executive duties. He shall be ex officio a member 
of all committees, and shall advise with them in regard to the execution of their policies, and shall 
receive and file all their reports. He shall conduct all the general correspondence of the Association. 
He shall, at the end of each Association year, present in writing a complete report covering the work 
of the several departments of the Association during the year. The amount of time which the General 
Secretary shall devote to the work, and the amount of his compensation, shall be determined by the 
Executive Committee. 



The Religious Wokk of the Univebsity 381 



Sbc. 3. a) The six officers shall constitute the Executive Committee. This committee shall 
have charge of all property belonging to the Association and shall have general management of its 
affairs. Meetings of this committee shall be held weekly. 

6) The six officers of the Association, together with the chairmen of the standing committees, 
shall constitute the Cabinet. It shall be the duty of the Cabinet to meet within three weeks of the 
opening of each Quarter, to discuss the condition of the work in each department and to adopt policies 
to govern the committees for the ensuing Quarter. 

ARTICLE V — COMMITTEES 

Section 1. Regular eommittees. 

Upon entering the duties of his office, the President shall appoint, with the advice of the General 
Secretary, the following committees : 

a) A Committee on Work for New Students, which shall organize and direct the special work 
for new students at the beginning of the Autumn Quarter, and likewise of the other Quarters, if there 
be a sufficient need. 

b) A Committee on Membership, which shall follow up the work of the preceding committee 
and endeavor to bring every man in the University ultimately into the Association. 

c) A Committee on Bible Study, the object of which shall be to interest men in the Bible and 
to enlist them in some form of systematic Bible study. 

d) A Committee on Religious Meetings, which shall have charge of the regular and special 
devotional and gospel meetings. 

e) A Missionary Committee, which shall aim, by missionary meetings, study classes, and other 
methods, to secure the active interest of every member of the Association in the cause of missions, 
and to promote the Student Volunteer Movement as an organic department of the Association. A 
majority of the committee shall be, when possible, student volunteers. 

/) A Committee on Intercollegiate Relations, which shall bring to the Association the results of 
the experience of similar organizations, and make the influence of the Association felt in the intercol- 
legiate movement. This committee shall have supervision of all delegations to conventions and 
summer schools, arrange for interchanges of delegations between this and other Associations, and 
shall undertake such forms of Christian work in the city as shall not interfere with the cultivation of 
the University field. 

g) A Finance Committee, which shall secure for the Association the funds necessary for the 
cultivation of its own field and for the extension of the Association movement. 

h) A Social Committee, which shall endeavor to promote the social life of the Association and 
make the social element prominent in its meetings. 

Sec. 2. Each regular committee shall hold a monthly meeting for the consideration of its work. 
Immediately after the monthly meeting the chairman of each committee shall file with the General 
Secretary a written report of the work of the committee for the preceding month. 

Sec. 3. Immediately after the annual report of the Treasurer (or at the close of his term of 
office, if there occur an irregular change in the office), the President shall appoint a committee of 
three to audit his accounts. 

Sec. i. Special committees may be provided and their work defined by vote of the Association 
at any business meeting. 

Sec. 5. Whenever practicable, all committees shall include one or more members from the 
Divinity School, from the Graduate School, from the Senior College, and from the Junior College. 

ARTICLE VI — MEETINGS AND ELECTIONS 

Section 1. Meetings. 

a) Devotional meetings. A weekly meeting for men and a weekly meeting in union with the 
y. W. C. A. shall be maintained by the Association. Special meetings may be arranged at the discre- 
tion of the Cabinet. 

b) Business meetings. The annual business meeting shall be held not later than one month 
before the close of the Winter Quarter. In connection with the last men's meeting of each Quarter, 



382 The President's Report 

the chairmen of the various committees shall read before the Association reports covering the worlt 
done by their respective committees during the Quarter. Special business meetings may be called 
by the President or at the written request of five members. 
Sec. 2. Elections. 

a) The annual election of officers shall be held at the annual business meeting. A Nominating 
Committee of five members, two of whom shall also be members of the Faculty, shall be appointed at 
least two weeks before the annual election. This committee shall post its nominations at least one 
week before the election, and shall receive and post such other nominations as are indorsed in writing 
by at least five members of the Association. In case there is more than one nomination for any officei 
election to that office shall be by ballot. The officers shall enter upon their duties at the beginning 
of the Spring Quarter, and shall hold office for one year, or until their successors are elected. Pro- 
vided, that this paragraph does not apply to the election of General Secretary. 

b) In case a vacancy occurs in any office, it shall be filled by special election either at a regular 
or a special business meeting. A Nominating Committee of three, appointed at least one week in 
advance, shall present the nomination for a special election. 

c) In case of the election of General Secretary, at the annual business meeting or at any other 
time, the Nominating Committee shall consist of the Executive Committee of the Association, the 
President of the University, the Chaplain of the University, and the President of the Christian Union. 
This committee shall present one name to the Association for its confirmation. 

Sec. 3. Fifteen active members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. 

ARTICLE Vll — CESSATION OP MEMBERSHIP 

Section 1. Any member in good standing may sever his connection with this Association by 
written resignation, and upon request shall receive a letter of dismissal. When any member in good 
standing severs his connection with the University he ceases to be a member of the Association, but 
if he again connects himself with the University, he thereby resumes his former membership. 

Sec. 2. Any member may be dropped from membership by a unanimous vote of the Executive 
Committee for the non-payment of dues, immoral conduct, or other sufficient reason. 

ARTICLE VIII — DEBT 

No debt shall be incurred by any administration beyond the amount provided for in the annual 
budget. 

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS 

Amendments to this Constitution shall require for their adoption notice at a meeting of the 
Association at least one week in advance and a two-thirds vote of the members present, except that 
this article, Article I, and Article III, section 1, shall not be amended or repealed without the concur- 
rence of the International Committee of the Young Men's Christian Associations. 

AMENDMENTS 
I 
The members of the Divinity School of the University of Chicago, in order to secure affiliation 
with the World's Student Christian Federation, shall constitute the Divinity Section of the 
Y. M. C. A. of the University of Chicago. (Adopted March 15, 1899.) 

II 

The chairman of the Missionary Committee of the Divinity Council shall, after his election as 
an active member of the Y. M. C. A. of the University of Chicago, be a member of the Executive Com- 
mittee of the Association. (Adopted March 15, 1899.) 

Ill 

THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE 

Section 1. a) The Advisory Committee shall consist of three members of the Faculty, three 
business men, and three alumni of the University who formerly were members of the Association, 
together with the President and Treasurer of the Association. 

b) Only members of evangelical churches may become members of this committee. 

c) Seven members shall constitute a quorum. 



The Religious Work of the University 383 



Sec. 2. The regular term of office, excepting that of the President and the Treasurer of the 
Association, shall be three years. The committee shall be self-perpetuating. 

Sec. 3. The regular election of members of the committee shall be held at its last meeting in 
the Spring Quarter. The term of office shall begin on July 1. All vacancies which may occur during 
the year in its membership shall be filled by the committee. 

Sec. 4. The committee shall elect its own officers and appoint its own committees, and shall 
adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem necessary. 

Sec. 5. The committee shall be selected first in the following manner: The Association shall 
elect the three members of the Faculty, who, acting with the President and the Treasurer, shall select 
the six remaining members. At the first meeting of the committee the three members of each of the 
three classes mentioned shall determine, by lot, who shall hold office for one, two, and three years 
respectively. 

Sec. 6. The duties of the committee shall be as follows: 

a) To act through the General Secretary in an advisory relation to the Association. 

b) To select the General Secretary, subject to the confirmation of the Association; such selec- 
tion to be posted not later than one week before the first of March of each year. 

c) To provide for the salary of the General Secretary and to determine the term of office. 

(Adopted June, 1899.) 

YOUNG women's CHEISTIAN ASSOCIATION 

The Young Women's Christian Association ' was established December 2, 1892. Without 
repetition of details published in earlier reports, the main facts relating to the past two years 
are given herevfith. 

EEPOET OF THE YOUNG WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION, 1899-1900, 1900-1901 

PURPOSE 

It is the purpose of the Association "to promote Christian life, Christian faith, and 
Christian fellowship among the members; to carry on active Christian work, especially by and 
for students; to train the members for Christian service, and to lead them to devote their lives 
to Jesus Christ." 

ORGANIZATION 

All women connected with the University are eligible to membership, those belonging to 
any evangelical church as active, others as associate, members. The work of the Association is 
carried on by the following committees, serving under the direction of the usual officers: 
Membership, Eeligious Meetings, Bible Study, Philanthropic, Social, Eest-Eoom, Publication, 
Finance, and Intercollegiate Kelations. The Cabinet, consisting of the officers and the chair- 
men of committees, meets monthly to plan and discuss the work of the Association. During 
the past year the Constitution has been revised and broadened to meet the present needs and 
methods of administration by incorporating an Advisory Board, and the office and duties of a 
General Secretary. The value to the Association of possessing a General Secretary has been 
inestimable, and the efficiency of the work has increased many times. The need of an Advisory 
Board was greatly felt, not only to provide for the election and payment of a General Secretary, 
but also to bring the Association into closer touch with the Faculty of the University. 

MEMBERSHIP 

Number of members in the Association, June, 1899 - - - - - 83 

Number of members received during the year 1899-1900 - - - 73 

Number who terminated their membership 1899-1900 _ _ . - ^61 

Total number, June, 1900 95 

Number received 1900-1901 -..-.. 77 

Number terminating membership 1900-1901 ----- ^59 

Total number, June, 1901 - - 113 

1 Later changed to the Yountr Women's Christian Lcagne. 



384 The Peesident's Report 

MEETINGS 

Keligious meetings are held weekly; they are usually led by students, but are occasionally 
addressed by outside friends. In co-operation with the young men, union meetings have been 
held on Sunday evenings. The week of prayer in November was observed in 1900 by holding 
five morning meetings, with an average attendance of twelve. 

Number of Young Women's meetings, 1899-1900 28 

Average attendance 22 

Number of Young Women's meetings, 1900-1901 31 

Average attendance ---35 

Number of Union meetings, 1900-1901 33 

Average attendance 54 

BIBLE STDDT 

The Association has urged its members to avail themselves of the exceptional opportunities 
for thorough and intelligent Bible study offered by the University, and has repeatedly called 
attention to the courses offered by the American Institute of Sacred Literature. 

PHILANTHROPT 

Visits have been made to the women of the University who were ill, and in need df friendly 
service, whenever such cases were known. The philanthropic committee has also been instru- 
mental in securing yoimg women to assist at the University Settlement, some of whom have 
given regular systematic service throughout the year. 

SOCIAL 

Each Quarter assistance in registration has been offered to students who are strangers at 
the University. Early in the Autumn Quarter new students have been welcomed at an evening 
reception given in co-operation with the Y. M. C. A. A special reception for women entering 
the University for the first time was given early in the fall, and was well attended. New 
members are welcomed into the Association at a Quarterly Recognition Service, which service is 
partly devotional and partly social. 

EEST-ROOM 

The room on the fourth floor of Cobb Hall, formerly used by the Association as a rest- 
room for women, has been needed by the University through two Quarters for class-room 
pm-poses; but it is once more at the disposal of the Association. The proceeds of a concert 
under the auspices of the alumnee members were used to purchase new furnishings, which add 
to the attractiveness and comfort of the room. It was formally opened at the beginning of the 
Spring Quarter. 

FINANCES 
1899-1900 

Balance from previous year ------ $16.10 

Dues ----------- 66.50 

Pledges ----- 8.55 

Total receipts -------- S91.15 

Total expenditures -------- 78.88 

Balance S12.27 

1900-1901 

Balance from previous year ...--- $12.27 

Dues 65.25 

Pledges ----- 26.20 

Total receipts $103.72 

Expenditures - 102.64 

Balance - -,^-- - - - - - $1.08 



The Eeligious Work of the Univeesity 385 



INTERCOLLEGIATE RELATIONS 

Letters have been exchanged with about twenty associations connected with other colleges 
and universities. Copies of the Inter-Collegian and the Evangel are available to the officers of 
the Association. 

CONFERENCES AND CONVENTIONS 

Three delegates attended the Summer Conference at Lake Geneva, Wis., in the summer 
of 1899, and five were present in 1900. One delegate was sent to the State Convention at 
Bloomington in the winter of 1901, and several members have interested themselves in the 
conferences held each spring. 

The work during the summer has been carried on by a committee of twelve, six of whom 
are taken from the members of the Association and six from the members of the Young Men's 
Christian Association who remain in residence during the summer. The summer students have 
entered into the work in hearty co-operation with the former members, making both summers 
very successful. The receptions were very largely attended, and the summer devotional 
meetings, held jointly with the young men on Wednesday and Sunday evenings, were very 
helpful and successful. 

The officers of the Association are as follows: 

1899-1900 1900-1901 

President— Catherine Cleveland, Florence Parker Ethel Freeman, Margaret Coulter 

Vice President— Grace Conant, Mary Averett, Grace Manning Grace Manning, Florence Miller 
Recording Secretary— Edith Bullis, Olive Sieben Cecile Bowman, Ceoile Bowman 

Corresponding Secretary— Elizabeth Lingle, Anna Ellison Anna Ellison, Mildred French 

Treasurer— Mabel Porter, Margaret Calvin Helen Gardiner, Jessie Sherman 

General Secretary— Florence Parker Ethel Freeman 

The oflBcers are elected at the close of the Winter Quarter, so as to get the work well under 
way for the next year before the close of the Spring Quarter. 
The members of the Advisory Board are as follows: 

Dr. Coulter Mrs. Goodspeed Miss Freeman 

Mr. Mathews Mrs. Miller Miss Donnan 

Miss Talbot Miss Reed Miss Coulter 

Miss Bronk 

IX. MISSIONS 

In the Divinity School and in the Christian Associations systematic provision is made for 
instruction in the history, aims, and methods of city, home, and foreign missions; organized 
efforts are made to hold the duty of this service before the minds of the students and help them 
to wise personal decisions. The most earnest and successful missionaries and managers of 
societies are frequently invited to present some aspect of the subject as it appears to one whose 
whole life is devoted to this branch of Christian enterprise. 

As a result of this effort the pastors who have been educated here are leaders of missionary 
enterprises; many of our alumni are spending their lives in the service of humanity and of the 
kingdom of God, both in hard fields in our own country and at diflBcult posts abroad. Many 
have offered themselves to missionary boards and are ready to go where they are most needed. 

X. MORAL INFLUENCES 

Parents and patrons have a right to ask us what effort is made at the University to build 
up the moral character of the students intrusted to us, to help them overcome temptation and 
to become positive forces of good in the world. The implied question has, in part, been 
answered by all the statements of this report, but only in part. The Physical Culture Depart- 



386 The President's Kepokt 

meat, by the personal character of the instructors and by the discipline it gives in good habits, 
lays the physical foundation for all virtue and offers worthy and powerful motives for good 
conduct. The ordinary discipline of the class-rooms and of the Deans is carefully ordered with 
a view to repress selfish and degrading tendencies, and to ennoble and refine the heart and life 
of all. Perhaps it is this daily habit, far more than ethical precepts, which is the most important 
factor in moral development. There is no time for dissipation. This is a " working university." 
The idle, the heedless, the dissolute are sifted out by frequent examinations. Those who are 
guilty of immoral conduct are required to withdraw from the community. That wrong acts are 
done we do not deny; but the atmosphere of the society is favorable to all those qualities which 
are held in just esteem by all Christian communities. One of the most helpful factors in this 
connection is the presence of refined and pure women who are inspired by the noblest ideals 
and sustained by the most worthy aims. 

Kespectfully submitted, 

Chaeles Richmond Henderson, Chaplain. 



THE HOUSE SYSTEM AT THE UNIVERSITY 

To the President of the University : 

Sib: I submit herewith my report on the House system at the University. 

True education aims to produce harmony with environment — to enable men to live, and 
to live nobly. The American college of today is the result of experience which has been adapted 
to environment. It differs from both the colleges and the universities of Em-ope. It is the out- 
growth of American life. The early college was designed to be a training school for preachers 
and teachers. But with the expansion of the nation and the development of its material 
resources, the scientific and technical curriculum has gained upon the older form, and today has 
place in every college of eminence in the country. Wondrous material changes have been 
wrought in the foundation of Ubraries, the equipment of laboratories, the erection of student 
dormitories, the establishment of professional and technological schools. Nor has the evolution 
ended here. Continental ideals and practices — witness the seminai — have been assimilated, 
although, fortunately, all attempts to empty the American college of its native characteristics 
have proven futile. 

These changes have naturally resulted in an enormous increase in the number of students 
in oiu- universities and colleges. Yet in two respects imtil recently higher education has been 
curiously backward: first, in appreciating the fact that a certain amount of physical culture may 
be profitably joined with mental effort; and, second, in developing the social instinct in the 
student diuring the formative period of life, when character is most adaptable and the lessons 
of experience are most easily learned. The first of these has now been overcome. The college 
man today secures relaxation from his books in healthful and well-directed exercise either in 
the gymnasium or upon the athletic field. But the social life of almost every American college 
is a yet undeveloped factor; or if it has been developed, it has grown haphazardly, and is either 
lacking in coherence, or else has hardened into narrow cliques which perpetuate unwise traditions 
and breed antagonism. Broad, genuine, sympathetic, social life is still an unknown element in 
far too many institutions. But the change is happening — has happened. It is only tardily 
that American college authorities have become aware of this deficiency in student life, and have 
grown to appreciate that liberal culture implied the development of the American college student 
in all right directions, intellectual, physical, aesthetic, social. The building of the well- 
equipped men's clubhouse at the University of Chicago marks the purpose in the minds of the 
Trustees to provide a symmetrical education, lying four-square, in the Liberal Arts, in Science, 
in Gymnastics, and in "the manners that make men." 

American education has been slow in some ways to profit by the experience of Europe. 
Everyone knows in a general way that the mediaeval universities "were at first simply an 
expansion and evolution of the existing ecclesiastical organization," but not all are familiar with 
the fact that the colleges of Oxford and Cambridge, which today with their separate faculties 
emphasize the instructional side of education, originally were social organizations; indeed, that 
the colleges which formed the universities of the Middle Ages grew out of eating clubs of 
students and were originally only endowed hostels. There must be some common bond or 
common occasion among men for meeting. Table talk is doubtless one of the most ancient 
forms of literature, and now as always one of the most universal. Man relaxes when he eats, 
and becomes social. Strangely enough, the founders of American collegiate institutions ignored 

387 



388 The Pkesident's Repoet 

the lessons of experience, or perhaps the penury of all of our earlier colleges prevented the 
development of this necessary feature of student life. At any rate, the social life of American 
students for generations lacked the unity and sympathy derived from living together and 
breaking the bread of silence or of mirth in neighborly company. Students boarded in private 
families, enjoying few of the comforts of home, and led a life of isolation, combined with intense 
intellectual effort, or else of frivolity undisciplined by and unknown to the college authorities. 
Harvard was the first college to attempt the betterment of such conditions and to realize the 
advantageous results to be derived from a community life on the part of the students. In 
October, 1747, the Overseers passed a vote that it would be "beneficial for the college that the 
members thereof be in commons," and recommended that " speedy and effectual care should be 
taken that the law on that subject be carried into execution." The corporation immediately 
passed a vote to this effect, "but unfortunately," says Quincy, in his History of Harvard College, 
" the provision for various reasons was a dead letter from the very beginning." Ten years later 
the Overseers endeavored to revive the statute and restrained students from lodging or boarding 
in private houses, on the ground that life in commons would very much contribute to the health 
of the students, facilitate study, and prevent extravagance. The corporation regarded the 
suggestion as impracticable; yet from the building of Hollis Hall at Harvard until the present 
beautiful edifice of the Harvard Union, Harvard has attempted to stimulate and develop the 
communion and social life of students at Cambridge. 

The history of social development at Chicago proves that the University has profited by 
the light of experience. It is an interesting story of social experimentation, adaptation, and 
development. The Quinquennial Convocation statement of the President, made July 2, 1896, 
admirably describes this genesis: 

There were at first no bonds of association, and only to the slightest extent was there acquaint- 
anceship of any kind. Bold and courageous were those first men and women who began work October 
1, 1892. The recollection of life in the Beatrice, and the removal of the women to Snell in the spring, 

will never be forgotten by those who took part in these experiences The decision of the Faculty 

to discourage the organization of fraternities now seems to have contributed much to the confusion of 
earlier years. There was, however, everywhere the presence of an excellent spirit, and the pioneer 
days performed no slight service in developing character that would not otherwise have been 
developed. At the beginning of the second year the House system was adopted, and immediately 
social organization began to take form. Meantime several efforts were put forth to organize literary 
societies, and these, with the associations formed in connection with the University of Chicago Weekly 
and other similar efforts, furnished the basis for still further development. The simple division of all 
undergraduate students into two classes .... prevented all friction of a traditional character between 
Freshmen and Sophomores, and at the same time encouraged a more independent feeling on the part 
of the younger students as compared with those who had been longer engaged in college work. The 
large number of graduate students unquestionably exerted restraining influence upon the under- 
graduates — an influence, however, which was upon the whole good. The same influence was exerted 
by the life of the Houses, especially in the women's Houses, where graduate and undergraduate women 
have lived together. The athletic activity was cultivated vigorously from the beginning. Here more 
than anywhere else paternalism may be said to have existed. The University did not wait for the 
students to organize. The work of the athletic field was placed under the direct supervision of a 
University officer. The results show that under certain circumstances paternalism is an effective 
agency. The Monday receptions instituted soon after the organization of the Houses have contributed 

perhaps more than any other single agency to the general social life of the students Naturally 

the Senior students took in hand the celebration of Washington's birthday, and the custom of 
Junior College Day seems to have become a law. Within two years the exercises connected with 
graduation have become more and more distinctive, until now certain events of a specific character 
seem to have become permanent. The more important traditions of student life may be regarded as 
established. 



The House System at the University 389 

It will be seen by this statement that from the beginning the University of Chicago appre- 
ciated the educational importance of the social life of the student. It recognized the fact that 
the student's development is determined almost, if not quite, as much by contact with his 
fellows as with the libraries, laboratories, and his teachers. But it required some time to 
discover the most happy method of association among the students. It was not until 1893 that, 
in accordance with this appreciation, the system of the University Houses was established, a 
"House" being understood to be a group of members of the University entitled to continuous 
residence in a particular Hall, this residence being limited to students in attendance upon 
courses in the University, and to ofBcers of the University. Each House had a Head, appointed 
by the President of the University ; a Counselor, chosen from the Faculty of the University by 
the members of the House ; a House Committee, elected by the members of the House, of which 
House Committee the Head of the House was chairman and the Counselor an ex officio member; 
and a secretary and treasurer, elected by the members of the House. 

The adoption of this form of administration was in June, 1893, although the application of 
it was deferred until the ensuing autumn. It was the result of a request by the Deans of the 
University, made to the Faculties of Arts, Literature, and Science, to appoint a Parietal Com- 
mittee which should consider the details of student and University life upon the grounds of the 
University as well as at a distance from these grounds. This committee held a meeting and 
considered the various problems presented by the members of the committee. In view of the 
circumstances, at this meeting of the committee it was not found possible to formulate anything 
that was in any sense satisfactory. A little later the Council of the University took up the 
matter, and as the result of its work a plan was proposed which was submitted to various 
members of the Faculty, to the Parietal Committee, to a Committee of the Board of Trustees on 
Organization, and finally to the Board of Trustees itself. This plan, after many modifications 
and many suggestions, combined, as well as could be combined, the wisdom of many persons, 
and was legally adopted. 

A word or two of explanation as to the origin, and what might be called the philosophy, 
of the plan may be of interest. 

In the University life there were many things to draw students apart, many departments of 
work, many difPerent interests, many instructors, and very many courses of instruction. From 
the beginning the University did not have that influence which comes from class organization. 
The University had been organized upon another scheme. No one doubts for a minute that 
there is a great gain in all that constitutes class interest, but it was thought that this gain 
might be secured in some other way. No one doubted for a minute the need of some interest 
which would bring those of kindred spirits together and bind them into a unit. In an institu- 
tion as large as the University of Chicago it was entirely out of the question that every man 
and woman in the institution could know or become intimate with every other man and woman. 
In the nature of things this was impossible. In a small college, where the number is limited 
to but one or two or three hundred students, it is possible; and here without doubt is one of 
the strongest arguments in favor of the small college and smaller institutions. But might not 
a great university accomplish this same result by being organized in such a way that there 
might be the equivalent of many smaller colleges, so that those who were like-minded might 
associate together? For this purpose, and in part also to introduce the principle of self- 
government, the plan of the House system was adopted. It was understood that these Houses, 
as they were organized, should cultivate the individual spirit ; that each House should have its 
own traditions and its own interests ; that there should be a rivalry, but a generous rivalry, 
between Houses. It was understood that the control of the House should be in the hands of 
those who constituted the membership, yet with certain safeguards established. The Head of 



890 The President's Report 

the House was to be appointed by the President. This meant that the Head was in every case 
confirmed by the Board of Trustees, and by virtue of this appointment and confirmation became 
an oiScer of the University. The Councilor, selected from some Faculty of the University, was 
the representative of the House in Faculty meetings. He was to have in his hands the public 
interests of the House. Aside from these officers, the remainder of the organization was entirely 
in the hands of the members of the House. The executive committee was the committee 
chosen by those who lived in the House ; the secretary and treasurer was elected by the 
members of the House ; in real truth, each House was to be self -governed. 

A more important fact, from the point of view of the constitution of the House, was that 
the membership of the House was to be determined by those who already had become members. 
This practically made a House a club or a society. Those who had once gained membership in 
a House decided, within certain limitations, who should afterward become members of the 
House. There were, of course, many possibilities of vacancies in the House, and for the interest 
of the members of the House, as well as for the interests of the University, it was necessary that 
these vacancies be filled, and provision was made in the plan for the temporary filling of such 
vacancies. But a guest, a temporary occupant of a room in the House, occupied it only for a 
specific number of weeks, and if at the end of that time the guest were not elected to member- 
ship, the guest had no longer any claim upon the room which he or she might have occupied. 
This meant that no person should become a permanent member of the House without the 
consent of those who had already become members of the House, and was a most important 
feature of the plan, for its assured congeniality among the members. 

The plan of working all four Quarters in the year, of welcoming students who were able to 
come for only a single Quarter, made it necessary that rooms upon the groimds should be 
furnished. It seemed wise to render all the assistance that could be rendered in this matter, 
and so the Trustees proposed to provide the money for the furnishing of the Houses upon 
terms the examination of which shows that they were businesslike and reasonable. This plan 
allowed those who so desired to have a House furnished with some degree of elegance. It 
even permitted those who so desired to have a House furnished very elegantly. It enabled 
members of the Houses who might wish to do so, to purchase and put into the House any 
fm-niture that they might desire ; but a restriction was put upon all furniture for which the 
House paid only a percentage. It was not thought wise that those who were present today, 
for example, should establish a debt too large for those who were to follow, and hence the 
Trustees provided that all furniture which was to be purchased and for which the Trustees 
were to advance the money must be purchased by an officer of the Board of Trustees and 
purchased upon a requisition approved by a committee of the Board which has charge of the 
buildings.^ 

In pursuance of the new policy, thus somewhat fully outlined, the dormitories occupied 
by the men and women students of the University were first organized as Houses, distinction 
being given by prefixing the name of the Hall to the House. The first Houses were established 
under the above form in October, 1893. These were Beecher Hall, Kelly Hall, and Foster 
Hall, whose charter members had been residents of the Beatrice. In December Graduate Hall 
and Middle and South Divinity were organized under the House system. Snell Hall, the first 
undergraduate House for men, was organized in January, 1894. Green Hall, the largest of the 
women's Houses, was established on December 13, 1898. 

The government of each House was intended to be, and is yet, a democracy, the power of 
the Head, except in the case of certain broad University regulations, being limited to the 
enforcement of statutes framed by the House members. For three principles have been upper- 

1 Adapted from remarks made by President Harper in Chapel, June 20, 1893 (unprinted) . 



The House System at the University 391 

most in the minds of those most interested in organizing and influencing the life and activities 
of the students of the University : unity, liberty, and equality. 

Within a short time, however, after the inauguration of the House system, modification 
was made necessary, owing to the fact that various Greek-letter fraternities had entered the 
University. At the inception of the University the methods of this kind of organization were 
believed by some to be in distinct antagonism to the ends desired by the administration ; the 
original thought of the University authorities was to discourage every effort at the establishment 
of fraternities at Chicago, where it was aimed to foster the spirit of a great university rather 
than of a provincial college. The error of this policy was soon seen, however, and the general 
vote of the Trustees in 1893 allowed fraternities to enter. The action was taken without special 
reference to the effect on the somewhat complicated and extremely important form of House 
organization which was then in process of formation. The results have been most gratifying. 
It is an undoubted fact that in the authorization of the Greek-letter fraternities the University 
created the opportunity to stimulate House life among the students, and at the same time 
eliminate the undesirable features of the fraternity system. By becoming members of the 
larger House system the fraternities at Chicago stand in much more healthful relations to each 
other and to the student body as a whole, and to the Faculty, than is usual elsewhere ; for they 
are not in the position of student organizations merely tolerated, but are normal, co-operating 
organs of the whole University life. 

The following Greek-letter Houses, organized outside the Quadrangles, have been 
recognized by the University: 

1. Delta Kappa Epsilon House, 5754 Woodlawn avenue; established December, 1893. 
Councilor, Associate Professor J. E. Angell; Head, Professor Shailer Mathews. 

2. Phi Kappa Psi House, 5635 Lexington avenue; established January 4, 1894. Councilor, 
Professor George Lincoln Hendrickson; Head, Dr. D. J. Lingle. 

3. Beta Theta Pi House, 5806 Washington avenue; established January 25, 1894. Coun- 
cilor, Associate Professor F. W. Shepardson; Head, Associate Professor Wilham Bishop Owen. 

4. Alpha Delta Phi House; established March 20, 1896. Councilor, Professor G. S, Good- 
speed; Head, Dr. Joseph Edward Eaycroft. 

5. Sigma Chi House, 5723 Washington avenue; established January 23, 1897. Councilor, 
Associate Professor S. H. Clark; Head, Director Newman Miller. 

6. Phi Delta Theta House, 5719 Monroe avenue; established February 18, 1897. Councilor, 
Associate Professor John W. Moncrief ; Head, W. E. Godso. 

7. Psi Upsilon House, 6006 Woodlawn avenue; established November 24, 1897. Councilor, 
Professor Robert Francis Harper; Head, Assistant Professor George Carter Howland. 

8. Delta Tau Delta House, 5731 Monroe avenue; established May, 1898. Councilor, 
■ ; Head, Associate Professor Alexander Smith. 

9. Chi Psi House, 6028 Kimbark avenue; established November 25, 1898. Councilor, 
Professor John Matthews Manly; Head, Assistant Professor Walter A. Payne. 

10. Delta Upsilon House, 6018 Kimbark avenue; established January, 1901. Councilor, 
Assistant Professor R. M. Lovett; Head, Dr. James Westfall Thompson. 

11. Phi Gamma Delta House, 341 E. Fifty-third street; established May, 1902. Councilor, 
Professor John M. Coulter; Head, Professor Wilbur S. Jackman. 

12. Sigma Alpha Epsilon House, 6116 Lexington avenue; established 1902. Councilor) 
Mr. A. R. Hatton; Head, Mr. F. G. Smith. 

But apart from its connection with dormitory and fraternity life, the House system, soon 
after its inauguration, was destined to experience other expansion. Notwithstanding the establish- 
ment of Houses in the Quadrangles, and the organization of fraternities into University Houses, 



392 The President's Eepoet 

outside the Quadrangles, a radical social need still remained for which there was no provision. 
This sprang from the large number of students — nearly 40 per cent, of the body — which came 
from the city of Chicago and vicinity. Most of these, who lived at home, and a large per cent, 
of them at a distance from the University, were getting very little of the University life and 
atmosphere outside the class-room. The situation was briefly described by the President in his 
Quarterly Statement of January 3, 1898: 

Of the twelve hundred students in residence, about one-fourth have homes in the Quad- 
rangles; that is to say, in Halls situated upon the University grounds. Three-fourths of the entire 
number live at a greater or less distance from the University. Many come to the University from the 
North and West Sides of the city. The accommodations provided in the University buildings for 
students who come for the day have been inadequate, and many well-grounded complaints have been 
made. Such students, to their very great disadvantage, have been compelled in many cases to take 
courses which were scheduled for three successive hours, in order that their worlj at the University 
might be finished within the shortest possible time, and an opportunity thus afforded for returning 
home. 

To meet this demand the President announced at this time that the University had appro- 
priated rooms and money for the establishment of two new Houses for men who were day 
students, and, in accordance with the appropriation, Lincoln and Washington Houses were 
organized in February, 1898. The plan of organization was essentially the same as that of the 
other Houses located upon the Campus. The members of the new Houses had headquarters 
assigned. These headquarters consisted of a large room, which formed the home of the 
members during the day. These Houses were in reality clubs, the students themselves 
determining the membership. Each House had its Head appointed by the President. The 
membership was limited to fifty, and was restricted to students not members of other University 
Houses, including fraternities. Prom the beginning these Houses have been successful, being 
formed by a congenial group of men who were not greatly interfered with and managed by the 
Faculty, and who were at liberty to select men of their own stamp, and who built up a tradition 
and perpetuated it. A simple but important element in their success was due to the fact that 
the members had a common luncheon hour and crude facilities for preparing simple food. 

It was determined at this time that, should there be a demand for more than two Houses, 
organization of additional Houses would be considered, and it was thought that this fiurther 
adaptation of the House system would relieve what in the case of many students had been a 
serious hardship and deprivation. The success of Washington and Lincoln Houses emboldened 
thuteen young women of the University not resident in the women's dormitories, late in the 
spring of 1898, to petition for similar accorrimodations for their enjoyment. Recognizing that 
the demand was just, the University, with the generous assistance of Mrs. Rockefeller, fiu'nished 
quarters for Spelman House, named in honor of Mrs. Rockefeller (May 7, 1898). Although the 
efficiency of these Houses was handicapped from the start by their disadvantageous location in 
quarters primarily designed for class-rooms, they have abundantly justified their organization. 

The broad purpose of the House system by this time embodied the hope of organizing 
every group of six or more students living together as an organization outside the Quadrangles 
into a House subject to the general rules of Houses, with such modifications of the rules in each 
case as might be determined by the administrative board. But even without the realization of 
this ideal, the proper supervision of the Houses ah-eady established, and the oversight of 
numerous student organizations of various sorts, demanded more centralization; and therefore, 
on March 19, 1896, the Board of Student Organizations was created, complementary to the 
Board of Physical Culture and Athletics. The spheres of activity of the new Board com- 
prehended students' organizations, publications, and exhibitions. The establishment of the 



The House System at the Univbksity 393 

Board was announced to the public at the end of the Winter Quarter by the President in these 
words : 

Upon the recommendation of the Council, the Trustees have established the Board of Student 
Organizations, Publications, and Exhibitions. This Board is charged with the execution of all 
University regulations bearing upon the University Houses, student fraternities, student publica- 
tions, and also general supervision of all student entertainments and exhibitions. It will be the 
policy of the Board to encourage these student activities and in no way to interfere with or repress 
them. The large freedom which from the beginning has been granted the students of the University 
will be continued, and every effort will be put forth by the new Board to encourage the development 
of student activity within reasonable limits. The college is a place for study, but the college life 
includes more than study. The life of the student must be considered in all the elements which 
make up that life. 

The most ideal institution of learning, so far as the word home is concerned, is Oxford, 
where the colleges are only houses developed. Yet even if the University of Chicago could 
have a garden for the use of the members of each House, the Oxford ideal would be far from 
realization. The American college fraternity lodge or students' dormitory inclines to be like a 
modern club, yet the mediaevalism of immemorial tradition still remains to a certain degree 
in social and domestic life among college men. It is tmfortunate that a certain amoimt of 
defiance or independence of the best social usage is considered a possession to be fostered in 
their life. All this is wholly counter to what is best in the House system, which at Chicago is 
yet in its formative stages, particularly in the case of the men's Houses upon the Campus. 

In the spring of 1900 a Committee on Membership in the University Houses applied to 
the House secretaries with very poor success, so far as the men's Houses were concerned, and on 
September 25, 1900, reported to the Board of Student Organizations that " the House member- 
ship seems to be only a matter of form in the men's Houses whose organization has been 
examined, while in the women's Houses it is developing along the lines anticipated by the 
Council and is growing to be more and more an influential agency in the personal and social 
life of the University." Despite the marked success of the women's Houses, the futiure, 
however, must see an adaptation of the House life of the University of Chicago to the local 
women's societies. At present the opportunity afforded by the great community of interest and 
social sympathy existing among the members of the various women's societies is not cultivated 
as it should be. It may be that living together in separate dwellings, as in the case of the 
fraternity men, may not prove expedient, but a compromise is possible. The erection of 
women's dormitories, divided after the model of Hitchcock Hall, into distinct sections, would at 
once respond to the desires of separate social groups of women, and at the same time preserve 
the larger unity which is so fine a social feature of the women's Halls. The history of a Hall 
like Green or Foster is a story with a moral not to be ignored. The report of a committee on a 
plan for the future development of the Junior Colleges, submitted on May 17, 1902, to the 
Junior College Faculty, to the effect that the future residence Quadrangles east and west of the 
main Campus be subdivided into Houses, each with its own commons and resident Head, and 
that Houses or clubs with common luncheon be provided for students who live outside the 
University, already points this way. The essential reason for the variation apparent between 
the social life of the men and of the women seems to be the fact that the women enjoy real 
home life, while the men do not. Where there is no common table, it is diflScult for men young 
or old to be social and intirnate. The best nucleus of social life is some sort of a club table, and 
the new Commons, when opened, is quite likely to stimulate this form of student association. 

The following features would seem to be essential, if House life among the men of the 
University is to be made a success: First, the house must not be too large as to membership. 



394 The President's Eepoet 

Second, there must be a common dining-room, or at least a club table, in the Commons. Third, 
there must be a common meeting-place — library, lounging room, or something of the sort. The 
main defects of Snell have related to the club room, which was not very well adapted to this 
purpose. The club room of each House ought to be commodioiis, convenient, comfortably 
furnished, and provided with some writing materials. It ought to have on the walls photo- 
graphs of former members, and other things which will give distinctive character to the place. 
In these apartments the tables should be small, the public rooms large, and there should be no 
long corridors. Fourth, there must be a control of membership by the body of the House. If 
the administration is to foist anybody upon the group, the principles of selection and self- 
perpetuation disappear; and these are fundamental to the real growth of a House tradition. 
Obviously, therefore, the matter of the selection of the Head of the House is one of prime 
importance. He should be a man of some degree of executive ability, of such strength of 
character as to command the respect of all the members of the House, and at the same time one 
who should be both an example worthy of imitation in the matter of personal conduct, and of 
social ability, so as to give a tone to the whole social life of the House. In this connection it 
may be suggested that the present deans' system might be modified so that Heads of Houses 
of those students under their respective supervision be made deans — an innovation which would 
be likely to bring the student seeking for direction in his study into connection with the one 
most familiar with his position and attainments. The office of Head, it is plain, is one of 
influence, capable and worthy of development. The Head in every case should be a resident 
member of the House. That this is not so in the case of the fraternity Houses is a serious 
deficiency in the House administration. There is a wide difference between the efficiency of 
the Head of the House and the Councilor thereof. In general it may be said that the Coim- 
cilors, except in the case of the women's Houses, do not seem to have been very useful. Another 
change which might be tried is that of making Heads of Houses ex officio members of the Board 
of Student Organizations. 

The question of maintaining discipline in the undergraduate Houses upon the Campus is 
a more difficult one than in the case of those which are fraternity lodges. The temptation to 
and the undesirability of "rough housing" are patent to all familiar with student ways, but in 
the latter organizations the risk of imperiling or destroying furniture and other property, which 
is owned by the House members, acts as a deterrent, while in the men's undergraduate dormi- 
tories the property, belonging to the University, is of so public a character that thoughtless 
students lose respect for property rights. The remedy seems to lie in increasing the respon- 
sibility and powers of the Head, while at the same time the student is held sharply to account 
for any destruction which may occur. Beyond this perhaps it should be urged that the build- 
ings, either by the Head of the House or perhaps by some other University officer, require 
frequent inspection as to the condition of the furniture, bedding, etc. Perhaps the Head is 
the best person upon whom to lay this responsibility. But one can'easily imagine that in some 
cases a man fitted to be Head would not be willing to take the responsibility in this matter. 

The benefits accruing to the student from congenial House life during his or her residence 
at the University are manifold. It has been truly said that 

the student who lives in a private family does not enjoy the full advantage of University lite. The 
student who lives at home, though enjoying for this reason special privileges, nevertheless loses many 

of the important privileges of University life The ideal college and university life will be 

attained only in those cases in which the life of the individual is brought into the closest contact with 
the life of many other individuals, and this is impossible when students isolate themselves and main- 
tain association in large measure with those who have no connection with the University The 

development of University life is largely dependent upon the growth of the University Houses. 



The House System at the University 395 

Some of the advantages alluded to are: tte increase of good fellowship among all; the 
stimulus given to students having local residence, who are least likely to get into the spirit of 
college life; closer inspection of and more interest in the life of the students; social culture for 
many who at present have no social opportunity. The words of the President in the Quarterly 
Statement made October 1, 1896, are both a prophecy and a promise: 

The time will come when every student of the University will be a member of a University House. 
This time, however, cannot come until more University Houses have been built, and until provision is 
made for residence at the University during the day of those who from necessity must live at home or 
with friends in the city. The development of University life is largely dependent upon the growth of 
the University Houses, and the increase in the number of students who live upon the University 
grounds. 

Kespectfully submitted, 

James Westpall Thompson, 

Director of University Houses. 



REPORTS OF THE LABORATORIES 



THE YERKES OBSERYATORY 

To the President of the University: 

Sir: I beg to present my report on the work of the Yerkes Observatory for the period 
covered by your forthcoming report on the condition of the University — July 1, 1899, to June 
30, 1902. A sketch of the circumstances connected with the establishment of the Observatory 
by Mr. Yerkes, and a brief description of the buildings and instruments, are given in the First 
Annual Report of the Director. The present report deals almost exclusively with the period 
which has ejapsed since the publication of my report for the year ending June 30, 1899. Much 
valuable information on the work of various departments of research, derived from data furnished 
by members of the staff, may be found in the more detailed statements given below. In these 
introductory pages I shall confine my remarks to some of the more general questions which 
concern the Observatory. 

PLAN OF WOEK 

The plan of work entered upon by the Yerkes Observatory in 1897 was defined by two 
closely related considerations: (1) the fields of research which under all the circumstances 
seemed to promise the best returns, and (2) the importance of realizing in the fullest possible 
degree the special qualities of the forty-inch telescope. 

Hitherto, in view of the necessity of constructing in our own shops the greater part of the 
auxiliary apparatus required, it has been impossible to bring into effect a well-rounded plan of 
research. But, one by one, such instruments as a three and one-fourth-inch transit, a six-inch 
comet-seeker, a double-slide plate-carrier for the forty-inch telescope, the Bruce spectrograph, the 
two-foot reflector, and the apparatus necessary to equip the spectroscopic laboratories, have been 
completed and brought into use. At the present time, although much important work of con- 
struction remains to be done, the equipment of the Observatory is sufficiently complete to permit 
many of the details of a general plan of research, which has been contemplated from the outset, 
to be described. 

THE FOETY-INCH YEEKES TELESCOPE 

A statement regarding the performance of the great refractor may be found on p. 407. The 
result of the test of the object-glass by Professor Hartmann's new and valuable method is most 
satisfactory. Professor Hartmann states that, so far as can be determined from measures of the 
photographs sent to him, the forty-inch is superior to any objective, large or small, that he has 
yet tested. The telescopes tested by Professor Hartmann include many of the best instruments 
of both European and American opticians. 

The performance of the mounting, dome, and rising-floor has also been entirely satisfactory, 
and much credit is due to Messrs. Warner & Swasey for their successful work. 

MICEOMETEIG OBSEEVATIONS 

The forty-inch telescope, on account of its great apertiu-e and focal length, the stability 
and perfection of its mounting, and its ease of manipulation, is admirably adapted for micro- 
metric measurements of all kinds. At present, four nights of each week are devoted to such 
work. On two of these nights Professor Burnham is engaged in the measurement of double 
stars. Up to the time of publication of his " General Catalogue of 1290 Double Stars," ' Professor 

1 Publications of the Yei-Jces Observatory^ Vol. I. 

399 



400 The President's Eepoet 

Bumham devoted his nights with the forty -inch to the measurement of /S stars for the purposes of 
the Catalogue. Since that time, as is explained more fully on p. 408, he has been engaged in 
the measurement of a long list of neglected double stars, taken in large part from the catalogues 
of the Herschels. Much of the efiFectiveness of Professor Bumham 's work is due to his invariable 
adherence to a carefully considered plan, from which he permits himself to deviate for no side- 
issues, however attractive they may be. This accounts for the fact that he has found very few 
new double stars with the forty-inch telescope. All of these were picked up accidentally. If he 
had made a regular search for such objects, there can be no doubt that hundreds would have 
been added to his long list of discoveries. 

Professor Barnard's micrometric work has also been pursued with very definite objects in 
view, but it has covered a wider field. If I am not mistaken, his measures of the fifth satellite 
of Jupiter are the only ones published during the past few years. These show a remarkable 
degree of precision, and afford excellent evidence of the qualities of the forty-inch telescope for 
exact micrometric work on the faintest and most diiEcult objects. There is good reason to 
believe that his extensive measures of Eros, which represent the contribution of the Yerkes 
Observatory to the recent international campaign for the determination of the solar parallax, 
will prove to be exceedingly well adapted for their piurpose. His triangulations of star clusters 
have involved an immense amount of work, and should be of great value, both for the detection 
of possible changes and for comparison with measures of photographs of these clusters taken by 
Mr. Eitchey with the same telescope. A more complete account of Professor Barnard's micro- 
metric work may be found on p. 408. Attention is called to the measures of stars in the 
Pleiades, made in an investigation of the variation of the focal length of the objective with the 
temperature. It would be interesting to compare these with similar results obtained with other 
large telescopes. 

CELESTIAL PHOTOGEAPHT 

The possibility of using the forty-inch refractor as a photographic telescope, which Mr. 
Kitchey's work with a color screen and isochromatic plates has so amply demonstrated, was not 
foreseen when the first plans for research with this instrument were made. In view of the 
uncertainty which still exists regarding systematic errors that may affect visual and photo- 
graphic measures of star places, it is fortunate that by this simple means it becomes possible to 
use a single telescope, with no change of objective or focal length, for both classes of work. In 
the stellar parallax campaign which is planned for the immediate futvure, a simultaneous visual 
and photographic study of the parallax of certain stars will be made with the forty-inch 
telescope. As it should also be possible to use the new coelostat reflector for simultaneous work, 
both visual and photographic, on the same stars, there would seem to be an exceptional oppor- 
tunity to discover sources of systematic error, especially as the coelostat reflector is wholly free 
from flexure. 

The large scale of the photographs taken with the forty-inch telescope, and the sharpness 
of definition made possible by the use of a double-slide plate-carrier, should permit a high 
degree of precision to be attained in measures of star places made with their aid. The Obser- 
vatory does not yet possess a measuring machine for use in both co-ordinates, but, through the 
kindness of Miss Whitney, the excellent Kepsold machine belonging to the Vassar College 
Observatory was loaned to us during the summer of 1901. The measures of stellar photographs 
made by Professor Barnard with this machine, and compared with his visual results, were 
exceedingly satisfactory. As soon as measuring machines can be obtained, it is hoped that 
much work may be done on photographs made with the large refractor. 

Photographs of the Moon taken with the same instrument by Mr. Eitchey are remarkably 
sharp, and selenographers have stated that they exhibit many details not previously recorded 



The Yekkes Observatory 401 

photographically. In view of the recent publication of photographic maps of the Moon, it has 
not been considered advisable to make a new one, but enlargements from selected regions 
will soon be published. Some of the negatives have been sent to Mr. S. A. Saunder, of Berks, 
England, at his request for measurement. 

A comparison of photographs of the same objects taken by Mr. Ritchey with the forty- 
inch refractor and the two-foot reflector brings out in a striking way the relative advan- 
tages of the two instruments for work of this kind. On account of the great focal length 
(sixty-four feet) of the forty-inch telescope, the scale of photographs taken with this instrument 
is eight times that of photographs taken with the reflector. The star images are larger in the 
case of the forty-inch But as settings can be made on them with a linear error hardly greater 
than that with the small scale pictures, the precision of the resulting measures is many times 
greater. The angular field of good definition is doubtless considerably larger with the refractor 
than with the reflector, but the field actually included on the 8X10 plate employed with the 
forty-inch is not larger than the field of good definition with the reflector. In all other particu- 
lars the reflector has very great advantages. For example, stars beyond the reach of the forty- 
inch refractor can be photographed with the two-foot reflector in forty-five minutes. In the 
case of nebulae the advantages of the reflector are far greater. The absence of chromatic aber- 
ration and absorption, which gives the reflector its power of photographing so quickly, is 
equally important in spectroscopic work, for which the reflector seems eminently adapted. For 
a continuation of Professor Nichols's research on the heat radiated by the stars (p. 422), a great 
reflector will be indispensable. The bearing of these facts on the importance of mounting our 
five-foot mirror is obvious. 

THE FIVE-FOOT REFLECTOR 

As stated in my First Annual Eeport, a five-foot mirror for a reflecting telescope, con- 
structed in our optical shop at the expense of Mr. William E. Hale, was offered by him to the 
University on condition that funds be obtained to mount and house it. The University decided 
to accept this offer if it could obtain the necessary funds, but no money has been secured for 
the purpose. Meanwhile, the work of Keeler and Perrine with the three-foot Crossley reflector, 
and that of Eitchey with the two-foot reflector built in our own shops, has convinced astrono- 
mers of the great advantages of reflecting telescopes. In November, 1901, a circular letter was 
sent to a number of astronomers and physicists, requesting their opinion regarding the most 
powerful telescope that could be constructed for use in various specified fields of astrophysical 
research. Eeplies were received from Mr. C. G. Abbot, Washington; Sir Eobert Ball, 
Cambridge (England); Professor A. B^lopolsky, Pulkowa; Professor W. W. Campbell, Mount 
Hamilton; Mr. W. H. M. Christie, Greenwich; Dr. A. A. Common, London; Professor G. C. 
Comstock, Madison; Professor A. Cornu, Paris; Sir William Huggins, London; Professor H. 
Kayser, Bonn; Dr. S. P. Langley, Washington; Sir Norman Lockyer, London; Professor A. A. 
Michelson, Chicago ; Mr. H. F, Newall, Cambridge (England) ; Professor Simon Newcomb, 
Washington; Professor E. F. Nichols, Hanover; Professor E. C. Pickering, Cambridge (Mass.); 
Professor J. K. Eees, New York; Professor A. Eicc5, Catania; Professor Arthur Schuster, 
Manchester; Professor H. H. Turner, Oxford; Professor H. C. Vogel, Potsdam; Mr. W. E. 
Wilson, Daramona, Ireland ; Professor Max Wolf, Heidelberg ; and Professor C. A. Young, 
Princeton. The opinion was unanimous that a great reflecting telescope, provided with such a 
mirror as the one of five feet aperture constructed here, would be decidedly superior to any 
other instrument for our purpose, and would render possible many advances quite beyond the 
range of existing telescopes. It is greatly to be hoped that the funds necessary to mount the 
five-foot mirror can be obtained very soon. 



402 The President's Repoet 

spectroscopy 

Spectroscopic research at the Yerkes Observatory is conducted along three converging 
lines, involving stellar, solar, and laboratory investigations. The importance of this three-fold 
mode of attack seems to me very great. Observations of stellar spectra include (1) the meas- 
urement of stellar motions in the line of sight, and (2) the detailed investigation of all the lines, 
for the identification of the chemical elements present in the star's atmosphere, the study of its 
physical constitution, and the determination of the star's place in some general scheme of 
stellar evolution. With the aid of suitable instruments, immense advances in our knowledge 
of stellar evolution can be made when stellar spectroscopy is studied alone. But when it is 
remembered that the Sun is the only star which is near enough the Earth to allow its indi- 
vidual phenomena to be investigated, while all' the other stars are mere points of light in the 
most powerful telescopes, it becomes obvious that solar research is absolutely essential to the 
interpretation of stellar phenomena, and that great advantages must result from the simul- 
taneous study of both subjects in a single institution. Even this is not enough. Peculiarities 
of stellar and solar spectra, for which no explanation based on existing knowledge is adequate, 
are constantly presenting themselves. It may happen, for example, that the wave-length of a 
certain line is different in different stars; or in an investigation of pressure in the solar 
atmosphere, based upon pressure shifts of the lines, the amount of shift per unit atmosphere 
may not be known for the lines in question; or in a study of the lines widened in Sun-spots it 
may be of the utmost importance to be able to produce reversals of certain lines at will in the 
laboratory. Such examples could be given without number. To me they indicate the great 
desirability of providing means in an observatory for making physical researches whenever they 
may be needed. The equipment of the laboratory should be such as to permit the spectrum of 
any element to be photographed at short notice, under a great variety of conditions of tempera- 
ture, pressure, and potential, in any desu'ed gaseous or liquid medium. Furthermore, to derive 
the full advantage of such an equipment, provision should be made, not only for brief experi- 
ments, but also for extended researches on questions connected with stellar or solar problems. 

stellar spectroscopy 

The principal stellar spectroscopic investigations hitherto conducted at the Yerkes 
Observatory comprise a research on the evolution of the red stars, made by myself, with the 
assistance of Messrs. Ellerman and Parkhurst, and a research on the motion in the line of 
sight of twenty stars of the Orion type, made by Professor Frost and Mr. Adams. The first- 
mentioned research, which has been alluded to in previous reports, is now approaching comple- 
tion; the photographs have been measured and reduced by Mr. Parkhurst, and the results are 
about to be published. Sir Norman Lockyer contends that bright lines are absent from fom'th- 
type spectra, but recent results have only tended to strengthen my earlier conclusion in favor 
of their presence. An important fact brought out by this research is the striking similarity of 
the dark-line spectra of the two types of red stars. If we except the regions just including the 
blue and yellow carbon bands, we find a very close and suggestive agreement of these spectra. 
Further remarks on these stars may be found on another page (p. 414). 

The stellar spectrograph used in the above research was built by Brashear after the design 
of Keeler's Allegheny Observatory spectrograph. The instrument embodies many excellent 
features, but is not suited to work of precision requiring long exposures xmder changing tempera- 
ture. This fact materially affected the accuracy of the work on the red stars, but it made 
itself even more distinctly felt in Professor Frost's and Mr. Adams's investigations of motion in 
the line of sight. Fortunately the defects had already been recognized, and the construction 
of the Bruce spectrograph was well under way before the most serious difficulty with the old 



The Yekkes Observatory 403 

spectrograph was experienced. Except for the prisms, for which more homogeneous glass 
might perhaps be obtained, the Bruce spectrograph leaves nothing to be desired. The results 
obtained with this instrument show a remarkable degree of precision, and are nearly equally 
good for long or short exposiu-es. As magnitude 5J is about the limit of this instrument, it is 
planned to undertake as soon as possible the construction of a spectrograph of smaller disper- 
sion for use with fainter stars. This will be particularly useful in cases where the lines of the 
spectra are broad and ill-defined. 

The question of general co-operation in line of sight investigations is one which will 
naturally arise in the near future. A begiiming has been made, at the instance of Professor 
Frost, through the adoption by the Lick, Potsdam, Cape, Pulkowa, Meudon, Cambridge, 
and Yerkes Observatories of a list of standard stars, to be measured at stated intervals at 
each of these institutions. The check thus afforded on the work of these spectrographs, and the 
consequent detection of systematic errors, should prove invaluable. From such results it 
will ultimately appear whether a more general plan of co-operation is likely to be feasible. 

SOLAE INVESTIGATIONS 

With the renewal of solar activity, and the completion of several instruments required for 
researches on the Sun, it is hoped that a full program of solar observations may soon be in 
progress at the Yerkes Observatory. As no field of investigation offers more promising oppor- 
tunities, it is diflScult to account for the comparative neglect of solar observation during the last 
twenty years. Inaccessibility of site and expense of equipment have not prevented the uni- 
versal observation of total eclipses, but the vast majority of the astronomers who take part in 
these expeditions make no observations of the Sun at home. 

The full program of solar observations prepared for the Yerkes Observatory some years 
ago, which will be fully realized within a few months, includes systematic investigations along 
the following and related lines : 

1 . Direct photography. — Daily photographs of the Sun on a scale of seven inches; large- 
scale photographs of spots and other regions. 

2. Monochromatic ijhotography . — Daily photographs with the spectroheliograph, for 
systematic study of the form, area, distribution, and motion of the calcium and other vapors 
on the disk and in the chromosphere and prominences. Comparative photographs of spots and 
other regions in various bright and dark lines, and other special researches. 

3. Daily photographs of the spectrum — 

a) Of Sun-spots, for the systematic study of the positions and intensities of the widened 
lines and the bright H and K lines. 

b) Of various regions of the photosphere, for the study of the bright H and K lines, and 
the detection of possible changes in the position and intensity of dark lines. 

c) A special series of photographs, taken at the shortest practicable time intervals near 
the Sun-spot maximum, in order to register, if possible, such remarkable changes in the 
reversing layer as are referred to on p. 416. 

4. Special researches, radiometric, visual, and photographic, on the spectrum of the revers- 
ing layer and the chromosphere with a large solar image and powerful grating spectroscope. 

5. Investigations on the solar rotation, determined with the spectroheliograph and by 
spectrographic observations of the photosphere, spots, chromosphere, and prominences. 

6. Radiometric investigations of various kinds. 

7. Visual observations to supplement those made photographically. 

Much time has been devoted to the construction and perfection of the instruments 
required for these various pieces of work. Several of the researches enumerated are now in 
progress, and the others wiU be imdertaken very soon. 



404 The President's Repoet 

laboeatoey eeseaeohes 

The provision of a well-equipped spectroscopic laboratory, for which space was reserved in 
the plans of the Observatory, was begun by the erection of the Kenwood four-inch concave 
grating spectroscope in 1897. Several investigations were made with this instrument, but con- 
tinuous laboratory work was not undertaken until July, 1900. During the previous winter, in 
connection with our observations of Nova Persei, I had endeavored to repeat Wilsing's experi- 
ments on the spectrum of a spark between metallic poles in liquids, but no alternating dynamo 
was then available, and in other respects the equipment proved inadequate. This work was 
therefore deferred until the summer of 1900, when a small alternating dynamo, kindly loaned 
us by Professor Crew, of Northwestern University, and subsequently purchased for the spectro- 
scopic laboratory by Dr. George S. Isham, became available for use with a transformer giving 
15,000 or 30,000 volts. With the assistance of Dr. N. A. Kent, I then undertook an investigation 
of the spectriun of the spark in air at high pressm-es, and subsequently returned to the work on 
the spark in liquids. Meanwhile, largely through the generosity of Dr. Isham, the spectro- 
scopic laboratory had been fitted up in the manner described on p. 420. At present it is 
possible to investigate the spectriun of any element under various conditions of pressure, tem- 
peratiure, etc. The use of a circular table, with apparatus arranged on its circumference for 
producing a spark or arc in air at atmospheric pressure, in gases at high pressm-es, in liquids, etc., 
with a central mirror permitting the light from any source to be brought into instant adjust- 
ment on the slit of the spectroscope, has proved to be very convenient in practice. 

OCELOSTAT EEFLEOTOK 

In planning the Yerkes Observatory a heliostat room about one hundred feet long, with 
sliding roof at one end, was provided. This room has already proved very valuable in several 
investigations, the most important of which was Professor Nichols's research on the heat radia- 
tion of the stars. A large Fahrenheit heliostat, with mirrors two feet in diameter, was to be 
erected in the heliostat room for use with a long focus mirror for the photography of nebulae, 
etc., and for certain spectroscopic investigations. The great excellence of the photographs of 
the corona and prominences obtained by Professor Barnard and Mr. Kitchey with a ccelostat at 
the total eclipse of May 28, 1900, and the fact that the field of the ccelostat does not rotate, led 
me to decide on the construction of a ccelostat reflecting telescope of great focal length, and to 
defer the construction of the heliostat. It was thought best to erect the new instrument in a 
separate building on the Observatory grounds, and to reserve the heliostat room for miscella- 
neous work with the heliostat, which will be constructed later. 

The detailed scheme for the ccelostat and other parts of the horizontal telescope, as worked 
out by Mr. Ritchey, involve the use of a thirty-inch plane ccelostat muTor, a twenty-foiu'-inch 
plane mirror to give the desired direction to the horizontal beam, and a twenty-four-inch con- 
cave mirror of sixty-two feet focal length. The last mirror can be replaced by a twenty-foiu:- 
inch concave mirror of one himdred and sixty -five feet focal length when the conditions warrant. 
The image can be received (1) on a plate mounted in a double-slide plate-carrier; (2) on the 
slit of a concave grating spectrograph of fifteen feet focal length (with collimator lens to obviate 
astigmatism), mounted in a constant-temperature laboratory for photographing stellar spectra ; 
(3) on the slit of a concave (or plane) grating spectrograph of twenty-one feet (or eighteen feet) 
focal length, for solar observations; (4) on the slit of a spectroheliograph designed to photo- 
graph a solar image seven inches in diameter. The ccelostat and most of the other instruments 
are ready for use, and will soon be given a trial. 

We hope to accomplish two important results with this apparatus: (1) to make a thorough 
test, both photographic and visual, of a reflecting telescope, mounted in the ccelostat form, in 



The Yerkes Observatory 405 

comparison with the forty-inch refractor, which has nearly the same focal length as one of the 
reflector mirrors; (2) to take advantage of the excellent conditions of a constant-temperature 
physical laboratory in both stellar and solar spectroscopic work. 

CO-OPERATION IN RESEARCH 

The benefits which may result from co-operation in research have been clearly illustrated 
in recent astronomical and astrophysical work, most recently in the international campaign 
for the determination of the solar parallax from observations of Eros. Professor Barnard's 
long series of micrometric observations of Eros, made in conjunction with the general plans 
of the international congress, are reduced and will soon be published. There can be no doubt 
that a series of photographs of Eros, taken with the forty-inch telescope and color screen, 
would have proved of great value. At the period of the opposition, however, the color-screen 
method was undergoing its first tests, and it did not seem advisable under the circumstances to 
devote to photography time which could be used advantageously in visual work. 

A second co-operative research in which the Yerkes Observatory has been glad to take part 
was inaugurated by Professor Pickering, for the purpose of observing photometrically sets of 
comparison stars for variables which are very faint at minimum. The telescopes engaged in 
this work are the fifteen-inch of the Harvard Observatory, the twenty-six -inch of the McCormick 
Observatory, the thirty-six-inch of the Lick Observatory, and the forty-inch of the Yerkes 
Observatory. Mr. Parkhurst's report on the observations already made here may be foimd on 
p. 419. 

I have alluded elsewhere to the co-operative observations of the radial velocities of certain 
standard stars, in which the Lick, Potsdam, Pulkowa, Cambridge, Meudon, Cape, and Yerkes 
Observatories are taking part. It is probable that further co-operative work in this field, as 
well as in other departments of astrophysical research, will prove to be deskable. 

THE VISITING COMMITTEE 

The appointment of a committee to investigate the work of the Observatory and its needs, 
and to report its conclusions annually to the President and Trustees of the University, has 
proved to be an event of importance. According to the constitution adopted, the Committee 
shall consist of at least twelve members, of whom four are to be elected each year to serve for 
three years. At each annual meeting, which is held at the Observatory in June, an eminent 
man of science is invited to be present as a member of the Committee for that year. At the first 
annual meeting, held in Jvme, 1901, Professor E. C. Pickering, Director of the Harvard College 
Observatory, who was present in this capacity, did much to assist in inaugmating the work of 
the Committee. Dr. H. S. Pritchett, President of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
acted in the same capacity in June of the present year. The Committee issued a report in 1901, 
setting forth the needs of the Observatory, and calling special attention to the importance of 
securing funds for additional assistants and computers. The present membership of the 
Committee is as follows: James B. Forgan, Chairman; George S. Isham, Secretary; Henry S. 
Pritchett, Edward E. Ayer, W. J. Chalmers, H. D. Estabrook, John V. Farwell, Jr., Charles G. 
Fuller, Frank G. Logan, Ezra B. McCagg, John J. Mitchell, J. S. Kunnells, H. G. Selfridge. 

SPECIAL INVESTIGATORS 

The mutual advantage of placing certain of the instrumental facilities of the Observatory 
at the disposal of investigators from other institutions, when this can be done without 
interference with the routine work, is well emphasized by such researches as that of Professor 
Nichols on stellar heat radiation, carried out during the summers of 1898 and 1900. Professor 



406 The President's Report 

Nichols will continue this research, as soon as the completion of the five-foot reflector provides 
the indispensable means of doing so. Professor St. John's recent investigations also afford 
evidence of the advantage of this policy, which will be continued in the future. Those who 
come to the Observatory as Volunteer Assistants, after becoming familiar with the work and 
methods, are encouraged to return in subsequent years with the view of undertaking researches 
of their own. 

INSTRUCTION IN ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS 

On account of the special equipment of the Yerkes Observatory, its work must of necessity be 
largely that of an institution devoted to research. Nevertheless, thoroughly qualified students 
have always been made welcome, and every possible facility has been given them to profit by 
the work of the Observatory. Experience has shown that what such students desire is an 
opportunity to have some actual part in the Observatory's work rather than to follow a class- 
room course, such as they might obtain at institutions less thoroughly equipped for research. 
The only practical difficulty which has been experienced has arisen through the inadequacy of 
the Students' Observatory on the University campus. Professor Laves and Dr. Moulton are 
greatly handicapped in their efforts to interest students in astronomical work, and much credit 
is due to them for the success achieved under unfavorable circumstances. As pointed out in 
previous reports, it is of the utmost importance that a well-equipped Students' Observatory 
should be erected on the University campus in the immediate future. Until this is done no 
adequate body of students in Astronomy can be expected at the University of Chicago. The 
great distance of the Yerkes Observatory from the University campus limits the use of its 
facilities to such students as are able to reside at Wilhams Bay. 

WORK OF THE OPTICAL LABORATORY AND INSTRUMENT SHOP 

On p. 427 a list may be found of the instruments which have been constructed in the optical 
laboratory and instrument shop. Without well-equipped shops much of the work already 
accomplished at the Yerkes Observatory could not have been done. It is diflScult to overestimate 
the importance of constructing instruments imder the eye of the designer, and of having the 
means constantly at hand to repair, modify, or reconstruct at will. With the small funds 
available, such a project as the coelostat reflector would never have been undertaken, had it not 
been for the possibility of constructing both the optical and mechanical parts in our own shops. 
It is therefore essential that the efficiency of the shops be maintained, both in the provision of 
necessary tools and in the employment of a suflScient working force. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The various gifts made to the Observatory from time to time have been duly acknowledged 
in the President's Quarterly Statements, but I wish to add a further word here, in view of the 
great importance of the assistance thus received. Mr. Yerkes's continued interest in the work of the 
Observatory, as manifested by his annual gifts for the employment of assistants and computers, 
has been most gratifying, and has led to the accomplishment of much work otherwise beyond 
the reach of our limited staff. Special mention must also bo made of the late Miss Catherine 
W. Bruce, whose numerous contributions have provided for most important needs, which other- 
wise would have been left unsupplied. Dr. Isham's personal interest and participation in the 
laboratory and eclipse work, no less than his provision of eclipse apparatus and a large part of 
the equipment of the spectroscopic laboratory, have been appreciated by every member of the 
staff. In the construction of instruments, which has of necessity occupied a prominent place 
in the work of the Observatory, the encouragement and assistance rendered by the Kumford 



The Yeekes Observatory 407 

Committee of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and the Draper Committee of the 
National Academy of Sciences, have been of the greatest value. The ccelostat reflector, v?hich 
is the largest instrument hitherto constructed in our instrument shop, was undertaken as the 
direct results of grants from these Funds. To these friends of the Observatory, and to many 
others whose aid has been no less important, I desire to repeat our thanks. 

OBSEKVATORY STAFF 

The staff of the Observatory at present is constituted as follows: 

George E. Haie, Professor of Astrophysics and Director (solar, stellar, and laboratory 
spectroscopy). 

S. W. BuKNHAM, Professor of Practical Astronomy (double stars). 

E. E. Babnabd, Professor of Practical Astronomy (micrometric observations, stellar pho- 
tography, etc). 

Edwin B. Frost, Professor of Astrophysics (stellar spectroscopy: velocities in the line of sight). 

G. W. RiTCHBY, Instructor in Practical Astronomy and Superintendent of Instrument Construc- 
tion (instrument design; photography of nebulae, star clusters, etc.). 

Ferdinand Ellerman, Instructor in Astrophysics (solar and stellar spectroscopy, and general 
photography). 

Storbs B. Barrett, Secretary and Librarian (solar spectroscopy). 

Walter S. Adams, Assistant (stellar spectroscopy: velocities in the line of sight). 

J. A. Parkhurst, Assistant (photometry and stellar spectroscopy). 

N. A. Kent, Assistant (laboratory spectroscopy). 

M. C. Hole, stenographer. 

J. A. Johannessen, Instrument Maker. 

O. F. Romaee, Machinist. 

F. R. Sullivan, Engineer in charge of Forty-Inch Telescope. 
F. G, Pease, Optician. 

THE FORTY-INCH REFRACTOR 

Five years have elapsed since the completion of the forty-inch telescope. During the first 
few months of this period, owing to the accident to the rising-floor, the telescope could not be 
used. But since September, 1897, when the reconstruction of the rising-floor was completed, 
the telescope has been in use throughout practically every clear night. With one slight 
exception, which has not affected the results obtained with the telescope, its performance has 
been highly satisfactory. Mr. Carl Lundin, who was with the Clarks for twenty-five years, and 
is now at the head of the Alvan Clark Corporation, readjusted the objective in its cell on August 
29, 1899. This seemed to remove a slight defect which had been noticed in the stellar images. 
It has since returned, however, and more radical measures may be required to correct it. A 
distinct triangularity of the image is noticeable in the case of bright stars, and is most easily 
seen when pointing near the zenith. The angles of the triangle correspond to the three points 
at which the objective is supported in the cell. Thus the effect is probably due to flexure, and 
there is reason to hope that a suitable support system for the objective, which Mr. Eitchey is to 
design, will completely remove it. 

From the tests of the objective made before its acceptance by the late Professor Keeler 
and myself, it appeared that the effect of flexure in so large and heavy an objective would be 
likely to manifest itself in some positions of the telescope. As explained in Professor Keeler's 
report,^ the appearance of flexure at the time of the tests was removed by rotating the flint lens 
in the cell. When finally put in place on the telescope, the objective gave perfect images, and 

2 Astrophysical Journal, Vol. Ill (1896), p. 154. 



408 The President's Report 

met successfully the most severe tests for definition and resolving power. The triangularity of 
the images did not appear until after the objective had been in use for nearly two years af the 
Yerkes Observatory. 

At the request of Professor Hartmann, a diaphragm pierced with a large number of small 
holes was placed over the forty-inch objective, and photographs of a bright star both inside and 
outside of the focus of the telescope were taken by Professor Barnard. The plates were 
measured by Professor Hartmann, who pronounced the object-glass excellent. This method 
of testing, which has revealed serious errors in large objectives by the best Eiu'opean opticians, 
is certain to play an important part in optical work of the futm-e. 

OBSEEVATIONS OF DOUBLE STARS 

(Professor Burnham) 

Up to the end of 1899 Professor Biu:nham was engaged in remeasuring all /3 stars of short 
period, and those of which recent observations were lacking, for use in his " General Catalogue 
of 1290 Double Stars," which appeared in 1900 as Vol. I of the Publications of the Yerkes 
Observatory. Since that time his working list has consisted for the most part of stars not likely 
to be observed elsewhere, selected from the following sources : 

1. Long-neglected and little-known pairs, mainly from the catalogues of the two Herschels 
and Sir James South. Many of these stars have not been measured for from seventy to one 
hundred and twenty years, so that even in very slow-moving systems the change might be 
sufficient to be detected. 

2. Stars noted as double by meridian circle observers, and included in such catalogues as 
Weisse, Argelander, Harvard Zones, A. G. Zones, etc. 

3. Neglected S stars, including wide pairs not measured since observed by Dembowski 
some twenty-five years ago. This part of the work was discontinued on the appearance of 
Hussey's reobservatious of all the Pulkowa stars. 

4. Miscellaneous pairs from more recent catalogues. In many of these cases the original 
observations were incomplete. 

About fifteen hundred of these measures, including only pairs which have been measured 
on at least two nights, will soon appear in Vol. II of the Publications of the Yerkes Obsei~va- 
tory. From these it will be seen that if the original measures (or estimates) can be relied upon, 
there are many cases of change in the Herschel and South stars. In the very wide pairs this 
may in all probability be ascribed to proper motion of one of the components, but among the 
closer pairs there are some which may prove to be physical systems. 

Professor Burnham has made no attempt to discover new pairs; indeed, his system of 
observing, in which the object is almost immediately found without the necessity of examining 
neighboring stars, almost precludes the possibility of chance discoveries. In spite of this he 
has picked up about twenty new pairs. 

GENERAL MICROMETRIC OBSERVATIONS 
(PRorBSSOB Barnard) 

The observations have been made mainly with the great telescope, and consist of micro- 
metric measures of stars, planets, satellites, and nebulae. 

Satellite of Neptune.— Systematic measures have been made of the satellite of Neptune 
from the beginning of the work with the forty-inch. From the fact that isolated observations of 
this satellite are of little value, the observations were made as continuous as possible in each 
series and the satellite measured on as many dates as it was observable. Of this satellite the 
following observations have been obtained: 



The Yeekes Obseevatoey 409 

TABLE I 
Season of Observation Number of Nights of Observation 

1897-1898 51 

1898-1899 52 

1899-1900 69 

1900-1901 48 

1901-1902 - 48 

Total 268 

These consist of five settings each for position angle and foiir settings on each side of the 
fixed wire for the double distances; a complete night's measure consisting of thirteen settings 
of the micrometer wires. The first season's measures of this satellite were used by Professor A. 
Hall in a new determination of the orbit of the satellite. At present all these measures are 
being used by Professor Newcomb in an investigation of the motion of the satellite. 

Diameter of Neptune. — A few measures were obtained, as the conditions permitted, of the 
diameter of Neptune, which were in good agreement with previous measm-es made by Professor 
Barnard at the Lick Observatory. 

Fifth satellite of Jupiter. — During the oppositions of 1898 and 1899 extensive observations 
were made of the fifth satellite of Jupiter, consisting of some eight hundred independent 
measures of its position. From these measures a new determination of the motion of the line 
of apsides of the satellite's orbit was made. The motion was found to be 900 degrees per year, 
or a complete revolution of the orbit in about 4.9 months. 

Satellites of Uranus. — It was intended to take up a systematic series of measiu'es of the 
four satellites of Uranus, but it was found that the planet was too far south to carry on the 
work successfully, and it was discontinued after a few measures were obtained. 

Diameters of Juno, Ceres, and Vesta. — In the year 1900 the asteroid Juno — the smallest 
of the first four discovered — was at one of its nearest approaches to the Earth, at which time 
only can its diameter be measured. The planet was measured on this occasion and its diameter 
determined. The diameters of the minor planets Ceres and Vesta have also been determined 
with the forty-inch, and are in close accord with the previous measures with the thirty-six-inch 
at the Lick Observatory. 

Observations of Eros. — In conjunction with European observatories the planet Eros was 
measured in the fall and winter of 1900-1901 for a redetermination of the solar parallax. One 
thousand five hundred and six determinations of right ascension and declination (each depending 
on five measures) were made on seventy-three nights. These observations have all been com- 
pletely reduced, and in the early spring of this year were forwarded to Paris. 

In the fall of 1898, shortly after its discovery, the position of Eros was measured on 
twenty-six nights, and in the summer of 1900, before beginning the parallax observations, Eros 
was measured on thirteen nights. 

Parallax of 61 1 Cygni. — In 1900 a series of measures was begun of the star 61 1 Cygni 
with reference to two faint stars on each side of it, for redetermination of its parallax, and also 
to test the theory of Wilsing, of Potsdam, as to the probable motion of 61 1, about an unknown 
dark body in a period of some twenty-two months. The measures were interrupted in the fall 
and winter of 1900 by the observations of Eros, but were again taken up in the fall and winter 
of 1901 and the spring of 1902. These stars were measured on seventy-five nights, there being 
about two hundi-ed and twenty-five measures of thirteen determinations each of 61i and 61 2 
Cygni and the two small stars. These measm-es are now under process of reduction for the 
parallax of 61 1 Cygni. The indications so far are that the resulting parallax will be not far 
from 0^37. 



410 The President's Kepoet 

Parallax of B.D + 57° 4131. — A long series of measures was made of the star B. D. + 
37° 4131 with reference to four comparison stars for the verification of a large parallax assigned 
this star by Professor Schur, of Gottingen, from heliometer measures. The resulting observa- 
tions showed that the star really has no sensible parallax. 

Observations of planetary nebulce. — Several of the planetary nebulae were measured for 
parallax, notably N. O. C. 2892, which was measured with reference to two stars on twenty- 
seven nights, but no parallactic displacement showed in the measures. 

A longer series of measiu-es was made of the nebula N. G. C. 404 with four comparison 
stars, but no satisfactory result was obtained. A test for parallax of the nucleus of the great 
nebula of Andromeda was also made, but with no positive result. 

A large number of measures of the position of the central star of the annular nebula of 
Lyra (M. 57) were made with respect to a number of surrounding stars in 1898 and 1899, in an 
endeavor to determine the motion of the nebula by comparison with similar measures of the 
nucleus by Professor Burnham in 1891. The results possibly indicate a slight motion, as a 
difference of 1° in angle and 1" in distance was shown by the measures. 

Measures have been made of the dimensions and positions of a number of the other planetary 
nebulae. 

An extensive series of measures of the relative focus of nine of the planetary nebulae was 
made with reference to the fixed stars. The observations consisted of measuring the focus 
for the nebula, for its nucleus, and for a fixed star. It was shown that the focus for 
both nebula and nucleus was farther from the object-glass than that for a star, and that the 
focus for the nucleus was nearer to that of the star. The nucleus is therefore not so blue in 
color as the rest of the nebula, perhaps because it is in a later state of development. 

Position of Nova Cygni and Nova Persei. — In the fall of 1901 a series of measiures was 
made of the position of the new star in Cygnus of 1876. An accturate determination of its place 
showed that the star had not sensibly changed its position in the past quarter of a century, the 
discrepancy between the present position and the meridian determinations of 1876 being — 0'06 
in R. A. and —0^36 in declination. The star itself had faded to below the fifteenth magnitude. 

Eighty measures of fourteen stars were made in the svunmer, fall, and winter of 1901 of 
the new star in Perseus to determine motion or parallax. The measures do not show any 
sensible parallax. The magnitudes of this star were also determined on forty -five nights with 
five comparison stars. 

Triangulation of star clusters. — An extensive series of measures was made of a number 
of the individual stars in the great star clusters M. 8, M.'5, M. 18, and M. 92. 

A great number of observations of some of the variable stars in M. 8, M. 5, and M. 13 have 
been made, from which their periods, etc., have been determined. A variable in M. 18 which has 
a period of five days was found with the forty-inch. 

One hundred and twenty measures were made of twenty-nine stars in the cluster Prcesepe 
for comparison with photographic measures. The photographs are made, but await a measuring 
engine for their measurement. 

Double stars, nebulce and comets. — Micrometrical measures have been continued for 
several years of the difficult close companion to Procyon, discovered in 1896 by Professor 
Schaeberle, but during the present year the unfavorable weather prevented its being seen again. 

A few double stars have been measured, especially /3 883, and a few new ones found. 

Some new nebulae have been found, though no search has been made for such objects. 

A series of micrometrical measures was made of Swift's comet of 1899, and the double 
head of the comet carefully measured also. Several photographs were obtained of the comet. 

Micrometrical measures of Perrine's comet of 1898 with several photographs were also 
obtained. 



The Yeekes Obsekvatoey 411 

Focus of the forty-inch objective. — Essentially throughout the existence of the great tele- 
scope here, a series of measures of Atlas and Pleione of the Pleiades has been kept up. 
These stars were measxured at every opportunity for the detection and determination of the 
amount of change in the focus of the forty-inch objective due to changes of temperattire. In 
all, measures have been made of these stars on two hundred and sixty-seven nights. They show 
that the focus of the great object-glass is subject to considerable change in length from summer 
to winter, amounting in all to about three-fourths of an inch. 

In connection with these measures the AS of Electra and Celceno of the same group was 
measured on eighty-six nights as a check on the iixity of Atlas and Pleione. 

Miscellaneous observations. — Other and miscellaneous work, such as observations of spots 
and markings on the planets Jupiter and Mars, and measures of the diameters of Venus 
and Mercury, have been carried on as circumstances have permitted. Kegular observations have 
been made of the November meteors, and also of the aurora, which is finely seen here. Profes- 
sor Barnard also keeps up his observations of the Gegenschein, which is as well seen here as at 
Mount Hamilton. 

VELOCITIES OF STARS IN THE LINE OP SIGHT 
(Pbofessob Frost and Mb. Adams) 

The spectrograph of the " Universal " type originally provided for the great telescope was 
regularly employed during 1899 and until it was dismounted in April, 1900 to be sent to North 
Carolina as a part of the outfit of the eclipse expedition. 

From July 1, 1899, to April, 1900, the following plates were obtained: (1) with the short 
camera, of 271 mm. focal length: stellar spectra, 65; planetary, 30; trial plates of sky, Svm, or 
comparison spectrum, 79; (2) with the camera of 456 mm. focal length: stellar spectra, 148; 
Moon and planets, 6; trial plates, 33. The spectrograph was used on two, or three, nights per 
week, the observers being Messrs. Frost, Ellerman or Adams. 

The definition of the plates taken during this period was fairly satisfactory, and accordant 
settings could be made upon the lines, but the stability of the spectrograph was insufficient, and 
it was not provided with any means for maintaining the constancy of the temperature of the 
prisms. A comparison of the measures of these plates with other and more recent results indi- 
cates that irregular disturbances of an instrumental character seriously affected the accuracy of 
the determinations, and made possible an uncertainty in some cases as high as 10 km. Several 
European observers, using a similar type of instrument, had experiences of the same sort. Fortu- 
nately the construction of the new spectrograph had already been begun when the inadequacy 
of the older instrument was thus fully demonstrated. 

The three prisms of heavy flint glass from Mantois, to be used in the new spectrograph, 
were ordered in December, 1899, and were received from Brashear in the following April. They 
were used in the prismatic camera at the total solar eclipse of May 28, 1900. After our return 
from the eclipse they were subjected by Professor Frost to an extensive series of tests, which 
with other experiments in preparation for the new spectrograph, occupied a considerable part 
of the srunmer. 

As a consequence of the unfavorable results of the tests, new prisms of Jena glass were 
ordered, which were received in the siimmer of 1901, some time after the mechanical parts of 
the spectrograph had been completed in the shops of the Observatory. While not wholly free 
from the non-homogeneity which so seriously injured the performance of the first set of prisms 
they yielded much better results, and have been regularly used with their full aperture. 
Similar difficulties with large prisms for spectrographs have been experienced elsewhere 
particularly at Cambridge (England), and Pulkowa. 



412 The President's Kepokt 



The first tests of the Bruce spectrograph attached to the great refractor were made in 
February, 1901, the Mantois prisms being used until the arrival of the Jena prisms in July. 
The spectrograph has been described in detail, together with a statement of the mode of meas- 
uring and reducing the plates, in Professor Frost's article in the Astrophysical Journal (Vol. 
XV, No. 1, 1902). 

From July 27, 1901, when the instrument was first used in its complete form with the 
Jena prisms, until July 1, 1902, the records of the observing books may be summarized as 
follows: 

A. Plates of Series A (short camera; aperture = 71 mm., Zeiss anastigmat lens. Catalogue 
No. 9 of Series II; focal length = 449 mm.): 186 of stellar spectra, 9 of Moon and planets, 
besides a large number of trial solar and spark plates. 

B. Plates of Series B (long camera, triple lens, by Brashear from specifications by 
Hastings; aperture = 76 mm., focal length = 607 mm.): 189 of stellar spectra, 10 of Moon and 
planets, besides very numerous trial plates. 

The observers were Professor Frost and Mr. Adams, the latter having returned to the Obser- 
vatory in May, 1901, as Assistant, after a year's absence. Valuable assistance during the exposures 
is regularly rendered by Mr. Frank Sullivan, engineer in charge of the great refractor, who 
shares equally in the guiding during the night. This assistance, besides greatly relieving the 
strain upon the eyes of a single observer, also permits more continuous observing, especially 
during extremely cold weather, and enables the observer to develop some or all of the plates at 
night so that they may be dry and ready for measurement in the morning. The guiding 
arrangement adopted for the instrument has proven very satisfactory, as has the device for 
maintaining a constant temperature around the prisms. 

Cramer's "Crown" and Seed's "Gilt Edge 27" plates have been used Hydrochinon 
developer was formerly used, but of late rodinal has commonly been employed. 

Drying of the plates has been much expedited by the use of a "dryer" made in 1901. It 
consists of a large box with projecting funnels covered with muslin, which prevent the entrance 
of dust. An electric fan, of an ordinary office type, forces a strong current of air past the 
plates, which stand so as to present the least sm'face to the fan. With this arrangement, plates 
can be thoroughly dried in half an hour, which otherwise would require half a day or more. 
The quality of the grain of the plates is also considered by experts to be improved by rapid 
drying. 

The comparison spectrum regularly employed is the titanium spark. A helium tube is 
also added when desired. A simple lens has been found more satisfactory for forming the image 
of the spark upon the slit-plate than the concave mirror chiefly used at first. The induction 
coil in use for the past year is one by Willyoung, kindly loaned by Dr. George S. Isham. The 
excellent condenser, regularly used in the secondary circuit, was constructed by Dr. Kent from 
copper sheets separated by glass, the whole inclosed in paraffin. To suppress the air lines, 
(particularly distru'bing when iron is the comparison spectrum) and to increase the sharp- 
ness of the titanium lines, a small coil of self-induction is also introduced in the secondary 
circuit. This coil was made to order by M. E. Leeds & Co. Its binding posts are arranged 
so that 50,100, 200, or 500 (or combinations of these) turns of about two inches diameter may 
be used. 

The lens of Camera B, the Hastings triple of |=^ inches, has been subject to certain 
rather peculiar disturbances dm-ing the year. On several occasions it has without apparent 
cause developed a considerable degree of astigmatism. This is assumed to be due to the 
"pulling" of the Canada balsam of the cemented lens, but it has occm:red when there had been 
no conspicuous change in the atmospheric temperatiue, and when there has been no strain due 



The Yekkes Observatory 413 

to the lens cell. Sometimes this has been cured by lying still in a horizontal position for a few 
days. The lens has been several times recemented by Mr. Brashear. It is hoped that it will 
soon settle to a permanent condition. The short Camera A (Zeiss anastigmat) has been used for 
about one-half of the plates, with satisfactory results; owing to its constituent lenses, however, 
its speed is practically the same as that of Camera B. Early in 1902 a collimator lens and a 
camera lens of Professor Hastings's "isokumatic" (quadruple) construction, which were originally 
ordered, but not then procurable, were received from the Brashear Company. The collimator 
showed a slight superiority to the triple system hitherto used, and has been since regularly 
employed; the field of the isokimiatic camera lens was, however, inferior to that of the triple 
lens, and it has not been used. 

During the winter Mr. Adams applied the photographic method for testing the imiformity 
of illumination of the collimator by the spark, by placing a plate close to the outer surface of 
the lens. The results were much more satisfactory than by the usual test. As the uniformity 
of illumination by the source of comparison spectrum is one of the most critical points in 
connection with the spectrograph. Professor Frost has recently sought to put it beyond question 
by inserting a small ground glass plate at a slight distance in front of the slit, after the manner 
successfully applied at Potsdam with the arc comparison. The cone of rays from the spark 
lens illuminates an area on the ground glass which subtends an angle at the slit several times 
greater than the angular aperture of the collimator lens. It is hoped that the possibility of 
imequal illumination from spark and star is now wholly removed. 

STATISTICS OF MEASUREMENTS OF PLATES 

Of the two early series of plates, taken in 1898, 1899, and 1900, about one hundred were 
measured and reduced by Professor Frost and Mr. Adams. The measurements were made with 
Zeiss comparators. Most of these results remain unpublished, as they are necessarily much 
inferior in accuracy to those obtained with the new Bruce spectrograph and with the new types 
of spectrograph in use elsewhere. Some of the plates have been measured for the sake of 
experience by the different volunteer assistants who have been at the Observatory during recent 
summers. 

Two new measuring machines with micrometer screws, made by William Gaertner & Co. 
of Chicago, according to the designs of the Director and Professor Frost, were acquired in 1901. 
They permit more rapid measurements, and less strain on the eye, than is the case with the 
Zeiss comparators having one microscope for the spectrum plate and another for the scale. The 
screws of the new machines are at present being investigated, and periodic errors of considerable 
magnitude (at a maximum 4 m) have been found. 

Of the plates taken with the Bruce spectrograph and Jena prisms, first used on July 27, 
1901, 209 have been measured and reduced, the greater number, of course, by Mr. Adams, whose 
whole time is devoted to the work. The principal item in the program adopted by Professor 
Frost for the year was the determination of the velocities of certain stars with spectra of the 
Orion type, which will be published in Vol. II of the Publications of the Yerkes Observatory. 
In all, velocities of forty-nine different stars have been measured; twenty-nine of these were of 
the Orion type, the remainder of the solar and first types. 

The solar stars were taken for the pm-pose of testing the capacity of the instrument for 
exact results. Ten plates of the spectrum of Sirius were taken by Mr. Adams in the winter, 
and his results gave, in combination with those obtained at Potsdam a decade ago, a new, 
determination of the parallax of Sirius, which was published by him in the Astrophysical 
Journal. 



414 



The President's Eepoet 



The summary of measurements is as follows: 

TABLE 11 





Measceed by Fk03T 


Measueed by Adams 




No. of Plates 


No. of Stars 


No. of Plates 


No. of Stars 


Snpptra of OvioTi tvDe 


50 
1 

8 
2 


15 
1 
4 


125 
28 
21 
10 


29 


SDectra of Class let 2 


9 




10 


Spectra of Moon and planets 




Total 


61 


20 


174 


48 







The stars v Orionis, /3 Cephei, and s Ceti proved to be spectroscopic binaries in the regular 
course of the measures, and of these stars respectively twenty-one and twenty plates were 
measured; the variability of velocity of o Persei and 5 Librae was shown by five and four plates 
taken and measured by Mr. Adams. The binary character of t Scorpii was indicated by our 
plates before we learned of its prior detection on the Harvard plates.^ Some other stars on our 
list are suspected of variable velocity. The proportion of stars whose velocity has been found 
to vary to the whole number now observed for the first time is about 1 to 6, or about the same as 
has been found by Professor Campbell in his observations from 1895 to 1900. 

The results of the measurements of the plates are very conveniently recorded by the 
method of the card catalogue. The observations of radial velocities so far published by other 
observers, and the data as to spectroscopic binaries, are also instantly available in card 
catalogues. 

A most satisfactory and safe provision for the preservation of the negatives of the stellar 
spectra has been afforded by an oak cabinet, specially constructed in its well known style by 
the Library Bureau, which is capable of containing two thousand plates. 

SPECTRA OF STARS OF SECCHI'S FOURTH TYPE 
(Pbopessor Hale, Me. Ellerman, and Mr. Paekhurst) 

The photographic investigation of the spectra of red stars of Secchi's foirrth type, which 
was in progress when my last report was written, is now nearly completed. The long delay in 
measuring the photographs has been due to eye-afifections, which made it necessary for both Mr. 
Ellerman and myself to give up all work of measurement. With the exception of such plates 
as had been measured before this difficulty arose, all the spectra have been measinred by Mr. 
Parkhurst. The plates measured include the following spectra taken with three prisms: 

TABLE III 



star 


No. of Plates 


No. of Lines 


280 SchiellerwD 


4 
6 
5 
4 
4 
5 
4 
7 


211 




356 


318 BirmifiahciTn, . 


336 


74 Schjellerup 


278 


78 SchielleruT) 


334 


132 Schielleruv 


478 




279 


152 Schiellerut) 


333 






Total 


39 


2605 







3H. C. 0. Annals, Vol. XXVIII, N. 2, p. 178. 



The Yeekes Obseevatort 415 

Each plate was measured twice, once in each position, involving about 30,000 micrometer 
settings. The reductions, using the Cornu-Hartmann formula, have been completed, and a card 
catalogue made, giving the wave-lengths of 473 lines in the different stars, also the mean wave- 
length for each line. From forty cards the average probable error of the mean for lines occur- 
ring in from five to eight stars was found to be ±0.055 tenth-meter, the range being from 0.02 
to 0.10 tenth-meter. The identification of the lines was greatly facilitated by the use of a cata- 
logue of arc spectra prepared by Professor Crew, who was kind enough to loan it for this 
piurpose. Miss Anne S. Young rendered valuable assistance in this work. Comparisons were 
also made with Kayser and Eunge's iron lines, and with Kowland and Harrison's and 
Hasselberg's vanadium lines, which are not included in the catalogue. A large number of 
reasonably close coincidences, especially with iron, titanium, cobalt, chromium, magnesium, and 
vanadium lines, were found; for example, sixty-two iron lines gave a mean difference of 0.007 
tenth-meter from Kayser and Eunge's value. Comparisons were also made with lines widened 
in Sun-spots found in the Greenwich Observations and on photographs taken at the Yerkes 
Observatory. These show a striking agreement with most of the prominent dark lines outside 
of the carbon flutings in the less refrangible part of the stellar spectra. Comparisons were made 
of the bright lines in fourth-type spectra with the lines from such sources as the chromo- 
sphere, the nebulae, the Wolf-Eayet stars, etc. 

The determination of the velocity in the line of sight of these stars has been attended with 
some difficulty, on account of the uncertainty which existed at first as to the identity of the 
lines. It has since become possible, however, to determine the velocity by two distinct 
methods, which yield fairly accordant results. These are in no wise to be compared, of course, 
with the results obtained with the Bruce spectrograph, which is in every respect far superior to 
the three-prism spectrograph employed in the present investigation. In view of the fact, however 
that none of the fourth-type stars had been observed for velocity by either visual or photographic 
methods prior to this research, it is felt that the results cannot fail to be of considerable value. 

As preliminary steps to the discussion of results, widened enlargements of the spectra 
have been prepared, together with widened enlargements on the same scale from our photo- 
graphs of the spectra of stars of Seech i's third type. The similarity of the spectra of these 
two types of stars, except in the region of the yellow and blue carbon flutings, is alluded 
to elsewhere in this report. Although the discussion is not yet far enough advanced to allow 
final conclusions to be drawn, it appears probable that the view of Vogel, Dun^r, and others 
that these two types of spectra form co-ordinate branches, will be confirmed. 

The complete results, including the wave-lengths of all the lines measmed and a dis- 
cussion of the observations, will soon appear in Vol. II of the Publications of the Yerkes 
Observatory. 

Through the kindness of Professor Pickering, a twelve-inch objective prism belonging to 
the Harvard College Observatory was loaned for use with our twelve-inch refractor in photo- 
graphing the spectra of some of these stars. The telescope did not prove to be well adapted 
for the work, and as the spectra were far inferior to those obtained with the spectrograph 
attached to the forty-inch telescope, the experiments were discontinued. 

SOLAR OBSERVATIONS 
(Propessob Hale, Me. Ellerman, and Mr. Barrett) 
SPECTEUM OF THE CHEOMOSPHEEE 

On account of the very quiet state of the Sun during the last few years, the period has 
been an unfavorable one for observations which cannot be made in the absence of spots or erup- 
tive phenomena at the limb. It was thought advisable to postpone the systematic examination 



416 The Peesidbnt's Repokt 

of the bright lines of the chromosphere until the period of frequent eruptions, though observa- 
tions of the reversals have been made from time to time. With good seeing a remarkably large 
number of bright lines can be seen at any point on the limb. In addition to the green fluting 
of carbon, vsrhich is always reversed when the seeing is good, seven or eight lines of the 
yellow fluting are sometimes visible, though they can be seen only when the atmospheric 
conditions are excellent. Under such conditions some two hundred bright lines are visible 
between C and b in the undisturbed chromosphere. As but a small fraction of these lines 
could be seen with the twelve-inch Kenwood refractor, there can be little doubt that the visi- 
bility of so many lines is due to the large diameter (seven inches) of the solar image given by the 
forty-inch refractor. There is reason to hope, therefore, that with the twenty -inch solar image 
given by the long-focus mirror of the new ccelostat reflector, combined with the advantages 
arising from the use of a grating spectroscope of eighteen feet focal length, we may be able to 
record a large number of bright lines in the chromospheric spectrum during the spot maximum. 
It will be diiBcult to photograph the fainter reversals, on account of the encroachment of 
photospheric light on the slit, arising from the constant agitation of the solar image. Some 
of the brighter lines have been photographed with the forty-inch, and their wave-lengths have 
been measured by Mr. Adams. Accurate wave-length determinations have also been made of the 
ultra-violet chromospheric lines on the Kenwood plates. 

SPECTRA OF SUN-SPOTS 

Many experiments were tried at the Kenwood Observatory in photographing the widened 
lines in the spectra of Sun-spots. In some cases the widening of the lines was fairly well 
shown, but it was evident that the two-inch solar image given by the twelve-inch telescope was 
too small for work of this character. In the general absence of Sun-spots during the minimum 
little could be done with the forty-inch telescope, but with the approach of the maximum the 
work has been taken up systematically. The photographs, which are made with the remodeled 
Kenwood solar spectrograph, show the more conspicuous widened lines between D and b very 
well. It is evident, however, that a greater linear dispersion will be required to record the 
smaller lines. For this reason it is expected to transfer the work to the large solar spectroscope 
of the coelostat reflector as soon as it is ready. 

EEMAEKABLE CHANGE IN THE REVERSING LAYER 

While making a series of photographs in February, 1894, for the purpose of determining 
the exposure times required with different orders of spectra, Mr. Ellerman chanced to record 
two stages of the most remarkable solar spectroscopic phenomenon I have ever encountered. 
It amounted to nothing less than a complete change in the character of the reversing layer, 
which extended over a distance of at least one-eighth of the Sim's diameter, and lasted for 
several minutes. The solar spectrum as recorded on these two photographs would not be 
recognized by one who is familiar with the normal spectrum. The slit happened to lie on a 
spot in which the phenomenon seemed to center, but the disturbance extended away to a great 
distance on either side. The eruptive phenomena on the disk photographed on several occa- 
sions with the Kenwood spectroheliograph were characterized by great intensity of the H and 
K lines. In the present instance the bright H and K lines seen over and near the spot before 
the disturbance, and also the broad dark bands, have disappeared, giving place at K to a series 
of fine lines resembling those which Jewell recorded once in the Sun and once in the electric 
arc. Measures of the photographs by Mr. Adams show that most of the lines of the abnormal 
spectra correspond well in position with lines in Kowland's solar-spectrum tables, but the 



The Yeskes Obseevatoey ' 417 

changes in intensity are so great as to render them unrecognizable. The measures of the 
lines, with reproductions of the photographs, will be published shortly. The long delay in 
publication has been due to the desire to eliminate every possible doubt as to the truly solar 
origin of this unique phenomenon. It will be desirable during the coming maximum to make 
every possible attempt to record other changes of this kind, which must be very infrequent. 
Photographs of the solar spectrum should be taken whenever possible with an analyzing tele- 
scope. As this disturbance seemed to center in a Sun-spot, it would be advisable to seek for 
similar phenomena in spot regions ; but as the length of the disturbed area was at least one- 
eighth of the Sun's diameter, it is by no means certain that such changes in the spectrum may 
not be found at any part of the disk. 

DIEEOT PHOTOGEAPHS OF THE SUN 

Daily photographs of the Sun are made by Mr. Ellerman with the twelve-inch refractor 
whenever spots are present. These photographs, which are intended for use in connection 
with the spectra of Sun-spots, are on a scale of only two inches to the Sun's diameter; they 
will shortly be replaced by a series of photographs on a scale of seven inches to the Sun's 
diameter. 

WOEK WITH THE SPECTEOHELIOGEAPH 

Eeference has been made in previous reports to the large spectroheliograph which was 
constructed in our instrument shop for the forty-inch telescope. In order to photograph the 
entire seven-inch solar image it was necessary to build a spectroheliograph of six and one-fourth 
inches aperture (even this involving a small loss of light), and to produce the relative motion of 
solar image and slit by moving the telescope in declination with the slow-motion motor. The 
corresponding motion of the plate behind the second slit was affected by a shaft led down the 
telescope tube from the declination motor. The slits of the spectroheliograph are eight inches 
long, and the optical train consists of two Voigtlander portrait lenses of six and one-fourth 
inches aperture for collimator and camera, and two 60° prisms of light flint, giving, in conjunc- 
tion with a plane mirror, a total deviation of 180° to the K line when at minimum deviation. 
The great care taken to eliminate diffuse and reflected light, by the use of a very complete 
system of diaphragms and in other ways, resulted in the production of photographs much 
superior to those obtained with the Kenwood spectroheliograph. The difiiculty of producing a 
perfectly uniform and synchronous motion of the telescope and photographic plate was largely 
overcome, but the effect of small irregularities was complicated with that produced by the 
shaking of the telescope in the wind, and the boiling of the Sun's image. For these reasons most 
of the images, though they showed the calcium vapor in beautiful contrast both in the polar and 
equatorial regions, were more or less uneven at the limb. In view of the necessity of attaching 
the spectroheliograph to the telescope every morning and removing it at night, its great weight 
(about seven hundred pounds) proved to be a serious disadvantage. As soon as the construction 
of the coelostat reflector had been arranged for, it was therefore decided to transfer the large 
spectroheliograph from the forty -inch to this telescope, where it can instantly be moved into or 
out of place, without interfering with the immediate use of the solar spectroscope or other instru- 
ments. This leaves the forty-inch telescope free for spectroscopic or photographic observations 
with the Kenwood spectroheliograph, which is so constructed that it can be arranged for either 
class of work in a few moments' time. 

The mottling of the entire solar surface, from pole to pole, with a structure characterized 
by the reversal of the H and K lines, which had been so clearly evident on the Kenwood plates, 
was found to persist throughout the Sun-spot minimum. 



418 The President's Repobt 

photography of the moon, nebulie and star clusters 

(Mr. Ritchey) 

The objective of the forty-inch refractor was designed by Mr. Clark for visual observations, 
and it was not thought advisable to provide a third lens, like that employed with the Lick 
telescope, to adapt it for photography. For photographic work on the more refrangible region 
of stellar spectra a small correcting lens near the focus, designed by Professor Wadsworth, 
gave fairly good results with the old spectrograph. This was subsequently replaced by a 
correcting lens designed by Professor Hastings, which has given perfect satisfaction in con- 
junction with the Bruce spectrograph. The spectroheliograph, in view of its employment of 
monochromatic light, permits almost equally good results to be obtained in solar photography 
with visual or photographic telescopes. It remained, however, to provide a method of making 
direct photographs of such objects as the Moon, nebulae, and star clusters with the large 
telescope. 

Some experiments with this purpose in view, made by Mr. Ellerman and myself in 1898, 
were described in the Vierteljahrsschrift der Astronomischen Gesellschaft, Jahrgang 31, Heft 2, 
p. 187. The method employed, which was not essentially new, involved the use of a thin screen 
of greenish -yellow glass placed immediately in front of an isochromatic plate. This cut out the 
more refrangible rays, and gave photographs of the Moon which were fairly comparable in 
quality with those made at the Lick Observatory. 

This method had been independently devised by Mr. Kitchey in 1891. In 1900 he under- 
took experiments with the forty-inch telescope which resulted in the production of photographs 
of the Moon surpassing in sharpness any previously obtained. The success of his work on the 
Moon led him to design a double-slide plate -carrier for the application of the same method to 
the photography of faint objects requiring long exposm'es. On account of the perfection of 
guiding rendered possible by the use of a guiding eyepiece magnifying a thousand diameters, 
and the convenience of manipulation of the double-slide plate-carrier, the photographs of star 
clusters and of the Orion nebula obtained by Mr. Kitchey are remarkably sharp, and are 
probably not inferior to results such as could be obtained with a forty-inch photographic 
objective. Indeed, the photographs seem to siurpass in sharpness of definition the best that 
have been obtained with large photographic refractors. This is doubtless due to the employ- 
ment in the present instance of the double-slide plate-carrier instead of the guiding telescope 
ordinarily used. It is obvious that such slight motions of the plate as are constantly needed to 
retain a stellar image at a fixed point can be secured much more readily through the motion of 
the small carriage which supports the photographic plate than by the motion of the entire 
instrument, which is necessary when a guiding telescope is employed. 

The construction of a two-foot mirror for a reflecting telescope had been undertaken by 
Mr. Kitchey before he joined the staff of the Yerkes Observatory. This mirror was acquired by 
the Observatory and used in Professor Nichols's investigations on stellar heat radiation in 1898 
and 1900. An equatorial mounting was designed for it in 1896 by Professor Wadsworth, who 
was then in charge of our instrument shop. At the time of Professor Wadsworth 's appointment 
to the directorship of the Allegheny Observatory, the construction of this mounting, though 
well advanced, was still not completed. Mr. Kitchey, who succeeded Professor Wadsworth as 
Superintendent of Instrument Construction, designed many important parts of the mounting, 
such as the driving clock, skeleton tube with interchangeable ends, and other parts not already 
provided for, and the mounting was completed imder his direction. Special attention was given 
to the driving clock and worm gear, and the success of the photographs made with this instru- 
ment is doubtless due in no small degree to the perfection of this work. The double-slide 



The Yeekes Obseevatoet 419 

plate-carrier used with the two-foot reflector is the one employed in Mr. Kitchey's first experi- 
ments in photographing star clusters with the forty -inch refractor. 

The use of the two-foot reflector in the photography of nebulae has afforded much valuable 
experience in the manipulation of reflecting telescopes. The common impression that the 
reflector is far inferior to the refractor as regards stability of collimation, convenience of manipu- 
lation, etc., is not borne out by Mr. Kitchey's experience. Indeed, the first photograph obtained 
with the instrument was a successful one, and there has never been any practical difficulty in 
securing good results when the atmosphere was favorable. At present Mr. Kitchey is engaged 
in photographing certain nebulae with long exposures, and has already been successful in 
bringing out hitherto invisible details in objects which have been photographed with much 
larger reflectors. The remarkable sharpness of the photographs obtained with the two-foot 
mirror, and the intricacy of detail discovered by Mr. Ritchey in certain nebulae, lead to the con- 
viction that a much larger instrument, constructed with the utmost care and embodying the 
results of experience with the present telescope, would render possible many important advances 
Mr. Pease has given valuable aid in the photographic work with the two-foot reflector. 

PHOTOMETKY 

(Mr. Pakkhurst) 

This Observatory having arranged to co-operate with the Harvard, McCormick, and Lick 
Observatories in the work of determining standards for faint stellar magnitude, a wedge pho- 
tometer designed by Professor E. C. Pickering was supplied by the Rumford Committee of the 
American Academy of Arts and Sciences. The photographic wedge (No. II) sent with the 
instrument was investigated by Mr. Parkhurst by the method of standard stars and also with a 
wheel photometer. A report of this work, with description of the instrument, was given in the 
Astrophysical Journal, Vol. XIII, No. 4. As the resulting value of the wedge constant, 0.130 
mag., differed from that previously found at Harvard, the wedge was returned to the latter 
observatory, that the measures might be repeated, and a similar investigation was made of 
Wedge V, sent to replace Wedge II. A preliminary reduction of the latter investigation gave 
0.110 as the wedge constant. To adapt the photometer for use with the six-, twelve-, and forty- 
inch telescopes, the perforated diaphragm for forming the artificial star was replaced with a 
movable one, carrying five holes varying from 0.1 to 0.3 mm. in diameter. Two absorption 
glasses supplied by Professor Pickering were arranged to be turned into or out of the field, in 
order that brighter standard stars might be used. The absorption occasioned by the two com- 
bined was foimd by measurement to be 1.70 mag. During and after this preliminary work 
sixteenth-magnitude standards in eighteen of the thirty-six fields included in the scheme have 
been measured on one or more nights, thirty-six complete sets being secured, or about one-third 
the allotted work. Photographs have been taken of eight of these fields with the two-foot 
reflector, with exposures of from one to one and one-half hours. Paper prints of these, on the 
scale of Hagen's charts, and also on the scale of 10" to 1 mm., show stars down to seventeenth 
magnitude or fainter, and render the identification of the faint standards certain — a work equally 
important with the photometric measures themselves. 

About fifty variable stars have been observed by Mr. Parkhurst, before and during his 
connection with this Observatory, most of these stars having minima faint enough to require 
observations with the twelve- or forty -inch telescopes. Preliminary reductions of fifty-one faint 
minima were published in Bulletin No. 13 of the Yerkes Observatory and Astrophysical Jour- 
nal, Vol. IV, No. 3. In order to reduce these observations to the photometric scale, measures 
of the comparison stars referred to in the Potsdam and Harvard standards have been made 
with the above described wedge photometer as follows : 



420 The President's Repobt 



TABLE rv 



Aperture 


Complete Sets 


No. of Settines 


Six inches 


37 
46 
59 


1,659 




1,831 


Forty inches 


2,235 






Total 


142 


5,725 







In all, twenty-nine different fields have been measured, twenty-three of them with the 
forty-inch. The work of reducing these observations, and drawing the light curves of the 
variables on the photometric scale, is well advanced. 

The minimum magnitude of several of these stars has been found to be very faint, as the 
following table wiU show: 

^ TABLE V 

Mininmm Magnitude No. of Stars 

Between 14 and 15 13 

Between 15 and 16 -- 7 

Between 16 and 17 -------- - 5 

Fainter than 17 -------- - 2 

SPECTROSCOPIC LABORATORY 
(Pkgfessgk Haie and Dr. Kent) 

The equipment of the spectroscopic laboratory comprises the following instruments : 

Six-inch concave grating spectroscope of twenty-one and one-half feet focal length. 

Four-inch and three-inch concave gratings and mountings, for use with the above instrument. 

3 K. W. 110-volt alternating dynamo. Presented by Dr. Isham. 

1 K. W. transformer, giving 15,000 or 30,000 volts. 

Apps induction coil for twelve-inch spark. 

High frequency-spark coil, made by the General Electric Co. Presented by Mr. James Lyman. 

Large condenser, copper plates with glass and oil insulation ; capacity from 0.00073 to 0.064 
microfarads. Presented by Dr. Isham. 

Self-induction coil, which permits the use of self-inductions from 0.000006 to 0.00043 henry. 

Set of volt, watt, and ammeters for 110-volt power-house current. Presented by Dr. Isham. 

Fifty-foot standpipe for water pressure. Presented by Dr. Isham. 

Apparatus for producing the spark in air at high pressures. Presented by Dr. Isham. 

Apparatus for producing the spark between metallic electrodes in air at atmospheric pressure 
and in liquids. 

110 arc. 

Apparatus for measuring the electrical conductivity of liquids, etc. 

Mercury pump and other miscellaneous apparatus. 

The various light sources are arranged on the circumference of a circular table, at the 
center of which is a plane mirror. By means of this mirror the light from any source can be 
reflected to a concave mirror of nine and three-eighths inches aperture, at a distance of twenty- 
two feet, four inches from the spectroscope slit, on which it forms an image magnified about two 
diameters. By rotating the plane mirror to certain position angles defined by stops, the image 
of any source, in focus and ready for observation, can be formed on the slit. The circular 
table is in a room separated fi'om the concave gi-ating room by a partition. The image of the 
source on the slit can be observed with a telescope in the outer room, and given any necessary 
position by means of screws attached to the moimting of the concave mirror. The grating is 



The Ybekes Observatory 421 

always filled with light, and it is believed that the danger of displacements of lines, which 
sometimes occur when an adjustable image lens is used in front of the slit, is wholly obviated 
by this apparatus. 

The investigations conducted in the spectroscopic laboratory have been of great service in 
connection with our study of the pairs of bright and dark lines in Nova Persei, the enhanced 
lines in the chromosphere and in certain stars, the oxygen lines in stars of the Orion type, etc. 
The results of the investigation of the spectrum of the spark between metallic poles in liquids 
to which some months have been devoted, may prove of value in the interpretation of certain 
solar and stellar phenomena. The introduction of a little common salt into water in which a 
spark is passing between iron poles is sufficient to shift most of the iron lines and to reverse 
some of them. Changes in the electrical conditions of the spark circuit will produce similar 
results. It remains to be seen what bearing these phenomena may have on astrophysical 
investigations. The possibility of controlling the reversal of spectral lines, and of passing by 
successive steps from a bright-line spectrum to a spectrum in which nearly all of the more 
refrangible lines are reversed, at least provides a simple method, additional to those afforded 
by pressiu:e, the magnetic field, etc., of classifying lines on the basis of their relative behavior. 

NOVA PERSEI 

The new star in Perseus, which made its appearance on February 22, 1900, has been 
thoroughly observed at the Yerkes Observatory. A series of photographs of the spectrum of 
the Nova, taken by Mr. Ellerman with the forty-inch telescope, was measured and reduced by 
Mr. Adams, who has published the results in the Astrophysical Journal. Measm-ements of 
the position of the Nova with the large telescope were made by Professors Burnham and 
Barnard, and the latter has also made a careful series of measures of the focus of the Nova as 
compared with that of neighboring stars. Prior to August 29, 1902, the Nova was found to have 
the same focus as stars near it. Since that time it has Tindergone a very perceptible change, 
and now resembles the planetary nebulae (and Nova Aurigae in its later stages) in having a 
focus considerably outside of that of a star. Photometric observations of the Nova have been 
made regularly by Mr. Parkhurst. 

On receipt of the information that Professor Max Wolf had photographed traces of 
nebidosity near the new star, Mr. Ritchey at once proceeded to photograph the Nova with the 
two-foot reflector, then recently put into commission. On September 20, 1901, he obtained a 
photograph showing the Nova to be surrounded by a ring of nebulosity, which subsequent 
photographs made by Perrine with the Crossley reflector and by Eitchey with our own two-foot 
reflector have indicated to be expanding with a velocity of the order of that of light. Mr. 
Ritchey has published in the Astrophysical Journal a series of drawings from his various 
negatives of the nebulosity. The unique character of the phenomena thus recorded has led to 
much discussion, but it is still too soon to pronounce a final opinion concerning their cause. 

BRUCE PHOTOGRAPHIC TELESCOPE 

Reference has been made in previous reports to Miss Bruce's gift of $7,000 to provide for 
the construction of a photographic telescope with an objective of ten inches aperture of the 
portrait-lens type. The difficulty of securing a lens which would give an angular field large 
enough for Professor Barnard's purpose has proved to be very great. Several trial lenses were 
made by Brashear, but in all cases the field was too small for the proposed work of photograph- 
ing the Milky way and extended nebulae. In a trip to Europe, made for the express purpose of 
discussing this question with English and continental opticians. Professor Barnard was unable 
to obtain assurance that such a lens as he needed could be constructed. Ultimately, however, 



422 



The President's Kepoet 



a lens made by Brasbear was found to be much superior to any other lens previously examined. 
With a plane plate this lens, which has an aperture of ten inches and a focal length of fifty inches, 
gives sharply defined star images over a field about six degrees in diameter and the focus can 
be averaged so as to give fairly good images over a field of eight or nine degrees. By using a 
curved plate of spherical surface a satisfactory field about ten or twelve degrees in diameter can 
be obtained. This lens has accordingly been accepted, and the mounting is in process of con- 
struction by Warner and Swasey. 

HEAT RADIATION OF ARCTURUS, VEGA, JUPITER, AND SATURN 

(Professor E. F. Nichols) 

In the Report of the Director of the Yerkes Observatory for 1898 an account was given of 
the meastu-es of the heat radiation of Arcturus and Vega made by Professor E. F. Nichols, of 
Dartmouth College, during the summer of that year. In this preliminary investigation the mean 
deflections of the radiometer, not corrected for atmospheric absorption, were 0.60 mm. for 
Arcturus, and 0.27 mm. for Vega. In the summer of 1900 Professor Nichols again visited the 
Observatory, and continued the investigation with improved apparatus. The old heliostat used 
in 1898 was replaced by the coelostat built in our shop for the eclipse of May 28, 1900, provided 
for this investigation with a plate-glass mirror measuring 30 X 36 inches, which reflected the star's 
rays to a second plate-glass mirror and thence to a concave mirror of 23| inches aperture and 
93 inches focal length (the mirror subsequently used in the two-foot reflector). The image 
formed by the mirror, after reflection on a small 45° flat mirror, entered the radiometer case 
through a fluorite window. By moving the coelostat in right ascension the image could be 
thrown on or off the vane. The entire apparatus was mounted in the heliostat room between 
the two small domes. 

TABLE VI 



T>ofa 1SQR 


Vega 


Arcturus 


r? 




*i^ 


Saturn 


Arcturus 






Vega 


August 3 


0.55 
0.33 

6. "64 
0.33 
0.60 
0.50 
0.68 


6'65 
1.06 
1.60 
1.30 
0.98 
1.36 

o^es 








4 








2 1 


5 




7 




8 


2.0 


9 


3 


11. 

12 


2.3 


13 


1 








0.52 


1.09 










2.1 























Jupiter 




Arcturus 




o!99 


1.45 
0.99 
0.70 

i!66 
1.15 


0.92 
0.89 
1.70 
1.58 
1.87 
1.93 


0.27 
0.18 
0.24 




13 


93 


14 


1 30 


15 




18 


1 50 


19 


1.60 


28 












1.07 


1.48 


0.23 


1 33 







The Yeekes Observatory 423 



The preceding table contains the results obtained in 1898 and 1900, reduced to 10~' meter 
candle with no correction for atmospheric absorption. In the 1900 observations, as compared 
with those of 1898, there was one additional reflection, for which no correction is here applied. 

In order to determine the atmospheric absorption, measures were made of the heat radiated 
by candles in tents distant 2,000 feet and 4,500 feet respectively from the Observatory. The 
final values, reduced by this means to the zenith, are as follows: 

table VII 



Vega 


ArctuTus 


Jupiter 


Saturn 


0.51 


1.14 


2.38 


0.37 



The ratio of the thermal intensities of these objects is therefore: 
Vega: Arcturus: Jupiter: Saturn = 1: 2.2 -.i.T-.O.li. 

The ratio of the zenith photometric intensities is : 
Vega: Arcturus: Jupiter = 1:1 -.LB. 

It appears probable from these results that the temperature of the outer envelope of 
Jupiter is comparatively low. 

TOTAL SOLAR ECLIPSES OP MAY 28, 1900, AND MAY 18, 1901 

ECLIPSE OP MAY 28, 1900 

The observations made by the Yerkes Observatory party at Wadesboro, N. C, were as 
follows: 

1. Photographs of the corona with several small lenses and with a ccelostat telescope of 
sixty-one and one-half feet focal length, by Professor Barnard and Mr. Kitchey. 

2. Photographs of the spectrum of the "flash" with prism and grating spectrographs, by 
Professor Frost and Dr. Isham. 

3. Measurement of the heat radiation of the corona, by the Director and Mr. Ellerman. 

4. Observations of contacts, by Professor Flint. 

The photographs of the corona were made with the aid of a ccelostat constructed in the 
instrument shop of the Yerkes Observatory. The same polar axis carried two plane mirrors, one 
of twelve inches aperture, used by Messrs. Barnard and Ritchey, and one of fifteen inches 
aperture, used by Messrs. Frost and Isham. Light was reflected from the twelve-inch mirror to 
a sis-inch photographic objective of sixty-one and one-half feet focal length by Brashear, which 
gave photographs of the corona on a scale of thirteen inches to the degree. The six-inch 
objective was connected with the photographic house by a long light-tight tube, shielded from 
direct solar radiation before the eclipse by a white cotton screen and fitted throughout with 
diaphragms to prevent internal reflections. To facilitate handling, the large photographic plates 
(three of 14 X 17 inches, four of 25 X 30 inches) were mounted on a wooden carrier fifteen feet 
long, free to move on ball bearings on a steel track extending at right angles to the tube the 
entire length of the photographic house. In this carrier the plates were all placed at an angle 
equal to the latitude, so that the long axis of the plates was parallel to the celestial equator. 
A catch operated by hand served to stop the carrier at the proper place for each exposure. 

With this apparatus seven plates, backed with a mixture of caramel and burnt sienna in 
a little alcohol, were given the following exposiu-es during totality: f , 2, 8, 30, 14, 4, and 1 second. 
The resulting photographs offer abundant evidence of the advantage of using long focus objec- 
tives for photographing the details of the corona. The polar fans are shown with remarkable 



424 The President's Eepoet 

beauty, and the inner corona is full of detail. The greatest extension of the equatorial corona 
is about 40' from the center of the Moon; to bring out extensions of a degree or more would 
have required exposures of not less than a minute. Stars as faint as the 6.5 magnitude appear 
on the plates exposed for fourteen and thirty seconds. 

The photographs of the spectrum of the "flash" and the corona were made with a three- 
prism spectrograph of two inches aperture, and a Rowland concave grating of sixty inches 
radius, ruled surface I X 1| inches, both used direct, without slit or image lens. A plane grating 
was used by Professor Frost for visual observations of the flash, to determine the exact moment 
for the exposures. 

In his discussion* of the photographs obtained with the above apparatus. Professor Frost 
reaches some very important conclusions. In all, 382 bright Unes were measured on the photo- 
graphs of the cusp and the first and second flashes. Of these, 319 appeared on the prism plates. 
Limiting the discussion to that part of the spectrum which was in the best focus, from about 
X4060 to X4310, he finds 230 bright lines, of which 160, or 70 per cent, are identified with 176 of 
the dark lines in Rowland's Table of Solar Spectrum Wave-Lengths. To malse the comparison 
an entirely fair one, the discussion is further hmited to lines in the solar spectrum of intensity 
3 or greater, as the fainter lines would not be shown vpith this spectrograph. Of these stronger 
dark lines at least 60 per cent, are found to be bright in a stratum not over one second of arc, or 
500 miles, in thickness, lying in close contact with the solar photosphere. As there is every 
reason to believe that the fainter lines would also be shown with sufficiently powerful apparatus. 
Young's view that the reversing layer is a thin stratum at the base of the chromosphere may be 
regarded as fully confirmed. Lockyer's argument in favor of his contention that the reversing 
layer is above the chromosphere is shown by Professor Frost to rest upon a false assumption in 
the discussion of the former eclipse results. No special relationship was found to exist between 
"enhanced lines" and lines in the flash. On a photograph of the spectrum of the corona, rings 
of coronal origin were found at XX 4230.4, 4311, and 4558, and others were suspected, though they 
were too faint to measure. 

The bolometric work on the corona was undertaken in connection with my attempts to 
observe the corona without an eclipse, which have been in progress since 1892. The experiments 
made by a photographic method at the Kenwood Observatory in 1892, on Pike's Peak, with the 
aid of Professor Keeler, in 1893, and on Moimt ^tna, through the comiesy of Professor Ricc5, 
in 1894, led to the conclusion that no photographic means then available would accomplish the 
desired result. I accordingly devised a new method, based on the use of a bolometer, which has 
the advantage of being purely diflFerential in principle, and consequently theoretically capable 
of determining the form of the corona from measures of the heat radiation of its various parts, 
almost equally well in full sunlight or during an eclipse. Experiments with various telescopes 
and bolometric apparatus were made in 1895, 1896, 1898, and 1899, but no certain evidence of 
differences in radiation from different parts of the corona was obtained. At the eclipse of May 
28, 1900, an accident in the bolometer house prevented the heat radiation of the corona from 
being measured during the total phase. But immediately after totality no decrease could be 
detected in the radiation of the corona at points where it was covered by the Moon. This proves 
conclusively that the radiation of the corona is very small, much less in proportion to its light 
than that of the full Moon. Mr. Abbot's measures at the same eclipse confirm this result, and 
indicate that the failure of my attempts to detect the corona in sunlight has been largely due to 
the insiifficient sensitiveness of the apparatus. Some further experiments have been made at 
the Yerkes Observatory since the eclipse with a very sensitive radiometer, but no conclusive 
results have been obtained. In view of the surprisingly small heat radiation of the corona, it is 
now evident that results of importance are hardly to be expected. 

* Astrophysical Journal, Vol. XII (1900), pp. 307-51. 



The Yerkes Obseevatoey 425 

eclipse of may 18, 1901 
Through the courtesy of Professor S. J. Brown, then Astronomical Director of the United 
States Naval Observatory, Professor Barnard was enabled to go to Sumatra to observe the eclipse 
of May 18, 1901, as a member of the party sent out by the government. On accoimt of the 
gi-eat length of the total phase (five minutes, fifty-two seconds at Solok), this eclipse offered an 
exceptional opportunity for making long-exposure photographs of the corona. Professor 
Barnard took with him the ccelostat and six -inch objective of sixty-one and one-half feet focal 
length which had proved so effective in Wadesboro. It was provided with a new tube, made at 
the Yerkes Observatory, which could be packed in sections. Instead of the sliding plate-carrier 
previously employed. Professor Barnard decided to use large plate-holders, one for a plate 
40X40 inches, constructed for this eclipse, two for plates thirty inches square, and five for 
14 X 17 plates. All of these, except the first, which was provided by the Naval Observatory, 
were kindly loaned by Secretary Langley, of the Smithsonian Institution. In order to facilitate 
the change in the midst of totality from the 30X30 plate-holders to the very heavy one of 
40 X 40 inches, a vertical sliding frame was constructed, so counterbalanced that it was a simple 
matter to bring into position the upper section of the frame, in which the large plate-holder was 
permanently mounted, or the lower section, in which the smaller plate-holders were placed one 
after another. Exposures from one second up to one hundred and fifty seconds were to be 
given. To insure perfect following during the long exposures the ccelostat clock (which belongs 
to the twelve-inch Kenwood refractor) was used with its electric control. 

In spite of the fact that the long series of meteorological observations made at Solok showed 
it to be the most promising site available for the eclipse station, the sky was cloudy throughout 
totality, though at neighboring stations it was clear. In favorable weather the perfect condition 
of the apparatus and the care with which every adjustment had been made by Professor Barnard 
would certainly have insured success. 

LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE OF THE YERKES OBSERVATORY 

The latitude and longitude of the Yerkes Observatory were first determined by Mr. W. H. 
Wright, now of the Lick Observatory, in 1897, and the approximate values were given in 
Bulletin No. 2. In the autumn of 1900, through the courtesy of the United States Coast and 
Geodetic Survey, Assistants C. H. Sinclair (chief of party) and O. B. French were detailed to 
determine the latitude of the Observatory and the difference in longitude between our transit 
room and the Coast Survey station at St. Louis. A full description of Zenith Telescope No. 4, 
and of the methods of observation and reduction employed in the determination of the latitude 
by Mr. French, may be found in Report of the United States Geodetic Survey, 1897-98, Appen- 
dix No. 7 (fourth edition), pp. 342, 347-50, 354-63, etc. The resulting value of the latitude was 
42° 34' 12^64 ±0^038. 

In the determination of the longitude. Transit No. 18 was mounted on the transit pier of 
the Yerkes Observatory at a point 264 feet, 5 inches (=0?235) east of the forty-inch equatorial 
pier. At St. Loiiis, Transit No- 19 was mounted on the brick pier erected by Professor Wood- 
ward in the east end of the Observatory of the Washington University. This station is 1.2 feet 
(=0'001) west of the Coast Survey station of 1881. The results obtained from the observations 
were as follows : 

TABLE VIII 

St. Louis (1881)— Yerkes Observatory Transit (1900) 
Longitude St. Louis (1881), latest adjustment 
Longitude Yerkes Observatory Transit - - - - 
Longitude Yerkes Observatory forty-inch Equatorial - 



gm 


36" 248±0»009 


6" 


00 » 49!256 


5 


54 13.008 


5 


54 13.243 



k 



426 The Pbesident's Report 

I take pleasure in expressing the thanks of the Yerkes Observatory to Superintendents 
Pritchett and Tittmann, and to Assistants Sinclair and French, of the Coast and Geodetic Sm-vey, 
for the important results of this admirably conducted campaign. 

PUBLICATIONS 

Vol. I of the Publications of the Yerkes Observatory, entitled "A General Catalogue of 
1290 Double Stars Discovered from 1871 to 1899," by S. W. Burnham, was published in 1900. 
It is hoped that Vol. II will be published in 1903. Its contents will include: 

"Measures of Double Stars Made with the Forty-Inch Refractor of the Yerkes Observatory 
in 1900 and 1901," by S. W. Burnham. 

" Micometrical Observations of iJros made with the Forty-Inch Refractor of the Yerkes Observ- 
atory during the Opposition of 1900-1901," by E. E. Barnard. 

" On Certain Rigorous Methods of Treating Problems in Celestial Mechanics," by F. R. Moulton. 

"Radial Velocities of Twenty Stars Having Spectra of the Orion type," by Edwin B. Frost and 
Walter S. Adams. 

" The Spectra of Stars of Secchi's Fourth Type," by George E. Hale, Ferdinand Ellerman, and 
J. A. Parkhurst. 

" Astronomical Photography with the Forty-Inch Refractor and the Two-Foot Reflector of the 
Yerkes Observatory," by G. W. Ritchey. 

"The Orbit of the Minor Planet 334," by Kurt Laves. 

Most of these papers will be accompanied by reproductions of photographs. 
The following Bulletins have been issued since the publication of my last report: 

Bulletin No. 12 — " Carbon in the Chromosphere. Some New Forms of Spectroheliographs." 
Bulletin No. 13 — " Variable Star Observations with the Twelve-Inch and Forty-Inch Refractors." 
Bulletin No. 14—" Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse of May 28, 1900, at Wadesboro, N. C." 
Bulletin No, 15 — " Photographs of the Cluster M 13 Herculis with the Forty-Inch Visual 
Telescope." 

Bulletin No. 16—" The New Star in Perseus." 

Bulletin No. 17 — " Changes in the Spectrum of Nova Persei." 

Bulletin No. 18 — " Latitude and Longitude of the Yerkes Observatory." 

Hereafter Bulletins will be issued rarely, and only to provide for the publication of infor- 
mation which does not naturally find a place in other channels. 

A list of the papers contributed by members of the staff to scientific journals and the pro- 
ceedings of societies has been prepared for publication in one of the Decennial Volumes of the 
University, and need not be repeated here. 

OBSERVATORY LIBRARY 

(S. B. Barrett, Librarian) 

On July 1, 1902, an approximate determination of the number of books and pamphlets in 
the library (exclusive of those belonging to the private library of the Director) resulted as follows : 

TABLE IX 

Number of books, bound 1,320 

Number of books, unbound ..--.. 678 

Number of periodicals, unbound volumes - - - - 115 

Number of pamphlets .--_-.- 1,700 

The accessions for the year ending July 1, 1902, were 453, of which 122 are books and 331 
are pamphlets. Many books have been bound during the year, and others are now at the binders. 
Mr. Barrett has devoted much time to the card catalogue. 



The Yeekes Observatory 427 



The thanks of the Observatory are extended to all institutions and individuals who have 
contributed to the library. Special acknowledgment has been made of the gift of important 
sets of the proceedings of societies and the publications of observatories and laboratories. 

OPTICAL LABORATORY AND INSTRUMENT SHOP 

Under the effective superintendence of Mr. Ritchey, much work has been done in the 
optical laboratory and instrument shop since the publication of the last report. Mr. Eitchey's 
personal work has included the figruing of plane mirrors of thirty inches, twenty-four inches, 
twelve inches, and eight inches apertiu:e, concave mirrors of twenty-four inches apertxu-e and 
sixty-two and one-half feet focal length, twenty-four inches apertxire and one hundred and sixty- 
five feet focal length, twenty inches aperture and twenty-seven feet focal length, and a five-inch 
convex mirror. He has also designed the mechanical parts of most of the following instruments, 
which have been constructed wholly or in part during the period covered by the present report: 

Driving mechanism for large spectroheliograph. 
Mechanical parts of Bruce spectrograph, and its temperature case. 

Twelve-inch ccelostat and sixty-one and one-half foot horizontal telescope for eclipse of May 28, 
1900. 

Small {3}i X 4M inches) double-slide plate-carrier for forty-inch refractor and two-toot reflector. 
Large (8 X 10 inches) double-slide plate-carrier for forty-inch refractor. 
Thirty -inch coelostat and one hundred and sixty-five foot horizontal telescope. 

Other work done in the instrrmaent shop during this period includes: 

Mounting of six-inch objective of sixty-one and one-half feet focal length on forty-inch refractor. 

Mounting of a six-inch concave grating for the large concave grating spectroscope. 

Apparatus for work on the spectrum of the spark and rotating arc in liquids and on the spark 
in air at high pressures, together with much auxiliary apparatus required in the spectroscopic 
laboratory. 

Reconstruction of Kenwood spectroheliograph. 

Large concave grating spectrograph for coelostat reflector. 

Large concave and plane grating spectrograph with rotating slit for coelostat reflector. 

Six-inch comet seeker, the patterns for which were kindly loaned by the J. A. Brashear Co. 

Repairs of power-house engines, and other machinery. 

The machine for ruling gratings was practically completed by Mr. Mors in the summer of 
1899. At Professor Wadsworth's request, it was sent to him at the Allegheny Observatory for 
the final experiments required to get it into working order. The driving mechanism was con- 
structed by Brashear, after Professor Wadsworth's designs. On account of the delay in the 
completion of the new Allegheny Observatory, and the impossibility of maintaining the labora- 
tories of the old Allegheny Observatory at a uniform temperature, Professor Wadsworth has 
hitherto been unable to do any work on the machine. 

VISITORS AT THE YERKES OBSERVATORY 

Visitors are admitted to the Observatory on Saturday of each week, on presentation of 
tickets, which are furnished free of charge to those who apply for them. The number of tickets 
issued since the publication of my last report is as follows: , 

TABLE X 

July, 1899 to July, 1900 ----.- 4,889 

July, 1900 to July, 1901 5,009 

July, 1901 to July, 1902 5,288 



428 The President's Report 

From these numbers it will be seen that the interest of the public in the Observatory has 
undergone no diminution with time. The popular lectures which have been given at the Observ- 
atory during the summer season have drawn audiences which have outgrown the capacity of the 
Observatory. In view of the danger of admitting large audiences to the rising-floor, it has been 
suggested that a lecture-room be constructed on the ground floor of the large tower, where the 
acoustic properties would be much superior to those in the space under the dome. 

Kespectfully submitted, 

George E. Hale, 
Director of the Yerkes Observatory. 



k 



THE HULL ZOOLOGICAL LABORATOEY 

To the President of the University: 

Sir: I submit herewith a sketch of the history of the Department of Zoology, from 1892 
to June 30, 1902. 

In the earliest organization of the work of the University there was but a single Depart- 
ment of Biology. The original members of the Department were: Charles 0. Whitman, Ph.D., 
Head Professor of Biology and Professor of Animal Moi-phology; Henry Herbert Donaldson, 
Ph.D., Professor of Neurology; Franklin P. Mall, M.D., Professor of Biology; George Baur, 
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Paleontology; Jacques Loeb, M.D., Assistant Professor of 
Biology; William Morton Wheeler, Ph.D., Instructor in Biology; Edwin O. Jordan, B.S., 
Tutor in Animal Morphology; Sho Watas6, Ph.D., Eeader in Cellular Biology. 

The Fellows in Biology during the first year were: Charles L. Bristol, M.S.; A. C. 
Eycleshymer, B.S.; Herbert P. Johnson, B.S.; Frank K. Lillie, B.A.; A. D. Mead, M.S.; Harry 
L. Russell, B.S. 

The work of the first year was conducted under some difficulties, but with abundance of 
enthusiasm, in " Science Hall," a flat building that had been hastily erected at the corner of 
Lexington avenue and Fifty-fifth street for accommodation of World's Fair visitors. 

Before the end of the first year the Department of Biology had been divided into five, 
viz. : Zoology, Anatomy and Histology, Physiology, Neurology, and Paleontology. 

At the close of the first year of the University the Department of Zoology was moved into 
the Kent Chemical Laboratory, where it enjoyed the hospitality of the Department of Chemistry, 
until the removal of the Department to its permanent home, the Hull Zoological Laboratory, 
in 1897. 

From its foundation the Department of Zoology has emphasized the research side of its 
work. The results of this are evidenced, not only by the list of original contributions to 
Zoology by members of the Department, but also by the national scientific organizations and 
enterprises with which its members have been connected. 

STAFF OP THE DEPARTMENT 

Charles O. Whitman, Ph.D., appointed 1892, Head Professor of Biology and Professor of Animal Mor- 
phology; 1893, Head Professor of Zoology. 

George Baur, Ph.D., appointed 1892, Assistant Professor of Comparative Osteology and Paleontology; 
1893, transferred to Department of Paleontology. Deceased. 

William M. Wheeler, Ph.D., appointed 1892, Instructor in Embryology; 1894, Assistant Professor of 
Embryology; 1900, called to the University of Texas as Professor of Biology. 

Edwin O. Jordan, Ph.D., appointed 1892, Tutor in Zoology; 1893, Instructor in Biology; 1894, Assistant 
Professor of Zoology; 1896, Assistant Professor of Bacteriology; 1900, Associate Professor of 
Bacteriology; 1901, transferred to the Department of Pathology and Bacteriology. 

Sho Watas^, appointed 1892, Tutor in Cellular Biology; 1893, Instructor in Cellular Biology; 1894, 
Assistant Professor of Cellular Biology; 1900, called to the University of Tokyo as Professor of 
Cellular Biology. 

Prank R. Lillie, Ph.D., appointed 1893, Reader in Embryology; 1894, called to the University of 
Michigan as Instructor in Zoology; 1899, called to Vassar College as Professor of Biology 
(John P. Giraud Chair of Natural History); 1900, called to the University of Chicago as 
Assistant Professor of Zoology; 1902, Associate Professor of Embryology. 

429 



430 The Peesident's Kepoet 

D. G. Elliot, F.B.S.E., appointed 1894, Lecturer in Zoology, to 1896. 
Norman Wyld, appointed 1894, Docent in Zoology, to 1896. 

Charles Manning Child, Ph.D., appointed 1896, Associate in Zoology; 1898, Instructor in Zoology. 

A. L. Smith, Lecturer in Bacteriology, Summer Quarters of 1899 and 1900. 

Charles B. Davenport, Ph.D., appointed 1899, Assistant Professor of Zoology; 1901, Associate 

Professor of Zoology and Embryology. 
Howell E. Davies, Ph.D., appointed 1899, Assistant in Bacteriology; 1901, resigned. 
Elliott R. Downing, Ph.D., Assistant in Zoology, Summer Quarter, 1901. 

E. H. Harper, Ph.D., Assistant in Zoology, Summer Quarter, 1901-2. 
W. L. Tower, 1901, appointed Assistant in Embryology. 

LIST OF FELLOWS 

The following have held Fellowships in the Department of Zoology: 

1892-1893 

Charles L. Bristol, to 1894; Professor of Biology, New York University. 

A. C. Eycleshymer, Ph.D.; Assistant Professor of Anatomy, University of Chicago. 

Herbert P. Johnson, Ph.D.; Bussey Institute, Boston, Mass. 

Prank R. Lillie, Ph.D.; Associate Professor of Embryology, University of Chicago. 

A. D. Mead, Ph.D., Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Brown University. 

Harry L. Russell, Ph.D.; Professor of Bacteriology, University of Wisconsin. 

1893-1894 
Emanuel R. Boyer; deceased. 
John P. Munson, to 1897. 

Marcus S. Farr, Ph.D.; Curator, New York State Museum, Albany. 
O. P. Hay (Hon.); Curator, American Museum of Natural History, New York city. 
William A. Locy (Hon.), Ph.D., to 1895; Professor of Zoology, Northwestern University, Evanston, 111. 
A. L. Treadwell (Hon.), Ph.D., to 1896; Professor of Biology, Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 
Cornelia M. Clapp (Hon.), Ph.D.; Professor of Zoology, Mount Holyoke College, S. Hadley, Mass. 

1894-1895 

Howard S. Brode, Ph.D., to 1896; Professor of Biology, University of Washington, Walla Walla, Wash. 
Charles M. Child, Ph.D., to 1896; Instructor, University of Chicago. 
Harriett Bell Merrill, to 1896; Teacher, Milwaukee High School. 

1895-1896 
Agnes M. Claypole. 

Samuel J. Holmes, Ph.D., to 1897; Instructor in Zoology, University of Michigan. 

Virgil E. McCaskill, Ph.D.; Professor of Biology, Normal School, Stevens Point, Wis. 

Wales H. Packard, to 1899; Instructor in Biology, Bradley Polytechnic Institute, Peoria, 111. 

1896-1897 

Harry R. Fling; Professor of Biology, Normal School, Oshkosh, Wis. 
Mary M.Sturges, to 1898. ^^^^_^^^^ 

Fred L. Charles; Teacher of Biology, Lake View High School, Chicago. 
Emily Ray Gregory, Ph.D., to 1899; Professor of Biology, Wells College, Aurora, N. Y. 
Michael F. Guyer, Ph.D., to 1900; Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Cincinnati. 
George W. Hunter, Jr.; Teacher of Biology, DeWitt Clinton High School Annex, New York city. 
Howell S. Davies; St. Luke's Hospital, Chicago. 

1898-1899 

Ralph S. Lillie, Ph.D.; Instructor in Physiology, University of Nebraska. 
Horatio H. Newman, to 1900. 



The Hull Zoological Laboeatoey 



431 



Anne Moore, Ph.D. 



1899-1900 
1900-1901 



Charles C. Adams, to 1902; Curator, Zoological Museum, University of Michigan. 

Elliott R. Downing, Ph.D.; Professor of Biology, State Normal School, Marquette, Mich. 

Minnie M. Entemann, Ph.D. 

Eugene H. Harper, Ph.D.; Professor of Biology. 

William J. Moenkhaus; Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Indiana, Bloomington, Ind. 

Alice Wilcox; Instructor in Zoology, Wellesley College, Mass. 

1901-1902 
Bennett M. Allen. 

Mary Hefferan ; Curator, Bacteriological Museum, University of Chicago. 

THE LABORATORY 

The Zoological Laboratory is 120 X 50 feet, and four stories high, exclusive of basement. 
The accompanying plans show the arrangement of the rooms: 











\/ 










"^ 


X-^ 


i3 

\ 


/ 


t2 1 


/ 

\ 














/ / 


y 


14 




^v. 




X 


lO 


\ 


// 1 















FIRST FLOOR 

On the first floor are six rooms, numbered 10 to 15. Kooms 10, 11, 12, and 13 were origin- 
ally intended for a small museum; Rooms 14 and 15 are laboratories for the elementary work, 
and are capable of accommodating, when properly furnished, about thirty -five students. Eooms 
12 and 13 are at present occupied by the library of the Biological Departments, and Eoom 10 
is used as a research-room for the Department of Pathology and Bacteriology. Room 11 is in 
use at the present time for a part of the zoological collections. The remainder of the collections 
is scattered over the building, or stored in the basement. The space in Room 10 is much 



432 



The President's Report 



needed for exhibition of tiie material; and the recent formal establishment of a Museum of 
Zoology will soon make the space of Rooms 12 and 13 necessary. 

The second floor is devoted mainly to research. Room 21, at the west end, is a research 




SECOND FLOOR 



laboratory for advanced students. Two private research-roorns for Fellows of the Department 
open off this. Rooms 20, 22, and 23 are also research-rooms for members of the staff; 24 is a 
lecture-room, seating about sixty students. Rooms 25 and 26 are occupied by the Director of 




THIRD FLOOR 



the Laboratory and the artist; 27 and 28 are research-rooms for Fellows or assistants. Room 
29 is a laboratory, used at present both for Bacteriology and Embryology at different times. 

The ends of the third floor are occupied by two large laboratories. Room 31 is used for 
Comparative Anatomy and Embryology; 36, for Bacteriology and Embryology; 30 is the 



The Hull Zoological Laboratory 



433 



embryological preparation-room; 32, 33, and 35 are private rooms for members of the staff; 34 
is a research-laboratory for the work in variation and statistical zoology; 37 is used both as 
a lecture-room and general laboratory for the same subjects; 38 is a private research-room. 

The fourth floor is at present occupied entirely by the Department of Bacteriology. 

In the basement are nine rooms, variously used and fully occupied as storage and animal 
rooms; and a glass-covered extension for aquaria, 25 X 40 feet. 

At present the Department is greatly hampered for lack of sufficient space — a condition 
that will be improved with the removal of the Department of Pathology and Bacteriology, 
The fourth floor will then come into use for work in Comparative Anatomy and for the quarters 
of the preparator, and the room on the ground floor, vacated by Pathology, will be immediately 
occupied by the musemu, at present crowded into one small room. 




fourth floor 

The Department thus needs at the present time the entire space in the building. Even 
then one considerable drawback will remain: the lack of a lecture-room of adequate size for the 
largest classes. For this the Department is at present dependent upon the courtesy of the 
Head of the Department of Botany. 

There are still many deficiencies in the furnishing and equipment of the laboratories. The 
sum of $11,000 could be well expended in the following ways: 
$2,500 for oak, glass-faced cases for the museum. 
500 for adequate equipment of a preparation-room. 
5,000 for skeletons, injected materials, and rare specimens for the museum. 
2,000 for completing the furnishings of the laboratories, cases, tables, aquaria, etc. 
1,000 for a complete photographic outfit and dark room (one of the most pressing needs at present). 

VIVARIUM 
The Department would- also recommend the expenditure of about $175,000 in building 
and equipping a good vivarium, which should include the best provisions for maintaining all 
forms of animal life under conditions as nearly normal as possible. The importance of such a 
provision in the work of all the Biological Departments could hardly be overestimated. It 
would be possible under these conditions to carry on long series of experiments in the breeding 
of animals, in the efl'ect of altered conditions on animals, on the laws of inheritance, etc. A 
very attractive feature of such a vivarium would be the marine aquarium, in which all classes 



434 The President's Kepoet 

of marine animals could be kept the year around, and many of the advantages of a marine 
biological laboratory be brought to our own doors. No less important would be a fresh-water 
aquarium, including one or two small ponds. 

Such a vivarium would require at the start a number of trained attendants for the care of 
the aquaria and animals. 

This vivarium would be of the greatest assistance in the work of the three Departments of 
Zoology, Physiology, and Botany. 

LIBRARY 

Next to its Faculty, the greatest concern of a university should be its collection of books. 
Since ancient times, at every center of learning where scholars have come together they have 
sought first to establish a great library. It is natural, therefore, that the Department of 
Zoology should urge the necessity of doing something to improve the scientific side of the library. 

There are two special requirements met by a library in any science like Zoology: first, it 
is essential that all that has ever been published on any subject of the science should be at 
once easily accessible; second, it is important for the investigator that the current ideas of his 
colleagues in whatever field should be early accessible to him, since they afford suggestions 
and a stimulus. 

The first-mentioned function of a library is a consequence of the essential nature of a 
science. It builds upon recorded facts. If the scientific worker cannot get the recorded facts, 
he may waste much time in duplicating work already done. Moreover, every worker is bound 
to show the relation of his facts to those previously known; to bring together all the scattered 
published data bearing upon his investigation, and to examine them critically in the light of 
his investigation. All this requires that the complete literature of Zoology, as indexed in the 
Record or Bericht of the science, should be available. 

At present the Library of the University, including the Biological Group Library, comes 
far short of reaching the ideal of completeness, and is every year getting more hopelessly 
behind. At the present time we are regularly receiving only about 15 per cent, of the zoological 
journals, and probably only about 20 per cent, of the current output in Zoology. We are much 
more deficient in the literature previous to 1892. Altogether, probably less than 5 per cent, of 
the books on Zoology are accessible at the University. The chances are thus greatly against a 
student being able to refer to any article cited. In consequence, any attempt to present a com- 
plete critical analysis of the literature on a subject becomes impossible. In fact, the highest 
type of scholarly work in Zoology cannot be done at the University; and so long as this is so, 
the best graduate students will tend to eastern universities. 

In comparison with other sciences at the University, Zoology has fared very badly. Cer- 
tain sciences, such as Chemistry, report that they have a nearly complete library. But chemi- 
cal books cost far less than those of Zoology. It is the lithographic plates that make zoological 
literature the most expensive of any science. An appropriation for books that would suffice for 
Chemistry would be meager indeed for Zoology. Moreover, not only is the zoological literature 
expensive, but it is very great in the number of parts issued. Consequently the work of the 
Department has been hampered by an insufficient library. There is no single way in which the 
work of the Zoological Department, as at present limited, could be more effectively strengthened 
than by an income of $10,000 a year to be devoted exclusively to zoological books. 

EQUIPMENT 

The Department possesses thirteen Zeiss compound microscopes of the highest grade, and 
about fifty other compound microscopes, mostly by Leitz; thirty -one dissecting microscopes; 
sixteen camera lucidas; and other optical apparatus. There are sixteen microtomes, an electrical 



The Hull Zoological Laboeatory 435 

projection lantern with attachment for microscopical projection, in addition to a great variety of 
minor apparatus. The collection of charts includes the complete Leuckart and Nitzsche series, 
and about one hundred prepared in the Laboratory. The Department also has the complete 
series of Ziegler Embryological Wax Models, as well as some others. 

The museum contains a small synoptic collection composed of typical representatives of 
the principal groups, and some material prepared for purposes of illustration and demonstration. 
A collection of North American moths and butterflies, comprising twenty cases, has been pur- 
chased by the Department, and, in addition, there is a number of skeletons of vertebrates, 
mounted and immounted. Mention should also be made of the Baur Collection of Galapagos 
vertebrates, including specimens of the famous giant tortoise of these islands. 

A collection of microscopic preparations has been begun, which is at present used chiefly 
in the various courses of instruction, and consists of about three to four thousand slides. It is 
intended, in the case of the embryological collection, to prepare as complete a series of slides as 
possible, illustrating the development of different classes of animals, for use by investigators. 

A LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

It is to Mr. Edward Phelpes Allis, of Milwaukee, that we owe the first attempt to establish 
a lake biological station. It was under the auspices of the Allis Lake Laboratory that the 
Journal of Morphology was started. The plan was to locate the station eventually among the 
smaller lakes of Wisconsin. This part of the scheme is of first importance, for the small lakes 
are of far greater value than the large ones for biological pmposes. The fauna and flora in 
these small Wisconsin lakes are far richer than those of Lake Michigan, the conditions are more 
varied, the water pure and transparent. They are connected by streams of convenient size for 
complete control, and just adapted to feed small ponds made alongside for special purposes. 

It would be a mistake, from every point of view, to locate a station on the Great Lakes, for 
the life in these is greatly inferior in variety and scientific interest, and what there is is less 
accessible and handled with great difficulty on account of the muddy water. 

The ideal place for a lake laboratory is among the smaller lakes. The Great Lakes are 
great only in body of water; biologically they are incomparably smaller than the small lakes. 
Even the minute surface forms of life, on which much more has been said than done, are 
undoubtedly more abundant in the small lakes. 

A lake laboratory would miss the mark if it did not provide for studies on living organisms. 
Here its functions would merge with those of a biological farm, which should certainly be 
developed in close connection with it. The union of these two projects, liberally supported, 
would mark an epoch in the history of Biology of unprecedented importance. 

A BIOLOGICAL FARM 

FOE THE EXPEBIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OP HEREDITY, VARIATION, AND EVOLUTION, AND FOR THE 
STUDY OF LIFE-HISTORIES, HABITS, INSTINCTS, AND INTELLIGENCE 

The biological laboratories of today, in design, equipment, and staff, are almost exclusively 
limited to the study of dead material. Living organisms may find a place in small aquaria or 
vivaria, but they are reserved, as a rule, not for study, but for fresh supplies of dead material. 
It is no disparagement of the laboratory to point out a broad limitation in its ordinary functions 
and the pressing need of new facilities for observation and experiment on living organisms. 

The fundamental problems of heredity, variation, adaptation, and evolution cannot be 
wholly settled in the laboratory. They concern vital processes known only in living organisms 
—processes which are slow and cumulative in effects, expressing themselves in development, 
growth, life-histories, species, habits, instincts, intelligence. These problems require, therefore. 



436 The President's Report 

to be taken to the field, the pond, the sea, the island, where the forms selected for study can be 
kept under natural conditions, and where the work can be continued from year to year without 
interruption. Such a field, combining land and water, stocked with animals and plants, and 
provided with a staff of naturalists, would have the essentials of a biological farm, now justly 
considered to be one of the great desiderata of Biology. 

This great need (pointed out in all our annual programs since 1892, and named as one of 
the three leading purposes of the Culver endowment) has been felt ever since Darwin's time, 
and has been strongly urged by such evolutionists as Komanes, Varigny, Galton, Weismann, 
and Meldola. Thus far the project has not been realized, except on a small scale through 
individual effort. 

The most notable move in this direction is that of Professor Cossar Ewart, of the Univer- 
sity of Edinburgh. The Penycuik Experiments — the first product of Professor Ewart's enter- 
prise — form a brilliant illustration of the kind of fruit to be expected from a farm devoted to 
experimental research. Single-handed, Professor Ewart attacks the problems of heredity, and 
quickly shows how decisive are direct experiments in dealing with such subjects as telegony, 
prepotency, reversion, inbreeding, etc. 

The plans proposed by Romanes and Varigny had as chief ends in view demonstrative 
tests of the theory of the origin of species by natural selection. But the contest between the 
old belief in the immutability of species and the new doctrine of descent has been decided, and 
the original idea of the farm has consequently ceased to have great influence. 

The functions to be fulfilled by a farm are no longer prescribed by the exigencies of 
theories, but by the deeper and broader needs of pure research on living organisms. The 
problems of heredity and variability are fundamental, and naturally form the center of interest. 
Variability is the source of new species and the fountain of all progressive development in the 
organic world. In heredity lies the power of propagation and continuity of species. These are 
inexhaustible subjects, from the investigation of which must flow rich accessories to knowledge, 
which will redound to the advancement of human welfare. 

These subjects are in some aspects and details amenable to laboratory research; but for 
the most part they can be effectively dealt with only under conditions represented in the farm. 
This holds, for example, in that most promising branch of experimental Biology — hybridization. 
Botanical gardens and zoological parks have been utilized to some extent in this work, but they 
are adapted to show purposes, and of little value for research of this kind. The far-reaching 
importance of this subject, both for science and practical breeding purposes, is well attested in 
Mr. Ewart's experiments, in those of Hugo de Vries, as recorded in his monographs on the origin 
of species in the plant world, and again in Mr. Bateson's Experimental Studies in the 
Physiology of Heredity. 

The functions of a biological farm are not all summed up in experimentation. That old 
and true method of Natural History — observation — must ever have a large share in the study 
of living things. Observation, Experiment, and Reflection are three in one. Together they are 
omnipotent; disjoined they become impotent fetiches. The Biology of today, as we are begin- 
ning to realize, has not too much laboratory, but too little of living nature. The farm will 
certainly do much to mend this great deficiency. The farm would enable us to work out 
life-histories, bring us face to face with instinct, put it under control so we could handle it, 
photograph it, analyze it, read its history, and extort from it an answer to the question: Whence 
and how came intelligence? 

It would enable us to extend the study of development beyond the stages presented in the 
egg and the embryo to those leading up to mature age, and thus bring within reach vast series 
of most important data for the study of evolution. 



The Hull Zoological Laboeatoet 437 

In such data we might expect to see to what extent individual development recapitulates 
race-development, and to get important clues to the meaning of this so-called biogenetic law. 
The whole meaning of development and heredity is involved in these phenomena of " recapitu- 
lation." That the first step in recapitulation is the germ-cell, we know. The fertilized germ, 
or egg, passes through a series of form-stages, leading through the morula, blastula, gastrula, 
embryo, larva, etc. Whether these stages epitomize the ancestral series is a question very diffi- 
cult to decide, and opinion is much divided. This obscure but fundamental problem of devel- 
opment can probably never be solved by embryological data alone. Paleontology throws much 
light on the general question, but deals entirely with non-living remains. If there be recapitu- 
lation, it should certainly be discoverable in post-embryonic stages, where characteristic features 
are slowly elaborated and brought to completion in detail qxiite beyond the possibilities in 
earlier life. Strange to say, these later stages have been but little studied in living forms, 
museum morgues having been the chief reliance. It is in these stages that recapitulation may 
be actually seen as a life-process, successive steps in evolution repeating themselves with suffi- 
cient fulness to satisfy the most skeptical. Such sequences are often manifest in the develop- 
ment of instinctive behavior, and even in voice-changes and food-instincts at certain life-epochs 
corresponding seemingly to evolution-epochs. 

Remembering that the distant ancestors of land animals were undoubtedly aquatic, the 
history of individual development in amphibious forms of today becomes intelligible as an 
abbreviated and variously modified record of race-evolution. Making all allowance for second- 
ary adaptive changes, it is nevertheless safe to say that race-evolution is sketched in the develop- 
ment of the individual — sketched not only in fundamental features of structure, but also in 
the accompanying physiological and psychological changes. Reminiscences of aquatic life are 
seen not only in land animals that return to the water to deposit their eggs, but also in all the 
higher animals, since they begin life in the unicellular stage and their eggs require for develop- 
ment to be bathed in water or an aqueous fluid. 

Sequence in color-patterns, so characteristic of young animals of almost all species, and 
especially so of birds, furnishes innumerable illustrations of the biogenetic law, and in many 
cases, where only two extremes of the sequence are present, it is possible by simple experiment 
to bridge the gap, and thus to show that the two extremes are really two stages of a continuous 
development. For example, in some wild species of pigeons we find that the color-pattern of 
the first plumage succeeding the down is so different from that of the second (adult) plumage 
as to appear to have no direct developmental relation to it. By plucking one or more feathers 
from the first plumage at diflPerent times before the first moult, intermediate stages can be 
obtained, showing precisely how the first pattern can be progressively converted into the second. 
Such experiments enable us to force from nature more complete records of her past and present 
doings. 

Work on living organisms, dealing with such subjects as heredity, variation, adaptation, 
correlation, development, recapitulation, hybridization, origin of species, natxu'e of specific 
characters, life-histories, habits, instincts, intelligence, etc., requiring vminterrupted continuance 
from year to year for long periods, under conditions that secure most favorable control for 
experimentation and study, calls for facilities which have yet to be provided for. 

There is no quite satisfactory name for the new plant required for such work, and no one 
has suggested a practical method of developing it. " Biological Farm," broadly defined, is 
perhaps the best we can do for a name, as the work would be, so far as possible, upon plants 
and animals under cultivation. A considerable tract of land, of varied surface, including woods, 
streams, and ponds, would represent the essentials of the farm headquarters. 

In dealing with the problem of heredity and variation, it is of the highest importance to 



438 The President's Keport 

know the history of the material to be investigated. It is this prime essential that is so con- 
spicuously missing in most of the work hitherto done in these lines. Curves and formulsG may 
be all right mathematically and yet all wrong biologically. Even Galton, the father of the 
statistical school, warns us that " no pm-suit runs between so many pitfalls and unseen traps as 
that of statistics." ' 

The farm will furnish material with exact records, and will thus render a most important 
service to laboratory workers. A single illustration will suffice. It has been discovered that 
the paternal and maternal chromosomes in the cross-fertilized egg remain distinct, at least in 
the earlier stages of development. This seems to account for the fact that hybrids of the first 
generation between distinct species are generally " intermediates." When these hybrids breed 
inter se or with the parent species, we often get so-called " reversions." Hitherto we have not 
found any explanation for these "reversions." The solution of this most interesting problem 
in heredity only waits for the right material with precisely defined origin, and for this the 
laboratory could look to the farm. But the farm could do more than supply the needed mate- 
rial; its records and experiments would suggest the theory and give the physiological test, 
while the laboratory work would find the morphological test. The co-operation between labora- 
tory and farm would thus be intimate and of inestimable value in a multitude of ways. 

The practical question arises as to how to proceed with the development of a farm. Our 
limited experience strongly confirms the opinion with which we set out, namely, that the best 
method is to develop the farm slowly, section by section. Each section should be a group of 
related species, selected with a view to combining a wide range of problems. It should be 
developed and directed by an investigator prepared to make it his life-work. This investigator, 
or director, should have the support of a number of assistants competent to deal with special 
problems, one or two artists, a photographer, a stenographer, a keeper, and a business superin- 
tendent. 

Developed in this way, the cost of maintenance would not be heavy at first; $10,000 a year 
would support a large and thriving section. The multiplication of sections and the general 
growth of the work would call for a larger income. A farm of ten large sections would require 
an endowment of a million. 

If the scheme here outlined approaches the ideal which science is waiting to see realized, 
it will be seen that the farm does not find its chief purpose in demonstrations of the truth of 
evolution or in testing the theory of natural selection. It is not a project designed simply to 
turn out curves and formidse, nor is it the particular pet of any school or fad. Moreover, the 
prevailing idea that it has something in common with a zoological or botanical park, rests on a 
total misapprehension. The organization, management, and all the conditions obtaining in the 
public park are incongruous with those required for a research farm. Heterogeneous collections 
of animals, exhibited for the amusement of people, are wholly unsuited to the purposes of 
investigation in time, place, and character. For the kind of work contemplated, the investigator 
must have forms of his own selection, collected, arranged, and kept for his special purposes. 
He must have complete and permanent control of his quarters and the forms he is to study, 
and, above all, complete isolation from the public. Only under such conditions could he have 
the unbroken quiet required in delicate observation, or expect natural behavior from the forms 
occupying his attention. 

The location of a biological farm should be such as to give command of as many 
natural advantages as possible. The ideal situation would include plain, ridges, hills, woods, 
streams, ponds, and a tract of seashore. From fifty to one hundred acres or more would be 
needed. 

1 Biometrika, Vol, I, p. 8. 



The Hull Zoological Laboratory 439 

The farm should be in close touch with a laboratory, and this need would suggest a com- 
bination of the farm project with a marine laboratory or with a lake biological station. In either 
case the two establishments would work hand in hand in many problems, and accomplish far 
more together than they could by separate work. 

The possibility of first choice in location is now open to the University. The project is 
already in the minds of the people connected with other institutions, and it seems probable that 
it will be undertaken somewhere in a very short time. The lead in this important work in this 
section of the country should be taken at once. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Charles O. Whitman. 



THE WALKER MUSEUM 

To the President of the University: 

Sib: I submit herewith my report on the condition of the Walker Musexrm from its 
organization to June 30, 1902. 

The Walker Museum was founded by a gift of $130,000 from Mr. George C. Walker, in 
the spring of 1892. The Museum building, which consists of a fireproof structure of three 
stories and basement, was formally opened October 1, 1893. The presentation address by Mr. 
Walker and the President's response, which are given in the historical sketch, printed elsewhere 
in this volume, set forth the history of the foundation of the Museimi 

THE STAFF 

The Museum is under the general charge of the following officers of government: 
Thomas Chrowder Chamberlin, Professor of Geology, and Director. 

CUEATOES 

Rollin D. Salisbury, Professor of Geographic Geology. 

Joseph Paxson Iddings, Professor of Petrology. 

Richard Alexander Fullerton Penrose, Jr., Professor of Economic Geology. 

Samuel Wendell Williston, Professor of Paleontology. 

Frederick Starr, Associate Professor of Anthropology. 

Stuart Weller, Assistant Professor of Paleontologic Geology. 

William F. E. Gurley, Associate Curator in Paleontology. 

SCOPE OF THE MUSEUM 

The collections in Anthropology, Geology, Geography, Mineralogy, Petrography, Paleon- 
tology, Osteology, Botany, Semitic Archaeology, and Comparative Religions were at first 
accommodated within the building. On the establishment of the Haskell Oriental Museum 
the collections in Semitic Archaeology and Comparative Religions were transferred to it, and on 
the opening of the Hull Biological Laboratories the collections in Botany, Osteology, and 
vertebrate Paleontology were removed to these. The Museum, therefore, now embraces the 
collections in Anthropology, Geology, Geography, Mineralogy, Petrography, and historical 
Paleontology. The collections at first consisted chiefly of purchases, of gifts from the 
exhibitors at the World's Fair, and of a few donations made by generous friends. To these, 
important additions have been made from year to year by purchases, by gifts, and by collec- 
tions made by members of the University staff, for which provision has been made by University 
appropriations or by fimds provided by friends 

THE GEOLOGICAL COLLECTION 

The general geological collection contains a large variety of material illustrating the 
phenomena of the earth's structure and the modes of action of dynamic agencies. It also 
embraces a series of models, casts, photographs, and lantern slides illustrating structural and 
other phenomena. The economic division of the collection embraces a large series of ores, 
economic minerals, and mining products representing the various phases of industrial Geology. 
These have been drawn from the leading mining districts of the United States and from among 
foreign countries. 

440 



The Walker Museum 441 



THE GEOGEAPHICAL COLLECTION 

The collection of illustrative geographic material embraces a large series of models, casts, 
maps, photographs, and lantern slides illustrating the leading types of topographic expression 
and the methods by which surface configuration is produced. The relief maps and models 
represent the actual configuration of the sxirface of certain selected regions in various parts of 
the world. 

MINERALOGICAL AND PETROLOGICAL COLLECTIONS 

The collection in Mineralogy embraces a systematic series of choice minerals arranged in 
cases for public exhibition, and a supplementary series arranged in drawers for laboratory 
study and the illustration of lectures. The petrological collection embraces a systematic series 
of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks, arranged chiefly with reference to laboratory 
and lecture-room service. These are accompanied by an extensive series of microscopic slides 
for optical study. There are special collections of volcanic rocks from a number of typical 
localities in western America. 

Two collections of value have recently been added to the mineralogical group: one col- 
lection, which was donated by Mr. C K. G. Billings and exhibited at the Paris Exposition by 
the University, represents the silicate minerals of America; the other, loaned to the University 
by W. C E. Seeboeck, is a beautiful collection of crystallized minerals, embracing more than 
three thousand specimens. 

THE PALEONTOLOGICAL COLLECTION 

The collection of fossils includes a systematic series of life relics arranged in stratigraphic 
order for the purpose of illustrating the successive faunas and floras of the earth's history. It 
also embraces a much larger collection arranged in drawers for the purpose of laboratory study 
and class illustration. Besides specimens purchased and gathered from various sources, 
including many minor donations, the collection embraces the following special collections: 
The Gvrley Collection, the most important and valuable collection in the Museum, is of 
especial interest to the University, as it is particularly rich in the Paleozoic fossils of the 
Mississippi valley. (This collection contains material which requires fifteen thousand cata- 
logue entries. About six hundred types of species are included in the collection.) The 
Washburn Collection is very rich in Niagara species; the James Collection, valuable for its 
Cincinnati types; the Kramtz Collection, a collection of European fossils; the Barton Col- 
lection, representing the Niagara formation of Chicago; the Matthew Collection, containing 
Cambrian fossils from New Brunswick; the Squyer Collection, a small collection of Cretaceous 
fossils fi'om the Black Hills; the Ami Collection, a small collection of Ordovician fossils from 
Canada; the Willcox Collection, a small but choice collection of Tertiary shells from Florida 
and other eastern localities; the Waller Collection, rich in the Carboniferous fossils of south- 
western Missouri; the Sampson Collection, a valuable collection of the rare Chouteau limestone 
fossils of central Missouri. 

THE ANTHROPOLOGICAL COLLECTION 

The anthropological collection contains a large quantity of ethnographic and archaeo- 
logical material, which has recently been much extended by the collections of Professor Starr. 
In addition to these, the following collections are on deposit and furnish material for study: 
The Ryerson Collection in Mexican Archaeology, numbering more than three thousand pieces; 
the Ryerson Collection, from the clifif dwellings and cave houses of Utah, accompanied by a 
series of photographs which add much to its educational value. These two collections were 



442 The President's Report 

deposited by Mr. Martin A. Eyerson. The Fulcomer Collection, from the Aleutian Islands 
and the northwest coast, illustrating the Ethnography of the Eskimos, the Aleuts, and their 
neighbors; it is deposited by Miss Anna Fulcomer. The Clement Collection, from Japan, 
containing art works in lacquer and porcelain, and an interesting series of articles used in the 
curious Dolls' Festival; it is deposited by Professor E. W. Clement, of Tokio, Japan. The 
Starr Collection in Mexican Archaeology, particularly rich in specimens which have been 
illustrated in important writings. The International Folk-Lore Association Collection, 
including masks, games, religious objects, and a large series of the wooden dolls made by the 
Moki Indians of Arizona and described by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes; the collection was made by 
Mrs. Helen W. Bassett and transferred by her to the association. 

DONORS 

Among the donors to the geological, mineralogical, petrological, paleontological and 
anthropological divisions of the Museum are the following: 

Professor W. C. Alderson; Dr. F. H. Day; C. H. Rose & Co.; Superintendent Sorin, of the 
Arizona exhibit; Mr. James Douglas; Mr. Adaire, of the Arkansas exhibit; Barber Asphalt Co.; 
Superintendent Fowler, of the British Columbia exhibit; Superintendent Willmotte, of the Canadian 
exhibit; Superintendent Berlime, of the Cape Colony exhibit; P. M. Harris, of the Chili exhibit; 
Superintendent Hicks, of the Colorado exhibit; President Jackson, of the Florida exhibit; M. Max 
Duchonoy, of the French exhibit; Superintendent Marcou, of the Minnesota exhibit; Superintendent 
Bickford, of the Montana exhibit; Superintendent Came, of the New South Wales exhibit; Superin- 
tendent Brown, of the North Carolina exhibit; Superintendent Boyle, of the Ontario exhibit; 
Superintendent Ayres, of the Oregon exhibit; Superintendent Mcintosh, of the Quebec exhibit; 
Superintendent Webb, of the South Dakota exhibit; Standard Oil Co.; Superintendent Arthur 
Teffler, of the Swedish exhibit; Superintendent Meany, of the Washington exhibit; United States 
government; United States Geological Survey; Dr. and Mrs. Henry D. Sheldon; Miss Annice Butts; 
Professor R. A. F. Penrose, Jr.; Dr. G. LindstrOm; Mrs. A. D. Davidson; Mr. J. C. Carr; Mr. A. H. 
Rudd; Mr. J. A. Bownocker; Mr. D. K. Gregor; Mr. J. W. Macfarland; Professors S. L. Penfield, L. 
V. Pirsson, T. C. Chamberlin, R. D. Salisbury; Mr. Martin A. Ryerson; Dr. Milton Moss; Dr. Henry 
S. Washington; Professors J. F. Kemp, George P. Merrill; Field Columbian Museum; Mr. J. W. 
Yoder; Mr. F. T. Cockerton; Mr. F. W. Cooper; Mr. C. G. Woodall; Mr. H. P. Heizer; Professors W. 
B. Clark, F. D. Adams, J. P. Iddings; Mr. H. W. Turner; Mr. M. B. Steozynski; Mr. J. H. Shaffner; 
Mr. Frank Wilder; Professor A. H. Purdue; Mr. D. W. Meade; Mr. Stuart Weller; Mr. H. BaokstrOm; 
Mr. B. Frosterus; Mrs. David Whiteford (books); Mrs. Oliver Hicks; Mr. Robert Howell; Professor 
J. A. Udden; Mr. L. Howard; Mr. W. C. Knight; Mr. T. H. MacBride; Mrs. Ralph Emerson; Mr. E. E. 
Teller; Chicago Academy of Sciences; Mr. H. B. Derr; Mr. H. H. Hurley; Miss Mary Marvin; Mr. H. 
F. Bain; Mr. F. C. Baker; Professor C. R. Eastman; Mr. George C. Morgan; Mr. T. E. Savage; Mr. 
W. T. Lee; Mr. A. W. Slooum; Mr. John K. Prather; Professor J. J. Stevenson; Mr. George F. 
Harris; Mr. Frank Springer; Professor Joseph Willcox; Mr. F. W. Sardeson; Mr. C. H. Sternberg; 
Mr. R. F. Damon; Mr. Frank Hartley; Ward's Natural Science Establishment, Smithsonian Institu- 
tion; Due de Loubat; Major W. S. Beebe; Mr. N. S. Boughton; Mr. J. E. Freeman; Mr. W. A 
Alexander; Mr. F. H. Reute; Dr. Alexander Bruce; Mrs. Dr. Sheldon. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Thomas C. Chamberlin, Director. 



THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith a sketch of the history of the Department of Geology from 1892 
to June 30, 1902. 

The Department of Geology was organized in 1892 by the appointment of the following 
instructional staff: 

Thomas C. Chamberlin, Ph.D., LL.D., Head Professor of Geology. 
Rollin D. Salisbury, A.M., Professor of Geographic Geology. 
Joseph P. Iddings, Ph.B., Associate Professor of Petrology. 
R. A. F. Penrose, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economic Geology. 
Charles R. Van Hise, Ph.D., Non-Resident Professor of Pre-Cambrian Geology. 
Charles D. Walcott, Non-Resident Professor of Paleontologic Geology. 
William H. Holmes, A.B., Non-Resident Professor of Archaeologic Geology. 
Henry B. Kummel, A.B., Fellow in Geology. 

Twenty -eight courses of study were adopted, entitled as follows: Physiography, Crystal- 
lography, Physical Mineralogy, Descriptive Mineralogy, Petrology, Petrography, Petrology 
(Advanced), Field Petrology, General Geology, Geographic Geology, Laboratory Work in 
Geographic Geology, Stnactural Geology and Continental Evolution, Dynamic Geography, 
Economic Geology, Chemistry of Ore Deposits, Geologic Life-Development, Paleontologic 
Geology, Paleontology, Pre-Cambrian Geology, Laboratory Course in Pre-Cambrian Geology, 
Archaeologic Geology, Principles and Working Methods of Geology, Special Geology, Local 
Field Geology, Seminar, Geology in Camp, Professional Geology, Independent Field Work. 
The controlling purposes of the Department were set forth as follows: 

The Department has been organized with a view to providing systematic training in Geology 
(embracing, as constituent sciences. Geography, Mineralogy, and Petrology) in such a form as to be 
serviceable as a part of a liberal education, and, at the same time, to be specifically preparatory to 
professional and investigative work in the science, either in connection with educational institutions, 
official surveys, industrial enterprises, or private researches. The first purpose predominates in the 
earlier courses and the second in the later, but both have a place in all, and find their realization in a 
common method of treatment. The professional element has been the more controlling in the con- 
struction of the courses, and the professional or investigative phase of treatment will find constant 
expression in their execution. While it is not expected that more than a small percentage of those 
who take the earlier courses will have such professional or investigative work in view, or will ever 
engage in it, it is believed that they will derive larger and more distinctive returns because of such 
shaping of the work than they would under the more common didactic methods, because of the closer 
contact with the living problems of the science into which they will thus be brought. That special 
mental and moral discipline which is appropriate to the science, and is distinctive of it, can be secured 
only by wrestling with its problems as they actually present themselves to the investigator. A 
radically different discipline is secured from handling the subject in the non-professional, didactic 
method — a discipline not at all characteristic of the science. It is believed that those who enter 
upon any of the courses with an intelligent appreciation will desire to come into touch with the 
working methods and controlling spirit of the science. 

The Journal of Geology, a semi-quarterly magazine devoted to Geology and the allied 
sciences, was established by the Department during its first year and has been continued to 
date. The original editorial staff embraced the members of the geologic Faculty and the fol- 
lowing associate editors: Sir Archibald Geikie, Great Britain; H. Rosenbusch, Germany; 
Chaxles Barrois, Prance; Albrecht Penck, Austria; Hans Keusch, Norway; Gerard de Geer,' 

443 



444 The Peesident's Eeport 

Sweden; George M. Dawson, Canada; Joseph Le Conte, University of California; G. K. Gilbert, 
Washington; H. S. Williams, Yale University; J. C. Branner, Leland Stanford Ji^inior Univer- 
sity; G. H. Williams, Johns Hopkins University; I. C. Kussell, University of Michigan; O. A. 
Derby, Brazil. Of these Professor G. H. Williams, Dr. George M. Dawson, and Professor 
Joseph Le Conte have been lost by death; and Professor W. B. Clark, of Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, has been added. 

In 1893-94, the instructional stafiP was increased by the addition of Edmund C. Quereau, 
Ph.D., Assistant in Paleontologic Geology, and John C. Merriam, Ph.D., Docent in Paleonto- 
logic Geology. Courses in Paleontologic Geology — Paleozoic Life, Paleontologic Geology — 
Mesozoic Life, and Special Paleontologic Geology were added, and it was found necessary to 
repeat the course in Physiography under Professor Salisbury. Hon. Charles D. Walcott, having 
been appointed Dh-ector of the United States Geological Survey, retired from the staff. 

Diu-ing the first year the Department had occupied temporary quarters on the corner of 
Lexington avenue and. Fifty-fifth street, but at the opening of the second Quarter of the second 
year it was transferred to commodious rooms in Walker Museum, which had in the meantime 
been constructed by funds donated by Mr. George C. Walker, of the Board of Trustees. 
Through the added generosity of Mr. Walker, the Department was provided with cases for the 
installation of its collections and the inaugtu-ation of its section of the Walker Museum. This, 
aided by a generous allotment for equipment by the Board of Trustees, and by numerous dona- 
tions by exhibitors of ores, minerals, rocks, and other geologic material at the World's Fair, 
enabled the Department to equip itself effectively for instmction and research. 

A Geological Club was organized dming the year for the discussion of current subjects of 
geological interest, and this has been maintained to the present date. 

In 1894-95 OUver Cummings Fai-rington was appointed Professorial Lecturer on Deter- 
minative Mineralogy, and Messrs. Quereau and Memam accepted advanced positions elsewhere. 
The following Fellows and Graduate Scholars were appointed: Henry Barnard Kiimmel, A.M., 
Honorary Fellow; Thomas Cramer Hopkins, S.M., A.M.; Charles Emerson Peet, S.B.; Charles 
Hem-y Gordon, S.M., Fellows; and Elwood Chappell Perisho, S.M., Graduate Scholar. 

Large additions to the collections and equipment of the Department were made during 
the year, notable among which were the Washbm-n collection of fossils, especially rich in 
Niagara forms: the collection of the late Professor U. P James, especially rich in Cincinnati 
fossils; a brilliant suite of minerals fi-om the Copper Queen mine of Arizona; and a special col- 
lection of fossils made by Dr. Quereau for the University. The Department library was also 
increased to about 2,500 volumes and 3,800 pamphlets, besides a periodical and serial list of 
fifty-seven leading publications. A coiu'se in Determinative Mineralogy was added, and some 
modifications of other courses were made, the number now offered being thnty-one. 

In 1895-96 Han-y Fielding Keid, Ph.D., was temporarily engaged in the University 
Extension Department as Associate Professor of Physical Geology, and Mr. Stuart Weller, S.B., 
was added to the permanent staff as assistant in Paleontologic Geology. Professor Iddings 
was promoted from Associate Professor of Petrology to Professor of Petrology. Albert Homer 
Pm-due, A.B., Dexter Putnam Nicholson, S.M., and Henry Chandler Cowles, A.B., were appointed 
Fellows. Six courses in Paleontologic Geology imder Mr. Weller were introduced, and a com-se 
in Graphic Geology with Professor Holmes was added, and some modifications of previous 
coiurses were made, so that the total list of com-ses now nimibered thirty-seven. The coiuse in 
Physiogi-aphy under Professor SaUsbury was repeated during the Winter Quarter in addition to 
the Autumn and Siunmer Quarters. The Departmental library had now increased to about 
3,000 volumes and 5,800 pamphlets. 

In 1896-97 the Faculty of the Department remained unchanged. The following were 
appointed Fellows: Harry Foster Bain, S.M.; John Paul Goode, S.B ; Samuel Weidman, S.B. 



The Department of Geology 445 

The course in General Geology in the Winter Quarter being insufficient to meet the demand 
for it, a second general course, entitled History of the Earth, under Mr. Chamberlin, was added. 

In 1897-98 William Clinton Alden, A.B., Cyrus Fischer Tolman, Jr., S.B., and Claude 
Ellsworth Siebenthal, A.]M., were appointed Fellows. Professor William H. Holmes, who had 
given courses in Anthropic and Graphic Geology in connection with his duties as Curator of the 
Field Columbian Museum, having accepted a position in the National Museum, was unable to 
continue his course in the Department. 

In 1898-99 the increased demand for instruction during the Summer Quarter was met by 
the engagement of John PauJ Goode, S.B., and Wallace Walter Atwood, S.B., as Associates in 
Physiography, and by the addition of a supplementary course in Physiography and a field and 
laboratory course under the former, and by courses in Glacial Geology and Fundamental 
Problems in Geology by Mr. Chamberlin. To fm'ther meet the increased demands, the course 
in Physiography was repeated in the Spring Quarter. It had thus grown from a single-Quarter 
course in 1892 to one repeated each Quarter. The appointees to fellowships were: John Wel- 
lington Finch, A.M.; William Newton Logan, A.M.; Kussell D. George, A.M.; and Claude 
Ellsworth Siebenthal, A.M. 

In 1899-1900, in addition to the regular instructional staff, John Paul Goode, S.B., 
assisted with Physiography in the Summer Quarter; and John Wellington Pinch, A.M., Wallace 
Walter Atwood, S.B., and Fred Harvey Hall Calhoiru, S.B., assisted in Geology. The following 
Fellows were appointed: Wallace Walter Atwood, S.B.; Russell D. George, AM.; Willis 
Thomas Lee, S.M.; William Newton Logan, A.M.; and William George Tight, S.M. A great 
addition to the equipment of the Department was made in the acquisition of the Gurley 
collection of fossils, embracing about 14,000 entries and more than 200,000 specimens, among 
which 570 are type specimens. The material is exceptionally choice and valuable, and is the 
product of thirty years' assiduous collecting by Mr. Gm'ley, to whose generosity the acquisition 
of the collection is mainly due. 

In 1900-1901 the work of the regular instructional staff was supplemented in the Summer 
Quarter by John Paul Goode, S.B., who gave a course in Elementary Meteorology and a field 
and laboratory course; by Russell D. George, A.M., who gave a course in Elementary Mineralogy 
and Petrology; by Fred Harvey Hall Calhoun, who conducted a field course in the First Term 
of the Summer Quarter; and by Nevin Melancthon Fenneman, who conducted a field course in 
the Second Term. The appointees to Fellowships for this year were Fred Harvey Hall Calhoun, 
S.B.; Claude Ellsworth Siebenthal, A.M.; Russell D. George, A.M.; and Nevin Melancthon 
Fenneman, A.M. 

FIELD WORK IN GEOLOGY 

A limited amount of field work forms a part of the courses in Geology given at the 
University during the Autumn, Spring, and Summer Quarters. In addition to this local field 
work, more extended and systematic courses in field work are provided for those who desire to 
undertake it. These courses, in places more or less distant from Chicago, are given dming the 
Summer Quarter. The actual work in the field is carried on through foxir, or some multiple of 
four, weeks. For each four weeks' field work, two weeks are allowed for the preparation of a 
report on the area studied. 

The field courses are grouped in three classes, known as the first, second, and third courses 
respectively. 

The first course, taken preferably before the study of Geology has been pursued more 
than one year, is the detailed study of some selected region presenting a considerable variety of 
physiographic and geologic phenomena. The course is intended ( 1 ) for those who are prepar- 
ing to teach Physical Geography and Geology in secondary schools; (2) as an introduction to 
field work for those who contemplate Geology as a profession; and (3) for the general student 



446 The President's Report 

who is sufficiently interested in Geology to undertake the severe work which the course 
demands. The fields selected for this course vary from year to year. Students frequently take 
two " first com-ses" in different fields. The first courses have been given ( 1 ) in the vicinity of 
Devil's Lake and the Dalles of the Wisconsin; (2) in the vicinity of Green Lake, Wisconsin; 
(3) in the upper Illinois valley; and (4) in the Mississippi valley, between the mouth of the 
Wisconsin river and Muscatine, Iowa. 

The second course, which is most advantageously undertaken after two years of work in 
Geology, has often been in a field where the study is less detailed, but where a wide range of 
phenomena are to be seen. This course has been given in the Yellowstone Park; in the vicinity 
of the Grand Canon of the Colorado in northern Arizona; in the mountains of the northwest 
(Montana and Washington); in the mountains of Utah; and in Wyoming. The course is 
intended for more advanced students of the classes specified in the preceding paragraph, and is 
frequently taken twice, in different regions, by the same student. Written reports on the area 
studied constitute a part of the work. 

The third course is largely individual work, and is undertaken after the student has 
advanced sufficiently to undertake independent or semi-independent work. It consists of the 
detailed, professional study of some area or problem, and is intended for those who take up 
geologic work in a professional way. Less advanced students may accompany those who are 
taking the third course, and for such students the course may count as a first or second course. 

A field course was first given in 1894. The field was the vicinity of Devil's Lake and the 
Dalles, Wisconsin, where problems of Stratigraphy, Glacial Geology, and Physiography are 
well illustrated. The number of students was nine. In 1895 the field was the upper Illinois 
valley, where the general problems were the same, though more largely stratigraphic. The 
number of students was thirteen. In 1896 two areas were studied by the same class, viz.: the 
region about Green Lake, Wisconsin, and that at Devil's Lake. The number of students was 
thirteen. In 1897 the field was the same as in 1894, and the number of students ten. All courses 
given to classes up to this time were what are here classed as first courses. At the same time, 
students of advanced standing did individual work in various regions. In 1898 two classes 
were in the field, one at Devil's Lake, Wisconsin, and the other in the Yellowstone Park. The 
number of students in the two courses was thirteen. In 1899 three parties were organized, the 
first course being given twice, once in the earlier and once in the later part of the summer, in 
Wisconsin. The second course was given in the region of the Grand Canon of the Colorado. 
The number of students in the field in 1899 was thirty-eight. In 1900 thi-ee classes were in the 
field, two first courses, as before, being given in Wisconsin, and a second course in the moun- 
tains of Montana and Washington. The number of registrations for this year was twenty-nine. 
In 1901 the first course was given but once, the field being in the Mississippi valley. Four 
smaller parties of advanced students were in the western mountains, one in Montana, one in 
Washington, one in Utah, and one in New Mexico. These courses were third courses for some 
students, and second and first courses for others. The total number of students taking field 
courses during this year was nineteen. In 1902 the first course was given twice, once in Wis- 
consin and once in the Mississippi valley. Three parties of advanced students were in the 
western moimtains — one in Utah, one in Wyoming, and one in Montana. The number of 
students taking field courses was thirty-one, nine of whom were in the field eight weeks, and 
five twelve weeks. 

In 1902 there was, in addition to the above, a field course in Geography from the School 
of Education. Their work was partly in northern Illinois, partly in eastern Wisconsin, and 
partly about Marquette, Mich. The number of students taking this course was ten. 

Kespectfully submitted, 

Thomas C. Chambeelin. 



THE HULL BOTANICAL LABORATORY 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith a sketch of the history of the Department of Botany up to June 
30, 1902. 

The Department of Botany was not definitely organized until 1896, although some 
instruction had been given before that date. In 1894 a laboratory was opened in a single room 
in Kent Chemical Laboratory, in charge of one instructor. In 1895 this laboratory was trans- 
ferred to two improvised rooms in Walker Musetmi, where it remained for two years. In the 
autumn of 1896 the Department of Botany was organized for the first time with a Professor in 
charge, the teaching staff consisting of thi'ee instructors: a Professor, an Assistant, and a 
Laboratory Assistant. In 1897 Hull Botanical Laboratory was completed and occupied, which 
provided ten rooms for general laboratory work, sixteen rooms for private research, lecture- 
rooms, and a roof conservatory. At this time the staff of instruction was increased to six, 
comprising a Professor, an Associate, an Assistant, and three Laboratory Assistants. At present 
the staff of instruction consists of two Professors, an Assistant Professor, two Instructors, an 
Associate, and two Assistants; in addition to which the Fellows of the Department, usually 
three or four in number, act as laboratory assistants; the available instructors in the Depart- 
ment, therefore, niunber eleven or twelve. 

At first the work of instruction and of research dealt almost exclusively with Morphology, 
and the first equipment had this subject in view. Nothing fiurther was attempted until the 
more ample accommodations of the new building permitted some expansion. In 1897, therefore, 
Cytology was more definitely developed as a subject distinct from Morphology, and was 
announced for instruction and research. At the same time, the relatively new field of Ecology 
was taken up and definite courses organized. This subject was almost imtouched at that time 
in America, and this Laboratory happened to be the first in the country to recognize it in 
definite courses of study, and has remained one of the most influential centers for its develop- 
ment. In 1898 the subject of Plant Physiology was introduced with a Professor in charge ; but 
for a time only opportunities for instruction were offered, and not imtil 1902 were opportunities 
for research provided. At the present time, therefore, undergraduate and graduate courses are 
conducted in Morphology, Cytology, Ecology, and Physiology. Arrangement has been made 
for beginning instruction in Experimental Morphology in the Spring Quarter of 1903. Private 
research work in this subject has been carried on in the Department for some time. 

The Department is also concerned in botanical work outside of the Laboratory. A member 
of the staff has charge of the work in Botany each svunmer at the Marine Biological Laboratory 
at Wood's Holl; and other members of the staff are engaged during the summer either at 
Wood's Holl or at the Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor. In addition to these, 
field parties for the study of Physiographic Ecology, ranging in number from ten to twenty, 
have worked in various regions of the United States, among which may be mentioned the 
northern islands of Lake Michigan, the southern shore of Lake Superior, the moimtains of 
Tennessee, the Gulf coast, the Rocky Moimtain region of Montana, and the Mount Katahdin 
region of Maine. 

Diuing the history of the Laboratory forty-one formal papers embodying the results of 
research have been published under the title " Contributions from the Hull Botanical Labora- 
tory." In addition to these there have been published numerous papers in the regular joirmals, 

447 



448 The President's Report 



as well as books, which will be found enumerated in the Bibliography of the Department. Of 
the forty-one "Contributions" from the Laboratory twenty-three are morphological, four are 
cytological, three are morphological and cytological, six are ecological, and five are physiological. 
The preponderance in morphological output results from the fact that the instruction and equip- 
ment of the Laboratory were directed toward this work alone for a considerable time, the other 
subjects being of comparatively recent development. In this morphological work the first 
problems attacked were those connected with the seed-plants, the general purpose being an 
investigation of the phenomena of sexual reproduction and the accompanying structures, and to 
obtain some light upon the phylogeny of the group. A wide range of plants has been investi- 
gated by various members of the staff and students of the Department, and the results obtained 
have been organized in two volumes: one dealing with the Special Morphology of the Gymno- 
sperms, and the other with the Special Morphology of the Angiosperms; the former pub- 
lished January, 1901; the latter to appear in January, 1903. Special mention is made of these 
voliunes as they organize in a general way the principal output of the research work of the 
Department during the first six years of its existence. 

The same kind of research among the lower groups of plants has also been undertaken, 
and each group has had its investigators who have made contributions to the general problems 
of plant Morphology. 

In addition to these morphological problems which are being investigated by the Depart- 
ment, research work is now dealing with such general problems as the cytological features of 
fertihzation and spore-production, the causes that determine changes in form and structure, 
and the essential factors of plant distribution. 

In addition to the four distinct departments of botanical work now provided for in the 
way of instruction and research, there remain other great fields of botanical activity that need 
development by the University before it can be said to represent fairly the status of the science. 
Taxonomy or Classification, which is the oldest phase of Botany, is entirely imrepresented both 
in instruction and in facilities for research. The large fields of Anatomy, Pathology, and 
Paleobotany are also unprovided for, and all demand attention. 

In addition to the work of instruction and research the Department has taken a strong 
interest in the work in Botany in secondary and grade schools. This interest has taken the 
form of the preparation of texts for secondary schools and giving instruction to special classes 
for teachers. 

The Department has been successful in placing a considerable number of its advanced 
students and graduates in botanical positions, as is shown by the following list: 

Bray, W. L., Professor of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, Tex. 

Caldwell, O. W., Professor of Botany, State Normal School, Charleston, 111. 

Conrad, A. H., formerly Instructor in Botany, High School, West Superior, Wis.; English High and 

Normal School, Chicago. 
Coulter, J. G., formerly Instructor in Botany, Syracuse University, Syracuse, N. Y.; Professor of 

Botany, Government Normal School, Manila, P. I. 
Coulter, S. M., Instructor in Botany, Shaw School of Botany, St. Louis, Mo. 
Holtzman, C. L., Instructor in Botany, Penn College, Oskaloosa, la. 
Lawson, A. A., Assistant in Botacy, Leland Stanford Junior University, Calif. 
Lawson, H. W. Assistant in Botany, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 
Lee, Grace, Instructor in Botany, High School, Pueblo, Colo. 
Livingston, B. E., Assistant in Botany, University of Chicago. 
Lyon, Florence M., formerly Instructor in Botany, Smith College, Northampton, Mass.; Associate in 

Botany, University of Chicago. 
McCallum, W. B., formerly Instructor in Biology, Armour Institute, Chicago. 



The Hull Botanical Laboeatoey 449 

Merrell, W. D., Instructor in Botany, University of Rochester, N. Y. 

Moore, A. C, Professor of Botany, University of South Carolina, Columbia, S. C 

Nelson, N. L. T., Instructor in Botany, High and Normal School, St. Louis, Mo. 

Overton, J. B., Professor of Botany, Illinois College, Jacksonville, 111. 

Roberts, H. F., formerly Instructor in Botany, Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. 

Smith, R. W., Professor of Botany, MacMaster University, Toronto, Can. 

Stevens, P. L., formerly Assistant Sanitary Survey, Chicago; Professor of Botany, College of Agri- 
culture and Mechanic Arts, Raleigh, N. C. 

Transeau, E. N., formerly Instructor in Botany, High School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 

Webb, J. B., formerly Instructor in Biology, Morgan Park Academy, Chicago. 

Whitford, H. N., formerly Instructor in Biology, Armour Institute, Chicago; Assistant in Botany, Uni- 
versity of Chicago. 

In addition to the work of instruction and research the Department has charge of a 
monthly journal entitled the Botanical Gazette, averaging eighty pages. This journal was 
established as a private enterprise by the Head of the Department in 1875. In 1882 the present 
professor of Plant Physiology became the junior editor, and the journal has continued under 
this editorship ever since, in 1896 becoming one of the publications of the University. Through 
1895 one volume was published each year; since that time two annual volumes have been issued, 
that for the latter half of 1902 being Vol. XXXIV. 

Respectfully submitted, 

John M. Codlteb. 



THE HULL PHYSIOLOGICAL LABOEATORY 

To the President of the University : 

Sir : I submit herewith a sketch of the history of the Department of Physiology from 
1892 to June 30, 1902. As far as the first five years are concerned, this is a repetition of the 
report made five years ago: 

"During the first year of the University the Physiological Laboratory was located in an 
apartment house on Lexington avenue and Fifty-fifth street. Later on, it occupied one, and 
ultimately two, rooms in the Eyerson Physical Laboratory. On July 1, 1897, it moved into its 
permanent quarters. 

" The Laboratory has tried to develop those lines of research work from which the best 
results may be expected in the next years. We have made it a special task systematically to 
substitute Comparative Physiology for the prevailing Vertebrate Physiology. Thus far the 
Laboratory has given its time chiefly to the building up of the Comparative Physiology of the 
Central Nervous System. The result of this work has recently been put together in book form. 

" A second line of work pursued in the Laboratory has been Physiological Morphology. 
Among the contributions of the Laboratory to this new branch of Physiology the following 
may be mentioned: (1) the observation that lack of oxygen and certain poisons liquefy solid 
cell elements, for instance, the membrane; this accounts for sudden death under these 
conditions; (2) experiments determining the cause of the hereditary marking in embryos; (3) 
experiments on the artificial production of twins; (4) experiments on the influence of light on 
the production of certain organs in animals; (5) experiments on the role of water in growth; 

(6) experiments on the segmentation of the nucleus without the segmentation of protoplasm; 

(7) further experiments on heteromorphosis and the transformation of tissues, etc. 

"In the field of animal irritability the latest addition has been the discovery of animal 
tropisms. The work done in the Hull Laboratory includes experiments on the artificial trans- 
formation of positively heliotropic animals into negatively heliotropic animals, and vice versa, 
and a series of publications on galvanotropism. The latter work resulted in a new theory of 
galvanotropio effects and the observation that in the central nervous system of many forms 
there exists a simple relation between the orientation of elements and the direction of movement 
produced by their activity. 

"The experiments on galvanotropism lead to the mention of that new development in 
Physiology which will be of great importance in years to come; namely, the application of 
Physical Chemistry. In the experiments on galvanotropism the Laboratory tried to prove that 
the physiological effects of a galvanic current are in reality due to chemical effects of the ions 
set free at the limit of two electrolytes. In connection with this, it was possible to show that 
the apparent physiological effects of electric waves are not due to the oscillatory character of 
the discharge, but to the rapid disappearance of the potential. The fact that the electric 
current acts as a universal stimulus led to the idea that ions may be of specific importance for 
phenomena of contractility as well as for sensations. With this in view, a series of investiga- 
tions on specific ion effects was undertaken." 

Since the publication of the previous statement, the main new departures in our work have 
occurred in the following direction : 

First, work on artificial parthenogenesis has been successfully undertaken. In every form 
of echinoderms and annelids on which such experiments have been tried we were able to pro- 

450 



The Hull Physiological Laboeatory 451 

duce living larvae from the unfertilized egg, by chemical or physical means. Thus it has been 
possible to deprive one of the most mysterious of the vital phenomena of its mysticism. 

A second field which the Laboratory has opened in that time is the field of anti-toxic 
effects of ions. It has been shown that any solution of one electrolyte alone, at a certain con- 
centration, is poisonous, but this solution can be rendered harmless through the addition of 
only a trace of another electrolyte with a bivalent kation. 

A third line of work which has been taken up is that of the reversibility of the phenomena 
of development. It has generally been assumed that the phenomena of development occur only 
in one direction, inasmuch as an animal develops from a simple stage to a more complicated 
stage. It was possible to show that in some animals this process can be reversed by physical 
agencies, and that it is possible to cause certain adult animals, by physical agencies, to return 
to an undifferentiated embryonic stage, and afterwards to produce at will from this undiffer- 
entiated material any desired organ of this form. This, incidentally, may explain the pheno- 
mena of regeneration, inasmuch as it is possible that, in cases of regeneration, through the 
wound that causes regeneration, the injured cells are caused to return to an embryonic condition. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Jacques Loeb. 



THE BACTERIOLOGICAL LABORATORY 

To the President of the University : 

Sir : I submit herewith a sketch of the history of the work in Bacteriology from 1895 to 
June 30, 1902. 

Work in Bacteriology at the University was begun in October, 1895. From that date until 
July, 1897, the work was carried on in Kent Chemical Laboratory in a basement room placed at 
the disposal of the Department through the courtesy of Professor Nef . The conditions for work 
were disadvantageous and the equipment was not extensive, so that little else was attempted 
than the elementary instruction of a limited number of students. The erection of the Hull 
Biological Laboratories, through the munificence of Miss Helen Culver, made it possible to 
transfer the work in the summer of 1897 to more suitable and commodious quarters. The 
Bacteriological Laboratory was first installed in four rooms on the foiuth floor of the Hull 
Zoological Laboratory, and, owing to the increase in the number of students, several additional 
rooms on the same floor were afterwards assigned to the work. In 1901 the inauguration of the 
first two years' work in Medicine made the acquisition of further space necessary, and one 
laboratory on the third floor and one on the second floor were generously tendered for the 
emergency by the Department of Zoology. These laboratories were fully equipped in the summer 
of 1901, and have since been used for the work in Bacteriology and Embryology. The limited 
space available makes necessary the repetition of courses, and in other ways cramps the work 
materially. It is hoped that this serious difficulty will be removed by the construction of new 
buildings for the medical work. 

In the spring of 1899 the Laboratory undertook a comprehensive investigation of the 
Illinois Eiver and its tributaries in behalf of the Chicago Sanitary District. The results of this 
work are now in press and will soon be published. 

The full list of the publications from the Laboratory appears in another Volume of this 
Report. 

The following persons have held Fellowships in Bacteriology: 

1897-1900— H. E. Davies; Interne, St. Luke's Hospital, Chicago. 

1900-1901— E. E. Irons; Assistant in Bacteriology, University of Chicago. 

1901-1902 — Mary Hefiferan; Curator of the Bacteriological Museum, University of Chicago. 

Respectfully submitted, 

Edwin O. Joedan. 



452 



THE KENT CHEMICAL LABORATORY 

To the President of the University: 

Sir : I submit herewith a sketch of the history of the Department of Chemistry from 
1892 to Jime 30, 1902. 

THE LABORATORY 

During the period October 14, 1892, to January 1, 1894, the Department of Chemistry was 
established in temporary quarters on the southwest corner of Fifty-fifth street and Lexington 
avenue. The laboratories, lecture- and store-rooms were distributed in three large rooms on the 
first floor, and the library was in a room on the fourth floor. On January 1, 1894, the Depart- 
ment moved into its present quarters, the Kent Chemical Laboratory. At the opening of the 
Laboratory on January 1, the donor, the late Mr. Sidney Kent, formally presented the Labora- 
tory to the University, and expressed the hope " that the standard of education will be such as 
to command the respect, not only of this country, but of the civilized world." In accepting the 
gift from Mr. Kent on behalf of the University, the President of the University explained how 
the donation of the Laboratory had formed an important turning-point in the early development 
of the University by being the first response to the appeal for the support of the citizens of 
Chicago for the new undertaking of establishing a university of high standards in their very 
midst. Mr. Kent, as the President pointed out, had also set the highest standard for all future 
laboratories of the University — a statement the force of which is most appreciated now, eight 
years after it was made. An address by Professor Nef on " Important Factors in the Develop- 
ment of a Kesearch Laboratory" — a strong plea for the fostering of the spirit of pure scientific 
research in this country — and a meeting of fifty-eight teachers of chemistry, representing forty- 
one institutions, closed the dedicatory exercises of the first day. On January 2, the formal 
address in connection with the opening of the Kent Chemical Laboratory was delivered at the 
Winter Convocation by Dr. Ira Eemsen, Professor of Chemistry in, and now President of, Johns 
Hopkins University; the address on "The Chemical Laboratory" discussed most ably the 
questions how chemical laboratories came to be established in universities, what an important 
part they have played in the advancing of knowledge, and what the possibilities of the chemical 
laboratory of a university in this country would be. The building cost $215,000, the original 
equipment $20,000 ; the present equipment in chemicals and apparatus is valued at $30,000. 

In the course of nine years the work of the Department has developed until now all the 
laboratory space has been occupied. The following is, in the main, the present distribution of 
laboratory space: two large laboratories for General Chemistry, for 190 students; one large 
laboratory for Qualitative Analysis and General Organic Chemistry, for 110 students; one large 
laboratory for Quantitative Analysis, for 30 to 40 students; one large laboratory for Eesearch 
Work, for 11 to 22 students; seven smaller laboratories for Preparation Work, Physical Chemistry, 
Furnace Work, Ga s Analysis, Spectrum Analysis, Combustions, etc. ; five private laboratories for the 
staff ; two balance-rooms, two store-rooms, and a number of storage'rooms; a large library room. 

Some of the laboratories, notably those for General Chemistry, Quantitative Analysis, and 
Preparation Work, have already occasionally been crowded to the limit. As the Department is 
growing (see Tables I and II), provision must be made in the near future for more space and 
facilities, either by means of a second laboratory, or by moving the undergraduate work into a 
separate building. 

The Chemical Library, which at the opening of the University in 1892 contained 900 vol- 
umes, had a total of 1,891 volumes on April 1, 1902. 

453 



454 The President's Report 

THE STAFF 

The staff of instructors originally included one Professor (the Head of the Department), 
two Assistant Professors, a Research Assistant, and two Docents. It now comprises one Profes- 
sor (the Head of the Department), two Associate Professors, three Instructors (one acting as a 
Research Assistant), a Laboratory Inspector of the rank of Instructor, and four Assistants. 
Provision is also made for a considerable number of student assistants. The following have 
been or are members of the staff of the Department : the names are arranged according to rank 
diu'ing the tenure of office, and the present rank or occupation is given. 

John Ulric Nef, Ph.D. (University of Munich), Professor of Chemistry, and Head of the Department, 

1892-. 
Henry Newland Stokes, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins University), Assistant Professor of General Chemistry, 

1892-93; resigned in 1893; chemist of the United States Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 
Edward F. Schneider, Ph.D. (University of Freiburg i. B.), Assistant Professor of Inorganic Chemistry, 

1892-94. 
Alexander Smith, Ph.B. (University of Munich),Associate Professor of General Chemistry, 1894-. 
Felix Lengfeld, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins University), Assistant Professor of Inorganic Chemistry, 1892- 

1901: resigned in 1901; chemist, San Francisco, Calif. 
Julius Stieglitz, Ph.D. (University of Berlin), Associate Professor of Chemistry, 1892-. 
Massuo Ikuta, Ph.D. (University of Erlangen), Instructor in Chemistry, 1892-99; resigned in 1899; 

chemist, Tokio, Japan. 
John C. Hessler, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Instructor in Chemistry, 1899-. 
Herbert N. McCoy, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Instructor in Chemistry, 1901-. 
Lauder W. Jones, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Instructor in Chemistry, 1897-. 

James A. Lyman, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins University), Decent, 1892-93; Instructor in Chemistry, Port- 
land Academy, Portland, Ore. 
Richard S. Curtiss, Ph.D. (University of Wilrzburg), Decent, 1893-97; Professor of Chemistry, Union 

College, Schenectady, N. Y. 
Adolph Bernhard, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Laboratory Assistant, 1894-97; Research Assistant, 

1899-1900; Stone Creek, Ohio. 
Bernard C. Hesse, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Lecture Assistant, 1896-97; expert chemical adviser 

Badische Anilin- und Soda-Fabrik, New York. 
James B. Garner, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Lecture Assistant, 1896-98; Professor of Chemistry, 

Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Ind. 
James H. Ransom, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Lecture Assistant, 1898-1900; Associate Professor 

of Chemistry, Purdue University, La Fayette, Ind. 
Henry C. Biddle, Ph.D. (University of Chicago), Lecture Assistant, 1900-1901; Instructor in Chemis- 
try, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 
Willis B. Holmes, Ph.D. (Harvard University), Research Assistant, 1900-. 
Ira H. Derby, MS. (Harvard University), Research Assistant, 1901-1902; Assistant in Analytical 

Chemistry, 1902-. 
Roy H. Brownlee, A.B. (Monmouth College), Lecture Assistant, 1901-. 
Richard B. Earle, Sc.D. (Harvard University), Research Assistant, 1902-. 

THE INSTRUCTION 
GROWTH OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The growth of the Department is shown by the following table which gives (1) the total 
registration in Chemistry for each year (for the four Quarters) ; (2) the total registration in the 
Colleges and Graduate Schools of the University for the same periods, and (3) the percentage of 
the whole formed by the Chemistry registration. 



The Kent Chemical Laboeatoey 



455 



TABLE I 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1895-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-1902 


Chemistry 


134' 

4,679' 


218' 
6,404' 


438 
9,315 


303 

12,374 


487 
12,617 


540 
15,014 


548 
16,411 


615 

16,482 


844 
17,780 


8272 
19,6953 


1,278* 




21,739^ 






Per cent, in Chemistry 


2.9 


3.4 


4.7 


2.4 


3.9 


3.6 


3.3 


3.8 


4.7 


4.2 


5.9 



The following diagram shows graphically the data^ given in the table: 

DIAGEAM I 









n 


— 




— 


r~ 




r" 


~ 






— 


~ 




~ 






~ 


~* 


' 


~~ 


■~~ 






~" 


■"^ 


"* 


■" 
























~ 


— 












f 




^ 


■" 


27.000 

24,000 

21.000 

18.000 

15,000 

12.000 

9,000 

6,000 

3,000 
1.500 


90b 


































































































































































































/ 




































































































/ 


■~ 






~H 


— 


























































































/ 


































































































/ 


































































































i 


/ 


































































































-- 


/ 










, 




' 


■' 














































































•^ 










._ 


-- 








































































_, 




-" 






-' 






















































































/ 


" 




_, 


-' 










































































/ 


^ 












._ 


-■3 


/- 






' 












































































/ 








V 








• 




















































































/ 












N 


V 


/ 




















































































/.- 


-■ 


' 






























































































r> 






























































































-■ 


^ 














































































































































































































































































































































... 



























































1892-93 1893-a4 180-t-9D 1803-90 1896-97 1897-98 1808-99 1899-00 
— Total Chemistry registration, four Quarters, excluding medical students; scale of 50 to the line. 
-- Total University registration, four Quarters, e.'icludinCT professional Bchoolsj scale of 1,500 to tlio lino. 



1900-01 1001-02 



.— Total CbemiBtry, including medical students. 

—- — — Total University, including professional schools. 



The following table and diagram show the total and the relative growth of Chemistry for 
the ordinary school year by giving (1) the total registration in Chemistry for each year, exclu- 
sive of Summer Quarters; (2) the total registration in the Colleges and Graduate Schools of the 
University for the same periods; and (3) the percentage of the whole in Chemistry: 



TABLE II 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-9.5 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-9S 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-1902 




134 
4,679 


218 
6,404 


359 

7,740 


230 
9,812 


369 
9,830 


425 

11,006 


371 
12,111 


417 
11,631 


569 
12,752 


527 « 
13,472' 


9788 


The University 


15,5169 






Per cent, in Chemistry 


2.9 


3.4 


4.7 


2.3 


3.7 


3.9 


3.1 


3,6 


4.5 


3.9 


6.3 



1 No Summer Quarter sessions were held. 

2 Kxclusive of Medical students. 

3 Exclusive of Medical, Divinity, and Education stu- 
dents. 

* Including Medical students. 

6 Including the professional schools. 



6 Exclusive of Medical students, eighty-six college regis- 
trations for two half-Major courses in General Organic 
Chemistry were counted as only forty-three registrations 
(Majors) in Chemistry. 

7 Including Medical students. 

* Exclusive of the professional schools. 
9 Including the professional schools. 



456 



The President's Repoet 



The following diagram shows graphically the results given in the table: 

DIAGRAM II 







































































































^* 






































































































/ 






































































































/ 














































































































18,000 

15.000 

12,000 

9,000 

6.000 

2,000 
1,000 




































































































































































































/ 


































































































/ 












-. 
























































































y 




































































































y 








_-J 




L. 




-■ 


-- 




















































X 


— 










__ 


-- 


-■■ 




lL 




^ 






- 


— 


■- 


~ 




~" 




' 






— 






























y 












,_ 




~~ 


.,^ 




-■ 




"■■ 


























~ 


~ 


~ 




~ 




~ 






~ 


























^ 


^ 








-- 


-^-J 


A 
























































200 




















,- 


^ 




























































































■' 


>■ 






































































































































































































































































































— 


L 




_ 






L 




_ 


U 


u 




u 


_ 


J 













L 
















L 




_ 








_^ 
















_ 







_ 




_ 






_ 



lS'J2-03 1303-94 1894-95 1895-90 1890-97 1897-9S 1S9S-99 1899-00 1900-01 1901-02 

^^~~^ Total Chemistry registration, four Quarters, excluding medical students; scale of 50 to tlie line. 
"""■" Total University registration, four Quarters, excluding professional schools; scale of 1,500 to the lloow • 

"*""""' Total Chemistry, including medical students. 

'"* Total University, including professional schools. 

jfxcfoisi'ue oftft6 Sitminpr QitartcTS_ 

Comparing the average percentage of registrations in Chemistry for the first five years 
(3.4) with the average percentage (exclusive of registrations of Medical students in 1901-1902) 
for the last five years (3.8), it is obvious that the Department has grown on the average at a 
one-tenth faster rate than the University as a whole, great as the latter's growth has been. 



CLASSES OE STUDENTS 

The following table shows what classes of students have been taking the work in Chemis- 
try and gives the number of registrations for each year, exclusive of the Summer Quarters, 
(1) by Graduate students, (2) by Senior College students, (3) by Junior College students, and 
(4) by Unclassified students : 

TABLE III 



1901-02 



Graduate Students 

Senior College 

Junior College 

Unclassified 



1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


118 


130 


168 


102 


196 


217 


177 


184 


229 


8 


14 


40 


33 


60 


77 


66 


72 


101 


8 


42 


102 


67 


81 


104 


95 


111 


182 




30 


49 


28 


32 


27 


33 


50 


57 



231 
154 

187 
48 



The most noteworthy result shown by the table, besides the very large increase in the 
numbers of College students, is that Graduate students have so far formed the most numerous 
single body of students in the Department and have even outnumbered the combined registra- 
tions of College students until 1900-1901. It is thought that the very large number of Graduate 
students will continue to exert their excellent influence on the tone of the work in the Depart- 
ment. At the same time, it is considered a most desirable development that the Department 
should reach as many students at as early an age as possible, and thus have larger opportunities 
for the selection and development of those showing the greatest ability in its own particular work. 
These two tendencies, which it is desired to foster, without allowing them to become extreme, 



The Kent Chemical Laboeatoky 



457 



may co-exist readily, as there are numbers of graduates taking the undergraduate courses and, 
in recent years, appreciable numbers of our undergraduates who have specialized sufficiently in 
Chemistry to be admitted to graduate courses. The following table for three recent years, 
chosen at random, shows that neither tendency is likely to become extreme. It gives (1) the 
number and percentage of graduates in undergraduate courses, and (2) the number and per- 
centage of undergraduates in gi-aduate courses in 1897-98, 1899-1900, and 1900-1901 : 





TABLE IV 












1897-1898 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 




Number 


Per Cent. 


Number 


Per Cent. 


Number 


Per Cent. 


Graduates in undergraduate courses 

Undergraduates in graduate courses 


58 
12 


23 
7.5 


82 
25 


14 
15 


48 
24 


13.5 

12 



The following statement, for two years chosen at random, shows that the Department has 
relatively a much larger proportion of Graduate student registrations than the University at 
large, and relatively a smaller proportion of Junior College students. The table gives percent- 
ages of registrations of the various classes for the whole University and for the Department of 
Chemistry for 1897-98 and 1901-2 for the Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters: 









TABLE V 












1897-1898 


1901-1902 




Grad. 


Sen. 


Jun. 


UnclasE. 


Grad. 


Sen. 


Jun. 


Unclass. 


The University 

Chemistry 


27 
51.1 


21.3 
18.1 


39.1 
24.5 


12.6 
6.3 


22.6 
37.3 


23 
24.8 


46.7 
30.1 


7.5 
7 5 







These proportions are largely due to the fact that Chemistry is required of only a small 
percentage (10 to 12) of the students in the Junior College. 

THE MAIN BRANCHES OF CHEMICAL INSTEUOTION 

The following table represents the total and the relative growth of the main branches of 
chemical instruction given at the University; the total registrations are given for the Autumn, 
Winter, and Spring Quarters in General Inorganic Chemistry, Analytical Chemistry, Organic 
Chemistry (General and Special), and " Other Courses," which include, particularly, Physical 
Chemistry, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, and all the courses in Research: 

TABLE VI 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1891-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-021011 


General Chemistry 


28 
30 
38 

38 


69 
55 
62 

30 


120 
93 

67 

74 


85 
58 
58 

38 


118 
111 
■ 73 

67 


167 

104 

74 

83 


127 

102 

71 

69 


148 

126 

81 

63 


249 

143 

97 

78 


175"' 

206 

11912 

56 


319" 


Analytical Chemistry 

Organic Chemistry 


206 

163 '2 13 


Physical Chemistry and 
other courses 


56 







10 Exclusive of required medical work. 

11 Including medical students. 

12 Two registrations of College students for two half- 



Major courses in General Organic Chemistry forming one 
course counted as one. 

13 There were also one hundred and forty-five registra- 
tions in Toxicology not included in the above total. 



458 



The President's Eepoet 



THE UNDEEGEADUATE WORK AND THE UNDEEGEADUATE STUDENTS 

Data concerning the total registration of Undergraduate students and also concerning their 
attendance in graduate classes have been given above in Tables III-V. The courses intended 
primarily for Junior and Senior College students are taken largely also by Graduate students. 
The following table represents, therefore, the amount of undergraduate work done by the 
Department; it includes the registrations for each year, excepting the summer Quarters, (1) 
in General Inorganic and General Organic Chemistry (Junior College coiirses), and (2) in the 
undergraduate courses in Analytical Chemistry (Senior College courses): 

TABLE VII 





1892-93 


1893-91 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


General Inorg. Chemistry . . 
General Organic Chemistry 
Undergrad. Anal. Chemistry 


28 

ir. 


69 

'55 


120 
'76 


85 
■56 


118 
■59 


167 

'86 


127 
'68 


148 
'83 


249 
167 


175 >* 

4314 16 

140 


31915 
87U16 

140 


Total 


58 


124 


190 


135 


177 


253 


195 


231 


356 


358" 


546 '5 



Diagram III illustrates the rapid growth of this class of work and shows what a tax its 
pressure must make on the resources of the Department, especially in the way of instruction. 



DIAGRAM III 











n 














~ 












~1 


































































- 




































































































/■ 


4&0 
































































































,-•' 






































































































































































































/ 


































































































































































































^ 
















































































""■ 












__ 




— 














































































-. 




,, 


_ 


















.. 




.- 




-■ 


" 


' 






























^ 


.- 


■^ 












~~ 


— 








::'- 








































































•^ 


"' 




































































































L_ 












_J 
















L- 





























































18fl2-il3 1893^94 1894-^95 
■ Undergraduate work in Chemistry. 
- Graduate work in Ctieniistry. 



1893-96 



1901-02 



— Undergraduate work in Chemistry, including medical work. 

Exctitsivc of Ihe Sumnicv QiucrterM 



The following students received Senior College Scholarships for excellence in work in 
Chemistry in the Junior Colleges; their present occupation, as far as known, is given: 
1895 — Joseph Friedman, physician. 
1896 — Robert Elliot Graves, physician. 

1897— Max Darwin Slimmer, Ph.D. in Chemistry, University of Berlin, 1902. 
1898 — Roberta I. Brotherton, teacher of science. 
1899 — John P. Ritchie, student of medicine. 
1900— William Luther Goble, teacher of science. 
1901 — Oscar O. Hamilton, teacher of science. 
1902 — George Edmeston Fahr, Senior College student. 

The following students received Graduate Scholarships for excellence of work in Chemistry 
in the Senior Colleges : 

1897 — Hyman E. Goldberg, inventor. 
1899 — Mary Bockes Pardee, teacher of science. 
1* Excluding medical work. 15 Including medical work. isSeenote (12), p. 457, 



The Kent Chemical Laboeatory 



459 



1900— Howard P. Kirtley, graduate student. 
1901 — Kellogg Speed, medical student. 
1902 — Oscar O. Hamilton, teacher of science. 

The following students graduated with Honors in Chemistry: 

1897 — Maurice J. Rubel, physician. 

1899 — William Hayden Jackson, business man. 

1899 — Mary Bockes Pardee, teacher of science. 

1899 — Hugh J. Polkey, physician. 

1901 — Kellogg Speed, medical student. 

1902— Grace Bartlett Lincoln, teacher of science. 

1902— Oscar O. Hamilton, teacher of science. 

THE GEADUATE WOEK AND THE GEADUATE STUDENTS 

The Department of Chemistry has always been able to attract large numbers of Graduate 
students, and as seen from Table III, which gives the registrations for the Autumn, Winter, and 
Spring Quarters, they have always formed, not only the most important, but also the most 
numerous single class of the student body in the Department. As seen from Table V, they 
also form a much larger proportion of the whole constituency of the Department than of the 
University as a whole. While this arises, as explained before, partly from the fact that 
Chemistry is a required study for an inconsiderable proportion only of the largest class of 
students on the campus, the Junior College students, and the amount of elective work of these 
students is very small, the hold of the Department on Graduate students is shown directly by 
the growth in the numbers of registrations of such students; the number in 1901-2 (231) is 
twice as large as in 1892-93 (118), when Graduate students formed 90 per cent, of the enrolment 
in the Department, and the average number for the last five years (208) is about 40 per cent, 
larger than the average number in the first five years (143). The Department, as will be 
explained below, also reaches a very considerable number of Graduate students in the Summer 
Quarters, when practically the same courses as in any other Quarter are given. The total 
annual graduate registrations, including those of the Summer Quarters, are as follows: 

TABLE VIII 





1892-93 


1893-9i 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-CO 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Graduate registrations 


118" 


130" 


207 


158 


277 


289 


293 


316 


388 


410 



The amount of graduate work done (in graduate courses), exclusive of that of the Summer 
Quarters, is shown in the following table of total registrations in graduate courses: 



TABLE IX 





1892-93 


1893-94 


1894-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Graduate course registrations 


76 


92 


151 


104 


184 


161 


158 


167 


197 


189 



Diagram III (p. 458), illustrates these results and shows the relation of the graduate work 
to the undergraduate work in the Department; whereas during the first five years the graduate 



" No summer session was held. 



460 The President's Repokt 

work formed but little less than half of the total, now, in spite of the very great increase in 
undergraduate work, owing to its own growth, it still forms 36 per cent, of the total work. 

The danger of injury to the graduate work by the rapid increase in undergraduate work 
must be always borne in mind. It lies chiefly in the danger of instructors' time and strength 
being diverted from graduate work by the growing and constant pressure of undergraduate 
instruction. It can really be averted only by keeping the increase in staff somewhat in advance 
of the increase in undergraduates; but the college administrations are, perhaps naturally, rather 
reluctant to follow such a policy. How grave the danger is in our Department of Chemistry is 
well shown by the rapidly diverging curves in the last diagram. 

But the graduate instruction must not only be preserved intact; it must be made to expand 
and there is special need at present for such expansion by providing larger facilities for instruc- 
tion and work in Physical Chemistry. Most of the members of the Department have been 
particularly interested in this important and most modern branch of Chemistry, and have been 
among the earliest instructors in the country to use its results and methods in their research 
and class-room work. The elements of Physical Chemistry have always formed a large part of 
the instruction in General Chemistry and in Analytical Chemistry, and they have been a very 
important factor in making these courses both efficient and attractive for the student mind. 
Graduate courses comprising fom- half-Majors, including laboratory work, have been given 
annually since 1893 and have always been largely attended, and five or six of the investigations 
of the Department have been along the lines of strictly physical-chemical work. But there is 
urgent need and demand for greater opportunties for advanced and research work in this sub- 
ject. The increasing pressure of the other fundamental courses on the instructors' time and the 
exceptional importance of the subject require that the undivided attention of a specialist be 
now given to Physical Chemistry in our Department. It is hoped that our graduate work will 
be encoiu-aged to made a rapid advance in this branch in the immediate future. 

Special attention will be given below to the research work of the Department and the men 
that have been engaged in it. 

The follovping students have taken the Master's degree in Chemistry at the University: 

1897 — Harriet Stone, S.B., University of Chicago. Thesis: "The Constitution and Synthesis of Uric 

Acid." Master of Science. Instructor in Chemistry and Physics, Forest Park University, St. 

Louis, Mo. 
1899 — Warren C. Hawthorne, A.B., University of North Dakota. Thesis: " Hydrogen Peroxide, Ozone, 

and Processes of Oxidation." Master of Science. Instructor in Chemistry and Physics, Young 

Men's Christian Association, Chicago, 111. 

The following list gives the names, the academic record, and the present occupations of 
the Fellows in Chemistry: 
1892-93— John L. Bridge, B.S., Wesleyan University, 1888; Ph.D., Clark University, 1893. Teacher of 

Science, High School, Waterbury, Conn. 
1892-94— Warren Rufus Smith, A.B., Bowdoin College, 1890; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1894. 

Instructor in Science, New Bedford High School; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Lewis 

Institute, Chicago, 111. 
1893-94— Adolph Bernhard, A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1889; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1894. 

Assistant, ibid., 1894-97 and 1899-1900; Instructor in Chemistry, University of Texas, 1897-98. 
1893-96— Bernard C. Hesse, S.B., University of Michigan, 1892; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1896. 

Assistant, ibid., 1896-97; Expert Chemical Adviser, Badische Anilin- und Soda-Fabrik, New 

York. 
1893-95— Samuel E. Swartz, A.B., Denison University, 1879; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1896. 

Professor of Chemistry, Shurtlefl College, Upper Alton, 111.; Principal, Broadus Classical and 

Scientific Institute, Clarksburg, W. Va. 



The Kent Chemical Laboeatoky 461 

1893-94 — Robert W. Wood (Honorary Fellow), A.B., Harvard University, 1891. Instructor and Assistant 

Professor of Physics, University of Wisconsin; Professor of Experimental Physics, Johns Hopkins 

University, Baltimore, Md. 
1894-96— Frank Burnett Dains, Ph.B., Wesleyan University, 1890; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1896. 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Northwestern Medical School, Chicago, 111.; Professor of 

Chemistry, Washburne College, Topeka, Kan. 
1894-97— Nellie E. Goldthwaite (Lamson Fellow),!^ B.S., University of Michigan, 1894. Professor of 

Chemistry, Mount Holyoke College, South Hadley, Mass. 
1895-96- James Bert Garner, S.B., Wabash College, 1893; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1897. Assistant, 

ibid., 1896-97; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Bradley Polytechnic Institute, Peoria, 111., 

Professor of Chemistry, Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Ind. 
1895-97— Lauder W. Jones. A.B., Williams College, 1892; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1897. Assistant, 

Associate, and Instructor in Chemistry, ibid., 1897-. 
1896-98— Herbert Newby McCoy, S.B., Purdue University, 1892; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1898. 

Research Assistant, ibid., 1898-99; Associate Professor of Chemistry, University of Utah, 1899- 

1901; Instructor in Chemistry, University of Chicago, 1901-. 
1896-98 — Fred Neher, A.B., Princeton University, 1889. Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Princeton 

University, Princeton, N. J. 
1896-97 — James F. Sellers, A.B., University of Mississippi, 1885. Professor of Chemistry, Mercer 

University, Macon, Ga. 
1897-1900— Henry Chalmers Biddle, A.B., Monmouth College, 189-; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 

1900. Lecture Assistant, ibid., 1900-1901; Instructor in Chemistry, University of California, 

Berkeley, Calif. 
1898-1900— Hyman E. Goldberg, S.B., University of Chicago, 1896. Instructor, Chicago. 
1898-1900- William McCracken, S.B., University of Michigan, 1886. Professor of Chemistry and 

Physics, Normal School of Northern Michigan, Marquette, Mich. 
1898-1901— Solomon Farlee Acree, S.B., University of Texas, 1896; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1902. 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. 
1898-1900-Max Darwin Slimmer, S.B., University of Chicago, 1897; Ph.D., University of Berlin, 1902. 
1899-1900— Eugene P. Schoch, C.E., University of Texas, 1894; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1902. 

Instructor in Chemistry, University of Texas, Austin, Tex. 
1900-1902— William McAfee Bruce, A.B., Central College, 1896. Fellow, University of Chicago. 
1900-1902— Francis W. Bushong, A.B., Franklin and Marshall College, 1885. Professor of Chemistry, 

Kansas City University, Kansas City, Mo. 
1900-1901 — John Wilkes Shepherd, A.B.. University of Indiana, 1896. Assistant, University of Chicago; 

Professor of Science, Chicago Normal School, Chicago, 111. 
1901-2— Wallace Appleton Beatty (Loewenthal Fellow i'), A.B., Kentucky University, 1896; Ph.D., 

University of Chicago, 1902; Loewenthal Fellow, 1902-3, ibid. 
1901-2 — Roy H. Brownlee, A.B., Monmouth College, 1898. Lecture Assistant, University of Chicago. 
1901-2— Alfred O. Shaklee, S.B., University of Chicago, 1899. Teacher of Physical Science. High 

School, Jackson, Miss. 

EESEAECH WOEK 

From the very opening of the University in 1892 research work in the Department has 
been carried on vsdth enthusiasm on the part of all of the instructors and the candidates for the 
Doctorate degree, stimulated always by the untiring exertions and encouragement of the Head 
of the Department. An excellent equipment and certain liberal University conditions have 
favored its development; it is, probably, still a unique feature in this country, although by no 
means so abroad, that it should be thought wise and highly desirable to place the full time and 
strength of an instructor of advanced rank and salary in the capacity of research assistant 

IS The Lamson FellowsMp in Chemistry was endowed 19 The Loewenthal Fellowship was endowed in 1901 by 

for three years by Mr. L. J. Lamson, and yielded $520 per Mr. Berthold Loewenthal as a memorial to his son, Joseph 
year. B. Loewenthal. It yields an annual income of $420. 



462 The Pbesident's Report 

exclusively at the service of a professor of Chemistry, in order to advance his investigations in 
the field of pure science. The University has, furthermore, wisely guarded the interests of 
chemical research by not exposing the Head of the Department to the great pressure of pro- 
viding for the needs of the rapidly growing undergraduate classes. While the burden of this 
work necessarily seriously handicapped the other instructors in the Department during the last 
years of greatest growth, until some adjustment to the increasing needs could be secured, the 
Department has always afforded all its staff at least some opportunities for research work. 
Candidates for degrees. Fellows and others, have been encouraged by the Head of the Depart- 
ment to undertake their research work for the Doctorate dissertations under any instructor, 
partly in order to broaden the fields of research in the laboratory, partly as an aid to the work 
of the whole staff. Full freedom of choice has always been exercised. 

As to the quantity of research work done in the Department, reference is made to the long 
bibliography of papers published by its members during 1892-1902. How successful the policy 
above described has been in the cause of chemical research, as judged by quality of work, must 
be decided by outsiders — the Department is satisfied to leave its case in their hands. It 
believes, more especially, that their verdict must be that Organic Chemistry will always, as 
now, feel the profound and, in certain respects revolutionizing, influence of the exhaustive 
studies of the Head of the Department. 

Every facility has been afforded for independent research work on the part of Doctors of 
Philosophy of other institutions. We have been glad to welcome the following colleagues for 
such work among us : 

James A. Lyman, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Decent, University of Chicago, 1892-93 ; Instruc- 
tor of Chemistry, Portland Academy, Portland, Ore. 

Henry L. Wheeler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Yale University, 1893-94. Hew Haven, Conn. 

Richard S. Curtiss, Ph.D., University of Wiirzburg. Decent, University of Chicago, 1893-97 ; Pro- 
fessor of Chemistry, Hobart College, Geneva, N. Y.; Professor of Chemistry, Union College, 
Schenectady, N. Y. 

William E. Henderson, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Summer Quarter, 1898. Associate Profes- 
sor of Chemistry, University of Ohio, Columbus, O. 

Howard H. Higbee, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Summer Quarter, 1898. Professor of Chemis- 
try, Hamilton College, N. Y. 

Emmet E. Reid, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Summer Quarter, 1900. Professor of Chemistry, 
Baylor University, Waco, Tex. 

H. G. Byers, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Summer Quarters, 1900 and 1902. Professor of Chem- 
istry, University of Washington. 

Anthony M. Muckenfuss, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Professor of Chemistry, University of 
Arkansas. 

Walther G. Dilthey, Ph.D., University of Erlangen. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters, 1900-1901. 
Privat-Docent, University of Zurich. 

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Chemistry has been conferred by the University on 
the following persons in the period between October 1, 1892, and July 1, 1902 : 

1894 — Warren Ruf us Smith, A.B., Bowdoin College. Thesis : " On the Addition Products of the 

Isocyanides." Professor of Chemistry, Lewis Institute, Chicago. 
1894 — Adolph Bernhard, A.B., Johns Hopkins University. Thesis : " Ueber die Einf uhrung von Acylen 

in den Benzoylessigaether." Stone Creek, O. 
1896 — Bernard C. Hesse, S.B., University of Michigan. Thesis : " On Malonio Nitrile and Some of its 

Derivatives." Expert Chemical Adviser, Badische Anilin- und Soda-Fabrik, New York. 
1896 — Samuel Ellis Swartz, A.B., Denison University. Thesis: "The Action of Sodium Ethylate on 

Bromamides." 



The Kent Chemical Laboeatory 463 

1897 — James B. Garner, S.B., Wabash College. Thesis : " Condensations with Benzoin by Means of 

Sodium Ethylate." Professor of Chemistry, Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Ind. 
1897— Lauder W. Jones, A.B., Williams College. Thesis : " On Salts of Nitroparaffines and Acylated 

Derivatives of Hydrosylamine." Instructor in Chemistry, University of Chicago. 
1898 — Frank Burnett Dains, Ph.B., Wesleyan University. Thesis : " On the Isourea Ethers and Other 

Derivatives of the Ureas." Professor of Chemistry, Washburne College, Topeka, Kan. 
1898— Otto Knute Folin, S.B., University of Minnesota. Thesis : " On Urethanes." Chemist and 

Physiologist, McLean Hospital, Waverly, Mass. 
1898— Elizabeth Jeffreys, Ph.B., Oberlin College. Thesis: "On the Preparation of the Higher 

Alipathic Amines : Undecyl and Pentadecyl Amine." Teacher of Science, Clyde High School, 

Clyde, 111. 
1898— Herbert N. McCoy, S.B., Purdue University. Thesis: "On the Hydrochlorides of Carbo- 

Phenylimido Derivatives." Associate Professor of Chemistry, University of Utah ; Instructor 

in Chemistry, University of Chicago. 
1899— John C. Hessler, A.B., University of Chicago. Thesis : " On Alkyl Malonic Nitriles and Their 

Derivatives." Instructor in Chemistry, University of Chicago. 
1899— William McPherson, A.B., Ohio State University. Thesis: "On the Nature of the Oxy-azo 

Compounds." Professor of Chemistry, Ohio State University, Columbus, O. 
1899 — James H. Ransom, S.B., Wabash College. Thesis : " On the Molecular Rearrangement of 

o-Aminophenylethyl Carbonate to o-Oxyphenyl Urethane." Associate Professor in Chemistry, 

Purdue University. 
1900 — Henry C. Biddle, A.B., Monmouth College. Thesis : " Ueber Derivate des Isuretins der Form- 

hydroxamsaure und ihre Beziehungen zur Knallsaure." Instructor in Chemistry, University of 

California, Berkeley, Calif. 
1901— Ralph Harper McKee, A.B., University of Wooster. Thesis : " On the Oxygen Ethers of the 

Ureas : Methyl- and Ethylisourea." Associate Professor of Chemistry, Lake Forest University, 

Lake Forest, 111. 
1902 — Wallace Appleton Beatty, A.B., Kentucky University. Thesis : " The Action of Sodium Alco- 

holates on Salts of the Patty Acids." 

The research work of the following additional candidates for the Doctorate degree was 
satisfactorily completed before July 1, 1902: 

John L. Bridge,^" B.S., Wesleyan University. Thesis : " On the Ethers of Quinone-Oxines (Nitroso- 
Phenoles)." 

Nellie E. Goldthwaite, B.S., University of Michigan. Thesis : " On Benzhydrol Derivatives." Profes- 
sor of Chemistry, Mount Holyoke College, South Hadley, Mass. 

Maxwell Adams, A.B., Leland Stanford Junior University. Thesis : " On Derivatives of Hydroxyl- 
amine." Professor of Chemistry, Normal School, Chico, Calif. 

Solomon F. Acree,^' S.B., University of Texas. Thesis : " On Sodium Phenyl and the Action of Sodium 
on Ketones." Assistant Professor of Chemistry, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. 

Eugene P. Schoch,^' C.E., University of Texas. Thesis : " On the Red and the Yellow Oxides of Mer- 
cury and the Mercuric Oxychlorides." Instructor in Chemistry, University of Texas, Austin, Tex. 

Edward E. Slosson,^' S.B., University of Kansas. Thesis : " On Acyl Alkyl (Alphyl) Halogen Amines 
and the ' Beckmann Rearrangement.' " Professor of Chemistry, University of Wyoming, 
Laramie, Wyo. 

Two of the above number, Dr. McPherson and Dr. Slosson, carried out their researct 
work in Summer Quarters only. Of the above number (twenty-two) eleven worked under the 
direction, and in the field of work, of Professor Nef, one in the same way with Associate 

20 The work was done 1891-93 under the direction of 21 These candidates received the Doctor's degree from 

Professor Nef, partly at Clark University and partly at the University at the end of the Summer Quarter, 1902. 
this University. Mr. Bridge received the degree of Doctor 
of Philosophy from Clark University in 1893 on the basis of 
this work. 



464 The President's Repoet 

Professor Smith, three with Assistant Professor Lengfeld, and seven with Associate Professor 
StiegHtz. 

In the course of the ten years, 1892-1902, eleven candidates discontinued their work 
without completing it. In one case, that of Mr. Lawrence S. Williams, Instructor in Chemistry 
at Armour Institute, Chicago, death put an end to a career that was full of promise. In the 
following nine cases election to a chair of Chemistry, or some other promising opening in the 
profession, induced the candidate to give up or postpone the completion of his work: F. E. 
Goodell, Professor of Chemistry, Des Moines College, Des Moines, la.; Fred Neher, Professor 
of Chemistry, Princeton University; William McCracken, Chair of Chemistry and Physics, 
Normal School of Northern Michigan, Marquette, Mich.; Hyman E. Goldberg, Inventor, 
Chicago; William Dehn, Instructor in Chemistry, University of Illinois ; Oscar R. Flynn, 
Teacher of Science, Hyde Park High School, Chicago; John W. Shepherd, Chair of Science, 
Chicago Normal School, Chicago; Alfred O. Shaklee, Teacher of Science, High School, Jackson, 
Mich; Herbert C. Gore, Assistant Chemist, United States Agricultiu'al Bureau, Washington, 
D. C. In only one case, complicated by ill-health, the work was discontinued, and the degree 
afterward taken at a foreign University. 

In 1896 the Department of Chemistry had the honor of welcoming one of the most emi- 
nent inorganic chemists in the world. Dr. Henri H. Moissan, of the University of Paris, and it 
had the pleasure of listening to an address in which he discussed the artificial preparation of 
the diamond, and applications of the electric furnace. In June, 1901, the Department had the 
honor of receiving the visit of one of the most distinguished living chemists, eminent notably in 
the field of Physical Chemistry, Dr. Jacobus H. van 't Hoff, of the University of Berlin. Dr. 
van 't Hoff gave a series of eight lectures on the applications of Physical Chemistry in the 
natural sciences, which were enjoyed by the Faculty, the student body, and many visitors from 
other universities. Professor van 't Hoff received the honorary degree of LL.D. from the Uni- 
versity at its decennial celebration in June, 1901. 

THE SUMMEE QUAETEK 

The Summer Quarters have not differed essentially from the other Quarters in the class 
of work done, but they have differed considerably in the constituency of the student body 
working in the Department. As in other Departments of the University, the student body in 
these Summer Quarters has consisted for the most part of Graduate students, teachers from 
universities, colleges, high schools, and academies, with a very much smaller proportion of 
vmdergraduates (see Table XIII, below). The maturity of this class of students and their wide- 
spread influence, exercised through their schools throughout the country, have made them a 
most desirable class of students to reach and teach. Ready for enthusiastic work and inspira- 
tion, appreciating thoroughness of work and method, they form a far more stimulating body of 
students for the instructors than do the undergraduates. The instructors in the Department 
are encouraged through them to aid in raising the standards of teaching in their Department 
to higher levels, and in modernizing their work throughout the West, Northwest, Southwest, 
and South. 

It was thought wisest to make the courses offered these students almost the same, as 
regards content and method, and exactly the same as regards requirements and standards, as 
those offered during the other three Quarters of the year. The greater maturity of the classes 
influenced the results chiefly in the average quality of the work and the depth of insight gained. 
To a considerable extent the courses were given by the same instructors as in the other Quarters, 
or by instructors equal in rank to them; in only one branch, that of General Organic Chemistry, 
yomiger instructors were always called upon to give the courses. Professor Nef has been in 
residence five Terms of the Summer Quarters; Assistant Professor Lengfeld, fourteen Terms; 



The Kent Chemical Laboeatoey 



465 



Associate Professor Stieglitz, thirteen Terms; Associate Professor Smith's first Term of Summer 
residence was in 1902. 

In order to ofiFer complete courses in a subject in a single quarterly session, the majority 
of the courses have always been offered as double courses (double Major and double Minor 
courses), twice as many lectures being given and twice as much laboratory work being required 
per week as in the ordinary course, the students concentrating their time and effort on one or 
two comrses only. The method has worked to the perfect satisfaction of instructors and stu- 
dents, and this raises the query, whether more opportunities for such concentrated effort might 
not be offered in the other Quarters. The Department has also always made it a special point 
to offer in every Summer Quarter nearly the equivalent of all its Junior College work, all of its 
Senior College courses, and the main graduate courses, and in alternate years, as far as possible, 
all of its special graduate courses. In this way almost the complete annual work of the Depart- 
ment has been duplicated every simimer for the benefit of a vast body of students who could 
attend no other Quarter, but who could, without any change in the order of their courses, take 
all the main courses in succession by attending during a sufficient number of Summer Quarters. 
The result of this policy has been that many students have been just as regular attendants in 
the Rummer Quarters for five or six years as ordinary students have been for as many Quarters 
of the usual school year. A characteristic feature has been that two candidates for the Docto- 
rate degree completed their research work altogether in Summer Quarters. A somewhat larger 
total time was required, perhaps, for the completion of the research work than would have been 
found necessary in the case of uninterrupted work at cooler periods of the year. But untiring 
courage and self-sacrifice on the part of the students overcame all the difficulties of the situa- 
tion. The Summer Quarters have also been a favorite period for research work on the part of 
Doctors of other imiversities, who have come great distances for the sake of the laboratory 
facilities and the stimiilus of intercourse with men of their own profession. It must be stated, 
however, that the carrying on of research work under the trying conditions of summer time is a 
great strain on staff and student alike; but for men of sound health it has proved to be a prac- 
tical and valuable opportunity. 

DIAGRAM IV 







— 


— 


— 




— 




1 — 


— 




— 


— 


— 


— 


-" 




— 


— 1 


n 




n 


— 


n 


— 




— 


— 




n 


n 




~ 




— 




— 


—' 


— 


r~ 


~ 






- 




- 


~ 






r 


























































































































































































































— , 




~ 




~ 




~ 


~ 




_ 




~ 


~ 


_ 






~ 






■ 
































































7.500 
6,000 
4,500 
3,000 
1,500 


300 


























































































-• 




' 








































































































































■ 


" 














































,— 





— 


- 




_ 


._- 






-- 




— 


' 










150- 


"~ 


~ 


_ 




~ 




"" 


"~ 




~ 




— 


_ 


, 






~ 






_ 


~ 




~ 


"■ 


■ 










,_ 


^ 




<■- 






































100- 


— 


I— 


— 




~ 






~ 




— 


— 


~ 


~ 


_ 




ZZ 


~ 






iZ: 


=^ 


=: 


=^ 


"^ 


'^ 


^^ 






■■' 
















































~ 


~ 


~ 




~~ 






~ 




~ 




~ 


_ 






'" 














' 






























































U—i 


U— J 












l»=J 














18 


u 








I'S 


Jo 








IH 


QG 








18 


97 








18 


98 








18 


99 








19 


00 








19 


0) 



- ToUl Chamistry registration ; scale of GO to the line. 
"Total UoiVtirBity cegistration; scale of 1.500 to the line. 

Siimaipy Qtmrters 



The curve which illustrates Table X below, not only shows the rapid growth of the work 
in Chemistry in the Summer Quarters, but also brings out the fact that its rate of growth has 
been larger the last few years than that of the University as a whole, great as the latter has 
been; the total attendance in the last four summers (950) shows a gain of 150 per cent, over the 
attendance in the first four summers (385), as against 100 per cent, for the University as a whole. 
During all this time only the regular courses of the Department have been given; there have 
been no "open" courses. 



466 



The Pkesident's Repoet 



The following table shows the total registrations for the Summer Quarters in Chemistry 

and in the University as a whole: 

TABLE X 





1894 


1895 


1896 


1897 


1898 


1899 


1900 


1901 


Chemistry 


79 
1,575 


73 

2,565 


118 

2,787 


115 

4,008 


177 
4,300 


198 
4,851 


275 
5,028 


300 


The University 


6,223 



The following table compares the total Chemistry in Majors in the Summer Quarters with 
the average total Chemistry registrations for the Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters of the 
same year. It shows that the work done and the increase is almost exactly the same in both 
cases: 

TABLE XI 





1894r-95 


1895-96 


1896-97 


1897-98 


1898-99 


1899-00 


1900-01 


1901-02 


Summer Quarter 

Average Quarter 


97 
120 


87 

77 


126 
123 


105 

142 


165 
124 


142 
139 


185 
190 


199 

17622 



The following table gives the amount of work (in Majors) in the main branches of instruc- 
tion in the Department, and shows the development of each: 

TABLE XII 





1894 


1895 


1896 ■ 


1897 


1898 


1899 


1900 


1901 


General Chemistry 

Analytical Chemistry . . 

Organic Chemistry 

"Other" courses 2^ 


45 

28 

22 

3 


26 

37 

18 

6 


47 
32 
28 
20 


46 
31 
19 

10 


54 
63 
29 
21 


42 

54 

38 

8 


45 
74 
37 
29 


63 
64 

47 
27 



The next table, a particularly important one, compares the total work (in Majors) in 
graduate courses in the Summer Quarters with the average registrations for such courses for 
the three other Quarters. It shows that the former has been exceeding the average graduate 
work in other Quarters since 1898. As a number of the registrations in ordinary Quarters are 
for half-Major special courses, the real balance in favor of the Summer Quarters is still greater. 

TABLE xin 





1894 


1895 


1896 


1897 


1898 


1899 


1900 


1901 


Summer Quarter 

Average Quarter 


25 
50 


24 
34 


55 
61 


36 
54 


63 
53 


57 
56 


80 
66 


89 
63 



The last table, giving the registrations of Graduate, Senior College, Junior College, and 
Unclassified students, expresses clearly the mature character of the summer student body. The 
registrations of Graduate students, in all but the first year, have easily outnumbered those of 
all the other students combined. 

TABLE XIV 

1901 



Graduates 

Senior College. 
Junior College . 
Unclassified . . . 



1894 


1895 


1896 


1897 


1898 


1899 


1900 


39 


56 


81 


72 


116 


132 


159 


2 


3 


8 


7 


11 


17 


39 


1 




8 


22 


11 


8 


11 


37 


14 


21 


14 


39 


41 


54 



179 
28 
19 

74 



22 Without Medical student registrations. 



2' Research courses, Advanced Inorganic and Physical Chemistry. 



The Kent Chemical Labokatoey 467 

POSITIONS FILLED BY GRADUATES AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The various classes of students who have worked in the Department, Fellows, candidates 
for the Degrees of Doctor, Master, or Bachelor, have been largely called upon to fill positions in 
Chemistry in the universities and colleges of the country, or positions to teach the physical 
sciences in high schools and academies. The nature and the location of the positions filled by 
the most advanced classes of students— our Doctors, Fellows, and Masters— appear from the 
tables on pp. 460 and 463 of the preceding statement. They include eighteen professorships and 
five instractorships in universities, colleges, and normal schools, and five positions as teachers 
of Physical Science in high schools or academies (besides two positions as expert advisers, the 
one in a great technical house, the other, a research position, in a large eastern hospital). 

Unfortimately, no record has been kept of the numbers of graduating Bachelors and 
Graduate students who have specialized in the Department and, on its recommendation, have 
received appointments to teach Chemistry in high schools and academies In the last three 
years^ the supply of candidates for such positions, whom the Department was willing to recom- 
mend, and who had asked for its support, has been exhausted in the early summer, and the 
Department has been unable to supply candidates for many later xirgent and direct applications. 
There has also been an increasing demand from technical sources for men trained in the Depart- 
ment, largely from the city, but also from more distant localities. Its supply of such men, 
seeking technical positions, necessarily rather small in the absence of a complete school of 
technology, has also been exhausted at early dates after graduation, and many requests for 
men have had to remain unfilled because of the lack of further candidates. Undoubtedly the 
general prosperity of the country has made the large demand in recent years possible, but the 
satisfactory work of those who have gone out before has been the most important factor, as 
shown by the nature of the requests received. 

In view of the lack of statistics for most of the preceding years, it may be of interest to 
state that in the present season (1902) sixteen positions (university, college, and school) and ten 
technical positions (two temporary ones) have been filled on the basis of recommendations by 
the Department, and about fifteen requests have had to be refused, up to the present date, after 
the list had been exhausted. 

The only difiiculty the Department has met in this matter is in the placing of its women 
graduates. Superintendents of schools have shown an unfounded prejudice in favor of men 
teachers of Science, which does not seem to exist in regard to other subjects. The discrimina- 
tion has gone to the extent of favoring men of only average ability, recommended only with 
qualifications, as against women candidates of superior ability and intelligence who have been 
given unqualified recommendations. It has been found, moreover, that the few women teachers 
sent out by the Department have in nearly every instance given satisfaction, and have been com- 
pletely successful in handling classes in Chemistry. Such a prejudice does not seem to exist in 
the East, and it need not exist in the West. 

Kespectfully submitted, 

Julius Stieqlitz. 



REPORTS OF OTHER OFFICERS 



THE BUSINESS MANAGER 

To the President of the University : 

Sib : The business history of the University from the date of its organization to June 30, 
1902, as appearing upon the recurring annual periods of its fiscal years, is reflected by the 
exhibits of the hereinafter following Financial and Statistical Tables, viz.: 

Table I. General Balance Sheet, June 30, 1902. 

Table II. Budget Expenditures: by years covering period 1894^1902 (eight fiscal years). 

Table III. Budget Income: by years covering the period 1894-1902 (eight fiscal years). 

Table IV. Budget Income and Expenditures by Departments and Years, covering the 
period 1894-1902 (eight fiscal years). 

Table V. Income and Expenditures — Gross, Summarized: covering the period 1894- 
1902 (eight fiscal years). 

Table VI. Budget Income — Sources Analyzed: by years covering the period 1894-1902 
(eight fiscal years). 

Table VII. Seven Departments: Receipts and Expenditures, covering the period 1893- 
1902 (nine fiscal years). 

Table VIII. Budget Expenditures — Analyzed: covering the period 1894-1902 (eight 
fiscal years). 

Table IX. Assets — June 80: 1893-1902 (ten years). 

Table X. Budget Expenditures: Per Capita (apportioned), fiscal year ending 1901-1902. 

TABLES XI, XII, XIII THE UNIVEESITY OF CHICAGO PBESS 

(Departmental Statements 1901-1902) 
Table XI. Book Store. 
Table XII. Printing Office. 
Table XIII. Publication. 

Table XIV. Gifts: In Gross — annually by fiscal years 1889-1902 (thirteen years). 
Table XV. Endowment Funds — Consolidated Statement; Amounts, Classification of 
Investments, Interest, Income, etc. (eight fiscal years). 

TABLE I 

Geneeal Balance Sheet, Jdnb 30, 1902 

Dr. 

Investments (see p. 2) - - - - $8,674,962.12 

Buildings (see p. 3) ---------- - 2,812,032.60 

Grounds (see p. 3) 1,297,003.19 

Cash and current assets (see p. 4) ------- - 490,164.02 

Cash ..-...$ 385,774.62 

Bills receivable --------- 9,940.06 

Due from University officers and agents - - - - 23,864.75 

Miscellaneous- --------- 70,584.59 

Books (page 5) ------ '~. I I 314,949.78 

Scientific equipment " « - - - 440,993.48 

Furniture " " - - - 66,804.54 

Carried Forward ------------ $14,096,909.73 

471 



472 Thk Pkesident's Report 

Brought Forward ----------- $14,096,909.73 

Material and supplies " " - _ 36,569 . 28 

Printing office plant " " 10,521.77 

Real estate " " - 984,375.17 

Total ----------..-- -. : $15,128,375.95 

Cr. 

Capital (see p. 6) ----....- $3,975,633.79 

Endowments ""---.-...- 8,739,194.38 

Building funds " " --------- 798,297.25 

Land Purchase Fund ""-------.- 1,229,416.03 

Special funds '-7 - - - 73,673.55 

Current liabilities "'=--------- 312,160.95 

Total -------- : :^ $15,128,375.95 

Total June 30, 1901 --------.--_- 12,364,216.58 

Increase ----- - - - $2,764,159.37 

Investments 
Rockefeller ("A") --------- $571,648.07 

Rockefeller ("B") --------- 903,063.95 

Rockefeller ("C") --------- 526,467.38 

Rockefeller ("D") --------- 689,486.86 

Rockefeller ("E") --------- 1,027,185.51 

Rockefeller ("F") --------- 499,399.80 

Rockefeller ("G") --------- 989,045.16 

Rockefeller ("H") --------- 998,713.68 

Ogden - - - - - - - - - - - 317,027.97 

Culver ------------ 852,853.60 

Reynolds ----------- 113,053.58 

Haskell No. 1 ---------- 23,688.05 

Haskell No. 2 ---------- 20,000.00 

School of Education --------- 788,020.14 

Security Building (mortgage) - 180,000.00 

Gallup Fund investment -------- 30,000.00 

Hitchcock Fund investment 50,000.00 

Woman's Building Fund investment - ----- 23,360.00 

1223 Michigan avenue (Kelly gift) ------ 15,777.13 

Miscellaneous investments --- 56,171.24 

Total ----------- ~~- : : $8,674,962.12 

Analysis of Investments 
Real estate - - ----- $4,295,000.30 

Fees -----------$ 3,398,450.30 

Chicago loans --.---.. 703,050.00 

Farm mortgages -------- 193,500.00 

Bonds ------- : r- 4,024,846.68 

Railway ----- 2,573,020.13 

Street railway - - - - - - - - - 144,763.75 

Elevated railway .--.-.-- 221,837.80 

Miscellaneous - - - - 1,085,225.00 

Stocks - - . - ^ : : 310,427.09 

Railway 119,275.00 

Carried Forward , - - . $8,630,274.07 



The Business Manages 473 



Brought Forward - - - ----- - $8,630,274.07 

Street railway --------- 88,401.26 

Elevated railway --------- 102,750.83 

Miscellaneous ----- 44,688.05 

Total ------------ 8,674,962.12 

TotalJune 30, 1901 ---------- 7,603,691.55 

Increase ----------- 1,071,270.57 

TJniveesitt Buildings and GrEonNDS 

Buildings -------- - $ 2,812,032.60 

(a) Complete ------------ $2,220,865.19 

Cobb Hall -------- $ 221,956.03 

Graduate and Divinity Halls 172,805.72 

SnellHall --------- 53,586.41 

Kelly HaU ---------, 62,149.21 

BeeoherHall - 62,126.05 

Foster HaU- - - - 62,966.86 

Foster Hall addition 20,466.04 

Green Hall - 72,000.00 

Kent Laboratory 202,270.19 

Ryerson Laboratory ------- 200,371.41 

Walker Museum -------- 109,275.11 

Haskell Museum - ------- 103,017.49 

Hull Biological Laboratories - ----- 325,000.00 

Temporary Library and Gymnasium - - - 25,207.88 

Power and oil storage plants (old) - - - - 19,636.35 

Electric light plant and wiring - . - - - 13,965.03 

Yerkes Observatory and Telescope . - - - 39,699.05 

Morgan Park Academy --.'--- 30,000.00 

West Hall, Morgan Park, 35,000.00 

East Hall, Morgan Park, ------ 43,667.47 

Gymnasium, Morgan Park, - 20,715.00 

School of Education, Temporary Building - - 24,983.89 

(6) Under construction ------ - '- '- - 591,167.41 

School of Education ------- 50,192.52 

Charles Hitchcock Hall - - - - - - - 117,076.96 

Frank Bartlett Gymnasium ----- 40,642.93 

Central light, heat, water, and power plant - - - 221,702.33 

Group - - - - 89,286.84 

Press Building 72,265.83 

Grounds ----------- ~~- - ' - - $1,297,00319 

Campus ----- 528,038.73 

Scammon Court 132,368.65 

Athletic Field 335,000.00 

Yerkes Observatory -------- 25,300.00 

Morgan Park Academy - - 22,000.00 

Morgan Park Library - 3,000.00 

Block 16 . - . - - 111,117.40 

, Block 9 - - 140,178.41 

Total, buildings and grounds - - - - - I I - - - $4,109,035.79 

TotalJune 30, 1901 ---------- - - . 3,451,434.24 

Increase $657,601.55 



474 The President's Repoet 

Cash and Cdebbnt Assets 

Cash .-.-_.... $385,774.62 

Bills receivable - - 9,940.06 

Due from University officers and agents 23,864.75 

Registrar S 1,681.55 

Registrar Academy 390.52 

University Press Division ------ 16,694.53 

Cash -------$ 1,330.73 

Individuals 15,363.80 

Charles Hull E wing "- : '- 2,516.31 

Trotter & Kimball 2,282.57 

A. H.Parker --------- 299.27 

Miscellaneous ■ - - 70,584.59 

University College $ 8,926.15 

Elementary School 7,031.98 

School of Education budgets 13,164.77 

Course of study 532.75 

Catherine M. White Income 603.98 

Bruce Telescope Fund (certificate of deposit) - - 6,125.00 

Thaw Illustrations 83.54 

Bruce Astronomical Fund investment . . - - 8,000.00 

Russian Lecture Fund expense 2,000.00 

President's Fund investment 130.00 

Baptist Theological Union 28.51 

Real estate investment expense 4,823.60 

University Lecture Association 1,226.30 

Temporary advances 1,426.40 

Income accrued 19,877.60 

Chicago Manual Training School 1,000.00 

Miscellaneous 604.01 

Total "- '- '- ~- ^ - $490,164.02 

TotalJune 30, 1901 ..-.--- 482,761.36 

Increase $7,402.66 

Books $314,949.78 

Scientific equipment 440,993.48 

General $405,989.86 

School of Education - 32,184.73 

Bruce Spectrograph 2,085.17 

Bruce Photographic Telescope 733.72 

Furniture ---------- ^ '- ~ 66,804.54 

General - - - - 38,235.25 

Kelly Hall - . - - 2,601.67 

BeecherHall - - - - 2,977.40 

Foster Hall ---------- 2,978.34 

Graduate Hall --------- 1,519.91 

SnellHall - . - 2,251.28 

Commons - - - - 4,963.53 

Academy Commons - - - 1,996.95 

Women's Commons -------- 4,803.29 

Academy 4,472.12 

Hitchcock Hall 4,75 

Carried Forward ------ - I I - - - $822,747.80 



The Business Manager 475 



Brought Forward . $822 747.80 

Material and supplies . . 36569.28 

Bookstore - _ $14,505.95 

Printing office - 8,829.27 

Publications 11,578.35 

Laboratory Supply Store 1,318.26 

Postage - - 229.06 

Academy Commons 58.39 

Commons -.-.. 5000 

Printing office plant - "~I '. I 10521.77 

Real estate ---------..... 93^ 375 yr 

Block 3, Fern wood addition $204,653.99 

Block 1, Fernwood addition ■ - - - . . 151,696.75 

Block 5, Marshall Field's addition ----- 147,150.69 

Block 13, Mason <fe McKichan's subdivision - - - 200,286.39 

Block 14, Mason & McKichan's subdivision - - - 144,084.43 

Block 15, Mason & McKichan's subdivision - - - 134,702.92 

Irving Park lots -----.-. 1,000.00 

Ellis county, Kansas - - 600.00 

Tallahassee, Florida - - - 200.00 

^°*^1 - - - • . . : T~ ~ : — $1,854,214.02 

TotalJune 30, 1901 82632943 

Increase ------.. $1,027,884.59 

Endowment $8,739,194.38 

Rockefeller ("A") $ 573,324.50 

Rockefeller ("B") - 905,546.90 

Rockefeller ("C") 527,293 75 

Rockefeller ("D") 690,117.00 

Rockefeller ("E") 1,027,500.00 

Rockefeller ("F") - - - - 500 465 22 

Rockefeller ("G") 1,000,000 "oo 

Rockefeller ("H") 1,000,000.00 

Ogden 318,419.89 

^"'^^'' ----■-----.-. 853,100.00 

^y°olds 113,089.07 

Haskell No. 1 and No. 2 - 43 688 05 

^°^^y 5^000^00 

^^o"* - 1,000.00 

^owe 1000.00 

Pi"sbury 5,000.00 

Scammon Memorial - - - . gj qso 00 

School of Education g'jg 000 00 

Gearhart and Hannah Foreman Fund 2 000 00 

Gallup Memorial - 30000 00 

Charles Hitchcock Memorial ---.-... 50000.00 

University Scholarship - 3*000 00 

Joseph B. Lowenthal Fellowship 10 OOO 00 

Lillian Gertrude Selz Scholarship ------.. 5000 00 

Enos M. Barton Scholarship 3 000 00 

Zuinglius Grover Scholarship s'oOO 00 

Henry C. Lytton Scholarship 3 ooQ 00 

Carried Forward - - - - ' . ' $8,739,194.38 



476 The President's Eepokt 

Brought Forward -----.---.. 18,739,194.38 

Divinity (Atkins) Scholarship - 2,500.00 

Andrew McLeish Scholarship 3,000.00 

Catherine M. White Scholarship - - 9,000.00 

Olson Memorial - - - . - 100.00 

Elbert H. Shirk Scholarship 3,000.00 

Wm. A. Talcott Fellowships --..-.... 12,000.00 

Capital $3,975,633.79 

Land purchase fund 1,229,416.03 

Building funds .............. 798,297.25 

Central light, heat, water and power plant - - - - . - $215,000.00 

Frank Bartlett Gymnasium ----..... 130,000.00 

Charles Hitchcock Hall -.-..- ... 150,000.00 

Group . . 147,500.00 

University Press - - 105,606.00 

Women's Building - 24,688.66 

Electric wiring -..--.-.-..- 10,000.00 

Foster Hall furnishings ..-.----. 252.59 

Press Building furnishings ._......- 15,250.00 

Total - - . $14,742,541.45 

TotalJune 30, 1901 - - - 11,967,605.21 

Increase - - $2,774,936.24 

Special funds - - $73,673.55 

Culver Income ..-.....- $31,095.62 

Elizabeth Kelly Donation 15,000.00 

Campus Improvement - - 10,000.00 

Bruce Instruction Fund 3,309.86 

Bruce Spectrograph Fund ...... 2,088.27 

Crane Lectureship ........ 2,000.00 

Scammon Scholarship - - - - - - - 482.84 

Thaw Illustration Fund - - 100.00 

Yerkes Computer's Fund 322.99 

Ye rkes Librarian 11.29 

Astronomy Houses Sinking Fund 796.49 

Ancient Records Fund - - - 75.00 

President's Fund 295.00 

Haskell Bequest Income 200.40 

Bruce Photographic Telescope 7,896 . 19 

Current liabilities $312,160.95 

Bills payable - ' $218,000.00 

Vouchers 61,045.01 

Budget balances reappropriated 16,334.01 

School of Education Income - 5,275 . 67 

Petrographical Fund - - 16.99 

Women's Commons - 3,298 . 72 

Laboratory School - - 2,003.30 

Budgets, 1902-1905 - 5,298.02 

Alliance Frangaise - 538 . 28 

Miscellaneous - - 350.95 

Total $385,834.50 



The Business Manager 



477 



TABLE II 
Budget ExPENDiTUHEg, by Yeaks, Coveeins Peeiod 1894-1902 (Eight Fiscal Yeaes) 



1894-1895 



1895-1896 



1896-1897 



I. General Administration and Expense: 

Administrative of&ces 

General 

Music and Chapel 

Convocations 

Interest 

II. Faculty of Arts, Literature, and Science 

Dean's oiEce expense 

Instruction 

Fellowships and Scholarships 

III. Divinity School: 

Administration and general expense 

Instruction 

Halls expense . 

Books 

Fellowships and Scholarships 

Journal of Theology 

IV. Morgan Park Academy: 

Administration and general expense 

Instruction 

Buildings and grounds 

Books and equipment 

Scholarships 

V. University Extension: 

Lecture-study instruction 

Correspondence instruction 

Class- work instruction 

Lecture-study expense 

Correspondence expense 

Class- work expense 

VI. Libraries, Laboratories and Museums: 

Administration 

Books 

Equipment 

Supplies and expense 

VII. Printing and Publishing: 

Official documents 

University journals ) 

Departmental printing J 

VIII. Physical Culture: 

Instruction 

Expense 

IX. Affiliated Work: 

Administration 

Examinations 

X. Buildings and Grounds: 

Campus improvement ) 

Furniture 5 

Buildings, expense and repairs 

General repairs and supplies 

Taxes and insurance 

Payment on Campus 

Yerkes Observatory 

XI. Medical Department: 

Dean's office expense 

Initial equipment 

Instruction 

Equipment 

Books 

Supplies and expense 

Buildings and grounds 

Total 



$ 25,639.54 

8,466.73 

2,774.39 

2,066.62 

23,055.54 

2,479.71 

217,989.60 

21,666.61 

1,714.23 
34,399.70 

4,107.93 
950.23 
937.50 



6,844.89 
13,325.92 
20,195.30 

2,718.77 



17,994.27 
2,602.65 
5,895.65 

6,422.02 



9,426,18 
13,234.52 
17,125.32 

5,091.76 

7,603.59 
18,526.43 

5,299.92 
566.25 

263.79 



4,.544.31 

37,047.48 
3,012.00 



$ 27,514.50 

9,928.51 

3,181.91 

1,545.44 

17,382.96 

4,487.97 

250,436.44 

30,336.66 

2,066.72 

33,112.57 

3,128.13 

2,218.42 

980.00 



6,680.62 

16,002.32 

13,797.47 

2,419.04 

2,541.25 

17,867.87 
3,119.56 
3,481.50 
4,322.21 
1,847.40 
2,628.32 

14,347.30 

20,164.78 

17,926.19 

9,184.85 

7,192.94 
30,420.59 

5,475.01 
703.58 

1,081.28 
84.07 



9,042.64 

34,537.11 
5,950.67 
8,857.55 

11,000.00 



$543,989.35 



$636,996.35 



$ 29,964.45 

12,779.13 

2,735.90 

4,756.95 

17,609.23 

5,438.81 

274,914.87 

29,420.00 

2,014.49 
a3,988.01 
4,433.85 
1,272.20 
1,106.25 
2,942.01 

8,297.65 

16,974.71 

11,374.88 

948.57 

2,375.00 

22,559.70 
2,703.87 
4,318.51 
6,435.51 
1,249.36 
2,528.70 

16,229.13 
15,383.07 
16,363.08 
13,614.61 

9,840.26 
33,228.52 

6,316.68 

504.78 

4,930.32 
150.80 



3,875.82 

28,853.57 

4,589.37 

20,580.42 

11,000.00 

3,726.03 



$ 31,266.59 

13,052.74 

2,775.09 

1,783.77 

14,434.24 

4,183.63 

285,958.23 

38,425.08 

2,200.49 
34,924.90 

4,842.17 
951.30 
937.50 

5,365.78 

6,228.70 
15,642.15 
8,874.85 
1,354.55 
2,215.63 

20,848.76 
4,803,94 
4,981.29 
6,149.16 
1,927.16 
2,234.86 

16,982.92 

10,492.61 

5,684.47 

11,349.80 

6,124.33 
37,689.04 

6,483.24 
360.91 

1,318.48 
621.69 

4,964.39 

35,828.43 
4,792.48 
5,0.32.25 

11,000.00 
3,312,15 



$692,329.07 



$678,399.75 



478 



The President's Eepoet 



TABLE 11 — Continued 
Budget Espendituees, by Years, Covering Period 1894-1902 (Eight Fiscal Years) 



1898-1899 



1899-1900 



1900-1901 



1901-1902 



I. General Administration and Expense: 

Administrative offices 

General 

Music and chapel 

Convocations 

Interest 

II. Faculty of Arts, Literature, and Science: 

Dean's office expense 

Instruction 

Fellowships and Scholarships 

III. Divinity School: 
Administration and general expense .... 

Instruction 

Halls expense 

Books 

Fellowships 

Journal of Theology 

IV. Morgan Park Academy: 

Administration and general expense 

Instruction 

Buildings and grounds 

Books and equipment 

Scholarships 

v. University Extension: 

Lecture-study instruction 

Correspondence instruction 

Class-work instruction 

Lecture-study expense 

Correspondence expense 

Class-work expense 

VI. Libraries, Laboratories and Museums: 

Administration 

Books 

Equipment : 

Supplies and expense 

VII. Printing and Publishing: 

Official documents 

University journals 

Departmental printing 

VIII. Physical Culture: 

Instruction 

Expense 

IX. Affiliated Work: 

Administration 

Examinations 

X. Buildings and Grounds: 

Campus improvement 

Furniture 

Buildings, expense and repairs 

General repairs and supplies 

Taxes and insurance 

Payment on Campus 

Yerkes Observatory 

XI. Medical Department: 

Dean's office expense 

Initial equipment 

Instruction 

Equipment 

Books 

Supplies and expense 

Buildings and grounds 

Total 



$ 31,895.01 

13,103.68 

2,765.88 

1,855.49 

6,320.00 

5,337.90 

301,793.40 

46,432.46 

2,156.80 
35,841.64 

7,069.51 

1,033.42 
11,982.50 

4,577.97 

5,917.25 

17,551.43 

12,408.28 

1,299.93 

2,763.75 

19,975.79 
4,525.92 
6,811.61 
6,301.37 
2,442.45 
2,354.18 

16,461.68 

12,277.87 

8,.324.50 

11,089.93 

8,761.87 
35,177.63 

6,987.56 
323.03 

1,776.19 
1,121.95 

5,786.47 

35,503.36 
6,173.83 
1,671.55 

11,000.00 
2,968.48 



$ 31,591.27 

18,526.87 

2,593.27 

1,496.43 

19,290.93 

6,506.31 

305,872.15 

51,037.95 

2,950.94 
36,050.08 

5,699.06 

673.27 

14,340.00 

4,500.58 

6,414.38 

15,175.85 

10,097.49 

464.56 

2,502.50 

18,280.29 
5,506.87 
5,533.22 
6,944.93 
3,205.88 
2,803.71 

16,388.76 

10,460.79 

8,071.75 

12,210.89 

9,060.44 

31,872.82 

2,000.56 

6,996.76 
393.17 

3,192.87 
1,266.42 

3,940.78 
1,397.69 

39,426.01 
4,876.84 
3,459.39 

11,000.00 
3,111.89 



8719,923.52 



8747,186.62 



8 32,536.94 

26,664.02 

2,746.48 

1,747.12 

10,596.93 

6,612.78 

328,069.16 

51,697.85 

2,878.54 
35,894.22 

6,140.37 

1,735.16 
15,160.00 

4,203.50 

7,529.60 

14,100.00 

10,021.45 

1,550.47 

2,500.00 

19,017.46 
5,601.89 

667.77 
7,129.72 
4,693.57 

303.93 

16,638.71 
24,840.37 
14,554.13 
13,162.57 



33,051.32 
3,842.10 

7,400.00 
299.05 

3,301.35 
1,199.96 

3,145.59 
2,008.43 

42,894.02 
6,363.58 
3,975.94 

11,000.00 
3,107.63 



8790,583.68 



8 38,197.84 

35,178.59 

6,617.24 

2,016.84 

21,724.39 

7,591.42 

341,658.73 

56,596.28 

3,095.06 
34,652.07 

6,630.38 

1,100.00 
13,582.50 

4,327.59 

6,978.58 

14,393.64 

11,276.45 

595.01 

2,500.00 

27,142.83 
6,862.55 

12,336; 02 
6,069.86 



20,064.84 

23,939.55 

9,885.74 

13,710.83 



33,104.06 
3,371.75 

8,159.39 
1,800.00 

4,035.37 
1,295.75 

3,574.41 
4,820.47 
50,729.48 
7,291.72 
4,190.06 

' 3,543! 39 

2,000.00 
49,000.00 
25,485.78 
3,090.00 
1,015.00 
7,745.00 
1,371.80 



8944,348.26 



The Business Manager 



479 



TABLE III 
Budget Income, bt Yeaes, Coveeinq Peeiod 1894-1902 (Eight FiscAi Years) 



I. General Administration: 
Exams., Matriculations, and Diploma Fees 
Prizes 

II. Faculty of Arts, Literature, and Science: 

Rockefeller investments 

Ogden investments 

Reynolds investments 

Colby, Howe, Tilton, Pillsbury investments 

Haskell investments 

Culver investments 

Fellowships and Scholarships 

Graduate tuition 

College tuition 

Miscellaneous 

Hitchcock investments 

Grover investments 

III. Divinity School: 

Rockefeller investments 

Theological Union 

Rockefeller subscription 

Fees and room rents 

American Journal of Theology 

Fellowship donations 

Assistant theological instruction 

IV. Morgan Park Academy: 

Tuition fees 

Room rents 

Other fees 

Theological Union 

Insurance 

V. University Extension: 

Lecture Study 

Correspondence Study 

Class work 

Miscellaneous 

Syllabi receipts 

VI. Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums 

Library fees and fines 

Laboratory fees and fines 

Miscellaneous 

History books, special "appropriation 

VII. Printing and Publishing: 

Publications , 

Advertising , 

Miscellaneous 

VIII. Physical Culture 

IX. Affiliated Work: 
Examinations 

X. Buildings and Grounds: 

Room rents , 

Fees 

Miscellaneous 

XI. General Funds: 

Rockefeller subscriptions 

Old subscriptions 

Miscellaneous 

XII. Medical Department: 

Rockefeller subscription 

Fees 

Total 



1894-1895 



$ 6,000.00 



108,607.87 
15,758.28 



3,334.50 
58,511.61 



9,273.35 
11, 782.. 35 
10,000.00 

5,707.99 



10,884.26 
4,160.91 
2,306.92 



18,012.52 

5,664.03 

2,345.45 

395.00 



5,167.05 

3,536.58 

30.00 



9,803.16 

No receipts 

70.67 

16,244.74 
5,955.43 



165,000.00 
11,781.30 



1490,675.65 



1895-1896 



$ 6,460.00 



143,323.19 
15,034.59 

"'396!66 

2,264.50 

3,384.44 

2,490.00 

31,440.58 

49,591.92 

705.00 



10,199.68 

24,800.00 

15,000.00 

6,284.44 

'"sosIto 



14,593.96 

4,219.41 

417.39 

500.00 

1,400.00 

14,025.03 

5,443.27 

5,202.82 

862.89 



6,428.05 
3,676.79 
2,965.46 



f 13,234.98 

750.00 
No receipts 

256.46 

18,474.63 
6,915.50 
5,550.37 

160,000.00 
4,407.35 
8,700.00 



$589,898.40 



1896-1897 



$ 7,840.15 



190,490.99 
16,274.15 

3,650.00 
390.00 

1,086.92 
15,846.80 

1,795.00 
37,718.67 
66,018.75 

5,427.16 



17,480.75 
8,400.00 
8,500.00 
8,528.68 
1,474.04 
420.00 



12,532.92 

3,672.00 

257.00 

500.00 



18,033.05 
4,425.53 
7,312.15 
1,342.13 



8,103.21 
3,978.50 
1,403.75 



14,143.68 
3,994,55 
671.05 
No receipts 

453.28 

21,856.86 
7,935.58 



91,500.00 
1,461.03 



$594,918.33 



1897-1898 



$ 8,015.00 
500.00 

198,125.91 

14,930.32 

11,250.00 

255.00 

1,468.64 

"2,655! 66 

36,915.65 

72,779.43 

1,343.89 



19,207.88 

10,000.00 

10,000.00 

8.642.47 

2,100.61 

540.00 



11,500.39 

4,208.37 

229.03 

500.00 



20,521.33 
7,057.02 
6,760.10 
1,165.28 



8,005.35 

4,318.21 

350.97 



12,849.56 
5,885.92 
298.40 
No receipts 

620.55 

22,813.44 
7,875.26 



190,000.00 
3,284.75 



$706,973.73 



480 



The President's Kepoet 



TABLE m — Continued 
Budget Income, bt Teaes, Coveeikg Period 1894-1902 (Eight Fiscal Yeaes) 



I. General Administration: 
Exams., matriculations, and diploma fees 
Prizes 

II. Faculty of Arts, Literature, and Science: 

Rockefeller investments 

Ogden investments 

Reynolds investments 

Colby, Howe, Tilton, Pillsbury investments 

Haskell investments 

Culver investments 

Fellowships and Scholarships 

Graduate tuition 

College tuition 

Miscellaneous 

Hitchcock investments 

Grover investments 

III. Divinity School: 

Rockefeller investments 

Theological Union 

Rockefeller subscription 

Fees and room rents 

American Journal of Theology 

Fellowship donations 

Assistant theological instruction 

IV. Morgan Park Academy: 

Tuition fees 

Room rents 

Other fees 

Theological Union 

Insurance 

V. University Extension: 

Lecture study 

Correspondence study 

Class work 

Miscellaneous 

Syllabi receipts 

VI. Libraries, Laboratories and Museums 

Library fees and fines 

Laboratory fees and fines 

Miscellaneous 

History books, special appropriation 

VII. Printing and Publishing: 

Publications 

Advertising 

Miscellaneous 

VIII. Physical Culture 

IX. Affiliated Work: 

Examinations 

X. Buildings and Grounds: 

Room rents 

Fees 

Miscellaneous 

XI. General Funds: 

Rockefeller subscriptions 

Old subscriptions . 

Miscellaneous 

XII. Medical Department: 

Rockefeller subscription 

Fees 



1898-1899 



Total 



5 9,522.00 
70.00 

165,973.43 

14,886.34 

11,250.00 

354.17 

1,746.61 

' i',5i6^o6 

45,709.30 

91,635.93 

714.50 



15,741.51 

7,100.00 

10,000.00 

19,926.10 

1,549.81 

420.00 



11,349.08 

4,893.05 

325.35 

500.00 



19,335.05 

7,919.93 

8,463.30 

705.81 



10,731.36 
5,039.14 
3,296.55 



12,548.56 

3,717.05 

611.26 

No receipts 

351.43 

26,294.46 
10,154.67 



190,000.00 
2,487.41 
6,249.85 



1899-1900 



8723,083.01 



S 10,296.50 



160,269.62 

16,935.62 

11,250.00 

412.01 

1,343.72 

' 1,446! 66 

45,953.57 

101,994.49 

1,363.67 

1,793.34 

79.36 

15,536.31 

9,700.00 

12,000.00 

22,992.45 

1,331.51 

542.90 



14,426.37 

4,444.48 

277.75 

500.00 



18,112.59 

9,909.50 

6,799.19 

528.01 



10,881.99 
5,843.28 
1,416.94 



11,553.88 

4,784.62 

1,271.18 

No receipts 

705.59 

30,162.62 
10,717.35 



188,000.00 
4,170.63 
1,213.89 



1900-1901 



1901-1902 



$740,954.93 



$ 9,201.50 



172,295.02 

14,785.67 

6,221.33 

2,217.00 

1,229.40 

"'466!o6 

42,743.69 

113,487.37 

329.01 



16,697.16 

2,700.00 

19,953,00 

22,615.95 

1,712.16 

549.70 

115.00 

10,535.51 

3,401.85 

313.99 

500.00 



18,242.17 

11,221.35 

45.00 

'524!91 

11,388.08 

6,585.83 

774.07 

,10,000.00 

13,510.26 

8,573.40 

1.05 

No receipts 

1,828.72 

32,367.97 
11,219.87 



205,047.00 
1,212.60 
1,048.39 



$775,654.98 



I 11,311.34 



213,260.59 

14,402.40 

4,298.14 

6,142.88 

888.97 

'"'676!66 

47,119.20 

118,292.38 

1,714.76 



19,194.44 

8,800.00 
20,000.00 
21,636.26 

1,406.39 
552.00 



12,738.36 

3,586.75 
645.10 
500.00 



32,445.04 
13,782.11 



765.85 

12,322.87 

8,137.25 

359.34 

7,500.00 

13,756.55 

6,524.97 

1,495.00 

No receipts 

2,166.26 

37,160.09 
12,239.85 



233,144.00 

1,063.18 

977.94 

50,000.00 
36,828.07 



8977,828.33 



The Business Manager 



481 



TABLE IV 
Bcdget; Income and Expenditures by Depaetkents, and by Yeaes, Coveking the Peeiod 1894-1902 (Eight Yeaes) 



Income: 

I. General administration 

II. Faculty of Arts,Literature,and Science 

III. Divinity School 

IV. Morgan Park Academy 

V. University Extension 

VI. Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums 

VII. Printing and publishing 

VIII. Physical Culture 

IX. Affiliated Work 

X. Buildings and grounds 

XI. General funds 

XII. Medical Department 

Excess of expenditures over income . . 

Total 



Expenditures : 

I. General administration 

II. Faculty of Arts,Literature, and Science 

III. Divinity School 

IV. Morgan Park Academy 

V. University Extension 

VI. Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums 

VII. Printing and publishing 

VIIL Physical Culture 

IX. Affiliated Work 

X. Buildings and grounds 

XII. Medical Department 

Excess of income over expenditures . . 

Total 



189i-1895 



$ 6,000.00 

186,553.9'! 

36,763.69 

17,352.09 

96,417.00 

8,733.63 

9,803.16 

No receipts 

70.67 

22,200.17 

176,781.30 

"53,3i3'.76 



1305-1898 



8 6,460.00 

248,624.22 

56,789.82 

21.130.76 

25,534.01 

13,070.30 

13,984.98 

No receipts 

256.46 

30,940.50 

173,107.35 

"47,697'. 95 



1543,989.35 



$ 62,002.82 

242,135.92 

42,109.59 

43,084.88 

32,914.59 

44,877.78 

26,130.02 

5,866.17 

263.79 

44,603.79 



$543,989.35 



§636,996.35 



S 59,553.32 

285,261.07 

41,505.84 

41,440.70 

33,266.86 

61,623.12 

37,613.53 

6,178.59 

1,165.35 

69,387.97 



8636,996.35 



1896-1897 



8 7,840.15 
338,698.44 
44,803.47 
16,961.92 
31,112.86 
13,485.46 
18,809.28 

No receipts 

453.28 

29,792.44 

92,961.03 

"97,4i6".74 



$692,329.07 

$ 67,845.66 

309,773.68 

45,756.81 

39,970.81 

39,795.65 

61,589.89 

43,068.78 

6,821.46 

5,081.12 

72,625.21 



8692,329.07 



8 8,515.00 

339,723.84 

50,490.96 

16,437.79 

35,503.73 

12,674.53 

19,033.78 

No receipts 

620.55 

30,688.70 

193,284.75 



8706,973.63 



8 63,302.43 

328,566.94 

49,222.14 

34,315.88 

40,945.17 

44,509.80 

43,813.37 

6,844.15 

1,940.17 

64,929.70 

"28,573 '.88 



8706,973.63 



Income : 

I. General administration 

II. Faculty of Arts,Literature, and Science 

III. Divinity School 

IV. Morgan Park Academy 

V. University Extension 

VI. Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums 

VII. Printing and publishing 

VIII. Physical Culture 

IX. Affiliated Work 

X. Buildings and grounds 

XI. General funds 

XII. Medical Department 

Excess of expenditures over income . . 

Total 

Expenditures : 

I. General administration 

II. Faculty of Arts, Literature,and Science 

III. Divinity School 

VI. Morgan Park Academy 

V. University Extension 



1898-1899 



$ 9,592.00 

333,780.28 

54,737.42 

17,067.48 

36,424.09 

19,067.05 

16,876.87 

No receipts 

351.43 

36,449.13 

198,737.26 



$723,083.01 



8 55,940.06 

353,563.76 

62,661.84 

39,940.64 

42,411.32 



1899-1900 



$ 10,296.50 

342,8.35.40 

62,103.17 

19,648.60' 

35,349.29 

18,142.21 

17,609.68 

No receipts 

705.59 

40,879.97 

193,384.52 

"6,23i!69 



$747,186.62 

8 73,498.77 

363,416.41 

64,213.93 

34,654.78 

42,274.90 



1900-1901 



8 9,201.50 

353,768.49 

64,342.97 

14,751.35 

30,033.43 

28,747.98 

22,084.71 

No receipts 

1,828.72 

43,587.84 

207,307.99 

"l4,928!76 



1790,583.68 



$ 74,291.49 

386,379.79 

66,011.79 

35,701.52 

37,414.34 



1901-1902 



$ 11,311.34 

406,789.32 

71,589.09 

17,470.21 

46,993.00 

28,319.46 

21,776.52 

No receipts 

2,166.26 

49,399.94 

235,185.12 

86,828.07 



8977,828.33 

8163,734.90 

405,846.43 

63,387.60 

35,743.68 

52,411.26 



482 



The President's Repoet 



TABLE TV — Continued 





1898-1899 


1S99-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


VI. Libraries, Laboratories, and Museums 
VI L Printing and publishing 


48,153.98 

43,939.50 

7,310.59 

2,898.14 

63,103.69 


47,132.19 

42,933.82 

7,389.93 

4,459.29 

67,212.60 




69,195.78 

36,893.42 

7,699.05 

4,501.31 

72,495.19 


67,600.96 
36,475.81 


VIII. Physical Culture 


9,959.39 


IX. Affiliated Work 


5,331.12 


X. Buildings and grounds 


74,149.53 


XII. Medical Department 


89,707.58 


Excess of income over expenditures. . 


3,159.49 






33,480.07 






Total 


8723,083.01 


8747,186.62 


8790,583.68 


8977,828.33 







TABLE V 
Income and Expendituees, Geoss ; Coteeing the Last Eight FiscAi Yeaes — Summaeized 



Income : 
Cash on hand July 1. 
Endowment funds . . 

Special funds 

Building funds 

General funds 

Budget 



Total. 



Expenditures : 
Endowment funds . . . . 

Special funds 

Building funds 

General funds 

Budget 

Cash on hand June 30. 



Total. 



1894-1895 



I 26,158.80 

1,695,873.79 

2,399.39 



742,669.55 
490,675.65 



82,957,777.18 



51,783,065. 66 
1,547.25 



514,563.70 
543,989.35 
114,611.22 



82,957,777.17 



1895-1896 



S 114,611.22 

2,543,686.90 

102,936.10 

' 186,742! 90 
589,898.40 



83,537,875.52 



82,615,339.25 
101,257.84 

180,228 lei 

636,996.35 
4,053.47 



83,537,875.52 



1896-1897 



4,053.47 
252,836.25 
337,208.22 

"341,522! 39 
594,918.33 



81,530,538.66 



250,152.27 
332,691.67 

205,865! 52 

692,329.07 

49,500.13 



81,530,538.66 



1897-1898 



8 49,500.13 
368,568.00 
307,721.74 

'352,638! 76 
606,973.63 



81,685,402.20 



8 363,278.91 
298,457.55 

270,32i!69 

678,399.75 
74,944.30 



81,685,402.20 





1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 


Income : 


$ 74,944.30 
7.34,722.35 
119,059.19 


S 281,811.46 

2,279,482.12 

69,768.03 

4.3,360.00 

1,209,258.81 

740,954.93 


8 3,678.58 

2,089,449.92 

1,324,506.59 

97,810.56 

510,804.24 

775,654.98 


8 388,640.57 




1,715,656.70 


Special funds ., 


1,187,156.39 




726,639.15 


General funds 


779,312.15 
723,083.01 


435,391.79 


Budget 


977,828.33 


Total 


12,431,121.00 

8 500,531.33 
124,492.91 


84,624,635.35 

82,557,164.25 

81,247.03 

43,646.00 

1,191,712.87 

747,186.62 

3,678.58 


84,801,904.87 

82,073,469.73 
989,923.48 
64,374.23 
494,913.18 
790,583.68 
388,640.57 


85,431,312.93 


Expenditures : 

Endowment funds 


81,763,926.73 




1,337,861.47 


BuildiTiP" funds 


541,396.55 


General funds 


804,.361.78 
719,923.52 
281,811.46 


458,005.30 


Bud^'et. . 


944,348.26 


Cash on hand June 30 


385,774.62 


Total 


82,431,121.00 


84,624,635.35 


84,801,904.87 


$5,431,312.93 







The Business Manager 



483 



TABLE VI 

Budget Income (bt Yeaes)— Sources Analyzed 





1894-1895 


1895-1896 


1896-1897 


1897-1898 




Amount 


Per 

Cent. 


Amount 


Per 
Cent. 


Amount 


Per 
Cent. 


Amount 


Per 
Cent. 


Endow. Fund inv'stm'ts 
Students 


$133,981.18 

144,993.16 

9,803.16 

11,782.35 

15,115.80 

175,000.00 


27.3 

29.5 

1.9 

2.5 

3.5 

35.3 


$174,596.40 

182,808.97 

13,984.98 

25,300.00 

18,208.05 

175,000.00 


29.6 

31.0 

2.3 

4.3 

3.1 

29.7 


$245,219.61 

211,412.21 

20,283.32 

8,900.00 

9,103.19 

200,000.00 


35.3 

30.4 

2.9 

1.2 

1.3 

28.9 


$245,237.75 

221,605.49 

22,650.64 

10,500.00 

6,979.75 

200,000.00 


34.7 
31 3 


Publication 


3 2 


Theological Union 

Donations, old subs., etc. 
John D. Rockefeller. . . . 


1.5 

1.0 

28.3 


Total 


$490,675.65 


100.0 


$589,898.40 


100.0 


$694,918.33 


100.0 


1706,973.63 


100 









1898-1899 


1899-1900 


1900-1901 


1901-1902 




Amount 


Per 
Cent. 


Amount 


Per 
Cent. 


Amount 


Per 
Cent. 


Amount 


Per 

Cent. 


Endow. Fund inv'stm'ts 
Students 


$209,952.06 

270,058.73 

19,132.49 

7,600.00 

16,339.73 

200,000.00 


29.1 

37.3 

2.6 

1.0 

2.3 

27.7 


$207,619.98 

294,402.19 

18,941.19 

10,200.00 

9,791.57 

200,000.00 


28.0 

39.8 

2.6 

1.4 

1.3 

26.9 


$213,445.58 

295,854.86 

23,796.87 

3,200.00 

14,357.67 

225,000.00 


27.5 

38.1 

3.1 

0.4 

1.9 

29.0 


$258,187.42 

371,536.12 

23,182.91 

9,300.00 

4,977.88 

310,644.00 


26.4 
38 


Publication 


2 3 


Theological Union 

Donations, old subs., etc. 
John D. Rockefeller 


0.9 

0.5 

31.9 


Total 


8723,083.01 


100.0 


$740,954.93 


100.0 


$775,654.98 


100.0 


$977,828.33 


100 







table vn 

Seven Depaetments: EECEiPTa and Expenditubes Coveeing a Peeiod 1893-1902 (Nine Fiscal Yeaks) 





1893-1894 


1894-1895 


1895-1896 


1896-1897 


1897-1898 


Receipts 
Divinity School 


$36,763.69 
17,352.09 
26,417.00 


$36,763.69 
17,352.09 
26,417.00 


$56,789.82 
21,130.76 
25,534.01 


$44,803.47 
16,961.92 
31,112.86 


50,490.96 
16,437.79 
35,503.73 
12,091.24 


Morgan Park Academy. . 
University Extension . . . 
University College 


School of Education 








Laboratory School 










South Side Academy 










Expenditures 
Divinity School 




42,109.59 
43,084.88 
32,914.59 


41,505.84 
41,440.70 
33,266.86 


45,756.81 
39,970.81 
39,795.65 


49,222.14 
34,315.88 
40,945.17 


Morgan Park Academy. . 

University Extension . . . 




University College 




School of Education 












Laboratory School 










South Side Academy. . . . 





















484 



The President's Report 



TABLE YU — Continued 



Receipts 

Divinity School 

Morgan Park Academy . . . 
University Extension . . . . 

University College 

School of Education 

Laboratory School 

South Side Academy 

Expenditures 

Divinity School 

Morgan Park Academy . . . 
University Extension . . . . 

University College 

School of Education 

Laboratory School 

South Side Academy 



1898-1899 



$54,737.42 
17,067.48 
36,424.09 
12,091.24 



62,661.84 
39,940.64 
42,411.32 
12,739.72 



1899-1900 



$62,103.17 
19,648.60 
35,349.29 
12,361.16 



64,213.93 
34,654.78 
42,274.90 
12,972.09 



1900-1901 



$64,342.97 
14,751.35 
30,033.43 
15,022.66 



66,011.79 
35,701.52 
37,414.34 
15,968.21 



1901-1902 



$71,589.09 
17,470.21 
46,993.00 
12,272.35 
46,411.10 
13,454.00 
20,944.01 



63,387.60 
35,743.68 
52,411.26 
17,793.54 
58,958.82 
14,045.54 
19,063.56 



TABLE VIII 

Bddget ExPENDiTUEEg— Eight Yeaes: Analysis 



1894-1895 



1895-1896 



1896-1897 



1897-1898 



Instruction 

Administration expense 

General expense 

Buildings and grounds 

Fellowships and Scholarships 

Printing and publishing 

Supplies and expense, departmental 

Books 

Scientific equipment 

Total 



$297,507.71 
47,720.10 
41,999.79 
68,907.02 
22,604.11 
26,130.02 
5,091.76 
14,484.75 
19,544.09 



$543,989.35 



8329,495.27 
51,835.06 
45,967.73 
86,313.57 
a3,857.91 
37,613.53 
9,184.85 
22,783.20 
19,945.23 



$636,996.35 



$361,776.35 
61,280.36 
54,344.85 
88,433.94 
32,901.25 
46,010.79 
13,614.61 
16,955.27 
17,011.65 



$373,642.51 
55,925.60 
49,594.83 
78,646.72 
41,578.21 
49,179.15 
11,349.80 
11,843.91 
6,639.02 



$692,329.07 



$678,399.75 



Instruction 

Administration expense 

General expense 

Buildings and grounds 

Fellowships and Scholarships . . . , , 

Printing and publishing 

Supplies and expense, departmental 

Books 

Scientific equipment 

Total 



1898-1899 



;,487.35 
53,873.10 
47,005.21 
82,581.48 
61,178.71 
48,517.47 
11,089.93 
13,611.29 
8,578.98 



$719,923.52 



1899-1900 



$393,415.22 
65,142.53 
58,423.61 
83,009.15 
67,880.45 
47,434.40 
12,210.89 
11,394.59 
8,275.78 



$747,186.62 



1900-1901 



$410,750.50 
66,547.88 
58,330.82 
88,657.01 
69,357.85 
41,096.92 
13,162.57 
26,915.00 
15,765.13 



$790,583.68 



1901-1902 



$458,353.99 
82,320.96 
73,001.62 
93,323.64 
72,678.78 
50,995.49 
39,151.61 
26,354.55 
48,167.62 



$944,348.26 



The Business Manager 



485 



TABLE IX 
Assets : June 30 (Ten Years) 





1893 


1894 


1895 


1893 


1897 


Investments .... 


$1,465,250.00 

1,415,434.00 

100,000.00 

51,699.05 

30,000.00 

3,948.21 

105,235 .'ii 


$2,123,071.16 

1,781,252.98 

172,955.57 
89,129.99 
47,775.08 
11,743.24 
12,752.48 
33,466.56 


$3,129,869.48 

1,934,476.71 

187,906.17 

127,960.93 

52,479.80 

12,816.64 

13,247.31 

127,403.61 


$5,330,948.73 

1,897,249.95 

207,052.18 

142,928.19 

53,321.21 

13,433.63 

14,832.97 
72,859.20 


$5,570,564.75 

2,219,496.14 

223,219.49 
158,379.32 
54,726.51 
15,600.23 
16,347.34 
53,308.82 


Buildings ) 

Grounds ) 

Books 


Scientific equipment 

Furniture 


Materials and supplies . . . 
Press plant 


Cash and current assets. . 


Total 


$3,171,566.37 


$4,272,147.06 


$5,586,160.65 


$7,732,626.08 


$8,311,642.60 







1898 


1899 


1900 


1901 


1902 


Investments 


$5,690,349.96 

2,653,736.71 

234,041.50 
179,363.79 
57,289.85 
17,849.38 
17,409.43 
87,718.79 


$5,192,583.69 

2,147,383.28 

934,974.03 

254,138.42 

210,516.09 

60,425.15 

19,366.39 

18,123.35 

320,211.10 


$6,033,551.17 

2,144,309.93 

935,074.03 

268,820.52 

344,998.02 

65,622.69 

26,601.20 

15,083.89 

46,716.07 


$7,603,691.55 

2,207,,366.71 

1,244,067.53 

292,507.51 

391,700.81 

66,228.09 

66,137.22 

9,755.80 

482,761.36 


$8,674,962.12 

2,812,032.60 

2,281,378.36 

314,949.78 

440,993.48 

66,804.54 

36,569.28 

10,521.77 

490,164.02 


Buildings ; 

Grounds \ 

Books 

Scientific equipment 

Furniture 


Materials and supplies . . . 
Press plant 


Cash and current assets . . 


Total 


$8,937,759.41 


$9,157,721.50 


$9,880,777.52 


$12,364,216.58 


$15,128,-375.95 





TABLE X 
BtTDGET Expenditures, Pee Capita, 1902 
Total Budget expenditures: ---.-.._. $944,348.26 

Deduct — 
Divinity School ----..-.. $63,387.60 
Morgan Park Academy - - - " - - - - - 35,743.68 
University Extension -------- 52,411.26 

Printing and publishing - 36,475.81 

Affiliated work - - - - 5,331.12 

193,349.47 

Total cost ------ 1750,998.79 

Attendance on three-Quarter basis: 

Graduate Schools of Arts, Literature, and Science 5673^ 

The Senior Colleges -------.... 365^ 

The Junior Colleges -------..... 622^ 

The Unclassified Students -------... 284^ 

The Medical Students --.... 217 

Total attendance ----. 2,057}4 

Cost per capita -----.. $365.03 

Divinity School: 

Expenditures ------.--.-. $63,387.60 

Attendance on three-Quarter basis --..--.. 225 

Cost per capita -------.-.--... |281 . 72 



486 The President's Report 

Morgan Park Academy : 

Expenditures ------------ $35,743.68 

Attendance -...---- 148 

Cost per capita - - - - - . - $241.51 

University College: 

Expenditures ------------ $17,793.54 

Attendance on three-Quarter basis -------- 316 

Cost per capita --------------- $56.30 

School of Education: 

Expenditures ------- $68,643.08 

Attendance on three-Quarter basis - -- - - - - - 2903^ 

Cost per capita -------------- $236.41 

Laboratory School: 

Expenditures ------------ $11,411.20 

Attendance average ----------- 115 

Cost per capita --------------- $99.23 

TABLE XI 
The Univeesity of Chicago Pkess — Bookstoee 
For the Year ending June SO, 1902 
Inventory, July 1, 1901, less 5 per cent, depreciation - - $ 9,907.07 
Merchandise purchased --------- 63,384.51 

General expense ---------- 5,138.82 

Pay-roll ------------ 3,835.88 

Rent ------------- 210.00 

Repairs ------------ 5.00 

Heat ------------ 51.10 

Gain ------------- 1,718.76 

$84,251.14 

General Sales ----- $34,273.93 

Dei^artmental Sales ----------- 36,269.00 

Inventory, July 1, 1902, less 5 per cent, depreciation ----- 13,708.21 

• $84,251.14 

TABLE XII 
The DNiVBEaiTY of Chicago Peess — Feinting Office 
For the Year ending June 30, 1902 
Inventory, stock, July 1, 1901 ------- $2,428.60 

Work in progress, July 1, 1901 ------- 2,844.36 

Stock purchases - - - - 18,547.20 

Pay-roll ------------ 29,147.76 

General expense ---------- 34,494.91 

Plant depreciation ---------- 1,169.08 

General rent ---------- 190.14 

Special rent ----------- 225.00 

Repairs - - - 135.00 

Heat, one-sixth of $1,230.00 - - 205.00 

Gain ------------ 1,156.88 

$90,543.93 

Printing for University Journals - - - $36,978.72 

Printing for Departments ----- 22,151.08 

Printing for individuals ---------- 22,429.25 

Inventory of stock, July 1, 1902 - . - - 2,621.99 

Work in progress, July 1, 1902 --------- 6,362.89 

$90,543.93 



The Business Manages 



487 



TABLE XIII 
The UNivEsaiTY of Chicago Pkess — Publioation Depaetment 
For the Year ending June 30, 1902 

Inventory, July 1, 1901 - - $4,442.91 

Inventory of additional goods on hand June 1, 1901 - - - 2,995.00 
Printing and purchases ---..._. 6,270.12 

Pay-roll ---------.-. 1,134.09 

General expense - - - - 1,993.23 

Royalties ---------... 588.03 

Gain - - - - . . 439.24 

General sales --_-_-.$ 5,297.27 

Sales to Retail Department --- 971.88 

Sales to Departments - - - - - -- - - - 15.12 

Inventory, July 1, 1902 - - - _ . _ 11,578.35 



$17,862.62 



$17,862.62 



TABLE XIV 

GiFTa IN Geoss, AUNHAt 

(From all sources, covering eotira period of the University's history; with last fiscal year apportioned 

as per application thereof) 



Gifts in gross, by fiscal years : 

1889-1890 ----- 
1890-1891 - - - - 

1891-1892 

1892-1893 - - - . 

1893-1894 ----- 
1894-1895 - - - - 

1895-1896 ----- 
1896-1897 - - - 

1897-1898 ----- 
1898-1899 - - - - 

1899-1900 ----- 
1900-1901 - - - - 

1901-1902 - - - - - 



Fiscal year 1901-1902 : 

S 55,773.80 For Special Fund - - - $1,053,978.28 

476,130.62 Endowment Fund - - - 1,001,087.69 

393,908.66 Building Fund - - - 578,356.00 

- 2,241,278.98 Current expense - - - 253,144.00 

772,850.11 Department of Medicine - 50,000.00 

- 2,124,003.68 History books - - - 17,500.00 
2,558,132.30 Fellowships and Scholarships 5,667.50 

405,629.27 Laboratory School - - - 5,055.00 

660,558.01 Russian Lectureship - - 2,000.00 

681,297.40 Gerhard and Hannah Fore- 

1,488,615.59 man Fund - - - - 2,000.00 

2,575,742.07 Astronomy computers - 2,233.30 

2,983,354.95 Miscellaneous - - • 12,333.18 

$17,417,275.44 $2,983,354.95 



TABLE XV 

Endowment Funds and Theie Investment: Consolidated Statement 





Classification 




Real Estate Fees 
and Mortgages 


Bonds and Stocks 


Miscellaneous 


Cash 


Totals 


June 30, 1895 


$1,478,449.73 
2,089,057.23 
2,220,023.25 
2,065,948.32 
2,113,120.04 
2,251,789.73 
2,328,267.42 


$1,299,034.75 
2,169,441.50 
2,279,991.50 
2,735,751.64 
2,230,338.65 
2,187,315.14 
3,353,569.58 


$ 6,250.00 
54,250.00 
45,550.00 
45,550.00 
6,250.00 
385,938.05 
46,938.05 


$112,590.87 
37,993.52 
40,677.50 
45,741.59 
279,932.61 
2,207.48 
15,913.92 


$2,896,325.35 
4,350,742.25 
4,586,242.25 
4,892,991.35 
4,629,641.30 
4,827,250.40 
5,744,688.97 


" " 1896 


" " 1897 


" " 1898 


" " 1899 


" " 1900 


" " 1901 




June 30, 1902 


3,444,783.80 
852,853.60 


4,332,636.67 


44,688.05 


21,093.13 
246.40 


7,843,201.65 
853,100.00 


Culver : 








Total, June 30, 1902 


$4,297,637.40 


$4,332,636.67 


$44,688.05 


$21,339.53 


$8,696,301.65 



488 



The President's Repoet 



TABLE XY — Contiyiued 





Intekest— Average Rate 
Pee Cent. 


Annhai. Income 


Date 


Real 
Estate 


Bonds 

and 
Stocks 


Mis- 
cella- 
neous 


Gen- 
eral 
Aver'ge 


Real Estate, 
Fees and 
Mortgages 


Bonds and 
Stocks 


Miscella- 
neous 


Total 


June 30, 1895 


5.53 

5.47 
5.42 
5.38 
5.36 
5.10 
4.77 
4.48 


5.10 
5.03 
5.02 
4.85 
4.68 
4.49 
4.22 
4.24 


6.00 
4.23 
4.28 
4.27 
6.00 
3.25 
5.03 
3.30 


5.30 
5.22 
5.20 
5.05 
5.03 
4.66 
4.44 
4.32 


1 71,575.25 
10.3,986.12 
110,263.67 
101,016.27 
102,914.62 
105,494.19 
103,033.19 
108,126.67 


$ 63,341.00 

109,083.80 

114,532.49 

89,124.00 

85,820.00 

96,367.00 

141.205,50 

183,630.00 


$ 375.00 
2,295.00 
1,947.00 
1,947.00 
375.00 
12,559.40 
2,359.40 
1,470.64 


$1.35,291.25 


" " 1896 


21.5,364.92 


" " 1897 


226,743.16 


" " 1898 


192,087.27 


" " 1899 


189,109.62 


" " 1900 


216,420.59 


" " 1901 


246,598.09 


" '■ 1902 


293,227.31 







LAJSTD AND BUILDINGS 
LAND 

The University Campus now practically comprises fifteen city blocks, all located between 
Fifty-eighth street upon the north and Fifty-ninth street (Midway Plaisance) upon the south, 
Madison avenue upon the east and Cottage Grove avenue upon the west, with a continuous, 
unbroken south frontage upon the Midway Plaisance between Madison avenue (adjacent to 
Jackson Park) upon the east and Cottage Grove avenue (the eastern boundary of Washington 
Park) upon the west, a distance of approximately four thousand lineal feet — four-fifths of a mile. 

This body of land, with an area of approximately seventy-five acres, has been seciu-ed to 
the University mainly from its founder, as also from Mr. Marshall Field; the initial acquire- 
ment was in 1891, to which additions have been made to some extent upon subsequent dates. 
The larger body of the land, however, has been acquired and its title vested in the University 
during the last two years. 

BUILDINGS 
The buildings constructed and now occupied are the following named, «lates of construc- 
tion being as stated : 
Cobb Lecture Hall . . - . 

Graduate Hall 

Middle Divinity Hall - . - - 

South Divinity Hall - . - 

Snell Hall — undergraduate dormitory - 1893 Botany 

Hitchcock Hall — undergraduate dormitory 1901 Physiology 

Foster Hall 1 f 1893 Zoology 



. women's dormitory - 



Beecher Hall 

Kelly Hall 

Green Hall 

Kent Chemical Laboratory - 



L 



1892 
1892 
1892 
1892 
1893 
1901 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 



Ryerson Physical Laboratory 
Walker Museum (Geological) ■ 
Haskell Museum (Oriental) - 
Anatomy 

-Hull Biological 



1893 
1896 
1896 
1897 
1897 
1897 
1897 



Press Building 1901 

School of Education (temporary building) 1901 
Power house and plant . . - . 1901 



Tower Group 



The buildings now under constniction are as follows : 
Reynolds Club House. 
Hutchinson Hall (men's commons). 
Leon Mandel Assembly Hall. 
Founder's Tower. 

(In the tower is to be a chime of bells, and in the Assembly Hall an organ.) 
Frank Dickinson Bartlett Gymnasium. 
School of Education. 

The cost or value of this improved realty is indicated in Table I. 



The Business Manager 489 



YERKES OBSERVATORY 

The University Observatory is located upon the shore of Lake Geneva, at Williams Bay, 
Wis., upon land approximately sixty-five acres in area, donated to the University by Mr. John 
Johnson. 

The Observatory was built by Mr. Charles T. Yerkes, under his own direction, and, 
together with its telescope and other implements, donated to the University. 

MORGAN PARK ACADEMY 
LAND 

The University for Boys is located at Morgan Park, Cook county, 111., a distance of 
approximately ten miles from the University Campus and seventeen miles from the City Hall, 
Chicago. 

The land upon which the Academy buildings are situated is upon the ridge, fronting upon 
several of the more central and important streets of the village, and in area is approximately 
twelve acres. 

BUILDINGS 

The various buildings constituting the Academy group are as follows, viz.: 
Morgan Hall — dormitory. 
Blake Hall — lecture hall. 
East Hall 



West Hall ^'^°™"°"<'"- 
Science Laboratory. 
Library. 
Gymnasium. 

(The Gymnasium and East and West halls are new buildings.) 
Divinity School : Scandinavian Department. 

The Danish-Norwegian and the Swedish Divinity Departments of the University Divinity 
School are located at Morgan Park, occupying land and a building not far removed from the 
Academy. 

Eespectfully submitted, 

H. A. Kdst, 

Business Manager. 



THE REGISTRAR 

To the President of the University : 

Sib : I herewith submit a report of the work of the Registrar's oiSce for the ten years from 
the opening of the University to June 30, 1902. The report includes the following items: 

1. University Fees collected, exclusive of those of the Extension Division, which are 
reported in another place. 

2. Divinity School Fees. — It should be explained that tuition fees began to be required 
in the Divinity School in 1898-99. 

3. The Student Deposit Account. — The oiBee receives deposits from students, gives them 
a depositor's book, and allows them to draw against their deposits at their pleasure. 

4. The Student Service. — Students are permitted to earn a part, ordinarily two- thirds, of 
their tuition by various kinds of daily service. 

TABLE I 
TJniteesity Fees, Etc., Octobee 1, 1892, to July 1, 190! 



Fiscal Year 



1892-93... 
1893-94... 
1894-9.5... 
1895-96... 
1896-97... 
1897-98... 
1898-99... 
1899-00... 
1900-01... 
1901-02... 

Total 



Examina- 
tion Fees 



$1,605.00 

1,330.00 

1,280.00 

1,125.00 

925.00 

770.00 

1,035.00 

755.00 

980.00 

1,525.00 



$11,330.00 



Matricula- 
tion Fees 



$2,345.00 
2,055.00 
3,965.00 
4,100.00 
4,240.00 
4,885.00 
6,140.00 
6,761.50 
6,208.50 
7,550.00 



$18,250.00 



Incidental 
Fees 



$3,559.35 

3,946.87 

5,061.75 

6.292.00 

7,935.58 

7,875.26 

10,154.67 

10,717.35 

11,219.87 

12,239.85 



179,002.55 



Tuition 
Fees 



$20,165.76 
34,209.09 
58,511.61 
81,032.50 
103,737.42 
109,695.08 
[37,345.23 
147,948.06 
156,231.06 
202,2.39.65 



$l,Qpl,115.46 



Koom 
Rents 



$14,159.52 
17,628.40 
16,244.74 
18,474.63 
21,640.36 
22,813.44 
26,294.46 
30,162.62 
32,367.97 
37,160.09 



5236,946.23 



Library 

Fees and 

Fines 



$2,799.55 
3.926.68 
5,064.25 
6,428.05 
8,103.21 
8,005.35 
10,368.34 
10,881.99 
11,388.08 
12,322.87 



$79,288.37 



Labora- 
tory Fees 



$233.40 
612.57 
3,566.58 
3,676.79 
3,978.50 
4,318.21 
5,039.14 
5,843.28 
6,585.83 
8,582.25 



$42,436.55 



Diploma 
Fees 



$755.00 
1,235.00 
2,675.00 
2,360.00 
2,347.00 
2,780.00 
2,993.00 
3,761.64 



$18,906.64 



Totals 



$44,867..58 
63,708.61 
94,448.93 
122,363.97 
153,235.07 
160,722.34 
198,723.84 
215,849.80 
227,974..31 
285,381.35 



$1,567,275.80 



TABLE II 
The DrviNiTT Sohool 



Fiscal Year 


Incidental 
Fees 


Matriculation 
Fees 


Tuition Fees 


Heat, Light, 

and Care of 

Rooms 


Library Fees 
and Fines 


Totals 


1892-93 


8263.75 
767.50 
1,067.50 
1,250.36 
1,527.25 
1,545.63 
1,278.34 
1,362.53 
1,352.55 
1,368.26 


$755.00 
750.00 
690.00 
605.00 
505.00 
575.00 
500.00 
735.00 
610.00 
725.00 




$1,276.54 
1,667.34 
2,696.50 
3,063.94 
4,705.60 
4,715.61 
5,072.98 
6,138.95 
5,634.45 
5,617.51 


$1,150.00 
767.50 
915.00 
1,259.14 
1,527.25 
1,545.62 
1,275.88 
1,362.54 
1,352.54 
1,373.25 


$3,445.29 


1893-94 




3,952.34 


1894-95 




5,.369.00 


1895-96 




6,178.44 


1896-97 




8,265.10 


1897-98 




8,381.86 


1898-99 


$11,664.53 
1.3,393.43 
13,666.41 
12,552.24 


19,791.73 


1899-00 


22,992.45 


1900-01 


22,615.95 


1901-02 


21,636.26 






Total 


$11,783.67 


$6,450.00 


851,276.61 


$40,589.42 


$12,528.72 


$122,628.42 







490 



The Eegistear 



491 



TABLE III 

Student Deposit Account — Balances at Close of Fiscal Yeaes 



Year 


Number of 
Depositors 


Total Deposits 


Average per 
Depositor 


1894 


53 
76 
137 
163 
192 
181 
138 
381 
385 


$3,884.98 
5,432.87 
9,782.29 
11,518.54 
16,570.45 
13,414.78 
12,810.84 
30,926.52 
27,769.13 


173.30 


1895 


71.49 


1896 


71.40 


1897 


70.67 


1898 


86.30 


1899 


74.11 


1900 


92.83 


1901 


81.17 


1902 


72.13 







THE STUDENT SERVICE 

The undersigned was appointed Registrar in the spring of 1898, and is able to report on 
the Student Service for the past four years only. It has been thought that the appointments to 
the service in the Autumn Quarter of each year would sufficiently indicate the extent and devel- 
opment of the work. 

The appointments for the Autumn Quarter for the past four years have been as follows: 
1898, 86; 1899, 90; 1900, IM; 1901, 176. Approximately the same number of appointments is 
made in each Quarter. 

The rapid increase in appointments after 1899 was due to the organization and growth of 
the University Band, the establishment in connection with the University of the School of Edu- 
cation, the Department of Medicine, the Law School, and the general growth of the institution. 

Respectfully submitted, 

T. W. GooDSPEED, Registrar. 



AN HISTORICAL SKETCH 



AN HISTORICAL SKETCH 

To the President of the University : 

Sir: I submit herewith the sketch which, at your request, I have prepared in the form of 
a dociunentary history to show the development of the University of Chicago. 

In 1855 Hon. Stephen Arnold Douglas received a visit from a number of citizens of Chi- 
cago, who asked his co-operation in the establishment in this city of an institution for higher 
education. As a result of this visit, Mr. Douglas gave a tract of ten acres for a campus, and in 
1857 the University of Chicago opened its doors for work, Kev. John C. Burroughs being the 
first President. A stately stone structure was erected on the block bounded by College place, 
University place. Cottage Grove avenue, and Rhodes avenue. The financial history of the insti- 
tution was always troubled, the climax being reached in 1886, when the property was seized by 
an insurance company under foreclosure proceedings. The death of the first University of 
Chicago was closely associated with the birth of the second. 

The regular weekly meeting of Baptist ministers of Chicago which was held February 8, 
1886, was largely taken up with a discussion of the affairs of the University. It was then 
evident that there was no way to relieve the institution from its hopeless indebtedness. Dr. 
George W. Northrup, President of the Baptist Union Theological Seminary, declared: 

It will not pay to go on with the institution under the circumstances. Better get some fresh 
place — a few rooms, say — retain the same Faculty, and get the best man you can for principal. 
Raise $10,000 a year for three years to run it on this plan, and in the meantime try to secure an 
endowment fund of $250,000. The fearful trouble and humiliation we have suffered will tend to give 
a fresh impetus to moneyed Baptists, who will give us aid liberally, and in ten years we can have a 
splendid institution. 

Another speaker was Dr. Thomas W. Goodspeed, who said, among other cheering words: 

Chicago is growing southerly, and if we could secure a site ten miles south of the present limits, 
we should in a few years have a valuable property; for in ten years there will be over a quarter of a 
million of people south of the present limits. Get a new charter and a new Board of Trustees. The 
time for us to act is now. 

After much discussion, the following resolutions, introduced by Rev. P. S. Henson, pastor 
of the First Baptist Church, were adopted: 

Whereas, The Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago have requested the advice of this 
body; therefore, 

Resolved, That in our judgment it is impracticable to raise the sum demanded by the Mutual 
Union Life Insurance Company for the property, and we recommend that the Committee of Fifteen, 
appointed by the Education Convention held last year at Farwell Hall, should be empowered to take 
such steps as in their judgment may seem possible for the founding of a new university. 

During the next two years there was much consultation and correspondence among promi- 
nent Baptists of Chicago and other parts of the country. The time seemed ripe for a great 
educational movement. What actually resulted is best told in the reports made to the first 
meeting of the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago, July 9, 1890, by Dr. Thomas W. 
Goodspeed, Financial Secretary, pi-o tern., and by Rev. Fred. T. Gates, Corresponding Secretary 
of the American Baptist Education Society. 

495 



496 The President's Report 

report of t. w. goodspeed 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen: In calling you together to assume charge of the affairs of the new University, 
it seems proper for those who have sustained the preliminary official relations to the move- 
ment to present to you some brief introductory statements. 

That this city is the proper location for a great seat of learning has been felt by the 
Christian denomination under whose auspices the enterprise has taken shape for many years. 
No sooner did the former university close its doors than interest began to be manifested in the 
founding of a new one. Happily for the practical outcome of this interest, it was felt by men 
whose means were commensiurate with their views and sympathies. 

In the fall of 1888 Mr. John D. Rockefeller sought opportunities of conference with Dr. W. E. 
Harper regarding the establishment of an institution of learning in this city. In considering 
what the denomination owed to the country and to itself, he had come to the conclusion that it 
ought to re-establish its educational work in Chicago under new auspices and on a broader 
foundation. He was so strongly encouraged in this view by Dr. Harper that in November of 
the same year he said to Dr. Hai-per and the writer of this paper : " I am prepared to say that I 
am ready to put several hundi-ed thousand dollars into an institution in Chicago." He continued 
for some months to seek the opinions of intelligent friends, and finally entered into communica- 
tion with Rev. Fred. T. Gates, Secretary of the American Baptist Education Society. 

This society was formed in Washington in May, 1888, and Mr. Gates was elected its corre- 
sponding secretary. On looking over his wide field, the first conviction forced upon him was 
the importance of founding a strong institution in Chicago. In the summer and fall of 1888 
he spent some months in this city, conferring on the subject with pastors and laymen. He had 
several conferences with Mr. F. E. Hinckley, who felt much interested in seeing an institution 
established, providing it should be of a high character. 

In December, 1888, Mr. Gates, on behalf of the friends of the enterprise in Chicago, and 
Dr. Harper, on behalf of Mr. Rockefeller, laid the matter before the Board of the Education 
Society where it was fully discussed, and the Board, by a unanimous vote, approved the effort 
to establish a thoroughly equipped institution in Chicago, pledged its hearty co-operation, and 
directed the corresponding secretary " to use every means in his power to originate or encourage 
such a movement." From that day to this Mr. Gates has given himself with untiring devotion 
to securing the establishment of this institution. Early in 1889 he entered into communication 
with Mr. Rockefeller on the subject, and, as a result of several conferences, secured the appoint- 
ment of nine prominent men, who made an elaborate report on the scope of the institution, the 
location, the funds required for a substantial foundation, the extent to which the Education 
Society could wisely co-operate in the undertaking, and other points. These nine men were Dr 
William R. Harper, Professor of Semitic and Biblical Literature in Yale University; Dr. Samuel 
W. Duncan; Dr. Hem-y L. Morehouse; Dr. Alvah Hovey, President of Newton Theological 
Institution ; Dr. J. M. Taylor, President of Vassar College ; Dr. H. G. Weston, President of 
Crozer Theological Seminary; Dr. E. Benjamin Andrews, Professor of History in Cornell Uni- 
versity; Rev. J. F. Elder, and Hon. C. L. Colby. 

Early in 1889 Mr. Gates sent the following letter to the members of the committee : 

To the Committee of Inquiry on the Proposed Institution of Learning in Chicago: 

Dear Brethren : The following line of inquiry, together with the explanatory statement which 

precedes it, the Executive Committee directs me to submit for your consideration : 

At its meeting in December last the Executive Board of the Education Society adopted a series 

of resolutions strongly advocating the establishment of a " well-equipped institution of learning " in 

Chicago, and directing the Corresponding Secretary to use "every means in his power" to bring 

about such a result. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 497 



Whether the institution proposed shall be a university, or a college perhaps ultimately to 
become a university, the resolutions do not state. On the question of scale of vrork to be attempted 
the Board is not committed. It is necessary, however, to decide at least on the initial scope of the 
institution to be undertaken, to ascertain its probable cost, to outline a general plan of organization, 
and to learn as nearly as possible the annual expenditure required to develop the institution as 
speedily as prudence and economy will admit, to the limits determined upon. The Society raust 
clearly define the character and limits of the enterprise, and outline a method of procedure, in order 
to enlist the practical interest of patrons. It is in this work that your assistance is invited. 

We recognize the difficulty of fixing the limits of wise expenditure where there is so much to 
invite limitless expansion. But the claims of other sections of the country are manifold and pressing. 
The funds of the denomination available for educational purposes are limited. In considering what 
the Society may justly undertake for Chicago and the West, due regard must be had for other needy 
educational interests. The plan to be desired is one which, providing for the strength, efficiency, and 
perpetuity of the institution, will invite the largest possible local assistance with the least outlay on 
the part of the Society. Nor ought the Society to undertake anything in the development of the 
institution which may be left with safety, and without serious loss, to time and local interest. 

The judgment of the committee is invited specially in the following particulars : 

1. What present need there may be, if any, for technical or professional schools in Chicago 
under Baptist control, and whether the agency of the Society may be wisely limited to assistance in 
founding a well-equipped college, leaving any desirable further development to the natural growth of 
time. 

2. Should a college of the liberal arts and sciences, designed prospectively to be associated in 
one corporate body with technical and professional schools, be located within the city, or may it more 
wisely be placed in a suburban village? 

3. For such an institution, how much land would be required as a suitable site? 

4. What buildings would be required? The question of dormitories, gymnasium, etc., will here 
need consideration. 

5. What would be the probable cost of each, due regard being had to economy, convenience, 
and solidity of construction? 

6. What endowment at 5 per cent, would be required to sustain the annual cost of accumu- 
lating and supporting necessary illustrative apparatus, including library (departments conveniently 
itemized)? 

7. Designate the officers and chairs of instruction required for a thorough and liberal course in 
the arts and sciences as now organized in the best Baptist institutions, with endowment at 5 per 
cent, required to support each. 

8. Estimate the time required for the development of such an institution without premature 
expenditure, on the one hand, or serious loss from delay in furnishing resources, on the other. 

9. Estimate, if possible, the sum required each year in such development. 

10. Should such an institution have a preparatory department? 

11. Should this department, if provided, be located on the college site? 

12. Should such an institution be coeducative? 

13. How much may Chicago and the West be expected to give for such an institution during 
the period chosen for development? The difficulty of securing data for an approximate estimate at 
this stage of the enterprise constrains us to suggest that you use your own discretion as to making 
the question of local aid a subject of inquiry. 

The above suggestions are designed to guide the inquiries of the committee, not to limit them. 

Additional points of inquiry will suggest themselves to the committee in the course of their labors. 

It is earnestly desired that the committee report at our meeting in May next, if possible. Any 

expense incurred will be cheerfully borne by the Society. 

In behalf of the Executive Committee, 

Fred. T. Gates, 

Corresponding Secretary. 



^98 The President's Eepokt 

At the anniversary of the Society, held in Boston in May, 1889, the Board took final action 
in the adoption of the series of resolutions which form the basis on which the movement has 
thus far been conducted. (See Report of F. T. Gates following.) 

These resolutions had been agreed upon by Mr. Rockefeller and Mr. Gates in advance of 
their adoption, and the secretary can-ied to Boston the pledge of Mr. Rockefeller, with instruc- 
tions to make it public only after the Board had formally decided to enter on the undertaking. 
After this had been done and the Society had unanimously indorsed the action, Mr. Gates pub- 
licly announced the pledge of Mr. Rockefeller, as made in the following letter: 

26 Broadway, New Yokk, May 15, 1889. 
Eev. Fred. T. Oates, Corresponding Secretary American Baptist Education Society: 

My Dear Sir : I will contribute six hundred thousand dollars (8600,000) toward an endowment 
fund for a college to be established at Chicago, the income only of which may be used for current 
expenses, but not for land, buildings, or repairs, providing four hundred thousand dollars (S400,000) 
more be pledged by good and responsible parties, satisfactory to the Board of the American Baptist 
Education Society and myself, on or before June 1, 1890, said four hundred thousand dollars, or as 
much of it as shall be required, to be used for the purpose of purchasing land and erecting buildings, 
the remainder of the same to be added to the above six hundred thousand dollars as endowment. 

I will pay the same to the American Baptist Education Society in five years, beginning within 
ninety days after the completion of the subscription as above, and pay 5 per cent, each ninety days 
thereafter until all is paid, providing not less than a proportionate amount is so paid by the other sub- 
scribers to the four hundred thousand dollars; otherwise this pledge to be null and void. 

Yours very truly, 

John D. Rockefeller. 

Immediately after this action in Boston, early in June, 1889, a meeting was held in Chi- 
cago at the Grand Pacific Hotel, Wednesday afternoon, June 5, 1889, seventy persons being 
present, fifteen of them pastors and the other fifty-five business men. Mr. E. Nelson Blake 
was chosen chairman, and, after prayer by Rev. J. Wolfenden of the Fourth Baptist Church, 
Mr. Gates gave a brief history of the movement to re-establish university work in Chicago, 
noting the negotiations with Mr. Rockefeller, recognizing the agency and influence of Drs. Hen- 
son, Lorimer, Goodspeed, and Northrup, of Chicago, Dr. Harper, of Yale, and Dr. Taylor, of Vassar, 
and sketching the course of events culminating in Mr. Rockefeller's generous proposal, seconded 
by that of Mr. F. E. Hinckley. Dr. Goodspeed followed with a series of suggestions in the 
nature of resolutions to undertake the work, to appoint a college committee of thirty-six, and 
to convey expressions of appreciation to Mr. Rockefeller. 

The committee of thirty-six consisted of the following: in Chicago — E. Nelson Blake, F. 
E. Hinckley, J. A. Reichelt, C. P. Packer, H. H. Kohlsaat, P. S. Henson, George C. Lorimer, W. 
M. Lawrence, T. B. Thames, J. F. Gillette, J. F. Peters, O. S. Lyford, Andrew McLeish, J. K. 
Burtis, O. W. Barrett, F. A. Smith, G. J. Titus, L. Everingham, W. W. Wait, H. E. Patrick, A. 
L. Sweet, H. A. Rust, C. R. Williams, George C. Walker, J. H. Chapman, E. E. Wise, D. G. 
Hamilton, C. C. Kohlsaat, C. W. Needham; in Ottawa— L. B. Merrifield; in Elgin— W. E. 
Bosworth; in Hyde Park — A. Mcintosh; in Englewood — J. Badenoch, Jr.; in Blue Island — W. 
B. Brayton; in Oak Park — Ira H. Owen; in Morgan Park — Thomas W. Goodspeed. 

This committee organized immediately by the election of E. Nelson Blake, chairman, and 
Dr. T. W. Goodspeed, secretary. The following form for subscription was prepared: 

Whereas, The American Baptist Education Society has undertaken to raise the full sum of one 
million dollars for the purpose of establishing a college in the city of Chicago, Illinois; and 

Whereas, John D. Rockefeller, of the city of New York, has subscribed the sum of 8600,000 of 
said sum, upon condition, among others, that the whole amount of one million dollars is subscribed; 



An Historical Sketch 499 



Now therefore, in consideration of these premises and each and every subscription to said object, 
we the undersigned agree to pay to the American Baptist Education Society, for the purpose afore- 
said and upon the condition that the full sum of one million dollars is subscribed therefor, the sums 
set opposite our respective names on the first day of June, 1890, provided that each subscriber may 
pay 5 per cent, of this subscription in cash on the first day of June, 1890, and the balance as follows: 
5 per cent, of said subscription every ninety days, or 10 per cent, of said subscription every six months, 
or 20 per cent, of said subscription yearly, said deferred payments to be evidenced by promissory notes 
and draw interest from June 1, 1890, at the rate of 6 per cent, per annum. 

At this meeting Dr. Goodspeed was chosen financial secretary and Mr. O. W. Barrett 
treasurer. Mr. Gates proposed that the work of securing subscriptions be begun in the com- 
mittee meeting at once. His suggestion was adopted, and fifty thousand dollars was added to 
the like amount pledged by Mr. Hinckley, one-fourth of the needed amount being thus secured 
before the committee of thirty-six left the room where it was organized. Dr. William M. Lawrence 
closed the first committee meeting with an earnest prayer for God's aid in the great under- 
taking. 

The work has been successfully accomplished, and at the recent annual meeting of the 
Board the committee appointed to examine the subscriptions made a report, which is embodied 
in the following telegram: 

Chicago, May 23, 1890. 
John D. Rockefeller, No. 26 Broadway, New York: 

We are directed by the Executive Board of the Education Society to wire you as follows: The 
Board through a committee consisting of E. Nelson Blake, 0. C. Bowen, and J. A. Hoyt, have per- 
sonally examined every pledge of the $400,000 and find what they believe to be good and satisfactory 
pledges amounting to $402,083. Further funds are promised and are coming in at the rate of $1,000 
per day. The Board find that in addition to the above sum gifts of libraries and apparatus have been 
made valued at $15,000. Mr. Marshall Field's pledge is not included in the above. The Board certify 
that your terms are fulfilled to their satisfaction. Your certificate that pledges are satisfactory is 
desired at once to announce here to subscribers and to secure a site. Shall we send a messenger to 
you with pledges for examination? Please wire your wishes to the Auditorium Hotel. 

F. T Gates, Secretary. 
George Dana Boardman, Chairman. 
Albert G. Lawson, Recording Secretary. 

To this telegram the following answer was received: 

New York, May 24, 1890. 

Rev. Fred. T. Qates, Corresponding Secretary, Rev. George Dana Boardman, D.D., Chairman 

American Baxitist Education Society: 

Your telegram received, stating that the Executive Board of the American Baptist Education 
Society have carefully examined the pledges for the Chicago University, and that the conditions of my 
pledge of May 15, 1889, to give $600,000 for the same, have been complied with. I accept the state- 
ment of this committee and will cheerfully carry out my covenant in the said pledge. 1 rejoice with 
you and our many other friends in your remarkable success in securing this fund, and hope our most 
sanguine expectations for the University will be fully realized. 

John D. Rockepellek. 

Mr. Field, who had promised a site on condition that the 1400,000 should be secured, also 
gave his approval in the following letter: 



500 The Peesident's Kepoet 

Chicago, May 26, 1890. 
F. T. Gates, Corresponding Secretary : 

Deak Sir : Satisfied that the conditions attached to the noble pledge of Mr. John D. Rockefeller 
to give $600,000 as an endowment for a new institution of learning to be located in this city have 
been fulfilled, I take great pleasure in notifying you that I am prepared to carry out my covenant of 
January, 1890, to give a site for the new institution and to furnish further land on the terms suggested. 
In common with all citizens of this city I appreciate the splendid benefaction of Mr. Rockefeller to 
Chicago. I congratulate the people of this city and the entire West on the success achieved, and 
with all friends of culture I rejoice that another noble institution of higher learning is to be formed 
and founded in the heart of the continent. 

Yours very truly, 

Maeshail Field. 

The work of collecting the subscriptions having been for the time being committed to the 
writer of this paper, it may be interesting for him to state that up to this date the sum of 
$75,000 has been paid in, and every day adds to that amount. Further statements will properly 
be made by the corresponding secretary of the Education Society, Mr. Gates. 

T. W. GOODSPEED, 

Financial Secretary, pro tern. 
EEPOET OP EEV. F. T. GATES 

To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago .• 

Gentlemen : Dr. Goodspeed has presented to you a brief account of the origin of the 
present enterprise of re-establishing the work of higher education in the city of Chicago, and 
has traced the progress of the undertaking under the auspices of the American Baptist Educa- 
tion Society up to the completion of the initial fund. It remains to lay before you the engage- 
ments and obligations which the Education Society entered into with the subscribers to this 
fund; to show how in the main particulars these obligations have already been discharged 
by the Society. This it falls to the lot of a committee to do, consisting of Mr. Blake, Mr. 
Bowen, and myself, appointed by our Executive Board for this purpose. 

The engagements entered into by the Society with its subscribers are embodied in the 
series of resolutions adopted by our Executive Board and indorsed by the Society when the 
work of raising funds was undertaken. These may be found on pp. 16 and 17 of our first 
annual report, now in the hands of you each. These resolutions the Society regards as covenants 
with the subscribers to the fund. They are based upon the report of a committee of nine 
eminent educators, but written under the eye of Mr. Rockefeller on the day in which he made 
his great pledge. On these resolutions the pledge was based. Dated May 15, 1889, the pledge 
was by stipulation of Mr. Eockef eller held in escrow by the corresponding secretary until the 
Executive Board at its appointed meeting, two days later, should pass these resolutions. If 
the resolutions should fail of adoption without material change, Mr. Rockefeller's pledge was 
to be returned to his hand. These resolutions were unanimously adopted by the Executive 
Board, May 17, 1889, and the following day were indorsed by the Society with equal unanimity, 
the Society thus assuming the obligations the resolutions impose. Mr. Rockefeller's pledge 
was released from escrow and publicly announced. As with Mr. Rockefeller, so with every 
later subscriber. The resolutions formed a contract on the part of the Society with the sub- 
scriber. The Society announced in its official report that on the basis of these resolutions 
it would seek subscriptions. The resolutions were published for this pui'pose in the secular 
and religious press of Chicago; they were embodied in circulars and scattered in the pews of 
the churches, or sent broadcast by mail over the land. The gentlemen charged with raising 



An Histobioal Sketch 501 

the fund have made the resolutions the basis of their public and private appeals, and every- 
where in the name of the Society have guaranteed the full discharge of the obligations 
and duties which they impose. The resolutions, therefore, are a contract not only with Mr. 
Rockefeller, but with every one of the twelve or thirteen hundred subscribers to the fund. All 
the acts of the Education Society in relation to the institution have been in pursuance of these 
resolutions. 

The first resolution reads as follows : 

(1) Resolved, That this society take immediate steps toward the founding of a well-equipped 
college in the city of Chicago. 

It need only be remarked here that it has never been the purpose of the Society to seek to 
limit the institution to the work of a college. It has been hoped and believed that a good 
college located in this city would naturally and inevitably develop into a great university. Legal 
provision for such development is made in your articles of incorporation. But from the first it 
has been believed that the enlargement would be effected naturally by the inherent life of the 
institution and would by no means require the fostering care of the Society. The Society 
undertook only so much as seemed indispensable for it to do ; that was, to found a college on a 
solid basis. It is for a college pure and simple, therefore, that the funds have been subscribed. 
Mr. Rockefeller made his pledge " toward an endowment fund for a college to be established in 
Chicago." The other subscriptions are limited likewise. They can properly be used only for a 
college. For this purpose alone the appeal has been made throughout the canvass. We have 
announced that other departments of instruction, if foimded, would be supported by other 
funds. In considering the question of founding preparatory departments or academies in 
Chicago, it will be necessary to decide whether current usage in the West recognizes these as 
integral parts of a college. 

The second resolution is : 

(2) Resolved, That the institution be located in the city of Chicago, and not in a suburban 
village. 

In accordance with this resolution the Executive Board has secured a site within the cor- 
porate limits of the city. 

The articles of incorporation embody the obligation of the third resolution : 

(3) Resolved, That the privileges of the institution be extended to persons of both sexes on equal 
terms. 

The foiu-th resolution reads : 

(4) Resolved, That for a suitable site for the proposed institution there be provided at least ten 
acres of land. 

This obligation has been discharged by the Board in securing twenty acres of land. The 
site consists of three blocks of six and two-thirds acres each, Ijdng between Fifty-sixth and 
Fifty-ninth streets and Ellis and Greenwood avenues.' The north half of this tract is a gift 
from Mr. Marshall Field. The south half, extending to the Midway Plaisance, the Board has 
pm-chased from Mr. Field at a cost of 1132,500. The terms of this piurchase are as follows : 
Mr. Field, on his part, makes two deeds to us, one for the north half, with consideration fixed at 
one dollar, and requiring that the property be devoted to no other than educational purposes 

1 This original site was STibsequently modified by sub- streets and Greenwood and Lexington avenues, paying for 

stitution of the block bounded by Fifty-seventh and Fifty- it the sum of $150,000. By act of the City Council (Septem- 

eighth streets and Greenwood and Lexington avenues for ber, 1891), those portions of Fifty-eighth street and Green- 

the north block described above. The Trustees then pur- wood avenue running through the campus were vacated, 

chased the block bounded by Fifty-eighth and Fifty-ninth thus leaving a solid square site for the University. 



502 The President's Repoet 

for the term of one hundred years ; the other for the south half, with consideration of Sil32,500, 
without limitations as to use. We, on our part, agree to pay the whole siun of $132,500 within 
one year from June 1, 1890, in sums of |1,000 or multiples thereof, as collected, and to pay 
interest fi'om June 1, 1890, at 6 per cent., interest to be stopped on payments as made. We 
agree to use all our collections in these payments, except so much as may be required for current 
expenses, until all is paid. The deeds are in escrow with the Merchants' Loan and Trust Co. 
Failure to pay the whole within the year operates to restore to us oxir money paid and to Mr. 
Field his deeds. 

The fifth resolution refers to finances : 

(5) Resolved, That the Board proceed to raise one million dollars as a financial foundation for 
the proposed institution. 

The total sum raised in pledges and land approximates $1,200,000. 
The sixth resolution refers to conditions of subscription : 

(6) Resolved, That subscriptions secured for this fund shall be subject to the following condi- 
tions : 

First Condition, That the whole sum of one million dollars be subscribed before June 1, 1890. 

Second Condition, That all subscriptions for lands and buildings bear interest from June 1, 1890, 
until maturity, at 6 per cent. 

Third Condition, That all subscriptions shall be payable in equal quarterly instalments, and 
shall in no case extend beyond five years from June 1, 1890. 

The three conditions of the sixth resolution have been more than fulfilled ; the first by 
completing the full sum of one million dollars before June 1, 1890; the second and third by 
securing better terms, on the whole, than are therein requu-ed, as shown by our subscriptions 
and the payments already made, amounting to nearly four instalments in thirty days. 

The seventh resolution reads : 

(7) Resolved, That at least 8600,000, and as much more as possible of the million or more sub- 
scribed, shall be an endowment fund, the principal of which shall remain invested, and the income 
used only so far as shall be necessary for the expenses of conducting the institution, and shall not be 
used in the purchase of lands or in erecting or repairing buildings. 

The Society has here discharged its obligation in securing Mr. Rockefeller's pledge of 
$600,000, the uses of which are legally limited to the purpose set forth in the resolution. It 
only remains for us to call your attention, as we now do, to the use to which this fund is limited 
by its terms, viz., an endowment fund for a college to be established in Chicago. 

The eighth resolution is : 

(8) Resolved, That the Board shall secure the incorporation of the proposed institution as early 
■as practicable ; that the Board of Trustees shall consist of tv?enty-one members, divided into three 
equal classes, with terms of service expiring respectively in one, two, and three years ; that the choice 
of persons for the first Board of Trustees shall be subject to the approval of the Executive Board of 
this Society ; and that the President of the institution, and two-thirds of the Board of Trustees of the 
same, shall always be members of Baptist churches. 

In securing the incorporation of the institution the Society has acted as promptly as 
possible. Work on the articles was begun before our success was fully assured. They were sent 
to the Secretary of State, July 5. The Society desires here to express its gratitude for the very 
able and painstaking service rendered by two gentlemen, now members of your honorable body, 
in preparing the articles of incorporation — Mr. Needham and Judge Bailey. It is believed 
that when your incorporation is legally perfected in every particular, the very extensive privileges 
and powers granted in the instrument will be found ample for every purpose in the coming 
years. The Articles of Incorporation read as follows ; 



An Histoeioal Sketch 503 



THE AETIOLBS OF INOOEPOEATION 

State op Illinois, | 
Depaktment of State. ) 

Isaac N. Peaeson, Secretary of State. 
To all to whom these presents shall come, Greeting : 

Wheeeas, a certificate duly signed and acknowledged having been filed in the oflSce ot the 
Secretary of State, on the 10th day of September, A. D., 1890, for the organization of The University 
of Chicago under and in accordance with the" provisions of "An Act Concerning Corporations," 
approved April 18, 1872, and in force July 1, 1872, and all acts amendatory thereof, a copy of which is 
hereto attached ; 

Now therefore I, Isaac N. Pearson, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, by virtue of the 
powers and duties vested in me by law, do hereby certify that the said "The University of Chicago" 
is a legally organized corporation under the laws of this State. 

In testimony whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal of State. 

Done at the City of Springfield this tenth day of September, in the year ot our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and 
fifteenth. 

I. N. Peakson, 

[Seal] Secretary of State. 

State op Illinois, ) 

r S3 

County of Cook. ) 
To the Honorable Isaac N. Pearson, Secretary of State: 

We, the undersigned, John D. Rockefeller, E. Nelson Blake, Marshall Field, Fred. T. Gates, 
Francis E. Hinckley, and Thomas W. Goodspeed, citizens of the United States, desiring to associate 
ourselves for the lawful purposes hereinafter stated, and for the purpose of forming a corporation (not 
for pecuniary profit ) under the provisions of the Act of the General Assembly of the State of Illinois 
entitled "An Act Concerning Corporations," approved April 18, 1872, and of the several Acts amenda- 
tory thereof, do hereby state and certify as follows, to wit: 

1. The name by which said corporation shall be known in law is "Ulft MntbErBitH of Clljintgn."^ 

2. The particular objects for which said corporation is formed are, to provide, impart, and 
furnish opportunities for all departments of higher education to persons of both sexes on equal terms; 
to establish, conduct, and maintain one or more academies, preparatory schools, or departments, such 
academies, preparatory schools, or departments to be located in the city of Chicago or elsewhere, as 
may be deemed advisable; to establish, maintain, and conduct manual-training schools in connection 
with such preparatory departments; to establish and maintain one or more colleges, and to provide 

2 To avoid any legal complications arising from the "Whereas, This corporation, for want of financial aid 

tact that a former institution in the city had been linown has discontinued the work of maintaining a university ; 

by the name "The University of Chicago," and had been and, 

forced to close its doors because of financial difSculties, a "Whekeas, It is requested by the alumni of the old 

meeting of the Board of Trustees of that institution was university that the new institution shall bear the name of 

held at the Grand Pacific Hotel, Chicago, on Saturday, the old ; now, therefore, be it, 

June 14, 1890, Mr. C. W. Needham, president of the Board, " Resolved, That permission and authority be, and the 

in the chair. There were present also the secretary, Mr. O. same is hereby, given to the new corporation about to be 

W. Barrett, Hon. J. R. Doolittle, Mr. Fernando Jones, Hon. organized as aforesaid, to take and use the name, ' The 

C. C. Kohlsaat, Mr. W. E. Bosworth, Mr. Henry A. Rust, University of Chicago,' and the Secretary of State is hereby 

Mr. L. Everingham, Rev. George C. Lorimer, Mr. G. C. requested to issue a license to the new corporation afore- 

Walker, Dr. J. A. Smith, Hon. D. Dibbell, Mr. C. V. L. said, with the name of 'The University of Chicago.'" 

Peters, Mr. E. B. Felsenthal, Mr. J. E. Bush, and Mr. At a second meeting, held September 8, 1890, the name 

Newman. of the old corporation was formally changed to "The Old 

At this meeting the following preamble and resolution University of Chicago." At the same time it was directed 

were unanimously adopted : that the books and records of the old university should be 

"Wheeeas, There is about to be organized under the turned over to the new institution, this latter action being 
general laws of the state of Illinois, by John D. Rockefeller to facilitate relations of the old alumni with the new, and 
and others as incorporators, a corporation to establish and to secure the preservation of the records of degrees con- 
maintain a university at Chicago ; and, ferred in former years. 



504 The Peesident's Repokt 

instruction in all collegiate studies; to establish and maintain a university in which may be taught all 
branches of higher learning, and which may comprise and embrace separate departments for literature, 
law, medicine, music, technology, the various branches of science, both abstract and applied, the culti- 
vation of the fine arts, and all other branches of professional or technical education which may 
properly be included within the purposes and objects of a university, and to provide and maintain 
courses of instruction in each and all of said departments; to prescribe the courses of study, employ 
professors, instructors and teachers, and to maintain and control the government and discipline in said 
university, and in each of the several academies, preparatory schools, or other institutions subordinate 
thereto, and to fix the rates of tuition and the qualifications of admission to the university and its 
various departments; to receive, hold, invest, and disburse all moneys or property, or the income 
thereof, which may be vested in or intrusted to the care of the said corporation, whether by gift, grant, 
bequest, devise, or otherwise, for educational purposes; to act as trustee for persons desiring to give 
or provide moneys or property, or the income thereof, for any one or more of the departments of said 
university, and for any of the objects aforesaid, or for any educational purposes; to grant such literary 
honors and degrees as are usually granted by like institutions, and to give suitable diplomas; and 
generally to pursue and promote all or any of the objects above named and to do all and every of the 
things necessary or pertaining to the accomplishment of said objects, or either of them. 

3. The management of said corporation shall be vested in a Board of twenty-one Trustees, who 
shall be elected as follows: 

At the first annual meeting there shall be elected by ballot twenty-one Trustees. The Trustees 
so elected shall, at their first meeting, classify themselves by lot into three classes of equal number, 
which classes shall be designated as the first, second, and third class; and the term of office of the 
first class shall expire at the second annual meeting, and the terms of office of the other classes shall 
expire annually thereafter in the order of their numbers. At each annual meeting succeeding the 
first, seven Trustees shall be elected by the Trustees by ballot. Vacancies occurring by death, 
resignation, removal, or otherwise shall be filled for the unexpired term by the Board at its first meet- 
ing after the vacancy occurs, and the member elected shall belong to the class in which the vacancy 
occurred. 

The qualifications of the Trustees and President of the University and of its College, which shall 
constitute its literary or undergraduate department, shall be as follows: 

At all times two-thirds of the Trustees, and also the President of the University and of its said 
College, shall be members of regular Baptist churches — that is to say, members of churches of that 
denomination of Protestant Christians now usually known and recognized under the name of the 
regular Baptist denomination; and as contributions of money and property have been and are being 
solicited and have been and are being made upon the conditions last named, this charter shall not be 
amended or changed at any time hereafter bo as to abrogate or modify the qualifications of two-thirds 
of the Trustees and the President above mentioned, but in this particular this charter shall be forever 
unalterable. 

No other test or particular religious profession shall ever be held as a requisite for election to 
said Board, or for admission to said University, or to any department belonging thereto, or which shall be 
under the supervision or control of this corporation, or for election to any professorship, or any place 
of honor or emolument in said corporation, or in any of its departments or institutions of learning. 

The membership of this corporation shall consist of the several persons who for the time being 
shall be acting as Trustees, and they shall annually elect Trustees to fill the places of those whose terms 
of office shall expire at the annual meeting. Persons not members of the corporation shall be eligible 
to election, subject only to the qualifications hereinbefore mentioned. 

The Board of Trustees may make by-laws not inconsistent with the terms of this charter, or 
with the laws of this state, or of the United States, for the government and coiitrol of said corporation, 
and of its several departments, and of the several institutions of learning under its care and control, 
and for the proper management of the educational, fiscal, and other affairs of said corporation, and for 
the care and investment of all moneys and property belonging to it, or given or intrusted to the said 
corporation for educational purposes. Said by-laws shall provide for annual meetings, the first of 
which shall be held within one year from the date of these Articles of Incorporation. 



An Historical Sketch 505 



4. The location of the University and of the College of Arts to be established by said corporation 
shall be in Chicago, in the county of Cook, and state of Illinois. 

5. The following persons are hereby selected as Trustees to control and manage said corporation 
for the first year of its corporate existence, to wit: 

E. Nelson Blake, Ferd. W. Peck, Judge Joseph M. Bailey, Herman H. Kohlsaat, Francis E. 
Hinckley, Charles L. Hutchinson, Professor Wm. R. Harper, Eli B. Felsenthal, Hon. George A. Pills- 
bury, Martin A. Ryerson, Edward Goodman, Judge Daniel L. Shorey, Alonzo K. Parker, D.D., George 
C. Walker, J. W. Midgeley, C. C. Bowen, Andrew McLeish, Elmer L. Corthell, Fred A. Smith, Henry 
A. Rust, Charles W. Needham. 

In testimony whereof we, the incorporators first above named, hereunto set our hands and afiBii 
our seals, this 18th day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety. 

John D. Rockbpellee. 

E. Nelson Blake. 

Marshall Field. 

Francis E. Hinckley. 

Fbed. T. Gates. 

Thomas W. Goodspeed. 

Ketuming nove to the eighth resolution: You perceive that the provisions of the resolution 
regarding the number and qualifications of Trustees, their terms of ofiBce, the qualification of 
the President, have been embodied in the articles. The prosperity of the institution, no less 
than its obligations to that denomination under whose auspices it has been created, and which 
has given by far the larger portion of the funds, require that the qualification of the President 
and two-thirds of the Trustees shall be secured beyond the possibility of violation at any time. 
As a further safeguard, therefore, this qualification will be inserted in the title deed transferring 
to you the real estate of the institution. The College, however, being of a purely literary and 
scientific character, is not designed to be sectarian. We have therefore provided in the Articles 
of Incorporation that no religious tests shall be required for election to any professorship or 
other place of honor or emolument. 

The eighth resolution further requires that the choice of the first Board of Trustees shall 
be subject to the approval of our Executive Board. The nominees presented to our Board repre- 
sent the choice of the subscribers to the fund. The list of names approved by our Executive 
Board, and, as so approved, named by the incorporators according to the statutes of Illinois in 
the Articles of Incorporation, were the nominees of persons representing more than nine him- 
dred thousand dollars of the fund. They have since been cordially accepted by persons 
representing some two hundred thousand dollars more. Your right and title to be Trustees of 
this institution is, therefore, assured from the standpoint of the law, and by the nomination of 
the subscribers, and by the approval of the Society. 

The ninth resolution reads: 

(9) Resolved, That the Society shall collect all funds for the proposed institution, and shall pay 
the same over to the Trustees at such times and in such amounts as shall be approved by the Board, 
it being understood that the Society shall exercise no control over the financial affairs of the institution 
beyond the time when, in the judgment of the Board, the institution is solidly founded. 

It will be seen that the first part of this resolution, regarding collection of funds, is modi- 
fied by the second part, regarding cessation of control. Nearly 11,200,000 have been pledged to 
the institution, the site has been purchased. Articles of Incorporation have been filed, a Board 
of Trustees has been chosen in every way qualified to discharge their high trust, and command- 
ing the universal confidence of the public. With your legal incorporation the time will fairly 
have arrived when the Education Society need exercise no further control over the affairs of the 
institution beyond discharging the obligations already assumed. Accordingly Dr. Goodspeed 



506 The Peesident's Repoet 

has been employed as financial secretary only until such time as you shall legally organize. 
His relationship with the Education Society will cease on that day. It will then be one of youx 
first duties to employ a financial secretary. In his hands the pledges will be placed. The 
funds as collected have been deposited with the Illinois Trust and Savings Bank. They are 
now subject to the orders of our treasurer, Mr. Joshua Levering, countersigned by the corre- 
sponding secretary. It is desired to continue this arrangement until the payments on the site 
have been completed, after which it is expected all funds will be deposited with your treasurer. 
Meanwhile, our treasurer will be directed to pay the bills and expenses of this Board on the 
order of your President and Secretary, and to turn over the endowment fund as paid in by Mr. 
Eockefeller to your finance committee for investment on your order. 
The tenth resolution reads : 

(10) Resolved, That the Society shall take the title to the real estate of the institution and con- 
vey the same to the trustees of said institution, subject to a reversionary clause, providing that in 
case the trustees shall ever mortgage the same, or any part of it, or any portion of the property thereon, 
the whole shall revert to the Society. 

When, therefore, the Education Society shall have secured the deeds to the real estate, the 
transfers indicated in the tenth resolution will be made as soon as the necessary legal steps can 
be taken. 

There is a certain obligation of honor which we have gladly assumed, the full charge of 
which we desire to commit to you. The Trustees of the University of Chicago, founded in 1857, 
the work of which was discontinued some years since, have unanimously and heartily bequeathed 
to you the name "The University of Chicago," and with the name they bequeath also their 
aliunni. The new University of Chicago rises out of the ruins of the old. The thread of legal 
life is broken. Technicalities difficult or impossible to be removed have prevented our use of 
the charter of 1857. The new University of Chicago, with a new site, a new management, new and 
greatly improved resources, and free from all embarrassing complications, nevertheless bears 
the name of the old, is located in the same community, imder the same general denominational 
auspices, will enter on the same educational work, and ysdll aim to realize the highest hopes of 
all who were disappointed in the old. A generation hence the break in legal life will have 
lapsed from the memory of men. In the congeries of interests, affections, aspirations, endeavors, 
which do in fact form the real life of an institution of learning — in these there has been no 
break. The alumni of the institution in its older form are the true sons of the new, and as such we 
bespeak for them such appropriate and early recognition as your thoughtful courtesy may suggest. 

We now commit to you this high trust ; the erection of buildings, the organization of the 
institution, the expenditm-e and investment of its funds, and all that pertains to its work, its 
growth, and its prosperity, is placed absolutely without any reserve under your control. The 
Education Society has strictly limited its agency to discharging the engagements into which it 
entered with the subscribers, engagements on the basis of which all the funds were subscribed. 
The Society has made no appropriations from the funds except those required in secuiing and 
collecting the funds up to this day, incorporating the institution, and securing the site. So soon 
as sufficient funds are collected to meet these engagements, the official relationship of the 
Education Society with the institution will cease. Sixty-one thousand dollars have now been 
paid upon the site. Fervently do we pray that the blessing of God, which has been so signally 
bestowed on this great undertaking from its earliest beginnings up to the present hour, 
may continue to prosper it, and still more richly in your hands, rmtil it shall become a mighty 
educational power in this city and throughout the land. 

Feed. T. Gates, 

Corresponding Secretary. 



An Historical Sketch 507 



OEGANIZATION OP THE BOAKD OF TRUSTEES 

Following the presentation of these complete statements from the two gentlemen who had 
been so active in the preliminary stages of the work, the Board of Trustees organized by the 
election of E. Nelson Blake, President ; Martin A. Ryerson, Vice-President ; Charles L. Hutchin- 
son, Treasm-er, and Alonzo K. Parker, Recording Secretary.' The following important commit- 
tees were chosen, Mr. Blake being a member of each one: 

To complete the incorporation : Judge J. M. Bailey, C. W. Needham, E. B. Felsenthal. 

To prepare a code of by-laws : J. M. Bailey, William R. Harper, C. L. Hutchinson, E. B. 
Felsenthal, E. L. Corthell. 

On Buildings and Groimds : F. E. Hinckley, George C. Walker, Martin A. Ryerson, H. A. 
Rust, Andrew McLeish, E. B. Felsenthal, and E. L. Corthell. 

On Finance : E. Nelson Blake, Charles L. Hutchinson, F. W. Peck, C. W. Needham, H. H. 
Kohlsaat, and J. W. Midgley. 

On the Organization of the University and to nominate a President : Judge D. L: Shorey, 
William R. Harper, F. A. Smith, Edward Goodman, A. K. Parker, and E. Nelson Blake. 

Mr. H. H. Kohlsaat was appointed a special trustee to hold any new funds contributed to 
the University, and Dr. Goodspeed was continued as Financial Secretary. 

The question of establishing an academy at Morgan Park was discussed at some length, 
and referred to a committee for further consideration. 

On motion of Judge Shorey, the following preamble and resolutions were unanimously 

adopted: 

Whekeas, The members of the Board here assembled, having been appointed as Trustees to 
organize a university under the laws of Illinois, upon foundation established by John D. Rockefeller, 
Marshall Field, and others ; and 

Whereas, The corporation known as the University of Chicago has ceased to exercise educa- 
tional functions, and this Board desires to organize a university under the name used by the old 
University of Chicago ; therefore, be it . 

Resolved, That upon the surrender of said corporation of its corporate name, the Board will 
organize under the corporate name of "The University of Chicago," and that upon such organization 
it will recognize the alumni of the former university as the alumni of the new university.* 

The two months following the adjournment of this first meeting of the Board of Trustees 
were important ones for the University. The several committees of the Trustees gave earnest 
thought to the problems involved, as the interest manifested in the founding of the proposed 
college showed no sign of abating. This interest was so great, and the possibilities, in the situa- 
tion seemed so unlimited, that it was only natural that a desire should develop to broaden the 
scope of the new institution, and make it a university in fact as well as in name. Such a change, 
however, required additional funds, and, after conference with Mr, Gates and Professor Harper, 
the founder determined to make a large addition to his gift of $600,000. 

A MILLION-DOLLAK PLEDGE 

The incorporation of the University being completed on the tenth day of September, 1890, 
on the eighteenth the Board of Trustees held the second meeting. The following letter was 
presented : 

3 Dr. Parker served as secretary for two meetings, when versity of Chicago to the institution that formerly bore that 
Dr. J. A. Smith was chosen. After a short period he re- name, we hereby confirm and re-enact the degrees of B.A. 
signed and Dr. T. W. Goodspeed was appointed. and B.S. conferred by the former University of Chicago, 

4 At a meeting of the Board of Trnstees held February and we invite the graduates to consider themselves the 
2, 1891, on motion of Dr. William R. Harper, seconded by alumni of the University, and to co-operate with us in 
Mr. Ferd. W. Peck, the following resolution was adopted: building it up to greatness. 

" Resolved, That in view of the relation of the new Uui- 



508 The Peesident's Report 

Cleveland, Ohio, September 16, 1890. 
To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen : I will contribute 11,000,000 to the University of Chicago, as follows : 

Eight hundred thousand dollars, the income only of which shall be used for non-professional 
graduate instruction and fellowships, and not for land, buildings, or repairs. 

One hundred thousand dollars, the income only of which shall be used for theological instruc- 
tion in the Divinity School of said University, and not for land, buildings, or repairs. 

One hundred thousand dollars for the construction of buildings for said Divinity School. 

I will pay the same to the said University in seven years, beginning October 1, 1890, and pay 
one twenty-eighth each three months thereafter, in cash or approved securities at a fair market value, 
until the whole is paid, it being understood that a certain pledge made July 15, 1890, for $56,500 to 
the Baptist Union Theological Seminary of Chicago shall be included in the above million dollars ; 
and also that the said seminary is to become an organic part of the said University ; and also that the 
transfer of said seminary to the grounds of the University shall be made within two years from this 
date ; and also that a thoroughly equipped academy shall be established in the buildings hitherto 
occupied by the said seminary, on or before October 1, 1892. Yours truly, 

John D. Kockepeileb. 

This magnificent gift was hailed with profound rejoicing by the Trustees, and a committee, 
consisting of W. K. Harper, C. L. Hutchinson, E. B. Felsenthal, A. K. Parker, and F. A. Smith, 
was appointed to see that the wishes expressed in the communication were faithfully realized. 

This gift provided for a graduate school, for a divinity school, and for an academy, to 
supplement the colleges already planned. 

THE ELECTION OF PEESIDENT HAEPEK 

Just before the letter from Mr. Rockefeller was read to the Trustees, the committee to 
nominate a President reported, recommending the selection of Professor William Rainey 
Harper, of Yale University. The report was unanimously and enthusiastically adopted by a 
rising vote, and a committee was selected to inform Dr. Harper and present him to the Board. 
On entering, he expressed his appreciation of the honor conferred, and asked for six months' 
time for consideration of the important offer. 

During these months the several committees gave much time to work for the University, 
provisional reports being made from time to time until April 11, 1891, when two important 
matters were settled, the coming of President Harper and the union of the Baptist Theological 
Seminary with the University. 

A letter from Dr. Harper, read informally at a meeting in February, when a few Trustees 
gathered, was formally presented : 

New Haven, Conn., February 16, 1891. 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

After having considered the proffer of the presidency of the University of Chicago, with which 
you honored me in September, 1890, I beg herewith to indicate my acceptance of the same. With 
your permission, I will not enter upon the work of the position until July 1, 1891. 

I believe that under your wise and liberal management, and with the co-operation of the citizens 
of Chicago, the institution will fulfil the generous hopes of its friends and founders. It is with this 
conviction that I unreservedly place myself at your service. Trusting that the same Divine Providence 
which has guided this undertaking in the past will continue to foster it through the future, I remain, 

Yours sincerely, 

William R. Hakper. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 509 



UNION OF SEMINAET AND UNIVERSITY 

The second item of important business of the meeting provided for the union of the Theo- 
logical Seminary and the University under the provisions of the following contract : 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein expressed, the Baptist Theo- 
logical Union, located at Chicago, hereinafter styled the Union, for convenience, and the University of 
Chicago, hereinafter styled the University, do hereby agree as follows : 

1. The Union agrees to lease to the University for the term of nine hundred and ninety-nine 
(999) years its seminary grounds and buildings at Morgan Park, at a rental of one dollar ($1) per year, 
the University to pay all assessments which shall be levied or assessed against said premises during 
the life of said lease, to keep insured and in repair all buildings now standing thereon, and to use the 
same for the purposes of an academy or high school. 

2. The University agrees to erect upon its grounds in the county of Cook a dormitory building, 
to cost not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), to be used as a dormitory for the 
Seminary of the Union, to be cared for, kept insured and in repair by the Union ; also to provide 
grounds on its campus, at the cost of said University, for additional buildings for the school of the 
Union, when and as the same shall be reasonably required. The said University also agrees to furnish, 
at its own cost and charges, and maintain adequate lecture rooms for the use of the instructors in 
said School. A lease shall be drawn which shall contain such provision as counsel may reasonably 
devise for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this agreement hereinbefore mentioned- 

3. The library of said Seminary shall be located in a building of the University, and shall be 
cared for and managed by said University in substantially the same manner as the remainder of the 
library of the said University shall be managed ; it being understood that the students of the said 
Seminary or School shall have reasonable access to the same. 

4. The Seminary of the Union shall be taken and considered to be the sole Divinity School of the 
University, and shall have accommodations upon the University campus as hereinbefore and herein- 
after provided. 

5. The treasurer of the Union shall pay over to the treasurer of the University on the last 
day of each month the net income of the Union for the current month, to be used by the treasurer of 
the University in the payment of the salaries of the professors and ordinary expenses of the Seminary 
or Divinity School, all of said expenses being a charge upon the funds of the Union. 

6. The treasurer of the University shall likewise be entitled to receive the incidental fees of the 
Seminary students, and the rentals arising from rooms in the Divinity dormitory unoccupied by 
professors or students of the Divinity School, provided that the same shall be credited and applied 
toward the incidental expenses of the Divinity School. 

7. The first one hundred thousand dollars received from Mr. Rockefeller, upon his pledge of one 
million dollars, shall be set apart for the erection of the building hereinbefore provided for by Art. 2, to 
be used by said Divinity School ; it being understood that any income which may accrue from the same 
before the date of payment of the contracts for the erection of said building shall be applied to 
liquidate debts which the Seminary may have contracted before the final location upon the campus of 
the University of the Union, and that, of the remaining payments to be made by Mr. Rockefeller, the 
income of one ninth (\) shall be applied for the purposes of said Divinity School. 

8. That the President of the University shall be the President of the Divinity School, and 
sustain the same relation to the Faculty thereof as to the other Faculties of the University, provided 
that nothing shall be required by this clause inconsistent with the charter of the Union. 

9. That in the supervision and direction of matters pertaining to instruction in the Divinity 
School the Union shall act in accordance with the general regulations of the University. 

10. That the Union will not hereafter confer degrees. 

11. That the Union shall cease to conduct the Department of Old Testament and Semitic studies; 
but this article shall not be understood as debarring the establishment by the Union in the Divinity 
School of a chair of Biblical Theology of the Old and New Testaments. 

12. That the Union shall cease to confer annual memberships, and shall fix the fee of life-member- 
ships at not less than one hundred dollars ( 



510 The President's Keport 

13. That the income of moneys contributed to the University for theological instruction shall be 
applied to the support and maintenance of the Divinity School. 

14. That all students in the Divinity School shall have free tuition in all studies pertaining to 
the course of the Divinity School, and free room rent, so far as the dormitory of the Divinity School 
will suffice, while engaged in such studies. 

15. That the University will confer degrees upon graduates of the Divinity School in accordance 
with the regulations of the University. 

16. That instruction in the Old Testament and Semitic Department shall be provided by the 
University ; that is, the instructors of this Department shall be members of the faculty of the Graduate 
school, and shall receive their salaries from said school ; but this provision shall not be considered to 
prevent any change in said Department which may hereafter be made in accordance with the mutual 
action of the University and the Union. 

17. The University shall confirm the election of all professors and instructors in the Divinity 
School, when and to the extent that the funds available for the Divinity School shall admit. 

18. That all resignations and removals of the Faculty of the Divinity School shall be presented to 
and acted upon by the board of the Theological Union, and they shall have the supervision and 
direction of matters pertaining to instruction in the Divinity School. 

It is mutually understood and agreed that the co-operative action contemplated by this contract 
shall be deemed to have become initiated as soon as this agreement shall have been executed, and 
that this agreement shall go into effect by the first day of July, A. D. 1892. 

In witness whereof, the said the Union and the University have in accordance with resolutions 
of its Board of Trustees duly passed, caused these presents to be signed by its presidents and attested 
by its secretaries, and the corporate seals of said corporations to be hereto attached this thirteenth 
day of July, A. D. 1891.5 

Signed : 

Attest : The Baptist Theological Union, located at Chicago, by 

' Frederick A. Smith, F. E. Hinckley, 

Secretary. President of the Board of Trustees. 

T. W. GooDSPEED, The University of Chicago, by 

Secretary. E. Nelson Blake, 

President of the Board of Trustees. 

This contract was approved by Mr. Eockefeller in a commtmication, dated at Forest Hill, 
Cleveland, O., June 20, 1891, as follows : 

I hereby approve the foregoing contract between the Baptist Theological Union and the Univer- 
sity of Chicago, and accept and adopt the same, when executed and acted upon by the contracting 
parties according to its terms, as a satisfactory compliance with those portions of my letter to the 
Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago, dated September 16, 1890, making a contribution of 
one million dollars to said University, in which it is provided that the Baptist Union Theological 
Seminary in Chicago should become an organic part of said University and its Divinity School, and 
that the grounds of said seminary should be transferred to said University. 

John D. Rocketellee. 

The Theological Union which thus furnished the Divinity School for the University of 
Chicago had its origin in a meeting of a small company in the lectiu'e room of the First Baptist 
Chiu-ch of Chicago in 1860. Its history up to the time of the union with the University is 
presented in another place.' 

6 The date of ratification was inserted after the accept- 6Sea Report of Eri B. Hulbert, Dean of the DlTinity 

ance of the contract by the Board of Trustees. School. 



An Historical Sketch 511 



PEELIMINAEY ANNOUNCEMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Before the letter announcing the acceptance by Professor Harper of the presidency of the 
University was received, the first formal bulletin regarding the work of the new institution was 
published. Seven bulletins were planned, the first of which was a general account, including 
statements about the history of the movement, the Board of Trustees, the charter, the site, the 
election of the President, the opening of the colleges, the work of the University, the organiza- 
tion of the University, the general regulations, and remarks upon these general regulations.' 
Before the publication the plan of the University was submitted to the criticism of ofiicials of 
more than fifty American universities and colleges, and an examination of its principal features 
in the light of the experience of the years since the organization of the University will be con- 
vincing evidence of the carefulness of preparation on the part of those who planned for the insti- 
tution in its formative days. 

VII. 

The work of the University shall be arranged under three general divisions, viz., The University 
Proper, The University Extension Work, The University Publication Work. 

1. The University Pbopeb will include — 

a) Academies : The first Academy of the University will be established, in accordance with the 
terms of the gift of Mr. John D. Rockefeller, at Morgan Park, 111. Others will be organized or 
affiliated as rapidly as favorable opportunities are presented. 

b) Colleges : Of these there will be organized — 

(1) The College of Liberal Arts, in which the curriculum will be arranged with a view to the 
degree of B.A. 

(2) The College of Science, in which the curriculum will be arranged with a view to the degree 
of B.S. 

(3) The College of Literature, in which the curriculum will be arranged with special view to 
the study of Modern Languages and Literature, History, etc., with a view, likewise, to the 
degree of B.S. 

(4) The College of Practical Arts, in which the curriculum will be arranged with greater refer- 
ence than in the other Colleges to the practical departments of business and of professional 
life, with a view to the degree of B.S. 

c) Affiliated Colleges: The character of affiliation will be determined by existing circumstances in 

particular cases. 

d) Schools : Of these there will be organized — 

(1) The Graduate School, which will include all graduate work of a non-professional character. 

(2) The Divinity School, which will include the curriculum of study ordinarily presented by 
Divinity Schools. 

As soon as the funds of the University permit, there will also be established — 

(3) The Law School. 

(4) The Medical School. 

(5) The School of Engineering, which will include Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering. 

(6) The School of Pedagogy. 

(7) The School of Fine Art. 

(8) The School of Music. 

' Sir of the soTen bulletins were published as follows : sity ; Bulletin 6, May, 1892 : The University Eztension Divi- 

Bulletin 1, January, 1891 : General Announcements ; Bulle- sion : Bulletin 7, (not published) ; The University Press 

tin 2, April, 1891 : The Colleges of the University ; Bulletin Division. 

3, June, 1891: The Academies of the University; Bulletin 8 These sections, numbered VII, VIII, IX, and X, are 

4, AprU, 1892: The Graduate Schools of the University; xepiinted ttom Bulletin No. 1. 
BuUetinS, March, 1892: The Divinity School of the Univer- 



512 The President's Repoet 

2. The University Extension Wokk, which will include — 

a) Regular courses of lectures, delivered at points in and about the city of Chicago, in accordance 
with the best developed plans of University Extension. 

b) Evening courses in college and university subjects, in and about the city of Chicago, for men 
and women whose daily occupation will not permit them to take advantage of the regular 
college and university courses. 

c) Correspondence courses in college and university subjects for students residing in all parts of 
the country whose circumstances do not permit them to reside at an institution of learning 
during all of the year. 

d) Special courses in a scientific study of the Bible in its original languages and in its translations, 
to be conducted by University instructors at the University at times which shall not conflict 
with University work. 

e) Library Extension, in connection with the preceding forms of University Extension work. 

3. The University Publication Work, which will include — 

a) The printing and publishing of University bulletins, catalogues, and other official documents. 

b) The printing and publishing of special papers, journals, or reviews of a scientific character, pre- 
pared or edited by instructors in the various Departments of the University. 

c) The printing and publishing of books prepared or edited by University instructors. 

d) The collecting, by way of exchange, of papers, journals, reviews, and books similar to those 
published by the University. 

e) The purchase and sale of books for students, professors, and the University Library. 

VIII. THE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY 

1. General and special regulations. — For the administration of the University there shall be a 
body of " general regulations," and for the administration of each Academy, College, and School of 
the University, as well as of each department of the University Extension Work, and of the Univer- 
sity Publication Work, there shall be a body of "special regulations." 

2. Faculties. — The officers of the University who give instruction in any Academy, College, or 
School of the University shall constitute the Faculty of that Academy, College, or School, and shall 
hold at least one meeting each month. At this meeting the President or Dean of the Faculty shall 
preside, and the University Recorder or a Deputy University Recorder shall serve as Secretary. The 
powers of the several Faculties shall be prescribed by the Board of Trustees. For convenience, the 
Faculties of the several Colleges may meet together when there is no special reason for separate 
meeting. 

3. The University Council. — The President of the University, the Dean of each College and 
School, with one instructor of the same, to be elected by the Faculty thereof, the Dean of each 
Academy of the University, the University Examiner, the University Recorder, the University Regis- 
trar, the University Extension Secretary, and the University Librarian shall constitute the University 
Council. This Council shall meet at least once a month during the year to consider matters which 
relate to the general interests of the University or which have been designated by the Board of 
Trustees as the proper work of the Council. The decisions of the Council shall be carried into effect 
only when approved by the President. 

4. Executive Oppioers and Instructors. 

a) The President. 

b) The University Examiner, who shall — 

(1) Arrange and superintend all entrance examinations. 

(2) Arrange and superintend all Term and Quarter examinations, whether regular or special. 

(3) Preserve the record of the courses offered by each instructor in the University, and of the 
courses taken by each student, and of the rank attained in each course, however determined. 

(4) Preserve the record of vacations, regular and special, taken by instructors and students. 

(5) Prepare and distribute all diplomas, certificates of work, and letters of dismission. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 513 



(6) Purnisli a statement of the record of each student whenever it may be called for by the 
proper oflBcer. 

(7) Assist the University Recorder in the preparation of the schedule of courses from Quarter 
to Quarter. 

c) The University Recorder, who shall — 

(1) Serve as Secretary of the Faculties of the University and of the University Council. 

(2) Communicate the action of Faculty meetings and Council meetings to those to whom such 
action should be made known. 

(3) Preserve a copy of every University Report, whether of an individual, of a committee, or of 
a Faculty. 

(4) Edit the University catalogues and bulletins. 

(5) Prepare from Quarter to Quarter, with the aid of the Deans and the Heads of the Depart- 
ments, the schedule of courses of instruction offered in the University. 

(6) Keep the University Calendar, which shall contain a record of all important events in the 
history of the University. 

d) The University Begistrar, who shall — 

(1) Matriculate the students in all Departments of the University. 

(2) Collect all fees, fines, charges, and rents due the University from students, and report and 
pay over the same to the Treasurer. 

(3) Conduct an " exchange " for the convenience of students and instructors. 

(4) Assign rooms to University students. 

(5) Superintend the buildings and grounds. 

(6) Superintend the system of lighting and heating. 

(7) Conduct a " bureau of inquiry " at which visitors may receive needed information concern- 
ing the University. 

e) The University Extension Secretary, vrho shall, under the direction of the University Council — 

(1) Arrange for courses of University Extension lectures to be delivered at suitable places. 

(2) Superintend all such courses, receive the fees paid for the same, to be turned over to the 
University Registrar, and issue orders, countersigned by the President, for the payment of 
the lecturer. 

(3) Arrange and superintend the Evening College and University courses offered. 

(4) Arrange and superintend all courses of instruction offered by correspondence. 

(5) Assist the University Examiner in all examinations of correspondence students. 

(6) Arrange and superintend all special biblical courses offered in the Extension work of the 
University. 

/) The University Librarian, who shall — 

(1) Conduct, under the direction of the University Council, the University Library. 

(2) Superintend the work in all Departmental, Laboratory, Class-Room, and Extension Libra- 
ries. 

g) The University Publisher, who shall conduct, under the direction of the University Council, 

the entire work in the Publication Department. 
h) The University Steward, viho shall — 

(1) Conduct, under the direction of the University Council, an emplojTnent bureau for the aid 
of students desiring to earn money to assist them in defraying their expenses while attend- 
ing the University. 

(2) Serve as Steward of the University Commons, purchasing provisions, engaging service, col- 
lecting the charges for board. 

Remabe. — The University oflBcers, including the President, bat not the University Publisher or 
the University Steward, shall give instruction in the University. 
i) Deans of Colleges and Schools, who shall be appointed by the Board of Trustees, and, in their 
respective Colleges or Schools shall — 

(1) Conduct the special correspondence of that College or School. 

(2) Have the oversight of the discipline of the students in that College or School. 



514 The President's Repoet 

(3) Arrange with the Heads of Departments and the University Recorder the courses of study 
to be offered from Quarter to Quarter. 

(4) Present business for the action of the Faculty of the College or School. 

(5) Preside at the Faculty meetings in the absence of the President. 

(6) Represent the Faculty with one other professor in the University Council. 

(7) Assist the University Examiner in all examinations. 

(8) Personally meet all students entering the College or School, approve their choice of courses, 
and give them an entrance card to such courses. 

(9) Consult with instructors in Majors as to the work and conduct of each student. 

(10) Conduct all correspondence with parents in reference to the work or conduct of students. 
j) Heads of Departments, who shall in each case — 

(1) Supervise, in general, the entire work of the Department. 

(2) Prepare all entrance and prize examination papers, and approve all course examination 
papers prepared by other instructors. 

(3) Arrange, in consultation with the Dean and with other instructors in the Department, the 
particular courses of instruction to be offered from Quarter to Quarter. 

(4) Examine all theses offered in the Department. 

(5) Determine, in consultation with the instructors, the text-books to be used in the Department. 

(6) Edit any papers or journals which may be published by the University on subjects in the 
Department. 

(7) Conduct the Club or Seminar of the Department. 

(8) Consult with the Librarian as to books and periodicals in the Department needed in the 
University and Departmental Libraries. 

(9) Consult with the President as to the appointment of instructors in the Department. 
(10) Countersign the course certificates in the Department. 

Remabk. — In the absence of the Head of a Department, the instructor next in rank will assume 
his duties, 
fc) Lecturers and Teachers, who shall be classified as follows : 

(1) The Head Professor. 

(2) The Professor. 

(3) The Professor, Non-Resident. 

(4) The Associate Professor. 

(5) The Assistant Professor. 

(6) The Instructor. 

(7) The Tutor. 

(8) The Decent. 

(9) The Reader. 

(10) The Lecturer. 

(11) The Fellow. 

(12) The Scholar. 

IX. GENERAL REGULATIONS.' 

1. Quarters and Terms.— The year shall be divided into four Quarters, beginning respectively 
on the first day of October, January, April, and July, and continuing twelve weeks each, thus leaving 
a week between the close of one Quarter and the beginning of the next. Each Quarter shall be 
divided into two equal Terms of six weeks each. 

2. Classification of courses. — All courses of instruction given in the University shall be classified 
as Majors and Minors. The Major will call for ten, eleven, or twelve hours of class-room work each 
week ; the Minor for four five, or six hours of class-room work each week. All courses shall continue 
six weeks, but the same subject may be continued through two or more successive Terms either as a 
Major or a Minor. 

oit is understood that the " special regulations " of the Tarious Colleges and Schools may vary considerably from 
the " general regulations " herewith announced. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 515 



3. The ivork of professors and teachers. — Bach resident professor or teacher shall lecture 
thirty-six weeks of the year, ten to twelve hours a week; no instructor shall be required to lecture 
more than this amount. 

4. The vacations of professors and teachers. — A professor or teacher may take as vacation any 
one of the four Quarters, according as it may be arranged; or, he may take two vacations of six 
weeks each at different periods of the year. 

5. Substitution and extra work. — A professor or teacher, if he desire, may teach two Quarters 
six hours a week, instead of one Quarter twelve hours a week. For every Quarter or Term in the 
year he may teach beyond the three Quarters required, and for every extra Minor in the Quarter or 
Term he may teach in addition to the twelve hours a week required, he shall receive either an extra 
two-thirds pro rata salary or an extra full pro rata vacation. A teacher who has taught three years 
of forty -eight weeks each, or six years of forty -two weeks each, will thus be entitled to a year's vaca- 
tion on full salary. 

6. Adjustment of vacations. — No work will be credited for extra vacation or extra salary except 
that which may have been accepted by the Dean of the College or School and the President. All 
vacations, whether extra or regular, shall be adjusted to the demands of the situation, in order that 
there may always be on hand a working force. 

7. Discipline. — Each teacher conducting a Major course shall assume, with the Dean of the 
College or School, the responsibility of the work and of the conduct of all students in that course. 
Cases of serious discipline shall be presented by the Dean to the Faculty. Appeal may be made from 
a Faculty to the University Council. 

8. Conditions of entrance. — The requirements for admission to any College or School shall be as 
high as those of any similar College or School in America. Applicants for a degree shall be examined 
upon all required subjects. Certificates will not be accepted. In general, arrangements will be made 
by which students in any part of the country shall be given an examination for admission with the 
least possible inconvenience and expense. 

£L Method of admission : 

a) In entering for the first time a College or School of the University, a student shall 
(1) obtain from the University Examiner a certificate that he has passed the necessary 
examinations, and (2) deposit with the University Registrar this certificate, together with 
a guarantee for the payment of all fees and charges, and, upon the payment of a matricu- 
lation fee of five dollars, receive from him a card of matriculation; (3) obtain the indorse- 
ment on this card of the Dean of the College or School to which entrance is desired, and 
an entrance card for the courses which the student desires to undertake. 

6) In passing from one College or School to another, certificates or diplomas must be 
exhibited to the Registrar and Dean, as above. 

c) In entering any course of study, a student must present to the professor or teacher the 
entrance card of the Dean of the College or School. 

10. Tuition fee. — The fee for instruction shall be $25 a Quarter, with such modifications as may 
be made in the special regulations of any School or College. Besides the tuition fee there shall also 
be an incidental fee of $2.50 a Quarter and a library fee of $2.50 a Quarter. To students entering the 
College for the first time there will be a charge of $5 as a matriculation fee. 

11. Full and partial work of a student. — Each student doing full work shall be required to 
take one Major and one Minor during each Term of a Quarter, but a student by a special request may, 
for good and sufficient reasons, be permitted to take one Major or two Minors, in which case he must 
furnish satisfactory evidence that he is making a proper use of all his time. 

12. Standing and examinations. — The standing of a student in any course will be determined 
from his Term grade, from an examination taken immediately at the completion of the course, and 
from a second examination taken twelve weeks after the date of the first examination. But the 
student whose Term grade has been sufficiently high will not be required to pass the first examination 
and may, if he desire, substitute for a second examination new material in the same Department of 
study equal in amount to one-quarter of that included in the work of the Term. Upon the completion 
of each six Majors and six Minors, the student will be advanced to the next higher class. 



516 The Peesident's Kepoet 

13. Vacation of students.— A student may take as his vacation any one of the four Quarters 
or, if he desire, two Terms of six weeks in different parts of the year. 

14. Required and elective courses. — In general, the proportion of required and elective courses 
necessary for a degree shall be equal. The order of arrangement will be indicated under the special 
regulations for any given degree. 

15. Residence and non-residence. — Non-residence work will be accepted on the following terms : 
(1) Applicants for advanced standing will he examined on the work which the class to which entrance 
is desired has accomplished ; (2) after acceptance the student will be permitted to substitute for resi- 
dence work non-residence work, provided that (a) the non-residence work shall have been performed 
under the direction of a professor or teacher in the University Extension Division of the University, 
and is a full equivalent in amount and character for that for which it is substituted ; (6) a satisfactory 
examination shall have been passed upon the same at the University ; (c) the amount of non-residence 
work shall not exceed in quantity or equivalent of time the amount of residence work performed. 

16. Rotation of courses. — The courses of instruction shall be so arranged that a student may 
enter any class of a College or School at the beginning of any Quarter without disadvantage to himself 
or to the subject. 

17. Students not candidates for a degree. — Students not candidates for a degree may be admitted 
to the courses of instruction offered in the University without examination, provided that (1) they may 
show good reason for not entering one of the regular classes ; (2) they can give evidence to the Dean 
and to the particular instructor under whom they desire to study that they are prepared to undertake 
the proposed subject or subjects ; (3) they agree to adjust themselves to all the regulations of the Uni- 
versity ; (4) they, having been admitted, maintain a standing which will warrant their continuance. 

18. Scholarships and Fellowships. — Scholarships and Fellowships will be granted solely on the 
ground of merit. In order to cultivate independence on the part of a student and at the same time to 
obtain for him the advantage which proceeds from practical work, each student on a Scholarship or 
Fellowship, whether graduate or undergraduate, shall be expected to render assistance of some kind 
in connection with the work of the University, the duty in each case to be adjusted, so far as possible, 
to the desires of the Scholar or Fellow. 

19. Chapel service and public worship. — (1) Every undergraduate student shall be required, 
and every graduate student requested, to attend the daily Chapel service. This service shall be held 
upon week days at 12:30 p.m. and upon Sunday at 9:30 a.m. (2) The Faculty of any College or School 
may, by a vote of said Faculty and the approval of the Board, conduct a special Chapel service for the 
members of that School, at such hour as may be chosen, provided it does not conflict with the hour of 
general service. (3) The University makes no requirement in reference to attendance upon public 
worship on Sunday, except it requires all undergraduate students residing in dormitories of the 
University to attend the University Chapel service conducted Sunday morning at 9:30. 

20. Degrees. — The degree of B.A. will be conferred by the Board of Trustees upon the recom- 
mendation of the Faculty of the College of Liberal Arts, confirmed by the University Council ; the 
degree of B.S., upon the recommendation of the College of Science, or Literature, or Practical Arts, 
confirmed by the University Council ; the degrees of M.A. and Ph.D., upon the recommendation of 
the Graduate School, confirmed by the University Council ; the degree of LL.D. (for work done), upon 
the joint recommendation of the Faculties of the Law and Graduate Schools, confirmed by the Uni- 
versity Council ; the degree of B.D., upon the recommendation of the Divinity School, confirmed by 
the University Council ; the degree of D.D. (for work done), upon the joint recommendation of the 
Faculties of the Divinity and Graduate Schools, confirmed by the University Council. Other degrees 
(LL.B., M.D., etc.) will be given in accordance with the same principles. No honorary degrees wUl be 
conferred by the University. 

X. EEMAEKS UPON THE GENEEAL EEGULATIONS 

It is believed by those who have studied the plan — and the number includes many of the lead- 
ing educators of the country — that it will — 

1. Secure concentration on the part of the student, since it provides that he shall not have too 



An Histoeioal Sketch 517 



many subjects for study at the same time ; and that this in turn wUl secure broader knowledge and 
better discipline of mind. 

2. Permit the admission of students to the University at several times in the course of the year 
rather than at one time only. 

3. Provide for the loss of time of students who become sick, without either injury to their health 
or detriment to the subject studied. 

4. Make it possible for the summer months to be employed in study by those who are physically 
able to carry on intellectual work throughout the year and are inclined so to do. 

5. Provide against the present method of passing all men, the good and poor alike, through the 
same course within the same time ; in other words, make it possible for good men to take the College 
course in three years, and for others to have more than four years in which to do it. 

6. Raise the standard of work, especially for men doing poor work, by requiring them to take a 
smaller number of hours, unless a certain high standard is reached. 

7. Permit men to be absent from the University during those portions of the year in which they 
can to the best advantage occupy themselves in securing means with which to continue their course. 

8. Mitigate the evils of the present method of examinations. 

9. Furnish gre&ter stimulus and incentive than now exist toward original investigation. 

10. Make it possible for students to take, besides the regular subjects of the College curriculum, 
such practical subjects as bookkeeping, stenography, etc. 

11. Secure a greater degree of intimacy between instructors and students than can be obtained 
by the present systems. 

12. Provide against instructors teaching too many subjects at the same time. 

13. Provide for a year or two-year vacation for instructors at regular periods with full salary. 

14. Make it possible to avoid the necessity of retaining instructors in the institution when they 
have shown themselves unfit. 

15. Make it possible for the University to use, besides its own corps of teachers, the best men of 
other institutions both in this country and in Europe. 

16. Permit greater freedom on the part of both students and instructors in the matter of 
vacations. 

17. Furnish relief from the complications now existing in the arrangement of the work of the 
various electives. 

18. Provide for the use of the University plant during the entire year, rather than through three- 
quarters of it. 

19. Provide an opportunity for professors in smaller institutions, teachers in academies and high 
schools, ministers and others, who, under the existing system, cannot attend a college or university, 
to avail themselves of the opportunity of University residence. 

20. Secure to the institution the advantages which accrue from the adoption of the correspond- 
ence system as an organic part of the University, a system which long trial has demonstrated to be in 
the strictest sense practical and thorough. 

21. Secure a harmonious relationship between the various departments of the University. 

22. Make it possible to use advantageously in the academic department many courses of the 
professional and graduate departments. 

23. Encourage an independent feeling on the part of all men who share the advantages of the 
University. 

24. Allow large freedom in the choice of subjects, and yet so control this choice as to prevent 
fatal mistakes on the part of students. 

25. Surround undergraduate students with all the restraining influences possible. 

26. Provide for the administration of the institution in accordance with a truly American and a 
truly university spirit. 

From this time history was made rapidly. The growth of the University being assured, a 
committee was authorized to buy additional ground for campus purposes, A number of archi- 
tects were asked to submit plans for University buildings, and as a result of the competition 



518 The Peesident's Report 

Mr. Henry Ives Cobb was selected as architect, in Jiine, 1891, and the erection of three buildings 
was ordered. The first annual meeting was held June 23, 1891, the several reports indicating 
the extent of progress which had been made in the twelve busy months.'" 

FIEST APPOINTMENTS TO THE FACULTY 

On the eighth of July the first appointment of a Professor was made, Mr. Frank Frost 
Abbott, of Yale University, being chosen University Examiner and Associate Professor of Latin, 
the appointment dating from July 1, 1891. At the same meeting Mrs. Zella Allen Dixson, the 
librarian of the Baptist Union Theological Seminary, was made Assistant Librarian of the Uni- 
versity, the appointment to date from October 1, 1891. 

A third appointment of great importance was that of Mr. Harry Pratt Judson, of the 
University of Minnesota, who was elected Professor of History and Dean of the Undergraduate 
Department, January 26, 1892, and began his active work June 1, 1892. 

July 9 was the date of decision for the organization of the Morgan Park Academy, to open 
October 1, 1892, in the building formerly occupied by the Theological Seminary. At the same 
meeting the gift from the Ogden estate was formally accepted. 

THE OGDEN GIFT 

The heirs of William B. Ogden, who served the city of Chicago as its first mayor, being 
attracted by the possibilities in the plans of the University, opened correspondence with Presi- 
dent Harper and held conferences with him, as a result of which the Ogden (Graduate) School 
of Science was established. The purpose of the gift to the University is clearly set forth in the 
following correspondence : 

New Yoek, June 30, 1891. 
W. B. Harper, Ph.D., University of Chicago, Chicago, III. : 

Dbak Sik; It is with much pleasure that I am able to inform you that the executors and 
trustees under the will of the late William B. Ogden have decided to select the University of Chicago, 
of which you are the honored president, as the recipient of seventy per cent, of the moneys to be 
devoted to charities under the terms of Mr. Ogden's will. In making this selection, as you are aware, 
the executors have been guided by the correspondence which has passed between you and myself as 
to the uses to be made of the moneys which may be realized to the University under this appointment 
for the founding and endowing a school for original scientific research, to be known as The Ogden 
Scientific School of the University of Chicago. As the formal instrument of designation, however, 
can be executed only after the acceptance on the part of the University of the gift for these purposes, 
it seems not improper at this juncture to review briefly the general scope and plans for such a school 
as discussed in our conversations and correspondence heretofore. 

Viewed from the standpoint of the executors, the school is to be a monument to the name of 
their testator, the late William B. Ogden, for so many years a resident of the city of Chicago, and the 
first mayor of that city. From this standpoint it is desirable, therefore, that the school should be a 
separate department of the University, and should bear the name already stated. The Ogden Scientific 
School. Its purpose is to be the furnishing to graduate students the best facilities possible for 

10 The early meetings of the Trustees were held at the retained by the University Trustees for some time. Later, 

Grand Pacific Hotel, or in the Directors' Room of the Corn room 310 in the Western Union Building was secured, and 

Exchange Bank. In the spring of 1891, the need of perma- was the down-town home of the University Trustees until 

nent quarters being felt, offices were secured in the Cham- 1898, when offices were fitted up in connection with the 

ber of Commerce Building. The first meeting in the new University of Chicago CoUege for Teachers on the fourth 

rooms was April 3, 1891, and from this time the address floor of the Fine Arts Building on Michigan avenue. In 

" 1212 Chamber of Commerce Building " became familiar to April, 1902, the present offices in the Merchants' Loan and 

aU those interested in the University. These offices were Trust Building were occupied. 



An Histohioal Sketch 519 



scientific investigation, both by courses of lectures which shall be provided, and the laboratory- 
practice afforded. To these ends the income of the moneys appropriated from the estate is to be 
devoted and shall be used for the payment of salaries and fellowships and the maintenance of labora- 
tories in physics, chemistry, biology, geology, and astronomy, with the subdivisions of the departments. 
It is also to be understood that a large share of the time of professors in the school should be given 
to original investigation, and that encouragement of every kind should be furnished them to publish 
the result of their investigations, a portion of the funds being set apart for the purpose of such publi- 
cation. 

Of course, it is to be understood that this school is to include all the graduate work of the 
University on the subjects mentioned, and that further appropriations or donations which may be 
made toward these objects should be added to the original foundation and not devoted to new schools 
doing similar or parallel work. It is also proposed that some portion, though perhaps an incon- 
siderable one, shall be set apart for the purchase of books, not to be placed in the general library of 
the University, but in the special departmental and laboratory libraries of the proposed school. 

As you are already aware, the exact amount of the moneys which may become applicable 
to the foundation of this school under the designation is not now ascertainable. An unfortunate 
litigation is now pending over the clause in Mr. Ogden's will under which the appropriation will 
be made ; but, though no decision has as yet been reached in that litigation, it is the confident expec- 
tation of the executors that the amount which will finally become applicable to the purpose of the 
proposed scientific school will certainly not be less than three hundred thousand dollars, and may 
reach a sum considerably in excess of half a million. With the broad foundation on which it is 
proposed that this school should be based, it will be necessary that the sum originally given from the 
estate funds should not be less than the first-named sum of three hundred thousand dollars : but the 
trustees desire it to be understood that the University in accepting this gift will pledge itself to erect 
the contemplated school under the suggested name of The Ogden Scientific School on the receipt of 
this sum, whether or not the wish and expectation of the trustees be realized in the final receipt from 
the charity fund of a much larger sum. In the event, however, of any unforeseen circumstances pre- 
venting the moneys designated from reaching the above-mentioned sum of three hundred thousand 
dollars, it is further understood that the moneys which may be received shall be used for the endowing of 
one or more professorships in the said University, to be severally known as the Ogden professorships. 

It is also the wish of the trustees that they should be allowed some voice in the development of 
this plan, and to that end I would suggest that at least one of the Board of Trustees of the University 
should be the nominee of the executors and trustees of Mr. Ogden's estate, in order that in the forma- 
tion and development of the scientific school proposed the wishes of the trustees may be voiced by at 
least one member of the governing body of the University. 

There is one further point upon which the executors desire that a distinct understanding should 
be had, namely, the absolute freedom of the admission to the proposed school of students and pro- 
fessors alike, without reference to their particular religious beliefs. The assurance which you have 
already given me upon this point is, of course, sufficient to my own mind, but it is the desire of the 
trustees that in this announcement of their intention to make the contemplated designation this point 
should be clearly stated, that at no subsequent date any misapprehension in relation to it should 
possibly arise. 

I may say that in the course of the business with relation to this gift to the University I have talked 
the matter over with Rev. Leighton Williams, a friend of your own as of mine, and the present state- 
ment of the plan is one which I believe will be consonant with your own views as well as with the 
wishes of the executors. 

In conclusion it may be well to state that, whether or not it be thought best in the future to 
execute a formal deed of gift by which the exact lines of the proposed school shall be determined, the 
designation which the executors contemplate executing upon the acceptance of this gift, on the terms 
stated, will be sufficient to assure to the University the final application of such moneys as may vest 
in the trustees for charitable purposes to the amount of seventy per cent, thereof. 

Yours very respectfully, 

Andrew H. Green. 



520 The President's Eepokt 



The assurance that the Board of Trustees of the University would accept the proffered 
gift, and would heartily co-operate with the trustees and executors of the will of Mr. Ogden, 
was conveyed to Mr. Green by President Harper in the following letter : 

Chicago, III., July 1, 1891. 
Andrew H. Green, New YorJc city : 

My deae Sir : I beg to acknowledge with much pleasure the receipt of your letter of June 
30, announcing the decision of the executors of the estate of the late William B. Ogden to designate to 
the University of Chicago a portion of the funds of that estate devoted to charitable uses under the 
terms of Mr. Ogden's will. 

You will permit me, on behalf of the Trustees of the University, to express our deep appreciation 
of the spirit which has prompted this magniiicent gift, and to assure you that we shall join with the 
executors most heartily in seeking thus to do honor to one whose memory is kindly cherished in the 
city with the early history of which he was so closely connected. In view of Mr. Ogden's personal 
interest in the cause of education, and of the official relation which at one time he sustained to the old 
University of Chicago, the appropriateness of the designation will be universally conceded. 

As President of the University I feel free to pledge the Trustees not only to an acceptance of the 
gift so kindly bestowed, but also to an administration of the funds thus designated in strict accord 
with the terms which you have so definitely and, as it seems to me, bo wisely indicated. 

It has been our chief desire to be able to encourage, in connection with the University, the work 
of original investigation in the several fields of natural science. The income of the funds which you 
have designated, together with that which may be drawn from other funds already pledged, will enable 
us to do, at least in part, the work of this character which should be expected of a university so 
centrally and so peculiarly located. 

At present the membership of the Board of Trustees is full, but in a manner which, I think, 
will be entirely satisfactory to the executors of the Ogden estate arrangements will be made for the 
proper representation of the donors of the fund upon the Board. 

In closing, I desire to express to you the feeling that the gift, great and munificent as it is, 
carries with it a significance not to be measured merely by the income of the fund. It speaks, as you 
have yourself informed me, an interest in an educational work in which the directors have indicated 
their purpose not to be restricted by the traditions of the past, but rather to move forward in 
accordance with what they conceive to be the true American spirit. 

I remain, very sincerely yours, 

William R. Hakpee." 

BERLIN LIBRARY 

The next important forward step taken by the University was the purchase of a great 
library in Berlin, Germany. While in that city, President Harper had his attention drawn to a 
collection of books called the "Calvary Library," which had been gathered during forty years 
by the brothers Simon. As one of the brothers had recently died and the suiTivor wished 
to sell out, owing to his advanced age, a favorable proposition was made to the University, 
and, the opinion of experts being taken, the purchase was made, the money needed for it 
being guaranteed by Henry A. Rust, Martin A. Eyerson, Charles L. Hutchinson, and H. H. 
Kohlsaat. 

Having secured the library of the Baptist Union Theological Seminary, comprising 40,000 
volimies, and the library of the old University, comprising 10,000, this pm-chase, first estimated 
to contain 280,000 books and 120,000 pamphlets, many of them rare and costly, placed the 
Library of the University at once among the largest and best in the country. The purchase 
was authorized by the Trustees on October 27, 1891. 

u Up to January 2, 1902, there has been paid on the Ogden bequest the amonnt of $318,492.69. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 521 



PLAN FOE BUILDINGS 

At the next meeting, November 16, 1891, the need of bmldings being discussed, a proposi- 
tion gained favor that an effort be made to secure one million dollars to be used for the erection 
of the necessary structures. The plans of the buildings already determined upon were presented, 
and after careful consideration it was decided that all permanent buildings of the University 
should be erected of blue stone from Bedford, Ind., and that work should begin at once upon 
the recitation building and the Dormitory for the Divinity School. How the committee on 
buildings answered the order was shown at the Board meeting a few days later, when it was 
reported that the foundations were laid and all was in readiness for the superstructure. At this 
first November meeting of 1891, the first Head Professor was elected in the person of William 
Gardner Hale, of Cornell University, who was made Head of the Department of Latin. Another 
action by the Board provided for the award of a Scholarship to each of the high schools of 
Chicago, and to each of twelve academies to be designated later. At the second November 
meeting James Laurence Laughlin, of Cornell University, was chosen Head Professor of 
Political Economy. 

Ground was broken for the first building on November 26, 1891. Before this time a 
general plan was prepared for the entire group of buildings, as they would appear after all 
were erected. This plan shows four Quadrangles for dormitories, with the public buildings, 
such as library, recitation halls, laboratories, and museums, as central features. 

The year 1892 was early marked by announcements of great interest to the University. A 
large number of professors and instructors of lower rank found places in the incipient Faculty. 
A plan for the affiliation of colleges and secondary schools was elaborated. 

GIFT OF THE KENT CHEMICAL LABOEATOET 

At the meeting of the Trustees held March 19, the following communication was presented: 

Chicago, March 17, 1892. 
To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen: Mr. Sydney A. Kent, of this city has decided to erect and furnish a building to 
be located on the University grounds, and to be known as the " Kent Chemical Hall," and to cost 
not to exceed one hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). The general design has been pre- 
pared by the architect and approved by Mr. Kent. Detail drawings will be made at once and the 
erection of the building commenced as soon as possible. He will provide the means to pay for same 
as the work progresses. The gift is made on the condition that the corporation shall give him a 
written guarantee that in case the building is ever destroyed it shall be rebuilt and the name retained. 

Geokge C. Walker. 

THE SECOND MILLION-DOLLAE GIFT 

At the same time the following letter from Mr. Kockefeller was read: 

New York, February 23, 1892. 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago, Thomas W. Ooodspeed, Secretary, Chicago, III.: 

Gentlemen: I will give to the University of Chicago one thousand 5 per cent, bonds of the par 
value of one million dollars, principal and interest payable in gold. The principal of this fund is to 
remain forever a further endowment for the University, the income to be used only for the current 
expenses and not for lands, buildings or repairs. I reserve the right to designate at my option the 
expenses to which this income shall be applied. I will deliver these bonds March 1, 1892, bearing 
accrued interest from December 1, 1891. I make this gift as a special thank-offering to Almighty God 
for returning health. Sincerely yours, 

John D. Rookepelleb. 



522 The President's Repoet 

MARSHALL FIELD's PROPOSITION 

These two great gifts coming so close together were followed by a stimulating communi- 
cation from Mr. Marshall Field, of Chicago, who wrote: 

Chicago, April 8, 1892. 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen: In order to assist the University of Chicago in securing the funds it needs for the 
first buildings and the contingent expenses incident to the organization of a great institution, I will 
give to the University one hundred thousand dollars on condition that, including Mr. Kent's recent 
subscription of one hundred and fifty thousand, the sum of one million dollars be secured by the tenth 
day of July next, in subscriptions which I am satisfied can be promptly met on the same terms as my 
own pledge. The conditions being fulfilled, I will pay the subscription in one year in four equal 
quarterly payments, beginning July 15, 1892. 

Yours truly, 

Maeshail Field. 

Encouraged by this princely offer of Mr. Field, the Board of Trustees, ordered a sub- 
scription form prepared, and entered upon the canvass to secure a million dollars for buildings 
within ninety days. 

This communication was presented to the Trustees at a meeting held April 11, 1892. At 
the same time there was read a letter from George C. Walker, of Chicago, also a member of the 
Board, responding to a suggestion in a letter from President Harper. 

Chicago, April 9, 1892. 

To the University of Chicago, Chicago, III. : 

Your communication of the eighth instant is before me and its contents carefully noted. 1 

appreciate fully the importance of establishing at Morgan Park a thoroughly first-class school as a 

part of the great work of the University of Chicago, and as the plan you indicate, when carried out, 

will undoubtedly accomplish the result, I have decided to donate Lots 1 and 2 of the resubdivision of 

1 to 7, Block H, and the school building thereon ( the present Female Academy ) to the University of 

Chicago for the purpose of assisting in the establishment of such school, upon the condition that it 

shall be established and maintained by the said University of Chicago for a period of not less than 

fifteen years, and that this building shall be used for one of the departments of the said preparatory 

school. The two lots contain nearly two acres of ground, as will appear by the recorded plat, and 

there is ample room for the erection of other buildings as the wants of the institution may require. 

I think the building cost us over twenty thousand dollars, and it is admirably arranged for school 

purposes. 

With our best wishes, 

Geokge C. Walker, Trustee. 
The deed for this property was submitted to the Board on May 3, and approved. 

On May 17, 1892, the Board decided that no formal exercises of a public character should 
be provided for the opening of the University on October 1. At the same meeting an arrange- 
ment was approved by which D. C. Heath & Co., of Boston, took charge of the University Press. 
In accordance with this plan a corporation was to be formed, distinct from the pubhshing house 
of D. C. Heath & Co., of Boston, which was to imdertake all the work of printing and publish- 
ing connected with the University. The business of the University now increased so rapidly 
that weekly meetings of the Trustees were held. On June 7 temporary buildings were ordered 
rented for the Departments of Chemistry, Physics, Geology, and Biology, a large ilat building 
on the corner of Fifty-fifth street and Lexington avenue being secured. Two days later the 
following letter was received: 



An Histoeioal Sketch 523 



THE GIFT OF COBB HALL 

Chicago, June 9, 1892. 
To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen : I have watched with growing interest the progress ot the institution, the care of 
which has been intrusted to you. As my years increase, the desire grows upon me to do something 
for the city which has been my home for nearly sixty years. I am persuaded that there is no more 
important public enterprise than the University of Chicago. It seems to me to deserve the most 
liberal support of our citizens, and especially does it seem important that the University should, 
just at this juncture, be enabled to secure the million dollars it is seeking for its buildings and equip- 
ment. I therefore hereby subscribe one hundred and fifty thousand dollars on the conditions of the 
million-dollar subscription, and put my proposed gift in this form that the securing of the full million 
dollars may be more certainly assured. The particular designation of the gift I will make later. 

Yours sincerely, 

S. B. Cobb. 

In a short time Mr. Cobb expressed his wish that the money be used to pay for the recita- 
tion building then in process of erection. Since that time Cobb Hall has been the center of 
the life of the University. 

A MILLION DOLLAES FOE BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 

The time set by Mr. Field for the raising of the million dollars for buildings and equip- 
ment was rapidly drawing near. There was much anxiety on the part of those who were engaged 
in the work. The story of the wonderful triumph is best told in the words of one who wrote 
while his heart was full : 

" The impossible has been accomplished. The incredible has come to pass. A million 
dollars has been raised for education in ninety days. And Chicago has done it alone. Fifty- 
three dollars represents the full amount received from sources outside of Chicago. We respect- 
fully challenge any other city in the world to raise for its university one million dollars in 
ninety days. We shall rejoice to see this done, and when it has been done we will ask Chicago 
to undertake to surpass the achievement. So far as we have any knowledge, a million dollars was 
never before raised by popular subscription in a single city for education in so short a time. 

" President Harper deserves the greatest credit for his sublime faith, his practical skill, 
and his unwearied efforts, but he is himself the most enthusiastic in his praise for the cheerful 
and ready generosity of those who have made this magnificent contribution to the new Univer- 
sity. We cannot adequately describe the quick and enthusiastic and gracious benevolence of 
those who have subscribed this great fund. There has been much hard work that was discour- 
aging and improductive. As was to be expected, many have refused to respond to our appeals. 
But those who have responded have done it so readily, so kindly, and so generously that the 
entire subscription has been secured almost without effort. The givers only needed to be asked, 
and gave royally. And already we begin to hear of some who complain that they were over- 
looked. They were ready to give, but felt that if their gifts were worth having, they were worth 
asking for, and they feel that they have been neglected. The only apology we have to offer is 
that in seventy-five working days it was physically impossible to call personally on all the friends 
of the University. We did the best we could, but it was the busy season with us, more than 
two thousand visitors having called at the University office during these three months. When 
it is said that dm-ing this time there have been sixteen meetings of the Board of Trustees, 
nearly forty meetings of committees, that a large part of the different Faculties have been 
appointed, involving journeys, interviews, and correspondence, that the most difficult and intricate 
work in the organization of the University has been done during these three months, some idea 



524 The President's Eeport 

can be gained of the burden Dr. Harper has been carrying and the amount of work he has 
accomphshed. With work enough to employ two or three men, work that must be done, and 
could be done only by himself, he addressed himself with imequaled courage to this unparal- 
leled undertaking of raising a million dollars in ninety days. The great task has been done, 
and it has been done well. 

" The subscription is gilt-edged. Not only has the million dollars been secured, but we have 
112,000 to spare, and not only so, but we have a guarantee of 1100,000 signed by twenty of the 
leading business men of Chicago. Nor is this all. One man, in addition, has promised 11,500 
a year for five years for books and publication expenses for the Department of Political Economy. 
And, in addition to this, a scholarship in the Divinity School has been endowed with $2,500, and 
the money has been pledged for furnishing several students' rooms in the Divinity dormitory. 
And, lastly, the Secretary had on the last day $12,000 of additional subscriptions in reserve for 
an emergency. We have, therefore, not only succeeded; we have succeeded abundantly. ' The 
Lord hath done great things for us, whereof we are glad.' 

" Marshall Field made his subscription of $100,000 on the tenth of April, conditioned on the 
securing of $1,000,000 by the tenth of July, the subscriptions to be paid in full within nine 
months from the fifteenth of July. The subscription of S. A. Kent for the chemical laboratory 
was to be included. This subscription has been increased by Mr. Kent to $235,000, that the 
Kent Chemical Hall may be made as complete and beautiful as possible. On the very day of 
Mr. Field's subscription George C. Walker came to the University office with the proffer of the 
Chicago Female College building and grounds at Morgan Park. This property, worth $30,000, 
is now a part of the Academy plant. A few days later Mr. Walker, in a meeting of the Board, 
assm-ed the Trustees that, if they would see that the balance of the million dollars was raised, 
he would see that a fire-proof museum worth $100,000 was provided, and at the meeting of July 
9 gave his personal subscription for the entire sum. 

" Much quiet effort was made dirring May, but the event of the month was the address 
of President Harper before the Chicago Woman's Club, when the club appointed a committee 
to raise the funds for the halls for women students. This was followed by the contribution of 
$50,000 by Mrs. Elizabeth Kelly and the subscription of nearly $18,000 by other ladies. 
Early in June came the great subscription of $150,000 by S. B. Cobb, followed immediately by 
that of Martin A. Ryerson, now president of the Board, for the same amount. These subscrip- 
tions gave us the first real assurance of final success. They were quickly followed by a cash 
subscription of $50,000 from Mrs. N. S. Foster, and hope ran high in all hearts. 

" But time was now slipping away very fast, and much remained to be done. As the days 
went on, a few small pledges were secured, but no more large ones were so much as in sight. 
The time came when but one week remained, and $140,000 must still be foimd. Dr. Harper, 
Professor Laughlin, and the Secretary were sitting in the University office in a somewhat sub- 
dued frame of mind. It was about 4 o'clock in the afternoon of Saturday, and we were saying 
that, as Sunday was the next day and Monday the Fourth of July, we had only five working 
days left. At this moment Mr. Benjamin Dodson came in and said that Mrs. Jerome Beecher 
had sent him to announce that we might depend on her for $50,000. Seldom have three men 
been so relieved and uplifted. New hope was kindled and new piu-poses awakened, and Dr. 
Harper went at once and called on Mrs. A. J. Snell, who, it was thought, might possibly help us. 
His appeal was so favorably received that on the succeeding Tuesday he went again, and Mrs. 
Snell at once subscribed $50,000 for a yormg men's dormitory. 

" But here, with $40,000 yet to find, our progress stopped again, and only $2,000 could be 
found up to the morning of the last day. The Trustees had appointed a meeting for 11a. m., 
Saturday, July 9, to consider the situation. When it was reported that we were short $38,000, 



An Historical Sketch 625 



President Harper announced that the Vice-President of the Board had just authorized him to 
say that he would give the University 150,000. This was an entire surprise to the members of 
the Board, and they broke out into enthusiastic and long-continued applause. It was a never- 
to-be-forgotten moment. It had been feared that we should succeed only in a lame and incom- 
plete way. This gift crowned the entire enterprise with a large and abundant success, and 
gave it all the inspiration of a great triiunph. By a rising vote the Trustees expressed their 
sense of obligation to the Vice-President for giving to the ninety days' campaign this splendid 
ending. 

" No sooner had they taken their seats than Mr. Charles L. Hutchinson presented the 
following paper, which vdll explain itself: 

Wheebas, Certain subscriptions have been made to the building fund of the University of 
Chicago, conditioned that they would not be valid unless the sum of $1,000,000 be raised on or before 
July 10, 1892, including said conditioned subscriptions; 

Now, therefore, the condition of this instrument is that the signers pledge — themselves, execu- 
tors, administrators, and assigns — their pro rata share of such portion of said $1,000,000, not exceeding 
1100,000 in the aggregate, as shall not be otherwise subscribed for or pledged to said University on the 
tenth day of July, 1892. 

H. N. HiGINBOTHAM. ByEON L. SmITH. 

Charles L. Hutchinson. Edwin G. Foreman. 

H. H. KoHLSAAT. William T. Baker. 

Henry H. Getty. T. J. Lepens. 

Ferd. W. Peck. John J. Mitchell. 

Clarence J. Peck. A. A. Speague. 

Charles Counselman. O. S. A. Speague. 

B. Buckingham. A. C. Bartlett. 

Henry Botspord. John R. Walsh. 

Chicago, Jnly 9, 1892. Eknest A. Hamill. Henry A. Rust. 

" To anyone acquainted in Chicago these are familiar names. They are twenty of the 
leading business men of the city. This paper had been prepared and circulated without the 
knowledge of Dr. Harper and the Secretary, and only two or three of the members of the Board 
knew of its existence. It was with the full knowledge that any deficiency to the amount of 
$100,000 was guaranteed that the Vice-President made his subscription, thus practically relieving 
the guarantors and himself assuming not only the deficit, but 112,000 in addition. The Univer- 
sity is happy, however, in knowing that the leading business men of the city took this practical 
interest in its fortunes and stood ready to come to its relief. 

"Thus was this unprecedented undertaking accomplished by unexampled offerings, and 
with a final demonstration of profound interest by the most prominent citizens of Chicago.'^ 

The letter from Mr. George C. Walker referred to in the foregoing accoimt was as follows : 

Chicago, July 7, 1892. 
To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago : 

As heretofore informally suggested, I will furnish the means to erect the Museum building in 
accordance with plans to be approved by your Board and myself, said building to be of fireproof con- 
struction and to cost one hundred thousand dollars This gift is made on the condition that in case 
the building is ever destroyed it shall be rebuilt by the corporation, and known by the same name, 
and used for the same purpose. 

Respectfully yours, 

George C. Walkbe, 

IST. W. GooDSPEED, in the Standard, July 14, 1892. 



526 The Peesident's Repokt 

Some months later Mr. Martin A. Eyerson addressed a letter to the Board regarding his 
contribution to this fund : 

Chicago, November 7, 1892. 
To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen: In making my subscription of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars to the 
million-dollar fund for the buildings and equipment of the University, I reserved the right to designate 
among the purposes for which the fund was raised the purpose to which my subscription be applied. 
I desire it applied to the erection of a building to be used as a physical laboratory, and to be known 
as "The Ryerson Physical Laboratory," in memory of my father, the late Martin Ryerson, said 
building to be situated on the north side and fronting south on the central Quadrangle, east of the 
Kent Chemical Hall. Trusting that this designation will meet with your approval, I have the honor 
to remain, Very respectfully yours, 

Mabtin a. Rteeson. 

On June 7, 1892, the Harvard School was affiliated, this being the first example of com- 
pleted affiliation, although the matter had been considered by other institutions. 

A parcel of ground 120 feet by 130, on the corner of Ellis avenue and Fifty-eighth street, 
was added to the property of the University by vote of June 21, 1892. This was designed for 
the general power-house and heating plant for the various buildings. 

During the summer a large amount of work had to be done on the University campus. 
The records tell of industrious committees looking after streets, lamps, sewers, gas- and water- 
pipes, the grading aroimd the new buildings, the leasing of a large flat building near the 
corner of Madison avenue and Fifty-seventh street to be used as a dormitory for women, the 
furnishing of this and other temporary buildings, and many other details connected with the 
opening of the University. Yet the appropriation on June 21, 1891, of $250 for the work of 
the American School of Classical Studies at Athens, a vote taken three months before there was 
a student on the campus, indicated the purpose toward which all were working. 

Official action was taken requiring the use of the cap and gown on all public occasions." 
An official color for the University was considered, orange being chosen.'* At each meeting of 
the Board — and meetings were held frequently during the summer — new members of the 
Faculty were elected, so that a large staff of instructors was ready for work on the day set for 
the opening of the University. 

THE UNIVERSITY OPENS ITS DOOES 

On October 1, 1892, the real life of the University began. The recitation building was 
not fully completed, and students passed under scaffolding to enter the recitation rooms. 
Instruction was given by the various teachers as if that were a matter of course. The only 
exercises approaching a public nature were those of the first Chapel Assembly. Members of 
the University, with some friends, assembled in the chapel -room at 12:30 o'clock, where the fol- 
lowing program was presented: 

Doxology. 

The Lord's Prayer in concert, led by President Harper. 

Hymn, " Nearer, My God, to Thee." 

Responsive reading of Psalm 95, led by President Harper. 

Hymn, " O Could I Speak the Matchless Worth." 

Scripture reading — Genesis, chap. 1; John, chap. 1; and Philippians, chap. 4, vss. 8 and 9 — by 
Dean Harry Pratt Judson. 

Prayer, by Head Professor Galusha Anderson. 

Hymn, " Hail to the Lord's Anointed." 

Benediction, by Dean Eri B. Hulbert. 

J3 Sea Statute 26, p. 12, Annual Register, 1901-2, i*This was afterward changed to maroon. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 527 



On the same day the Trustees held their meeting in Cobb Hall, several matters of impor- 
tance being considered. 

On November 8, 1892, it was tmanimously voted that, as a slight recognition of the 
indebtedness to Mr. Rockefeller, the words "Founded by John D. Rockefeller" be used in con- 
nection with the name of the University in all official reports, publications, and correspondence. 
At the same meeting it was decided that Scientific Department buildings should be designated 
as " Laboratory," " Museum," " Observatory," according to the nature of the work to be done in 
them, while dormitories should be distinguished by the name of the donor, followed by the 
word " Hall." It was also determined that Quarterly Convocations should be held, the first one 
on January 1, 1893. 

THIRD MILLION-DOLLAE PLEDGE 

At the meeting of the Trustees held December 27, 1892, the following letter was read: 

New York, December 23, 1892. 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago, Chicago, III.: 

Gentlemen: I will give to the University of Chicago one thousand 5 per cent, bonds of the par 
value of one million dollars, principal and interest payable in gold. The principal of this sum is to 
remain forever a further endowment for the University, the income to be used only for the compensa- 
tion of instructors. I reserve the right to designate at my option the instruction to which the income 
shall be applied. I will deliver these bonds December 2, 1893. 

Sincerely yours, 

John D. Rockepelleb. 

This gift by Mr. Rockefeller was enthusiastically received by the Trustees, who indicated 
its value, not alone as material aid to the University, but also as the greatest possible encourage- 
ment to them in the performance of their important and difficult task. 

The First Quarterly Convocation of the University was held in Central Music Hall 
January 1, 1893. After a scholarly address by Head Professor von Hoist on " The Need of 
Universities in the United States," the President made his first Quarterly Statement on the con- 
dition of the University, in which, among other things, he said: 

In the holding of this Convocation we have in mind three things : 

1. To furnish an opportunity to bestow the proper awards for work accomplished, and to dis- 
miss with all the honor which the University can confer those who have shown themselves worthy of 
such honor; and, on the other hand, to receive into the privileges of the University those who have 
shown themselves prepared to take advantage of these privileges. 

2. To look back for a moment over the months of work completed, in order that an estimate 
may be formed of the progress made, or, if such it be, of ground lost ; and, on the other hand, to look 
forward to the opportunities and the necessities of the future, to note and select for effort those 
opportunities which seem most promising. 

3. To bind together into a unity the many complex and diverging forms of activity which con- 
stitute our university life and work, and, thus united, to stand before the public in a way to show 
our appreciation of its good-will, and at the same time to show, if it can be shown, that we in turn 
are deserving of this same good-will. 

After this statement of the purpose of the Convocation as a University institution, the 
President gave a brief summary containing the following interesting points : 

A year ago the foundations of the first buildings had just been placed. Only two buildings had 
at that time been provided for, a dormitory and a lecture hall. 

A year ago the grounds were a desolation and a waste, and the proposition to make them ready 
by October 1 was by many thought impracticable. 



528 The President's Eepoet 

A year ago a university had been announced, and the announcement had gone to every corner 
of the earth; but the University was still on paper, and the funds in hand, as recognized most clearly 
by those especially interested, were entirely inadequate. The funds at that time included the first 
great gift of Mr. Rockefeller, $600,000, the S400,000 of general subscription, the gift of land by Mr. 
Field, Mr. Rockefeller's second gift of 81,000,000, the property and endowment coming to the Univer- 
sity in its union with the Theological Seminary; in all, about §3,000,000. 

A year ago only two men had received appointments to the Faculty and entered upon their 
work; and in all not ten men had indicated their consent to serve the University as instructors. As 
we look upon the situation, we see that a beginning had been made, but only a beginning. What is, 
tonight, the condition of the University? 

The dormitory for men has been completed, and every room is occupied. The lecture hall pro- 
vided for by Mr. Silas B. Cobb is finished and crowded to overflowing with instructors and students. 
Temporary buildings of a most convenient character have been erected for the library and for the work 
of physical culture. A chemical laboratory, the gift of Mr. S. A. Kent, to be the largest and best 
equipped in the country, is almost ready for the roof. A museum, the gift of Mr. George C. Walker, 
is under way. Dormitory buildings for women, the gifts of Mrs. Kelly, Mrs. Foster, and Mrs. Beecher, 
are rapidly approaching completion. A new dormitory for men, the gift of Mrs. Snell, is under roof. 
The plans have been made and bids received for the erection of a physical laboratory, the gift of Mr. 
Martin A. Ryerson, and the work on it will begin at once. Within a few months buildings to cost at 
least a million and a half will be completed. The grounds are being graded, a large part of the neces- 
sary work having been accomplished. 

Some facts concerning the constitution of the Faculty are worthy of note: 

1. There are thirty-one Professors, sixteen Associate Professors, twenty-six Assistant Professors, 
twelve Instructors, nine Tutors, three Assistants, six Readers, eight Docents, and sixty-one Fellows. 

2. The number giving instruction in Philosophy is four; in Political Economy, six; Political 
Science, two; History, twelve; Social Science and Anthropology, four; Comparative Religion, one; 
Semitic Languages, five; Biblical and Patristic Greek, two; Sanskrit, one; Greek, six; Latin, seven; 
Romance Languages, three; Germanic Languages, four; English, nine; Biblical Literature, eight; 
Mathematics, six; Astronomy, two; Physics, three; Chemistry, seven; Geology, six; Biology, eight; 
Physical Culture, two; Elocution, one. 

3. The number engaged in University Extension work is fourteen regular instructors and forty- 
two who represent the University Departments, but do partial work in this Department. 

4. The instructors represent, so tar as concerns their academic training: Amherst, four; Beloit, 
three; University of Berlin, one; Brown, seven; Cambridge, England, three; the old University of 
Chicago, three; Colby, two; Denison, five; University of California, two; University of Edinburgh, 
one; Gottingen, two; Harvard, six; Heidelberg, one; Johns Hopkins, one; Michigan, five; Rochester, 
four; University of Pennsylvania, two; Williams, three; Yale, eleven; and almost every important col- 
lege of this country and many of the foreign universities are represented by one or more men. 

The facts regarding students are of interest. The total enrolment has been 594; of these 166 
are pursuing studies for the advanced degrees in the Graduate School; 182 are in the Divinity School, 
and 276 are doing undergraduate work. Nearly one-half of the total enrolment consists of men and 
women who have already received the Bachelor's degree; these have come to us from ninety institu- 
tions; this number includes, among others. Harvard, Yale, Columbia, Johns Hopkins, Princeton, 
Amherst, Brown, Williams, Bowdoin, Dartmouth, Oberlin, Denison, Rochester, Bucknell, De Pauw, 
Vassar, Wellesley, the Universities of Michigan, Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, and Nebraska. Thirty- 
three states and thirteen foreign countries are represented. Every state in New England has sent a 
representative, Maine heading the list, with Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut closely 
following; while California sends one more man than Maine. We may say with literal accuracy that 
our constituency extends from Maine to California. Five per cent, comes from foreign countries; 
Ontario standing first, Nova Scotia and Norway next; with England, Scotland, Sweden, Denmark, 
Russia, Silesia, Burmah, Japan, and Asia Minor also represented. Of the total enrolment 23)^ per 
cent, are women. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 529 



A FUND FOR NEEDED EQUIPMENT 

At the meeting of the Board of Trustees held January 24, 1893, Mr. Martin A. Eyerson, 

President of the Board, presented the following letter : 

Chicago, January 24, 1893. 
To the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen : Recognizing the University's need of a large fund with which to meet the excep- 
tional expenses of its organization, and the pressing demands for general improvements, and for an 
equipment in keeping with its endowment, I propose, in order to assist it in securing such a fund, to 
give to the University One Hundred Thousand Dollars, on condition that an additional sum of Four 
Hundred Thousand Dollars be subscribed by responsible persons before the first day of May, 1893, 
and that all subscriptions be made without other conditions than those herein contained, and be pay- 
able, one-half on the first day of May, 1893, and the balance on the first day of August, 1893. 

Respectfully yours, 

Martin A. Rteebon. 

The Board accepted this generous gift under the condition attached and resolved to 
attempt to raise the four hundred thousand dollars at once, each member being urged to make 
every effort to secure subscriptions in view of the great need of funds for the purpose men- 
tioned. 

It was found impossible to raise the amount proposed by May 1, 1893, and Mr. Eyerson 
indicated his willingness to allow further time for the subscription, in a letter dated September 
18, 1893, proposing July 1, 1894, as the time for the completion of the fund. Great encourage- 
ment was given by the following letter from Mr. Eockefeller : 

26 Broadway, New York, October 31, 1893. 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago, T. W. Goodspeed, D.D., Secretary: 

Gentlemen : I will contribute to the University of Chicago the sum of five hundred thousand 
dollars (S500,000) payable in four equal quarterly instalments beginning July 1, 1894. Of this contri- 
bution so much as may be found necessary, not exceeding one hundred and seventy-five thousand 
dollars ($175,000), should be employed in the current expenses of the institution for the fiscal year 
beginning July 1, 1894, and the remainder should be devoted to the general purposes of the 
institution. 

I make this contribution on condition that the terms and conditions of Mr. Martin A. Ryerson's 
pledge of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), drawn up September 18, 1893, should be complied 
with by the University on or before July 1, 1894. Sincerely yours, 

John D. Roceepellee. 

THE HASKELL LEOTUEESHIPS ESTABLISHED 

In May, 1894, the following letter was received from Mrs. Caroline Haskell : 

Chicago, May 5, 1894. 
President William R. Harper, D.D.: 

My deae Sir : I have been informed that Professor G. S. Goodspeed, and others, associated 
with the University of Chicago, have expressed the earnest hope that the friends of the University, 
recognizing the great interest aroused by the Parliament of Religions, would endow a Lectureship on 
the Relations of Christianity to the Other Faiths of the World. I take pleasure in now ofi'ering to 
the Trustees of the University of Chicago the sum of Twenty Thousand Dollars, to establish and per- 
petuate a Lectureship of Comparative Religion, by which at least six lectures shall be delivered 
annually, before the students, teachers, and friends of the University, under such conditions and 
specifications as shall be determined by Professor G. S. Goodspeed and yourself. 

I am in hearty agreement with the conviction that the immense interest awakened by the won- 
derful Parliament of Religions held in Chicago in September, 1893, makes it eminently desirable that 



530 



The President's Report 



the students in the university, and the people generally, shall be given wise instruction on the most 
important of all subjects ; and I learn with satisfaction of your strong desire that this lectureship 
should be held first by Rev. John Henry Barrows, D.D., whose energy, tolerance, and catholicity of 
spirit and prolonged laborious devotion gave to the Parliament of Keligions, in so large a measure, its 
remarkable success. I remain, yours faithfully, 

Caroline E. Haskell. 



At a meeting of the Board of Trustees held Monday, July 2, 1894, the President announced 
the successful completion of this subscription. The following telegrams were read : 

Lake Geneva, June 30, 1894. 
William R. Harper, University of Chicago: 

I will contribute $15,000 to the University of Chicago, provided that amount will secure the 
million dollars. S. B. Cobb. 

New Yoee, June 30, 1894. 
President W. E. Harper and Charles L. Hutchinson, University of Chicago: 

Telegram received. Please accept hearty congratulations. Mr. Ryerson's acceptance will carry 
mine with it. J. D. Rockefeller. 



The full list of subscribers to this fund is as follows : 



Cash - - . . Sl.OO 
Milo Putney - - 5.00 

Mrs. Horace E. Burt - 5.00 
J. M. Edson - - 5.00 

D.L.Harris - - - 10.00 
M. McGinnis - - 10.00 
I. B. Burgess - - - 15.00 
Henry Jayne - - 20.00 
C. R. Henderson - - 20.00 
Clinton, Wis., Bapt. Ch. 30.00 
Plainfield Bapt. Church 30.00 
Mrs. Jane E. Salisbury 50.00 
L. P. Scrogin - - - 100.00 
H. M. Robinson - 100.00 

H. P. Taylor - - - 100.00 
Mrs. E. O. Van Husan 100.00 
The Old University - 118.00 
W. H. Holden - - 250.00 
Women of Chicago - 400.00 
Abby Leach, Treasurer 400.00 
Mrs. Ralph Emerson - 400.00 
Friends, by Mrs. Brai- 

nerd . - - - 400.00 
L. J. Lamsen - - 420.00 



Wm. H.Moore - - 500.00 

E. B. Felsenthal - 500.00 
A. H. Wolfe - - - 500.00 
Wm. T. Brown - 500.00 
Edward Morris - - 500.00 
W. H. Alsip - - 500.00 

F. A. Smith - - - 500.00 
G.W.Henry - - 500.00 
Wm. R. Page - - 500.00 

D. G. Hamilton - 500.00 
LeonMandel - - 500.00 
C. R. Corwith - - 500.00 

E. R. Bliss - - - 500.00 
R. O. Waller & Co. - 500.00 
Siegel & Cooper - - 500.00 
Mrs. E. G. Kelly - 500.00 
Walter N.Nash - - 575.00 
E. G. Hirsch - - 600.00 
Walter H. Wilson - 700.00 
W. B. Brayton - - 1,000.00 
O.W.Potter - -1,000.00 
R. R. Donnelley - 1,000.00 
Chas. Miller - - - 1,000.00 
Wm. Borden - - 1,000.00 



G. F. Swift - - $1,000.00 

Edson Keith - 1,000.00 

Miss A. S. Cook - 1,000.00 

Franklin MacVeagh 1,000.00 

C. C. Bowen - - 1,000.00 

Michael Brand - 1,000.00 

C. W. Fullerton - 1,000.00 

Schlesinger & Mayer 1,000.00 

E. L. Hedstrom - 1,000.00 

Andrew McLeish - 2,000.00 

George A. Puller - 2,500.00 

A. A. Sprague - 5,000.00 

A Friend - - - 5,000.00 
Knickerbocker Ice 

Co. ... 5,000.00 

C. L. Hutchinson - 5,400.00 

H. H. Kohlsaat - 10,000.00 

S. B. Cobb - - 15,000.00 

George C. Walker - 17,500.00 

Mrs. C. E. Haskell 20,000.00 

S. A. Kent - - 35,000.00 

Mrs. C. E. Haskell 100,000.00 

Martin A. Ryerson - 100,000.00 

John D. Rockefeller 651,000.00 



DEDICATION OF THE WALKER MUSEUM 

The fourth Convocation, held October 2, 1903, was attended by the formal dedication of 
the Walker Museum. In presenting the building, the donor, Mr. George C. Walker, said: 

Trustees of the University of Cliicago, Ladies, and Gentlemen: 

The President has asked me to tell you how this building came to be erected, and in order to 
do so I must in a very brief form give you a little idea of some past events. In 1848 my father was 
selected to make the address of welcome for the city of Chicago to the assembled delegates, from all 



An Histoeical Sketch 531 



parts of the United States, at the opening of the Illinois and Michigan Canal. One idea he expressed 
was this : "That portion of the earth's surface which can support the most human life will, in the 
end, have the most human life, and nowhere on the earth's surface is there so muoh good land and so 
little waste land as in the territory known as the Mississippi valley of the Northwest." 

This made a deep impression on my young mind, and I have lived to see our city grow from a 
little over fifteen thousand then to over fifteen hundred thousand now; and to-day the evidences are 
stronger than ever of the final and full realization of my father's confident predictions. 

It first took on material growth, and men waxed strong in moneyed wealth, which must always 
be the first form of human progress ; for the means to do must of necessity be the basis of all that 
follows. Without means when should we have academies, colleges, universities, art schools and art 
palaces, scientific schools and scientific museums ? As time progressed it was very evident that that 
same energy which had settled the Northwest and, built up its business would in due time achieve 
just as marked success in all that goes to improve and elevate man. 

Thirty years ago my warm personal friend, Robert Kennicott, came back from the Arctic Ocean 
full of zeal and enthusiasm for the establishment of a grand museum for the Northwest in Chicago. 
He had spent four very successful years in that far northern country, under the auspices of the 
Smithsonian Institution and the Chicago Audubon Club, making scientific collections and establish- 
ing a system in connection with all the agencies and employees of the great North American fur 
companies, from whom many things have since been received. His friends were fully imbued with 
the importance of prompt action, resulting in Chicago's first scientific museum. Its success and 
misfortunes, its struggles and triumphs, and final dormant condition need not here be detailed. It is 
all well known to the older earnest citizens of Chicago. 

During all those years I never could relinquish the idea that here in our city was the best 
location, west of the Allegheny Mountains, for a great museum of natural history, and from the sad 
experience of many years it seemed evident that it would be of the most value in connection with 
some great institution of learning, whose professors and teachers would take a warm and active interest 
in its welfare, making it attractive and popular, and whose students would carry the knowledge of its 
existence and scientific value to all parts of the country. It would thus have the largest field of 
usefulness and be of the greatest benefit to mankind. No museum not so connected could by any 
possibility ever hope to bless so large a clientage. These facts would influence owners of valuable 
scientific collections to make such an institution their permanent depository, and in the end all that 
was of a scientific interest would find a home under its roof. 

When this University was first thought of, it seemed as though the time for successful action 
had come, and I resolved that, if in any way it could be accomplished, there should be a suitable fire- 
proof building erected for this purpose wherever this institution should finally locate. After these 
grounds were selected, another and very important reason was presented why the University should 
have a museum building at once. The great Columbian Fair was going to be held here, and of neces- 
sity there would be a large amount of scientific material which could be retained here if there was a 
suitable fireproof home provided and the proper effort made to secure it. 

With this in my mind, the building was undertaken and has been completed ; and I now, M.r. 
President, tender it to the Board of Trustees, and with it go my warmest good wishes for the most 
perfect triumph of the University of Chicago. 

In accepting the gift, President Harper said : 

We receive tonight from the hands of its donor, for the future use of the University, this 
magnificent building, and in assembling, under these circumstances, we celebrate its formal opening. 
By the generous gift of one man the University in this earliest period of its history possesses a 
museum building. The heart of every member of the University, of every friend of the University, 
of every friend of scientific research acquainted with the facts, is filled with feelings of gratitude 
to the man who has rendered this inestimable service to the University, thus placing at its disposal 
a building so large, so beautiful, and above all, so well adapted to the purpose for which it has been 
erected. Our friend, the hero of the evening, will pardon me, I am sure, if, under the circumstances, 
for the information of some who are strangers among us here tonight, I recall one or two items 



532 The Peesident's Kepoet 

which perhaps now belong to the realm of the past, but which throw light upon the event we are 
celebrating. 

Years ago an important suburb of the city of Chicago was to be established. A leading spirit 
in the building of this new village, realizing the importance of educational influence, erected in the 
village a large and convenient building to be used as an academy or seminary for young women. A 
little later, largely through his influence, there was established in this same village aa academy for 
boys, and a building was erected for the work. Still later, through the same influence, a large and 
commodious building was provided for the Theological Seminary — an institution which, during its 
history under these auspices, sent out hundreds of preachers to carry the message of light and life to 
the men of every country. Again in this same village there was established, by this same man, a 
village library; the building, a beautiful building of stone ; the shelves of the building amply provided 
with books. The village of which I have spoken is Morgan Park ; the man, our friend who tonight 
gives us this building as an indication of his interest in sound learning. Still further, all these build- 
ings, except one, together with the land which surrounds them, in part by the direct gift and in part 
through the direct influence of our friend, have come into the possession of the University, and are 
today occupied by the academy of the University. 

I may be pardoned if I mention another fact. Many years ago, in the earliest history of the 
city of Chicago, certain men of broad sympathies, with a desire to encourage research, established 
what is now known as the Chicago Academy of Science. These men had much to contend with. 
The great fire destroyed everything which up to that time had been collected ; but the work went on. 
Publications were issued by the Academy. Money was freely furnished by the men interested. The 
work was encouraged, indeed carried, by these few men. But for them the Academy would have died 
long ago. The interest and the work of these few men saved it, and today it is about to occupy new 
quarters in Lincoln Park. The man of all men to whom the Academy is indebted, the man who 
served as its President for many years, who contributed from his private purse on many occasions in 
order to continue its existence, was our friend who has indicated his interest in scientific work by 
providing for the University this building which will be in a true sense a scientific laboratory. 
Nothing daunted by the misfortune which befell the old Academy, believing that the city of Chicago 
should have a museum building to which its citizens might offer collections made from time to time, 
he has erected this building, has given it to the University, and by this act has invited those who, 
like himself, sympathize with the work of scientific research, by their gifts to carry on the work 
which he has thus magnificently begun. 

You will pardon me if I add still a third reminiscence. There was an old University of Chicago. 
Of its great work and of its great misfortunes I need not speak. One of the men closely connected 
with its work through many years, contributing continually toward its support, was the friend to 
whom tonight we would, if possible, do honor. When the old University ceased to be, this same 
friend came forward with the generous proposition to give land and money for a college which should 
be built near the city of Chicago. Providence ordered that the institution should be established in 
the city, and the propositions made by Mr. Walker were not accepted ; but from the first day of the 
history of the new University he has shown himself its friend. In its councils he has at all times 
taken a leading part, and when the time came for the citizens of Chicago to indicate to the world 
whether or not they would receive and make their own an institution so generously founded by a 
citizen of another state, Mr. Walker was one of the first to place his name on the subscription list to 
an amount exceeding $120,000. 

The educational property of Morgan Park has become a part of the University. The college 
which he proposed to establish at Morgan Park is there, not a college, but what in this great western 
territory of ours is of far greater value — an academy of the highest order, manned by instructors 
trained in the best academic institutions in the land. The museum which was originally intended 
for the Academy of Science has been built, but built for the University. The many separate educa- 
tional efforts undertaken by Mr. Walker have become unified and centralized in the University of 
which he is an honored Trustee. 

These facts show the long-continued, deep, and earnest interest which he has exhibited in the 
cause of education. For one I rejoice that the building for a museum has come to us before a library 



An Historical Sketch 533 



building. It is possible, especially under the departmental system which we have adopted, to make 
good use of books without a large and excellent library building. Books must be purchased, and 
books will be contributed even if we lack a building ; but collections are never given to an institution 
that has no convenient and safe depository for them. At a time when the city is so full of valuable 
collections, collections which are so soon to be distributed, it is opportune indeed that the University 
should be able to say to those who own these collections that it possesses a fireproof structure in 
which they may be preserved and displayed. I may be mistaken, but I venture to make the asser- 
tion that within the next twelve months this building will bring to the University material which 
would have cost the University three or four times the cost of the building itself. For all such mate- 
rial received we shall be indirectly indebted to Mr. Walker. Tonight we take possession of the 
building. Tomorrow morning the scientific collections of various kinds belonging to the University 
will be placed within its walls. Tomorrow morning the work of research and investigation in con- 
nection with the lectures and class work of the Department of Geology and Mineralogy will begin. 
The building is finished, but none too soon. 

And now, with these tew and inadequate words of introduction, representing th* Trustees of 
the University and its Faculties, I accept the building from its donor, Mr. Walker, and pledge him 
that it will be sacredly devoted to the interests he has had at heart. Time will show him, as no 
words of mine tonight could show, our appreciation of his noble gift, and the gratitude which fills 
our hearts. 

DEDICATION OF THE KENT CHEMICAL LABOKATORY 

The Fifth Convocation was attended by the formal opening of the Kent Chemical Labora- 
tory. Special exercises were held in the laboratory on Monday evening, January 1, 1894. In 
presenting the building President Harper said : 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

As the most fitting introduction to the exercises of the evening, I read to you the contents of 
the letter which I hold in my hand : 

"Mr. William R. Harper, President of the University of Chicago: 

"My deak Sik: I hereby give this building, fully furnished and completely equipped, to the 
University of Chicago as a chemical laboratory, for the use of this and future generations. 

" Trusting that the standard of education will be such as to command the respect, not only of 
this country, but of the civilized world, I am, "Very truly yours, 

" Chicago, January 1, 1894." " S- A. Kent." 

Mr. Kent in his modesty prefers in this simple way, rather than by a personal address, to 
conclude a transaction the magnitude and significance of which it is difficult for us to appreciate. 
With a stroke of the pen he has devoted to the cause of science, to the cause of one among many 
sciences, the sum of nearly a quarter of a million dollars. The most significant thing in connection 
with this magnificent gift is the time at which it was made. Two millions of dollars had been donated 
for endowment and land. For only one building, and that a dormitory, had at that time provision 
been made. The University in very truth was still on paper. Not a few good people, east and west, 
had given utterance to the opinion that perhaps, after all, the University of Chicago must begin as 
other institutions had begun, and secure only after many years the facilities for work of a university 
character. For five months there had been sowing of seed. Some of us had expected results at a 
date much earlier. The situation was fast becoming a painful one, and the question not infrequently 
arose : Will Chicago accept this University in the spirit in which it has been established, and rally to 
its support ? Will the citizens of Chicago show their appreciation of the generous act performed for 
their city by a man living far away ? One must believe that if the answer to these questions had 
been much longer delayed, it would have been a negative answer. It was just at this time of painful 
suspense that Mr. Kent came forward with his munificent proposal, and in a moment the question 
was answered. The University was to be the University of Chicago. Within a month another 



534 The Peesident's Repoet 

million of dollars was given by Mr. Rockefeller for endowment, and within ninety days the citizens of 
Chicago had contributed more than a million of dollars for additional buildings. In other words^ 
within four months the resources of the University had been doubled. The connection between all 
this and the gift of Mr. Kent is so close as not to require explanation. 

Hardly less significant were the growth and development of Mr. Kent's idea. The first 
$100,000 had been considered a sum sufficient for the purpose. Before a definite conclusion had been 
reached, the sum was fixed at S150,000. When the contracts were made for the erection of the build- 
ing, the sum designated was 8182,000. When the bills came to be paid, including furnishings, the sum 
was 8215,000, and to this Mr. Kent most generously added an additional 820,000 for equipment, making 
in all 8235,000. Everything was planned, and it was necessary to plan it, upon a large scale. Mr. Kent 
would not in any case consent to the use of material that was not the best. A system of ventilation, 
the most perfect ever introduced into a building, was provided, and so from month to month the work 
went on until today we have a finished and, let us hope, a perfect laboratory. In all this the standard 
was fixed for the other laboratories of the University. Had the Chemical Laboratory cost $100,000, the 
Physical Laboratory likewise would have cost 8100,000. The Chemical Laboratory, however, cost 
8235,000, and so the Physical Laboratory, when finished, will cost its donor $230,000. With such 
provision for the Departments of Physics and Chemistry, it followed naturally that Astronomy, when 
the subject was taken up, should be treated in a manner equally magnificent, and a sum even greater 
has been provided by another friend of the University for this, the oldest of the sciences. Shall now 
the Biological Department be less munificently equipped? The necessity under the circumstances 
of doing a large thing may, to be sure, postpone for a time the building of Biological Laboratories, but 
in the end it is clear that, when built, the standard will be that already fljxed by Mr. Kent. 

I may be pardoned if, in this connection, I speak of the spirit and the purpose which have 
prompted this gift. I shall never forget the Sunday afternoon, just two years ago, when I first met 
Mr. Kent and first talked of this matter. He had already thought about it, but was still uncertain as 
to the particular thing which it would be wise to undertake. Several possibilities were mentioned 
and discussed. It was clear from the discussion that the purpose of Mr. Kent was a most noble one. 
It was with him simply a question of accomplishing good for his fellow-men. And yet he was able to 
take so broad and high a view of the situation as to see the importance of making ample provision at 
the outstart for the work of investigation and research. It was this ideal kind of university work 
which appealed to him, and which led him to decide, after considering other suggestions in which the 
more practical element formed a larger part, in favor of establishing a laboratory, the work of which 
should be done in the interests of pure science. The time, therefore, of the gift, the breadth of view, 
and the ideal purpose which inspired the giver, were alike significant. 

The arrangement of the building is as follows : 

The basement contains a furnace-room, with a set of gas furnaces with air blast of the most 
modern construction, for crucible work, muffle work, tube-heating, and other purposes ; a constant- 
temperature-room, a room fitted with steam and other appliances for work on a large scale, a mechani- 
cal workshop, and storage-rooms. 

On the first floor are one small and two large lecture-rooms, and a large lecture-hall seating 
three hundred persons, fitted for use as a chemical lecture-room if desired. This floor also contains 
a chemical museum, a large private laboratory, a room with northern exposure, especially fitted for 
use as a gas-analysis laboratory, and also apparatus and preparation-rooms connected with the lecture- 
rooms 

On the second floor are two large laboratories intended for research and advanced work ; 
three private laboratories for the professors ; balance, combustion, air furnace, and store-rooms ; a 
balcony for out-of-door work, and a chemical library, which contains full sets of the most important 
journals, as well as the most important text-books, and other works relating to chemistry. 

On the third floor are three large laboratories for general and analytical chemistry, a store- 
room, a preparation-room, a room especially fitted for optical and photographic work, a balance-room, 
and a private laboratory. 

The most modern system of ventilation has been adopted, air of constant temperature being 
forced in by fans from below, and withdrawn by a fan above. The building will be lighted through- 



An Histoeioal Sketch 535 



out by electric lights, and the laboratories will be provided with electricity adapted to every kind of 
electro-chemical work. 

Reference has already been made to the purpose of the donor in its relations to the work of 
research and investigation. I cannot forego this opportunity to say still another word in respect to 
it. Mr. Kent shares the hope, and the University joins with him, that this Laboratory, formally 
opened tonight, may do great work in preparing men for practical work along lines within the realm 
of the science to which the use of the building is dedicated. But, in addition to this, the founder of 
the Laboratory and the Trustees of the University, for all of whom I may now be permitted to speak, 
sincerely hope that in this building there may be worked out results in Chemistry not yet obtained, 
that the heart of every worker, whether student or instructor, may be fired with a desire to contribute 
something of value to the knowledge of men in this important department. We believe that additions 
made to our knowledge of the great laws which underlie the structure of the universe in all its elements 
is an addition to our knowledge of God, for God is over all and in all. 

It is my duty, and I esteem it also my privilege, on behalf of the University, to thank most 
heartily our friends in other institutions of learning who have shown so deep an interest in this par- 
ticulai undertaking of the University of Chicago. Letters of congratulation have been received from 
many friends. I hold in my hand more than a hundred such letters from the leading professors of 
Chemistry in this country and Canada. These are not simply letters of regret. Many of them con- 
tain courteous and generous words concerning the good fortune of the University in having a friend 
able and willing to do for it so good and so great a thing. 

We are especially grateful to the professors of Chemistry from our sister-institutions who have 
done us the honor to be present in person at this time. We are sure that they rejoice with us in our 
good fortune, and that they join with us in the hopes which have already been expressd. Of our debt 
to Professor Ira Remsen, of the Johns Hopkins University, and to Professor Nef of our University, I 
shall have occasion to speak later. To others who have given time and thought to the details of the 
Laboratory, among whom may be mentioned Professor Freer, of the University of Michigan, and 
Professor Stokes, late Assistant Professor in the University of Chicago, the University expresses its 
thanks. To Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Kohlsaat, and Mr. Walker, of the Board of Trustees, for the special 
interest taken by them in the work completed tonight, acknowledgment is due. We are under obliga- 
tions in particular to Mr. Walker, who throughout has acted as representative of Mr. Kent, and who, 
as such, has served most efficiently both Mr. Kent and the University. 

And now, representing the Trustees and Faculties of the University, I accept from Mr. Kent 
this magnificent gift for the promotion of the cause of science, and I pledge him that every effort will 
be put forth to fulfil his wishes and to advance the interests of the cause to which he has made so 
noble a contribution. 

GIFT OF THE KENWOOD OBSEKVATOEY 

At a Board meeting held July 2, 1894, the following letter was presented: 

126 State St., Chicago, June 30, 1894. 
President W. R. Harper, University of Chicago, City : 

Dear Sir: It gives me pleasure to offer to give to the University of Chicago the Astronomical, 
Physical, Photographical, and Mechanical equipments of the Kenwood Observatory, to be taken by you 
from where it is now located on Forty-sixth street at such time as your observatory building is pre- 
pared to receive it. These equipments consist of a twelve-inch equatorial telescope with visual lens and 
twelve-inch lens for photographic work, including pier and dome ; also a spectro-heliograph and other 
attachments for solar and stellar observations and photographs; also other Physical, Electrical, Photo- 
graphical, and Astronomical apparatus and equipment, together with the machine shop for fine 
mechanical work, all of which I value at $30,000. You are at liberty to use the apparatus and the 
building in which it stands until such time as your new observatory is ready to receive it. 

Yours very truly, 

William E. Hale. 



536 The President's Eepoet 

PEESENTATION OF MK. ROCKEFELLEK's PORTRAIT 

After the regular Convocation exercises on July 2, 1894, the large audience repaired to the 
Chapel in Cobb Hall, where the full-length portrait of Mr. Kockef eller, painted by the celebrated 
artist, Eastman Johnson, was unveiled. This was the graceful gift of a number of Chicago gen- 
tlemen, the idea being suggested by that lover of art, Mr. Charles L. Hutchinson, of the Board 
of Trustees. The portrait is an admirable one, the coloring being soft and pleasing. Mr. 
Rockefeller is seated by a table, his face giving a partially side view; yet looking directly at the 
beholder. The pose is natural and the likeness most excellent. The services in connection 
with the unveiling were very simple. President Harper explaining the nature of the gift, and 
Mr. Ryerson accepting it on behalf of the Board of Trustees. 

President Harper said: 

The founder of our University has not yet visited us. We have his assurance that at an early 
date he will comply with the request so frequently and so urgently made to come to the University. 
But although he will come, he must of course go away again. Is anything more necessary than that 
we should have at the University a representation to the eyes of the features and the form of the man 
who had a heart so large and a head so clear as to lead him to do for the cause of education what he 
has done? The life-size portrait of Mr. Kockefeller, painted by Eastman Johnson, will now be 
presented to the University. This portrait is a gift of the following gentlemen: Messrs. Ed. E. Ayer, 
William T. Baker, T. B. Blackstone, H. Botsford, Cyrus H. McCormick, Charles Counselman, H. H. 
Getty, D. G. Hamilton, H. N. Higinbotham, Charles L. Hutchinson, H. H. Kohlsaat, L. Z. Letter, 
Andrew McLeish, Franklin MacVeagh, Thomas Murdoch, George A. Pillsbury, George M. Pullman, 
Martin A. Ryerson, Byron L. Smith, A. A. Sprague, George C. Walker. The University appreciates 
the spirit which has led these men, leading citizens of Chicago, to secure the painting of the portrait 
of our honored founder, and the courtesy which is implied in the gift of the same to the University. 
It will be possible now for every student and every friend of the University to study and to know the 
face of him to whom we are so greatly indebted. 

Mr. Ryerson, President of the Board of Trustees, in accepting the gift, said : 

Ladies and Oentlemen : 

On all the official publications of the University of Chicago you will find, associated with its 
corporate name, the words " Founded by John D. Rockefeller." Never was the word " founded " more 
appropriately used, for we all realize that without Mr. Rockefeller's initiation and generous encourage- 
ment this University would not have come into existence. 

It is a significant and important fact that the man who so clearly saw the advantages and 
possibilities of this city as the seat of a great university should have been the resident of another 
and a distant community. This fact was well calculated to give additional weight to his opinion, and 
awaken an admirable and valuable local enthusiasm. Mr. Rockefeller's judgment came to us as that 
of a man unbiased by prejudices which we might naturally feel, and we accepted it with confidence. 
How frequently we have been inspired and encouraged in our work by his liberality those who are 
present here need not be told. 

It is not often that to such great abilities, displaying themselves in a useful industrial and 
business career, is added such a broad, intelligent love of one's fellow-men as Mr. Rockefeller has 
shown. The man who devotes his intelligence and his energies to building up and managing a great 
business or industry is a useful and worthy citizen, and the fortune which he acquires is both the 
badge and the reward of his usefulness. The man who adds to abilities so displayed the sentiments 
of a philanthropist, and to whom wealth so acquired means only opportunity for well-doing, commands 
our admiration. 

On behalf of the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago, I accept the gift of this 
portrait of the founder of the University, John D. Rockefeller ; and I add, with full assurance that I 
express the sentiments of every member of the Board, that no gift could appeal more strongly to their 



An Histokical Sketch 537 



gratitude. The placing upon the walls of the University of this admirable work by Eastman Johnson, 
the faithful likeness of one whose personality will always be closely linked with the history of the 
institution, appeals to the sentiments of every member of the Board as a most appropriate action. 
I thank the donors of this portrait for a gift which shows a just appreciation, not only of Mr. 
Rockefeller's relation to the University, but also of the esteem and affection in which he is held 
by us all. 

DEDICATION OP THE EYEESON PHYSICAL LABOEATOEY 

The Seventh Convocation, held in the University Quadrangles, July 2, 1894, was attended 
by the formal dedication of the Ryerson Physical Laboratory, erected to the memory of Martin 
Ryerson by his son, Martin A. Ryerson. In presenting the building Mr. Ryerson said : 
Ladies and Oentlemen: 

The dedication to science of a new building is not in these days a rare event. We frequently 
receive from centers of education the news that some great building has for the first time opened its 
doors to become the home of new educational activities. While the frequency of such ceremonies 
may lessen in a measure the interest which they excite, we continue to recognize in each and every 
one an event of some importance, not so much on account of what it may express of benevolent pur- 
pose in individuals or institutions, as on account of the increased opportunities which are offered to 
the world of science. We are living in an age of marvels, and the marvels of the science of today 
outstrip the marvels of the imagination of yesterday. We all feel that in the years to come there will 
be developments beyond our present comprehension. Hence when we see opened the doors of an 
institution equipped for high scientific investigation, we feel this sense of opportunity, and our 
interest is aroused, not so much by what strikes the vision or hearing as by the hope and expectancy 
with which, in imagination, we look forward. We know that, in the presence of the great social and 
industrial problems of the day, we cannot afford to leave concealed any part of the truth which the 
human intellect is capable of grasping, and that this truth must be sought in the domain of natural 
science as well as in the domains of religion, ethics, and political science. We therefore welcome 
with interest and expectancy each addition to the material equipment which is so necessary for its 
researches. 

The University of Chicago naturally desires to be one of the leaders in the scientific progress 
of the world. It recognizes the importance of natural science as a field, not only for the instruction 
of its students, but also for the efforts of its investigators — hence this branch will always hold a high 
place in the institution. Of this the public must feel assured, for it has so happened that within a 
year three large buildings have been erected for the study of natural science. Some of our friends 
may have even come to believe that this scientific work is receiving more than its share of encourage- 
ment. Those who have carefully studied the organization, the history, and the publications of the 
University do not need to be reassured on that subject. They must know that, while natural science 
may find at present more outward material expression by reason of the material equipment necessary 
to its instruction and researches, the other departments of the University are receiving their full 
share of attention and rendering their full share of valuable results. And not only does this apply to 
those departments of learning which deal with facts ascertainable through investigation of the laws 
of nature or study of the recorded experience of mankind ; it applies also, and should apply above all, 
to those subjects which deal with the ideal. 

As President of the Board of Trustees of the University, I have had occasion to learn that 
there prevails within that body a full appreciation of the opportunities and responsibilities of the 
future, and I have the utmost confidence in that future ; at the same time, having by the erection of 
this building shown a special interest, which I deeply feel, in the cause of science, I may be permitted 
to still further show that interest by expressing the confident hope that the University of Chicago 
will always fully recognize the fact that all its instruction and all its investigation will be of little 
value unless they keep in view and tend to enlarge the higher ideals of life. It is even to this 
end that science should be cultivated. The utilitarian side of the researches of science, of course, 
appeals to all. We know also that there is a certain connection between well-being and well-doing. 



538 The Peesident's Kepoet 

and that there is therefore a moral as well as an economic value to those developments of science 
which tend to add to the material welfare and comfort of mankind ; from this standpoint alone 
natural science stands justified in its most minute researches, for who can predict the ultimate con- 
sequences of even the least striking of its discoveries? At the same time we must feel that this 
increase of material welfare and comfort is not all there is for the accomplishment of science. That 
branch of human learning which deals with the great truths of nature should hold a much higher 
place in our estimation and receive its fullest opportunity for higher reasons. It must be encouraged 
to go beyond the immediately utilitarian field and be numbered with those subjects which are culti- 
vated for their intellectual and moral value. The laws of nature are a part of the great final truth 
which the human mind is seeking, and we should recognize in them the will of a superior Being 
whose will it is our duty to ascertain in its most minute regulations, just as we find in the human 
intellect a divine gift which it is our duty to cultivate and to adorn. 

It would be a poor service to mankind to render it incapable of fully appreciating the value of 
the imagination, to take out of life its poetry and its art. It would be a calamity to lessen its capacity 
for faith in the fundamental teachings of religion. Science will do neither. It will correct our errors 
and elevate, not destroy, our ideals. It will sweep away our unreasoning superstitions, but it will at 
the same time increase our admiration and veneration for the great first cause of all the wonders it 
discloses, and, by doing its important part in the development of the human intellect, add to the 
capacity of the human race for a higher moral and intellectual life. 

Let us this evening, in considering the opportunities granted by the opening of this new build- 
ing, allow our minds to dwell not only on the great, the admirable utilitarian service we may reason- 
ably expect from the science of physics, but also on the higher service which is demanded of it 
by mankind. 

Gentlemen of the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago, I now tender to you the 
Ryerson Physical Laboratory, to be the property of the University of Chicago and to be used for the 
purposes which its name indicates. It is my intention to place upon its walls a tablet suitably record- 
ing the fact that it was erected in memory of my father, Martin Ryerson, a man who, in the struggle 
to overcome the material diflBculties of life, found intellectual growth, and developed a tender 
thoughtfulness for the welfare of his fellow-man. I hope this Laboratory will make a record worthy 
of his honorable and useful career. 

I desire here to express my high appreciation of the intelligent services of the architect of the 
building, Mr. Henry Ives Cobb, who spared no effort to make it worthy of its surroundings and suited 
to its purposes. I desire also to thank Head Professor Michelson and Professor Stratton, to whom is 
due the credit of the scientific arrangement and equipment of the Laboratory, and who watched over 
its completion with a zeal that augurs well for its future usefulness. 

I have only to add that I value highly the opportunity which I have had to aid in the advance- 
ment of the great science of Physics, and at the same time erect a useful and lasting monument to 
one whose memory I cherish. 

In accepting the Laboratory on behalf of the University, President Harper said : 

Mr. Ryerson and Friends of the University : 

On behalf of the Trustees of the University I accept the magnificent gift which you now 
formally transfer to us. On behalf of the Trustees, the Department of Physics, the University in all 
of its Departments, I thank you for a gift which will advance the cause of science and thereby uplift 
the human race. Representing the authorities of the University, I publicly promise you that the 
building provided by your generosity shall be devoted to the uses which you have designated, and to 
these uses only. I further pledge you that, in view of the possibilities placed within our reach by 
this magnificent act on your part, the University will in every way cherish the Department of Physics, 
and most earnestly seek to develop it for the purposes of research and instruction. 

It is the duty of every section of this great country to make its contribution toward the work 
of scientific investigation — a work which goes hand in hand with the prosperity and development of 
the country itself. The West has hitherto been unable to do its part. You, sir, have now made it 
possible for us to stand side by side with the greatest institutions in this country and abroad, and in 



An Histoeioal Sketch 539 

this companionsliip to feel that in the future at least we may hope to share with them the great glory 
of giving to the world newly discovered truth. Again I thank you, and may you have the satisfaction 
which every man who has performed such an act deserves to have. 

Our friends will permit me to say a few words concerning the history of the Laboratory and its 
construction. In this statement I make use of the description which has been given in the official 
program of the department. As was said yesterday, the gift of Mr. Ryerson formed a part of the 
first million secured for buildings and equipment. The Laboratory was completed January 1, 1894. 
In the design and construction of this building no element of utility has been omitted, and every 
effort has been made to include all the desirable features of a first-class Physical Laboratory. The 
walls and floor are strong and heavy; the laboratories on the first floor are provided with piers of 
masonry in addition to the heavy slate wall-shelves which are found throughout the building. Every 
laboratory is provided with gas for light or fuel, electricity for light and power, water, compressed 
air, and vacuum pipes. The laboratories are also equipped with a system of heating apparatus 
which may be used as a direct or an indirect system, and is controlled automatically by the most 
improved form of temperature regulators. Ducts and channels have been provided between the 
walls and in the floors, so that pipes or wires may be laid from one part of the building to another 
without difficulty. 

The space in the building has been utilized as follows: rooms for special purposes, small labora- 
tories for work of investigation, large laboratories for general instruction, lecture-rooms, class-rooms, 
library, and offices. The first floor is devoted to laboratories for research work, two large constant- 
temperature rooms, and the mechanician's room, which is fitted up with all the tools and appliances 
necessary in the construction and repair of physical apparatus. The rooms of the west wing are free 
from iron, and are devoted to the work in electricity and magnetism. On the second floor there are a 
large general laboratory for advanced undergraduate work, optical laboratories, a chemical labora- 
tory, a large dark room, two developing-rooms, and the large lecture hall with its adjoining apparatus- 
and preparation-rooms. The offices of the Director and Faculty are also on this floor. The third 
floor is devoted to a general laboratory for the undergraduate work in general Physics, which with its 
adjoining apparatus and preparation-rooms occupies the entire third floor of the east wing. 

Every effort has been made to provide the undergraduate laboratory with all the conveniences 
found in the laboratory built for advanced work. It has its workshop in order that the apparatus 
may be kept in repair, and that the students may learn how to keep apparatus in repair as well as 
how to use it. Upon no laboratory in the building have more thought and care been expended than 
upon the undergraduate one. On the same floor are found two general laboratories and the rooms 
designed as the class-rooms, library, and reading-rooms, which are temporarily used by other Depart- 
ments. The central part of the fourth floor forms a hall for experiments requiring a large space. 
The roof above this portion is flat and suitable for observations in the open air. 

The natural location of the Laboratory left it with a few feet of space beneath the ground floor. 
This space has not been filled in, but utilized for steam pipes, ventilating ducts, and heavy work. 
The piers of the ground floor are exceedingly heavy, and extend through this space to the solid earth 
below. This leaves the first floor with all of the advantages of a ground floor, and at the same time 
dry and comfortable, and without a square foot of waste space. 

There may be larger laboratories. There may be one or two that have cost more money; but there 
is not one which contains as little waste room or as much working space, or that is provided with as 
many useful conveniences as the Ryerson Physical Laboratory. It is intended that the Laboratory 
and its equipment shall be for work and not for exhibition purposes. 

The one thing that made this result possible was the desire on the part of Mr. Ryerson that no 
element of usefulness should be sacrificed for beauty, and that the building as a physical laboratory 
should be perfect in design. It may be said, on the part of those who have had in charge the plan- 
ning of the building, that this desire of Mr. Ryerson has made the duty a pleasure rather than a task. 
If the building possesses faults, those who have had it in charge, and not Mr. Ryerson, must take the 
responsibility. 

It will be noticed by those who have inspected the apparatus and equipment of the laboratory 
that, while we have but a beginning, it has been selected with especial reference to usefulness, and 



540 The President's Kepoet 

the elevation of laboratory work to a higher standard than has hitherto been attained. The appara- 
tus put in the hand of the beginning student is made for quantitative worls and he is expected and 
required to get good results. The best equipped room in the building is the mechanician's room, for 
it is here that the investigator must go for much of his apparatus. It must be constructed under his 
personal supervision, and when completed needs often to be changed and perfected as the experiment 
in hand progresses. Most of the fund for equipment has of necessity been spent for the set pieces of 
apparatus used in general work, such as galvanometers, chronographs, balances, standards of length 
and mass, clocks, and general laboratory appliances. In the future it will be possible to set apart a 
larger proportion of the fund for apparatus used in work of investigation. 

The University desires at this time to make special mention of its indebtedness to Mr.Michelson 
and Mr. Stratton for the service rendered by them in planning and superintending the construction 
of the building. It was proper that the men who were to work in the building should have the 
privilege of determining its character. The exercise of such a privilege always carries with it the 
assuming of responsibility. The shortcomings of the Laboratory, if any such appear, will be charged 
to these gentlemen. But it is also true that they must receive the credit, so far as technical matters 
are concerned, for all its excellences, and these, as our visiting physicists will testify, are not a few. 

It is due Professor Stratton to make particular a'cknowledgment of the satisfaction felt by all, 
and especially by the Head of his Department, in respect to the laborious, conscientious, and success- 
ful service rendered by him. I take pleasure in announcing that at a meeting of the Trustees held 
this afternoon he was promoted from an Assistant Professorship to an Associate Professorship in the 
University. 

I am sure that I speak for everyone who loves beautiful things when I express my thanks to 
the architect, Mr. Henry Ives Cobb, for a piece of work unexcelled in the educational architecture 
of America. 

If the Laboratory were the only thing Mr. Ryerson had given the University, he would have 
placed us under obligations from which we could never have released ourselves; but he has given us 
much more — not only an additional sum of money amounting to nearly $150,000, but also time and 
thought, advice and direction which no money could have purchased. For all this I wish, at this 
time, from the bottom of my heart to thank him. No man can estimate what he has done for the 
University, what he has been to the University. 

Mr. Ryerson has tonight given the Laboratory to the University; the University accepts the 
trust com m itted to it, and through the Department for which it has been erected, will make honest 
effort to accomplish everything which the friends of science may reasonably expect. May the God 
who controls the universe bless most richly the man who has so richly blessed us ! 

THE BAEEOWS LEOTUEESHIP ESTABLISHED 

Early in October the following letter was received from Mrs. Caroline E. Haskell: 

Chicago, October 12, 1894. 
President William R. Harper: 

Mt deab Sik : I take pleasure in offering to the University of Chicago the sum of $20,000 for 
the founding of a second Lectureship on the relations of Christianity and the other religions. These 
lectures, six or more in number, are to be given in Calcutta, India, and, if deemed best, in Bombay, 
Madras, or some other of the chief cities of Hindustan, where large numbers of the educated Hindus 
are familiar with the English language. The wish, so earnestly expressed by Mr. P. C. Mozoomdar, 
that a Lectureship, like that which I had the privilege of founding last summer might be provided 
for India, has led me to consider the desirability of establishing in some great collegiate center, like 
Calcutta, a course of lectures to be given either annually or, as may seem better, biennially, by leading 
Christian scholars of Europe, Asia, and America, in which, in a friendly, temperate, conciliatory way, 
and in the fraternal spirit which pervaded the Parliament of Religions, the great questions of the 
truths of Christianity, its harmonies with the truths of other religions, its rightful claims and the 
best methods of setting them forth, should be presented to the scholarly and thoughtful people of 
India. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 541 



It is my purpose to identify this work, wliich I believe will be a work of enlightenment and 
fraternity, with the University Extension Department of the University of Chicago, and it is my 
desire that the management of this Lectureship should lie with yourself, as President of all the 
Departments of the University; with Rev. John Henry Barrows, D.D., the Professorial Lecturer on 
Comparative Religion, with Professor George S. Goodspeed, the Associate Professsor of Compara- 
tive Religion; and with those who shall be your and their successors in these positions. It is my 
request that this Lectureship shall bear the name of John Henry Barrows, who has identified him- 
self with the work of promoting friendly relations between Christian America and the people of 
India. The committee having the management of these lectures shall also have the authority to 
determine whether any of the courses shall be given in Asiatic or other cities outside of India. 

In reading the proceedings of the Parliament of Religions, I have been struck with the many 
points of harmony between the different faiths and by the possibility of so presenting Christianity 
to others as to win their favorable interest in its truths. If the committee shall decide to utilize this 
Lectureship still further in calling forth the views of scholarly representatives of the non-Christian 
faiths, I authorize and shall approve such a decision. Only good will grow out of such a comparison of 
views. Europe and America wish to hear and ponder the best that Asia can give them, and the world 
of Asia would gladly listen to the words of such Christian scholars as Archdeacon Farrar, of London; 
Dr. Fairbairn, of Oxford; Professor Henry Drummond and Professor A. B. Bruce, of Glasgow; Pro- 
fessor George P. Fisher, of Yale; Professor Francis G. Peabody, of Harvard; Bishop H. C. Potter and 
Dr. Lyman Abbott, of New York; and of several others who might be named from the University of 
Chicago. It is my wish that, accepting the offer I now make, the committee of the University will 
correspond with the leaders of religious thought in India and secure from them such helpful sugges- 
tions as they may readily give. I cherish the expectation that the Barrows Lectures will prove, in 
the years that shall come, a new golden bond between the East and the West. In the belief that this 
foundation will be blessed by our Heavenly Father to the extension of the benign influence of our 
great University, to the promotion of the highest interests of humanity, and to the enlargement of the 
Kingdom of Truth and Love on earth, I remain, with much regard. 

Yours sincerely, 

Caroline E. Haskell. 

On October 16, 1895, Judge Joseph M. Bailey, of Freeport, 111., a member of the Board of 
Trustees, died. This was the first break made by death in the ranks of the Board since its 
organization. Judge Bailey wrote the charter of the University and rendered very valuable 
service in the organizing days. 

ME. EOOKEFELLEE's THEEE- MILLION -DOLLAE GIFT 

At a Board meeting held November 2, 1895, Mr. F. T. Gates read the following letter 
from Mr. Rockefeller: 

26 Broadway, New York, October 30, 1895. 

To the Trustees of the University of Chicago, T. W. Goodspeed, D.D., Secretary: 

Gentlemen: I will contribute to the University of Chicago One Million Dollars for endowment, 
payable January 1, 1896, in cash, or, at my option, in approved interest-bearing securities, at their 
fair market value. 

I will contribute in addition Two Million Dollars for endowment, or otherwise, as I may desig- 
nate, payable in cash, or, at my option, in approved interest-bearing securities, at their fair market 
value, but only in amounts equal to the contributions of others in cash, or its equivalent, not hitherto 
promised, as the same shall be received by the University. This pledge shall be void as to any por- 
tion of the same herein promised, which shall prove not to be payable on the above terms, on or 
before January 1, 1900. Yours very truly, 

John D. Rockepelleb. 



542 The Peesident's Eepoet 

This wonderful gift, with its suggested possibilities, was received with great enthusiasm 
by the University^ officials and students joining in a celebration which was held in Kent Theater 
and was attended by more evidences of genuine college spirit than had yet been manifested at 
the University. 

THE CULVEK GIFT 

At a meeting of the Board of Trustees held December 19, 1895, the following commimica- 

tion was presented: 

Chicago, December 14, 1895. 

To the Trustees of the University of Chicago : 

Gentlemen: It has long been my purpose to set aside a portion of my estate to be used in per- 
petuity for the benefit of humanity. The most serious hindrance to the fulfilment of the purpose 
was the difiiculty of selecting an agency to which I could intrust the execution of my wishes. After 
careful consideration, I concluded that the strongest guarantees of permanent and efficient adminis- 
tration would be assured if the property were intrusted to the University of Chicago. 

Having reached this decision without consulting the University authorities, I communicated it 
to President Harper, with the request that he would call on me to confer concerning the details of my 
plan. After further consideration, I now wish to present to the University of Chicago property 
valued at 81,000,000, an inventory of which is herewith transmitted, to be applied as follows: 

The whole gift shall be devoted to the increase and spread of knowledge within the field of the 
Biological Sciences. 

By this I mean to provide (1) that the gift shall develop the work now represented in the 
several biological departments of the University of Chicago by the expansion of their present 
resources; (2) that it shall be applied in part to an inland experimental station and to a marine bio- 
logical laboratory; (3) that a portion of the instruction supported by this gift shall take the form of 
University Extension lectures to be delivered by recognized authorities at suitable points on the 
West Side of Chicago. The lectures shall communicate, in a form as free from technicalities as pos- 
sible, the results of biological research. One purpose of these lectures shall be to make public the 
advance of science in sanitation and hygiene. 

To secure the above ends, a portion, not to exceed one-half the capital sum thus given, may be 
used for the purchase of land, for equipment, and for the erection of buildings. 

The remainder, or not less than one-half of the capital sum, shall be invested, and the income 
therefrom shall constitute a fund for the support of research, instruction, and publication. 

Among the motives prompting this gift is the desire to carry out the ideas and to honor the 
memory of Mr. Charles J. Hull, who was for a considerable time a member of the Board of Trustees 
of the old University of Chicago. I think it appropriate, therefore, to add the condition that, 
wherever it is suitable, the name of Mr. Hull shall be used in designation of buildings erected, and of 
endowments set apart in accordance with the terms of this gift. Yours very truly, 

Helen Culvkb. 

THE QUINQUENNIAL CELEBEATION 

The year 1896 marked the completion of five years of the existence of the University. The 
Quinquennial Celebration took place during the first five days of July, the most important 
feature being the presence of the founder of the University, Mr. Rockefeller, who was received 
with great enthusiasm by Trustees, Faculties, students, and friends of the institution. The 
steady progress was shown by the formal dedication of the Haskell Oriental Museum and the 
laying of the corner-stones of the four Hull Biological Laboratories. In connection with the 
former there was held a series of interesting conferences, and a unique reproduction of the 
synagogue service in the time of Christ by twenty men in oriental costume using the Hebrew 
language and old Hebrew chants. In connection with the latter there was an address by Pro- 
fessor George Lincoln Goodale, M.D., LL.D., of Harvard University, and briefer addresses were 
made by the Professors at the head of the particular Departments interested. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 543 



On Wednesday July 1, the exercises included the presentation of the synagogue service 
of the times of Christ, and the Fifteenth University Convocation. This was held in a large 
tent in the center of the Quadrangles. After a prayer by Rev. William H. P. Faunce, there 
were brief addresses by Andrew McLeish, Vice-President of the Board of Trustees; George W. 
Northrup, representing the Divinity Faculty; Harry Pratt Judson, representing the Faculties 
of Arts, Literature, and Science; and Henry Love Clarke, representing the students of the 
University. To these greetings Mr. Rockefeller responded briefly. After the singing of a 
Latin hymn, "Ad Universitatem," composed for the occasion by Mr. Frank Justus Miller, of the 
Department of Latin, the convocation address was delivered by Rev. Professor George Adam 
Smith, D.D., of the Free Church College of Glasgow, Scotland, upon the subject, "The Part 
Which the Old Testament Has Played in the Education of the Race, and How Far its Power 
to Educate and Inspire is Affected by Modern Criticism." The President's Quarterly State- 
ment for the Spring Quarter of 1896 and the President's Quinquennial Statement followed. 
The events of the day were completed by the Convocation Reception in the evening. 

On Thursday, July 2, the exercises centered around the Haskell Oriental Museum. In 
the morning there was an Arch^ological Conference, with an addi-ess by Professor David Lyon, 
of Harvard University; a Conference on Comparative Religions, with an address by Professor 
A. V. Williams Jackson, of Columbia University; and a Biblical Conference, with an address 
by Professor George Adam Smith, of the Free Church College of Glasgow. In the afternoon 
the formal dedicatory exercises were held, including a presentation address by Professor George 
S. Goodspeed, with acceptance by the President; the Dedicatory Address, by Professor Emil 
G. Hirsch; and the Dedicatory Prayer, by Rev. William H. P. Faunce. The day closed with a 
reception to visiting oriental scholars held in Haskell Oriental Museum. 

As Mrs. Haskell's representative in presenting the building, Professor Goodspeed said: 

It is two years ago today since the President of the University made the first announcement, in 
his Quarterly Statement, of the gift of one hundred thousand dollars by Mrs. Caroline E. Haskell for 
the building which we dedicate today. Last year at this time the corner-stone was laid with appro- 
priate ceremony. On that occasion we were honored with the presence of that gracious lady whose 
beneficent thought has ripened into the building of which, at this hour, we are so proud. It were a 
most appropriate thing that she should be here with us today, and with her own hands deliver over 
to the University, to which she has intrusted so much hitherto, this new pledge of her confidence and 
regard. In her absence, our minds turn naturally to another, the orator of that former occasion, and 
it were fitting that he, the briUiant preacher and scholar, the friend of the generous donor- he wlio 
has watched over the growth of this enterprise and encouraged it, who has followed this beautiful 
structure with constant interest, and who has appropriately called it, by reason of its graceful lines 
and beautiful proportions, "the lady among the buildings of the University "- it were fitting, 1 say, 
that he should be present on this culminating day to proffer to the University, on behalf of Mrs. 
Haskell, the completed structure. But Professor Barrows has left us for a season m fulfilling a mis- 
sion which the same generous friend has initiated, and which, we believe, he will bring to splendid 
fruition. In his absence, the duty has fallen to me, and I am deeply sensible of the honor which is 
thus conferred upon me. ., ,. , ■, ^v, i 

At the time when the gift of Mrs. Haskell was announced, there was dedicated another splen- 
did building, the gift of a generous patron of the University, to be devoted to the cause of physical 
science. It is a long step from the brilliant, modern, and intensely practical work of physics to what, 
to some, may seem the much more remote, scholastic, theoretical, and less immediately useful depart- 
ment of oriental study. But such was not the thought of the benefactor to whom we owe this building. 
To her the "ho-ht from the East" shines still with undiminished brightness upon our western science. 
It has seemed to her to be a service, not only to the cause of sound learning, but also to the present- 
day life and work, to provide here a temple for the service of that universal goddess of Truth whose 
footprints may be followed and whose instructions sought in the Orient youth of the world as well as 



544 The President's Report 

in the maturer and more complicated life of the Occident. In providing this building it is the thought 
of Mrs. Haskell that oriental studies, important as they are in themselves, should find their center 
and their greatest utility in their contributions to the better knowledge of the divine revelation 
contained in the Jewish and Christian Scriptures. How well and wisely has she discerned the signs 
of the times ! The Bible is a new book in the light of our new studies in oriental life, oriental philol- 
ogy, oriental history, oriental archseology, and oriental religion. And who can deny that what con- 
tributes to our better understanding of the divine truth of the Holy Scriptures contributes in the 
most immediate and practical way to the progress of the world ? 

Mrs. Haskell presents this building to the University of Chicago in honor and in memory of her 
husband, Frederick Haskell, in token of which it is to bear the name, The Haskell Oriental Museum. 
Mr. Haskell was for years a resident of Chicago and was identified with its business interests. It is 
appropriate, therefore that the University of the city in which he lived should preserve a memorial of 
his useful life. And in this gift of the wife on behalf of her husband may we not see a further touch 
of beauty crowning this structure ; memories of the past, beautiful self-sacrifice, loyal affection 
reaching beyond the grave, coming to gather about this shrine of learning, adding to it the grace of 
hallowed association ? 

I have the honor, Mr. President, to add that Mrs. Haskell has felt a constantly growing enjoy- 
ment in the contemplation of this gift, as she has realized the care, the liberality, the ability, and the 
success which have characterized the University in the administration of the trust which she has 
committed to it ; and I, therefore, in her name, present to you at this time the keys of The Haskell 
Oriental Museum, expressing the earnest and sincere expectation of the giver that there will go forth 
from these halls enlightenment, inspiration, and guidance in that learning which has come from the 
East and which, culminating in the Book of books and in the teachings and life of the Son of Man, 
will ever abide as our most precious possession. 

The President of the University accepted the gift in the following words : 

We have come together as Trustees, colleagues, students of the University of Chicago, and as 
friends of oriental and religious learning, in order to perform the last act in a course of events which 
has extended over two years. 

The building which today is to be formally accepted, dedicated to the cause for which it was 
intended, and opened to the public, as has been said, is devoted to the cause of oriental and religious 
work. For the present the rooms on the lower floor have been set apart, with the consent of the 
donor, for general purposes. But in the near future the entire building will be used for the purpose 
for which it has been given. The north room on the first floor will be an Egyptological museum ; 
the south room, an Assyriological museum. The second floor includes two large museum-rooms which 
will be used for material which shall specially illustrate the writings of sacred Scriptures ; in other 
words, a Palestinian museum. On this floor are located three lecture-rooms and three oflBces. The 
north room of the third floor will be the library-room, while the south room will serve as a museum of 
Comparative Religion. This floor includes also two lecture-rooms and three ofiices. The building, 
with the museum materials which have now been arranged in it, has cost, in round figures, §100,000. 

The circumstances connected with the giving of this money were most interesting. An efi'ort 
was being made, at the time, to secure the sum of one million dollars before July 1, 1894, in order that 
the gifts pledged conditionally by Martin A. Ryerson and John D. Rockefeller might be secured. 
While progress had been made, the result was very uncertain. The summer season was coming on, 
and many whom we might have counted on had left the city. There still remained nearly 8200,000 to 
complete the sum required. I remember distinctly a warm day, about the first of June, which the 
Secretary of the Board of Trustees and myself had spent in the city from early morning until late in 
the afternoon without meeting success of any kind. No person upon whom we called was found at 
home. As we were returning home, it was suggested that perhaps our friend, Mrs. Caroline E. Haskell, 
who had before expressed great interest in the cause, might be willing to assist in the work we were 
trying to accomplish. It was found that she had been considering very seriously the question of 
erecting a building upon the grounds of the University in memory of her husband, and in a few 
minutes expressed her willingness to furnish the money for the erection of such a building. It was 



An Histoeioal Sketch 545 

this gift tliat made certain the securing of the million dollars. The building, therefore, important 
as it is in itself, means more than at first would appear. In securing this building the University at 
the same time secured $900,000, which, so far as one can see, would have been lost to the University 
but for Mrs. Hasliell's timely help. 

It is a source of keen regret to all of us that the gracious and noble woman who places in our 
possession this important addition to the equipment of the University is not present at these cere- 
monies. If she were here, we should make an effort to express to her the feelings of gratitude which 
fill our hearts. In her absence we cannot do less than express as best we can these same feelings. 

In the many interviews which she has kindly accorded me I have come to understand, I think, 
the motive which prompted the gift. Her heart is full of love to God who has so providentially 
guided her life. Her mind is so occupied with the thought that men and women everywhere should 
know more about the revelation vouchsafed by this God to humanity, her whole soul is so aglow with 
the contents of divine truth itself, that she makes this contribution to further the interests of a true 
understanding of the true religion. She realizes, moreover, that this thought of relationship to God 
is universal ; that in the minds of men everywhere there has been an effort to find God, whom we, the 
disciples of Jesus Christ, have learned to know from our Master. She would have all such efforts 
studied and analyzed in order that their contribution may be placed side by side with the great con- 
tribution of Christianity. Pew women, I make bold to affirm, ever indicated a broader comprehension 
of modern truth and modern methods than has the woman whose name we desire to honor today. 
The gift has been prompted by an honest and sincere desire to benefit the human race, and the 
method of giving was as gracious as the thought which prompted it was broad. It came without 
restrictions of any kind. There have been many contributions to the cause of religion, but no single 
contribution was ever made with purer motive or deeper purpose. 

On behalf of the Trustees of the University, I accept from Mr. Goodspeed, whom she has chosen 
to represent her on this occasion, the keys of Haskell Oriental Museum, and I promise, on behalf of 
the University, that the building shall be sacredly set apart for the purpose indicated. 

On Friday afternoon, July 3, the corner-stones of the Hull Biological Laboratories were 
laid. The principal address was by Professor George Lincoln Goodale, of Harvard University, 
upon the theme, " Some of the Relations of the New Natural History to Modern Thought and 
Modern Life." After the address the President made a brief statement, and the corner-stones 
of the several laboratories were laid, short addresses being made by Charles 0. Whitman, rep- 
resenting Zoology; by John M. Coulter, representing Botany; by Jacques Loeb, representing 
Physiology; and by Henry H. Donaldson, representing Anatomy. 

The articles deposited in the corner-stones were as follows : 

I. Articles deposited in each of the corner-stones: (1) the Annual Register of the University; 
(2) the last Quarterly Calendar; (3) the University Record; (4) Circular of Information, Summer 
Quarter; (5) the University of Chicago Weekly; (6) programs of the Quinquennial Celebration; (7) 
the President's Quarterly Statement; (8) the President's Quarterly Statement containing notices of 
the gift of Miss Culver; (9) the President's Quinquennial Statement; (10) the Chicago morning papers; 
(11) programs of the Biological Departments; (12) a copy of Miss Culver's letter of gift; (13) photo- 
graphs of the Culver Quadrangle; (14) photograph of the Hull Laboratories; (15) engravings of 
Charles J. Hull; (16) photographs of Miss Culver; (17) University journals. 

II. Additional articles deposited in the corner-stone of the Hull Botanical Laboratory: (1) the 
Botanical Gazette for June, 1896; (2) pamphlet, published by the United States Department of Agricul- 
ture, Preliminary Revision of the North American Species of Echinocactus, Cereus, and Opuntis, by 
Head Professor John M. Coulter; (3) pamphlet. The Embryo-Sac of Aster Novae Angliae, by Assistant 
Charles J. Chamberlain; (4) pamphlet. The Development of the Cystocarp of Champiaparoida Haro, 
by Associate Bradley Moore Davis; (5) pamphlet. The Fertilization of Batrachospermum, by Associate 
Bradley Moore Davis. 

III. Additional articles deposited in the corner-stone of the Hull Physiological Laboratory: (1) 
pamphlet, published by the University of Chicago, entitled, Physiological Archives, Hull Physiologi- 
cal Laboratory, No. 1; (2) pamphlet, Ueber den Einjluss des Lichtes auf die Organbildung bei 



546 The President's Repoet 

Thieren, von Jacques Loeb, Associate Professor; (3) pamphlet, Ziir Theorie des Galvanotropismus, von 
Jacques Loeb and S. S. Maxwell; (4) Part I of the laboratory notes used by the class in Introductory 
Physiology, University of Chicago, 1896, instructor, D. J. Lingle. 

IV. Additional article deposited in the corner-stone of the Hull Anatomical Laboratory; 
Magazine of Western History for October, 1891, containing a biographical sketch of Mr. Hull. 

V. Additional article deposited in the corner-stone of the Hull Zoological Laboratory: bound 
volume. Reflections, by Charles J. Hull, in whose memory these buildings are erected. 

On Saturday morning, July 4., a religious meeting was held in the chapel, v?here addresses 
veere made by Kev. William H. P. Faunce and Eev. George Adam Smith. After this the 
national colors VFere presented to the University by the First Regiment of Infantry of the Ilhnois 
National Guard, the address being made by Colonel H. L. Turner, with response by the Presi- 
dent. The oration of the day was then delivered by Professor Bernard Moses, of the University 
of California, upon the subject, "The Condition and Prospects of Democracy." 

The final day of the celebration, Sunday, July 5, was marked by sermons by Kev. George 
Adam Smith and Rev. W. H. P. Faunce. 

The social features of the celebration included the reception already mentioned and several 
dinners, one by the Trustees to the founder of the University and one by the representatives of 
the Science Departments to visiting scientists. At the former Mr. Andrew McLeish acted as 
toastmaster and introduced Mr. A. K. Parker, who spoke on behalf of the Trustees, and Edward 
G. Mason, Esq., who represented the city of Chicago. On this occasion Mr. Rockefeller said: 

It gives me pleasure that it is impossible to express, just to look into your faces. Before I came 
on, having heard of what wonderful things you had accomplished in all the great business undertak- 
ings and affairs with which you have had to do, I was afraid to meet you. You know, I feel very 
much at home here. From my coming you have just simply overwhelmed me with your kind atten- 
tions. President Harper told me when I came that I should never be expected to speak here at all, 
and then I did say a few words, and he told me surely I must not say any more. He repeated that 
again today, and I want to have the President understand that he cannot put me down. I do feel 
very grateful to you, gentlemen; I do feel great confidence in you. I said to some of your number 
since I came that I trembled for you in view of this great responsibility which you have so cheerfully 
taken upon you. It carries me back to my first experience as a young man in business. As the 
success began to come, I seldom put my head on the pillow at night without speaking a few words to 
myself in this wise: "Now, a little success; soon you will fall down, soon you will be overthrown." 
And I was constantly trembling lest this should come to pass. I have nothing of that feeling with 
respect to you, now that I know you. I had none of that feeling before — not with the body of gentle- 
men who made up this committee; I have never had any hesitancy with reference to their ability, to 
their honesty, to their fidelity, to their abiding interest in this work and their appreciation of what it 
meant. It means far more than I supposed in the beginning. I am amazed at what I see here; I am 
delighted beyond measure. In common with yourselves, I am full of hopes for the future of this 
institution, your institution, your Chicago University. I rejoice with you in its promising beginning, 
and I trust that the work which has begun so auspiciously will be continued, and that the genera- 
tions to come, when we all sleep quietly in the churchyard, shall continue to be blessed all down the 
ages. 

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY CONGREGATION 

The first meeting of the University Congregation, established under the provisions of 
Statute 18 of the University, was held in the Haskell Oriental Museum on Saturday, January 2, 
1897. This was followed by a dinner, at which Mr. Martin A. Ryerson, President of the Board 
of Trustees, made an address upon "The University Congregation and the Board of Trustees 
of the University." showing the ideas behind the organization : 



An Histokioal Sketch 647 



Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen: 

It gives me great pleasure to be present at this first dinner of the University Congregation in 
an official capacity, and with personal sentiments which enable me to unite to an official expression 
of welcome to the new organization an expression of satisfaction in its creation which is, I am sure^ 
shared by every member of the Board of Trustees. 

We feel that the existence of the University Congregation is the promise of the introduction 
into the direction of university aSairs of elements of very great importance ; we feel that the policy 
of our University to give to its work the broadest influence and outward expression is reinforced by 
a step which not only provides for a union of the Faculties which will interest in questions pertaining 
to the general welfare of the University those who, by reason of their special duties, now have their 
attention confined to particular phases of university management, but also provides for that reaction 
upon university work which is necessary to keep it in close touch with the demands of modern life. 

Much of the spirit which in the Middle Ages kept universities apart from, and frequently in 
conflict with, the community, survived until quite recently in a certain scholastic exclusiveness, 
which only slowly admitted the idea that education, even in its highest forms, must measure its value 
by the influence, direct or indirect, with which it penetrates and permeates every stratum of society; 
but I think that all now feel that education may be considered to deserve the title of higher only 
insomuch that it shapes its aims and methods with the broadest conception of the preparation of 
mankind for the duties, the trials, and the pleasures of life ; only insomuch that it is possessed of the 
idea that, however advanced and special may be its work, it must find ultimate and permanent 
justification in the depth and wholesomeness of its influence to that end. 

It follows from this measuring of methods by results that while the problems of education, 
must be solved by educators, those problems must be stated and the solutions verified by life itself, 
not alone the life of the scholar, nor that of any class of a community, but human life in its broadest 
sense. And so the experiences and educational needs of all should be brought to the knowledge of 
educators ; the practical as well as the intellectual and spiritual requirements of mankind should be 
made known by contact with the world which will test theories by practice and direct educational 
energies in useful channels. 

The value and influence of a university are, therefore, dependent upon a reaction upon it of the 
life of the community. The chief magistrate of our nation has recently, at the celebration of the 
Princeton Sesquicentennial, entered a plea for the interest of college men in public affairs. Should 
not special stress be laid upon a plea for the interest of all educated men in education, in our public 
schools, our academies, our colleges, and our universities? Is it not through these institutions that 
we must eventually reach the remedy for political and social ills? 

I think I may say for the Board of Trustees that, if we found satisfaction in creating, with the 
advice of the Faculty, this new organization, it was because we felt that by so doing we were taking 
a step toward bringing the University into closer relation with the community and thus allowing an 
opportunity for that complete adjustment of action and reaction which is necessary to progress. We 
see beyond the desirable union of the Faculties for which it provides the provision which looks 
toward enlisting in University affairs the continued interest of our growing body of graduates ; we 
trust that the field of advice and criticism open to this body will be carefully cultivated by them, and 
that they will take a vigilant and friendly interest in all that the University is doing and trying to 
do. A close succession of business and academic control will promote the continuous and systematic 
progress of an institution, but that control can retain its vitality and usefulness only by keeping in 
contact, not only with the progress of modern thought, but also with the changes in modern life ; and 
that very continuity and that concentration of management make it the more necessary that such 
management should be kept open to outside advice and criticism. We shall welcome through this 
body, which we hope will contain a constantly increasing circle of men and women who have gone 
forth from the University into the different walks of life, such advice and criticism. But may we not 
expect even more from these reunions? May we not hope that they will come to have for the 
graduates who form a part of this body a sentimental interest of great value? We know that, deeper 
and often more valuable than the direct influence which the activities of trained men exert in a 
community is the indirect influence exerted by character and ideals. If university training tends to 



548 The President's Kepobt 

the creation of character and ideals, may we not say that they will be better maintained in presence 
of the experiences of life by renewal from time to time at one of the sources of their strength? It is 
no idle sentiment which makes the college man's mind revert with affection to his alma mater; it is 
the valuable manifestation of a real tie ; it is another phase of the sentiment which makes him revert 
with uplifting tenderness to the home of his youth, with its pure influences and its happy anticipa- 
tions. Should not every man and woman who goes forth from the University feel that through a 
continued interest in and contact with it lie the best means of constantly measuring realization by 
the standards of early hopes and aspirations? 

In closing, let me be moved by the sympathetic presence here of many guests, who are proud to 
owe allegiance to sister institutions, to say that the University of Chicago will be well satisfied if the 
men and women who go forth from its halls will equal in character and distinguished services, and in 
devotion to their alma mater, those who have come here tonight to bring us assurances of good-will. 

THE DEDICATION OE THE HULL BIOLOGICAL LABOEATOEIES 

In connection with the Nineteenth Convocation the formal dedication of the Hull Bio- 
logical Laboratories took place, July 2, 1897. The address was delivered by Professor William 
H. Welch, of Johns Hopkins University, upon " Biology and Medicine." In her presentation 
address Miss Helen Culver said : 

In some strenuous natures anxiety regarding a personal hereafter is largely replaced by an 
ardent desire to accomplish some real work here — " to produce," as Carlyle puts it. To them it is 
not enough to add somewhat, day by day, to the sum total of well-being. They long to preserve the 
life-force from total dissipation at the close — to leave, in concrete form, a definite resultant of the life 
here, and give it such direction that it may move on as a continuation of personal effort. The son, 
it is hoped, may be heir to his father's spirit and purpose, or by some other means power may be 
transmitted to succeeding generations, and an immortality of beneficent influence be secured. 

It was in obedience to such a driving power that provision for these buildings was made. 

Since it has fallen to me to conclude the work of another, you will not think it intrusive if I 
refer to the character and aims of the real donor. During a lifetime of close association with Mr. 
Hull, I have known him as a man of tenacious purpose, of inextinguishable enthusiasms, and above 
all things dominated by a desire to help his kind. Much of his time for fifty years was spent in 
close contact with those most needing inspiration and help. He had also profound convictions 
regarding the best basis for social development in our country, and these directed the energies of his 
life. Looking toward the close of activity, it was for many years his unchanging desire that a part of 
his estate should be administered directly for the public benefit. Many plans were discussed 
between us. And when he was called away, before he could see the work begun, I am glad to know 
that he did not doubt that some part of his purpose would yet be carried out. He would have shared 
our joy in this great University, could he have foreseen its early creation. And it would have 
been a greater pleasure added, could he have known the wide diffusion of its benefits sought by its 
management. 

As already indicated, apart from my own interest in the matter, I have looked upon myself 
as the guardian of a trust, only the more sacred because unexpressed. That burden, Mr. President 
and members of the Board of Trustees, I have laid upon you, and upon all those who are to work 
within these halls, instructors and students. To you and to them I pass the name, which no son or 
daughter is left to wear, with the material inheritance, the advantages, and the duties attaching 
thereto. 

I have believed that I should not do better than to name, as his heirs and representatives, those 
lovers of the light who in all generations, and from all ranks, give their years to the search for truth, 
and especially those forms of inquiry which explore the Creator's will, as expressed in the laws of 
life, and the means of rendering lives more sound and wholesome. I have believed that moral evils 
would grow less as knowledge of their relation to physical life prevails — and that science, which is 
knowing, knowing the truth, is a foundation of pure religion. 



An Historical Sketch 549 

I shall attempt no further statement of the lines along which I have hoped good would flow 
from this foundation. Those possibilities would be better measured by some worker in the field of 
biological research. 

Mr. President and gentlemen, I leave the buildings and my responsibility with you. 

In accepting the gift of Miss Culver, President Harper recalled the circumstances under 
which the generous contribution was made, indicated the important place which it filled in the 
general plan of the University, and promised the faithful co-operation of the Trustees and 
Faculties in endeavoring to realize the hopes of the donor regarding the laboratories thus 
established. A brief description of the equipment is as follows : 

The Zoological Laboratory is 120 X 50 feet, and four stories high, exclusive of the basement. 

On the first floor are located the library of the Biological Departments, rooms for a synoptical 
museum, and a large laboratory for Elementary Zoology. 

The second floor contains one large laboratory for beginners in research, and a number of 
smaller laboratories for more advanced work. 

The third floor contains two large laboratories, one for Comparative Anatomy and Embryology, 
the other for Cellular Biology, and a number of rooms for research. 

The fourth floor is devoted to the laboratories for Bacteriology, which are supplied with 
sterilizers, incubators, special microscopes, and other bacteriological apparatus, and are furnished 
with tables for microscopical work and for the usual laboratory manipulations. 

The basement contains one large room with glass-covered extension on the south side, designed 
for an aquarium, two rooms for use as aviaries, vivaria, etc., one room for paleontological material, 
and one for taxidermy and museum purposes. 

The best optical and other apparatus demanded by zoological work are provided. There are 
series of models and charts illustrating embryological and morphological subjects, and ample facilities 
for keeping land and aquatic animals under favorable conditions for study. 

The Anatomical Laboratory is 120 X 50 feet, and four stories high, exclusive of the basement, 
and was constructed to provide for both Anatomy, including Histology, and tor Neurology. 

In the basement are special rooms tor keeping frogs and similar animals at low temperatures ; 
a bone-room, a cold-storage room for anatomical material, and a crematory. 

On the first floor the east end will be occupied by Experimental Psychology, a number of small 
isolated rooms having been arranged for the research work. 

There is a large photographic room containing a stone pier and connected with a well-arranged 
dark room. 

At the west end is the general laboratory for Histology, and on the north side the store-rooms 
for all the Biological Departments, together with the office of the purchasing agent. 

The second floor is devoted to Histology and Neurology. At the east end is the lecture-room 
and the laboratory tor special Histology. Along the south side are the laboratories of the staff, and 
at the west end the neurological laboratory for microscopic work, together with a laboratory fitted for 
chemical studies in this line. 

On the third floor is a large amphitheater. The remaining rooms have been planned for 
human Anatomy, but will not be fitted up for that work at present. 

At the west end of the fourth floor is a large animal room so arranged that small animals 
can be kept under very favorable conditions. The other rooms on this floor are intended for 
special investigators whose work requires more space and protection than the general laboratories 
afford. 

The Botanical Laboratory is a building 102 x 52 feet, and four stories high, with basement, and 
roof greenhouse, and abundantly lighted. 

The basement, besides general storage, contains rooms for the preparation of material, for 
constant temperature, and for such physiological apparatus as requires solidity of support. 

The first floor contains the general lecture hall, two large general laboratories for elementary 
work, and preparation rooms. 



550 The President's Repoet 

The second floor is devoted to the general Morphology and Taxonomy of Spermatophytes, con- 
taining a laboratory for special Morphology, two herbarium-rooms, five private research-rooms, and 
reading- and club-room. 

The third floor is arranged for work in the special Morphology and Taxonomy of Cryptogams, 
containing two laboratories, two herbarium-rooms, and eight private research-rooms. 

The fourth floor is devoted to Plant Physiology, with a general laboratory, a special laboratory, 
a chemical laboratory, workshop, store-rooms, and private research-rooms. 

The roof greenhouse is intended for experimental work in connection with the physiological 
laboratories. It also serves to furnish material for the morphological laboratories. 

The apparatus equipment for morphological and physiological work is of the highest grade, and 
large herbarium collections afford facilities for taxonomic work. 

The library facilities are adapted to the work undertaken, and will be increased as rapidly as 
possible. 

THE DEDICATION OF THE TEEKES ASTEONOMIOAL OBSEEVATOET 

The dedicatory exercises of the Yerkes Astronomical Observatory took place at the Obser- 
vatory Building, Williams Bay, Wis., on October 21, 1897. The address was delivered by 
Professor James E. Keeler, director of the Allegheny Observatory upon the subject "The 
Importance of Astrophysical Research and the Relations of Astrophysics to Other Physical 
Sciences." 

Mr. Yerkes in presenting the Observatory to the University through the President of the 
Board of Trustees, said: 

Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen: 

After five years of patient waiting and incessant labor, we are brought together to perform the 
agreeable duty which has been in our minds during the whole of that period, namely: the dedication 
of this Observatory. 

It was in October 1892 that Dr. Harper and Professor Hale arranged for the manufacture of the 
telescope and building the Observatory, and since that time the work has been incessant. Before 
this, however, three years had been spent in preparing the rough glass, making eight years in all 
which was required to produce what we now have before us. The anxiety of those who were so 
deeply interested in the work can scarcely be imagined, for, as they followed it step by step from its 
incipiency to its finish, many doubts and fears naturally crossed their minds. As no glass had ever 
been made of the size of this, there was no criterion to go by, and it was necessary to leave every- 
thing to the future. Then, again, there was the risk of accident, and when the glass was safely lodged 
in its final resting-place, the hearts of many who are now present beat much more freely and with 
greater satisfaction than they had since the projecting of the work. A priceless gem to these 
gentlemen was at last in safety, and when we consider what would have been the result in case of 
accident — six years of sincere work being thrown away, and six years more would surely elapse 
before the same results could be obtained — we can imagine something of their feelings of satisfaction 
when they saw the final accomplishment of their labors. That we have done a good deed, and one 
which will revert to our satisfaction, we have no doubt. 

The science of Astronomy, while being the oldest extant, has been, we may say, the most neg- 
lected. It is in no way commercial, and that may be one of the chief reasons. Its promulgation 
has always been confined to a class of enthusiasts who felt an interest in their work and gloried in 
the achievements which they attained. 

Five thousand years ago astronomy was studied, but it was not until six hundred years before 
the Christian era that any progress had been made in it. Greek mythology used it as a romance, 
with but little idea of its truthfulness, and up to the beginning of the seventeenth century, when the 
telescope was invented by Hans Lipperhay and applied by the great Galileo, but little was known of 
the science. Prom that time on through the work of Newton, Lagrange, Laplace, Dominicus, Cassini, 
Flamsteed, Bradley, Herschel, Bessel, and others equally celebrated, good progress was made, and 



An Histoeical Sketch 551 



during the last half-century there have been greater advances than ever before. This is owing to the 
fact that we now have the ability to determine correctly, by instruments which are late inventions, 
matters that were never dreamed of. It is to the great telescopes that the ardent workers look for 
encouragement for their labors. Accurate means have been devised for recording for the observa- 
tions, while the photographic plate, together with the spectroscope, has been applied with the most 
astonishing results. 

As I said, one reason why the science of astronomy has not more helpers is on account of its 
being entirely uncommercial. There is nothing of moneyed value to be gained by the devotee to 
Astronomy; there is nothing that he can sell. Compared with electricity and other sciences of like 
character, there is the greatest difference; consequently, the devotee of Astronomy has as his only 
reward the satisfaction which comes to him in the glory of the work which he does and the results 
which he accomplishes. 

These are some of the reasons why you are gathered here today, and why this edifice and its 
contents have been furnished. 

That the work will produce good results, I am, after a thorough examination, fully satisfied, 
and my satisfaction is still more intense when I learn of the great and enthusiastic men which the 
University of Chicago has gathered around it for the purpose of taking charge of the work to be per- 
formed in this Observatory; and I therefore, with the fullest feeling of satisfaction and pleasure, turn 
over to you this structure, with all its contents, feeling satisfied that it is now in the best of hands, 
and that the labors here will be serious, conscientious, and thoroughly done. I feel that in your 
attempts to pierce the mysteries of the universe which are spread before you by our great Creator, 
the enthusiasm of your natures will carry you to success. 

Mr. Martin A. Eyerson, President of the Board of Trustees of the University, accepted the 
gift in a brief speech. He said : 

Mr. Yerkes, Members and Friends of the University of Chicago: 

It is with great personal pleasure, increased by the feeling that I am expressing a wide-felt 
sense of public appreciation, that I perform the duty of representing the Board of Trustees of the 
University of Chicago on this occasion. 

Any hesitation which one might feel on account of the difficulty of adequately expressing the 
sentiments which are here aroused gives way before the conviction that, when all has been said today, 
there will remain a continuing and growing appreciation of this great gift of which this ceremony, 
important as it is, is but the initial public manifestation, and which will, after all, be the true reward 
of the donor. 

When the many expressions of gratitude have found utterance on this occasion, there will 
remain what must be a source of even greater gratification to Mr. Yerkes the continuing and increas- 
ing usefulness of his great gift. I use the word "usefulness" not only because I am convinced 
that we are here at the inception of a great work which will justify itself by the practical value of its 
results as well as by the ideal nature of its aims, but also because I feel that in an age when so 
much of the ability and energy of the community is devoted to the advancement and the improve- 
ment of material conditions each new agency for the upholding of the ideals of life through the cul- 
tivation of science for its own sake has a usefulness of the highest order. We need not fear the 
materialism of an age in which an intense pursuit of the useful and the practical is accompanied by 
an ever-widening conception of true utility, in which the satisfaction of intellectual demands is 
keeping pace with the meeting of physical requirements. Let us by all means bo practical, if we can 
at the same time broaden our conception of the meaning of the word so that it may include that devel- 
opment of the intellectual side of life without which any improvement of material conditions is abso- 
lutely vain. While recognizing fully the great practical services which astronomy has rendered to the 
world, I still feel that its proudest claim to recognition and appreciation must dwell in its tendency 
to establish and maintain in the feelings of mankind the conviction that, amid the services of 
science, the increase of knowledge for the sake of knowledge is not the least. 

Mr. Yerkes, on behalf of the Board of Trustees of the University of Chicago, I accept your 



532 The Peesident's Repoet 

which perhaps now belong to the realm of the past, but which throw light upon the event wo are 
celebrating. 

Years ago an important suburb of the city of Chicago was to be established. A leading spirit 
in the building of this new village, realizing the importance of educational influence, erected in the 
village a large and convenient building to be used as an academy or seminary for young women. A 
little later, largely through his influence, there was established in this same village an academy for 
boys, and a building was erected for the work. Still later, through the same influence, a large and 
commodious building was provided for the Theological Seminary — an institution which, during its 
history under these auspices, sent out hundreds of preachers to carry the message of light and life to 
the men of every country. Again in this same village there was established, by this same man, a 
village library; the building, a beautiful building of stone ; the shelves of the building amply provided 
with books. The village of which I have spoken is Morgan Park ; the man, our friend who tonight 
gives us this building as an indication of his interest in sound learning. Still further, all these build- 
ings, except one, together with the land which surrounds them, in part by the direct gift and in part 
through the direct influence of our friend, have come into the possession of the University, and are 
today occupied by the academy of the University. 

I may be pardoned if I mention another fact. Many years ago, in the earliest history of the 
city of Chicago, certain men of broad sympathies, with a desire to encourage research, established 
what is now known as the Chicago Academy of Science. These men had much to contend with. 
The great fire destroyed everything which up to that time had been collected ; but the work went on. 
Publications were issued by the Academy. Money was freely furnished by the men interested. The 
work was encouraged, indeed carried, by these few men. But for them the Academy would have died 
long ago. The interest and the work of these few men saved it, and today it is about to occupy new 
quarters in Lincoln Park. The man of all men to whom the Academy is indebted, the man who 
served as its President for many years, who contributed from his private purse on many occasions in 
order to continue its existence, was our friend who has indicated his interest in scientific work by 
providing for the University this building which will be in a true sense a scientific laboratory. 
Nothing daunted by the misfortune which befell the old Academy, believing that the city of Chicago 
should have a museum building to which its citizens might offer collections made from time to time, 
he has erected this building, has given it to the University, and by this act has invited those who, 
like himself, sympathize with the work of scientific research, by their gifts to carry on the work 
which he has thus magnificently begun. 

You will pardon me if I add still a third reminiscence. There was an old University of Chicago. 
Of its great work and of its great misfortunes I need not speak. One of the men closely connected 
with its work through many years, contributing continually toward its support, was the friend to 
whom tonight we would, if possible, do honor. When the old University ceased to be, this same 
friend came forward with the generous proposition to give land and money for a college which should 
be built near the city of Chicago. Providence ordered that the institution should be established in 
the city, and the propositions made by Mr. Walker were not accepted ; but from the first day of the 
history of the new University he has shown himself its friend. In its councils he has at all times 
taken a leading part, and when the time came for the citizens of Chicago to indicate to the world 
whether or not they would receive and make their own an institution so generously founded by a 
citizen of another state, Mr. Walker was one of the first to place his name on the subscription list to 
an amount exceeding §120,000. 

The educational property of Morgan Park has become a part of the University. The college 
which he proposed to establish at Morgan Park is there, not a college, but what in this great western 
territory of ours is of far greater value — an academy of the highest order, manned by instructors 
trained in the best academic institutions in the land. The museum which was originally intended 
for the Academy of Science has been built, but built for the University. The many separate educa- 
tional efforts undertaken by Mr. Walker have become unified and centralized in the University of 
which he is an honored Trustee. 

These facts show the long-continued, deep, and earnest interest which he has exhibited in the 
cause of education. For one I rejoice that the building for a museum has come to us before a library 



An Histoeioal Sketch 533 



building. It is possible, especially under the departmental system which we have adopted, to make 
good use of books without a large and excellent library building. Books must be purchased, and 
books will be contributed even if we lack a building ; but collections are never given to an institution 
that has no convenient and safe depository for them. At a time when the city is so full of valuable 
collections, collections which are so soon to be distributed, it is opportune indeed that the University 
should be able to say to those who own these collections that it possesses a fireproof structure in 
which they may be preserved and displayed. I may be mistaken, but I venture to make the asser- 
tion that within the next twelve months this building will bring to the University material which 
would have cost the University three or tour times the cost of the building itself. For all such mate- 
rial received we shall be indirectly indebted to Mr. Walker. Tonight we take possession of the 
building. Tomorrow morning the scientific collections of various kinds belonging to the University 
will be placed within its walls. Tomorrow morning the work of research and investigation in con- 
nection with the lectures and class work of the Department of Geology and Mineralogy will begin. 
The building is finished, but none too soon. 

And now, with these few and inadequate words of introduction, representing th'e Trustees of 
the University and its Faculties, I accept the building from its donor, Mr. Walker, and pledge him 
that it will be sacredly devoted to the interests he has had at heart. Time will show him, as no 
words of mine tonight could show, our appreciation of his noble gift, and the gratitude which fills 
our hearts. 

DEDICATION OF THE KENT CHEMICAL LABOKATORY 

The Fifth Convocation was attended by the formal opening of the Kent Chemical Labora- 
tory. Special exercises were held in the laboratory on Monday evening, January 1, 1894. In 
presenting the building President Harper said : 

Ladies and Gentlemen : 

As the most fitting introduction to the exercises of the evening, I read to you the contents of 
the letter which I hold in my hand : 

"Mr. William R. Harper, President of the University of Chicago: 

"My deak Sik : I hereby give this building, fully furnished and completely equipped, to the 
University of Chicago as a chemical laboratory, for the use of this and future generations. 

" Trusting that the standard of education will be such as to command the respect, not only of 
this country, but of the civilized world, I am, "Very truly yours, 

"Chicago, January 1, 1894." "S. A. Kent." 

Mr. Kent in his modesty prefers in this simple way, rather than by a personal address, to 
conclude a transaction the magnitude and significance of which it is diiEcult for us to appreciate. 
With a stroke of the pen he has devoted to the cause of science, to the cause of one among many 
sciences, the sum of nearly a quarter of a million dollars. The most significant thing in connection 
with this magnificent gift is the time at which it was made. Two millions of dollars had been donated 
for endowment and land. For only one building, and that a dormitory, had at that time provision 
been made. The University in very truth was still on paper. Not a few good people, east and west, 
had given utterance to the opinion that perhaps, after all, the University of Chicago must begin as 
other institutions had begun, and secure only after many years the facilities for work of a university 
character. For five months there had been sowing of seed. Some of us had expected results at a 
date much earlier. The situation was fast becoming a painful one, and the question not infrequently 
arose : Will Chicago accept this University in the spirit in which it has been established, and rally to 
its support ? Will the citizens of Chicago show their appreciation of the generous act performed for 
their city by a man living far away ? One must believe that if the answer to these questions had 
been much longer delayed, it would have been a negative answer. It was just at this time of painful 
suspense that Mr. Kent came forward with his munificent proposal, and in a moment the question 
was answered. The University was to be the University of Chicago. Within a month another 



554 The President's Report 

prominent a place. It is fitting that expression also be given on behalf of the Faculties of the 
University and the members of the astronomical staff. We realize that you have greatly increased 
the glory of the University by furnishing an equipment which makes it possible to discover new and 
important facts in the structure of the universe ; that you have furnished stimulus and incentive to 
many of our number to devote their lives most earnestly and sacredly to the search for truth ; that 
you have honored the city of Chicago, the Northwest, the entire valley of the Mississippi, by planting 
in its midst an institution which through the centuries will contribute to the uplifting of men and 
the upbuilding of character. We appreciate above all the simplicity and the sincerity of the motive 
which prompted you to malte this gift, and the purpose which has controlled you throughout these 
years, during which the gift has taken tangible form. Men of science and men of learning in every 
land will receive and acknowledge the benefits of this gift. The Yerkes telescope is not an institution 
of Chicago, or of Wisconsin, or of the United States merely. It will become one of the institutions of 
the world, aiding and interesting those who speak many different languages, who live in many widely 
separated lands. We realize that through your gift the opportunity has come to us, as members of 
the Faculty of the University of Chicago, to perform important service in the cause of science. For 
the opportunity of doing what but for your gift we could not otherwise have done we are profoundly 
grateful. If it were possible for you to derive a tithe of the satisfaction from your gift which the 
giving of it will bestow upon each one of us, you will have been rewarded. It has been said that 
" science, like virtue, is its own exceeding great reward." This, if true, holds good not only of those 
who may, technically, call themselves scientists, but as well of those who make scientific work possible 
by their munificence. 

On behalf of the students and instructors, on behalf of the University of today, and the Uni- 
versity of the future, I thank you for the word spoken five years ago, for the word you have spoken 
today — the word which gave the University the gift. 

THE GIFT OP GREEN HALL 

On June 10, 1898, Mrs. Elizabeth G. Kelly, who furnished the funds needed to erect Kelly 
Hall, placed the University under renewed obligations by a gift of fifty thousand dollars 
($50,000) to provide for the construction of a new dormitory for women, to be known as Green 
Hall, in honor of her parents. This amount, being insufficient to meet the entire outlay for the 
building, was subsequently increased by another gift of twenty-two thousand dollars (122,000). 
The dormitory was occupied by students on January 1, 1899. 

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE COLLEGE FOR TEACHERS 

On July 12, 1898, Mrs. Emmons Blaine pledged to the University the sum of five thousand 
dollars (15,000) a year, for five years, for carrying on work of instruction in some center in the 
business portion of Chicago. As a result of this gift the College for Teachers was established, 
vidth location in the Fine Arts Building. On January 27, 1899, finding that the amount first 
pledged was insufficient, Mrs. Blaine gave an additional contribution of twelve hvmdred dollars 
($1,200). The work of the new College was formally opened on September 30, 1898, what was 
the Class-Study Department of the University Extension Division being gradually merged with 
it. At a subsequent time the name of the College was changed to " University College," the 
term "College for Teachers" appearing too restricted. 

On September 6, 1898, Mr. Martin A. Eyerson made a contribution of five thousand dol- 
lars ($5,000) for the purchase of new equipment for the Kyerson Physical Laboratory. 

THE VISIT OF PRESIDENT MOKINLEY 

On October 17, 1898, the University was honored by a visit from William McKinley, the 
President of the United States. The occasion was marked by an asserhbly of students from all 
departments of the University and by the presence of large delegations from neighboring afiili- 
ated schools. A special Convocation was held in Kent Theater, when Professor Albion W. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 555 

Small made an address on behalf of the University Congregation, and Rev. Alonzo K. Parker, 
representing the Board of Trustees, delivered the Convocation Address upon the theme, "The 
Firm Foundation of National Peace." President McKinley was then presented for the degree 
of Doctor of Laws by Dean Harry P. Judson, who said: 

Inasmuch as the Trustees of the University of Chicago have judged it to be reasonable and right 
that those who, surpassing other men in native genius and in devoted toil, have carried great under- 
takings in letters or science to a successful issue, or in the administration of affairs have rendered 
memorable service to the commonwealth, should receive the meed of honors and distinctions, that they 
themselves may have the praise which is their due, and that the minds of others may be roused to 
emulate their virtues and to win like fame; 

I therefore now present to you, the chief magistrate of these United States, William McKinley, 
who recently in the severest crisis failed at no point to serve the interest of the commonwealth; and 
I commend him to you as a man deserving of the highest honor that the University can bestow. 

In conferring the degree President Harper said: 

You, William McKinley, a man endowed with all advantages of education and experience, who, 
at a time of the gravest crisis, when the weal, not only of this Republic, but of foreign states, was put 
in deepest peril, and the path of wisdom lay dark before the people, served each highest interest, and, 
by your wisdom and your foresight, out of confusion brought a happy ending, the Trustees of the 
University of Chicago, on nomination by the Academic Senate, have admitted to the degree of Doctor 
of Laws, now for the first time given by them, and have granted and bestowed upon you all the honors, 
rights, and privileges here or elsewhere appertaining to the same. 

In testimony whereof I now present you with the Doctor's hood of the University of Chicago, 
which, in virtue of this degree, you have the right to wear, and with iitei diploma of the University. 
And may you increase in wisdom and in virtue, and, in days to coMK sis in the past, cherish the 
Republic and defend her. '. '>' 

THE EXTENSION OF THE QDADKANgJHI' 

The need of more ground for the use of the University being increasingly felt, steps were 
taken to acquire the territory embraced in the two blocks lying between Fifty-sixth and Fifty- 
seventh streets, bounded by Ellis avenue on the west and Lexington avenue on the east. On 
December 30, 1898, Mr. Eockefeller offered to give two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) 
toward the purchase of this property provided Mr. Marshall Field would give one hundred and 
thirty -five thousand ($135,000). This arrangement being carried out, and the city council having 
vacated Greenwood avenue running through the tract, a very valuable addition was made to the 
University Quadrangles. 

THE GIFT OF THE LEON MANDEL ASSEMBLY HALL 

On November 29, 1899, Mr. Leon Mandel made a contribution for the erection of the long- 
needed assembly hall, all large gatherings at the University having been crowded into the 
lecture-room of Kent Chemical Laboratory, which was planned for an entirely different purpose. 
Mr. Mandel's gift was made in the following letter: 

Chicago, November 29, 1899. 
President W. R. Harper: 

Dear Sir: I will give to the University of Chicago the sum of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), 
to be used for the erection of a building for assembly purposes, on condition that the building shall 
be called the Leon Mandel Assembly Hall. I will pay the sum indicated when I am informed that 
the contract for the building has been let. Yours truly, 

Leon Maudel. 

This generous gift was increased at a later date by twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000), 
the amount first named proving insufficient for the completion of the proposed hall. 



556 The President's Report 



THE GUELEY COLLECTION OF FOSSILS 

At a meeting of the Board of Trustees held on December 12, 1899, President Harper 
announced that an agreement had been effected with Mr. W. F. E. Gurley by which a great 
collection of fossils, valued at one hundred and twenty-five thousand dollars ($125,000) was to 
come into the possession of the University, the owner, Mr. Giirley, contributing a large propor- 
tion of the amount needed for the purpose. This collection was received in due time, and was 
placed on exhibit in Walker Museum. 

THE GIFT OF THE CHARLES HITCHCOCK HALL 

On December 12, 1899, announcement was made to the Board of Trustees that Mrs. Annie 

Hitchcock was considering a large gift to the University, to be used partly in the erection of a 

dormitory for men, the building to be a memorial of her husband, Charles Hitchcock, long a 

leading lawyer of Chicago, and partly in the establishment of a professorship. At a meeting 

held January 2, 1900, the formal offer was made, the amount paid to the University by Mrs. 

Hitchcock being two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), in accordance with the following 

letter: 

Jantjary 1, 1900. 

William B. Harper: 

Deak Fkiend: Desiring to erect a memorial in the University of Chicago to my husband, 

Charles Hitchcock, I am prepared to transfer to that institution my interest in La Salle Block (corner 

of Madison and La Salle streets) to the value of two hundred thousand dollars (8200,000), subject to 

the conditions already discussed between us. Sincerely your friend, 

Annie Hitchcock. 

the foster hall addition 

At the same meeting the following letter was presented: 

789 FcxLBBTON Avenue. 
President William R. Harper, University of Chicago: 

Dear Db. Harpee: I should like to have Nancy Foster Hall extended to the west and made 
a complete building with light on three sides. For the purpose of building and furnishing this exten- 
sion, including an elevator for the building, I am willing to give twenty thousand dollars (^20,000). 
Will you please inform the Trustees? Very sincerely yours, 

Nancy S. Foster. 

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE CRANE RUSSIAN LECTURESHIP 

At the same meeting the following letter was read from Mr. Charles K. Crane: 

January 2, 1900. 
William R. Harper, The University of Chicago: 

My dear Dr. Harper: 1 wish to confirm by letter my recent conversation with you regarding 
a lectureship on Slavic subjects. 

I should like to have you accept for this lectureship ten thousand dollars ($10,000), to be paid in 
five annual instalments of two thousand dollars (§2,000) each. 

These lectures should, I think, be given so far as possible by distinguished Slavs, especially 
Russians ; the course as a whole planned to give a general view of the Slavic world, its geography, 
ethnography, history, arts, institutions, and religious sects. 

Please let me know if this is satisfactory to you. Very truly yours, 

C. R. Crane. 

The time set for the securing of the two million dollars, offered under certain conditions 
by Mr. Kockefeller, having expired, it was announced that the offer had been extended for three 
months longer, and at the Convocation in April, 1900, President Harper announced that the 
necessary amount had been raised and that this great addition to the funds of the University 
had been made. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 557 



Two significant gifts were made to the Library of the University in the early part of 1900, 
one being the private library of Professor Hermann E. von Hoist, and the other that of Professor 
George W. Northrup, both collections being specially selected by the donors, the one rich in 
volumes of history, the other being largely theological. The equipment of the library was also 
enriched on April 17, 1900, through the establishment by Mrs. Delia S. Gallup of a fund of 
thirty thousand dollars ($30,000), the interest of which is to be used in the purchase of books 
in the special field of American history. 

A GIFT OF ONE MILLION, FIVE HUNDEED THOUSAND DOLLAES 

On December 12, 1900, this letter from Mr. Rockefeller was presented to the Trustees: 

December 6, 1900. 
Mr. Martin A. Ryerson, President Board of Trustees, University of Chicago, Chicago, III.: 

My dear Sir : My father will give to the University of Chicago one million, five hundred 
thousand dollars ($1,500,000), of which $1,000,000 is for endowment, payable as of the date of December 
1, 1900, in cash or approved securities at the option of the Board, and 8500,000 is for the general needs 
of the University, payable as required before July 1, 1902. Very truly, 

John D. Rockefeller, Jr. 

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

The early part of 1901 was marked by the establishment of the School of Education, this 

great advance coming as a result of the negotiations growing out of the receipt of the following 

letter: 

Chicago, February 5, 1901. 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

During the past three or four weeks we have had some interviews and correspondence with 
President Harper, with a view to the transfer to the University of Chicago of educational work which 
we have been intending to carry on, namely, a pedagogic school and a school for children in con- 
tinuation of the schools formerly in charge of Colonel Francis W. Parker at Normal Park. At one 
time during the course of our communications with President Harper we addressed to your Board a 
proposition which, we believe, has not been presented to you because the conditions upon which it 
was based were deemed by President Harper impracticable. 

We wish now to make the following offer : We will turn over to the University property of 
about the value of One Million Dollars, consisting of — 

a) Unimproved real estate for which four hundred and twenty-five thousand dollars in cash 
was paid in 1899. 

b) School equipment and building materials which have cost a little more than seventy-five 
thousand dollars. 

c) Convertible securities worth five hundred thousand dollars ; provided, the use of this 
property for the purpose for which we have intended to use it can be assured on a basis agreeable to 
you and to us. 

We have not as yet gone into the subject suflBciently to enable us to make any more definite 
proposal of terms ; but if your Board should be disposed to enter upon negotiations with us, we shall 
be glad to proceed immediately. 

Our plans are such that the greatest possible haste is necessary; if therefore you should accept 

our contingent otfer, may we suggest that you make such provision that there may be on your side no 

delay in the negotiations, and that, if these reach a satisfactory conclusion, a proper contract may at 

once be executed? 

Anita McCormick Blaine, 

Owen F. Aldis, 

Henry Baird Favill, 

Cyrus Bentley, 

_ Stanley McCormick, 

As Trustees of the Chicago Institute. 



(Signed) 



558 The President's Report 

At a meeting of the Board held March 5, 1901, a resolution was adopted setting apart from 
the funds given by the Reynolds estate the sum of Seventy Thousand Dollars ($70,000) for the 
erection of the Students' Club House. 

On March 18 it was voted to erect a building for the University Press at a cost not to 
exceed Eighty Thousand Dollars, and on the same day it was voted to build a Heat, Light, 
Power, and Water Plant, at an expenditure not to exceed One Hundred and Fifty Thousand 
Dollars. 

On April 16 a general plan of laying out the University grounds was approved, and steps 
were ordered taken for carrying it out. At the same meeting plans were formulated by which 
the first two years of the work of the Eush Medical College, an affiliated institution, was to be 
transferred to the University. 

At the same meeting the following communication was presented : 

Desiring to leave some lasting memorial to my late beloved husband, J. Young Scammon, who 
was for many years a Trustee of the University of Chicago and had great interest in its affairs, and 
valuing lots 5 to 16 inclusive in block two (2) in Fernwood addition to Hyde Park, in the county of 
Cook, state of Illinois, at One Hundred and Twenty-two Thousand One Hundred Dollars (§] 22,100), 
I offer to convey the same to the University for the sum of Sixty -one Thousand and Fifty Dollars 
($61,050), being one-half of such sum and value, subject to all unpaid taxes and assessments; condi- 
tioned that such land be used solely and exclusively for University purposes, that it bear the name of 
"Scammon Court," and that such name be forever maintained in some conspicuous place in or on it. 

Mabia S. Scammon. 

The Trustees voted to accept this offer of Mrs. Scammon. 

On May 15 an important gift was received from Mr. Stuart Weller, of the Department of 
Geology, who presented his private collection of fossils, comprising between two and three 
thousand specimens representing one thousand types. 



On June 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18, 1901, the Decennial Celebration was held. The first day 
was devoted to the interests of the students of the University, the most prominent feature being 
the performance of the play, As You Like It, imder the auspices of the Department of Public 
Speaking. 

Saturday, June 15, was Alumni and Class Day, the various business meetings and the 
dinner of the alumni being held, as well as the Class-Day exercises of the class of 1901. An 
interesting feature of this occasion was the presentation to the University of a memorial tablet 
to Hon. Stephen Arnold Douglas, the founder of the first university established in Chicago. 
The tablet of bronze shows an excellent likeness of Mr. Douglas, and beneath it the inscription 



IN HONOR OF STEPHEN A. DOUGLAS 
WHO IN 1855 GENEROUSLY CON- 
TRIBUTED TO THE FOUNDING OF 
THE FIRST UNIVERSITY ESTABLISHED 
IN CHICAGO THIS TABLET IS 
ERECTED IN JUNE 1901 BY THE DECENNIAL 
CLASS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO 



The address on behalf of the class was made by Mr. Arthur Eugene Bestor, the class 
president. Mr. Franklin MacVeagh, representing the Board of Trustees, accepted the tablet, 
saying, among other things : 

''■> The University Record, Vol. VI, No. 13, pp. 125 ff., published June 28, 1901, gives a complete account of the Decennial 
Celebration. 



An Histoeioal Sketch 559 



The university which Senator Douglas helped so liberally and with such enlightenment to 
establish has passed away. But it lasted long enough to educate many worthily; to make a rallying 
point for the higher intellectual life of a giant city in its beginnings ; to emphasize the fitness of 
university life in this appointed city of educational leadership ; and to break the ground for this far 
greater University, which came, in due course, to realize in the fuller time every dream and ideal 
with which Senator Douglas and his associates began their enterprise. 

And that university ought not to be permitted to pass out, though its halls are closed and its 
voices are silenced. Though it was only a group of memories before this University was conceived, 
those memories should be permanently treasured, and the spiritual relations between that university 
and this, the successive efforts of a great underlying educational necessity, should be carefully recog- 
nized. And it is a peculiarly happy thing that the Seniors of this year, grounded strongly in loyalty 
to their own alma mater, should, with true catholic feeling, turn their faces for a while to the first 
beginnings of university life in Chicago, with the wish to commemorate them gratefully. Certainly 
no time could be more appropriate for such cordial reminiscence than this year, when the new 
University is celebrating its unprecedented development and prosperity. I congratulate the Seniors 
upon their choice of the occasion, and upon their selection of the man, in honoring whom they intend 
to mark their appreciation of the early strivings of all those earnest men and women who, through 
sunshine and cloud, did their utmost to establish here that higher education which now flourishes 
all the more appropriately and luxuriantly because of their labors and sacrifices. 

This day was also marked by the corner-stone ceremonies of the University Press Building 
and the Charles Hitchcock Hall, and the formal dedication of the addition to Nancy Foster 
Hall. The first corner-stone to be laid was that of the University Press Building. The follow- 
ing introductory statement was made by the President of the University: 

The printing press is the university's most efiicient ally. Through the press, instruction which 
would have reached tens or hundreds is received by hundreds of thousands. 

During the period of its work the Press of the University of Chicago has purchased and sold 
books, stationery, and scientific equipment to the amount of about S552,213; it has printed and 
published 372 volumes of books and pamphlets, aggregating 76,350 pages, together with volumes of 
twelve journals and periodicals, aggregating 459 separate issues, amounting to i7,736 pages, and 38 
official documents, aggregating approximately 10,000 pages ; a grand total of 1,071 publications, of 
124,086 pages. This would amount to 413 volumes at 300 pages each. The Press has in addition 
executed printing to the amount of 1118,585. The purpose of the organization of the Press was, as 
stated ten years ago, the following : 

a) The printing and publishing of University bulletins, catalogues, and other official documents. 

b) The printing and publishing of special papers, journals, or reviews of a scientific character, 
prepared or edited by instructors in the various Departments of the University. 

c) The printing and publishing of books prepared or edited by University instructors. 

d ) The collecting, by way of exchange, of papers, journals, reviews, and books similar to those 
published by the University. 

e) The purchase and sale of books for students, professors, and the University Library. ' 

It is fitting, in the opinion of the Trustees, that a work of so important a character should have 
suitable quarters. The building will be erected with funds kindly furnished by the founder of the 
University. When finished, it will serve also as the temporary home of the Library. 

The following list of articles deposited in the corner-stone was read by Dr. T. W. Goodspeed, 
Secretary of the Board of Trustees : 

Photograph of the founder of the University; official statement of donations for the erection of 
the building ; the University Register; the University Record ; Directory of Alumni; Chicago daily 
papers ; program of Decennial Celebration ; addresses delivered at the laying of the stone ; catalogue 
of the publications of the University Press; University Press Style Book and style sheet; representa- 
tive publications of the University Press. 

The corner-stone was thereupon laid by Mr. Newman Miller, Director of the Press, and 
the comer-stone address was delivered by Professor J. Laurence Laughlin. 



560 The Peesident's Kepoet 

At the laying of the corner-stone of the Charles Hitchcock Hall the President made 
the following introductory statement : 

To have one's residence on the university grounds or in close proximity to them is a privilege of 
university life second only to that of enjoying the facilities for instruction offered in connection with 
the class-rooms, the libraries, and the laboratories. When it was officially decided ten years ago to 
erect, on the Quadrangles, University houses for men and women, a most important feature of the Uni- 
versity's policy was established. There are very few situations in which this policy, ordinarily called 
" the dormitory system," is undesirable. In an institution located in a great city it becomes an abso- 
lute necessity. 

It is frankly to be confessed that up to this time the University has not done for men in this 
particular feature of its policy what it has done for women. This inability to carry out its ideals has 
been due to the fact that so large a share of the time and attention of those concerned has been 
devoted to the erection of buildings necessary for instruction. With the laboratories of the Univer- 
sity now in large measure provided for, it is possible to enter more definitely upon the work of making 
better provision for the needs of student life. It is a source of much gratification that these needs 
have already appealed so strongly to some of the University's friends. This morning it is our privilege 
to celebrate the first beginning of a Hall which is intended to serve as a contribution toward the 
elevation and enrichment of student life. A woman profoundly interested in the upbuilding of young 
men, in memory of a husband who in his lifetime was equally interested, expresses her own high esti- 
mate of the magnificent possibilities of human life by erecting the building, the corner-stone of which 
is now to be placed. 

Dr. Goodspeed read the follovcing record of articles placed within the stone : 
Memorial volume of Mr. Hitchcock; diploma from Dartmouth College; admission to practice in 
United States Supreme Court; proceedings of the Illinois constitutional convention of 1870, of which 
Mr. Hitchcock was president; photograph of Mr. and Mrs. Charles Hitchcock; photograph of the late 
D. L. Shorey (by request of Mrs. Hitchcock); photograph of the Hitchcock homestead; bookplates of 
the library to be placed in the Hall by Mrs. Hitchcock; photograph of the founder; photographs of 
the University buildings; photograph of Hitchcock Hall; addresses delivered at this corner-stone 
laying; the University Register; the University Record; the Cop and Gown, 1901; the University 
of Chicago Weekly; the Chicago daily papers; Directory of Alumni; program of Decennial Celebra- 
tion; official statement of donation for erection of building. 

Mrs. Charles Hitchcock then formally laid the stone, and Professor Paid Shorey delivered 
the corner-stone addi'ess. 

The dedication of the addition to Nancy Foster Hall occun-ed immediately after the laying 
of the corner-stone of the Charles Hitchcock Hall. The President made the following intro- 
ductory statement: 

If it is regarded as important that men should have an opportunity of living in suitable cir- 
cumstances on the grounds of the University, in the case of women this becomes a matter of necessity. 
The University owes a debt of gratitude to the woman whose generosity we celebrate to-day, because 
ten years ago she was the first woman graciously and voluntarily to suggest that she desired to erect 
a home for women on the University grounds. The encouragement which this suggestion gave to us 
at that time will never be forgotten; and when, a year ago, a most urgent effort was being made to 
comply with the terms of a great contribution, she again proffered to the University a sum of money 
with which to enlarge and to complete not only the building she had erected, but as well the entire 
southeastern corner of the University grounds. The debt of gratitude, already large, was more than 
doubled. To this good woman, whose age makes her presence here today impossible, we send the 
heartiest greetings from the women of the Hall which bears her name, from every woman in the Uni- 
versity, from every member of the University, and from every man or woman who is, or has been, 
interested in the cause of woman's education. 

We rejoice today that her esteemed son, a member of the Board of Overseers of Harvard Uni- 
versity, and a respected citizen of Chicago, Mr. George E. Adams, is here today to represent her in 
the presentation of Nancy Foster Hall to the University. 



An Historical Sketch 561 



Mr. Adams said: 

As the President has already said, I am here as the representative of Mrs. Nancy Foster, the 
giver of Nancy Foster Hall. 

Among all her many acts of benevolence — and the world will never know how many they are — 
I believe there is not one that has given her more sincere pleasure than the gift of the money by which 
Nancy Foster Hall, in its original form, was constructed a few years ago. It was more than a gift of 
money; her heart went with the gift; her heart has been with it ever since. The kindly smile that 
beams from her portrait over the mantel in the old hall is only a token of the tender regard and interest 
she has felt for the welfare, not only of the women who now reside here, but for the welfare of the 
women who will reside here during the generations to come; and when, as the President of the Uni- 
versity has told us, opportunity came to enlarge and complete the Hall, it was a new happiness to her 
to furnish the money with which that was done. It would be a still further happiness to her if she 
were strong enough to be here and take part in this ceremony which marks the consummation of her 
gift. She cannot be here. I am here to speak and act for her; and so, Mr. President, it is my pleasant 
duty, in token of the affectionate regard of Mrs. Nancy Foster for the University of Chicago, and 
especially for the women of the University, to deliver to you the keys of Nancy Foster Hall. 

President Harper then said: 

I accept these keys on behalf of the University, and on behalf of the women of the University. 
It is a matter of rejoicing also with us today that on this occasion the address will be made by one 
who was most closely associated with the first work of the University; one who, so far as women are 
concerned, in large measure formulated and carried into execution the policy of the University during 
its first years — Mrs. Alice Freeman Palmer. 

Mrs. Palmer then made the dedicatory address. 

On Saturday evening the second performance of As You Like It was given, following the 
annual dinner of the Alumni Association. 

On Sunday, June 16, four meetings were held. The first was a Bible service, with addresses 
on the theme " Sacred Wisdom;" by the President, who discussed the wisdom of the Old Testa- 
ment; by Professor Richard G. Moulton, who discussed the wisdom of the Apocrypha; and by 
Professor Shailer Mathews, who discussed the wisdom of the New Testament The second was 
the Convocation Eeligious Service, at which the President delivered the Baccalaureate Address. 
The third was a vesper service, at which brief addresses were made by Professor Eri B. Hulbert, 
Eev. Marcus Dods, of New College, Edinburgh; Professor Emil G. Hirsch, and Chancellor 
Elisha Benjamin Andrews of the University of Nebraska. The music on this occasion was fur- 
nished by the University of Chicago Military Band, Mr. Glenn M. Hobbs director, and by the 
Decennial Chorus, Mr. Lester B. Jones director, comprising the members of the University of 
Chicago Choir and Chorus; the Quadrangle Chorus (Mrs. T. D. Wallace leader), and the follow- 
ing church choirs: the Immanuel Baptist, the Normal Park Baptist, the Lexington Avenue 
Baptist, the First Methodist (Englewood), the First Baptist (Englewood), the St. James Metho- 
dist, the Oakland Methodist, the Hyde Park Baptist, the Calvary Baptist; assisted by Mrs. 
Clara Henley Bussing, soprano; Miss Etta C. Levin, contralto; Mr. Boise Carson, tenor; Miss 
Mary Tracy, Miss Margaret Coulter, Mr. Edward G. Ewart, accompanists. The closing service 
of the day was the union meeting of the Young Men's Christian Association and the Young 
Women's Christian Association, at which addresses were made by Rev. Ernest M. Stires, of 
Grace Church, Chicago, and by Miss Jane Addams, of Hull House. 

Monday, June 17, was devoted to a series of educational conferences. In the morning a 
general meeting was held, where addresses were delivered upon the theme, " College and Uni- 
versity Problems," by Chancellor Andrews, of the University of Nebraska, President George E. 
MacLean of the State University of Iowa, President Charles H. Thwing of Western Reserve 
University, and Professor Albion W. Small. At the close of this meeting exercises were held 
marking the oflBcial opening of the School of Education, the address being delivered by Professor 



562 The Peesident's Repoet 

Nicholas Murray Butler of Columbia University, after which a procession moved to the site of 
the new buildings iu Scammon Court, where, after a brief introductory statement by President 
Harper, Director Francis Way land Parker turned the sod for the foundation, and then said: 

Nothing that is good is too good for the child; no thought too deep, no toil too arduous; for the 
welfare of the child means better homes, means an improved state of society, means the perpetuity of 
our republic, the salvation of the world. The economy of all economy is the education of the little child. 

We are thankful to God for the universities and for our University; to him for his mercy, to 
man for his gifts. But it can be said that of the great throng of men and women who leave the 
universities there is a large contingent who fail; their failure due, not to the universities, but to the 
education below it, to elementary education. To put money into the education of the child means the 
building of the university in the broadest and grandest way. 

Our fathers, inspired, founded the common school for the development of a free government. 
Normal schools, now spread all over the land, were established for the training of teachers and the 
advancement of the common school. Then came the kindergarten to breathe the breath of lite into 
education. The estabhshment of chairs of pedagogy in universities followed; and, last, schools of 
education, Columbia University having led the way. Now this, the second school of education, is 
here dedicated to the little child. May it be consecrated under God to the development of the child 
and the salvation of society. We march along the endless pathway of unrealized possibilities. The 
possibilities lie in the little one who are like Him who was born at Bethlehem. Let me say with 
Froebel: "Come, let us live with the children." 

In the afternoon the conference met in four sessions, representing Science, Language and 
Literature, History, and Theology. The first was addressed by Jacob Henry Van 't Hoff, 
Professor of Physiological Chemistry in the University of Berlin, and by Charles Doolittle 
Walcott, Dkector of the United States Geological Survey. The second was addressed by 
Basil L, Gildersleeve, Professor of Greek in Johns Hopkins University, and by George 
Lyman Kittredge, Professor of Latin in Harvard University. The third was addressed by His 
Excellency M. Jules Cambon, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary from the French 
Eepublic to the United States of America. The fourth was addressed by Marcus Dods, Pro- 
fessor of New Testament Literature in the New College of Edinbui-gh, Scotland, and by William 
Newton Clarke, Professor of Christian Theology in Colgate University. 

The Decennial Celebration came to an end with the exercises of Tuesday, June 18, 
centering around the Thirty-eighth University Convocation. Before this meeting there were 
corner-stone ceremonies connected with the University Commons, the University Tower, the 
Students' Club House, and the Leon Mandel Assembly Hall. At the site of the Commons 
President Harper said: 

No more difficult problem presents itself in connection with the life and work of a large 
institution than that which relates to the preparation of food for the students of the institution. 
Those who engage in intellectual work require a nourishment of the body which will meet the special 
demands made upon it. To ignore this fact, to live without regard to well-known principles, or to be 
compelled because of poverty to live in a manner known to be injurious, means great loss of power on 
the part of the individual, and consequent loss to the institution. We are willing to acknowledge 
that hitherto the University of Chicago has been unable to perform its full duty in this direction. 
For lack of adequate arrangements the men of the University have been left to take care of them- 
selves. But now, by the generosity of Mr. Charles L. Hutchinson, in whose honor the building has 
been named Hutchinson Hall, this great lack will be supplied, and in the beautiful Hall, the corner- 
stone of which we are about to place, the social and spiritual side of student life will be assisted, as 
well as the physical. 

The following list of articles deposited in the corner-stone was read by Dr. Goodspeed: 

The University Register; the University Record; the Cap and Gown; the University of 
Chicago Weekly; the Chicago papers; the addresses delivered at the laying of the stone; the photo- 
graph of the founder of the University; pictures of the buildings and grounds; the Directory of 
Alumni; the Decennial program. 



An Historical Sketch 563 



Mr. James Milton Sheldon, chairman of the Junior College Cbimcil, laid the stone, after 
which the address was delivered by Professor A. W. Small. 

The corner-stone of the Tower was laid by Mr. Joseph C. Hazen, chairman of the Divinity 
School Coiincil. The President made the following introductory statement: 

It has been the thought of the University Trustees that the most careful consideration should 
be given to the arrangement and architecture of the buildings erected. In an institution of learning 
there must be found ways of cultivating the side of sentiment. In the older universities there is the 
sentiment that grows out of age, but this is necessarily lacking in a younger institution. Perhaps 
nothing exerts a stronger influence in this regard than beautiful buildings. As an architectural 
feature of the entire body of buildings, and as a special feature of the buildings of this group, the 
Tower has been planned. Representing, as it will, not only beauty, but strength, not only symmetry, 
but power, we shall have constantly before our eyes that which will give encouragement by the 
association of thought, and that which will afford inspiration by the suggestion of the ideal. 

The building of this Tower is made possible by the kind munificence of one of Chicago's most 
noted and liberal business men, Mr. John J. Mitchell, president of the Illinois Trust and Savings Bank. 

Dr. Goodspeed read the following oflScial record of the articles placed within the stone: 
The Holy Scriptures; the address delivered at the laying of the stone; the photograph of the 
founder; pictures of the buildings and grounds; the Directory of Alumni ; program of the Decennial 
Celebration; the Chicago papers; the University Register; the University Record; the Cap and 
Gown; the University of Chicago Weekly. 

Professor Richard Green Moulton made the address. 

Mr. David A. Eobertson, chah-man of the Senior College Council, laid the stone of the 
Students' Club House, after the following introductory statement by the President: 

The average college man receives as much benefit from his fellow-student as from the officers 
of instruction in the college with whom he comes in contact. College life, in a word, is the close 
association of a body of men who have in general common sympathies. This life is in miniature the 
life which these same men will live later in the world at large. It includes friendships and animosi- 
ties, struggle and achievement, disappointment and victory. The college world is the most 
democratic world that exists. Occasionally, to be sure, politics gains an entrance, as in other 
democratic communities; but, generally speaking, the man who gains distinction earns it. 

The Student Club House to be erected on this corner is expected to become the headquarters 
of student life and activity. It is here that friendships will be cemented, battles fought, victories 
gained, and defeats and disappointments manfully accepted. It is impossible to overestimate the 
importance or the significance of this new addition to the University life. This building is provided 
by the choice of a committee representing the estate of Joseph Reynolds, who died February 21, 1891. 
It was Mr. Reynolds's desire to do something tor boys and young men. In the erection of this 
building that desire will have been fulfilled. The building will bear his name and will stand in the 
future as the memorial of a man whose life was full of that same vigor which he desired to see 
cultivated by the men of the coming generation. 

The articles placed within the corner-stone were these: 

The official statement of donation; the photograph of Mr. Reynolds, the donor of the building; 
some memorials of Mr. Reynolds; the photograph of the founder of the University; the University 
Register; the University Record; the Cap and Gown; the University of Chicago Weekly; the 
Standard; the addresses dehvered at the laying of the stone; the Directory of Alumni; the 
Decennial program; the Chicago daily papers. 

The corner-stone address was delivered by Associate Professor George E. Vincent. 

Mr. Henry M. Adkinson, chairman of the Graduate School Council, laid the corner-stone 
of the Leon Mandel Assembly Hall, after President Harper made the following statement: 

The sufferings of the members of the University here on the University grounds during these 
first years have been only less than the privileges and pleasures that have been enjoyed. In so far as 
these Bufferings aflfected ourselves, we have tried to be patient and submissive, but when we have 



564 The President's Kepoet 

been called upon to suffer Yicariously for our friends who visit us from time to time, the exercise of 
patience has not always been observed. Again and again in the history of the University distin- 
guished men have come to us, but we have had no University hall in which to receive them, in which 
to give them opportunity to present their message. It has been a source of serious and constantly 
increasing pain and grief that we could not say to our friends in the city and from the states about 
us on these important occasions: "Come and join us." The largest room on the grounds today will 
not seat one-third of the students. In fact, it is not large enough to accommodate the members of 
the Faculties and their families. The fact that in these first years we have not all been able to come 
together on any occasion has resulted in great injury to the development of the spirit of unity — but 
the clouds are vanishing, and within a year these difficulties which have seemed almost unbearable 
will be removed. The Assembly Hall, of which the corner-stone is at this moment to be placed, will 
be that building on the grounds which more than any other shall represent the unity of our 
University life. Here we shall receive words from the lips of the greatest characters. Here we shall 
assemble for recreation; on this spot, in short, there will grow up a community of feeling, a center of 
activity, which no other portion of the grounds will furnish. 

The University is indebted for this great addition to its general equipment to a highly esteemed 
citizen of Chicago, Mr. Leon Mandel, whose interest in higher education and in the work of the 
University has led him to make this generous gift. 

The articles placed within the corner-stone vcere the following: 

The University Register; the addresses delivered at the laying of the stone; the photographs 
of Mr. and Mrs. Leon Mandel; the photograph of the founder of the University; the University 
Record; pictures of the buildings and grounds; the Directory of Alumni; the Standard, the 
Decennial program; the Cap and Gown for 1901; the University of Chicago Weekly; the daily 
papers. 

The comer-stone address was given by Professor Emil G. Hirsch. 

THE DECENNIAL CONVOCATION 

The Convocation exercises were held in a large tent which had been pitched in the center 
of the Quadrangles. The Convocation procession consisted of three divisions. The candidates 
for degrees met at Kent Laboratory. The President of the University, the fotinder of the 
University, the Senators, the Board of Trustees, and the candidates for honorary degrees met 
at the President's house. The Faculties and distinguished guests met at Haskell Oriental 
Museum. The first and second sections, uniting, marched to the President's house, and thence 
the entire procession, numbering more than five hundred persons, took its way to the tent. 

The prayer was offered by the University Chaplain. The following address on behalf of 
the Board of Trustees was delivered by President Martin A. Kyerson: 

Members and Friends of the University: 

The charter of the University of Chicago bears the date September 10, 1890; its academic 
existence began in 1891 with the appointment of the first members of the Faculty; its doors were first 
opened to students in the autumn of 1892. 

This is not an imposing chronological table; it does not appeal to us through any charm of age 
or long association. Any interest which it may inspire must be derived from something other than a 
long retrospect. Yet we feel that there is a special interest in the fact that this is not only the 
regular Summer Convocation of the University, but also a part of our Decennial Celebration — -an 
interest derived from the very youth of the University, taken in conjunction with the position it has 
attained. 

We are here to rejoice in this vigorous youth because of what it has so quickly brought; we are 
here to rejoice in it more because of what it promises for our own future; we are here to rejoice in it 
most because of what it indicates for our country and our times. 

In this age of rapid change, of quick development, we should welcome every evidence that the 
world's great material growth, so threatening in some ways in the minds of many, is but a manifesta- 



An Historical Sketch 565 



tion of a general progress whict is urging us onward intellectually with equal rapidity. We are 
surrounded with evidences that theology, science, literature, and art are all ready to participate in 
every forward movement, but we do not always realize how full a share they will claim if the 
opportunity be offered. 

We should therefore greet this event as significant, not only of a higher progress, but also of 
the fact that the world is as ready to respond to earnest and devoted work in moral and intellectual 
fields as it is to efforts put forth for material gain. 

We should rejoice that the short space of ten years can contain so much of importance in the 
life of an educational institution newly founded; that the termination of that period seems to call tor 
special notice. That the period just elapsed does call for such notice no members of the University 
are in a better position to realize than the Board of Trustees. We know that these ten years have 
brought a success beyond our highest expectations. 

We understand that, as factors in the results attained, we can claim but a small part of the 
credit. There are many others more important to share it with us. This gives greater freedom to 
our appreciation and lessens any sense we might feel of self-congratulation when we give expression 
to our satisfaction. 

In touch as we are with both the material and the intellectual sides of our University's 
life, we have been able to note each step in its advance, and yet today we come to this celebra- 
tion with sensibilities unimpaired and gratitude undiminished by this familiarity. In fact, close 
observation of the daily progress of the University leaves us more impressed by the results attained 
than can be any stranger who looks upon those results today for the first time, for we have not 
left so far behind the obstacles overcome that they cease to magnify our appreciation of the advance 
made. 

To what should we attribute the growth and the success of the University of Chicago? It 
would be an interesting but a difiicult task to analyze all the elements which have contributed to 
them. Under the guidance of Divine Providence there have been many factors, personal as well as 
conditional. Perhaps the underlying element is the fact that there was a strong latent demand for 
another institution of higher education in this community, that the great middle West was ready for 
the establishment of a university in its metropolis. The business sense of the Board is impressed 
with the feeling that we are supplying a demand active and growing; its philanthropic instincts are 
troubled by the seeming impossibility of keeping pace with it. 

There is a continuous pressure upon us to enlarge the sphere of the University's activity. In 
the guidance of its growth we are embarrassed by the vigor with which it seeks to expand. Our 
diflBculty lies in choosing rather than in seeking fields of usefulness. There are many here at hand — 
we see them all about us. There come to us at the beginning of each Quarter increasing numbers of 
earnest students with aptitudes and ambitions which justify the best training which modern 
educational methods can supply, and we owe it to them, to the community, and to ourselves to keep 
abreast of their requirements. 

A second element of our success lies in the fact that we have been fortunate in securing the 
enthusiastic co-operation of an able Faculty, as loyal to the young institution as though bound to it 
by the strongest ties of time and tradition. It would give me pleasure to dwell upon this feature, to 
egress more fully the appreciation of the Board. If we have had in this connection any cause for 
disappointment, it has been our inability to furnish the material requisites for the full fruition of all 
the knowledge and the energy which is here at the service of the University. Particularly must we 
regret that the pressing demands of the growth in which we rejoice have made it impossible to attain 
our highest ideals of the functions of a university, which should include more encouragement to pure 
scholarship and original research than we have been able to give. 

What can I say that will measure our debt to the head of this Faculty, the President of the 
University, Dr. Harper? Dr. Harper is so bound up in our conception of the University and its work 
that praise of the institution is his praise. It is rarely given to a man to identify himself so fully 
with a great educational work, for it is rare to find untiring energy and unselfish devotion united 
with high scholarship and great executive ability, and to these given a great opportunity. We who 
have seen him at work since the early small beginnings of the University can testify to his possession 



566 The President's Kepoet 

of these qualities, and with them an impartial solicitude for all of the departments of our work. 
Himself an able specialist in one great field of scholarship, he has always shown the broadest 
sympathies with the work of those who are laboring in other fields. 

I am tempted at this point to say something about my colleagues in the Board of Trustees, 
about their patient attention to all the details of the University's affairs, and their ready acceptance 
of all the responsibilities ; but, as I am to speak for them and not about them, I shall only pause a 
moment to give expression to our afl'ectionate remembrance of those whom death has removed from 
our number : Judge J. M. Bailey, Daniel L. Shorey, W. B. Brayton, and C. C. Bowen. Their devotion 
to our work may well be recognized here. It was given at a time when our responsibilities were very 
heavy and our difBculties very great. 

I come now, in my brief enumeration, to an element of our success which is placed after the 
others, because I know that it has been called forth by confidence in them. I refer to the liberality 
of the friends of the University who have so generously given it moral and material support. 

Their number is too great for me to mention all here. I name only Mr. Field, Mr. Cobb, Mr. 
Kent, Miss Culver, Mrs. Snell, Mrs. Foster, Mrs. Kelly, Mrs. Beecher, Mr. Mandel, Mrs. Hitchcock, 
Mr. Mitchell, Mrs. Scammon, Mr. Yerkes, Mrs. Haskell, Mrs. Blaine, the Reynolds and the Ogden 
estates. The University has on other occasions acknowledged its indebtedness to them, and to the 
many others who have given us aid and encouragement. 

An important acknowledgement still remains to be made. Its importance has caused it to 
suggest itself to everyone present ; it has carried itself along in our minds as an accompaniment to 
this enumeration of all the other elements of our success, for it is the acknowledgment of something 
which has made all the other elements possible and effective. It is not easy to put it into words 
forcible enough to express our sentiments, and which will at the same time be acceptable to the one 
to whom they are addressed. 

Sometimes the comfort and satisfaction which men derive from their benefactions are disturbed 
and even diminished by a recognition which they deem too forcible. While their broad human 
sympathies lead them to value the good opinion of their fellow-men, they prefer to any profuse assur- 
ance of gratitude the evidence that they are succeeding in doing the good which it is in their hearts 
to do. I shall, therefore, not say all that comes to my mind in acknowledging here on hehalf of the 
Board of Trustees the special debt of gratitude which we owe to the founder of the University, Mr. 
John D. Eockefeller. We feel it deeply; the events of these last few days and all that has been said 
must have made this evident. We trust that it is equally evident to him that his great benefactions 
are doing the good which he hoped for them. I desire, however, to lay stress upon the fact that this 
is not merely a recognition of the original impulse given to our work; it does not confine itself to the 
material aid so generously provided ; it is inspired also by the moral enouragement which he has 
given at every onward step and by the feeling that Mr. Rockefeller is not only the founder of the 
University of Chicago and its greatest benefactor, but also an earnest sympathizer with its highest 
aspirations. 

I might perhaps close here, but I am sure that the Board of Trustees wish their message to 
express something more than their satisfaction with what has been accomplished ; something more 
even than the general optimism which it seems to justify. 

Our Decennial Celebration is drawing to a close; we are about to enter upon a new decade, and 
our thoughts naturally turn to the future. Much has been done, but more remains to be done. The 
strength of some parts of our work has, by contrast, made evident the weakness of other parts. The 
necessity of strengthening these weak parts is causing delay in initiating new work necessary to the 
symmetrical development of the University. We recognize that our task is only begun. 

These considerations mingle with our rejoicing, and might even overshadow it, did we 
not find in the past something more than the record of this incomplete achievement. We do find 
in it much more: we find a promise for the future, not only in what has been done, but also in the 
spirit in which it has been done, and in the spirit in which it has been received. We feel that the 
same conditions continue, the same demand exists, the same influences are at work; and, above all, 
we see everywhere in the University and among its friends a constantly broadening conception of its 



An Historical Sketch 567 



Following the address of Mr. Kyerson there were addresses by Professor Frank F. Abbott, 
on behalf of the Faculties of the University; by Mr. Arthur Eugene Bestor, on behalf of the 
students and alumni ; by Mr. George E. Adams, on behalf of the city of Chicago : and by the 
founder of the University, Mr. Rockefeller, who said : 

It is a great pleasure for me to be present on this occasion. Five years have quickly passed 
since my last visit, and I see on every hand the great work which has been accomplished during that 
period — greater by far than our most sanguine expectations at that time. 

The extent and magnitude of the work are not alone measured by what we see of new structures 
and additional lands, together with new books and apparatus, but also by the steady and remarkable 
growth in the influence which this University exerts. It has stood, and will stand, for the best and 
the highest; for the good of man and the glory of God. 

I am not here to discuss theological questions, such as whether Jonah's relation to the whale 
was that of tenant or landlord, nor yet the question of whether Stephen A. Douglas — all honor to his 
memory — or President Harper was the founder of the University of Chicago. But of this I am 
satisfied, that the University of Chicago would not be in existence today had it not been for our 
honored President, William Eainey Harper. The friends of the University gave him their confidence 
and highest regard from the first. It is needless to say that he has shown himself entirely worthy of 
it, and that he has always proved himself eminently fitted for his high position. No words of mine 
can give you a more favorable impression of President Harper in respect to every quality that goes to 
make him what he is — one of the foremost leaders and educators of our time. Indeed, I do not know 
where we could have found another so well qualified for this important work. I am sure I express 
the wish of all present here today, and a multitude of friends throughout our land and other lands, 
that his life and health may long be spared to continue this great work which he has in this very 
brief period brought to such a high state of perfection, and which already ranks with the leading 
universities of our country and the world. We, the friends of the University, assure President Harper 
of our continued co-operation and support. 

The University is to be congratulated on its Board of Trustees. It was no easy undertaking to 
secure such a Board, composed as it is of men occupying the most important positions in the business 
and professional world. This task, however, was rendered less difficult on account of the widespread 
confidence felt in our President. Much as we value the contributions of money which have been so 
generously furnished by the many friends of the University, we cannot overestimate the services of 
the Trustees, which have been given with unsurpassed ability, loyalty, and devotion. Indeed, I am 
certain that many gifts of money and property to the University of Chicago have been made because 
of the growing and well-merited confidence which the services of these Trustees have inspired in the 
public at large. In addition to these gifts, it is well known to you that large contributions have been 
made by individual members of this Board, and I understand there are still others in contemplation. 

The statement has been made, on good authority, that the Faculty of the University of Chicago 
is not surpassed by that of any other university in our country. It has been chosen with the greatest 
care by those eminently qualified to make such choice. No pains or money were spared in securing 
the very best professors and teachers, from every part of our own country and also from Europe. 
Certain it is that the high commendations with which they came to this University have been borne 
out in the work which they have since accomplished. They have proved themselves broad-minded 
and progressive men, and the large body of students from all parts of the country who have been in 
attendance at the University of Chicago is the best testimonial to their ability and efficiency. The 
confidence and esteem in which the Faculty is held is shared by the President, the Board of Trustees, 
and the community at large. Most friendly and cordial relations exist between the Faculty, the 
students, and all others sharing with the Faculty the responsibilities of the University administration, 
and at no time has there been so bright an outlook for the University as at present. 

Students of the University of Chicago, what can I say to you that will enable you to make the 
best use of your opportunities? You look out upon the world with bright prospects, and from a 
standpoint far more advantageous than that of many who preceded you. Whatever your station 
may be hereafter, do not tail to turn gratefully to your families and friends who have stood by you 



568 The President's Eepobt 



in your time of struggle for an education. Many of them toiled incessantly through long, weary 
years, that you might be possessed of advantages which they were unable to secure tor themselves. 
1 entreat you not to forget them, and not to fail, as the years go by, frequently to express to them 
your gratitude and regard, and to return to them, in loving and helpful attentions, the proof of the 
sincerity of your unfailing appreciation. These expressions will give happiness to them, and the 
reflex influence of your words and acts of gratitude will bring blessing to you. We all rejoice in 
your hope of success. We trust that you will be so anchored in the possession of sterling qualities 
that you will turn to best account whatever life has in store for you. In the end the question ^ 
will be, not whether you have achieved great distinction and made yourselves known to all the world, 
but whether you have fitted into the niches God has assigned you, and have done your work 
day by day in the best possible way. We shall continue in the future, as in the past, to need great 
men and women to fill the most important positions in the commercial and professional world, 
but we shall also need just as much the men and women who can and will fill the humblest positions 
uncomplainingly and acceptably. The vital thing is to find as soon as possible the place in life where 
you can best serve the world. Whatever position this is it is the highest position in the sight of ■ 
good men and in the economy of God. I tremble to think of the failures that may come to some of 
you who are possessed of the brightest intellects and capable of the greatest accomplishments. I 
shall expect to see many who are here present among the slow, methodical, plodding ones, who are 
• not at all distinguished as you are for brilliancy, go forward until at last they are found occupying 
positions of greatest honor and responsibility. Some of the foes which threaten your success may 
not be apparent to you until it is too late. If you are to succeed in life, it will be because you master 
yourselves, and if you are to continue masters, and not slaves, you do not need that I should say to 
you here today that you must jealously guard the approach of any foe to your well-being. You will 
do well not to underestimate the strength of such a foe. How many a young man whom I knew in 
my school days went down because of his fondness for intoxicating drinks ! No man has ever had 
occasion to regret that he was not addicted to the use of liquor. No woman has ever had occasion to 
regret that she was not instrumental in influencing young men to use intoxicants. So much has been 
said of late on the subject of success that I forbear making particular suggestions. The chances for 
success are better today than ever before. Success is attained by industry, perseverance, and pluck 
coupled with any amount of hard work, and you need not expect to achieve it in any other way. 

Citizens of Chicago, it affords me great pleasure to say to you that your kindly interest in, and 
generous support of, this University have been of the greatest encouragement to all those interested 
in its welfare, and have also stimulated others to contribute to its advancement. It is possible for 
you to make this University an increasing power for good, not only for the city of Chicago, but for 
our entire country, and indeed the whole world. 

The success of the University of Chicago is assured, and we are here today rejoicing in that 
success. 

All praise to Chicago ! Long may she live, to foster and develop this sturdy representative of 
her enterprise and public spirit ! 

Following Mr. Rockefeller, President Harper made a review of the ten years' history of the 
University, mentioning as the fom- factors in its success, its professorial staff, its many friends, 
over three thousand of whom had contributed funds, its Board of Trustees, and the character 
of the student body. 

Degrees were then conferred upon a large number of candidates, and at the close of this 
ceremonial the special .ceremony of conferring honorary degrees in celebration of the Decennial 
of the University was carried out. Dean Harry Pratt Judson called successively to the plat- 
form the following gentlemen: His Excellency, Jules Cambon, Ambassador to the United States 
from the Eepublic of Prance; E. Benjamin Andrews, Chancellor of the University of Nebraska; 
William Newton Clarke, Professor of Theology in Colgate University; Marcus Dods, Professor 
of New Testament Interpretation in New College, Edinburgh; Basil Lanneau Gildersleeve, 
Professor of Greek in Johns Hopkins University; Wilham Watson Goodwin, Professor of 



An Histoeioal Sketch 569 



Greek in Harvard University; George Lyman Kittredge, Professor of English Literature in 
Harvard University; Edward Charles Pickering, Professor of Astronomy and Director of the 
Astronomical Observatory of Harvard University; Jacob Henry Van 't Hoff, Professor of 
Physical Chemistry in the University of Berlin; Charles Doolittle Walcott, Director of the 
United States Geological Sm:vey; Edmund Beecher Wilson, Professor of Zoology in Colimibia 
University. Each one of these gentlemen, as his name was called, came upon the platform arm 
in arm with a member of the University Senate especially appointed to accompany him. He 
took his place in front of the President of the University, who had risen, and after a recital by 
the President of his distinguished services in politics or letters, closing with the formal confer- 
ring of the degree, the hood was placed upon his shoulders by the Kecorder of the University. 
The ceremony was concluded by the President taking the hand of the recipient, thus welcom- 
ing him to the University. The degree of Doctor of Divinity was conferred upon Marcizs 
Dods and William Newton Clarke; upon the others the degree of Doctor of Laws. 

THE SOCIAL SIDE OP THE DECENNIAL OELEBEATION 

The presence of the founder of the University and Mrs. Rockefeller during these exercises, 
together with the attendance of many distinguished educators, whether as visitors or as official 
guests, gave to the Decennial a social interest of a marked character. Besides the informal 
meetings of the educational conferences, several social functions were arranged, whereby an 
opportunity was given to many members of the University and their friends to greet the guests. 

On Satvurday at 1 p. m. the first University luncheon to the official guests was given in 
Nancy Foster Hall. The same evening at 6 : 30, occurred the annual dinner of the Almnni 
Association, at the Quadrangle Club. 

The second University luncheon was given on Monday at the Quadrangle Club. The 
same evening occurred the President's dinner to the official guests, at 6 o'clock, at the Quad- 
rangle Club. A large number of persons occupied seats at the long tables in the dining- 
room. At the close of the dinner Dean Harry Pratt Judson greeted the visitors in the name of 
the University. Two brief addresses were made, the one by President A. S. Draper of the Uni- 
versity of Illinois, representing American universities, who gave a vigorous and growing eulogy 
of democratic institutions, the other by Professor Jacob Van 't HoflF, of the University of Berlin, 
representing European universities, who declared that the deepest impression thus far made 
upon him by his visit to America had been that of the spirit of idealism which he found 
everywhere present. 

Perhaps the most unique and attractive social affair connected with the Decennial was the 
Convocation Eeceptiou, held in the great tent on Monday from 8 to 11 p. m. It is estimated 
that more than three thousand persons were present and greeted the foimder of the Uni- 
versity. 

At the close of the Convocation, on Tuesday, the Congregation Dinner was held in the 
tent on the Graduate Quadrangle. More than six himdred persons sat down at the tables. At 
the close of the dinner Professor T. C. Chamberhn, vice-president of the Congregation and 
toastmaster, introduced the speakers. 
The program was as follows: 

"The University from the View-Point of a Trustee"- - - - Mb. Chables L. Hutchinson 

"The Alumni" - - . . Mb. George E. Vincent 

"American Universities" - . - _ Me. W. W. Goodwin 

"European Universities" - - Me. Maecus Dods 

"Requisites in Pounding Universities" Me. John D. Rockepellek 

"Our Guests" - - Me. William R. Haepeb 



570 The President's Report 

In his response Mr. Eockefeller said: 

I was very much interested in the statement of the morning that the contributions to build 
this University came from more than three thousand people. I was not only very much interested, 
but also very much delighted. I also heard the statement that the contributions to the University of 
Chicago came in without solicitation. Now, as you may imagine, that was to me a most interesting 
statement. Nevertheless, I cannot question the correctness of the statement. I do, however, know 
of certain institutions of this kind where many solicitations have been made and a smaller per- 
centage than 91 per cent, has been received. 

I am hesitating with reference to one statement that I now make. I am fearing that I may 
be taken by this august body and tried for treason. I may say that I make the statement with 
no purpose to do you injury. I have no such thought. I only make it in harmony with the idea that 
prevails here that we hear and see both sides of the question. I approve of that idea. The 
statement is this: A friend of mine, in order, I suppose, to encourage me and help me on, made 
the remark — and you will probably regard it as a very cheerful remark — that funds contributed for 
the University of Chicago were thrown away. It reminded me of a little incident in my own business 
experience. A bright Boston man, well able to take care of himself, an able and experienced mer- 
chant who, while he was seeking to protect his own interest, was jealously watching to see that others 
were not getting any advantage in any particular, being suspicious that some neighbors out in the 
West were receiving advantages which he did not receive, addressed them something like that: " I am 
opposed, I am decidedly opposed, to any of these schemes by which you have the advantage over 
me, unless I am in it." Now, I need not explain to you that my dear friend who gave to me those 
comforting words just referred to was not — at all events I have not heard of him as — a regular 
contributor to the University of Chicago. I want to say to my friend, concerning the' University of 
Chicago: I am in it. And it is not such a case as I once heard of. A New England man, trying to 
give his own description of a burying ground, said that it was a place where those who were in could 
not get out and where those who were out did not want to get in. Dear friends, I do not want to 
get out. And I have to thank you for allowing me to stay in. 

What a delightful reception you gave us last night! We very much appreciated it and your 
many other kind attentions. And the beautiful spirit in which they have been given! 

Recurring again to that reception, that delightful and ever-to-be-remembered reception of last 
night, I desire especially to thank our President for his kind and well meant advice as to sundry 
applications to be used in restoring our right arm and hand. Friends of Chicago, you have indeed 
taken strong hold of me! 

Finally may I refer to just one little incident, that of an ignorant young man who was desirous 
of entering the church? He had not been well instructed; he was sincere in his desire to lead a bet- 
ter life, and, as is often the case, there were many questions asked of him, and probably many more 
than there should have been, but he was asked at last: "What do you think of Jesus Christ?" 
And the poor, ignorant young man said: "I have nothing agin' him." And so say we to dear 
President Harper, and so say we to you all before making our adieus to everyone present here today : 
We have nothing "agin' " you. We have had a most delightful visit and owe you naught but good will. 

During the months following the celebration of the Decennial the Trustees of the Uni- 
versity were busy v?ith many plans for the completion of the new buildings and for the changes 
in the University in consequence of these added facilities. On July 30, 1901, arrangements were 
made for the construction of a temporary building to be used for the School of Education, this 
to be erected on the corner of Ellis avenue and Fifty-eighth street at a cost of not to exceed 
twenty-five thousand dollars. The construction of this building was pushed rapidly, and it 
was ready for occupancy at the opening of the Autimin Quarter. 

DEATH OP PRESIDENT MCKINLEY 

At a meeting held Sept. 17, 1901, the Trustees adopted the following expression of feeling 
over the death of President McKinley : 

The Trustees of the University of Chicago share in the prevailing sorrow of their fellow- 
countrymen over the death of President McKinley. 



An Historical Sketch 571 



During his lite the University conferred upon him its highest honor. In his death It mourns 
the nation's loss of an upright, able, and patriotic President. 

In his domestic relations, in his devout life, in his devotion to the public welfare, in his mani- 
festation of the many virtues which adorn human life, he has bequeathed to his country a priceless 
heritage. The record of his life will long continue an inspiration to noble living. The Trustees 
extend to Mrs. McKinley their sincere sympathy. 

At the same meeting an additional contribution to the University was announced from Mrs. 
Elizabeth G. Kelly, in the amount of fifteen thousand dollars. 

THE GYMNASIUM COENEE-STONE LAID 

On Thanksgiving Day, November 28, 1901, the corner-stone of the Frank Dickinson Bart- 
lett Gymnasium was laid with appropriate ceremonies. 

The following introductory statement was made by the President of the University: 
Ladies and Gentlemen: 

It was just ten years ago this month, November, that the arrangements were finally completed 
for the organization of the Department of Physical Culture and Athletics in the University. It was 
the thought of the Trustees at that time that the gymnasium would be one of the first four or five 
buildings to be erected on the University grounds. A statement to that effect was made to Mr. Stagg, 
and he came to the University with the full expectation that there would be furnished a well-equipped 
building for the work of the Department which he represents. At two or three times during the year 
preceding the opening of the University it seemed quite certain that such a building was about to be 
secured. On the first of July, when only ninety days remained until the time should come for the 
opening of the doors of the University to students, it was decided to build a temporary structure 
which might provide facilities for two or three years. Ten years have passed and the Department is 
still doing its work in a temporary structure. The difficulties with which the staff of the Department 
have had to contend have been almost incalculable. The spirit with which these difficulties have 
been met, on the part of the staff and students, has been admirable. 

We rejoice today that within the coming year the Department will have a permanent home in a 
building of adequate size and provided with proper facilities of instruction. We rejoice that a citizen 
of Chicago, one of the Trustees of the University, has thought it wise to erect this building of which 
the corner-stone is now about to be laid — a building which will represent educational work as it 
stands related to the body, the physical well-being of the student. And we rejoice that in the erec- 
tion of this building there shall be forever preserved a memorial of that young life taken from us so 
suddenly and mysteriously. His was a short life, but a true one, and while our rejoicing is mingled 
with sadness, we may nevertheless remember that it was a life so pure and strong that, notwithstand- 
ing its brevity, it deserves the lasting and magnificent memorial which has been established by a 
loving father. As the first stone in this great structure takes its place, let us recall the beautiful 
memories of the past, and let us look forward to the great and splendid possibilities of the future 
which shall always be connected with the name of Frank Dickinson Bartlett. 

After a brief address by Director A. A. Stagg, the Secretary of the Board of Trustees, Dr. 
T. W. Goodspeed, read the following list of articles deposited in the corner-stone: 

Photograph of Frank Dickinson Bartlett; Bible belonging to him; coat of arms of his alma 
mater — Harvard University; University publications— the iSegisfer, etc.; student publications — the 
Cap and Gown and the Weekly, Directory of Alumni; addresses delivered at the laying of the 
corner-stone; photograph of the founder; photographs of the University buildings; Chicago daily 
papers; proceedings of the Intercollegiate Conference of Faculty Representatives of Athletic Com- 
mittees or Board of Control of Western Universities to date; A. A. Stagg's Treatise on American 
Football; H. Butterworth's How To and Exercise for Everybody; list of men who have won the "C" 
up to this date; official program, football season 1901; the Standard ; program of the Thanksgiving 
Day exercises; official statement of Mr. Bartlett's donation for erection of building. 

The corner-stone was then laid by Mr. A. C. Bartlett, the donor of the building, after 
which the corner-stone address was delivered by Eev. Frank W. Gunsaulus. 



572 



The Peesident's Kepobt 



ANOTHER MILLION-DOLLAE GIFT 

At a meeting of the Trustees held in December, 1901, the following letter was presented: 

New Yokk, December 14, 1901. 
Andrew McLeish, Chicago: 

My deak Mb. MoLeish: Understanding that the estimated deficit for the running expenses of 
the University, as represented in the budget for the year 1902-1903, will amount to Two Hundred and 
Fifty Thousand Dollars (S250,000), my father will give so much thereof as may actually be required, 
up to Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), to cover such deficit, payment to be 
made on call of the Treasurer, accompanied by a statement showing the deficit actually incurred. 

My father will also give toward the general endowment of the University, under date of Decem- 
ber 1, 1901, One Million Dollars (11,000,000). This One Million Dollars he will give in cash or securities, 
as the Trustees may elect. (Signed) John D. Rockepellee, Jr. 



THE LAW SCHOOL ESTABLISHED 

On March 11, 1902, the Trustees authorized the expenditure of fifty thousand dollars 
($50,000) for the purchase of a Law School library and the organization of the University School 
of Law. 

PRESENTATION OP PRESIDENT HARPER's PORTRAIT 

On April 15, 1902, the following letter was presented : 
To the Trustees of the University of Chicago: 

Gentlemen : The following friends of President Harper take great pleasure in presenting to 
the University the portrait of Dr. Harper, painted by Gari Melohers: George E. Adams, A. C. Bartlett, 
E. B. Butler, Mrs. Emmons Blaine, E. M. Barton, Jesse A. Baldwin, Miss Helen Culver, C. A. Coolidge, 
C. R. Crane, Marshall Field, E. B. Felsenthal, F. T. Gates, H. G. Grey, C. L. Hutchinson, H. N. Higin- 
botham, D. G. Hamilton, J. J. Mitchell, A. McLeish, C. H. McCormick, Harold F. McCormick, Martin 
A. Ryerson, John D. Rockefeller, Jr., A. A. Sprague, Byron L. Smith, F. A. Smith, George C Walker, 
W. B. Walker. 

The picture is now at the Art Institute, and can, if you desire, remain there until the new 
buildings are finished, when we hope you may think it best to place it in the dining-hall. 

Yours very truly, 

C. L. Hutchinson. 
GRADUATES OF THE UNIVERSITY BY YEARS 

The following table shows the number of persons graduating from the University since 
its establishment, with an indication of the degrees conferred : 

(Method of classification by years : all graduates from July 1 of one year to July 1 of the next year are enrolled as gradu- 
ates of the latter year.) 



Class 


Bachelors of 

Arts, 
Philosophy, 
and Science 


Bachelors of 
Divinity 


Masters of 

Arts, 
Philosophy, 
and Science 


Doctors of 
Philosophy 


Re-enacted 


Total 


1893 


12 
28 
58 
105 
129 
145 
169 
162 
214 
291 


11 

6 

3 

3 

29 

25 

15 

17 

18 

17 


3 
11 
10 
15 
20 
15 
15 
33 
22 
26 


3 

8 
16 
23 
27 
34 
23 
48 
36 
26 


37 

22 
2 
3 

2 
4 

1 


29 


1894 


53 


1895 


87 


1896 


183 


1897 


227 


1898 


221 


1899 


225 


1900 


262 


1901 


294 


1902 (including June class) 


361 


Total 


1,313 


144 


170 


244 


71 


1,942 







An Histokioal Sketch 573 

financial summary 
A few paragraphs relating to financial history may properly close this sketch of the devel- 
opment of the University up to June 30, 1902. 

From the following tables may be gathered certain interesting facts, viz. : (1) the growth 
of the assets of the University from year to year; (2) the distribution of these assets; (3) the 
percentage of income realized on invested funds; (4) the various sources of the University's 
income for a given year, and the proportionate amount furnished by each. 

June 30, 1894 $4,272,147.06 

1895 - • - - 5,586,160.65 

" 1896 ------ 7,732,626.06 

" 1897 - - - - - - - 8,311,642.60 

" 1898 ------ 8,937,759.41 

1899 9,157,721.50 

1900 9,880,777.52 

» 1901 - 12,364,216.58 

1902 ------ 15,128,375.95 

The distribution of these assets on June 80, 1902, was as follows : 

Investments -------$ 8,674,962.12 

Buildings -------- 2,812,032.60 

Grounds ------- 2,281,378.36 

Books -------- 314,949.78 

Scientific equipment ----- 440,993.48 

Furniture - - - 66,804.54 

Material and supplies 36,569.28 

Printing office plant ----- 10,521.77 

Cash and current assets . - . - 490,164.02 

Total ------- $15,128,375.95 

The percentage of income realized on invested funds has been as follows : 

Date Sate per Cent. 

June 30, 1895 - - 5.30 

1896 - - 5.22 

1897 - 5.20 

1898 - - - 5.05 

1899 5.03 

1900 4.66 

1901 4.44 

1902 -------- 4.12 

The various sources of the University's income and the proportionate amount furnished by 
each for the year 1901-2 : Per Cent. 

1. Invested funds - . - $258,187.42 26.4 

2. Students ----------- 371,536.12 38.0 

a) Tuition fees $269,065.03 

b) Other fees .--.--- 56,106.74 

c) Room rents - - 46,364.35 

3. John D. Eockefeller --------- 310,644.00 31.9 

a) Current expense ------ 253,144.00 

b) Medical work ------ 50,000.00 

c) History books ------- 7,500.00 

4. Publication receipts - 23,182.91 2.3 

5. Theological Union - --------- 9,300.00 0.9 

6. Donations, old subscriptions, and miscellaneous - - - 4,977 . 88 0.5 

Total $977,828.33 100.0 



574 



The President's Kepoet 



THE UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS 

The following are the buildings of the University, arranged in the order of erection, with 
the names of the donors, and the actual cost : 



Building 



Date 

Erected 



Cost 



Donor 



Cobb Hall 

Graduate Hall ) 

Middle Divinity [■ 

South Divinity ) 

Kent Chemical Laboratory 

Ryerson Physical Laboratory 

SneU Hall 

Nancy Foster Hall 

Beeoher Hall 

Kelly Hall 

Walker Museum 

Haskell Oriental Museum 

Hull Biological Laboratories 

Yerkes Observatory 

Green Hall 

Poster Hall Addition 

School of Education (temporary building) 

Charles Hitchcock Hall 

Press Building 

Power Plant 

Frank Dickinson Bartlett Gymnasium 

School of Education 

Group of buildings on corner of Fifty-seventh 
street and Lexington avenue 



1892 

1892 

1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1893 
1896 
1897 
1898 
1898 
1900 
1901 
1901 
1901 
1901 
1902 
1902 

1902 



$221,956.03 

172,805.72 

202,270.19 

200,371.41 

53,586.41 

62,966.86 

62,126.05 

62,149.21 

109,275.11 

103,017.49 

325,000.00 

325,000.00 

72,000.00 

20,466.04 

24,983.89 

150,000.00 

105,606.00 

365,000.00 

240,000.00 

567,000.00 



500,000.00 



Silas B. Cobb 

John D. Rockefeller 

Sidney A. Kent 
Martin A. Ryerson 
Mrs. Henrietta Snell 
Mrs. Nancy Foster 
Mrs. Jerome Beecher 
Mrs. Elizabeth Kelly 
George C. Walker 
Mrs. Caroline E. Haskell 
Miss Helen Culver 
Charles T. Yerkes 
Mrs. Elizabeth Kelly 
Mrs. Nancy Foster 
Several funds 
Mrs. Charles Hitchcock 
John D. Rockefeller 
John D. Rockefeller 
A. C. Bartlett and friends 
Mrs. Emmons Blaine and 
friends 

C. L. Hutchinson, John J. 
Mitchell, Leon Mandel, 
the Reynolds estate, and 
friends 



On June 30, 1902, the University grounds included one hundred and forty acres, counting 
the sixty-five acres at Williams Bay, Wisconsin. 

Feanois W. Shepaedson. 



LIBRARY OF 



CONGRESS 



1029919 233 7, 



V 



t , > 



. IT 

i ^^1^ 



h • 



V it 



y 



r:\ 









M: 



